Skip to main content

Full text of "Transactions of the Entomological Society of London"

See other formats 


av [ee a. ee all deal 
janie te 


ae See ni 
deat 


noe vor Eatin aie sate Heo 
8 eo Rabe oR 
ee esa icirentsote nil ae Bind 


ae fe 8 
Eoin ee writen nel 
Ag Ae tsp YW 


ry ti dr bin Fe HO 


ile rp a> aa 
ipvindeg 


oo 


~. 


al 


ia 
ener: 


re 


i ay Aopen 


ith te 


Speak cep ae Ge 
‘ Ao RP 
ne 


igh Nota othe Ts 


reac RON OP ODL He 


$40 


Se Dh Rr een ie ot mere pH 
ee ree 
“Dvipedind ney tad tive tone 
et 


Tet i Het 
Leah iaw aes 


id 


‘i Aa peasy 
oy aT 


bP 


Dan Av) ti ee 2a 


THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


LONDON 


FOR. THE Y BAR 


1912. 


698. 


a { elétezioo — 
AGE Sa : eZ 


mw GO, ent Q 
SS iL 0 ay) 4 0 Ne : ee 
See a 


— ———— 
eteiinete nee ~ 
oe 


LONDON: 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED, 
LONDON AND BUNGAY. 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET, 
CAVENDISH SQUARE, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, 
PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK. 


1912-1913. 


\ 
Q Wi Al, \ 
f \ . z — 


> oe 
8 


DATES OF PUBLICATION IN PARTS. 


Part I. (TRawns., p. 1-374) ; z - was published 12 July, 1912 
er UE 375-475, Proc., i-lxxx) Fr 4Oct. , 
ge) ATG as 477-642, ,,  \xxxi-xcvi) s 24 Dec. ,,_ 
shen IG whee 643-754, ,,  xevii-cxlii) * 11 Feb., 1913 
oe ee 31 Mar. ,, 


4 


y , 


} i 


at Sfrua- ot 


TOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON 


hem 


& ¥ 


ye 


ape os 
__{NcoRPORATED BY Royal CHarTER, 1885, 


FouNDED, 1833. 


OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1912-1913. 


President, 
Rev. FRANCIS DAVID MORICHE, M.A. 


Vice=Presidents, 


MALCOLM BURR, D.Sc., F.LS., F.Z.S. 
JOHN HARTLEY DURRANT. 
ALBERT HUGH JONES. 


Treasurer. 
ALBERT HUGH JONES. 


Secretaries, 


CommManDER JAMES J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.LS. 
Rev. GEORGE WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S. 


Librarian. 
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, A.L.S., F.Z.S. 


Otber Members of Council. 


ROBERT ADKIN. 

GEORGE T. BETHUNE-BAKER, F.LS., F.ZS. 
HORACE Sr. JOHN DONISTHORPE, F.Z.S. 
STANLEY EDWARDS, F.LS., F.ZS. 

A. E. GIBBS, F.LS., F.R.HLS. 

W. E. SHARP. 

ALFRED SICH. 

J. R. we B. TOMLIN, M.A. 

HENRY JEROME TURNER. 

COLBRAN J. WAINWRIGHT. 


Resident Librarian. 
GEORGE BETHELL, F.R.H1st.S. 


ay? Dear | 
iva y en : 
= 


as 0 45) af i teenie ae a : a. | P? aa 
pe MOMENT HO ETI PACE) TENE 4 
; / a 


SHES INR FOF - \ aad. 


AAP 0 Cite Ye LAOS oe Med Hitveviony / 


~ 


WVBR ASICS ad) SOP ORO. boa 2 Ob TA 


TWnsehen a" 
OTVACE ALGHT AAS oust 


AANA Aas 
7 cee ey iy? i ih ofty jae 
AWE Via TAIL Fe 
AIT OTA Th TCE Pe 
TRIDSHOTD 


SWAOR. FRU. THA 


aoluisese 
MOP A HR ee A bo 


HSM cdytt SNS PLONO tal reas “ 


ain eet ; i) ct 


SOI AO ea LO He OES a 
MIAUOR IG arse 130dtm " 
| ie) Ss 
BT Malo SPRL Ae PGE Oe 


rh BROW TSI KOU BIG et See 
- BSA Ba SAN Fae 

v 

7 ' 


~ ie 


ACI St 20) Bee ‘a 
HAL £ 
; hia 
hit! RAMU AT ae: 
THOIWALAW .& WAmnIOG a 


4 
oo “ 


CMAN AUTO OED 


a) = 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

List of Fellows... as fan He ae 08 7 ae gsi ix 

Additions to the Library we = ws ies i ds gC 
MEMOIRS. 

PAGE 


I. A Monograph of the African species of the Genus Acraea, Fab., 
with asupplement on those of the Oriental Region. ae Harry 
EvtrincuaM, M.A., F.Z.8. 500 = “or 1 


II. South African and Australian Aculeate Hymenoptera in the 
Oxford Museum. By the late Col. C. T. Binenam, F.Z.S. 375 


III. On some hitherto imperfectly-known South African n Lepidoptera. 
By Rotanp Trimen, M.A., F.R.S., etc. ... 384 


IV. On the Early Stages of Albulina Feces a Bemaeeo pales 
Plebeiid blue butterfly. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. ... 393 


V. An experiment on the development of the male is pasar in 
Lepidoptera. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. ... : 407 


VI. The food-plant of Callophrys avis. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. 409 


VII. The effect of Oil of Citronella on two sueaes of Dacus. By F. M. 
Howrert, BsA.; FES. -.. a ae see .. 412 


VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from 
South-East Brazil. By E. DuxinrieLp Jones, F.E.S., F.Z.S. 419 


IX. The study of mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by temperature 
experiments on two Tropical butterflies. By Lieut.-Colonel 
N. Manpers, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., F.E.S. ... a 445 


X. On the genera Liothrips and Hoodia. By Dr. H. Karny, of 
Elbogen, Austria. Translated by G. A. Evxiott,F.Z.8., F. E.S. 


Communicated by R. 8S. Bacnatt, F.E.S., F.L. S. ae a 70 
XI. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in Coleoptera. 

By D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., and F. Murr, F.E.S. kes we EL, 
XII. Studies of the Blattidae. By the late R.SHetForD, M.A. ... 643 


XIII. An unrecognised European Lycaena, identified as Agriades 
thersites (Boisd. MSS.),Cantener. By T. A. CHapMan, M.D. 662 


XIV. The Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. By R. C. L. 
Perkins, D.Sc., M.A., Jesus College, Oxford AA bay GIES 


( viii) 
PAGE 


XSViE PyRAposeman resemblance between Acraeine larvae. By 
G. H. Carpenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.), F.E.8., Member 
of the Royal Society’s Sleeping Sickness Commission coo Oz 


XVI. The Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyi, Neave. By 
G. D. H. Carrenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.), F.E.S. . wo ©6106 


XVII. On some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon. By E. ERNEST 
GREEN, F.E.S., Govt. sa shail les Botanic ee 


Peradeniya ... 717 
XVIII. On new Species of Fossortal Hymenoptera from Africa, peat 

Elidinae. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.. 720 
Proceedings for 1912 ee bie tee ae das “0 .. ext 
Annual Meeting ... wae we an 6 i a oe exliii 
President’s Address ide wee ee ire a ae nee clix 
General Index aes Boe ae 53 so sie ses coe cei 
Special Index ase iz ase 500 see ae ibs sss cevili 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES, TRANSACTIONS. 


Plates I-XVI. See ees 374 , Plates XLII-LXXVIII. 

Plate XVII. 392 see pages 642 

Plates XVIII-XXXVI.., 403 | Plates LX XIX, LXXX. ,, 661 

Plates XXXVII, XXXVIIL. Plate LXXXI. 675 
see pages 408 | Plates LAX XU-LKEKW, 


Plates XXXIX, XL. _,, 418 see pages 676 
Plate XLI. 6 458 | Plate LXXXVI. 5 719 


Pist of Fellows 


OF THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


HONORARY FELLOWS. 


ae Marked * have died during the year. 
Election. 


1900 AvuRiviLLivs, Professor Christopher, Stockholm. 

1905 Bonivar, Ignacio, Museo nacional de Historia natural, Hipodromo, 
17, Madrid. 

1911 Comstock, Professor J. H., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, 
U.S.A. 

1901 Fasre, J. H., Sérignan, Vaucluse, France. 

1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., Chigny, prés Morges, Switzerland. 

1912 Frey-Gessner, Dr. Emile, La Roseraie, Genéve, Switzerland. 

1906 * GaNGLBAUER, Custos Ludwig, Hof-Musewm, Vienna. 

1898 Grassi, Professor Battista, The University, Rome. 

1908 OxseErRtTHUR, Charles, Rennes, Ille-et-Vilaine, France. 

1906 Reuter, Professor Odo Morannal, The University, Helsingfors, 
Finland. 

1911 Wasmany, Fr. Erich, 8.J., Valkenburg (L.) Ignatius Kolleg, Holland. 

1893 Warttenwyt, Hoffrath Carl Brunner von, Schénbwrgstrasse 
3, Vienna. 

1898 Weismann, Dr. August, Freiburg, Baden. 


FELLOWS. 


Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions. 
Marked * have died during the year. 


Date of 
Election. 


1908 AcKERLEY, F. B., c/o Imperial Tobacco Oo. P.O. Box 1159, 
Johannesburg, South Africa. 

1901 ¢ ApaiR, Sir Frederick E. 8., Bart., Flixton Hall, Bungay. 

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.S., 50, Ashley-gardens, Victoria- 
street, S.W. 

1902 ADKIN, Benaiah Whitley, Trenoweth, Hope-park, Bromley, Kent. 

1885 ADKIN, Robert, (Councit, 1911- ), Wellfield, Lingards-road, Lewis- 
ham, S.E. 

1904 Agar, E. A., La Haut, Dominica, B. W. Indies. 


Hey) 


1912 Aten, T. W., M.A., 30, Blenheim-gardens, Cricklewood, N. 

1911 AwnpErson, T. J., Entomologist, Dept. of Agriculture, Nairobi, 
British East Africa. 

1910 f ANDREWES, H. E., 8, North Grove, Highgate, N. 

1899 ANnprReEws, Henry W., Shirley, Welling S.O., Kent. 

1901 Awninea, William, 39, Lime Street, E.C. 

1908 } AnTRAM, Charles B., Somerdale Estate, Ootacamund, Nilgiri Hills, 
S. India. 

1911 ArmstronG, Lionel, 25, Bourne Hall-road, Bushey, Herts. 

1907 ARNOLD, G., M.Sc., A.R.C.S., Curator, Rhodesia Musewm, Bulawayo, 
S. Africa. 

1899 + ARRow, Gilbert J., (Counctt, 1905-7), 87, Union-grove, Clapham, 
S.W.; and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road,S.W. 

1911 AsHBy, Edward Bernard, St. Bernards, Bulstrode-road, Hounslow, 
Middlesex. 

1907 + AsuBy, Sydney R., 119, Greenvale-road, Eltham-park, Kent. 

1886 Atmore, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn. 

1850 + AvEBURY, The Right Honble. Lord, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., 
etc., (PRES., 1866-7, 1879-80; V.-Prus., 1862, 1868, 1876, 1881, 
1888 ; CounciL, 1855-7, 1859-61), High Elms, Farnborough, Kent. 


1901 Bacot, Arthur W., York Cottage, York-hill, Loughton, Essex. 

1904 t BAGNALL, Richard S., Oldstead, Park Town, Oxford. 

1909 Bacwe.u-PureFoy, Capt. Edward, 34, Sloane-Court, 8.W. 

1903 Baupock, G. R., Oakburn Villa, Enfield Highway, Middlesex. 

1912 Bauuarp, Edward, Zomba, Nyassaland, Africa. 

1886 Banxus, Eustace R., M.A. 

1890 Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.S., The Warren, Cromer. 

1886 Bareaatt, Marchese Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo Tempi No. 1, 
Florence, Italy. 

1895 Barker, Cecil W., The Bungalow, Escombe, Natal, South Africa. 

1902 Barravp, Philip J., Bushey Heath, Watford. 

1911 Barrert, J. Platt, Westcroft, South-road, Forest Hill, S.E. 

1907 Barruert, H. Frederick D., 1, Myrtle-road, Bowrnemouth. 

1894 + Bateson, Prof. William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College, 
Cambridge, The Manor House, Merton, Surrey. 

1908 Bayrorp, E. G., 2, Rockingham-street, Barnsley. 

1904 Bayne, Arthur F., c/o Messrs. Freeman, Castle-street, Framlingham, 
Suffolk. 

1912 Baynes, Edward Stuart Augustus, 120, Warwick-street, Eccleston- 
square, S.W. 

1896 | BEaRE, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., (V.-PREs., 1910; 
CounciL, 1909-11), 10, Regent Terrace, Edinburgh. 

1908 BrcuErR, Major Edward F., Cranfield House, Polzeath, St. Minver, 
Cornwall. 

1908 Beck, Richard, Red Lodge, Porchester-road, Bowrnemouth. 

1905 Berprorp, The Duke of, K.G., Pres. Z.S., etc., Woburn Abbey, Beds. 


1912 


1899 
1904 


1906 
1885 


1895 
1891 
1904 
1904 
1885 


1909 
1904 
1886 


1912 
1903 
1911 


1907 
1891 


1902 
1888 


Cia 4 


BeprorpD, Gerald, Entomologist to the Union of South Africa, 
Veterinary Bacteriological Laboratory, Ondestepoort, Pretoria, 
Transvaal. 

BEDWELL, Ernest C., Bruggen, Brighton-road, Coulsdon, Surrey. 

Benertsson, Simon, Ph.D., Lecturer, University of Lund, Sweden ; 
Curator, Entomological Collection of the University. 

Benratt, E. E., The Towers, Heybridge, Essex. 

BETHUNE-BakER, George T., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (V.-PRes., 1910-11 ; 
CounciL, 1895, 1910- ), 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston, Birm- 
ingham. 

Bevan, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., 38, The Common, Woolwich. 

BuaBer, W. H., F.L.S., 34, Cromwell-road, Hove, Brighton. 

Buack, James E., Nethercroft, Peebles. 

Buair, Kenneth G., 23, West Hill, Highgate, N. 

Buatuwayt, Lt.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Eagle House, Batheaston, 
Bath. 

BLENKARN, Stanley A., Norham, Cromwell-road, Beckenham. 

Buiss, Maurice Frederick, Coningsburgh, Montpelier-road, Ealing, W. 

BLooMFIELD, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory, 
Hastings. 

BopxIn, G. C., Govt. Entomologist, Georgetown, British Guiana. 

Bogus, W. A., The Bank House, Watchet. 

Borteav, H., 99, Rue de la Cote St. Thibault, Bois de Colombes, 
Seine, France. 

Bonnet, Alexandre, 54, Boulevard Bineau, Newilly-sur-Seine, 
Seine, France. 

Boots, George A., Whalley Range, Longton, Lancashire. 

Bostock, E. D., Oulton Cross, Stone, Staffs. 

Bower, Benjamin A., Langley, Willow Grove, Chislehurst. 


1894 + Bowtss, E. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross. 
1912 + Bowrtne, C. Talbot, Acting Commissioner of Customs, Wenchow, 


1910 


China. 
Boyp, A. Whitworth, The Alton, Altrincham, Cheshire. 


1852 * Boyp, Thos., Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, S.E. 
1893 * Brapant, Hdouard, Chdteau de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord), 


1905 


1904 


1877 


1912 


1870 


1894 


France. 

BrackEN, Charles W., B.A., 5, Carfrae Terrace, Lipson, Plymouth. 

BRIDGEMAN, Commander The Hon. Richard O.B., R.N., 44, Lowndes- 
square, S.W., and H.M.S. “ Drwid,” 1st Destroyer Flotilla, Home 
Fleet. 

Bricas, Charles Adolphus, Rock House, Lynmouth S8.O., 
N. Devon. 

Brieas, Miss Margery H., B.Sc., 7, Winterstoke-gardens, Mill 
Hill, N.W. 

Briegs, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth 8.0., 
N. Devon. 

Bricut, Percy M., Fairfield, Wimborne-road, Bournemouth. 


(. ii )) 

1909 Brirren, Harry, Prospect House, Salkeld Dykes, Penrith. 

1902 Broueuron, Major T. Delves, R.E., Rodney Hall, Filton, nr. Bristol. 

1878 Broun, Major Thomas, Mount Albert, Auckland, New Zealand. 

1904 Brown,Henry H., Sheriff Court House, George IV Bridge, Edinburgh. 

1910 Browne, Horace B., M.A., Park Hurst, Morley, Yorks. 

1911 Brurzer, Rev. Henry William, Great Bowden Vicarage, Market 
Harborough. 

1909 Bryant, Gilbert E., Fir Grove, Esher, Surrey. 

1898 | Bucnan-Heppurn, Sir Archibald, Bart., J.P., D.L., Smeaton- 
Hepburn, Prestonkirk. 

1907 Buuuetp, Arthur, F.S.A., Wimboro, Midsomer Norton, Somerset- 
shire. 

1896 | Burr, Malcolm, D.Sc., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.G.S., A.R.S.M., Vicz- 
PRESIDENT, (CoUNCIL, 1903, 4, 1910-12), Castle Hill House, Dover. 

1909 Burrows, The Rev. C. R. N., The Vicarage, Mucking, Stanford-le- 
Hope, Essex. 

1868 + Butter, Arthur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Src., 1875; Counc, 
1876), The Lilies, Beckenham-road, Beckenham. 

1883 Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., 56, Cecile-Park, Crouch 
End, N. 

1902 Burier, William E., Hayling House, Oxford-road, Reading. 

1905 BurrerFie.D, Jas. A., B.Sc., Comrie, Eglinton Hill, Plumstead. 

1912 Buxton, Patrick Alfred, M.B.0.U., Fairhill, Tonbridge, and Trinity 
College, Cambridge. 

1904 Byart, Horace A., B.A., Berbera (via Aden), Somaliland Protectorate. 


1902 Cameron, Malcolm, M.B., R.N., H.M.S. “ Formidable,” 5th Battle 
Squadron. 

1885 CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., ete, Byrnllwydwyn, 
Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire. 

1898 CanbeézE, Léon, Mont St. Martin 75, Liége. 

1880 CanspaLE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.E. 

1889 Cant, A., 33, Festing-road, Putney, 8.W.; and c/o Fredk. Du Cane 
Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 45, Pont-street, S.W. 

1894 CaraccioLo, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British 
West Indies. 

1910 Cartier, E. Wace, M.D., F.R.S.E., Morningside, Granville-road, 
Dorridge, and The University, Birmingham. 

1892 CarpENntTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, 22, Grosvenor-road, S.W. 

1910 CaRPENTER, Geoffrey D. H., B.A., Uganda Medical Service, 
Uganda Protectorate. 

1895 Carpenter, Prof. G. H., B.Sc., B.M., B.Ch., Royal College of 
Science, Dublin. 

1898 CarpEntTER, J. H., Redcot, Belmont-road, Leatherhead. 

1868 CaRRINGTON, Charles, Meadowcroft, Horley, Surrey. 

1911 Carson, George Moffatt, Entomologist to the Government of New 
Guinea, Port Moresby, New Guinea. 


1895 


1912 


1906 
1900 
1900 
1903 


( xiii) 


Carter, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., Greycliffe, Lower Warberry-road, 
Torquay. 

CartER, Henry Francis, Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in 
Medical and Economic Entomology, Liverpool School of Tropical 
Medicine, University of Liverpool. 

Carter, H. J., B.A., Ascham, Darling Point, Sydney, N.S. Wales. 

CartER, J. W., 15, Westfield-road, Manningham, Bradford. 

Cassat, R. T., M.R.C.S. 

CattLE, John Rowland, The Priory, West Tarring, Worthing. 


1889 + Cave, Charles J. P., Ditcham Park, Petersfield. 


1900 
1871 


1891 


1910 
1897 
1902 
1908 
1889 
1909 
1909 


1908 
1908 
1908 


1904 
1899 
1906 


1911 
1892 


1867 
1895 
1909 
1890 


CHAMBERLAIN, Neville, Westbourne, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

CuHampion, George C., F.Z.S., A.L.S., (CounciL, 1875-7; LIBRARIAN, 
1891— ), Heatherside, Horsell, Woking ; and 45, Pont-street, S.W. 

CuapMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., F.Z.S., (V.-PREs., 1900, 1904-5, 
1908 ; CounciIL, 1898-1900, 1903-5, 1907-9), Betula, Reigate. 

CHARNLEY, J. R. 

Cuawner, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst, R.S.O., Hants. 

CHEESMAN, E. M., c/o Mr. John Garson, 150, Umbilo-road, Durban. 

Cuerty, B. Chourappa, The Government Museum, Bangalore, India. 

Curisty, William M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth. 

Cuuss, Ernest C., Curator, Durban Museum, Natal, South Africa. 

Crark, C. Turner, F.Z.8S., Hillcrest, St. Augustine’s-avenue, 
S. Croydon. 

Cuark, Edgar L., Congella, Natal. 

CLUTTERBUCK, Charles G., Heathside, 23, Heathwville-road, Gloucester. 

CiLurrerBucK, P. H., Indian Forest Department, Naini Tal, United 
Provinces, India. 

Cockayne, Edward A., 16, Cambridge-square, London, W. 

Coutin, James E., (CounctL, 1904-6), Sussex Lodge, Newmarket. 

Coutincr, Walter E., M.Sc, F.LS., 8, Newhall-street, Bir- 
mingham. 

Corton, Sidney Howard, 14, Chesterfield-street, Mayfair, W. 

Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., Upcott House, 
Taunton. 

Cox, Herbert Ed., Claremont, Jamaica. 

CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester. 

Craw ey, W. C., 16, Albany-mansions, Albert Bridge-road, S.W. 

CREWE, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire. 


1880 + Crisp, Sir Frank, LL.B., B.A., J.P. 


1907 
1908 
1908 


1901 
1900 
1907 
1886 


Crort, Edward Octavius, M.D., 28, Clarendon-road, Leeds. 
Cuupin, Millais, M.B., F.R.C.S., The Palace Hotel, Shanghai. 
Curtis, W. Parkinson, Aysgarth, Poole, Dorset. 


Danp, Edward Martin, Hohenzollernstrasse 18, Zehlendorf, bei Berlin. 
Daue@uisH, Andrew Adie, 7, Keir-street, Pollokshields, Glasgow. 
Dames, Felix L., 13, Humboldtstrasse, Steglitz, Berlin. 

Dannatt, Walter, 45, Manor Park, Lee, 8.E. 


1911 


1905 
1912 


1910 
1903 
1898 


1912 


1875 


1887 


1895 
1909 
1905 
1912 


1906 
1903 
1906 


1891 


1908 
1910 
1884 


1867 


1900 
1894 
1906 
1883 


1910 
1912 
1890 
1865 


(C xiv) 


Davey, H. W., Inspector of Department of Agriculture, Geelong, 
Victoria, Australia. 

Davinson, James D., 32, Drwmsheugh Gardens, Edinburgh. 

Davis, Frederick Lionel, J.P., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Belize, British 
Honduras. 

Dawson, William George, Manor House, Abbots Morton, Worcester. 

Day, F. H., 26, Currock-terrace, Carlisle. 

Day, G. O., Sahlatston, Duncan’s Station, Vancowver Island, British 
Columbia. 

Dewirz, Dr. John, Director German Govt. Experimental Station, 
Devant-les-Ponts, Metz, Lorraine. 

Distant, William Lucas, (V.-PRzs., 1881, 1900; SEc., 1878-80; 
Councih, 1900-2), Shannon-lodge, Selhurst-road, South Norwood, 
S.E. 

Drxey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., Fellow and Bursar 
of Wadham College, (PRES., 1909-10; V.-Pres., 1904-5, 1911; 
CouNcIL, 1895, 1904-6), Wadham College, Oxford. 

Dosson, H.T., Jvy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden S.O., Surrey. 

Dosson, Thomas, 1, Grant-street, Farnworth, Bolton. 

Dopp, Frederick P., Kuranda, vid Cairns, Queensland. 

Dota, Capt. Kenneth Alan Crawford, R.A.M.C., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 
c/o Messrs. Holt & Co., 3, Whitehall-place, London, S.W. 

Dotiman, Hereward, Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W. 

DotimaN, J. C., Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W. 

DoncastER, Leonard, M.A., The University Musewm of Zoology, 
Cambridge. 

DonistHoRPE, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S., (V.-Pres., 1911; 
CounciL, 1899-1901, 1910- ), 58, Kensington-mansions, South 
Kensington, 8.W. 

Doueias-CrompPtTon, Sydney. 

Downes-Suaw, Rev. Archibald, Gt. Horton Vicarage, Bradford. 

Drucez, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., (Councit, 1903-5), 43, Circus- 
road, St. John’s Wood, N.W. 

Drouce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Counctn, 1885, 1892), 43, Circus- 
road, St. John’s Wood, N.W. 

Drory, W. D., Rocquaine, West Hill Park, Woking. 

Dupeeron, G. C., Director General, Dept. of Agriculture, Cairo. 

DUKINFIELD JonEs, E., Castro, Reigate. 

Durrant, John Hartley, Vick-PREsIDENT, (CouncrL, 1911- ), 
Merton, 17, Burstock-road, Putney, S.W., and British Museum 
(Natural History), Cromiell-road, South Kensington, 8.W. 


Eaes-WuitsE, J. Cushny, 47, Chester-terrace, Eaton-square, S.W. 

Eart, Herbert L., 35, Leicester-street, Southport, Lancs. 

Eastwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalming. 

Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., (Counctn, 1877-9), Rich- 
mond Villa, Northam S.0., N. Devon. 


€ xm ) 


1904 Ecxrorp, George, F.Z.S., c/o Sir Morgan Tuite, Bart., Ki/ruane, 
Nenagh, Co. Tipperary, Ireland. 

1902 Epertsten, Hubert M., The Elms, Forty Hill, Enfield, Middlesex. 

1911 Epwarps, F. W., Kingswear, Cornwall-road, Harrow. 

1886 Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Cheltenham. 

1884 Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Counci, 1912— ),15, St. Germans- 
place, Blackheath, S.E. 

1900 Euiort, E. A., 16, Belsize Grove, Hampstead, N.W. 

1900 Exuis, H. Willoughby, Holly Hill, Berkswell, Warwickshire. 

1886 Exuis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool. 

1903 Etrrinesay, Harry, M.A., F.Z.S8., Eastgarth, Westoe, South Shields, 
and Hope Department, University Museum, Oxford. 

1878 Enwes, Henry John, J.P., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., (PREs., 1893-4 ; 
V.-PreEs., 1889-90, 1892, 1895 ; CounciL, 1888-90), Colesborne, 
Cheltenham. 

1886 Ewnock, Frederick, F.L.S., 13, Tufnell Park Road, London, N. 

1903 ErxHeEripes, Robert, Curator, Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. 

1908 Evustacr, Eustace Mallabone, M.A., Challacombe Rectory, Parra- 
combe 8.0., N. Devon, and Wellington College, Berks. 

1909 Evans, Frank J., Superintendent of Agriculture, Calabar, Eastern 
Province, 8S. Nigeria. 


1907 Feratuer, Walter, Voi, British East Africa. 

1900 FerutuHay, H. L. L., P. 0. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal. 

1861 Fenn, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E, 

1886 Fenwick, Nicolas Percival, The Gables, New-road, Esher. 

1908 Fernwick, Norman Percival, Junior, Hillside, St. Anmn’s-road, 
Eastbourne. 

1910 Fernyzs, A., M.D., 170, North Grange Grove-Avenue, Pasadena, 
California, U.S.A. 

1889 FerrRNaLpD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A. 

1900 Firtn, J. Digby, F.L.S., Boys’ Modern School, Leeds. 

1874 * Fircn, Edward A., F.L.S., (Src., 1881-5 ; CouncriL, 1879, 1886) 
Brick House, Maldon, Essex. 

1905 Feet, Wilfred James, F.H.A.S., F.C.S., Toynton, Felixstowe, Suffolk. 

1900 Fremyne, The Rev. W. Westropp, M.A., Coolfin, Portlaw, co. 
Waterford. 

1898 FuetcHer, T. Bainbrigge, R.N., Agricultural College and Research 
Institute, Coimbatore, Madras, S. India. 

1883 + FLETcHER, William Holland B., M.A., Aldwick Manor, Bognor. 

1905 FLoERSHEIM, Cecil, 16, Kensington Court Mansions, 8.W. 

1885 Foxxer, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands. 

1912 Fosrer, C.A., Worcestershire Regiment, Beechwood, Iffley, Oxford. 

1900 Founkss, P. Hedworth, B.Sc., Harper-Adams Agricultwral College, 
Newport, Salop. 

1898 Fountatng, Miss Margaret, 1, The Studios, Sheriff-road, West 
Hampstead, N.W. 


Cire) 


1880 FowimrR, The Rev. Canon, D.Sc, M.A., F.L.S., (Pres., 1901-2 ; 
V.-Pres., 1903 ; Sc., 1886-96), Harley Vicarage, near Reading. 

1908 Fraser, Frederick C., Capt., M.D., I.M.S., Assist. Superint., Govt. 
Maternity Hospital, Madras, India. 

1896 FRExkE, Perey Evans, Southpoint, Limes-road, Folkestone. 

1888 FreEMuLin, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Elms, Kingsbury, N.W. 

1903 FreNcH, Charles, F.L.S., Government Entomologist, Melbourne, 
Victoria, Australia. 

1910 Frispy, G. E., 40, Windmill-street, Gravesend. 

1908 Frogeartt, Walter W., F.L.S., Government Entomologist, 138, George- 
street, Sydney, New South Wales. 

1891 Frouawk, F. W., Stanley House, Park-road, Wallington, Surrey. 

1906 + Fry, Harold Armstrong, P.O. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal 
Colony. 

1900 Fryer, H. Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs. 

1907 Fryer, John Claud Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs. 

1876 Funter, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill, 
Sydenham, S.E. 

1898 Futur, Claude, Government Entomologist, Pietermaritzburg, Natal. 


1887 Gaunan, Charles Joseph, M.A., (SEc., 1899-1900 ; CounciL, 1893-5, 
1901), 8, Lonsdale-road, Bedford Park, W.; and British Museum 
(Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W. 

1910 Garcks, Emile, M.I.E.E., Witton House, Maidenhead. 

1892 Garbk&, Philip de la, R.N., 8, Queen’s-terrace, Exeter. 

1890 GarpneErR, John, Lawrel Lodge, Hart, West Hartlepool. 

1901 + GarpneR, Willoughby, F.L.S., Deganwy, N. Wales. 

1910 Geary, T. H., Enderby, Leicestershire. 

1899 GeLpaRT, William Martin, M.A., 10, Chadlington-road, Oxford. 

1906 +t Grpps, Arthur Ernest, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Councin, 1912— ), Kitchener's 
Meads, St. Albans. 

1908 GrrFaRD, Walter M., P.O. Box 308, Honolulu, Hawaii. 

1907 Gites, Henry Murray, Head Keeper of Zoological Gardens, South 
Perth, W. Australia. 

1902 GinuanpERS, A. T., Park Cottage, Alnwick. 

1904 Gurwt1At, Francis, B.A., c/o Rev. G. Gilliat, Haselbury Vicarage, 
Crewkerne, Somerset. 

1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., (PREs., 
1891-2; V.-Prus., 1882-3, 1886, 1889-90, 1902; Counctn, 1880- 
1, 1900), South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham; and 45, Pont- 
street, S.W. 

1886 + Goopricu, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Brislington House, near 
Bristol. 

1904 Goopwin, Edward, Canon Court, Wateringbury, Kent. 

1898 Gorpon, J.G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill S.O., Wigtownshire. 

1898 Gorpon, R. 8. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill 8.0., Wigtown- 
shire. 


( xvii) 


1855 GoruaM, The Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., (Councin, 1882-3), High- 
croft, Great Malvern. 

1910 Gorrmann, A. M.S.,94, Niddastrasse, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany. 

1909 Gowpey, Carlton C., B.Sc., Govt. Entomologist, Entebbe, Uganda, 
Africa. 

1911 Graves, P. P., Club de Constantinople, Constantinople, Turkey. 
1891 + GreEn, E. Ernest, Government Entomologist, Mote Hall, Bearsted, 
Kent; and Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya, Ceylon. 

1910 Green, Herbert A., The Central Fire Station, Durban, Natal. 

1894 Green, J. F., F.Z.S., 38, Pont-street, London, S.W. 

1898 GREENSHIELDS, Alexander, 38, Blenheim-gardens, Cricklewood 
aN, Wi 

1893 + GrEENWwoopD, Henry Powys, F.L.S., Whitsbury House, Salisbury. 

1888 GrirrFitTHs, G. C., F.Z.S., Penhurst, 3, Leigh-road, Clifton, Bristol. 

1894 GrimsHAw, Percy H., Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. 

1905 Grist, Charles J., Elgin House, Knockholt, Sevenoaks, 

1909 * Grosvenor, G. H., M.A., Blakedown, nr. Kidderminster. 

1906 Gurney, Gerard H., Keswick Hall, Norwich. 

1910 Gurney, William B., Asst. Govt. Entomologist, Department of 
Agriculture, Sydney, Australia. 


1912 Hacker, Henry, Bowen Bridge-road, Brisbane, Queensland: 

1906 Hawt, Arthur, 7, Park-lane-mansions, Croydon. 

1890 + Hatt, Albert Ernest, Cranfield House, Southwell, Notts. 

1885 Hatz, Thomas William, Stanhope, The Crescent, Croydon. 

1912 Hauiert, Howard Mountjoy, 13, Earl-road, Penarth, Glamorgan- 
shire. 

1898 Hamuyn-Harnris, R., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Director of the 
Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Australia. 

1891 Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., (V.-PREs., 1898 ; 
CounciIL, 1896-8), 62, Stanhope-gardens, 8.W. 

1891 Hansoury, Frederick J., F.L.S., Brockhurst, E. Grinstead. 

1905 + Hancock, Joseph L., 5466, Lexington Avenue, Chicago, U.S.A. 

1903 Harz, E. J.,. Dunham, Boscombe, Hants. 

1904 Harris, Edward, St. Conan’s, Chingford, Essex. 

1910 Harwoop, Philip, 23, Northgate End, Bishop’s Stortford. 

1910 Hawksuaw, J. C., Hollycombe, Sussex. 

1910 Hepess, Alfred van der, Stoke House, Stoke Mandeville, Bucks. 

1910 HENDERSON, J., Clifton, Ashbourne, Derby. 

1898 Heron, Francis A., B.A., 16, Kenilworth-road, Ealing, W. 

1903 Herron, William, W.B.C. Apiary, Old Bedford-road, Luton, Beds. 

1908 Hewirr, C. Gordon, D.Sc., Central Experimental Farm, Dept. of 
Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada. 

1876 + Hittman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes. 

1907 Hoar, Thomas Frank Partridge, Mercia, Albany-road, Leighton 
Buzzard. 

1912 Hopes, Harold, Chapel Place Mansion, 322, Oxford-street, yy 


1888 
1902 
1910 
1887 
1898 


1910 
1901 


1897 
1903 


(> xviii +) 


Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., B.D., Rhyddington, Clifton Drive, 
Lytham. 

Hots, R. 8., c/o Messrs. King and Co., Bombay. 

Ho.rorp, H. Oliver, Elstead Lodge, Godalming, Surrey. 

Houianp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg, 
Penn., U.S.A. 

Hotman-Hunt, C. B., Asst. Entomologist, Department of Agri- 
culture, Kuala Lumpur, Federated Malay States. 

Houtmes, Edward Morrell, Ruthven, Sevenoaks. 

Hopson, Montagu F., L.D.S., R.C.S.Eng., F.LS., 64, Harley- 
street, W. 

Horne, Arthur, 60, Gladstone-place, Aberdeen. 

Hoveuton, J. T., 1, Portland-place, Worksop. 


1907 | Howarp, C. W., Entomological Division, College of Agriculture, 


1900 
1907 


St. Anthony Park, Minn., U.S.A. 
Howrs, W. George, 432, George-street, Dunedin, New Zealand. 
How tert, Frank M., M.A., Wymondham, Norfolk. 


1865 + Hupp, A. E., 108, Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol. 


1888 


1907 
1912 


1897 


Hupson, George Vernon, Hill View, Karori, Wellington, New 
Zealand, 


Hueues, C. N., 3, Wyndham Place, Bryanston-square, W. 
Huis, Miss Lily, Hollywood, Colinton-road, Edinburgh. 


ImaceE, Prof. Selwyn, M.A., (Councit, 1909-11), 20, Fitzroy- 
street, Fitzroy-square, W. 


1912 + IMs, A. D., D.Sc., B.A., F.L.S., Forest Zoologist to the Govt. of 


1908 
1891 


1907 


1907 
1907 


1911 


1910 


1869 


1898 
1912 
1912 
1886 
1899 
1909 


India, Forest Research Institute, Dehra Dun, U.P., India. 
Irpy, Captain Leonard Paul, Brook House, Eastry S.0., Kent. 
IsaBELL, The Rev. John, Sunnycroft, St. Sennen S.0., Cornwall. 


Jack, Rupert Wellstood, Government Entomologist, Department 
of Agriculture, Salisbury, Rhodesia. 

Jackson, P. H., 112, Balham-park-road, S.W. 

Jacosi, Professor A., Ph.D., Director of the R. Zoological and 
Anthrop.-Ethnographical Museum, Dresden, Saxony. 

Jacoss, Capt. J. J., R.E., 99, Bensham Manor-road, Thornton 
Heath, Surrey. 

Jacops, Lionel L., P. O. Box 445, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, 
Canada. 

JANSON, Oliver E., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.; and 44, 
Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C. 

JANSON, Oliver J., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N. 

JARDINE, Nigel K., 2, Casile-street, Ashford, Kent. 

Jemmett, C., Ashford, Kent; and Agricultural College, Wye, Kent. 

JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, Hast Gate House, Lewes. 

Jennines, F. B., 152, Silver-street, Upper Edmonton, N. 

JEPSON, Frank P., Department of Agriculture, Suva, Fiji Islands. 


( Sais”) ) 


1886 Joxnn, Evan, Llantrisant S.0., Glamorganshire. 

1907 Jonson, Charles Fielding, Mayfield, Brinington Crescent, Stockport. 

1889 JoHNnson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Pass, 
co. Armagh. 

1908 Jortcry, James J., The Homestead, Abbot's Brook, Bourne End, Bucks. 

1888 Jones, Albert H., Vicn-PrEestpENT, (CouNcIL, 1898-1900 ; 
TREASURER, 1904— ),Shrublands, Eltham, Kent. 

1910 Jonss, Ernest P., 7, Sherwin-street, Nantwich-road, Crewe. 

1894, Jorpan, Dr. K., (V.-PRes., 1909; Councin, 1909-11), The 
Museum, Tring. 

1910 JosrpH, E. G., 23, Clanricarde-gardens, W. 

1910 Joy, Ernest Cooper, Eversley, Dale-road, Purley. 

1902 Joy, Norman H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Bradfield, Readina. 


1884 KappEL, A. W., F.L.S., Linnean Society, Burlington House, W. 

1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds. 

1896 f Kayz, William James, (Counctt, 1906-8), Caracas, Ditton Hill, 
Surbiton. 

1907 Ketty, Albert Ernest McClure, Assistant Entomologist, Department 
of Agriculture, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, S.A. 

1902 Kemp, Stanley W., The Indian Museum, Calcutta. 

1890 Kenrick, Sir George H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston, 
Birmingham. 

1904 KersHaw, G. Bertram, Ingleside, West Wickham, Kent. 

1906 Keynes, John Neville, M.A., D.Sc., 6, Harvey-road, Cambridge. 

1900 Krys, James H., Morwell, Freedom-villas, Lipson-road, Plymouth. 

1911 Kuounan, Kunui, M.A., Asst. Entomologist to the Govt. of Mysore, 
Bangalore, South India. 

1912 Kine, Harold H., Govt. Entomologist, Gordon College, Khartoum, 
Sudan. 

1889 Kine, J. J. F. X., Lecturer on Economic Entomology at the West of 
Scotland Agricultural College, 1, Athole Gardens-terrace, Kelvin- 
side, Glasgow. 

1861 * Krrsy, William F., F.L.S., (Snc., 1881-5 ; CounciL, 1886), Hilden, 
46, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W. 

1889 KzuapALEK, Professor Franz, Karlin 263, Prague, Bohemia. 

1887} KueIn, Sydney T., F.LS., F.R.AS., AHatherlow, Raglan-road. 
Reigate. 

1908 Kwyipsen, Jens Marius. 

1911 Kune, Thien Cheng, Guardian Superintendent of Chinese Students 
in British India, c/o The Curator, Mysore Govt. Museum, Banga- 
lore, India. 


1910 Larpiaw, William, The Cedars, Eustern-road, Romford, Essex. 
1910 Lakin, C. Ernest, M.D., F.R.C.S., 2, Park-crescent, Portland-place, W. 
1911 + Lamporn, W. A., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Oni Camp, Lagos, W. Africa. 
1868 Lane, Colonel A. M., O.B., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford. 


( xx ) 


1912 Latour, Cyril Engelhart, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West 
Indies. 

1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming. 

1908 Lawn, G. W., Tudor House, Wealdstone, Harrow. 

1899 Lea, Arthur M., Government Entomologist, Musewm, Adelaide, 
S. Australia. 

1901 Lian, George F., 45, Cuthbert’s Buildings, West-street, Durban, 
Natal. 

1910 Leas, H.S., The University, Manchester. 

1909 LeteH-Crare, Reginald L., c/o Messrs. Allen & Gledhill, Solicitors, 
Singapore. 

1900 LricH-PHILLIPs, Rev. W. J., Capstan House, Copse-road, Clevedon, 
Somerset. 

1892 Lustig, J. Henry, 84, Huron-road, Tooting Common, 8.W. 

1898 LrtTuHeripeE, Ambrose G. 

1903 ¢ Levert, The Rev. Thomas Prinsep, Frenchgate, Richmond, Yorks. 

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., (Councit, 1878, 1884), 87, Frant-road, 
Tunbridge Wells. 

1908 + Lewis, John Spedan, Spedan Towers, Hampstead, N.W., and 277, 
Oxford-street, W. 

1892 Licurroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope. 

1908 Lister, W. K., Street End House, Ash, near Dover. 

1903 Lirrier, Frank M., Box 114, P.O., Launceston, Tasmania. 

1865+ Lurwetyy, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart. M.A., F.LS., 
Penllergare, Swansea, 

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., Zhe Dome, Bognor. 

1885 | Luoyp, Robert Wylie, (Counciz, 1900-1), I, 5 and 6, Albany, 
Piccadilly, W. 

1903 LorrHousr, Thomas Ashton, The Croft, Linthorpe, Middles- 
brough. 

1908 Lonaspon, D., The Flower House, Southend, Catford, 8.E. 

1904 + Lonestarr, George Blundell, M.D., (V.-PREs., 1909; CouNcIL, 
1907-9), Highlands, Putney Heath, S.W. 

1899 Lounspury, Charles P., B.Sc., Government Entomologist, Box 513, 
Pretoria, S. Africa. 

1894 Lows, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage, Guernsey. 

1893 Lower, Oswald B., Argent-street, Broken Hill, New South Wales. 

1901 Lower, Rupert S., Davonport-terrace, Wayville, South Australia. 

1909 Lucas, Dr. T. P., Wakefield-buildings, Adelaide-street, Brisbane, 
Australia. 

1898 Lucas, William John, B.A., (Councin, 1904-6), 28, Knight’s Park, 
Kingston-on- Thames. 

1880 Lupron, Henry, Courtlands, Chelston, Torquay. 

19038 LyELL, G., Gisborne, Victoria, Australia. 

1912 Lyzx, George Trevor, Bank House, Brockenhurst. 

1901 Lyman, Henry H., M.A., F.R.GS., 74, McTavish-street, Montreal, 
Canada. 


( ee 


1909 Lyon, Francis Hamilton, 89, Clarence Gate-gardens, Upper Baker- 
street, N.W. 


1906 McCarrison, D. L., Indian Police Forces, Madras Club, Madras. 

1887 M‘Doueatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath, 8.E. 

1910 Macpoucatt, R. Stewart, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Edinburgh Uni- 
versity. 

1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India. 

1900 Mackwoop, The Hon. F. M., M.L.C., Colombo, Ceylon. 

1911 Macuiran, Dr. Ivan Clarkson, M.D., B.Sc., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 
28, Hill-street, Knightsbridge, 8.W. 

1899 + Martn, Hugh, B.Sc., (Councin, 1908-10), Almondale, Buckingham- 
road, South Woodford, N.E. 

1905 Matty, Charles Wm., M.Sc., Graham’s Town, Cape Colony. 

1887 Manpers, Lieut.-Colonel Neville, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., 4, South-road, 
Curragh Camp, Co. Kildare, Ireland. 

1892 Manssrin@g, William, 4, Norwich-road, Wavertree, Liverpool. 

1894 | MarsHALtL, Alick, 18, Hazeldene-road, Chiswick, W. 

1895 MarsHaut, Guy Anstruther Knox, F.Z.S., (Councit, 1907-8), 
6, Chester-place, Hyde Park-square, W. 

1896 MarsHatt, P., M.A., B.Sc, F.G.S., University School of Mines, 
Dunedin, New Zealand. 

1856 | MarsHALL, William, V.M.H., F.R.H.S., Auchinraith, Bexley S.O., 
Kent. 

1897 Martineau, Alfred H., 54, Holly-lane, W. Smethwick. 

1910 t Mason, C. W., St. Denis, Shaftesbury, Dorset. 

1895 Massey, Herbert, Ivy-Lea, Burnage, Didsbury, Manchester. 

1865 MatHew, Gervase F., F.L.S., Paymaster-in-chief, R.N., (CouncIL, 
1887), Lee House, Dovercourt, Harwich. 

1887 MarrHews, Coryndon, Stentaway, Plymstock, S. Devon. 

1912 Mauv.ix, Samarenda, c/o Messrs. T. Cook & Son, Ludgate-circus, 
E.C., and Fitzwilliam Hall, Cambridge. 

1900 Maxwe.t-Lerroy, H., Imperial College of Science and Technology, 
South Kensington, 8.W. 

1899 May, Harry Haden, Blackfriars House, Plymouth. 
1904 MrapE-Wa.po, Geoffrey, Hever Warren, Edenbridge, Kent, and 
British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W. 
1872 ¢ MexLpoua, Professor Raphael, Hon. D.Sc. Oxon, Hon. LL.D. St. 
Andrews, F.R.S., F.C.S., F.1C., F.R.A.S., etc. (PREs., 1895-6 ; 
V.-PRES., 1881, 1884, 1897, 1903, 1908 ; Sxc., 1876-80 ; CouncIL, 
1874-5, 1884-5, 1889-92, 1903, 1907-8), 6, Brunswick-square, 
W.C. 

1885 MELVILL, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., Meole Brace Hall, Shrewsbury. 

1887 MERRIFIELD, Frederic, (PREs., 1905-6 ; V.-PREs., 1893, 1907 ; Suc., 
1897-8 ; CounciL, 1894, 1899), 14, Clifton-terrace, Brighton. 

1906 Merriman, Gordon, The Quick Laboratory, New Museums, 
Cambridge. 


( xx) 


1905 Merry, Rev. W. Mansell, M.A., St. Michael’s, Oxford. 

1912 Mercars, Rev. J. W., The Vicarage, Ottery St. Mary, Devon. 

1888 Meryer-Pacrnt, G., 5, Viale Poggio Imperiale, Florence. 

1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A. F.RS., F.ZS., Thornhanger, Marl- 
borough. 

1894 Mraut, Louis Compton, F.R.S., (Councin, 1903, 1908), NortonWay 
N., Letchworth. 

1908 Mupp.eETon, Ivan E., 11, High-street, Serampore, Bengal. 

1883 Mixes, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta. 

1910 Muintar, F. Grahame, The Tangga Batu Rubber Co., Malacca, 
Straits Settlement. 

1906 MircHEtt-Hepass, Frederic Albert. 

1905 Mrrrorp, Robert Sidney, C.B., 35, Redcliffe-square, 8.W. 

1879 Mownverro, Dr. Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 70, Rua do Alecrinar, 
Lisbon. 

1902 Monrtcomery, Arthur Meadows, 34, Shalimar Gardens, Pembridge- 
road, North Acton, W. 

1899 Moors, Harry, 12, Lower-road, Rotherhithe. 

1907 Moors, Mrs. Catharine Maria, Holmefield, Oakholme-rd., Sheffield. 

1886 Moreay, A. C. F., F.L.S., 135, Oakwood-court, Kensington, W. 

1889 + Moricg, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford, 
PRESIDENT, (V.-PREs., 1902, 1904 ; Councin, 1902-4), Brunswick, 
Mount Hermon, Woking. 

1895 + Mortey, Claude, F.Z.8., Monk Soham House, Suffolk. 

1910 Morner, Count Birger, Consul for H.M. the King of Sweden, 
Sydney, Australia. 

1912 Morrett, R. D’A., Authors’ Club, 1, Whitehall-court, S.W. 

1907 Morrimur, Charles H., Royton Chase, Byfleet, Surrey. 

1893 Morron, Kenneth J., 13, Blackford-road, Edinburgh. 

1910 MoseEty, Martin E., 21, Alexandra-court, Queen’s-gate, S.W. 

1900 Moser, Julius, 59, Buloww-strasse, Berlin. 

1882 Mostey, 8. L., The Musewm and Technical College, Huddersfield. 

1911 Moss, Rev. A. Miles, Helm, Windermere. 

1907 Movtrton, John C., The Hall, Bradford-on-Avon, Wilts, 

1911 Movnsgy, J. Jackson, c/o Messis. Booth & Co., Mandos, N. Brazil. 

1901 + Muir, Frederick, H.S.P.A. Experiment Station, Honolulu, Oahu, 
ET. 

1912 + Muuian, Jal Phirozshah, M.A., Assistant Professor of Biology, 
St. Xavier's College, Chunam Kiln-road, Grant-road, Bombay, 
India. 

1869 | Miuuer, Albert, F.R.G.S., (CouncrL, 1872-3), c/o Herr A. Miiller- 
Mechel, Grenzacherstrasse 60, Basle, Switzerland. 

1906 Muscuamp, Percy A. H., Institut, Stiéfa, nr. Zurich, Switzerland. 

1909 MusHam, John F., 53, Brook-street, Selby, Yorks. 


1903 Neavs,S. A., B.A., Mill Green Park, Ingatestone. 
1901 Nevinson, E. B., Morland, Cobham, Surrey. 


¢ sam) 


1907 Newman, Leonard Woods, Bexley, Kent. 

1909 Newstxap, Alfred, The Grosvenor Museum, Chester. 

1890 NewsrEaD, Robert, M.Sc., A.L.S., Hon. F.R.H.S., Dutton Memorial 
Professor of Entomology, The School of Tropical Medicine, Univer- 
sity of Liverpool. 

1909 NicHonson, Gilbert W., M.A., M.D., Cancer Hospital Research 
Institute, Brompton, S.W. 

1886 NicHoLson, William E., School Hill, Lewes. 

1906 Nix, John Ashburner, Tilgate, Crawley, Sussex. 

1912 Noaxss, Alfred, The Hill, Witley, Surrey. 

1878 Norriper, Thomas, Ashford, Kent. 

1895 Norsz, Lt.-Colonel C. G., Timworth Hall, Bury St. Edmunds. 

1908 Norsz, H. A., Botanical Department, Trinidad, B.W_I. 


1877 Opertatr, René, Rennes (Ille-et-Vilaine), France. 

1893 + OaLE, Bertram 8., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire. 

1910 Onpaxker, Francis A., M.A., The Red House, Haslemere. 
1873 O.iviER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (A llier), France. 


1895 Paax, Herbert E., Bertrose, Gellatly-road, St. Catherine’s Park, S.E. 

1912 Parerson, Edward J., Fairholme, Crowborough. 

1907 Prapb, Clement H., Bow 252, Bulawayo, South Africa. 

1911 Prarson, Douglas, Chilwell House, Chilwell, Notts. 

1883 PsRINGUEY, Louis, D.Sc., F.Z.S., Director, South African Museum, 
Cape Town, South Africa. 

1903 + Perkins, R. C. L., M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., Park Hill House, Paignton, 
Devon, and Board of Agriculture, Division of Entomology, 
Honolulu, Hawait. 

1879 PERKINS, Vincent Robert, Wotton-under-Edge. 

1907 + Perrins, J. A. D., 3rd Seaforth Highlanders, Daxenham, Malvern. 

1897 Puiuies, Hubert C., M.R.C.S., L.S.A., 262, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde- 
park, W. 

1903 + PuiLuirs, Montagu A., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S., 22, Petherton-road, High- 
bury New Park, N. 

1901 Pickert, C. P., 28, Colwith-road, Leytonstone, S.E. 

1891 PrERcE, Frank Nelson, 1, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool. 

1903 PitcuER, Colonel Jesse George, I.M.S., F.R.C.S., 133, Gloucester- 
road, Kensington, 8.W. 

1910 Prnuar, A. Raman, University Union, Edinburgh, and Trivan: 
dram, India. 

1885 Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van der, Driebergen, Netherlands. 

1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.S., Elm Lea, Dalton, Huddersfield. 

1884 + Pounton, Professor Edward B., D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 
F.Z.S., Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford, 
(PREs., 1903-4 ; V.-Pres., 1894-5, 1902, 1905 ; Councrn, 1886-8, — 
1892, 1896, 1905-7), Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford. 

1905 PowsE 1, Harold, 7, Rue Mireille, Hyéres (Var), France. 


( xa =) 


1906 Prart, H.C., Government Entomologist, Federated Malay States, 
Kuala Lumpur, Malay States. 

1908 Pratt, William B., 10, Lion Gate Gardens, Richmond, Surrey. 

1878 Price, David, 48, West-street, Horsham. 

1908 PripEaux, Robert M., Woodlands, Brasted Chart, Sevenoaks. 

1904 Prisks, Richard A. R., 9, Melbourne Avenue, West Ealing. 

1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, (CounciL, 1905-7), 62, Graham-road, 
Dalston, N.E. 

1910 Punnett, Professor Reginald Crundall, M.A., Caius College, 
Cambridge. 


1912 QueERctI, Orazio, Macerata, Marche, Italy. 


1900 RatneBow, William J., The Australian Musewm, Sydney, N.S.W. 

1912 Rart-Smitu, 86, Gladstone-street, Abertillery, Monmouthshire. 

1907 Raywarp, Arthur Leslie, Rockford, Beechwood-road, Sanderstead. 

1893 Rep, Captain Savile G., late R.E., The Elms, Yalding, Maidstone. 

1898 Revron, R. H., c/o Perkins and Co., Ltd., Brisbane, Queensland. 

1898 Revver, Professor Enzio, Helsingfors, Finland. 

1910 bE Rauxk-Puruipz, G. W. V., c/o Grindlay & Co., Hastings-street, 
Calcutta. 

1912 Ritey, Norman Denbigh, 94, Drakefield-road, Upper Tooting, 8. W., 
and British Museum (Natural History), S. Kensington, 8.W. 

1908 Rippon, Claude, M.A., 28, Walton-street, Oxford. 

1905 Roprnson, Herbert C., Curator of State Museum, Kuala Lumpw, 
Selangor. 

1904 Rosinson, Lady, Worksop Manor, Notts. 

1892 Ropinson, Sydney C., 10, Inchmory-road, Catford, S.E. 

1869 + Roprnson-Doveas, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.GS., 
Orchardton, Castle Douglas. 

1908 Rogers, The Rev. K. St. Aubyn, M.A., Rabai, Mombasa, British 
East Africa. 

1886 Ross, Arthur J., 1, Harewood-road, S. Croydon. 

1912 Rosen, Kurt, Baron, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich. 

1907 RosEnBERG, W. F. H., 57, Haverstock-hill, N.W. 

1868 RorHney, George Alexander James, Pembury, Tudor-road, Upper 
Norwood, S.E. 

1894 + RoruscHiLp, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 
(CouncIL, 1904), Arwndel-house, Kensington Palace Gardens, W. 

1888 ¢ RoruscHitp, The Honble. Walter, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., 
(CounciL, 1900), Zoological Museum, Tring. 

1890 RovurtLepaEx, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle. 

1887 RowLanD-Brown, Henry, M.A., (V.-PRes., 1908, 1910; Szc., 
1900-10), Oxhey-grove, Harrow Weald. 

1910 Rupex, Miss Carlotta, 1, Hamilton House, Grove-end-road, St. 
John’s Wood, N.W. 

1910 Rupez, Charles Henry, 1, Hamilton House, Grove-end-road, St. 
John’s Wood, N.W. 


(mv) 


1898 Russet, A., Wilverley, Dale-road, Purley. 
1892 RussEtt, S. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C. 


1905 Sr. Quintin, W. H., Scampton Hall, Rillington, York. 

1906 Sampson, Lt.-Colonel F. Winn, 74, Vineyard Hill-road, Wimbledon 
Park. 

1910 Saunvers, H. A., Brookfield-house, Swanage. 

1886 SaunpDERS, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada. 

1901 Scuauvs, W., F.Z.S., 97, Elm Park Gardens, 8.W. 

1907 Scumassman, W., Beulah Lodge, London-road, Enfield, N. 

1912 ScxHunck, Charles A., Hwelme, Wallingford. 

1881 Sconuick, A. J., 8, Mayfield-road, Merton Park, Wimbledon. 

1911 Scorer, Alfred George, Hill Crest, Chilworth, Guildford. 

1909 Scort, Hugh, B.A., University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge. 

1911 Scort, Percy William Affleck, Chinese Imperial Customs Service, 
Hangchow, China. 

1912 Seirz, Dr. Adalbert, 59, Bismarckstrasse, Darmstadt, Germany. 

1911 Sstovus, Cuthbert F., M.D., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Agra, Barton-on- 
Sea, New Milton, Hants. 

1911 + Sennett, Noel Stanton, 32, Bolton-gardens, S. Kensington, S.W. 

1862 SwHarp, David, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Pres., 1887-8 ; 
V.-Pres., 1889, 1891-2, 1896, 1902-3; Sxc., 1867; CouNcIL, 
1893-5, 1902-4), Lawnside, Brockenhurst, Hants. 

1902 SHarp, W. E., (Councin, 1912- ), 9, Queen’s-road, South Norwood, 
S.E. 

1886 SHaw, George T. (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library), 
William Brown-street, Liverpool. 

1905 SHeELpon, W. George, Youlgreave, South Croydon. 

1901* SHELFORD, Robert, M.A., F.Z.S., (CounciL, 1907-8), University 
Museum (Hope Department), Oxford. 

1900 + SHEPHEARD-Watwyn, H. W., M.A., Dalwhinnie, Kenley, Surrey. 

1887 + Sicu, Alfred, (Counc, 1910-12), Corney House, Chiswick, W. 

1911 Srmes, James A., Mon Repos, Monkham’s-lane, Woodford-green, 
Essex. 

.1904 Srmmonps, Hubert W., c/o. Messrs. Jas. Bruce & Co., Adderley-street, 
Cape Town. 

1902 Stapen, Frederick William Lambart, Dept. of Agriculture, Central 
Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada. 

1902 St topsr, Gerard Orby, F.Z.S., J.P., Badminton Club, Piccadilly, W. 

1907 Sty, Harold Baker, Mapledean, Ringley-avenue, Horley. 

1906 Smatumay, Raleigh S., Eliot Lodge, Albemarle-road, Beckenham, 
Kent. 

1901 Swmirx, Arthur, County Museum, Lincoln. 

1911 Swmira, B. H., B.A., Edgehill, Warlingham, Surrey. 

1912 Situ, Roland T., 54, Osbaldeston-roud, Stoke Newington, N. 

1898 Sopp, Erasmus John Burgess, F.R.Met.S., 16, Ivving-road, Bourne- 
mouth. 


1885 


1908 
1889 


1910 
1898 


1898 
1910 
1910 


1896 
1900 
1895 
1882 
1908 
1884 


1894 
1876 
1911 


1910 
1908 
1911 
1893 
1911 


1903 
1909 
1910 
1901 
1892 


1907 


1911 
1897 


1907 
1907 


() soxyi. *) 


SoutH, Richard, (CounciL, 1890-1), 96, Drakefield-road, Upper 
Tooting, S.W. 

SPEYER, Edward R., Ridgehurst, Shenley, Herts. 

STaNDEN, Richard S., F.L.S., (Councit, 1906), Townlands, Lindfield, 
Sussex. 

Sranbey, The Rev. Hubert George, Marshfield Vicarage, Cardiff. 

Srarss, C. L. B., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Limes, Swanley Junction, 
Kent. 

Srreppine, Henry, Chasewood, Round Oak Wood, Weybridge. 

Srenton, Rupert, St. Edward’s, St. Mary Church, Torquay. 

SronEHAM, Hugh Frederick, Lieut. E. Surrey Regt., Wellington 
Barracks, Dublin. 

SrrRIcKLAND, T. A. Gerald, Souwthecott, Poulton, Fairford. 

Strupp, E. A. C., Kerremens, British Columbia. 

Srupp, E. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter. 

Swanzy, Francis, The Quarry, Sevenoaks. 

Swierstra, Corn. J., Ist Assistant, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria. 

SwINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (V.-Pres., 1894; 
CouncIL, 1891-3; 1902-4), 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington, 
W. 

SwinHog, Ernest, 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington, W. 

Swinton, A. H., Oak Villa, Braishfield, Romsey, Hants. 

Swynnerton, C. F. M., Gungunyana, Melsetter, S.-H. Rhodesia. 


Tait, Robt., junr., Roseneath, Harborough-road, Ashton-on-Mersey. 

Ta.pot, G., 17, Steeles-road, Haverstock-hill, N.W. 

Tautz, P. H., Cranleigh, Pinner, Middlesex. 

Taytor, Charles B., Gap, Lancaster County, Penn., U.S.A. 

Taytor, Frank H., Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine 
Townsville, Galore 

TAYLOR, ian Harold, M.A., nies College, Leeds, 

Terry, Alfred, M.A., 22, ee road, Scarborough. 

THEOBALD, F. V., MEAS. Wye Court, Wye. 

THompson, Matthew Lawson, 40, Gosford-street, Middlesbrough. 

THORNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., F.L.S., ‘‘ Hughenden,” Coppice-road, 
Nottingham. 

TittyarD, R. J., B.A., Kwranda, Mount Errington, Hornsby, New 
South Wales. 

Topp, R. G., The Limes, Hadley Green, N. 

Tomutn, J. R. le B., M.A., (Councit 1911- ), Lakefoot, Hamilton- 
road, Reading. 

Tones, Alfred Ernest, Aincroft, Reigate, Surrey. 

TRAGARDH, Dr. Ivar, The University, Upsala, Sweden. 


1859 | TRImEN, Roland, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., (PRes., 1897-8 ; V.-PREs., 


1906 


1896, 1899 ; CouNcIL, 1868, 1881, 1890), Fawley, Onslow-crescent, 
Woking. 
TRYHANE, George E., Pedro Miquel Canal Zone, Panama. 


( xxvii) 


1906 TuLLocH, Major James Bruce Gregorie, The King’s Own Yorkshire 
Light Infantry; Head Quarters, South China Command, Hong 
Kong. 

1895 Tunatzy, Henry, 13, Begmead-avenue, Streatham, S.W. 

1910 Turati, Conte Emilio, 4, Piazza S. Alessandro, Milan, Italy. 

1898 TurneER, A. J., M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Australia. 

1893 TuRNER, Henry Jerome, (Counctn, 1910-12), 98, Drakefell-road, 
St. Catherine’s Park, Hatcham, S.E. 

1906 TurRNER, Rowland E.,(Councrt, 1909-10). 


1893 Uricu, Frederick William, C.M.Z.S., Port of Spain, Trinidad 
British West Indies. 


1904 + Vauauan, W., The Old Rectory, Beckington, Bath. 

1909 VuipLER, Leopold A., The Carmelite Stone House, Rye, Sussex. 

1911 Vrrauis, R., Commis de le classe, Pnom-Penk, Cambodia, French 
Indo-China. 


1895 WacuHeEr, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury. 

1899 Wank, Albert, 12, Cadogan-place, Preston, Lancashire. 

1897 WainwricHt, Colbran J., (Counctt, 1901, 1912- ), 45, Handsworth 
Wood-road, Handsworth, Birmingham. 

1878 Waker, James J., M.A., R.N., F.L.S., (Councrt, 1894; Secre- 
TARY, 1899, 1905- ), Aorangi, Lonsdale-road, Summertown, 
Oxford. 

1863 | WatLace, Alfred Russel, O.M., D.C.L. Oxon., F.R.S., F.LS., 
F.Z.S., (PRES., 1870-1; V.-PReEs., 1864, 1869; CounciL, 1866, 
1872), Broadstone, Wimborne, Dorset. 

1912 Watuacsz, Henry S., 17, Kingsley-place, Heaton-on-Tyne. 

1866 ¢ WatsincHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, (PREs., 1889-90 ; V.-PREs., 
1882, 1888, 1891-2, 1894-5; CouncrL, 1896), British Museum 
(Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W. 

1910 Warp, John J., Rusinwrbe House, Somerset-road, Coventry. 

1908 WarREN, Brisbane C. 8., Villa Romaine, sur Clarens, Switzerland. 

1886 WarREN, Wm., M.A., Hast Croft, Langdon-street, Tring, Herts. 

1912 WaATERFIELD, Mrs. Ellen N., c/o. W. M. Crowfoot, Esq., Blyburgate 
House, Beccles, and The Hospital, Port Sudan. 

1869 WareErHouss, Charles O., I.8.0., (PREs., 1907-8 ; V.-PREs., 1900, 
1909 ; CounciL, 1873, 1882-3; 1898-1900), Ingleside, Avenue- 
gardens, Acton, W. 

1901 + WaTERHOUSE, Gustavus A., B.Sc., F.C.S., Allonrie, Stanhope-road, 
Killara, New South Wales, Australia. 

1904 Warson, The Rev. N. Beresford, St. Martin’s Vicarage, St. Philip 
Barbados, W. Indies. 

1893 Wess, John Cooper, 218, Upland-road, Dulwich, S.E. 

1908 WE.LMAN, F. Creighton, M.D., U.S. Musewm, Washington, U.S.A. 

1876 + WESTERN, E. Young, 24, Pembridge-square, Notting Hill Gute, W. 


1906 


1910 


1907 
1911 


1911 
1906 
1903 
1896 
1910 
1911 
1894 
1900 
1881 
1905 


1912 


1888 


1892 


( xxviii ) 


WHEELER, The Rev. George, M.A., F.Z.S., (SEcRETARY, 1911- ), 37, 
Gloucester-place, W. 

Wuitr, Edward Barton, M.R.C.S., Cardiff City Mental Hospital, 
Cardiff. 

Wuitt, Harold J., 42, Nevern-square, Kensington, 8. W. 

WuitenHouss, H. Beckwith, M.S., F.R.C.S., 52, Newhall-street, Bir- 
mingham. 

WuirtineuaM, Rey. W. G., Knighton Rectory, Leicester. 

Wickwar, Oswin 8., Charlemont, Gregory-road, Colombo, Ceylon. 

Wiaains, Clare A., M.R.C.S., Entebbe, Uganda. 

Witemay, A. E., H.B.M. Consul, Manila, Philippine Islands. 

Wiuucocgs, Frank C., Entomologist to the Khedivial Agricultura] 
Society, Cairo, Egypt. 

Witutams, C. B., The John Innes Horticultwral Institute, Mostyn- 
road, Merton, Surrey. 

Wo tey-Dop, F. H., Millarville P. O0., Alberta, N.W.T., Canada. 

Woop, H., Kennington, near Ashford, Kent. 

Woop, The Rev. Theodore, The Vicarage, Lyford-road, Wandsworth 
Common, S.W. 

Woopsripe¢Ek, Francis Charles, The Briars, Gerrard’s Cross, 8.0., 
Bucks. 

WoopRvuFFE-PEacock, Rev. E. Adrian, F.LS., F.G.8., Cadney 
Vicarage, Brigg, Lincolnshire. 


YeERBURY, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., (CounctL, 1896, 
1903-5), 2, Ryder-street, St. James’s, S.W. 

Youpauk, William Henry, F R.M.S., 21, Belle-Isle-street, Work- 
ington. 


( =xie ) 


ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 


DuRING THE YEAR 1912. 


ApLERz (Gottfrid). Lefnadsférhallanden och Instinkter inom Familjerna 
Pompilidae och Sphegidae, 1V. 
[Kungl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Handl. Band 47, No. 10, 1912.] 
The Author. 
ALFKEN (J. D.). Andrena frey-gessnert, eine neue alpine Andrena-Art aus 
der Schweiz. 
[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 19, 1904]. E. Frey-Gessner. 
Arrow (G. J.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ] 
Avrivitiius (Chr.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus and Lepidopterorum 
Catalogus. | 
AustEN (E. E.). British Flies which cause Myiasis in Man. 
Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912]. The Local Govt. Bd. 
Back (A. E,). [See Morritt (Ph.D.).] 
Batxou (H. A.) Insect Pests of the Lesser Antilles. Barbados, 1912. 
Imp. Dept. Agric. W.I. 
Banks (Nathan). The Structure of certain Dipterous Larvae, with particular 
reference to those in Human Foods. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser. No. 22, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 


Beare (T. Hudson). Retrospect of a Coleopterist for 1911. 


[Entom. Record, Vol. XXIV, 1912.] The Author. 
BEMMELEN (J. F. van). Uber die Phylogenie der Flugelzeichnung bei 
Tagschmetterlingen. 


(Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. Vol. XV. Bd. 3, 1912.] The Author. 


BErIcutT uber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomologie 
wahrend des Jahres 1909, Heft 1, 2, 1910, Heft 1-6. Published 


in 1912. 
[By G. Seidlitz, R. Lucas, K. Griinberg, H. Schouteden, W. La 
Baume, E. Strand, and W. Stendell. ] Purchased. 


BERNHAUER (M.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. | 
Bituines (F. H.) and Gienn (P. A.). Results of the artificial use of the 
White Fungus disease in Kansas, with Notes on approved 
methods of fighting Chinch Bugs. 
{U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 107, 1911.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
BisHopr (F. C.). [See Hooxer (W. A.).] 
Boarp of Agriculture and Fisheries. The Warble Fly. Leaflet No. 246, 
March 1911. 
Isle of Wight Bee Disease. Leaflet No. 253, May 1911. 
cot Board Agric. and Fisheries. 
BorNEMANN (G.). Verzeichnis der Grosschmetterlinge aus der Umgebung 
von Magdeburg und des Harzgebietes. 
[Abhandl. und Berichte Mus. Nat. Naturw. Ver., Magdeburg, 
Vol. II, Heft 3, 1912.] The Author. 


Boucomont (A.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. | 


(ee) 


Breppin (G.). (See Wasmann (E.). | 


Brunetti (H.). Fauna of British India. Diptera Nematocera (excluding 
Chironomidae and Culicidae), 1912. The India Office. 


Bureess (A. F.). Calosoma sycophanta: Its Life-history, Behaviour, and 
successful Colonisation in New England. 
[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 101, 1911.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Burr (Malcolm). Contribution to our knowledge of Indian Earwigs. 
(Journ. and Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal (N. ser.), Vol. VII, No. 11,1911.] 
———— Dermaptera (Harwigs) in Amber, from Prussia. 
{Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 2nd Ser., Vol. XI, 1911.] 
——-—— Die Dermapteren des k.k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums in Wien. 
{Ann. k.k. naturhist. Hofmuseums, Wien, Vol. XXVI, 1912.] 
———— Interesting Dermaptera in the Budapest Museum. 
[Ann. Musei Nat. Hungarici, Vol. X, 1912.] 
Nachtrage zu meiner Bearbeitung der Dermapteren des_ k.k. 
naturhistorischen Hofmuseums. 
[Ann. k.k. naturhist. Hofmuseums, Wien, Vol. XX VI, 1912.] 
—-— The Orthoptera of Madeira. 
[Entom. Record, Vol. XXIV, 1912.] 


———— Uber einige neue und interessante Dermapteren aus dem konigl. 
zoolog. Museum, Berlin. 
[Sonder-Abdruck 8S. B. Ges. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, No. 5, 1912.] 
The Author. 


———— [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]| 


Buscx (A.). Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Microlepidoptera 
from Panama, 
[Smithsonian Mise. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 4, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian /nstitution. 
Cameron (P.). On Parasitic Hymenoptera from the Solomon Islands, 
collected by Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. 
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.] 
—- On a collection of Parasitic Hymenoptera (chiefly bred), made by 
Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., in New South Wales, with 
descriptions of new Genera and Species. Pts. I, II. 
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911, 1912]. 
W.W. Froggatt. 
CARPENTER (George H.). Injurious Insects and other Animals observed in 
Ireland during the year 1911. 
[Economic Proc. Royal Dublin Soc., Vol. II, No. 5, 1912. ] 
Royal Dublin Society. 
Casey (Thos. L.). Memoirs on the Coleoptera. Vols. II, III, 1911, 1912. 
The Author. 
CasTEEL (D. B.). The Manipulation of the Wax Scales of the Honey Bee. 
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 161, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
CaTaLocuE of the Library of the British Bee-keepers’ Association. January 
1912. W. Herrod. 
Caupeti (A. N.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 


CuEwyreEvy (Ivan). L’Enigme des Scolytiens. 
1910. 


———— Les insectes parasites et hyperparasites. 

[Ed. du départ. forestier, St. Petersburg, 1911.] M. Burr. 
CHITTENDEN (F. H.). A Little-known Catworm, 

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt. IV., 1912.] 


—-—— Some Insects injurious to Truck Crops. Contents and Index. 
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 82, 1912.] 


( tsi - ) 


CHITTENDEN (F. H.). The Broad-bean Weevil. 
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 96, Pt. V, 1912.] 
———— The Cowpea Weevil. 
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 96, Pt. VI, 1912.] 
— The Larger Canna Leaf-roller (Calpodes ethlius, Cram.). 
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 145, March 1912.] 
———— The Potato-tuber Moth. 


[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 162, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
CockERELL (T. D. A.). The Bees of the Solomon Islands. 
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI,1911.] The Author. 
Hymenoptera Apoidea (of the Seychelles). 
{Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Perey Sladen 
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange. 
Names applied to Bees of the Genus Osmia, found in North America. 
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] 
——- Names applied to the Eucerine Bees of North America. 
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLITII, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
CoLEOPTERORUM CarTatocus. Junk (W.) editus a Schenkling (8.). Berlin, 
Pars 39. Aurivillius (Chr.). Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae. 

», 40. Bernhauer (M.) et Schubert (K.). Staphylinidae, III. 

» 41. Pic (Maurice). Ptinidae. 

», 42. Schmidt (A). Scarabaeidae: Atgialiinae, Chironinae. 

» 43. Arrow (G.J.). Scarabaeidae: Pachypodinae, Pleocominae, 
Aclopinae, Glaphyrinae, Ochodaeinae, Orphninae, Idiosto- 
minae, Hybosorinae, Dynamopinae, Acanthocerinae, 
Troginae. 

,, 44. Strohmeyer (H.). Platypodidae. 

,, 45. Dalla Torre (K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, I. 

» 46. Boucomont (A.). Scarabaeidae: Taurocerastinae, Geotru- 

pinae. 

» 47. Dalla Torre(K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, IT. 

» 48. Pic (Maurice). Anobiidae. 

» 49. Dalla Torre (K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, ITT. 

Purchased. 
CoLttn (J. E.). Diptera, Borboridae and Phoridae, from the Seychelles. 
{Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen 
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | By Exchange. 
Comstock (John Henry). The Spider Book. New York, 1912. 
The Author. 


Coorer (W.F.). [See Nurraut (G. H. F.).] 
CORRESPONDENCE relating to the Development of Entomological Research 
in the British Colonies and Protectorates. Published by His 
Majesty's Stationery Office, Nov. 1912. Lord Avebury. 
Cotron-worm and Boll-worm Commission, Egypt, 1912. Circular No. 1. 
Dept. Agric., Egypt. 
Coventry (B.). Report on the Progress of Agriculture in India for 1909-10, 
Calcutta, 1911. India Office. 
Crawrorp (J. C.). Descriptions of New Hymenoptera, No. 4. 
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] 
Descriptions of New Hymenoptera, No. 5. 
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII., 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
Curtis (W. P.). Remarks on Psilopleura haemasoma, D. Jones. 
The Author. 
[Proc. Bournemouth Nat. Science Soc., Vol. IIT, 1912.] 


CusuMaN (R. A.). [See Prerce (W. Dwight). ] 


( xxx )) 


Datia Torre (K. W. von). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus.] 
[See WyTsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 


Davis (J.J.). [See Puixxres (W. J.)]. 
Dr Cuarmoy (D'EMMEREZ). Report on Phytalus smithi (Arrow) and Other 
Beetles Injurious to the Sugar Cane in Mauritius, 1912. 
The Author. 
Dewirz (J.). Kinstliche Verfarbung bei Insekten. 
Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XXVIII, No. 10, 1904. ] 
———— Richtigstellung beziiglich der Auffindung der Kontaktreizbarkeit 
im Tierreich. 
[Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XXX, 1906.] 
—-— Uber die Entstehung der Farbe gewisser Schmetterlingskokons. 
[Archiv f Entwicklungsmechanik, Bd. XXXI.] M. Burr. 
Bericht iiber die Tatigkeit der Station fiir Schadlingsforschungen 
in Metz fiir die Jahre 1910 und 1911. 
[Bericht der Konig]. Lehr. Wein-, Obst- und Gartenbau Geisenheim 
a. Rh. fiir 1911 (1912).] 
———— Laptérisme expérimental des Insectes. 
[Compt. rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, Vol. CLIV, Feb. 1912.] 
Physiologische att erences en auf dem Gebiet der Schadlings- 


forschung. 
[Naturw. Zeitschr. Forst-und Landwirtschaft, X, 1912, Heft 11.] 
The Author. 


Doenin (Paul). Hétérocéres Nouveaux de L’Amérique du Sud. Fase. V, VI, 
1912 The Author. 
DonisTHORPE (H. St. J. K.). Myrmecophilous Notes for 1911. 
[Entom. Rec., Vol. XXIV, 1912.] The Author. 
Dupuis (Paul). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 
Durrant (J. H.). Notes on the Tineina bred from Cotton-bolls. 
[Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.] The Author. 
Dyar (H.G.). Descriptions of New Species and Genera of Lepidoptera, 
chiefly from Mexico. 
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
EpELsTEN (H. M.) and Topp (R. G.). Notes on the Life-histories of Tapztno- 
stola concolor and T. hellmannt. 
[Entom., 1912. ] The Authors. 
Emery (C.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 
EntomoLocicaL Cope: A Code of Nomenclature for Use in Entomology, 
Washington, 1912. The Smithsonian Institution. 
ERGEBNISSE der phaenologischen Beobachtungen aus Mahren und Schlesien 
in Jahre 1906. Briinn, 1911. 
[Insects referred to on pp. 14, 15.] By Exchange. 
EscHericH (K.). [See Wasmann (E.)]. 
EXPEDITIONS organised or participated in by the Smithsonian Institution in 
1910 and 1911. 
[Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 11, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
Fett (Ephraim Porter). Elm-leaf Beetle and White-marked Tussock Moth. 
[Educ. Dept. Bulletin, Albany, N.Y., No. 511, Jan. 15, 1912.] 
New York State Mus. 
Frernatp(C. H.). The Crambidae of North America. 
[Massachusetts Agric. College, Jan. 1896. ] 
———(C.H.). The Pterophoridae of North America. 
[ Massachusetts Agric. College, July 1898. ] 
On the dates of Jacob Hiibner’s Sammlung europaischer Schmetter- 
linge and some of his other works, May 1905. 
[Ambherst, Mass., U.S.A.] 


a 


( xxx ) 


FERNALD (C. H.). The Genera of the Tortricidae and their types, 1908. 
The Author. 
———— (C.H. and H.T.). Biographies of. d 
[Entomology and Zoology at the Massachusetts Agric. College, 1911.] 
Mass. Agric. Coll. 
——— (H.T.) Descriptions of Certain Species of Wasps of the Family 
Sphecidae. 
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIT, 1912. ] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
FLeTcuer (T. Bainbrigge). A preliminary list of the Lepidoptera of Malta. 
(Entomologist, 1904, 1905.] 
On the larva of Prodenia synstictis, Hampson. 
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. V, April 1908.] 
———— A new genus and species of Orneodidae (Lep.). 
[Entomologist, Oct. 1909.] 
— —_—— The Plume-moths of Ceylon, Pts. I and II. 
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VI, Pts. XXI and XXIV, 1909-10.] 
———— Lepidoptera, exclusive of the Tortricidae and Tineidae, with some 


remarks on their Distribution and means of Dispersal amongst 
the Islands of the Indian Ocean. 


[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIII, 1910: Percy Sladen 
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | 
The Orneodidae and Pterophoridae of the Seychelles Expedition. 
{Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIII, 1910: Perey Sladen 
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | 
—-— Economic Entomology: Pt. I, Agricultural Entomology; Pt. II, 
Forest Entomology. 
[Board Scient. Advice for India, 1910-11. ] 
——— Four new Pterophoridae. 
[Entomologist, Sept. and Noy. 1911.] 
———— The Moth-borer (Chilo simplex). 
[Dept. en Records and Agriculture, United Provinces, Lucknow 
1911. 
———— The Wax-moth. 
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1911.] 
Two insect pests of the United Provinces. 
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. II, 1911.] 
Weevil and dry Wheat. 
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1911.] 
———— Termites or White Ants. 
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VII, Pt. III, 1912.] 
The Cabbage White Butterfly (Pieris brassicae). 
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VII, Pt. I, 1912.] The Author. 
Foret (A.). Hinige neue und interessante Ameisenformen aus Sumatra, etc. 
[Zoolog. Jahrb., Suppl. XV, Band X, 1912.] 
———— Ameisen aus Java beobachtet und gesammelt von Edward Jacobson, 
Ill. Theil. 
[Notes Leyd. Mus., Vol. XXXIV, 1912.] 
Descriptions provisoires de genres, sous-genres et espéces de Formi- 
cides des Indes orientales. 
[Revue Suisse de Zool., Vol. XX, No. 15, Déc. 1912.] 
Die Weibchen der “ Treiberameisen ” Anomma nigricans, Illiger, 
und Anomma wilvertht, Emery. 
[Mitteil. Naturhist, Mus., Hamburg, Vol. XXIX, 1912.] 
————. Hinige interessante Ameisen. 
[Ent. Mitteilungen, Vol. I, No. 3, 1912.] 
——_—— Formicides Néotropiques, Pt. I. 
[Ann, Soc. Ent, Belg., Vol. LVI, 1912.] 


( exexiva 5) 


Foret (A.). Formicides Néotropiques, Pts. II, III, IV, V, VI. 
[Mém. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vols. XIX, XX, 1912.] 


———- Fourmis des Seychelles et des Aldabras, recues de Hugh Scott. 
[Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, Pt. II, 1912.] 
H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute. Formicidae. 
[Ent. Mitteilungen, Vol. I, No. 2, 1912.] 
———- Quelques Fourmis de Tokio. 

[Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vol. LVI, 1912. ] 
—— —— Quelques Fourmis de Colombie. 

[Mém. Soc. Neuchateloise Sci. Nat., Vol. V, 1912.] 

The Author. 


[See Wasmann (E.).] 
Fow ter (W. W.). Coleoptera. General Introduction and Cicindelidae and 
Paussidae (Fauna of British India), 1912. 
The India Office. 
Frry-GEssNER (E.). Hyménoptéres du Valais. 
[8 parts, from the Bull. de la Murithienne, Soc. Valaisanne des 
Sci. Nat., Fasc. XXXI, etc. ] 
——— — Tables Analytiques pour la détermination des Hyménoptéres du 
Valais. 
[3 parts from the Bull. Travaux de la Murithienne, Soc. Valais. Sci. 
Nat., Fasc. XXII, etc.] 
Bemerkungen iiber die Imhoff’schen Apiden-Arten in der “ Isis” 
von Oken, 1832, 1834. 
{Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 8, 9, 1901, 1902. ] 
Leistus montanus, Steph. ( fulvibarbis, Hffsg., Heer). 
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., III, Heft 4, 1870.] 
eee Syrische Hemipteren. 
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., VI, Heft 3, 1881.] 
———-— Bombus agrorum, Fab., and variahilis, Schmdk. 
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., VIII, Heft 5, 1890.] 
——— — Plaudereien iiber einige zwei Binden tragende Lionotus-Arten. 
[Mittheil. schweiz, entom. Ges., IX, Heft 1, 1893.] 
——— Orthoptera gesammelt in der Provinz Oran in Nordafrika von den 
Herren Prof. Dr. A. Forel und Dr. L. Zehntner in Frihjahr, 
1893. 
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 3, 1894.] 
——- — Nester von Chalicodoma muraria, Linn. 
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 3, 1894.] 
- ——— Bemerkungen iiber einige schweizerische Andrena-Arten. 
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 5, 1895. ] ' 
____— Uber die Erkennungszeichen der hochalpinen dreifarbigen Hum- 
melarbeiter alticola, derhamellus var. 3, mendar und lapponicus. 
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 3, 1898.] 
—— a Beschreibung von zwei neuen Prosopis-Arten. 
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 6, 1900.] 
——— Bombus grandaevus, Heer. 
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 9, 1902.] 
———— Die Mannchen der Anthrena aenetventris, Mor., incisa, Evers., 
parviceps, Krchb., und rogenhoferi, Mor. 
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 1, 1903.] 
Andrena nanula, Nylander. 
[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 18, No. 13, 1903.] 
-———— Das Mannchen von Andrena parviceps, Kriechb. 
[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 19, 1904. ] 
——-— Die F. Chevrier’schen Heriades. 
[Mitthiel. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 2, 1905. ] 
———— Chelifer cancroides, Linn. 
[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 21, 1906. ] 


« xxuver ) 


FrryY-GESSNER (E.). Acanthaclisis occitanica, Vill. 

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 4, 1906.] 
— — Osmia mucida, Dours. 

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 7, 1908.] 
——-— Saga serrata, Fabr. (Orthopt. ). 

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 7, 1908.] 
————— Hymenoptera. Apidae, Vol. II, 1908-1912. 
—-— Die Womada-Arten in L. Imhoff’s Arbeit tiber die Apiden in der 

‘Tsis ’ von Oken, 1834. 

[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 9, 1909.] 
—-— Die Sammelstelle bei Etrembiéres. 

[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 2, 1905.] 
—-——— Osmia loti, Mor. und morawitz?, Gerst. 

[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 10, 1909.] 
——— Bombus confusus, Schenck. 

[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XII, Heft 1, 1910.] 
———— Das Mannchen der Anthrena parviceps, Krchb. 

[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XII, Heft 1, 1910.] 
——-— Observations entomologiques sur la vallée d’Hérens. 


Berichtigungen zu den analytischen Tabellen der Apiden. 
The Author. 
Froceatr (W. W.). ‘Aphis Foot” of Horses in the Tamworth district 
(Chorioptes equz, Gerlach). 
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., Sept. 2, 1911.] 
Description of a new Laccoccid (genus Tachardia) from New South 
Wales. 
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.] 
———— March Flies. 
[Dept. Agric. N.S.W., Science Bull, No. 3, 1911.] 
——— Insects infesting Woollen Tops. 
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., June 3, 1912.] 
———— Parasitic Enemies of the Mediterranean Flour Moth (Ephestia 
kiiehniella, Zeller). 
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., April 2, 1912.] 
——— The Fowl Tick (Argas persicus, Oken). 
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., March 2, 1912.] 
———— The Starling (and the Sheep-maggot Fly), a Study in Agricultural 


oology. 
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., July 2, 1912.] 
———— Woolly Aphis, or American Blight (Schizoneura lanigera, 
Hausman). 
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., June 3, 1912. The Author. 


Fryer (J. C. F.), The Lepidoptera of Seychelles and Aldabra, exclusive of 
the Orneodidae and Pterophoridae and of the Tortricina and 


Tineina. 
(Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen 
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean,]} By Exchange. 


Gatrs (Burton N.). Bee diseases in Massachusetts. 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 75, Pt. III, 1908.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Gipson (Arthur), The Entomological Record for 1910. 
[41st Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1910 (1911)]. 
—-— The Entomological Record for 1911. 
[42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912)]. 
——_—— Blister Beetles. 
[42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912%] 
Dept. Agric., Ontario, 


({ sox J 


Gipson (Arthur). Cutworms and Army-worms. 
[Canad. Dept. Agric. Div. Entom., Bull., No. 3, 1912]. 
Canad. Dept. Agric. 
GuenN (P. A.). [See Brttines (F. H.).] 
Gopman (F. D.), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pt. CCXIs, 1912; Insecta, 
by Lord Walsingham. The Editor. 
Goucu (Lewis H.). Results obtained [in Trinidad] in the study of the Frog- 
hopper during the Wet Season of 1910. 
[Dept. Agric. Circular, No. 8, 1911.] Dept. Agric. 
Grassi (Battista). Contributo alla Conoscenza della Fillosserine ed in 
particolare della Fillosera della vite. Roma, 1912. 
The Author. 
GREEN (E. Ernest). Note on the occasional luminosity of the beetle, Harma- 
telia bilinea. 
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VII, Pt, XXVIII, 1911.] 
Note on a Web-spinning Psocid. 
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXIX, 1912.] 
———— Notes on Ceylon Butterflies, etc. 
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXX, 1912.] 
—_——_— Notes on the Collection of Coccidae in the Indian Museum. I. 
[Records Indian Mus., Vol. VII, Pt. I, No. 5, 1912.] 
—- On a Remarkable Mimetic Spider. 
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXX, 1912.] 
———— On the Cultivated and Wild Forms of the Cochineal Insects. 
[Journ. Econ. Biology, Vol. VII, Pt. IIT, 1912.] The Author. 
Hammar (A.G.). Life-history Studies on the Codling Moth in Michigan. 
U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 115, Pt. I, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Hampson (Sir G. F.). Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae, Vol. XI 
(text and plates), 1912. By Exchange. 
Hancock (J. L.). Notes on Ceylonese Tetriginae (Orthoptera), with De- 
scriptions of New Species. 
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VI, Pt. XXIV, 1910.] The Author. 
HarmzeEvt (F. Z.). A Preliminary Report on Grape Insects. 
[N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 331, 1910.] 
——— The Grape Leaf-hopper and its Control. 
[N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 344, 1912. ] 
' N. York Exper. Station. 
Henpet (F. von). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
Herms (William B.). The House Fly in its Relation to Public Health. 
(Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 215 (Berkeley, Cal., 
May 1911).] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station. 
Hewitt (C. Gordon). Legislation in Canada to Prevent the Introduction 
and Spread of Insects, Pests and Diseases destructive to 


Vegetation. 
[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 12, Second Series, 
Ottawa, 1912. ] Canad. Dept. Agric. 


———. An Account of the Bionomics and the Larvae of the Flies, Fannia 
(Homalomyia) canicularis, L., and F. scalaris, Fab., and their 
Relation to Myiasis of the Intestinal and Urinary Tracts, 
[Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912.] 
The Local Govt. Board. 
——~—-— Report of, for Year ending March 31, 1911. 
[Ann. Rept. on Exper. Farms for Year 1910-11.] 
Canad. Dept. Agric. 


———— On Coelopisthia nematicida, Pack., A Chalcid Parasite of the Large 
Larch Sawfly, Lygaeonematus ertchsonii, Hartig. 
(Canad. Entom., Vol. XLIII, Sept. 1911.] 
The Author. 


( ‘xxxva ) 


Hewitt (C. Gordon). Insect Scourges of Mankind. Thrips affecting Oats. 
[42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912), ] 
Dept. Agric., Ontario. 


—— — Fannia (Homalomyia) canicularis, Linn., and F. scalaris, Fab. 


[Parasitology, Vol. V, No. 3, 1912.] The Author. 
Investigations on Forest Insects and Forest Protection. Leaflet, 
1912. 


———— The Control of Insect Pests in Canada. 
[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 4, 1912.] 
——w— The Honey Bee. 
[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 2, 1912.] 
Canad, Dept. Agric. 
———— The Large Larch Sawfly (Mematus erichsoniz). 
(Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 10, Second Series, 
1912.] Dept. Agric., Canada. 
———— Observations on the Range of Flight of Flies. 
[Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912.] 
The Local Govt. Board. 
———— The Destructive Insect and Pest Act and Regulations Issued 
Thereunder. 
[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 1, 1911.] 
Canad. Dept. Agric. 


Hinps (W. E.). Zoology and Entomology at the Massachusetts Agricultural 


College. 1911. The College, Mass. 
Hirst (S.). The Araneae, Opiliones and Pseudoscorpiones [of the 
Seychelles]. 
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen 
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. By Exchange. 


HoimGRren (Nils). Termitenstudien. 
[Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Band 48, No. 4, 1912.] 
The Author. 


Hoop (C. E.). [See Prerce (W. Dwight). ] 
Hooxer (W.A.), BisHopp (F.C.), and Woop (H.P.). The Life-history and 
Bionomics of some North American Ticks. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 106, 1912.] 
U. S. Dept. Agric. 
Horr Report. Vol. VIII. Edited by Prof. E. B. Poulton. 
E. B. Poulton. 
Hopkins (A. D.). Damage to the Wood of Fire-killed Douglas Fir, and 
Methods of Preventing Losses, in Western Washington and 
Oregon. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No, 159, 1912.] 
Insect Damage to Standing Timber in the National Parks. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 143, 1912.] 


——-— The Dying Hickory Trees: Cause and Remedy. 
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 144, 1912.] 
—- The Dying of Pine in the Southern States: Cause, Extent, and 
Remedy. 
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 476, 1911.] 
U. S. Dept. Agric. 
Hunter (W. D.). The Boll Weevil Problem, with Special Reference to 
Means of Reducing Damage. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 512, 1912.] 


-———— The Control of the Boll Weevil. 

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 500, 1912. ] 

The Cotton Worm or Cotton Caterpillar (4 labama argillacea, Hubn.). 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 153, 1912.] 

The Cotton Stainer [Dysdercus suturellus, H.-Schf.]. : 

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 149, April 1912. ] 


( xxxvili )) 


Hunter (W.D.). The Movement of the Mexican Cotton Boll Weevil in 1911. 
[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 146, Feb. 1912.] 


—-— Two Destructive Texas Ants. 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Kntom., Circular No, 148, 1912.] 
S. Dept. Agric. 

——-— [See Pierce (W. Dwight). ] 

Hystop (James A.). The Alfalfa Looper. 

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Pt. VII, 1912.] 

———— The False Wireworms of the Pauiic North-west [ Eleodes spp. ]. 

[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Pt. V, 1912.] 

—-— The Legume Pod Moth. The vse Pod Maggot. 

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. OB, Pt. VI, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. ‘Agric. 
Imms (A. D.). On the Life-history of Croce filipennis, Westw. 
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol, XI, 1911.] 
By Exchange. 

INDEX TO BuLLETIN No. 91, Bureau of Entomology. 

[U. S. Dept. Agric., 1912.] U.S, Dept. Agric. 

InpEx Zootocicus: No. II, by C. O. Waterhouse. 1912. 

[Published by the Zoological Society of London. ] 
Purchased. 

JANET (Charles). Organes sensitifs de la mandibule de |’Abeille (Apis 
mellifera, L. 9). 

[Compt. rend, hebdom. Séances de l’Acad. Sciences, Vol. CLI, 1910.] 

—-— Constitution morphologique de la bouche de l’insecte, Limoges, 
1911. 

——-— Sur l’existence d’un organe chordotonal et d’une vésicule pulsatile 
antennaires chez l’Abeille et sur la morphologie de la téte de 
cette espéce. 

[Compt. rend. hebdom. Séances de 1’Acad. Sciences, Vol. CLIT, 1911. ] 
Le Sporophyte et le Gamétophyte du Végétal ; le soma et le germen 
de l’insecte. Limoges, 1912. 
The Author. 


Jarvis (E.). Life-history of Heteronympha philerope, Boisd. 
[Victorian Naturalist, Vol. XXIV, No. 12, 1908.] 


——-—— Notes on the Scorpion-fly, Bittacus australis. 
[Victorian Naturalist, Vol. XXV, No. 4, 1908. ] 
NV. C. Rothschild. 


JEANNEL (R. y et Racovitza (E. G.). Enumération des Grottes Visitées, 
1909-1911 
[Arch. de Zool. Expér., Paris, Vol. XLIX,1912.] The Author. 


Joannis (J. de). Guide pratique de ]’Amateur de Papillons. Paris, 1912. 
[French edition of Berge and Rebel’s work. ] 
The Author. 


JOHANNSEN (O. A.). The Mycetophilidae of North America. III. 
[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 196, 1911.] 


———— The Fungus Gnats (Mycetophilidae) of North America. IV. 
[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 200, 1912. ] 


———— and Patcu (Edith M.). Insect Notes for 1911. 
[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 195, Dec. 1911. ] 
Maine Agric. Exper. Station. 


JounstTon (Fred.). Arsenite of Zinc and Lead Chromate as remedies against 
the Colorado Potato Beetle. 
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt. V, 1912.] 


———— Spraying experiments against the Grape Leaf-hopper in the Lake 
Erie Valley in 1911. 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 116, Pt. I, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 


(\{ xaxix ):) 


JonxEs (Paul R.). Some New California and Georgia Thysanoptera. 
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 23, Pt. I, 1912. ] 
U. S. Dept. Agric. 
Jorpan (K.). Contribution to our Knowledge of the Morphology and 
Systematics of the Polyctenidae, a family of Rhynchota Parasitic 


on Bats. 
[Novitates Zoologicae, Vol. XVIII, 1912.] The Author. 
KErREMANS (Ch.). Monographie des Buprestides, Vol. V, Livr. 19-21, 1911, 
1912. Purchased. 


Kerrisz (K.). Diptera, Stratiomyidae [of the Seychelles]. 
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen 
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | By Exchange. 
Kierrer (J. J.). Hymenoptera, Cynipidae; Diptera, Cecidomyiidae and 
Chironomidae [of the Seychelles]. 
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen 
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ] 
Hymenoptera Proctotrupidea [of the Seychelles]. 
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen 
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange. 
[See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
Kirxman (Hon. T.). Animalcules known as Wheelbearers. 


(Trans. and Proc. Natal Scientific Soc. Vol. XI, No. 3, 1912.] 
The Socrety. 


Kuunt (P.). Der Kafersammler. Leipzig, 1912. 
Purchased. 
LEPIDOPTERORUM CaTALocus. Junk (W.) editus a Aurivillius (Chr.) et 
Wagner (H.). Berlin, 1911, 1912. 
. Aurivillius (Chr.). Chrysopolomidae. 
. Pagenstecher (A.). Callidulidae. 
. Pagenstecher (A.). Libytheidae. 
. Wagner (H.). et Pfitzner (R.). Hepialidae. 
Strand (E.). Noctuidae: Agaristinae. 
. Meyrick (E.). Adelidae, Micropterygidae, Gracilariadae. 
Zerny (H.). Syntomidae. 
Prout (L. B,), Geometridae: Brephinae, Enochrominae. 
. Mabille (P.). Hesperidae: Subf. Pyrrhopyginae. 
MecDonnough. Megathymidae. 
», 10. Meyrick (E.). Tortricidae. 
LonestarF (George B.). Butterfly-hunting in Many Lands. London, 1912. 
The Author. 


Pars 


DAD IE bo 


McGregor (EH. A.), The Red Spider on Cotton. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 150, 1912.] 
U. S. Dept. Agric. 
MALtLocH (J. ap New American Dipterous Insects of the Family Pipun- 
culidae. 
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.] 
—- — New Diptera from Panama. 
[Smithson. Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 17, 1912.] 
—— Three new Species of Pipunculidae (Diptera) from Panama. 
[Smithson. Mise. Coll., Vol. LX, No. 1, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
Marcuat (Paul). Rapport sur les Travaux accomplis par la Mission a’ Etude 
de la Cochylis et de |’ Eudémis pendant |’ Année 1911. 
The Author. 
Marsu (H. O.), The Sugar-beet Webworm. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt, VI, 1912. ] 
Martin (René). [See Wyrtsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 
Mexican Cotton-boll Weevil: a Summary of the Investigation of this Insect 


up to December 31,1911, Washington, 1912. 
The Smithsonian Institution. 


( xl ) 


Meyrick (E.). Exotic Microlepidoptera, Vol. I, Pt. 1 (dated March 1912); 
Part 2 (dated October 1912). 


The Author. 

——-—— Tortricina and Tineina [of the Seychelles]. 

[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen 
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | 

By Exchange. 

———— [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. | 

———— [See Wyrtsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 

Misra (C.8.). The Cultivation of Lac in the Plains of India (Tachardia 

lacca, Kerr.). 
[Agric. Research Institute, Pusa, Bull. No. 28, 1912.] 
Imp. Dept. Agric. India. 

MryaxX¥ (Tsunekata), The Life-history of Panorpa klugi, M’Lachlan. 

[Journ. College Agric, Tokyo, Vol. 1V, No. 2, 1912.] 
The Author. 

Morean (A.C.). Insect Enemies of Tobacco in the United States. 

[Yearbook U, 8. Dept. Agric. for 1910 (1911). ] 
U. S. Dept. Agric. 

Morey (Claude), A Revision of the Ichneumonidae. Part I. Tribes 

Opilionides and Metopiides. London, 1912. 
By Exchange. 

Mornritu (Ph. D.) and Back (E. A.). Natural Control of White Flies in 

Florida. 
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 102, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 

Morris (Earl L.). New Control Methods for the Pear Thrips and Peach 

Tree Borer. 
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 228 (Berkeley, Cal.), 
1912. 
Calif. Agric. Exper. Station. 
NerumMANN (L. G.). Le Pou d’Orycteropus afer et une nouvelle sous-espéce 
d Amblyomma. 
[Jahrb. Nassau. Ver. Naturk. Wiesbaden, Vol. LXII, 1909, ] 

——— Notes sur les Pédiculidés. 

[Archives de Parasitologie, Vol. XIII. Paris, 1909.] 
, The Author. 
NewstTEapD (R.). Notes on Phlebotomus, with Descriptions of new Species. 
art I. 
[Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.] 

—-— On the Characteristics of the newly-discovered Tsetse-fly, Glossina 
austeni, Newstead ; with Descriptions of the Genital Armature 
of Glossina fuscipleuris, Austen, and Glossina longipennis, Corti. 

[Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.] 

-On a Collection of African Coccidae collected by Prof. D. L. 
Schultze in South and South-west Africa. 

[Zool. und anthrop. Ergebnisse Forschungsreise im westlichen und 

zentralen Siidafrika ausgefiihrt in den Jahren 1903-1905 (1912). ] 

The Author. 


———— [See SteruHens (J. W. W.).] 
New York Srate Museum. Twenty-seventh Report of the State Entom- 
ologist on injurious and other Insects of the State of New York, 
1911. Albany, 1912. 
New York State Museum. 
Nurtatt (G, H. F.), Cooper (W. F.), and Ropryson (L, E.). On the 
Structure of the Spiracles of a Tick, Haemaphysalis punctata, 
Canestrini and Fanzago. 
[Parasitology, Vol. I, No. 4, 1908.] The Authors. 
OseRTHUR (Charles), Etudes de Lépidoptérologie Comparée. Fasc. V, 1 et 
2, VI, 1911, 1912. The Author. 


( xli ) 


OsBoRN eas Leaf-hoppers affecting Cereals, Grasses, and Forage 
Tops. 
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom,, Bull. No. 108, 1912.] 
U.S. ’ Dept. Agric. 
PAGENSTECHER (A.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. | 
Parrot (P. J.). The Pear Thrips. 
[N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 343, 1912.] 
WGI Agric. Exper. Station. 
Parcu (Edith M.). Aphid Pests of Maine. Food Plants of the Aphids. 
Psyllid Notes. 
[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 202, 1912. ] 
———— Elm Leaf Curl and Woolly Apple Aphid. 
[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 203, 1912.] 
Maine Agric. Exper. Station. 
———— [See Jonannsen (0. A.).] 


Parton (W.S.) and Srrickianp (C.). A Critical Review of the Relation of 
Blood-sucking Invertebrates to the Life Cycles of the Trypano- 
somes of Vertebrates, etc. 

[Parasitology, Vol. I, No. 4, 1908.] The Authors. 


PENNSYLVANIA HEATH BULLETIN. Insects. 
[Pennsylv. Health Bull., Harrisburg, Pa., No. 32, Feb. 1912.] 
Pennsylv. "State Dept. of Health. 
PERGANDE (Theo.). The Life-history of the Alder Blight Aphis. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 24, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. "Agric. 
PrFiITzNER (R.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ] 
Purtuirs (E. F.) and Wuits (G. F.). Historical Notes on the Causes of Bee 
Diseases. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 98, 1912.] 
U. 8. Dept. Agric. 
———— (W.J.). [See Wester (F. M.).] 


——— (W. J.) and Davis (J. J.). Studies on a New Species of Toxoptera, 
with an Analytical Key to the Genus and Notes on Rearing 
Methods. 
[U. SS Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 25, Pt. I, 
912. U. 8S. Dept. Agric. 
Pic iid ce [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ] 
Pierce (W. Dwight). Systematic Notes and Descriptions of some Weevils 
of Economic or Biological importance. 
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] 
"The Smithsonian Institution. 
———— [See Wyrrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 
———— and Cusuman (R. A.), Hoop (C. E.), and Hunter (W. D.). The 
Insect Enemies of the Cotton Boll Weevil. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 100, 1912.] 
. 8S. Dept. Agric. 
PorEnoE (C. H.). Insects injurious to Mushrooms. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular ae 155, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. Agrte. 
Poprius (B.). [See Reurer, O. M.).] 
Porter (Carlos E.). Estudios Elementales de Zoolojia. Introduccion al 
estudio de los Miridpodos. Santiago de Chile, 1911. 
The Author. 
Prout (Louis B.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum.] 
———— [See SuHErxorn (C. D.).] 
QuainTancE (A. L.). Notes on the Peach Bud Mite, an Enemy of Peach 
Nursery Stock. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 97, Pt. VI, 1912.) 


( xiii) 


QuaInTANCE (A. L.). The Leaf-blister Mite (Eriophyes pyri, Pagenstecher). 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No, 154, 1912.] 


———\— The Mediterranean Fruit-fly. 
[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau qrertiorare Circular No. 160, 1912. ] 


———— and Scorr (E. W.). The One-spray Method in the control of the 
Codling Moth and Plum Curculio (Second Report). 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric,, Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 115, Pt. II, 1912.] 


—-—— and Scotrr (W. M.). The more Important Insect and Fungous 
Enemies of the Fruit and Foliage of the Apple. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 492, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Quayie (H. J.) Citrus Fruit Insects. 
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 214 (Berkeley, Cal., 
May 1911).] 
———— The Black Scale. 
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 223 (Berkeley, Cal., 
July 1911).] 
——-—— The Purple Scale (Lepidosaphes beckii, Newm.). 
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 226 (Berkeley, Cal., 
1912).] 
———— The Red or Orange Scale. 
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 222 (Berkeley, Cal., 
July 1911). ] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station. 


Racovitza (HE. G.). [See JEANNEL (R.).] 


Rainzpow (W.J.). Two New Species of Collembola. 
[Records Austral. Mus., Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1907. ] 


———— Notes on the Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life-histories of 
Australian Araneidae. 
[Records Austral. Mus., Vol. VI, Pt. V, 1907.] 
————— Studies in Australian Araneidae (No. 5). 
[Records Austral, Mus., Vol. VII, No. I, 1908. ] 
———— Notes on the Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life-histories of 
Australian Araneidae, based on Specimens in the Australian 
Museum. 
[Records Austral. Mus., Vol, VII, 1909. ] The Author. 
Raspait (X.). Perception a distance par la mouche bleue (Musca vomitoria, 
Linn.) du passage de la vie a la mort chez les Animaux. 
[Bull. Soe. Zool. France, Vol. XX XVII, 1912.] The Author. 
Recorp of the Royal Society of London, 8rd. edit. London, 1912. 
The Society. 
Rerun (James A.). Notes on the African Orthoptera of the Families Mantidae 
and Phasmidae in the United States National Museum, with 
descriptions of New Species. 
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
———— [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
ReitrTer (E,). Fauna Germanica. Die Kafer des Deutschen Reiches. 
Band III. Stuttgart, 1911. Purchased. 
Report of the Dominion Entomologist for year ending March 31, 1911. 
[Annual Rept. on Exper. Farms for 1910-11. | 
Canad. Dept. Agric. 
Report of the Mycologist for year ending March 31, 1911 (Part 1). Con- 
taining Reports of the Entomologist, the Assistant Entomologist, 
and the Secretary. 
[Board of Agric., Trinidad, Circular No. 2, 1911.] 
Trinidad Dept. Agric. 
Report, Thirteenth, of the Michigan Academy of Science, May 1911. 
The Academy, Michigan. 


( xiii) 


Reports to the Local Government Board on Public Health and Medical 
Subjects (New Series, No. 66). Further Reports (No. 5) on 


Flies as Carriers of Infection, 1912. Local Govt. Board. 
Reuter (O. M.). Protoctmex siluricus, Mob., und meine Auffassung 
desselben. 


[Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XX XVIII, Nos. 14-15, 1911.] 
—-— Studien iiber die palaarktischen Formen der Hemipterengattung 
Notostira, Fieb. (Hemiptéra, Miridae). 
[Revue Russe d’Entom., Vol. XI, 1911, No. 3.] 
——-— Bemerkungen iiber mein Neues Heteropterensystem. 
[Ofv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] 
—- Hemipterologische Miscellen. 
[Ofyv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] 
—-— Zur generischen Teilung der palaarktischen und nearktischen 
_. Acanthiaden. 
[Ofv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] The Author. 
and Porrius (B.). Zur Kenntnis der Termatophyliden. 
[Ofv Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] The Authors. 
Ricarpo (Gertrude). A Revision of the Oriental Species of the genera of 
Family Tabanidae other than Tabanus. Contributions to the 
Fauna of Yunnan, Part VII, Tabanidae. 
[Records Indian Mus., Vol. IV, Nos. VIII, IX, 1911.] 
The Author. 
Ricuter (M.C.). Honey Plants of California. 
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper, Station, Bull. No. 217 (Berkeley, Cal., 
1911). ] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station. 
Rosinson (L. E.). [See Nurratt (G. H. F.).] 
Rouwer (8S. A.) Descriptions of New Species of Wasps in the Collections 
of the United States National Museum. 
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLI, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
———— Studies in the Woodwasp Superfamily Oryssoidea, with Descrip- 
tions of New Species. 
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.] 
—— Sawflies from Panama, with Descriptions of New Genera and 
Species. 
[Smithsonian Mise. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 12, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
RoruscHiLp (Hon. Walter). Descriptions of New South American Arctianae. 
[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. IV, 1909.] The Author. 
RowLaNnD-Brown (H.). A Butterfly Hunt in some parts of Unexplored 
France. 
[Entomologist, Oct. 1911-Feb. 1912.] The Author. 
Russevt (H. M.). An Internal Parasite of Thysanoptera. 
U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 23, Pt. II, 1912.] 
—- The Bean Thrips. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 118, 1912.] 
—-— The Greenhouse Thrips. 
[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 151, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Sasscer (E. R.). Catalogue of recently described Coccidae, Vol. IV. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Techn. Series, No. 16, Pt. VI, 1912.] 
—-—— The Genus Frorinza in the United States. 
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Techn. Ser., No. 16, Pt. V, 1912.] 
U. S. Dept. Agric. 
Scumipt (A.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus.] 
SCHMIEDEKNECHT (Otto). Opuscula Entomologica. Fasc. XXIII-XXXII 
1909-1912. A, E. Gibbs. 
ScHuBERT (K.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. | 
Scort (HE. W.). [See Quatnrance (A. L.).] 


( iv °} 


Scott (W. M.). [See Quarnrance (A. L.).] 

Srtys-Lonecuames (Baron Edm.). Collections Zoologiques, Fasc. III, 
Embiidinen; IV, Plecoptéres, I, Fam. Perlodidae; XIV, 
Libellulinen, 1912. Purchased. 

SemENOFF (A.). Dermaptera brought home by N. A. Zarndny from a Travel 
in 1900-1901 in Eastern Persia. 

[Horae Soc. Ent. Ross, Vol. XXXVI, 1902. Malcolm Burr. 

SHELDON (W.G.). Lepidoptera of the Swedish Provinces of Jemptland and 
Lapland. 

[Entomologist, 1911 and 1912.] The Author. 

SHERBORN (C. D.) and Prout (L. B.). Note on the Date of Publication of 
the Works of Jacob Huebner on the Lepidoptera. 

[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. IX, 1912.] 
The Authors. 

Surprey (A. E.). The Ectoparasites of the Red Grouse [Lagopus scoticus]. 

[Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1909.] The Author. 
SHUGUROFF C M.). Notes on the Species of the Genus Callimenus, Fisch. 
aldh. 
[Revue Russe d’Entom., 1906. ] Malcolm Burr. 

SIGNATURES in the First egenal! Book and the Charter-Book of the Royal 
Society. 1912. 

[1660-1912.] The Society. 

SizvestRi (Filippo). Contribuzioni alla conoscenza biologica degli Imenotteri 
Parassiti. I. Biologia del Litomastix truncatellus (Dalm.). 

[Annali R. Scuola d’Agric. Portici, Vol. VI, 1906. ] 
The Author. 


SxinnER (Henry), Mimicry in Boreal American Rhopalocera. 
[Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Vol. XV, 2nd Ser., 1912.] 


The Author. 
Srapen (F. W. F.). The Humble-Bee: its Life-history, and How to 
Domesticate It. 1912. Purchased. 


SLEEPING Sickness Bureau. Bulletin No. 3, 1909. 
[Contains an account of Glossina palpalis,etc.| Royal Society. 
SmitH (Harry S.). Technical Results from the Gipsy Moth Parasite 
Laboratory. The Chalcidoid Genus Perilampus, and its Rela- 
lations to the Problem of Parasite Introduction. 
[U. BS Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 19, Pt. IV, 
912.] U.S. ’ Dept. Agric. 
SNYDER (T. ar Insect Damage to Mine Props, and Methods of Preventing 
the Injury. 
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 156, 1912.] 
ass Dept. Agric. 
Spriser (P.). Stechmiicken. 
[Insekten-Borse, Vol. XVII, 1901.] The Author. 
SrepHens (J. W. W.) and Newsteap (R.). The Anatomy of the Proboscis 
of Biting Flies. 
[Ann. Trop. Medicine and Parasitology, Vol. I, 1907.] 
JW. W. Stephens. 
Sticuet (H.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
Stires (Ch. Wardell). The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature 
as applied to Medicine. 
[U. S. Hygienic Laboratory, ere Bull. No. 24, 1905.] 
U.S. Hygienic Laboratory. 
Srranv (E.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ; 
Srrickianp (C.). [See Patron (W. 8.).] 
SrrickianD (E. H.). Some New Culcidae from Western Australia, South 
Queensland, and Tasmania. 
(Entomologist, April—-Aug., 1911.] The Author. 


StrRoHMEYER (H.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ] 


(sly. ) 


SWAMMERDAM (Jo.). Ephemera vita: or the Natural History and Anatomy 
of the Ephemeron, a Fly that Lives but Five Hours. London, 


1681. R. W. Lloyd. 
SwynnertTon (C.F. M.). Remarks on the Stomach-contents of Birds. 
[Ibis, Oct. 1912.] The Author. 


SzepticETi (Gy. V. von). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum.] 
TurKonoLp (F. V.). The Culicidae of Fiji, including two New Species. 
(Entomologist, June 1910. ] 
Springtails (Collembola). Their Economic Importance, with Notes 
on some Unrecorded Instances of Damage. 
[1st International Congress of Entomology, Bruxelles, 1910. ] 
—-— The Distribution of the Yellow Fever Mosquito (Stegomyia fasctata, 
Fabricius), and General Notes on its Bionomics. 
[1st International Congress of Entomology, Bruxelles, 1910.] 
——— Culicidae of the R. Zool. Soc. “ Natura Artis Majistra,” Amsterdam, 
and Description of three New Species. 
[Tijdschr. voor Entom., LIV, 1911.] 
—— —— Preliminary List of Aphididae found in Kent. 
(Entomologist, Jan. 1911.] 
-—_——— A Second List of the Aphididae found in Kent. 
[Entomologist, Nov., Dec. 1911, and Jan. 1912. ] The Author. 
Diptera, Culicidae [of the Seychelles]. 
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen 
Trust. Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange. 
TIMBERLAKE (P. H.). Technical Results from the Gipsy Moth Parasite 
Laboratory. V. Experimental Parasitism: a Study of the 
Biology of Limnertwm validum (Cresson). 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser. No. 19, Pt. V, 
1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Topp (R. G.). [See Eprtsten (H. M.).] 
Toruitt (J. D.). Systematic Notes on North American Tachinidae. 
[Canad. Entomologist, Vol. LXIV, Jan. 1912. ] The Author. 
TownsEND (Charles H. T.). Descriptions of New Genera and Species of 
Muscoid Flies from the Andean and Pacific Regions of South 
America. 
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLITI, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
TuckER (E. 8.). The Rice Water-Weevil and Methods for its Control. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 152, 1912.] 
U.S. Dept. Agrve. 
TURNER Gowan E.). A Revision of the Australian Species of the Genus 
ercerts. 
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.] 
The Author. 
Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Seychelles and other Islands in 
the Indian Ocean. 
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Perey Sladen 
Trust. Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange. 
ViereEck (H. L.). Contributions to our Knowledge of Bees and Ichneumon- 
flies, including the Descriptions of twenty-one New Genera and 
fifty-seven New Species of Ichneumon-flies. 
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] 
— Descriptions of five New Genera and twenty-six New Species of 
Ichneumon-flies. 
[Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] 
New Genus and Species of Hymenoptera of the family Braconidae 
from Panama. 
[Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 5, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
Wacner (H.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ] 


(xiv) 


WaGNneEr (Hans). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 


Watker (James J.). A Sketch of the Entomology of the Oxford District. 
[Issued by the 2nd Intern. Congress Entom., 1912.] 
—— Third Supplement to the Preliminary List of the Coleoptera of the 
Oxford district, 1911. The Author. 
Watsincuam (Lord). [See Gopman (F. D.), Biologia Centrali-Americana. ] 


WasMann (E). Neue Termitophilen und Termiten aus Indien. 
[Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXVI, 1896. ] 


Neue Myrmecophilen aus Madagascar. 
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1897. ] 
———— Die Ameisen- und Termitengaste von Brasilien. 
[ Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1895. ] 
———— Uber einige Myrmecophile Acarinen. 
(Zool. Anzeig., No. 541, 1897.] 
———— Ein neuer Fustigerodes aus der Capkolonie. 
[Wien. ent. Zeit., XVI, 1897.] 
——__—— Einige neue Termitophile Myrmedonien aus Birma. 
[Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XX XVIII, 1897.] 
——-—— Hinige neue Myrmecophile Anthiciden aus Indien. 
[Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1898. ] 
——-—— Hin neuer Termitodiscus aus Natal. 
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ] 
——— Zwei neue Lobopelta-Gaste aus Siidafrika. 
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ] 
——-— Zwei neue Myrmekophile Philusina-Arten aus Sitidafrika. 
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899.] 


———— Uber Atemeles pubicollis und die Pseudogynen von Formica rufa, L. 
{Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. } 


——-— Hin neuer Gast von Eciton carolinense. 
{Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899.] 

—— Ein neuer Melipona-Gast (Scotocryptus goeldiz) aus Para. 
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ] 

———— Neue Paussiden mit einem biologischen Nachtrag. 
[Notes Leyd. Mus. X XT, 1899.] 


——_——— Zur Kenntniss der bosnischen Myrmekophilen und Ameisen. 
[ Wiss. Mittheil. Bosnien und der Hercegovina, V1, 1899.] 
——— Zur Kenntnis der Termitophilen Myrmekophilen Cetoniden Stid- 
afrikas. 
[Illustrierte Zeitschr. fiir Entom., Bd. V, Heft 5, 1900.] 
———— Termitoxenia, ein neues fligelloses, physogastres Dipterengenus 
aus Termitennestern, II. Theil. 
[Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., LXX, 2, 1901. ] 
—-—— On some genera of Staphylinidae described by Thomas L. Casey. 
[Canad. Entom., 1901.] 
Zwei neue Liometopum-Gaste aus Colorado. 
[Wien. ent. Zeit., Bd. XX, Heft 7, 1901.] 
———— Zur Lebensweise der Ameisengrillen (Myrmecophila). 
[Natur und Offenbarung, XLVII, 1901. ] 
———— Biologische und phylogenetische Bemerkungen iiber die Dorylinen- 
gaste der alten und der neuen Welt. 
[Deutsche zool. Ges., 1902.] 
—— Neue Bestiatigungen der Lomechusa-pseudogynen-Theorie. 
[Deutsche zool. Ges., 1902.] 
———— Riesige Kurzfliigler als Hymenopteren-gaste. 
[Insekten-Boérse, XTX, 1902. ] 
———— Zur Lebensweise der Ameisengrillen (Myrmecophila). 
[Insekten-Boérse, XIX, 1902.] 


if xivir } 
Wasmann (E.). Zur Brutpflege den blutroten Raubameise (Formica sanguinea, 


Ltr.). 
[Insekten-Borse, XX, 1903.] 
—_——— Zur Mimicryptus der Dorylinengaste. 
[Zool. Anzeig., XXVI, 1903.] 
___.__ Zur Kenntniss der Giste der Treiberameisen und ihrer Wirthe am 
obern Congo. 
[Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. VII, 1904.] 


—__—— Ein neuer Atemeles aus Luxemburg. 
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1904. ] 


—__— Die phylogenetische Umbildung ostindischer Ameisengaste in 
Termitengaste. 
[Compt. rend. 6me Congrés intern. Zool., Berne, 1904 (1905). ] 
—_—-——— Neve Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Paussiden, mit biologischen und 
phylogenetischen Bemerkungen. 
[Notes Leyd. Mus., XXV, 1904. ] 
—__-_ Results of the Swedish Zoological Expedition to Egypt and White 
Nile, 1901: Termitophilen aus dem Sudan, by E. Wasmann, 
Aug. Forel, K. Escherich, and G. Breddin. 
[Jagerskidld Exped., 13, 1905.] 
————— Versuche mit einem brasilianischen Ameisennest in Holland. 
Zur Myrmecophagie des Griinspechts. 
(Tijdschr. voor Entom., XLVIII, 1905.] 


———— Die phylogenetische Umbildung ostindischer Ameisengaste in 
Termitengaste. 
[Mittheil. schweiz. ent. Ges., Bd. XI, heft 2, 1905. ] 
———— Esempii di recenti neoformazioni di specie tra gli ospiti delle 
Formiche e delle Termiti. 
[Rivista di Fisica, Matem. e Sci. Nat., Pavia, VII, 1906.] 
-——— Beispiele rezenter Artenbildung bei Ameisengasten und Termiten- 


gasten. 
(Biol. Centralblatt, Leipzig, XX VI, 1906.] 
— Zur Lebensweise von Atemeles pratensoides, Wasm. 
[Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Insektenbiologie, 1906. ] 


———— Zur Kenntniss der Ameisen und Ameisengaste von Luxemburg. 
Luxemburg, 1906. 


———— Uber einige Paussiden des Deutschen Entomologischen National- 
Museums. 
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1907. ] 


~———— Sur les nids des fourmis migrantes (Eciton et Anomma). 
[Atti della Pontificia Accad. Romana dei Nuovi Lincei, anno LX, 
- 1907.] 


-—_—— Myrmechusa; eine neue Gattung zwischen Myrmedonia und 
Lomechusa. 
[Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XLIV, 1908.] 


——-— Weitere Beitrage zum sozialen Parasitismus und der Sklaverei bei 
den Ameisen. 
[Biol. Centralblatt, XX VIII, 1908. ] 


———— (Nachtrag zu) Weitere Beitrige zum sozialen Parasitismus und 
der Sklaverei bei den Ameisen. 
[Biol. Centralblatt, XX VIII, 1908. ] 


———— Zur Kastenbildung und Systematik der Termiten. 
[Biol. Centralblatt, XXVIII, No. 3. 1908.] 


-———— Myrmecosaurus, ein neues Myrmekophiles Staphylinidengenus. 
[Zool. Anzeig. XXXIV, 1909. ] 


Uber den Ursprung des sozialen Parasitimus, der Sklaverei und 
der Myrmecophilie bei den Ameisen. 
| Biol. Centralblatt, X XIX, 1909.] 


( xlviii_ ) 
WasMann (E.). Uber gemischte Kolonien von Lasius-Arten. 


(Zool. Anzeig., XX XV, 1909.] 


——— Zur Kenntniss der Ameisen und Ameisengaste von Luxemburg, 
III. Teil. 1909. 


———-— Die psychischen Fahigkeiten der Ameisen. Stuttgart, 1909. 


— Zur Kenntniss der Gattung Plewropterus und anderer Paussiden, 
[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., LIV, 1910.] 


—— Nachtrage zum sozialen Parasitismus und der Sklaverei bei den 
Ameisen. 
[Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.] 


———— Nils Holmgren’s neue Termitenstudien und seine Exsudattheorie. 
[Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.] 


———— Die Doppelwirtigkeit der Atemeles. 
[Deutsche ent. Nat.-Bibliothek, I, 1910.] 


——— Staphylinus-Arten als Ameisenrauber. 
(Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Insektenbiologie, 1910. ] 


———— Uber das Wesen und den Ursprung der Symphilie. 
[Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.] 


———— Die Ameisen und ihre Gaste. 
[let Congrés Intern. d’Entom., Bruxelles, 1910.] 


—— — Die Anpassungsmerkmale der Atemeles, mit einer Ubersicht tiber 
die mitteleuropiischen Verwandten von Atemeles paradoxus, 
Grav. 
[ler Congrés Intern. d’Entom., Bruxelles, 1910 (1911). ] 


——_— Termiten von Madagaskar, den Comoren und Inseln Ostafrikas. 
[Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-1905, III, 1910. ] 


———— Modern Biology and the Theory of Evolution. London, 1910. 
[Translated from the third German edition by A. M. Buchanan, M.A. ] 


——_—— Gibt es erbliche Instinktmodifikationen im Verhalten der Ameisen 
gegeniiber ihren Gasten ? 
[Zool. Anzeig. XX XVII, 1911.] 


Ein neuer Paussus aus Ceylon, mit einer Uebersicht iiber die 
Paussidenwirte. 
[Tijdschr. voor Entom., LIV, 1911.] 
———— Tabelle der Revabieonkiji und Xenogaster-Arten. 
[Zool. Anzeig. XX XVIII, 1911. ] 


——-—— Termitophile Coleopteren aus Ceylon. 
K. Escherich, Termitenleben auf Ceylon. 
[Biol. Centralblatt, XX XI, 1911.] 


——— Atemeles siculus, Rottbg., und seine Verwandten. 
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1911.] 


——w— Zur Kenntniss der Termiten und Termitengaste vom belgischen 


Congo. 
[Revue Zool. Afr., I. fasc. 1-2, 1911.] The Author. 
———— The Rev. Simon FitzSimons’ Ideas on Evolution. 
[Catholic Fortnightly Review, 1912. ] The Publisher. 


WATERHOUSE (C. O.). Index Zoologicus. II. Compiled for the Zoological 
Society of London by C. O. Waterhouse, and edited by Dr. D. 
Sharp. 8vo. London, 1912. Purchased. 
—— — [See Index Zoologicus. ] 


Wess (J. L.). A Preliminary Synopsis of Cerambycoid Larvae. 
[U. As Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. ser. No. 20, Part V, 
12.] U.S. Dept. Agric, 


WEBSTER es M.). Preliminary Report on the Alfalfa Weevil. 
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No, 112, 1912.] 


(xl ) 


Wesster (F.M.). The Alfalfa Gall Midge (Asphondylia miki, Wachtl). 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 147, 1912.] 
———— The Clover Mite. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 158, 1912. ] 
—— The so-called ‘‘ Curlew Bug ” (Sphenophorus callosus, Oliv.). 
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Part IV, 1912. ] 
——— and Parties (W. J.). The Spring Grain Aphis or “ Green Bug.”’ 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 110, 1912. ] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Weise (J.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
WHEELER (George). On the Dates of the Publications of the Entomogical 


Society of London. 


[Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911 (1912). ] The Author. 
WHEELER (W. M.). Insect Parasitism and its Peculiarities. 
[Popular Science Monthly, Nov. 1911.] The Author. 


WuirtsE (G. F.). The Cause of European Foul Brood. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 157, 1912.] 
— [See Puitries (E. F.).] U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Wicknam (H. F.). On some Fossil Rhynchophorous Coleoptera from 
Florissant, Colorado. 
[Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XI, Art. IV, 1912.] 
The Author. 
Wutson (Charles Branch). Dragon Flies of the Cumberland Valley in 
Kentucky and Tennessee. 
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
Witson (James). The Department of Agriculture in Relation to a National 
Lee to Prevent the Importation of Insect-infested or Diseased 
Plants. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Circular No. 37,1911.] 
- ———— The Present Outbreak of the Grass Worm or Fall Army Worm, and 
Recommendations for its Control. 


[U. S. Dept. Agric., Circular No. 40, revised, 1912.] 
U. S. Dept. Agric. 


Woop (H. P.). [See Hooxsr (W. A.)]. 
Wricut (Albert E.). The Macrolepidoptera of North-East Lancashire. 
[Ann. Report and Trans. Manchester Entom. Soc., 1911.] 
The Author. 

Wyrsman (P.). Genera Insectorum. Fase. Vols, CXII-CXXX, 1910-1912. 

A. E. Elliott. 
Zerny (H.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. | 
ZIMMER (James F'.). The Grape Scale. 


[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 97, Pt. VII, 1912. ] 
U. S. Dept. Agric. 


Zootoaicat RecorD, Vols. XLV-XLVIII, 1908-1911. 
Purchased. 


Periodicals and Publications of Societies. 


AMERICA (NORTH). 


CANADA. 


Lonpon, OnrarIo. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XLIV, 1912. 
By Exchange. 
Ontario. Entomological Society of Ontario. 42nd Annual Report. 1911. 
By Exchange. 
UNITED STATES. 


Micuican. Academy of Science. 18th Report. 1911. The Academy. 
New Yorx. New York Entomological Society. Journal. Vol. XIX, 

Part 4, 1911; Vol. XX, 1912. Purchased. 
PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings. 
Vol. LXIII, Part 3, 1911; Vol. LXIV, Parts 1 and 2, 1912. 

By Exchange. 


American Entomological Society. Transactions. Vol. XXXVIII, 
Parts 1 and 2, 1912. By Exchange. 


Entomological News, Vol. X XIII, 1912. By Exchange. 
Wasuinctron. Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report, 1911. 


United States National Museum. Proceedings. Vols. XXXIX, 
XL and XLI, 1912. 


Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Vol. 
XIII, Part 1, 1912. Purchased. 


AMERICA (SOUTH). 


CHILE. 
SANTIAGO DE CHILE. Revista Chilena de Historia Natural, Ano XIV. 1910. 
The Society. 
WEST INDIES. 


Barpapos. West Indian Bulletin. The Journal of the Imperial Agricul- 


tural Department for the West Indies. Vol. XII. Parts 1-4, 
1912. 


Agricultural News. Vol. XI, 1912. 
The Agricultural Department. 
Third Report on the Introduction of Improvements into Indian 


Agriculture, 1912. Imperial Dept. of Agric., India. 
ASIA. 
INDIA. 
Bomsay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XXI, Nos. 2, 3 and 4, 
1912. By Exchange. 


Caxcurra. Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. Bulletin. Nos. 28-30, 
1912. 


Gris) 


Records of the Indian Museum. Vol. IV, Parts 8 and 9, 1911. 
The Museum. 
Report on the Progress of Agriculture in India for 1910, 1911 (1912). 
India Office. 
Agricultural Journal of India. Vol. VII, Parts IIT, IV, 1912. 
Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture in India. Entomological 
Series. Vol. II, Nos. 8, 9 (1910-12) ; Vol. IV, Nos. 1, 2 (1912). 
Agric. Research Institute, Pusa. 
Cotompo. Spolia Zeylanica. Vol. VIII, Parts 1 and 2, 1912. 
The Colombo Museum. 


BORNEO. 


Sarawak. Tenth Report on the Sarawak Museum. 1911. 
The Museum, 
Journal of the Sarawak Museum. Vol. I, Nos. 1 and 2, 1912. 
The Museum. 


AUSTRALASIA. 


BrisBANE. Annals of Queensland Museum. No. 10, 1911. 
The Director. 
New Zeavanp. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings. 


Vol. XLIV, 1911 (1912). The Institute. 
PertH. Journal Agricultural Department of West Australia. Vol. XX, 
190. Agric. Dept. W. Australia. 


Sypney. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, Vol. XXXVI, 
1911-12; Vol. XX XVII, Parts 1, 2, 1912. By Exchange. 


EHUROPH. 
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY. 


Bupargst. Annales Historico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici. Vol. X. 


912. By Exchange. 
Brtnn. Verhand. der naturf. Vereines in Briinn. Bd. XLIX. 
By Exchange. 


Vienna. K.-k. zoologische-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien. 
Verhandlungen. Band LXI, Hefte 7-10. Band LXII, Hefte 
1-7. By Exchange. 
Wiener entomologische Zeitung. Bd. XXXI, 1912. 
Purchased. 


BELGIUM. 
BrussEts. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales. Vol. LVI, 1912. 
Mémoires. Vol. XX, 1912. By Exchange. 


Annuaire de |’'Academie Royalide Belgique. 1912. 
The Academie. 
1** Congrés International d’Entomologie. Vol. I, 1911, Mémoires. 


Subscribed for. 
FRANCE. 
Carn. Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. 6e Ser., 2e Vol. 
1908-9 (1910). The Society. 
Paris. Soc. Entom. de France. Annales, Vols. LXXX, Parts 3, 4; 
LXXXI, 1, 2. By Exchange. 


Bulletin. 1910-12. 


TovuLousE. Bulletin de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat.de Toulouse. Tome XLIII, Part 
3 and 4,1910. XLIV,1911. XLV,1912,1. By Exchange. 


( lit) 


GERMANY. 
BERLIN. Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische 
Zeitschrift. Bd. LVI, 1912. By Exchange. 


Deutsche entomologische National-Bibliothek. Band 3, 1912. 
By Exchange. 


Entomologische Mitteilungen. Band I. Nos. 1-12 and Supplement. 
By Exchange. 


BERLIN. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische 
Zeitschrift. Band 56, Hefte 3 and4,1911. Band 57, Hefte 1 
and 2, 1912. By Exchange. 

Dresven. ‘Iris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Band XXVI. 
Heft 1, 2 and 3, 1912. By Exchange. 

Mounicu. Mitteilungen der Miinchner entomologischen Gesellschaft, 1912. 
Heft 3. The Publisher. 

Srerrin. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahr. LX XIII, 
1912. By Exchange. 

WIrsBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fir Naturkunde. Jahrbiicher. Jahr. 
LXV, 1912. By Exchange. 


GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 


Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1912. Purchased. 


Atheneum. 1912. The Publishers. 
Bulletin of Entomological Research. Vol. III, Parts 1-4, 1912. 
Purchased. 
Entomologist (The). 1912. R. South. 
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 1912. The Editors. 
Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. Vol. XXIV, 1912, 
Purchased. 


Entomological Society of London. Transactions, 1912, Parts I-III. 
Ent. Soc. London. 


Linnean Society of London. Zoology, Transactions, Journal and 


Proceedings. 1912. By Exchange. 
Naturalist (The). 1912. By Exchange. 
Nature. 1912. The Publishers. 
Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1912. The Club. 


Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. Vol. LXXII, 1911, 
The Society. 


Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1912. By Exchange. 
Royal Society. Proceedings. 1912. By Exchange. 
Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions. 1912. 


South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings. 
1911-12. The Society. 


Zoological Society. Transactions and Proceedings. 1912. 
By Exchange. 


Zoologist (The). 1912. The Publisher. 
MancHEsTER. Manchester Entomological Society, Reports for 1911. 
The Society. 
HOLLAND. 
Tar Hague. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1912. By Exchange. 


Entomologische Berichten, Vol. III, Parts 61-66. 1911-12. 
By Exchange. 


( lit ) 


ITALY. 
Portici and Frorence. Redia, Giornale de Entomologia. Vol. VIII. 
Fasc. 1, 1912. Purchased. 
RUSSIA. 
Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. Parts 
1-3, 1911. By Exchange. 
Sr. Pererspurc. Annuaire du Musée Zoologique. Tome XVI, Part 3, 
1911. F. D. Godman. 


Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae. Tome XL, Part 3, 1912. 
By Exchange. 


Revue Russe d’Entomologie. Tome XI, 1911, Part 4. Tome XII, 
Parts 1-3, 1912. The Society. 


SWEDEN. 


Srockuotm. Arkiv for Zoologi. Vol. VII, Hefte 1-3, 1911-12. 
By Exchange. 


Entomologisk Tidskrift. Arg. 33, 1912. 
By Exchange. 


SWITZERLAND. 


ScHAFFHAUSEN and Berne. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. 
Mittheilungen. Bd. XII, Hft. 3, 1912. By Exchange. 


Saar. - 


\ sifei hemline 


bre) 


ERRATA, 


TRANSACTIONS. 


Page 12, top line, and page 14, line 10 from bottom, for oncea read oncaea. 

Page 144, transfer lines 1 to 5 (under f. bel/a) to precede line 5 from bottom, 
under A. acrita bellona. 

Page 394, line 19 from top, for C. orbitulus read L. orbitulus. 

Page 440, line 10 from bottom, for SAo Pavto read SAo Pavto. 

Page 497, line 17 from bottom, for jointed read pointed. 

Page 501, line 10 from bottom, for isde read side. 

Page 507, line 12 from bottom, for thorica read thoracica. 

Page 550, line 4 from top, for RHYSOPAUSIDAE read RHYSOPAUS- 
SIDAE. 

Page 561, line 13 from bottom, for Jongimanus read longimana. 

Page 573, line 7 from bottom, for parryi read parryanus. 

Page 579, line 21 from top, for mnizecht read mntszechi. 


PROCEEDINGS. 


Page xlvi, line 16 from top, for wranius read wuranus. 
Page xlviii, line 15 from top, for caenia read coenia. 


Ailladey 


fre 


ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS 


Page 57, line 20. Add Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898). 

Page 94. Under f. wrungensis read GERMAN E. Arrica (Kitu- 
ngulu, Urungu). 

Page 129. For Manaxarta R. read (Mahakata R.), 

Page 129. Under A. nohara punetellata read NYASSALAND 
(Angoniland, Zomba). 

Page 154, line 3. Read Tancanyika; N. RHopEsIA; CoNnco 
(Katanga) ; NYASSALAND (Zomba) ; GERMAN E. AFRICA. 

Page 169, line 13. Lowombwa is usually spelt Lawumbu. 

Page 169, line 28. Witu should be wnder British E. AFRICA. 

Page 327, line 34. For Kisuma read Kisumu. 

Plate 10, f. 9. For ambiga read ambigua. 

Plate 12, f. 5. For oncea read oncaea. 


’ 


rh iat A “hy 
, eel aya 
“ete tf sai 
ait yaa 
ed tee 
bevit Oy é 
ach # ee 
iiewin?) Avaine tar) : | ett? mie “a 
a ‘VY antl de SS 
tial Ta ae vi 
oa 4 aia 


4 1 =) OS 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


LONDON 


FoR. TEE. -Y¥ Rar EOS: 


I. A Monograph of the African species of the Genus 
Acraea, Fab., with a supplement on those of the Oriental 
Region. By Harry ELTrRinGcHAM, M.A., F.ZS. 


[Read November Ist, 1911.] 


PLares I—XVI. 
INTRODUCTION. 


In the study of biological problems, it is of the utmost 
importance that adequate information should be available 
in regard to the affinities, variability, and geographical 
distribution of the forms of life which may be useful as 
material for such investigations. A mere list of described 
“species,” without any more intimate knowledge of the 
inter-relationships of the forms so designated, can be but 
of small service as a storehouse of reference, just as a 
collection of specimens, however extensive, unless accu- 
rately labelled with essential data, can furnish little more 
than an exhibition of the beautiful or curious in nature. 
The older naturalists, secure in the comfortable belief in 
the fixity of species, occupied themselves with the com- 
pilation of voluminous catalogues of all the forms then 
known to them, the result being a mere list of 
names, which in too many cases leave considerable doubt 
as to the identity of the forms to which they are as- 
signed. The necessity for specialisation having once been 
realised, no facts concerning the creatures studied are 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) B 


tw 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


now deemed too small or unimportant to be worthy 
of record. We aim at minute and careful classification, 
and though such classification is an artificial process of 
segregation having convenience as its aim, it is based on 
natural features, the study of which reveals those very 
facts which can enlarge our knowledge of nature’s methods. 
Such considerations indicate the desirability of carefully 
compiled monographs of natural groups, and of such works 
there are, fortunately, many splendid examples. To 
students of the Lepidoptera the publications of Messrs. 
Rothschild and Jordan have furnished an example of 
perfection, which others may well find difficult of imita- 
tion; but those who, like the present writer, are conscious 
of a lesser capacity for achievement, may at least en- 
deavour to follow, to the best of their ability, the path 
which has been thus so fully indicated. 

To the comfort of those who would undertake such 
labours, naturalists are ever ready to place at each other’s 
disposal, the resources which they individually possess, and 
it is thus that the pleasant duty devolves upon me of 
thanking most sincerely the many friends who have fur- 
nished me with material and assistance. It has been my 
privilege to carry out the present work under ideal con- 
ditions provided by the kindness of Professor Poulton in 
the Hope Department at Oxford, where I have had the 
free use of the whole of the vast store of material there 
accumulated. To him also I am indebted for kindly 
reading portions of the proofs, and for many valuable sug- 
gestions. Mr. Walter Rothschild has generously placed the 
whole of his collection of Acraeas at my disposal, not only 
for examination, but also for dissection and anatomical 
study. The authorities of the Natural History Museum 
at South Kensington have allowed me to make microscopic 
‘ preparations from many valuable duplicates, and I am also 
deeply indebted to many other collectors and workers 
amongst whom I would especially mention Mr. G. T. 
Bethune-Baker, Dr. F. A. Dixey, Mr. G. C. Dudgeon, Mr. 
Herbert Druce, Mr. H. H. Druce, Mr. C. J. Grist, Mr. 
J. J. Joicey, Dr. Karl Jordan, Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, 
Mr. 8. A. Neave, Miss E. M. Bowdler Sharpe, Mr. Roland 
Trimen, and Commander J. J. Walker. 

Continental authorities have been no less generous in 
their assistance, and permission was granted me to work 
through the whole of the large collection in the Berlin 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. ) 


Natural History Museum, where Dr. Brauer, Professor 
Karscb, Dr. Strand, and Dr. Griinberg gave me much 
useful help. Herr Wichgraf permitted me to examine his 
extensive collection ; Herr Ertl of Munich has sent me 
many interesting examples, including some types, whilst 
Professor Aurivillius at Stockholm, and M. Charles Ober- 
thiir at Rennes, have rendered constant and ungrudging 
assistance. To all I would tender my heartfelt thanks 
for having thus rendered my work a pleasure rather than 
a labour. 

The genus Acraca was founded by Fabricius in Ilhger’s 
Magazine (1807). His definition is, “Taser zwei, lang, 
wefranct, dreigliedrig ; drittes Glied klein, nackt. Fiihler 
geknopft. (Putzfiisse, )* 

He gives as types Pap. horta, terpsichore, and brassolis, 
and states that there are 34 species. The P. brassolis here 
referred to appears in Kirby’s catalogue as a synonym of 
the Pierine butterfly Archonias bellona, Cram. 

Latreille in the “ Encyclopédie Méthodique ” defines the 
genus as follows :—“ Borde interne des ailes inférieures 
wembrassant presque le dessous de l’abdomen; palpes 
inférieurs greles et presque cylindriques; antennes peu 
allongées et terminées brusquement en bouton.” 

Doubleday, Hewitson, and Westwood in the “ Genera of 
Diurnal Lepidoptera” having given a preliminary descrip- 
tion, divide the species into six groups or subgenera, 
viz. Hyalites, Planema, Gnesia, Telchinia, Actinote, and 
Pareba. The definitions of these subgenera are quite 
useless, as may be gathered from the fact that A. lycia 
is included under Hyalites, whilst A. sganzini is included 
in Telchinia, although both forms belong to the same 
species, 4. ‘encedon. The definition of Zelchinia differs 
only from that of Hyalites in the statement that the latter 
has the second joint of the labial palpi “considerably 
swollen and but little scaly,” whilst in the former the same 
structure is “considerably swollen and clothed in front 
with scales,” much being thus left to the imagination of the 
observer. Moreover the distinctive features of the genus 
Planema are not recognised, since it is divided into two sub- 
sections, one of which contains A. lycoa, and A. jodutta. 

Mabille, in his article on the genus in the “ Histoire 
Naturelle de Madagascar,” states that the Acraeas are well 
divided into groups, perhaps genera, by the male and 
female genital organs, but ea conclusions seem to be 

B2 


4 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


based on an inadequate study of these structures. His 
groups are, (1) Solenites, in which the ventral part of the 
termination of the male abdomen is occupied by a chitinous 
plate curved round in the form of a tube, the orifice of 
which is closed by the uncus. He gives A. wgati as a 
type of this formation. (2) Phanopeltis, which includes 
A. ranavalona. (3) Aphanopeltis, 1 which the plate 
is reduced to a structure of variable form. This group 
includes hora, zetes, egina, and pseudegina. (4) Acraea, 
The impossibility of these groups is evident from the 
instability of the characters suggested. Schatz and 
Rober recognise five groups but admit that they are 
but shghtly separated. The characters given are for the 
most part inconstant. Careful examination of all the 
features which have been utilised in the past for the 
purpose of subdividing the genus convinces me that they 
do not in fact provide grounds for such subdivision. 
Acraea is distinct from Planema, as Professor Aurivillius 
has pointed out in his “ Rhopalocera Aethiopica.” The 
latter genus may be known by the palpi, which are black 
with a lateral grey line ; by the position of the first branch 
of the fore-wing subcostal, which is given off at or beyond 
the end of the cell; and by the relatively much smaller dis- 
coidal cell in the hind-wing. The pupae of Planema are 
also distinguished by the presence of long hooked spines 
which appear never to be present in Acraca. As to the 
genus Pardopsis, the only reason for associating it with 
the Acraeinae seems to be the closed condition of the hind- 
wing cell. The one known species of the genus was 
originally included in Acraea because it looked like a 
member of that genus—the worst of all possible reasons. 
Trimen separated it and founded the genus Pardopsis, 
pointing out the very curious neuration of the fore-wing, 
That author, however, states that the legs are as in Acraca, 
an error very easily made, even by an acute observer, if 
opportunities were unavailable for the microscopic study of 
these appendages. The fore-feet are of the usual Nymph- 
alid kind, but the middle- and hind-feet have the tarsal 
extremities of a structure quite different from that in 
Acraea. ‘The claws are-slender and without the character- 
istic lobes, whilst there is a well-developed pulvillus, and 
peculiar curved and flattened spines on each side some- 
what resembling true paronychia. Unless the closed 
hind-wing cell can be shown to be of special taxonomic 


~ 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 5 


significance, it would almost appear that Pardopsis puncta- 
tissima should have a sub-family to itself. 

The South American genus Actinote is less distinct 
from Acraea than is Planema. The distinguishing features 
are black palpi, the presence of a rudimentary nervule in 
the hind-wing between the submedian and the first branch 
of the median,* and the heavily marked black nervules and 
internervular rays on the underside of the hind-wing. The 
neuration in Actinofe is similar to that in Acraca but is 
more unstable, the sixth and seventh nervules being 
sometimes stalked in both fore- and hind-wings. In other 
respects the genus resembles Acraea. The female has the 
peculiar wax-like seal after pairing, and the male tarsal 
claws are unequal. The pupae also are white, with black 
lines and yellow-centred black rings. 

The characters of the genus Acraca may be stated as 
follows :—Fore-wings either rounded or elongate, the 
inner-margin straight or very slightly concave. The palpi 
ochreous, very rarely blackish, the short terminal joint 
usually set with black hairs. No lateral greyish white 
line. The fore-legs rudimentary, their tarsi in the female 
with much reduced jomts, and spined beneath; in the 
male hairy and brush-like with rudimentary joints. 
The second and third pairs of legs are of normal size and 
their tarsi terminate in the female in two equal and similar 
claws, lobed at the base. In the male these claws are also 
equal and similar in a few species, but in the majority they 
are unequal, one being long and regularly curved, the other 
short and bent down almost at right angles to the upper or 
anterior edge of the basal lobe (in one species, servona, with 
normally equal claws, unequal claws are occasionally found). 
In the fore-wing the discoidal cell is of medium Jength. 
The upper discocellular is very short, and the subcostal 
nervure is five-branched, the first branch being given off 
before the end of the cell. In the hind-wing the discoidal 
cell is usually longer than in Planema and reaches to 
about the middle of the wing. The sixth and seventh 
nervules usually arise from independent points, but in 
some species from a common stalk. In one species, A. 
burnt, they vary in this respect in different individuals, 
and even in the two wings of the same individual. In 
others such as A. itwrina the stalked condition appears 
to be constant. In some species nervules 3 and 4 arise 


* This feature is also present in Acraea mirijfica. 


6 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


from a point at the end of the cell. The scales are nor- 
mally of uniform size and nearly round. In those species 
which exhibit transparency of the wing, this result is 
attained by a variety of different methods. The scales 
may be reduced in width, may be mere hairs, may be 
normal in size but reduced in number, normal in size but 
raised up so as to allow the light to pass between them, or 
they may be absent altogether. In a few species large 
special scales are found on the median nervure on the 
underside of the fore-wing. The antennae are short and 
rather abruptly clubbed. The male genital armature 
varies from a state of extreme complexity, to one of primi- 
tive simplicity, but in the majority of species exhibits 
little individual variation. In most if not all species 
special scales are found attached to the underside of the 
last abdominal tergite. These scales are sometimes 
present in enormous numbers. They are easily detached 
and may be scent-producing organs. The female 
usually possesses a chitinous plate on the seventh sternite 
surrounding the external orifice of the bursa copulatrix. 
The form of this plate is specifically constant in most 
species. Those females which possess such a plate have 
upon it after pairing a hard wax-like structure (see p. 7), 
often containing scales and hairs from the body of the male. 
The larvae * have two dorsal, two lateral, and two sub-lateral 
rows of branched spines, and the pupae are white or 
whitish with black spots, often in the form of rings 
enclosing yellow or pink centres. The neuration of the 
wings and the position of the other appendages are more 
or less outlined in black on the pupal skin. In many 
cases the pupa bears short blunt spines or processes, but so 
far as is known never has long hooked spines as in Planema. 

The genus Acraea is almost confined to the Ethiopian 
region. In the Oriental region there occur four or perhaps 
five species, according as to whether we regard A. meyert 
and A. moluccana as one species or two. Of these A. vesta 
is interesting as appearing to be closely allied to the 
African A. anacreon. A. andromache, which extends into 
the Pacific Islands as far as Samoa, shows in the structure 
of the male armature a close alliance with A. igati from 
Madagascar. I have dealt. with the probable synonymy of 
the Oriental species in the Supplement to the present 
monograph. 

* See F. Miiller, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 492, ete. (1877 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. ‘| 


Observations in the field show that the larvae of Acraca 
are gregarious. The perfect insects are slow of flight and 
indifferent to pursuit. Many emit an acrid juice when 
injured, and all appear to be remarkably tenacious of life, 
being not only protected by the extreme toughness of their 
integuments from any mechanical injury, but also exhibiting 
a great power of resistance to the effects of toxic substances. 
Some small and apparently delicate species have been 
observed to remain in full possession of their faculties after 
more than half-an-hour’s confinement in a cyanide bottle. 
Such species as have been utilised for experiments in 
palatibility provide evidence of a high degree of distaste- 
fulness. Some of Marshall’s experiments with a butterfly- 
eating Mantis, suggest that when driven by the absence of 
other food to an “exclusively Acraeine diet, a diseased 
condition, followed by death, ensued. In habits, some 
Acraeas are fond of the open, whilst others are woodland 
and forest species, and one or two are partial to marshy 
districts. Trimen in his work on the South African Butter- 
flies describes them as of a peculiarly quarrelsome disposi- 
tion, fighting desperately for the possession of a particular 
leaf on which to roost or to deposit their ova. From 
Marshall’s observations in his well-known paper on the 
“Bionomics of South African Insects” the courtship of 
Acraeas would appear to be carried out on the principle, as 
he expresses it, of “marriage by capture,” the male seizing 
the female in the air. 

A very remarkable feature of the genus is the presence 
on the female, in the majority of species, after pairing, 
of a mass of hard wax-like material on the underside of 
the abdomen. This secretion or seal * as it may be called, 
occurs also in Planema, Actinote, Amauris, Parnassius, Thais, 
Hurycus,and Huryades. It seems to be composed of similar 
material in all the genera mentioned, though im Acraca and 
Actinote it frequently also contains a mass of hairs and 
scales derived from the abdomen of the male, these being 
often arranged in a beautifully symmetrical manner. What- 
ever may be the purpose of this secretion in Parnassius and 
in the other genera mentioned, its object in Acraea would 
appear to be, 2 as originally suggested by Professor Poulton,+ 


* T submit the word sphragis as a technical term for this structure 
(Gr. oppayls = a seal). The term has been kindly suggested to me 
by Professor Poulton after consultation with Mr. Arthur Sidgwick. 

t See Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 539, 1902. 


8 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


the prevention of the amorous attentions of subsequent 
males after once the female has been paired. In this 
view Marshall concurs (/. ¢.), pointing out that if courtship 
always takes place in the forcible manner he has observed, 
some such provision would appear to be a necessity. In 
another note on the subject * Marshall records that such 
protection is not, however, absolute, since he has taken 
three female Acraeas in which the sac has been dupli- 
cated, though in these cases both sacs were more or less 
distorted in shape indicating that the second pairing must 
have taken place immediately after the first and whilst 
the first secretion was still in a viscous condition. This 
being so, as the author points out, the exceptions need 
not ivaladate the theory that the secretion, when hardened, 
would offer a sufficient obstruction to the use of the com- 
plicated male claspers. I am further inclined to believe 
that the sphragis may act in another way. As a result of 
a recent observation Mr. W. A. Lamborn has recorded + that 
a female Planema alcinoe was observed to have four males, 
all clinging to it at the same time, some even holding on 
to its wings and endeavouring to attach their claspers 
to its body. Now such behaviour appears to argue the 
emission by the female of some powerful sexually exciting 
scent, and if such be the case, the sphragis may well serve 
to inhibit the emission of this odour and thus free the 
female from further attentions. 

From the investigations of Elwes on Parnassius we may, 
I think, conclude that this “seal” is formed by a secretion 
from the male, and this view is confirmed by an interesting 
note by Dr. Fritz Miiller? who has studied the matter in 
the genus Actinote. Speaking of the appendage the quo- 
tation is as follows: “The female of Acraca (Actinote) 
thaiia has this appendage. It is shaped something like 
a hollow tile, and is fastened by one end, close behind the 
female orifice, then directed forward, usually at a very 
acute angle with the body, rarely standing out at right 
angles. Ever since I first bred this species from the larvae 
many years ago, I have known that the female does not 
emerge from the pupa bearing this appendage but. that 
as in Parnassius it is a sign of. completed copulation. It 


* See Entomologist, p. 73, 1901. 

{ Proc, Ent. Soc; p. xcv, 1911. 

t Carus, Zool. Anzeiger, p. 415, 1893. (I am indebted to Professor 
Poulton for kindly calling my attention to this reference.) 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 9 


is only during this last season that I have been able to 
inquire into its origin. By pressing the abdomen of the 
Acraea males, one can force out from under the posterior 
margin of the last dorsal plate a very large gland, which 
is entirely similar to that which the females of the ‘Mara- 
cuja butterflies’ (eliconius, Hucides, Colaenis, and Dione) 
exert at the same spot when seized. This gland is some- 
times bare, sometimes covered with brown or blackish 
scales and hairs, which fall off at the shghtest touch. The 
appendage of the female, when treated with hot soda-lye 
and crushed between glass plates, proves to be composed 
of hairs and scales of the same form. Among hundreds of 
males which J examined for this purpose, almost all showed 
the gland either entirely covered or entirely bare : twice only 
I found the hairs stuck together in small isolated patches, 
and twice joined together in a structure similar to the 
female appendage but thinner and more fra gile. Probably 
in the act of pairing one of the sexes emits a rapidly drying 
fluid which gives it the subsequent thickness and solidity.” 

At one time I hoped to find in Acraea some correlation 
between the inequality of the male tarsal claws, and the 
occurrence of the sphragis in the female. I find however 
that in some species in which the male claws are unequal, 
the sphragis is not formed in the female, at least so far as 
I am able to judge from the extensive material which has 
been at my disposal. I have examined the claws in the 
other genera mentioned, and find that whilst the male 
Parnassius has unequal claws, those of Hurycus, Huryades, 
and Amauris are equal. Thais has only a slight develop- 
ment of the sphragis, and has unequal claws in the male, 
whilst. the genus Doritis has unequal claws in the male, 
but I can find no secretion in the female. 

The peculiarity of the male tarsal claws is one to which 
I am still unable to assign a satisfactory explanation. The 
few species of the genus which have the claws equal, do 
not present any other feature which would serve to sepa- 
rate them, however slightly, from the remaining members 
of the genus. Moreover if, as seems inevitable, we are to 
regard all the examples of the servona form as of one 
species, we have in this one case an instance of unequal 
claws appearing occasionally as a reversion, in a species in 
which the claws are normally equal. 

Whilst the meaning of this structure must for the 
present remain unexplained, a knowledge of it is of 


10 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


material assistance in determining the sex of a specimen, 
in the event of the abdomen and front-feet being missing, 
as in a damaged example. In the great majority of 
species the male claws are unequal, and thus if a single 
leg remains, the sex can in those species be determined. 
Probably in no genus is the question of sex more easily 
decided. ‘The female cloacal valves are very different in 
appearance from the arched and hirsute tergite of the 
male. Should this test fail the difference of structure 
between the fore-feet of male and female is easily observed, 
in many cases even with the unaided sight. Finally the 
tarsal claws are, as stated, a certain guide in the majority 
of species. In spite of these facts, which are by no means 
new, many published works abound in errors as to the sex 
of the species therein described, such errors adding greatly 
to the difficulties of the systematist, more especially in 
cases of unique types difficult of access. 

A phenomenon common to many Lepidoptera and 
kuown as “seasonal dimorphism” is exhibited to a greater 
or less extent by many species of Acraea, especiaily those 
which may be said to belong to the acrita and caldarena 
groups. I do not propose on the present occasion to enter 
upon a discussion of this interesting and complicated sub- 
ject, which constitutes a special study in itself. It is, 
however, necessary briefly to allude to the phenomenon as 
manifested in this genus. 

A. atolivis presents a dry-season male in which the spots 
are exceedingly small, and a female, the ground-colour of 
which is yellowish brown. The corresponding wet forms 
are a male, in which the black marks are all more highly 
developed, and a female which is actually black, often 
with a whitish subapical bar. Seventeen examples of 
the species taken at the Victoria Falls in September are 
all distinctly of the dry-season form. The only record I 
have for that locality is 1906-7 when Sept. 1906 showed 
barely 6 in., whilst in the previous May, June, July, and 
August the fall was nil. The maximum occurred in 
February 1907 when 14°7 in. of rain fell. Of five males 
taken on the Lualaba R. in October, one is of the dry form, 
one intermediate and two wet, whilst of five specimens 
taken in May, four are wet and oneintermediate. In this 
region May, June, July, and August are the dry months 
and March and November have the maximum rainfall, viz. 
7:9 in. and 8'6 in. respectively, so that the specimens, having 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. TT 


occurred at the beginning and end of the dry season, show 
a variable and intermediate condition. In Angola wet and 
dry examples have been taken together in September which 
is the begimning of the rains, so that the correspondence of 
the forms is here not well marked. Black females bear 
date January to April, and September to November. 
February, March, and April are the wettest months, but 
the rainfall is extremely variable in different years, and 
also differs greatly in different localities. Thus inner 
Angola is within the 40-inch line, but towards the coast 
there are three distinct belts of decreasing rainfall, the 
mean at Loanda being only one-sixth of that at Comber 
Station (6° 16° 8., 15° 17’ E., alt. 3,100 ft.). 

A. petraea and A. aglaonice correspond fairly well with 
the seasons, the latter tending to lose the subapical 
translucent fore-wing spots in the dry season. A. equator- 
ialis varies very little in the male sex, but the females 
may be either yellow like the male, or grey, with an 
incipient fore-wing subapical pale bar. <A long series 
taken near Kisumu in November, December, January, 
and March shows great variation in this respect. Whilst in 
this locality these months are amongst the wettest, there 
is no month in which rain does not fall, the minimum being 
177 in. in July, and the maximum 7:09 in December. 

A. caldarena is rather variable. Marshall refers to the 
wet-season males in Mashonaland as having a_ brighter 
pink ground-colour, whilst Neave speaks of this feature 
as characteristic of the specimens he took in the “hot 
dry Luangwa Valley.” Unfortunately this pink colour fades 
rapidly, and cabinet specimens rarely furnish good illustra- 
tions of this particular feature. September (dry) males 
from Mashonaland have a brownish basal suffusion and 
January (wet) specimens are without this character. 
March (wet) examples usually have the basal brown. 
All the females corresponding to the above have the 
ground-colour brownish. Ft. Jameson examples taken 
in March (wet) have grey and white females and ochreous 
males. On the Alala plateau both wet and dry forms 
are found in November (early rains). February (wet) 
specimens from Angoniland include both pink and ochre- 
ous males, the females being dark but not grey and white. 
Kisumu examples taken in November (wet) are both pink 
and ochreous, with and without basal brown, thus showing 
a lack of differentiation similar to that in equatorialis. 


12 _Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A, oncea shows a moderately good correspondence with 
the seasons in its vartous localities, the wet form of female 
being black with a white subapical bar, whilst the dry- 
season forms have the ground-colour reddish brown, 
Examples from near Tete on the Zambesi, and from Ft. 
Jameson correspond very nearly with the climatic con- 
ditions, though on the other hand specimens from Chirui 
Island, L. Bangweolo, taken in July, have wet-season males, 
1. @. heavily spotted, and dry-season females, the latter 
however, showing but little indication of ie fore-wing 
white bar. The same condition occurs in May (dry) 
specimens from Awemba, North-Kast Rhodesia. 

The foregoing examples seem to show that many 
species do, in a general way exhibit a dimorphism which 
may be termed seasonal, but before any profitable study 
of this subject can be made, very much larger series of 
examples must be available, labelled, not merely with the 
precise locality, but also with the date of capture, and 
further with what I think will prove to be of equal 
importance, the elevation of the locality; and here I 
may remark that though of late years, satisfactory label- 
ling has received much greater attention than formerly, 
and in one institution with which I am acquainted may 
be said to have reached perfection, there seems still to 
remain in the minds of some owners and keepers of 
collections a very inadequate conception of the necessity 
of full and correct labelling. 

Turning from seasonal to sexual dimorphism, we find 
that this phenomenon is of very frequent occurrence in 
the genus, in fact a marked difference in the appearance 
of the sexes may be said to be the rule. Moreover, whilst 
the females differ from the males one or both may be 
polymorphic. Female polymorphism reaches its greatest 
development in Acraea terpsichore, of which it is possible 
to arrange a long series in which no two individuals are 
alike, and although the male of this species 1s also poly- 
morphic, it presents nothing like the range of variation 
exhibited by the female. In this case the different forms 
seem to indicate merely a condition of extreme instability. 
I cannot associate any one form of female with a particular 
form of male, nor do any of the variations seem to be 
governed by either seasonal or geographical conditions.* 

* In the ¢ the rougeti form is certainly more characteristic of the 
Kast and South, though the difference is not quite constant. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 15 


A more interesting case is that of Acraea aleiope, the male 
of which varies but slightly throughout its range, whilst 
the female, though still variable, appears in two pre- 
dominant forms, the western form being dark brown and 
mimetically associated with dominant western forms of 
Planema, whilst the eastern or awrivillii form has an 
orange band on the fore-wings and a white band on 
the hind-wings, thus resembling the male of the dominant 
eastern Planema macarista. 

A very remarkable case of sexual dimorphism is that 
discovered by my friend Mr. 8. A. Neave, who pointed out 
that the transparent and almost immaculate 4. erystallina 
is the female of A. chilo. A. bonasia has two forms of 
female, one of which is near the cynthius of Drury. Acraca 
peneleos has many female forms, one of which has just 
been discovered in a long series of specimens bred by Mr. 
W. A. Lamborn near Lagos, and two others are represented 
by examples in the Hewitson collection, but appear never to 
have been recognised or described. The first-named has 
a lemon-yellow band across the hind-wings, in the second 
the band is white and better developed, whilst the third 
has the wings nearly black. It was the appearance of the 
yellow-banded form which gave me the clue to the identity 
of the white-banded examples, intermediates between this 
and the black form leaving no doubt as to the identity of 
the latter. Polymorphism of both sexes is of common 
occurrence, and in some cases the forms are so extreme 
that only by careful anatomical study can their true 
relationship be established. Thus I have found that 
Butler’s A. astrigera, a brilliant orange and red eastern 
species, 1s specifically identical with the same author’s 
pseudolycia, the latter a black and white form of very 
different appearance. Perhaps still more remarkable is 
the discovery that Hewitson’s little red, black and trans- 
parent orestia is specifically identical with Miss Sharpe’s 
humilis, which in its extreme form is almost devoid of 
colour, spots, or markings. 

One instance is known to me of polymorphism of both 
sexes, accompanied by a geographically limited sexual 
dimorphism. This complicated condition obtains in A. 
lycoa. From its western limit to Mount Kilimandjaro it 
presents a series of six different forms, in which however 
the sexes are constantly different, the female having 
the fore-wing spots white whilst those of the male are 


14 My. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


yellow of various shades. In Abyssinia both sexes are 
alike, the fore-wing spots being yellow. Polymorphism 
in Acraea is, as in other genera, frequently associated 
with obvious mimetic resemblance in the forms produced. 
A. alciope presents a remarkable case in point. Another 
instance almost comparable to that of Papilio dardanus, 
except that the mimicry is found in both sexes, is 
exhibited by A. johnstont which produces forms which 
closely resemble two different Planemas and _ three 
Danaines. An isolated but no less interesting case is the 
acritoides form of A. periphanes, which is so modified as 
to be easily mistaken for that form of 4. acrita which 
occurs in itslocality. A. jodutta has two different females 
resembling two Planemas, whilst A. althofi has several 
female forms, one of which is like the male, the others 
resembling and habitually flying with the above-named 
females of jodutia and their models. 

Island forms of -Acraew include several interesting 
species and races. In the Island of Sad Thomé three 
species occur which have not so far been found on the 
mainland, viz. insularis, niobe, and newtoni. Of these the 
latter may well be a local race of A. penelope, but the 
others are quite peculiar and unlike any other known 
species. From the Ilha do Principe comes the medea form 
of A. egina, characterised by its greatly enlarged and con- 
fluent spots. Figures of the female of this form occur in 
several of the older publications, though all seem to be 
copies of an original figure and not of separate examples, 
The older works usually give Senegal as the habitat, but 
if it ever occurred on the mainland, it appears no longer 
to do so. The peculiar lactimaculata form of peneleos 2 
seems to occur only on Fernando Po. The masaris form 
of A. esebria occurs in the Comoro Islands. Two islands 
in L. Bangweolo, Chirui and Chishi, have furnished ex- 
amples of A, oncea which are more brilliantly coloured 
than any others I have seen, whilst from Chishi Island 
we have received a form of A. zetes acura which is of 
special interest in having the hind-wing spots so greatly 
reduced as to make it at the first glance almost indis- 
tinguishable from A. astrigera, with which it is doubtless 
very nearly allied. 

Indications of a general correspondence of colour with 
geographical distribution seem to be afforded by the dark 
fore-winged forms of zetes, egina, and xnatalica from the 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 15 


extreme West, the extent of the red colour increasing as the 
species ranges East and South, not only in the three species 
mentioned, but to a less extent in pharsalus, which develops 
into pharsalus pharsaloides. On the other hand this 
change is in the opposite direction in A. lycoa, which, 
- beginning in the West as a pale semitransparent form, 
gradually becomes more heavily and darkly pigmented 
until it is represented at Mount Kilimandjaro by its sub- 
species fallax, -A. penelope is a similar case in point. Two 
of the black and yellow Acraeas, viz. oreas and servona, 
exhibit a very marked change in the hind-wing under- 
side colour in passing eastwards. Western examples are 
lemon-ochreous beneath, the colour changing to brown, 
or even nearly black, at Entebbe. A. servona retains 
its pale yellow colour in German E. Africa, whilst A. 
oreas is of a shghtly warmer tint in that locality. 

So extremely complicated is the variation of species 
of the genus, that it has been more than once suggested 
to me that hybrids are occasionally produced. I can only 
say that after careful examination of over fifteen thousand 
examples, I have seen no single individual which would 
lend support to such a view. I have dissected out and 
mounted the genital armatures of nearly five hundred 
specimens, and have only once found an abnormal or 
aborted example. ‘So far as my observations enable me 
to judge I should say that individual variation in these 
organs is, except in one species, very slight and of rare 
occurrence. I refer to A. acrita, as to the true taxo- 
nomy of which, after examining hundreds of examples, I 
am still in doubt. I am of opinion that each species can 
always recognise a mate of its own kind, and it seems to 
me that such infallibility may be not unconnected with 
the production of some special exciting scent in one or 
both sexes. 

With regard to the determination of species it may 
be well to explain the general principles which I have 
adopted in the present monograph. 

Without attempting to formulate a definition of the 
meaning of the word species, I regard a species as a com- 
munity of individuals, of which at least the geographic- 
ally contiguous, and most probably, all the contemporary 
members, are capable of, and, on the opportunity arising, 
disposed to, syngamy. Iam compelled to leave in doubt 
the question of the syngamy of forms widely separated 


16 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


geographically, since, to take a special instance, we have 
at present no means of proving that pseudolycia astrigera 
would pair and prove fertile with pseudolycia pseudolycia, 
though there seems no reason to doubt the probability, if 
each of these forms is ordinarily syngamic with the inter- 
mediate form pseudolycia brunnea. In the consideration of 
evidences of such syngamy we must, I think, be prepared 
to give full value to each particular point, and to consider 
all the items in relation to the whole, rather than allow 
ourselves to be bound, im all cases, by the indications of 
one particular feature to the exclusion of others. 

Thus it may be assumed that constant differences in the 
male armature are good evidences of specific distinction, 
though when these organs are of a primitively simple 
structure, similarity does not necessarily argue specific 
identity. In some cases the structure of “the female 
genital plate enables us to confirm or modify views 
based on that of the male organ. In some cases the male 
tarsal claws provide valuable indications. Again, inter- 
mediate types of pattern and colour leave no doubt as to 
the specific identity of forms which, but for such connect- 
ing links, would appear to be very distinct. Where I have 
reason to believe that a particular form of a species is 
peculiar to a certain geographical area, I have called it a 
subspecies. Where, as frequently happens, a form of a 
species seems liable to occur in various parts of that species’ 
range, and not to the exclusion of other forms, I have 
mer rely styled such variations from the type as “ forma,” thus 
leaving the way open to the ultimate establishment of 
whatever more particular definition the acquisition of 
subsequent material and data may enable us to adopt. 
I have avoided as far as possible the use of the word 
“variety,” since the limitation of its meaning is too ill 
defined. I am aware that such a system is not infallible, 
or indeed capable of universal application, since cases may 
occur where a variety is a mere form in one locality, and 
entitled to be regarded as a subspecies in another. 
Nevertheless it is not without a certain convenience, 
and, with our present conception of the evolutionary 
nature of species-formation, the precise limitation 
of what is called a “species” has necessarily lost much 
of its importance, as compared with the recognition of the 
degrees of aftinity which appear to obtain between the 
forms studied. In the case of the genus Acraea we have 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. ui 


many species which are quite clearly defined and exhibit 
no close alliance with others. On the other hand, such a 
community of forms as are grouped together under the name 
of Acraea acrita offers material for prolonged and careful 
study—a study to which we cannot hope to do justice, 
until we possess a vastly greater material from every part 
of the range, and taken at various seasons. Again, whether 


we regard zetes, chilo, oscari, and hypoleuca, as four species 
or as one, must remain largely a matter of the convenience 
of the moment. In a few such cases I fear that I may 
be accused of a certain amount of inconsistency in the 
arrangement of the genus. If so, I can only say that 
in many cases it is extremely difficult, if not impossible, to 
decide whether a form has yet passed over that dividing 
line which separates one true species from another. The 
difficulty experienced is merely a confirmation of our 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912,—PART I. (JULY) C 


18 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


theories of species formation. The information that, on 
the one hand, zetes and chilo had been definitely proved to be 
the same species, or, on the other, that welwitschii welwitschir 
and welwitschii alboradiata were certainly specifically 
distinct, would, though interesting, not alter the existing 
fact of their close relationship. 

It only remains to give certain explanations of some 
remaining features of the work. The appended chart of 
the wing neuration is merely a diagram to illustrate the 
numbers and terms used in the descriptions. The draw- 
ings of genitalia have been made from the actual prepara- 
tions by means of a Leitz reflector, and are intended to 
illustrate the characteristic form in each case, though it 
must be borne in mind that such conclusions as have been 
based on these structures, have not been arrived at from 
the drawings, but from the preparations themselves, ex- 
amined from various points of view. In a very few cases, 
paucity of material has precluded the preparation of more 
than one specimen. In the majority of species, series of 
preparations have been made, not only from different 
individuals, but also, where possible, from different locali- 
ties. Only by so doing, can a correct estimate be made of 
the range of individual variation, which, though small in 
Acraea, does occur, and is not to be confused with specific 
difference. It may be objected that the figures are not 
all drawn from the same point of view. The view adopted 
however, is that, which in each case, seems best to show 
the characteristic structure. 

In addition to the figures of male genitalia I have made 
a small number of drawings of the chitinous plates which, 
in the female, surround the external opening of the basa 
copulatriz. These structures, though very characteristic 
of some species, are in others but slightly developed. 
Unfortunately the latter condition persists in many 
species of which the male armature furnishes little guide 
to specific distinction. I have also illustrated a few ex- 
amples of the peculiar structure of the sphragis or copu- 
Jatory seal, though this feature, even when well developed 
is not, I think, of much systematic importance. 

For the opportunity of illustrating the larvae on Plate 
VI, I am entirely indebted to my friend Mr. W. A. Lamborn, 
who, with praiseworthy care, has preserved and forwarded 
the specimens together with notes as to colour, correspond- 
ing to a colour chart with which I provided him. The 
illustrations of imagines have been drawn in every case 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 19 


from the actual specimen. Of some sixty forms repre- 
sented, very few have been previously figured. The 
synonymy tables do not profess to give every known 
reference, though it is hoped that none of geographical or 
synonymic importance has been omitted. In this and other 
respects I have not hesitated to make use of Professor 
Aurivillius’ catalogue, the constant employment of which 
has served to increase, if possible, my intense admiration 
for the almost incredible labour of which that work is the 
record. The key to the species has proved by no means 
the least difficult portion of my task. I doubt whether 
any approach to perfection could be attained in a key to 
so variable a genus. <A key, to be quite satisfactory, pre- 
supposes a certain stability of colour and pattern which is 
sadly lacking in the genus Acraeca; nevertheless I trust it 
will be found of some assistance as a mere mechanical aid 
to identification. An attempt has been made to arrange 
the species in groups, and though some of these appear to 
be fairly natural, others are much less convincing, whilst 
in certain cases a “croup” has but one representative. 
Our knowledge of the true affinities of the species is at 
present very elementary, and but little importance can be 
attached to this feature of the arrangement. 

In the preparation of such a paper as the present we 
can but make the best use in our power of the material 
at our disposal. It must be borne in mind that our largest 
collections contain but a small number of samples, the 
ratio of which to the bulk occurring in nature is almost 
infinitely small. Many of our conclusions are based on 
the assumption that this ratio, though small, is correct. I 
have spared no pains to follow up whatever line of 
research the work has suggested. If the result is to 
increase, even slightly, our knowledge of a singularly inter- 
esting and difficult group of insects, I shall be amply repaid. 


KEY TO THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF ACRAEA. 


[The portions printed in italics with names of species in roman letters 
refer to female characteristics. The numbers after the species’ names refer 
to the pages on which the descriptions will be found.] 

The two following species can be at once recognised by their 
peculiar characteristics. 

H.-w. underside dull metallic gold with a submarginal row of 

crimson spots . : : . mirifica (208) 

H.-w. underside ochre- veltaw ee a central band of grey 
C2 


20 My. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


flecked with red and enclosed basally and distally by narrow 
black lines. Marginal border grey with black nervule ends. 
A submarginal series of narrow, black, transverse inter- 
nervular streaks, followed inwardly by elongate internervular 
orange marks . : ‘ ‘ : : mirabilis (216) 


KEY TO SECTIONS. 
H.-w. without black spots ; : ; : 3 ‘ if 
H.-w. with black spots. 5 ; : : : ame) 
(a) H.-w. underside with dark internervular rays at least in some 
of the spaces, such rays not ar bifurcated at or near 


margin : . ; 3 a) 1 
H.-w. underside acumen nee male rays, or with such rays 
bifurcated. : : : : : 8G 

(b) F.-w. upperside fully poled an not transparent *  . - (a) 
F.-w. partially transparent, usually on outer half (in camaena 
and niobe smoky translucent). ; 4 : : .- Ke) 

(c) H.-w. hind margin at least partially transparent, without spots 
or black border. : : : ; : : 1 


H.-w. hind margin with spots or black border (in cinerea h.-w. 

border not separated from remainder of ground-colour), III 

(d) H.-w. hind marginal border on underside enclosed by a black 

line without enclosed spots . : : : . of RIB 

(Some examples of asboloplintha have green h.-w. marginal 

spots, but this species is quite unlike any other form of 
Acraea.) 

H.-w. hind marginal border on underside with enclosed spots (e) 

(e) The black or dark colour enclosing spots is not produced 

inwardly to form a bifurcated internervular mark or ray 

and the spots are submarginal, or, if marginal, the h.-w. 

also bears discal spots. : é ; : « 1 

The black or dark colour enclosing spots is usually produced 

inwardly forming a bifurcated ray the submarginal portion 

of which may contain or consist of, red or yellowish streaks. 

The spots are always marginal. Or if the border is sharply 

defined black with marginal spots, and without inward 

eee then the h.-w. has no discal spots . ‘ VItl 


* The followine are included in this section of key although 
owing to variability some examples are partially transparent, 

Aglaonice sometimes, amicitiae, and most examples of doubledayi 
have a partly transparent subapical patch. 

Pudorella and equatorialis anaemia are sometimes so thinly 
scaled as to be partially transparent. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 21 


(f) Basal spots of h.-w. underside are more or less confluent and 
enclose or tend to enclose pale spots. (Some examples of 
turna are thus but the oe usually comes under 
Section VI.) . : ‘ ee 

Basal spots of h.-w. ener are es poniuent : 24g) 

(q) Discal spot in 1b of f.-w. is much nearer margin than that in 

2 so that a line joining their centres would pass through 

eoll* ve: : ‘ , VI 
Discal spot in 1b of ee is beneath. or penal beneath that in 
2 so that a line joining their centres would pass outside 


cell ‘ ‘ ; : ‘ 5 VII 
(h) Internervular rays pon egamestea with hind margin or at 
least reduced to a fine point at margin . ; IX 
Internervular rays connected with hind margin and not 
narrower there than elsewhere. : : : iy ive. 

I. 
H.-w. with a discal black band F ; ; zonata (42) 
H.-w. without a discal black band . : : 3 = 1 (a) 


(a) H.-w. transparent and uncoloured except at margin 
rabbaiae rabbaiae (43) 
H.-w. thinly scaled with whitish ochreous 
rabbaiae mombasae (43) 


Il. The ¢ key will serve for Q characteristics if it be borne im 
mind that the? unimaculata generally has no spots on either wing, and 
that in damii and cuva the red of the gis usually replaced by yellowish 
or whitish. 

af. 

F.-w. without spots . : “ ; : ; : 2 te) 
F.-w. with spots : : : : «  (@) 
(a) H.-w. margin transparent, treat and He Sai defined kraka (52) 
H.-w. margin transparent, or partly transparent, narrow, 
usually well defined, and tapering to a point at anal 


angle. 3 : : : : : ; = V(b) 

(b) H.-w. nervules 6 ona 7 not stalked . ; ; cerasa (54) 
H.-w. nervules 6 and 7 stalked : . iturina iturina (57) 

(c) H.-w. generally with only one spot . : ; : - ‘d@) 
H.-w. with more than one spot : ; : 1 aCe) 


(d) Wings almost entirely transparent ene humilis (part) (805) 
Basal part of f.-w. and most of h.-w. brick red 
unimaculata (56) 


* A. anacreow anacreon should ie. sought Gmder fs deetion: 
though owing to variability the discal spots in many examples 
would indicate Section VIT, 


22 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


(e) H.-w. without a spot in middle of cell. ; : 2 OD 
H.-w. with a spot in middle of cell . ‘ : ‘ - (A) 
(f) H.-w. with a large spot in area 7 immediately above and 
contiguous with the spot in 6 : ; 5 . igati (49) 
H.-w. with a large spot in area 7 widely separated from that 
EG): (q) 

(g) F.-w. only sliently suffided sith mea (ut Ww nahiel), ne -W. ons. 
parent margin broad. : : - dam damii (50) 

F,-w. broadly suffused with red (or whitish), h.-w. transparent 
margin narrow. : damii cua (50) 

(h) Wings translucent and fuely Slnated all over with dusky 
ochreous without a tinge of red. : ; eugenia (53) 

F.-w. with at least the outer half, and h.-w. marginal border, 
quite transparent . : A . & 


(i) F.-w. very slightly suffused with red (or por any 
quiring quirina (59) 


F.-w. rather broadly suffused with red -  quirtina rosa (59) 
ET. 
F-w. entirely transparent, without markings except for a few 
brownish scales at base . : : extreme f. of chilo (89) 
Not so : : ; : : : : ; : + @} 
Ir. 
Abdomen long, extending well beyond anal angle of h.-w., its 
distal half white. ‘ .  braesia (169) 
Abdomen not unusually long, ex tenting little, if at all, beyond 
anal angle of h.-w., its distal half not “nite : g - 1a 
(a) H.-w. border not black, but having small blackish triangles at 
nervule ends . : . - : ; » 
H.-w. eee black, spotted or eae : : : @& 
(b) Large (70-75 mm.), h.-w. with a regular curved row of large 
rounded ee ee spots. : : - «+ « hova (60) 


Small (about 50 mm.), h.-w. without submarginal spots 
mahela (71) 
(c) H.-w. border bearing marginal red spots, and submarginal black 


spots. The latter distinct and well developed —. . a 
H.-w. border not so formed : : ; : 4 ~ 
(d) F.-w. but slightly suffused with red . : ranavalona (64) 


F.-w. suffused with red, at least to end of cell machequena (66) 
(e) Base of f.-w. transparent, not scaled with yellow, red, or 


black. ; : ‘ , 2 5 : : ae) 

Base of f.-w, not transparent, scaled with yellow, red, or 
black. : : 5 ‘ 5 : : - =a 
(f) H.-w. all black on up ce : : : . cinerea (307) 


ELE -w. black with a crimson central patch cinerea alberta (307) 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 23 


(f) H.-w. dusted with milky white, and beneath with well-developed 
black spots on a yellowish ground splashed with reddish 
diogenes (156) 


H.-w. not so marked. All black on wpperside . cinerea (307) 

(g) F.-w. with a blackish transverse bar (in satis not always quite 
continuous) from costa to inner margin : : opal V) 

F.-w. without such bar. ‘ : : : : 2 he) 

(h) A very irregular transverse bar across h.-w. . . satis (44) 
H.-w. without such bar . : 3 cerita (55) 


(7) F.-w. uniformly smoky translucent ath ony one spot 
camaena (82) 


F.-w. notso . é : : veg (/)} 

(j) H.-w. border on ered ieee black padi: surmounted by 
large red internervular marks : , : on tie (67) 
H.-w. border not so marked é ; < a uci) 


(k) H.-w. basal spots on underside more or less confluent and 
enclosing or tending to enclose pale spots of ground-colour (1) 


H.-w. basal spots on underside well separated . ; 2s 

(1) F.-w. with discal spots (sometimes very faint) in areas 4, 5, 
and6 . P : P : é aa (0D) 
F.-w. without such fecal uty : , : = (0) 


(m) Nearly the whole of outer half of f.-w. pas ent 
neobule neobule (72) 
Transparent part of f.-w. limited to a narrow subapical band 
neobule seis (72) 
(m) At least the outer half of f.-w. transparent . : of EGE) 
Transparent part of f.-w. limited to a narrow subapical band, 
neobule seis (72) 
(1) Only outer half of f.-w. transparent . . neobule neobule (72) 
Whole ground of f.-w. transparent. F ; . chilo (89) 
(n) H.-w. discal spots confluent and forming a bar across wing 


iturina kakana (57) 


H.-w. discal spots not forming such a bar . : A x (0) 

(0) H.-w., marginal border beneath with large distinct pale spots, 
and with a discal row of spots beyond cell. . horta (76) 
H.-w. marginal border narrow and TR No separate 
discal spots. : . insignis (81) 

(p) H.-w. border formed of eee black rings Soonte round spots 
of ground-colour. : 2 = (4) 
H.-w. border narrow, blackish, ahi or Rito small rounded 
spots of yellow or reddish ; : : ay) 


(q) H.-w. withouta white patch at analangle eae admatha (78) 
H.-w. withawhitepatchatanalangle  admatha leucographa (79) 
(vr) H.-w. partially transparent, or smoky translucent. 2 Ks) 
H.-w. fully sealed. : : : ; : 22 ey 


24 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


(s) Entire ground-colour smoky translucent, large rounded black 
spots on both wings. End ofabdomen red . niobe (344) 

F.-w. transparent except for a reddish flush at base 
obeira obeira (68) 


(t) F.-w. with discal spots in 5, 6, and 7 . . neobule arabica (73) 
F.-w. without such spots . : : ; obeira burnt (68) 
(t) F.-w. with discal spots in 5, 6, and 7 . : .  braesia (169) 
F.-w. without such spots. : ; .  obeira burni (68) 


IV. [Occasinal aberrant examples of eyina might be referred to this 
section. Such specimens may be distinguished from the other 
species in the section by the pale green underside of h.-w. 
hind marginal border. | 

Discal spots of h.-w. form a regular line which traverses areas 
7, 6, and 5 parallel to apical margin, and then bends sharply 
inwards at less than a right angle and runs straight across to 


inner margin . . : : : ; . (a) 
H.-w. discal spots not so aaa : ‘ F : = (iD) 

(a) Pale central band of h.-w. underside is outwardly bordered with 
black at least in 1b to 4 . ; : 5 .  rahira (202) 


Pale central band of h.-w. underside not bordered with black 
zitja (part) (204) 


(b) Area 7 of h.-w. with three black spots. .  rohlfsi (136) 
Area 7 of h.-w. with less than three black spots ; ne) 
(c) F.-w. ground-colour black or olive-brown : ; « €d) 
F.-w. ground-colour not so : : 5 » © 


(d) F.-w. with very little (if any) inner nara red 
asboloplintha asboloplintha (196) 
F.-w. with a rosy inner marginal suffusion extending as far as, 
or into cell. : : . asboloplintha rubescens (196) 
2 has the rose colour replaced by white. 
(e) F.-w. with three or four small quadrate transparent or semi- 
transparent subapical spots . ; amicitiae (part) (317) 
F.-w. without such spots . ° 5 ; ; : ie 
(f) Well marked black internervular rays on apex of f.-w. on 
upperside : 5 : - 3 atergatis (part) (188) 
F.-w. without such rays. 3 : . atolmis (part) (137) 
V. 
F.-w. brown black above, without red or yellow markings 
though with a trace of whitish subapical marks — zetes zetes (83) 
Q ae f-w. paler and Ce white better developed, 
F.-w.notso , ; : of COD 
(a) Base oof f -w. beneath ae an coieken ble patel omen 
Base of f,-w. beneath with separated black spots ; wre) 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 25 


(b) H.-w. upperside with a central white patch. : a) 
H.-w. upperside without a central white patch . : 12 1) 
(c) White patch large, white streaks on f.-w. subapical area. A 
series of faintly developed reddish spots along inner edge of 

h.-w. hind marginal border on underside 
welwitschii alboradiata (97) 
White patch small, no white streaks on f.-w. apical area, A 
series of well-developed bright red spots along inner edge of 

h.-w. hind marginal border on underside 
welwitschii welwitschii (97) 
(d) Ground-colour of f.-w. rich rose pink, fringes of h.-w. between 
nervules very prominently white . welwitschit lobemba (97) 
Ground-colour of f.-w. orange ochreous, fringes of h.-w. between 
nervules less prominently white. : . anemosa (94) 

(d) Basal ground-colour of f.-w. beneath, reddish 

welwitschii lobemba (97) 
Basal ground-colour of f.-w. beneath, ochreows . anemosa (94) 
(e) Ground-colour of f.-w. black brown with yellowish or reddish 


submarginal spots . : : .  zetes menippe (83) 
@ has ground-colour paler and eine than in ¢@. 
Ground-colour of f.-w. not black-brown  . : - > ACH) 


(f) F.-w. with ground-colour of basal half white 
pseudolycia pseudolycia (102) 


F.-w. without white on basal half. ; ; : 2 4@) 

(g) F.-w. hind margin at least in areas 1b and 2 without marginal 
spots of ground-colour or of yellow enclosed by black . (m) 

F.-w. hind margin with spots of ae. or of yellow 
enclosed by black . : : ; . (hk) 


(h) Subapical area of f.-w. not ete’: nor to a paicreat shade, 
from the ground-colour which is rose pink or yellow . (i) 
‘Subapical area of f.-w. separated and containing a patch of 
colour which is either rather paler than the smedi or 

is bright orange. Pe ll) 

(i) F.-w. hind margin riety an antlised Spb i orange in area 6 
zetes barberi (84) 


F.-w. area 6 with such spot. y a = 9) 
(j) Base of f.-w. cell upperside suffused with hee R. -w. spots 
large and partly confluent =. : 3 oscar? (91) 


Base of f.-w. cell upperside not suffused wah black. F.-w. spots 
smaller and well separated. For 2 see Section IIT.  chilo (89) 

(k) F.-w. with a small subapical patch of red or reddish white 
zetes jalema (84) 
F.-w. with a large orange subapical pateh , : : ~ -@ 
(1) H..w. without a white patch ; : . zetes acara (84) 


26 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


H.-w. with a white patch . 5 . xzetes acara f. caffra (84) 

(m) Discal portion of h.-w. red. . pseudolycia f. astrigera (101) 
Discal portion of h.-w. dusky ochreous 

pseudolycia f. brunnea (102) 

(m) Discal portion of h.-w. reddish . pseudolycia f. astrigera (101) 

Discal portion of h.-w. ochreous. — pseudolycia f. brunnea (102) 


VT. 
Ground-colour white or cream. H.-w. hind-marginal border 
black, or sepia, with asubmarginal row of white dots followed 
inwardly by yellow spots. I.-w. hind-margin markedly 


concave. : : : ; . ; : - (a) 

Not so : E 5 : 5 5 , : 1 (0) 

(a) Ground-colour w ae : ' ; : ‘ turna (105) 
Ground-colour cream : : . turna f. marmorata (105) 

(b) F.-w. apex on underside with well-marked black internervular 
rays which reach margin . ‘ : st © 

F.-w. apex beneath without such Heck TAYS: ic F ae) 

(c) H.-w. with three spots in area 7 : : .  cephews (111) 

H.-w. with two spots in area7 . ‘ i : - id) 


(d) H.-w. marginal border beneath with green Menie 
egina egina (part) (106) 
H.-w. marginal border beneath with orange spots perenne (part) 


(e) F.-w. with submarginal spots at least in lb and2.. oe S60) 
F.-w. without submarginal spots . é : : -. & 

(f) F.-w. nervules at apex well marked with black : en) 
F.-w. nervules at apex not specially black : : 1B 

(q) Ends of h.-w. nervules well marked with black —_petraea (114) 
Ends of h.-w. nervules not specially black . biittneri (118) 

(4) H.-w. marginal black border on upperside with little or no 
trace of pale spots : Peed 
H.-w. marginal border on AMS eat disiinets cinnen some- 
times small, pale spots . : a GH 

(i) H.-w. marginal border about 2°5 mm. wade End of abdomen 
whitish . : . : - omrora omrora (124) 
H.-w. marginal border 3-5 mm. wide. End of abdomen 
yellowish 5 : omrora wumbrata (124) 

(j) Black spots of both ae [eres sal well developed violarwm (120) 
Black spots of both wings comparatively small. — asema (122) 


(k) H.-w. with a broad black marginal border nearly reaching 
middle of wing and having on underside, small, submarginal, 
greyish white triangular spots : : : lofua (127) 

H.-w. without such border 5 , : ; er) 

(1) Discal spot in h.-w. area 4 lies nearer 0 cell than that in 3 


or 5 : ; 5 , : : ; : 5 Pec) 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 27 


Discal spot in h.-w. area 4 lies not nearer to cell than that in 


J ori5), : ; (a) 

(m) F.-w. without discal spothir in area ifilb , arena hee (128) 
F.-w. with discal spot in area 1b A i ae (a) 

(n) Ends of nervules at apex of f.-w. not markedly lark on the 
ground-colour 1 : E ey) 

Ends of nervules in f.-w. ‘istkediy luok : ‘ np) 


(0) A fairly broad black apex inf.-w. Extremity of abdomen white 
leucopyga (157) 
A fairly broad jblack apex in f.w. Extremity of abdomen not 
white : : i . intermedia (part) (159) 

F.-w. apex narrowly niece Tames, of abdomen not white 
mansya (134) 

(0) F.-w. apex broadly black, with a white subapical patch 

intermedia (part) (159) 
F.-w. apex broadly black, no subapical white — . leacopyga (157) 
F-w. apex narrowly black, no subapical white .  mansya (134) 
(p) H.-w. margin above, with well-marked black arches on wings 


enclosing spots of ground-colour . i : ; al) 
H.-w. margin above, black, with at most a trace of pale inter- 
nervular marks. : ~ (7) 


(q) Black spots of both wings large Suid sve ao ala 
guillemei (117) 


Black spots very small ; : : . onerata (135) 

(r) H.-w. nervule ends markedly eek for some distance from 
margin . ‘ : : ; . atolmis (part) (137) 
H.-w. nervule ends ae so ‘ ; : ts) 


(s) F.-w. discal spots rounded and not rontenreut 
nohara punctellata (129) 
F.-w. discal spots more or less quadrate and confluent .  (t) 
(¢) Spot in h.-w. area 4 touches that in 5. Expanse about 48 mm. 
nohara pseudatolmis (129) 
Spot in h.-w. area 4 nearer base than, and not touching that 
in 5. Expanse about 56 mm. ‘ . nohara nohara (128) 
(w) F.-w. black, rather thinly scaled in middle, and having a scarlet 
inner marginal patch in la, 1b, and part of 2. No subapical 


red patch : ; 5 : : : . : 21 @) 
F.-w. not so marked : ‘ : F - (w) 

(v) F.-w. at apex without red streaks . egina egina (part) (106) 
F.-w. at apex with red streaks . .  egina f. harrisoni (107) 


(w) H.-1w. beneath with quadrate greenish spots on the black border (1) 
H.-w. beneath with spots on the black border which, inwardly, are 
either pointed or rounded . : E ; ; - | 

(1) Black spots large, quadrate and confluent. egina medea (107) 
Black spots rounded and separate ; : : ; eae (2) 


28 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


(2) F.-w. ground-colour blackish or dusky .  egina egina (106) 
F.-w. ground-colour reddish ; : . _ egina areca (107) 

(w) H.-w. margin on underside encloses square spots the inner edge 
of which is neither rounded nor pointed ; : Ge) 

Spots of h.-w. underside margin rounded or hae on inner 
edge : F . : i, Ky) 


(w) H.-w. spots large, aaa oe sets egina medea (107) 

H.-w. spots small, rounded, and separated . — egina areca (107) 

(y) F.-w. underside ground-colour orange ochreous with a white 
subapical patch. H.-w. underside ground-colour white 

hypoleuca (92) 

Underside not so coloured : . : : , i) 

(z) On h.-w. underside the discal spots form a regular row which 

proceeds from costa to area 4 ina line parellel to apical margin, 

then bends sharply inwards at an angle of less than 45°, and 

runs straight across to inner margin. Between this row and 

the more basally placed spots are red splashes which form a 

more or less broken though characteristic red band =. (a’) 


Spots of h.-w. underside not forming such a pattern ae (36) 
(a’) F.-w. with a white subapical patch . : . wigginsi (206) 
F.-w. without a white subapical patch —. ; : ce (28) 


(’) F.-w. apex broadly black without spots anacreon f. induna (198) 
F.-w. apex narrowly black with spots or streaks of ground-colour 
or paler . 3 é : : hit) 
(c’) F.-w. apical spots or afenalka so sian as alent to displace the 
black, leaving such colour only on nervule ends and on 
margin . , ; -  anacreon speciosa (198) 
Apical spots or ne sell surrounded with black . - @) 
(d’) Pale apical spots but slightly developed. Black spots of rest of 
wings very small . : ; ; anacreon bomba (198) 
Pale apical spots (streaks) well developed. Black spots of both 
wings large. : ‘ . anacreon anacreon (198) 
(e’) F.-w. with either faintly abe or very small spots . (f’) 
F.-w. with well-developed spots. ; : «= @) 
(f’) H.-w. margin rather broad and formed a large black rings 
enclosing more or less distinct spots of ground-colour (orange 
red). Discal spots of f.-w. absent or exceedingly faint 
acrita pudorina (144) 
y¥ may be orange red to greyish black. 
H.-w. margin narrower and black, with, at most, microscopic 
indications of paler spots. F.-w. discal spots small but quite 
black and distinct - 5 . chambexi (132) 
(q’) F.-w, nervules in apical region very disciactly blackened — (h’) 
F.-w, neryules in apic al region not blackened , , i @ 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 29 


(h’) F.-w. without discal subapical spots periphanes f. acritoides (140) 


F.-w. with discal subapical spots : : : : enti) 
(v’) F.-w. with black apical patch i : : : LT Ga) 
F.-w. without black apical patch f é ‘ a1) 


(j’) H.-w. margin narrowly black, with spots of ground-colour 
periphanes periphanes (139) 
H.-w. margin broadly black without spots of ground-colour 
periphanes f. melaina (139) 
(k’) H.-w. margin narrowly black with spots of ground-colour 
periphanes f. beni (139) 
H.-w. margin broadly black without spots of ground-colour 
pertphanes f. wmida (140) 


(’) F.-w. with discal subapical spots. , : : : (m’) 
F.-w. without discal subapical spots ‘ c ; Bees fs) 
(m’) F.-w without black apical patch . acrita manca (part) (144) 
F.-w. with black apical patch é : . lualabae (155) 


(n’) Apical black 9-10 mm. deep. F.-w. spots, especially the outer 
spot in area 1b, very small or absent. chaeribula * (153) 
Apical black patch very variable but at most not so deep as in 


the above. Outer spot in f.-w. 1b well developed 2 Hi(o') 
(o’) Spots in f.-w. cell, on discocellular, and in area 2 are so large as 
to be almost or quite confluent . . acrita bellona (144) 


These spots not so large : : : (p’) 
(p’) F.-w.with a white or whitish subapical band acrita ambigua (143) 
F.-w. without such band : : : . ; ia) 

(q’) Central process of last dorsal abdominal plate short 
acrita littoralis (144) 

Central process of last dorsal abdominal plate long 

acrita acrita + (143) 
acrita manca (part) (144) 
acrita bella (144) 

(p’) Genital plate in the form of a short chitinous cylinder 
acrita manca (144) 
Genital plate broad, carinate, and bifid . acrita ambigua (143) 
acrita littoralis (144) 
acrita acrita (143) 


Vis. 


F.-w. with hind marginal spots at least in 1b and 2 . 5) «@) 


* Owing to the variability of acrita it is not possible to give 
absolutely constant characters of difference between it and this 
species. Occasionally some examples of acrita have no spots in f,-w. 
1b, but in these the apical black is only about 5 mm. deep. 

{ It is not possible to completely separate the forms of A. acrita 
on merely outward characteristics, or indeed in any other manner, 
with absolute certainty. See under A. acrita in descriptive portion. 


30 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


[Occasional examples of stenobea have f.-w. hind marginal spots ; 


see (f).] 
F.-w. without hind marginal spots. ‘ ; : i) @ 
(a) F.-w. with distinct black internervular rays on the apical 
region . : 5 : : t : ee (2) 
F.-w. without such internervular rays : 5 é es 


(0) 


() 


(d) 


©) 


Spots of h.-w. margin underside (if present at all) are whitish, 
narrow, and streak-like, being enclosed by fine black trans- 
verse internervular lines which are straight and not arched 

atergatis (part) (188) 

Spots of h.-w. margin underside large, their inner edges rounded, 
being enclosed by black well-arched lines. oncaea (174) 

[ A. equatorialis anaemia sometimes has f.-w. submarginal spots, 
but can be distinguished by its pale, very delicately scaled 


f.-w. | 
H.-w. marginal border above, not sharply defined, merely dusky 
with an indication of blackish rings : : a) 
H.-w. with well-defined dark hind-marginal bor nee Ae) 


F.-w. sepia-black (sometimes with yellowish subapical marks) 
natalica pseudegina (192) 
dull red (greyish towards apex, with yellow markings) 
natalica abadima (192) 
F.-w. discal spots widely separated from end of cell . rea a | 
F.-w. discal spots close to, or confluent with end of cell .  (h) 
F.-w. discal spots widely separated from end of cell. Aan (2) 
F.-w. discal spots close to, or confluent with end of cell 
natalica natalica (192) 
F.-w. apical black narrow and well defined 
caecilia pudora (182) 
[Occasional examples of stenobea would be entered here, but they 
would be distinguished from caecilia by the much broader 
basal black and the absence of a spot in h.-w. area 3.] 


-] 


F.-w. 


F.-w. apical black broad and inwardly suffused ; -. te 
Ground-colour white to pink or dull red caecilia caecilia (182) 
Ground-colour uniformly clay-yellow. .  marnois (184) 


A grey transverse band in apical area beyond discal spots 
natalica umbrata (192) 


Without such grey band ; ; . natalica natalica (192) 
F.-w. with black internervular streaks in saad area -) 
F.-w. without such streaks : : : j « iit) 


Inner edge of h.-w. marginal border is very markedly sinuous, 
and fii margin between nervules is somewhat indented, 
especially towards anal angle, so that the border has an 
undulating appearance , : : : , . 

Border not having such appearance . ; : : . (m) 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 31 


(k) Without a whitish or partially transparent subapical patch 
doubledayt sykesi (171) 


With such whitish or partly transparent patch . - on 
(l) Ground-colour dark brick-red_. . doubledayi arabica (172) 
Ground-colour orange red - doubledayi doubledayi (171) 


(l\) Ground-colour chocolate brown. doubledayi arabica (172) 
Ground-colourdullreddishtogrey doubledayi doubledayi (171) 
(m) H.-w. marginal border above, black, well defined, and without 
spots, or at most with a faint indication of such spots . (1) 
H.-w. marginal border above, formed of delicate black arches not 
always complete at inner edge 3 : 7p) 
(n) Ground-colour of f.-w. red . braesia é esis (part) (169) 
Ground-colour of f.-w. not red. : 4 : ; : (e) 
(0) F.-w. very thinly scaled. Ground-colour faintly ochreous. Spots 
small ; d .  equatorialis anaemia (177) 
F.-w. generally fully relede Ground-coiour pinkish-ochreous. 
Spots large : : . axina (part) (180) 
(0) F.-w. very thinly eat Gaie sca faintly ochreous. Spots 
small : , : . equatorialis anaemia (177 
F.-w. generally fully phen: Ground-colour pinkish ochreous to 
grey. Spots small or large . equatorialis equatorialis (177) 
axina (180) 
[I can find no perfectly constant character to distinguish these two 
9 9, bul in axina the inner edge of h.-w. marginal border is 
almost always more sharply defined than in equatorialis 
equatorialis. | 
(n) A well-marked grey submarginal band in f.-w. 5, 4, and 3. 
Ground-colour red. Expanse about 60 mm. 
braesia f. regalis (part) (169) 
Without such grey band. Ground-colour not red. Expanse 
about 50 mm. or less ‘ : . axina (part) (180) 
(p) Line of discal subapical spots in ff -w. 4, 5, and 6 makes, out- 
wardly, an acute angle with costa. Wings thickly scaled 
ella (179) 
Line of discal subapical spots in f.-w. 4, 5, and 6 makes, out- 
wardly, aright or obtuse angle with costa. Wings very thinly 
scaled : A ‘ . equatorialis equatorialis (177) 
(q) F.-w. discal spots close ms or confluent with end of cell. PisG@h) 
F.-w. discal spots smaller and well removed from end of cell (3) 
(1) F.-w. spots beyond end of ceil not contiguows intermedia (part) (159) 
F.-w. spots beyond cell contiguous ‘ : é . tE5(2) 


(2) F.-aw. subapical patch white . , * - 4 mima (167) 
F.-w. subapical patch pale but not sah .  rhodesiana (166) 
(3) F.-w. apical black narrow . ; ‘ : < : ae (2) 


F.-w. apical black broad. : 2 ; . . . (5) 


32 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


(4) F.-w. ground-colowr, where not suffused with black, very uniform 


right wp to margin : : stenobea (190) 
F-w. with more ov less distinct ‘site y to orange spots towards 
hind margin. A : aglaonice (186) 


(5) H.-w. discal spot um 2 some anes a om base of that area 

caldarena (161) 
H.-w. discal spot in 2 in angle at base of that area 
pudorella detecta (164) 
(y) Distal half of abdomen white : : : ; : sea) 
Distal half of abdomen not white . 3 ; . 
(r) F.-w. witha well-defined subapical white natch mint (part) (167) 
[Some forms of caldarena have distal part of abdomen white, 
but there is no white patch in f.-w.] 


F.-w. without white patch . 5 : .  rhodesiana (166) 

(s) A broad smoky black basal suffusion reaching at least to middle 
of cell in both wings ‘ . . ‘ . stenobew (190) 
Without such suffusion : ; f p . a) 

(¢) A broad white subapical patch in of: Ww. - mima (part) (167) 
Without such patch . : ‘ - () 


(wu) Only two h.-w. discal spots Grad in 6 ana one in 7). A V-shaped 
black spot in middle of cell on underside, apex outwards 

aureola (142) 

More than two h.-w. discal spots. Central spot of h.-w. cell 


not V-shaped . : : -  (v) 
(v) H.-w. spots almost always snail ind aheoleseaae and in any 
case far removed from outer margin ‘ . aglaonice (186) 


H.-w. spots always well developed, at least on underside, and 
the most distally placed are nearer to margin than to cell (a) 
(w) Discal spots in f.-w. areas 4 and 5 are close to cell and the spot 
in 3 much more distally placed . intermedia (part) (159) 
Discal spots in f.-w. 4 and 5 are much further removed from cell, 
and lie almost, or quite, in a straight line with that in 3. (a) 
(a) Wings fully scaled and quite opaque. Spot in h.-w. area 2 
is somewhat removed from the base of that area caldurena (161) 
Wings thinly scaled and somewhat translucent. Spot in h.-w. 
area 2 is in the angle at base of that area. 5 ; - Cy 
(y) F.-w. with a broad blackish apical patch pudorella detecta (164) 

F,-w. without such patch (only slightly blackened at apex) 
pudorella pudorella (163) 

VIER 

H.-w. margin on underside black, with a sharply defined inner 
edge and pale triangular marginal spots (no submarginal 
spots), no striation . : : . kay 
H.-w. margin on underside not nae ees ath only marginal 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 3: 


spots. Striated, or the dark colour produced inwardly as red 

or black internervular marks, at least in areas2and3  . (c) 

(a) Little or no basal black in f.-w.area lb. .  lumiri (219) 
With basal black in f.-w. area 1b, at least buys lower half of 
that area . : 5 = (6) 

(b) Basal black of f.-w. ee a monks i ils outer bats of which is 
more or less continuous with that of the h.-w. basal black, and 

is not deeply indented, on the median, by the reddish ground- 


coloyr ~~: : ; .uvui uit (217) 
Basal black of f.-w. is hee aulented on the median by the 
ground-colour . ‘ 5 : . bonasia alicia (221) 


[Also bonasia banka, and ene ee ey bonasia, but the 
latter is distinguished by character q’.] 

(b) A. uvui Q has the h.-w. border beneath bearing broad brown 
internervular marks and very faint indications of marginal 
pale spots. 

A. bonasia alicia 2 has the border deeply striated, but may usually 
be recognised by the paucity of basal black in f.-w. 

(c) F.-w. with a broad black apical patch bearing three small semi- 

transparent subapical spots in areas 4,5, and 6 — fornaa (309) 
F.-w. not so marked . F ‘ ; , ‘e (a) 

(7) H.-w. underside bears at costa a crimson ieanale enclosed by a 
black line. Base of triangle on costal nervure. Ground- 
colour of h.-w. lemon-yellow . ; : . excelsior (215) 

H.-w. underside not so marked . i , . (e) 

(e) H.-w. margin beneath bears broad red seen hele marks. 
That in area 4 is not, or very little, shorter than that in 3, 
and is not heavily bordered with black . : : eer) 

H.-w. margin beneath without broad red internervular marks, 
or if with such marks that in area 4 is very much shorter 
than that in area 3, or at least is heavily bordered with 
black z ; eG) 

(f) F,-w. without a aparaied fatianiteal ath & tie deatiia colour, 
and h.-w. with a well-developed row of discal spots 

zitja (part) (204) 

F.-w. with a separated subapical patch of ground-colour, and 
h.-w. without discal spots. P : . — goetzi (213) 

(g) H.-w. border beneath bears long internervular rays which are 
bifurcated at margin and enclose pale spots, such spots being 
for the most part wider before than at the margin althoffi (251 

(This species is polymorphic. For the various forms see de- 
seriptive portion.) 

If h.-w. border beneath bears long bifurcated rays, the pale spots 
they enclose are triangular and widest at the margin . (h) 

TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND, 1912.— PARTI (JULY) D 


3d Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


(h) The edges of the pale h.-w. discal band are practically parallel, 
the outer edge showing no arnt to be angulated at 


nervule 3. : : ‘ . . oberthiiri (249) 

The edges of pale h.-w. rand are not parallel, the outer edge 
being slightly or greatly angulated at nervule 3 . » 2) 

(4) di-w, has little or no basal black). fa “i. |) ay 
F.-w. with basal black : , : 2 (p) 
(j) F.-w. with a completely separated shtaical patch of oroanel 
colour (or paler) . 3 : . « 1) 
F,-w. with ground-colour (or paler) act 3 separate off to form a 
patch : : : : ‘ - (m) 

(k) Apical patch in the form a one narrow streaks pales, than 
ground-colour . : 2 . _ terpsichore rangatana (240) 
Apical patch same tint as ground-colour and not in long narrow 
streaks . : F slaty 


(l\) H.-w. underside ar a peal band co sel more or less defi- 
nitely enclosed by narrow transverse black streaks 
terpsichore f. ventura (240) 
H.-w. underside with rounded and separated black spots 
terpsichore terpsichore (239) 
® 9 of this species excessively variable. See description. 
(m) Ground-colour of both wings pale creamy ochreous 
terpsichore ochrascens (240) 


Ground-colour not pale creamy ochreous. : . (n) 
(n) No discal spots in h.-w 5 . terpsichore f. sibeorene (239) 
With discal spots in h.-w. . ’ : 5 « @) 


(o) H.-w. underside suffused in centre saith ‘ido seitish scales 
terpsichore f£. intermediana (240) 


H.-w. underside not so suffused . terpsichore f. rougeti (239) 

(p) F.-w. basal black with outer edge regular and not deeply 
indented at median : : é «ey 
F.-w. basal black deeply ndented at t median, or at least the 
median nervure not blackened ; «1 M3) 

q) Paler patches of both wings red . ‘ . wut aden (217) 
Paler patches of both wings yellow . : . . ay 

(r) Pale patches very large. Outline of f.-w. basal lade not forming 
an angle with that of h.-w. ditto. ; . viviana (233) 


Pale patches small. Outline of f.-w. basal black makes an angle 
with that of h.-w. ditto . ; . .cabira karschi (230) 
(s) H.-w. upperside with little or no black at base, or if with an 
appreciable amount of black, then also having a deep orange 
triangular marginal spot in neh internervular space . () 
H.-w. upperside with a triangular basal black patch . » (wv) 

(t) Ground-colour pale creamy ochreous or nearly white 
acerata tenella (235) 


African Species of the Genus Acraca, 35 


Ground-colour yellow to red brown . ; wit ACB 

uw) F.-w. without apical patch separated off for ground- 
colour . ‘ : . acerata acerata (235) 

F.-w. with erred Rees match ; ; d ‘ ‘ (v) 

(v) Ground-colour yellow to orange. . acerata winidia (235) 
Ground-colour red brown : : . acerata brahmsi (235) 


(w) F.-w. basal black after extending for some distance along 
nervure 1, does not bend upwards towards the cell . (a) 
F.-w. basal black after extending for some distance along 
nervure 1, bends upwards towards cell : ; i CS) 
(x) The subbasal black spots on underside of h.-w. do not form a 
double row enclosing spots of scarlet . ‘ “4 fy) 
Subbasal black spots of h.-w. underside form a douule row con- 
taining scarlet spots. : 5 : ft (2) 

(y) Ground-colour very pale. H.-w. margin on underside narrow 
bonasia alicia f. tenelloides (221) 
Ground-colour not so pale, underside with a deep striated 


margin . : : : bonasia alicia f. cabiroides (221) 
(z) Pale patches of both wings yellow . . cabira cabira (229) 
F.-w. inner marginal patch and h.-w. central band red or 
reddish . ‘ ; : . cabira apecida (229) 
(a’) F.-w. with a yellow sebenresl phi : ; ; ; ve 1) 
F.-w. with a red subapical patch : P : : 7 Ee) 

(b') H.-w. central band red. ‘ . sotikensis sotikensis (227 
H.-w. central band, or at least its inner marginal half, pale 
yellow . : : . sotikensis rowena (227) 


(c’) On h.-w. idetentes ee large black spots at bases of 
areas 6, 5, and 4 beneath the outer spot in 7 

sotikensis supponina (227) 

H.-w. with spots not so arranged. : . a4 (dr) 

(d’) F.-w. basal black after extending along nerv fle 1 ends in an 
upwardly directed point (which rarely reaches cell) 

bonasia bonasia (220) 

F.-w. basal black after extending along nervule 1 has a blunt or 


bifurcated termination . : : sotikensis katana (227) 

IX. 
F.-w. with transparent or partially transparent areas or spots, at 
least in 6, 5, and4. ; : : : - (a) 


F.-w. without transparent or ernie Gneenenent areas | 
buschbecki (291) 
(a) F.-w. with three very small, well-defined, semitransparent spots 
in 6, 5, and 4, A rather larger similar spot at base of 2, 
Remainder of f.-w black brown . : . newtoni (285) 
F.-w. not so marked , . : ; : : £0 Gt 
D2 


36 
(0) 


(¢) 


(d) 
(e) 


(f) 
(9) 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


F.-w. with a large well-defined spot in cell, distinctly separated 
from subapical spots. : ‘ ; ‘ : 3 EY 
F.-w. without such spot in cell . ; : : : 4 
The f.-w. cell spot and that at base of area 2 fully scaled with 
lemon-yellow. The h.-w. underside internervular rays reach 
the margin ina fine point . : . melanoxantha (288) 
F,-w. cell spot and that at base of area 2 are transparent or very 
sparsely scaled with whitish. The h.-w. underside rays end 


well before margin ; ; 5 : : : «* (@) 
H.-w. central band yellow. ; . mairessei mairessei (286) 
H.-w. central band red ‘ : . mairesset dewitzi (286) 
F.-w. with cell and most of areas 2 and 1b fully sealed with 
red . : : : a. : : , ; eee 
F.-w. basal red, if any, much broken up and obsolescent . (A) 
F.-w. area 3 transparent, not scaled with red — igola (part. (302) 
F.w. area 3 scaled with red or black . : . ; : ite) 
Nervule ends on h.-w. underside broadly black with short thick 
black rays between : ‘ . conradti (289) 
Nervule ends on h.-w. anhieneitie ahve oly black with narrow 
rays between . A : : : : .  aubyni (304) 


(hk) Black margin of h.-w. very narrow (not more than 2 mm.) 


(h) 
(1) 
(2) 


(3) 


(i) 


(i) 


peneleos (part) (268) 

[A. peneleos rarely comes into this section, the rays nearly 
always fully reaching the margin. | 

Black margin of h.-w. more than 2 mm. wide (usually about 


4mm.) . : : : : : | 
F.-w. cell transparent ‘ : penelope ironelueita (281) 
F.-w. cell not transparent . : ‘ » ily 
H.-w. central band yellowish white pele ip pepe (281) 
H.-w. central band red. : : - 4 


Base of h.-w. wnderside reddish Wala penslepet: penella (281) 
Base of h.-w. beneath, but little, if at all, darker than central 
band. ‘ ; == (3 
Grownd-colow of h.-a. | Binadith veltoucan : sae penelope 
Ground-colour of h.-w. beneath silvery grey 
penelope f. argentea (281) 
F,-w. with a large red spot in areas 1b and 2, and a very small 
transparent spot in 3 (sometimes absent). Three small trans- 
parent subapical spots. Rest of f.-w. black brown 
penelope penelope (281) 
F.-w. spots in 1b and 2 nage and a very large trans- 
parent spotin3. : > 1) 
F,-w, cell also transparent, a. an eaien ef a pide spot in 
middle. H.-w, central band of medium width 
penelope translucida (281) 


(k) 


(¢) 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 37 


F.-w. cell fully scaled with black, except ceria at extreme 

end : : ’ oe Qe) 
H.-w. conibral band very narrow GibéuL 4 mm.) 

penelope derubescens (281) 

H.-w. central band so broad as to leave a black margin of only 

about 3mm. . ; . ‘ : . penelope vitrea (281) 


F.-w. with a peculiar pattern formed as follows. Cell and a short 
distance beyond it sepia. A central band of tawny brown 
outwardly deeply identate on the nervules. Outer half of wing 
sepia. An irregular spot near base of area 2 and a V-shaped 


spot beneath it in 1b 3 : . . alciope alciope (322) 
F.-w. with a similar pattern, but with a white suffusion of the 
central band . : é i . alciope f. cretacea (323) 


F.-w. bears subapical spots in 6, 5, and 4, and discal spots in 1b 


and 2, just as in species of Sections VI or VII : 14 (a) 
F.-w. not bearing such spots. : . (m) 
F.-w. bears use submarginal spots in 1b a 2, aad the h.-w. 

ditto at least in le, 2,and3 . : : : F oe 0G) 
No submarginal spots : ‘ : : : ‘ «= 1@ 
Central band of h.-w. red . ‘ : .  rogersi rogersi (61) 
Central band of h.-w. not red. : . ; ye) 
H.-w. with a whitish central band. rogerst lamborni (62) 
H.-w. central band not differentiated, the whole ground-colour 

of both wings being sepia-brown . — rogersi f. salambo (61) 


H.-w. discal spot in 4 stands nearer to cell than that in 3 or 5 (e) 
H.-w. discal spot in 4 stands not nearer to cell than that in 3 


or 5 ; 2 : : ee) 
H.-w. underside atl a black arden peaute orange spots (ff) 
H.-w. margin without orange spots. : ; : GD) 


(f) Red of f.-w. not extending beyond subapical spots 


(9) 
(h) 


perenna perenna (261) 
Red of f.-w. extending beyond subapical spots 
perenia thesprio (262) 
H.-w. with a white inner marginal patch = pharsalus vuilloti (257) 
H.-w. without white patch ; ; F , . (h) 
F.-w. with a white or whitish band beyond the subapical spots, 
the red ground-colour not extending into apical area 
pharsalus pharsalus (256) 
F.-w. without white subapical band, the corresponding area 
being occupied by an extension of the red ground-colour 
pharsalus f. pharsaloides (256) 


38 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


(i) F.-w. with a white subapical band. é ; : 2) 


F.-w. without a white subapical band ; : : =. a) 

(j) Ground-colour of f.-w. white. , encedon f. lycia (210) 
Ground-colour of f.-w. tawny . ; ; Pe (3) 

(k) H.-w. with a white patch . ; vended f alcippina (210) 
H.-w. without a white patch. : encedon encedon (209) 

(1) Nervules ending in broad black triangles at margin. H.-w. 
with a white patch . : : . encedon f. radiata (211) 


Nervules not so. No h.-w. white patch encedon f. daira (210) 

(m) F.-w. may be brown or black with a subapical pale patch or 

spots and an inner marginal pale patch, or the inner mar- 

ginal and subapical pale patches may be confluent forming a 

broad angulated pale central band : : ; - (”) 

F.-w. not so marked . : : : . ay 

(n) F.-w. with a broad angulated corinee pane ; elec (322) 

F.-w. with subapical me inner marginal pale marks separated (0) 

(n) F.-w. with a broad confluent pale band ‘ ; 3 a HD 

F.-w. with subapical and inner marginal pale marks separated (2) 

(1) F.-w. band orange, h.-w. band white alciope 2 f. aurivillii (3238) 

Both bands orange : : ; . alciope f. tella (323) 

alciope Q f. macarina (322) 

[In macarina the pattern, especially of f.-w. is much less definite 
than in tella. | 

(2) F.-w. subapical pale marks include a spot near margin in area 4, 

well separated from a series of three spots close to costa . (3) 

F-w. subapical pale spots only separated by the nervules, and so 


forming a patch. ; ; , : ; “ - (x) 
(3) H.-w. with a broad dark border. 3 ; conjuncta (319) 
H.-w. without a broad dark border ‘ : . ansorgei (318) 


(0) F.-w. subapical pale marks include a spot near margin in area 4 
well separated from a series of three spots close to costa 


conjuncta (319) 
F.-w. subapical spots only aie by the nervules, and so 
forming a patch. ; . (p) 


(p) Expanse not exceeding 48-50 mm. The dae cee baad 
from costa to hind margin in f.-w. which cuts off the sub- 
apical patch is reduced towards margin to so fine a point 
that the subapical patch is only just separated from the 
inner marginal : : : , disjuncta (821) 

The f.-w. subapical patch is peered from the inner marginal 
by a dark transverse band of considerable width, and though 
the end of the band may be somewhat broken by a whitish 
streak it is not reduced to a point as above. Expanse almost 
always much morethan 50mm. . ; re (2) 

(q) H.-w. dark border fairly sharply defined jnvyaiedlee or in the 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 39 


forms in which it is not so, then the f.-w. subapical patch 
is very narrow, rarely exceeding about 3°5 mm. in width. 
Border in h.-w. never so broad as almost to reach end 
. dell. : ; . esebria * (331) 
H.-w. dark border if aien is dt fee defined inwardly 
amet in forms in which it is so broad as almost to touch 
cell, and in such cases the f.-w. subapical patch is much 
more than 3°5 mm. in width . : : . jodutta * (327 
(r) F.-w. perfectly transparent and scaleless except for a narrow, 
intensely black apical and hind marginal border and a very 
little black at base . ; , , 2 semivitrea (300) 
F.-w. not as above : ; : a) 
(s) H.-w. cell beneath with natn more than one at , : « oA) 
[Some examples of Jycoa have a second spot in cell, but this is 
usually accompanied by a blackish streak. Or the streak 

may be broken up giving the appearance of several spots.] 


H.-w. cell beneath with more than one spot : : (w 

(t) F.-w. with a subapical a of three elongated openers 

spots : : : . servona (part) (292) 

[A. servona nearly aay ie more than one spot in cell. See 
under (1). } 

F.-w. without such subapical transparent patch . . ~ (uv) 

(w) H.-w. beneath with a narrow elongated central yellow patch 

and an inner marginal red brown patch oreas (298) 

H.-w. beneath not so marked 2 : z (8) 


(v) Distal outline of h.-w. pale patch has a teabanteys to be angulated 
at area 4, giving the patch a somewhat quadrate appearance. 
This angulation is most easily seen beneath johnstoni (339) 
(A. johnstoni is polymorphic. For forms see descriptive section. ] 

Distal outline of h.-w. pale patch is regularly rounded 
lycoa (part) (336) 

[ A. lycoa is also polymorphic. See descriptions, ] 

(w) Both wings fully scaled without any partially or wholly trans- 
parent patches or spots . : > ‘ , : eS) 
Transparent or partially transparent areas in one or both wings (z) 
(x) F.-w. without any red or orange marks . —__lycoa (part) (336) 
F.-w. with red or orange marks . F ‘ d : = Cy) 
(y) F.-w. with elongated red patches between the nervules . rig 8) 
(1) H.-w. discal spots large and forming a band which extends well 
beyond cell : é orina orina (263) 
H.-aw. discal spots not extending swell beyond cell. : erie) 


* For the various named forms of esebria and jodutta see descrip- 
tive portion. It is scarcely possible to give concise characters which 
constantly differentiate between them, and some little experience is 
required before the two species can be separated at sight, 


40 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the 


(2) H.-w. spots confluent in a large black basal patch 

orina orineta (264) 
H.-w. spots though obscured bu basal suffusion are obviously 
not confluent. : : . parrhasia f. oppidia (278) 
(y) F.-w. with elongated red pate te between the nervules orina(263) 
F.-w. with orange spots between the nervules . insularis (345) 
(z) B-w. fully and thickly scaled with the exception of three small 
quadrate well-defined transparent or semitransparent sub- 
apical spots in 6, 5, and 4 : : . Safie antinori (316) 
F.-w. not so . : : ‘ : - : “Gh 
(1) On the wnderside the ae and margin of ie -w. are dark brown 

enclosing between them a narrow ochreous central band 
peneleos pelasgius (269) 


H.-w. beneath not so marked : : : ; Sa) 

(z) The transparent areas are confined to fies or four very small, 
very sharply defined subapical spots in f.-w. . ‘ . (a) 
Transparent areas not so confined or at least considerably 
elongated : : : ‘ ; ‘ : é 2 a 

(a’) F.-w. ground-colour reddish brown. : amicitiae (317) 
F.-w. ground-colour brown black ‘ : : ‘ . (@) 
(b’) H.-w. with a red band : s < ae pelasyius (269) 
H.-w. without a red band. : i ; Aca) 
(c’) H.-w. with a fairly broad yellow central pad aft safie (315) 
H.-w. with a very narrow, or no band. . sufie antinorti (316) 


(d’) Large forms with an expanse of wing of about 60-90 mm. 
F,-w. for the most part transparent but having two irregu- 
larly outlined transverse oblique dark bands, one from costa 
at a point just beyond middle of cell, to the hind angle. 
The second just beyond cell. (These bands may be rather 
faint.) Apex and hind margin usually somewhat darkened (e’) 

Expanse of wing al en less. In any case pattern not 


as above . : ‘ F P : : (Gg) 
(e’) H.-w. fully Rael all over . : ; 5 . vesperalis (48) 
H.-w. partly transparent. : , : ? 2 . Ge 


(f’) F.-w. dark bars and h.-w. basal scaling heavily developed 
pentapolis epidica (46) 
F.-w. dark bars and usually h.-w. basal sealing lightly developed 
pentapolis peutupolis (46) 
(q’) H.-w. with a quite well-defined transparent or semitransparent 
marginal border more or less dusted with black scales . (h’) 
H.-w. with margin at least as fully scaled as rest of wing . (7) 
(h’) H.-w. border broad and the blackish dusting quite evenly dis- 
tributed. (Tarsal claws equal) : ; quirinalis (808) 
H.-w. border narrow, the blackish dusting concentrated towards 
anal angle. (Tarsal claws unequal) ; » — orestia (305) 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 41 


(i) Base of h.-w. above not broadly blackened and discal spots 


well developed ; ‘ ‘ ah Ge) 

Base of h.-w. above broadly ee or if not Pied without: well- 
developed discal spots. : : : . (Vv) 

i’) Base of h.-w. above not suffused with Bb or bese 2 % 2¢L) 
Base of h.-w. above suffused with black or brown . : ae (8) 


(1) H.-w. with a central pale yellowish band 
peneleos helvimaculata (269) 


H.-w. without such band —. : ¢ 3 - 5 (4) 

2) At h.-w. margin on wpperside the dark ei ee rays project 
inwardly for some distance. : ; . . (3) 

H.-w. margin without such well- Lgebeliped rays on upperside (A) 

(3) H.-w. discal spots well developed . . peneleos peneleos (268) 
H.-1. discal spots not developed . . parrhasia f. leona (278) 

(4) H.-w. border not continuously black but bearing black triangles at 
nervule ends. : : ; ; sambavae (314) 

A-w. marginal border re black. : 3 ah oT), 


(5) Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies at or beyond origin of nervile 2 
strattipocles (311) 
Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies distinctly before origin of nervule 2 
masamba (312) 
(6) H.-w. without a red, yellow, or white central area 
peneleos f. sepia (269) 


H.-w. with such area. : : : ; Ge) 
(7) Central area almost white. Vestetehs f lactimaculata (269) 
Central area yellow. : : , é - . aes) 
Central area red ; : ; : 5 (0), 
(8) Yellow area narrow with nearly ens ges «  eireeis (297) 
Yellow area broad with outer edge curved . : : > 


(9) F.-w. with patches of lemon yellow in areas 1b, and 2 
servona f. limonata (293) 
F.-w. areas 1b and 2 sparsely scaled with white 
servona servona (292) 
(10) H.-w. with V-shaped black spots on underside midway between 
cell and border. Uswally with w pink central band 
baxteri (part) (267) 
A.-w. without such V-shaped spots and never with a pink 
band. ; d 5 (ut) 
(11) F.-w. with lonielad rediibah sireues in 1b, 2 2, and 3 
Hie ee. parrhasia (277) 
F.-w. with aw rounded reddish spot in 2 but no streaks 
servona rubra (293) 
(/) H.-w. marginal border not continuously black but bearing 
black triangles at neryule ends, P . sambavae (314) 


42 Mr. H., Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


H.-w. marginal border continuously black : : (k’) 
(k’) Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies at or beyond origin of eS 2 
strattipocles (311) 
Outer spot of h.-w. cell les distinctly before origin of nervule 2 
masamba (312) 
(l’) H.-w. without a yellow or red central patch or band 
lycoa lycoa (336) 


H.-w. with a yellow or red central patch or band. . (m’) 
(m’) H.-w. with a yellow central patch or band 3 ; . @’) 
H.-w. with a red central patch or band. ‘ j i 


(n’) H.-w. central patch narrow, its edges nearly straight circeis (297) 
H.-w. central patch broad, at least its outer edge curved 

servona (292) 

(o’) Transparent portion of f.-w. confined to three large elongated 


subapical spots : : : : . baxtert (part) (267) 
Transparent portion of f.-w. not so confined. ‘ (po) 

(p’) Tarsal claws equal. ; ‘ ; : : ; £5(Gs) 
Tarsal claws unequal . : , ‘ : (7’) 

(q’/) F.-w. with an even and regular aah a flush axtendine to 
end of cell. : : .  igola (part) (302) 


F.-w. with basal red Gf mera at all) much broken up 
especially by a black mark in middle of cell parrhasia (277) 
(r’) Central portion of h.-w. on underside is not paler than base or 


margin. : 5 grosvenori (276) 
Central portion of i -w. ndede is paler than base or 
margin . : : ‘ (s’) 


(s’) Nervule ends on h.-w. nadeeaile: not broadly duced with plask 
so as to haveaswollen appearance peneleos peneleos(part)(268) 
Nervule ends on h.-w. underside broadly dusted with black 

so as to have a swollen appearance 
peneleos pencleos (part) (268) 
pelopeia (274) 


GROUP 


1, ACRAHA ZONATA? “Pl. VILL £11. 
Acraea zonata, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898). 
= makupa, Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 126 (1889); 
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 9 (Acraea), p. 3, pl. 1, £6 
(1889). 
GeRMAN E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam, Mikindani); Bririsa E. 
Arrica (Rabai, Witu, Wasin, Zanzibar, Pemba I.). 
¢. Expanse about 55mm. Wings thinly scaled, orange brown. 
Nervures well marked, dark brown, F.-w, costa and base, black, 


xiv, p. 154 (1877); 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 43 


A large transverse black spot about middle of cell. An irregular 
band of black spots crossing the discal area at the discocellular 
nervules and extending to the hind angle. Apical area and hind 
margin rather broadly dusted with black and bearing eight rather 
suffused spots of the ground-colour. H.-w. black at base and 
slightly dusted with black on margin. A very minute black dot 
at point where nervure 5 leaves the cell. An irregular zigzag 
discal band of black extending from the costa to the anal angle, 
Thorax black, spotted with pale brown beneath. Abdomen black 
above, brown beneath, and bearing segmental spots of pale brown, 
Claws unequal. 

The underside resembles the upper but has a vitreous surface 
and the markings are less distinct. 

@. I have seen only two 2 9 of this species. One is in the 
general collection of the Berlin Museum and differs from ¢ 
examples only in the fact that in the f.-w. the space between the 
central bar and the apical brown is transparent. 

The other is in Mr. J. J. Joicey’s collection and resembles 
the g but is larger, paler, and duller. 


Acrea zonata appears to be a rather rare insect. The 
type in the Hewitson collection was taken at Zanzibar. 
The example figured by Grose-Smith is from Mombasa, 
one specimen in the Oxford collection is from Rabai, whilst 
the Tring collection contains examples from Dar-es-Salaam 
and Pemba I., and the British Museum specimens are from 
Zanzibar and Witu. A. zonata is certainly closely allied to 
rabbaiae. The claspers in the # armature are without the 
large processes so characteristic of that species, 


2. ACRAEA RABBAIAE. PI. VIII, f. 10. 
Acraea rabbaiae, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., x, p. 152 (1873); 
Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 3, p. 25, pl. 2, f. 1 (1878); Trimen, 
S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 133 (1887) ; Monteiro (metam.), Del. Bay 
p. 219 (1891) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898). 
PortucursE E, Arrica (Delagoa Bay, Mozambique) ; GERMAN 


E. Arrica (Islikundani, Usarama) ; Raopusta (Chirinda). 


A. rabbaiae mombasae, subsp. 

Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 127 (1889); Smith & Kirby, 
Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 14, pl. 4, f. 9, 10 (1892) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898). 

British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar, Sabaki R. Witu) ; 

GrerRMAN E. Arrica (Islikundani, Usarama). 


44 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the 


A. rabbaiae rabbaiae. 

6. Expanse about 64 mm. F.-w. transparent. H.-w. trans- 
sparent or thinly scaled. Nervures well marked, dark brown. 
A inore or less well-marked series of black spots across centre 
of f.-w. confluent round the discocellulars. One crescentic 
spot in 2, below junction of 3 and the median. One spot below 
this and slightly nearer base, in 1b, and another, more rounded 
spot in same area, near junction of 2 and the median. One 
spot in area 11 just before end of cell. Apices slightly dusted 
with brownish ochreous. H.-w. more or less sealed with 
whitish. Margin with large internervular ochreous spots bor- 
dered inwardly with a blackish suffusion. Underside the same, 
Thorax black with a few reddish spots above and spotted with 
pale ochreous below. Abdomen black with pale lateral spots 
and brown beneath. Claws unequal. 

Q. Resembles the ¢. 


The extent of the scaling of the h.-w. in rabbaiae varies 
from a condition approaching transparency to a fairly 
thickly scaled surface. These scales are, in all ‘the exam- 
ples I have seen, distinctly paler in colour than in the 
subsp. mombasae. 


A. rabbaiae mombasae, subsp. 

This form resembles rabbaiae but the black markings in the 
f.-w. are less well defined: and the h.-w. is always thickly 
scaled with creamy brown scales distinctly darker than in 
rabbaiae. The apices of the f.-w. are darker and frequently bear 
traces of a marginal band of pale spots. 

The example of this form figured and described by Grose-Smith 
has both wings moderately scaled and this is apparently the 
case in the remaining examples in his collection. Most of the 
specimens I have seen show a greater transparency in the f.-w. 


The form appears to be confined to the neighbourhood 
of Mombasa, Rabai, and Zanzibar. I have seen no speci- 
men of the typical rabbaiac taken so far north as this. The 
latter occurs at Delagoa Bay and inland to Chirinda. 

The genital armature is the same in both forms. 

The type is in the collection of M. Oberthiir. The larva 
of rabbaiae is briefly referred to by Mrs. Monteiro in 
“Delagoa Bay” as “bright red with black spines.” 


3. AcRaEA satis. Pl, XIV, ff. 14, 14a, 14b, 14c. 
Acraea satis, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., viii, p. 35 (1871); Af. Lep., 
p. 6, pl. 6, f. 1 (1875); Mabille, Hist. Nat, Mad, Lep., 1, p, 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 45 


115, pl. 10, f. 10, 11 (1885-7); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. 
p- 90 (1898); Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Exp., p. 315 (1909). 
= corona, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885). 
GERMAN E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam, Lindi, Bondu, Bagamoyo, 
Saadani, Mafia I.); British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar, 
Witu); RuopxEsia (Chirinda) ; ZULULAND. 


g. Expanse 55-70 mm. F.-w. thinly scaled. Base and 
costa black, area 1b sometimes yellowish. A short black basal 
streak in 1b. From base to end of cell, base of area 2, two-thirds 
of 1b, and a slightly less extent of la, bright red. The red area 
bounded by an irregular discal band of black from subcostal to 
hind angle, and darkest on end of cell. A rather broad sinuous 
transverse black mark in cell near end. Areas 4, 5, and 6, from 
transverse band to middle of discal area, red, followed by a slight 
dusting of blackish scales. All the f.-w. black markings may 
be very faint, the spot on discocellular being the least liable to 
obsolescence. Remainder of f.-w. semitransparent, scales being 
slightly reduced, scattered, and sometimes replaced by bifid 
hairs. H.-w. red, yellowish at inner margin. A hind marginal 
black border bearing a variable number of internervular spots of 
the ground-colour. An irregular discal band of black sometimes 
enclosing spots of the ground-colour. Base black, with a sub- 
basal spot in 7, one in cell, and one in la. 

Underside, f.-w. scaled only at base and costa. H.-w. as 
on upperside, but scaled only at base, margins, and discal band. 
Costal and inner marginal scales dull ochreous, black spots as on 
upperside. Hind margin as on upperside but with seven large 
rounded dull ochreous spots. Thorax black spotted with 
yellowish beneath, and with two to four whitish spots above. 
Abdomen black above, paler below, and laterally and ventrally 
spotted with yellowish. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse about 84mm. Markings similar to those of g but 
the red colour everywhere replaced by white. In f.-w. the cell 
spot may coalesce with discal band, or may enclose a small white 
spot. Abdomen white spotted. 


Acraea satis is aremarkably distinct species not only in 
the character of the markings but also in the structure of 
the genitalia. A very peculiar modification of the parts 
has taken place. The true uncus and claspers have 
become much reduced, whilst the dorsal and ventral 
abdominal plates have become greatly modified, so as to 
resemble false uncus and claspers respectively. 


46 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Mabille describes this species as occurring in Madagas- 
car, but I have been unable to find any authentic example 
from that island. M. Oberthiir has specimens so labelled, 
but informs me that in this case the labelling is not 
reliable, and that he is of opinion that the species occurs 
only on the mainland. 


GROUP If 


4, ACRAEA PENTAPOLIS. Pl. XIV, f. 2. 

Acraea pentapolis, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., viii, p. 60 (1871) ; Af. 
Lep., p. 7, pl. 6, f.2 (1873) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111 
(1898); Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903); Neave, 
Novit. Zool., xi, p. 346 (1904); Aurivillius, Ann. Mus. 
Genov., p.3 (527), (1910). 

= thelestis, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 17, pl. 3, f. 33 (1893) ; 

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111 (1898). 

S. Leone; Gotp Coast; ASHANTI; NigERIA; ToGo ; CAME- 
ROON; GaBoon; ConcGo (Bopoto, Luebo, Leopoldville) ; 
UGANDA. 

A. pentapolis epidica, subsp. 

= A epidica, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 18, pl. 3, f. 27 

(1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p 111 (1898). 

German E, Arrica (Pangani, Usambara, Ukami Mt.). 


A, pentapolis pentapolis. Pl. VI, f. 1. (larva). 

¢. Expanse 60-76 mm. ‘Wings semitransparent, due to ab- 
sence of scales. F.-w. costa, apex, and hind margin powdered 
with brownish. Several ill-defined dusky marks varying much 
in intensity but usually consisting of the following. A broad 
irregular mark in cell over origin of 2, a blackish mark on 
discocellulars, a series of rudimentary marks beyond cell in 
the form of an oblique discal band of spotsin 6, 5, 4, and 
3, a mark at base of area 2 and beneath it running downwards 
and outwards a mark in 1b. In the same area a short indistinct 
longitudinal streak at base, 

H.-w. with a dusky powdering round hind margin, and more 
or less evident darker internervular rays showing their greatest 
development in 2, lc, and 1b. Lower half of cell, base of 3, 
basal half of 2, and the greater part of 1c, 1b, and la covered 
with seales which vary in colour from pale lemon-ochreous to 
brick red. In some cases this patch is very fully developed 
and of definite outline, whilst in others it is merely indicated. 
Numerous black spots corresponding to those on underside 
but varying much in size and number. 


— eee 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 47 


Underside. F.-w. almost devoid of scales. H.-w. as above 
but the yellow or red patch paler and less developed. Black 
spots very variable in number. In the case of maximum 
development the following may be observed. A spot in 9, a sub- 
basal and a central (very small) in 7, one at extreme base of 5, 
and a double spot at base of 4, two in cell before middle, three or 
four discal spots progressively larger in size, in 6, 5, 4, and 3, a 
large spot at base of 2 followed by a spot in le and 1b, these 
three nearly in a straight line, but that in 1c slightly nearer base. 
A basal and a subbasal in 1c, ditto in 1b, and a basal and two 
other spots in la, 

Head black with a few whitish dots and two tufts on collar, 
thorax black with whitish marks, abdomen black above with 
whitish segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

Q like the ¢ and presenting the same variations of pattern. 


In some examples of this species there is a faint reddish 
or yellowish flush in the fi-w. especially along the main 
nervures. Long series have lately been bred by Mr. Lam- 
born near Lagos, and presented by him to the Oxford 
Museum. It is clear from these examples that Oberthiir’s 
thelestis cannot be distinguished from pentapolis even as a 
form. From that author's description the principal dis- 
tinction between thelestis and pentapolis is the presence in 
the former of a tawny rather than yellowish patch in h.-w. 
In the series before me every gradation of colour may be 
observed, from a mere whitish appearance to a definite 
brick-red patch. 


A. pentapolis epidica, subsp. 

This is the extreme eastern form of the species and differs in 
the following respects. It is generally much larger, having an 
expanse of 80-90 mm. The blackish markings in f.-w. are 
much darker and more definite. In the h.-w. the basal spots are 
large and confluent, forming a conspicuous basal black mark. 
The patch of pale scales is lemon-ochreous and well developed, 
and there are usually a few tawny scales on the hind margin on 
underside. 


The larvae of the specimens received from Lagos may 
be described. as follows :-— 


Upper half dark umber brown with a few irregular dark 
markings on the upper part of each segment, and a whitish 
lateral mark on segments 4-12. Head reddish brown with a 
white, ventrally bifurcated, white line. Legs yellow at base, 


48 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


extremities black. Pro-legs yellow. Spines all black. The dorsal 
pair on segment 2 longer than the rest and somewhat curved. 

Pupa whitish with black lines representing nervures, antennae, 
legs, etc. A ventral, two lateral, and two dorsal rows of seg- 
mental black marks, each with a yellowish centre. From the 
inner or dorsal side of each of these centres in the two dorsal 
rows of spots, there arises a short blunt black process or spine. 
The general appearance of the pupa is as variable as that of 
the imago, sometimes the white and sometimes the black 
predominating. 


A dipterous parasite emerged from one of the pupae. 


. ACRAEA VESPERALIS. Pl. XIV, f. 3. 


Acraea vesperalis, Gr. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 466 (1890) ; 
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 19 (Acrueu), p. 7, pl. 3, f. 1, 2 
(1892) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898) ; Griinberg, 
Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910). (2 pentapolis.) 

S. Leone; Conco (Zongo, Mokoanga, Zambuiya to Albert 
Nyanza, Kassai R., Usongoda) ; UGANDA (Sesse I.). (?) 

A, vesperalis catori, subsp. 

Bethune-Baker, Ann. Nat. Hist., 14, p. 223 (1904); Dudgeon 

(vesperalis), Proc, Ent. Soc., p. liv (1909). 

S. Leone (Mano-Ronietta). 

A, vesperalis vesperalis. 

¢. Expanse 70-76 mm. F.-w. slightly brownish at base. 
Costa dusky brown passing into sepia at apex. From end of cell 
to apex, the whole of area 3, and the marginal part of areas 2, 1b, 
and la, sepia. A discal band of elongated transparent spots in 
6, 5, and 4, and a trace of a transparent mark in 3. Cell, greater 
part of 2, nearly the whole of 1b, and la, transparent and devoid 
of scales. An irregular sepia patch in cell above origin of 2, 
Beginning at base of area 2 and ending at hind angle a sepia band 
about 2 mm. wide. 

H.-w. black at base and having a hind marginal border of sepia 
brown about 4-5 mm. wide, its inner edge interrupted by the 
extension of the brown along the nervules and internervular 
rays. The remainder of the wing brownish ochreous of some- 
what variable depth. Indications of the black spots of the 
underside are visible in the discal area. 

Underside. F.-w. resembles upperside but the apical and hind 
marginal areas dusted with chestnut brown. H.-w. chestnut 
brown, of a rather richer tint towards base and inner margin 
Nervules and internervular rays well marked, brownish black, 


—_—s— Te 


ce) 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 49) 


Black spots very variable. When attaining maximum develop- 
ment, usually as follows, One in 9, one in 8, two (small) in 7, the 
outermost just beyond origin of 7. Three just beyond cell in 5. 
4, and 3. One at base of 5, and 4 on discocellulars, two in cell 
before the middle, one at base of 2 followed by one in le and 1), 
all three in a straight line. A basal and a subbasal in le, a sub- 
basal in 1b, and two spots near middle of la. Some irregular 
black at base of nervures. 

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots. Abdomen black 
above, with pale segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

? resembles the ¢. 
A, vesperalis catori, subsp. 

Differs from typical vesperalis in having the ground colour of 
h.-w. pale instead of brownish-ochreous. 


A. vesperalis is so nearly allied to pentapolis that but for 
the fact that the h.-w. patterns are so consistently dif- 
ferent, and also that both species occur in the same place 
without intermediates, I should have regarded them as 
two forms of the same species. ‘The male armatures are 
in this case somewhat unsatisfactory guides though they 
do seem to show slight differences. Such differences are, 
however, much less than would appear from the figures 


on Plate XIV. 


GROUP III. 


6. Acraka I@aTi. Pl, VII, f. 12. 

Acreea igati, Boisduval, Faune Mad.,* p. 29, pl. 4, f. 3, pl. 5, f. 3 
(1833); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885) ; 
Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. Lep., p. 82, 89, pl. 10, f. 1, 2 
(1885-7) ; Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 13, pl. 4, f. 22 
(1890) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 85 (1898). 

MapaGascar (Ambinanindrano). 
¢. Expanseabout 60mm. Wings transparent, the transparency 
being caused by reduction in number and size of the scales. 

F.-w. slightly smoky towards costa and apex and with an orange 

brown basal suffusion extending to about the middle of the wing. 

H.-w. with about the same amount of basal orange suffusion. 

Some irregular black spotting at base, including a large well- 

rounded spot at base of area Ic, and an elongated narrow black 

spot at base of arealb. In area 6 and 7 and between end of cell 
and margin, two large confluent black spots, and two somewhat 


* The text is published separately. The plates are in the 
“Nouvelles Annales du Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.” 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT I. (JULY) E 


50 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


similar but more elongated spots in areas 2 and 3, In some 
examples there is a small spot in area 5. Thorax black, spotted 
with white beneath. Abdomen black with white lateral seg- 
mental spots. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse about 65 mm. ‘The spots on the h.-w. are 
similar to those in the g¢ but that in area 5 is often larger. 
The orange suffusion in the f.-w. is replaced by pale yellow and 
that in the h.-w. by white. In some examples the coloured 
areas are entirely replaced by white. 


Acraca wyatt is found only in Madagascar. Boisduval 
and Mabille describe it as frequenting wooded districts, 
and producing two broods, the first in April and May, the 
second in July and August. Boisduval states that it is 
found on Ste. Marie I. and on the mainland. He appears 
to have confused the sexes, describing the orange suffused 
form as the female. His figure is that of the male. 

The male armature is peculiar, as will be seen from a 
reference to the figure in Plate VII. The velum is much 
larger than in A. danvii and both uncus and claspers are 
more highly developed. The entire structure resembles 
that of the Australasian A. andromache. 


7. AcRaga Damir. Pl. VII, ff. 11a, b, c. 

Acraea damii, Vollenhoven, Pollen and Van Dam, Faune 
Mad., 5, Ins., p. 12, pl. 2, f. 4 (1869); Mabille, Hist. Nat. 
Mad. Lep., 1, p. 83, 88, pl. 10, f. 3, 4 (1885-7); Oberthiir, 
Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 12, pl. 3, f. 11-16 (1890); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 85 (1898). 

= percussa, Keferstein, Jahrb. Akad, Erfurt (2), 6, p. 13, pl. 1, 
#1524870): 

= masonala, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix, p. 3 (1872); Af. 
hep., p. 10, pl. 7, £15 (1874), 

Mayorra I.; Comoro I.; MADAGASCAR. 


A. damii cuva, subsp. 

Gr. Smith (4. cwva), Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 126 (1889) ; Smith 
& Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), p. 2, pl. 1, f. 5 (1889); 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898); Smith & Kirby, 
Rhop. Exot., 3 (Acraea), p. 24, pl. 7, £. 4 (1901). 

British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar); GurmMan E. Arrica 

(Dar-es-Salaam) ; (2) KATANGA. 


f. nidama. Suffert, Iris., p. 19 (1904). 
Type from Dar-ns-Sanaam. (Liable to appear wherever cuva 
occurs.) 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. ou 


A, damit damii. 

¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. Wings transparent owing to re- 
duction in number and size of scales. F.-w. slightly suffused 
from base to about middle with brick red. Nervures reddish 
brown. H.-w. more densely scaled with brick red from base to 
about midway between end of cell and margin. Five black spots 
at base more distinct on underside. One behind the precostal, 2 
in area 1c, and one in la and 1b, respectively. One large rounded 
spot in area 7 near middle of costa, one rather larger and nearer 
margin in area 6, one very small spot below this, in area 5. Two 
large spots somewhat produced distally and placed in areas 2 and 3 
respectively. Underside similar but spots smaller and more 
sharply outlined. H.-w. dusted with whitish scales. Thorax 
black, with a few pale spots above and below, abdomen black 
above and yellow beneath, with whitish lateral segmental spots. 
Claws unequal, 

2 similarly marked but wanting the brick red suffusion, this 
being replaced by a dusting of white scales. Expanse 65-75 mm. 


Acraea damit is a very variable insect. The above 
description is taken from an average pair in the Oxford 
collection. M. Oberthir (/.c.) figures one $ and five ? 9. 
The # example has an elongate spot in the h.-w. cell; in 
the 22 the number of discal spots varies from four to 
eight, and in some cases the spots are different in opposite 
wings of the same individual. The author further points 
out that in two examples the neuration is abnormal, and 
occasionally the two § 2 have the reddish colouring of the 
‘fg. In one f example in the National collection the 
brick red suffusion extends completely over both wings, 
whilst the hw. spots are reduced in number to three. 
M. Oberthiir states that the type of Ward’s masonala is in 
his collection and that there is no doubt that it is an 
example of damit. 

Keferstein’s figures (/.c.) are of J and 9 examples taken 
in Madagascar by Herr Tolin in 1862. The gf comes 
nearest to Oberthur’s fig. 11, and the ? to fig. 16. 

The species is probably extremely distasteful. It is 
described as settling on certain trees in large numbers, 
when it can easily be picked off with the fingers. 

It occurs in Mayotta, Comoro, and Madagascar, examples 
from the latter region being usually smaller than those 
from Comoro. 

The # armature is quite distinctive, especially in the 

BE 2 


52 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


possession of two small horn-like processes on the margin 
of the velum, or ventral abdominal plate. 


Acraea damii cura, subsp. 

¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. Resembles damii but the red suffusion 
is usually of greater extent, sometimes extending nearly to the 
margin in the f.-w. In the h.-w. it is often rather sharply 
defined leaving a transparent margin of moderate width, 
The black spots on the h.-w. are more sharply outlined than in 
damit damti, but exhibit as in the latter considerable variation 
in size and number, Grose-Smith’s type, which is described in 
the text and on the plate asa 9, appears in fact tobea ¢. It 
has eight black spots on the h.-w. An example before me 
from the Tring collection has five spots (= nidama, Suff.), whilst 
others have rather conspicuous basal spots, notably a large rounded 
one in area le, 

?. Resembles ¢, but is rather larger and has the red 
replaced by creamy yellow. The black spots are larger, and 
the base of the h.-w. is much suffused with black. An example 
before me has a small black spot in the h.-w. cell near the 
base, and in one wing another spot near the end of cell. 
Occasionally the 9 is red like the ¢. 


I have followed Aurivillius in regarding cuva as a form 
of danvii, though in view of its geographical distribution it 
must be considered a subspecies of the Madagascar form. 
It occurs only on the mainland and Zanzibar. There are 
fifteen examples in the National collection, five of which 
are @ and the localities given are, Zanzibar, Dar-es- 
Salaam, and Rabai. The type was received from 
Mombasa, and there are examples in the Tring collection 
labelled “ Katanga, Tanganyika,” and though the exact 
meaning of the locality is rather vague, 1t would appear 
that the species has a considerable westward range. I 
have dissected out the genitalia of one of these examples 
and find no difference from those of dami taken in 
Madagascar. 


8. ACRAEA KRAKA. PI. VII, f. 15. 
Acraea kraka, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 272, pl. 6, f. 3 
(1893) ; Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898). 
CAMEROON (Bibundi, Bonge); FERNANDO Po. 
¢. Expanse about 50 mm. Wings transparent. Transparency 


caused by the scales being reduced to fine hairs. F.-w. black 
at base and dusted with black for a short distance along the 


~~ ee 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 53 


costa. Slightly darker suffusion at apex caused by a reappearance 
of scales which however are still very narrow and elongated. 
A reddish basal suffusion (probably bright red in fresh 
examples) extending to nearly half the length of the cell and 
distally to nearly the whole length of area la. A black spot 
in the cell about the middle, and two spots in area 1b, one near 
the base and one about the middle. H.-w. black at base and 
with a basal reddish suffusion extending a little beyond the end 
of cell. Numerous black spots arranged as follows. Two in area 
7, two in cell, and two in 1b, and 2, three in 1c, one in 3, 4, 5, and 
6, and one near the base in la. 

The underside is similar but without the reddish suffusion 
which only shows through from the upperside. A fourth spot is 
visible in le at the base. 

Thorax black, abdomen black above and brown beneath, with 
brown lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse about 62 mm. According to Aurivillius’ figure 
(l.c.) there is a small additional spot in area 2 in the f.-w. 
The basal suffusion is described as ochreous. 


The three 2 2 from which Aurivillius described the 
type were taken in May and July (1891) at Bibundi and 
Eonge in N.W. Cameroon, and are in the Stockholm 
Museum. There are six ~ examples in the National 
collection taken at Fernando Po, and a few specimens in 
the Tring collection. 

The above are the only examples known to me. The 
female genital armature is sufficiently distinct in form 
though showing a fairly close resemblance to that of 
A. cerasa. The transparency of the wings in this latter 
species is however produced in a different manner. 
Aurivillius regards kraka as a near ally of quirina, and in 
support of this it may be noted that in both species the 
transparency is caused in the same manner, though on the 
other hand the structure of the respective male armatures 
is very different. 


9. AcRAEA EuGENIA, PI. IV, f. 13 (9). 
Acraea eugenia, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 196 (1893) 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898). 
ToGOLAND (Bismarckburg) ; ANGoua (Canhoca). 
d. Expanse about 49 mm. Wings translucent and well 
rounded. F.-w. with yellow nervures and nervules and very 
sparsely dusted with sepia, and a few yellowish white scales. 


54 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


These are of the normal size and the transparency is due to a 
reduction in their number. H.-w. with an ill-defined basal area 
of whitish or light yellowish scales shaded into a dusky marginal 
border. Black spots as on underside. 

Underside, f.-w. almost devoid of scales, H.-w. as above but 
with fewer scales. Black spots as follows. Four spots graduated 
in size in 7, 6, 5, and 4 lying beyond cell and parallel to apical 
margin. A larger spot at base of 3, and of 2. Beneath the latter 
a spot in le followed by a smaller spot in 1b rather further from 
margin. A subbasal in 7, two in cell, the second over origin of 
nervule 2, a large subbasal in le, and beneath it a small spot in 
1b, and a subbasal in la. A little irregular black at base. 

Head black with two white dots between the eyes and two 
yellowish tufts on collar. Thorax black with a few pale marks, 
Abdomen black above with white lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

resembles ¢ but larger (about 54-60 mm.). One @ in the 
Berlin Museum has the spot in area 5 of h.-w. almost obsolete. 


The only example I have seen besides those in the 
Berlin Museum is a single ? in the Tring collection. The 
species appears to be rare, and [| have had no opportunity 
of making a preparation of the f armature. The @ plate 
is of peculiar structure and the orifice of the bursa 
copulatriz appears to be somewhat eccentric, as in A. 
horta. 


10. AcrArs cerasa. Pl, VII, fat BeEsVik i 
Acraea cerasa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 2, f. 10 
(1861); Trimen, 8S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 139 (1887); Smith & 
Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 11, pl. 4, f. 1 (non 
f. 2), (1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898). 
Navan; GERMAN E. Arrica; British E. Arrica (Nairobi, 
Kikuyu, Machakos). 


¢d. Expanse 37-52 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, due to 
reduction of scales to hairs; black scaling at base and for a 
short distance along inner margin. Costa and hind margin 
dusted with brownish black scales. A brick red basal suffusion 
extending to end of cell and downwards and outwards nearly 
to hind angle, A variable number of black spots, usually one 
a little beyond middle of cell and one at extremity of cell 
on discocellulars. Sometimes a small spot near base below 
median, and rarely two on edge of red area, one on each side 
of nervure 2. H.-w. brick red, thinly scaled, and more trans- 
parent towards margin. A variable number of spots arranged, 
when all present, as follows. A submarginal row of six or 


—— 


African Species of the Genus Acraea, 55 


seven parallel to hind margin and becoming very minute towards 
apex. A discal row of seven, the first in 1b and in a straight 
line with the next two which are much larger, the fourth in 
area 3 and somewhat variable in position, the next three in 
areas 4, 5, and 6, the middle one more distally placed. Two 
spots in area 7, two in cell, and one basal spot in la, 1b, and 
le. Some of these spots, especially the submarginal,row, may be 
absent. Underside devoid of scales but spots in h.-w. smaller 
and blacker. Thorax and abdomen black above and paler below, 
with yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

@. Usually resembles ¢ but is somewhat larger and has the 
red areas paler and duller, One example from Nairobi has all 
the red replaced by pale ochreous. 


The larva and pupa are fully described by Trimen (J. ¢.). 
From this description the following is taken. 


Larva, livid purplish above, with a dull greenish dorsal streak 
edged by a series of small white marks, followed by a second 
lateral series of similar marks at edge of purplish area. Below 
this, olive greenish, underside pale green. Head black, striped 
with white. The usual dorsal and lateral spines. 

Pupa, orange yellow, with bright orange black-ringed spots, 
neuration of wings and a dorsal stripe, black. 


A. cerasa is very variable in the number and size of the 
black spots. The submarginal spots in h.-w. are often 
entirely absent, whilst many of the others may be absent 
or very small. 


ii. Acrawa cenrra. Pl. TV, f-9°¢¢ ). 
Acraea cerita, E. M. B. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist., 7, xviii. p. 75 
(1906). 
Toro REGION. 


¢. Expanse 46 mm. F.-w. basal half brick red, extending 
not quite toend of cell, projecting into the basal part of area 2, 
and occupying about half of areas 1b and la. This red area is 
sharply defined and is enclosed outwardly by a dusting of black 
scales forming a transverse bar right across the wing from costa to 
inner margin which it meets just before inner angle. Costa and 
apex also dusted with blackish. Outer half of wing transparent 
and very iridescent, the scales reduced to fine hairs. The hind 
margin very slightly darker. In the cell a small black spot over 
origin of nervule2. In area 1b a small spot lying in the line be- 
tween the cell spot and the hindangle. In the same area another 


56 Mr. H. Eltringhain’s Monograph of the 


spot midway between base and nervule 2. H.-w. brick red with 
a very little blackish at base and a narrow grey-black hind 
marginal border. A few black spots as on underside. 

Underside. Both wings almost scaleless. H.-w. spots as 
follows. Two in 7, the second just beyond origin of 
nervule 7. Two in cell on one wing and one on the other, the 
second spot just before origin of nervule 2. In areas 3, 2, le, 
and 1b a row of discal spots lying almost in a horizontal line 
and beyond these in 3, 2, and le traces of submarginal dots are 
visible with a lens. A subbasal spot in lc, 1b, and la, that in 
1b more distally placed than the others. 

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots, abdomen black 
above with yellowish white lateral dots. Claws unequal. 


The foregoing description and the figure on Plate IV are 
from the type now in Mr. J. J. Joicey’s collection. This 
example is the only one I have seen and_ bears the 
label Entebbe 1906, though I have reason to suppose it was 
taken in the Toro region. I strongly suspect it to be a 
form or aberration of A. cerasa. I have not seen an ex- 
ample of the latter from Entebbe, although I have handled 
many thousands of specimens from that locality. The 
specimen of A. cerita remains unique and until further 
material becomes available I must allow it to stand as a 
species. 


12, AcRAEA UnIMacuULaTA. PI, VII, f. 16. 
Acraea unimaculata, Gr. Smith, Novit. Zool., v. p. 350 (1898) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. (= humilis), p. 86, 1898 ; Smith & 
Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), vi. pl. 6, f. 1, 2, 3 (1901). 
British E. Arrica (15 m. N. of Kisumu, Kabras, Nandi). 


¢. Expanse about 50 mm. F.-w. transparent owing to reduc- 
tion of scales to hairs. Costal margin and apex slightly dusted 
with black scales. Basal area dull red (probably brighter in 
life) extending nearly to end of cell, just beyond origin of first 
median, and nearly to hind angle. Base slightly dusted with 
black. H.-w. of the same red as f.-w. A semitransparent 
margin, slightly dusted with black scales, nearly § in. wide at 
apex and tapering to nothing at inner angle. Base blackish. 
Underside devoid of scales and vitreous. Two black spots in 
cell, one in le and two or three basal spots at junction of wing 
and thorax. All except the inner cell spot may be absent. 
Thorax and abdomen black above, paler beneath, with yellowish 
lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal. 


—— 


—— ee 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 57 

2. Expanse 56 mm. Resembles ¢ but red areas paler and 
duller and less well defined outwardly. Spots of h.-w. underside 
may be entirely absent. 


The types which are in the Tring collection were taken 
at Kabras in British E. Africa. Co-types from Rau, Nandi 
country. In his catalogue of the African Rhopalocera Prof. 
Aurivillius placed this species as a synonym of 4. humilis, 
not having then seen either insect. Its nearest allies are 
A. cerasa,and A. kraka. he similarity between the male 
armature and that of the latter species entitles waimaculata 
to be regarded as the eastern representative of kraka, 
though at the same time the differences are sufficient to 
give the two forms specific rank. Until recently the only 
example known to me besides those in the Tring Museum 
was a ? in the Oxford collection, taken by Dr. Wiggins on 
the Uganda Ry. 15 m. N. of Kisumu. Latterly, however, 
the species has been taken in some numbers by Neave in 


British E. Africa, on the Yala R., N. Kavirondo. 


iS, eACRAHAN IT URINAS PIP WE tf 3. 
Acraea itwrina, Gr. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 465 (1890); 
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 12, pl. 4, f. 3, 
4 (1892) ; Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910). 

S. CamMERoon ; BetGtan Conco (near Ft. Beni); UGanpa 

(Sesse I, Albert to Victoria Nyanza), 

A. iturina kakana, subsp. 
Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii. p. 150 (1911). 
AByssINIA (Adie Kaka, Kaffa). 

A. iturina iturina, 

dg. Expanse about 50 mm. F.-w. rather transparent clouded 
with smoky brown along costa and hind margin. This cloud- 
ing varies in intensity in different examples. Transparency 
caused by narrowing of the scales. The basal area having a 
brownish red suffusion (probably bright red in fresh specimens) 
extending nearly to end of cell and two-thirds of length of inner 
margin. A large black spot in the cell somewhat beyond the 
middle, and varying considerably in intensity. (One example 
before me has a minute black spot in area 2, near the cell, and a 
black powdering on the discocellulars.) A small black linear 
spot at base of area 1b. 

H.-w. red with semitransparent smoky brown margin con- 
siderably widened near apex. Base black. Two black spots in 
area 7 rather close together. A discal row of seven spots, the 
first four usually smaller than the rest and the fourth nearer the 


58 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


margin. Two spots in the cell, that nearer the base often very 
small. One basal spot in la, 1b, and 1c, the second of these 
sometimes confluent with the last discal spot. Nervures 6 and 
7 arise from a common stalk. Underside vitreous and without 
coloured scales, the h.-w. spots repeated. Thorax and abdomen 
black above, pale below, and with lateral pale spots. Claws 
unequal. 

?. The only 9 I have seen resembles the ¢ and is of the 
same size, but the wings are more transparent and the spot in 
f.-w. cell is almost divided longitudinally. 

A. tturina kakana, subsp.* Pl. IV, f. 14 (2). 

¢. F.-w. base and costa blackish. Apical half semitrans- 
parent, basal half including cell, dull orange red ; apex, hind 
margin, and distal edge of red area rather more thickly scaled 
with black than the remainder. he transparency is caused by 
reduction in width of the scales. The red colour extends slightly 
into area 3, about half the length of areas 1b, and 2, and nearly 
to hind angle in area la. 

H.-w. dull orange red ; a basal aggregation of confluent black 
spots ; a discal band of large confluent spots, the first in area 7 
about the middle, the remainder le almost in a straight line 
across the wing, except that in area 3, which is more distally 
placed ; a blackish hind marginal border about 2 mm. wide at 
apex, becoming rather suddenly narrower at nervule 5, and 
tapering to anal angle. 

Underside resembles the upper, but is sparsely scaled, and the 
red areas are dull pink; the h.-w. basal spots are somewhat 
less confluent and can be resolved into a large subbasal spot in 
7, two confluent subbasal spots in cell, one in Ic, 1b, and la; 
in the latter area also a minute dot beneath end of nervule Ja ; 
a little black at origin of main nervures. 

Head, thorax, and abdomen black, the latter with indistinct 
brownish lateral spots; tarsal claws asymmetrical. In f.-w, 
nervures 6 and 7 arise not from cell but from a common stalk 
about 1 mm. long as in itwrina. : 

This form differs from itwrina in the absence of the spot in 
f.-w. cell, the deeper colour and greater extent of the red areas, 
and the larger size of the spots. 


* Since the above was printed I have bad an opportunity of 
making a further careful comparison of the type with specimens of 
iturina, with the result that I incline to the belief that ctwrina 
kakano may ultimately prove to be a distinct species. Pending the 
acquisition of further material there seems, however, no objection to 
allowing it to retain the above position. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 59 


The type of A. iturina, now in the Joicey collection, 
isa f. The locality in Grose-Smith’s original description 
is somewhat vaguely given as the “great forest of Central 
Africa.” Two g¢ ¢ in the Tring collection are labelled “2 
days from Fort Beni,” and a third “15 days” from the 
same locality. A 2 in the Oxford collection was taken in 
1905 in Uganda between Lakes Albert and Victoria Nyanza. 
The species may readily be distinguished from other some- 
what similar forms by the peculiarity of the h.-w. neuration. 
This feature is faithfully represented in the figure in Rhop. 
Exot. The claspers of the ~ armature have a peculiar 
toothed structure on the imner edge. Aurivillius (/. ¢.) 
suggests that iwrina may be a variety of cerasa. It 1s 
however quite a distinct species, as shown by the structure 
of the male armature and the complete reduction of the 
scales to hairs in the latter species. 


4. AORAHA QuIRINA. PI, VII; £18. Pl XVI, f. 6. 

Acraea quirina, Fabricius (Pap.), Spec. Ins., 2, p. 36 (1781) ; 
Godart (A.), Enc. Méth., 9, p. 231 (1819) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent. 
Zeit., 38, p. 193 (1893); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 
(1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923 (1900) ; Aurivillius, 
Ann. Mus. Genov., p. 19 (512), (1910). 

= dice, Drury (Pap), Il. Exot. Ins., 3, p. 23, pl. 18, f. 3, 4 (1782) ; 
Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 24, pl. 83, f. 3, 4 (1792). 

Trimen (A.), Rhop. Afr., Austr., p. 95 (1862). 

SENEGAL; 8S. LEoNE; Lagos; Lipertra ; ToGoLAND; GABOON ; 

Coneo (Mukenge, Kassai, Kwidgwi I.); GERMAN EK. AFRICA 

(Dar-es-Salaam) ; British E. Arrica (Kisumu). 


A, quirina rosa, subsp. nov. 
British E. Arrica (Kitui, Rabai). 


A, quirina quirina. 

d. 34-50 mm. F.-w. transparent, the transparency caused 
by the scales being reduced in width in the discal area and 
represented by hairs in the marginal area. Base powdered 
with black, and beneath the median a basal black streak extend- 
ing nearly to a point below the origin of nervure 2. (Drury 
describes the f.-w. as having a round black spot below this streak 
but I have not seen an example with any spots on the f.-w.) 
The h.-w. is rosy red dusted with black at the base and having 
a broad well-defined transparent margin. Upon the red area 
are numerous black spots usually better defined in the ? (for 
position of these spots see description of 9). The underside 
resembles the upper but there is a whitish basal suffusion in 


60 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


the h.-w. Thorax and abdomen black above with lateral pale 
spots, and paler beneath. Claws unequal. 

9. Expanse 37-53mm. Resembles the ¢, but the red of the 
h.-w. usually replaced by dull brown, though occasionally the 
9 is almost as brightly coloured as the g. In brown 9 ? 
the underside of the h.-w. is whitish ochreous. The h.-w. black 
spots as follows. On the margin of the coloured area a row of 
seven internervular spots nearly parallel to the hind margin, 
those near costa sometimes obsolete. A discal row of eight inter- 
nervular spots, the first in area 7, the spot in area 2 much nearer 
base than the rest. Eight basal spots, one in area 8, one inarea 7, 
two in cell, two in area 1c, and one each in la, and 1b. 


A common and widely distributed species occurring from 
Sierra Leone to the Kikuyu Escarpment. 


A, quirina rosa, subsp. 

Distinguished from the typical form by the greater extent 
of the red suffusion in the f.-w., reaching to end of cell and 
nearly to hind angle. Eight ¢ examples in the Hope Depart- 
ment, from British KE. Africa (Kitui and Rabai). The male 
armature in qwirina and its subspecies is characterised by the 
modification of the uncus into two hooks as large as the 
claspers. The ventral abdominal plate is large and contains a 
dense mass of hairs, probably of a glandular nature, 


Speaking of A. quirina (or its subspecies), (Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 928, 1900) Butler quotes from the MS. of the col- 
lector Mr. R. Crawshay. “All these Acracinae were taken 
in the gloom of the forest, flitting about feebly, and 
settling on the bushes. Spherical yellow ova.” The 


locality was Ruarka R., Kikuyu, 5,500 ft. (April 1900). 


15 Acraka Hova. PI. VII, f. 17. 

Acraea hova, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 29, pl. 4, f. 1, 2 
(1833) ; Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins., 3, p. 438, pl 11), ia 
(1840) ; Lucas in Chenu, Ene. Hist. Nat., p. 3, f. 6, pl. 27, 
f.3 (18&2) ; Guendée, Vinson Voy. Annex., p. 35 (1864); Ward, 
Af, Lep., p. 10, pl. 7, f. 6 (1874) ; Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. 
Lep., 1, p. 94, pl. 9, f.1-3, pl. 9a, f. 6(1885-7) ; Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 87 (1898). 

MaDAGASCAR. 

¢. Expanse about 75 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, due to 
scales being reduced in number but not in size. Base and basal 
part of hind margin black. Costa and hind margin slightly 
dusted with blackish. Basal area to slightly beyond end of cell, 
and extending downwards to hind angle, suffused with brick red. 


| 


African Species of the Genus Acraea, 61 


A large ovate black spot in cell slightly beyond middle, a sub- 
linear spot on l.d.c., sometimes extending to u.d.c, A discal 
row of two to three spots, (sometimes absent) beyond cell in 4, 
5,and 6. A spot in 2 and another in 3 near cell, and a larger 
spot in 1b near middle. H.-w. brick red, blackish along costa 
and creamy at inner margin. Black spots arranged as follows. 
On margin, indistinet spots at end of nervules, a submarginal 
row of seven spots parallel to margin, the first in le. A discal 
row of eight, the first in 1b, very small, and those in 2 and 5 
much larger than the rest, seven or eight spots at or near base 
five of which form a subbasal row, the first and second (in la 
and 1b) small or obsolete, the fourth in the cell, the fifth in 7. 
Underside of f.-w. devoid of scales. H.-w. thinly scaled with 
milky white, spots smaller than on upperside, many absent 
altogether. Thorax black, spotted with reddish yellow beneath. 
Abdomen black above, reddish or yellowish beneath and with 
white lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse 901m. Most examples resemble the ¢ but the 
red areas are paler and duller. Rarely the red is absent in f.-w. 
and replaced by creamy white in h.-w. 


Mabille figures (/.¢.) a curious aberration of the f in 
which the spots are coalescent, forming curved and zigzag 
lines. The figure in Chenu’s Encyc. of Nat. Hist. (un- 
coloured) apparently shows a very dark hind-winged 
aberration. Ward’s figure, a 9, is near Mabille’s fig. 3, 
but has two black spots beyond cell in f.-w. which are 
absent in Mabille’s figure. 

This very distinct species is one of the largest of the 
genus. itis described by ‘Mabille as comparatively rare, 
inhabiting wooded regions in Eastern Madagascar, and 
flying with rapidity in the glades. The structure of the 
df armature is quite distinctive. 

IGSsAGRARA, ROGHRSI*, “POST Vs £17. 
Acraea rogersi, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., x. p. 57 (1873) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898). 
= ehmckei, Dewitz, Ent. Nachr., 15, p. 103, pl. 1, f. 6-8 (1889). 
S. LEonE; Gotp Coast; CAMEROON; ANGOLA ; ConGo (Kassai, 
Aruwimi, Bopoto, Stanley Pool). 
f. salambo. Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 19, p. 62 (1887) ; 
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 10 (Acraea), p. 5, pl. 2, f. 3, 4 
(1889) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 194 (1893). Auriv- 
illius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898). 
(Localities as above.) 
* The position of this species is difficult todecide. I am inclined 
to modify my original view and isolate it altogether. 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A. rogersi lamborni, subsp. n. 

Laos. 

A, rogersi rogersi. 

g. Expanse 70-82 mm. F.-w. Sepia black, darker at base, 
costa, and in apical area. A red patch at hind angle occupying 
outer third of la, outer half of 1b (except just at margin), and 
extending slightly into 2. Large black spots as follows. One in 
cell above origin of 2, one on discocellulars occupying whole 
width of cell. Just beyond cell three subquadrate spots (the 
uppermost sometimes missing) divided by nervules 5 and 6, and 
beneath them a spot in 3. Beneath this and rather further from 
margin a large spot in 2, and in same area a second spot nearer 
margin. In 1b, a submarginal, a central, and a subbasal spot. 
H.-w. Base dark sepia, obscuring a mass of large black spots 
which correspond to those beneath. Beyond this a broad red 
band on which at inner edge are sume spots lying beyond the 
basal black. On outer edge of the red area are eight round inter- 
nervular black spots. In Some examples only those in 3, 2, and 
lc are present, in others each is produced outwardly into a broad 
black internervular mark. A dark sepia hind marginal band of 
variable width, its inner edge rather suffused. Underside f.-w. 
Dull ochreous sepia, with spots as above. Reddish at hind angle. 
Between the discocellular spot and the discal spots, and also 
beyond the latter, whitish. H.-w. Base as far as the inner edge 
of discal band dull red. Discal band greyish in 7 and 1b, 
remainder pale brown dusted with greyish, and with an outer 
row of spots as above but smaller. Margin dark sepia brown. 
The red basal area has the following black spots. One in 8 
against precostal, two in 7, one in 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, two in cell before 
the middle, one on discocellulars, two in 1c, 1b, and la; those 
in 1b further from base than those in le and la. Some black at 
base of nervures. 

Head black with a few white marks, thorax black, abdomen 
black above at base, with ochre yellow lateral spots, remainder 
ochre yellow. Claws unequal. 

Q. Upperside resembles ¢ but the red is much fainter 
amounting usually toa mere tinge of colour. On the underside the 
h.-w. ground-colour is dusky ochreous with very little indication 
of hind marginal black. Some of the spots of outer row may be 
absent. 

f. salambo. 


¢. Like the typical form but without the red, though the 
basal part of f.-w. and the discal area of h.-w. have a rather 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 65 


warm brown tinge. Underside pale sepia ochreous somewhat dark 
on f.-w. apex, and h.-w. base and margin. 
©. Like the ¢. 


A: rogersi lamborni, subsp. n. Pl. VI, f. 2 (larva), f. 16 (pupa). 


Long series of this form have lately been bred by 
Mr. W. A. Lamborn near Lagos and presented by him to 
the Oxford Museum. 


The ¢ has the f.-w. sooty black, rather paler in the central 
area. H.-w. base and marginal border sooty black with a broad 
discal band of dusky cream colour. The spot near base of 3 
usually absent. Underside f.-w. apical area to end of nervule 2 
sepia grey with darker internervular rays, remainder pale greenish 
erey. H.-w. pale creamy grey with a yellowish tinge, and a faint 
pinkish tint at base of 1c, 1b, and la. 

Head and thorax black with some whitish spots. Abdomen, 
basal half black with whitish segmental lines and lateral spots, 
remainder pale creamy grey. 

@ resembles the g. 


The larva of A. rogersi lamborni is dark brown somewhat 
blacker on the dorsal area, with a few irregular rather paler 
dorsal transverse markings, and has the usual spines which are 
all black and arise from black-brown tubercles. The base of the 
legs and prolegs is yellowish, remainder black. Head black 
with a white central line bifurcated ventrally, and a posterior 
white line where it joins segment 2. 

The pupa differs from other Acraea pupae which I have 
examined. It is light brown in colour, and the usual black 
lines are wanting, except those outlining the antennae, and a 
trace of some of the nervular lines. There are two dorsal and 
two lateral rows of small black markings consisting of minute 
dots and short fine transverse streaks, and a ventral row of 
dots and streaks, the latter longitudinal. On the head are two 
short, blunt, widely separated, outwardly curved processes giving 
the pupa a “horned” appearance. ‘There are very slightly 
raised dorsal abdominal tubercles visible only with a lens. 


The species is not uncommon and is easily distinguished 
from other Acraeas by the large round black spots in 
h.-w. 

There is one % example in the Staudinger collection 
labelled German E. Africa, but the occurrence of the species 
in that region is extremely doubtful. 


64 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


17. ACRAEA RANAVALONA. < Pl. VII, f. 7. . Pl. XVI, f. 2. 

Acraea ranavalona, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 30, pl. 6, 
f. 3, 4, 5 (1833) ; Geyer, Hiibner Zutr., 5, p. 31, f. 925, 926 
(1837); Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins., 3, p. 438 (1840); 
Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885); Mabille, Hist. 
Nat. Mad. ep., 1, p:, 92: pli s9) fs 14.:5, pl. 9a, 1. .b (vane) 
(1885-7); Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 11, pl. 5, f. 25-30 
(1890); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 87, 88 (1898) ; 
Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Exp., p. 315 (1909). 

= manandaza (part), Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix: p. 147 (1872). 


f. maransetra, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix. p. 2 (1872). 


Q f. manandaza, Ward, Af. Lep., p. 9, pl. 7, f. 1, 2 (1874) ; Ober- 
thiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 11, pl. 5, f. 28-24 (near) (1890) 
(nec Mabille lL. c., pl. 9a, f. 5). 

Mapbacascar (Audranohinaly, Ste. Marie, N. Mahafaly, and 

generally) ; Comoro I. 


A. ranavalona ranavalona. 

g. Expanse 40-50 mm. F.-w. nearly transparent owing 
to reduction in width of scales. These modified scales are 
rarely bifid and are attached to the wing in a partially upright 
position. A bright basal red suffusion bounded by a hne drawn 
from costa about half way along the cell to a point just short 
of the hind angle. A slight dusting of black scales along costa 
and in apical region. Base slightly black. H.-w. bright rose-red 
with a very narrow semitransparent dusky margin ending at 
1b and bearing five or six spots in areas 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (7) ; the 
outer half of these spots is red and the inner half black, the black 
portion lying mainly on the red discal ground colour. In area 
le a somewhat smaller black spot in the red ground colour. A 
discal and basal series of black spots, placed as follows ;—five 
discal spots beyond cell in 7, 6, 5, 4,and 3 respectively, and 1oughly 
parallel to hind margin, followed by three, more basally placed, 
in 2, le, and 1b. In addition to these, two in cell, one in 8 and 9, 
one in 7, two in le, one in 1b, and two in la. Underside 
resembles upper but f.-w. is devoid of scales, and h.-w. discal 
area is pinkish, due to white scales on the background of the red 
of the upperside. Thorax black with faint reddish lateral, and 
pale yellowish ventral spots. Abdomen shading into reddish, 
with red lateral spots and pale yellowish beneath. Claws un- 
equal. The spots in the ¢ h.-w. are somewhat variable, es- 
pecially those of the discal and basal area, these being more or less 
confluent in most examples but fairly well separated in others. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 65 


@. Expanse 40-50 mm. (very variable). F.-w. like that of 
¢d but red suffusion replaced by yellowish. H.-w. usually 
powdered with white scales, having the dusky marginal border 
bearing half black and half red spots as in ¢@, though the 
border extends a little further towards the inner margin and 
has a well-developed black and red spot in area le. The discal 
black spots are well separated leaving an extra dot at base’ of 
nervure 5 (this dot is occasionally recognisable in ¢ examples). 
The basal spots and those of the cell are in various degrees of 
obsolescence, some of those nearest the base being altogether 
wanting. 

From this normal appearance of the 2 a long series shows 
practically every degree of red suffusion to a form which has as 
much red as the ¢. Ward’s mananduza is a 2 presenting the 
minimum amount of red. 


A, ranavalona f. maransetra. 

In this form the basal and discal spots are confluent. It 
would appear to be if anything commoner than the typical 
form. 


Boisduval describes the species as generally found in 
the forest in Ste. Marie and on the mainland of Madagas- 
ear in April and May, reappearing in July and August. 
Fond of settling on grasses, 

Mabille states that it is common all over Madagascar, 
flying during a large part of the year in woods and 
cultivated places, and having several broods. 

The male armature is of. very peculiar form and re- 
sembles that of no other Acraca except its near ally 
machequena. 

It is a matter of some difficulty to unravel the confusion 
which has arisen in the synonymy of this species, owing to 
Ward’s description of his Acraca manandaza. Boisduval’s 
original description of the 2 states that the base and ner- 

vules of the f-w. are rufous and the h.-w. white or very 
rarely flushed with a reddish tinge. Ward received two 
alleged pairs of the species, stated to have been taken 7 
coitu. Of the first pair both # and 2 were of the red type 
of coloration and this red @ is now known to be a some- 
what rare variety, a figure of which will be found on Plate 
Ya, m Mabille’s volume (Hist. Nat. Mad.). To this pair 
Ward assigned the original name ranavalona. His second 
“pair” (subsequently proved to be two $ 2) he describes 
as having the “f-w. transparent suffused with carmine,” 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI. (JULY) F 


66 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


“hind-wing powdered with white, the outer margin 
bordered with carmine,” “ ? colour and markings the same 
as f.” These he regarded as a different species and gave 
them the name manandaza. Unfortunately his figures do 
not agree with his descriptions, but M. Oberthiir (who 
possesses the types) states that one of them (the supposed 
2 of the “ pair”) is a large example rather less accentuated 
in coloration than fig. 23 of his Plate V, whilst the “ ?” is 
an ordinary though small 9. Now Oberthiir’s fig. 23 has 
an extremely faint pink tinge at base of f.-w. and a slight 
pink suffusion in h.-w. and therefore the true “ manandaza” 
of Ward is a very faintly pink-tinged 2 of ranavalona. 


18. ACRAEA MACHEQUENA. PI. VII, f. 8. 

Acraea machequena, Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 9, p. 62 
(1887); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 9 (Acraea,) p. 2, 
pl. 1, f. 3, 4 (1889); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 3, p. 377 (1889) ; 
Monteiro, Del. Bay, Frontispiece, f. 9 (1891); Auri- 
villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). 

PortuacuEseE E. Arrica (Delagoa Bay); RHoprEsta (Chi- 
rinda) ; NyassALAND (Mlanji Boma). 


¢. Expanse about 50 mm. F’.-w. semitransparent owing to 
reduction in width of scales, these are set in a partially upright 
position, and rarely bifid. Costa, apex, and sometimes discal 
area more or less faintly powdered with scales. Basal suffusion 
of dull or bright red extending from the costa at end of cell to 
the hind angle. Base black. H.-w. dull red or reddish 
ochreous, never so bright as in ranavalona, with a very narrow 
marginal border of blackish, much more heavily scaled than in 
ranavalona. Six internervular marginal spots half black and 
half red, the red portion lying on the black border and some- 
times very indistinct, the black portion projecting into the 
discal ground colour. Black discal and basal spots arranged 
as in ranavalona but well separated, that at base of nervure 5 
being usually quite distinct. The basal spot in area 7 of h.-w. 
often absent. A marked black basal suffusion not present in 
ranavalona. 

The underside of h.-w. resembles the upper, but is very thickly 
sealed. Thorax and abdomen blacker than in ranavalona. 
Abdomen with yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 50-60 mm. _ F.-w. either almost transparent, or 
with a brownish basal suffusion corresponding in area to the red 
of the g. H.-w. varying from semitransparent white (the 
normal form) to pale reddish, a shght black basal suffusion (not 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 67 


present in ranavalona). Spots as in ¢ but smaller. Discal 
spot in area 7 sometimes absent. Underside as upper but 
almost devoid of scales except at the spots. Lateral abdominal 
spots white. 


In distinguishing between machequena and its near ally 
ranavalona, Trimen states (/. c.) that in both sexes of the 
former the basal spot in area 7 is absent, and that in the 
? the discal spot in the same area is also wanting. I find 
however that these characteristics are variable. One ¢ 
now before me has the basal spot well defined, whilst one 
2 has the discal spot. Some 2 ? of ranavalona have both, 
though the basal spot seems to be always wanting in 
machequena. Perhaps the most constant features by which 
machequena may be distinguished from raxavalona are the 
greater extent of red or brown suffusion in the f.-w., the 
black basal suffusion in h.-w., the duller red of the h.-w. in 
the f and of the hind marginal spots in both sexes. 

The male armature is very like that of ranavalona but 
the claw-like claspers are slightly stouter, and the penis- 
sheath shorter. 


19. AcRAEA LIA. Pl. VII,.f. 10. 

Acraea lia, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7), 3, p. 132 (1879) ; 
Hist... Nat. Mad. Lep., I, p. 9%, pl., 9a, f& §..8a 
(1885-7) ; Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 29 (Acraea), p. 15, 
pl. 5, f. 1-38 (1894) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). 

S. W. Mapacascar (Andranohinaly, Morondava), 


6. Expanse 30-40 mm. F.-w. transparent owing to reduc- 
tion in width of scales which are very rarely bifid. Costa, 
apex, and hind margin dusted with blackish. A basal red flush 
to a little beyond middle of cell, not extending into area 2, 
but slanting outwards from origin of 2 nearly to hind angle. 
H.-w. red with a narrow brownish marginal border, the 
dark colour extending slightly along each nervule. Black spots, 
more or less confluent, as follows :—A discal series of eight, the 
first large, in area 7, the second much smaller, in 6, and the next 
three gradually increasing in size, the fifth being as large as the 
first. These five are parallel to the hind margin. The sixth 
much nearer base, the seventh and eighth nearer margin. Two 
small spots on end of cell on discocellulars. Basal spots, one in 
area 8, one in 9, two in cell, two in le, one in 1b, and la. 
Underside f.-w. devoid of scales except in basal area which is 
nearly as red as on upperside. H.-w. ground colour pink, 

pez 


68 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


narrow marginal border of black spots and whitish spots arranged 
on and between nervules respectively. Within this border a 
series of seven red internervular spots, that in le more or less 
doubled. Black spots as on upperside, and three conspicuous 
red spots, one near base in area 7, and two in le. A few red 
scales at other points notably in cell near end. Thorax and 
abdomen black above and brownish below with lateral brownish 
yellow spots. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 40-46 mm. Resembles the ¢ but red colour 
may be replaced by tawny, h.-w. underside has the ground 
colour much whiter and the red submarginal spots duller and 
more elongate. The red colour would appear to vary consider- 
ably. Mabille’s figure, stated to be that of a 2, is nearly as red 
as an average ¢, Grose-Smith’s figure is much paler, whilst an 
example before me from the Tring collection is intermediate 
between these. 


The male armature is of a very simple character. A. lia 
would appear to be a rare species, and I have seen but few 
examples. Owing to its small size and the peculiar pattern 
of the h.-w. underside it is not difficult to distinguish from 


its nearest allies. 


~ ACRAEBA OBEIRA. ‘Pl. VII, £9. PL XvVI. & 21. 

Acraea obeira, Hewitson, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 65 (1863) ; Ma- 
bille, Hist. Nat. Mad., 1, p. 95, pl. 9a, f. 7, pl. 10, f. 5, 6 
(1885-7) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). 

= piva, Guenée, Vinson Vog. Mad. Annexe, p. 34 (1864). 

= andromba, Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 7, p. 124 (1891) ; 
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 13, pl. 4, f. 6-8 
(1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). 

MADAGASCAR. 


A, obeira burni, subsp. 
Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 18, p. 467 (1896); Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 841, pl. 50, f. 3 (1898); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., 
p. 88 (1898). 
Nata. 
A, obeira obeira. 

d. 50-56 mm. F.-w. almost transparent, the scales very 
slightly reduced in width and never resembling hairs. Costa, 
apex and hind margin dusted with blackish. A rusty yellow 
basal suffusion reaching a little beyond middle of cell, just . 
beyond origin of nervure 2, and not quite to the hind angle. 
H.-w. with a basal suffusion of the same rusty yellow, its outer 


African Species of the Genus Aecraea. 69 


limit in some cases nearly parallel to hind margin and extending 
a little beyond end of cell, in other cases almost reaching the 
margin at apex and anal angle, whitish on inner margin. 
Remainder of discal area transparent, A narrow dusky marginal 
border beset with internervular red spots. These vary in 
number from 3 or 4 to 7 and become less distinct towards the 
apex. That in area le may be doubled. Basal and discal 
black spots as follows. A discal row of eight, the first three (in 
7, 6, and 5) lying parallel to margin, the fourth nearer to base, 
the fifth nearer to margin, and the sixth, seventh, and eighth 
nearer base and in a straight line which, if produced, would pass 
through tip of cell and apex. Two small spots, sometimes 
indistinet, on end of cell at origin of 6 and 5. Basal spots, two 
in cell close together, one in 7, one in le, 1b, and la, that in 1b 
more distally placed. One or two black spots against the 
thorax. These spots are often large and more or less confluent. 
A slight basal black suffusion (not always present). Underside 
f.-w. not sealed, h.-w. as on upperside but basal suffusion pale 
pinkish, creamy white along inner margin. Thorax black with 
yellowish lateral spots. Abdomen black above, paler beneath, 
with pale yellowish rings and lateral spots © Claws unequal. 

The size of the h.-w. spots is very variable. In some cases 
they are small and well separated, in others large and confluent. 

9. Expanse 63 mm. The rusty yellow of the ¢ replaced by 
yellowish white. The h.-w. spots sometimes larger than in the 
d¢, the red marginal spots of the h.-w. ochreous and obsolescent. 

The examples figured by Mabille (/. c.) Plate 10 appear to be 
2 9 and not ¢ ¢ as there indicated. 


Mabiile states (/. c.) that he has examined Guenée’s type 
and that the Acraea piva of that author is synonymous 
with A. obeira. Further I cannot separate Grose-Smith’s 
A. andromba. The distinguishing feature of this form is 
the possession of six rounded red marginal spots, instead of 
three or four elongate spots in obeira, but even a smail 
series of the latter species shows these spots to be extremely 
variable in number, shape, and depth of colour. 

A curious feature of Acraea obcira is the instability of 
structure in the origin of nervures 6 and 7 in the h.-w. 
These may arise independently, or from a common stalk at 
some distance from the cell. They may even be stalked 
in one wing and independent in the other in the same 
specimen. 

In 1891 (Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 172) Trimen described 


70 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


two @ Acraeas from Natal and Zululand and referred them 
to this species. Also in 1894 (Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 23) a 
similar 2 from Manicaland. These examples have been 
subsequently found to be 29 of A. igola Trim., so that 
true obeirva would appear to be confined to Madagascar. 
Mabille describes the species as rare, and occurring in the 
east and north of Madagascar, Grose-Smith’s examples 
(andromba) were from the N.W. coast of that island. 
Examples in the Tring Museum are from Morondava, so 
that the species must be distributed practically over the 
whole island. 


A. obeira burni, subsp. 

¢. Expanse 38-50 mm. _‘F.-w. semitransparent, scales being 
few in number and slightly reduced but never resembling hairs. 
Costa, apex, and hind margin dusted with brownish-black scales. 
A pale ochreous basal suffusion extending to end of cell, slightly 
into area 2, and thence diagonally to hind angle. A blackish 
longitudinal streak in cell, and a black powdering at end 
of cell on discocellulars. A black basal streak in 1b. Some- 
times a suggestion of submarginal yellowish spots, especially 
in 1b, and submarginal blackish spots in la and 2. H.-w., pale 
ochreous. A narrow blackish hind marginal border bearing seven 
reddish ochreous internervular spots, that in le doubled. Discal 
and basal black spots as follows :—A discal row of eight, the first 
three in 7, 6, and 5 nearly parallel to margin, the fourth in 4 
nearer base, the fifth in 3 nearer margin, and the sixth, seventh, 
and eighth in 2, 1c, and 1b nearer base and in a straight line 
which, if produced, would pass through tip of cell and apex. 
Two spots, coalescent at end of cell on discocellulars, one sub- 
basal in 7, two in cell close together, one in Ic, 1b, and la, that 
in 1b more distally placed. One or two spots against the thorax. 
These spots are smaller than in oleira and not confluent. A 
slight basal black suffusion (not always present). Thorax black 
with yellowish lateral spots, Abdomen black above, paler 
beneath, with pale yellowish rings and lateral spots. Underside. 
F.-w. not scaled, h.-w. as on upperside but paler. 

Q. Expanse 55-65 mm. Much paler. H.-w. spots, especially 
those nearer, base smaller or obsolescent, hind marginal border 
paler and spots larger. 


After the most careful consideration I cannot give more | 
than subspecific rank to Butler’s Acraea burnt. The ground- 
colour of the wings and the size of the black spots is the 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. el 


only distinction between it and obeira. Even the peculiarity 
of the irregular structure in relation to nervules 6 and 7 is 
equally noticeable in both forms, and the male armatures 
are also similar. 

The subspecies burnt appears to be not uncommon on 
the Tugela River, Natal, from whence all the examples in 
the Oxford and National collections have been received. 


21. AcRAHA MAHELA. Pl, VII,f.6. Pl. XVI, f. 3. 

Acraea mahela, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 31, pl. 6, f. 1 (1833) ; 
Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad., Lep., 1, p. 90, pl. 11, f. 13 
(1885-7) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 87 (1898). 

= A. madhela, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885). 
Mapacascar (Jahora, Andranohinaly, Menabe, Marovoai) 
JUAN DE Nova I.; ? MozaMBIQUE. 


d. Expanse about56mm. F.-w. Semitransparent owing to 
substitution of elongated bifid scales for the usual rounded form. 
A basal suffusion of pale or medium ochreous extending some 
distance beyond cell and a little beyond hind angle. A slight 
dusting of pale ochreous at the apex. Black spots as follows, 
one transverse spot in cell beyond middle, one irregular spot on 
discocellulars, a row of three in 4, 5, and 6, not quite half way 
between end of cell and apex, one small spot in 3 and 2 near the 
cell, and in 1b a somewhat larger spot usually rather nearer 
margin than base. Occasionally there is a second spot in 
1b half way between the base and the origin of nervure 2. 
H.-w. moderately thickly scaled with ochreous and _ spotted 
with black as follows. Six coalescent spots on hind margin on 
ends of nervules beginning with 2. An irregular discal band of 
eight, the first four in 7, 6, 5, and 4 respectively, and lying 
parallel to margin, the fifth in 3 and nearer to base, the sixth 
im 2 close to origin of nervule 3, the seventh in le and on a 
level with the fifth, the eighth in 1b and on a level with 
the sixth ; one spot on end of cell at origin of nervule 5. 
Sometimes also a very small one at origin of 6. One spot near 
middle of cell and five basal spots, one in la, one in Lb more 
distally placed, one larger in 1c, one in cell, and one in area 
7. These spots and also the lowest of the discal row are really 
on the under surface but are visible through the wing membrane. 
Underside resembles the upper. Thorax black, spotted above and 
below with ochreous. Abdomen black above for about half its 
length, the remainder and underside ochreous. Claws unequal. 

2. Resembles the ¢, sometimes rather larger and paler, 
Abdomen with less black and of a paler ochreous, 


72 Mr. H. Eltringham’s A/onograph of the 


Acraca mahela is very closely allied to A. neobule, the 
position of the spots is precisely similar, though mahela 
lacks the spotted hind wing margin and basal black ringed 
white spots which characterise the former species. There 
is little constant difference in the male armatures of the 
two species. Mabille describes it as somewhat rare, 
having a swift flight, and inhabiting the eastern slopes 
of Madagascar. Specimens in the Oxford collection were 
taken in 8.W. Madagascar. There is an example in the 
general collection in the Berlin Museum labelled “ Mozam- 
bique,” but the occurrence of the species on the mainland 
seems doubtful. 


22. ACRAEA NEOBULE. PI. VII, f.3. Pl. XV, f. 18. 

Acraea neobule, Doubl., Hew., and Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., pl. 19, 
f. 3 (1848) ; Guérin, in Lefeb. Voy. Abyss., 6, p. 378 (1849) ; 
Reiche, in Ferret et Galinier, Voy. Abyss. Ent., p. 466, pl. 33, 
f. 3, 4 (1849); Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 345 (1870) ; 
Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 137 (1887); Butler, Proe. Zool. 
Soc., p. 66 (1888) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898) ; 
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 192 (1898); l. c. p. 401 (1898); 
Dixey, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1900); Butler, Proc. Zool, 
Soc., p. 923 (1900) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., xi. p. 346 (1904) ; 
Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Reise. Lep., p. 315 (1909); Neave, 
Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1910). 

= matuapa, Gr.-Smith, Ann, Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 127 (1889) ; 
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 10 (Acraeq), p. 6, pl. 2, f. 5, 6 
(1889). 

2= mhondana, Vuillot, Ann. E. Fr. 60 Bull., p. 115 (1891). 

DAMARALAND ; AnGcouLA ; Conco (Kassai) ; N.E, RHopEsIA ; 

BaAROTSELAND ; NATAL; TRANSVAAL; CAPE CoLony ; Portvu- 

GuESE E. Arrica; GreRMAN E, Arrica; Britisa E. AFRICA ; 

SUDAN ; SOMALILAND ; ABYSSINIA ; GRAND Comoro I.; PemBa I. 

f. sokotrana. 

Rebel, Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 71, 2, p. 28 (1907). 
=neobule, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p.177, pl.18, f.5 (1881); Dixey, 
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 374 (1898); Grant, Nat. Hist. Sokotra, 
p- 304 (1903) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1910) (part). 
Soxorra I.; N.E. Rooprsta (Luangwa Rh). 

A. neobule seis, subsp. 

Feisthamel (A. seis), Ann. Ent. Fr., p. 247 (1850) ; Aurivillius 
(neolile, var. seis), Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898). 

= calyce, Godman & Salvin, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 221, pl. 17, 
f. 1, 2 (1884). 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 73 


SrenecaAL; S. Leone; Liperta; Toco; Danomey ; Lacos; 
AsHAntiI; Gotp Coast; NicertIA; ? OLp CALABAR ; FRENCH 
Supan (Bammako to Wagadugu). 


A. neobule arabica, subsp. 

= A. arabica, Rebel, Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 71, 2, p. 28, 

p. 29, f. 1, 2, p. 30, £. 3, 4, 5, pl. 1, f. 1, 2 (1907).* 

S. ARABIA. 
A, neobule neobule. 

¢. Expanse 50-65 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, scales being 
reduced in number and width, and near margins becoming 
slender and bifid. Costa and apex more or less dusted with 
black. A red basal suffusion, pale or bright, extending a little 
beyond cell, slightly into area 3, and thence in a nearly straight 
line to hind margin just beyond the angle. Often a slight 
ochreous suffusion at apex. Black spots more or less distinct, 
three beyond cell in 6, 5, and 4, one at end of cell on disco- 
cellulars, one in cell rather beyond middle, one small in 3 near 
to cell, one larger in 2 just below median, two in 1b, one discal 
and one subbasal, and a linear basal spot in same area. H.-w. 
pale to bright red. A narrow hind marginal black border bear- 
ing seven small spots of the ground-colour (the last in 1c doubled) 
which are more completely enclosed than in horta, and may even 
be obsolete. Basal and discal black spots varying greatly in size 
and arranged as follows :—A discal row of eight, the first four in 
7, 6, 5, and 4 approximately parallel to margin and decreasing in 
size, the fifth slightly further from margin in 3, the sixth much 
further from margin in 2, the seventh in 1c and in line with the 
fifth, the eighth in 1b in line with the sixth. A minute spot just 
outside cell at origin of 6, a larger one on lower discocellular at 
origin of 4, a subbasal spot in 7, one median and one subbasal 
in cell, the rest confused on upperside in a basal suffusion. Near 
inner margin the spots may be absent on upperside and only 
showing through from beneath. Underside f.-w. scaled only at 
costa. H.-w. as upperside but powdered with whitish scales. 
Marginal border edged inwardly with reddish and spotted with 
white. Basal aggregation of spots enclosing three or four whitish 
marks. Thorax black with whitish lateral spots. Base of 
abdomen black with lateral yellow spots, remainder orange and 
rather paler beneath. Claws unequal. 

9. Expanse 50-70 mm. Resembles ¢ but red replaced by 
dull ochreous. Spots on h.-w. border usually larger. 


* A previous reference is given in this publication to the Sitz- 
berichtigungen Akad. Wiss. Wien., p. 359 (1899). There is no trace 
of such reference at the page and date given. 


74 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A. neobiule, f. sokotrana. 

Specimens of A. neobule from Sokotra have been described 
by Butler and by Dixey (/.c.). These differ from the normal 
form principally in the increased amount of black scaling at 
apex, little or no ochreous scaling in the same region, the ground- 
colour a richer red, the black spots larger, and the dark 
h.-w. borler blacker and smoother in outline, its spots being 
less distinct. This Sokotra form has been named neobile, 
subspecies sokotrana by Prof. Rebel (l.c.) and in the absence 
of similar examples from other regions such a distinction 
would be quite justified. Examples however, taken by Neave 
in N.E. Rhodesia, are not distinguishable from these Sokotra 
forms. It is one of those cases in which a form or variety in 
one locality becomes the dominant race in another. 

A. neobule seis, subsp. 

Differs from the typical neobule in the following points. 
Average size generally smaller, f.-w. much less transparent, 
apical black more pronounced, a submarginal row of inter- 
nervular orange ochreous spots joining the much-extended 
reddish basal suffusion. H.-w. with marginal border much 
indented inwardly. The 9 much nearer the ¢ in colour, often 
with a considerable black powdering along median and nervure 
1 in f.-w. 


A. neobule arabica, subsp. 

Wings with the exception of transparent apical part of 
f.-w. uniform orange ochreous. Spots as in neobule but 
smaller. H.-w. marginal border formed of shallow black arches 
on a black marginal line enclosing internervular spots of ground- 
colour. 

The h.-w. beneath is powdered with chalky white scales 
and the black spots at base are not confluent and therefore 
do not enclose white spots as in the typical form. 

The @ is slightly larger and duller in colour, and the 
f,-w. transparent apical patch rather broader. 


This form is represented by a f and 2 from Wadi Bagrén 
near Makalla and by four ? ¢ from Wadi Dhawrtiten near 
Ras Fartak taken in March 1899. Prof. Rebel’s description 
is accompanied by five excellent text tigures showing the 
structure of the genitalia. These leave no doubt as to the 
specific identity of the form with neobule. 

Acraea neobule is somewhat variable though none of the 
variations show sufficient constancy to enable the forms to 


be separated into races other than those above indicated. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 75 


The species is recorded (Trans. Ent. Soe., p. 330, 1902) as 
having been untouched after death by ants which had 
eaten every other specimen in a box except A. admatha. 
Mr. Bennett’s note (Dixey, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 374, 1898) 
describes the species in Sokotra as “ mostly seen in the 
hills, at an elevation of about 2,000 ft. Not hard to get, 
the flight being slow and bold.” Mr. Crawshay describes it 
at Nairobi (Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923, 1900) as “ com- 
mon and fond of perching on a violet-coloured ‘ Devil’s 
Bit’-like flower which grows on the plains.” 

The male armature shows a certain amount of individual 
variation, the length of claspers and uncus being somewhat 
inconstant. In the subspecies seis there is a tendency for 
the claspers to be shorter. Neobule is undoubtedly the 
mainland representative of mahela, from which it is rather 
doubtfully separable. Curiously enough the 2 armature 
of the latter approaches more nearly the usually shorter 
structure shown in neobule seis. 


23, ACRAEA ZAMBESINA. 


Acraea zambesina, Aurivillius, Arkiv. for Zool., 5, No. 5, 
p- 123 (1908); Mendes, Brotéria. Ser. Zool., ix, fas. in, 
p: 160; ply, t. 1 (91e). 
PortuGUESE E. Arrica (Zumbo on Zambesi R.), 


I have not had an opportunity of examining this 
specimen and can therefore only give Prof. Aurivillius’ 
description of it. 


9. Expanse 56mm. Allied to A. neobule, Doubl., but having 
the f.-w. fully clothed with scales and so devoid of transparent 
areas ; 1t also differs from neobule in that the white centred basal 
spot of area Ic of the h.-w. underside is much smaller than in 
neobule, and scarcely larger than the basal spot in la, 

F.-w. above dull reddish yellow with narrow border (only 
1 m. broad), triangularly marked at the ends of nervules, the 
nervules near margin more or less black. F.-w. with the 
following black spots. One in middle of cell, two coalescent at 
end of cell, and five discal spots (in 1b, 3, 4, 5, and 6). The 
basal spot in 1b and the discal in 2 wanting in the present 
example. Spots arranged quite as in neobule, but larger, and 
somewhat as in the form sokotrana, Rebel. On the underside 
the f.-w. is coloured and marked quite as above except that 
it is more or less powdered with whitish yellow scales at the 
margin. The h,-w, is almost exactly like that of neobule but 


76 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


the marginal border is a little broader and the pale spots more 
distinct. Beneath, the h.-w. has a still wider border and very 
large pale marginal spots. Discal spots arranged as in neobule. 
The black, white-centred, basal spots in la, le, and cell are 
smaller, (especially in 1c) and almost of equal size. 

One 2 from Zumbo on the Zambesi R. in Portuguese E 
Africa. Mus. Colleg. St. Fiel. 


A. neobule is a variable species, and the present exrmple 


differing from it but slightly, will probably prove to be 
merely a local form of the same. The figure (/.¢.) is a 
rather poor photograph which however shows the specimen 


to 


differ from both neobule and seis in having the f.-w. 


fully scaled, and in the h-.w. a broader black border and 
fewer spots. 


24, 


Acrana normal  PlLiVil-h ae XYt 16, 

Acraea horta, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Mus. Lud. Ulv., p. 234 (1764) ; 
Syst. Nat., ed. 12, p. 755 (1767); Fabricius, Syst. Ent., 
p- 459 (1775) ; Sulzer, Ges. Ins., p. 143, pl. 15, f. 1 (1776) ; 
Cramer, Pap. Exot., 4, p. 18, pl. 298, f. F, G. (1780); 
Drury, Ill.. Exot. Ins, 3, p. 3% pl. 28, £1, 2 (116g 
Wulfen, Ins. Cap., p. 31 (1786); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett 
5, p. 22, pl. 83, f. 1, 2 (1792); Fabricius, in Illiger’s Maga- 
zine (Acraea), 6, p. 284 (1807); Godart, Enc. Méth., 9, 
p. 231 (1819); Doubl., Hew., and Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., 
p- 140 (1848); Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 93 (1862) ; 
Trimen, S. Af. Butt. (metam.), 1, p. 184-6 (1887) ; Staudinger 
Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 82, pl. 33 (1885); Brunner v. Watten- 
wyl, Farbenpr. der Ins., p. 5, pl. 4, f. 43 (1897) ; Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 192 
(1908) ; Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 337 (1902). 

Care Conony; Navan; ZuLULAND ; TRANSVAAL ; PonDo- 
LAND. 


g¢.Expanse about 50 mm, F.-w. semitransparent, the discal 
scales being modified into a narrow bifid form. Some hairs 
present and the membrane of the wing speckled with brown at 
points of attachment of scales. Costa and hind margin slightly 
dusted with blackish, frequently a suggestion of red internervular 
spots at apex. Base black. A bright red (brick red in old 
specimens) basal suffusion extending a little beyond end of cell, 
very slightly into area 3, half way across 2, and almost com- 
pletely filling la, and 1b. A transverse black spot at end of 
cell on discocellulars. A spot in cell beyond the middle, one 


African Species of the Genus Acraea, We 


immediately below median in area 2, and two in 1b, the first 
immediately below the median, the second much larger near 
the middle. These may be fused into one large longitudinal 
mark. All these spots except that on the end of cell may be 
very faint or in some examples absent altogether. The h.-w. 
bright red (duller in old specimens) with a narrow border of 
blackish not quite enclosing seven internervular spots of the 
ground-colour, that in lc being doubled. Black discal and 
basal spots as follows:—A-discal band of eight, the first 
rather larger than the next three, lying parallel to the hind 
margin in 7, 6, 5, 4, the filth larger and nearer cell in area 3, 
the sixth still nearer base in 2, the seventh in le in line with 
the fifth, the eighth in 1b and in line with the sixth. In 
addition to the discal spots, two at end of cell on discocel- 
lulars, two in cell, one subbasal spot in 7, a large subbasal spot 
in le, a small one in 1b, and another in la. Internervular 
spaces at extreme base, black, usually coalescing with subbasal 
spots. The spots in la and 1b are also frequently confluent. 
Underside f.-w. devoid of seales, h.-w. dull ochreous. A 
narrow black margin set with ochreous spots, followed by a 
narrow red submarginal border. Some red also in areas 9, 8, 7, 
lc, 1b, and la. Spots as on upperside, those at base usually 
confluent and enclosing spots of the ochreous ground colour. 
Thorax black with a few indistinct pale spots. Abdomen black 
above, orange ochreous beneath, and bearing small ochreous 
lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse about 60 mm. Resembles ¢ but has the red 
replaced by dull ochreous and the f.-w. spots are more frequently 
absent. 


A description of the larva and pupa will be found in 
Trimen’s 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 135-6, from which the 
following is abstracted. 


? 


Larva.—About 32 mm. long; with strong branched black 
spines. Dull brownish ochreous, closely striped with black trans- 
verse streaks. A pale ochreous dorsal line. A broad ochreous 
lateral band not crossed by the black streaks. Legs bright 
shining yellow; head shining black. Two spines on second 
segment, four on the last, and six on each of the other 
segments. Feeds on Kigellaria africana and on various passion- 
flowers. 

Pupa.—About 20 mm, long. Head blunt, hardly bifid; lateral 
angles at base of wing covers prominent and acute, Back 


78 My. H. Eltringham’s A/onograph of the 


of thorax rather blunt and rounded. Pale creamy ochreous. 
Wing covers streaked with black along position of nervures, 
Two dorsal, one ventral and two lateral lines of black ochre 
centred spots. 

“The silk to which the tail is attached often covers an area 
of an inch in diameter.” 


Trimen states that the species is extremely common in 
and about Cape Town. It flies slowly, and the larvae 
frequently do much damage to passion flowers. Fowls 
will not eat the larvae, which have a strong and dis- 
agreeable odour more perceptible than that of the pupa or 
even of the butterfly. Its distastefulness does not how- 
ever preserve it from the attacks of parasites, as Marshall 
records (Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 337, 1902) that five out of 
eight pupae were killed by a dipterous parasite. The 
male armature, though almost indistinguishable from that 
of insignis, to which species it bears, in pattern, but little 
resemblance, is of very different structure from that of 
A. neobule, although in other respects horvta and neobule 
bear an extremely close resemblance. 

A, horta appears to be an essentially S. African 
species. ‘Trimen gives S. Leone as a locality on the 
authority of the British Museum, but the specimens so 
labelled must have been removed as the twenty-six 
examples in the present series bear the labels Cape 
Colony, Natal, Zululand, and Transvaal. 

Trimen (/. c.) thus describes the pairing of this species : 

“The ? rested on the ground with expanded wings, 
and the ¢ rested on the 2 with his wings also flatly 
extended. In this position (which was maintained) the 
heads of the two were held in the same direction, and the 
extremity of the 7 abdomen was twisted sideways as in 
the union of the saltatorial Orthoptera.” 

It is interesting to note in this connection that the 
orifice of the bursa copulatrix is at one side of the chitinous 
plate and not central as in most species. 


25. ACRAEA ADMATHA. | Pl, VII, f. 5. 
Acraea admatha, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 3, f. 16, 17 
(1865) ; Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 171 (1891); Aurivillius 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898) ; Gordon, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 330 
(1902). 
S. Lronrt; ASHANTI; GoLD Coast; OLD CALABAR; 


African Species of the Genus Acraea, 79 


NIGERIA ; CAMEROON; GaBoon ; Conco Recion (Bena Bendi 
Zongo, Mokoange); Nata; ZuLunanp; British E. AFRIcA 
(Witu). 

f. leucographa. 

Ribbe (A. leucographa), Iris., 2, p. 181, pl. 4, f. 1 (1889) ; 
Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent., 38, p. 13 (1895); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). 

S. Leone; Cameroon (Bitjé); Nyam Nyam Country ; 
Conao (Sassa) ; UGanpa (Unyoro, Nandi, Entebbe, Semiliki R., 
Kitala) ; British E. Arrica (N. Kavirondo); GErman E. 
ArFrica (Ukerewe I.) ; AByssinrA (Scheko). 

A. admatha admatha. 

6. Expanse 55-65 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, thinly 
scaled with scales of normal size standing partially erect, 
narrow bifid scales and fine hairs appear at hind margin. 
A rosy red basal flush (brick red in old specimens) extending 
nearly to end of cel] at subcostal and median, but more basal in 
the middle, passing slightly beyond origin of 2 and just reaching 
the hind angle. Base, costa and apex dusted with black, and a 
small linear basal spot below median. A faint black spot in 
middle of cell and sometimes a blackish dusting at end of cell 
on discocellulars. A little beyond end of cell two faint black 
spots in4 and 5, and sometimes a third nearer to cell in 3. Just 
below median in 2 a faint spot, and one in Ib rather nearer 
margin. These spots are very variable in intensity. 

H.-w. rosy red (brick red in old examples) dusted with black 
at base, whitish in area la, and having a moderately broad black 
marginal border bearing six rounded red internervular spots. 
Black discal and basal spots as follows :—A discal series of eight, 
the first (large) in area 7 near the middle, the second in 6, 
rather nearer base (this spot is often wanting), third and fourth 
in 5 and 4 and lying in a straight line with the first, the fifth in 
3 close to cell, the sixth, seventh, and eighth in 2, le, and 1b, 
large, nearer to base, and almost in a straight line (some of the 
discal spots are sometimes small or wanting), in addition to these 
two small spots at end of cell, one spot in 9, one in 7, two in 
cell, two in le, one in 1b (close to eighth of discal row), and two 
in la. Underside f.-w. almost devoid of scales but dusted with 
yellow near base, h.-w. pink with black border as on upperside, 
bearing six red spots outwardly edged with pinkish white. 
Black spots as on upperside but much more distinct. Thorax 
black, spotted above and below with yellowish white. Abdomen 
basal half black above with lateral orange spots, remainder 
orange, underside yellowish white. Claws unequal. 


80 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Q. Expanse 60-75 mm. F.-w.asin ¢ but red replaced by 
rusty yellow varying to brownish cream colour, and spots faint 
or absent. H.-w. colour modified in the same way. Spots often 
less distinct than in the ¢. Underside dusky white, marginal 
spots yellow, edged with whitish. 

A. admatha f. leucographa. 

This form differs from the above in having a white patch 
at anal angle of h.-w. This patch extends from the discal 
spots in 1b, le, and 2 to the black border, with sometimes a 
few white scales in area 3. On the upperside of h.-w. the first 
three or four discal spots may be faint or absent. The 9? is a 
little larger, less brightly coloured, and has the white on h.-w. 
more suffused. I have before me a small series of examples from 
Entebbe showing a beautiful gradation in the extent of the white, 
one specimen having only a faint white scaling near the anal angle. 

Though A. admatha is a somewhat variable species 
having a wide range, I have been unable to assign any of 
the variations to definite localities. Trimen states (/.¢.) 
that his southern examples differ from typical W. African 
specimens in having less rounded spots in the h.-w., and 
also that the subbasal spot in the cell is wanting, also that 
in the f.-w. the red area is more extended and the discal 
spots wanting in the f but presentin the f. A pair before 
me from Zululand, show a tendency to confluence in the 
h.-w. spots especially in the 2, but the spots in h.-w. are 
quite as rounded as in other examples, the second cell spot 
is not absent, the f.-w. red is of the usual extent and the 
f.-w. discal spots are present in the f and wanting in the @. 
We must conclude therefore that these features are in- 
constant. The form lewcoyrapha is characteristic of the 
central area of the species’ range. It has been taken in 
the Nyam Nyam country north of the Ubangi River, 
at Sassa in the extreme North of the Congo State, and 
at Kitala in Uganda. In Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 977, 1899, 
Butler mentions it as having been taken in the Nandi 
District by Captain Hobart, who found it quite common 
there. Examples occur sporadically in other parts of the 
species’ range. The typical form with slight variation 
occurs from Ashanti to the Congo State, and southwards 
to Natal. 

A. admatha is recorded by C. J. M. Gordon in Old 
Calabar (/. ¢.) as being untouched after death by ants 
which had eaten all the other specimens in a box except 
A, neobule. 


— 


owe 


- 
La 


i 


See eae ee a 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 81 


The male armature is fairly distinctive having a 
characteristic dentate edge to the claspers. 


26. Acraga INsienis. Pl. VII, f.2. Pl. XV,f.17. Pl. XVI, f. 20. 
Acrae insignis, Distant, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 184, pl. 19, f. 6 
(1880); Godman, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 538 (1885) ; Butler, 
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888); Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. 
Wien., 6, p. 457 (1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 
(1898) ; Sjdstedt’s Expedition, p. 3 (1910) ; Griinberg, Sitzb. 
Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910). 
= balbina, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 12, p. 6, pl. 3, f. 8 (1888) ; 
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923 (1900). 
= buxtoni, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 155 (nec Butl.) 
(1877). 
NyassaALAND; GERMAN E. Arrica (Bukoba, L. Kivu) ; 
British EK. Arrica (Kikuyu, Kangasi) ; Ucanpa (Entebbe). 


f. siginna, Suffert, Iris., p. 19 (1904); Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s 
Expedition, p. 3 (1910). 
German E, Arrica (generally, and especially Kilimandjaro) ; 
British E, Arrica (Tiriki Hills, Entebbe). 


A, insignis insignis. 

¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. F.-w. semitransparent. The scales 
in apical area being of normal size but few in number and 
set partially upright. Near margin numerous narrow forked 
scales. Base slightly blackish; costa from end of cell to 
apex, and sometimes apical portion of hind margin, often 
dusted with black scales. A brick red basal suffusion ex- 
tending a little beyond end of cell and to hind angle. A black 
transverse spot on end of cell, and a black linear basal spot 
below median. H.-w. brick red with a narrow black marginal 
border the inner edge of which may be smooth or undulating. 
The base of wing has a black suffusion occupying lower half of 
cell, base of 2, 1c, and 1b, followed by a large oblique spot lying 
on the discocellulars. Underside. F.-w. almost devoid of scales. 
H.-w. as on upperside but with the discal area pink, separated 
from the marginal black by a narrow red submarginal band. 
Often one or two white spots near base. Thorax black with 
lateral and ventral yellowish spots. Abdomen black above, 
orange laterally and towards extremity and paler beneath. 
Claws unequal. 

Q. Resembles ¢ but the red is replaced by a colour varying 
from slightly paler than that of the g, to a dull pale brown. 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912,— PARTI. (JULY) G 


82 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A, insignis f. siginna. 

Differs from the typical form in having all the h.-w. basal 
black coalescent, forming a large black patch extending beyond 
cell with an irregular distal outline from costa to inner margin. 


Aurivillius records the siginna form as occurring almost 
to the exclusion of the type, at great elevations (2,000 to 
3,000 metres) on Mts. Meru and Kilimandjaro. Inter- 
mediates however appear to occur everywhere. When 
Distant described and figured this species, he pointed out 
that it was the same as that described by Hewitson 
as A. buetont. That name had however been pre- 
viously used by butler, and as Godman points out, 
Hewitson must have suppressed the species as 1t does not 
appear in Kirby’s catalogue of his collection, its place 
being taken by four undetermined forms from Zanzibar. 
These are the same as the species described and figured 
by Distant. Butler records A. insignis as taken by Mr. R. 
Crawshay at Roromo, Kikuyu Forest in February 1900, 
that collector remarking that the species frequents the 
primaeval forest and that it is capable of resisting the 
fumes of strong cyanide for half-an-hour. The species 
is very nearly allied to A. horta, the f armatures being 
with difficulty distinguishable. That of insignis is of a 
rather more slender construction. 


27. ACRAEA CAMAENA. PI. VIT, f. 4. 

Acraea camuena, Drury, (Pap.) Ill. Exot. Ins., 2, p. 12, pl. 7. f. 2 
(1773); Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 464 (1775) (?); Herbst, 
Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 9, pl. 81, f. 3 (1792); Godart (Acraea), 
Ene. Méth., 9, p. 234 (1819); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., 
p. 89 (1898) ; Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 185 (1903). 

= murcia, Fabricius, (Pap.) Spec. Ins., 2, p. 33 (1781). 

S. Leone; Gou~p Coast; Liseria; ASHANTI; LaGos; 
NIGERIA ; FERNANDO Po, 

(There is apparently some confusion under camaena in the 
1775 edition of Fabricius. Camaena is stated to have red on 
h.-w., and to be allied to zetes. Then follows a fuller 
description, which agrees with Drury’s figure of camaena. In 
the Species Insectorum (Vol. II, p. 32) camaena is again 
described with red on h.-w., and on p. 33, “ Papilio murcia” 
is described, the account and the type agreeing with Drury’s 
figure of camaena.) _ 


¢g. Expanse 55-65 mm. F.-w. smoky brown, partially trans- 
lucent, one black spot at end of cell on discocellulars. H.-w. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 83 


same colour as f.-w. A blackish marginal border the inner edge 
of which is deeply indented. Onthis margin seven internervular 
spots of dull ochreous, that in le being doubled. <A _ sub- 
marginal band of dull ochreous, narrow or obsolete at apex and 
widening out so as to extend over the whole of the inner margin. 
Black discal and basal spots as follows :—A discal row of eight, 
the first four parallel to hind margin, and decreasing in size from 
area 7 to 4, the fifth in area 3 close to cell, the sixth larger near 
base of area 2, the seventh in 1c and in line with the fifth, the 
eighth in 1b, in line with the sixth, one small and one large 
spot on discocellulars. A subbasal spot in 7, near the first of 
discal row ; two spots in cell, and a basal aggregation of confluent 
black spots. 

Underside, f.-w. almost devoid of scales, h.-w. as on upperside 
but pale submarginal band more extensive, occupying nearly 
the whole discal area. Black hind marginal border bears white 
internervular spots, and the basal black encloses four sub- 
triangular white spots. Thorax black with lateral and ventral 
yellowish white spots. Abdomen black above, yellowish 
beneath, with lateral yellowish white spots increasing in size 
towards extremity. Claws unequal. 

Q?. Expanse about 65mm. Resembles ¢ but paler ; the h.-w. 
submarginal band reaches costa, underside uniformly dull 
ochreous with spots and markings as in 6. 


This curious species would appear to be somewhat rare. 


It is closely allied to A. neobule, but is easily recognised by 
its sombre pattern and the dull brown unicolorous f.-w. 
relieved only by the blackish spot at end of cell. 


The male armature is distinguished from those of its 


nearest allies by the slightly different structure of the 
claspers. 


GROUP £V. 


28. AcRAEA zeTEs. PI. VI, f. 5 (larva). 


Acraea zetes, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Syst. Nat., 10, p. 487 (1758) ; 

Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 270 (1764) ; Clerck, Icones. Ins., 2, pl. 43, 

f. 1 (1764) ; Karsch (Acraea), Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p.195, 198 

(1893) ; Aurivillius (metam.), Ent. Tidschr., 14, p. 275, pl. 4, 

f. 4, 4b (1893); Rhop. Aeth., p. 90 (1898) ; Lathy, Trans. 

Ent. Soc., p. 185 (1903) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 66 
(1910); Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910). 

f. menippe, Drury, (Pap.) Ill. Exot. Ins., 3, pl. 138, f. 3, 4 (1782) ; 

Stoll, Cramer Suppl. p. 131, pl. 28, f. 1, 1a (1790); Herbst, 

Ge 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 11, pL 81, f. 4, 5 (1792); Butler (A. 
egina), Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 46 (1902). 

= mycenaea, Hiibner, Verz., p. 27 (1816). 

= zethea, Godart, Enc. Méth., 9, p. 286 (1819). 

= zethes, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885). 

S. Leone; AsHanti; Toco ; CamMERoon ; GaBoon, NIGERIA ; 
Conco (Kassai to Albert Nyanza); Barots—ELAND; UGANDA 
(Entebbe, Kangasi, Unyoro, Sesse I.). 

f. jalema, Godart, Ene. Méth., 9, p. 234 (1819); Aurivillius, Ann. 
Mus. Genov., p. 16 (1910). 

S. THomé; Nigeria; Gasoon; Ucanpa (Unyoro, Entebbe, 
Pt. Alice, Nandi); RHopEsIA. 

A. zetes acara, subsp. Pl. VIII, f. 2. 

Hewitson (A. acara), Exot. Butt., pl. 3, f. 19, 20 (1865); 
Trimen (zetes), Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 99 (1862); Trans. 
Linn. Soc., p. 517, pl. 42, f. 8,9 (1869); S. Af. Butt., 1, 
p. 160, pl. 1, f. 1, la (metam.), (1887); Monteiro, Del. Bay, 
p- 201 (1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 91 (1898) ; 
Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 504 (1902); Rogers, Trans. 
Ent. Soc., p. 525 (1908) ; Aurivillius, Sjéstedt’s Expedition, 
p. 3 (1910) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 66, pl. 6 (1910). 

f. mhondana, Suffert, Iris., p. 20 (1904). 

Natat; Detacoa Bay ; TRANSVAAL; RHODESIA; NYASSALAND; 
GERMAN E. Arrica; Pemba I.; British E. AFRICA; UGANDA ; 
Wuaitr NILE. 

f. caffra, Felder, Reise Novara. Lep., p. 369, pl. 46, f. 10, 11 

(1865) ; Eltringham (acara), Af. Mim. Butt., pl. 6, f. 3 (1910). 
= tescea, Suffert, Ivis., p. 20 (1904). 

» BaroOrsELAND ; TRANSVAAL; Navat (and occasionally in other 
acara localities). 
A. zetes barberi, subsp. 
Trimen (A. barberi), Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 433 (1881); 8. Af, 
Butt., 1, p. 162, pl. 3, f. 1, 1a (1887). 
ab. trimeni, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 91 (1898). 
TRANSVAAL; W. GRIQUALAND. 
A. zetes sidamona, subsp. 
Rothschild & Jordan, Novit. Zool., 12, p. 179 (1905). 

ABYSSINIA (Sidama). 

A. zetes, f. menippe. 

g. Expanse 70-80 mm. F.-w. brownish black, darker at base, 
costa, apex, and hind margin. A more or less distinct sub- 
marginal row of reddish orange spots, very small or obsolete 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 85 


at apex and increasing in size towards hind angle. Black spots 
(obscured by ground-colour) as follows. In cell one small spot 
at base (usually almost lost in basal suffusion), a larger subbasal 
spot, a still larger transverse spot between the latter and end of 
cell, and a transverse spot on the discocellulars. A transverse 
discal band of Jarge confluent spots from costa almost to nervule 
3, the area between this and apical black distinctly paler and 
in many cases white or yellowish. In area 2 a large spot below 
origin of nervule 3. Below this, in area 1b but nearer margin, 
a large reniform spot. Near base of same area and close to 
median, a small spot. Areas la, 1b, and 2 usually with a slight 
central red suffusion. 

H.-w. vermilion red. A heavy black basal suffusion reaching 
nearly to end of cell, and a black marginal border about 3 mm. 
wide, (its inner edge not very sharply defined,) and bearing 
seven small internervular spots of the ground-colour. Black 
spots as on underside, those nearer base being lost in the basal 
suffusion. 

Underside. F.-w. Basal and discal portion dull pink. Costa 
dull ochreous, black at base, and with a minute black subbasal 
spot. A slight black suffusion at base of area la,and 1b. Other 
spots as on upperside. Apical and hind marginal black largely 
displaced by orange ochreous internervular spots which are 
larger and more distinct than on upperside. H.-w. dull creamy 
ochreous, the black marginal border more sharply defined, 
bearing seven subtriangular spots of the ground-colour (that in 
le doubled) and bordered on its inner edge by seven corre- 
sponding red spots. Nine discal black spots those in 7, 6, 5, 4, 
and 3 roughly parallel to margin, one at origin of 5, one in 2 
between 2 and median, one in lc, rather nearer margin, and one 
in 1b, on a level with that in 2. A small spot in 8 above 
precostal. A black basal patch of confluent spots bordered 
outwardly with rose pink and enclosing six pale ochreous mark- 
ings, one in 7, twoin cell, and one in Ie, 1b, and la respectively. 
Area 9 and basal part of 8 rose pink. 

Head black with a white spot between the eyes. Thorax black 
with whitish lateral spots more numerous beneath. Basal half 
of abdomen black, remainder deep orange, with a terminal 
fringe of black hairs. Claws unequal. 

?. Expanse 80-95 mm. F.-w. varying from dull reddish to 
brownish grey. Spots as in ¢ but much less distinct, and apical 
and hind marginal black paler and more suffused. An oblique 
subapical white bar from near costa to nervule 4. H.-w. dull 
reddish brown, with blackish marginal border bearing spots of 


86 


is 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


ground-colour larger than in male. Discal spots as in male, but 
basal black suffusion wanting. Underside rather sparsely scaled 
but otherwise as in male though paler. Abdomen brown, paler 
beneath. 


I have described the menippe form at length because it 
much the commonest typically western form. True 


zetes agreeing with Clerck’s original figure has the f.-w. all 
brown black without submarginal spots and with just a 
trace of whitish subapical spots. The paler areas of under- 
side are almost white. 


A. zetes f. jalema. 

This form is intermediate in pattern between zetes and acara. 
It has the red f.-w. of the latter but much suffused with black. 
The apex is usually also blackish, and the white spots just 
beyond the discal black are still present. 


A. zetes acara, subsp. 

¢. Expanse 80-85 mm. Wings bright red with black spots as 
in zetes. F,-w. has the apex only narrowly black. The subapical 
area is deep orange, and the hind marginal border bears large 
spots of the same colour, leaving the black only as heavy 
internervular arches gradually decreasing towards apex. H.-w. 
marginal border 4 mm. wide, the internervular spots very 
faintly visible. Basal black extending barely half the length of 
cell. Discal area frequently suffused with white (= caffra and 
tesced). 

Underside, f.-w. dull pink, black spots as in zetes. Subapical 
area pinkish white. Area 6 with a suffused orange streak, 
beneath which is a marginal row of well-marked internervular 
orange spots bordered inwardly with black, and interstitially with 
bluish grey. H.-w. almost white. The spots on marginal and 
basal area are white. Fringes of both wings tipped with white 
between the nervules. Thorax and abdomen as in zetes. 

Q. Expanse 80-90 mm. Wings pale pinkish brown, spotted 
asin male. F.-w. Subapical area pale dull ochreous. Under- 
side f.-w. from base to about middle of wing very sparsely scaled. 
Subapical area creamy white with internervular orange markings. 
H.-w. white with marginal black bearing white spots and edged 
inwardly with orange spots. Basal black having white spots and 
edged outwardly with pink. 

f. mhondana. 

In this form the f.-w. apical black joins the end of cell, a 

common variation which may be observed in almost any series. 


ln aes ema 
Te es Oe le. ae a ee a 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 87 


f. caffra. 

This form is merely acaia with a white discal suffusion in the 
h.-w. 

f. barberi. 

This form was described by Trimen as a separate species but it 
cannot be separated from acara. In the ¢ the f.-w. apical 
yellow is less distinct from the ground-colour and the black spots 
aresmaller. The 9 has the f.-w. semitransparent and the basal 
black is almost obsolete. The h.-w. hind marginal black is 
almost absent. 


In the example named ab. ¢rimeni by Aurivillius the 
apical yellow is more pronounced, and the f.-w. hind mar- 
ginal black is almost absent. Aurivillius includes under this 
an example from Rehoboth (German W. Africa) which is now 
in the Staudinger collection. If this is really barberi then 
the Aypoleuca of Trimen must also be a form of zetes which 
indeed is highly probable, extremely different in appear- 
ance though it is. I have in fact only kept hypoleuca 
separate from zetes because it is so far a unique example 
and bears no locality. The example labelled barberiin the 
Staudinger collection differs very little from it. (See 
remarks under A. hypoleuca.) 


A, zetes sidamona. 

The Abyssinian subspecies is described by Messrs. Rothschild 
and Jordan (J. ¢.) as standing about half way between W. 
African zetes and E. African zetes acara. In f.-w. on basal side 
of cellular and postcellular spot is a red mark. The middle 
portion of the diseal black band nearly touches the discocellular 
spot. Six isolated reddish orange submarginal spots larger 
than in z. zefes. H.-w. black basal area rather more extended 
than in «. acara. Underside with more red than in the other 
geographical forms, h.-w. marked with white as in acara; 
yellow submarginal spots all separated from dise by a broad 
black border except that in area 6 which is long. 


The larva and pupa of zetes are described by Aurivillius 


Kb, ¢.). 


The former is yellowish red, with a shining red head and a 
dark transverse band in the middle of each segment. The spines 
are black and arise from black shining processes. The two 
dorsal spines of the first segment are somewhat elongated, the 
remainder bent slightly backwards, 


88 Mr. H. Eltrmgham’s Monograph of the 


My figure is from a Lagos example which agrees gener- 
ally with Aurivillius’ description. 


The pupa is yellowish with black nervure lines, black markings 
on the head, a black band divided by two pale lines on thorax, 
and fine black lines ornamented with pale spots on the abdomen. 


The larva and pupa of 2. acara are described by Trimen 
(ie:). 


The former is ochreous yellow, each segment with a broad 
purplish red transverse band. Black spines long and branched 
arising from tubercles on the dark bands. The first two dorsal 
spines longer than the rest, erect. Head ochreous yellow, legs 
and prolegs purplish red. ‘‘ Feeds on Passiflora.” Pupa, pink- 
ish white, with black neuration and limb markings. Lines of 
rose pink spots in rows of wide continuous black spots. Under- 
side of abdomen tinged in middle with rose pink, and two pink 
dorsal spots on thorax and one at base of wings. Head ochreous 
yellow. 


Allowing for the fact that Trimen’s descriptions were 
made from live or fresh examples, the larva and pupa of 
zetes and acara may be regarded as very similar. 

At the Hope Department at Oxford, examples of pupae 
of z. zetes have recently been received, together with 
several specimens of a dipterous parasite (Fam. Zachin- 
idae), which had emerged therefrom, also a batch of small 
parasitic cocoons which had been formed from a larva of 
zetes. These cocoons appear to be those of a hymenop- 
terous parasite but the insects had emerged and escaped. 

Acraea zetes is a variable species, the subspecies acara 
showing a wider range of variation than the typical 
western form. Godart’s 4. jalema is intermediate between 
z. zetes and z. acara. Felder’s caffra is the form of acara 
having a white discal patch in the h.-w. Suftert’s tescea 
differs but little from this form. Examples from Entebbe 
show a distinctly mtermediate form having the ground- 
colour of the f.-w. red, but lacking the orange subapical 
patch characteristic of true z. acara. Neave found zefes in 
the Katanga country W. of the Luapula R. and 2. acara in 
the Chambesi and Luangwa valleys. On Chishi L, 
L. Bangweolo the same naturalist took examples of an 
interesting form, two of which are now in the Oxford col- 
lection. ‘These specimens are peculiar in having the discal 
spots of the h.-w. reduced to mere dots, causing them to 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 89 


resemble very closely A. astvigera. Both specimens have 
a slight tendency to white discal suffusion in the h.-w. 
This and the f.-w. marginal black, surrounding large 
orange spots in areas 1b, and 2, are the principal features 
which serve to distinguish these examples from the other 
species named. 

A, zetes is essentially the western form whilst acara is 
found in the south, east, and north-east. Godart’s jalema 
is labelled Gaboon, whilst Aurivillius notes a similar speci- 
men from Nyassaland. The acara subspecies also extends 
to German and British E. Africa, and northwards to the 
White Nile. Godart’s types (two ¢¢ and one 2) are in 
the Dufresne collection at Edinburgh. 

Though some examples of A. zeées approximate very 
closely in appearance to typical specimens of A. astrigera, 
the male armature is very distinct, showing a much closer 
relationship with chilo and hypoleuca. 


29..AcRAEA cHILO. PI, VIII, f. 4. 

Acraea chilo, Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 184, pl. 19, f. 4, 5 
(1880) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898); E. M. B. 
Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 369 (1898); Butler, Proc. 
Zool. Soc., p. 401 (1898) ; Roth. & Jord., Novit. Zool., xii, 
p. 179 (1905). 

= rosina, Rogenhofer, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien., 41, p. 565 (1891); 
in Baumann, Usambara, p. 326 (1891). 

= zetes, var. acara, Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat., p. 133 
(1902), (part). 

= wissmanni, Weymer, Ivis., p. 223 (1903). 

2 = crystallina, Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 5, p. 167 
(1890) ; Rhop. Exot., 19 (Acraea), p. 7, pl. 3, f. 3, 4 (1892) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898); Neave, Ent. Mo. 
Mag., p. 171 (1909); Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s Expedition, p. 3 
(1910). 


©. f. hoeneli. 

= A. hoeneli, Holland, Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus., 18, p. 746 (1896). 

Apysstnta (Mojo R., Atschabo, Harar) ; SomMaLILAND (Sso- 
Omadu, Solole, Wagga, Rugga Pass, Hankadeely, Berbera) ; 
British E. Arrica (Voi R., Maziwa, Mitati, Taita, Taveta, 
Mombasa, Witu) ; German E. Arrica (Kilimandjaro). 
A. chilo chilo. 

d. Expanse 50-70 mm. Wings rosy pink. F.-w. narrowly 
black along costa. Apex and hind margin black and bearing a 


90 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


marginal (submarginal at apex) row of seven deep orange spots. 
Black spots as follows. Two in cell, and one large obliquely trans- 
verse spot at end of cell on discocellulars. Midway between end 
of cell and apex a confluent oblique band of four spots. A large 
rounded spot in area 3, one slightly larger in area 2 touching 
median and nervule 1b. Beneath this and pointing towards 
hind angle an elongated slightly curved spot in area 1b. One 
subbasal spot in same area and a short black longitudinal basal 
streak between la and median. 

H.-w. with a black basal area formed of more or less confluent 
spots and extending not quite half the length of cell. In 
Mombasa examples a subbasal spot in cell is usually well separ- 
ated. Hind margin bordered with black about 3 mm. wide and 
bearing traces of paler internervular spots. Discal spots as 
follows. One in area 7, near middle. One in 6, 5, and 4, each 
respectively rather nearer margin than the one above it. One in 
3 near end of cell, one in 2 nearer base, one in lc nearer 
margin, and one in 1b, in a line with that in 2 (often obsolete on 
upperside). Usually a large spot at origin of nervule 5. 

Underside. F.-w. as above but paler and sparsely scaled. 
Usually a very minute black dot near base above costal. _H.-w. 
creamy ochreous. Hind margin black as on upperside but 
bearing seven distinct pale greenish spots, that in 1c doubled. 
Base black, enclosing six pale greenish spots. Area 9, and base 
of 8 rosy pink, with a black spot beyond precostal, a rose pink 
suffusion in areas la, 1b, le, adjacent to basal black. 

Head and thorax black with a few pale spots above, and several 
beneath, basal half of abdomen black, with deep orange lateral 
spots, remainder deep orange. Claws unequal. 

@.Expanse 60-70mm. Wings quite transparent, suffused with 
brown at base. F.-w. without spots, sometimes with a few scales 
at apex. H.-w. with spots asin ¢ but much smaller, the basal 
black being reduced to a spot in area 7, two in cell, and one in le, 
1b, and la. Hind margin slightly scaled with blackish and bearing 
seven paler internervular spots. Underside as above but with 
a few rose pink scales at base in areas 9,1c, and la. Head, 
thorax and abdomen dark brown, the white spots on head and 
thorax more distinct than in ¢. 

This seems to be the usual form in British E. Africa. 


A. chilo 2. f. hoeneli. 

Resembles the foregoing but the f.-w. black spots are present 
though much reduced. The hind marginal orange spots are 
also present but paler than in the male, whilst the h.-w. may 


ee, Ot ee oy ee ee ee Tee 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. of 


be more or less scaled with pink, and the black spots as 
large as in the male. Some examples of this form of ? are 
distinctly intermediate in pattern between the entirely trans- 
parent 9 and the ordinary ¢. This second form is usually 
found in Somaliland. 


The discovery of the identity of Grose-Smith’s A. 
erystallina with the 2 A. chilo is due to my friend Mr. 
S. A. Neave who came to this interesting conclusion after 
studying the series of Somaliland 2 2 now in the Hope 
Department. It should be noted that Grose-Smith (J. ¢.) 
described his crystallina as a J. Unfortunately in this 
otherwise admirable work the sexing is most unreliable. 
A. chilo is very closely allied to A. zetes acara the male 
armature presenting but little ditference. The % chilo is 
however very constant in markings, and until I have seen 
an example which shows a pattern distinctly intermediate 
between it and A. zetes acara, I do not feel justified in 
regarding them as one species. Acraea oscari is equally 
closely allied and the advent of fuller material may cause 
all three to be regarded as specifically identical. 


BO. sAGRAna osceRm “Pl If €¢ 4). -Ple VEL, £.15, 
Acraea oscari, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., ix, p. 595 (1902); 
Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 151 (1911). 
ABYSSINIA (Banka, Inderatcha, Charada). 


¢. Expanse 60-70 mm. Wings dull red. F.-w. dusted 
with black along costa, basal black extending shortly into cell 
and rather further below median. A minute black spot on costa 
near base. Hind margin broadly black bearing seven sub- 
marginal dull orange-ochreous internervular spots. Large 
black spots as follows :—one subbasal and one median spot in 
cell, and one oblique transverse spot at end of cell on dis- 
cocellulars. About midway between end of cell and apex an 
oblique transverse bar of confluent spots from costa to nervule 4. 
Below this and nearer end of cell a spot in area 3. In area 2 
a spot, touching median and nervules 2 and 1b. In area 1b one 
submarginal and one subbasal spot, and between these, in area la, 
a median inner marginal spot. H.-w. with more or less con- 
fluent basal spots and a broad black hind margin bearing seven 
small whitish spots, that in Ic doubled. Discal area more or 
less suffused with whitish, and bearing black spots as follows :— 
In area 7 a subbasal and a median spot, followed by three in 


92 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


6, 5, and 4, each progressively nearer to margin, one in 
area 3 rather more basally placed, a large spot in 2, touching 
median and nervules 2 and Ic. One spot in Ic, and one in 1b. 
Two spots obliquely placed on discocellulars, the upper one 
sometimes very small. 

Underside, f.-w. as above but rather duller and the subapical 
area pinkish. H.-w. as above but discal area pinkish with red 
on inner margin, and along inner edge of hind marginal border ; 
the latter bearing white spots larger than on the upperside. 
Black basal area bearing about four white spots, Areas 9 and 8 
red, with a small black spot beyond precostal. 

Head, thorax and abdomen black, the latter with white lateral 
spots. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 84 mm. Upperside resembles that of male 
but the ground-colour is brownish white (inclined to red- 
dish in distal part of h.-w.), and the f.-w. submarginal spots 
are much paler yellow. Underside as in ¢ but ground-colour 
brownish white, base of f.-w. suffused with reddish, inner edge 
of h.-w. marginal black bordered with reddish ochreous; areas 9, 
8, 1b, and 1a dull red. 


This curious Acraca has the appearance of a very heavily 
marked and spotted example of A. chilo, but the wings are 
much more rounded. It is very closely allied to both chilo 
and zetes acara, indeed I am not quite satisfied that it is 
specifically distinct. ‘The male armature is very similar to 
those of the two species named. A. oscari was described 
from Banka Malo, Abyssinia. Those in the National 
collection are from the Inderatcha and Charada Forests. 
(Katfa.) 


31. AcrazA HyPoLEUcA. PI, VIII, f. 3. 
Acraea hypoleuca, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 2, pl. 1, f. 1 
(1898) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898). 
GERMAN S.W. Arrica (Rehoboth). 


dg. Expanse 60 mm. Wings orange ochreous. F.-w. costa very 
narrowly black. Subapical area somewhat paler than ground- 
colour. Hind margin very narrowly black and bearing a band 
of eight deep yellow spots, widest at apex and becoming very nar- 
row at hindangle. This band of spots bordered inwardly with a 
narrow black suffusion. Black spots as follows. A minute and 
indistinct subbasal spot in cell followed by a large transverse 
spot, and another on discocellulars. About midway between end 
of cell and apex an oblique transverse band of five confluent 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 93 


rather small spots, the last almost separated. Beneath this but 
further from margin a spot in area 3. In area 2 a larger spot 
just below origin of nervule 3. In area 1b a reniform sub- 
marginal spot and a much smaller subbasal spot. 

H.-w. very slightly suffused with black at base. Hind margin 
with a black border 2 mm. wide, bearing seven whitish inter- 
nervular spots, that in le doubled. _Discal spots, one in area 7 
near middle, one in 6 nearer margin, one in 5 still nearer margin, 
one in 4 immediately beneath that in 5, one in 3 further from 
margin, one in 2 just beneath origin of nervule 3, and one in le 
nearer margin. An elongate transverse spot in cell and one at 
origin of nervule 5. A minute dot (in left wing only) below 
origin of nervule 6. 

Underside. F.-w. as above but with subapical area creamy white. 
H.-w. creamy white with black spots as on upperside, and, in 
addition, basal and subbasal spots, one in area 8, one in 7, one in 
cell, and one each in 1c, 1b, and 1a. 

Head and thorax black with pale spots. Basal part of 
abdomen blackish, remainder brownish yellow. Claws unequal. 


The type, from which the above description is taken, 
stillremains a unique example. ‘Though closely allied to 
A, chilo, it has the appearance of being quite distinct from 
that species. Unfortunately no locality is marked on the 
label attached to the specimen, all the information there 
given being, “Coll. Watson, 1871.” I think there is no 
doubt that the specimen was taken in Africa. There is 
in the Staudinger collection a specimen labelled A. barbert. 
This example is intermediate between Trimen’s A. barbert 
f and hypoleuca,and differs from the latter in the following 
points. There is a slight black basal suffusion, the black 
spots are larger, on the h.-w. underside the base is black 
enclosing white spots, and there are a few red internervular 
marks. I have carefully compared the specimen both with 
barbert and hypoleuca, and there is no doubt that it forms 
an almost perfect intermediate between them, with perhaps 
a somewhat stronger tendency towards the latter. This 
example was taken at Rehoboth in German §.W. Africa. 
It is most unfortunate that we are ignorant of the locality 
of hypoleuca. With the very small material at present at 
our disposal I consider it advisable to allow this form to 
remain separate, but at the same time I regard the specific 
distinction between hypolewca, and zetes as very doubtful 
in spite of the great difference between the typical patterns. 


4, Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


GROUP V. 


32. ACRAEA ANEMOSA. PI. VIII, f.6. Pl. XVI, f. 18. 


Acraea anemosa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 3, f. 14, 15 
(1865); Trimen, 8S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 157 (1887) ; Rogenhofer, 
Verh. d. k. k. z b. Ges. Wien., 42, p. 574 (9 abd., f. 2) 
(1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 91 (1898); Butler, 
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 54 (1898); Uc, p. 192 (1898); lc, 
p. 401 (1898); Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 413 (1902) ; 
Dixey, Proc. Ent. Soc., p. ii (1906) ; Longstaff, Proc. Ent. 
Soc., p. xii (1906); Rogers, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 525 (1908) ; 
Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 12 (1910) ; Fountaine (metam.), 
Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 60, pl. 10, f. 16a, 16b (1911). 


DAMARALAND; KHaAma’s CountTRY; TRANSVAAL; SWAZI- 
LAND; ZAMBESI R. (Victoria Falls); RaopEsta ; PoRTUGUESE 
EK. Arrica; GERMAN E. Arrica; British E. Arrica. 

f. arcticincta, Butler (A. arcticincta), Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 12, 
p. 103 (1883) ; Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 658 (1893); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 91 (1898). 

= anemosa, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885). 

(Appears not to be confined to any particular locality.) 


f. interrupta, Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 301 (1908). 
UGANDA. 
f. mosana, Suffert, [vis., p. 20 (1904). 


(No loc.) 
. dubiosa, Suffert, 1. e. 
GERMAN E. Arrica (Tanga); Bririsa E. Arrica (Mombasa), 


f. wfipana, Strand, Mitt. d. Zool. Mus., Berl., p. 279 (1911). 
GrRMAN E. Arrica (Mwera); Ruopesta (Alala Plateau). 


Lar) 


f. wrungensis, Strand, l. ¢., 1911. 
GERMAN E. Arrica (Kitunguln). 


A, anemosa anemosa. 

¢. Expanse 60-70 mm. F.-w. deep yellow to orange. Costa 
narrowly black. Hind margin black about 4 mm. wide at apex 
rapidly narrowing to a thin black line which reaches the hind | 
angle. At base a black patch having a variably shaped but 
usually well-defined outline, extending into cell as far as origin 
of nervule 2, usually about the same distance into area 1b, but 
never into area 2. At end of cell on discocellulars a linear . 
black spot of variable width (sometimes absent). Beyond cell 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 95 


an oblique transverse bar of coalescent black spots extending 
from costa to nervule 4, followed by a spot in area 3, which 
may be very minute or so large as to be confluent with those 
above it. In area 2, a little beyond origin of nervule 3, a spot 
of very variable size (sometimes absent). In 1b immediately 
below this there may be another spot. (In examples from 
Mombasa these two spots are nearly always large and well 
developed.) 

H.-w. brick red. A fairly well-defined basal black patch, 
extending to nearly half the length of cell, A hind-marginal 
black border of very variable width (4 to 10 mm.) the inner 
edge of which may be well defined or much suffused. Rarely 
seven minute whitish submarginal dots. In one or two examples 
before me there are a few minute discal spots, visible only on 
the upperside, their position being the same as in A. astrigera. 

Underside. F.-w. Black markings as on upperside. Ground- 
colour a little paler. The subapical area with a considerable 
powdering of white scales. H.-w. Black markings as on upper- 
side. Marginal band bears seven small white spots, that in 
area le being doubled. In area 1b close to inner margin a 
narrow white streak. (Sometimes also in la.) Basal black 
patch bears about eight or nine white spots. Discal area pale 
pink bordered with darker pink basally, distally, and at inner 
margin, (Along the inner edge of the black, hind-marginal 
border this dark pink nearly always forms a more continuous 
band than in A. welwitschii.) Thorax black with white spots 
above and below, abdomen black shading to deep ochreous 
towards extremity, brown to ochreous beneath, and bearing 
white lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

9. 65-70 mm. Ground-colour above and below duller than in 
¢ and h.-w. sometimes dusky brown. Abdomen usually blacker. 
Other features as in ¢ and with about same range of variation. 


A, anemosa f. arcticincta, Butl. 
A form with an unusually narrow h.-w. hind-marginal 
border. 


A, anemosa f. interrupta, Thur. 

The reddish yellow ground-colour extends into cell as a 
narrow wedge-shaped spot in the black basal area of the f.-w. 
from the subcostal towards the median, so that an elongated 
quadrate spot about 2 mm. broad is thereby produced. (1 
Uganda.) 

A. anemosa f, mosana, Sut. 
Discal spots absent in f.-w. (1 ¢ in Berl. Mus.) 


96 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A. anemosa f. dubiosa, Suff. 

Five minute discal spots in h.-w. The author seems to suggest 
that this may be a hybrid between anemosa and astrigera. Of 
this I do not think there is any evidence. Three examples 
before me (from Mombasa) agree with Suffert’s description. 
The ¢ armatureis in no respect different from that of anemosa. 


A. anemosa f. wfipana, Strand. 

H.-w. border narrow as in arcticincta. A central transverse 
band of three black spots in f.-w. The first on discocellulars, 
the second beyond it in area 2, the third in 1b. In area 3 
beyond the discal spot, a round black spot the same size as 
those in 1b, and 2. The black basal area of f.-w. reaches the 
middle of cell and is 9 mm. long. No white spots on h.-w. 
border. 

There is a similar example in the Oxford Museum from the 
Alala Plateau. 


A. anemosa f. wrungensis. 

Resembles f. interrwpta, Thur., but the f.-w basal black is 
much reduced, somewhat as in welwitschii, Rogenhofer, forming 
a blackish streak in the upper half of cell. The h.-w. basal 
black is also reduced. The discocellulars only indistinctly 
dusted with black. At inner edge of marginal border of the 
h.-w. underside there are seven or eight white spots enclosed 
by crescentic red spots. This example is scarcely separable 
from the 2 of A. welwitschii lobemba. 


The early stages of anemosa anemosa are thus described 
by Miss Fountaine (J. ¢.)— 

“This very handsome, extremely active little larva, 
occurred very commonly at Macequece, on almost every 
available piece of its food-plant, a creeper, identified at 
the Board of Agriculture at Pretoria as (most probably) 
Modecca abyssinica. I first discovered it, in the usual way, 
by watching a 2 laying eggs; these are laid in batches of 
various sizes, some with about ten eggs together, others 
having as many as twenty-five or even more. The larva 
is very easy to rear, and feeds up very rapidly, and it 
remains only about eight days in pupa; but where the 
difficulty comes in, is that the supply of its food-plant 
should meet the demand, as it is a dark-coloured very 
inconspicuous little creeper, most difficult to find, and 
when a piece is discovered it is generally already sustain- 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 97 


ing two or three more larvae of the same species. !n 
colour it is a bright shiny red-russet shaded into deep 
yellow at the extremities, the spines are long, furry and 
black. The pupa is dingy white in ground-colour, the 
wing case the same, but heavily outlined and veined in 
black, the rows of abdominal spots are deep orange, very 
heavily surrounded with black.” 

The species extends right across Africa from Damara- 
land to Delagoa Bay and thence northwards to British 
EK. Africa. It has been noted by both Dixey and Marshall 
as having an unpleasant smell. Though distinct from 
A, astrigera it is so closely allied to A. welwitschii that it 
is somewhat doubtful whether each should be accorded 
specific rank. There is a slight difference in the structure 
of the respective genital plates. I have however seen 
specimens of anemosa 2 which could not with certainty 
be distinguished by colour and pattern from some $9 of 
welwitschii lobemba. The form wurungensis has this 
appearance. 


33. ACRAEA WELWITscHII. Pl. VIII, f. 7. 

Acraea welwitschii, Rogenhofer, Verh. Ges. Wien, 42, p. 573-4, 
f.1 (2 abd.) (1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 91, f. 10 (?) 
(1898). 

=anemosa, var. Dewitz, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., 41, 2, p.(17) (189), 
(1879)* 
AnGoua (Loanda, Ceramba, Bange Ngola, Bumba). 
A, welwitschii alboradiata, subsp. 
= A. anemosa, ab., Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 91 (1898) ; 
Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 158 (1887); Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p. 28 (1894). 
Victoria Fats. 
A. welwitschii lobemba, subsp. n. 
= A. welwitschii, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 12, pl. 1, f. 2 
(1910). 
L. BaNnGwEOLO; LuataBa R. 


A, welwitschii welwitschii. Pl. I, f.4(¢), f£.5 (9). 

6- Expanse 50-64 mm. F.-w. bright red. A basal black 
patch of somewhat irregular outline, extending about half the 
length of cell and thence to inner margin, not encroaching upon 
area 2. Costa dusted with black, A hind-marginal band of 


* I have examined the example described by Dewitz, and it agrees 
with the typical 9 of welwitschii. 
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART I. (JULY) H 


98 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


black 4 to 6 mm. wide at apex and tapering to nothing at hind 
angle, its inner edge not sharply defined and tending to brownish, 
sometimes with red scales on the internervular folds. A little 
beyond cell an oblique discal bar of black, widest at costa and 
extending to nervure 4, followed by a small round spot in area 3. 
Below nervule 3 and a little beyond its origin, a rounded spot 
(sometimes absent). At end of cell on discocellulars an oblique 
transverse black spot. H.-w. with a broad inwardly suffused black 
hind-marginal border reaching nearly to the cell. Base suffused 
with black extending to half the length of cell. Discal area white, 
areas 7 and 6,and 1b at anal angle suffused with pink, sometimes 
a slight powdering of the same colour in 4 and 5, at outer edge 
of white. In some examples a faint discal row of greyish spots 
in 7, 6,5, and 4 (gradually lost in marginal border). Fringes 
of both wings black touched with white between the nervules. 

Underside. F.-w. deep pink, the subapical area powdered with 
greyish white, and,marked on the internervular rays with orange 
ochreous. Apical black much reduced, remaining black mark- 
ings as on upperside, a minute white subbasal spot above costal 
nervure. H.-w. Black basal and marginal areas as on upperside 
but sharply defined. Discal area milk white bordered basally 
and distally with internervular red markings. Basal black 
bears eight or nine white spots, and on marginal black is a row 
of seven minute white spots, that in le doubled. A submarginal 
white line in 1b, and sometimes also in la. 

Thorax black with two or three white spots above and many 
below. Abdomen black at base shading into orange ochreous 
at extremity, and laterally spotted with white. Claws unequal. 

9. Expanse 55-60 mm. F.-w. dull ochreous. Black mark- 
ings asin ¢. Sometimes a powdering of white at costa in sub- 
apical region. Basal black tends to be reduced between median 
and inner margin. H.-w. suffused with black at base extending 
to about one-third the length of cell. A broad hind-marginal black 
border more clearly defined than in g¢ and sometimes showing 
extremely minute internervular whitish dots. Remainder of 
wing dull ochreous with a central white suffusion from nervule 7 
to inner margin. 

Underside. F.-w. paler ochreous. A minute white spot near 
base above costa. Subapical area milk white, with internervular 
ochreous markings. Apical black much reduced. H.-w. as on 
upperside, but whole discal area creamy white bordered basally 
and distally with red. Basal black bears white spots and hind- 
marginal black border bears larger white spots than in the male, 
and between it and the red margin of the discal area are inter- 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 99 


nervular crescentic spots of the ground-colour, Fringes of both 
wings spotted with white asin ¢. Thorax black, spotted with 
ochreous above and white below. Abdomen ochreous with lateral 
white spots. 

A. welwitschii alboradiata, subsp. 

¢. Expanse 58-60 mm. F.-w. deep pink. A black basal 
suffusion extending about one-third the length of cell and not 
reaching origin of nervule 2. Costa black. A black apical 
and hind-marginal border narrower at apex than in welwitschii 
and very narrow along margin, its inner edge rather clearly 
defined. At end of cell on discocellulars a transverse linear 
spot (sometimes absent). A little beyond cell a band of ‘black, 
broadest at costa and ending at nervule 4. Subapical area 
suffused with white and marked between nervules with orange 
ochreous. Occasionally a black spot in 3 just below discal band, 
and a second in 2 a little further from margin. Very rarely a 
spot in 1b almost directly under that in 2. H.-w. white with 
a broad well-defined black border and a small black basal 
suffusion. Area 7 and distal portions of 6, 5, and 4 suffused 
with pink, the same colour sometimes extending along inner 
edge of black border even as far as inner margin. 

Underside. F.-w. as on upperside but ground-colour paler. A 
minute white dot near base above costa. H.-w. as on upperside, 
but pink only at basal and distal edges of white area, Basal 
and marginal black with white spots as in welwitschii, but those 
on border larger than in type form. Thorax and abdomen as in 
welwitschit. 

9. Resembles ¢ but generally somewhat larger. 

A. welwitschii lobemba, subsp. 

g¢. Expanse 56-70 mm. Wings deep cherry red. F.-w. 
with a sooty black basal suffusion extending in cell to origin 
of nervule 2, and thence to inner margin, costa black, Hind 
margin broadly black at apex gradually narrowing to hind 
angle. A little beyond cell, an oblique discal band of black 
broadest at costa and ending at nervule 4, followed by, and 
sometimes confluent with, a rounded spot in 3. Below nervule 
3 and just beyond its origin a rounded spot. In area 1b about 
6 mm. from margin a crescentic spot followed by a double spot 
nearer margin. (These last may be absent.) 

H.-w. with black basal suffusion extending to half the length 
of cell and bearing numerous white hairs. A broad black hind- 
marginal border, rarely bearing minute white internervular 
spots. : 

H 2 


100 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Underside. F.-w. Rose pink. A minute white dot near base 
above costal. Black markings as on upperside but apical and 
marginal border much reduced. Subapical area bluish white 
with elongated triangular internervular orange marks. H.-w. 
Basal black very sharply defined and spotted with white as in 
previous forms. Broad black marginal border with medium- 
sized internervular white spots, a white submarginal streak in 
1b, and la. Discal area pinkish white bordered basally and 
distally with red internervular marks. Fringes in both wings 
spotted with white. Thorax sooty black with two or four white 
spots above and many below. Abdomen black above, to near 
extremity, remainder deep orange. 

Q. Resembles ¢ but f.-w. brownish ochreous, and _ basal 
black much reduced in areas la and 1b, hind-marginal border 
much narrower. H.-w. rather duller than in ¢. Underside 
with ground-colour of apical area of f.-w., and discal area of 
h.-w., creamy white. H.-w. hind margin spots creamy white 
and larger. Abdomen, and in some cases thorax, reddish ochreous, 
Dorsal thoracic spots more conspicuous. 

Some 9 examples are much paler and lack the discal spots 
in f.-w. An example of this kind before me is almost indis- 
tinguishable from some specimens of A. anemosa. 


That welwitschii and anemosa are really different species 
seems to me extremely doubtful. Series of prepara- 
tions of the genitalia show that, allowing for a narrow 
limit of individual variation, there is little or no constant 
difference. In the @ genital plate there is a small but 
noticeable difference, those of welwitschii and alboradiata 
being alike and differing slightly from that of anemosa. 
With our present conception of species-formation it is 
inevitable that we should occasionally find forms which 
are so near to the line of specific distinction that we 
cannot say with certainty, on which side they he. Mean- 
while I have kept anemosa separate from welwitschii, though 
it matters little whether we regard them as specifically 
distinct or not. 

A single f from Angollo (Angola) in the Tring collec- 
tion is intermediate between welwitschtt and alboradiata 
and has a white mark in area 1b of f.-w. 

Neither Aurivillius’ description nor figure of welwitschir 
quite agrees with the original reference of Rogenhofer. 
That author describes the 9, and I have been fortunate 
enough to obtain a cotype from amongst the Felder 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 101 
/ 5 


specimens at Tring. With it is one 2 and four ff 
from the same locality, and these specimens are as here 
described. All have white patches on the h.-w., and 
in this respect, as also in the ground-colour, they differ 
from the examples described ~-by Neave. The latter 
I must therefore regard as a subspecies of typical wel- 
witschit. Aurivillius’ figure agrees more nearly with this 
form than with the type. So far as I am aware the 
typical f is here described for the first time. Rogenhofer, 
in order to distinguish between his species and anemosa 
gives text figures of the female “seal” of each species 
and points out certain differences. This peculiar structure 
is not however reliable for the discovery of minute differ- 
ences. I have placed a female of each form under the 
microscope, in such a position that the extremity of each 
abdomen could be clearly seen in the field at the same 
time, and in this case the two structures appeared to be 
identical as indeed we should expect when the male organs 
are so very similar. 

The type form of welwitschii is known to me only 
from Angola, those before me bearing the labels Loanda, 
Ceramba, Bange Ngola, and Bumba. The subspecies 
alboradiata appears to occur only in the neighbourhood 
of the Victoria Falls on the Zambesi. The specimen - 
described by Trimen as a variety of anemosa, is labelled 
Damaraland, and as a strip of the northern part of that 
province almost reaches the neighbourhood of the Falls, 
the example may have been taken in that region. The sub- 
species lobemba was taken in large numbers by Neave in 
the region of L. Bangweolo, and a few examples as 
far W. as the Lualaba River. 


34, ACRAEA PSEUDOLYCIA. P]. VIII, f. 8. 

Acraea pseudolycia, Butler, Cist. Ent., 1, p. 213 (1874); Proc. 
Zool. Soc., p. 658 (1893) ; Aurivillius (A. zetes, var.), Rhop. 
Aeth., p. 91 (1898); Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 
151 (1911). 

ANGoLA (Pungo Andongo, Canhoca). 

f. astrigera, Butler (A. astrigera), Proe. Zool. Soc., p. 421, pl. 25, 
f. 5 (1899) ; Suffert, Iris., p. 23 (1904) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 12 (1910). 

Barns E. Arrica (Machakos, Campi-y-Simba, Ft. Hall, 

Kenya); Ruopesta (near L. Young); German EF. Arrica 

(Mpwapwa, Usambara, Mhonda, Uhehe, Ugogo, Rukwa). 


102 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


9 f. emini, Weymer, Iris., p. 221, pl. 2, f. 2 (1903); Suffert, 
Iris., p. 23 (1904) ; Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 151 
(1911). 

GerMAN E. Arrica (Mhonda, Ugogo). 


f. brunnea, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 151 (1911). 
GeRMAN E., Arrica (Rukwa Steppe, Masindi); Britisn EK, 

Arnica (Kitui) ; UGanpa (Unyoro, Entebbe); N.E. RHopEsIA 

(Awemba); Ancona (Makweta, Guimbungo, Pungo Andongo). 


A. pseudolycia pseudolycia, P11, f.5( 4). 


Expanse about 74 mm. F,-w. white. Base suffused with 
black, costa powdered with blackish. Apex rather broadly black, 
and hind margin deeply suffused with sepia. There is a sub- 
marginal row of rather ill-defined deep ochreous spots. Black 
spots as follows :—One in cell near base, one, Jarge, in cell over 
origin of nervule 2, an irregular patch of black beyond cell, 
partly confluent with a spot on discocellulars. A spot near 
base of area 2, a subbasal and a submarginal in 1b, and a central 
spot in la. 

H.-w. white with some black at base, enclosing a white spot 
near base of cell. A discal row of black spots in 7, 6, 5, 4, and 
3, and a spot in 2 near origin of nervule 3. A broad black 
marginal border edentate on the nervules, and inwardly edged 
with deep ochreous, and bearing white internervular dots, 
Underside resembles the upper, but in f.-w. there is less dark 
marginal suffusion, and in the h.-w. the basal black encloses six 
or seven white spots, and there is an additional black spot in 
1b. The white spots in the border are larger. 

Head and thorax black with white spots. Abdomen black at 
base, remainder ochreous, and bears white lateral spots. Claws 
unequal, 

Q. Resembles ¢ but wings are more rounded. 


A. pseudolycia astrigera. Pl. 1, f.1(¢), f. 10( 2). 

6. Expanse 55-70 mm. Wings rosy red (liable to vary 
much in intensity), F.-w. with a black basal suffusion. Costa 
narrowly black. A black hind-marginal border moderately 
wide at apex and very narrow from nervule 4 to hind angle. 
Black spots as follows :—In cell, one near base (often obscured), 
one a little beyond middle, and a linear spot at end on 
discocellulars. One in 1b near base (often absent or obscured 
by the basal black) and one near margin, sometimes followed by 
an indistinct submarginal spot. One in 2 close to median, 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 103 


and one in 3, above which, and a little beyond cell is a trans- 
verse patch widening towards and joining with the costal black. 
The subapical area between this patch and the apex is deep 
orange, this colour extending to the hind angle. 

H.-w. with black basal patch extending to about middle of 
cell and a black marginal border about 3 mm. wide, bearing 
seven minute white dots (sometimes very indistinct). A discal 
row of small black spots, very variable in number and size, when 
all present one in each internervular space. (These spots are 
more distinct on underside.) 

Underside. F.-w. rosy pink, spots as on upperside, with an 
additional minute dot near base above costal, preceded by a white 
dot at base, and in some specimens an extra black spot at base of 
cell. The separation of the basal black into spots distinguishes 
this species from anemosa. The deep orange subapical area 
powdered with white which divides the yellow ground-colour 
into more or less triangular spots. H.-w. with a sharply defined 
black basal patch edged with red and bearing at least six white 
spots, two in cell, one in la, 1b, le, and 7. Black margin as on 
upperside but with larger white spots (that in 1c doubled), 
and inner edge bordered with red internervular marks, Discal 
black spots, when all present, as follows :—One in 7, 6, 5, and 
4, roughly parallel to margin, one in 3 rather nearer base, one 
in 2, close to median, one in 1c on a level with that in 3 (usually 
doubled), one in 1b nearer base, and one in la often joined to 
basal black. 

Fringes, especially in h.-w., marked with white between 
nervules. Thorax black with four white spots above and about 
eight below. Basal portion of abdomen black, remainder deep 
orange, and having white or whitish lateral spots. 

Q. Expanse 57-70 mm. Wings usually rather more 
rounded than in ¢, and margin of h.-w. tending to be 
somewhat serrated. Ground-colour variable but paler and 
much duller than in g. Basal black often very faint on upper- 
side, discal spots of h.-w. usually larger than in g, though 
sometimes only showing through from underside. Underside 
f.-w. pale yellowish pink, the white subapical powdering more 
accentuated than in ¢. Discal portion of h.-w. creamy white. 
Distal portion of abdomen dull ochreous instead of orange. 


A, pseudolycia 9, f. emini. Pl. I, f. 2. 

Differs from the astrigera form in its usually larger size, and in 
the great reduction or absence of dark basal suffusion especially 
in the f-w, The outer edge of h.-w, has the appearance of being 


104 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


serrated though this is largely due to the depth of the white 
internervular fringes. The discal spots of h.-w. are well 
developed and the ground-colour tends to invade the marginal 
black along the nervules. 


A. astrigera, f. brunnea, Pl. I, f. 4(¢), £3 (9). 

The rosy red and orange of the astrigera form is here replaced 
by dull brownish ochreous, and the two sexes are alike in colour, 
In Angola examples there is sometimes a more or less distinct 
white subapical bar on the upperside of the f.-w. The f.-w. 
apical and hind-marginal black may be broader, suffused, and 
bear marginal yellowish marks. H.-w. discal spots often larger 
than in typical form. 


It is not without much consideration that I have arrived 
at the conclusions embodied in the above synonymy. 
Isolated examples of the different forms would provide 
comparatively little evidence of specific identity, but I have 
been fortunate enough to secure from various sources a 
fine series numbering between thirty and forty examples, 
the localities ranging from German E. Africa to Angola. 
There are males and females of each fourm (except f. eminz), 
and a series of preparations of the genitalia shows no 
differences of structure. Weymer assumed that his Acraca 
emint was a g, though owing to the imperfection of the 
specimen he was unable definitely to decide. It is larger, 
a little brighter in colour than the ordinary 9 of the form 
astrigera, and has more rounded wings, but cannot be 
specifically separated. Moreover I have before me a ¢ 
which agrees precisely in shape, depth of colour, and in 
every detail of pattern with Weymer's description and 
figure of Acraea emini. This specimen is accompanied 
by two ¢ f which, except for a slight difference in depth 
of tint of the ground- -colour, agree precisely with astrigera. 
Suffert, on the assumption that Weymer’s specimen was 
a male, recorded (/. c.) an example of the female which he 
eeeaned as very similar to the supposed male. From 
these facts I conclude that Weymer’s A. emini is a female, 
and further that it isa 2 form of psewdolycia astrigera. 

An examination of the dates borne by examples before 
me shows that the different forms are not seasonal. ‘The 
geographical distribution is somewhat peculiar. The 
red and orange form seems only to occur at the eastern 
end of the ranzve of the species, but it is accompanied 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 105 


by the form brunnea and by intermediates. The white 
or typical form appears only to occur in Angola, but is 
there accompanied by the brwnnea form and by inter- 
mediates. Thus strictly speaking astrigera is a subspecies 
in relation to the typical pseudolycia whilst brunnea is a 
form of both. 

The male genital armature of all these forms is the 
same, but differs from that of anemosa and welwitschit. 


35. ACRAEA TURNA. PI. VIII, f. 9. 
Acraea turnu, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. Ent., 2, p. 158 (1877); 
Husts Nat. Mad.-Lep., 1,.p//99, pl: 12,.f.(8,-9, (1885-7) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 95 (1898). 


f. marmorata, Smith & Kirby (A. marmorata), Rhop. Exot., 
19 (Acraea), p. 9, pl. 3, f. 7, 8 (1892); Aurivillius, 
Voeltzkow Exp., p. 315 (1909). 

Mapaaascar (Morondaya, Tulear, Mahobo). 


¢d. Expanse about 60 mm. Wings creamy white with sepia 
black spots and markings. F.-w. base suffused with sepia 
extending to two-thirds the length of cell, slightly into area 2, 
in upper part of 1b nearly to middle, and slightly less in la. 
Costa dusted with sepia. An apical and hind-marginal border 
about 5 mm. wide at apex narrowing to about 2 mm. along 
margin to hind angle and bearing ochreous internervular spots. 
A small spot in cell rather before middle followed by a larger 
obliquely transverse spot, and usually a black mark on disco- 
cellulars. Beyond the cell a discal band of spots, wide at costa, 
becoming narrower posteriorly, and ending (in area 3) in a 
large rounded spot. A large spot in 2 close to median. A sub- 
marginal and a subbasal spot in lb. H.-w. with a slight basal 
swfusion and a hind-marginal border about 4 mm. wide, the 
inner edge of which is rather indistinctly detined but with a 
marked indentation of the ground-colour in area 4. On this 
border and close to margin is a row of seven minute inter- 
nervular white spots. Margin slightly serrated and fringes 
spotted with white. A discal row of eight spots, the first four 
(in 7, 6, 5, 4) lie almost in a straight line from middle of costa 
to middle of hind margin (sometimes this line of spots has a 
slight outward curve). The fifth spot isin 3 and further from 
margin, the sixth in 2 near median, the seventh and eighth (in 
lc and 1b) nearer margin. The basal and subbasal spots are 


more easily seen on underside, but those in cell and le are 
well developed above. 


106 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Underside. F.-w. along costa to end of cell, for two-thirds 
of length of cell, and slightly in 1b and 1a, suffused with dull 
pink, otherwise much as on upperside but paler and markings 
less well defined. A whitish powdering round yellow apical 
submarginal spots. A minute black dot on costa about 3 mm, 
from base, a linear black mark in area 11 near middle, and a 
black dot in same area above end of cell. 

H.-w. as on upperside but whiter and without basal suffusion ; 
the hind-marginal border much paler, and the white dots are 
followed inwardly by elongated ochreous spots. The discal 
spots are as on upperside. A basal spot in 8 near precostal, a 
crescentic spot in 7, a small round spot followed by a second of 
erescentic shape in cell, one in lc, 1b, and la. Sometimes a 
dot near end of area la. Area 9, base of la, and a small mark 
in 7, and Ie pink. Head black with a few pale spots, thorax 
black above with whitish lateral spots, and whitish below, 
abdomen black above, whitish below, with pale rings and 
lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

9. Mabille describes the @ as resembling the ¢ but 
more heavily marked. A 9 example before me is rather less 
heavily marked than the male and the ground-colour is pure 
white. The f.-w. is much more rounded than that of the ¢. 


A, turna f. marmorata. 

In this form the ground-colour is bright ochreous, the dark 
markings are heavy and in the f.-w. partly confluent. In one 
example before me the two cell spots in h.-w. coalesce to form 
a black ring. The example figured by Grose-Smith is stated 
to be a 2 and has the h.-w. rather paler than the primaries. 

The difference in colour from that of the typical form is not 
seasonal and both the latter and f. marmorata occur together. 


A. turna is rare in collections. It appears to be allied 
to A. pseudolycia. 


GROUP VI. 


36, AckAnpMinoina, Pl. VI, fil. $PE Seve, £17. 

Acraea egina, Cramer, Pap. Exot., (Pap.) 1, p. 64, pl. 39, f. F, G 
(1775); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, (A.) 1, p. 83, pl. 33, ¢ 
and @ (1885); Haase, Bibl. Zool., 8, 2, pl. 4, f. 26 (1891) ; 
Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 195, 198 (1893); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 92 (1898) ; (ametam.), Arkiv. for Zool., Bd. 
3, No. 1, figs. (1905); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 13 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 107 


(1910); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 66, pl 6; f. 1,2 
(1910) ; Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910). 

= rudolphina, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, (Pap.) 5, p. 7, pl. 81, f. 
1, 2 (1792). 

2 =persephone, Fabricius, (Pap.) Syst. Ent., 3, 1, p. 174 (1793) ; 
Godart, Ene. Méth., (A.)9, p. 234 (1819). 

= zidora, Godart, Enc. Méth., 9, p. 237 (1819); Lucas, Lep. 
Exot., pl. 52, f. 1 (1835); Blanchard, Cuvier, Reg. Animal, 
ed. 3 (Insecta), pl. 134, f. 2 (1836) ; Lucas, in Chenu, Enc. 
Hist. Nat. Pap., p. 11, f. 33 (1853). 

SenecaL; §. Leone; Gotp Coast; Lagos; LIBERIA ; 
AsHanti ; Toco; CAMEROON ; GaBoon ; BANGALA ; ANGOLA ; 
Congo (Lokolele, Stanley Pool); N.E. Ruopusta; UGanpa 
(Entebbe, Unyoro, Pt. Alice, Kampala, Sesse I.); BritisH 
E. Arrica (Nandi); Gurman E. Arrica (Kwidgwi I., Ukerewe 
I., Bukoba); NyassaLanp (Bandawe) ; Pemsa I. 

A. egina, f. harrisoni, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, p. 132 

(1904). 

Ruopesia (L. Bangweolo, Kalungwisi Valley, Lofu Valley) ; 
Uaanpa (Sesse I.); Bririsu E. Arrica (Tiriki Hills); Nyassa- 
LAND (Bandawe). 

A. egina areca, subsp. 

Mabille, Ann. Ent. Fr. (6), 8 Bull., p. 169 (1888) ; Mabille 
& Vuillot, Nov. Lep., 10, p. 100, pl. 14, f. 5 (1898) ; Butler 
(¢), Proc. Zool. Soc., 1893, p. 658 (1894) ; Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 93 (1908); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 
66 (1910). 

— khara, Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 128 (1889) ; 
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), pl. 2, f. 1, 2 
(1889); Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien, 6, p. 457 (1891). 

NyassaLanp (Zomba); Gurman E. Arrica; Britisn H. 
Arrica; PremBa I.; 8.E. Roopzsta. 


A. egina medea, subsp. 

Cramer, Pap. Exot., (Pap.) 1, p. 128, pl. 81, f. C, D (1775) ; 
Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, 4, p. 200, pl. 80, f. 3, 4 (1790) ; 
Kirby, Handb. Lep., (A.) 1, p. 38, pl. 7, f. 4 (1894) ; Auri- 
villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 92 (1898); Ann. del Mus. Civ. 
Genoy., 3, vol. 4 (1910). 

= pasiphaé, Fabricius, Spec. Ins.,( Pap.) 2, p. 33 (1781); Godart, 
Ene. Méth., (A.) 9, p. 235 (1819); Duncan, For. Butt., p. 143, 
pl. 12, f. 4 (1837). | 

= medoa, Palisot de Beauvois, (Pap.) Ins. Af. Amer., p. 220, 
pl. 6, f. 2a, 2b (1805). 


108 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


= saronis, Hiibner, (Telch.) Verz. bek, Schmett, p. 27 (1816). 
Princes I., W. Arrica ; ? SENEGAL. 


A. egina egina. Pl. VI, f. 15 (larva). 

d. Expanse 70-80 mm. F.-w. sepia black, the discal area 
from about middle of cell to the subapical region rather more 
thinly scaled, nervures and rays black. In areas la, and 1b a 
bright red patch commencing beyond middle and terminating 
just before hind margin. Black spots of rather suffused outline 
as follows. One in cell just above origin of nervule 2, and one on 
end of cell; just beyond cell a row of five more or less confluent 
spots in 10, 6, 5, 4, and 3, one spot in area 2 adjacent to median, 
and beneath this but nearer margin a spot in 1b; in the same 
area a small subbasal spot nearly touching the median. H.-w. 
bright red, paler at costa and inner margin, with black basal 
area extending to end of cell, and a black hind-marginal border 
about 2 mm. wide, rather deeply edentate at the nervules and 
sometimes showing traces of pale internervular spots. Black 
discal and basal spots as on underside, but more or less hidden 
by basal suffusion. 

Underside. F.-w. pale sepia, with dark internervular rays 
and spots as on upperside. Above costal a basal and a sub- 
basal black spot. Base of area 1b faintly pink, and red in 
areas in la and 1b replaced by dull pink. H.-w. Base red, 
followed by greenish grey with internervular patches of 
ochreous. Median discal band dull pink, edged with dark 
ochreous at junction with black hind-marginal border, the latter 
bearing seven quadrate dull green internervular spots. Inner 
margin pale yellowish green. Black discal and basal spots as 
follows :—A discal band of nine, those in 7 to 4 roughly parallel 
to margin (that in 5 small or wanting), the fifth (in 3) adjacent 
to end of cell, the sixth touching median and 2, the seventh 
rather nearer margin, the eighth nearer base, the ninth still 
nearer base. Two coalescent spots on discocellulars, one sub- 
basal and one median in cell; one in 8 near precostal, one 
basal and one subbasal in 1c, and one in 1b and la, the latter 
nearer base than the former. Head and thorax black, a white 
line between the eyes and two on thorax, with lateral crimson 
tufts on collar. Basal part of abdomen black with ochreous 
lateral spots. Remainder orange ochreous. Claws unequal. 

9. Expanse 80-90 mm. F.-w. thinly scaled, dull sepia 
grey, sometimes with a median pinkish suffusion. A more or 
less developed whitish subapical bar. Spots as in ¢ but dull 
grey. H.-w. slightly darker, sometimes reddish grey, spots and 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 109 


marginal border as in ¢ but paler. Underside. F.-w. dull 
greenish grey, sometimes pinkish from subbasal to subapical 
area. Nervules and rays well marked, blackish. Spots as on 
upperside. H.-w. pale greenish grey, spots and markings as in 
d but usually paler. In some examples the spots and hind- 
marginal border are as in the ¢ but the basal red is absent and 
the other colours only faintly represented. Abdomen black 
above, ochreous beneath, and with ochreous lateral spots. 


Examples of A. egina from British E. Africa frequently 
have the red colour of a more brilhant and rosy tinge 
than in W. African examples, and the colouring of the 
underside is very brilliant. In the f.-w. the apical inter- 
nervular spaces are deep orange, and areas la and Lb 
bright pmk. In the h.-w. the base is rose pink, the sub- 
basal spots and nervures are surrounded with green, the 
discal area is deep orange with a median pink suffusion, 
and the hind-marginal border is green with a black inner 
edge and black on the ends of the nervules. 

Many examples from N.E. Rhodesia are of this brilliant 
colouring with the apical red streaks of the harrison form. 
Some of the examples taken by Neave on Chirui and 
Chishi Is., L. Bangweolo, are of the harzisont form. 


A, egina, f. harrisoni. 

In this form there are in the ¢ (and less obviously in the @) 
streaks of the red colour in the internervular spaces of the 
apical portion of the f.-w. The underside colouring is much 
more brilliant than in ordinary examples. In the 9 the 
f.-w. is much suffused with reddish and the h.-w. is red as 
in the ¢ but rather paler and the black spots smaller. 


A, egina areca, subsp. 

¢. Expanse 70-80 mm. F.-w, orange red with a trace of 
an oblique whitish subapical bar; costa, apex, and hind margin 
brownish black and a suffusion of same colour at base and on 
nervures. Black spots as in eginw but larger and the subapical 
discal row sometimes confluent with that on end of cell. H.-w. 
orange red with black suffusion at base, but of much less extent 
than in egina egina, and a black hind-marginal border about 2 mm. 
wide rarely slightly paler between the nervules. Spots as in 
egina egina but often smaller, less clearly defined, or obsolescent. 

Underside. F.-w. as above but much paler. H,-w. base dull 
red followed by orange, inner margin pale yellowish green, and 
a greenish dusting round spots and nervules. Discal area 


110 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


yellowish pink, orange at outer edge, Spots on hind marginal 
band pale green, 

Q. Expanse 80-90 mm. F.-w. pinkish ochreous, a well- 
marked white, semitransparent oblique subapical bar. Apex, 
hind margin, and spots dull sepia black. H.-w. pale to darker 
ochreous with a dusky basal suffusion on a reddish ground, anda 
black hind-marginal border, inwardly edged with orange ochre- 
ous. Underside a pale replica of the upper but the ground- 
colour of h.-w. is greenish with a few red markings at base. 


A. egina medea, subsp. PI. IT, f. 1(¢). 

dg. Expanse 70 mm. F.-w. black at base ; costa, apex, and hind 
margin broadly black. Discal area red with large confluent 
black spots, of which there are one in cell above origin of 2, one 
on end of cell, a broad band of spots beyond cell from costa to 
nervule 3, one at base of area 2, beneath and touching the latter a 
spot in 1b, and a second in the same area between base and 
origin of 2, 

H.-w. black at base with a broad black hind-marginal border. 
Central area red, broken up by large and confluent black spots 
corresponding to those on underside. 

Underside. F.-w. Base, costa, and hind margin sage green. 
From nervule 6 to 1 this colour is broken into spots by heavy 
black marginal arches between which, and the discal spots the 
wing is deep ochreous. The spots beyond cell both distally and 
proximally are edged with pink. Black spots as on upper side 
with two small ones near base of costa. 

H.-w. orange at base, followed by sage green as far as end of 
cell. Beyond this pink, outwardly edged with orange and en- 
closed by a broad black marginal border bearing quadrate inter- 
nervular sage green spots. Large confluent black spots as 
follows :—One in 8, two in 7, the second followed by 4 series 
of three lying in a curved band in 6, 5, and 4. A long patch on 
discocellulars, and a spot at base of 3 and of 2 the latter followed 
by large contiguous spots in le and 1b and a small spot in la. 
Two spots in cell the second followed by contiguous spots in 
le and 1b. A spot at base of le and a subbasal in la. 

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots, proximal half of 
abdomen black, remainder orange. 

2. Expanse 80 mm. Spotted and marked as in ¢ but all 
the red areas replaced by dusky white and the dark areas rather 
brown black. Underside like that of ¢ but generally paler 
and duller, and all the pink areas replaced by white. 

Abdomen black above with large yellowish white lateral spots. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. Led 


This remarkable form occurs on Princes I, W. 
Africa. Some old examples bear labels indicating that 
they were taken on the mainland, but if the form ever did 
occur there it does not appear to do so now. Aurivillius 
(Ann. Mus. Genov., /.c.) records sixteen ff and eight 2? 
taken on Princes I., Jan. to Aug. 1901. The Oxford col- 
lection possesses a 2 kindly presented by Prof. Aurivillius. 
The g I have figured is in the general collection in 
the Berlin Museum, and is labelled Senegal. 

The larva and pupa of A. egina have been described by 
Aurivillius /.¢., and his short description agrees with the 
specimen figured on Plate VI. From an example before 
me the larva may be thus more fully described. 


Length about 34 mm. Dorsal area pale yellow the junctions 
of the segments marked by fine black lines, in front of each of 
which the yellow is deepened to an orange tint. The rows of 
spines arise from rather broad black transverse lines, The 
yellow area is bordered by a rather broad dark brown line 
beneath which is a lateral line of pale yellow broken up into 
spots followed by a brown sublateral line. Head black with a 
bifurcated pale line. True legs black. Proiegs dark brown 
segmented with yellowish. Spines rather stout, black, with 
fine black bristles, The bases of spines slaty blue, 


The typical A. egina extends from Senegal across Africa 
to Rhodesia, Nyassaland, and Uganda, whilst the sub- 
species areca occurs in Nyassaland, German E. Africa, 
and British E. Africa. It is a well-defined species easily 
distinguished from the forms to which it bears a super- 
ficial resemblance. A series in the Oxford collection, taken 
at Chirinda includes examples somewhat intermediate be- 
tween egina and areca. The f armature is quite distinct, 
and shows no close affinity with that of any other species. 


GROUP VII. 


37. ACRAEA CEPHEUS. Pl. VIII, f. 12. 
Acraea cepheus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., (Pap.) ed. 10, p. 487 (1758) ; 
Mus. Lud. UlIr., p. 252 (1764) ; Clerck, Icones. Ins., 2, pl. 43, 
f. 4 (1764) ; Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad., Lep. (A.) 1, p. 98, pl. 
12, f. 1, 2 (1885-7) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 93 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 26 (1901). 


112 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


2 = baumanni, Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien., 4, p. 551, pl. 
23, f. 2 (1889). 

Conco (Kassai, Bumba, Aruwimi, Bopoto, Stanley Pool, 
Lokolele) ; Goup Coast ; ANGOLA (Loanda, Cugho R.) ; GaBoon 
(Chinchoxo, Fernan Vaz., Lake Azingo); SupAN (Giraffe R., 
Bahr el Ghazal). 


f. abdera, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Alcraea), pl. 1, f. 1, 2 (1852) ; 
Aurivillius (9), Ent. Tidskr., 12, p. 200 (1891). 
= cepheus, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 85 (1885). 
2 = pheusaca, Suffert, Iris, p. 25 (1904). 
NIGERIA; FERNANDO Po; CAMEROON ; GABOON ; CoNGO STATE 
(Sassa). 


f. eginopsis, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 93 (1898). 
TOGOLAND, 


2 f. sucepha, Suffert, Iris., p. 25 (1904), 
Loe. as typical form. 


Q f. nigrescens, f. n. 
Loe. as typical forms. 


A. cepheus cepheus. 

¢. Expanse 52-60 mm. Wings vermilion red. Costa, 
apex, and hind margin black. Black spots as follows :—One in 
area 11, about middle of length of cell. In cell a subbasal 
spot adjacent to subcostal, a large transverse median spot the 
whole width of cell, and a spot on upper and middle discocel- 
lulars. Just beyond end of cell a confluent band of quadrate 
spots, the lowest (in 3) with its long axis transverse. A sub- 
marginal spot in 2 and lb, the former often confluent with 
marginal black. <A large spot in 2 touching median and nervule 
2. Below this in 1b and rather nearer margin a large spot. In 
1b midway between base and origin of 2, a comma-shaped spot. 
A black linear basal mark in cell and 1b. Hind margin 
narrowly black. H.-w. with black basal suffusion in cell, le, 
1b, and la. Black hind-marginal border 2 mm, wide, edentate 
on the nervules. Black spots as follows :—A zigzag discal row 
of nine, one in each internervular space. In area 7 a subbasal 
and a median spot. A small spot on the upper discocellular, 
two in the cell, and one in lc, 1b, and la, these obscured by the 
basal suffusion. 

Underside. F.-w. Rose pink, yellowish on the costa and 
immediately beyond the discal spots. Apex and hind margin 
dark ochreous with narrow brown internervular rays and | 
broadly black nervules. Usually a minute black subbasal spot 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 113 


on costa. H.-w. pinkish ochreous, basal portion of areas 7, 6, 5, 
distal end of cell, and median part of lc, 1b, and la rose 
pink. Black hind margin deeply edentate on nervules, edged 
inwardly with deep orange, and bearing seven ochreous inter- 
nervular spots. Black spots as on upperside and three 
additional basal spots visible in 8, at base of cell, and in le. 
Head black with orange tufts on collar. Thorax black with two 
whitish dorsal lines, orange lateral spots, and ochreous spots 
beneath, basal half of abdomen black with lateral orange spots, 
remainder orange. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 56-60 mm. Sepia black. F.-w. spots as in ¢ 
(spots sometimes smaller). An oblique white subapical band in 
6,5, 4, and 3, H.-w. usually without basal suffusion. Black hind- 
marginal border with internervular quadrate spots of the some- 
what paler ground-colour. 

Underside f.-w. greyish mauve ; costa, apex, and hind margin 
sage green with black nervules and rays. Spots often smaller, 
those near base may be very minute. H.-w. sage green spotted 
as in ¢. Head and thorax black with dorsal and lateral 
greenish white spots. Abdomen black above, pale ochreous 
beneath, with lateral white and sublateral pale ochreous spots, 


A, cepheus f. abdera, Hew. 

Differs from the typical form in the absence of the red 
colour from the space between the end of cell and discal row of 
spots, and there is sometimes a trace of a whitish subapical bai. 


A, cepheus f. eginopsis, Auriv. 
The red in f.-w. forms a median hind-marginal patch, giving 
an appearance similar to that in A. egina. 


A. cepheus Q f. pheusacu, Suffert (= abdera 2, Auriv.). 

The ground-colour of the wings is brownish red, the spots are 
obsolescent, the costa, apex, and hind margin reddish brown, and 
the subapical bar dark ochreous. The h.-w. spots small and 
often obsolescent. The marginal border bears slightly paler 
internervular spots. Underside f.-w. as above but paler ; costa, 
apex, and hind margin brownish ochreous. H.-w. pinkish 
brown, spots as in typical examples. 

Aurivillius associates this form of ? more particularly with 
the abdera form of the ¢, but I do not think it is the only 9 
form occurring with the abdera ¢. 


A. cephens 9 f. sucepha, Suffert. 
In this form the ground-colour is nearly as bright a red as in 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) I! 


114 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


the ¢, the subapical band of the f.-w. is white, slightly suffused 
proximally, with pale ochre yellow. The underside is typical. 


A. cepheus Q f. nigrescens, f. nov. 

This form represented in the Tring Museum has all the wings 
sepia, without the white subapical bar. In the h.-w. the ex- 
ternal portion of the discal area is paler and is deeply invaded 
on the nervules by the black of the marginal border, and be- 
tween them by the dark ground-colour. The spots are as in the 
typical ¢. On the underside the f.-w. is deep mauve, the costa, 
apex, and hind margin sage green. H.-w. pale sage green. 
Spots and markings as in typical examples. (Described from a 
Sierra Leone specimen.) 


A series of 2 examples shows various intermediates 
between these different forms, often from the same locality. 
Thus specimens from Fernan Vas R. (French Congo) 
show all gradations from the typical 2 to the pheusaca 
form, a f from the same locality being of the usual color- 
ation. Ido not feel justified therefore in assigning any 
particular 2 to a distinctive form of fg. One is tempted 
to regard these different forms of @ as to some extent 
seasonal, but the series here mentioned were all taken at 
the same time, viz. in the month of January, which seems 
to preclude this possibility. 


38. AcRAEA PETRAEA, Pl, VIII, f. 13. Pl. XVI, f. 4. 

Acraea petraea, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg., 2, p. 589 (1847); 
Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 21 (1857); Hoppfer, Peters 
Reise. Ins., p. 373, pl. 34, f. 1-4 (1862) ; Trimen, Rhop. 
Af., Austr. p. 100 (1862); Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 3, p. 26, 
pl. 2, f. 4 (1878); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 85, 
pl. 33, (1885); Trimen, 8. Af Butt, 1, p. 144 (feenr 
(metam.), /.c., p. 145; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 192 
(1898); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 95 (1898) ; Fawcett 
(metam.), Trans. Zool. Soc., p. 294, pl. 46, f. 1, 2, 3 (1901); 
Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 325 (1902); Dixey & Longstaff, 
Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 318, 328 (1907). 

2 (dry season) = petrina, Suffert, Iris, p. 25 (1904). 
Nata; TRANSVAAL; E. GRIQUALAND; GERMAN E. AFRICA 

(Dar-es-Salaam, Kilimandjaro, Tanganyika, Mikandani). 


f. taborana, Suffert, Iris, p. 26 (1904). 
Localities as above. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. TES 


A. petraen petraed. 

¢. Expanse 50-60mm. Wings bright rosy red, rather darker 
at apex of f.-w. and in submarginal part of h.-w. F.-w. base 
suffused with black, slightly in cell and more widely in la 
and 1b. Costa and hind margin narrowly black. Nervures 
and nervules strongly marked and broadly black where joining 
hind margin. Black spots as follows :—In area 11 near middle 
of cell an oblique spot joining costal and subcostal. In cell 
a subbasal spot adjacent to subcostal, followed by a second 
larger subtriangular spot touching subcostal and median, a 
double spot on upper and middle discocellulars. Just beyond 
cell a band of confluent spots from nervule 11 to 3, narrow 
at first, widening suddenly in area 6 so as to join discocellular 
spot, narrower in 5 and 4, but occupying the entire basal half 
of area 3, and sometimes curving round on nervule 8 so as 
almost to join hind margin. In areas 2 and 1b two submarginal 
spots, and in 2 a large spot touching median and nervule 2 ; 
beneath this in 1b and nearer margin a large reniform spot. 
Inner margin narrowly black. 

H.-w. Base suffused with black, rather broadly so in Lb, 
lc, and lower half of cell, Hind margin with black border 
15 mm. wide. Nervules strongly marked. Black spots as 
follows :—In area 7 a small submarginal spot. A sinuate discal 
row of eight internervular spots (no spot in 3), a subbasal 
spot in 7, two spots in cell, one on m.d.c., a basal and a 
subbasal in Ic, a subbasal in 1b, and la. 

Underside. F.-w. dark salmon pink, apex greyish pink with 
deep orange internervular rays. A small black spot on costa 
near base. Spots near base are wanting and the remainder are 
of different shape and smaller size, the outline of the upperside 
spots showing through. H.-w. pale salmon pink with some 
reddish internervular marks at base, and reddish internervular 
rays. Hind margin bearing seven yellowish white spots. 
Black spots as above with an additional spot visible in 8, 
near precostal. Head black with a white central line, and 
two small lateral spots, red lateral tufts on collar. Thorax 
black with two faint dorsal white lines. Basal half of abdomen 
black with orange lateral spots, remainder orange. Claws unequal. 

The foregoing description applies to an average wet season ¢. 
The black markings of this species are very variable in shape 
and extent, and it is almost impossible to make a description 
which will satisfactorily cover the range of individual variation. 
Trimen describes a ¢ aberration (I. c., p. 146) with f.-w. entirely 
dull black. 


f2 


116 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


2. Expanse 60-64mm. Wetseason form. F.-w. sepia rather 
darker at costa, apex, and hind margin, with black spots as in ¢ 
but somewhat less distinctly outlined. A broad white subapical 
patch from costa to nervule 3. H.-w. pale sepia marked and 
spotted asind. 

Underside. F.-w, Basal and discal area brownish grey ; costa, 
apex, and hind margin greenish grey with black nervules and 
dark ochreous rays. Subapical patch greenish white, spots as 
in g@. H.-w. greenish grey with black spots as in ¢. Near 
inner edge of marginal border a row of small greyish ochreous 
streaks. Abdomen black above with large white lateral spots- 
Yellowish beneath. 

Dry season form. Closely resembles ¢ but ground-colour 
duller red, white subapical patch as in wet season form, and apex 
black with reddish internervular rays. Underside of h.-w. pale 
dull ochreous with orange ochreous spots at inner edge of hind- 
marginal border. Discal spot in area 3 may be present though 
small. 


A. petraea f. taborana, Suff. 

The ¢ described under this name by Suffert has the median 
cell spot joined to the basal black, and the discal black band of 
spots is of less extent than usual. In so variable a species the 
name is hardly worth preserving. 

In the @ ascribed to this particular variation of the g¢, but 
with which it has no special connection, the ground-colour is 
the same as that of the ¢ and the subapical patch is dull 
orange ochreous. The varietal name taborana may perhaps be 
preserved for this form. Both the above occur in a series taken 
by Marshall in Natal, and now in the Hope Department. 


Fawcett’s description (/. ¢.) of the larva and pupa is as 
follows :— 


Larva.—‘‘ Ground-colour pale golden brown, with dorsal and 
lateral black lines, and a black transverse line on each segment 
bearing two largish white spots and six long branched black 
spines, those on 3rd, 4th, and 5th segments being longer than 
the remainder. Head Jarge proportionately to body, black with 
a white bifid mark on front. Thoracic legs and claspers 
yellowish, The young larvae reared were all blackish in colour 
and fed in companies on Oncoba kraussiana (Planch). 

‘*Pupa appears to be dichromatic, some being pale brown 
and others ferruginous; in both forms the fine black lines and 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 1S By) 
spots peculiar to Acraea pupae are much reduced. The pupal 
stage lasted fifteen days in January.” 


Trimen says the young larvae feed in companies and 
drop to the ground on a silken thread when alarmed. 

The species is undoubtedly closely allied to A. cepheus 
of the west. 


39. ACRAEA GUILLEMEI. PI. IX, f. 2. 
Acraea guillemei, Oberthiir, Etud. @Ent., 17, p. 19, pl. 1, f. 1 
(1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 97 (1898). 
¢ = A. acutipennis, Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 3, pl. 1, f. 3 
(1906). 

“Lake TANGANYIKA”; Coneo Srate (Upper Lufupa R.); 
Anaoua (Bailundu). 

¢. Expanse 46-50 mm. F.-w. somewhat elongated. Bright 
red with a blackish apical patch 4-6 mm. wide, more or less 
continued as a narrow blackish marginal border. A little black 
at base and black spots as follows :—One in cell at or beyond 
origin of nervule 2, one on end of cell, a discal band of five spots, 
the first small in 10, the second larger in 6 and rather more 
distal, the third below it in 5, the fourth in 4, more distal and 
with its long axis pointing downwards and outwards, the fifth 
below it in 3 but with its long axis pointing downwards and 
inwards. <A large spot near base of 2 and beneath it but nearer 
margin a spot in 1}, Sometimes a subbasal spot in same area. 

H.-w. bright red with some black at base especially in le. 
A narrow black hind-marginal border with a somewhat 
undulating inner edge and bearing more or less developed 
internervular spots of the ground-colour. Blacks spots as on 
underside. 

Underside. F.-w. as above but duller, apical patch merely 
dusky. Sometimes two black spots on costa near base though 
one or both may be absent. 

H.-w. much as above but duller and inclined to greenish grey 
at base and along nervules. Internervular marginal spots paler 
and better developed. Black spots as follows :—A little irregular 
black at base, a spot in 8 near precostal. An outer band of 
large black spots, the first in 7 well beyond origin of nervule 7, 
second in 6 more distal, and beneath it but still more distal a spot 
in 5; one near base of area 4 and beneath it but much nearer 
margin a spot in 3, one near base of area 2 and immediately 
beneath it a spot in 1c, followed by one in 1b slightly nearer 
base. A subbasal in 7, two in cell, and one on discocellular at 


118 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


base of 5, a subbasal in le, beneath it a spot in 1b and a dot 
in la, also a subbasal in the latter area. 

Head black with a reddish tuft between eyes and two on 
collar. Thorax black above. Basal half of abdomen black 
above with yellowish lateral spots, remainder orange. Claws 
unequal. 

?. Like ¢ but with much more rounded f.-w. and somewhat 
less apical black. 


One ~ of this species from Angola in the collection of 
Herr J. N. Ertl has very little black at apex of f.-w., 
but the nervule ends are heavily scaled with black. The 
diseal spot in h.-w. area 5 is represented by a mere dot, 
and is absent in one wing on the upperside. 

I have seen only very few examples of this rare species, 
though in many collections a form of A. nohara is labelled 
guillemei. I was much struck with the rather peculiar 
arrangement of the h.-w. spotsin Oberthiir’s guillemei, and 
observed that this arrangement corresponded to that in 
Lathy’s acutipennis. When examining the Staudinger 
collection I found a single example agreeing with Ober- 
thiir’s figure, but it was a ?, and Oberthitir’s specimen is 
described as a ¢. I therefore wrote to that author re- 
questing him to again examine the type, and he informs 
ine that he thinks it is a 9. If this be so I cannot doubt 
that acutipennis is its male, and I feel sure that the 
acquisition of further material will confirm this conclusion. 

Whether the substitution, in the Angola example, of 
black nervules for the f.-w. apical patch as described above 
be peculiar to that region I have not sufficient material to 
decide. Staudinger’s specimen is merely labelled W. Africa, 
and so affords no assistance. 

The ¢ armature is quite distinctive. 


40. AcRAEFA BUTTNERI. PI. IX, f. 1. 

Acraea biittneri, Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien., 4, p. 553, 
pl. 23, f. 8 (1889); Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 42, p. 575, f. 3 
(1892) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 95 (1898); Neave, 

Proc. Zool. Soe., p . 14 (1910). 
= felina, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 65, pl. 8, f. 5, 6 (1891). 
ConcGo Srarr (Abumonbasi, Bopoto, Stanley Falls, Luebo R., 
Kassai R., Popokabaka, Uboto, Lufupa R., Lubudi R.) ; N.W. 
Ruopesta (Kansanshi); ANGoLA (Mkweta, Muene, Indali); 
DAMARALAND (Humbe, Cunene R., Omrora, Otiembora, 


Okavango R.). 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. tr 


d. Expanse about 50mm. Wings bright scarlet. (In some 
examples deep orange, but whether this difference is due to 
fading or to seasonal dimorphism I am unable to decide, the ex- 
amples before me not being dated.) F.-w. Costa yellowish. Apex 
moderately suffused with black and the nervules heavily marked 
with the same colour. Hind margin nsrrowly black. Black 
spots as follows :—In area 11 near middle of length of cell a 
small spot. Below this in cell an oblique transverse spot and 
one on upper and middle discocellulars. Just beyond end of cell 
an oblique transverse band of spots from costa to nervule 4. In 
area 3 a broadly crescentic spot near middle of its length and 
sometimes a small submarginal. In area 2 a submarginal sub- 
triangular spot and a reniform spot at basal end touching 
median and nervule 2. In area 1b a submarginal, close behind 
it a discal, and touching the median a subbasal spot ; also a small 
black basal streak. In area la near middle a small black streak, 
also a slight black basal suffusion. H.-w. with a slight black 
basal suffusion and a narrow (about 1°2 mm.) hind-marginal 
band. Inner margin yellowish. Black spots as follows :—A 
discal sinuous row of eight the fourth (in 4) usually confluent 
with a minute spot on the discocellular (this latter not always 
present). The spot in 2 touching median and nervule 2. In 
area 7 a subbasal spot. Two spots in cell the distal one large 
and transverse. A subbasal and a basal spot in lc, and one 
or two confluent and rather obscurely defined spots in 1b 
and la, 

Underside. F.-w. rosy red, costa, apex, and hind margin 
ochreous. Hind margin and nervules narrowly black, reddish 
internervular marks, black spots as on upperside. H.-w. warm 
ochreous, darker in the internervular spaces and with some 
reddish marks near base. Hind margin with a narrow greenish 
grey border about 1:2 mm. wide, outwardly and inwardly 
defined by a very narrow black edge, and divided by the black 
nervules. Spots as above, an additional one being visible in 
area 8 near precostal, and a basal spot in 9, and le. The discal 
spots in la and 1b sometimes confluent. 

Head and thorax black with a few yellowish spots, and red or 
orange lateral tufts on collar. Basal half of abdomen black 
with orange lateral spots. Remainder orange. Claws unequal. 

@. About same size as g¢ (one dwarfed example before me 
only 36 mm.). Ground-colour rather less brilliant. Spots 
similar. H.-w. margin with pale internervular spots of ground- 
colour. Abdomen all black above with large whitish lateral] 
spots. 


120 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A, biitinert shows considerable variability in the size of 
the spots, their position also is not quite constant. In 
some specimens the margin of the h.-w. bears pale 
internervular spots of the ground-colour. On the under- 
side, the h.-w. may be uniformly ochreous, the marginal 
border being only a little paler than the rest. In other 
examples the h.-w. hind- marginal border is pale greyish 
white, the narrow black outer “edge being very indistinct. 

The species is rare in collections, and I have been 
unable to gain access to sufficient numbers to decide 
whether it exhibits seasonal dimorphism. Though 
probably allied to A. petraea and A. cepheus the male 
armature is quite distinct. 


41, AcRAEA vioLaRUM. Pl, IX, f. 3. Pl. XV, f. 20. 
Acraea violarum, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg., 2, p. 591 (1847); 
Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 21 (1857); Trimen, Rhop. 
Af. Austr., p. 95 (1862); Staudinger, Exot Schmett, 1, 
p. 84 (1885); Trimen, S. Af. Butt, 1, p. 141, pl. 3, 
f. 4 (1887); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 191 (1898); 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 95 (1898). 

= nataliensis, Angas, Kaff. Ill., pl. 30, f. 6 (1849). 

ANGOLA (Bihé, Calweha R., Caconda, Cubal R., Cambo, 
Caquenje, Benguella); Cape Cotony; Natat; TRANSVAAL ; 
MASHONALAND. 

¢. Expanse 50-56 mm. Wings dull brick red (probably 
brighter in fresh specimens) spotted with black. F.-w. witha 
narrow apical black tip extending very narrowly for a short dis- 
tance along costaand along whole length of hind margin to hind 
angle. Spots as follows :—On costa near middle of length of 
cell a linear spot. In area 11 near end of cell a small oblique 
quadrate spot, and immediately below this an elongate trans- 
verse spot extending right across cell. A small spot on the 
upper, middle and partly on lower discocellulars. Beyond cell 
a discal outwardly convex (in some species nearly straight) bar 
of confluent spots extending from costa to nervule 4. Beneath 
this in 3 and slightly nearer margin a crescentic outwardly 
convex spot. Three rounded subapical spots in 6, 5, and 4 
lying almost in a straight line (oecasionally a small additional 
spot in 8), followed by a submarginal spot in 3, 2, and 1b, the 
last being doubled. In area 2 a reniform spot touching median 
and nervule 2. Below this and nearer margin a large, often 
gemminate spot in area 1b, and in the same area a large trans- 
verse spot nearer base and touching median and nervule 1. In 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 121 


area la slightly beyond middle a small transverse spot. Small 
black linear marks in cell, 1b, and la. 

H.-w. with black basal suffusion, slight in 7, widening in cell 
towards median, extending to middle of wing in 1c, and taperiny 
off to base of la. Hind-marginal black border 2 mm. wide 
rather strongly arched on inner edge between nervules and 
bearing seven pale spots varying from red to yellowish. Black 
spots as on underside, except in la and 1b where they merely 
show through from beneath. 

Underside. Wings as on upperside but rather paler and 
duller, f.-w. with apical region slightly yellower than the 
remainder. Spots as on upperside. The black at apex bears 
three small greyish white spots. 

H.-w. On the marginal border the internervular spots are 
large, rounded, and violet grey, centred with yellow, the black por- 
tion being reduced toa series of rings. Black spotsas follows :— 
A very irregular discal row of eight, first in 7 slightly beyond 
middle, second and third, in 6 and 5, midway between the 
latter and marginal border, contiguous, and lying at right angles 
to costa; fourth, in 4, touching nervule 5 and l.d.c.; fifth, in 3, 
crescentic nearly midway between end of cell and marginal 
border ; sixth in 2 touching median and 2, seventh in 1c rather 
nearer margin than the sixth; eighth in 1b at same level. In 
addition to these the following basal and subbasal spots. In 
area 7 a subbasal spot, its long axis pointing towards inner 
margin ; two in cell, tle second elonyate and transverse; a 
basal and a transverse subbasal in lc, la, and 1b, the latter also 
extending into la, A basal spot in 9, and a small spot in 8 a 
short distance beyond precostal. Fringes of both wings white. 

Head dark red brown, two reddish lateral tufts on collar, 
thorax black brown with lateral tufts of red. Abdomen black 
above, yellowish beneath with lateral orange spots. Claws unequal. 

9. About the same size as ¢, and resembling it in mark- 
ings, but ground-colour duller, and f.-w. more rounded. 
Abdomen black with white lateral spots. Underside of h.-w, 
sometimes ochreous with reddish internervular patches. The 
ground-colour varies from slightly palerthan the $ through dull 
ochreous, smoky ochreous, to violaceous sepia, An example of 
the latter coloration in the National Collection has a median 
white suffusion in the h.-w. The h.-w. margin if spotted at all 
is marked with white. 

Unfortunately very few of the examples which I have been 
able to examine are dated, but the sepia coloured 9 Q are 
probably wet season examples. 


122 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


The species is not common in collections, and Trimen 
describes it as nowhere abundant. 


42, AcRAEA ASEMA, PI]. IX,f.4. Pl. XV, f 19. 

Acraea asema, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 52 (1877) ; 
Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 24, pl. 4, f. 3, 3a (1894); 
Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 555 (1896); Aurivillius, 
Rhop, Aeth., p. 95 (1898); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 14 
(1910). 

= empusa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 656 (1893). 


f. gracilis, Wichgraf (violaruwm g.), Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 243, 
pl. 6, £7, 8 (1308); 

AnGoua (Bihé, Bailundu) ; MANICALAND ; MASHONALAND ; 
NYASSALAND (Blantyre). 


A. asema asema. 

d. Expanse 36-50 mm. Wings brick red with a rosy 
tinge, to ochreous or greyish ochreous, with black spots. F.-w. 
distal portion of costa very narrowly black, apex with a small 
black patch, continued along hind margin as a very narrow 
black marginal border. Black spots extremely variable. When 
all present arranged as follows :—In area 11 near end of cell 
one spot and beneath this an elongate transverse spot in cell. 
A small linear mark on upper portion of discocellulars. Shortly 
beyond end of cell an oblique transverse band of spots from 
close to costa to nervule 4, this band may be straight, irregular, 
or outwardly convex; beneath it and slightly more distally 
placed a spot in 3. Beyond these, in the subapical area, a row of 
three spots in 6,5, and 4, These may be in a straight line, or 
outwardly convex, or absent altogether. Beneath them a sub- 
marginal row of three spots in 3,2, and 1b. A spot near base 
of area 2 close to median, and two additional spots in 1b, one 
near submarginal spot, the other near base. Black basal linear 
marks in cell, 1b and la, absent in typical dry season examples. 
H.-w. with a narrow black border arched on inner edge as in 
violarum. This border is extremely variable and may be almost 
entirely black, or set with internervular white spots, or the 
internervular portions may be nearly all of the ground-colour 
leaving only a series of black arches. Black spots as on under- 
side, but usually smaller and some of them frequently only show- 
ing through from beneath ; basal suffusion of black in wet season 
specimens, often replaced by reddish in dry season examples. 

Underside. F.-w. Wet season specimens usually show the 
black apex with three small yellowish white spots. Dry season 
examples have the apex pale ochreous, and the ends of the 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 123 


nervules black. Ground-colour as above but duller, spots as 
above. H.-w. Ground-colour as above, often with paler discal 
markings and the basal and inner marginal areas suffused with 
pink. The hind-marginal border is pale ochreous, and divided 
into spots by a series of narrow black arches. Black spots 
rather variable but usually more distinct than on upperside and 
arranged as follows. An irregular discal row of eight, the first 
in area 7 near middle, the second and third in 6 and 5, more 
distally placed, contiguous, and in a line perpendicular to costa, 
the fourth in 4 close to cell, the fifth in 3 some distance beyond 
cell, the sixth in 2 touching median and nervule 2, seventh and 
eighth rather more distal, contiguous, and lying at right angles 
to hind margin. A basal mark in 9, a small spot in 8 some 
distance beyond precostal, a transverse subbasal spot in 7, two 
spots in cell, a basal and subbasal in Ic, close to latter a spot in 
1b, and nearer base a small spot in la. In dry season specimens 
several of these spots may be absent and generally all are 
smaller. Head black brown with reddish tufts on collar. 
Thorax black with lateral reddish spots and sometimes two 
anterior dorsal spots. Basal part of abdomen black with 
orange lateral spots, remainder orange. Fringes white. Claws 
unequal. 

2. Expanse 44-52 mm. F.-w. more rounded. Usually duller 
than ¢, some examples being greyish ochreous. One specimen 
before me, taken by Neave in Angoniland is dull ochreous and 
the apical and hind-marginal black is unusually broad and 
inwardly suffused. The h.-w. marginal border is about 3 mm. 
broad and bears ochreous internervular spots of medium size. 
A. asema, f. gracilis, Wicher. 

Ihave examined the type of this form and find that the ¢ 
has the h.-w. margin very narrow and all black, the same 
feature in the 9 being a little broader and spotted with white. 
Beneath, both sexes have the spots.on this border white instead 
of ochreous. (Mashonaland.) 


With regard to the seasonal forms of this species 
Marshall states (Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 555, 1896) that “the 
bright-coloured strongly spotted summer” (= wet season ) 
“form is replaced in winter by a duller form in which 
the black markings are reduced, the two upper spots in 
subapical row usually being obsolete.” 

There is undoubtedly a certain amount of seasonal 
dimorphism, but from an examination of a large number 
of examples I am of opinion that the description bright- 


124 My. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


coloured for the wet season forms is apt to be a little 
misleading. The dry season forms are certainly less 
spotted than the wet, also the actual tone of colour is 
usually paler, but many of them have a rather bright 
pink suffusion, whilst the wet season forms though more 
heavily coloured are generally of a less rosy tint. A fine 
series taken by Neave in Nyassaland, mostly at an 
elevation of about 4,000 ft., contains examples taken in 
March, and also in June and July. Nearly all the former 
are of a rather dusky ground-colour whilst the latter have 
a rosy pink suffusion. 

Though closely allied to A. violarum I consider asema 
to be a distinct species, both ¢ and @ genital armatures 
showing marked differences. Moreover I have seen no 
obvious intermediates. 


ABY UACV MOA onmoyl, Te IDC ak oe IRL NOW ae BAL 
Acraea omrora, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 24, note (1894). 
= uasema, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 68, pl. 8, f. 9, 10, 10a 
(1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 95 (1898). 
S. Ancota; DAMARALAND (Ovampo R.). 
A. omrora wmbrata, subsp. 
= violarum wmbrata, Wichgraf, Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 242, pl. 6, 
f. 5, 6 (1908). 
= violarwm omrora, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 14 (1910). 
N.E. Raopesta ; KATANGA. 
A, omrora omrora. 

d. Expanse 40-60 mm. F.-w. dark ochreous with a slight 
basal black suffusion and a very little black at apex continued 
as a fine marginal line to hind angle. Black spots as 
follows :-—One large transverse spot in cell, and a spot on disco- 
cellulars. Beyond cell a transverse row of three spots in 6, 5, 
and 4, of which the second is slightly more distally placed. 
Beneath them and still more distal a spot in 3. A submarginal 
series of five small spots, the first in 5, the second in 4 rather more 
distal, and the third in 3 still nearer margin, the fourth and fifth 
in 2 and 1b are at the same distance from margin as the third, 
and that in 1b is doubled. A spot near base of area 2, beneath 
it but rather nearer margin a spot in 1b, and a double spot near 
base of same area. 

H.-w. with ground-colour as in f.-w. and having a black hind- 
marginal border about 3 mm. wide which tapers to a point at 
anal angle. A slight black basal suffusion and some of the 
black spots of underside reproduced though most are obsolete. 


bo 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 125 


Underside. F.-w. resembles upperside but paler and duller. 
H.-w. pale dull ochreous, the marginal border formed of some- 
what pointed black internervular arches enclosing grey spots. 
Along the inner edge of this border a greyish suffusion. Black 
spots very small, as follows :—One in 7 about middle, one in 6 
much nearer margin, beneath it a dot in 5, a spot near base of 4, 
and one about middle of area 2. At about the same level 
a double spot in le and one in 1b. A little black at bases 
of nervures, a dot in 8, two in cell, and a subbasal in 1+, 
and la. 

Head and thorax black with yellowish marks, abdomen black 
at base, remainder whitish. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 50-56mm. Resembles ¢ but ground-colour rather 
more dusky. The inner edge of h.-w. marginal black markedly 
sinuous. On underside the grey suffusion is wanting from inner 
edge of marginal border, and the abdomen is whiter than in 


the ¢. 


A . omrora wmbrata. 


6. Expanse 46-60 mm. Extreme wet season form. Wings 
brick red. Costa and hind margin narrowly black. An apical 
black patch 3 mm. wide at broadest part. A basal black 
suffusion which may be evenly distributed over basal area as far 
as middle of cell or may be radiate from base. Black spots as 
follows :—A small costal spot in area 11 at a point opposite 
origin of nervule 2. Just beyond this in cell a large transverse 
spot; a small spot on upper and middle discocellulars. Beyond 
end of cell in 10, 6, 5, 4, an oblique transverse row of four 
spots which may be straight, or irregular. Three submarginal 
spots in 5, 4, and 3, the last preceded by a subtriangular spot. 
In area 2 a submarginal and a basal spot; in area 1b a sub- 
marginal spot with another immediately preceding it (both these 
may be doubled). A subbasal spot in 1b more or less coalescent 
with basal suffusion. In area la a small spot about 4 mm. from 
hind angle. 

H.-w. A black basal suffusion extending to about middle of 
cell. A’ black hind-marginal border about 35 mm. wide 
the inner outline of which may be smoothly rounded, or the 
border may be somewhat widened at nervules 2 and 3. In 
some examples this border is much wider beneath and shows 
through to the upperside as a grey submarginal band. In 
most examples asubmarginal row of slightly paler internervular 
spots. Black spots less distinct than on underside, some only 
showing through. 


126 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Underside, F.-w. paler and duller than on upperside and the 
spots for the most part smaller, and, owing to the upperside 
spots showing through, appearing to be ringed with grey. At apex 
a small black patch containing three greenish ochreous spots im 
8,7, and 6. H.-w. the same colour as f.-w. The basal black 
much reduced, the marginal border sometimes wider than on 
upperside, and bearing seven usually well-rounded greenish 
ochreous internervular spots, that in le doubled. Black spots 
as follows:—A discal row of eight, the first in 7 beyond middle, 
the second rather nearer margin, and the third either immedi- 
ately beneath it or very slightly nearer base, the fourth in 4 
close to end of cell, the fifth in 3 about midway between end of 
cell and hind-marginal border, the sixth in 2 near median, the 
seventh in 1c rather nearer margin and doubled, the eighth in 1b 
nearer base. A minute dot in 8 a short distance beyond pre- 
costal, a subbasal spot in 7, one subbasal and one median in 
cell, a double subbasal spot in le, and a small subbasal in 1b 
and la. These are but slightly separated from the narrow black 
basal suffusion. Fringes black. Head and thorax black, a 
white spot on each eye, and one between. Two pairs of dorsal 
thoracic spots. Basal half of abdomen black with reddish lateral 
spots, remainder orange. 

9. Expanse 46-64 mm. Dull ochreous, with slight subapical 
reddish suffusion, spots and markings as in g but less sharply 
defined. H.-w. hind marginal band rather broader and with a 
more suffused inner edge. Underside paler than above, spots 
and markings as above but many of those in f.-w. obsolescent, 
or only showing through from above. F.-w. apical, and h.-w. 
hind-marginal spots whitish, and the latter larger than in 2. 
Abdomen black above with white lateral spots and yellowish 
beneath. The example here described was taken in the upper 
Luangwa Valley in the height of the rains. 

Extreme dry season form ¢. Ground-colour pinkish 
ochreous. Basal black suffusion smaller and h.-w. marginal 
black narrower than in wet season form. The spots are all 
much smaller. Many of those in h.-w. are distinctly visible 
only on underside. The pale f.-w. apical and h.-w. hind 
marginal spots are smaller and whitish, distal end of abdomen 
dull ochreous. 

9 varies much in colour, some being smoky ochreous and 
others almost rosy pink especially in h.-w. Spots and markings 
much as in wet season Q. H.-w. marginal black often narrower, 
and spots sometimes only showing through from underside. 
Black basal suffusion in both wings broad. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 127 


The forms above described occur in any long series 
of this species. I have called them wet and dry season 
forms since the extremes are mostly taken at those 
periods, but the variation in depth of colour and size of 
spots 1s very considerable and corresponds only approxi- 
mately to the seasons. 

In some cases the heavier black markings associated 
with the wet season may be well developed in the dry. 
A f now before me, taken by Neave near Mporokoso in 
N.E. Rhodesia in July, is of a bright brick red, and though 
the h.-w. spots are smaller than in typical wet season 
forms, the black basal suffusion and h.-w. margin are 
unusually broad and heavy. 

Trimen’s figures of omrora omrora (i. €. as asema) cor- 
respond to dry season examples. The female is shown 
as having a white abdomen, but I do not observe this 
feature in any of the examples of omrora wmbrata, though 
the lateral spots are usually white. 

I have examined the specimens of Herr Wichgraf’s 
violarum umbrata presented by him to the 8. Ken- 
sington collection, and they do not differ from several ot 
those taken by Neave in N.E. Rhodesia. 


PTACRAHA LORUA: Pl. I. f.-8 (¢)) 4.9109), Ph TX, dh 12,13; 
Acraea lofua, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 150 (1911). 
N.E. Ruopestia (Lofu R.). 


6. Expanse 46 mm. F.-w. dull pinkish ochreous with a 
very slight black basal suffusion. Apex black for a depth of 
3 mm. Hind margin very narrowly black. Small black spots 
as follows :—One in cell over origin of nervule 2, one on dis- 
cocellulars. Beyond cell a transverse row of four, that in 5 
vertically beneath that in 6, the third linear, its lower end 
pointing outwards, the fourth beneath the outer end of the 
third. A spot close to base of area 2, and one in Ib nearer 
margin. H.-w. more decidedly pink than f.-w., a black basal 
suffusion and a heavy black hind-marginal border, 5 mm. wide 
between nervules 2 and 3, and tapering off at hind angle. Some 
black basal and discal spots more easily observed beneath. 

Underside paler than above. F.-w. as on upperside but spots 
less distinct; no basal, and very little apical black. H.-w. with 
faint pinkish basal internervular marks; very slight black basal 
suffusion. Hind margin black, narrower in middle than on 
upperside, its inner edge sharply dentate between the nervules, 
and having a submarginal row of seven triangular greyish white 


128 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


bo 


spots, their bases towards the margin. Black spots as follows :— 
One in 8, two in 7, beyond the latter a spot in 6 followed by 
spots in 4, 2, 1c, and 1b, all of which he in an almost straight 
line at right angles to inner margin. Two spots in cell, the 
second at origin of nervule 2. A basal and a subbasal in le and 
1b, and a basal, a subbasal and a distal spot in la. 

Head brown, thorax black, abdomen black above with yellow- 
ish lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

Q. Slightly smaller. Pale dull ochreous. F.-w. with a 
brownish basal suffusion, apical black rather broader than 
in ¢@, but all the spots absent except that on end of cell, 
and the second of the discal row (this very minute). H.-w. with 
faint dusky basal suffusion ; spots absent or very faint. Hind- 
marginal black narrower (in middle) than in male. 

Underside. F.-w. paler than on upperside, the two spots 
just visible but the apical black only faintly represented. 
H.-w. with only a faint trace of the discal spots ; basal spots 
small and indistinct ; hind-marginal black 2°5 mm. wide, not 
dentate, bearing greyish white submarginal spots, smaller and less 
distinct than in ¢. Abdomen black with whitish spots. 


Of this interesting little species I have seen only the 
ft and 9 above described. They were taken on the 
Lofu River in N.E. Rhodesia (4,000 {t.) by Neave. The 
species is closely allied to A. omrora, Trim., and indeed 
I should have regarded it as a form of that species, but 
for the peculiar structure of the male armature which 
bears a supplementary pair of processes between the 
harpes. 


45. AcraEA NOHARA. Pl. IX, f.8. Pl. XVI, f. 19. 

Acraea nohara, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg., 2, p. 590 (1847) ; Wal- 
lengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 21 (1857); Trimen, Rhop. Af. 
Austr., p. 96, pl. 3, f. 1 (1862) ; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 
1, p. 84, pl. 33 (1885); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 142 
(1887) ; Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 24 (1894); Aurivillius, Rhop. 
Aeth., p. 97 (1898) ; Fountaine (metam.), Trans. Ent. Soc., 
p- 60, pl. x, f. 14a, 14b (1911). 

= A. actiaca, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraeqa) pl. 1, f. 3 (1852). 
NataL; TRANSVAAL; ZULULAND; PortuGuEsE KE. AFRICA 

(Delagoa Bay, Beira). 

A, nohara halali, subsp. 

Marshall (A. halali), Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 555 (1896); 
Aurivillius (var, halali), Rhop. Aeth., p. 97 (1898). 
MASHONALAND. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 129 


A. nohara pseudatolmis, subsp. n. 
S.E. Ruopresia; Mawakata R. 


A. nohara punctellata, subsp. n. 
NyassaLAnp (Zomba) ; ANGONILAND; [? DeLAGoa Bay]. 


A. nohara nohara. 

6. Expanse 50-60mm. Wings bright red (in fresh examples) 
varying to pale dusky ochreous with black spots. The ground- 
colour varies in intensity, and the spots somewhat in size. 
F.-w. Costa very narrowly black continued as an apical and 
hind-marginal border about 1:5 mm. wide at apex and tapering 
to hind angle. Ends of nervules black, and a black suffusion at 
base, widest in la. Spots as follows :—A large rounded spot in 
cell just above origin of 2 and a still larger spot on discocel- 
lulars. Beyond cell an oblique row of four and sometimes five 
subquadrate spots, the first in 9 sometimes absent, the next three 
in 6,5, and 4 quadrate and separated only by the nervules. The 
fifth in 3 somewhat elongated, with its long axis parallel to hind 
margin. The appearance of this band of spots varies considerably. 
Most commonly the second, third, and fourth, lie in a perfectly 
straight line at right angles to costa, but in some specimens they 
lie on an irregular outwardly convex curve. A rounded spot 
in 2 close to median, and a submarginal and a subbasal spot 
in 1b, 

H.-w. with a black basal suffusion, and a black marginal 
border 15-2 mm. wide usually with a slight indication of 
paler internervular markings. Black spots as on underside but 
those near base obscured by basal black, and those in la and 1b 
often only faintly indicated. 

Underside paler than above. F.-w. with a conspicuous spot 
at base of costa, apical area sometimes with orange internervular 
markings, the two spots in 1b often faintly indicated, otherwise 
spots and markings as on upperside. 

H.-w. paler than above, area 8, 9, end of cell, and median 
portion of lc, 1b, and la often pinkish. Space between basal 
spots in cell, 1c, 1b, and la ochreous. Hind margin ochreous 
divided into spots by the black ends of nervules- and black 
internervular arches. A narrow black marginal line from apex 
to anal angle. Black spots as follows :—A discal row of nine. 
The first in 7 near middle, the second and third much nearer 
margin and placed one above the other (occasionally the third 
spot is small or absent), the fourth almost touches end of cell, the 
fifth may lie immediately beneath it, or may be in a line pointing 
to apex, the sixth touches median and 2, the seventh rather nearer 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (JULY) K 


130 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


margin, the eighth nearer base, and the ninth which is very 
small (in la) rather nearer base. A spot in 8 near precostal. A 
subbasal spot in 7, two spots in cell and one on discocellulars, a 
subbasal spot in le, 1b, and la, the middle one nearer to margin. 
Some irregular basal black where wing joins thorax. Fringes 
whitish and prominent. Head and thorax with reddish brown 
hairs. Abdomen black above for about two-thirds of length, with 
orange lateral spots. Remainder orange. Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse 50-60 mm. Ground-colour varies from slightly 
paler than the ¢ to ochreous or ochreous grey. Markings as 
in ¢. The variation in colour of the ¢@ is probably seasonal, 
but I have not before me a sufficiently long series of dated 
specimens to be certain on this point. 


A, nohara halali, subsp. 

This subspecies may be distinguished from the typical form 
by its smaller size, by the marked reduction in the size of the 
spots, the invariable absence of the submarginal spot in f.-w. 1b, 
the extremely narrow black margin in h.-w., and the almost 
invariable absence of the third and fifth discal spots. 

Marshall describes the wet season g as bright brick red and 
the dry season ¢ as dull ochreous, a difference not easily ob- 
served in cabinet specimens owing to the rapidity with which the 
more brilliant colour fades. The @ is dull pale grey in wet 
season forms, and dull ochreous in the dry season. 

The species is peculiar in having larger black spots in the dry 
than in the wet season. 


When Marshall wrote of this form in 1896 (/. ¢.) he was 
of opinion that it was a distinct species. I cannot how- 
ever find in the genitalia any ditference from those of 
nohara. Colour and pattern are most untrustworthy 
evidences of specific distinction. From such considera- 
tions it might reasonably be argued that if halali be 
the same species as nohara then the “nohara chambezi” 
of Neave must also be the same, but the latter is certainly 
a distinct species though some examples so closely resemble 
nohara halal. 


A. nohara pseudatolmis, subsp. n. PIL. I, f. 6 (4). 

There are three ¢ examples of this curious form in the Oxford 
collection. They were taken on the Mahakata R. in 1905 by Mar- 
shall. They are smaller than the halali form (about 41 mm. 
expanse). Thesubmarginal spotin 1b of f.-w. is well developed. 
The fourth discal spot is linear and lies nearly at right angles to 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 131 


the hind margin and makes a right angle with the fifth spot 
which extends right across area3. In the h.-w. the black margin 
is extremely narrow as in halali but the discal row of spots 
are all present though small, and the second, third, fourth, and 
fifth are all run together in such a manner as to give the insect 
at first sight a marked resemblance to A. atolmis. This re- 
semblance is even greater on the underside, the h.-w. having 
much pink suffusion, orange submarginal internervular marks, 
and the hind-marginal ochreous band is only very indistinctly 
divided into spots by the nervules. 
I have not seen a female of this form. 


A. nohara punctellata, sabsp.n. Pl. V, f. 9(¢). 

In the British Museum there are several examples of a 
form of nohara labelled guillemei, Oberthiir. The ¢ ¢ differ 
from typical nohara in being usually larger, and of a rosy 
red tint. The f.-w. is more rounded. than in typical 
nohara and the discal spots lie in an irregular line much 
as in A. chambezi. The nervules are less markedly black 
in the apical area. On the underside of the h.-w. the 
marginal border is formed of large yellowish spots only 
faintly outlined in black. All the black spots are smaller 
than in typical nohara, Three 9 2 now before me are dusky 
ochreous brown, and in one the inner edge of the h.-w. marginal 
black is much suffused. 

Two ¢ 4 and two ? 2 from the Tring collection present 
much the same features, but the 9 ? are only a little less rosy 
than the g ¢. 


Whilst many of the above examples present a certain 
amount of individual variation they all agree fairly closely 
with Oberthiir’s figure of guillemei, and I should have 
been inclined to assign them to that form but for one 
feature. The figure of guwillemei shows the spot in area 3 
of h.-w. midway between end of cell and inner edge of 
marginal border, whereas in the forms above described 
this spot is close to the end of the cell. Since we have 
two totally distinct species, A. chambezi and .A. mansya 
existing side by side in the same district and differing 
outwardly only in the position of this particular spot, I do 
not think that the present form can be identical with 
guillemet. 

The latter seems almost certainly the 2 of the species 
since described by Lathy as A. acutipennis, with which it 
agrees very closely in the peculiar arrangement of the 

K 2 


132 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


h.-w. spots, and I have assigned acutipennis to Oberthiir’s 
species. The form of ae here described appears in 
several collections over the label guillemez, but no specimen 
I have seen agrees with Oberthiir’s figure. The ? arma- 
ture is identical with that of nohara nohara, but the 2 
plate is of a more rudimentary structure. In the 
Staudinger collection there are two # f and three 2 2 of 
this form labelled onerata, and the locality is given as 
Delagoa Bay. Whether they came from Delagoa Bay or 
not they are certainly not A. onerata, which is a some- 
what obscure western species of which only about three 
examples are known. 

The early stages of nohura nohara are thus described by 
Miss Fountaine (1. G.): 

“This larva feeds like several others of this same 
genus on Wormskioldia longepedunculata, a small, wayside 
flower, salmon-pink in colour, which grew abundantly in 
and about Macequece, a village in Portuguese E. Africa. 
The larva is most difficult to describe, longitudinally 
streaked with pale and dark ochreous-yellow, finely outlined 
with thin black lines, the spines are also black; they 
feed by preference on the flower itself of their food-plant, 
the salmon-pink colour of which is almost identical in 
tone with the salmon-pink colour of the freshly emerged 
buttertlies. The pupa which is suspended, is very long 
and thin in shape, wing cases pale slaty grey, veined with 
black, and the abdomen cream colour with rows. of 
ochreous-yellow dots, encircled in black.” 

According to Miss Fountaine’s figure the ground-colour 
of the larva is deep yellow. 


46. ACRAEA CHAMBEZI. PI. IX, f. 10. 
Acraea chambezxi. 
= ne nohara chambezi, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 21, pl. 1, 
5 (1910); Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 153 (1911). 
a RuopeEstA (Chambezi Valley, near L, Young). 


¢. Expanse 52-58 mm. Wings rosy red inclined to orange 
at apex. Costa very narrowly black from a short distance 
beyond base to apex. An apical and hind-marginal black border 
about 1 mm. wide at apex and gradually tapering to hind angle. 
A very slight black basal suffusion widest in 1b. Black spots as 
follows :—A linear transverse spot in cell above origin of nervule 
2. <A spot on discocellulars. Beyond cell a row of four (some- 
times five) spots. The first in 11 (often absent). The next two in 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 1338 


a straight line at right angles to costa. The fourth obliquely 
placed and pointing towards margin. The fifth slightly elon- 
gated, its long axis making an obtuse angle with that of the 
fourth. A subreniform spot in 2 near median. The ends of 
nervures though finely marked in black are distinctly less black 
than in nohara halali. A submarginal and usually a subbasal 
spot in 1b. 

H.w. with a black basal suffusion widest in 1c. A hind- 
marginal black border about 1°5 mm. wide, with faint indications 
of paler internervular spots. Black spots as on underside, those 
near base obscured by the black suffusion, and those in 1b and 
le often faintly indicated. 

Underside rose pink but more sparsely scaled than above. 
F.-w. as above but with a spot at base of costa, and an indication 
of pale spots on apical black in 6 and 7. 

H.-w. with a black marginal border as above bearing distinct 
sublinear pale yellowish internervular spots. Discal row of 
seven spots. No spot inarea5. The spot in 3 is always much 
nearer to end of cell than to inner edge of marginal black. 
This spot seems to be always a little further from end of cell 
than in nohara. In one example it is absent. The three spots 
in 2, 1c, 1b, are usually in a straight line whereas the middle 
spot is generally nearer margin in nohara. This feature can- 
not be relied upon as a constant distinction since some specimens 
of nohara also have these spots similarly placed. There isa spot 
in 8 close to precostal, a subbasal in 7, two spots in cell, one in 
le, 1b, and 1a and some black about the base of the nervures. 

Head black with red tufts between eyes and on collar. 
Thorax black with some reddish hairs. Abdomen, basal half 
black with orange lateral spots, remainder and beneath, orange. 
Claws unequal. 

Q?. Resembles the ¢ but the f.-w. are more orange coloured 
and the abdomen is dorsally black over whole length, and has 
dorso-lateral whitish spots. 


When Neave described this form he was of the opinion 
that it was a subspecies of A. nohara, and in the absence 
of preparations of the male armature, such a conclusion 
would seem to be justified. The differences between 
the genitalia of chambezi and nohara are however of so 
marked a kind that the two must certainly be regarded 
as distinct species. 

From typical nohara, chambezxi differs in the smaller 
size of the spots; from nohara halali in the greater width 


134 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


of 


the hind-marginal black, and from both these forms in 


the very faint development of black on the nervules of the 
f.-w. apical area. 


47. 


ACRABA MANSYA. (Pl... TS0¢G), 12)" Pl: LX, fe 
Acraea mansya, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 153 (1911). 
=A. nohara chambexi (part), Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p. 21 (1910). 
N.E. Raopesia (Chambezi Valley, near L. Young). 


¢. Expanse 40-50 mm. Wings rosy red with black spots 
and markings. To give a full description of this species would 
be merely to repeat that of A. chambezi with the exception tbat 
the spot in area 3 of h.-w. is nearly midway between end of cell 
and the inner edge of marginal black and thus lies either imme- 
diately below the spot in 4, or is more distally placed. This is 
the only constant difference I have been able to discover. The 
tarsal claws are unequal. A careful comparison of the six 
examples before me with five of chambezi also shows that the 
pale spots on the marginal black on h.-w. underside are, though 
variable in size, more rounded in mansya than in chambezi. 

The specimens show a great variation in size. One ¢ is 50 
mim. in expanse and differs from the rest in having broader 
black margins, a small discal spot in area 5 of h.-w., and two 
small spots on h.-w. discocellulars. One ¢ has a whitish 
suffusion at base of 1b in f.-w. In only one specimen is there 
a subbasal spot in 1b in f.-w. and that only on one side. The 
type specimen has no spot in area 2 in f.-w. though this spot is 
present in varying degrees of intensity in the other examples. 
Two small ¢ ¢ are dull orange ochreous instead of rosy red. 

2. The single female in the series is small (40 mm.). The 
wings are dull smoky ochreous, with a tendency to orange in 
the apical area. All the spots in f.-w. except that on disco- 
cellulars are but faintly indicated on the upperside. The 
abdomen is black above with Jateral white spots, and yellowish 
white beneath, and the “seal” is somewhat similar to that 
described by Trimen in the 2 onerata. In this @ and in 
three of the ¢ ¢ the f.-w. discal row of spots forms a nearly 
straight line across the wing, in the others the line is angulated 
though not so sharply as in A. chambezi. 


In examining the eleven examples of Neave’s “ nohara 


chambezxi” 1m the Oxford Museum, my attention was at- 
tracted to the small ochreous 2 above described and from 
that to the small males which appeared to correspond with 


Afrivan Species of the Genus Acraea 133 


it, and on making a preparation of the male armature I 
was surprised to find the very remarkable ditferences which 
may be seen on reference to my figures on Plate IX. A 
careful examination of the genitalia of all the other 
examples resulted in the sorting out of six specimens of 
the new form. They were all taken by Mr. Neave in the 
neighbourhood of the Mansya River and Lake Young at 
the end of October and beginning of November 1908. 


48, ACRAEA ONERATA. 
Acraea onerata, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 61, pl. 8, f. 7, 8, 
8a (1891) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 97 7 (1898) 
DAMARALAND (Okavango R.). 


g. Expanse 44mm. F.-w. Ground-colour bright brick red 
much like that of a not too fresh example of A. atolmis. Costa 
very narrowly black. Apex and hind margin narrowly black. 
Nervule ends black nearly as far as end of cell. A little black 
at base of wing. Black spots as follows :—One in cell above 
origin of nervule 2, two on upper part of discocellulars. Beyond 
these, two together in 5 and 6, one beneath the other, followed by 
one in 4 more distally placed and pointing outwards. This 
followed by a fourth just beneath it but pointing inwards. A 
large spot at base of area 2. In 1b a minute oe near base 
close to median, and a submarginal beneath spot in 2 but more 
distal. 

H.-w. with a little black basal suffusion and a black hind- 
marginal border about 2 mm. wide with only a faint trace of 
paler internervular markings. Black spots as on underside. 

Underside. F.-w. as above but paler, and inclined to pinkish 
Spots as above with an additional brownish mark between the 
cell spot and end of cell, and another between end of cell and 
spot in 3. 

H.-w. pinkish red with black spots as follows :—One in 9, one 
in 8 against precostal, two in 7, the outer one forming the first 
of a discal band of eight, the second in 6 nearer margin, third 
in 5, still more distal, fourth in 4, more proximal (immediately 
under first), fifth in 3 ‘under fourth), sixth in 2, seventh in lc 
more distal, eighthin la, more proximal. Two in cell, the second 
transverse, and a basal and subbasal in Ic, a spot in Ib, 
and a subbasal in la. Marginal border black enclosing small 
white internervular spots. 

Head black with an orange spot between eyes and two on 
collar. Thorax and basal part of abdomen black, terminal 
portion orange. Claws unequal, 


136 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


@. Resembles the ¢ but the ground-colour is more dusky 
especially in the f.-w. The terminal portion of abdomen is 
whitish. 


I have described the ¢ from a single example in the 
collection of Mr. Roland Trimen. This specimen differs 
slightly from the type in being of a brighter red, in not 
having a yellowish basal patch on h.-w. beneath, and 
having the spots shghtly different on the h.-w. 

The ¢ I know only from the figure (/. ¢.), both it and 
the type ¢ being in the 8. African Museum at Capetown. 
My search through large collections here and on the 
Continent has failed to reveal another example, although 
I have seen many specimens labelled with the name 
onerata. The reputed specimens in the Staudinger 
collection are a form of A. nohara, and in another large 
collection I found an alleged example which proved to be 
periphanes. 

A, onerata is not a very distinctive form and is diffi- 
cult to identify satisfactorily without further material. 
The country whence the type was received has not been 
much worked so that we may hope to see further examples 
in the future. 


49. ACRAEA ROHLFsI. Pl. I, f.7(¢). 
Acraea rohlfsi, Suffert, Deut. Ent. Zeit. Iris, p. 124, pl. 3, 
f. 5 (1904). 
UKEREWE I. (in south of Lake Victoria Nyanza). 


¢d. Expanse 46 mm. F.-w. bright brick red. A narrow 
black border round costa, apex, and hind margin, continued as 
a black line along inner margin. A little black suffusion at 
base especially in 1b and la. Nervures black. The nervule 
ends rather broadly black widening somewhat where they 
reach the hind margin so that the red ground-colour is divided 
up into broad clavate streaks. Black spots as follows :—A 
large spot in cell over origin of nervule 2, a spot on the disco- 
cellulars, and beyond cell a band of large spots extending 
from costal black into area 3, the spot in this area being nearly 
separated from those above it. In 2 and 1b two small sub- 
marginal spots lying parallel to hind margin. In 2 also a large 
spot touching median, 3, and 2, and beneath it but nearer 
margin a spot placed in a line with that in 3 parallel to hind 
margin. A small spot in 1b nearly midway between base and 
origin. of nervule 2. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 137 


H.-w. bright brick red with a little black at base in le, 1b, 
and la, A narrow black marginal border the inner edge of 
which, between the nervules is straight, and narrowly edentate 
on the nervules. Black spots as on underside. 

Underside, F.-w. dull brick red with black spots as above. 
Costa and hind margin only slightly darkened. Nervules grey 
black, and internervular rays at apex inclining to orange. 

H.-w. yellowish pink the basal half inclined to reddish. A 
very narrow grey hind-marginal border, inwardly edged with 
orange red internervular marks about twice the width of the 
border, Nervule ends black. Black spots as follows :—One at 
base in area 9, three equidistant spots in 7 the second just 
beyond origin of nervule 7, Between and beneath the two more 
distal of these, a small spot in 6, and beneath it but slightly 
nearer margin a small spot in 5. One at base of areas 4, 3, and 
2, all touching cell. Beneath that in 2 but nearer margin a 
large spot in lc, and a second at the same level in 1b. Also 
two spots in cell, the second rather oblique, its lower end touch- 
ing median just beyond origin of nervule 3. A basal and a 
subbasal in le and la, and a subbasal in Ib. 

Head and thorax black with two or three reddish dots, 
Abdomen black above with small reddish lateral dots towards 
the extremity. Claws unequal. 


It is through the kindness of Herr Ertl of Munich that 
I am able to give a figure and full description of this 
butterfly, he having sent me the type for that purpose. 
The specimen has the appearance of being dwarfed or not 
fully expanded, but is otherwise in good condition. It is 
not quite lke anything else I have seen, and further 
examples will be awaited with interest. It was taken on 
the Island of Ukerewe in the southern part of Lake 
Victoria Nyanza. 


50. AcRarA atotmis. Pl. IX, f.9. Pl. XV, f. 27. 

Acraea atolmis, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, p. 343, pl. F, 
f. 8, 4 (1882); I. c., ed. 2, p. 351, pl. 6, f. 3, 4 (1889); 
Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p: 63, pl. 8, f. 1-3 (1891); 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 97 (1898); Neave, Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 21 (1910). 

= acontias (f. aestiv.), Westwood, 7. ¢., p. 345, pl. F, f. 7, 8 
(1882); 1. c., ed. 2, p. 353, pl. 6, f. 7, 8 (1889) ; Trimen, 1: ¢., 
p. 64, pl. 8, f. 4 (1891). 

= luxi, Rogenhofer, Aun. Mus. Wien., 4, p. 550, pl. 23, f, 5 
(1889), 


13 Mr. H. Eltringham’s J/onograph of the 


f. decora. 


= acontias ab. decora, Weymer, Ent. Zeit. v. Guben, 16, p. 62 
(1901) ; Iris., p. 225, pl. 2, f. 5 (1903). 

AnGoLa (Longa R., Don Carlos, Bihé, Makweta, Luacinga R.., 
Benguella, Guimbungo); DamMaraLaAND (Ovambo); Coneo 
(Stanley Pool, Lualaba Valley); RaopEsta (Victoria Falls, 
Chambezi Valley, Buluwayo, Barotseland). 


6. Expanse 42-58 mm. Dry season form. Wings bright 
brick red, with black markings. Costa, apex, and hind margin 
narrowly black. Nervules rather heavily marked with black for 
a length of some 7 mm. at apex and to a gradually decreasing 
extent towards hind angle. Very slight basal black suffusion, 
sometimes absent. A basal black streak in 1b, <A transverse 
spot in cell over point of origin of nervule 2. A mark on upper 
part of end of cell. Beyond end of cell a row of five small spots, 
usually almost in a straight line at right angles to costa, but 
occasionally irregularly placed. The fifth spot (in 3) separated 
from the rest. A spot in area 2 close to median, and a sub- 
marginal spot in 1b. 

H.-w. with a slight black basal suffusion and some minute 
black spots more easily observed on underside. An extremely 
narrow black marginal line from apex to anal angle. 

Underside. F.-w. dull pink as far as discal row of spots, 
remainder pinkish ochreous striated by the black nervules and 
by orange internervular streaks. A black spot at base of costa, 
Other spots as on upperside, and sometimes a subbasal spot 
in ib, 

H.-w. dull pinkish ochreous to ochreous and striated by the 
fine black nervules and by orange internervular streaks. An 
extremely narrow black hind-marginal line. Black spots all 
very small as follows :—A discal row of eight, one in each inter- 
nervular space except 3. That in 7 somewhat before middle of 
the area, and the next three closely beneath it arranged in a 
nearly straight line at right angles to costa. The fifth in the 
angle between 2 and the median, the sixth linear and obliquely 
transverse, the seventh linear and transverse, the eighth minute 
and more proximal. A dot on end of cell at origin of 6. A spot 
in 8 against precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell (the second 
linear and transverse) a basal and a subbasal in 1c, a subbasal 
in 1b, and la (that in 1b more distally placed). 

Head and collar with brownish tufts, thorax black with some 
brownish hairs. Base of abdomen black, remainder pale orange 
ochreous. Claws unequal. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 139 


Q?. Resembles ¢ but ground-colour rather less brilliant, and 
a trace of a pale subapical bar just beyond f.-w. discal spots. In 
one example before me the ground-colour is pale brownish 
ochreous and there isa distinct whitish subapical bar. Abdomen 
black above with large yellowish lateral spots. Pale yellowish 
beneath. 

Wet season form ¢. Ground-colour as in dry form but all the 
black markings larger. A black marginal border about 1 mm. 
wide round both wings, narrower at angle of f.-w. and from angle 
to base of h.-w. All spots much larger than in dry form. In 
f.-w. an extra spot near base of 1b and a hind-marginal spot in la 
immediately below the spot in 2. In h.-w. a well-developed 
spot in 3, close to end of cell. 

Underside much as in dry form, but spots larger in f.-w. and in 
h.-w. 3 the extra spot is present. In f.-w. there is a narrow 
submarginal line of ochreous along hind margin, and in h.-w. a 
similar line rather broader and bounded on its inner edge by a 
fine black line. 

@. Ground-colour dull brownish ochreous to sepia black, 
spotted asin ¢. The blackest forms show a small white sub- 
apical bar in f.-w. the development of which becomes less the 
more nearly the ground-colour approaches that of the ¢. 

Weymer’s ab. decora is a ¢ with much of the f.-w. ground- 
colour replaced by black. It is merely a melanic aberration, 


The “seasonal” forms appear quite irregularly and 
seem all to occur together at least in Angola. 


51. ACRAEA PERIPHANES. PI. IX, ff. 6, 7. 

Acraea periphanes, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 20, pl. 2, f. 23 
(1893) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 657 (1894); dc. p. 116 
(1896); Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 107 (1897); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 97 (1908); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 19 
(1910). 

L. Meru; NyassaLanp (Zomba); Conco  (Lualaba, 

Katanga); RuHopEsta (Kasama, Lower Chambezi R., L. 

Bangweolo). 


f. beni. 
= A. beni, Bethune-Baker, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 110 (1908) ; 
Eltringham, Novit. Zoo]., xviii, p. 152 (1911). 
AncGota ; RHopesta (Lower Chambezi Valley ; L. Bangweolo). 


f, melaina, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 152 (1911), 


140 


Mr. H. Eltrmegham’s Monograph of the 


= periphanes, (part,) Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 19 (1910), 
Ruopesta (Lower Chambezi Valley ; L. Bangweolo), 


f. wmida. 
= onerata, f. wmida, Wichgraf, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 53, p. 246, 
pl. vi, f. 10 (1908). 
= periphanes, f. marginata, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, 
p. 153 (1911). 
Ruopesia (Chinsali; Lower Chambezi Valley ; L. Bangweolo). 


f. acritoides, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 153 (1911). 
= periphanes, (part,) Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 20 (1910). 
RHODESIA (Chinsali; Lower Chambezi Valley ; L. Bangweolo). 


A. periphanes periphanes. 

do. Expanse about 56 mm. Wings bright red with a rosy 
tinge. Costa very narrowly black from near end of cell. 
Apex black (6 mm. wide) the inner edge of the patch 
somewhat suffused. Hind margin narrowly black widened 
somewhat at the nervules, A basal black streak in lb. Black 
spots as follows :—One in cell above origin of nervule 2. A 
double spot on upper part of discocellulars. Beyond the cell 
a discal row of five spots, the first (in 10) very minute, the 
second and third (in 5 and 6). These three usually he in a 
straight line nearly at right angles to costa. The fourth (in 4) 
is nearer margin, and is obliquely placed, its long axis being 
nearly at right angles to the hind margin. Beneath this (in 3) 
the fifth spot, rounded, and lying in a straight line with the 
first three. In area 2 a rounded spot close to median, and in 
area 1b a submarginal and a subbasal spot (this often absent 
or minute). H.-w. often a little darker in colour than the f.-w. 
A black basal suffusion, widest in le, and a narrow black hind- 
marginal border, more or less broken up by internervular spots 
of the ground-colour. The black spots are as on underside but 
those in la and 1b sometimes faintly indicated. 

Underside. F.-w. dull pinkish, the apical black of upper- 
side represented by a greyish ochreous patch on which the 
nervules are strongly marked in black, and there are fairly 
distinct orange internervular rays. A fine black marginal line 
from apex to hind angle. Spots as above and a black dot at 
base of costa. H.-w. ground-colour orange ochreous, areas 8, 


part of 7, end of cell, middle of 1c, 1b, and Ja pink. Base of | 


cell, 1c, 1b, and la lemon-ochreous. Hind margin lemon- 
ochreous divided into spots by the black ends of the nervules, 


— 


eS Se 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 141 


and narrow black internervular arches, A thin black marginal 
line from apex to anal angle. Black spots as follows :—A 
median row of eight, the first in 7 near middle, second in 6 
nearer margin, third in 4 in a line with second nearly at right 
angles to costa (very rarely a faint trace of a spot in 5), fourth 
in 3 close to end of cell, fifth in 2 touching median and 
nervule 2, sixth in le nearer margin, seventh in 1b slightly 
nearer base, eighth in la still nearer base. A spot in 8 
rather beyond the precostal, a transverse subbasal spot in 7, 
one round and one transverse spot in cell, and one on upper 
discocellulars. A subbasal spot in 1c, 1b, and la, the second 
of these nearer margin than the other two. A basal spot in le. 
Fringes yellowish white. Head and thorax covered with reddish 
brown hair, abdomen black above, orange beneath, and with 
whitish lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse about 62mm. Ground-colour extremely variable, 
rosy pink, warm sepia, or creamy white with a brownish basal 
suffusion. Markingsasin ¢. The red form closely resembles 
6 on both surfaces, the sepia form has whitish spots on the hind 
margin of h.-w. and on the underside the f.-w. apex, and the 
ground-colour of the h.-w. are greenish ochreous. The whitish 
form is almost without the brown basal suffusion on the under- 
side and the ground-colonr is like that of the upperside. 


A periphanes, f. beni. 

This form was described by Bethune-Baker as a new species 
(l. ¢.). It is characterised by the absence of the subapical 
black in the f.-w. The 2 may be of the sepia form, or 
dull red. 


A. periphanes, f. melaina. PP). ILI, f. 10(¢). 

Differs from typical examples in having a heavy black basal 
suffusion in both wings. The h.-w. margin is broad with only 
a trace of pale spots, in the ¢ it radiates into the discal area, and 
in the 9 has a more regular though suffused inner edge and 
is widest (about 45 mm.) at lc and 2. The ? 9 present the 
same variations of ground-colour as the ¢ ¢. 


A. periphanes, f. wmida. Pl. V, f.7(¢). 

In this form the basal suffusion and h.-w. margin are as heavy 
as in the melaina form but the apices of f.-w. are not at all 
or only slightly blackened, though the ends of the nervules 
are distinctly black. The discal spots are usually larger than 
in the type form. The ? @ present the same variations of 
ground-colour as do those of the typical form. 


142 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A. periphanes, f. acritoides. Pl. III, f. 11 (¢). 

Differs from typical examples in having more elongated wings, 
and in the absence of the apical black patch and the discal spots 
of the f.-w. These differences have the effect of giving the 
insect a very close resemblance to 4. acrita as already noted by 
Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 20, 1910). Of this form I have only 
seen male examples. 


Examples of A. periphanes from the Alala plateau, 
N.W. Rhodesia, present much the same series of forms, 
but the specimens are generally of smaller size. 

The extraordinary formation of the male genital arma- 
ture in periphanes separates it very definitely from allied 
species. 

The different forms above described are neither seasonal 
nor geographical unless Angola produces only the form 
bent. Even then the latter could not be regarded as a 
subspecies since it also occurs in other localities. It is 
a curious fact that dead and dried examples of this species 
usually have the last three or four segments of the 
abdomen sharply bent downwards and forwards. 


GROUP VIII. 


52. ACRAEA AUREOLA. PI. II, f.8(¢). Pl. 1X., ff. 14, 15. 
Acraea aureola, Eltringham, Novit. Zool. xviii, p. 149 (1911). 
ANGOLA (Bihé). 


¢. Expanse 60 mm. Rich golden yellow with black spots 
and markings. F.-w. narrow and pointed, base very slightly 
suffused with black ; ground-colour of basal portion of a some- 
what richer tint than the remainder: costa very narrowly 
black except at base ; subcostal, nervule 6, and distal ends of 
remaining nervules black. Hind margin narrowly black, ex- 
panded into small triangular marks at ends of nervules. A 
large ovate transverse spot in cell above origin of 2. A sub- 
quadrate spot on upper part of end of cell. A little beyond 
cell an outwardly convex row of five rather small rounded 
spots; beneath these nearer to base, and between nervules 2 
and 3, a rounded spot ; below this and slightly nearer margin a 
small, rather crescentic spot, and a very small subbasal spot in 
area 1b close to median. 

H.-w. rather paler than f.-w.; a moderately heavy black basal 
suffusion ; in area 7 a subbasal spot followed by a larger trans- 
verse spot near middle of costal margin; beneath this but 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 143 


nearer margin a spot in area 6. In middle of cell a transverse 
V-shaped spot, the angle pointing outwards ; remaining spots 
obscured by basal suffusion. Hind margin with a very narrow 
black line, and a series of well-marked black internervular 
arches. 

Underside. F.-w. resembling upperside but paler and duller ; 
apical portion pinkish ochreous ; nervules not black and without 
triangular marginal marks. No basal suffusion. H.-w. pinkish 
ochreous ; the basal portion brown ochreous, except above the 
subcostal ; a round black spot near base of cell, followed by 
a V-shaped mark as on upperside. In area le a basal spot 
followed by another V-shaped mark, and a spot in 1b and la ; 
other marks as on upperside. 

Head and thorax brown; basal part of abdomen black, 
remainder orange ; tarsal claws unequal, 


Only a single example of this beautiful species is 
known to me. It appears to be very distinct. The 
structure of the genital armature is quite characteristic, 
and the dorsal abdominal plate is folded in a very peculiar 
manner, as I have endeavoured to show on PI. IX, f. 15. 
I have placed the species in a separate group, as it does 
not appear to have any near allies. 


GROUP IX. 


53. ACRAEA ACRITA. Pl. X, ff, 1,4. PI. XVI, f. 10. 
Acraea acrita, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 3, f. 18 (1865) ; 
Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 3, p. 381 (1889) (part); Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 28, pl. 4, f. 4 (1894); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., 
p. 96 (1898) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 16 (1910) (part). 


f. msamwwiae, Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, v. 2, p. 282 
(1911). 


f. aquilina, Strand, I. c., p. 281 (1911). 


f. nyassicola, Strand, 1. c., p. 282 (1911). 

PortucuEseE E. Arrica (Mt. Pakolwe); MasHONALAND; 
ZAMBESI; ManicatanpD; Ruopesta (Chambezi, Luangwa, 
Alala Plateau, Kafue R., Mt. Kapsuku, Ft. Jameson) ; 
NYASSALAND. 


A. acrita ambigua, subsp. Pl. X, ff. 9, 12. 
Trimen, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 70, pl. 9, f. 11 (1891); Aurivillins, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 17 
(1910) ; Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, p. 280 (1911). 


144 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


fe) Gallons ee ONC e tial, 4s 

Weymer, Ent. Zeit. Ver. von Guben, p. 61 (1901); Iris, p. 
225, pl. 2, f. 4 (1903) ; Strand, U.c., p. 281 (1911). 

L. BanewrEoLo ; Luwineu ; TANGANYIKA PLATEAU ; MaAniIca- 
LAND; Barorse Country ; E. DAMARALAND (Okavango). 
Acraea acrita pudorina, subsp. Pl. X, ff. 3, 6. 

Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, i, p. 84, pl. 33 (1885); Pagen- 
stecker, Jahrb. Hamb. Naturw. Arnst., 10, 2, No. 6, p. 19 
(1893); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 566 (1894) ; Trans. Ent. 
Soe., p. 520 (1895) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898) ; 
Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., 5, 2, p. 281 (1911). 

f. wtenguensis, Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 48, p. 130, pl. 2, f. 9 
(1908) ; Strand, J. c.; p. 281 (1911). 
3RITISH E, Arrica (Mori R., Kibwezi, L. Baringo, Ngomeni, 
Nandi, Kikuyu Escarpment, Taita, Fort Hall, Machakos, Taveta, 
Rabai); German E. Arrica (Mt. Kilimandjaro); ZANZIBAR 
Coast. 
A. acrita littoralis, subsp. nov. Pl. X, ff. 7, 10. 

= acrita, Trimen, 8. Afr. Butt., 3, p. 381 (1889) (part). 

f. aquilia, Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 48, p. 129, pl. 2, f. 8 
(1903) ; Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., 5, 2, p. 280 (1911). 

f. chaeribulula, Strand, l.¢., p. 281 (1911). 

f. wsaramensis, Strand, l. c., p. 282 (1911). 

German E. Arrica (Tabora, Mandera, Dar-es-Salaam, 

Usaramo, Lindi). 
A. acrita manca, subsp. nov. Pl. X, ff. 2,5. Pl. XVI, f. 12. 
= A. guillemei manca, Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 48, p. 305 
(1903). 
f. lindica. 
= acrita, f. lindicu, Strand, l. c., p. 282 (1911). 
GerMaN E. Arrica (Irangi, Iraku, Itumba, Usagara, 
Usukumu, Tabora). 
A. acrita bellona, subsp. Pl. X, ff. 8,11. Pl. XVI, f. 11. 

Weymer, Deut. Ent. Zeit., p. 728 (1908); Strand, Mitt. Zool. 

Mus. Berl., p. 280 (1911). 
AncGoua (Benguella, Chissamba, Caconda, Calweha, Ceramba, 
Guiballa). 
A, acrita, f. parwperata. 
Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 129 (1903); Strand, l.c., p. 281 
(1911). 
(A form liable to be found in any locality, and differing only 
in absence of subbasal spot in f.-w. 1b.) 


Re ag ae og. AP Pa el ee 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 145 


Acraea acrita appears to be a very unstable species of 
wide distribution, and on the verge of becoming divided 
into several different species. Its extreme variability 
combined with an excessive development of seasonal 
dimorphism has led to the description of a confusing 
multiplicity of forms. The highly complicated structure 
of the male armature, extending as it does to remarkable 
modifications in the structure of the dorsal abdominal 
plate, serves rather to enhance than to mitigate the 
difficulty. For a time I was of opinion that the forms 
could be resolved into several distinct species, but having 
now examined some hundreds of examples, including 
specimens from practically every known locality and taken 
at different seasons, and having also examined the 
structure of the male and female armatures in examples 
occurring throughout the range of the species, I can tind 
no satisfactory means of dividing the forms into anything 
more definite than subspecies. Several geographical 
races or subspecies appear to be recognisable. At the 
northern limit of its range the subspecies pudorina occurs, 
characterised by its more than usually elongated wings, 
and the paucity or absence, according to the season, of 
spots in the f-w. Further south, along the East Coast 
and extending as far as Delagoa Bay, is the subspecies 
which I have called littoralis. I should have been 
glad to have avoided the addition of another name to the 
already over-extended list, were it not for the fact that 
most of the existing names of forms which appear to 
belong to this subspecies indicate definite localities, and 
thus are apt to be misleading. Following this are the 
typical acrita and acrita ambigua which may be regarded 
as the central races, whilst in Angola the subspecies 
bellona appears to be perhaps the most distinctly 
separated of all, and is characterised by the exceptionally 
large size of the black spots in the f.-w. 

These races include all the described forms except f. 
peuperata, Thurau, and the subspecies manca. 

Pauperata may occur in any subspecies, being merely 
distinguished by the absence of the basal spot in area 1b 
of the f-w. It is unfortunate that this feature should 
have been utilised as a key character by Strand in his 
list of the forms (/. ¢. swp.), since it is one of the most 
variable and unstable features of the species. It is not 
consistently absent even in pudorina, whilst several 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) L 


146 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


examples before me have the spot in one wing and not 
in the other. The subspecies manca is described later. 

It is scarcely possible from the wing pattern alone to 
distinguish with certainty between all the races of acrita. 
They can, however, be to some extent distinguished (save 
in the case of transitional forms) by the central process of 
the dorsal abdominal plate which covers the male arma- 
ture. In pudorina this is very short and cup-like, in 
littoralis it is of medium length and blunt, in acrita acrita 
it is long and somewhat spatulate, but in bellona it is 
usually (though not invariably) pointed, whilst there is 
always a prominent tooth, sometimes of bifid structure, at 
the base on the ventral side. These features can usually 
be observed in the dried specimen merely by the aid of a 
lens, especially after the characteristic appearance has 
been studied from the plates accompanying the present 
work. 

To give a minute description of all the named forms of 
A. acrita would scarcely, I think, owing to the great 
variability of the species, serve a useful purpose. I shall 
therefore endeavour to give such typical descriptions, 
together with an account of the principal directions in 
which variation takes place, as should enable the collector 
to identify as nearly as possible, examples of the species. 

With the exception of extreme wet-season forms of the 
female, acrita may generally be recognised by the peculiar 
flame orange-colour of the wings, usually with a paler or 
even whitish discal bar in the f.-w., by the absence of spots 
beyond the end of f.-w. cell (except in manca) by the 
presence of three, usually well marked (except in pudorina), 
often very prominent, black spots in f.-w., one on the end 
of cell, one in area 2, and one in 1b, the latter close to 
margin, and all three in a straight line at right angles to 
the costa. 

The following typical examples may be thus further 
described :— 


A, acrita acrita. 

¢. Expanse 60-72 mm. Dry season. Ground-colour of all the 
wings flame orange, tending basally to scarlet. Outer half of f.-w, 
rich orange. A narrow black line along costa. A black apical 
tip about 2 mm. wide, and a narrow black line round margin. 
A large black spot in cell above, and usually slightly beyond 
origin of 2. On upper half of end of cell a double spot. In 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 147 


basal part of area 2 a spot, and a submarginal spot in 1b. These 
three lie in a straight line across the wing at right angles to 
costa. There may also be a subbasal spot in 1b, This spot 
varies considerably. It may be present in one wing and not in 
the other, or it may even be double in one wing and single in 
the other. 

H.-w. with a slight black basal suffusion, and a hind-marginal 
border formed of well-marked black arches on a marginal black 
line, the latter continued as a narrow line right round the inner 
margin. Black spots variable and more easily observed on the 
underside. 

Underside, f.-w. resembles the upper, but paler. The apical 
area ochreous with orange internervular rays, and ends of 
nervules black. A black spot at base of costa, but no apical 
black. Spots as above. H.-w. creamy ochreous with red splashes 
between the nervules. Black spots as follows :—A discal row 
beginning with one in 7 beyond the middle, second in 6 about 
2mm. nearer to margin, very rarely a spot in 5, when present 
small and just below the second, a spot in 4 close to end of cell, 
a spot (sometimes absent) in 3, touching end of cell, another in 
2 touching median and 2, one in Ic nearer to margin, one in 1b 
further from margin and on a level with that in 2, and usually 
a minute spot still nearer to base in la. 

A spot in area 9 on base of cell, one in 8 some distance beyond 
precostal, a subbasal in 7, two spots in cell, one in 5 on middle 
diseocellular, a basal and a subbasal in le, ditto in 1b, and a 
basal in la. 

Head black with an orange tuft between the eyes, collar 
orange, thorax black with red hairs, base of abdomen black with 
orange lateral spots, remainder orange. Fringes of all wings 
conspicuously white. Claws unequal. 

gd. Wet season. Ground-colour rather darker. F.-w. with a 
black basal suffusion reaching the subbasal spot in 1b. Spots as 
in dry form but larger. Apical black 3 to 4 mm. wide. H.-w. 
with more black basal suffusion, especially in le. Discal row 
of spots all present and nearly all confluent. Marginal black 
border about 3 mm. wide to nervule 2, where it widens cut to 
4 mm. There is only a trace of internervular spots of the 
ground-colour. In extreme examples the black may join the 
basal suffusion, or even overrun almost the whole of the h.-w. 

Underside much as in dry season form, but black spots 
larger, and h,.-w. marginal arches heavier. 

2. Dry season. Expanse 60 to 66 mm. F.-w. much more 


rounded than in ¢. Ground-colour similar but duller. F.-w. 
L 2 


148 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


apical black, rather broader. H.-w. marginal black, broader 
and heavier. Dorsal part of abdomen black, with yellowish 
lateral spots. 

Q. Intermediate between wet and dry. F.-w. coffee brown 
at base, outer half ochreous. H.-w. almost entirely suffused 
with black. Spotsasin ¢. Underside proportionately duller. 

2. Wet season. Smoky black, spots especially in h.-w. only 
just distinguishable. Subapical part of f.-w. smoky ochreous. 
Underside f.-w. smoky ochreous at base, outer half dull ochreous. 
H.-w. dull red. Base of cell and le pale sage green, marginal 
black arches enclosing pale sage green spots. Abdomen black 
above with white lateral spots. 

A. acrita ambigua, subsp. 

¢. Dry season. Distinguished from acrita acrita principally 
by the increased width of the apical black in the f.-w. which 
is about 6 mm. wide. Extreme examples may have only the 
cell spot and the discocellular spots in f.-w., and the black arches 
of h.-w. margin are often obsolescent towards the anal angle. 
On the underside the h.-w. is without the internervular red 
splashes in the discal area. The f.-w. subapical area is usually 
paler than in acrita acrita. 

od. Wet season. Differs from the dry form in the same way 
as the corresponding forms of acrita acrita. 

2. Dry season. Resembles the ¢ but is duller coloured and 
has more rounded wings. 

2. Wet season. Similarly marked to the ¢ but the ground- 
colour dusky grey and the f.-w. subapical area white. 


The figure of the ? of this form accompanying Trimen’s 
original description is a somewhat abnormal example 
combining some of the dry-season red with the white sub- 
apical bar of the wet season. 


A, acrita bellona, subsp. Pl. V, f. 4. 

¢. Dry season. Easily distinguished from all the other forms 
by the very large size of the spots in cell, on discocellulars, 
and in area 2. These spots, especially in wet season 2 9 may 
be so large as to become confluent. In addition to this dis- 
tinction the f.-w. is more pointed and the apical black is 7 to 
8mm. broad. Occasional very dry ¢ ¢ may be rather difficult 
to distinguish from wet ¢ ¢ of ambigua, though the spots 
referred to seem never to be reduced quite to the size of those 
in the latter subspecies. There is the same absence of red 
splashes on the underside. 

¢. Wet season. Differs little in ground-colour from the dry 


African Species of the Genus Aeraea. 149 


form but the spots are larger, especially those of the f.-w. The 
area between end of cell and apical black is very pale ochreous, 
and the h.-w. marginal black is better developed though not to 
the extent found in acrita acrita. 

2. Dry season. Resembles the dry season g. Very slightly 
duller in colour, and with more rounded wings. 

2. Intermediate. Resembles the ¢ but wings more rounded 
and red colour replaced by dusky brown. Spots large and f.-w. 
apical black about 9 mm. wide. A white discal patch extending 
from end of cell to apical black. Underside correspondingly 
dull in colour, 

2. Wet season. Resembles the foregoing intermediate form 
but the ground-colour dark smoky grey. Underside with base 
of cell and area 2, also internervular portions of hind-marginal 
border pale sage green. 

2° of acrita bellona are distinguished by the character of 
the genital plate which is very much narrower structure than in 
other forms (except pudorina). It is in fact in a condition inter- 
mediate between that in pudorina and the other forms. 

A. acrita littoralis. 

¢g. Dry season. Ground-colour somewhat less brilliant than 
in acrita acrita. F,-w. apical black 3mm. wide. H.-w. hind- 
marginal black arches rather faint towards anal angle. Many 
of h.-w. spots rather faintly indicated on upper side, 

6- Wet season. F.-w. spots larger than in dry form, and 
apical black broader than in acrita acrita (4-5 mm.). H.-w. 
discal spots very variable. Rarely a trace of a spot in area 5, 
sometimes no spot in 3, often all the spots very close together. 
Hind-marginal border with well-marked black arches varying to 
an almost entirely black border 3mm. wide. H.-w. underside 
with or without red splashes in the discal area. 

@. Dry season. Resembling dry ¢ but with more rounded 
wings and duller in ground-colour. H.-w. hind-marginal border 
heavier, often leaving only a trace of internervular spots. The 
inner edge of this border may be either sharply defined or 
suffused. 

2. Wet season. Marked as in dry @ but ground-colour 
smoky grey and f.-w. apical black 6-7 mm. wide. A discal 
white band between apical black and end of cell. Underside 
correspondingly dull in colour. H.-w. marginal spots white or 
greenish. 


This form is distinguished from acrita acrita principally 
by the broader apical black of the f.-w. and the shorter 


150 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


process of the terminal dorsal abdominal plate. In spite of 
its geographical position it is somewhat intermediate in 
pattern between acrita acrita and acrita ambigua. 


A, acrita pudorina. ; 

¢. Dry season. F.-w. rather more pointed than acrita acrita. 
Ground-colour rather duller flame colour varying to rosy. 
F.-w. almost devoid of spots, though curiously enough there is 
often a faint trace of a discal row of spots beyond the cell. No 
basal black suffusion and very little apical black, often a mere 
marginal line. Though the ground-colour is rather richer near 
base, there is no distinct paler outer area of the ground-colour. 
The spot in 2 when present is nearly always nearer the median 
than in the other forms of acrita, thus destroying the straight line 
effect already referred to. The spots on h.-w. ure faintly 
indicated on the upperside, as also are the hind-marginal black 
arches. There is a slight black basal suffusion. Discal area of 
the h.-w. underside is not splashed with red. 

a. Wet season. Differs only in the somewhat more distinct 
black markings. A black suffusion at base of h.-w. Apical 
black about 1 mm. wide and h.-w. marginal black 3 mm. wide, 
sometimes leaving only a trace of internervular markings. 

2. Dry season. Resembles ¢@ but the wings are more 
rounded, 

. Intermediate. Duller than ¢ with a brown basal suffusion 
in f.-w. and rather rosy-pink h.-w., the marginal border of 
which is rather heavily marked with black. 

@. Wet season. Resembles the intermediate form in mark- 
ings but ground-colour dusky ochreous grey. No subapical 
white. Black basal suffusion in both wings. H.-w. marginal 
border black 3 mm. wide with a faint indication of pale inter- 
nervular spots. Abdomen black with white lateral spots. 
Underside correspondingly dull in colour and h.-w. hind- 
marginal spots white. 


A. acrita. f. manca. PI. III, f. 8(¢). 

This peculiar form is comparatively rare in collections. The 
¢@ has an expanse of 52 mm. and the 9 56. The g resembles in 
shape a small but uniformly coloured example of acrita 
pudorina. The f.-w. has a narrow black apical border. A spot 
in cell just beyond origin of 2 and one on upper part of end of 
cell. The spot in 2 touches the median so that it does not make 
a straight line with those on end of cell and in la. There is a 
well-marked subbasal spot in la, and a fully developed discal 
band of fowr spols beyond the cell, the first of which is very 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 151 


minute. The h.-w. has a slight basal black suffusion and a 
clearly defined marginal border of black arches. The discal and 
basal spots are as in other forms of acrita but there is no spot in 
3and 5. The underside is paler and duller. The discal area of 
h.-w. is devoid of red splashes and the internervular spots of the 
margin are ochreous. 

The 2 resembles the ¢ but the ground-colour of the f.-w. 
has a brownish tinge and the spots are Jarger, especially the 
first of the f.-w. discal row. But for this discal row of spots, 
and the marginal spots of h.-w. underside which are ochreous 
instead of whitish, this 2 closely resembles certain intermediate 
2 @ of acritu pudorina. 


A. acrita manca. f. lindica. 

¢. Expanse 58-64 mm. The apical black about 5 mm, wide. 
From middle of wing to the inner edge of the apical black the 
ground-colour is rich ochreous the basal area being of the usual 
flame orange colour. The usual spots are present but small, but 
there are no subapical spots as in the typical manca form. In 
the h.-w. the spots are as usual but I have seen no example of 
either sex having a spot in area 3, ~The marginal border is 
formed of a series of confluent black rings enclosing spots of the 
eround-colour, 

2. Dry season. Resembles ¢ but rather duller, the ground- 
colour having a tendency to rose colour, 

@. Wet season, Sepia grey with a white subapical patch, 
f.-w. apical black, all spots, and h.-w. marginal border rather 
more heavily marked than in dry season form. 


The occurrence of this apparent subspecies of acrita with 
its two very different forms adds greatly to the complica- 
tion and difficulty of the subject. My reason for 
separating them from the other forms is based on the 
structure of the dorsal abdominal plate in the f and that 
of the genital plate of the 2. In the former the central 
process is very long and lingulate, and the latter is a 
thick cylindrical chitinous structure very different from 
the corresponding organ in other forms. These structures 
are constant and similar both in the manca form with its 
subapical spots, and in the lindica form in which these 
spots are absent. I have used the name lindica because the 
male described agrees with that so named by Strand (/. ¢.). 
That author’s example was taken near Lindi, but all the 
other examples I have seen have been found in the more 
central parts of German E. Africa. 


152 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


There are before me 2? examples of an intermediate form 
of the pudorina subspecies which show traces of the f.-w. 
subapical spots as developed in the manca form, but the 
structure of the ? genital plate is quite different and con- 
forms to that of other 99 of acrita. 

But for the above facts I should be inclined to regard 
the manca form as a distinct species, such a view being 
stronely supported by the difference in the structure of 
the abdominal plate. I do not however feel justified in 
assigning specific rank to the present form so long as we 
possess so few examples. 

It will be understood that the various subspecies of 
acrita above described overlap in their geographical distri- 
bution and that intermediate forms are liable to occur, 
which fact combined with the general tendency to melanic. 
development in the wet season, furnishes material for a 
very wide range of individual variation. 

As a result many form names have been published in 
connection with this species, these being enumerated in 
the synonymy already given. Though many of these are 
of little systematic importance it is necessary for the 
completion of the present work that these form names 
should as far as possible be identified. A key has recently 
been published by Dr. Strand of Berlin (/. ¢. sup.), who 
also made several additions to the list. I give below 
those to which allusion has not already been made in the 
foregoing descriptions, together with notes as to the 
apparent systematic position of each form. 


f. aquilia, Thurau, isa wet season § of acrita littoralis, 


f. wtengulensis, Thurau, appears to be a wet season ¢ of 
acrita pudorina. 
f. bella, Weymer, is a dry season f of acrita bellona. 


f. chaeribulula, Strand, is apparently an intermediate @ 
of acrita littoralis. 


f. aqguilina, Strand, appears to be a wet season 2 some- 
what intermediate between acrita acrita and acrita 
littoralis. 


f. msamwiae, Strand, is a wet season 2 of acrita acrita, 
f. usaramensis, Strand, isa wet season f of acrita littoralis. 


f. nyassicola, Strand, is an intermediate ¢ of acrita acrita. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 155 


There is in the general collection of the Berlin Museum 
a remarkable form of A. aerita bearing the label “ Uganda.” 
The ground-colour is very brilliant. Beyond the cell in 
f.-w. there is a very small spot im area 6, below thisa large 
spot in 5, and beneath that, but nearer margin a dot, more 
distinctly visible on the underside. The h.-w. has a very 
broad black border, narrow at the apex but immediately 
expanding to about 4 mm. and at nervule 3 to some 6 mm. 
wide. The border on underside is of the usual pattern. 
The specimen is labelled gwillemei, but has nothing to 
do with that species. The process of the terminal 
abdominal plate is short, a little longer than in the 
pudorina form. No conclusion can be drawn from a 
single, apparently aberrant specimen of this kind, bear- 
ing a vague locality label. I have seen no other example 
of any form of acrifa purporting to have been taken in 
Uganda. 

Reference to the drawings of the ¢ armatures of forms 
of acrita shown on Plate X will suggest that marked 
differences of structure are to be found in these organs. 
Differences do certainly exist, but from a series of prepara- 
tions carefully examined I cannot find satisfactory constant 
differences. The peculiar short blunt hooks vary in thick- 
ness and in the shape of their extremities, and the size and 
contour of the massive penis sheath is also inconstant. 
Moreover with a structure of such complication it is a 
matter of the greatest difficulty to make accurate compari- 
son of the dimensions of the various parts. Such difficulty 
would not be insuperable given an unlimited number of 
specimens from every locality. Hach part, uncus, claspers, 
sheath, etc., could then be carefully measured and tabulated. 
The magnificent material generously placed at my disposal 
by the Hon. W. Rothschild almost warranted such an 
investigation, but numerous though the specimens are, 
there appear to be some localities still insutliciently repre- 
sented, so that for the present the problem of the true 
relationships of the forms of acrita must await a future 
solution. The species does not appear to be rare, so that 
we may look forward to having the assistance of much 
needed breeding experiments in the near future. 


54, ACRAKA CHABRIBULA. PI. IX, ff. 17,18. Pl. XVI, f. 8. 
Acraea chaeribula, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. 17, p. 19, pl. 2, f. 16 
(1893); Aurivillius (acrita var.); Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898) ; 


/ 


154 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 19 (1910); Strand (acrita f.) 
Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, v. Band, 2 Heft, p. 282 (1911). 
Nyassatanp (Zomba); N. RuopEsia ; Conco (Katanga); 
GERMAN E, AFRICA. 


¢. Expanse 50-58 mm. Wings deep orange-red shading to 
yellow in f.-w. subapical area, without the tinge of scarlet 
common in forms of A. acrita. F.-w. with some black at base 
which may be absent in very dry season specimens. Costa very 
faintly hned with black. Apex witha black tip 8-10 mm. wide 
usually with a fairly sharply defined proximal edge at right 
angles to costa, The remainder of hind margin bounded by a 
faint black line. A spot in cell slightly beyond origin of 2, one 
on upper part of discocellulars, one at base of area 2 close to 
median, a submarginal and a subbasal in la. 

H.-w with a black basal suffusion usually extending into area 
7 and widest in 1c. A hind-marginal border formed by a marginal 
line and black internervular arches. Spots as on underside, 
those near base obscured by the black suffusion. 

Underside. F.-w. ground-colour as above but paler, apical 
black replaced by greyish ochreous divided by the black 
nervules and orange ochreous rays. A black spot at base of 
costa. Other spots as on upperside. 

H.-w. dull orange ochreous, base of 7, end of cell, and 
median portions of 1c, 1b, and la splashed with red. Base of 
cell, 2, le, 1b and la pale greenish. Marginal border as on 
upperside but enclosing greenish or greenish-yellow spots. 
Black spots as follows :—Discal row, one in 7 about middle, 
one in 6 nearer margin, very rarely a minute spot in 5 beneath 
the second. Beneath this a spot in 4; in 3a small spot touch- 
ing end of cell (often absent), a spot in 2 touching median and 
2, a spot in lc, 1b and la, each nearer to base than the spot 
preceding it. A spot in 8 near precostal, a subbasal in 7, two 
in cell and one at base of 5 on m.d.c., a basal and a subbasal in 
le and a subbasal in 1b and la. 

Head black, usually with a pale mark between the eyes, 
thorax black with red hairs, abdomen black tipped witb orange, 
and with orange lateral spots. Claws unequal, 


The above description is that applying to average 
examples. Very dry forms may have no spots at all in 
f.-w. and a very pale median area. Very wet forms may 
have an excess of black suffusion in the h-w. The most 
constant feature is the very broad black apex in the 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 155 


primaries. The ground-colour is also constantly yellower 
than in A. acrita. 


Q. Expanse 50-58 mm. Dry season. Ground-colour but 
little duller than that of ¢. Abdomen black above with white 
lateral spots. Wing spots often very small, and faint on upper- 
side, otherwise spots and markings as in ¢. 

Wet season. Ground-colour tending to dusky ochreous. 


There would seem to be much less seasonal dimorphism 
in A. chaertbula, than in acrita. 

Professor Aurivillius when compiling his catalogue of 
African Rhopalocera regarded the species as a form of 
acrita. Neave, however, pointed out (/. c.) that it was 
quite a distinct species, a fact which he established on his 
experience of the insect in life, and also from an examina- 
tion of the male armature. In spite of this, however, Strand 
includes it in his list of forms of acrita, merely remarking 
in a footnote that according to Neave chaeribula is a good 
species. 


55. ACRAEA LUALABAE. PI. IX, f. 16. 
Acraea lualabae, Neave, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 18, pl. 1, f. 4 
(1910). 
Conco (Lualaba R.). 


6. Expanse about 50mm. Wings rather dull orange some- 
what paler on f.-w. median area: f.-w. with a very slight black 
suffusion at base and a conspicuous black tip about 7 mm. wide. 
A black spot in cell very slightly beyond origin of 2, and one 
on upper part of end of cell. Two discal spots beyond cell, one 
in 5 and a larger one in 3. In 2 a large spot touching the 
median, and in 1b a submarginal and a subbasal spot. 

H.-w. dull orange with a black basal suffusion, and a marginal 
border formed of black arches on a narrow marginal line. Spots 
as on underside but smaller. In the cotype at Oxford there is 
a spot in area 5 on upperside, which is reduced to a minute dot 
on underside. The type has no spot in this area. 

Underside. F.-w. as on upperside but paler, the apical black 
replaced by dark ochreous, A black spot at base of costa. 
H.-w. pale orange ochreous, lemon ochreous at base of cell to 
inner margin, reddish at base of area 7, and in median portion 
of le, 1b and la. Marginal border with black arches enclosing 
rounded spots of pale dul! ochreous. Black spots as follows :— 
A median spot in 7, a spot in 6 much nearer margin, under this 
a minute dot in 5 representing the spot on upperside which is 


156 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


present in the cotype and not in the type; in 4 a spot near 
margin immediately beneath that in 6, a spot in 3 not quite 
touching end of cell, one in 2 touching median and nervule 2, 
a large transverse spot in lc, nearer to margin, and one in 1b 
and la nearer to base. In addition to these, aspot in 8 shghtly 
removed from precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell, one at base 
of 5 touching m.d.c., a transverse subbasal spot in le and la, 
and between these, but more distally placed, a small spot in 1b, 

Head and thorax black, latter with a few brown hairs, 
abdomen black with the last two or three segments orange. 
Claws unequal. 

2 unknown. 


There are at present only two examples of this Acraea, 

the type in the National Collection and the cotype 
at Oxford. Both were taken by Neave on the Lualaba 
River, Belgian Congo. It is distinguishable from small 
examples of A. acrita by the f.-w. discal spots, and from 
acrita manca by the broad black apical patch. 
The genital armature is very distinct. The claspers are 
entirely different from those of acrita, or mdeed of any 
other species I have examined. The true uncus is reduced 
to a mere bristle, whilst the chitinous sheath of the penis 
is developed into what appears to be a false uncus. 


GROUP X. 


56. ACRAEA DIOGENES. Pl. XVI, f. 13. 
Acraeu diogenes, Suffert, Deut. Ent. Zeit. “Iris,” xvii, p. 14 
(1904.) 
“LOWER GUINEA.” 
= lactea, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 20, pl. 1, f. 7 (1910). 
BELGIAN Conco (Upper and Lower Lufupa R..). 


@. Expanse 48-56 mm. F.-w. translucent and having a 
milky appearance, being sparsely covered with greyish white 
scales, and for a depth of about 6 mm. the apex is somewhat 
dusky, the nervules and rays being a little darker. There isa 
trace of a dark spot in the middle of cell, and another in 2 just 
under median. In 1b a third much nearer margin. H.-w 
rather more thickly scaled dusky white, with a blackish mar- 
ginal line and interneryular arches, the latter inwardly suffused. 
The spots of the underside show through. 

Underside, f.-w. almost scaleless, h.-w. dusky greyish with 
rather thick well-marked black marginal arches enclosing spots 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 157 


of ground-colour. End of cell, end of area 2, and all of la, 1b, 
and Ic, except extreme base, scaled with rusty red. Black spots 
as follows :—One in 9, one in 8, two in 7, the second followed 
by a spot in 6, and 5 all parallel to the apical margin, one in 4 
close to cell, beneath it and nearer margin one in 3, one in 2 
touching median and nervule 2, beneath it one in lc, and one 
in 1b level with that in 2. Also two in cell, a dot on the middle 
discocellular, a basal and a subbasal in le, 1b, and la. 
Head, thorax, and abdomen black with a few whitish marks. 


In spite of the difference in locality Neave’s Jactea 
appears to be the same species as Suffert’s diogenes, the 
type of which I have carefully examined. 'The cotype of 
lactea 11 the Oxford collection differs only in its larger 
size, its fresher condition, and in the greater extent of red 
on the underside of h.-w. So far as I am aware there 
are only three examples known, all 2 2, and until more 
material is available it is difficult to decide the true 
affinity of this form. The genital plate is, as will be seen 
from a reference to the figure on Plate X VI, of a most curious 
formation, unlike that of any other species which I have 
had the opportunity of examining. The portion surround- 
ing the opening of the bursa copulatrix consists of a 
heavily ridged mass of chitin, thickly set with minute 
spines or teeth, and resembles in this respect the mem- 
brane surrounding the male organs in periphanes It 
bears no resemblance, however, to the @ plate in peri- 
phanes, which is of comparatively simple structure.* 


GROUP XI. 
Sie acpsEA LEucopyea, Pl, XII, f. 3. Pl. XVI, f. 7. 
Acraea lewcopyga, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. 25, p. 92, f. 32 
(1904) ; Neave, Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 22 (1910). 
= liszti, Suffert, Iris, 16, p. 17 (1904). 
N.E. Ruopesta (Luangwa Val.); NyassaLanp (Kota Kota, 
Kigonsera), 


¢. Expanse 54-62 mm. Dry season. Wings deep rose pink, 
tending to deep orange at base, costa, subapical area, and hind 


* ‘The suggestion may seem somewhat speculative, but [am inclined 
to think that A. diogenes will ultimately prove to be a @ of A. 
guillemet, or, if that form be really distinct from A. acutipennis, 
then a @ of the latter. 


158 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


margin in f.-w., and at base and along inner edge of marginal 
border in h.-w. F.-w. with a narrow black line along costa 
and hind margin, and a black apical tip about 5 mm, broad, 
Black spots as follows:—A spot in cell just beyond origin 
of 2, and in some examples another smaller spot about 2 mm, 
nearer base and touching the subcostal, A spot on upper 
part of discocellulars. Beyond end of cell a discal row of five, 
the first minute or absent (in 10), the second, third, and fourth 
(in 6, 5, and 4) in a straight line nearly at right angles to 
hind margin. The fifth in 3 about the middle. <A spot in 
2 close to median. Beneath this but nearer margin a spot 
in 1b, and in the same area a subbasal spot just behind origin 
of 2, H.-w. with a very little black at bases of nervures, and a 
black hind-marginal border about 2 mm. wide. Spots as on 
underside, but those near base and inner margin often faintly 
indicated, 

Underside. F.-w. rose pink, the apex pale ochreous divided 
by black ends of nervules and orange internervular marks. 
A narrow black apical and hind-marginal line. H.-w, pinkish 
ochreous, base and middle part of 1c, 1b, and la rose pink, 
a good deal of orange powdering between the nervules, and 
a row of orange internervular spots just before the hind- 
marginal border, The latter formed of narrow clearly defined 
black arches on a black marginal line, enclosing pale lemon 
ochreous spots. Black spots as follows :—Discal spots, One 
in 7 about the middle, one in 6 nearer margin, one in 5 still 
nearer margin, one in 4 touching end of cell, one in 3 half- 
way between end of cell and marginal border, one in 2 close to 
median, one in le immediately beneath the last, and one in 1b 
and la further from margin, A spot in 8 close to precostal, a 
subbasal in 7, two in cell and one in 5 on m.d.c., a basal and 
a subbasal in le; a subbasal in 1b, and a basal in la. Fringes 
whitish, dotted with black at ends of nervules, 

Head black with an orange tuft between eyes, and two on the 
collar, Thorax black with red hairs, and two white dorsal lines 
and two posterior spots, Abdomen, base black with white lateral 
spots and transverse lines, remainder white with orange scales 
at the extremity. Claws unequal. 

&. Wet season. Ground-colour much duller, a black basal 
suffusion in both wings. H.-w. hind-marginal black broader 
and often inwardly suffused, 

9. Dry season. Resembles the ¢ but dorsal part of abdomen 


blacker. 


Q. Wet season, Wings dull ochreous, the spots accentuated, 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 159 


the basal black suffusion extended and the h,.-w. hind-marginal 
black broad and inwardly suffused. Underside correspondingly 
duller, In extreme forms both wings may be sepia black with 
a pale ochreous discal bar in f.-w, Abdomen black with small 
white lateral spots, 


The brilliant rose-colour of fresh examples of lewcopyga 
is very striking. Neave describes the species as rather 
rare in the Luangwa Valley, and having the same low 
flight as A. oncaea, which it somewhat resembles on the 
wing. 


58. ACRAEA INTERMEDIA. PI. XI, f. 3. 
Acraea intermedia, Wichgraf, Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 241; pl. vi, f. 
3, 4 (1908) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 22 (1910). 
Ruopesta (Kalungwisi Valley) ; Conco Stats (Lualaba Valley). 


It is with some hesitation that I maintain this form 
separate from A. caldarena, as, although there are differences 
in the arrangements of the spots I can find no satisfactory 
difference in the structure of the respective male armatures, 
The figures of these would appear to show some differences, 
but comparison of the preparation of intermedia with a 
series of caldarena shows such differences to be very 
doubtful. Unfortunately I have only been able to secure 
a single example for dissection, but since series of pre- 
parations of the armature of caldarena and its near allies 
show constant and recognisable differences, it is at least 
remarkable that there should in this case be no marked 
distinction. The following description is taken from that 
by Wichgraf. 


6. Expanse 64mm. Ground-colour uniform dull yellowish 
brown. F-.-w. apical black 7 mm. broad. A very narrow hind- 
marginal line. The discal spots are three in number (in 3, 4, 5), 
the middle one being the largest and near to end of cell. These 
spots lie in a straight line not quite parallel to the edge of the 
apical black. The spots in 4 and 5 on middle and upper disco- 
cellulars rounded and confluent. An ovate spot in cell, and at 
about one-third of the distance from it to the base a smaller 
linear spot. The spot in 2 lies nearer to the cell than in 
rhodesiana and caldarena, and almost equidistant from nervules 
2 and 3, and the spot beneath it in la, lies nearer to margin. 
Midway between this and the base a smaller spot. Nervules 
blackish towards the margin. Base only slightly suffused 


160 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


H.-w. with a stronger suffusion not reaching beyond the middle 
of cell. The spots well rounded and fairly large, arranged as in 
caldurena, but larger and extended commensurately with the 
form of the wings. 

Underside. Spots as above. The very large bluish white 
spots of the h.-w. margin enclosed by -quite similar arched 
lines, but these arches are not thicker in the middle as in cal- 
darena, aglaonice, ete. Basal part of h.-w. marked with brick 
red. A whitish mark extending from costa through the middle 
of the cell to 1b, and surrounding the four large subbasal spots. 
The spot in le is also surrounded with white. Abdomen not so 
black as in rhodesiana and the pale marks yellowish. Claws 
unequal. 

2. Ground-colour dark smoky grey. The space between the 
apical black and the diseal spots white, trapezoidal, the posterior 
rather suffused portion reaching nervule 3. The yellowish grey- 
ereen ground-colour of the underside passes into light chocolate 
brown at a point two-thirds of the length of the wing from the 
base. In areas 6 and 10 there are two small extra spots of the 
discal row. 


The locality given for Wichgraf’s types is Rhodesia. A 
male example in the Oxford collection was taken by 
Neave in the Lualaba Valley (Congo State). What 
appears to be a dry-season female of the same species was 
taken by the same collector in N.E. Rhodesia in the 
Kalungwisi Valley. This specimen is the same colour as 
the @. The spots are nearly all very indistinct, most of 
them only showing through from beneath. On the under- 
side the f.-w. spots are very small, but those on the h.-w. 
are of normal size. 

One feature which appears to distinguish this form from 
caldarena is not insisted upon by Wichgraf. The first 
three h.-w. discal spots in 7, 6,and 5 are large, and lie in a 
nearly straight line which if produced would meet the hind 
margin at end of nervule 5. In caldarena the third of 
these spots is either directly underneath the second, or 
only very slightly more distally placed. Moreover the 
discal spots in f.-w. appear to be nearer the end of cell than 
in caldarena. In spite of these differences the similarity 
of structure of the male armature in this form and in 
caldarena makes me incline to the belief that it is only a 
form of the latter species, but a final conclusion can 
scarcely be attained with the present paucity of material. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 161 


59. ACRAEA CALDARENA, PI, XI, f. 1. 

Acraea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., 14, p- 52 (1877) ; 
Trimen, S. Af. Butt., i, p. 149 (1887) ; Westwood, Oates, 
Matabeleland, Ed. 2, p. 355, pl. v, f. 1, 2 (1889) ; Butler, 
Proe. Zool. Soc., p. 657 (1893) ; Trimen, Proc. Zool, Soc., 
p. 27 (1894); Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 553 (1896) ; 
Aurivillins, Rhop. Aeth., p. 99 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 191 (1898) ; Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 906 (1898) ; 
Dixey, Proc. Ent, Soe., p. iii (1906) ; Dixey and Longstaff, 
Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 344 (1907); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 
25 (1910) ; Fountaine (metam.), Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 60, pl. 
x, f. 15a, 15b (1911). 

= anphimalla, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, p. 347, pl. E, 

f, 1, 2 (1881). 

= dircea, Westwood, 1. c., p. 348 (1881). 

= recaldana, Suffert, Iris, p. 27 (1904). 

DAMARALAND ; Kuama’s Co.; N.E. Ruopesta (Luangwa 
Valley); TRransvaaL; Nara; MASHONALAND ; MATABELE- 
LAND ; MANICALAND; NyassaLanp ; Porrucurse E, Arrica; 
GERMAN E. A¥rrica; BrivisH E. AFRICA. 

f. neluska, Oberthiir (oncaea var. neluska), Etud. dEnt., 3, 
p..25, pl. ii, f. 2, 3 (1878). 

= ombria, Weymer, Stett. Ent. Zeit., p. 82 (1892). 

ZANZIBAR ; DAR-ES-SALAAM. 


2 f. nero, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 12, p. 102 (1883) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 99, pl. i, f. 3 (1898). 
V. NYANZA. 


A. caldarena caldarena. 
$+ Expanse 38-62 mm. Ground-colour varies from pinkish 

ochreous to a beautiful pale rose colour (= recaldana, Suff.). 
F.-w. Costa very narrowly black. Apex with a black patch 
about 7 mm. wide continued as a very narrow black line along 
margin. A slight dusky basal suffusion. Black spots as 
follows ;—One in cell near origin of 2. One at end of cell on 
upper discocellulars. Beyond cell close to edge of apical black 
a transverse oblique row of four spots usually almost in a 
straight line, the first (in 6) sometimes absent. H.-w. with a 
slight dusky basal suffusion. A very narrow black line round 
margin, with internervular black arches, Occasionally these 
are developed to the extent of making an almost continuously 
black border about 2 mm. wide. Black spots rather variable 
on upperside, those in Ic, 1b, and la often only showing through 
from beneath. Fringe whitish and rather conspicuous, 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—pParr i. (JULY) M 


16 


5) 


<_ 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Underside f.-w. rather paler than upper side. No dusky 
suffusion. Apical area ochreous with orange internervular rays. 
One basal and one subbasal spot on costa. Spots as above. 
H.-w. pale ochreous. A narrow black line round hind margin 
and narrow internervular black arches. Discal area with an 
orange ochreous band parallel to hind margin, its inner edge 
much suffused. Interneryular patches of reddish in median and 
basal areas. Black spots as follows :—An irregular discal row of 
nine, The first in 7 rather beyond middle, second in 6 nearer 
margin, third in 5 immediately beneath, or slightly more discal 
than the second, fourth in 4 nearer base, fifth in 3 nearly mid- 
way between end of cell and the marginal black arch. The sixth 
and seventh in 2 and le and lying in a straight line with the 
fourth. The eighth in 1b rather nearer base, the ninth in la 
still nearer base. A spot in 8 a little distance from precostal 
and close to costa, a subbasal in 7, two in cell (the second just 
before origin of 2). <A large spot at base of area 5 touching 6 
and middle discocellular. A basal and a large subbasal in 1e, 
a small spot in 1b, and a subbasal in 1a. 

Head reddish brown with tufts of same colour on collar. 
Thorax black with reddish hair, Base of abdomen black with 
pale lateral spots and narrow transverse segmental bands. The 
remainder pale pinkish ochreous. Claws unequal. 

?. Expanse 48-60 mm. Dry season examples may be very 
similar to ¢, but with a larger extent of dusky basal suffusion, 
and the hind-marginal border almost entirely black. A some- 
what intermediate example before me has the ground-colour of 
a delicate pale salmon pink (= recaldana). From this condition 
every gradation may be found to an extreme wet season form 
in which all the wings are sepia, with a milk white patch 
in the f.-w. extending from costa to hind angle, and from origin 
of nervule 2 to inner edge of dark apical patch. Spots as 
in g¢. Abdomen black above with white or yellowish lateral 
spots. 


A. caldarena 9 f. nero, Butl. 

In this form the ground-colour is greyish ochreous, F.-w. with 
heavy dusky suffusion extending over nearly the whole wing. 
H.-w. with a black marginal border and dusky suffusion over 
the whole wing. The distal ends of areas 4, 3, 2, and le are 
white, bounded distally by the marginal border, and proximally 
sharply cut off from the ground-colour. Only two examples 
are known to me, one in the British Museum, and one in the 
collection of Mr. H. Druce. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 163 


A. caldarena f. neluska. 

The ¢ of this form differs from typical examples in having 
the f.-w. black apical patch much reduced in width. In three 
¢ examples in the Tring Museum the patch does not exceed 
4mm. and in one it is reduced to 3mm. The ground-colour is 
somewhat redder than in caldarena caldarena. In one example 
all the f.-w. spots except the discocellular, and most of the h.-w. 
spots, are obsolescent or wanting. In colouring and general 
appearance the form resembles A. pudorella. The 9? is like an 
ordinary wet season specimen of caldarena. 


The early stages of caldarena caldarena are thus de- 
scribed by Miss Fountaine, /. ¢. :— 


“The larva of this butterfly also feeds on the flowers and 
leaves of Wormskioldia longepedunculata ; it is of a soft pink 
rose colour, shading into yellow at the extremities, underneath 
it has a longitudinal white stripe between the legs, extending 
from head to tail; the spines are black. The pupa is not quite 
so elongated in shape as that of A. nohara, the wing cases are 
pale, dull drab veined and outlined with black, the abdomen 
is deep cream-colour with the rows of orange spots so heavily 
outlined with black as to be almost coalescent. I found this 
larva, but not at all commonly, at Macequece.” 


A. caldarena is described by Marshall as one of the 
commonest butterflies in Mashonaland. Dixey notes 
(Proc. Ent. Soc., p. ii, 1906) a strong smell of musty 
straw in the §. The relation of the pink ground-colour 
to the seasons seems to vary in different localities. Thus 
Marshall states (T. E.S., p. 553, 1906) that the ground- 
colour of the wet-season males is of a richer pink, 
whilst Neave states (Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 25, 1910) that 
examples taken in the “hot dry Luangwa Valley” are 
of a brighter colour, being of a peculiar shade of salmon 


pink. 


60. ACRAEA PUDORELLA. Pl. XI, f. 5. Pl. XV, f. 24. 
Acraea pudorella. 
=A. caldarena, var, pudorella, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., 
p 99 (1898). 
= braesia, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 337 (1894). 
British E, Arrica (Taita, Taveta, Kibwezi, Campi ya 
Simba, Sokoke Forest, Zanzibar); Grxman E. AFRICA 
(Irangi) ; Apyssrnia (Kotscha). 
M2 


164 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A. pudorella detecta, subsp. 
=A. detecta, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 24, pl. i, f. 6, 6a 
(1910), 
N.E. Reopresra (Luangwa Valley); Nyassananp (Chik- 
ala Boma) ; GeRMAN E. Arrica (Lindi), 


A. pudorella pudorella. Pl. II, f. 7(¢). 

¢g . Expanse 52-62 mm. F.-w. thinly scaled, salmon pink with 
a yellowish tinge. Costa from about middle to apex narrowly 
black. Apical and hind-marginal border narrowly black. At 
apex and to some extent along hind margin the internervular 
spaces are suffused with orange. Base slightly darkened. Black 
spots as follows :—One in cell at, or slightly beyond origin of 
nervule 2. A spot (sometimes double) on discocellulars. A discal 
row of 2 to 4 spots beyond cell in 6, 5, 4, and 3, lying nearly in 
a straight line at right angles to costa. Sometimes a dot near 
base of area 2. In area 1b a central and a subbasal spot, the 
latter sometimes wanting. H.-w. ground-colour as in f.-w. but 
more densely scaled. Somewhat blackened at base and having a 
narrow black hind-marginal border bearing indications of paler 
internervular marks. Black spots as on underside but often 
only faintly indicated. 

Underside f.-w. as on upperside but almost devoid of scales. 
Two black spots on costa near base. 

H.-w. pinkish ochreous, internervular spaces reddened at 
base. Hind-marginal border formed of moderately thick black 
arches on a fine black marginal] line and enclosing internervular 
spots of pale greenish ochreous. Patches of slightly darker 
ground-colour between the nervules at inner edge of marginal 
border. Black spots as follows :—An outer row of nine, the 
first in 7 a little beyond origin of nervule 7, the second in 6 
more distally placed, third in 5 still nearer margin, fourth near 
base of area 4, fifth in 3 nearer margin, sixth near base of 2, 
seventh in le nearer margin, eighth in 1b nearer base, ninth in 
la still nearer base. Some basal black in 9, cell, 1c, 1b, and 1a. 
A subbasal spot in 7, two spots in cell, the second over origin 
of nervule 2, one on discocellular at base of 5, a subbasal in 
lc and beneath it a spot in 1b, and a subbasal in la. 

Head black with a deep pink tuft between eyes, and two on 
collar. Thorax black with pink hairs. Basal half of abdomen 
black with pink lateral spots and transverse lines, remainder 
yellowish pink. Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse about 56 mm. Resembles ¢ but f.-w. suffused 
with brown at base, and h.-w. orange brown becoming paler 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 165 


towards margin. F.-w. apical black and h.-w. hind-marginal 


border a little broader than in ¢. 
Thorax and abdomen black above with white markings. 


A. pudorella detecta, subsp. 

d. Expanse 48-54 mm. Closely resembles A. caldarena. 
Wings rather thinly scaled. F.-w. reddish ochreous to rusty 
red at base becoming distinctly paler beyond end of cell. A 
slight dusky suffusion at base and along costa, and a black 
apical tip 5 to 7 mm. broad, the inner edge of which is usually 
less well defined than in caldarena. The spots are rather 
variable and usually much reduced. One in cell above origin 
of 2, a black mark on upper part of discocellulars. Beyond 
cell a discal row of five (some often absent) in a straight line 
at right angles to costa. One in 2 near median, one beneath 
this in 1b, but nearer margin, and occasionally a subbasal spot 
in the same area, near median. In some examples traces of 
submarginal spots in 1b and 2. 

H.-w. with a slight black basal suffusion and a narrow black 
hind-marginal border formed of a series of arches on a marginal 
line enclosing more or less distinct spots of the ground-colour. 
The inner edge of this border is often rather suffused. The 
spots of the h.-w. upperside correspond to those beneath, but 
those near base and inner margin are frequently only faintly 
indicated. 

Underside f.-w. ground-colour as on upperside but thinly 
scaled and shiny. Apical black replaced by greyish ochreous, 
A black spot at base of costa, other spots as on upperside. 
H.-w. pinkish ochreous with a few reddish marks near base. 
Marginal border formed of black arches on a thin marginal line, 
enclosing whitish internervular spots. Black spots as follows :— 
Discal series, one in 7 about middle, one in 6 nearer margin, 
one in 5 still nearer margin, and more distally placed than in 
caldarena. One in 4 slightly removed from end of cell. One 
in 3 about midway between end of cell and marginal border, 
one in 2 touching median and 2, and distinctly more proximally 
placed than in caldarena. A spot in le nearer margin than 
that in 2. One in Ib on a level with that in 2. A spot in 
8 near precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell, one at base of 
5 on m.d.c., a basal and a subbasal in Ic, the latter contiguous 
with a spot in 1b, close to which is a spot in la. Also a 
subbasal spot in la, and some irregular black about the bases of 
the nervules. 

Head black with a pale line between the eyes, and two tufts 


166 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


on collar. Thorax black with red hairs, base of abdomen 
black with yellowish lateral spots, remainder pinkish ochreous. 

2. Dry season, Very like the ¢ but rather duller in colour. 
Spots and markingsasin ¢. Abdomen black above with white 
lateral spots. 

Wet season. Dusky ochreous to sepia, often with a translucent 
whitish discal area in the f.-w. Spots and markings as in dry 
season form. 


As the form to which Aurivillius gave the name 
pudorelia proves to be specifically identical with Neave’s 
detecta, the latter must become a subspecies of the former. 
Probably pudorella is the ancestral form and detecta has 
become modified in its pattern in association with A. 
caldarena, which it so closely resembles. The ¢ and 
armatures of detecta and caldarena are very distinct. 


61. ACRAEA RHODESIANA. PI. II, f.6(¢). 
Acraea rhodesiana, Wichgraf, Berlin Ent. Zeit., p. 240, pl. vi, 
f. 1,2 (1909). 

Ruopesta (Lofu R.). 

$.Expanse 54mm. Wings apricot yellow. F.-w. with aslight 
dusky suffusion, distal half of costa black, apex black (4 mm. wide) 
hind margin narrowly black. Subapical area paler than ground- 
colour. Black spots as follows :—One in cell just beyond origin 
of 2, on end of cell a spot the greater part of which is beyond 
the discocellulars. A very short distance beyond cell a row of 
spots of which the first in 10 is markedly elongate, the second, 
third and fourth shorter but gradually increasing in length, the 
fifth in 3 separate and rather nearer margin. A spot in 2 near 
median, beneath it and. slightly nearer margin a spot in 1b, 
and in the same area a very small spot close to median and 
just before origin of 2. H.-w. with a slight black suffusion 
and a black hind-marginal band 2 mm. wide with faint indi- 
cations of paler internervular markings. Black spots corre- 
sponding with those beneath but those near inner margin 
faintly indicated. 

Fringes rather conspicuously whitish. 

Underside f.-w. pale pinkish ochreous with a still paler sub- 
apical patch. Apex pale sage green divided by black ends of 
neryules and internervular orange marks. Two black spots at 
base of costa, other spots as above. H.-w. pale pinkish ochreous. 
Base rose pink with some pale grey markings in cell and le. 
Hind margin bordered by a black line on which are black inter- 
nervular arches enclosing pale sage green spots. Black spots as 


African Speeres of the Genus Acraca. 167 


follows :—Discal spots. One in 7 about middle, one in 6 nearer 
margin, and immediately beneath it or very slightly nearer 
margin, a spot in 5; a spot in 4 close to end of cell, one in 3 
about 2 mm. from end of cell, one in 2 near median, one in le 
nearer margin, one in 1b on a level with that in 2. 

A spot in 8 near precostal, two in cell, one in 5 on m.d.c. 
and a dot on 1,d.c., a subbasal in 1c, and one in 1b rather more 
distally placed, and a small spot slightly beyond the middle of 
la. Some irregular black at base of wing and a basal black line 
on inner margin. Head and thorax black with some reddish 
hairs, base of abdomen black with white lateral spots, and seg- 
mental lines, remainder white with some yellow hairs at tip. 
Claws unequal, 

The above description is from the cotype in the National 
Collection. It appears to resemble the figure accompanying 
Wichgraf’s description, but all the figures on this plate are so 
poor that they are of little value. 

The @ is described (I. c.) as having a smoky chocolate brown 
ground-colour, the pale subapical area being represented by a 
sharply defined white patch, somewhat suffused in area 3. The 
spot in f.-w. cell distinctly larger. 


A specimen in the Oxford collection taken by Neave on 
the Lofu River, N.E. Rhodesia, agrees with the fig. and 
description of rhodesiana 2 with the exception that the 
f.-w. subapical area is ochreous instead of white. 

The locality given in the original description is merely 
“ Rhodesia.” The types are in Herr Wichgraf’s collection, 
and there is a f co-type in the London and Stockholm 


Collections. 


62. ACRAEA mMIMA. PI. XII, f. 8. 
Acraea mima, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 22, pl. i, f. 8, 9 (1910) ; 
Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt. p. 39, pl. ui, f. 5 (1910). 
N.E. RuopesiA (Serenje) ; Congo (Katanga), 


¢. Expanse 56-60 mm. F.-w. greyish-black with black 
costa and black apex. Base of costa and median powdered 
with orange brown. Area la, 1b, and sometimes 2 and lower 
half of cell, suffused with salmon orange. A conspicuous white 
discal bar about 3 mm, wide at costa in 10, 9, 6, 5, 4, and upper 
part of 3. In one example this white area is dusted with red- 
dish scales. Black spots as follows :—One in cell slightly beyond 
origin of nervule 2. At end of cell an irregular spot the greater 
part of which is beyond the discocellulars. A very short distance 


168 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


beyond the cell, a discal row of spots, of which the first in 10 is 
markedly elongated and extends further towards base than the 
rest; the second, third, and fourth in 6, 5, and 4 are contiguous 
and of gradually increasing length, the fifth in 3 separated 
and rather distinctly nearer margin, In 2 a large spot near 
median, two in 1b, of which one is beneath that in 2 and very 
slightly nearer margin, the other close to median just before 
origin of 2. H.-w. salmon-orange with a slight black basal 
suffusion, and a black marginal border 2 mm. wide bearing 
faint indications of paler internervular markings. Black spots 
corresponding to those on underside, those near inner margin 
faintly indicated. Fringes conspicuously whitish. 

Underside f.-w. pale orange ochreous, rather dusky along 
costa and in median area, Costa, apex, and hind margin 
narrowly lined with black. Apical area greyish ochreous 
divided by the black ends of nervules and by broad orange 
internervular marks. Two spots near base of costa, Other 
spots and markings as above. 

H.-w. pale orange ochreous, rose pink at base and central 
area rather paler. Hind margin bounded by a black line on 
which are rather flat, moderately heavy black arches enclosing 
pale yellowish-white spots. Black spots as follows. Discal 
spots. One in 7 about middle, one in 6 nearer margin, one in 5 
still nearer margin, in 4 a spot touching ].d.c. and 5, a spot in 
3 about 2 mm. from end of cell, one in 2 close to median, one 
in le rather more distally placed, one in 1b on a level with 
that in 2 

A spot in 8 a short distance from precostal, two in cell, one 
at base of 5 on m.d.z., a large spot in le near origin of 2, close 
to this but more distally placed a spot in 1b, and la, a basal 
spot in la, and some irregular black at base of wing. 

Head black with pale orange marks between and behind the 
eyes, collar with two red tufts, thorax black with red hairs and 
lateral tufts. Base of abdomen black with lateral white spots, 
remainder yellowish white. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 44-58mm, Resembles the ¢ but ground-colour 
duller. Abdomen black above with white lateral spots. 


Tn the arrangement of the spots A. mima is almost the 
same as dA. rhodesiana of Wicheraf, but the latter lacks 
the heavy black suffusion in the f.-w. and the subapical 
area is only slightly paler than the ground-colour instead 
of white as in mima. Also the reddish yellow colour of 
rhodesiana is of a paler tint. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 169 


In Mr. H. Druce’s collection there is a beautiful 2% 
example of this species which differs somewhat from 
Neave’s specimens. The greyish black colour in f.-w. 
begins only at about 6 mm. from base and from thence 
as far as the discal spots it is quite narrow, extending only 
into upper part of end of cell. The subapical white bar is 
rather narrow and very sharply defined. The apical 
black extends barely as far as nervule 3, with a central 
marginal streak in area 2. The dark marginal border of 
h.-w. is very narrow and somewhat obsolescent towards 
anal angle. The terminal half of abdomen is white. The 
specimen was taken in August 1903, and is labelled 
Lowombwa River. As Neave’s specimens were taken 
in December the difference in colouring may be seasonal. 

As Neave has indicated, A. mima is nearly alhed to 
Wicheraf’s rhodesiana, and I consider it possible that 
they may ultimately prove to be forms of the same 
species. Unfortunately I have not had an opportunity 
of examining the genitalia of the latter species. The 
armature of A. mima is, as the figure shows, quite 
distinctive. 


63, ACRAEA BRAESIA. P). XI, f. 7. 
Acraea bruesia, Godman, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 538 (Oct. 1885) ; 
Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 9. (Acraea), p. 3, pl. i, £..7 
(1889) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 401 (1898); Aurivillius, 

Rhop., Aeth. p. 99 (1898). 


= leucosoma, Staudinger, Exot, Schmett., i, p. 84 (Nov. 1885). 
German E, Arrica (Kilimandjaro, Dar-es-Salaam, Witu, 
Massaland, Usambara); British E. ArricA (Mori River, 
Ukamba, L. Baringo, Voi River, Melindi, Kikuyu, Kaya 
Kauma, Taveta); SomaLinanp (Berbera); ApyssinrA (Gurgura- 
Gololota. 
f. regalis, 

Oberthiir (A. regalis), Etud. VEnt., 17, p. 20, pl. 1i, f. 20 
(1893) ; Holland, Ann. Nat. Hist., 6, 12, p. 249 (1893) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 99 (1898). 

GerMAN E, Arrica (Kilimandjaro, Dar-es-Salaam) ; BririsH 

E, Arrica (Mombasa, Taita). 


A. braesia braesia. 

¢. Expanse 56-64mm. F.-w. narrow and elongated. Trans- 
lucent, the base flushed with rose brown shading to pink, the outer 
half transparent grey, Costa, apex, and hind margin narrowly 


170 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


black, At inner edge of apical and marginal black a series of 
orange spots large at apex and becoming smaller towards hind 
angle. Neuration black. Black spots as follows :—One in cell 
over origin of nervule 2, A double spot on discocellulars. 
Beyond end of cell an oblique band of spots the first (sometimes 
wanting in 10), the second, third, and fourth in 6, 5, and 4, in 
a straight line at right angles to costa, the fifth in 3 slightly 
nearer margin. A spot near base of area 2 and beneath it a 
spot in 1b. In the latter area a dot midway between base and 
origin of nervule 2. H.-w. rosy pink slightly blackened at base, 
and having a black hind-marginal border bearing indications 
of slightly paler internervular marks, its inner edge slightly 
sinuate. Black spots corresponding to those beneath but often 
only faintly indicated, 

Underside f.-w. almost devoid of scales except at base, on 
spots, and on apex and hind margin. Otherwise as above. 

H.-w. dull pinkish ochreous with a few reddish marks at 
base. Marginal border formed of rather heavy black arches on 
a fine black marginal line enclosing pale dull ochreous spots. 
Black spots as follows :—An outer series of nine. The first in 7 
just beyond origin of nervule 7, second in 6 nearer margin, third 
in 5 still more distal, fourth in 4 touching cell, fifth in 3 a short 
distance from its base, sixth in 2 near its base, seventh in le 
hearer margin, eighth in 1b nearer base, ninth small, in la, still 
nearer base. One in 9, one in 8, a subbasal in 7, two in cell 
(the second just before origin of nervule 2), a basal and a sub- 
basal in le and 1b, and a subbasal in la. A spot at base of 
area 5 on discocellular. 

Head black with a whitish tuft between eyes and two on 
collar. Thorax black with a few whitish marks, basal half 
of abdomen black above with yellowish lateral spots, remainder 
whitish with a yellow terminal tuft. Claws unequal. 

9. Expanse 60-64 mm. F.-w. slightly more rounded at 
apex than in ¢. Colouring varies from a condition resembling 
the ¢ but slightly duller, to one in which the pink areas are 
replaced by grey, the outer half of h.-w, being white. Spots as in 
¢. Abdomen entirely black above with large white lateral spots. 


I have seen but few examples from Somaliland, but 
these differ in the following points :— 


¢. F.-w. almost entirely transparent except for the spots and 
marginal and apical black and orange. The spot in area 3 is 
absent. The h.-w. is rose pink, sometimes with a slight tend- 
ency to white suffusion. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 171 


9. F.-w. entirely transparent as in male. Submarginal 
orange spots only indicated. Spots in 3 and 2 absent or very 
faint. H.-w. white with black basal suffusion. Marginal 
border rather broader than in other forms. Spots as in typical 
examples. 


Whether Somaliland specimens constantly differ as 
above described I am unable at present to say. 

A. braesia f. regalis. 

¢. Differs from typical examples in having the f.-w. fully 
scaled on the upperside. Deep brick red as far as the discal 
spots. Just beyond these a pink subapical band followed by a 
band of grey broad at nervule 6 and tapering to nervule 3. 
Orange submarginal spots large and confluent. H.-w. brick red 
with the spots only faintly indicated. 

Q. The few ? 2 I have seen resemble the ¢ though rather 
duller and paler. 


A. braesia is a distinct and easily recognisable species. 
There is a little variation in the shape of the f claspers, 
and at one time I thought the differences were sutficiently 
constant to warrant the separation of the regalis form 
as a species, but a series of preparations shows that 
whilst there is a general tendency for the armature of 
regalis to differ slightly from that of braesia such differ- 
ences are not constant. The 2 plates are the same. The 
regalis form may be regarded as being on the verge of 
separating off as a species though at present it occurs 
in company with the type form and is probably syngamic 
therewith. 


64. ACRAEA DOUBLEDAYI. PI. XI, f. 6. 
Acraea doubledayi, Guérin, Lefebre, Voy. Abyss., 6, p. 378 
f. 1, 2(1849) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 99 (1898). 
= gaekwari, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, 34, Suppl., p. 2 
(1901). 
ABYSSINIA ; SOMALILAND, 
? f. candida, f. nov. 
Nyam Nyam. 
A. doubledayi sykesi, subsp. 
Em. M. B. Sharpe (A. sykesi), Entomologist, p. 279 (1902). 
= mystica, Neave, Novit. Zool. xi, p. 327 (1904). 
Uaanpda (Entebbe, Wadelai); British E. Arrica (Kumi, 
L, Salisbury); German E, Arrica (Bukoba), 


172 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the 


A. doubledayi arabica, subsp. nov. 
S. ARABIA (Azvaki Ravine). 


A, doubledayi doubledayi. Pl. I, f. 3 (¢). 


¢d. Expanse about 64 mm. F.-w. thinly scaled and rather 
translucent, brick red with black spots. Costa and base some- 
what suffused with blackish. A black marginal band 6 mm, 
wide at apex becoming narrower towards hind angle, having 
its inner edge thinly scaled, and bearing a submarginal row 
of deep orange spots, the last of these (in 1b) often merged into 
the ground-colour. From each of these spots is given off 
inwardly a short black internervular ray (doubled in 1b). 
In areas 3, 4, 5,6, 9 and 10 between the marginal border and 
the discal row of spots a white translucent band very sparsely 
scaled. Black spots as follows :—A large spot in cell above 
origin of 2 and rarely a trace of a second spot nearer base. 
A spot on the upper part of the discocellulars. A discal row of 
five confluent spots (the fifth sometimes separate), the first in 10 
rather nearer base than the others and the next three almost in 
a straight line. A large spot in 2 its upper edge close to origin 
of nervule 3. Immediately beneath this a large spot in 1b, 
and in the same area a smaller round spot below median just 
before origin of 2. H.-w. brick red with some black basal 
suffusion, A black hind-marginal border about 2 mm. wide 
having a very distinct but markedly wndulating inner edge, 
and very slightly paler internervular marks. Black spots as 
on underside but those near inner margin often only faintly 
indicated. 

Underside f.-w. The greater part of median area very 
sparsely scaled and shining. Spots as on upperside with a basal 
and a subbasal spot on costa, Costa pale ochreous. Apex and 
hind margin pale ochreous with orange internervular spots 
each of the latter with a short black internervular ray. A 
narrow black line round apex and hind margin. 

H.-w. pinkish ochreous with a greenish ochreous marginal 
band bounded by a narrow black marginal line, and broken by 
narrow black internervular arches. Just inside the latter 
a row of orange ochreous internervular marks. Basal and 
median area with some rose-pink internervular marks. Black 
spots of medium size as follows :—A discal row of nine, the 
first three in 7, 6 and 5, each nearer the margin than the last, 
the fourth in 4 nearer base, fifth in 3 midway between end of 
cell and marginal border, the sixth in 2 just below origin of 3, 
the seventh and eighth in le and 1b, nearly in a straight line 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 173 


with the sixth, the ninthin la nearer base. A spot in 8 near 
precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell and one on middle 
discocellular, a subbasal in Ic, 1b, and la, that in 1b nearer 
margin than the other two. Some irregular black at base of 
nervures. 

Head black with brown hairs, and tufts on collar, thorax and 
base of abdomen black, the latter with small pinkish lateral 
spots, remainder pinkish ochreous. Claws unequal. 

2 resembles the ¢ in size and markings but the ground- 
colour varies from dull pink to dull smoky ochreous. The 
underside of f.-w. almost devoid of scales. The abdomen 
black above with white lateral spots, and sometimes the last 
three or four segments entirely white above. 


A. doubledayt Q f. candida, f. nov. 

Represented by an example in the Staudinger collection from 
Nyam Nyatn. The ground-colour is white, the form bearing 
the same kind of relation to the type as does A. encedon f. lycia 
to A. encedon encedon. 


A. doubledayi sykesi, subsp. 

Differs from typical dowbledayi in having the f.-w. of a 
yellower colour. The apical and marginal black is confined to 
the ends of the nervules and a thin marginal line, and the 
translucent patch is almost or entirely absent. The ground- 
colour of the h.-w. margin on the underside is white. 

The Q is a more tawny brown and the f.-w. spots somewhat 
larger. 


The type of mystica, Neave, has rather redder h.-w. 
than the other examples I have seen. It is a somewhat 
worn example, and its identity with the sykest form is only 
evident on careful comparison with a series of the latter. 


A. doubledayi arabica, subsp. Pl. II, f. 2 (¢). 

Ditters from the typical form in having the wings much more 
heavily scaled, but with hardly any basal suffusion. The trans- 
lucent patch is often thickly scaled with dusky white (white 
in ¢). The ground-colour is usually a deeper brick red. In 
some examples there is a small black streak in f.-w. cell just 
before the large spot, and sometimes one in 1b just before the 
subbasal spot. The spots tend to be larger and the terminal 
half of the abdomen is white with some yellow scales at the 
tip. The underside is more richly coloured than in the 
typical form and in some examples the basal costal spots are 


174 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


wanting. The 9 resembles the ¢ but the ground-colour is dull 
chocolate brown, and the abdomen is black with large white 
lateral spots and white segmental rings. 


Much confusion has arisen over this species, doubtless 
owing to its rarity and the comparative inaccessibility of 
the original figure. I have therefore prepared a figure of 
the f from an example in the Tring Museum which agrees 
with the figure given by Reiche (/.c.), and have also 
illustrated the Arabian subspecies which I found in the 
same collection. Four ~f and one 2 of this form were 
taken in the Azvaki Ravine in Southern Arabia. The 
A. doubledayi described in Trimen’s 8. African Butterflies 
is A. oncaea, and hence many examples of the latter 
species are labelled dowbledayi in collections. 


Go, “ACRABHA ONGAMA, “PIP ROME Ib, Elev, ft. 25, 


Acraea oncaea, Hoppter, Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 640 
(1855); Peters Reise Ins., p. 375, pl. 24, f. 5-8 (1862) ; 
Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., i, p. 84 (1885); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 100 (1898); Voeltzkow Reise Lep., p. 
315 (1909) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 25 (1910). 

= doubledayi, Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., i, p. 147 (1887) ; Butler, 

Proc, Zool. Soc., pp. 53, 191 (1898) ; Dixey, Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 11 (1900). 

Congo (Kassai); Nyassautanp (Zomba); MANICALAND ; 
PorruaurEstE FE, Africa; Natat; TRANSVAAL; Care CoLony; 
Ruaopesia ; GerMAN E. Arrica (Mafia I., Lindi, Dar-es- 
Salaam) ; BririsH EK. Arrica ; ABYSSINIA; SOMALILAND. 

? f. alboradiata, Suffert, Iris, p. 28 (1904), 

2 f. modesta, Suffert, 1. c. 

2 f. obsewra, Suffert, 1. c. 

g f. defasciata, Suffert, 1. c., p. 29. 

6 f. caoncius, Suffert, l.¢., p. 27. 

These forms are not confined to any particular locality, 

A. oncaea liacea, subsp., nov. 

= caecilia liacea, Suffert, Iris, p. 29 (1904). 

GERMAN E, Arrica (Usandawi). 


A. oncaea oncaea. 

g. Expanse 50-60 mm. Wings dull orange red to dull 
ochreous. F.-w. costa from middle to apex narrowly black. 
At apex there is a narrow black tip, sometimes as much as 
3 mim. wide but always quite recognisable. At about nervule 4 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 175 


or 5 the black tapers to a narrow marginal line extending to 
the hind angle. The median area is often rather thinly scaled 
but does not become translucent. A slight dusky suffusion at 
base. The apical and hind-marginal area shows a tendency to 
orange between the nervules, and in the internervular spaces 
are black rays sometimes as far as area 2. Ends of nervules 
black. There is a submarginal row of black spots parallel to 
the hind margin. These vary in number. In very “dry” 
examples there may only be a minute spot in 1b and 2, while 
wet season specimens may have a well-developed row of four 
spots in 1b, 2, 3, and 4. Other spots as follows :—One in cell 
above origin of 2, sometimes preceded by a faint longi- 
tudinal streak. A double spot on upper part of discocellulars. 
A discal row, when all present five in number, in 10, 6, 5, 4, 
and 3, but that in 6 often minute or absent. These spots lie 
roughly in a straight line nearly at right angles to the costa ; 
the spot in 3 well separated from the others. In area 2 a spot 
near the meridian. In area 1b a subbasal and a median spot. 
H.-w. A slight black suffusion at base and a hind-marginal 
border varying in appearance from continuous black about 
2mm. wide to a row of faintly indicated dark internervular 
arches standing on a thin marginal line. The inner edge of 
this border is always regularly arched between the nervules. 
Black spots as on underside, those near inner margin often very 
faint, and the discal spots often smaller than those below. 
Underside. EF -w. a pale replica of the upperside but with- 
out the apical black. Two small black spots near base of costa, 
H.-w. Pinkish ochreous with internervular marks of a rather 
deeper pink in median and basal areas. Hind-marginal border 
bright ochreous with a thin marginal line and narrow black 
internervular arches. Black spots as follows :—A discal row of 
eight. The first three in 7, 6, and 5, approximately parallel 
to margin, the fourth in 4 close to end of cell, the fifth in 3 
some distance from end of cell, but not in the middle of the 
area, the sixth in 2 close to median, the seventh in le nearer 
margin, and the eighth in 1b nearer base. A spot in 8 near 
precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell close together near middle, 
one at base of area 5 touching m.d.c. and 6, A large subbasal 
spot in le, and close to it a spot in 1b, and la, all three in a 
straight line, a subbasal spot in la and some irregular black 
about bases of nervures. 
Head black with brown hairs, and tufts on collar. Thorax 
black with brown hairs. Base of abdomen black with orange 
lateral spots, remainder orange. Claws unequal. 


176 Mr. H. Eltringham’s J/onograph of the 


Some fine examples of the ? oncacw taken by Neave 
on Chirui I, L. Bangweolo, have the f.-w. dull rosy red, 
and the space between the discal spots and the apical 
black is grey. The inner edge of the apical black is much 
suffused and broken up by submarginal orange spots each 
of which is divided by a black ray. The h.-w. is bright 
red with a rosy tinge, and bears the usual black spots. 
The h.-w. underside at base and inner margin is deep 
rose pink, 

Suffert describes rine the name caoncius (1. c.) a form 
in which the f.-w. apical black is no wider than the 
marginal black. 


Q. Expanse 48-64 mm. Extremely variable. Whilst in along 
series all kinds of intermediates may be found, the following may 
be specially noted :— 

(1) Dry season. F.-w. base to discal row of spots reddish chocolate. 
Beyond the spots a white band in 10, 9, 6, 5, 4, and 3, 
about 4 mm. wide. Between the outer edge of this and 
the apical black, dusky orange. H.-w. reddish chocolate 
with a pink noes beyond cell in 4, 3, 2, and le. Spots, 
ete., as in ¢. 

Underside. F.-w. paler and duller. White area replaced by 
creamy yellow, apex pale ochreous with orange internervular 
marks. 

H.-w. whitish with rose pink marks beyond discal spots and 
at base and inner margin . ; : = f. obscura, Suffert. 

(2) Dry season. Similar to (1) but without the white patch in 
f.-w. j . =f. defasciata, Suffert. 

(3) Wet season. Besemblee 3 ne ie wings are greyish black, 
and f.-w. has a white patch as in (1). H.-w. marginal 
black, broader than in g and inner edge suffused, Little 
or no basal black suffusion, Underside similar but paler. 
This form agrees with figure of Hoppfer’s type. 

(4) Wet season, Resembles (3) but the nervures of h.-w. dusted 


with white ; 3 ; = f. alboradiata, Suffert. 
(5) Wet season. Resembles bee bat h.-w. with a large white median 
patch : F : . =f. modesta, Suffert. 


(6) Resembles ¢ but wings are dull ochreous grey. No white 
markings. Underside similar but h.-w. dark ochreous, 
In all the 9 forms the abdomen is black above with whitish 
or yellowish lateral spots. 
f, liacea. 
This form was described by Suffert as a subspecies of caecilia, 
but having examined the types I find it belongs to the present 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 1 


species. Inthe ¢ the h.-w. black margin is rather ill-defined 
inwardly and beneath has heavy black arches enclosing whitish 
spots. The @ is like the ¢ but has the h,-w. margin broader, 
and more suffused, and is without a white subapical bar in f.-w. 
Examples taken by Neave in the Iringa District, German E, Africa, 
in December (wet season) show that the 9 of this subspecies does 
not become black in the wet season, the ground-colour being much 
the same as in the ¢. 

A curious aberration of the 9 was taken by Neave in the 
Luangwa Valley in Aug. 1910. The ground-colouring re- 
sembles that of the first form above described, except that the 
apical black and the subapical white are contiguous. The spots 
are reduced to one (large) in middle of f.-w. cell, and a black 
mark on discocellulars. In h.-w. there is a spot in cell and one 
at base of 6 and 5. On underside the h.-w. marginal border 
consists merely of a thin double black line broken by a black 
mark on end of each nervule. 


A. oncaea is an abundant species and Neave records it 


as common at all seasons in the Luangwa Valley. The 


male armature is quite distinct in form. The species 
has been much contused with A. dowbledayi, Guér., from 
which, however, it is quite distinct. 


66. ACRAEA EQUATORIALIS. Pl. XII, f.6. Pl. XV, f. 28. 


Acraew equatorialis, 
= A. doubledayi equatorialis, Neave, Novit. Zool., 11. p. 327 
(1904) ; Eltringham, Novit. Zool., 18, p. 151, note (1911). 
British EK. Arrica (Kisumu), 


A. equatorialis anaemia, subsp. nov. 
= A. doubledayi equatorialis, Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s Exped., 
p. 4 (1910). 
British E, Arrica (Kikuyu Escarpment, Campi-ya-Simba, 
Rabai, Zanzibar, Pemba I.); Gurman E. Arrica (Kilimandjaro). 


A, equatorialis equatorialis. Pl. II, f. 10(¢), f. 11(¢). 

¢. Expanse 46-48 mm, Wings rather lightly scaled, delicate 
pinkish ochreous, Costa, apex, and hind margin very narrowly 
black, slightly broader at apex. Just inside this black border, 
a narrow band of orange divided by the black ends of nervules, 
and followed inwardly by a grey area bearing black inter- 
nervular rays, Black spots as follows :—One in cell at or just 
before origin of 2, one on upper part of discocellulars, a row of 
five beyond cell, the first in 10, often very small or obsolescent, 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (JULY) N 


178 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


the second, third, and fourth in 6, 5, and 4 further from end of 
cell and in a straight line at right angles to costa, fifth in 3, 
separate and rather nearer margin, A spot im 2 just under 
origin of 3, beneath this and slightly nearer base, a spot in 1b, 
and in same area a subbasal spot just beyond middle of first 
section of median, Sometimes a slight black basal suffusion 
in 1b. 

H.-w. with a slight black basal suffusion, and a narrow black 
hind-marginal line on which are rather ill-defined flat inter- 
nervular arches enclosing small marks of the ground-colour, 
Black spots corresponding to those beneath but often rather 
faintly indicated near inner margin, 

Underside. F.-w. very thinly scaled and shiny, Usually 
two black spots at base of costa, Otherwise as above, H.-w. 
pale pinkish ochreous with a few pink marks at base. Hind- 
marginal border as above but very clearly traced, and enclosed 
spots rather yellower than ground-colour, Black spots as 
follows :—Two in 7 near middle and rather close together, one 
in 6 nearer margin and one in 5 still nearer margin, in 4 a 
spot about 1 mm. from end of cell, and beneath it but nearer 
margin, a spot in 3, One in 2 close to median, beneath it and 
nearer margin a spot in le, and a spot in 1b on a level with 
that in 2, A minute spot in 8 near precostal, two in cell, a 
basal and a subbasal in le, close to the latter a spot in 1b 
followed by a spot in la, another larger spot in same area 
nearer base. A small black mark in area 9, Very rarely 
a minute black dot at base of 5 on m.d.c. Fringes pale 
ochreous, 

Head and thorax black with ochreous tufts. Base of abdomen 
black with pale lateral spots, remainder creamy white. Claws 
unequal. 

Q. Expanse 42-48 mm. 

f. 1. Like the ¢ but wings more rounded, and ground-colour 
duller. H.-w, marginal black with little indication of pale 
internervalar marks, and on the underside enclosing whitish 
spots. Abdomen black above with white segmental lines and 
lateral spots, 

f.2. Like f. 1, but f.-w. ground-colour pale grey with indi- 
cations of a white subapical bar beyond the discal spots, H.-w. 
white with a dusky suffusion at base, costa, and along inner edge 
of marginal border. Inner margin yellowish. 


Intermediates between these two ? forms occur, and the 
difference does not appear to be seasonal, as all the 38 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 79 


examples in the Oxford collection were taken I in November 


to January by Mr. Wiggins. 


The species is quite distinct and is not a form of double- 


dayi, though some of the grey 2 ? are not unlike the @ of 
that species. 


67. 


A, equatorialis anaemia, subsp. PI. V, f. 5(¢). 
¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. Differs from typical equatorialis in 
having the wings more sparsely scaled and the ground-colour 
paler and more delicate. Both wings have a brownish basal flush 
and submarginal spots are frequently present in f.-w. 1b, and 2. 
Q resembles ¢ but wings are more rounded and abdomen is 
black with white lateral spots. 


WERAEA ELLA. 0 PIV £.7¢¢): | Pl XI, £8. 
Acraeaw elle, Eltringham, Novit. Zoo]., xviii, p. 151 (1911). 

ANGoua (Bihé). 

¢d. Expanse 50-60 mm. Wings dull to golden or pinkish 
ochreous. I.-w. with aslight dusky basal suffusion, costa, apex, 
and hind margin very narrowly black, rather broader at apex. 
Apical area usually rather richer yellow than remainder of wing. 
A submarginal row of internervular black rays which rarely 
reach the margin. Nervule ends black. Black spots as follows :-— 
In cell a spot very slightly beyond origin of 2. A double spot on 
upper part of discocellulars. Beyond cell a discal row of spots 
of which the first in 10 is rather nearer base than the others, 
and usually elongate, the second, third and fourth in 6, 5, and 4 
nearly in a straight line at right angles to costa, the fifth 
separate and nearly in the middle of area 3. A spot in 2 just 
below origin of 3, and beneath this but slightly nearer margin a 
spot in 1b, and in same area a spot (sometimes doubled) about 
2mm. before origin of 2. 

H.-w. with some black basal suffusion, and a hind-marginal 
border formed by a narrow black marginal line on which are 
rather flat, not always clearly defined, internervular arches en- 
closing spots of the ground-colour. Black spots corresponding 
to those on underside but usually only faintly indicated near 
inner margin. 

Underside f.-w. like the upperside but without basal suffusion, 
paler, and with two spots at base of costa. H.-w. paler than on 
upperside, base, inner margin, and area le splashed with pink. 
Marginal border as above but much more clearly defined. Black 
spots as follows :—Discal spots, one in 7 about middle, one in 6 
about 3 mm. nearer to margin. Beneath this and slightly nearer 

NieZ 


180 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


margin a spot in 5 (absent in three examples). In 4 a spot 
about 1 mm. from end of cell, a spot in 3, 2 mm. from end of 
cell, and one in 2 not very close to median. A spot in1c,3 mm. 
from margin, and one in 1b rather nearer base. A spot in 8 
near precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell, one at base of 5 on 
m.d.c.,a basal and a subbasal in 1c, and- immediately below 
the latter a spot in 1b and la, also a subbasal in la. Some 
irregular black at base of wing. 

Head and thorax black, with reddish tufts and hairs, base of 
abdomen black with whitish lateral spots, remainder white to 
yellowish. Claws unequal. 

Q resembles g but ground-colour rather more dusky 
ochreous. 


This species is apparently very closely allied to 
equatorialis. It may be distinguished from the latter by 
its larger average size, and by the fact that the discal spot 
in f.-w. 1b is usually slightly more distally placed than 
that in 2, whereas in equatorialis this spot is slightly more 
proximally placed. Also the spot in h.-w. at base of area 
5 is well developed, and is rarely indicated in eguatorialis. 
Further the structure cf the claspers in the male armature 
is slightly different and the penis is longer and much 
more slender. The chitinous plate in the female of A. ella 
is of quite different structure, having a bifid process on its 
anterior edge, and the aperture is much smaller. 


68. AcRAEA axina. PI]. XII, f. 7. 


Acraea axina, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, p. 344, pl. F, 
f. §, 6 (1881); l.¢., Ed. 2, p. 352, pl: 6, f. 5; Gahagoy; 
Trimen, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1891) ; l.¢., p. 26 (1894) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 99 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 905 (1898) ; Neave, Proe. Zool. Soc., p. 25 (1910). 
= doubledayi, var., Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 147 (1887). 

AwNGoLa (Bihé, Benguella) ; DamMaRALAND ; MANICALAND ; 
MASHONALAND; TRANSVAAL; PorTUGUESE E, Arrica (Delagoa 
B., Tete); Nyassananp (Blantyre); Ruopxsia (Ft. Jame- 
son, Alala Plateau), 


¢. Expanse 36-48 mm. Dry season form. Wings rosy 
ochreous with a brownish basal and costal suffusion. Costa 
from middle to apex narrowly black. Hind margin black, 
1 mm. broad, slightly narrowing towards hind angle. Apical 
area orange ochreous, the ends of nervules black, and with black 
or brownish internervular rays. Black spots as follows :—-A 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 181 


large spot in cell above origin of 2, a spot on upper part of 
discocellulars. A discal row of five, the first four (in 10, 6, 5, 
and 4) nearly in a straight line and confluent, the fifth smaller 
and separate. A spot in 2 near median, beneath it and rather 
nearer margin a spot in 1b, and a second in the same area near 
the base. H.-w. with a slight blackish brown suffusion, and a 
black sharply defined marginal border with faint indications of 
paler internervular markings. Spots small and as on underside. 
Fringes rather conspicuously whitish. 

Underside, .f.-w. with one or two subbasal costal spots. 
Ground-colour paler than above. Apical area ochreous with 
orange internervular marks, Other markings as on upper- 
side but marginal black narrower. H.-w. pale ochreous with 
rose pink internervular marks. Hind margin border formed by 
moderately heavy black arches and a very narrow black 
marginal line enclosing greenish ochreous internervular spots. 
Black spots as follows :—A discal row of eight, the first three in 
7, 6, and 5 each nearer margin than the last (the third often 
absent in dry season specimens), the fourth in a line with the 
second at right angles to the costa, the fifth in 3, about midway 
between end of cell and marginal border, the sixth in 2 near 
median, the seventh and eighth in le and 1b. Of the last three 
that in 1c is rather nearer margin than the others. A spot in 8 
near precostal, a subbasal in 7, one spot (very rarely two) in 
cell, one on middle discocellular, one in le, 1b, and la all .in a 
straight line, and a basal spot in 1a. 

Head black with brown tufts between eyes and on collar, 
thorax black with a few brown hairs, basal half of abdomen 
black with orange lateral spots, remainder orange. 

Wet season form. Ground-colour more yellowish, spots larger, 
basal suffusion broader, apical and marginal black broader in 
both wings. F.-w. internervular rays blacker. 

2. Expanse 48-52 mm. Dry season form very like ¢ but 
ground-colour of f.-w. more dusky. Abdomen black above with 
yellowish lateral spots. Wet season form, also like ¢ but ground- 
colour dull ochreous to pale sepia. Just beyond f.-w. discal 
spots is an indication of a whitish subapical patch, 


Though quite a distinct species, A. axina closely 
resembles a small specimen of A. oncaea. It may be 
distinguished from the latter by the absence of sub- 
marginal spots in 1b and 2 in f.-w., by its consistently 
much smaller size, and by the usually sharply defined 
black border in the h.-w. 


182 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


There is in the Joicey collection a curious aberration of 
this species. It is a ¢ from Ft. Chicquaqua, Mashona- 
land. There is a spot in the f.-w. cell followed by one in 
the discocellulars, and three subapical spots. The h.-w. 
has one spot only, that on the discocellulars. The h.-w. 
hind-marginal border is black and rather deeply edentate 
between the nervules, and bears indications of paler inter- 
nervular marginal spots. 


69. AcRAEA CAECILIA. PI. XI, f. 2. 

Acraea caecilia, Fabrizius, (Pap.) Spec. Ins., 2, p. 34 (1781) ; 
Godart, (A) Enc. Méth., 9, p. 235 (1819); Godman, Proce. 
Zool, Soc., p. 221 (1884) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 194 
(1893); Carpenter, Proc, R. S. Dub. (2), 8, p. 305 (1895) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 100 (1898) ; Ann. Mus. Genov., 
p. 10 (1910). 

= bendis ; Hiibner, Verz., p. 27 (1816). 

SENEGAL; S. LEoNE; GoLp Coast; Lacos; ASHANTI; 
Tocotanp; Niceria; Nusia; Ucanpa (Unyoro, Pt. 
Alice, Entebbe, Bulamwezi); Bririsa E. Arrica (L. Baringo, 
Kikuyu, Mori R., Kiboko R., Kibaoni); German E. 
Arrica (Ukerewe I., Tabora) ; Somaitanp (Sheik Hussein, 
Abulcassim); AsysstntA (Mole R.); FRencH SupAn 
(Bammako to Wagaduga). 


¢.f. hypatia, Drury, (Pap.) I]. Exot. Ins., 3, p. 16, pl. 13, f. 1, 2 
(1782); Fabricius, Ent. Syst., 3, p. 163 (1793) ; Godart, (A) 
Enc. Méth., 9, p. 232 (1819). 

S. LEONE. 

2. f. artemisa, Stoll, (Pap.) Cramer Suppl, p. 123, pl, 25, f. 4, 4d. 
(1790). 

? loc. 


A, caecilia pudora, subsp. 
Aurivillius, Sjéstedt’s Exp. n. Kilimandjaro, p. 4 (1910). 
German E. Arrica (Usandowi, Kilimandjaro); Bririsy E. 
Arrica (Machakos, Kikuyu). 
f. umbrina, Aurivillius Ul. c. (1910). 
KIDLIMANDJARO, 
A. caecilia caecilia. 
¢. Expanse 56-70 mm, Ground-colour pale ochreous pink 
to pale salmon pink. F.-w, with a black or brown basal 
suffusion and a brown dusting of scales along the costa. Apex 
black about 4 mm, wide, the inner edge much suffused in outline, 
the black continued as a narrow tapering line along the margin 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 183 


to the hind angle. Subapical and submarginal area inclining to 
orange ochreous between the nervules, and in areas 6, 5, 4, 3, 
and 2 sometimes a grey ground-colour with submarginal orange 
spots and black internervular rays. Black spots as follows :— 
One in cell above origin of 2, and a double spot on upper part 
of end of cell. A discal row of five in 10, 6, 5, 4, and 3, the first 
often much elongated, and rather nearer base, the next three in 
an almost straight line and contiguous, the fifth subcrescentic 
and in the middle of area 3. A spot in 2 near median, and 
immediately beneath it a spot in 1b, also a subbasal spot in 
1b near median. A submarginal row of spots parallel to hind 
margin, the first in 4 (sometimes absent), the second in 3 very 
close to the fifth discal spot (also sometimes absent in 9 ). 

H.-w. with a black or brownish black basal suffusion and a 
well-defined hind-marginal black border usually with traces 
of paler internervular marks. The discal and basal black 
spots are rather variable, often faintly indicated, and most easily 
observed on the underside. 

Underside a paler replica of the upper, but without basal 
suffusion. F.-w., two basal black spots on the costa, and apical 
black of much less extent. H.-w., black marginal border bear- 
ing seven rounded whitish spots. Black spots as follows :—An 
irregular discal row of nine, the first about middle of area 7, the 
second about middle of 6, the third (often minute or absent) 
slightly nearer margin, the fourth touching end of cell, the fifth 
just before middle of area 3, the sixth in 2 close to median, the 
seventh in le nearer margin, the eighth in 1b crescentic and 
nearer base, the ninth in la and still nearer base. A spot in 8 
near precostal, usually two in cell close together, one at base of 
5 touching m.d.c. <A large subbasal in 1c, a small ditto in 1b, 
nearer margin, and a medium-sized subbasal in la close to that 
in le. Some black at base of nervures enclosing two white dots. 

Head black with a yellow tuft between the eyes and two on 
the collar. Thorax black with reddish hairs, and two anterior, 
two dorsal, and two posterior pale marks. Abdomen black at 
base with pale lateral spots, remainder whitish. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 56-64 mm. Varies from pale salmon pink to 
white. F.-w. with black basal suffusion, dusted with brownish 
along costa, apex black inwardly suffused with yellow and nearly 
reaching the discal spots. Black spotsasin ¢. H.-w. witha 
black basal suffusion and a broad (about 4 mm. wide) black 
hind-marginal border, its inner edge suffused with brownish. 

Underside paler, marked as in ¢, much less apical black 
than above, and area between this and discal spats grey with 


184 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


orange internervular marks. H.-w. pinkish at base and with 
seven large rounded pinkish or yellowish white spots on the 
marginal black. Thorax and abdomen black with white spots, 
the abdomen also segmented with narrow white lines, 


A. caecilia 2 f. artemisa. 

This form appears to be a rare aberration in which the black 
markings, especially those of f.-w. apex and both lind margins, 
are exceptionally heavy. I know it only from Stoll’s figure ; 
though occasional Western examples show an unusual breadth of 
the h.-w. border. 


A, caecilia Q f. hypatia. 

For some time | was of opinion that Drury’s figure of hypatia 
was too highly coloured, but I have now seen examples of 
caecilia 9 which are quite as deeply tinted. The f.-w. is 
tawny ochreous and the h.-w. deep pink. The f.-w. apical 
and marginal black is narrow and well defined, resembling that 
in Eastern examples. We may therefore preserve Drury’s name 
for this form. A specimen is in the Tring collection and bears 
the label Mohoroni., 


A. caecilia pudora. 

To the Eastern subspecies of caecilia must be assigned the 
name given by Aurivillius (J. c.) to what he regarded as the dry 
season form of Suffert’s ‘‘ caecilia liacea.” The latter is however 
not caecilia at all, but a form of oncaea, <A. caecilia pudora 
differs from more Western examples in having the f.-w. apical 
black much narrower and more sharply defined. The spot in 
h.-w. area 5 is usually well developed. 


A. caecilia f. wmbrina, Auriv. 
On the f.-w. a dull grey semitransparent submarginal band 
between nervules 2 and 5-6, 


A. caecilia exhibits little seasonal dimorphism. The wet 
season ff are pinker and more heavily spotted, and the 
9? have a whiter ground-colour and heavier black mark- 
ings. One Abyssinian example I have seen is of the 
typical form and another is intermediate to pudora. The 
species is nearly allied to A. caldarena and there is little 


ditterence in the respective ¢ armatures. 
70. ACRAEA MARNOIS. Pl. XL, f. 4. 
Acraea marnois, Rogenhofer, Ann, Mus, Wien, 4, p. 552, 
pl. 23, f. 7 (1889) ; Aurivillius (oncaew var.), Rhop. Aeth., 
p. 100 (1898). 


.. 
} 


African Spectes of the Genus Acraea. 185 


SupAw (Bahr-el-Seraf), ‘“V, Nyanza,” 


¢ Expanse 50-56 mm. Wings rich ochre yellow and somewhat 
more rounded than in other males of the caldarena group. F.-w. 
slightly darkened at base. Apex narrowly black continued as a 
narrow hind-marginal line. Black spots as follows :—One in cell 
over origin of nervule2, A double spot on discocellulars, Beyond 
cell an oblique hand of four black spots in a straight line at right 
anglesto costa followed bya spot in3 rather more distal and beneath 
this asubmarginal spot in2andin 1b, A spot in 2 beneath origin 
of nervule 3 and beneath it a spot in 1b, A subbasal spot in the 
same area, H.-w. slightly blackened at base and having a black 
hind-marginal border about 2 mm, wide bearing indications 
of paler internervular marks; its inner edge slightly arched 
between the nervules. Black spots corresponding to those on 
underside but rather faintly indicated towards inner margin. 
Fringes white. 

Underside. F.-w. as on upperside but rather paler and 
having two spots on costa near base, 

H.-w. as on upperside but without basal black and the 
hind-marginal border bearing white internervular spots. Black 
spots as follows :—One in 7 just beyond origin of nervule 7, 
One in 6 much nearer margin. One near base of area 4. 
Beneath it but nearer margin a spot in 3. One near base of 2. 
Beneath it a spot in lc, followed by one in 1b rather nearer 
base, and a dot in la. A spot in 9, one in 8, a subbasal in 7, 
two in cell, one in discocellulars, a basal and a subbasal in le, 
1b, and la. 

Head black with a pale mark between the eyes, and two 
yellowish tufts on collar, Thorax black with reddish hairs. 
Abdomen black above with yellowish lateral spots, except 
last three or four segments, which are yellowish. Claws 
unequal, 

? unknown, 

An example in the National Collection agrees very closely 
with the type, differing only in the following points :—F.-w. 
The submarginal spots are absent in 2 and 1b, the first or costal 
spot of the discal row is very minute, and there is hardly any 
basal black. H.-w. There is a small discal spot in area 5, 
Underside. H.-w. the marginal border is formed of much 
narrower black arches on a fine marginal line, thus enclosing 
larger whitish spots. 


For the present I must keep A. marnois separate. 


Aurivillius regards itas aform of A. oncaea. If, however, 


186 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Rogenhofer’s type is specifically identical with the 
specimen in the National Collection above described, this 
must be an error, as the latter example bears a much 
closer relationship to ca/darena and caecilia. The genital 
armature is only very slightly different from that of the 
two species mentioned, that of A. oncaea being of an 
entirely different form. On the whole I regard it as 
nearest to A. caecilia, and the acquisition of further 
material may decide whether it is really separate from 
that species. 

The type was taken at Bahr-el-Seraf in the Sudan. 
The British Museum specimen is merely labelled Victoria 
Nyanza. 


71. ACRAEA AGLAONICE. Pl. X, f. 16. 


Acraea aglaonice, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, p. 346, 
pl. F, f. 9,16 (1881); Ed. 2, p. 353, pl. 6, f. 9, 10 (1889) ; 
Trimen, 8. Af, Butt., 1;"p. 151, pl. 3, f. 3°(88i)e Wena, 
p. 398 (1889); Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 27 (1894); Marshall, 
Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 555 (1896) ; Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., 
p. 99 (1898); Trimen (ab. melan.), Trans Ent. Soc., p. 
64, pl. 4, f.4 (1906). 

= A, fenestrata, Trimen, Trans, Ent, Soc., p. 435 (1881), 

MASHONALAND, DELAGOA Bay, TRANSVAAL, Natat, MAnt- 

CALAND. 


¢. Expanse 50-62 mm. Wings orange red to rosy red, F.-w, 
A narrow black line along costa (rather wider at apex) and 
continued along hind margin to angle. Costa, apical and hind- 
marginal portion of wing inclining to orange. <A slight dusky 
suffusion at base. Ends of nervules rather distinctly black, In 
the subapical region in areas 4 and 5 (and sometimes slightly in 
6), a transparent mark caused by a paucity of scales. This 
transparent marking may be almost absent in dry season 
examples. Black spots as follows:—A large, transverse, irregularly 
shaped spot in cell above origin of 2, and a black mark on disco- 
cellulars, usually on upper part but sometimes over whole width 
of end of cell. Beyond cell and just before the transparent 
marks a discal row of fine spots in 10, 6, 5, 4, and 3, the first 
sometimes absent, and the last sometimes very small. The 
three middle spots almost in a straight line, the first rather more 
distally placed, the fifth with its long axis pointing towards 
apex. In 2a spot close to median (absent in one example). In 
1b a discal spot below that in 2 and slightly nearer margin, and 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 187 


a second spot near median at about two-thirds of the distance 
from base to origin of 2. 

H.-w. with a slight dusky basal suffusion and a_ black 
hind-marginal border varying from 1 to 2 mm. in breadth 
and very rarely showing traces of paler internervular mark- 
ings, Black spots very small and more easily observed on 
underside, Those near inner margin sometimes only faintly 
indicated. 

Underside. F.-w. paler and duller than above and rather 
‘glossy. A small basal and subbasal spot on costa, Apical and 
hind-marginal areas ochreous with orange internervular rays, 
Spots as on upperside, H,-w. pinkish ochreous, <A very 
narrow black line round hind margin, followed by a band of 
greenish ochreous corresponding in width to the black border of 
the upperside and divided by narrow internervular black 
arches. This marginal border is followed by internervular 
splashes of orange, and the basal and median portions of wing 
bear internervular rose pink marks. Black spots very small 
and slightly variable. A discal row beginning with one in 7, 
6,5, and 4, the fourth much further from margin than the third. 
Very rarely a minute dot in 3. I have never seena ¢ with a 
spot in 2, though there is sometimes a very small one in the 9°. 
In le a spot at base, a second just before origin of 2, and a third 
half way between the second and the margin. In Ib two spots 
near middle, in la one near base and one near middle. In 8 a 
spot near precostal, beyond this in 7 a transverse spot. A spot 
at base of 7, two in cell and one on middle discocellular. 

Wet season examples have a general tendency to a richer 
colour and more dusky suffusion especially of the f.-w. 

Head black with a brown tuft between the eyes and two on 
the collar. Thorax black with lateral brown hairs and two 
dorsal whitish streaks. Base of abdomen black with orange 
lateral spots. Remainder orange. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 60-66 mm. Dry season form :—F.-w. Costa, 
base, and inner margin more or less heavily suffused with umber 
brown, median area rosy red, apex and hind margin brownish 
ochreous. A black tip at apex narrowing suddenly below 
nervule 7 but continued along hind margin as a line broader 
than in ¢. Ends of nervules heavily marked with black. The 
whitish transparent patch conspicuous. Black spotsasin ¢ and 
usually an additional spot in cell at about the middle. H.-w. 
rosy red suffused with brownish black at base. Hind margin 
black about 3 mm, broad and bordered inwardly by a band of 
brownish ochreous on which the nervules are heavily dusted 


188 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


with black, Underside muchasin ¢. Abdomen black above 
with white lateral spots. 

Wet season form. ['.-w. basal, costal, and apical suffusion 
black, median area dull pinkish ochreous, apical and hind- 
marginal areas ochreous, H.-w. ochreous along costa, remainder 
black with a white median patch. Spots in both wings as 
in ¢. Underside much as in ¢ but f.-w. very dull coloured, 
and h.-w, with much less orange and pink, median area 
whitish, and the black arches of marginal border very heavy. 
Abdomen black above with white lateral and yellowish dorsal 
spots. Intermeciates between the extreme seasonal forms are 
found in any good series. 


A, aglaonice is readily distinguished by the transparent 
mark in the f.-w. and the very small spots in the h.-w. It 
is a very distinct species, the peculiar projection on the 
middle of the inner side of the claspers distinguishes the 
male armature at a glance from that of any other species. 

In 1906 (2.¢.) Trimen described a melanic 2 aberration 
of this species from Melville, Johannesburg, and at the 
same time gave an interesting note from Mr. Feltham, 
who states that this butterfly made its appearance in the 
depth of the winter season in 1904 at Johannesburg, and 
that other members of the genus also seem to choose the 
coldest season for their appearance there. 

[The range of the species is described by Trimen as 
from §S. Matabeleland to E. Mashonaland and Delagoa 
Bay, through the Transvaal as far as Johannesburg and 
extending to Zululand, Delagoa Bay, and very rarely to 
Natal. | 


72. ACRAEA ATERGATIS. Pl. XII, f. 2. 


Acraea atergatis, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, p. 342, pl. F, 
f. 1, 2 (1881); l.c., Ed. 2, p. 350, pl. 6, f. 1, 2 (1889); 
Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 65 (1891) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. 
Aeth., p. 100 (1898) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 25 (1910). 

Conco (Katanga, Lualaba R., Maringa R.); RaopEsta 
(Victoria Falls, Barotse, Mashonaland); Ancona (Cugho R., 
Luacinga R., Guimbungo). 

S. Expanse 50-60 mm. Dry season. Wings dull orange- 
ochreous. I.-w. rather pointed. H.-w. rather distinetly angu- 
lated at nervule 4. F.-w. costa very slightly blackened and a faint 
black line round hind margin. Ends of nervules along hind 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 189 


margin black, and some indication of black internervular rays. 
Black spots as follows :—One in cell above origin of 2. A double 
spot on upper part of discocellulars. A discal row of seven, the 
first sometimes very faint and usually further from base than 
the remainder. The next four (in 6, 5, 4, and 3) in a straight 
line at right angles to costa. The sixth and seventh in 2 and 1b 
lie almost in a straight line with the fifth and at right angles to 
the inner margin. A small subbasal spot in 1b. 

H.-w.. with a slight black suffusion about base of median, and 
a narrow black line round margin. Black spots as on underside, 
but some may be only faintly indicated, whilst others may be 
larger above than below. 

Underside a pale dull replica of the upper. F.-w. with two 
spots at base of costa, H.-w. spots as follows:—A discal row of 
nine. The first in 7, the second in 6 nearer margin, the third 
in 5 almost immediately below the second, the fourth close to 
end of cell, the fifth in 3 a short distance from end of cell, the 
sixth, seventh and eighth in 2, 1c, and 1b almost in a straight 
line at level of end of cell, the ninth in la rather nearer base. 
A spot in 8 near precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell, and one 
at base of area 5 against m.d.c, A subbasal in Ic, 1b, and 1a, 
the middle one further from base. Some black marks about 
base of nervures. Head black with a red tuft between eyes and 
two on collar, thorax black with red hairs, base of abdomen 
black with yellow lateral spots, remainder whitish. Claws 
unequal, 

Wet season form. Differs from the dry season form in having 
the ground-colour redder, the costa blacker, all the spots larger, 
a trace of submarginal spots in 1b and 2, well-defined black 
internervular rays on apical area, h.-w. spots large and some- 
times partly confluent, the hind margin with a black border 
about 1°5 mm. wide. 

Underside like the upper but duller, and in h.-w. a well- 
marked whitish marginal border divided by the black ends of 
nervules, and bounded outwardly by a narrow black line, and 
inwardly by black internervular curved marks. 

End of abdomen orange. 

¢. Expanse about 60 mm. Resembles wet season ¢, but in 
some cases the underside is distinctly darker than the upper, 
especially on the h.-w., the spots ringed with grey, the fringes 
conspicuously white, and the black marks at inner edge of 
marginal border may be produced into points between the 
nervules. I have not seen melanie forms of the ? such as 
exist in allied species, 


190 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A. atergatis appears to be generally somewhat rare. 
Neave describes it as not common in the north of N.E. 
Rhodesia, but plentiful in Katanga. It is described as on 
the wing all the year except in June and July. Dr, Dixey 
has recorded (Proc. Ent. Soc., p. 11, 1906) that he noticed 
in this insect a musty odour with a strong ammoniacal 
scent like that of stable litter. 


73. ACRAHA STENOBEA, PI, X, f. 15. 

Acraea stenobea, Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon., 4, p. 35 (1860) ; 
Ofvers. Vet. Akad. Férh., 29 (3), p. 49 (1872) ; Trimen, S. 
Af.” Butt. 1, p. 153, pl. 3) i. 2 (1887); Proc. Zoolasoes 
p- 71 (1891) ; Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, Ed. 2, p. 354, 
pl. 6, f. 11, 12 (1889); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 98 (1898) ; 

Butler, (caecilia, var.) Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 401 (1898). 
= acronycta, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, Ed. 1. p. 346, pl. 

Hf. 11) 121881). 
= natalica (var.), Trimen, Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 346 (1870), 
lygus, Druce, Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 408 (1875). 

= albomaculata, Weymer, Stettin. Ent. Zeit, p. 83 (1892). 

Anaoua (Bihé, Benguella); DAMARALAND; CAPE 
Cotony ; BECHUANALAND; KHAmaA’s Co,; TRANSVAAL ; 
MASHONALAND ; BAROTSELAND; GERMAN E, AFRICA 
(Saadani). 

dg. Expanse 50-60 mm, F.-w. milky ochreous inclining to 
orange at apex between nervules, often with a pale pink median 
suffusion. Base widely suffused with sepia which extends about 
two-thirds the length of cell, nearly half the length of la and 
1b, but rarely into 2. Costa very narrowly black, Apex and 
hind margin narrowly black. Nervures and nervules more or 
less distinctly black. Black spots rather variable, but the 
following usually present :—One in cell above origin of 2, one 
on upper part of discocellulars, A discal row of four, in 6, 5, 4, 
and 3. The first three in a straight line, the fourth rather more 
distally placed. In 2 a spot near median, and generally a sub- 
marginal spot ; in 1b, a spot near median, a second rather beyond 
middle, and often a third (submarginal) spot. 

H.-w. more pinkish than f.-w. and sometimes of a delicate 
pale rose tint. A black basal suffusion extending about half the 
length of cell and a black hind-marginal border about 2 mm. 
wide, usually showing a faint indication of paler internervular 
markings. Black spots variable. In the examples before me 
the largest number is eleven, two in 7, two in cell, one in 4 
near end of cell, and two in lc, 1b, and la, all these faint and 
only showing through from beneath. 


+0 


| 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 191 


Underside. F.-w. as above but duller-and without the dark 
suffusion. Two black spots on costa, one at base, and one just 
beyond. Sometimes a spot beyond end of cell in 10. Remaining 
spots as above. 

H.-w. pale pinkish, the distal portion yellow, and the basal 
portion faintly reddish between the nervules. Black spots 
rather variable. One in 8 near precostal, a very minute spot in 
2,a short distance below median, and some irregular black at 
base of nervures enclosing two white spots which li close 
against thorax. Remaining spots as above. Marginal border as 
above but with seven large white internervular spots, that in le 
doubled. 

Head black with two white marks between the eyes, one 
behind each eye, and two spots on the collar. Thorax black 
with two white dorsal anterior streaks. Base of abdomen black 
with whitish lateral spots and transverse lines. Remainder 
creamy white. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 50-60 mm. F.-w. orange ochreous with a rich 
sepia basal suffusion, extending in some cases nearly all over 
the wing, but in the latter case leaving a trace of a paler 
subapical band just beyond discal black spots. Apical and 
marginal black broader thanin ¢. Black spots equally unstable, 
the discal row varying from a confluent band to two small 
separate spots in 4 and 5, 

H.-w. milky ochreous to salmon-pink with a black basal 
suffusion and a broad black hind-marginal border, in some 
examples 4 mm. wide at area 2. A white discal suffusion of 
very variable extent. 

Underside f.-w. orange ochreous sometimes with a trace of the 
black basal suffusion especially along nervure 1, and the base of 
median, The apical region with orange internervular rays on a 
paler ground, Spots as on upperside with the two basal costal 
spotsasin ¢. H.-w. rose-pink at base, distal portion orange, some 
pale ochreous suffusion about nervules in median area. Black 
marginal border with large rounded white spots; in one example 
the margin spots are pale ochreous and there is a line of same 
colour along inner edge of marginal black. The fringes of both 
wings are pale lemon ochreous and very conspicuous. Abdomen 
black above with white lateral spots. 


A. stenobea is rare in collections. The variation in the 
ground-colour and extent of black suffusion may be more 
or less seasonal, but I have not seen a sufficiently long 
series to be able to form an opinion on this point. 


192 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Butler has suggested that stenobea is a seasonal form of 
caldarena, and later (P.Z.S., 1898, p. 401) refers to it as a 
variety of caecilia. The structure of the male armature 
shows, however, that it is quite a distinct species. Trimen 
states (/. c. sup.) that the white suffusion on the 2 h.-w., 
though variable in extent, seems always to be present. 


74. ACRAEA NATALICA, Pl. XII, f. 1. 
Acraea natalica, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg, 2, p.590 (1847); Staud- 
inger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885); Trimen,.S. Af. Butt., 
1, p. 155 (1887); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 101 (1898); Butler, Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 53 (1898) ; l. ¢., p. 26(1901); Dixey and Longstaff, 
Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 318 (1907); Rogers, Trans. Ent. Soc., 
p. 525 (1908); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 26 (1910) ; 
Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s Exp., p. 4 (1910). 
? = cephaea, Bertolini, Mem. Accad. Bologna, 2, p. 176 (1851). 
= bellua, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 22 (1857). 
= hyputia, var., Trimen, Rhop. Afr., Austr., p. 98 (1862). 
ANGoLA(Canhoca); Congo (Kassai; Lualaba); BAROTSELAND ; 
NaTAL ; TRANSVAAL ; CAPE COLONY ; GRIQUALAND ; MASHONA- 
LAND ; PortuguEsE KE, Arrica (Mozambique) ; NYASSALAND ; 
GERMAN E, Arrica; British E. Arrica (Taita, Taveta, 
Kibwezi) ; Pempa I. ; ZAnzIBaR. 
f. wmbrata, Suffert, Iris, p. 30 (1904). 

=natalica Hoppfer, Peters Reise, Ins, p, 371, pl. 23, f. 12, 13 

(1862). 

PorrucuEsr E, Arrica ; German E. Arrica ; Briviso E. 
Arrica ; Pempa I.; Conco (Lualaba). 
A. natalica pseudegina, subsp. 

Westwood (A. pseudegina), Gen. Di. Lep., p. 531 (1852); Auri- 
villius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 276 (1893) ; Karsch., Berl. Ent. 
Zeit., 38, p. 195 (1898); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth, p. 100 
(1898) ; Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903) ; Aurivillius, 
Ann. Mus. Genov, p. 11 (504), (1910). 

= egina, Stoll., (Pap.) Cramer Suppl., p. 122, pl. 25, f. 3, 3c 
(1790). 

PorTUGUESE GUINEA; S. LEoNE; GoLD Coast; NIGERIA ; 
ANGOLA. 
A. natalica abadima, subsp. 

Ribbe (A. abadima), Iris, 2, p. 182, pl. 4, f. 2 (1889); Aurivillius, 
Ent. Tidskr., 12, p. 201 (1891); Butler (pseudegina, 
var.), Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 731 (1895); Aurivillius (pseudegina 
var. abadima), Rhop. Aeth., p. 101 (1898). 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 193 


= clarei, Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 327, pl. 1, f. 4 (1904). 

Conco (Stanleyville); Grrman E. Arrica (Ukerewe IL. 
Muansa); British E, Arrica and Ucanpa (Entebbe, Kikuyu, 
Kampala, Unyoro, Mori R., Pt. Alice) ; UGanpa (Bulamwezi) ; 
ApyssINiA (Alesa, Kotscha). 


A. natalica natalica. It is a matter of some difficulty 
adequately to describe this species owing to its extreme 
variability. Itis however abundant and widely distributed, 
and familiarity with its general appearance is easily attained 
by reference to the long series to be found in most collec- 
tions. Average examples may be described as follows :— 


¢. Expanse 50-80 mm. F.-w. rosy red to pinkish ochreous, 
subapical area deep ochreous. A basal black suffusion extending 
nearly to middle of cell. Costa very narrowly black. Apex 
black (3-4 mm. wide), becoming very narrow at 4 and con- 
tinued as a fine marginal line to hind angle. Black spots 
variable. When all present arranged as follows :—One in cell at 
or just before origin of 2, a double spot on upper part of dis- 
cocellulars. Just beyond cell a discal row of confluent spots 
widest near costa and extending to nervule 4, and forming 
together a characteristic wedge-shaped mark. A submarginal 
row of three spots in 3, 2 and la. A spot near base of 3 in line 
with, but separated from, the wedge-shaped row. A similar spot 
near base of 2 well separated from the neighbouring nervules. 
Immediately beneath this a spot in la, and in thesame area 
another spot at the edge of the black basal suffusion. 

H.-w. with a black basal suffusion extending nearly to middle 
of cell, and a black hind-marginal band with a very faint 
indication of paler internervular marks. This band varies in 
width from about 2-4 mm. The discal and basal spots are 
always small, and while corresponding to those on the underside, 
are in many cases only faintly indicated. 

Underside, F.-w. ground-colour as on upperside but paler 
and duller. The black basal suffusion only shows through from 
the upperside and the apex is greenish-ochreous with orange 
internervular marks, the margin being narrowly black. Two 
black spots at base of costa, remaining spots as above but those 
just beyond cell more distinctly separated. 

H.-w. ground-colour pinkish ochreous. No basal suffusion. 
A hind-marginal band formed of large pale sage-green spots 
surrounded by heavy black arches and a black marginal line. 
In area 1b there is a marginal line of the same colour as the 


spots. About the base, inner margin, and along inner edge of 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) O 


194 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


hind-marginal border are reddish internervular markings. Black 
spots as follows :—A discal row, the first in 7 about middle, 
second in 6 nearer margin, third in 5 beneath second but slightly 
more distal, fourth in 4 just above outer point of cell, fifth in 3 
directly below fourth and some distance from end of cell, sixth 
in 2 further from margin, seventh in le at about same level, 
eighth in 1b slightly nearer base. A spot in 8 near precostal, a 
subbasal in 7, two spots in cell, one at base of 5 on m.d.c. a 
large subbasal in 1c, beneath it a spot in 1b, and two equidistant 
spots in la, Head and thorax black with white spots, base of 
abdomen black above with yellowish lateral spots, remainder 
orange or whitish. Claws unequal. 

The male exhibits a certain amount of seasonal dimorphism, 
wet season forms being often more heavily spotted and especially 
having a broader h.w. marginal band. Very dry males often 
have the ground-colour ochreous, 

2. Expanse 46-80 mm. Dry season. Very like ¢ but with 
more rounded f.-w. Spots of h.-w. margin on underside whitish. 
Abdomen black above with white spots, 

? Intermediate. F.-w. smoky ochreous much paler in sub- 
apical area. H.-w. dusky pink. Marginal border broad and 
inwardly much suffused, the black sometimes extending over 
the whole wing. 

Q Wet season, Sepia black. F.-w. with a whitish subapical 
bar and a central whitish band. H.-w. sometimes with a white 
median patch. 

In all these ? forms the spots and markings are as in the ¢. 


A. natalica f. wnbrata resembles the ordinary form but has a 
greyish median band across the f.-w. Hoppfer’s figures in 
“ Peters’ Reise nach Mossambique” agree closely with this form, 


A. natalica pseudegina, subsp. PI. VI, f. 9 (larva). 

This is the western subspecies. Typical examples of the 
d have the f.-w. smoky black, the spots being thereby much 
obscured. Near the apex are two or three internervular markings, 
orange ochreous to white. The h.-w. is, in fresh specimens, rich 
rose colour without, or with only a faint black marginal band, 
though the black arches of the underside are just visible. The 
spots are represented only by dull brownish marks. 

Some examples have a reddish suffusion inthe median area of 
f.-w. and the apical ochreous marks may be continued as a 
marginal border. The usual black spots are well marked on the 
underside, and the h.-w. marginal spots are ochreous like the 
ground-colour, instead of green, The 9 is like the ¢ but 
the f.-w, red suffusjon is more frequently developed, 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 195 


In a beautiful series of very perfect examples bred by Mr 
W. A. Lamborn near Lagos, the colours of both surfaces are 
extremely brilliant, and there is in nearly every case an addi- 
tional submarginal spot in f.-w. in area 4, and one or two sub- 
marginal spots on the h.-w. underside in 7, and 6, 

Acraea natalica abadima, subsp. 

This may be regarded as the central race of the species. It 
has a wide range extending from Angola, across the Upper 
Congo region to British E. Africa and into Abyssinia, In 
the f.-w. the spots and markings are as in typical natalica, 
though there are often four submarginal spots. The whole f.-w. 
is rather thinly scaled and has a delicate translucent appearance. 
The subapical area is grey, and at the inner edge of the apical 
black there are orange-ochreous internervular markings con- 
tinued along the margin as more or Jess rounded marginal spots, 
There is very little black basal suffusion in either wing. The 
h.-w. is red, probably rosy red in very fresh specimens. The 
spots are indistinct, There isno black marginal border, but a 
narrow black line on which are faintly indicated the black 
arches of the underside, On the underside the f.-w. is very 
thinly scaled and glossy, and the marginal spots of the h.-w. are 
rich ochreous. 

The ? has the same semitransparent f.-w. but the ground- 
colour is dusky grey sometimes with a slight reddish tinge 
and the orange subapical marks are replaced by white. H.-w. 
reddish grey or dull grey often with a slight median white 
suffusion. 


Between the above forms nearly every grade of inter- 
mediate pattern may be observed in a long series, though 
the pseudegina form is perhaps more clearly separated from 
the type pattern than is abadima. Perhaps the most 
characteristic features are the wedge-shaped f.-w. discal 
mark, and the black basal suffusion in both wings. A. 
anemosa has the same features but the black suffusion 
extends to both surfaces, and is spotted with white on the 
h.-w. underside. 

The larva of A. natalica is described by Trimen (1. ¢.) as 
light buff-yellow with a white, black-edged dorsal stripe, 
and a white lateral stripe. A black stripe on each side 
just above the lateral row of spines, and a broad, black 
vertical stripe interrupted by the bases of the prolegs. 
The pupa is also noted by the same author as “creamy 
white, with the limbs and position of wing nervures out- 
lined in black ; a triple black streak from top of head 

02 


196 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


along middle of back of thorax, and a broad lateral streak 
varied with white spots; the abdomen bearing two dorsal, 
two lateral, and one median ventral, chains of black rings 
enclosing orange yellow spots.” 

The larva of natalica pseudegina I have figured on Plate 
VI, from examples sent home by Mr. W. A. Lamborn. The 
black stripes would appear to be less marked than in 
the southern form, but the white marks on the head are 
characteristic. 

A @ of natalica natalica taken by Rogers near Rabai 
bears a note to the effect that it “emitted a strong odour 
like that of rotten cabbages.” 


75, ACRAEA ASBOLOPLINTHA. PI, XII, f.4. Pl. XV, f. 23. 

Acraea asboloplintha, Karsch., Ent. Nachr, 20, p. 223 (1894); 
Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 90 (1898); Heron, Trans, Zool. 
Soc., xix, p. 148 (1909). 

= dimociate. Gr,-Smith, Novit. Zool. 5, p. 350 (1898) ; Rhop. 
Exot., p. 19, pl. 6, £. 4, 5, 6 aay 
= natalica var. dissociata, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 46 
(1902). 
Jonao (Ruwenzori Region, 7,000 ft. ; Mt. Mikeno) ; UGANDA ; 
British E, Arrica (Tiriki Hills), 
A, asboloplintha rubesceis, subsp, 
Trimen, Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 547 (1908). 
2 =asboloplintha ? , Suffert, Iris, p. 19, pl. 2, f. 6 (1904), 
BritisH E, Arrica (E, and §, of Kikuyu, Nairobi, Weithaga, 
Ft. Hall). 


gd. Expanse 54-60mm. F.-w. warm sepia, a brick red median 
patch on inner margin rarely extending slightly into area 1b. 
Small black spots rather faintly discernible on the dark ground 
corresponding to those on the underside. 

H.-w. brick red with a slight black basal suffusion and a narrow 
black line round hind margin. Black discal and basal spots, 
very small, and corresponding with those on underside. 

Underside. F.-w. pale umber brown, apex with orange brown 
internervular marks. One black spot (rarely two) at base of costa 
and a black line round apex and hind margin. A black spot in 
cell just before origin of 2, one on upper part of l.d.c. Beyond 
cell four spots in 6, 5, 4, and 3 and all in a straight line nearly at 
right angles to costa. A spot in 2 near median, beneath it but 
slightly nearer to base a spot in 1b, and in same area a subbasal 
spot near median. 

H.-w, deep ochreous with red patches at base and in 1b and la, 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 197 


A faint black line round hind margin bordered inwardly by a 
paler ochreous band about 1°5 mm. wide. The internervular 
spaces of the discal area orange ochreous, Black spots as 
follows :—A discal row of eight, first in 7 near middle, second in 
6 nearer margin, third in 5 immediately beneath second (or very 
slightly more distally placed), fourth in 4 close to end of cell, 
fifth in 3 a short distance from end of cell; sixth, seventh, and 
eighth, in 2, 1c, and 1b, all in a straight line at right angles to 
inner margin. A spot in 8 close to precostal, two in basal half 
of cell, a basal and a subbasal in 1c, and la, and a subbasal in 1b. 

Head and thorax black with a few small white marks. Ab- 
domen black at base with lateral orange spots, remainder orange 
ochreous. Claws unequal. 

9 resembles ¢ but the brick red is entirely replaced by 
ochreous brown. On the h.-w. underside the basal and marginal 
portions are whitish. Some red marks at base of cell, 1c, and in 
lb and la. Spots all as in ¢. Abdomen black with small 
white lateral spots. 


A, asboloplintha rubescens, subsp. 

¢. Expanse 58-62 mm. Differs from the type form in 
having the ground-colour of the h.-w. rosy red. In the f.-w. 
the greater part of area la, the middle of 1b, base of 2, and a 
part of cell are also flushed with rosy red. Dark areas sepia 
black. The black border of h.-w. is about 1 mm. broad. All 
the black spots are decidedly larger. The underside is as in the 
typical form but the colours are more brilliant. 

?. Like the ¢ but with the rosy red areas replaced by white. 
Dark areas paler than in ¢ and h.-w. broader and inwardly 
suffused, 


Suffert’s description of the 2 asboloplintha applies to this 
form, but he states that it is “coloured as in the 2.” 
The figure accompanying the description is an uncoloured 
photograph and appears to represent the black and white 
¢ described above. The figure thus appears to be correct 
and the description wrong, but up to the present I have 
been unable to find an explanation of the discrepancy. 
When Trimen described the rubescens form he had only 
one example of each sex, and suggested that possibly the 
black and white 2 might be exceptional and that there 
might also be a 2 coloured like the g. Since that time 
the Oxford Museum has acquired further examples, but 
they furnish no evidence that the 29 are ever other than 
black and white. 


198 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


GROUP XII. 


"6. ACRAEA /ANACREON. Pl. XIII, £.3.: Ph XV, £22.) PRGXVE, 
114. 

Acraea anacreon, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 77, pl. 6, f. 3-5 
(1868): l.c., p. 847 (1870); S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 168 (1887) ; 
Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 552 (1896); Butler, Proc. 
Zool. Soc., p. 841 (1897); Trans. Ent, Soc., p. 107 (1897) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898). 

Basutotanp; Natau; TRANSVAAL; KAFFIRLAND ; NYASSA- 
LAND (Kigonsera) ; GuRMAN E, Arrica (Unyika) ; CarE CoLony. 
A. anacreon bomba, subsp. 

Grose-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist, (6), 3, p. 128 (1889) ; Smith and 
Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 19 (Acraea), p. 8, pl. 3, f. 5, 6 (1892) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 96 (1898). 

= induna (f. aestiv.), Trimen, Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 184, pl. 5, 
f, 3, 3a (1895); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 905 (1898) ; 
Neave, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 16 (1910). 

Ancona (Bailundu) ; N.E, Raopesta (Chambezi Valley, L. 

Bangweolo); MASHONALAND; NYASSALAND; GERMAN E, AFRICA; 

Britis E, Arrica (Mombasa). 


A. anacreon anacreontica, subsp. 

Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., 5, p. 352 (1898) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. 

Aeth., p. 96 (1898). 

British E. Arrtca (Nandi, W, Slopes of Mt. Kenia 6,500 ft.). 
A. anacreon speciosa, subsp. 

Wichgraf, Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 245, pl. 6, f. 9 (1908). 

ANGOLA (Ceramba, Bih¢). 
A. anacreon anacreon. 

¢. Expanse 50-52 mm. Deep golden orange with black, 
spots and markings. F.-w. somewhat narrow and anguiated, 
narrowly black along costa, A black hind-marginal band 
5 mm, wide at apex and tapering off towards hind angle, On 
this border a marginal row of spots of the ground-colour 
narrow and elongated at apex but becoming shorter and 
rounder towards hind angle. Above subcostal in the subapical 
region the ground-colour is distinctly paler (sometimes 
whitish) and beneath this is sometimes an indication of a 
pale subapical patch, A slight powdering of black at base. 
Spots rather variable, One large spot in cell just beyond 
origin of nervule 2 and a mark on the discocellulars. Beyond end 
of cell a row of two to three discal spots in 6, 5, and 4, and lying 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 199 


in a straight line nearly at right angles to the costa. Beneath 
these a spot in 3 and one in 2 near the base of these areas, and 
lying in a line almost at right angles to that of the first three 
spots. In 1b a spot, usually immediately beneath that in 2, and 
in the same area a subbasal spot (sometimes absent). 

H.-w. with a black suffusion having its maximum extent in 
area lc. A large spot in cell beyond middle, and a subbasal 
spot (sometimes faintly indicated) in area 7, The remaining 
subbasal spots obscured by the black suffusion. A row of eight 
discal spots arranged in a peculiarly characteristic manner. The 
first four (7-4) lie in a regular curve approximately parallel to 
the margin, the next two are so placed that the line takes a 
sharp bend inwards. The seventh spot is slightly nearer the 
margin than the sixth and eighth, these three lying in a kind of 
secondary curve, The hind-marginal border is black about 
2 mm. wide and bears seven yellow internervular spots (that in 
le doubled). The fringes of both wings are whitish and rather 
well developed. 

Underside. F.-w. a black spot at base of costa, Costal 
margin ochreous, subapical area pale ochreous, apex and hind 
margin greyish ochreous with a dusting of orange between the 
strongly marked black nervules. Remainder dull orange 
ochreous with spots as on upperside, 

H,-w. rather pale ochreous, area 9, base and median portion 
of 1c, base of 2, and extremity of cell, pink. A spot in 8 against 
the precostal. All the spots large and more distinct, a subbasal 
spot in lc, one in 1b, and two spots in la, the outermost 
making a continuation of the discal curved row. Beyond the 
median area the nervules are black and in 1c there is a marked 
black internervular ray, The hind margin is sulphur yellow 
divided into spots by the nervules, bounded externally by 
a fine black marginal line, and internally by very narrow 
black arches tinged with pink on their inner edge. Head 
and thorax dark brown, reddish tufts on the collar, abdomen 
black above, yellowish beneath with pale lateral spots. Claws 
unequal. 

Q. Expanse 54-58 mm. Upperside f.-w. violaceous to 
pinkish grey. Spots and markings as in ¢ but there is a more 
or less developed subapical creamy ochreous patch, and the sub- 
marginal spots are paler at the apex and fading to cream colour 
hind angle, 

H.-w. ochreous grey to orange ochreous, much paler at inner 
margin, Spots as in g¢. Hind-marginal border with pale 
lemon ochreous spots. 


200 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Underside f.w. Costa and hind margin greyish ochreous, a 
pale lemon ochreous subapical patch, internervular spaces light 
ochreous along margin. Remainder of wing as on upperside 
but paler. 

H.-w. lemon ochreous with spots and markings as in ¢. 


A. anacreon exhibits a certain amount of seasonal 
dimorphism, dry-season specimens having a tendency to 
more elongate wings and less pronounced spotting. 


A. anacreon bomba, subsp. 

In this form the wings are usually more rounded, the f.-w. black 
apical patch is in wet season examples well developed, its inner 
edge lying more transversely across the wing (width about 5mm.), 
the marginal internervular spots are either faintly discernible or 
obsolete. The discal spot in f.-w. 1b is generally nearer margin 
than in anacreon anacreon. The most noticeable difference in 
the h.-w. is the decreased width of the hind-marginal border. 
The colouring of the underside is much richer than in anacreon 
anacreon. The f.-w. has the apex greenish ochreous with orange 
internervular rays. In the h.-w. the space between the discal 
and subbasal spots is almost entirely rose pink, and between the 
discal spots and the marginal border the internervular spaces are 
flushed with orange. There is much more marked seasonal 
dimorphism in this form, and though the wet season forms 
(= induna) are extremely variable there is a general tendency in 
both sexes to a paler ground-colour and heavily marked black 
apices in the f.-w. In some wet season forms from near Ft. 
Jameson all the spots are large and there is a heavy black basal 
suffusion in h.-w. 

There is on the whole less difference of colour between the 
sexes, but the 9 2 are generally paler and greyer. 


In Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 16, 1910, Neave expresses the 
opinion that Gr.-Smith’s bomba should be kept separate 
from induna. Two dry-season examples, however, taken in 
N.-W. Rhodesia, agree so nearly with bomba that I am con- 
vinced that the synonymy here adopted is the correct one. 


A. anacreon anacreontica, subsp, 
This form presents the following features :— 

F.-w. pale ochreous with a basal suffusion of orange ochreous 
of rather variable extent. Pale apical and hind marginal spots 
well developed and sharply defined. H.-w. orange ochreous 
with a narrow black border bearing very distinct pale ochreous 
spots. Inner margin inclining to pale ochreous, LDiscal spots 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 201 


for the most part faint and obsolescent. On h.-w. underside the 
spots are much smaller and closer together and enclose an irreg- 
wlar but well-defined band of rose-pink. In many examples the 
two central spots in 1c are joined together and form a peculiar 
semicircular line enclosing a rose-pink mark. The 9 may 
resemble the g or may be more heavily spotted and of a generally 
richer ground-colour, 


A, anacreon speciosa, subsp. 


This is the Angola subspecies of anacreon. I am in- 
debted to Herr Wichgraf for the opportunity of examining 
the type. The following are the principal differences from 
typical anacreon :— 

Wings brighter red, with little indication of the black apical 
area in f.-w. The spot in area 2 lies further from the margin, 
The underside is very brightly coloured, with orange patches 
between the h,-w. nervules, 

In the type the spot in cell les before origin of nervule 2, but 
this may be an aberration as I have before me examples in 
which this feature is normal. The f.-w. spots are larger and 
except for the absence of the apical black the specimen has the 
appearance of a heavily spotted example of the induna form. 


I cannot regard the distinction between the above forms 
as more than subspecific. The genitalia appear to be all 
of the same structure and, though simple, possess certain 
features which are remarkable and common to all. The 
claspers bear on their outer side peculiarly dense tufts of 
hairs or scales, which, however, are easily removed if due 
care be not exercised in dissection. Also the dorsal ab- 
dominal plate is large, deeply bifid, and its inner membrane 
is densely clothed with a mass of special scales, so numerous 
and so easily detached as to obscure the preliminary opera- 
tions of dissection. 

I have before me a series of some eighty examples 
from various localities, and it is possible to arrange them 
so as to show a perfect gradation of wing pattern. 

Marshall found the larva at Ulundi, and records that out 
of seventy-five individuals, twenty were killed by a dipterous 
parasite. I cannot find any description of the early stages. 

Butler records both bomba and induna forms taken 
together by Crawshay on the Chuona River, Unyika. 

A remarkable feature of the species is the variability in 
the relative positions of the spots in fi-w. 1b and 2. In 
anacreon anacreon that in 1b is usually beneath that 


202 Mr. H. Eltrmgham’s Monograph of the 


in 2, whereas in anacreontica sometimes, and generally 
in bomba and speciosa it 1s nearer margin. 


77, ACRAEA RABIRA. PI. XIII, f. 1. 


Acraew rahira, Boisduyal, Faune. Madg., p. 33, pl. 5, f. 4, 5 
(1833); Voy. Deleg., 2, p. 590 (1847); Wallengren, Rhop. 
Catir., p. 21 (1857); Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 103 
(1862); Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 110, pl. 11, 
f. 9, 10 (1885-7); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 166 (1887) ; 
Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 73 (1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., 
p. 103 (1898) ; Fawcett (metam.), Trans. Zool. Soc., p. 294, 
pl. 46, f. 7, 8,9 (1901); Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 231, 
pl. 19, f. 1, la, 1b (1904); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 26 
(1910). 

AnGota (Cugho R., Mikenge); DAMARALAND (Ovambo) ; 
Care Contony; Nata; TRANSVAAL; MASHONALAND; N.E. 
and N.W. Ruopesia. (Alala Plateau, Chambezi Valley) ; 
PortuGcuEseE E. Arrica; [Mapacascar (?)]. 


¢. Expanse 38-45 mm. Wings rich to paler orange 
ochreous. F.-w. costa broadly black. Ends of nervules broadly 
black at margin and narrowing inwardly. A black basal spur 
in 1b. Black spots as follows :—One in cell above origin of 2. 
A mark on upper part of discocellulars. Beyond cell a discal 
band of four spots, the first three (in 6, 5, and 4) contiguous, 
their outer edges forming a somewhat convex curve, the fourth 
(in 3) slightly separated, its long axis pointing towards the 
apex. <A spot in 2 below origin of 3, and immediately beneath 
it a spot in 1b. 

H.-w. slightly black at base and having a narrow black margin 
deeply indented between nervules by the ground-colour ; ends 
of nervules powdered with black. Spots corresponding to those 
on underside. Central area rather paler and bounded by a 
faint dusky line indicating the pattern of the underside. 

Underside f.-w. much paler than above. Costa pale greyish 
ochreous. Ends of nervules in apical area very distinctly black. 
Spots as on underside, with an extra dot at base of costa. 
Beyond discal spots the apical area is pale ochreous, and between 
the nervules are orange lines, that in 6 reaching inwardly to the 
spots. 

H.-w. pale creamy ochreous. Some irregular reddish ochreous 
marks at base and across the central area of wing, just before 
the discal spots. Beyond the discal spots a central band of the 
ground-colour traversing the wing as far as area 4 nearly at 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 203 


right angles to the inner margin and then curving sharply up- 
wards towards costa. As far as area 4 this band is distally 
outlined with sepia scales, beyond which the nervules are black, 
and the internervular spaces bear reddish ochreous rays. From 
apex to anal angle a fine black marginal line. Black spots as 
follows :—A discal series of nine, the first three (in 7, 6, and 5) 
nearly parallel to the apical curve, the line then bends sharply 
inwards and the remaining spots lie approximately at right 
angles to the inner margin. In addition to these there is a spot 
in 8 against the precostal, near it one in 7, two in cell, two on 
the discocellulars, one in 1c, 1b, and la and some irregular black 
at bases of nervures. 

Head black with a pale mark between the eyes and orange 
hairs on collar. Thorax black with afew reddish hairs, abdomen 
black above, with lateral yellowish and dorsal whitish spots. 
Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse 44-52 mm. Resembles ¢ but the ground-colour 
is usually creamy ochreous, the spots are larger, and the black 
powdering of the nervules along the f.-w. apex and hind margin 
is so wide as to form a band broken only by narrow orange 
ochreous rays. In rare cases the ground-colour is nearly as dark 
as that of the ¢. 


The larva is thus described by Fawcett (J. ¢.):— 


“Qarva, back and sides blackish ; thoracic legs, claspers, and 
a line above them chrome yellow. A dorsal white stripe, and 
cn each segment four yellow spots from which spring four 
branched yellow spines, the lower pair springing from the yellow 
spiracular line. These spines are shorter than in the majority 
of Acraea larvae. Head yellow. 

‘Feeds on a species of groundsel, Hrigeron canadense.”’ 

Two figures of the pupa are given: one pupa is waxy white 
and similar to the pupae of other Acraweae, the other ferruginous, 
The ferruginous pupae had nearly always been attacked by 
ichneumons, with which the larvae were much infested. 


Trimen figures (/.c.) two aberrations of the # from 
Johannesburg, the first having the black markings on 
both sides much enlarged, the second having no black 
spots except that in f.-w. cell (much reduced), those on f.- 
and h.-w. discocellulars, and a streak at base of h.-w. cell. 
On a previous occasion (/.c. 1891) the same author 
described a $ from Matabeleland corresponding to the 
first aberration mentioned above. The occurrence of the 


204 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


species in Madagascar is extremely doubtful. Boisduval 
states (/.c.) that M. Goudot says he found it at Tamatave, 
but as he (M. Boisduval) has examples from the “pays 
des Hottentots” he fears that Goudot collected it at the 
Cape on his way out and afterwards it got mixed with 
those he took in Madagascar. Mabille includes it in his 
work on the Madagascar Lepidoptera, but apparently only 
on the same doubtful authority. 

Neave describes the species as being fond of swamps 
and marshy ground and having a very feeble flight. 


78. Acrara zitga. PJ; XIII,.f. 2. 

Acraea zitja, Boisduval, Faune. Mad., p. 32, pl. 4, f. 4, 5 (1833) ; 
Guence, Vinson Voy. Mad. Annexe. F., p. 35 (1864); 
Mabille, Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 108, pl. 11, f. 1, 2 (1885-7) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 103 (1898); Voeltzkow Exp., 
p. 316 (1909). 


@ f. radiata, Guenée, Vinson Voy. Mad. Annexe. F., p. 35, note 8 
(1864); Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 109, pl. 11, 
f. 5, 6 (1885-7). 
2 f. calida (3), Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 2, p. 288 (1878) ; 
Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 109 (1887). 
2 f. rakeli, Boisduval, Faune. Mad., p. 32, pl. 5, f. 1, 2 (1833). 
= zitja 9 
Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 108, pl. 11, f. 3, 4 (1885-7). 
Q f. fumida, Mabille, Ann, Ent. Belge, 23, Bull., p. 106 (1880) ; 
Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 109, pl. 9a, f. 9 (1885-7). 
MapaGascar (Fenerive, Kinkuni, Tulear, Fianarantsoa, 
Menabe, Morondava, Camp d’Ambre, Antanosy, Diego Suarez) ; 
? NATAL. 


Acraca zitja is exceedingly variable both in ground- 
colour and in extent of markings. Typical examples may 
be thus described :— 


¢. Expanse 36-50 mm. Ground-colour rather dull brick 
red. F.-w. costa narrowly black ; apex and hind margin black 
(about 2-3 mm. wide, tapering to a point at angle) and deeply 
indented between the nervules by the ground-colour, Black 
spots as follows :—One in cell above origin of 2, one on upper 
part of discocellulars; a discal row of four, the first three in 6, 
5, and 4 either separated or contiguous and on a line outwardly 
more or less convex, The fourth in 3 separated and rather 
nearer base than the third. A spot in 2 about 2 mm. from the 
base of that area, and either immediately beneath it or slightly 
nearer margin a spot in 1b. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 205 


H.-w. with a little black at base and a hind-marginal black 
border about 1°5 mm, wide the inner edge of which may be fairly 
regular or may be indented between the nervules by the 
ground-colour, Black spots corresponding to those on the under- 
side, 

Underside, F.-w. ground-colour paler than above, Costa 
greyish white, the apical and hind-marginal areas striated by 
the black ends of nervules which are Jaterally dusted with 
white, a fine black line round margin. 

H.-w. brick red, all the spots more or less surrounded with 
white, the black ends of nervules laterally dusted with white. 
A fine black marginal line on which at the end of each nervule 
stands a black V-shaped mark with its apex on the margin, the 
spaces between these markings being white. The costa is also 
narrowly white. The proportion between red and white varies, 
and someexamples might be described as having the ground-colour 
whitish with broad internervular red marks, Small black spots 
as follows :—A discal row of nine, the first four, in 7, 6, 5, and 
4 forming a line parallel to the apical margin of the wing, the 
line then curving round so that the next four lie on a line at 
right angles to the inner margin; the last in la is rather nearer 
base. Some irregular black marks at base of wing. <A spot in 
8 against the precostal, near it one in 7, two in cell and one at 
base of 5 and 4 on discocellulars, one in 1c and 1b close together, 
and a basal spot in la. 

Head and thorax black, brown tufts on collar, Abdomen 
black above with reddish yellow lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

2. Like the ¢ but somewhat larger. 


Up to the present I have not seen a 9 of this species 
resembling the ¢ in colour, but Aurivillius states (/.c.) 
that such ? ? exist, and these must therefore be associated 
with the f type. 


A, zitja f. radiata. 

2 9 of this form have a brownish ground-colour and the 
spots are more prominent. In the f.-w. the space between the 
discal spots and the hind margin is somewhat paler than the rest, 
whilst there is a pale curved discal band just beyond the discal 
spots in the h.-w. Mabille (J. c.) figures the underside of a ¢ 
which he assigns to this form, and in this there is a pale area in 
f.-w. beyond the discal spots 6, 5, and 4, and in the h.-w. there 
is much less internervular red than usual beyond the discal 
spots, also rather less marginal white, He states that inter- 
mediates are numerous. 


206 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A, zitja 2 f. calida. 

This would appear to be merely an aberration. Some of the 
black spots are absent. The marginal black is reduced to a 
series of triangular spots prolonged on the nervules. The cell 
spot is absent, while that at the end of cell is large and rounded. 
The underside resembles that of f. radiata but is paler. 


A, zitja f. rakeli. 

? 9 of this form are rather pale dusky ochreous. In the 
f.-w. the apical black is 3-4 mm. broad, and the subapical area 
pale ochreous. The spots are more than usually prominent. 
In the h.-w. the area just beyond the discal spots is pale ochreous 
and the inner margin whitish, 

A, zitja 9 f. fumida. 

This is merely a grey and white form, corresponding to the 
lycia form of A. encedon, The greater part of the ground-colour 
is grey and the spots are much enlarged. In the f.-w, there is a 
whitish suffusion round the cell spot, and a good deal of white 
between the nervules in the discal area. The same applies to 
the h.-w. in which the inner margin is also white. 


It may be that these various forms of female are to 
some extent seasonal, though I have not been able to 
examine a sufficiently long series of dated examples 
to form an opinion on this point. If names were given 
to all the forms presenting slight differences the list 
would be a long one. In spite of its variability the 
species is not difficult to recognise owing to the peculiar 
arrangement of the discal spots and the small triangular 
white marginal spots in the h.-w. 

Mabille describes it as common in Madagascar, fre- 
quenting woods, gardens, and cultivated places. It is on 
the wing during the greater part of the year and appears to 
have several broods. There are in the Staudinger Collection 
two examples labelled Verulam, Natal, but this is the 
only record I have found of the occurrence of the species 
on the mainland, and failing further evidence should be 
received with caution. 


79. ACRABA wicetnsr. Pl. XITIf£ 4. Pl. XVI, £ 16. 
Acraea wigginsi, Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 326, pl. 1, f. 3 (1904); 
Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 40, pl. 3, f. 4 (1910). 
Uaanpba and Bririsn E.Arrica (Kisumu, Unyoro, Kirembwe, 
Bulamwezi). 
¢. Expanse 46 mm. F.-w. Upper half of costa (from 
a little beyond base) to just beyond cell, apex, and hind margin, 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 207 


black. Beyond cell a broad white subapical bar in 10, 9, 6, 5, 
4, and part of 3. Below the black area deep golden yellow in- 
clining to red towards base and invading the black outer margin 
in 1b and 2, so as to leave only a marginal line and black 
nervule ends and rays. Black spots as follows:—One large spot 
in cell over origin of 2, one at end of cell on discocellulars, two 
beyond cell at inner edge of white band in 5 and 4, one near 
base of area 3, and below it but nearer cell a spot in 2. Below 
this but more distally placed a spot in 1b, and in the same area 
a dot (sometimes absent) nearly midway between base and origin 
of nervule 2. A black linear mark at base of 1b, and a black 
basal streak in la. In some examples a series of internervular 
yellow spots along hind margin. 

H.-w. golden yellow inclined to darker towards base, with a 
little black powdering in cell and 1c. Black spots as on under- 
side but only faintly indicated towards inner margin, A narrow 
black marginal border somewhat edentate on the nervules and 
bearing pale internervular spots. 

Underside f.-w. as above but paler, and the apical portion 
beyond white patch is pearl grey, striated by the black nervule 
ends which join in a black marginal line, and bearing golden 
yellow internervular streaks, that in area 6 being much longer 
than the rest. Costa ochreous with a black dot at base. H.-w. 
pale creamy ochreous with a narrow black border broken up by 
white internervular spots, and bordered on its inner edge by a 
series of golden yellow quadrate internervular spots. An outer 
series of black spots the first long and transverse in 7 just beyond 
origin of nervule 7; this followed by a curved series of four 
small spots in 6-3, and three larger spots more basally placed in 
2, 1c, and 1b, and lying in a straight line at right angles to inner 
margin. Above the last of these a small dot in la. In addition 
there is an inner spot in 7, also transverse, a spot near end of 
cell, just before origin of 3, and a spot in 1c, 1b, and la, 
Between these two rows of spots and sharply enclosed by them 
is an irregularly curved band of deep pink, and there is a basal 
patch of the same colour in 9 and le. A black dot in 8 near 
precostal. Head black with reddish brown collar, thorax black, 
abdomen ochreous with a blackish dorsal line and indications of 
dark segmental lines. Claws unequal. 

?. Expanse 48-56 mm. 
Resembles the ¢ but area 2 in f.-w. is powdered with black. 


This interesting little species was first taken near 
Kisumu by Mr. C. A. Wiggins, the examples received 
from him being all females, I found both males and 


208 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


females in the Tring collection taken at Kibwezi and 
Kaligire in Unyoro. Another 2 bears the label Kirembwe, 
Bulamwezi. All these specimens are smaller than the 
Kisumu specimens. I have not found it in the very 
large collections received from Entebbe. 


80. AcRAEA miRiFIcA. PI. XIII, f.5. Pl. XVI, f. 15. 
Acraea mirifca, Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 2, pl. 1, f. 2 ¢ 
(1906) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 14, pl. 1, f. 3 9 
(1910). 
AnGoLa (Bihé); N.E. Ruopgsta (Serenji to L. Bangweolo). 


¢. Expanse 41 mm. F.-w. velvety brown black. A band 
of pale dull ochreous with a slightly metallic lustre crosses the 
wing beginning at costa just beyond cell about 3 mm. wide and 
rapidly widening to 5 or 6 mm. as far as nervule 4, Beneath 
this the colour inclines to pearl grey and the inner edge recedes 
towards margin, the band being continued about 3 mm. wide, 
tapering slightly to the hind angle. A row of orange dots along 
the hind margin. H.-w. velvety brown black with pa'e ochreous 
fringe conspicuous on inner margin. 

Underside f.-w. cell, base of 3, and whole of wing beneath 
nervule 3 black. Costa and apical portion pale dull metallic 
gold. Just before margin the nervules bear diamond shaped 
black spots which enclose an apical series of crimson spots on the 
margin. 

H.-w. pale dull metallic gold, the nervule ends bearing 
spindle-shaped black marks which meet in a fine marginal black 
line and enclose a marginal series of semiovate spots of the 
ground-colour and a submarginal row of crimson spots. Area 9 
is also crimson, and a crimson spot at base of lc. Black spots 
as follows :—Two in 7, the second beyond origin of nervule 7. 
Following these three spots in 6, 5, and 4, nearly in a straight 
line pointing to middle of hind margin. A spot near base of 
3, and of 2. Beneath the latter and nearer margin a spot in le, 
followed by one in 1b, rather nearer base. A transverse spot in 
cell and one on middle discocellular. A subbasal spot in Ie, 
1b, and la, the last nearer to base. 

Head and collar red. Thorax and abdomen, above, black. 
Claws unequal. 

@. Expanse 48 mm. F.-w. ochreous grey. Costa orange red. 
Apex black, this colour being continued as a tapering hind- 
marginal border. Red marginal spotsasin ¢. Sometimes the 
inner edge of this marginal border is dusted with pale ochreous. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea., 209 


Black spots as follows :—One in cell before origin of nervule 2, 
and one on discocellulars, one in 3 about 3 mm. from end of cell, 
one in 2 near its base, and beneath it but nearer margin a spot 
in 1b. In the same area a spot nearer base beneath that in 
cell. 

H.-w. Ground-colour same as in f.-w. but slightly darker in 
shade, spotted with black as on the ¢ underside. A black hind- 
marginal border narrower in the middle than at apex and anal 
angle, its inner edge sometimes dusted with pale ochreous 
scales, 

Underside f.-w. dull ochre-yellow, costa orange, subapical 
area pale yellow. Black spots as on upperside but smaller, and 
sometimes a trace of a discal spot in area 5. Black nervule ends 
and crimson marginal spots asin ¢. 


H.-w. asin ¢@. 


The type ¢ of this species is slightly aberrant, having 
three white dots in the h.-w. and no red marginal spots in 
f-w. It differs in these respects from other Angola speci- 
mens, and from those obtained near L. Bangweolo by 
Neave. The species, as Neave has pointed out, bears 
a greater resemblance to members of the S. American 
genus Actinote than to any African Acraea, especially as it 
has a rudimentary nervule between la, and 1b in the 
h.-w. It is described as frequenting marshy places and 
having a very weak flight. The integuments are tough, 
and if squeezed it exudes a green juice. I have observed 
that the males are peculiarly liable to become “greasy.” 
The underside of the h.-w. is exceedingly beautiful, having 
the appearance of being cut from a thin sheet of metal, 
whilst under the microscope every scale exhibits a beauti- 
ful iridescence recalling the appearance of the well-known 
diamond beetle. 


GROUP XIII. 


81. ACRAEA ENCEDON, Pl. XIV. f. 4 

Acraea encedon, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 488 (1758) ; 
Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 244(1764); Aurivillius,(A.) Sv. Vet. Akad. 
Handl., 19. 5, p. 56 (1882); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 3, p. 163 
(1889) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898); Fawcett 
(metam.), Trans. Zool. Soc., 294, pl. 46, f. 4, 5, 6 (1901) ; 
Marshall and Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc., pp. 479-484, etc. 
(1902) ; Dixey, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 151 (1903) ; Proc. Ent. 
Soc., p. iii (1906); Heron, Trans. Zool, Soc., xix, p. 147 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI (JULY) P 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


(1909) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 27 (1910) ; Eltringham, 
Af, Mim. Butt., p. 35, pl. 3, f. 1, p. 36, pl..8, f. 16 (1910). 
= encedonia, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Syst. Nat., ed. 12, p. 762 (1767), 
= sganzini, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg., 2, p. 590 (1847). 
= fulva, Doubleday, Hew. and West., Gen. Di. Lep., p. 140, pl. 
19, f. 2 (1848); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 83 (1885). 
= lycia, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 22 (1857). 
= lycia, var, A., Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 103 (1862). 
S. Lronre to E, Coast; Carr to UpprrR Eaypt; Mapa- 
GASCAR; PrempBa I.; Maria I. 


f. infuscata, Staudinger, Exot, Schmett., 1, p. 83 (1885) ; Auri- 
villius, Rhop, Aeth. (1898); Eltringham, Af. Mim, Butt., 
p. 36 (1910). 

f. alcippina, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111 (1898); Lathy, 
Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903) ; Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xix, p. 147 (1909); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 36, 
pl. 3, f. 3 (1910). 


f. sqanzini, Boisduval, Faune, Madag,, p. 34, pl. 6, £.6, 7 (1833); 
Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 83 (1885); Butler, Proc. 
Zool, Soc., p. 65 (1888) ; Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 111 
(1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 965 (1899) ; Eltringham, 
Af, Mim, Butt., p. 36 (1910). 

= lycia, Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 113, pl. 11, f. 
11, 12 (1885-7) ; Trimen, 8, Af. Butt., 1, p. 164 (1887). 


f. lycia, Fabricius, (Pap.) Syst. Ent., p. 464 (1775); Godart, (A.) 
Enc, Méth., 9, p. 239 (1819) ; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., 1, 
p-83 (1885); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 65 (1888); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p, 111 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., pp. 53, 
190, 400 (1898) ; p.922 (1900); p.46 (1902); Heron, Trans, 
Zool. Soc., xix, p. 147 (1909) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., 
p. 36 (1910). 

= braunei, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., 1, pl. 33 (1885). 


f. necoda, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 2, f. 9 (1861); 
Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 111 (1898); Eltringham, Af. 
Mim. Butt., p. 36 (1910). 


f. daira, Godman and Salvin, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 221, pl. 17, 
f. 3 (1884); Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. p. 115 (1896); Auri- 
villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., 
pp. 420, 965 (1899); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 36, 
pl. 3, f. 2 (1910). 

= encedon, ab. 2, Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 165 (1887). 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 21d 


= lycia, var., Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888). 

= usagarae, Vuillot, Ann. Ent. Fr., 60, Bull., p. 78 (1891). 
= caecilia, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 566 (1894). 

= encedon, Lanz, Iris, 9, p. 131 (1896). 


f, rudiata, Aurivillius, Arkiv. Zool., ii, 12, p. 4 (1905). 
(AnpAaMaANa, W. AFRICA.) 


The above numerous forms of Acraea encedon do not appear 
to be peculiar to any one part of the species’ range, The lycia, 
alcippina, and infuscata forms are more numerous in West 
African localities, than elsewhere, though they seem liable to 
occur anywhere. The daira form does not appear to occur in 
the west and south. Though the f. radiata has not been 
recorded except from the locality given by Aurivillius, it is not 
peculiar to that locality, as it occurred with a lycia and an 
alcippina form. 


A, encedon encedon. 

d. Expanse 48-70 mm. F.-w. orange tawny to golden brown. 
A little black at base. Apical half black with a rather suffused 
inner edge and a broad conspicuous white oblique subapical 
band in 10, 9, 6, 5 and 4 followed by a separate smaller spot in 
3. An ovate transverse black spot in cell just beyond origin of 
2. <A large spot near base of 2 touching nervule 3. Beneath 
this, but nearer margin, a double spot in 1b, and a small spot in 
same area shortly before origin of 2 and close tomedian. Some- 
times a spot or streak in la, ground-colour usually a little paler 
than f.-w. beyond the middle. H.-w. slightly black at base. 
and having a black hind-marginal border about 2 mm, wide 
narrowing to a point at apex and anal angle. Ends of nervules 
black, Internervular rays narrow and brown. Black spots as 
on underside but those near base and inner margin often only 
faintly indicated. 

Underside f.-w, as above but basal half dull brownish and 
apex and hind margin dark ochreous with black nervule ends 
and orange ochreous internervular rays. A fine black hind- 
marginal line, A black spot at base of costa. 

H.-w. dull ochreous, marginal border reduced to a narrow 
black line with just a faint indication of the broader black of 
upperside. Black spots as follows:—A discal row of eight 
regular round spots, the first four (in 7, 6, 5 and 4) in a slightly 
outwardly curved line, the fifth in 3 at the same distance from 
the margin as the fourth, the sixth in 2 nearer base than the 
fifth, and the seventh and eighth in le and 1b, lying in a 

P 2 


242 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


straight line with the fifth at right angles to inner margin, 
Some black at base of nervures and usually a spot in & near‘ 
precostal. A subbasal in 7, two before middle of cell, two on 
discocellulars, and a spot in lc, 1b and la, that in 1b further 
from base than the other two, 

Head black with white spots between and behind the eyes, 
two yellowish tufts on collar, Thorax black with pale dorsal 
and lateral marks, Abdomen black above with orange ochreous 
segmental lines and lateral spots, the latter becoming confluent 
towards the distal extremity. Claws unequal, 

? resembles the ¢. 

f. infuscata. 

The tawny areas of the typical forms are replaced by smoky 

brown. 
f. aleippina, 

The h.-w. has a white central suffusion of varying extent. 
f, sganzini. 

The tawny areas of the typical form are replaced by a dusky 
yellowish colour. 


f, lycia. 
The ground-colour of both wings is white, the black mark- 
ings being as in the typical form, 


f, necoda. 

The black markings especially in f.-w. are much reduced, the 
f.-w. apex is only a little darker than the rest of wing and the 
whole ground-colour is violet grey. 

f, daira, 

The black of apical half of f.-w. and the white subapical band 

are absent. In some cases the subapical band may be traced 


as a slightly paler area on the ground-colour, All the black 
markings much reduced, 


f. radiata. 

Described as allied to the daira form but having the nervules 
on the upperside terminating in broad black triangles, and the 
basal half of the h.-w. white as in alcippina. The apex of f.-w. 
is not darkened and has no pale subapical band, 

The larva and pupa are thus described by Fawcett (J. ¢.) :— 

“ Larva,—Slaty black, with a yellow lateral line above prolegs 
and claspers. On each segment three deep fine transverse lines 
enclosing two white patches dorsally and two yellow patches 
laterally. On the centre black line of each segment are placed six 
black spines (branched), Head, thoracic legs and claspers black, 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 213 


“Pupa waxy white with the usual fine black lines on the 
wing covers and black spots with orange centres on the abdo- 
minal segments. 

“Feeds on Commelina.” 


Every kind of intermediate form may be observed in a 
long series. None of the forms seems to be specially 
characteristic of any particular locality, though the 
alcippina form seems to attain its maximum development 
in West Africa. Long series of examples have been bred 
by Mr. Lamborn near Lagos, and the majority of these 
broods consist of two forms, viz. infuscata and lycia. The 
latter are somewhat unusual in having broad suffused 
orange internervular markings on the hind margin of the 
secondaries on the underside, also some basal markings of 
the same colour. 

Examples of the /ycia form may have the ground-colour 
pale creamy yellow. Another now before me has the f.-w. 
sepia black except for the subapical white band. 

An exceptionally fine 2 example of the typical form 
from Chishi I., L. Bangweolo, measures rather over 70 mm. 
in expanse and has the ground-colour rich red brown. 

In Proc. Zool. Soc. 1900, Butler quotes from Crawshay 
who writes that encedon “isa graceful insect . . . alternately 
flapping its wings and skimming along in its flight very 
differently to the other Acracinae.” 

Dr. Longstaff has noted a disagreeable odour in the $ 
when crushed, and Marshall has noted that the insect has 
a bitter taste. 

The species appears to have no very near allies. 


GROUP. XIV. 


82. ACRAEA GOETZ. Pl. XIII, f. 14. 
Acraea, goetzi, Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit. (48), p. 132, 1903. 
= byatti, Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 328, pl. 1, f. 17 (1904). 
S. NyassaLanp (Zomba); German Easr Arnica (Langenberg, 
Unyika, Kondeland) ; 8. TANGANYIKA (Fwambo). 


6. Expanse 42-44 mm. F.-w. with a little black at base of 1a, 
1b, and cell. Costa and upper part of cell, apical portion beyond 
cell, and hind margin, black. A tawny orange subapical patch. 
Remainder of wing tawny red. The black band dividing the 
subapical patch from the red central area is broad at costa 


214 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


(about 3 mm.), and becomes rather suddenly narrower at 
nervule 4. 

H.-w. with a blackish basal suffusion extending to nearly half 
the length of cell, and in this blackish area are long yellow 
hairs. Some of the spots of underside faintly indicated. Central 
area of wing tawny red with indications of spots in 7 and on 
upper discocellulars. A broad black hind-marginal border 
about 3 mm. wide at apex, its inner edge rather suddenly angu- 
lated at 5, thence traversing the wing nearly at right angles to 
inner margin making lower half of border about 4 mm, wide. 

Underside. F.-w. costa greenish ochreous with a black spot 
at base. Basal half of wing reddish orange, the distal outline 
of this area corresponding to that on upper side. Subapical 
patch pale ochreous inclining to orange at its proximal side. 
Between this patch and end of cell a black mark extended 
downwards as a rather suffused line, which forms the inner 
edge of hind-marginal border. Apical and hind-marginal border 
greenish grey, the nervules black, and between them broad, 
tapering, dull orange internervular marks. A fine marginal 
black line. 

H.-w. pale ochreous, areas 8 and 9 red. Base of area 7 pale 
sage green, followed by two transverse linear black spots en- 
closing a patch of red. Beneath the outer of these spots a black 
dot in 6, anda spot on upper discocellulars. Base of cell pale 
sage green with a round black spot. A spot at extreme base of 
area 2. Base of le red, with a basal, two subbasal, and a discal 
spot, the latter linear and extending right across the space. Base 
of 1b and la greenish yellow with two black spots in each area, 
Hind-marginal border, from 5 to the inner margin, broader than 
on upperside, otherwise of similar shape. Its inner edge 
marked by a fine brown line; a marginal row of subtriangular 
greenish white spots resting on a fine black marginal line. On 
the border the nervules are black edged with whitish, and be- 
tween them from the marginal spots to the inner edge are 
broad red marks edged with black Head black with white 
marks between and behind the eyes. Reddish tufts on collar, 
Thorax black with whitish lateral marks. Abdomen black 
above with yellowish segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws 
unequal. 

9. Expanse 52 mm. F.-w. marked much as in ¢, but the 
reddish central area is replaced by tawny orange, darker at base, 
and the subapical patch pale yellow tinged with orange. <A 
black spot in 1b at base of nervule 2, and a hind-marginal row 
of dull orange spots larger and more distinct near hind angle. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. DTS 


H.-w. with some blackish at base followed in 2, 1c, 1b, and la 
by pale yellow. Traces of the underside black spots especially on 
upper discocellulars. Central area pale tawny orange. Hind- 
marginal border much broader than in ¢, and having pale 
orange marginal internervular spots. 

Underside a rather less brilliantly coloured replica of that of 
the ¢. 


A. goetzt is nearly allied to A. excelsior, but there is a 
slight difference in the structure of the ¢ armature. 


83. ACRAEA EXCELSIOR. Pl. XIII, f. 12. 

Acraea excelstor, E. M. B, Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 192, pl. 17, 
f. 3 (1891) ; Karsch, Ent. Nachr., 23, p. 371 (1897) ; Auri- 
villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 104 (1898). 

NYASSALAND (Zomba) ; GERMAN East Arrica; Bririsa East 
Arrica (Kikuyu, Kenya). 

¢. Expanse 40-42 mm. F.-w. black, with a large central brick 
red patch, edged with lemon-ochreous, and covering the greater 
part of cell,asmall portion of base of 3, more than half of 2, nearly 
the whole of 1b, and :the central part of la. A sub-marginal 
band of lemon ochreous spots divided only by the nervules 
in 9, 6, 5, and part of 4. 

H.-w. with a rather clearly defined black basal suffusion, its 
outer edge bounded by a straight line at right angles to inner 
margin and traversing cell just beyond the middle. A conspicu- 
ous black linear spot on upper part of discocellulars, above 
which in 7 is a deep crimson mark marginally powdered with 
black. Central portion of wing lemon-ochreous, darker from 
costa to nervule 3, followed by a black hind-marginal border, 
the inner edge of which runs parallel to apical margin as far as 
3, where it becomes suddenly wider and runs straight to the 
inner margin. 

Underside. F.-w. The red area corresponding to that above, 
costa ochreous dusted with black, remainder black as on upper- 
side with a similar but slightly larger lemon-yellow subapical 
patch. Reddish orange marginal internervular marks. 

H.-w. lemon-yellow with a black hind-marginal border as on 
upperside. On this border is a series of broad deep crimson 
internervular rays each edged with sooty black and tipped with 
white at the outer extremity. Midway between base and inner 
edge of marginal border is a crimson black-bordered triangular 
mark, its base on the costa, and its apex nearly reaching end of 
cell. Area 9 crimson. Base of 7, cell, and 2 narrowly black, 


216 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


base of 1c broadly black with two crimson spots, base of 1b and 
la black, the latter with two lemon-yellow spots. 

Head black, collar with two red tufts, thorax black, abdomen 
black above with pale yellowish lateral dots. Claws unequal. 

2 resembles the ¢ but is slightly larger, the colours gener- 
ally are duller and the basal red is in some cases replaced by 
yellowish. Both wings have a submarginal border of reddish 
internervular spots. 


By the peculiar and very beautiful pattern of the h.-w. 
underside A. excelsior is easily distinguished from any 
other species. 


84. ACRAEA MIRABILIS. Pl. XIII, f. 13. 
Acraeaw mirabilis, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 760, pl. 47, f. 1 
(1885) ; in James, Unknown Horn of Africa, p. 236, pl. 
f. 1 (1888); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 103 (1898); Dixey, 
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11, pl. 1, f. 4 (1900). 

CENTRAL SOMALILAND (Bundu Maria, Aoho). 

¢. Expanse 40-46 mm. Wings orange-ochreous.  F.-w. 
narrowly black along costa, apex, and hind margin. Subcostal 
nervure narrowly black. A small black, more or less wedge- 
shaped mark on upper part of discocellulars. Ends of nervures 
at apex and hind margin black. Midway between end of cell 
and apex an ochreous spot extending from costa to middle of 
area 4, and outlined with black. 

H.-w. with a very little black at base of 1c. A narrowly black 
hind margin, and ends of 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 rather broadly black. 
A black spot in cell showing through from underside and the 
peculiar pattern of the underside faintly indicated. 

Underside. F.-w. orange ochreous, costa, apical area and hind 
margin greyish ochreous, the nervules thereon narrowly black. 
In the internervular spaces at margin are patches of the ground- 
colour, that in 6 long and reaching inwardly to the pale discal 
spot which is as above but paler. A narrow black hind-marginal 
line, and in 4 and 5 a black internervular ray between pale 
discal spot and orange marginal marks. 

H.-w. Base pale ochre-yellow with some irregular black about 
bases of nervures. A black spot in 8 some distance from pre- 
costal, one in cell near base, and one in la. A pink flush in 
9, 7, 1c, and la. Across middle of wing a curved band of pale 
grey having on both sides a narrow broken black outline, and 
irregularly flushed with pink, notably in 7, 5, 4, cell, 1c, and 
1b. A minute black spot at base of 5 and 4. Following this 
grey band a parallel immaculate band of pale ochre yellow. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. oN i 


From the distal edge of this band to the margin the ground- 
colour is pale greenish grey, forming a marginal band some 
3°5 mm. wide, its inner edge indistinctly dotted with black 
between the nervules. The marginal edge narrowly outlined 
with black, and a submarginal row of narrow linear black marks. 
Between these and the inner edge of the grey border, a series of 
internervular deep orange marks. 

Head black with an orange collar. Thorax black with orange 
hairs and two anterior dorsal pale streaks. Base of abdomen 
black, remainder whitish. Orange lateral spots edged with 
black. Claws unequal. 

9. Expanse 38-44 mm. Resembles ¢, but ground-colour 
and markings paler and duller. 


The foregoing descriptions are taken from a small series 
of specimens in the Oxford collection. They differ from 
examples in the National Collection in having a some- 
what richer ground-colour, the paler marks beneath are 
yellower, and the yellow band in h.-w. beneath is very 
definitely outlined, whereas in the British Museum speci- 
mens the submarginal grey gradually becomes paler 
proximally towards the dark median band. The Oxford 
specimens were taken in August, and the British Museum 
examples in April, so that as suggested by Dr. Dixey 
(1.c.) the differences may be seasonal. 

The species is easily recognised by its characteristic 
underside, and the genitalia are quite distinct. 


85. AcraEa uvur. Pl. XIII, f. 16. 

Acraet wui, Gr.-“Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 5, p. 168 (1890) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 106 (1898); Neave, Novit. 
Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904); Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc., xix, 
p- 147 (1909); Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s Exp. Lep., p. 4 
(1910). 

= minima, Holland, Entomologist, 25, Suppl. p. 89 
(1892) ; Ann. Nat. Hist. 6, 12, p. 249 (1893) ; Proc. U.S. 
Nat. Mus., 18, p. 232 (1895). 

GerMAN E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam, Kilimandjaro) ; BrITIsH 

E. Arrica (Mombasa, Tana R.) ; UGanpa (Entebbe, Toro). 

A. wi balina, subsp. 

Karsch, Ent. Nachr., 18, p. 170 (1892). 

CAMEROON (Baliburg, Bitje) ; ANGoLa (Libollo). 

¢. Expanse 30-34 mm. F.-w. black. A subapical patch of 

tawny red narrow in 10, 9, and 6, and widened to about double 


218 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


the width in 5 and 4. A central inner marginal patch of the 
same colour occupying the central part of la and 1b, rather 
more than the basal half of 2, extending slightly into 3 at its 
base, and into lower part of distal end of cell. 

H.-w. with a black triangular basal patch, central area 
tawny red often inclining to yellow at inner margin, somewhat 
indenting the basal patch at upperside of cell. Hind margin 
with a black border about 2 mm. wide, its inner edge deeply 
indented by the red colour in 4 and 5, above this point some- 
what convex, and below running horizontally across to inner 
margin. 

Underside very like that of bonasia alicia. F.-w. Basal half pale 
reddish yellow with dusky indications of the basal black of 
upperside. The subapical patch ochre yellow, its proximal edge 
straight or even concave. Remainder of wing brownish black. 
H.-w. ochre yellow with a greenish tinge at base. Some irregular 
black at base of wing and a small basal spot in cell. At 
about the level of middle of cell a transverse band of irregular 
confluent black spots usually divisible into five rather large sub- 
quadrate marks in 7, cell, 1c, 1b, and la. Hind-marginal 
border as on upperside though occasionally slightly narrower. 
A marginal series of small white subtriangular spots. 

Head and thorax black with two brownish tufts on collar. 
Abdomen black with very minute pale lateral spots and seg- 
mental lines. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 38mm. Theupperside resembles that of the g, 
but there is usually a marginal row of tawny red spots on the 
h.-w. Underside extremely variable. In some examples it 
resembles that of the g though the hind-marginal border of 
h.-w. is always much broader. In a series of sixteen ? ? 
before me the following variations in the h.-w. may be 
observed. 

(1) Base of 7 and middle of cell pale greenish yellow. Incell 
and le, a basal and a median spot of dull brown. A few 
indications of black dots. The hind-marginal border is com- 
posed of a series of broad internervular reddish marks, each 
laterally dusted with black, and these are divided by the black 
nervule ends, each laterally dusted with yellowish. A marginal 
series of yellowish subtriangular spots. In areas 7, 6, and 5 the 
reddish marks are followed inwardly by a narrow sharply 
defined area of dull brown which at nervule 5 suddenly widens 
out so as to reach as far as end of cell, its outline then being 
directed straight downwards to anal angle. Remainder of wing 
pale ochreous. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea, 2V9 


(2) The border is not followed by a definite brown area but 
the whole of the rest of wing is dusted with brown scales. 

(3) The border is nearly all black except for the marginal 
spots which are greyish white; area 7 is nearly all black, and 
the base is black with some ochreous scales in 9, 8, 7, 1b, and la. 
Remainder of wing dark brown. 


The series contains various intermediates between the 
above three forms. All were taken by Neave on Mt. 
Kokanjero, but a similar variability seems to occur in other 
localities. 


A. wewi balina, subsp. 

The type of Karsch’s balina is either an aberration or its 
colour has been damaged by an excess of cyanide in the killing 
bottle. The pale marks are reddish yellow and the dark areas 
are pale brown. Had I seen only the type I’ should have been 
inclined to regard it as merely an aberration, but there are 
examples having a perfectly normal appearance in the Tring 
collection, so that, in view of the fact that the structure of the ¢ 
armature is identical with that in wvwi, I regard balina as the 
western subspecies of the latter. In appearance it differs from 
wour principally in the rather smaller extent of the tawny red 
area, and in the pattern of the hind-marginal border on the 
underside which is broader and has red internervular marks 
above the marginal white spots. 


A. wui may be distinguished from bonasia and alicia 
by the arrangement of the black at base of f.-w., the outer 
edge of which runs straight up, continuously with the 
triangular black of the h.-w., nearly to the upper distal 
part of cell. It is also much smaller than the other 
species referred to. 


Bo) AcRAnA Tomer, PI TV) £.16(¢)... Pl. XIIL, £ U5. 
Acraea lumiri, Bethune-Baker, Ann. Nat. Hist., 2, p. 471 (1908). 
Conao (Kissegneis to Albert Nyanza); Cameroon (Asokko, 
Ja R.). 
¢ . Expanse 34mm. Wings orange red. F.-w.with a black costal 
margin extending into upper half of cell with a slight projection 
over origin of nervules 2 and 3 and becoming very narrow beyond 
cell (where it is invaded by the subapical patch) and continued 
at apex into an apical and hind-marginal border about 2 mm. 
wide rather broader at apex and narrower at hind angle. 
From costal black at end of cell, to middle of marginal border 
an oblique bar of black, cutting off a large rounded subapical 


220 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


patch of the ground-colour. A little black at base and in basal 
half of 1a. 

H.-w. with a very slight blackish basal suffusion, and a 
perfectly regular hind-marginal black band 2 mm. wide. 
Traces of underside spots on discocellulars and near base of le, 
1b, and la. 

Underside. F.-w. basal half pale orange red, costa and trans- 
verse bar blackish and shaped as above. Subapical patch dark 
ochreous. Hind margin black, the ends of nervules laterally 
lined with dark ochreous, and marginal internervular triangular 
spots of the same colour. 

H.-w. greenish yellow at base, followed by some small very 
irregular black marks, which may be made out approximately 
as follows :—One in 9, one in 8, one in 7 before end of cell, one 
on discocellulars more or less confluent with a larger spot in 
cell. Another spot in cell nearer base, two in le, one in 1b 
with a minute streak at base, and one in la. Rest of wing 
dark ochreousas far as marginal border which is black, inwardly 
edged with a few brown scales, and bears triangular marginal 
internervular spots of greyish white. 

Head black with grey tufts on collar. Thorax black, abdomen 
black above with small yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal. 


I have not seen a 2 of this species. The f differs from 
allied species in the reduction or absence of basal black in 
both wings. There are several examples in the Berlin 
Museum and also at Tring. 


87. ACRAEA BONASIA. Pl]. XIII, f. 11. 

Acraea bonasia, Fabricius, (Pap.) Syst. Ent., p. 464 (1775); 
Trimen, (A.) S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 174, note (1887); Auri- 
villius, Ent. Tidskr., 12, p. 202 (1891) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent. 
Zeit., 38, p. 195 (1893); Aurivillius (metamorph.), Ent. 
Tidskr., 14, p. 277, pl. 5, f. 1 (1898); Rhop. Aeth., p. 105 
(1898); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 26, 1910. 

= eponina ¢, Cramer, (Pap.) Pap. Exot., 3, p. 138, pl. 268, f. 
A, B (1780) ; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 84 (1885) ; 
?, Iris, 9, p. 202 (1896). 

= serena, Herbst, (Pap.) Nat. Schmett., 4, pl. 82, f. 6, 7 ¢ 
(non 2 )(1790); Godart, (A.) Enc. Méth., 9, p. 232 (g¢ non ?) 
(1819). 

2 f. cynthius, Drury, (Pap.) Ill. Exot. Ins., 3, p. 52, pl. 37, 
f, 5, 6 (1782); Butler, (A.) Ann, Nat. Hist. (6), 16, p. 27] 
(1895), 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 221 


= cynthia, Herbst., (Pap.) Naturs. Schmett., 4, p. 198, pl. 80 
f.1, 2 (1790); Godart, (A.) Enc. Méth., 9, p. 234 (1819). 
=epowina 2 (2nd f.), Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 202 (1896). 
PoRTUGUESE GUINEA to CAMEROON ; FRENCH ConGo; FER- 
NANDO Po; Conco State to L. Tancanyika and Toro; 
German E. Arrica (Ruaha R.). 
@ f. praeponina, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 202 (1896); Aurivil- 
lius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 105 (1898). 
Coneo (Kuilu). 


Q f. siabona, Suffert, Ivis, p, 32 (1904). 
Togo (Misahoéhe Stn.). 


A. bonasia alicia, subsp. 
= A.alicia, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 5, p. 442 
(1890) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 105 (1898); Butler, 
Proc, Zool, Soc., p. 420 (1899) ; Heron, Trans, Zool. Soc., 
xix, p. 146 (1909); Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges, Nat. Fr., p. 150 
(1910), 
= cappadox, Oberthiir, Etud, d’Ent., 17, p. 23, pl. 1, f. 2 
(1893), 
g = planesium, Oberthiir, l.c., p. 24, pl. 1, f. 11 (1893). 
CAMEROON (Barombi) ; Conco (Ruwenzori) ; Uaanpa (Toro, 
Entebbe, Sesse I.) ; Bririso E,. Arrica (Kisumu, Kenya). 
2 f. cabiroides, Poulton, Trans, Ent. Soc., p, 529 (1908). 
British E. Arrica (Ft, Hall, Kikuyu), 


2 f. tenelloides, Poulton, l.¢., p. 531 (1908). 
British E, Arrica (Ft, Hall, Kikuyu). 


’ 


A. bonasia banka, subsp, nov. 
ABYSSINIA (Banka, Malo). 


A. bonasia bonasia. Pl. VI, ff. 11, 12 (larvae). 

d. Expanse 40-44 mm, F.-w. warm black. <A tawny red 
oblique subapical patch about 2 mm, wide in 10, 9, 6, 5, and 4. 
Lower half of cell, base of 3, proximal half of 2 (except a small 
portion at base) and distal central part of 1b, and 1a tawny 
red, Usually also a red streak just beneath median which may 
extend from wing base to origin of 2, or may be reduced to a 
small mark. 

H.-w. with a triangular basal patch of greyish black, the 
outer edge of which is roughly continuous in a straight line 
with the adjacent black of the f.-w. Central portion of wing 
tawny red. Hind margin black about 3 mm. wide slightly 
invaded by the discal red in areas 3 and 4, 


22 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Underside, f.-w. paler and duller than above, the costal black 
not reaching to base, and the basal inner marginal black only 
represented by a blackish mark at base of 2, and some irregular 
black beneath it in 1b, The subapical patch is ochre yellow, 
a slight ochreous powdering along the nervule ends, and 
a series of acutely triangular ochreous marginal internervular 
spots. 

H.-w. Base pale sage green with a black basal spot in 9, 8, 
cell, and le. The green area is closely followed by a series of 
black spots roughly arranged in a double line and usually 
enclosing small red marks in 7, cell, and 1c. These spots are 
very variable and irregular, sometimes being coalescent and 
sometimes fairly well separated. Discal area ochre yellow. 
Marginal border rather variable. Usually about 2 mm, wide 
as far as nervule 3, then about 3 mm. wide tapering to inner 
margin, This border may be quite black with pale ochreous 
triangular internervular marginal spots, or the nervures may 
be laterally powdered with ochreous producing a striated 
appearance, One example from Ruaha Valley, German E. 
Africa, has red streaks between the nervules, 

Head black with white lines behind the eyes and two brown 
tufts on collar, Thorax black with some whitish scales. Abdo- 
men black above with yellowish segmental lines and lateral spots. 
Claws unequal. 

¢d. ab. The black replaced by brown, and all the reddish 
tawny areas replaced by dull ochreous, (1 example. Mus. 
Oxon., Lagos.) 

9.f.1. Like the ¢ but rather larger (about 48 mm.). The 
h.-w. margin broader, especially beneath. 

®. f. 2. F.-w. dull smoky grey, subapical patch very pale 
ochreous. A whitish inner marginal patch suffused with grey, 
the greater part of which in la and 1b lies rather beyond the 
middle, extending upwards into base of 3. Indications of pale 
triangular spots on margin. H.-w. base dull grey, with black 
spots of underside showing through, central area pale ochreous, 
remainder dark grey with faint triangular marginal spots and 
indications of darker internervular rays. 

Underside. F.-w. with a basal dull reddish grey area corre- 
sponding to the pale tawny red in f. 1. Subapical patch dusky 
white. Margin striated by blackish nervule ends laterally 
powdered with whitish, and elongated whitish triangular inter- 
nervular marks laterally powdered with blackish. H.-w. base 
pale grey with the usual black spots, remainder dusky white, the 
marginal border striated similarly to that in f.-w. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 223 


Every gradation of intermediate between these two forms 
of 2 may be found. An intermediate was figured by 
Drury (/. c.) and named A. cynthius. The larva is figured 
by Aurivillius (/. ¢.) and thus described :— 


Bluish white above with two narrow dark dorsal lines and a 
broad black longitudinal line on each side between the dorsal 
and upper lateral spines. The spines of segments 1-3 and 
11-13 are quite black, the remainder only more or less blackish 
towards the point. 


Large numbers of this species have lately been bred by 
Mr. W. A. Lamborn near Lagos, and the specimens 
together with examples of the larvae and pupae are now 
in the Oxford Museum. 

The larvae are dimorphic. That corresponding to 
Aurivillius’ description, is, at Lagos, comparatively rare, 
the commoner form being darker in colour and having 
darker markings. From notes supplied by Mr. Lamborn 
I am able to furnish the following description of the paler 
form of larva in its various stages. 


A company of larvae found on August 10, 1911, consisted of 
individuals of an average length of 1-4em. The ground-colour, 
legs, and underside were bluish white. The spines of the first 
segment black, those of the second sometimes only partly black. 
Spines of last two segments black, the remainder white. These 
larvae moulted about two days later, after which the average 
length was 2 cm. The ground-colour remained the same but 
longitudinal whitish stripes appeared, the legs and underside 
being of the same colour. The first and last two rows of spines 
were black, the third row whitish with black apices, the re- 
mainder whitish with black hairs. About the 17th, moulting 
again took place, after which the average length was 2°6 cm. 
The principal change from this stage to pupation was an increase 
in depth of the ground-colour, which became bluish green. 
When fully grown the larvae had an average length of 3-2 cm., 
and by the 21st many were suspended for pupation. 

The darker form of larva, Pl. VI, f. 12, has a bluish white 
ground-colour, two dorsal blackish bands, bordered on the lower 
side with yellowish, and a yellowish subspiracular band. The 
sublateral spines, and those of the six central segments are 
whitish with black hairs. The lower part of head is black and 
the upper part brownish. Legs yellowish. 


I am of opinion that the imagines do not present any 
marked differences corresponding to the two forms of larvae. 


224 Mr. H. Eltrmgham’s Monograph of the 


A dipterous parasite of the family Zachinidae emerged 
from some of the larvae reared by Mr. Lamborn. 


A. bonasia 9. f. praeponina, Staud. 

After a careful examination of Staudinger’s type I cannot 
regard this as other than a form of bonasia. It has the blackish 
brown of f.-w. inner margin turned up to meet that from the 
costa just beyond origin of 2, whilst the h.-w. margin on 
underside is narrower than in ordinary bonasia 2 9, and the 
brown colouring is so dark and complete that it appears hardly 
at all striated. There are triangular whitish marks on the 
border and the suppression of the striation gives it somewhat 
the appearance of wvui, Staudinger’s description refers to the 
black spots making an entirely different pattern to those in 
bonasia (eponina). They are however much the same, but a 
little more accentuated. There are three 9 2 examples in the 
Staudinger collection, two from Kuilu and one only vaguely 
described as from the Congo Region. 


A. bonasia 92. f. siabona. 

This form is described as having the f.-w. apical and marginal 
black broader than in typical examples. The subapical patch 
yellow, and the remaining reddish areas duller than usual. On 
the h.-w. underside the marginal band is twice as broad as in 
typical forms and the nervures heavily dusted with black, On 
the inner edge of the marginal band are triangular blackish 
spots in 1b, 2, 3, and 4, divided by the nervures, having their 
apices directed towards the base. ‘These spots are produced into 
narrow rays reaching the cell in 3 and 4. In 5, 6, and 7 are 
long acute angled spots. Basal and discal spots very small. 
(1 9 from Misahche, Togo.) 


A. bonasia alicia, subsp. 

¢. Expanse 30-40 mm. F.-w. ccsta, outer half of wing, 
and hind margin black. An oblique subapical patch of tawny 
red in 10, 9, 6, 5, and 4. Inner margin black on both sides of 
submedian as far as the middle, but this black does not, as in 
bonasia, extend wowards as far as nervure 2. H.-w. with a 
triangular black mark at base extending rather beyond middle 
of cell much as in bonasia. Central area of wing tawny red 
varying to yellowish, especially towards inner margin. Hind 
margin with a black band about 3 mm. wide somewhat invaded 
by the red colour in areas 4 and 5. 

Underside. F.-w. as above but reddish colour paler, and the 
subapical patch ochre-yellow. H.-w. greenish yellow at base, 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. Zo 


with one or two basal black spots, followed by a transverse row 
of irregular somewhat confluent spots, sometimes, though rarely, 
forming a double line enclosing small red marks. Central area 
dark ochreous (darker than in bonasia). Marginal border black 
corresponding in shape to that on upperside and having yellowish 
marginal internervular spots. This border is sometimes, though 
rarely, striated. 

Head and thorax black, with reddish tufts on collar. Abdo- 
men black above with small yellowish lateral stripes. 

Some examples of the ¢ have the paler areas of both wings 
orange yellow. Specimens of this coloration have been received 
from Kilimandjaro and the Tiriki Hills. Occasional examples 
have the subapical patch continued to the costa where it is 
nearly as broad as elsewhere. 

9. Expanse 36-44 mm. Extremely variable. The following 
forms may be observed in a long series :— 

f. 1. Closely resembles the ¢. Only slightly paler and duller, 
On the h.-w. there is a marginal row of triangular spots of the 
ground-colour, Underside paler and duller. The h.-w. margin 
very little broader than that of the ¢, its inner edge curved, nearly 
parallel to apical margin as far as nervule 4 where the border 
becomes suddenly wider, and its edge runs nearly straight, and at 
right angles to the inner margin. Large triangular whitish spots. 


f. 2. tenelloides. 

Pale central area of f.-w. light orange ochreous, subapical 
patch yellow. H.-w. pale yellow, rather darker towards costa. 
A mere trace of basal black. Marginal border very narrow, its 
inner edge slightly suffused with orange and its outer edge 
bearing pale yellow triangular spots. 

Underside very pale. F.-w. basal half pinkish ochreous. A 
trace of a discocellular spot. Costal, apical, and hind-marginal 
area pale dusky ochreous very faintly striated by the nervule 
ends. Subapical patch pale yellow. 

H.-w. pale creamy ochreous. Traces of a few small black 
spots near base. Marginal border pale dusky ochreous with 
traces of the usual triangular spots and their internervyular 
rays. 

Q. f. 3. cabiroides. 

Upperside almost exactly like that of the ¢ but with traces 
of reddish marginal spots on h.-w. Underside. F.-w. paler than 
above. Subapical patch pale ochreous. Hind margin from 
costa to angle striated in the following manner :—The nervule 
ends blackish and with a line of greyish ochreous on each side, 

TRANS. ENT, SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART 1 (JULY) Q 


226 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Between the nervules are elongated triangular orange ochreots 
markings, their bases occupying the whole internervular space 
at margin and their sides outlined with black. H.-w. like that 
of ¢ except for the marginal border. This is rather broader 
as far as nervule 5, where it becomes still wider nearly reaching 
end of cell. From 5 to the inner margin its inner edge is not 
straight but convex. The nervules on the border are blackish. 
The triangular marginal spots are large, whitish, and edged 
with black. This black edging is produced inwardly in a 
double internervular ray, and all the internervular spaces 
beyond the marginal spots are dusted with brown. 

@. f. 4. Ground-colour much duller than in ¢ and apical 
patch yellowish. The h.-w. marginal border on the upperside 
is almost double the width of that in the ¢, and there is rather 
more basal black. A broad yellowish suffusion about the inner 
margin, and yellowish marginal spots. Underside of h.-w. like 
that in cabiroides but marginal border still wider, reaching the 
cell and only very little narrower towards apex. 


In addition to the above forms many intermediates 
occur. An interesting example now before me is perfectly 
intermediate between tenellordes and cabiroides, having the 
pale areas of the upperside nearly as yellow as in the 
former, whilst the h.-w. underside exhibits a similar 
pattern, but somewhat less developed than in the latter. 


A. bonasia banka, subsp. 

This, the Abyssinian subspecies, is distinguished by having 
rather more black on the upperside, and the inner marginal 
basal black of the f.-w. is slightly produced upwards so as to 
touch nervule 2. The dark areas of the underside are quite 
black, and in the h.-w. the subbasal spots are large and 
coalescent, forming an almost continuous black band. 


Forms intermediate between bonasia and alicia are 
rare, but a f example from Toro now before me has the 
f.-w. inner marginal basal black slightly produced upwards 
though not quite reaching nervule 2. 

2% from the Kikuyu Escarpment generally have the 
h.-w. yellow on the upperside, with the usual black mark- 
ings. In a note on the species (P.Z.S., p. 922, 1900), 
Butler states, quoting from a letter from Mr. Crawshay, 
that the insect “does not succumb to 90 per cent. cyanide 
in an hour—cyanide which suffocates every other Lepi- 
dopteron in twenty-five to thirty seconds.” It is to be 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 227 


assumed that the “every” does not include all other 
Acraeas, as‘many have great tenacity of life. The above 
collector also reports that the species was found “ simply 
in swarms, on the mud on the rocks in the bed of the 
stream.” 


88, ACRAEA SOTIKENSIS. Pl. XIII, f. 8. 
Acraea sotikensis, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 634, pl. 
48, f. 1 (1891) ; Oberthiir, Etud. @Ent., 17, p. 23 (1893) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 105 (1898); Neave, Novit. 
Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904); Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 26 (1910). 
Awnaota (Calweha, Bolombo, Bango, Bailundu); Coneo 
(Katanga); KonpeLanp; N.E, Raoprsta (Chinsali); Buxora ; 
Rurscuuru (90 km. W. of Albert Nyanza); UGanpa (Unyoro, 
Toro, Mondo); Bririsu E. Arrica (Nandi, Machakos); AnyssrNIA 
(Djala, Gardulla, Abassi). 


f. supponina, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 204 (1896); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 105 (1898). 
Karaneaa ; “W. Arrica ; Conco” (Staud.). 


f. katana, f. nov. 
= sotikensis, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 26 (1910) (part). 
KATANGA. 


A. sotikensis rowena, subsp. nov. 
= sotikensis, Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc., xix, p. 146 (1909). 
Mr. RuwEnzor1. 

A. sotikensis sotikensis. 

¢. Expanse 42-50 mm. F.-w. rich sepia black. Lower half 
of cell (sometimes only basal part), basal half of 2, and central 
half of 1b and la, orange red. <A subapical patch of pale ochre 
yellow of somewhat variable shape and size in 11, 10, 9, 6, 5, 
and 4. 

H.-w. with a triangular black patch at base with slight 
indications of the black spots of underside. Central area of 
wing orange-red invading more or less deeply the marginal 
border in 4 and 5. Marginal border dark sepia with faint 
indications of underside pattern. This border is about 3-4 mm. 
wide from costa to nervule 3, where it becomes suddenly wider, 
its inner edge being straight and at right angles to inner margin. 
This straight edge is often clouded with brownish red. In 
some examples there is a hind-marginal row of small reddish 
yellow spots. 

Underside. F.-w. much as above but the red colour duller 


Q 2 


28 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


and occupying the whole basal half of the wing, except costa. 
A more or less curvilinear spot in 1b, just beyond origin of 2. 
In margin there are reddish brown internervular rays. The 
pale yellow subapical patch extends narrowly along both sides 
of nervule 5 to margin, and along the upperside of 4. 

H.-w. Pale sage green at base with numerous black spots 
on an area corresponding to the triangular black of the upper- 
side. The more distal of these spots are in some cases more or 
less confluent, but the following can usually be distinguished :— 
One in 9, 8, and lc at base. Two in 7 close together, one at 
base of 6, one on discocellulars, three in cell (sometimes only 
two), two in le, 1b, and la. The more distal spots are arranged 
roughly in two parallel rows enclosing crimson marks in 7, cell, 
and le. Central portion of wing pale pink. A broad hind- 
marginal blackish border, its inner edge corresponding in shape 
to that on upperside. On this border the nervules are black, 
sometimes with a whitish lateral powdering. Between the 
nervules a series of marginal triangular whitish spots, produced 
into reddish rays, each spot and its rays outlined with black. 

Head and thorax black. Red tufts on collar. Abdomen 
black above with pale ochreous segmental lines and lateral 
spots. Claws unequal. 

9. Expanse 50-58 mm. May be coloured very like the male 
or may be distinctly paler and duller. Occasionally the f.-w. 
subapical spot is whitish. There is usually a well-marked row 
of reddish triangular internervular spots in h.-w. Underside 
as above but paler and duller. 


A, sotikensis f. katana. 

This form is distinguished by having the orange red areas 
deeper in tint, whilst the f.-w. subapical spot is usually of the 
same red colour instead of pale ochreous. There seems nearly 
always to be a marginal row of reddish spots in h.-w. 

9 like ¢ but larger and duller. F.-w. subapical spot some- 
times yellow or even whitish. Though scarcely quite constant, 
the form is specially characteristic of the Katanga region. 


A. sotikensis f. supponina. Pl. IV, f. 15 (2). 

Amongst numerous examples of the katana form there are 
some which present a remarkable difference in the arrangement 
of the black spots in the h.-w. underside. Those in areas 4, 5, 
6, and 7 projecting downwards in a straight line nearly at right 
angles to the costa, instead of lying almost parallel to the sub- 
basal spots. On examining the type of Staudinger’s A. supponina 
I found this arrangement of spots to be its most distinguishing 


African Species of the Genus Acraea, 229 


feature, and in other respects it agrees with examples taken by 
Neave in the Katanga region. There are also intermediate 
examples before me from the same locality. I have no hesitation 
therefore in regarding swpponina as merely another form of 
sotikensis. 


A. sotikensis rowena, subsp. 
_ Distinguished from typical form by having rather more black 
on f.-w. and the central area of h.-w. is pale ochreous tinted with 
orange on the upper half. H.-w. marginal spots rarely present. 
When visible they are pale ochreous and minute. The central 
pale area of h.-w. underside is very pale yellow without any 
trace of pink. I have not seen the 9. 

Four ¢ g¢ Mus. Tring. Similar forms in Mus. Brit., Mt. 
Ruwenzori. 


Intermediate examples between the three forms 
described above may occasionally be found. Some ex- 
amples from Toro, Unyoro, and Kondeland, in the Tring 
collection, have the red colouring very pale, and the red 
of f.-w. cell isa mere streak. The h.-w. hind margin has 
well-developed spots. 


89. ACRAEA CABIRA. PI]. XIII, f. 9. 

Acraea cabira, Hoppfer, Monatsb, Akad. Wiss, Berlin, p. 640 
(1855) ; Peters. Reise. Ins., p. 378, pl. 23, f. 14, 15 (1862) ; 
Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 205 (1896) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., 
p- 106 (1898) ; Aurivillius, Sjéstedt’s Exp., p. 4 (1910). 

= A. apecida var. flavomaculatus, Lanz, Iris, 9, p. 130 (1896).* 
Congo (Stanley Pool); UGAanpa (Unyoro); Bririsu E. 

Arrica (Kibwezi, Kavirondo); German E. Arrica (Ukerewe 

I., Muansa, Mamba); Ruopresta; NyassaLaAnp (Kigonsera, 

Bandawe); NATAL; TRANSVAAL; PorrucuEseE E. Arrica (Delagoa 

B.); Care Conony. 


f. apecida, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 23, pl. 2, f. 15 (1893) ; 
Staudinger, Iris, p. 206 (1896) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., 
p. 106 (1898); Butler, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 53 (1898); 
Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904) ; Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 
27 (1910). 


* Except that the yellow band in h.-w. upperside is broader in 
this form than in typical cabira, I cannot find any particular differ- 
ence, ‘The width of this band is so variable in a long series that 


there seems no advantage in retaining this form name, 


230 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


= cabira, var., Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 174 (1887) ; Rogen- 
hofer in Baumann, Usambara, p. 326 (1891). 
GreRMAN E. Arrica (Usambara); Conco (Luangwa Val., 
Katanga). 
Also liable to occur with the typical form in other localities. 


f, abrupta, Griinberg, Sitz. Gesell. Natur. Freunde, p. 163, 
f. 2 (1910). 
Sesse I., V, NYANZA. 


f. natalensis, Staudinger, Iris, p. 206 (1896) ; Gooch (meta- 
morph.), Entomologist, 14, p. 1 (1881); and Trimen, S. 
Af. Butt., p. 174 (1887) ; Aurivillins, Rhop, Aeth., p. 106 
(1898) ; Sjostedt’s Exp., p. 4 (1910). 
= cabira, Wallengren, Rhop, Caffr., p.21 (1857) ; Staudinger, 
Exot. Schmett, p. 84, pl. 33 (1885) ; Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 
1, p. 173 (1887). 

= cynthia, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr., p. 108 (1862) (part). 

Natat; DrEtacoa Bay; ManicaLanp ; GERMAN E, A¥rrRIca 
(Kilimandjaro). 

f. karschi. 

= viviana f. karschi, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 106, fig. 13 
(1898). 

Cameroon (Baliburg); Brivrise E. Arrica (Mt. Kenya, 
Mori R.). 

f. biraca, Suffert, Iris, p. 33 (1904). 

GERMAN E, Arrica (Langenberg) ; Ruopesra (Chirinda). 
A. cabira cabira. 

¢. Expanse 36-42 mm. F.-w. brownish black. The sub- 
costal nervure reddish at its base. A subapical oblique patch of 
pale ochreous about 2 mm. wide in 11, 10, 6, 5, and 4. A 
central patch of pale ochreous occupying the lower half of cell, 
a small part of base of 3, the basal half of 2, the upper basal and 
entire central part of 1b, and the middle of la. In typical 
examples this patch is of such a shape that it projects along the 
median in a finely drawn out point to the base. 

H.-w. with a small triangular greyish basal patch with indica- 
tions of the black spots of the underside. Central area pale 
ochreous. <A broad black hind-marginal band 2:5 mm. wide at 
apex, its inner edge running parallel to the apical margin as far 
as 4, where it turns inwards, traversing the wing nearly at right 
angles to the inner margin. On this border faint lighter and 
darker lines indicate the pattern of the underside. 

Underside. Basal half reddish, darker at base of cell. Costa 
dusky ochreous. Subapical patch pale ochreous, and between 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 231 


it and cell some irregular black partly projecting into cell, wide 
at costa, narrow at base of 3 and turning downwards to inner 
margin to form a suffused inner edge to the hind-marginal 
border, ‘The latter greyish ochreous with black nervule ends 
and dark ochreous elongate triangular internervular marks edged 
with black. A fine black line round margin. Some irregular 
blackish along basal half of nervure 1. 

H.,-w. greenish grey at base with a black spot in 8, and some 
black at base of nervures. Next to the basal grey two spots in 
7 enclosing a red mark and a dot at base of 6. A spot on upper 
discocellular joined to two in cell, the three enclosing a red 
mark. A large spot in lc, and a smaller one in 1b and la. 
(These spots are sometimes divided, and there may be an ad- 
ditional spot in cell so that the spots form roughly a double row ; 
and there is sometimes a basal spot in cell.) Central area pale 
ochreous. Hind-marginal band shaped as above, its inner edge 
marked by a brown line, the nervule ends black, edged with 
pale ochreous, a fine black line round margin, on which are 
subtriangular pale ochreous spots, each produced into a brown 
ray and edged with black. 

Head black, with pale marks behind and between the eyes. 
Brownish tufts on collar. Thorax black with a few pale marks. 
Abdomen black above with pale yellowish lateral spots and 
segmental lines. Claws unequal. 

@. Expanse 56-60 mm. Except for its much greater expanse 
of wing resembles the ¢. Often an elongate spot in middle of 
cell. Theh.-w. marginal border is much broader, and bears pale 
ochreous marginal spots, together with more distinct indications 
of the underside pattern. The basal and subbasal spots of 
h.-w. underside are larger and separated so that the following 
may be distinctly observed :—One at base in 9, one in 8, two in 
7 enclosing a red mark, one on upper part of discocellulars, two 
in cell enclosing a red mark, and a basal spot. A basal and two 
subbasals in 1c, the latter enclosing a red mark, one in 1b, and 
two in la. 


A. cabiva f. apecida. 

This form differs in having the central areas of both wings, 
and to some extent the f.-w. subapical patch, reddish yellow. 
Nearly every intermediate shade of colour may be observed in a 
long series. 


A. cabira f. abrupta. 
This form is described by Grinberg from Sesse I. in the 
V, Nyanza. It differs principally in the absence of striations 


232 Mr. H. Eltrigham’s Monograph of the 


on the h.-w. marginal border on underside, the border being 
black with white or whitish marginal spots. 


A. cabira f. natalensis. 

This form differs from typical examples in that the f.-w. 
central pale area does not extend in an elongate spur to the 
base, but is merely sharply angulated near origin of nervule 2. 
The form is not confined to the Natal region, and the pale areas 
may be either pale ochreous, reddish yellow, or of an intermediate 
tint. 

A cabira f. karsehi 

Differs from the typical form in having the f.-w. pale inner 
marginal patch with nearly parallel sides and not extending 
towards base. 

A, cabira f. biraca. 

Differs from typical examples in that the central pale area of 
the f.-w. occupies the lower half of the cell and the whole of 
area 1b to the base. The specimen described by Suffert is a ¢ 
taken at Langenburg, L. Nyassa. Some examples from Chirinda 
now in the Oxford collection show the same feature. 


The following descriptions of the larva and pupa are 
taken from Trimen’s work (U. ¢.). 


“ Larva.— Bluish green with yellow ochreous longitudinal lines 
and transverse bands. Head, and segments 2, 3, and 4 yellowish 
brown. <A dorsal and two subdorsal longitudinal lines. From 
the transverse band on each segment arise the spines, which are 
rigid and of moderate length, black on the second, twelfth, and 
thirteenth segment, yellow ochreous on the rest. The band is 
marked on each side with a bluish green subdorsal spot and a 
black spiracular ring. 

“ Feeds ona woolly fleshy leaved weed like a Lamium, common 
in clearings, 


green, with the usual pattern of the mark- 
ings slightly marked, the dorsal markings more pronounced 
than the others.” 


A. cabira is extremely variable in ground-colour and in 
the extent to which the f.-w. central pale area is produced 
towards the base. So far as I am able to judge no 
particular form is definitely associated with a particular 
locality. Im a long series from Chirinda, now in the 
Oxford collection, ‘the f.-w. pale central patch is very 
variably extended towards the base, and in some cases 
little is left of the basal black but a streak in the cell and 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 233 


some black powdering about the submedian nervule. 
Others have a mere trace of the triangular basal black in 
the h.-w. Generally speaking these Chirinda specimens 
have a tendency to a reduction of basal black, and in most 
cases the pale areas are of a pale reddish yellow inter- 
mediate between typical examples and the apecida form. 

Several large 2 examples from the Luangwa Valley have 
the pale areas of both wings orange-colour except the f.-w. 
subapical patch, which is very pale lemon-ochreous. One 
f from Machakos has all the pale areas nearly white. All 
grades of intermediates are found, and the sole constant 
feature which distinguishes the species from viviana is the 
fact that the basal black of the f.- w. is more or less indented 
by the yellow or red central ground-colour at or near the 
origin of 2, and extends more or less along the inner 
margin, whereas in viviana the black is narrowest at the 
inner margin, its distal edge proceeding wpwards and out- 
wards to nervule 2, and forming a line continuous with the 
outer edge of the h.-w. basal black. 

Aurivillius places the form karschi under viviana, but if 
the latter is really a separate species then karschi belongs 
rather to cabira, if one may judge from a series of prepara- 
tions of the f armatures. It may be distinguished from 
viviana by the smaller extent of the pale areas. 


90. AcRAEA VIvIANA. PI. XIII, f. 10. 
Acraea viviana, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 204 (1896); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 106, f. 12 (1898) ; Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xix, p. 147 (1909). 
= cabira, Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 346 (1904). 
CAMEROON (Ja River) ; Conco (Vivi, Zongo, Mokoange, Ban- 
gasso, Sassa); UcGanpa (Toro, Entebbe, Kampala, Pt. Alice) ; 
GERMAN E, Arrica (Bukoba), 
¢. Expanse 48-50 mm. F.-w. black. Subcostal and median 
nervures reddish. An oblique subapical patch of pale or dark 
ochreous in 11, 10, 9,6, 5 and 4. An inner marginal patch of 
the same colour occupying nearly the whole of area la except a 
small part at base and margin, the middle part of 1b, the basal 
half of 2 and usually just extending into cell and base of 3. The 
basal black which remains in 1b has its outer edge straight and 
pointing slightly outwards, meeting the median at the origin 
of 2, and is not indented or divided along the median as in 
cabira. 
H.-w. with a more or less triangular basal black area extend- 


234 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


ing barely to middle of cell with indications of the spots 
of underside. Central area dark or pale ochreous, A hind- 
marginal border of black some 4 mm. wide at apex, its inner 
edge running straight downwards to nervule 4 where it makes 
a sharp curve thence becoming suddenly rather broader at 3, 
traversing the wing nearly at right angles to inner margin, 

Underside. F.-w. slightly reddish at base (much less red 
than in cabira), The remainder of wing a pale replica of the 
upperside, the apex and hind margin striated by black nervules 
laterally powdered with pale grey, and internervular brownish 
marks laterally lined with black, 

H.-w. grey at base. Area 9 dark red, a black sue in 
8, two in 7 enclosing a red mark one on middle disco- 
cellular closely followed by two in cell, the three together 
enclosing a red mark, a third spot in cell nearer base. A 
basal and a subbasal spot in le sometimes enclosing a very 
little red, a spot in 1b (sometimes absent) and two in la, 
Some irregular black at base of nervures. Central area of wing 
pale ochreous to creamy white. Hind-marginal border similar 
in shape to that on upperside and marked exactly as in cabira, 
i.e, the nervules black, laterally lined with pale ochreous, and 
between the nervules pale triangular marginal spots produced 
inwardly into brownish marks each lined with black. Some 
brownish scales along inner edge in 3, 2, 1c, 1b and la. 

Head black with a few whitish markings, two brown tufts on 
collar, thorax black with some pale lateral marks, abdomen black 
above with yellowish segmental lines and lateral spots, Claws 
unequal. 

2. Expanse about 56 mm, Resembles the ¢, but the h.-w. 
marginal border is somewhat broader, and has a mere trace of 
paler marginal spots, and of the striations of the underside 
pattern, 


A, viviana is easily distinguished from cabira by the 
shape of the basal black in the f.-w., the outer edge of 
which in 1b passes nearly straight up, inclining slightly 
outwards from the submedian to the origin of 2. It is 
rarer in collections than is cabira, and I have not had an 
opportunity of examining very long series, but so far I have 
seen no intermediates between the two species. Also the 
genitalia though of a very simple structure appear to 
differ. The species occurs as far west as Caineroon. It 
has not been found in the large consignments lately 
received at Oxford from Mr, Lamborn from Lagos, and [ 


African Species of the Genus Acraea, 235 


think it may safely be assumed not to occur there. It is 
found in Angola and in the Congo State, and extends 
north and east to Ruwenzori, Toro, and Entebbe. 


91. AcRABA ACERATA, PI. XIII, f. 7. 
Acraea acerata, Hewitson, Ann, Nat. Hist. (4), 18, p. 381 (1874) ; 
Exot. Butt. (Acraeq), pl. 7, f. 44 (1875); Butler, Proc. Zool, 
Soc., p. 730 (1895); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 104 
(1898). 


f. vinidia, Hewitson, Ent. Mo, Mag., 11, p. 180(1874); Exot. 
Butt. (Acraea), pl. 7, f. 45, 46 (1875) ; Staudinger, Exot. 
Schmett, 1, p. 84 (1885); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 
195 (1893) ; Aurivillins (metamorph.), Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 
277, pl. 4, f. 3, 3a, 3b (1893); Rhop. Aeth., p. 105 
(1898) ; Heron, Trans, Zool, Soc., xix, p 147 (1909), 

Abundant over the whole region from Ashanti to German 

KE. Africa, 

f. brahmsi, Suffert (A. brahmsi), Iris, p. 15, pl. 3, f. 4 (1904). 

CAMEROON ; NIGERIA. 

diavina, Suffert, Iris, p. 31 (1904). 

CAMEROON, 

f. tenella, 

Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien., 6, p. 457, pl. 15, f. 1 (1891) ; 
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 114 (1896). 

= abbotti, Holland, Entomologist, 25, Suppl., p. 89 (1892) ; 
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 18, p. 233, pl. 7, f. 1 (1895) ; Auri- 
villius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 105 (1898). 

NYASSALAND; GERMAN E, Arrica; British E, AFRICA; 

ABYSSINIA, 


irre 


Hewitson published the description of acerata in May 
and that of vinidia in November 1874, In the descrip- 
tion accompanying the figures in Exot. Butt. he expresses 
the opinion that acerata is a form of vinidia, as no doubt 
it is, but as the name acerata was published first it would 
appear that it must stand as that of the species. As the 
vinidia f.is much the commoner I will describe it first, 
afterwards indicating the differences presented by the 
other forms. 


A. acerata f. vinidia. 
3d. Expanse 36-42 mm, Wings orange tawny to pale ochreous. 
F'.-w. base of 1a, 1b, costa, and the greater part of cell brawn black. 


36 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


An apical and hind-marginal black border about 3 mm. wide. 
At and beyond end of cell there extends from costa a more or 
less wedge-shaped black mark, its narrower and lower portion 
being connected with the hind-marginal black, thus enclosing a 
subapical patch which may be of the ground-colour or paler. 
There is sometimes a rather large black spot in 2 close to 
median and a smaller one below it, and rather further from 
margin in 1b. 

H.-w. may show traces of the spots of underside. Base 
slightly blackened, hind margin with a black border 2 to 3 mm. 
wide, the inner edge of which may be nearly parallel to hind 
margin or it may be somewhat angulated at 3, thus giving 
the central pale patch a slightly quadrate appearance. 

Underside f.-w. like the upper but paler and with the black 
of base and cell reduced to a spot in cell. The subapical patch 
paler than the ground-colour, The apex and hind margin 
have a series of triangular reddish-yellow spots. 

H.-w. pale ochreous with a black or very dark brown hind- 
marginal border bearing triangular reddish marginal spots, the 
apex of each being produced into a deep black ray, which does 
not however extend beyond the black border. Numerous small 
black spots usually as follows :—One in 8 against precostal, two 
in 7, sometimes one in 6, a streak on discocellulars, and a dot at 
base of 4 (there is apparently never a spot in 3), one at base of 2, 
two in cell, and two in Ic, 1b, and la. Some irregular 
black at base of nervures and sometimes a few basal red marks. 

Head black with a pale mark behind each eye, and two reddish 
tufts on the collar. Thorax black. Abdomen black above with 
orange lateral and whitish dorsal spots. Claws unequal. 

9 resembles ¢, but ground-colour slightly duller, or in some 
cases much paler. 


A. acerat« acerata. Pl. VI, f. 13 (larva). 

Differs from aceruta vinidia in having a she¢htly paler ground- 
colour, and in the fact that the black wedge-shaped mark in 
f.-w. is not connected at its lower end with the hind-marginal 
black, so that the subapical patch is continuous with the ground- 
colour, 


f. tenella. 

This is an extreme eastern form of the species. It is 
characterised by having a much paler ground-colour. The 
black margins are slightly narrower than in the western forms, 
and marginal spots are usually visible on the upperside. 
Searcely any spots are visible on the h.-w. upperside. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 237 


Beneath all the colours are much paler. There is a spot in 
cell, and the wedge-shaped black mark of the upperside may 
be resolved into a discocellular and a row of discal spots. The 
dark marginal borders of the upperside are represented only by 
light brown scales, though the h.-w. border may be somewhat 
darker than that of the primary. A Q example before me 
has the borders pale brownish grey, divided up by the dark 
brown ends of nervules, and by the triangular orange-coloured 
internervular marks, each of which is prolonged at the apex to 
a dark brown ray. The h.-w. spots are much reduced in both 
sexes, those in area 7 being most prominent. There are frequently 
some red internervular marks on the basal portion of the wing. 


f. brahmst. 

This form like the others is rather variable in markings. It 
differs from them in having the orange tawny colour replaced 
by dull brick red, and in having the dark markings on the 
upperside of a more decidedly brown tone. The subapical 
patch, which is small, a very small distal part of cell, the basal 
half of area 2, and the central part of lb and 1a are dull brick 
red. Remainder of wing dark brown. A brown spot near base 
of 2, and beneath it but rather further from margin a spot in 
1b usually connected by a spur with the basal brown. H.-w. 
dull brick red, slightly blackened at base, and having a dark 
brown hind-marginal border 2°5 mm. wide as far as 3, where it 
widens to about 4 mm. 

On the underside the basal half of f.-w. is dull red, paler 
than above. Costa greyish brown. A large black spot in cell, 
and one in 2 and 1b. The subapical patch is ochreous, and 
between it and end of cell is an irregular black mark joined on 
its lower side to a crescentic spot in 3. The apical and hind- 
marginal border presents a different appearance to that in 
acerata and vinidia. There is a series of subtriangular orange 
ochreous marginal spots, followed inwardly by a band of pale 
brown. The spots are separated only by the black ends of 
nervules ; each spot is outlined with black and its apex produced 
into a black ray which bifureates where it meets the pale 
subapical spot, or the ground-colour in 2 and 1b. 

H.-w. pale ochreous with black spots as in acerata, Red 
internervular marks in basal half in 9, 7, 5, cell, 1c, 1b, and la. 
A broad pale brown hind-marginal border shaped as in vinidia, 
and inclining to tawny at its inner edge. Subtriangular orange 
ochreous marginal spots, each outlined with black and produced 
inwardly in a black internervular ray. Nervule ends also black, 


238 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


I have not seen a 9 of this form, but judging from those 
of the other forms it probably does not greatly differ from 
the ¢. 

Suffert’s diavina has in f.-w. a smaller subapical spot, and 
larger spots in 2 and 1b. It was taken at Victoria, Cameroon, 
but similar examples are before me from N. Rhodesia. 


Aurivillius (/.¢.) describes the larva and pupa as 
follows :— 


Larva very like that of bonasia, but more marked with red 
brown above, and with paler and more interrupted longitudinal 
streaks. Only the spines of segments 1, 2 and 11-13 are black, 
the remainder being whitish. The head is blackish with a pale 
anterior bifurcate middle line. 

Pupa pale with black markings, the five rows of spots of the 
abdomen formed of separated subquadrate spots with pale 
centres, the latter not raised. 

Examples of the larva (Pl. VI, f. 13), taken by Mr. W. A. 
Lamborn near Lagos are pale green with a few brownish dorsal 
and dorsolateral marks on each segment. Lateral line pale 
yellowish. On the first and last four segments the spines are 
black. The remainder are yellowish. An anterior view of the 
head shows it to be brownish with a black triangular mark 
in the centre, on each side of which is a thick black line. 
The food plant at Lagos is Lepistemon africanum, Oliv. (Con- 
volwulaceae). 


Examples of acerata taken by Neave in the neighbour- 
hood of L. Bangweolo vary very considerably and may 
be of the acerata or vinidia form, the latter predomin- 

ating whilst there are intermediates to tenella and 
brahmsi. 

The species has a wide distribution. The vinidia form 
is predominant, true acerata appearing rather occasionally. 
Both occur from Ashanti, through Togoland, Nigeria, 
Cameroon, French Congo, Angola, Congo “State to North 
Rhodesia. In this region many intermediate forms are 
found. In Nyassaland, German East Africa and British 
East Africa, and extending into Abyssinia (Marmasa and 
Alaballa) the tenella f. is predominant and might per- 
haps be regarded as an eastern subspecies, though it is 
scarcely sufficiently constant to be thus separated. The 
local form brakmsi is found in Cameroon (Bipindi) and 


Nigeria (Kabba Town). 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 239 


92. ACRAEA TERPSICHORE. PI. XIII, f. 6. 

Acraea terpsichore, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 466 
(1758) ; Mus. Ulr., p. 222 (1764) ; Seba, Locuplet. Rerum. 
Nat., iv, pl. 27, f. 29, 30 (cepheus var.) (1765); Butler, (A.) 
Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 655 (1893); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., 
p- 104 (1898); Ann. Mus. Genov., p. 11 (504) (1910). 

= serena, Fabricius, (Pap.) Syst. Ent., p. 461 (1775) ; Herbst, 
Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 19, pl. 82, f. 8, 9, 9 (non ¢) (1792); 
Godart, (A.) Enc. Méth., 9, p. 232, 9 (non $) (1819); 
Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Genov., 15, pp. 157, 184 (1879); 
Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent., 25, p. 216 (1882) ; Staudinger, 
Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, 
p- 195 (1893); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 115 (1896); 
Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904); Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p- 26 (1910); Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr, p. 149 
(1910). 

= eponina, Cramer, (Pap.) Pap. Exot., 3, p. 138, pl. 268, f. C.D. 
(non A.B.) (1780). 

= liberia, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 525 (1870). 

= manjaca, Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent., 15, p. 11 (1872). 


2 f. janisca, Godart, Enc. Méth., 9, p. 283 (1819). 


f. rougeti, Guérin, Lefeb. Voy. Abyss., 6, p. 368, pl. 10, f. 6, 7 

(1849) ; Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 149 (1910). 

= manjaca, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 22 (1857). 

= serena, Trimen, Rhop., Afr. Austr, p. 107 (1862) ; Hoppfer, 
Peters Reise. Ins. p. 377 (1862); Staudinger, Exot. 
Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885). 

= manjaca, Boisduval, Faun. Madag., p. 33, pl. 4, f. 6, pl. 
5, f. 6, 7 (1833); Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Exp., p. 316 
(1909). 

= serena, Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 111, pl. 11, 
£ults/8i(685-7). 

= buxtoni, Butler, Ann, Nat. Hist. (4), 16, p. 395 (1875) ; 
Trimen, 8. Afr. Butt. 1, p. 170 (1887); Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p. 74 (1891) ; Fawcett (metam.), Trans, Zool. Soc., p, 295, 
pl. 46, f. 10, 11, 12 (1901). 

= perrupta, Butler, Ann, Nat, Hist. (5), 12, p. 102 (1883) ; 
Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 400 (1898), 


f. melas, Oberthiir, Etud, d’Ent., 17, p. 24, pl. 1, f. 13 (1893). 


f. subserena, Gr,-Smith, Novit, Zool., 7, p. 544 (1900) ; Rhop, 
Exot, (Acraea), 8, p. 28, pl. 8, f. 5, 6 (1901). 
[S. Leonx, } 


240 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


f, venturina, Thurau, Berl, Ent, Zeit., 48, p. 303 (1908) ; Suffert, 
Tris, p. 31 (1994), 
[Ucanpa (Muanza). ] 


f, connexa, Thurau, Berl. Ent, Zeit., 48, p. 304 (1903). 
[Neurumay. | 


f. intermediana, Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus, Berl., p. 283, fig. 
(1911). 
[GermMaNn E, Arrica (Mahenge, Mkamba). | 
The localities of the named forms are given under each, 
Generally A, terpsichore occurs from about lat. 10°3° N. to 30°S. 
and in Madagascar and the Islands, 


f. ventura, Hewitson, Ent, Mo, Mag., 14, p. 51 (1887); Butler, 
Proc, Zool, Soc., p. 655 (1893) ; l.c., p. 565 (1894) ; Auri- 
villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 104 (1898); Neave, Proc. Zool. 
Soc., p. 26 (1910) ; Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 149 


(1910). 
= terpsichore, var. bukoba, Weymer, Iris, p. 225, pl. 2, f. 6 
(1903), 


Conco (Lualaba V.); N.E. Raoprsta (Serenje, Abercorn, 
sroken Hill to Tanganyka, Fwambo); German E, AFRICA 
(Mosrozi, Madikia, Langenberg, Bukoba); BrivisH E, Arrica (L, 
Baringo), UGANDA (Sesse I.). 


f, rangatana, f. nov. 7? subsp. 
= ventura, Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc., p. 565 (1894), 
Brivisa E, Arrica (Rangatan, Luitsipia). 


A, terpsichore ochrascens, subsp. 
= A, vchrascens, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, p, 40 (1902). 
V. Nyanza (Buka Bay). 


A, terpsichore is an extraordinarily variable species, 
especially in the 2 sex. A careful examination of a long 
series of specimens, numbering many hundreds of examples, 
convinces me that nearly all the variations are liable to 
occur anywhere throughout the wide range of the species. 
It should however be stated that the vowgeti form in which 
the f.-w. subapical patch is not separated from the ground- 
colour is very characteristic of the more southern part of 
the species’ range, and in fact might be regarded as a 
southern subspecies. Both the typical and rougeti forms 
however occur together in many localities. The followimg 
is a general description of the male :— 


e 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 241 


A, terpsichore terpsichore. 

¢. Expanse 40-50 mm, Ground-colour reddish orange to 
deep golden yellow. F.-w. black along costa, narrow at base 
and just before apex, and rather wider between. Apex with a 
fairly broad black tip (3-5 mm.) becoming narrower along hind 
margin. This marginal black is wider in areas 2 and 3 than 
elsewhere. In typical examples it is so extended inwardly that 
it joins a large wedge-shaped black mark emanating from the 
costal black at about the end of cell, and thus cuts off a subapical 
patch of the ground-colour, When this patch is not completely 
cut off, but is joined to the general ground-colour across area 3, 
the example may be said to belong to the form rouwgeti. Upon 
the marginal black is a series of internervular submarginal spots 
of the ground-colour varying much in size and sometimes dis- 
appearing towards the apex. There is usually a spot in the cell, 
close against the subcostal nervure and above origin of nervule 2, 
This spot may be a minute dot, an elongated streak, or a rounded 
mark some 2 mm, in diameter. There is sometimes a very 
slight black basal suffusion. 

H.-w. slightly blackened at base and having a black hind- 
marginal border from 2 to 3 mm. wide and bearing internervular 
spots of the ground-colour, these being very variable in size and 
sometimes reaching the margin, The inner outline of this 
border may be perfectly regular and parallel to the outer 
margin, or it may be somewhat angulated, the border being 
rather wider at apex and anal angle. Black spots corresponding 
to those on underside but usually only faintly indicated, with 
the exception of the spot on discocellulars, which is almost 
always visible as a short black line in the middle of the wing, 
and forms a very characteristic feature. 

Underside f.-w. from base to central portion like upperside 
but paler, darkest at base and along subcostal. Costa greyish 
ochreous, The subapical and apical areas may be black as on 
upperside, though duller, and enclosing the subapical patch, 
which on the underside is pale ochreous, or the upper distal 
portion of the wing may be ochre yellow from the discocellular 
mark to the margin, broken only by the black ends of the 
nervules, Along the hind margin in 3, 2, 1b, and la, either 
the black or the yellow may predominate. In the former case 
internervular yellow marks remain, in the latter the black 
powdering on the nervules may be either straight cr may widen 
a short distance from the margin into arrow-head markings. 
There is a black dot at base of costa and a narrow black line 
round hind margin, 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI (JULY) R 


bo 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


H.-w. pale ochreous with black spots and markings. Fre- 
quently there are splashes of red on the central area of the wing, 
and when this is well developed the example may be said to 
belong to f. ventwrina, Thur, The markings of the hind- 
marginal border are rather difficult to describe. The end of 
each nervule is black for a distance of 2 to 3 mm., and there is a 
narrow black line round the margin. Upon this line stand 
rather sharply pointed black internervular arches, their central 
points being produced inwardly as short internervular rays, 
Each of these rays touches inwardly the middle of a second 
internervular arch, the secondary arches having their apices 
pointing towards the margin. The rather complicated pattern 
so formed is distinctly wider in areas 2 and 3 than elsewhere, 
In the ventwrina form the internervular rays are red instead of 
black and may project outwardly into the primary arches, In 
some cases the secondary arches are flushed with red along their 
inner edge. The spots are sometimes large and confluent, but 
more usually small and separate. There is a discal row of nine, 
but those in 3 and 6 are sometimes absent. The first five (in 7 
to 3) form a fairly regular curve nearly parallel to apical margin, 
the line then curves sharply round towards the inner margin, 
In addition to these spots there is some irregular black at base, _ 
a spot in 8 against precostal, one in 7, two in cell, one on disco- 
cellulars, and one in Ic, 1b, and la, that in 1b being further 
from base than the other two. 

Head black, with a pale line between the eyes and two reddish 
tufts on the collar, Thorax and abdomen black above, with 
reddish yellow lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

9. Expanse 44-60 mm. The Q of this species is so exces- 
sively variable that it is scarcely possible to describe every form 
which it may assume. There are before me sixteen examples 
selected from a very long series. These sixteen examples are all 
different, and every grade of intermediate may be found. The 
only constant feature seems to be the spotting of the h.-w. under- 
side and the black linear spot on the h.-w. upperside discocellu- 
lars. The forms selected may be thus shortly described :— 

(a) Like the ¢, but with a brownish suffusion at base of wings, 

and two blackish marks near base of f.-w., 1b. 

(6) Like ¢, but much paler, F.-w. apical black completely 
enclosing a pale ochreous patch. H.-w. marginal spots 
all touching the margin, and the black border about 
5 mm. wide in 2 and 3. 

(c) Like (b), but very pale dusky ochreous. F.-w. subapical 
patch white. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 243 


(d) F.-w. ground-colour violet grey. Subapical patch white. 
H.-w. ochreous grey. Submarginal spots of both wings 
pale ochreous. 

(e) F.-w. grey, flushed with red at base, subapical patch 
creamy white. H.-w. ochreous, suffused with red at 
base. Submarginal spots of both wings orange. 

(f) Like (e), but ground-colour of f.-w. white with a rust red 
basal flush, 

(g) F.-w. violet grey with a white subapical patch. H.-w. 
bright ochreous. 

(h) F.-w. violet grey. A faint trace of whitish subapical 
patch. H.-w. golden yellow with a broad black margin 
bearing golden yellow spots. 

(i) F.-w. white. Apical patch not enclosed. H.-w. creamy 
white. Broad black marginal border. Submarginal 
spots pale ochreous, 


In the following there is no wedge-shaped black central 
mark in f.-w., merely a black spot on the discocellulars, and the 
marginal black is not widened at 2 and 3 but tapers from apex to 
hind margin and is much suffused inwardly. There is only a 
trace of submarginal spots in f.-w. 


(j) F.-w. pale dusky cream colour, h.-w, rather more ochreous. 

(k) F.-w. ground-colour semitransparent sepia with a faint 
indication of whitish subapical patch. H.-w. dark sepia 
with a discal powdering of reddish scales, 

(l) F.-w. white with orange basal flush. H.-w. upper half 
dull orange, lower half dark grey. Marginal border 
4mm. broad. Only a trace of submarginal spots. 

(m) F.-w., white with ochreous flush at base. H.-w. dark 
cream colour, 

n) F.-w. dull ochreous red, h.-w. rather brighter. 

(0) F.-w. Basal half red, discal part white. Submarginal 
spots orange. H.-w. reddish yellow. 

(p) F.-w. reddish grey suffused with dull red at base. A 
curved transverse creamy white band from costa to hind 
angle. H.-w. dull orange. <A faint trace of marginal 
spots. 


To Godart’s f. janisca may be assigned those forms of 
the 9? which are dusky grey. Boisduval’s f. manjaca occurs 
in Madagascar. The ¢ may have the f.-w. apical patch 
completely enclosed or not, and the 2 is like that de- 
scribed above under (2), but with the fi-w. apical patch 


R 2 


244 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


practically enclosed. Madagascar forms seem no more 
constant than those from other localities. Of two 29 
before me one is like Mabille’s figure (pl. 11, /.¢.), and the 
other is similarly marked, but the f.-w. is flushed with 
yellow, and the h.-w. is ochreous. 

Thurau’s ab. connexa has the cell spots of the h.-w. 
beneath contiguous with those on the discocellulars. The 
same author’s ab. excentrica has the spots in 3 and 6 of 
h.-w. drawn out to meet the black arches of the marginal 
border, whilst those in 4 and 5 are partially extended in 
the same manner. 

Oberthiir’s ab. melas is a melanic aberration of the %. 
Grose-Smith’s swbserena is not separable from the present 
species. It is a fin which the h.-w. spots are scarcely 
visible above, and represented beneath by one spot in 7, Ic, 
1b, and la, and a basal spot in cell. On the upperside the 
hind margins of both wings are densely black with a few 
pale spots on h.-w. margin, and the f.-w. discal black bar 
is represented only by a spot at end of cell separated from 
the costa by the ground-colour, 

Strand’s intermediana is a curious form, the type of 
which has large marginal spots on the black borders of 
both wings. The subapical black bar is interrupted. The 
spots of h.-w. underside are as in typical terpsichore, but 
between them is a considerable amount of red scaling. 
There is also a curious dusting of brown scales on the 
nervures in the middle of the wing. With the type in the 
Berlin Museum are three co-types. These show very little 
of the brown scaling and much less of the red. 

The form ventura has hitherto been regarded as a dis- 
tinct species, and the remarkable difference in the pattern 
of extreme examples would, in the absence of intermediate 
forms, amply justify such a conclusion. The form may be 
thus described :— 


A, terpsichore f. ventura. 

¢. Expanse 42-58 mm. Wings deep orange tawny. F.-w. 
brownish black along costa. Apex black 4-5 mm. wide and 
a black hind-marginal band 2-3 mm. wide bearing elongated 
internervular spots of the ground-colour. This marginal border 
is widened at nervules 3 and 4 where it joins a transverse black 
bar proceeding from costa just beyond end of cell, thus enclosing 
a more or less ovate subapical patch of the ground-colour. This 
patch is not always completely enclosed. A very slight blackish 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 245 


suffusion at base of wing. Sometimes a spot in 1b near middle. 
H.-w. slightly blackened at base, and having a black hind-mar- 
ginal border about 2 mm. wide upon which are ovate spots of 
the ground-colour which sometimes reach the margin. Just 
before middle of wing there is an indication of a double curved 
band of linear spots corresponding to those beneath. A linear 
spot on discocellulars more distinct than the others. 

Underside, f.-w. Basal half orange tawny but paler than 
above, darkest along subcostal. The subapical patch indi- 
cated in ochreous yellow. Costa, apex, and hind margin 
greyish ochreous, Apical and hind-marginal areas striated by 
the black ends of nervules and internervular orange streaks. An 
irregular transverse black mark extending from costa just beyond 
end of cell partly into area 3. A narrow black marginal line. 

H.-w. Pale ochreous, area 9 pinkish. Just before middle of 
wing a curved double row of linear transverse spots between 
the nervules enclosing in 7, cell, and leared patch. There is 
also a spot in 8 against precostal, a basal spot in cell, and in le. 
The marginal border formed as follows :—The ends of nervules 
are black and there is a narrow black marginal line upon which 
stands a series of finely black triangles enclosing ochreous trian- 
gular spots. The apices of these triangles are produced inwardly 
into broad red internervular marks. This pattern is much 
narrower in 4 and 5 than elsewhere, so that the border is at 
that point deeply invaded by the ground-colour. The inner 
edge of the border may be clearly defined by a fine black line. 
Head black with a pale mark between the eyes, two reddish 
tufis on collar, thorax black with a few pale markings. <Ab- 
domen black above with pale ochreous lateral spots and segmental 
lines. 

2. Expanse 50-60 mm. Resembles the ¢ fairly closely 
but the ground-colour varies from rather duller to dusky 
ochreous. The black spot in f.-w. 1b more generally present 
and often in the form of an irregular streak, H.-w. has the 
marginal spots larger and the discal spots more distinct. The 
black nervule ends and the more clearly defined inner edge 
of the underside marginal pattern are distinctly visible on the 
upperside. 

The underside is very like that of the ¢, but the h.-w. discal 
black spots are thicker and the inner edge of the marginal 
pattern is distinctly defined by a black line. 


I can find nothing in Weymer’s fig. of “terpsichore 
var. bukoba” to distinguish it from this form, the only 


24.6 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


difference being the absence of the spot on discocellulars 
in h.-w. 

Such an example of the ventura form as is described 
above is really not quite typical, as Hewitson’s type is in 
fact more like an intermediate between tepsichore and 
ventura, the red on the b.-w. underside being less developed 
than in the more extreme forms. 


A. terpsichore ochrascens, subsp. 

d. Expanse about 42 mm. Wings pale creamy white. F.-w. 
with a slight dusky suffusion at base, a dusky powdering along 
costa, about 1 mm. wide to just beyond end of cell, where it 
becomes very narrow, finally joining an apical brownish black 
patch about 4 mm. wide. At area 5 this apical patch becomes 
suddenly narrower and continues along the hind margin as a 
border about 2 mm. wide bearing marginal or submarginal spots 
of the ground-colour, At end of cell a blackish, more or less 
wedge-shaped mark like that in terpsichore. 

H.-w. blackish at base with a slight indication of the small 
discal and basal spots of the underside, those in 7, and on the 
discocellulars being most distinct. A blackish hind-marginal 
border about 2 mm. wide bearing large spots of the ground- 
colour, 

Underside, f.-w. Like the upper but no apical and marginal 
black. The ends of nervules are however distinctly black. 
Margin with a fine black line. 

H.-w. as on upperside but without black basal suffusion. 
A little irregular black at base and a spot in 8 close to precostal. 
Across the wing at the level of end of cell a double row of small 
linear black spots formed by two in 7, one in cell and one on 
discocellulars, two in le, 1b, and la. In 7, cell, and le these 
spots enclose reddish marks, Hind-marginal border of a com- 
plicated pattern somewhat resembling that in terpsichore. The 
ends of nervules are black, and from the extremity of each 
arises a pair of internervular streaks. Hach of these streaks 
meets one from the next nervule at a point some distance from 
margin, and the triangle so formed encloses near its apex a 
reddish mark. This border is only about half as wide in 4 and 
5 as elsewhere, so that in those areas the ground-colour extends 
outwards in a characteristic manner, Sometimes there is a spot 
at base of cell. 

Head and thorax black, abdomen black above with whitish 
lateral spots and segmental lines. 

2 resembles the ¢. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 247 


This peculiar form is, so far as is at present known, 
extremely local. The type was described as from Entebbe, 
but it has not been received by the Oxford Museum, 
amongst the many thousand specimens from that locality. 
The habitat given, viz. Buka Bay, V. Nyanza, is the 
only quite authentic record I possess. 


A, terpsichore f. rangatana. Pl. V, f.2(¢). 

¢. Expanse 44 mm. F.-w. Cell, a small elongated spot at 
base of 3, basal half of 2, greater part of 1b, and central portion 
of la tawny yellow. Costa and apical half of wing sepia. The 
usual subapical patch of ground-colour is reduced to three elong- 
ated pale ochreous streaks in 6, 5, and 4, that in 6 being only 
about one-third the length of those in 5 and 4. Submarginal 
internervular spots of tawny yellow. A little black at base 
extending outwards along nervure 1 and there expanding into 
a small dusky spot about 5 mm. from base. A small crimson 
streak on subcostal near its base. 

H.-w. with a little black at base, central area tawny yellow, 
hind margin broadly sepia, deeply indented by ground-colour in 
areas 4and 5, A series of submarginal yellow spots inclined to 
tawny towards apex. Inner margin paler with two dusky spots 
in la and one in 1b, all more or less coalescent. The subbasal 
band of red edged with black, so conspicuous beneath, is here 
faintly indicated. 

Underside, f.-w. as above, but paler and duller, and the dark 
apical portion blackened only at end of cell, and along outer edge 
of the tawny yellow in 3 to la. Orange internervular streaks 
along the margin. H.-w. pale dull ochreous with black nervule 
ends and bifurcated rays enclosing red marks, the latter inwardly 
limiting the subtriangular marginal spots of ground-colour. 
At about the level of end of cell a double row of elongated 
transverse black spots enclosing red, much as in ventwra. A 
round subbasal black spot in cell. A black spot in 8 and some 
red in 9. Some irregular black at base. 

2. I have not seen a @ of this form. 

The pattern of the upperside of this form is very distinctive 
and with the exception of the type and co-type in the South 
Kensington Museum, I have seen no examples at all like it, 
The genitalia are the same as in fterpsichore. 


The larva and pupa of A. terpsichore are thus described 
by Trimen :— 


248 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


“QLarva.—Dull green. A whitish stripe along each side of 
the back, interrupted on each segmental incision by a trans- 
verse line darker than the ground-colour. Spines of the dorsal 
and upper lateral rows black ; of the lower lateral row on each 
side yellow. The two dorsal black spines on seginent next 
head longer and more distinctly branched than the rest, and 
projecting forward beyond the head, which is ochreous.” 

The food plant is stated to be a species of Hermannia. 

“ Pupa.—Pale yellowish. Outline of wings and nervures very 
finely black; some thin and ill-defined dorsothoracie black 
marks; on each side of abdomen a subdorsal and a lateral 
row of yellow spots in black rings, the latter being thinner in 
the lateral than in the subdorsal row. Attached to a slender 
stalk,” 


Fawcett’s description is as follows :— 


“Larva.—Pale buff dorsally, deepening to pale green on the 
sides with a buff lateral spinacular line above thoracic legs and 
claspers, which are also buff. Two dorsal pale green stripes, 
interrupted on every segment by a pale yellow transverse stripe 
bearing four black branched spines ; below these are two buff 
coloured spines springing from the buff spiracular line. Head 
yellowish. Feeds on a sp. of nettle locally called ‘pink 
hibiseus’ (although it is not a hibiscus at all). It isa common 
plant on the Berea, Durban, where I found the larva, and has 
been identified for me by Mr. Medley Wood as Triumfetta 
rhomboidea, Jacq. 

“ Pupa waxy white with the usual fine black lines and spots 
with orange centres, beautifully gilded ; pupae formed in the 
dark, however, inside a box, are slaty black.” 


It is only after careful examination of many hundreds 
of examples that I have arrived at the conclusion that 
ventura 1s only a form of terpsichore. As stated, there is 
a great difference between extreme examples of the two 
forms, but latterly I have had the opportunity of inspect- 
ing so many intermediates, that I find it impossible to 
define the point at which terpsichore ends and ventura 
begins. A series of preparations of the genitalia shows a 
range of individual variation which entirely confirms the 
view that there exists at present no dividing line. The 
condition of the species is such as to make it conceivable 
that ventura may be syngamic with terpsichore mm some 
localities and not in others, though breeding experiments 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 249 


are necessary before we can be certain of the actual 
relations obtaining between the forms.* 

As regards the rouwgeti form in which the subapical 
patch of ground-colour is not isolated from that of the 
remainder of the wing, this form is certainly characteristic 
of the South and East, though the feature is scarcely, in 
my opinion, sufficiently constant to warrant the separation 
of rougett as a subspecies. 


GROUP XV. 
93. ACRAEA OBERTHURI. Pl. XIII, f. 17. 

Acraea oberthiiri, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist., 6, 16, p. 231 (1898) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 107 (1898) ; Eltringham, Af. 
Mim. Butt., p. 82, pl. 8, f. 14 (1910). 

= bonasia, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 84 (1885) (non 
Fabr.). 

= cynthius, Oberthtir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 27, pl. 1, f. 5 
(1893). 

O_tp CaLaBaR; NIGERIA (Lagos); CamMERoon; F. Po; 

Gapoon (Abanza); Coneo (Bangala, Ft. Beni to Ituri R.). 


f, confluens, Suffert, Iris, p. 28 (1904). 

CAMEROON ; NIGERIA (Lagos). 

A. oberthiiri oberthiivi. Pl. V1, f. 14 (larva). 

6. Expanse 42-58 mm. F.-w. dark umber brown. Base of 
subcostal nervure usually reddish. An oblique subapical patch 
of ochreous varying to orange ochreous in 10, 9, 6, 5, and 4. 
An inner marginal patch of the same colour 3 to 4 mm. 
wide, its. inner edge running from just before middle of area la 
to a point on median midway between origin of 2 and 3. In 
areas 1b and 2 this edge is concave, being slightly invaded 


* Since the above was written I have had the advantage of 
discussing the point with my friend Mr. S. A. Neave, whose 
extensive experience in the field is of the utmost value in cases 
of this kind. He considers the form which has a very complete 
central red band on the underside of h.-w. to be a distinct species. 
Should this ultimately prove to be the case it seems probable that 
2 new name will have to be given to it, as Hewitson’s type of 
ventura is apparently only an unusually red terpsichore and is 
scarcely of the pronounced red type of specimens which were 
captured by Mr, Neave, and on which his opinion is based. We 
may hope to succeed in breeding these forms at no distant date. 
Meanwhile we can do no more than recognise their very close 
affinity. 


bo 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


by the ground-colour, The outer edge of the patch runs from 
near the hind angle in la to the middle of nervule 3, and is 
slightly convex between the nervules, The apical and hind- 
marginal border shows distinct traces of the striated pattern of 
the underside. 

H.-w. Base occupied by a brownish grey triangular patch, 
its outer edge reaching nearly to end of cell. On this patch 
are black spots corresponding to those on underside. Central 
area of wing with a curved pale band varying in colour from 
ochreous to orange. This band is continuous at the costa with 
the f.-w. inner marginal patch and of about the same width, 
and terminates on the inner margin where it is rather narrower, 
Beyond this central band is a broad hind-marginal border the 
inner edge of which is a perfectly regular curve and not 
angulated as in some of the rather similar species, This 
marginal border is sepia grey with elongated inwardly tapering 
brown internervular streaks each of which is bifurcated at the 
margin by a sepia grey triangular mark. 

Underside. .-w. from base to apical patch, along costa, 
middle of cell, and middle of area 1b, the dark colour corre- 
sponding to that of the upperside is invaded by an irregular 
radiating suffusion of dull ochreous, usually leaving a dark 
spot just beyond middle of cell, and sometimes a second smaller 
spot in 1b close to median. The light patches are as on upper- 
side but paler, often with a tendency to coalesce in area 3. The 
apical and hind-marginal border is ochreous, striated by the 
black nervule ends and black internervular bifurcated rays, the 
latter meeting inwardly except in 3, 2, 1b, and 1a, where they 
coalesce with a blackish submarginal suffusion, A fine black 
line round hind margin. 

H.-w. Base, over an area corresponding to the dark area of 
the upperside, pale greenish ochreous, spotted with black as 
follows:—One in 9, and one in 8, two in 7 about 3-4 mm. 
apart, one at base of 6, one at base of 5 coalescing with a double 
discocellular spot and a terminal spot in cell. Two in cell, 
one at base of 2, a basal spot in 1c, followed by two spots 
which are sometimes confluent and sometimes separated, in the 
latter case enclosing a faintly reddish mark, Beneath these, two 
in 1b and in la. Central band as above but paler. Marginal 
border of the colour of the central band, heavily striated by 
black nervule ends between which are internervular inwardly 
tapering rays, each of which is bifurcated at margin by a 
whitish triangular mark. A fine black line round hind 
margin, 


94. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 251 


Head black with pale marks between and behind eyes, thorax 
black with a few paler scales, abdomen black above with pale 
ochreous segmental lines and lateral spots, Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse 50-68 mm. Resembles ¢ but paler and duller, 
the ground-colour being sometimes brownish grey, The paler 
areas though varying in depth of tint do not appear ever to 
attain the orange colour seen in some ¢ ¢. Theh.-w. marginal 
border often broader than in @, and always showing much 
more distinct traces of the underside pattern. Underside 
correspondingly paler, and the h.-w. central band with a faint 
pinkish tinge. 

A. oberthiivi f. confluens, Suff. 

In this form the apical and inner marginal patches are 
confluent in area 3 on both surfaces. Suffert’s examples were 
from Cameroon. Similar forms of both sexes are before me, 
from Kiva Iho R., Nigeria, and from Lagos, One of these (¢) 
was taken near Lagos by Mr. Lamborn, Besides having the 
paler areas (which are orange colour) confluent in the f.-w. the 
colour of the central band of h.-w. radiates along the nervules 
into the marginal border. Another example (9) occurs in a 
series bred by the same collector from a company of larvae, 
the other specimens being normal though the paler areas show 
a varying depth of tint. 


The larvae near Lagos are as follows :— 


Slaty blue with a reddish yellow head, and traces of a paler 
lateral line on segments 10-13. The spines on segments 2-5 
and the dorsal and lateral spines on 10-13 are black. The 
dorsal and lateral spines on 6-9 are yellowish and the sublaterals 
are yellowish, those on 6 and 10-13 tipped with black. Each 
black spine arises from a dark tubercle, and there appear to be 
a few irregular darker dorsal and lateral segmental markings 
not accurately discernible in a preserved specimen, 

The food plant is Ancistrocarpus densispinosus (Tiliaceae). 

The pupa is of the usual Acraeine appearance, white, with 
two dorsal and two lateral rows of black-ringed orange spots, 
and black lines on the wing-covers. Each of the dorsal black 
rings has a small blunt process on the side nearest the median 
dorsal line, and the whole pupa is covered with microscopic spines, 


ACRAEA ALTHOFFI, PI. XIV, f. 1. 

Acraea althoffi, Dewitz, Ent. Nachr., 15, p. 102, pl. 1, f. 5 (1889) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 107 (1898); Grose-Smith, 
Novit, Zool., 7, p. 544 (1900); Smith and Kirby, Rhop. 


9 


52 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Exot, (Acraea), p. 28, pl. 8, f. 3, 4 (1901); Neave, Novit. 

Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 81 

(1910) ; Gritinberg, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr., p. 150 (1910). 
Conco (Mukenge) ; UGanpa (Entebbe, Pt. Alice, Sesse I.). 


f. rubrofasciata, Aurivillius, Ent, Tidskr., 16, p. 111 (1895) ; 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 107 (1898). 
Conao (Bangala, Nyam Nyam); Cameroon (Bitjé). 


@ f. telloides, f. nov. 
Eltringham (althoffi, 9, f. 3), Af. Mim. Butt., p. 82, pl. 8, 
f. 12 (1910). 
ENTEBBE. 


2 f. drucei, f. nov. 
Eltringham (althoffi, 2 form 1), l. c. p. 82 (1910). 
ENTEBBE. 


2 f. ochreata, f. nov. 
ENTEBBE, 


A, althoffi pseudepaea, subsp. nov. 
= A. pseudepaea, Dudgeon, Proc. Ent. Soc., p. liii (1909). 
E. and W. AsHantr; S. Nigeria (Ila). 


A, althoffi althoffi. 

¢. Expanse 60-64 mm, F.-w, sepia black. From base 
along lower half of cell a scarlet streak which becomes gradually 
wider till it reaches a point about 2 mm. before end of cell 
when it becomes suddenly wider extending across cell to sub- 
costal, Beyond end of cella subapical scarlet patch consisting 
of three rectangular spots separated by nervules 5 and 6, the 
lowest spot being somewhat produced along the upperside of 
nervule 4, Beneath this in 3 and somewhat more distally 
placed a fourth subquadrate spot, yellow, powdered with scarlet. 
An inner marginal patch of scarlet in 2, 1b and la, the outer 
edge slightly convex between the nervules, the inner edge deeply 
on 2, and slightly between 2 and 1, indented by the ground- 
colour, On the hind margin a faint trace of the pattern of the 
underside, H.-w, with a sepia black triangular basal patch 
with indications of the black spots of the underside, A central 
band of pale lemon ochreous about 2 to 3 mm. wide (white in 
some examples) beginning just beyond middle of costa, bending 
inwards at 6 and thence traversing the wing nearly straight to 
the middle of the inner margin. Remainder of wing sepia 
black with indications of the underside pattern. 


Ajrican Species of the Genus Acraea. 253 


Underside. F.-w. Costa pale brown with a whitish speck and 
a small black streak at base. Cell pale dull scarlet, a rounded 
black spot near middle close to subcostal followed by a more or 
less V-shaped spot, its apex towards base. The subapical spots are 
cream colour dusted proximally with reddish yellow and the 
space between them and the cell is blackish. The apex and 
hind margin is brownish ochreous, striated by black nervule 
ends and black internervular rays, each of the latter being 
swollen out just before margin and enclosing a whitish streak. 
The base of 2, 1b and la is brownish ochreous, the central 
portion pale dull scarlet and there is a black spot between the 
brown and the red in 2 and 1b, and a second, subbasal spot in 
the latter area close against the median. The outer edge of the 
reddish portion is separated from the marginal border by a 
blackish suffusion. 

H.-w. base greenish grey with black spots, of which there are 
one in 9 and 8, two in 7 about 3 mm. apart enclosing a brownish 
mark, one near base of area 6, one at base of 5 more or less con- 
fluent with a discocellular spot, and sometimes with a terminal 
spot in cell, though this may be absent. Two spots in cell, the 
outermost followed by a brownish mark, a dot at extreme base 
of 2, A basal and two other spots in Ic, the latter enclosing a 
brownish mark, two spots in 1b and la and some black at bases 
of nervures, Central band as above but paler. Marginal half 
of wing brownish ochreous striated by the black nervules and by 
internervular black rays, each of which is bifurcated a short 
distance from margin, and encloses a whitish somewhat shuttle- 
shaped streak. 

Head black with a few whitish dots, thorax black, abdomen 
black above with yellowish segmental lines and lateral spots. 
Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse about 67 mm. F.-w. greyish black. The paler 
markings in f.-w. shaped as in male but white instead of scarlet 
and yellow, the streak in cell not reaching to base. Indications 
of black spots more readily seen on underside, in cell, 2, and la, 
asin ¢. H.-w. base with a slight blackish suffusion the edge of 
which is not well defined as in ¢. Some black basal spots 
corresponding to those on underside. A central white band, 
double the width of that in ¢, remainder of wing greyish black 
with some indication of the striation of the underside. 

Underside f.-w, like the upperside but slightly brownish at 
base, the black V-shaped spot at end of cell very broad and 
the spot at base of 2 and those in 1b much larger than in ¢. 
Apex and marginal border pale grey striated as in ¢. H.-w., 


254 . Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


base greyish inclining to brown in 9, 8 and le. The black spots 
rather variable with a tendency to reduction in size and number. 
Central area greyish white, border pale grey striated as in ¢. 
Abdomen black above with white lateral spots. 

A. althoffi £. rubrofasciata, 

This form occurs in both sexes and is distinguished by having 
the central band of the upperside of the h.-w. much broader. 
This band and also all the paler marks on f.-w. are red. On the 
underside of h.-w. the basal and central areas are ochre yellow 
and not differentiated. The white submarginal streaks are 
visible on the apex of f.-w. 

A, althoffi 2 f. telloides. 

Just as the typical form of althoffi 9 appears to be modified 
in the direction of the black and white 2 2 of jodutta, so this 
form seems to be a development in the direction of the pattern 
of Planema tellus. 

In the f.-w. the whole basal half of the wing is dull orange 
ochreous, though the black spots in cell, 2, and 1b remain, that 
near end of cell usually confluent with the subapical patch. 
The spots of the latter are all confluent, forming an approach to 
the continuous patch in Pl. tellus. The h.-w. has very little 
black at base, but the basal black spots are fairly distinct. The 
whole of the rest of the h.-w. is dull orange ochreous, the margin 
slightly powdered with black, the nervule ends black, and the 
usual characteristic internervular striations, though these differ 
in that the bifurcations of the internervular rays are open and 
nearly at their widest on the margin. On the underside the 
pattern is the same as on the upper, and in fresh examples the 
ground-colour is quite as dark on the upperside.* 


A, althoffi 2 f. ochreata, f. nov. 
Differs from other forms in having all the light areas pale 
dull ochreous, the same colour as in the ¢ A. jodutta. 


A, althoffi 2 f. drucei. 

There is in Mr, Druce’s collection a large 9 which has much 
the same colouring as the ¢. The f.-w. is of a rather dull 
brown, There isan orange red streak in the cell, and the subapical 
spots are pale yellow, the upper ones being tinged with red. 
The spots in 2, 1b, and la are orange red. The h.-w. has a 
central white band and whitish submarginal spots, 


* Unfortunately my figure of this form in Af. Mim. Butt. shows 
the h.-w. hind-marginal black too heavy and distinct, the margin 
being usually merely dusted with black. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 255 


A, althoffi pseudepaea, subsp. 

gd. Expanse about 65 mm. F.-w. rich black brown, An 
inner marginal patch of tawny orange occupying the central third 
of areas 1a and 1b, and not quite covering base of 2. Subapical 
patch small and of the same colour, consisting of three spots in 
areas 6, 5, and 4, the last having its outer half suddenly 
narrowed and extending distally, so that the entire spot is twice 
as long as those above it. Beneath the narrow portion of this 
spot is a fourth spot of the same colour in area 3 not quite 
reaching nervule 3. 

H.-w. with a triangular black brown patch at base. Re- 
mainder of wing tawny orange rather darker on the distal third of 
wing, which is striated with rich black brown on and between 
the nervules, the striations and typically bifurcated rays becoming 
coalescent at margin into a border about 2 mm. wide, 

Underside. F.-w. basal two-thirds of cell dull orange brown 
with a large rounded spot, End of cell black. The subapical 
spots much paler than above. A black spot at base of 2, and a 
basal and a subbasal in 1b. Apical and hind-marginal areas 
dusky ochreous with the usual fusiform spots on margin, H.-w, 
dusky orange ochreous with paler central band and the typical 
striations and bifurcated rays. Black spots at base, one in 9, 
one in 8, two in 7, two in cell, one small spot at base of 5, basal 
and two subbasal spots in 1c, two subbasal spots in 1b, and one 
in la, 

A second example is rather smaller and has the dark areas 
more velvety and of rather greater extent. 

Q. Expanse 75 mm. Like the ¢, but the tawny areas are 
paler, especially the f.-w. subapical spots. H.-w. with only 
narrowly blackened rays and nervules and a little dusting of 
black on margin. 


There is no doubt whatever that this interesting form is 
specifically identical with althofi. In the type specimen 
the claspers happen to be protruded, and they are quite as 
in typical examples. I have to thank Mr. N. M. Dudgeon 
for having taken a great deal of trouble to make arrange- 
ments for me to see the type, in the absence abroad of his 
brother, Mr. G. C. Dudgeon. 

Compared with the other species received from Entebbe, 
althogi may be said to be comparatively rare. For some 
reason not at present evident it is most difficult to obtain 
an example in good condition, the 2? especially being 
almost invariably damaged or worn. 


256 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


The species can be recognised quite easily in spite 
of its variability by the peculiar bifurcated formation of 
the internervular rays especially on the h.-w., each with 
its enclosed streak. The general pattern also is not like 
that of any other species of the genus. 

The type was received from Mukenge in the southern 
central part of the Congo State, and has the yellow h.-w. 
band rather narrower than in the Uganda specimens. The 
f. rubrofasciata has been received from Bangala in the 
Upper Congo and Nyam Nyam, and also from Bitjé in the 
Cameroons, Of the subspecies pseudepaea I have seen only 
the two ¢f and one 2, in Mr. Dudgeon’s collection. 

Our knowledge of this peculiar species has increased 
greatly in recent years. It is chiefly remarkable for the 
number of its polymorphic forms which for the most part 
exhibit mimetic patterns. We have the typical f and also 
the rubrofasciata and pseudepaea forms. Of the 2? one is 
black and white resembling 2 examples of jodutta, one 
more or less like its own 7, one of the rubrofasciata form, 
one resembling the ¢ jodutta, and one resembling 1. tellus. 
Both sexes of the pseudepaea form resemble Pl. epaea. 


GROUP XVI. 


95. ACRAEA PHARSALUS. PI. XIV, f. 8. 

Acraea pharsalus, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 8, p. 81 (1871); Af. 
Lep., p. 8, pl. 6, f. 7, 8 (1878) ; Dewitz, Nov. Act. Nat. 
Cur; 41, 2, No. 2, p. 5 (177) (1879); Mabille, Nat. Hist. 
Mad. Lep., 1, p. 100, pl, 12, f. 3,4 (1885-7) ; Karsch, Berl. 
Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 195 (1893) ; Aurivillius (metam.), Ent. 
Tidskr., 14,.p/275, pl. 4,4. la, Ib, le, 1d (1893); BRhop: 
Aeth., p. 110 (1898) ; Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903) ; 
Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 3846 (1904); Strand, Wien. 
Ent. Zeit., 29, 1, p. 29 (1910); Aurivillius, Ann. Mus. 
Gen., p. 19 (512), 25 (518), (1910) ; Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. 
Nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910). 

Seneca ; S. Leone ; Lagos ; Goup Coast ; ASHANTI ; IvoRY 
Coast; NIGERIA ; CAMEROON; FERNANDO Po; PRINcE’s I. ; 
ANGOLA; ConGo (Ituri Forest ; Katanga) ; NyassALAND; GERMAN 
EK. Arrica; Bririsa E, Arrica ; UGANDA. 


f. pharsaloides, Holland, Entomologist, Suppl., p. 89 (1892): 
Proc. U:S. Nat., Mus., p. 232, pl..:7, ff. 391895) 5) pasa 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 257 


(1896) ; Rogers, Trans. Ent. Soe., p. 525 (1908) ; Aurivil- 
lius, Sjéstedt’s Exp. p. 4 (1910). 

= saluspha, Suffert, Iris, p. 34 (1904). 

AnGoLA ; German E. Arrica ; Bririsu EK. AFRICA. 


f, pallidepicta, Strand, Int. Ent. Zeit. Guben., 41, p. 220 
Sms Gli 
German E, Arrica (Amani). 


f. nia, Strand, U. c. (1911). 
Geruan E. Arrica (Amani). 


A, pharsalus vuilloti, subsp. 
= A. vuilloti, Mabille, Ann. Ent. Fr. (6), 8 Bull., p. 170 
(1888); Mab. and Vuillot, Novit. Lep., 2, p. 10, pl. 2, f. 1 
(1890) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898). 
Geran E. Arnica (Ukami, Usagara, Kikoka Stn., Bagamoyo). 


A. pharsalus rhodina, subsp. 

Rothschild, Novit. Zool., 9, p. 595 (1902). 

ApyssIniA (Up. Gelo R., Bonga, Scheko, Anderatscha, 
Gamitscha, Banka Omo). 


A. pharsalus pharsalus. Pl. VI, £. 7 (larva). 

¢. Expanse 60-72 mm. F.-w. base, costa, apical area, hind 
margin and the greater part of area La, dark sepia. Discal half 
of cell, base of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, and central half of 1b bright red. 
A few red scales towards distal end of area la. Black spots as 
follows -—In cell a small spot not far from base, followed by a 
larger spot beyond origin of 2. A large spot the whole width of 
cell on discocellulars. Beyond cell an oblique band of three 
contiguous quadrate spots in 6, 5, and 4 followed by a rounded 
spot in 3 just under the spot in 4. A large spot at base of 2, 
usually touching median and nervule 2, beneath it but nearer 
margin a spot in 1b, and another in the same area close to 
median just before origin of 2. At the outer edge of the 
oblique discal band of spots three pale spots varying from white 
to reddish orange. 

H.-w. base suffused with dark sepia extending slightly beyond 
middle of cell, hind margin brownish black, about 2 mm. wide, 
its inner edge not very sharply defined, and interrupted by the 
black nervule ends, and short reddish brown, rather indistinet 
internervularrays. Central area of wing bright red. Numerous 
black spots corresponding with those on underside. 

Underside f.-w. Those areas which are dark sepia above are 
here ochreous grey. The black spots are as on upperside, the 
red areas are dusky pink, and the apical and hind-marginal 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (JULY) § 


258 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


portions are striated by the black nervule ends and internervular 
rays. There is a whitish dot and a small black spot at base of 
costa, and there are white marks beyond the black discal spots 
as on the upperside. A fine black marginal line. 

H.-w. Base and hind margin greenish grey, central area pale 
pink. On the hind margin the nervule ends are black, and 
there is a fine black marginal line. Between the nervules are 
large dark brown triangular marks (double in Ic) the bases of 
which do not rest quite on the margin, but leave a very narrow 
submarginal line of greenish-grey (this line is obliterated in 
some specimens). Black spots as follows :—One in 8 against pre- 
costal, two in 7, the outermost just beyond origin of 6 and 7. 
Beneath this, but much nearer margin a well-rounded spot in 6 
and beneath it one in 5. A spot in 4, nearer base than that in 
5, and immediately beneath it a spot in 3. In 2a spot at the 
level of end of cell, followed by a spot in 1c and 1b, all three 
ina straight'line at right angles to inner margin. ‘Two spots in 
cell, the second just beyond middle, two on the discocellulars, a 
basal and a subbasal in Ic, below the latter a spot in 1b, and 
a basal, a subbasal, and a distal spot in la. Some irregular 
black at bases of nervules. 

Head black with a white spot between the eyes, thorax black 
with a few whitish spots. Base of abdomen black above with 
orange ochreous lateral spots, remainder orange ochreous. 
Claws unequal. 

9. Expanse 70-80 mm. Like the ¢ but the red areas much 
duller, and in f.-w. of less extent, In h.-w. the internervular 
rays are longer and darker. 


The above descriptions apply to typical examples of 
this species. The Oxford Museum has lately received 
large companies of 4. pharsalus bred by Mr. W. A. 
Lamborn, near Lagos, and these show a fairly wide range 
of variation. Amongst them the following forms may be 
observed :— 


(a) g. Expanse 56 mm. F-.-w. rose pink, inclining to whitish 
beyond cell. Costa and basal suffusion brownish, apex and 
hind margin sooty black. Pale spots beyond the discal black, 
white to pinkish. H.-w. rose pink with a sooty black basal 
suffusion and marginal border. H.-w. underside bluish grey at 
base. Marginal internervular triangular marks sooty black and 
contiguous at margin. 

9. F.-w. sepia grey, whitish between the black spots in 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 259 


central area, Subbasal spot in 1b, usually wanting. H.-w. 
varying from dark sepia to dusky pink. These specimens are 
all in one brood, but two of the ¢ ¢ are normal. 

(b) One g specimen with the f.-w. pale discal spots, outer 
portions of 4,2, and 1b, and the lower half of the h.-w. pale 
ochreous. Markings otherwise normal. 

(c) Several ¢ ¢ with f.-w. red reduced to a few indistinct 
marks, dark areas almost black, central part of h.-w. crimson. 

(d) Several 9 9 with the basal half of f.-w. and the whole of 
h.-w. suffused with pink. No basal black in f.-w., and that in 
h.-w. much reduced in depth of colour. 

(e) Several 2 2? with the entire ground-colour of both wings 
sepia grey. No basal suffusion in either wing. 

A. pharsalus £. pharsaloides. 

Though characteristic of the more Eastern localities, and 
apparently quite replacing the type in German E, Africa, this 
form is scarcely constant enough to be regarded as a subspecies. 
It is distinguished by the much-reduced dark basal suffusion 
in both wings, and by the fact that the red colour extends in the 
f.-w. considerably beyond the discal black spots, especially in 
area 4, leaving only a comparatively narrow dark brown apical 
patch. The 2 is much paler, the lighter markings inclining to 
whitish in the f.-w. 


Prof. Aurivillius points out (Sjéstedt’s Exp., p. 5, 1910) 
that the form which Suttert described as saluspha is really 
the typical form of pharsaloides. What Sufiert regarded 
as typical pharsaloiles was a variety of that form. 


A, pharsalus f. pallidepicta, Strand. 

Of the three 2 examples in the Berlin Museum (all labelled 
type) two have the f.-w. subapical spots whitish. There are no 
other white markings and the internervular rays on underside 
are broad and triangular. Another example is whitish in f.-w. 
cell at base of 2, the costa of h.-w. being greyish. 


A. pharsalus f. nia, Strand. 

This form is more intermediate to vwilloti. The whole ground- 
colour is tawny orange. The spots are not more developed than 
in ordinary pharsaloides. There is a suggestion of a yellowish 
suffusion beyond spot in f.-w. 2, and at base of 1b. Also alittle 
yellowish in h.-w. in le and 2, The triangular rays on h.-w. 
underside are somewhat reduced. (1 ¢, Amani, Berlin Mus.) 


A, pharsalus vuilloti, subsp. PI. I, f. 11 (¢). 
¢. Expanse about 56 mm. F.-w. black. An irregular red 
5S 2 


260 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


mark across cell at origin of 2, narrow at subcostal and wide at 
median. Beneath this in 1b a subtriangular red mark, the apex 
of which just touches the lower outer corner of the red in cell. 
In the middle of this red mark a black dot. A second trans- 
verse red mark in cell about 2 mm. wide, its outer edge reaching 
median at origin of 3 and there becoming continuous with an 
elongated quadrate red patch in area 2, which, occupying the 
whole width of that area, begins just before origin of 3 and 
ends 3 mm. from margin. Beneath this patch and of about 
half its length, a quadrate red mark in 1b, its outer edge about 2 
min. from margin, and beneath this a slightly longer red mark 
in la reaching to the margin. Remainder of area la grey. On 
or just beyond end of cell, three very small internervular red 
spots which form a small transverse streak, and beyond this a 
subapical bar of red, 2°5 mm. wide, outwardly deeply concave, 
beginning just above nervule 6 and ending at nervule 3. 
_Hi-w. rather pale sepia grey with a red patch occupying 
outer half of cell, basal half of 6, 5, 4, and upper basal half of 3. 
A white patch occupying middle third of 1b, 1c, basal half of 
2, and lower basal half of 3.. Black spots as follows :—Two in 7, 
two contiguous spots about middle of 6 and 5, and two ditto at 
base of 4 and of 3. Two in cell before the middle, and two 
on discocellulars. One at base of 2, a basal, a subbasal, and a 
central spot in 1c, two near middle of 1b, and a basal and a sub- 
basal in la. 

Head black with a whitish dot between the eyes, thorax black 
with pale marks, abdomen black above with deep yellow lateral 
spots. 

Underside, as above but much duller and pattern less de- 
fined. Apical and marginal border powdered with pale sage 
green and having a fine black marginal line. H.-w. base 
greenish grey, central area whitish with a pale pink‘sh flush at 
end of cell, 6,5, and 4. Margin greenish grey with a fine black 
marginal line, the neryule ends black and the internervular 
rays heavily powdered with black but scarcely exhibiting the 
characteristic triangular appearance of those in pharsalus 
pharsalus. 

The ? resembles the ¢. 


Of this form there are 2 f f and 2 2 in the Staudinger 
collection. One ? is from Usagara, the three remaining 
examples being from Ukami Mt. From the latter locality 
there are also examples of pharsalus, and these tend some- 


African Species of the Genus Acraea, 261 


what to the pharsaloides form, but all have the inter- 
nervular rays of the h.-w. linear and not triangular, and 
they are narrower in pharsalus than in vuilloti. One is 
an intermediate, and there can I think be no doubt that 
Aurivillius is correct in his suggestion that vwilloti is a 
form of pharsalus. 

The type of vuilloti was taken at Kikoka Station, 
Bagamoyo, German E. Africa. 

The larva of pharsalus from Kitta, Cameroon, is de- 
scribed by Aurivillius as follows :— 


Reddish yellow above, paler below; a narrow dorsal line, 
small streaks at fore and hind parts of each segment, and at the 
spiracles, black. The spines are not longer than the diameter of 
the body and are finely branched. The upper branches are 
black and the lower whitish. 

The pupa is also figured, and is shown as white with only 
very faint black lines on the wing cases, ete. It is smooth, and 
has two dorsal, two lateral, and a vertical row of black marks, 
most of which appear to be in the form of double streaks with a 
dot between. 


The above description agrees with the larvae sent home 
by Mr. Lamborn (Pl. VI, f. 7), except that the ground- 
colour does not appear to be reddish above. I may add 
that the head is black with a rather conspicuous central, 
vertically bifurcated white line. 

Mabille records the species from Madagascar, but it 
seems almost certain that this is an error. 


GROUP XVII. 


96. ACRAEA PERENNA. PI. XV, f. 4. 

Acraea perenna, Doubleday, Hew. and Westw., Gen, Di. Lep., pl. 
19, f. 4 (1848) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66(1888) ; Auri- 
villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 93 (1898) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, 
p. 346 (1904) ; Strand, Wien. Ent. Zeit., (29) 1, p. 29 (1910) ; 
Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 14(1910) ; Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. 
nat. Fr., p. 149 (1910). 

= polydectes, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 8, p. 81 (1871); Af. Lep., 
p- 8, pl. 6;£ 5, 6-(1873). 
S. Leone ; Lacos; Asaantr; CAMEROON; Toco; ANGoLA; 

Conco (Kassai, Quango, Mukenge, Ubangi, Lufupa R., Aruwimi 

R.); Ucanpa (Semliki R., Entebbe, Kampala, Pt. Alice, Toro, 


262 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Unyoro); Brrrish E. Arrica (Nandi, Nairobi); German E. 
Arrica (Bukoba, Ukerewe I.). 
A. perenna thesprio, subsp. 
Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 21, pl. 3, f. 34 (1893) ; Auri- 
villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 93 (1898); Sjostedt’s Exp., p. 3 (1910). 
KatTanca; NYASSALAND; GERMAN E. AFRICA; BritisH E, 
AFRICA, 
A. perenna kaffana, subsp. 
Rothschild, Novit. Zool., 9, p. 595, 
ApyssINnIa (Dalba, Uma R., Anderatscha). 


A, perenna perenna. Pl. VI, f. 6 (larva). 

g. Expanse 30-74 mm. F.-w. sepia black rather more 
thinly scaled in median and subapical area. Hind margin 
markedly concave. An obsolescent dark spot in cell above 
origin of 2. A double spot on end of cell, and just beyond 
this an oblique discal band of four spots in 6, 5, 4, and 3. 
A large spot in 2 touching median and nervule 2, Below this 
in 1b a suberescentic spot. A black longitudinal streak in 
area 1b from base extending about half the length of this area. 
A red patch in la, 1b, and 2 extending from near hind angle 
nearly to nervule 3, widest in 1b. A faint reddish mark 
at discal end of cell. Twosmall submarginal red spots in area 
1b. H.-w. bright red with sepia black basal suffusion extend- 
ing nearly to end of cell. A black hind-marginal border about 
2mm. wide, having a sinuous inner outline and bearing seven 
internervular spots, that in le doubled. Black discal and basal 
spots as on underside. 

Underside f.-w. Cell and base of 1b almost devoid of scales. 
Black spots as on upperside. Space between end of cell and 
discal spots, and for some distance beyond latter, whitish. Costa 
powdered with brownish scales. Apex and hind margin rusty 
brown with black nervules and rays. Red patches as on upper- 
side but paler and duller. A small black basal spot on costa. 

H.-w. pink, reddish at base, the cell and basal half of area 
7 greenish grey. Marginal band dark brown with orange 
ochreous spots. Black basal and discal spots as follows :— 
A discal row of seven in 7, 6, 5, 4, 2, 1c and 1b (no spot in 3) a 
spot on the middle diseocellular, a small spot in 8 near precostal, 
a subbasal spot in 7, one subbasal and one median in cell, and one 
in lc, 1b, and la. These spots vary in size and may be small 
and well separated, or large and confluent. Head black, thorax 
black with a few pale spots. Basal half of abdomen black with 
orange ochreous spots, remainder orange ochreous. Claws equal. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 263 


9. Expanse 70 to 80 mm. Differs but little from the ¢. 
Wings slightly rounder. The sepia black areas somewhat paler 
and the h.-w. margin rather broader. 


A. perenna thesprio, subsp. 

In this form the red colour extends over nearly the whole of 
the f.-w. leaving only the costa, apex, and hind margin 
sepia black. Oberthiir states that he has three ¢ ¢ of this 
form from Zanzibar, and there is one in the Hope Depart- 
ment from Mombasa. Aurivillius gives Nyassaland as another 
locality. It appears to be the Eastern subspieces of perenna. 
Examples from Nairobi in the Harrison collection are however 
of the typical form. 


A. perenna kaffana, subsp. 

This Abyssinian subspecies resembles the thesprio form but 
differs in the larger size of the f.-w. discal spots, and in having a 
more extended black basal area, and broader marginal band in 
the h.-w. 


The larva of A. perenna perenna (Pl. VI, f. 6) is black with 
long dorsal spines. There is an ochreous dot on each segment 
just behind the origin of the lateral spine. Beneath this a few 
irregular vertical yellowish marks and below the sublateral 
spines are longitudinal yellowish marks. The segments bearing 
the true legs have some additional transverse dorsal yellowish 
marks. The branched spines and the head are black. (De- 
scribed from an example received from Mr. W. A. Lamborn, 
taken near Lagos.) 


A, perenna bears outwardly a close resemblance to 
A. egina, but can always be distinguished by the marked 
concavity of the f.-w. hind margin. 


97. ACRAEA ORINA.* PI]. XV, f. 3. 

Acraea orina, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., 11, p. 130 (1874) ; 
Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 7, f. 43, 48 (1875). 

2 = oreta, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., 11, p. 131 (1874); Exot. 
Butt. (Acraea), pl. 7, f. 42 (1875) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. 
p. 113 (1898). 

ASHANTI; GoLp Coast; S. Leone; FERNANDO Po; GaBoon; 
Con@o (to the Ituri R.) 


* Aurivillius (J. c. sup.) suggests that Hewitson’s A. derbela is an 
aberration of orina. The type is in the British Museum, and is 
merely a melanic aberration the identity of which there is some diffi- 
culty in deciding. Except as a curiosity it is of little importance. 


9 


- 


04 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


f. nigroapicalis, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 275 (1893). 
CameEroon ; UGANDA (Entebbe). 

f. orinata, Oberthiir (A. orinata), Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 22, pl. 2, 

f. 22 (1893). 

Conco (Ubangi). 

A. orina orineta, subsp. nov. 
2 =orinata §, Butler, Proc. Zool..Soc., p. 44, pl. 1, f. 1 (1902). 
British E. Arrica (Kampala, Entebbe). 


A. orina orina. 

¢. Expanse about 54 mm, F.-w. dark umber brown. In 
1b a rather broad streak of red from base nearly to hind margin. 
In 2 a patch of red from close to median to near hind margin, 
A streak of red in cell somewhat indented on upperside near 
subcostal almost at the level of origin of nervule 2. In 6, 5, 4, 
and 3 short broad discal red marks. 

H.-w. brick red with a dark brown basal suffusion obscuring 
a number of black spots better observed on underside. Beyond 
this suffusion two black spots on the disc in 6 and 5. A dark 
brown hind-marginal border about 2 mm. wide, its inner edge 
somewhat edentate at each nervule and internervular ray. 

Underside, f.-w. A dull replica of the upperside. 

H.-w. Pinkish ochreous with a greenish tinge over base 
and hind margin. Nervule ends and internervular rays rather 
broadly powdered with dark brown. Black spots variable and 
often confluent. The following may be approximately dis- 
cerned :—One in 8 near precostal, two in 7 (sometimes confluent), 
One in 6 and 5 just before the middle of these areas. Some 
irregular spots on discocellulars. Two in cell, the second 
rather beyond the middle. A spot at base of area 3 and 2. 
Two spots in le, 1b, and la; each of these pairs may be con- 
fluent. Some irregular black at base of nervures. 

Head and thorax black with a few pale spots. Abdomen 
black above with yellowish lateral spots. Claws equal. 

2. (=oreta, Hew.) Expanse about 70 mm. F.-w. black 
with reddish brown streaks in 1b, and 2. .Costa at base and 
greater part of cell reddish brown. In cell a black spot near sub- 
costal above origin of 2. Beyond cell in 6, 5, and 4 three rather 
obscure white marks. (All these markings are very irregular.) 

H.-w. reddish brown with some black at base, and a black 
hind-marginal band about 2 mm, wide, edentate on inner edge 
at and between the nervules. Black spots corresponding to 
those on underside. 

Underside, f.-w, rather thinly scaled, blackish only from 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 265 


end of cell to position of white subapical marks. The reddish 
areas visible as above but paler. Costa dusky ochreous with 
a black spot at base. Apical and hind-marginal area dusky 
ochreous striated by the black nervule ends and rays. Only a 
trace of the white subapical marks. 

H.-w. Almost uniformly ochreous, a trace of a greenish 
tinge about base and on hind margin. Black spots as follows : 
—One in 9, one in 8, two in 7; the second well beyond end of 
cell, but not over spot in 6. One in 6 and 5 (one below the 
other and about 4 mm. from base of those areas), One at base 
of area 5 on diseocellular, one (very small) at base of area 4, two 
in cell, the second (large) at the level of origin of nervule 2. 
One in area 4 just beyond its base, and a row of four large spots 
in a straight line from end of cell to inner margin in 38, 2, lc 
and 1b. <A basal and a subbasal in le, a subbasal in Ib, and 
two spots in la. The ends of nervules are laterally somewhat 
powdered with brown, but not the internervular rays. 

A. orina f. nigroupicalis. 

This form, described by Aurivillius, differs only by the 
absence of the discal red marks in the f.-w. An example from 
Fernando Po is in the Oxford Museum, Aurivillius’ specimen 
is from Kitta, Cameroon. Many Entebbe specimens exhibit the 
same variation. 

A, orina f. orinata. 

The difference between this and the type form is thus de- 
scribed by Oberthiir :—On the upperside the reddish brown spots 
beyond cell are nearer to the cell, Beneath the h.-w. has two 
spots outside the cell which are not present in orina, Oberthir 
further remarks that the h.-w. hind margin is yellowish instead 
of reddish as in orina, but he was probably judging of the latter 
by the colour of the original figure, which is, in fact, redder than 
the actual type specimen, which I have examined. The differ- 
ences are so slight as to make the name scarcely worth preserving. 
A. orina orineta, subsp. 

¢. Expanse 50-64 mm, F,-w. dark sepia. Nearly the whole 
of the cell (in which there is a black indentation on subcostal 
near the middle), and 1b, and the basal half of 2 and 38 red, 
separated only by the rather widely black nervules, In 6, 5 
and 4, just beyond cell, broad red streaks separated only by the 
nervules, On apex and hind margin black internervular rays 
rather conspicuous, 

H.-w. red with a well-defined sepia black basal area on which 
basal and subbasal spots are just visible. This black area extends 


266 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the 


almost to end of cell, and has a well-rounded distal edge more 
or less parallel to the hind margin. Beyond it is a correspond- 
ingly curved red discal band some 5 mm. wide, and a sepia 
black: hind-marginal border about 2 mm. wide, its inner edge 
regularly but not deeply edentate on and between the nervules. 

Underside. F.-w. like the upper but duller, and the costal, 
apical, and hind-marginal areas dusky ochreous striated by the 
black nervule ends and internervular rays. Traces of a blackish 
mark just beyond middle of area 1b. 

H.-w. base, costa, and hind margin greenish ochreous, central 
area dull pinkish. Nervules and internervular rays rather 
broadly dusted with brown. Black spots on the basal area as 
follows :—One in 9, one in 8, two in 7 about 2 mm. apart, one 
at base of 6 and 5, three in cell, the second beyond the middle 
and the third near end. One at base of 2, a basal, a subbasal, 
and a central in 1c, two confluent spots about middle of 1b, and 
the same in la. 

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots, basal half of 
abdomen black above, with lateral yellowish spots, terminal 
segments orange ochreous. 

Q. Expanse 64-72 mm. F.-w. sepia brown with red marks 
much as in ¢ but duller and rather more widely separated by 
black, and those in 6, 5, and 4 nearly always replaced by white 
forming a conspicuous discal bar. One example before me from 
Kampala has all red markings, 

H.-w. asin ¢ but paler and duller. 

Underside. F.-w. rather thinly scaled, a pale dull replica 
of upperside, but costa, and apical and hind-marginal areas 
dusted with dusky white between the nervules and rays, 

H.-w. Pattern as in ¢ but dusted all over with whitish 
scales, or, in some cases, the whole underside is almost devoid 
of scales and vitreous. 


The orineta form is distinguished principally by the 
more continuous and well-defined basal black of the h.-w., 
especially in the 9. This peculiarity does occasionally 
occur in western examples, but it does not appear to be a 
characteristic feature until we reach the neighbourhood of 
Uganda. 

A, orina is very closely allied to parrhasia. I am not 
quite satisfied that ovina has not in the West a female form 
which is practically indistinguishable from that of par- 
rhasia. If it has not, then the 2 ovina is strangely rare 
in collections. Apart from the examples of Hewitson’s 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 267 


oreta, which is certainly one form of the 9, I have seen 
no ¢ specimens from the West which could be certainly 
assigned to orinad, and yet the ¢ is by no means rare. 
All the 22 from the West, which might otherwise be 
associated with the species, resemble more or Jess closely 
the bred and therefore authenticated 2 2 of parrhasia 
now at Oxford. A much more extensive material is 
necessary before we can come to any sound conclusions 
with regard to this species. 


98. ACRAEA BAXTERI, Pl. XV, f. 5. 
Acraeu baxteri, E. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, p. 40 (1902). 


f. fulleborni, Thurau, Berlin Ent. Zeit., p. 133, pl. 2, f. 7 
(1903). 


f. subsquamia, Thurau, Berlin Ent. Zeit., p. 135 (1908). 

NYASSALAND ; GERMAN E, AFrrica (Mpwapwa, Mamba, Kili- 
mandjaro, Langenberg, Meru, Mlolo, N. Usambara); Britisu 
E. Arrica (Aberdare Hills). 


A, baxtert baxteri. Pl. V, f.10( 2). 

6. Expanse about 60 mm. F.-w. not very densely scaled, 
black, with a rosy red flush at base extending nearly to end of 
cell, slightly beyond middle of area 2, and nearly to margin 
in 1b and la. Beyond cell a subapical series of three more or 
less transparent spots, separated only by nervules 5 and 6. 

H.-w. with a large black patch at base obscuring more or less 
completely a number of black spots. Beyond this patch a dull 
rosy red area enclosed by a narrow black marginal border, the 
nervules well marked black. 

Underside f.-w. almost scaleless, merely having a slight dusting 
of blackish brown at apex and greyish ochreous along costa. 

H.-w. with a large chocolate brown basal patch followed by 
a broad pinkish band, the latter enclosed by a reddish brown 
border, broader than the black border of the upperside. Upon 
the chocolate basal patch are the following black markings :— 
A spot in 8,a broad black streak in 7, the ends of which curve 
downwards and touch the subcostal and nervule 7. At bases 
of areas 6, 5, and 4 two spots just separated by very small areas 
of the ground-colour, Along the edge of the chocolate basal 
patch are large spots in 3,2, 1c and 1b. Area la is nearly all 
black, and a long black basal mark in 1b, le, and in cell, the 
latter also having a large spot in its distal half. Head, thorax, 
and abdomen intensely black, the abdomen with minute white 
lateral dots, Claws unequal, 


268 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Q. Expanse 60 mm. Resembles ¢ but duller and f.-w. 
more rounded, Subapical transparent spots larger. H.-w. with 
dark basal patch much reduced, especially from upper half of 
cell to costa, Underside as in ¢ but duller and rather paler, 


A. baxteri, f. fulleborni. 

This form differs in having the f.-w. rather more trans- 
lucent, the transparent spot in area 4 is longer, and the black 
border of the h.-w. is broader than in the type form, also the 
red colour is of a less rosy tint. On the underside the h.-w. 
black spots are rather smaller and less confluent, and the pale 
band is narrower. 

A. baxteri, f. subsquamia. 

This form differs from the type in the following characters :— 
The f.-w. upperside has the red less extended in area 2, the 
subapical spots are more transparent, and the blackish border 
is broader at the hind angle. On the h.-w. the black border is 
produced inwardly on the nervules, and at the costa the red 
colour invades the black basal patch. On the underside the 
h.-w. nervule ends are broadly black, and the black spots are 
smaller and more separated. One exainple has greyish spots in 
the basal area. 


At present I have not sufficient material to decide 
whether the differences between the above forms are of 
importance. Unfortunately I was unable to secure the 
type of A. baxtert before my visit to the Berlin Museum 
and was obliged therefore to send a drawing of it, which 
Dr. Strand very kindly compared with Thurau’s types. 
My figure on Plate V is taken from Miss Sharpe’s type 
now in the Joicey collection. 


99. AcRAEA PENELEOS. PI]. XIII, f. 27. 

Acraea peneleos, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 8, p. 60 (1871) ; Af. Lep., 
p. 7, pl. 6, f. 3, 4 (1873); Dewitz, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., 41, 
2, No. 2, p. 19 (part), (1879) ; * Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 196 
(1896); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 113 (1898); Lathy, 
Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903). 

= fenelos, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 273, f. 5 (1893). 

S. Lronrt to Cameroon; FERNANDO Po; GaBoon ; Conao 
(Kassai R..). 


* I give this reference under peneleos, but the description is so 
inadequate that it might refer either to peneleos or penelope. One of 
the examples included under peneleos in this paper is a red variety 
of A. mairessei. See p. 286. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 269 


2 f. helvimaculata, f.n. 
Lagos. 
2 f. lactimaculata, f. n. 
FERNANDO Po. 
? f. sepia, f. n. 
FERNANDO Po. 
A. peneleos pelasgius, subsp, n. 
=A pelasgius, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., vii, p. 545 (1900), 
(2 non ¢); Rhop. Exot., iii (Acraea), vil, p. 25, pl. 7, 
f. 9, 10 (1901) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 346 (1904) ; 
Griinberg (peneleos), Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910). 
Gasoon; CamERoon (Ja R.); Fr. Conco (Loango) ; Conco 
(Kassai R., Bopoto) ; ANaota (Quanza R.) ; Uaanpba (Semliki 
Valley, Unyoro, Entebbe, Kampala, Port Alice, Sesse I.). 


A, peneleos gelonica, subsp. 

Rothschild and Jordan, Novit. Zool., xii, p. 183 (1905). 

Apysstnia (Upper Gelo R.). 

A, peneleos peneleos. Pl. IV, f.10(¢), f. 12¢¢ ) a a ee 

(larva). 

¢. Expanse 52-58 mm, F.-w. narrow and somewhat pointed, 
but less angulated than in A. parrhasia, Costa, apex, hind 
margin, and inner margin sepia black, nervures and nervules 
black, remainder semitransparent owing to reduction in number 
rather than in size of scales. The most distal part of the trans- 
parent area more sparsely scaled than the remainder. In 2a 
patch, variable in size, of pink or reddish scales, beneath this, in 
area 1b a similar but larger and more persistent patch often 
extending as a linear mark to base of wing. A small elongated 
pink or reddish submarginal spot in la. Sometimes a trace of 
red in cell near base. A black spot at base of costa. 

H.-w. rosy red in fresh examples but fading to yellowish red. 
A grey basal suffusion extending nearly or quite to end of cell, 
and a sepia black hind-marginal border about 2 mm. wide, its 
inner edge slightly edentate on nervules. Black spots as on 
underside but those near inner margin often faintly indicated. 

Underside. F.-w. sparsely scaled and vitreous, the costa, 
apex, and hind margin sealed with grey to ochreous, the nervule 
ends and internervular rays dusted with umber brown. 

H.-w. basal suffusion and marginal border greenish grey, the 
ends of nervules sometimes rather broadly dusted with brown. 
Between them short narrow internervular rays reaching the 
margin. Discal area ochreous. Black spots rather variable, as 
follows :—An outer row of three spots graduated in size lying 


270 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


nearly parallel to apical margin, in 7,6, and 5, rarely a spot near 
base of 4 and of 8. A spot at base of area 2, followed by a spot 
in le slightly more proximally placed, and a third in 1b slightly 
more distal than thatin 2. A spot in 9, one in 8 against pre- 
costal, a subbasal in 7, two (occasionally three) spots in cell, the 
second above origin of nervule 2, A medium sized spot followed 
by a linear mark (sometimes confluent) on upper part of dis- 
cocellulars, A basal anda subbasal in 1c, A basal streak and 
a subbasal spot in 1b and two spots in la, 

Head black with a whitish dot between the eyes, and two 
on the collar, Thorax black above with indications of paler 
markings. Abdomen black above with lateral yellowish spots. 
Claws unequal, 

@. Expanse 56-64 mm. F.-w. more rounded than in ¢. 
Costa sepia dusted with red, apex dusted with sepia (about 
4mm. deep) hind margin dusted with sepia, inner margin with 
red. Nearly the whole of remainder of wing more or less thinly 
scaled with red but showing a wide range of individual variation 
in extent and depth of colour. In some examples the red colour 
predominates, whilst in others it is much broken up by a broad 
dusky scaling of the nervules. There is usually a patch of black- 
ish scaling in cell near middle, and another on end of cell. In 
areas 4, 5, and 6 there is often a tendency to the formation of 
whitish subapical streaks, whilst in one example before me the 
red scaling is divided in the discal area by an oblique transverse 
band of blackish thus leaving an outer submarginal row of rather 
indefinite red spots which become gradually paler in colour as 
they approach the apex. 

H.-w. red, in fresh examples only a little duller thanin 2. 
Very little grey basal suffusion. The blackish hind-marginal 
border usually narrower than in ¢ but produced inwardly much 
further, on and between the nervules. 

On the underside, in the f.-w. the dusky areas are replaced by 
ochreous, on which the nervules and rays are brown. 

The h.-w. is slightly brownish ochreous, the basal area and 
marginal border only a little darker. The internervular rays 
often do not quite reach the margin. The black spots are as in 
¢ but usually have an elongated appearance as though they had 
“yun” in the direction of the nervules. They are also further 
apart than in the ¢, the three outer spots in 7, 6, and 5, being 
often very distally placed. The spots in areas 4 and 3 are 
almost invariably present. It is almost impossible to give a 
satisfactory description of so variable an insect, but perhaps 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 271 


the most characteristic general feature is the scattered and 
elongated appearance of the h.-w. spots, and the position of the 
three outer spots in areas 7, 6, and 5. 

Perhaps the species most easily confused with it is the ? of 
A, orina (= oreta), but in this species the outer spot in 7 is 
nearer the base than those in 6 and 5, instead of being nearly 
above them as in peneleos, also the wings of orina ? are much 
more heavily scaled. 


A. peneleos 2 f. helvimaculata. PI. IV, f. 11. 

Expanse 50 mm. F.-w. transparent with a few dusky scales 
along costa, apex grey black to a depth of 6 mm., hind margin 
with an inwardly rather suffused grey black border 2 mm. wide. 
Cell, and areas 2, 1b, and la faintly tinged with reddish. A 
faint blackish linear mark in cell. 

H.-w. salmon red with a very slight dusky basal suffusion and 
a grey black hind-marginal border edentate on the nervules and 
emitting short, fine, dark internervular rays. Black spots as in 
typical examples, and beyond the outer row a curved discal 
band of yellowish white some 3 mm. broad crossed by the 
nervules which are powdered with red. 

Underside. F.-w. dusky areas replaced by ochreous grey and 
crossed by grey nervules and rays. H.-w. base and_ hind- 
marginal border pale brownish pink, outer edge of border 
having a greenish tint. Nervule ends powdered with umber 
brown, and between them are fine short brown internervular 
rays. Central band creamy ochreous. Black spots as in typical 
form but only one spot in area la and spots in 4 and 3 only just 
visible. 


This form, of which two examples occur in the large 
number of bred specimens received at Oxford from 
Mr. Lamborn occurs near Lagos: and appears to be an 
occasional aberration. Its appearance has proved of the 
greatest value as an indication of the identity of the form 
lactimaculata from Fernando Po. 


A, peneleos 2 f. lactimaculata. PI. III, f. 3. 

Expanse 58 mm. F.-w. as in helvimaculata but entirely devoid 
of red, the basal area being finely powdered with brownish black 
scales. H.-w. base as far as outer row of spots sepia grey, the 
nervures reddish. A hind-marginal border of sepia brown some 
3 mm. wide, dusted with orange ochreous on its inner edge 
towards anal angle, the same colour extending as a fine line 
along the inner margin. Spots as in typical form, but none in 


272 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


areas 4and 3. A central curved band of ivory white narrowest 
at costa. 

Underside. F.-w. as on upperside, dark areas replaced by 
dusky ochreous, the nervule ends and rays darker. H.-w. basal 
area as far as central band, and hind-marginal border, dusky 
ochreous ; nervule ends and rays blackish. Central band as on 
upperside but rather narrower. 


Up to the present I have only seen examples of this 
form from Fernando Po. There is a small series in the 
S. Kensington Museum and it also occurs in the Tring 
collection. 


A. peneleos 2 f. sepia. 

Expanse 60 mm. F.-w. costa, apex, hind margin, and inner 
margin dark sepia brown. Remainder of wing semitransparent, 
powdered with dark scales. Traces of whitish scales in areas 2 
and Ib. H.-w. sepia brown with a slight powdering of reddish 
scales especially just beyond end of cell, and at inner edge of 
hind-marginal border, The latter a still darker brown. Inner 
margin ochreous. 

Underside. F.-w. as above but brown replaced by dusky 
ochreous, striated by dark nervule ends and rays. H.-w. basal 
portion dull greenish ochreous, followed by a curved central 
band of dusky white. Hind-marginal border about 5 mm. 
wide, dusky ochreous, inwardly edged with sepia brown, and 
striated by brown nervule ends and rays. Spots as in typical 
forms but none in 4 and 3. 


This form also seems to be peculiar to Fernando Po. 
A fine series of specimens in the British Museum collection, 
received by the late Mr. Hewitson from the locality named, 
show a gradation from ordinary forms of 9, through f. 
lactimaculata to f. sepia, with numerous intermediates. 


A. peneleos pelasgius, subsp. Pl. IV, f. 2(¢). 

6. Expanse 45-56 mm. F.-w. sepia black. Cell and base of 
area 2 and 1b rather thinly scaled and partially transparent. 
Beyond cell the basal portions of areas 6, 5, and 4 are still more 
transparent especially outwardly, and there is a small semi- 
transparent patch in 2 often with a few pinkish scales in the 
centre. In the middle of area 2 a large rounded spot rather 
thinly scaled with pale orange red, beneath this a similar but 
rather larger spot in 1b,and a linear mark of the same co!our 
in la, 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 273 


H.-w. with a sepia black basal portion, its outer edge rather 
straightly defined across the wing, and extending as far as the 
origin of nervule 2. Hind-marginal border sepia black, 2 to 
3 mm. wide, its inner edge somewhat edentate on the nervules. 
Central area orange red. Black spots as on underside but largely 
obscured by the basal suffusion. 

Underside, F.-w. as above, but costa, apical area, and hind 
margin ochreous brown, nervule ends and rays dark brown. 
Remainder nearly devoid of scales, and vitreous. The reddish 
spots of upperside reproduced in pink. A black spot at base | 
of costa. 

H.-w. Basal portion umber brown outwardly inclined to 
chestnut, followed by a dark ochre-yellow central band, and an 
umber brown hind-marginal border inwardly inclined to 
chestnut. Nervules and rays dark brown. Black spots as in 
typical peneleos. Usually only two in cell and none in 4 and 3. 
Head, thorax and abdomen as in typical peneleos. 

Q. Expanse about 62 mm. F.-w. more rounded than in @. 
Sepia brown, A subapical series of three transparent spots in 
6, 5 and 4 progressively increasing in size, and beneath these a 
small pink spot in area3. A somewhat irregular pink spot in 
area 2 near middle, and beneath it a similar but broader spot 
in 1b. 

H.-w. Basal brown suffusion outwardly less well defined than 
in ¢. Remainder of wing dull orange red with an ill-defined 
dark brown hind-marginal border consisting of an elongated 
triangular powdering of the nervules and rays all more or less 
coalescent at margin. Black spots as in peneleos, 

Underside. F.-w. devoid of scales and vitreous, except costa, 
apical area and hind margin, which are rich umber brown with 
darker nervules and rays, the pink spots of upperside faintly 
showing through. 

H.-w. Basal area deep reddish brown, followed by a dark 
ochreous central band narrower than on upperside, and a hind- 
marginal band of somewhat lighter brown, 7 mm, wide at 
nervules 3 and 4, and striated by dark brown nervules and 
rays. 


A, peneleos gelonica, subsp, 

g. Expanse 54 mm. Differs from subsp. pelasgiuvs in the 
following points :—The f.-w. is transparent except costa, apical 
area, and hind and inner margins, which are sooty black. Main 
nervures, middle and end of cell, and base of areas 2 and 1b 
powdered with black. No pink spots, but often a few whitish 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (JULY) T 


274 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


scales in area 1b, H.-w. basal black of rather less extent, hind- 
marginal border black and rather broader, Underside. H.-w. 
basal area more chestnut brown, marginal border darker and 
inclined to reddish at its inner edge. 


The larva of A. peneleos (Pl. VI, f. 4) from Oni, near 
Lagos, may be described as follows :— 


Ground-colour dark brown with transverse striae of a darker 
tint, bordered with yellow. Lateral line and legs yellow, 
Head bright chestnut. In the actual larva all the spines are 
black, but according to Mr, Lamborn’s notes the sublateral spines 
are yellowish, There may possibly be some variation in this 
respect. 


True peneleos seems to occur from 8S. Leone through 
Lagos and as far as Fernando Po, producing the aberrant 
forms of 2 above described. From Fernan Vaz and right 
across the Congo State we find the development, at first 
somewhat irregular, of the dark-coloured underside of the 
h.-w. with its central ochreous band. On the Kassai R. 
forms are found which vary between penelcos and pelasgius, 
and thence the latter form is predominant. It is very 
common at Entebbe, whence its distribution extends north- 
eastwards into Abyssinia, where it is represented by the 
form gelonica. 


100, AcRAaEA PELOPEIA. PI, XIII, f. 28. 
Acraea pelopeia, Staudinger (peneleos var.), Iris, 9, p, 192 (1896), 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 113 (1898). 
Coneo (Kassai R., Aruwimi R., Ft. Beni). 
¢. Expanse 68 mm. F.-w. sepia black. Cell, basal portions 
of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, and nearly all 1b, rather thinly scaled and partially 
transparent, A slight submarginal powdering of whitish scales 
in 1b, H.-w with a dark sepia grey basal suffusion extending 
slightly beyond origin of nervule 2, and outwardly approximately 
determined by a line drawn from middle of costa to middle of 
inner margin, Discal area deep orange red (probably rosy 
red when alive), A well-defined brown-black hind-marginal 
border about 2 mm. wide, its inner edge slightly edentate 
on the nervules, Black spots as beneath, but obscured by basal 
suffusion. 
Underside. Costa, apical area and hind margin dusky 
ochreous, striated by the nervules and rays which are broadly 
powdered with dark brown, The ochreous marginal border 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 275 


gradually obscured towards the hind angle by a sepia-brown 
suffusion. A black spot at base of costa, and some black at base 
of area 1b. 

H.-w. Basal area and hind margin greenish ochreous, central 
area ochreous, The brown nervules towards the margin heavily 
dusted with dark brown, the dusting being widest before it 
reaches the margin, thus giving the nervules a swollen appear- 
ance. Between them the internervular rays, though more 
slender, are similarly indicated. Unlike peneleos these rays ex- 
tend to the bases of the internervular areas. A series of black 
spots, most of which are rather large. In area 7, two, much 
closer together than in peneleos. Beneath the outer spot a 
smaller one more distally placed in area 6, and beneath this a 
dot in 5. On the upper part of discocellulars a spot of variable 
size, sometimes confluent with another just beneath it. In cell 
two or three spots, the second over origin of nervule 2, and 
the third, when present, very small. Sometimes a spot at base 
of area 3. A spot in 2 near its base, followed by one in le and 
in 1b, nearly in a straight line, A basal and a subbasal in Ic, 
Beneath the latter a spot in 1b, and more proximally placed a 
spot in Ja. A spot in 9 and in 8, 

Head black with a pale dot between eyes, two pale tufts on 
collar. Thorax black above with two pale spots. Abdomen 
black above with yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

The 9 is unknown to me. 


The late Dr. Staudinger in his paper in Iris 1896, gave 
a description of this species. This description is somewhat 
involved, and consists largely of a comparison of penelope, 
peneleos, parrhasia, and the present form. He concludes 
by saying that, should it be found through the acquisition 
of further material to be a distinct species, he proposes for 
it the name pelopeia. After having seen the insect de- 
scribed, I found it agreed in all respects with two $f in 
the Tring collection. I cannot claim to have certainly 
established its specific distinction, but at present at least 
I propose to keep it separate from peneleos which it closely 
resembles. The peculiar appearance of the nervules on 
the h.-w. underside scarcely suffices to distinguish it from 
some examples of peneleos which exbibit a similar tendency. 
On the other hand, the internervular rays in all forms of 
pencleos are comparatively short, whilst in this species they 
extend to the bases of their respective areas. The whole 
insect is of a larger and stouter build. The two spots in 


Mt 9 


276 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


area 7 of the h.-w. are closer together than in peneleos, 
whilst finally, though the male armature is, like that 
‘of several allied forms, simple in structure and but 
little distinctive, it appears to present certain constant 
differences. The acquisition of a 9 specimen may help to 
decide its true affinity. In the meantime I prefer to keep 
the form separate from peneleos, under the name which the 
late Dr. Staudinger proposed. That author’s example is de- 
scribed as from the Upper Congo, without precise locality. 
One of the Tring examples is labelled Aruwimi, and the 
other Luebo, Kassai River. These localities are rather far 
apart, the latter being apparently some 750 miles 8.W. of 
the former. The two examples do not, however, appear 
to differ in any noticeable particular. In addition to these 
two specimens there are also in the Tring collection several 
examples taken near Ft. Beni in the northern part of the 
Congo region. These I must refer to the same species. 
They differ only in having a browner ground-colour, and 
in the h.-w. a duller shade of red. 


101, ACRAEA GROsvENORI. Pl. II, f.9(¢). Pl. XIII, f. 24. 
Acraea grosvenori, 0. sp. 
Coneo (Rutschuru R., S. of Albert Nyanza). 

ea Expanse 64 mm, _ F,-w. sepia black with a tendency to 
thinner sealing and partial transparency in cell, in discal portions 
of areas 6, 5, and 4, basal half of 3 and 2, and the greater part of 
1b. At the extremity of partially transparent area a slight 
dusting of pink scales in area 4, beneath this, in 3, a slightly 
more distinct mark, beneath this, in 2, an elongated ill-defined 
pink spot, and in 1b a larger ovate pink spot, the whole area 
traversed by a fine dark internervular ray which is laterally 
dusted with pink nearly to the base. 

H.-w. brick red, A sepia basal patch outwardly ill defined, 
obscuring a few minute black spots, A very narrow marginal 
dusting of sepia black, most distinct on and between the 
nervules. Onthe red area the nervules and long internervular 
rays are distinctly perceptible in a slightly darker colour, 

Underside. F,-w. Costa, apical area, and hind margin deep 
orange ochreous striated by the darker nervules and rays. A 
black spot at base of costa, and base of area 1b. Remainder of 
wing vitreous and almost devoid of scales. A fine dark line 
round hind margin, 

H.-w. Deep orange ochreous without any basal suffusion or 
marginal border, though the dark basal portion of upperside 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 277 


gives the base a slightly shaded appearance. The nervures, 
nervules and rays are very narrowly but distinctly outlined in 
dark brown, The rays are long and reach almost to the bases 
of their respective areas. A fine dark marginal line. Black 
spots, very small, as follows :—One in 9, one in 8 against pre- 
costal, one in 7 near base, two, the second very minute, on 
upper part of discocellulars, Two in cell, the second before 
the origin of nervule 2. One in 2 near base, followed by a 
double spot in 1c, and a dot in 1b. Some black at base of 
nervures lb and la. In 1c a subbasal spot, another in 1b more 
distally placed, and a third in la, level with that in le. 

Head black, with a minute dot between, and two behind, the 
eyes. Thorax black. Abdomen black above with yellow 
lateral spots on the more distal segments. Claws unequal. 

The ? is unknown to me. 


The foregoing description is taken from the type in the 
Tring collection. 

A second male differs only in having a rather more 
extensive dark basal patch in the h.-w., and a slightly 
broader and more continuous hind-marginal border. 

Both examples were taken in February 1908, in the 
Gallery Forest, Rutschuru River, at a height of 1000 
metres. 

This species has the appearance of being very distinct, 
the h.-w. underside not resembling that of allied 
forms. The basal spots also are very small and scarcely 
observable on the upperside. In this latter respect it is 
distinguishable from pelopeia, and though it presents the 
long internervular rays of the latter the nervules are 
dehicately outlined and not heavily dusted with brown. 
There appears to be a recognisable ditference in the g 
armature, but paucity of material has prevented my 
studying this feature to an adequate extent. 

I have pleasure in dedicating the species to my friend 
Mr. G. H. Grosvenor, M.A., of New College, Oxford. 


102. ACRAEA PARRHASIA. PI. XV, f. 2. 

Acraea parrhasia, Fabricius, (Pap.) Ent. Syst., 3, 1, p.175 (1793) ; 
Aurivillus (metam.) (peneleos), Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 274, 
pl. 4, f. 2, 2a, 2b (1893); Ent. Tidskr., 15, p. 273 (1894) ; 
Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 200 (1896); Aurivillius, Rhop. 
Aeth., p. 113 (1898); Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 
(1903) ; (?) Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910). 

= peneleos, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 274 (1893). 


278 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


S. LeonE; Lagos ; CAMEROON ; FERNANDO Po; ? UGANDA 
(Sesse I.). 

2. f. oppidia, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., 11, p. 131 (1874) ; 
Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 7, f. 49, 50 (1875). 

FERNANDO Po, 

2. f. parrhoppidia, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 201 (1896). 

CAMEROON. 

2. f. leona, Staudinger (A. leona), Iris, 9, p. 199 (1896). 
= A. igola leonina, Bethune-Baker, Ann, Nat. Hist., 12, 
p- 325 (1903). 
A. parrhasia parrhasia. Pl. III, f.1 (9). Pl. IV, f. 3°( 2): 
Pl. VI, f. 3 (larva), 

¢. Expanse 54-64 mm. F.-w. narrow, and pointed at apex. 
Costa, apex, hind, and inner margins black. Cell, areas 2 and 
1b, semitransparent, rather thinly powdered with black. The 
cell at base and extremity tinged with red. Area 2 occupied 
by a large semitransparent spot dusted with red, sometimes 
fading outwardly to creamy white. Base of area 1b dusted 
with red and near margin a large fairly well-defined spot also 
dusted with red. Beyond cell a subapical bar of three elongated 
semitransparent patches between the nervules, dusted with 
black basally, and sometimes with creamy white distally. 
Beneath these a similar but shorter and rounder patch in 
area 3. Nervules 2, 3, and 4 heavily dusted with black 
especially towards margin. 

H.-w. with a sepia black basal suffusion rather well defined 
outwardly, and obscuring numerous black spots which are more 
easily distinguished on the underside. A sepia black marginal 
border 2-3 mm. wide and inwardly somewhat edentate on and 
between the nervules. Central area of wing bright red (rosy 
red in fresh examples), yellowish at inner margin. 

Underside. F.-w. sparsely scaled and rather vitreous, the 
red areas showing through from the upperside. Costa, apex, 
and hind margin ochreous traversed by brown black nervule 
ends and rays. Some brown black dusting at hind angle, and 
costa and area 1b black at base. A fine dark brown line round 
hind margin. Median nervure and basal portions of nervules 
2 and 3 laterally dusted with large ochre-yellow scales. 

H.-w. Ochre yellow with a greenish basal suffusion and hind- 
marginal border. <A fine brown hind-marginal line. Beyond 
cell the nervules are narrowly powdered with dark brown, and 
between them are short, fine, brown internervular rays which 
reach the margin. Black spots as follows :—One at base in area 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 279 


9, one in 8 against precostal, two in 7 not far apart, the outer 
one just over, or slightly beyond origin of nervule 7. (Some- 
times a minute spot between these.) In areas 6, and 5, two 
small spots (sometimes absent), and that in 5 may be either 
more proximally or more distally placed than that in 6. On 
the upper part of discocellulars two spots which may be minute, 
or large and confluent. In cell, two, and sometimes three spots, 
the second of which is large, and the third varies from being 
totally absent, to being large, and confluent with the second. 
A spot at base of area 2. A basal, a subbasal, and a distal spot 
in le, two median spots in 1b, and two in la. 

Head black with a white dot behind each eye, and a trans- 
verse white streak. Thorax black with whitish lateral marks, 
Abdomen brownish black above, with yellowish lateral spots 
and segmental streaks. Claws equal. 

Q. Expanse about 70 mm. Wings much more rounded than 
in g. F.-w. Dull sepia brown. <A central reddish streak in 
area 1b, and 2, and base and distal portions of cell dusted with 
dull red. The subapical streaks are much as in the ¢ and 
may be transparent or have a whitish appearance due to a 
sparse clothing of brownish white scales; the patch beneath 
them in area 3 is reddish. 

H.-w. with a basal suffusion and hind-marginal border as in 
¢ but browner, the central area dull brownish red. 

Underside. F.-w. much asin ¢ but without the ochreous 
scaling on median nervure, etc. H.-w. as in ¢ but rather 
duller ochreous. 

Head, thorax, and abdomen more distinctly spotted than 
ial Ge 
parrhasia 2 £. oppidia. 

Whilst the few examples of 9 parrhasia which I have seen 
from §. Leone are as already described, all those from near 
Lagos present a closer approach to the form named A. oppidia 
by Hewitson. This form which occurs at Fernando Po, is 
characterised by its somewhat richer colouring and by the 
greater development of white scales in the subapical area of the 
f.-w. which here form a definite white bar, and in the h.-w. 
there is much less dark basal suffusion. 
parrhasia 9 £, parrhoppidia. 

In this form the red extends all over the cell, and over 

‘nearly the whole of areas 1b and 2. There is a blackish mark 
in cell, The whitish subapical streaks are replaced by clear 
areas, 


280 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


parrhasia 2 f. leona, PI. IIT, f. 2. 

Smaller than average 9 9 of parrhasia, The f.-w. almost 
transparent but having a brownish tinge.in reflected light. 
A faint trace of a blackish mark in middle of cell, costa 
apex, and hind margin finely dusted with brown scales. 

H.-w. thinly scaled with reddish brown, no basal suffusion, 
but a narrow brownish hind-marginal border, the ends of 
nervules, and the internervular rays being slightly marked in 
darker brown, The underside resembles the upper but the 
f.-w. is still more devoid of scales, and the h.-w. is ochreous 
brown. There are black spots as in parrhasia, but those beyond 
the cell are usually wanting. 


The determination of the identity of Staudinger’s A. 
leona has been a inatter of considerable difficulty. After 
having seen the type however I find that the form is by 
no means rare in collections. It is always 2 and always 
from S. Leone, and though ordinary 22 of parrhasia 
also come from 8. Leone, still I think there can be little 
doubt that it is a form of that species. Moreover in the 
Staudinger collection in Berlin there is a 2? example of 
parrhasia from the same locality which is quite inter- 
mediate between the typical 2 and leona. 

The true affinities of many of these black and red 
semitransparent forms are extremely difficult to establish, 
aud some of them have entailed laborious, if interesting, 
research. J am by no means satisfied that I have even 
now quite unravelled the difficulties. My work has how- 
ever been greatly assisted by the magnificent collections 
which the Oxford Museum owes to the generosity of 
Mr. W. A. Lamborn, who has bred large companies of 
A, parrhasia and of other species with which it has 
formerly been confused. A. parrhasia can at least be 
easily distinguished from A. peneleos and its forms, since 
the male tarsal claws of the former are symmetrical. 

The larva and pupa of A. parrhasia have been figured 
by Aurivillius (/. ¢.) under the name of peneleos. 


He describes the larva as brown, with very long dorsal spines. 
Head, dorsal, and dorsolateral spines blackish, and arising from 
dark transverse bands. The lower lateral spines short and 
brown at base. 

Pupa, Pale with the usual black markings, Dorsal abdo- 
minal spots widely separated, quadrate, and with pale central 


spots, Well-developed short tubercles on segments 2-7. 
e 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 281 


I have figured (Pl. VI, f. 3) one of the larvae sent by 
Mr. Lamborn from Lagos. They agree with Aurivillius’ 
description though his examples were taken in Cameroon. 
It may be added that there is a fairly conspicuous pale 
lateral line, and a whitish bifurcated mark on the head. 
The pupae also agree with Aurivillius’ figure. 

The f A. parrhasia presents comparatively little varia- 
tion though the 2 is less stable. Generally speaking 
the latter tends to greater transparency in the extreme 
western part of its range, this feature reaching its maximum 
development at Sierra Leone in the 2 f. leona. The 
latter however occurs in company with examples which 
differ but little from those bred further east, near Lagos, 
these forming a perfect transition to the oppidia form at 
Fernando Po. From thence eastward the transparency 
appears to increase again slightly since Cameroon 
examples are described as resembling the oppidia f., but 
having more transparent f.-w., more faded, yellowish-red 
h.-w., and an inwardly less sharply defined outline of the 
f.-w. white subapical spots. 


103. ACRAEA PENELOPE. PI. XIII, f. 18. 

Acraea penelope, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 195 (1896); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 113 (1898); Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. 
Fr., p. 150 (1910). 

= pomponia, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., vii, p. 545 (1900) ; 

Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), 7, p. 25, pl. 7, f. 7, 8 (1901) ; Neave, 
Novit. Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904). 

Conco (Kassai R., Benabendi, Kwilu, Aruwimi R., Ft. 
Beni); UGanpa (Msarosaro, Toro, Port Alice, Mondo, Entebbe, 
Kampala, Sesse I.). 

Q f. argentea, f. nov. 

UGanpa (Entebbe). 

Q f. exalbescens, f. nov. 

Ucanpa (Toro, Kampala). 

2 f. penella, f. nov. 

Ucanpba (Kitanwa). 

A, penelope vitrea, subsp. nov. 

British E. Arrica (Tiriki Hills, Kabras), 

A. penelope derubescens, subsp. nov. 

TOGOLAND (Misahohe Station). 

A. penelope translucida, subsp. nov. 


LaGos (Oni). 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s J/onograph of the 


A, penelope penelope. 
¢. Expanse 46-50 mm, F.-w. deep brown black. Beyond 


cell, asubapical row of three elongate transparent spots separated 
only by nervules 5 and 6 which are black. Beneath these in 
area 3 a smaller partially transparent spot. Near base of area 
2 a large ovate orange red spot, and beneath it in 1b a rather 
larger similar spot. Often a small red mark beneath these in 
la. In many examples all these spots are enlarged, forming a 
nearly continuous band across the wing in which case the spots 
in 2 and 1b are thinly scaled with red and there may be a few 
red scales on that in 3. 

H.-w. brown black at base, the outer edge of this colour 
varying somewhat in regularity of definition but usually extend- 
ing as far as origin of nervule 2. A central band of orange red, 
its outer edge slightly convex, but indented on the nervules by 
the brown black marginal border which varies in width from 
3to5 mm. _ Black spots of underside show faintly on the dark 
basal colour. 

Underside. F.-w. costa, apical area, and hind margin pale to 
rich ochre yellow. Remainder of wing may be almost scaleless 
or may be thinly scaled with dusky orange ochreous, except on 
the subapical transparent spots. A thin black line round apex 
and hind margin, the nervule ends rather broadly black and 
joining a fine black marginal line, and the short internervular 
rays narrowly black reduced to a fine point at margin. The 
black powdering of nervules and rays becomes coalescent at the 
inner edge of the apical and marginal ochreous, which latter 
colour it tends to obliterate in areas 2 and 1b, A blackish 
streak at base of cell and 1b. 

H.-w. clear ochre yellow, often with a greenish tint in the 
basal half. In some examples a slight reddish tint in cell and 
lc. The hind margin over an area corresponding to the border 
above, has a slightly darker shade varying in tint from greenish 
to orange ochreous. On this area the nervule ends are rather 
broadly black, their outer extremities joining a fine black 
marginal line. Between them are short black internervular 
rays broadest at their inner end and tapering outwardly to a 
fine point which does not reach the margin. In many examples 
the inner ends of these rays are confluent with the black ner- 
vules and so form a continuous dark inner edge to the hind- 
wnarginal border, On the basal half of the wing are black spots 
so variable in size and number as to be little value for purposes 
of identification. An examination of a series of examples 
shows that there is rarely a spot in 8 near precostal and when 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 283 


present it is very small. The two usual spots in area 7 are 
apparently always present, though sometimes extremely small. 
The maximum number in cell is three, only the second of which 
is invariably present, and placed at or before the origin of 
nervule 2. There seem never to be spots in areas 3 and 4, and 
very rarely in 5, Sometimes that at base of area 2 is missing. 
The most constant are those in le, 1b, and la in which areas 
there appear always to be two spots. 

Head black with a white dot between the eyes and two on 
collar, thorax black above with pale lateral spots, abdomen 
black above with yellowish lateral dots. Claws equal, 

9. Expanse 46-50 mm. F.-w. more rounded than in ¢@. 
Transparent and red spots usually rather larger and all the 
colours of both wings a trifle duller. 

H.-w. as in ¢, but the inner edge of hind-marginal border 
rather more regularly curved. 

Underside much as in ¢ with similarly variable black spots. 


A, penelope @ f. argentea. PI. IV, f. 8. 

General colouring paler, and the h.-w. hind-marginal border 
broader than in typical form, and on it the short darker 
nervule ends and rays can be distinctly seen. 

Underside. F.-w. ochreous areas replaced by silvery grey. 
H.-w. basal portion and hind-marginal border silvery grey, 
central area faintly pink. 


A. penelope 2 f. exalbescens. 

Resembles typical Q in pattern, but all reddish areas 
replaced by yellowish white, and the h.-w. hind-marginal 
border as broad as in f. argentea. 

Underside. Ochreous areas replaced by yellowish white 
rather dusky on f.-w. costa, apex, and hind margin and on 
h.-w. basal area and hind-marginal border. 


A, penelope 2 f. penella, f. nov. Pl. V, f. 3. 

F.-w. Basal half reddish brown slightly blackened at. base, 
and about end of cell. Apex and hind margin brownish black 
tending to reddish towards hind angle. From subcostal to 
inner margin a broad transparent discal band divided into 
large spots by the nervules which are slightly dusted with 
brownish. 

H.-w. tawny red, somewhat blackened at base, the spots 
of underside irregularly indicated. Hind margin border of 
medium width thickly dusted with sepia, its inner edge 
ill defined and edentate on and between the nervules. 


284 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Underside. F.-w. much as above but costa, apex, and hind 
margin tawny ochreous with blackish nervules and inter- 
nervular rays. H.-w. base nearly to end of cell reddish tawny, 
followed by a discal band of pale pinkish ochreous and having 
a broad, well-defined marginal border of tawny ochreous 
striated by the black nervule ends and short internervular 
rays. The reddish basal portion more heavily spotted than is 
usual in penelope. Two spots in 7, the second just beyond 
origin of nervule 7, and beneath it but slightly nearer margin 
a spot in 6, and in 5. A dot at base of area 5 on discocellular ; 
a basal, a central, and a distal spot in cell (the latter may be 
an aggregation of dots) a spot at base of area 2. Three spots 
in le, the third just beneath oriyin of nervule 2, and beneath 
it two spots in 1b. A subbasal and a distal in la. 


This interesting form is at once distinguished by the 
tawny red basal area of h.-w. underside which brings into 
prominence the central pale band, thus producing a close 
resemblance to peneleos pelasgius. The pattern is doubtless 
modified in mimetic association with that species. 


A. penelope vitrea, subsp. nov. PI. IV, f. 7. 

¢. F.-w. Costa, apical area, and hind margin sepia black. 
Cell and basal portions of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1b, and la dusted with 
the same colour. Remainder perfectly transparent with a 
dusting of orange red in areas 2 and 1b, and an orange red 
linear mark in la. H.-w. orange red, usually with a less 
extensive basal suffusion, and having a narrower hind-marginal 
border. 

Underside resembles that of typical penelope. 

The 9 is unknown to me. 
A. penelope derubescens, subsp. n. PJ. IV, f. 5. 

¢. Resembles subsp. vitrea, but in the h.-w. the central area 
is crimson, much reduced in width, and does not reach the 
costa. A few brown scales can be seen with a lens in areas 1b 
and 2. On the underside of f.-w. the ochreous areas are 
replaced by pale greenish, and in the h.-w. the basal area and 
hind margin are pale green, and the central band creamy white. 


Of this form there are three ff in the Berlin Museum. 
One has the black nervule ends and rays in h.-w. under- 
side not joined together as they are in the type figured, 
and has an additional spot in areas 6 and 5. All three 
examples were taken at Misahohe Station near 'Tongbe in 
Togoland. 


African Species of the Genus Acraed. 285 


A. penelope translucida, subsp. n. PL INV, 4269 )) £6 (2 )- 

¢. Rather smaller than typical penclope. F.-w. transparent. 
Costa, apical area, and hind margin black, this colour being 
somewhat edentate on the nervules. Some black powdering 
in and beyond cell, and a slight blackish longitudinal streak 
in cell. A little dusting of red scales in basal half of area 1b, 
and distal portion of la. 

H.-w. much as in typical penelope but dark basal suffusion 
only slight and hind-marginal border rather narrower. 

Underside as in typical penelope, but the greater part of 
f.-w. devoid of scales and vitreous. H.-w. clear ochre yellow 
with a greenish tinge at base and on hind-marginal border. 

Q. F.-w. more rounded than in ¢ but otherwise similar, 
though more thinly scaled, the dark portions having a grey 
appearance. 

H.-w. salmon pink, the spots of underside irregularly repro- 
duced. Hind margin powdered with sepia scales, the nervule 
ends and rays slightly accentuated. Underside much as in g 
but the nervule ends and rays brownish rather than black. 
The usual variability occurs in the black spots. 


This form has lately been bred near Lagos by Mr. W. 
A. Lamborn. Unfortunately none of the larvae were 
preserved on that occasion, and a further supply has not 
yet been obtained. They feed on the same plant as the 
larvae of A. peneleos. Miss Sharpe’s A. newtont from the 
Island of St. Thomas is probably also a form of A. penelope. 
I have not however been able to see the type of this 
form which is in the Lisbon Museum, my appeal to the 
authorities of that institution not having elicited the 
courtesy of a reply. 


104. ACRAEA NEWTONI. 
Acraea newtoni, E. M. B. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 554 
(1893) ; Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), 5, p. 17, 
pl. 5, f. 8, 9 (1894); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 118 
(1898). 
Sio THOME. 
¢. Expanse 50mm. F.-w. elongated, black brown. A sub- 
apical band of three dusky translucent spots separated by 
nervules 6 and 5, and a somewhat larger similar spot near 
base of area 2. 
H.-w. black brown showing a few black spots near base and 
having a narrow (3 mm.) orange red curved central band which 
scarcely reaches the inner margin. 


286 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Underside. F.-w. vitreous the pattern of upperside showing 
through. H.-w. base greenish grey, the band of upperside 
represented in pink. Hind-marginal berder grey brown. An 
outer row of black spots of which there are three in 7, 6 and 5, 
the first well beyond origin of nervule 7, A spot near base of 
area 2 followed by one in le and 1b, all in a straight line at 
right angles to inner margin. Also two spots in cell the 
second above origin of nervule 2, a subhasal in 7, a subbasal 
in Ic, a basal and a subbasal in 1b, and a spot in la. 

Head and thorax black with a few whitish dots. Abdomen 
black above with lateral yellowish spots. Palpi white. 


I have not had an opportunity of examining the type 
of this species which is in the Lisbon Museum. I am 
inchned to regard it as a local form of A. penelope, Staud. 
It occurs only in the Island of St. Thomas. The ? is not 
yet known. Should this form ultimately prove to be 
conspecific with penelope the name newtoni will take 
precedence, 


105. ACRAEA MATRESSEI. PI. 13, f. 19, 
Acraea mairessei, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 25, p. 93, f. 33 
(April 1904), 
= servona (nec Godt.), Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 113 (1898). 
= melanosticta, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, p. 181 (July 
1904). 
Conco (Ligunda, Kassai, Betw. Ft. Beni and Ituri R.); 
UGanpa (Toro, Unyoro, Entebbe, Nandi, Pt. Alice). 


f. dewitzi, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., p. 94 (1904). 

= peneleos, var., Dewitz, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., 41, 2, p. 19, pl. 1, 

f. 7 (1879). 

Conco (Kassai). 

¢. Expanse 50-54. F.-w. black. At end of cell an irregu- 
larly shaped transparent spot often indented on the basal side 
by the ground-colour. Beyond cell a series of three sub- 
quadrate transparent spots separated by the black nervules. 
A large transparent spot at base of area 2, not always extending 
right into angle between median and nervule 2. The discal 
edge of this spot powdered with black scales. Beneath it a 
small ill-defined transparent spot. Examined by reflected light 
the inner and sometimes also the subapical spots are seen to be 
slightly scaled with yellowish white. H.-w. black, slightly less 
dense in basal area, on which the black spots corresponding to 
those beneath, can be discerned. An irregular diseal patch of 


African Species of the Genus Acraca, 287 


lemon ochreous beginning in area 6 and ending in 1b, its inner 
edge edentate in cell, and its outer edge edentate between the 
nervules especially in 6, 5 and 4. 

Underside, F.-w. Costa, apical area, and hind margin 
dusky brown ochreous, striated by the black nervules, which 
join ina fine marginal line. In areas 6-2 short black inter- 
nervular rays beginning at inner edge of the yellow colour 
and rapidly diminishing to a point some distance short of the 
margin. Remainder of wing rather thinly scaled with black 
except in way of transparent spots, these having a slight 
dusting of yellowish white scales as on upperside. 

H.-w, lemon ochreous with a greenish tint at base and over 
outer marginal border. On the latter the nervule ends are 
rather broadly black and join a fine marginal black line. 
Between them are short black internervular marks separated 
from margin by a distance about equal to their own length. 
Black spots as follows :—One in 9 at base, two in7 occasionally 
coalescent, one at base of area 6 (rarely absent), two on disco- 
cellulars (these, and that in 6, often confluent). One in cell 
near base. A large crescentic spot in lc (rarely divided into 
two). Two in 1b (sometimes coalescent), a basal linear mark 
in the same area, and two spots in la. 

In one (2?) example before me the internervular marks are 
inwardly confluent with the black powdering of the nervules. 

Head black with a white dot between eyes and two on collar. 
Thorax black with some yellowish dorsal and lateral spots. 
Abdomen black with yellowish lateral spots. Claws equal. 

?. Expanse 52-54 mm, Resembles ¢ but the transparent 
spots, especially the subapical series tend to be larger, except 
that in 1b, which is sometimes wanting, The h.-w. patch is, 
in one example, white. 


A. mairessei f. dewitzi. 

F.-w. thinly scaled with black. The transparent spot in 
cell is reduced to a mere streak, as also is that in 1b. The 
h.-w, patch is tawny red, and reaches the costa and inner 
margin, The underside is like that of the typical form but 
the yellow areas are of a more golden tint, and the inter- 
nervular marks are rather more slender, They are not 
proximally confluent with the black of the nervules. 


The example above referred to was described by Dewitz 
as a variety of A. peneleos. Aurivillius has pointed out 
(/.c.) that it appears to be a red form of his mairessei, 


288 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


and having seen the specimen I agree entirely with this 
view. It is remarkable that these small black and yellow 
Acraeas occasionally produce forms in which the yellow 
is replaced by red, whilst the red and black species 
produce yellow and black varieties. Thus there is a ? 
form of A. penelope with yellow h.-w., and a 2 form of 
servona with the typical yellow replaced by red. The 
case of orestia is still more peculiar since we have the 
red, an orange intermediate, a yellow, and a colourless 
form. 

The present species has a wide distribution, extending 
from the neighbourhood of the Kassai R. to Entebbe. 


106, ACRAEA MELANOXANTHA, 

Acraea melanoxantha, Em, M. B. Sharpe, Proce. Zool. Soc., 
p. 193, pl. 17, f. 4 (1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p, 114 
(1898). 

Mr. Eneon. 

6. Expanse about 44mm, F.-w. brownish black. At end 
of cell a large lemon ochreous spot occupying the outer third 
of cell, its proximal edge indented by the ground-colour, and 
beneath it at base of area 2 a somewhat similar lemon ochreous 
spot. Beyond cell, midway between cell end and apex a 
slightly curved row of three subquadrate spots. These spots 
are translucent and appear to be white, but if examined by 
reflected light only they are seen to be lightly scaled with 
lemon ochreous, 

H.-w. brownish black with a lemon ochreous central patch, 
occupying basal part of 6, 5, 4, 3 (very slightly) and 2, ex- 
tending thence in a narrow continuation nearly to inner 
margin, and also occupying the lower outer half of cell. On 
the dark basal portion the spots of underside are just visible, 
and in addition there is a black mark at extreme base of areas 
5 and 4 on the discocellulars and plainly visible on the pale 
yellow ground, On the outer dark coloured half of the wing 
the dark internervular rays are visible. 

Underside. F.-w. costa pale greyish ochreous, remainder of 
wing blackish with pale spots as above but the large yellow 
spots are only very slightly scaled and inclined to be larger 
than above. At apex between the branches of subcostal, and 
along apical and hind-marginal border, between the black 
nervules and rays, pale lemon ochreous, 

H.-w. lemon ochreous, slightly dusky over those areas which 
are black on upperside, The marginal border is striated by 


—- 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 289 


rather heavily sepia powdered nervule ends and rays. The 
latter though coming to a point at margin do not stop short of 
the margin as in mairessei, The inner edge of this striated 
border is often tinged with reddish brown. Black spots as 
follows :—Two in seven, the second just beyond origin of 
nervules 7 and 6, one at base of 5 and 4 on discocellulars, 
One spot (sometimes absent) in cell, a subbasal and central 
spot in lc, two spots in 1b, and one in la. Some irregular 
black at base of nervules, 

Head black with a lemon ochreous transverse line and two 
ochreous tufts on collar. Thorax black with a few pale lines 
and spots. Abdomen black above with pale lateral spots. 
Claws equal, 


I have not seen a 2 of this species. The colouring of 
the underside is rather variable. The foregoing descrip- 
tion is taken from the type, but another example has 
the basal and marginal areas of the h.-w. underside 
reddish brown, whilst another has the whole of the pale 
ochreous portions of the underside of both wings (except 
the spots of f-w. and the central patch of h.-w.) rich 
chestnut brown, the marginal border of h.-w. being rather 
blacker towards its inner edge. In this example there is 
no black spot in the cell. 

All the examples which I have up to the present 
examined were taken on the southern slopes of Mt. 
Elgon. But for the absence of the pale spot in f.-w. 
1b, and the fact that the spots in 2 and cell are, on 
the upperside, fully scaled with yellow, the species has 
a very similar appearance to A. mazressei, Auriv., and 
indeed may ultimately prove to be a local race of that 
species. 


107. ACRAEA ConRADTI. PI. XIII, f. 21. 

Acraea conradti, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent, 17, p. 22, pl. 1, f. 10 
(1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898). 

GeRMAN E. Arrica (Nguelo, Usambara, Amani, Mkulu- 

musi) ; NyAssALAND (Mlanji Boma). 
¢. Expanse 46-50 mm. F.-w. Costa, hind margin, basal 
half of 1a, and apical half from end of cell, black. Cell, and 
areas 1b, and 2 except at margin, and central portion of area 
la, dark brick red. A subapical band of three transparent 
spots in 6, 5, and 4, Lower side of subcostal somewhat 
powdered with black, a little black at base of cell, and a short 

linear black mark at base of area 1b. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI. (JULY) U 


290 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


H.-w. dark brick red with a black hind margin some 2 mm. 
broad from apex to nervule 4, and 3 mm. broad thence to anal 
angle, from which it extends as a narrow black line along 
inner margin. The black scaling projects inwardly somewhat 
along the nervules. Base with a considerable black suffusion 
extending for about half the length of areas 7, le, 1b, and la, 
and occupying lower half of cell as far as origin of nervule 2. 
A number of black spots somewhat obscured basally by 
the black suffusion, and more easily distinguished on the 
underside. Ground-colour tending to yellowish along inner 
margin. 

Underside. F.-w. Costa, hind margin, and apical portion 
beyond transparent spots dull sage green traversed by broadly 
black nervules and narrow black internervular rays. Lower 
side of subcostal, area from end of cell to subapical spots, and 
basal half of area 3 powdered with black. Extreme base of 
costa black, and a black linear basal mark in cell and Ib. 

H.-w. Base and hind-marginal border dull sage green. 
Central area pink or pale yellow. Nervule ends on margin 
broadly powdered with black, and between them a series of 
narrow black internervular rays broadest at their proximal 
ends and barely reaching the margin. Black spots as follows :— 
A large spot in 7 near the middle, followed by two graduated 
smaller spots in 6 and 5, each slightly more distally placed. 
An irregular black mark on upper part of discocellulars formed 
of confluent spots. A spot at base of area 2 followed by a larger 
spot in lc, another in 1b rather more distally placed, anda 
third more proximal in la. Base of cell and area 9, black. A 
dot in 8 near precostal. A subbasal, a median, and a distal 
spot in cell, a basal and a subbasal in le. Base of Ib black, 
followed by a median spot. Base of la black followed by a 
subbasal spot. 

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots and marks. 
Abdomen black with minute lateral yellowish white dots. 
Claws equal. 

Q. Expanse about 60 mm. Wings more rounded than in 
¢. Generally paler, duller, and more thinly scaled. F.-w, 
Subapical transparent spots as in ¢ but larger. H.-w. with 
somewhat less basal black in area 7, but the black spots less 
defined and more confluent. Marginal border not continu- 
ously black, but having a reddish brown ground-colour and 
elongated triangular black markings on nervule ends, between 
which are short, narrow black internervular rays which barely 
reach margin. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 291 


Underside. F.-w. as above but thinly scaled and somewhat 
glossy. H.-w. with reddish brown base on which the black 
spots are ill defined and confluent. Central area occupied by 
a conspicuous broad curved pink band. Marginal border red- 
dish brown marked asin ¢. 

Head, thorax, and abdomen with the pale spots rather more 
conspicuous. 


Acraea conradii seems to be a well-defined species of 
narrow distribution. 

In the Vosseler collection at Berlin there is a fine series 
of 18 g and 5 9, taken in German E. Africa. Two 
examples in the Tring collection are from Neguelo. 


108. AcRAEA BUSCHBECKI. Pl. XIII, f. 20. 
Acraea buschbecki, Dewitz, Ent. Nachr. 15, p. 102, pl. 1, f. 2 
(Apr. 1889); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. p. 112 (1898). 

= zaire, Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien., 4, p. 551 (Dee. 1889). 

Congo StarE (Quango, Stanley Falls, Luebo, Kassai R.) ; 
CAMEROON (Bitjé R., Asokko), 

6. Expanse about 54 mm, F.-w. narrow and elongated. 
Brownish black. Cell as far as origin of 3, basal two-thirds of 
area 2, basal three-quarters of 1b, and subbasal portion of 1a, 
brick red. An oblique subapical series of three elongated con- 
tiguous quadrate brick-red spots in 6, 5, and 4, followed by a 
smaller, more rounded, and isolated spot in 3. Projecting into 
cell from subcostal, above origin of nervule 2, an outwardly 
curved blackish brown spot. In area la a large subtriangular 
blackish brown spot, its base on the submedian, and its apex 
meeting nervule 2 just beyond the origin of the latter. A 
linear basal black mark in area 2. 

H.-w. brick red, yellowish at inner margin and with a slight 
blackish basal suffusion, A blackish brown hind-marginal 
border, some 2 mm. wide, its inner edge somewhat edentate on 
the nervules and rather less so between them. A series of black 
spots somewhat ill defined and partly confluent. 

Underside. F.-w. as above but basal red areas orange 
ochreous, subapical spots dull ochreous, and the apex and hind 
margin striated by ochreous internervular marks, each divided 
by a narrow central dark ray. Costa dull ochreous. 

H.-w. dull ochreous with a blackish brown hind-marginal 
border as on upperside but bearing a series of marginal inter- 
nervular ochreous spots each of which is divided by a short 
internervular ray which scarcely reaches the margin. Black 

U 2 


292 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


spots as follows :—One in 7, near middle, followed by two rather 
smaller spots in 6, and 5, each rather more distally placed. 
Two spots on upper part of discocellulars (usually confluent) a 
spot at extreme hase of area 4, a dot at base of 3,a large spot at 
base of 2, followed in area le by a large figure of eight mark 
formed by two coalescing spots. Beneath this, two spots in 1b, 
and, more proximally placed, two in la. A spot in 8 rather 
beyond precostal, three in cell, the second large and lying 
beyond origin of nervule 2. Some black at base of 9, cell, le, 
1b, and la. Head, thorax, and abdomen black, with ochreous 
marks and segmental dots. Claws unequal. 

?. Resembles ¢ but the subapical red spots are rather larger. 


I have seen but few examples of this apparently rare 
species. It is quite peculiar in appearance and easily 
recognised. 

109. ACRAEA SERVONA. PI. XIII, f. 22. 

Acraea servona, Godart, Enc. Méth., 9, p. 239 (2), (1819); 
Grimshaw, Trans. R. Soc. Edin., 39 (1897), p. 4 (1898) ; 
Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., p. 94 (1904). 

= lycoides, Boisduval, Spec. Gen., 1, pl. 11, f.5 (2), (1836). 

= circeis var. lycoides, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (1898). 
dejana (¢), Godman and Salvin, Hist. Relief Exp., p. 
431 (1890) ; Grose-Smith (circeis var.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 
466 (1890); Em. M. B. Sharpe (ntebiae),* Ann. Nat. Hist. 
(6) 19, p. 581 (1897); Grimshaw, Trans. R. Soc. Edin., 39 
(1897), p. 4 (1898). 

Gaxsoon (L. Asebbe, L. Asingo, Abanga R.); CAMEROON 
(Ja R.); Coneo (Ituri R., Kassai R., Aruwimi, Bopoto, Ft. 
Beni, Leopoldville) ; ANeoLa (Pungo Andongo). 


I 


A, servona subsp. orientis. 
Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., p. 94 (1904). 
GERMAN E, Arrica (Ukami). 
f. depunctella, Strand, Int. Ent. Zeit. (Guben), 41, p. 221 
(1911). 
GeRMAN E, Arrica (Amani), 


* Miss Sharpe’s description of this form does not enable me to 
distinguish it from the usual Eastern examples. The most remark- 
able feature of the description is the alleged pale ochreous colour of 
the h.-w. underside. I have examined a very large number of 
examples from Entebbe and have never seen one which did not 
exhibit the chestnut brown colour described under the subspecies 
rhodina. Atter a most diligent search, assisted by Miss Sharpe her- 
self, I have failed to discover the type of this form, and I am therefore 
unable to obtain any further information concerning it. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 293 


f. wnipunctella, Strand, 1. ¢. 
GERMAN E. Arrica (Amani, Bomole, Herue, Dar-es-Salaam, 
Ukami). 
f. semipunctella, Strand (I. c.). 
GeRMAN E. Arrica (Derema). 
f. transienda, Strand (7. c.). 
GERMAN E, Arrica (? Derema). 
A. servona subsp. rhodina. 
= circeis rhodina, Rothschild and Jordan, Novit. Zool., 
xii, p. 184 (1905). 
= circeis v. subochreata. 
Griinberg, Sitzb. Gesellschaft. naturf. Fr., p. 164 (1910). 
Ucanpa (Entebbe, Kampala, Mumias); AByssrnta (Banka 
Malo, Gamitscha to Anderatcha). 


A, servona @ f. rubra, f.n. 

AnGoLa (Pungo Andongo) ; GABoon (Fernan Vaz). 
A, servona subsp. limonata, subsp, n. (4). 

FERNANDO Po. 


A, servona tenebrosa, subsp. n. (4). 
GERMAN E, Arrica (Kwidgwi L., L. Kiwnu). 
A, servona f. reversa, f. nov. 
Conco (Bopoto, Ituri Forest, Stanley Pool, Kassai), 


A. servona servona. 

¢. Expanse 42-60 mm. F.-w. elongate and resembling in 
shape that of parrhasia. Sepia black to black. Basal two- 
thirds of cell, area 1b, and base of area 2, rather thinly and 
irregularly scaled. Beyond cell three elongate transparent 
spots separated by nervules 5 and 6, and proximally somewhat 
powdered with black. Beneath these, in basal part of area 3, a 
smaller, elongate, partially transparent spot. In area 2 a large, 
and beneath it in 1b a smaller transparent patch, the latter 
traversed by a blackish internervular ray. These transparent 
areas, when viewed by reflected light, are seen to be very 
sparsely dusted with white scales. 

H.-w. At base, and from costa to nervule 7 sepia black, a 
hind-marginal border of the same colour some 4-5 mm. wide. 
Central area occupied by a lemon ochreous patch somewhat 
edentate basally in cell, its outer edge angulated at nervule 3. 

Underside. F.-w. costa, apical area and hind margin dusky 
lemon ochreous, striated by black nervulesand rays. The hind- 
marginal ochreous almost obliterated towards the hind-angle by 
a suffusion of brownish black. A black spot at base of costa, 


294 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


remainder of wing almost devoid of scales, except the median 
nervure and the basal portions of its branches which have a 
narrow but very dense lateral clothing of large ochreous scales. 

H.-w. Those areas which on the upperside are black, are 
here dusky lemon ochreous. The hind-marginal border 
regularly striated by black nervule ends and rays, the latter 
reaching the margin. Black spots somewhat variable, but 
usually as follows:—One at base in 9, one in 8 against precostal, 
two rather close together in 7, two in cell, the second over the 
origin of nervule 2. A basal, a subbasal, and a median in le. 
A basal streak and two median spots in 1b, and two in la. 

Head black with a yellowish white dot between the eyes, and 
two on collar. Thorax black with pale dorsal and lateral marks. 
Abdomen black above with pale lemon ochreous lateral dots. 
Claws equal (but see f. reversa, p. 296). 

Q. Expanse 62-66 mm. F.-w. much more rounded, and 
dark areas usually tending to a browner shade. The trans- 
parent patches are more clearly defined, those parts which in 
the ¢ are thinly scaled, are here of the same depth as the 
general ground-colour. The yellow patch in h,-w. is often of a 
duller ochreous. In other respects the 9 resembles the ¢. 


A. servona orientis, subsp. PI. III, f. 5(¢). 

Ground-colour a much richer black. The f.-w. transparent 
spots rather smaller, more clearly defined, and more obviously 
sealed with white. Those in 1b and 3 almost or quite absent. 
In the h.-w. the yellow area is broader owing to the greatly 
decreased extent of the basal black. On the underside the f.-w. 
is correspondingly blacker, though the cell, transparent patches, 
and bases of areas 6-1b are still almost devoid of scales. The 
9 also has the ground-colour blacker, though scarcely so black 
asin the ¢. 

The black spots of the h.-w. underside seem to be more 
variable in this race than in most of the more western examples, 
and Dr, Strand has proposed form names for the principal 
variations of this feature.* These forms are as follows— 


f. depunctella. 
No black spots in cell, one to two in area 7. 


* T am not sure that the naming of forms on the variation of the 
black spots is not carrying nomenclature to excess. There are 
species of Acraea in which the number of black spots is so variable 
that almost as many names might be made as there are spots on the 
insects. In the present species the spots are not even constant in 
both wings of the same specimen. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 295 


f. wnipunctella. 

One spot in cell and two in area 7. 
f. semipunctella. 

One spot in cell, one in area 7. 

f. transienda. 

One spot in cell, one in 7, the transparent spots in areas 1b 
and 3 of f.-w. present. 

A. servona rhodina, subsp. Pl. III, f. 4 (4). 

This form was originally described as circeis rhodina by 
Messrs. Rothschild and Jordan and differs from typical examples 
in having the yellow areas of the underside replaced by chest- 
nut brown. The type was described from Abyssinia but the 
subspecies is not confined to that area, since all the examples 
I have seen from Entebbe and extending as far as Mumias 
(Tiriki Hills) have this brown colour well developed. 


A. servona ? f. rubra. Pl. III, f. 9. 

Three examples of the insect I have figured occur in the 
Tring collection, and I feel bound to refer them to A. servona. 
Two were taken at Fernan Vaz (Gaboon) in company with 
several red and black forms, which latter were undoubtedly 
A. peneleos. It is certainly not a ? form of the latter. In 
the specimen figured the h.-w. black spots are large and con- 
fluent. They are also rather more numerous than in average 
examples of servona, but fortunately the second specimen 
already referred to supplies an intermediate in which these 
spots are quite as in typical servona. The third example was 
taken at Pundo Andongo in Angola. It differs from the others 
in having a narrower and inwardly less well-defined marginal 
band in the h.-w. The underside is more orange ochreous, and 
the h.-w. nervule ends are less broadly black. The central 
area of the h.-w. underside is pale ochreous. 


A. servona limonata, subsp. 

This form occurs at Fernando Po, a small series in the 
British Museum from the Hewitson collection being at present 
labelled A. lycoides, Five examples of the same form are in 
the Joicey collection (lately the property of Mr. H. Grose- 
Smith) and these are somewhat vaguely labelled Angola. Al} 
differ from typical servona in having the spots in f.-w. 1b and 
2 lemon ochreous instead of transparent white, and all are ¢ ¢. 
For some time I was unable to decide whether this form were 
the true lycoides, but M. Charles Oberthiir has kindly sent me 
a most careful description of Boisduval’s type. ‘This example 
is a 2 and evidently agrees with Godart’s servona, In the 


296 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


explanation of Boisduval’s plates the locality is vaguely given 
as “Guinea,” and there appears to be no reference to it in the 
text. Godart gives Angola as the locality of his A. servona. 
The type of this is alsoa 9. NowI am unable to say whether 
the ? 2 of the Fernando Po form have transparent or yellow 
spots on the f.-w., as I have seen no @ examples from that 
locality. I cannot therefore definitely connect the Fernando 
Po specimens with the types of either lycoides or servona. The 
fact that yellow spotted ¢ ¢ occur in the Grose-Smith collec- 
tion labelled “ Angola” would support the conclusion that they 
were the ¢ ¢ of Godart’s servona. If this were established 
our synonymy would have to be slightly altered. Servona 
would still remain the name of the species, but it would refer 
to the yellow spotted form, and the ¢ (dejana) and 9 (lycoides) 
would form a subspecies. I have however reason to suppose 
that the labels referred to are not sufficiently reliable, and until 
further material is available for the study of these forms, I 
must regard servona and lycoides as synonyms, giving a dis- 
tinctive name to the distinctly yellow spotted form, of which I 
have at present seen only male examples. 

A. servona tenebrosa, subsp. n. 

This form, of which I have only seen the ¢, differs from 
other forms in the following particulars :—The ground-colour 
is intensely black. There are no clear spots in f.-w. 1b, and 3. 
The remaining clear spots are reduced in size and quite ap- 
preciably scaled with white. The h.-w. pale yellow patch is 
much reduced, only just extending into area 7, and partially 
into 1b. On the underside those areas which in the typical 
form are pale yellow are here of a very dark red brown. It 
occurs on Kwidgwi Island, L. Kivu. 

A, servona f. reversa, 

This form differs constantly from servona servona solely in 
the fact that the tarsal claws of the male are unequal. It 
should however be noted that in all the eight examples known 
to me the transparent spot in f.-w. area 3 is larger and better 
defined than in the majerity of examples of servona servona. 
Also there is a general tendency for the nervule ends on the 
underside to be more heavily scaled with black brown. In one 
example this scaling is developed to such an extent that the 
outer half of the wing is almost completely black, an extreme 
condition which I have not observed in the type form. 


A. servona occurs from Fernando Po to Angola and 
across the Congo State to Entebbe, thence northwards 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 297 


into Abyssinia, and southwards into German E. Africa. 
I have not yet found the dividing line between the typical 
form and the subspecies rhodina, nor between the latter 
and the subspecies orientis. The species does not occur 
in Neave’s collections from N. Rhodesia and Katanga, nor 
have I seen examples from E. of the Kikuyu Escarpment. 
It would appear, therefore, to extend into German E. 
Africa by way of the Urundi Country. It is remarkable 
that at L. Kivu the subspecies ¢tenebrosa represents a form 
which, in the absence of clear spots in f.-w. 1b and 8, 
agrees with the German EK. African form ovientis, whilst 
in the dark red brown areas of the underside it shows 
affinity with the subspecies rhodina. The much-reduced 
yellow patch of the h.-w. separates it from either form. 

The occurrence of the form which I have named rever'sa, 
adds one more to the many difficulties of classification 
which the genus Acraew presents. An examination of hun- 
dreds of typical servona together with the few available 
specimens of veversa, reveals no constant difference which 
would serve as a basis for specific distinction, with the sole 
exception of the structure of the male tarsal claws. In 
the other species of the genus these claws are constantly 
either equal or unequal, but in this one case their 
structure appears to be inconstant. The genitalia are as 
closely alike as possible, within the hmits of individual 
variation. I have retained this form reversa under the 
heading of servona since there seems no sufficient evidence 
of specific difference. Moreover, to separate it would at 
once raise still greater difficulties. The type of servona is 
a9. Amongst the examples before me are many 2? which 
are certainly servona. Assuming servena servona and 
servona reversa to be different species, to which species 
do all these 2? belong? Breeding experiments and the 
acquisition of further material may one day throw some 
light on the matter. Meanwhile I prefer merely to record 
the fact that there occur amongst large series of male 
servond, certain examples differing from the rest only 
in the structure of the tarsal claws. I have not yet 
discovered any means of deciding whether such forms are 
or are not specifically distinct. 


110, Ackama Cine El CLE, £23, 
Acraea circeis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins., 3, p. 24, pl. 18, f. 5, 6 
(1782) ; Herbst, Naturs. Schmett., 5, p. 13, pl. 81, f. 6, 7 
(1792); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (part), (1898). 


298 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


= mandane, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., 3, 1, p. 183 (1798); 
Godart, Ene. Méth., p. 239 (1819). 

= opis, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, 6, pl. 136, f. 1, 2 (1798). 

S. Leone; AsHantr; Care Coast CasTLE; GABOoN; 
N, Ancona (Kibokolo). 

d. Expanse 52 mm. F.-w. for the most part transparent, 
the transparency being caused by reduction in number and 
width of the scales. Costa, apex, nervures and hind margin 
more heavily dusted with brownish black. Near base of 2, and 
in 1b near margin, a few yellowish white scales representing two 
obsolescent spots. 

H.-w. base with a triangular dusky grey area bearing black 
spots more easily observed on the underside, A central band 
of very pale lemon ochreous beginning in area 6, its outer edge 
slightly curved as far as nervule 5, thence traversing the wing 
parallel to inner edge and reaching the inner margin, where the 
band is about 4 mm. wide. Remainder of wing dusky grey 
forming a marginal band which joins the basal grey along costa 
inn 7 

Underside f.-w. as above but without the yellow scaling in 
Zand 1b, Costa dusky ochreous with a black spot at base, 
Main nervures laterally covered with brownish scales. 

H.-w. As on upperside but paler, the marginal border having 
the nervule ends and internervular rays heavily dusted with 
dull brown, and the intervening spaces powdered with dull 
ochreous. On the grey basal portion black spots as follows :— 
One in 9, one in 8, two in 7, sometimes a small dot near base of 
area 6, one (sometimes two) on discocellulars, two in cell (the 
second in the middle and large), a basal spot in le followed by 
two large spots often coalescent, two in 1b, and two in la. 
Head and thorax black with a few pale marks, abdomen black 
above with whitish lateral spots. Claws unequal. 

2. Resembles ¢ but the f.-w. are more-rounded, and there 
is a little yellow scaling in 1b, at base of 2, and at end of cell in 
f.-w. 


Acraca circets is somewhat rare in collections. At one 
time I was of opinion that it was a form of A. servona, but 
careful examination of a number of preparations of male 
genitalia convince me that it must be regarded as distinct. 
It appears to be an exclusively western species. 


iilile 


ACRAEA OREAS. PI. XIII, f. 25. 
Acraea oreas, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 193, pl. 
17, f. 5 (1891) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (1898) ; 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 299 


Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 46 (1902) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., 
12, p. 346 (1904). 
f. albimaculata, Neave, Novit. Zool., 12, p, 329, 346 (1904), 

AneGoLa (Bihé, Lucalla, Benguella); German E. AFRICA 
(Mwanza); Congo (90 km. w. of L, Albert Nyanza) ; Bririsy E, 
Arrica (Mt. Elgon, Nandi, Sotik) ; Ucanpa (Toro, Entebbe). 
f. angolanus, Lathy (A. angolanus), Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 3, pl. 1, 

f. 4, 5 (1906). 

ANGOLA, 

A, oreas oreas. 

¢. Expanse 48 to58 mm. F,-w. much angulated and hind 
margin markedly convex. Black with large lemon yellow 
spots.* Of these there is one in cell extending from subcostal 
to median and lying between origin of 2 and 3, A subapical 
band of three in 6, 5, and 4, the last somewhat more distally 
placed, one in 2 not quite touching the median, and beneath it 
and nearer margin a spot in lb, Usually a small yellow streak 
near base of 1b close to median, 

H.-w. black with a central lemon yellow patch of peculiar 
shape. This patch occupies the basal portion of 7, nearly the 
whole of cell except a small streak on lower side at base, and 
extends beyond cell slightly into 6, 5, 4, 3, and 2. 

Underside, F.-w. Costa dark to pale reddish brown, Yellow 
spots as on upperside but paler. From base to subapical spots 
brown-black, base of cell and the edges of median nervure 
and its branches laterally dusted with large yellowish scales. 
Apical and hind-marginal borders in some cases also brown- 
black but more usually reddish brown to brownish ochreous 
striated by the black nervules and internervular rays, 

H.-w. varying from black-brown to reddish ochreous. A 
central yellow patch as above but paler and usually extending 
in a narrow suffused streak across areas 1c, and 1b, near their 
middle. Area 8, a streak on lower side of base of cell, and 
basal part of 1c, Ib, and la more distinctly reddish than 
remainder of ground-colour. A small black spot in 8, rarely 
one near base of cell, two in 1c (the second on the inner edge 
of extension of yellow patch) two in 1b and usually one in la. 


Outer half of wing striated by black nervule ends and inter- 
nervular rays, 


* Miss Sharpe’s figure shows yellow spots in f.-w., whilst her descrip- 
tion states that they are white. I have, however, examined the type 
in the Jackson collection, and it has yellow spots agreeing with the 
figure. 


300 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Head black with a few whitish marks, thorax black with two 
anterior dorsal whitish streaks. Abdomen black above with 
pale yellowish segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws 
equal, 

Q@. Expanse 50-60 mm. Resembles the ¢ but f.-w. less 
angulated, 

f, albimaculata. 

Differs from typical examples in having the spots of f.-w. 
white. At present I have only seen ¢ ¢ of this form though 
@ 2 probably also occur. 

f. angolanus. 

Differs from the typical or eastern form in being larger ( ¢ 
60 mm, 2? 68 mm.). The f.-w. spots are white, in both 
sexes the ground-colour of the marginal borders in both 
wings on underside is generally, though not invariably, pale 
greyish ochreous. On h.-w. underside areas 8. 9, a streak on 
lower side of base of cell, areas 1c, 1b, and la remain reddish as 
in typical specimens. 


Lathy describes an aberration of the 2 in which the 
f.-w. spots are tinged with pale yellow and the h.-w. 
patch is radiated into the marginal black. This would 
appear to be a not uncommon form, examples agreeing 
with Lathy’s figure occur both in the Tring Museum and 
in my own collection. 

I do not think the differences between the Angola and 
other forms warrant the separation of the former as a sub- 
species. The f.-w. white spots do not distinguish it from 
the albimaculata form, and they are not constant as shown 
by the ? aberration above described. The pale colour of 
the wing borders on the underside though predominant, is 
also not quite constant. The variation of this marginal 
colour is peculiar. In Angola it is, as stated, usually dusky 
ochreous. Passing eastwards it gradually becomes darker, 
and at Toro and on to the Tiriki Hills it is deep red brown 
or black. In German East African examples it again 
becomes paler turning to a rusty red or orange ochreous. 
The species is easily recognised by the angulated wings 
and by the peculiar shape of the yellow central patch of 
the h.-w. 


112. ACRAEA SEMIVITREA. Pl. XIII, f. 26. 
Acraea semivitrea, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 16, p. 111 (1895) ; 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 114, pl. 1, f. 2 (1898). 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 301 


= pervia, E. M. B. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 19, p. 581 
(1897) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904). 

Conco (Lualuaburg, Yakusu, Ituri Forest); UGanpa 
(Entebbe, Port Alice); Bririsn E, Arrica. 

¢. Expanse 54-62 mm. F.-w. transparent, elongated. Costa 
and nervures narrowly black, apex narrowly black, continuing 
as a narrow hind-marginal border expanded into triangular 
marks at nervule ends. A little black at base most extensive 
in area la. ‘The transparency of the wing is caused by a total 
absence of scales, there being no sign even of scale sockets in the 
glass-like membrane. 

H.-w. brown black at base nearly to end of cell, obscuring 
some rather large black spots. A black hind-marginal border 
narrow at apex, about 2 mm, wide as far as nervule 3, after- 
wards widening out to about 5 mm. at 2. An inner-marginal 
pale ochreous patch extending partially into area 2. 

Underside f.-w. black portions replaced by pale ochreous 
striated by black nervule ends and rays, the black powdering 
of which gradually obliterates the yellow towards the hind 
angle. Some black at base of area 1b. 

In h.-w. the area which is occupied above by the basal black 
and the inner marginal patch, is here entirely lemon ochreous, 
the hind-marginal border being of a darker shade of the same 
colour traversed by black nervule ends and rays. Black 
spots somewhat variable as follows :—One at base in area 9, 
one (sometimes two) in area 7, one on discocellular at origin 
of 6 and 7, three in cell, the first on subbasal sometimes 
absent, and the others often confluent. A spot at base of 2, a 
basal and two more distally placed spots in 1c (the latter often 
confluent), two spots in 1b (sometimes confluent) and two 
in la, 

Head black with a pale yellow spot between eyes and two 
on collar. Thorax black with a few paler marks. Abdomen 
black above with lemon ochreous lateral spots and faint 
segmental lines. Claws equal. 

2. Expanse 60-72mm. Resembles ¢ but dark areas rather 
browner, and the h.-w. inner marginal patch creamy white. 
In one example before me this patch is reduced to a mere 
dusting of whitish scales. On the underside the yellow is 
correspondingly paler and duller. 


This species is quite unlike any other Acraea, and is 
easily recognised. The type in the Brussels Museum was 
taken at Lualuaburg in the Southern Congo. A long 


302 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


series of examples in the Oxford collection are from 
Entebbe and Kisumu. It doubtless occurs in the inter- 
mediate region, and I find no marked difference between 
the Congo examples and those from Uganda. I have 
inspected the type of Miss Sharpe’s A. pervia, and find it 
does not differ from other Uganda specimens now before 
me. 


GROUP XVIIL 


113. ACRARA 1GoLA, Pl. XV, f. 6. 

Acraea igola, Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 3, p. 379 (1889) ; Smith 
and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21, Acraea, p. 12, pl. 4, f. 5 
(1892) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898). 

= cerasa, Smith and Kirby, J. c., f. 2 (non f. 1) (1892). 

= obeira, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 23 (1894). 

?. f. maculiventris, Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 29, 

Acraea, p. 16, pl. 5, f. 4, 5 (1894). 

= obeira, 9, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 172 (1891). 

ZULULAND (Etshowe) ; R#oprsta (Chirinda) ; MAnica- 
LAND (Christmas Pass); Natan (Malvern, Durban); German 
E, Arrica (Amani, Usambuara) 

A, igola. 

6. Expanse 44-50mm. F.-w. costa, apex, and hind margin 
black, broadest at apex. Basal portion almost to end of cell, 
proximal half of area 2, and the whole of areas la and 1b, 
except at hind margin, rather thinly scaled with brick red, 
remainder of wing almost transparent crossed by black scaled 
nervules, and slightly dusted with black scales which are 
much reduced in width. A black basal linear mark between 
median and submedian, and another in area la. The hind- 
marginal black is somewhat indented between the nervules 
by the transparent area. H.-w. brick red with a black hind- 
marginal border projecting inwardly on the nervules, and to 
a less extent between them, <A greyish black basal suffusion 
widest in le. The inner margin yellowish. Black spots as on 
underside but somewhat less pronounced especially those in 
areas 3, 4, 5, and 6. 

Underside, f.-w. very thinly scaled and having a glazed 
appearance, in some examples iridescent. The black areas 
replaced by reddish brown, and the red portions showing 
through from upperside. 

H.-w. dull reddish, the marginal border brown crossed by 
black nervule ends and brown internervular streaks, the latter 


African Species of the Genus Acraca, 303 


short and scarcely reaching the margin. Basal suffusion as 
above but dark greenish grey. Black spots as follows :—An 
outer or discal series of eight, the first, in 7, large, the second, 
third, and fourth, decreasing in size, and lying almost parallel 
to the hind margin, though the fourth, a minute spot not 
always present, is rather less distally placed. The fifth, in 
3, small and close to end of cell, the sixth, seventh, and eighth 
large and nearly in a straight line almost at right angles to 
inner margin. Two spots on the discocellulars, a large sub- 
basal in 7, two in cell, the second just before origin of 2, in le 
a basal and a subbasal, and beneath the latter a spot in 1b. A 
subbasal in la, and sometimes a very small additional spot in 
the same area. Some basal black in area 9, and a dot in 8 
elose to precostal. 

Head, thorax, and abdomen black with a few very small 
yellowish spots. Claws equal. 

Q. Expanse 50-54 mm, Markings asin ¢ but wings more 
rounded and red areas replaced by very pale ochreous or creamy 
white, and the black margins are suffused and thinly scaled. 
In some examples there is an indication of reddish internervular 
marks on the h.-w. marginal border. ‘The subbasal spot in 
h.-w. cell is sometimes absent. 


A, igola Q f. maculiventris. 

The 2 igola is dimorphic and judging from a long series 
before me the present form named A. maculiventris by Grose- 
Smith, would appear to be commoner than the whitish form 
described by Trimen as the type. The present form resembles 
the ¢ but the red areas are duller and paler, whilst the h.-w, 
hind-marginal border is invaded by the red ground-colour to a 
varying extent. In most cases the h.-w. underside presents a 
remarkable difference from that of the ¢. The marginal 
border is reddish brown and well developed, whilst the basal 
portion is chocolate brown extending to the discal row of spots. 
Between these and the marginal border is a broad, curved 
discal band of a dull pinkish colour. The general effect of 
this pattern is to give the underside a marked resemblance to 
that of A. conradti. 


In the Vosseler collection at Berlin I found a very fine 
series of A.igola from Amani and Usambara in German 
K. Africa. The g ¢ have the black spots of the upperside 
very distinct. On the underside the f.-w. is very. iridescent, 
whilst the h.w. has a tendency to be yellowish rather than 


304 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


red. Some ¢ examples have all the scaling much reduced, 
the h.-w. marginal border being almost absent. The 9? 9 
are of the maculiventris form, and one example before me 
has no black border in the h.-w. On the underside the 
discal curved band is pink, due to a sprinkling of whitish 
scales on a brownish ground. The hind-marginal border 
is orange brown, 


114, Ackara AuByni. Pl. V,#.6(¢). Pl. XV, £9. 
Acraea aubyni, sp. nov. 

British E. Arrica (Mwaeba Hill, 35 m. N.N.W. of Rabai). 

¢. Expanse 50-56 mm. F.-w. elongated and with hind 
margin slightly concave. Cell, basal two-thirds of area 3, greater 
part of areas 2, and 1b, anda streak beyond middle of 1a, pale 
brick red. Costa, apex, a short space beyond cell, and greater 
part of la, sepia. A short blackish basal streak in arealb. A 
subapical patch of three more or less transparent elongated 
spots in 6, 5, and 4. H.-w. basal half of 7, and 1c, base of cell, 
most of 1b, and all of la sepia. A sepia black marginal border 
15 to 25 mm. broad, slightly edentate inwardly on and be- 
tween the nervules. Remainder of wing pale brick red with 
black spots more easily observed beneath. 

Underside. F.-w. very sparsely scaled except at apex and 
hind margin. Nervuresand nervules finely black. Resembles 
upperside but all the sepia areas dull ochreous and there is 
an indication of a small blackish streak in cell. H.-w. dull 
ochreous, those areas which are sepia above being represented 
by a slightly darker ochreous shade. Hind margin bears short 
internervular rays which barely reach the margin or only do so 
in a fine point. Nervule ends on margin slightly thickened 
with black brown. Black spots as follows:—Two in 7, the 
second just beyond origin of nervule 7. Beneath the second 
and rather more distal a spot in 6, followed by one still more 
distal in 5. A spot at base of 5 on discocellular and a similar 
but smaller one at base of 4. One at base of 2, a basal, a sub- 
basal and a distal in 1c and 1b, the two outer spots in latter 
area being rather further from base than the corresponding 
ones in le. A subbasal in la. 

Head black with a yellowish spot between the eyes and 
two on collar. Thorax black. Abdomen black above with 
yellowish lateral spots. Claws equal. 

°. Expanse 60 mm. F.-w. for the most part transparent. 
Costa dusted with blackish. Apex rather broadly blackish 
as far as area 4 where the dark scales become confined to a 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 305 


narrow hind-marginal border fading into reddish in areas 1b » 
and la. A slight dusting of dark scales on the discocellulars 
and beyond the cell, and a very small dark spot in cell, close to 
subcostal above the origin of nervule 2. Base slightly black- 
ened and the whole of cell, and the greater part of 2, 1b and la 
faintly powdered with red. H.-w. blackish at base, and having 
a dark hind-marginal border as in g. Remainder of wing 
brick red but very thinly scaled. Black spots as in ¢ but 
those in 7, 6 and 5 beyond cell more distinct. Underside f.-w. 
as above but almost devoid of scales except at apex and hind 
margin where it is brownish ochreous. H.-w. base and mar- 
ginal border brownish ochreous. Ends of nervules black with 
short dark internervular rays which do not reach margin. 
Central area sparsely scaled with whitish to which a pink tinge 
is transmitted from the red scales of the upperside. 


This species is represented by a few examples kindly 
presented to the Oxford collection by the Rev. K. St. A. 
Rogers. It adds one more form to a very difficult 
group, the true affinities of which are very obscure. A 
single ? example has just been received. he species is 
apparently very closely allied to igola, but the h.-w. 
spots in 7, 6, and 5 are much nearer the cell than 
in that species. I have much pleasure in dedicating 
it to the Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers, to whose skill and 
generosity the Oxford collection owes so many valuable 
accessions. 

115. Acragba oRESTIA. Pl. XV, f. 10. 

Acraea orestia, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. 11, p. 131 (1874); 
Exot. Butt. Acraea, pl. 7, f. 47 (1875) ; Snellen, Tijdschr. 
v. Ent. 25, p. 217 (1882); Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, 
p- 273 (1893) ; Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898); Lathy, Trans. 
Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903). 

= orestina, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 41, p. 190 (1880). 

= itwrina, Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 346 (1904). 

NicEria ; Fernanpo Po; GABoon ; CAMEROON ; ANGOLA ; 
Congo (Bangala); Uaanpa (Entebbe, Damba I.) ; Bririsn E. 
Arrica (Tiriki Hills). 

f. hwmilis, Em. M. B. Sharpe (A. humilis), Ann. Nat: Hist. (6) 
19, p. 582 (1897); -Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898) ; 
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. Acraea, 7, p. 23, pl. 7, f. 3 
(1901). 

British E. Arrica (Tiriki Hills); Ucanpa (Entebbe, 
Damba I.). 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912—-PARTI. (JULY) X 


306 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


f. transita, f. nov. 
=humilis ¢, Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. Acraea, 7, p. 23, 
pl. 7, f. 1, 2 (1901). 

British E. Arrica (Tiriki Hills); UGanpa (Entebbe, 
Damba I.). 

A. orestia orestia. 

¢. Expanse 38-40 mm. _ F.-w. transparent and highly 
iridescent, the scales much reduced in width. Base, costa, 
apex, and hind margin suffused with blackish. In some 
examples, as in those mentioned by Aurivillius (l.c.) from 
Bonge, Cameroon, as also in some from Agberi on the Niger, 
now before me, the black is of much less extent than in 
Hewitson’s figure and the base of la, 1b, 2, and part of cell are 
flushed with red. The h.-w. is red with a little dusky suffusion 
at base and a blackish hind-marginal border 2-2°5 mm. wide 
rather noticeably darker near the anal angle. Numerous black 
spots often, as in the type, with a tendency to elongation. 
These are somewhat more distinct especially at base, on 
underside. 

Underside. F.-w. like the upperside but very sparsely scaled 
and vitreous. Costa brownish yellow with a black spot at base. 

H.-w. very thinly scaled and paler than above except for the 
black spots which are prominent, and often somewhat con- 
fluent. Of these there are, one in 8, two in 7 the outer one 
forming the first of a curved discal band of 5, in 7, 6, 5, 4, and 
3 lying parallel to apical margin. One or two very small spots 
on discocellulars, A spot at base of area 2 followed by one in 
le and 1b, that in le being slightly nearer base. A subbasal 
and a central spot in cell, asubbasal in 1c and la, and a central 
spot in 1b. Ends of nervules blackish, and short blackish 
internervular rays. 

Head and thorax black with a few pale spots. Abdomen 
black above with white segmental lines and lateral spots. 
Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 44mm. Like the ¢ but with more rounded 
wings and altogether paler. H.-w. underside has the reddish 


areas pinkish ochreous with some greyish ochreous near inner 
margin. 


A. orestia f. humilis. 
¢. Expanse about 38 mm. Wings transparent owing to 
reduction in width of scales and in some places to hairs. 


No red or yellow scales. F.-w. dusted with blackish brown 
at base, costa, apex, and slightly on hind margin. H.-w. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 307 
irregularly blackish at base, extending into cell and below 
median, with slight blackish scaling at anal angle. Thorax 
black, with pale spots, abdomen black above, yellowish beneath, 
and bearing small white lateral segmental spots. 

@ resembles ¢. 
f, transita. 

This form has the typical basal red of the f.-w. replaced by a 
black suffusion and the h.-w. red is replaced by white, yellow 
or orange. It is liable to occur in both sexes. 


Almost every grade of intermediate may occur between 
the forms above described. Some time after I had 
decided that Miss Sharpe’s A. humilis was a form of 
Hewitson’s orestia a series of specimens was received at 
Oxford from Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter, who had bred them 
on Damba I. These contain both the typical red and the 
f. transita, and taken in conjunction with another series 
captured in the Tinki Hills by Dr. C. A. Wiggins, con- 
taining all three forms, fully confirm my conclusion. The 
larva is described by Dr. Carpenter as having been 
mistaken by him for that of A. alciope,* from which I 
gather that the resemblance is extremely close. 


116. ACRAEA CINEREA. Pl. XV, f. 8. 
Acraea cinerea, Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 325, pl. 1, f. 16 (1904). 

BririsH E, Arrica (Tiriki Hills, 5,000 ft.) 

A, cinerea alberta, subsp. 

Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 151 (1911). 

90 km. W. of L. ALBERT Epwarbp, 3,250 ft. 
A. cinerea cinerea. 

4. Expanse 40 mm. F.-w. transparent owing to reduc- 
tion in width of scales (hairs not present). Costa and apical 
region finely dusted with blackish scales. H.-w. evenly and 
fairly thickly clothed with blackish scales. 

Underside f.-w. almost devoid of scales, deep red at base of 
costa. H.-w. thinly scaled and having deep red basal patch 
extending along lower half of cell nearly to end and inwardly 
to inner margin. A few minute and obsolescent black spots 
on margin of red area in 1b, 1c, and 2, and on upper disco- 
cellular, one spot in middle of cell, one near base in 1b, and two 
or three against the body at base. Marginal internervular folds 
distinct. Thorax and abdomen black above, brownish beneath. 
Abdomen with pale lateral segmental spots. Claws equal. 


* See Pl. VI, f. 10. 


xX 2 


308 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


2. Expanse 45 mm. Resembles ¢ but margin of h.-w. rather 
less thickly scaled. Spots on underside rather more distinct 
and visible on upperside. A second spot in cell nearer base. 


A, cinerea alberta. Pl. IV, f.1(¢). 

d. Expanse 45-50 mm. F.-w. as in cinerea but costal and 
apical scaling sooty black. H.-w. sooty black with a large 
central patch of crimson occupying base of 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 
middle of 1c, and end of cell. 

Underside as in cinerea but the crimson area appears as 
a deep pink. Basal dark red as in cinerea. One example 
has no black spots on underside of h.-w. 

? unknown. 

A, cinerea occurs in the Tiriki Hills, N. of Kisumu at 
an elevation of over 5,000 ft. 

The examples of cinerea alberta were taken some sixty 
miles W. of L. Albert Nyanza at an elevation of about 
3,250 ft. 

There is no difficulty in recognising this species as it is 
quite unlike any other African Acraea. The male arma- 
ture is of a very simple though fairly distinctive character. 


117. ACRAEBA QUIRINALIS. Pl. XV, f. 7. 
Acraea quirinalis, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., vii, p. 544 (1900) ; 
Rhop. Exot. Acraea, 7, p. 24, pl. 7, f. 5 (1901). 

GERMAN E. Arrica (Usukuma); Britisu E. Arrica (Kisumu, 
Nandi) ; UGanpa (Entebbe) ; Conao (Ituri Forest). 

6. Expanse 40-50 mm. F.-w. rather elongated, greyish, 
almost transparent (scales almost reduced to hairs), Base 
nearly to end of cell, base of area 2, and greater part of areas 
1b and la flushed with red. Costa, apex and hind margin 
faintly darker than the remainder, At base of area 1b a well- 
marked black longitudinal streak, and in cell along the sub- 
costal a well-developed black streak extending to a point above 
the origin of nervule 2, 

H.-w. also thinly scaled, a little black at base, followed by a 
well-defined red patch which extends a little beyond the end of 
cell leaving a broad greyish semitransparent marginal border. 
This border is almost twice the width of that in the red form of 
orestia humilis and is not, or only very faintly, darker at anal 
angle. Black spots less distinct than on underside. 

Underside f.-w. almost scaleless, H.-w. also nearly scaleless 
except the black spots which are arranged as follows :—One at 
base in 9, one in 8, two in 7, the second over origin of nervule 
7, and forming the first of an outer row of eight. Of these the 
first five are roughly parallel to the outer margin, the sixth 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 309 


near base of area 2, the seventh in lc at the same level, and the 
eighth in 1b rather more distal. In addition to these there are 
two spots in cell, the second just before origin of nervule 2; a 
basal and a subbasal in le, an additional spot in 1b, and two 
in la, 

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots, abdomen black 
above with minute whitish lateral dots. Claws equal, 

?. Resembles ¢ but has rather more rounded wings, and 
the red of f.-w. is of rather less extent. In the h.-w. the red 
patch is outwardly much less sharply defined being invaded 
by the greyish dusting of the border both on and between the 
nervules. The spots in the upper part of the outer row may 
be absent. 


It was some time before I was able to decide the correct 
nomenclature of A. quirinalis and A. durina owing to the 
fact that the red form of A. orestia was nearly always 
found with them, and all three were mixed together in 
collections. Indeed of two alleged co-types of guirinalis 
sent to me for examination, one was quirinalis and the 
other the red form of orestia, Mr. Grose-Smith having 
failed to distinguish between them. I have since seen 
the type of guirinalis and find that it is not, as I thought 
it might be, only the red form of orestia. Familiarity 
with these forms enables them to be easily distin- 
guished without regard to the colour or pattern, since 
iturmma has the nervules 6 and 7 of the h.-w. stalked, 
whilst they arise independently in guirinalis and orestia, 
_and the tarsal claws of the ¢ quirinalis are symmetrical, 
whilst those of orestia are asymmetrical. 

Quirinalis occurs from Usukuma to Kisumu and 
Entebbe, and into the Ituri forest. 


118. AcRAEA FoRNAX. PI. XV, f. 11. 

Acraea fornax, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 4, p. 230 (1879) ; 
Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 106, pl. 9a, ff. 10, 10a 
(1885-7); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 103 (1898). 

= smithii, Mabille, Ann. Ent, Fr. (5), 9, p. 341 (1879). * 

MaDAGASCAR (Fianarantsoa), 

¢. Expanse 50 to 52 mm, F.-w. Basal half bright red 
extending to end of cell, very slightly into area 3, about half 


* Strictly speaking, Mabille’s name should stand. His paper was 
read on Jan. 8th, but not published till Oct. Butler’s description 
was published in Sept. Mabille has himself, however, in the 
work on Madagasear, adopted the above synonymy. 


310 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


the length of area 2, and to within about 3 mm. of the margin 
in 1b and la. Costa black with a little red at base. Outer 
portion of wing black, rather thinly scaled in discal area, and 
a more or less distinct partially transparent subapical patch 
formed of three spots in 6, 5, and 4. Nervules black and inter- 
nervular black spurs along margin. A linear black mark at 
base of lb. Sometimes a black spot in the proximal half of 
2, and another in 1b nearer margin. 

H.-w. bright red with a black hind-marginal border about 
3 mm. wide having a somewhat irregular inner outline, being 
indented by the red ground-colour between the nervules 
especially in 3, 2, and le. Traces of red submarginal spots in 
2and 1c, Black spots corresponding with those on underside. 

Underside f.-w. a pale replica of the upper with the addition 
of a black spot at base of costa and a marginal row of tri- 
angular brownish red internervular marks edged with black. 

H.-w. Base pale pink followed by a dusting of madder 
brown scales, outside this a pale pink curved median band 
from costa to inner margin. Marginal band madder brown 
2-3 mm. wide. A series of deep orange triangular marginal 
spots, their bases on the margin, and each enclosed in a black 
triangle the apex of which is produced in 4, 3, 2, and le into a 
short internervular ray, Black spots large. Three discal spots 
in 7, 6, and 5 parailel to apical margin. A large composite 
spot formed of one on discocellulars and one at base of areas 
6, 5, and 4. A spot at base of 3 and of 2, the latter followed 
by a spot in 1c and 1b, all in a straight line at right angles to 
inner margin, A spot in 8 against precostal, one at base and 
one in middle of cell, a subbasal in 1c, one in 1b, and two in 
la. Some irregular black at base of wing. 

Head black with a pale mark between the eyes, and two 
reddish tufts on collar, Thorax black with one or two minute 
pale spots. Abdomen black above with reddish Jateral spots. 
Claws unequal, 

Q. Expanse about 58 mm, Upperside like that of the ¢ 
but rather more thinly scaled, and the red colour paler and 
duller. The black spots of h.-w. show a tendency to elongation 
and the h.-w. black hind-marginal border is nearly twice as 
broad as in the ¢. 

Underside much paler and duller than that in ¢ especially 
on the h.-w. hind-marginal border, the characteristic pattern 
of which is merely indicated. One 9 in the Staudinger 
collection has the red areas replaced hy white and the trans- 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 311 


parent part of f.-w. apical area much larger than in ¢. The 
underside is also whitish without any trace of the reddish 
marginal spots on either wing. 


The species would appear to be rare. It occurs only in 
Madagascar. 


119. ACRAEA STRATTIPOCLES. Pl. XV, f. 13. 

Acraea strattipocles, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 18, pl. 1, 
f. 9, pl. 3, f. 25 (1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 
(1898). 

Mapacascar (Antsianaka, Alaotra). 

¢. Expanse 50 to 54 mm. F.-w. Costa, apex, and hind 
margin black, widest at apex. About two-thirds of length of 
cell, proximal half of area 2, the whole of area 1b, except at 
margin, and the distal part of la except at margin, deep brick 
red. Remainder of wing transparent crossed by the black 
nervules, the transparency somewhat invading the marginal 
black between the nervules, and caused by a reduction in 
number but not in size, of the scales. Sometimes a trace of a 
black spot near base of area 2. 

H.-w. deep brick red, yellowish at inner margin, and having 
a black hind-marginal border, the inner edge of which is fairly 
regular and not deeply indented by the ground-colour. Numer- 
ous large, more or less confluent, black spots more easily 
distinguished on underside. 

Underside f.-w. nearly devoid of scales and very shining, 
the pattern of upperside showing through. Costa, apex, and 
hind margin dusted with umber brown, and a black spot at 
base of costa. 

H.-w. pinkish varying from nearly white to dusky pink, 
more or less suffused with brown in lower half of cell, and basal 
portion of 3,2,and Ie. Marginal border russet brown, divided 
by darker, broadly scaled nervule ends and narrow short inter- 
nervular rays. Black spots as follows :—An outer or discal row 
of eight. The first large, in area 7, the second and third (in 6 
and 5) rather smaller and respectively rather more distally 
placed. The fourth slightly more proximal, the fifth and sixth 
large and occupying the base of areas 3 and 2 respectively. The 
seventh and eighth large and nearly in a straight line with the 
sixth, at right angles to inner margin. This row of spots is 
practically confluent. In addition to these, a basal spot in 9, 
a dot in 8 near precostal, a large subbasal spot in 7, a smaller 
spot near base of ceJ], and a second and larger spot in cell 


312 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


beyond origin of nervule 2. A basal and a subbasal in le, 
beneath the latter a spot in 1b, and two spots in la. 

Head black, thorax black with white dots, and reddish tufts 
on collar. Abdomen black above with white segmental dots 

. and lines. Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse 64-66 mm. Pattern and markings much as 
in ¢ but the red colour duller and browner, and the black 
margins browner than in the ¢. The hind-marginal border 
of h.-w. has its inner edge more softly outlined though it 
remains fairly regular as in the ¢. 


A. strattipocles may be distinguished from A. masamba 
and A. sambavae by the more distal position of the second 
spot in the h.-w. cell. 


120. ACRAEA MASAMBA. PI. XV, f. 14. 

Acraea masamba, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 9, p. 3 (1872); Af. 
Lep., p. 10, pl. 7, f. 3 (1874); Saalmiiller, Lep. Mad., 1, 
p- 75, pl. 3, f. 32 (1884) ; Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, 
p. 103, pl. 9a, f. 1, la, 2 (1885-7); Aurivillius, Rhop. 
Aeth., p. 112 (1898). 

= riippelli, Saalmiiller, Ber. Senck. Ges., p. 80 (1878). 
MapaGascaR (Ste. Marie, Fenerive, L. Humblot, Antakares, 

Tamatave). 

f. silia, Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 105, pl. 9a, f. 3, 
4 (1885-7). 

= masamba, Ward, Af. Lep., pl. 7, f. 4 (1874). 
MapaGascar (Antsianaka, L. Alaotra). 

2 f. boseae, Saalmiiller, Ber. Senck. Ges., p. 259 (1880); Lep. 
Mad., 1, p. 76, pl. 1, f. 3 (1884) ; Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. 
Lep., p. 106 (1885-7). 

A. masamba masamba. 

¢. Expanse 48-56 mm. F.-w. Transparent, owing to a 
reduction in size and number of the scales. Costa and apex 
black, and the nervule ends along hind margin expanded into 
black triangles their bases joined on the margin. About two- 
thirds of cell, base of area 2, and the greater part of area 1b 
suffused with bright brick red. Area la black with a slight 
powdering of red in the outer half. In some examples a small 
black mark in cell, near middle, close to subcostal, occasionally 
extended into a blackish suffused line running obliquely across 
cell to near origin of nervule 3. Usually a black linear mark 
at base of area 1b. 

H.-w. bright brick red, usually with a slight black basal 
suffusion, most extensive in Ie. <A black hind-marginal 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 313 


border 2-3 mm. wide, edentate inwardly on the nervules, thus 
producing a much more broken inner outline than in A. stratti- 
pocles. Black spots as on underside, Inner margin yellowish 
white. 

Underside. F.-w., the greater part almost devoid of scales, 
The red areas showing through from the upperside. The black 
of upperside reproduced in sepia scales. Both sides of the 
median nervure, and the basis of nervules 2 and 3 densely 
clothed with large, ovate, golden ochreous scales. (‘This feature 
is not present in strattipocles.) Costa with a small black mark 
at base. 

H.-w. pinkish white, the black border of the upperside re- 
produced in sepia, nervule ends and short fine internervular 
rays rather darker. Black spots as follows :—An outer row of 
nine, the first very large in area 7 above origin of nervule 7, 
the second smaller in 6 and nearer margin, third still smaller 
in 5 and nearer margin, fourth minute in 4 and further from 
margin than third (third and fourth sometimes very minute 
or absent,) fifth of medium size at base of area 3, sixth, about 
as large as first, at base of area 2, and often somewhat produced 
outwardly, seventh large, more or less heart-shaped, its inner 
edge at level of origin of 2, eighth in 1b, rather smaller, and 
nearer margin, ninth small in la nearer base. A spot in 9, one 
in 8 against precostal, two in cell, the second lying before 
origin of nervule 2, a basal and a subbasal in le, a little basal 
black and a subbasal spot in 1b, and a subbasal in la on a 
level with that in Ic. 

Head black with a yellow spot between eyes and two on 
collar, thorax black above with whitish dorsal and lateral 
marks, abdomen black above with whitish lateral spots and 
segmental lines. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse about 66 mm. Resembles ¢ but f.-w. more 
rounded, and general colouring paler and duller. On the f.-w. 
underside there are a few large yellow and orange scales on the 
median nervure but not so closely packed asin @. 


A. masamba f. silia. 

Ward’s figures show a red form which is the typical masamba 
and a yellow form (not described in the text) which is really 
somewhat intermediate between the f. siliw and f. boseae of 
Saalmiiller. The form silia resembles the type form except that 
the red colour is replaced by a rich golden yellow, much paler 
in the 9. There seems to be a constant tendency towards 
absence of the spots in areas 5 and 4 of h.-w. 


314 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


M. Charles Oberthiir, to whom I am indebted for the 
opportunity of making a careful examination of a series of 
masamba, silia and strattipocles, asserts, in a letter, his firm 
opinion that masamba and silia are distinct species. I regret 
that I should feel compelled to differ from the view of an 
eminent collector to whom I owe so much valuable assist- 
ance. The sole difference between the two forms is one of 
colour. Certainly the ground-colour in h.-w. seems, in si/ia, 
always to be slightly “extended outwards in area 4, thus 
causing an indentation in the black of the marginal border, 
but the same feature is observable in varying degrees of 
development in a series of masamba. On the other hand, 
there is in both forms the same heavy yellow scaling of the 
f.-w. median nervure on the underside, the transparency of 
the f.-w. is caused in the same manner, and the male arma- 
tures are not distinguishable. The alternation of red, 
yellow, and white is a common phenomenon in other species, 
and I feel bound therefore to consider si/ia as merely a 
form of masamba. 


A. masamba @ f. boseae. 

This is a form in which the red areas are replaced by pale 
yellowish white, with a perhaps still greater tendency than in 
f. silia to absence of spots in h.-w. areas. So far I have only 
seen 2 9 of this form, and judging by the analogy of other 
Madagascan species the white colour is probably confined to 
that sex. A 9? of the silia form now before me has, in the 
h.-w., the inner margin, and the space between the marginal 
border and the spots in areas 1b to 3, almost white. 


121. ACRAEA SAMBAVAR, PI. XV, f. 15. 

Acraea sambavae, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 10, p. 59 (1873) ; 
Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 101, pl. 10, f. 7-9 
(1885-7); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898). 

MADAGASCAR. 

¢. Expanse 54-56 mm. F.-w. Costa and apex powdered 
with black, nervule ends broadly powdered with black on 
hind margin forming a narrow border with a sinuous inner 
outline, Cell almost to end, base of area 3, basal half of 2, and 
the whole of area 1b, except just on margin, powdered with 
deep brick red, Area la black powdered withred, Remainder 
of wing transparent, due toa reduction in number and not in size 

of the scales, these being also set somewhat on edge. H.-w. 

brick red, yellowish in areas la, 1b, and 1c, and having a slight 

black basal suffusion. At extremities of nervules there are 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 315 


black triangles, their bases contiguous on the margin. Black 
spots as on underside, but those of outer row rather larger. 

Underside. F.-w. for the most part devoid of scales, Dusted 
with sepia on costa, apex, and along hind margin. H.-w. Base 
to outer row of spots, and on hind margin, brownish pink, 
intervening space dull pale pink. Nervule ends on margin 
blackish brown. Short internervular folds rather distinct but 
not blackened. Black spots as follows :—An outer row of eight 
(sometimes nine). The first two in 7 and 6 large, and placed 
beyond origin of nervule 7, the third and fourth in 5 and 4 
smaller, and placed much nearer margin, the fifth at base of 
area 3, sixth adjacent to it in 2, and the seventh and eighth in 
1c, and 1b, in line with the sixth and nearly at right angles to 
inner margin. Sometimes a ninth spot in area la. Some 
black at base of wing, a spot in 8 against precostal, a large 
transverse subbasal spot in 7, two in cell, the second lying at or 
before origin of nervule 2, one or two spots on upper part of 
discocellulars, a subbasal in 1c and la, and more distally placed 
than these a spot in 1b. 

Head black with a reddish dot between the eyes and two on 
collar, thorax black above with indications of a few pale 
markings, abdomen black above with dull yellowish lateral 
spots and intersegmental lines. Claws unequal. 

Q. Expanse 60-70 mm, Resembles the male but the red 
areas are either duller and paler, or may vary to yellowish 
white. 


I have seen but few examples of this species. It may 
be distinguished from masamba by the more distal position 
of the h.-w. spots in areas 4 and 5, by the much less 
developed h.-w. marginal border, and by the greater extent 
of red in the f.-w. 

I have no special localities for this purely Madayascan 
species. Mabille describes the species as rare in that 
island and as inhabiting the eastern wooded areas. One 
example in the Oxford collection is labelled S.W. 
Madagascar. 


GROUP XIX. 


122. AcRAEA SAFIE. Pl. XV, f. 1. 
Acraea safie, Felder, Reise Novara Lep., p. 370 (1867); Auri- 
villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (1898); Rothschild and 
Jordan, Novit. Zool., xii, p. 183 (1905). 


316 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Apyssinta (Gardulla). 

A. safie f. antinorii, Oberthiir (A. antinorii), Ann. Mus. Genov., 
xv, p. 157, pl. 1, f. 3 (1880); xviii, p. 719 (1883); Auri- 
villius(var.? antinorii), Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (1898) ; Pagen- 
stecher (safie var. antinorii), Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat., ly, p. 
136 (1902) ; Roth. and Jord., Novit. Zool. xii, p. 183 (1905), 

Apysstnta (Gara Daij, Abulcassim, Schoa, Dara R., Malo, 
Kaffa). 

A. safie safie. 

6. Expanse 44-45 mm. F.-w. brown black. Beyond cell 
a series of four translucent spots, dusted with ochreous. The 
first very small in area 9, the remainder large, subquadrate, 
and separated only by nervules 5 and 6. At base of area 2 a 
large ochre yellow spot, and beneath it in 1b a somewhat 
larger patch of the same colour. 

H.-w. brown black with a central band of ochre yellow, ex- 
tending from costa almost to inner margin, the portion above 
nervule 4 being some 2 mm. broader than the remainder. 

Underside. F.-w. Central portion greyish brown. Costa, 
apex, and hind margin pale ochreous, striated by narrowly 
black nervules and rays. The subapical spots white, those in 
2 and 1b as above but paler. 

H.-w. pale dusky ochreous, with the central band as above 
but paler. Hind-marginal border striated by very narrowly 
darkened nervules and rays. A few very small black spots 
so variable in number as to be of little use as a character. 
When two are present in cell, the second is situated before the 
origin of nervule 2. 

Head and thorax black with a few pale markings. Abdomen 
black above with pale ochreous lateral dots. Claws equal. 

2. I have not seen a 9 corresponding to this form. 


A, safie f. antinorii. 

This form differs from typical examples principally in having 
the spots and h.-w. band much reduced. In one example 
before me there are three small whitish subapical spots, a small 
ochreous mark at base of area 2, and beneath it a very slight 
trace of ochreous in 1b. The h.-w. is all brown black with 
just a few ochreous scales in area 6. A trace of such scales 
may also be discerned with a lens in areas 7 and &, 

Underside extremely variable. In one example before me 
it is much as in the type form. In a second the h.-w. is all 
dull greyish ochreous, slightly darker on the hind-marginal 
border, whilst in a third the basal portion of h.-w. is dull 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 317 


ochreous, and the inner portion of the hind-marginal border 
is dusted with reddish brown, this suffusion reaching the cell 
in area 3. This example has only three black spots on the 
underside, viz. two on the discocellulars, and one in Ib. 

@ resembles the ¢. 


This species, which is quite distinctive in appearance, 
appears to occur only in Abyssinia. 


123. ACRAEA AMICITIAE. Pl. XV, f. 12. 
Acraea amicitiae, Heron. Trans. Zool. Soc., 19, p. 148, pl. 5, f. 
PCLO09): 

Mr. RUWENZORI. 

¢. Expanse 50-56 mm. F.-w. hind margin rather markedly 
concave. Base, costa, distal half of wing, hind margin and 
inner margin brown black. Cell, middle of 2, and greater part 
of 1b, tawny red. Beyond cell a band of three pale spots 
separated by nervules 6 and 5, sometimes transparent, some- 
times dusted with reddish yellow, and followed by a small 
separate spot in 3 similarly variable. In cell an irregular black 
spot wide at subcostal, narrowing suddenly in the middle and 
reaching median at origin of nervule 2. <A black spot at base 
of Z distally indented by the red colour, and beneath it a 
sinuous black spot in 1b. In some examples indications of 
reddish submarginal dots. 

H.-w. tawny-red, base of area 7, upperside of median to end 
of cell, base of 2, and basal half of 1c, 1b and la black. A 
black submarginal line beginning at costa and proceeding 
parallel to margin as far as nervule 3 where it suddenly widens 
out to a broad black submarginal band which reaches inner 
margin. Between this and the margin the nervule ends are 
rather broadly black and join a fine black marginal line, thus 
enclosing large quadrate spots of the ground-colour. A few 
small black spots corresponding to those beneath. 

Underside. F.-w. Costa, apex, and margin dark ochreous 
crossed by black nervules, and having on margin orange brown 
internervular rays. Those parts which above are red or black 
are here almost scaleless, the black marks only showing through 
from upperside. A black dot at extreme base of costa. A fine 
black line round margin. 

H.-w. Basal and distal part of 7, base of cell, and basal 
half of Ic, 1b, and la pale grey. Middle of 7, end of cell, 
and bases of 6 and 5, reddish. Beyond cell pale brownish 
pink, the margin tawny orange, and the black submarginal line 


318 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


and band of upperside showing slightly through. Nervule 
ends black joining in a fine black marginal line. Small black 
spots as follows:—One, minute, in 8 (often absent), two in 7 
close together, the second just beyond origin of nervule 7 
Beneath this and nearer margin two small spots in 6 and 5. A 
spot at base of 2, a V-shaped spot in le (often divided) and a 
spot in lb, these three all in a straight line at right angles 
to inner margin. One spot in middle of cell and one at 
extreme end, one on discocellulars at base of nervule 6, and a 
sunilar one at base of 5,a basal and a subbasal in 1c, beneath it 
a spotin 1b, and another in la, also a subbasal in the latter area. 

Head and thorax black with yellowish dots ; abdomen black 
above with yellowish lateral dots and fine pale segmental lines. 
Claws unequal. 

I have not seen a 9 of this species. 


A, amicitiae is a very distinct and apparently local 
species. It occurs on Mt. Ruwenzori from 6,000 to 
13,000 ft. 


124, ACRAEA ANSORGEI. Pl. XVI, f.5 (9). 
Acraea ansorgei, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. v, p. 351 (1898) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 117 (1898) ; Grose-Smith, Rhop. 
Exot. (Acraea), 6, p. 21, pl. 6, f. 9, 10 (1901). 
3RITISH E, Arrica (Nandi Station, Limoru). 


There are before me four examples of this species, all 
2 @. Grose-Smith first described the type as a 2 and 
afterwards figured it as a J, but his first conclusion was 
the correct one. His figure is like the insect in pattern 
only, as it shows the paler areas bright yellow, whereas 
in the type they are orange tawny. 

As no two of the examples before me are alike, I will 
first describe the typical form, afterwards indicating the 
points in which the remaining three respectively differ. 


2. Expanse 40-50 mm. F.-w. Base suffused with dark brown 
as far as origin of nervule 2. Beyond this the costa, cell, 
extreme base of area 3, basal half of 2, and the whole of 1b 
and la, orange tawny. Remainder of wing dark brown. A 
series of three subapical tawny spots separated only by the 
subcostal and nervule 6, followed by a submarginal spot in 
area 4, 

H.-w. entirely orange tawny except for avery slight brownish 
suffusion at base, and faint indications of two or three minute 
black subbasal dots. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 319 


Underside. The tawny colour of a duller shade. F.-w. slightly 
darkened at base. Between end of cell and the outer tawny 
spots, as dark as on upperside, the spots paler, and the apical 
and marginal area dull red brown. 

H.-w. with a faintly indicated dusky curved band beyond 
cell extending from costa to inner margin. A few small black 
dots variable in number, the specimen with the greatest number 
of these shows one at base in 9 and le, one in 8, two in 7 the 
second well beyond origin of nervule 7, two in cell, the second 
before origin of nervule 2, faint indications of discal spots in 
6, 5, 4, and 3, and two in le, 1b, and 1a respectively. 

Head and thorax black with two reddish tufts on collar, 
abdomen black above with yellowish lateral white dots. 

The three other examples of this species now before me differ 
from that above described in the following manner :— 

(1) The central band of f.-w. is pale tawny, the spots rather 
darker in shade. The h.-w. is pale creamy white, slightly 
blackened at base. 

(2) All the light areas in both wings pale ochreous. 

(3) F.-w. central band and the whole of h.-w., except at base, 
pale creamy white. F.-w. subapical spots pure white. 


This peculiar species seems to occur only on the east 
side of L. V. Nyanza, two of the above examples being 
labelled Nandi country, one “60 m. along the Anglo- 
German Boundary,” the fourth Limoru, at mile-post 407 
on the Uganda Railway. It is remarkable that they 
should be all 99, and one is tempted to suppose that 
they are merely one more form of the polymorphic A. 
conjuncta. Though such may well be the fact, it seems 
better, with the present paucity of material, to keep the 
form separate. 


125. AcRaEA conguNcTA. Pl. XIV, f. 18. 

Acraea conjwncta, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., v, p. 351 (1898) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 117 (1898); Grose-Smith, 
Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), vi, p. 22, pl. 6, f. 11, 12 (1901). 

f. interrupta f. n. 

? f. silacea f. n. 

2 f. mutata f. n. 

? f. pica f. n. 

@ f. lutealba f. n. 

2 f. suffusa f. n. 

British E. Arrica (Kavirondo, Nairobi, Aberdare Hills, 

Mt. Kokanjero). 


320 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A. conjuncta conjuncta. 

g. Expanse 40-46 mm. F.-w. deep brown-black. A central 
curved band of deep ochreous formed by a quadrate spot occupy- 
ing the whole of distal end of cell, a similar patch in 2 not 
quite reaching the base of that area, and a central patch in 1b, 
and la. A small spot of the same colour at base of area 3. 
Beyond cell a subapical series of 3-4 small deep ochreous spots 
in 10, 9, 6, and 5, followed by a submarginal spot of the same 
colour in area 4. 

H.-w. deep ochreous, the base suffused with dark brown, the 
inner margin powdered with the same colour as far as 1b. A 
hind-marginal border of dark brown 3-4 mm. wide its inner 
edge somewhat irregular and edentate between the nervules, A 
few minute black discal spots faintly indicated. 

Underside paler and duller, the pattern much less distinct. 
In h.-w. some minute black spots very variable in number. 
The example before me having the largest number of these 
spots shows the following :—A basal spot in 9 and in le. Two 
in 7, the outermost well beyond origin of 7, one in cell before 
origin of 2, a series of three small discal spots in areas 5, 4, and 
3 in a nearly vertical line, one in 1c and 1b, and one in Ia. 

Head black with two reddish tufts in collar. Thorax black, 
abdomen black above, with minute lateral yellowish dots. - 
Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse about 35 mm. Resembles the 2. 

f. interrupta. 

In this form which occurs in both sexes the central band of 
the f.-w. is not continuous but is broken into spots, that in 
area 1b being sometimes reduced to a mere streak. 
©. f. silacea. 

The f.-w. spots, and the central patch of h.-w. are pale 
ochreous. 

Q. f. mutata. 

Resembles the foregoing but the f.-w. subapical spots are 

white. 
?. £. pica. 

All the pale markings are white. 
Q. f. lutealba. 

The pale markings of f.-w. are orange ochreous, whilst the 
central patch of h.-w. is white. 
Q. f. suffusa. 

In the f.-w. the brown black ground-colour is much reduced 
in area and remains only as a basal and a subapical suffusion, 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 321 


a little dark scaling remaining on the nervules in the subapical 
region. The remainder of the wing is orange ochreous. In 
the h.-w. the dark border, though nearly as wide as in other 
forms has a much browner appearance owing to an admixture 
of orange ochreous scales. Base and inner margin suffused 
with greyish. Remainder of wing orange ochreous, 


A, conjuncta is still rare in collections, indeed until 
quite recently only very few examples were known. It 
has however lately been taken in some numbers by Neave 
on Mt. Kokanjero, and his series contains all the forms 
mentioned above. The polymorphism of the species 
appears to be associated with that of A. johnstoni, a great 
number of forms of the latter having been taken at the 
same time and place. 


126. AcRaEA DissuncTA. PIL. XIV, f. 12. 

Acraea disjuncta, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool, 5, p. 351 
(1898) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 117 (1898) ; Grose- 
Smith, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), vi, p. 20, pl. 6, f. 7, 8 
(1901) ; Heron, Trans, Zool. Soc. xix, p. 148 (1909). 

= Planema nandensis., E. M. B, Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist., 

ii, p. 244 (1899). 

British E, Arrica (Nandi); Conco (nmr. L. Kivu; Mt. 
Ruwenzori, 5—7,000 ft.; “90 km. W. of Albert Nyanza”). 

d. Expanse 44-48 mm. F.-w. Costa, cell, base of 1b and 
la, apical area, and hind margin sepia black. A large sub- 
apical and inner marginal patch of pale ochre yellow. The dark 
colour extends a little beyond cell and is continued in area 3 
so as to join, or nearly join, that of the hind margin, thus 
isolating a subapical patch of the paler colour, This patch is 
almost 4 mm. wide in areas 6, 5, and 4, is somewhat narrower 
at costa, and in area 3 is reduced to about 2 mm. The inner 
marginal patch occupies the whole of area 2 except at hind 
margin, and becomes gradually wider to the inner margin. 

H.-w. pale ochre yellow with a slight dusting of brownish 
scales at base, and a hind-marginal border of sepia brown the 
inner edge of which is slightly suffused. 

Underside. A pale replica of the upper, the f.-w. cell some- 
what suffused with pale ochreous, and the darker colour of 
apex, margin, and base of area 1b, dusky ochreous. Nervule 
ends and rays finely marked in black brown. H.-w. margin 
dusky ochreous. Nervules and rays finely marked in black 
brown, the latter long and extending inwards almost to cell, 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI. (JULY) Y 


322 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A few minute black spots of which there are, one at base in 
9, one in 8, 2 in 7, two in cell (close together, the second just 
before origin of nervule 2) and two in Ic, 1b, and la. 

Head and thorax black with a few yellowish spots. Abdomen 
black above with dark ochreous lateral spots and segmental 
lines. Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse 50 mm. Resembles ¢ but in some examples 
there isa dusting of ochreous scales near end of f.-w. cell and 
the brown basal colour is sometimes not quite extended to the 
marginal border, the subapical and hind-marginal patches thus - 
being continuous. In the h.-w. the inner edge of the marginal 
border is rather more suffused than in the ¢ and is sometimes 
slightly powdered with orange ochreous scales whilst the dark 
colour is narrowly edentate on the nervules. 

On the underside the h.-w. base a curved suffused band of 
brownish colour beyond the cell, followed by a paler area, and 
the marginal border is inclined to reddish brown. 


This species appears to be fairly common some 20 m.N. 
of Kisumu, whence a good series has been received by the 
Oxford Museum from Mr. C. A. Wiggins. Examples 
from other localities than Nandi have usually much heavier 
black markings. It is a much smaller insect than <A. 
jodutta, and is easily distinguished from A. alciope by 
the extension of the f-w. dark costal colour to the margin, 
and by its duller ochreous colour. At the same time it is 
very closely allied to alciope, though the latter has equal 
claws in the ~. 


127, AcRAEA ALCIoPE, Pl. XIV, f. 11. 

Acraea alciope, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acruea), pl. 1, f. 4 (9 
non ¢), 1852; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 196 (1893) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 116 (1898); Eltringham, Af. 
Mim. Butt., p. 44, pl. 3, f. 23 (1910); Poulton, Bedrock, p. 
59 et seq., ff. 3, 4, 8, 9, 10 (1912). 

3 (=cydonia), Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 10, p. 59 (1873) ; Karsch, 
Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 196 (1893); Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 
14, p. 278 (1893); Eltringham, Af. Mim, Butt., p. 44, 
pl. 3, f. 16 (1910). 

Ivory Coast; ASHANTI; Toco; CAMEROON; FERNANDO 

Po; Congo (Inkissi R., Aruwimi R., Kassai R.) to UGANDA 

(Toro, Entebbe), 


2 f. macarina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 221, pl. 17, f. 6 
(1868) ; Hewitson, Exot, Butt, (Acraea), pl. 1, f. 5 (1852) ; 
Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 278, f. 6 (1893) ; Rhop. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 323 


Aeth., p. 116 (1898); (metamorph.), Ent. Tidskr., 14, 
p. 278, pl. 5, f. 3 (1883). 

Gontp Coasv; ASHANTI; CALABAR ; CAMEROON ; FERNANDO 
Po ; Conao (Maringa, Kassai R., Stanley Pool, Bopoto, Ft. Beni). 
© f. cretacea, f, nov. 

~ alciope 2 Poulton, Bedrock, 1, p. 63, f. 11 (1912). 

Lagos. 

2 f. fumida, f. nov. 
Lagos. 
Q f. aurivillir. 
= A. aurivillii, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 209, pl. 2, f. 2 (1896) ; 
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 117 (1898); Eltringham, 
Proc, Ent. Soc., p. Ixvii (1909); Af. Mim. Butt., p. 45, 
pl. 8, f. 4 (1910). 
= Planema alicia 2, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. vii, p. 546 
(1900); Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), 8, p. 30, 
pl. 8, f. 11 (1901). 
= alciope 2 Poulton, Bedrock, p. 62, ff. 7, 14 (1912). 
Cameroon to Ucanpa (Toro, Entebbe). 
f. latifasciata, Grinberg, Sitzb. Gesell. naturf. Freunde, p. 164 
(1910). 
Q f. tella, f. nov.* 
— Planema alicia “ ¢,” Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., p. 546 
(1900) ; Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), 8, p. 30, 
pl. 8, f. 9, 10 (1901). 
=alciope 2 Poulton, Bedrock, p. 62, f. 12 (1912). 
Uaanpa (Entebbe, Pt. Alice). 
A. alciope schecana, subsp., Roth. and Jord., Novit. Zool., 
xii, p. 184 (1905) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 44 (1910). 
ApyssInia (Scheko). 
A. alciope alciope. Pl. VI, f. 10 (larva). 

¢. Expanse, 54-64 mm. F.-w. Cell, base of la, 1b, 3, 4, 5, 
and 6, costa, apex, and hind margin brown-black, Remainder 
golden ochreous, this colour forming an angulated band across 
the wing, narrow at costa, and proceeding downwards and 
outwards to nervule 3, where it becomes wider, occupying 
the whole of area 2 except the hind margin, and reaches its 
maximum width on inner margin. 

H.-w. golden ochreous. A very little brown black at base, 
and a hind-marginal border of the same colour some 3-4 mm. 


* The name alicia cannot be retained, as I indicated in Proc, Ent. 
Soc., J. ¢, (1909). 
Y 2 


324 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


wide, its inner edge rather deeply edentate on and between the 
nervules. Near base the spots of the underside are faintly 
indicated. 

Underside. F.-w. The dark areas of upperside are’ here 
replaced by dusky yellow, somewhat blacker just beyond cell. 
The nervule ends and rays black. A dark spot enclosing a 
pale dot at base of costa, yellow band as on upperside, but 
paler and duller. 

H.-w. warm ochre yellow with a dusky powdering on hind- 
marginal border. Nervules and rays black. Black spots as 
foliows :—One at base in 9, one in 8, two in 7, the second over 
origin of nervule 7, two in cell, the second over origin of 
nervule 2. Sometimes a small dot near base of area 5. A 
basal, a subbasal, and a median spot in 1c, and the same in 1b. 
A subbasal in la, and sometimes a second very small spot in 
the same area. 

Head black with a yellowish dot between, and two white 
lines behind the eyes. Thorax black with yellowish dorsal 
and lateral spots. Abdomen black above with deep yellow 
lateral spots increasing in size towards the extremity. Between 
the spots pale transverse segmental lines. Claws equal. 

Q?.* Expanse 57-70 mm. F.-w. Costa, cell, and base of areas 
lb, 4, 5, and 6, powdered with black. Outer half of wing 
grey black. Subcostal, median, base of area 2, middle of 
area 1b, and the greater part of la, orange tawny, this colour 
radiating somewhat along the nervules in the central area of 
wing. At base of area 3a black spot, beneath it in 2 a larger 
transverse spot, and beneath the latter, but rather nearer base, 
a subcrescentic spot in 1b. 

H.-w. slightly darkened at base. Basal half orange tawny. 
Hind margin broadly grey black, its inner edge deeply radiate. 
The basal spots of underside are visible as brownish markings. 

Underside much as above, but f.-w. ochreous grey with 
some black just beyond, and a black streak at end of cell. 
A dull orange suffusion about median, base of area 2, and 
middle of area 1b. On outer half of wing the nervule ends 
are reddish brown, and between them are rather broad black 
rays. H.-w. brownish at base, a pinkish white flush beyond 
cell, remainder ochreous grey striated by black nervures and 
nervules. Spots as in ¢ but larger, and often an extra spot 
in cell and one near base of areas 6 and 2. 


* T regard the typical 9 as the form figured by Hewitson (I. c.), 
and it is this form which is here described. 


African Species of the Genus Acraeca. 325 


A. alciope 2 f. macarina. 
This form more nearly resembles the ¢ in that it has a 


continuous band of dark ochreous in the f.-w., but this band 
is narrow, and in areas 3, 2 and 1b is deeply indented by the 
grey-brown of the hind margin. The black spots in the same 
areas are outwardly well defined but basally, especially in 2 
and 1b, they become diffused into the basal brown. The h.-w. 
is deep ochreous with a powdering of brown black about apex 
and along hind margin. Nervules and rays well marked, and 
scaled with black-brown. The underside corresponds to the 
upper, but in the f.-w. the dark areas are replaced by dusky 
ochreous, and the black spots in 3, 2, and 1b are well defined. 
A. alciope @ f. cretacea. 

Basal half of wing sepia black, somewhat darker just beyond 
cell and in areas 3, 2, and 1b, where the spots occur in the 
typical form. An inner marginal suffusion of reddish brown 
extending into middle of area 1b. Beyond the dark basal 
portion a band of white which is inwardly sharply defined but 
outwardly becomes rapidly diffused into the sepia grey which 
occupies the distal half of wing. 

H.-w. tawny brown, the hind margin sepia grey radiating 
deeply into the ground-colour. Underside corresponding to 
the upper, but distal portion of f.-w. ochreous grey, and the 
curved black mark in 1b very distinct. H.-w. pale ochreous 
brown, otherwise as in typical examples. 

A. alciope 2 f. fumida. 

The pattern of the wings is almost obliterated. Both wings 
are sepia brown somewhat darker at base, a slight reddish 
powdering in the middle, and with traces of the normal black 
spots. 

A. alciope 2 f. aurivillii. 

Bears a striking resemblance to Planema poggei nelsoni, and 
allied forms. 

F.-w. brown black with a broad central band of orange 
ochreous inwardly irregular though sharply defined ; outwardly, 
especially in areas 3, 2, and 1b, often deeply indented by the 
brown-black ground-colour. 

H.-w. a triangular umber brown patch at base, followed 
by a central transverse band of white, the remainder of wing 
brown black, reddish brown, or even tawny ; this area being 
heavily striated by the dark nervules and rays. 

Underside. F.-w. as above but paler and duller. Traces 
of the black spots in 3, 2, and 1b are visible. H.-w. basal 


326 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


triangular patch chocolate brown with the usual black spots 
more developed than in western forms. Remainder of wing 
as on upperside. 


The outline of the orange band of f.-w. is somewhat 
variable, being sometimes deeply indented, sometimes 
nearly straight, Examples presenting the latter condition 
have been named var. latifasciata by Griinberg. 


A. alciope 2 f. tella. 

This is the form figured by Grose-Smith as the ¢ of his 
“ Planema alicia.” It is however a 9 and differs from the 
usual cwrivillii form in having the ground-colour of h.-w. 
tawny without any white bar, and bearing a narrow dark 
hind-marginal border, widest at apex and tapering to anal 
angle. 


A, alciope schecana, subsp. 

This is the Abyssinian form of the species, and is described 
by Rothschild and Jordan from one ¢ in the Tring collection. 
The ochreous band of the f.-w. upperside is somewhat paler 
than in West African examples, and the black distal border of 
the h.-w. is wider. On the underside the black spots of h.-w. 
are reduced in size and number. 


The descriptions of the larva and pupa, given by Auri- 
villius (/. ¢.) are as follows :-— 


Larva pale (yellowish?) with narrow dark transverse lines, 
Head, true legs, and spines, black. The sublateral spines, 
however, only black at the ends. The spines distinctly longer 
than the diameter of the body, and arising from brownish 
tubercles. 

Pupa, having the usual black markings of the Acraea pupae. 
The spots of the abdomen have pale centres, and the two dorsal 
rows converge in a black spot on the first segment. In the 
pale centres of the dorsal spots of segments 2-5 (6) are 
small pointed tubercles, largest at segment 2 and decreasing 
posteriorly. 


These descriptions agree fairly well with specimens 
received from Mr. Lamborn, from Lagos. One of these 
larvae I have figured on Pl. VI, fig. 10. It will be noted 
that the ground-colour is green. This colour is rapidly lost 
in spirit, a fact which would account for the doubt expressed 
by Aurivillius as to the colour of the larva. At Lagos it 
feeds on Flewrya podocarpa, Wedd.-(Urticaceae). 1 cannot 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 327 


regard the awrivillw f. of A. alciope as a subspecies, since 
it occurs with the typical form in Cameroon as well as 
in Uganda, and probably occasionally in the intervening 
country. It is an interesting fact that at Entebbe, where 
this is the usual form of 9, it habitually flies with the 
Planema which it so closely resembles, whilst the typical 
9, which is much the commonest form in its western 
range, also accompanies an entirely different Planema 
which it appears to imitate. Uganda examples of A. 
aleciope f seem often to have the black distal border in 
the h.-w. broader than in more western specimens. 


128: AGRAEA sopuT?Ta. Pl. XIV, f. 10. 

Acraea jodutta, Fabricius (Pup.), Ent. Syst., 3, 1, p. 175 (1793) * ; 
Butler (A), Fabr. Lepid., p. 130 (1869) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. 
Aeth., p. 116 (1898); Ann. Mus. Genov., 3, iv, p. 20 
(513) (1910); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 80 (1910); 
Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910). 

36 =flava, Dewitz, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., 41, 2, No. 2, p. 19, 
pl. 1, f. 10 (1879). 

= gea, Moschler, Abhandl. Senckenb. Ges., 15, p. 55 (1887). 
SeneGAL; S. Leone; ASHANTI; CAMEROON; NIGERIA ; 

Prince’s I.; UGanpa (Entebbe); Bririsn E, Arrica (Kisumu); 

NYASSALAND. 

 f. carmentis, Doubl. Hew. and Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., 
p. 140, pl. 19, f. 1 (1848). 

= Planema dorotheae 2, E. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, 
p. 135 (1902). 
Appears liable to occur throughout the range of the species, 

2 f. dorotheae. 

= Planema dorotheae “ ¢,” E. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, 
p. 135 (1902). 
= jodutta, 2 var., Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 81, pl. 8, 
f. 9 (1910). 
Ucanpa (Entebbe) ; BririsH KE. Arrica (Kisuma), 
2 f. interjecta, f. nov. 
British E. Arrica (Tiriki). 
2 f. subfulva, f. nov. 
8. LEONE. 


* The type is evidently a 2, as it is described as black with 
white markings. Westwood’s copy of Jones’ figure in “ Icones” (ined.) 
shows a ¢ with buff markings, hut there is a note beneath it in 
Westwood’s writing mentioning that Jones’ figure is uncoloured, 


328 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


© f. castanea, f. nov. 
Lacos (Oni). 
9 f. inawreata, f. nov. 
Nyasananp (Nr. Florence Bay). 
A. jodutta aethiops, subsp. 

Roth. and Jord., Novit. Zool. xii, p. 183 (1905). 

ApyssInIA (Dereta Mts, ; Gamitscha to Anderatscha). 
A, jodutta jodutta. 

d. Expanse 60-70 mm. F.-w. sepia brown. Beyond the 
cell a curved subapical band of elongate pale ochreous spots 
separated only by the nervules beginning close to costa and 
becoming gradually wider as far as nervule 4. Beneath this 
nervule the band ends with a much. shorter spot, the lower 
edge of which reaches the middle of area 3. An inner marginal 
patch of pale ochreous reaching almost to base and to hind 
angle in la, becoming narrower as it extends upwards and 
ending in area 2 with a width of about 8 mm. 

H.-w. with a slight sepia brown basal suffusion on which 
can be discerned a few minute dark spots, Central area pale 
ochre yellow. Hind margin broadly dusted with sepia brown 
forming 2 wide marginal border, the inner edge of which is 
usually quite indistinctly defined, the whole wing beyond cell 
being striated by well-marked dark internervular rays and 
nervules. 

Underside. F.-w. Cell and area beyond it, as far as the sub- 
apical band, sepia, the cell somewhat dusted with pale ochreous. 
Costa, apical area and hind margin dusky ochreous, traversed 
by fine black nervules and rays. Subapical band and inner 
marginal patch as above but paler. A dusky suffusion at base 
of area 1b, 

H.-w. pale dusky ochreous, the base and hind-marginal area 
just perceptibly darker. Nervures and nervules narrowly but 
strongly marked and the internervular rays extend in well- 
marked lines right up to the cell in each space. A dusky line 
in the cell. A few small black dots near base arranged as 
follows :—One in 9, one in 8 against precostal, two in 7 rather 
close together, two in cell the second before the origin of 
nervule 2, a basal and a subbasal in 1c, and in the same area 
a third spot at the level of origin of nervule 2 (often doubled), 
two in Ib, and la. 

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots. Abdomen 
black above and orange beneath with orange lateral spots, and 
whitish segmental lines, Claws unequal. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 329 


Q. Expanse about 70 mm. Resembles ¢ in pattern but 
the dark areas are somewhat blacker, and the pale ochreous 
areas are replaced by white. In f.-w. the subapical band is 
somewhat reduced in width, and the inner marginal patch is 
very small and ill defined. On the underside the pattern is 
the same as above, and the blackish areas are the same, and 
are not replaced by ochreous as in ¢. 

A. jodutta 2 f. carmentis. 

In this form the white of f.-w. subapical band and of inner 
margin is much extended and almost joined in the neighbour- 
hood of nervule 2. 

A. jodutta 92 f. dorotheae. 

The f.-w. subapical band is rather broader than usual, and 
is golden yellow shading to rather paler or even white, towards 
costa. The inner marginal patch is nearly as large as in the 
6 and is golden yellow. The h.-w. isa slightly deeper shade 
of the same colour, and though very distinctly striated by 
black nervules and long black rays has very little dark 
marginal suffusion, there being just a lttle powdering towards 
the apex. 

On the underside the f.-w. has the cell and central portion 
blackish and the apical and hind-marginal area dull orange 
ochreous. H.-w. dull orange ochreous with fine black nervules 
and rays. 

Some examples of this form have the subapical patch white. 
A. jodutta 2 f. interjecta. 

The f.-w. subapical band is white as in typical ?, but the 
inner marginal patch is a mere sprinkling of pale ochreous 
scales, except in la where it is well defined. In the centre of 
area 2 is a longitudinal submarginal white streak. 

H.-w. basal area pale ochreous with a slight brownish basal 
suffusion. Outer half of wing dusted with reddish brown 
suffused with sepia at apex. 

Underside. F.-w. apex and hind margin dull reddish brown. 
H.-w. dull orange at base, outer half suffused with dull reddish 
brown. 

A. jodutta 2 f. subfulva. 

Resembles the typical 2, but the outer half of h.-w. is 
reddish brown, the inner edge of this colour being rather 
sharply defined. A dusting of sepia brown about apex and 
along hind margin. 

O ft. ¢astanea. Pl Vf. 1. 
F,-w. rich sepia-black. The subapical patch almost obliter- 


330 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


ated and appearing only as a mark slightly paler than the 
ground-colour. Inner marginal patch rather narrow, tawny 
brown. 

H.-w. rich chestnut, slightly darkened at base and having 
a very narrow sepia black hind-marginal border, inwardly 
suffused and broadest at apex. Nervules and rays well marked 
black. 

Underside. F.-w. basal half black with the inner marginal 
patch somewhat duller than above. Subapical patch whitish 
brown. Apex wuber brown. 

H.-w. umber brown, reddish at base, and rather pale over end 
of cell and bases of areas 4,5, and 6. Spots asin typical forms. 
? f. naureata. Pl. V, f. 8. 

F.-w. basal half rich golden yellow. Apical half black with 
a large oblique white patch extending from near costa into 
area 3. A small white streak in area 2 near margin and a 
slight powdering of white in area 1b. 

H.-w. rich golden yellow without basal suffusion or hind- 
marginal border. A fine black marginal line. Ends of 
nervules and rays black, especially toward apex. 

Underside. F.-w. as above but duller, the apex dark ochreous 
with finely marked nervules and rays. H.-w. as above but 
duller. Slightly reddish at base. Black spots as in other 
forms. 


This beautiful form was taken by Neave on the road to 
Florence Bay, Nyassaland, at an elevation of 4,500 ft. 


A. jodutta aethiops, subsp. 

¢d. On the upperside the f.-w. has the inner marginal patch 
extending closer to base, and there is a diffused buff patch in 
cell. The h.-w. basal patch is reduced and the black distal 
border is narrower and more sharply defined between costa 
and nervule 3. 

2 has the subapical band either orange or white. The inner 
marginal patch is golden orange and is much larger than in 
the typical form. 

H.-w. golden orange with very little brown at base and only 
a dusting of that colour at apex. The internervular rays are 
scarcely visible in areas 3 to la, whilst on the underside they 
are much reduced in 7 to 4. 


It is not always easy to distinguish examples of A. 
jodutta from those of A. esebria. The former may, however, 
usually be known by the very suffused appearance of the 
dark hind-marginal colour in the h-w. Also the inter- 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. O31 


nervular rays of the h.-w., especially on the underside, are 
much longer than in esebria and almost touch the cell. 
There is some temptation to regard jodutta as the 
western form of esebria, but I am quite satisfied that 
they are distinct species. There is a marked peculiarity 
in the male armature of esebria, viz. the internal tooth-like 
process on the inner side of the claspers towards their base, 
which is quite constant in that species from Angola to 
the Comoro Is., and which does not occur in that of jyodutta. 
It is, however, a very remarkable fact that the male 
armatures of jodutta and alciope are very similar, suggest- 
ing a close alliance, whilst at the same time alciope belongs 
to the small minority of species in which the ff tarsal 
claws are symmetrical. 

A, jodutta extends from Senegal through 8. Leone, 
Ashanti, Nigeria, and Cameroon across the Congo State 
to Uganda and Abyssinia. 

The form dorotheae is most common near Entebbe, where 
it closely resembles a form of Planema tellus, common in 
that locality. 


129. ACRAEA ESEBRIA. PI]. XIV, f. 9. 
Acraea esebria, Hewitson, Exot. Butt., pl. 2, f. 11 (1861); 
Weale, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 271 (1877); Méschler, Verh. 
z. b. Ges. Wien., 33, p. 283 (1883) ; Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 
1, p. 177, pl. 1, f. 2, 2a (metamorph.), (1887) ; Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 115 (1898). 
= protea, var. B, Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 111, pl. 3, f. 2 
(1866). 

Cape Conony: Natan; ZuLULAND; MasHONALAND: 
Beneran Conco (Katanga); German E. Arrica; Brivis 
E. AFRICA, 

f. protea, Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 110 (1866). 
= esebria, 2, Hew., Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 2, f. 12 (1861) ; 
Stand., Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 85, pl. 33 (1885). 

= esebria, var. A, Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 178 (1887). 

= arctifascia, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 427 (1874). 

Aneoua; Carr Cotony; Navan; ZULULAND; MasHona- 
LAND ; GERMAN E. Arrica ; BrivisH E. AFRICA. 

{. pseudoprotea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 428 (1874). 

ANGOLA. 

2 f. amphiprotea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 428 (1874). 

ANGOLA. 

? f. metaprotea, Butler, Cist, Ent,, 1, p. 211 (1874), 

ANGOLA (Ambriz), 


33 


D) 


oa~_ 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


f, jacksoni, E. M. B. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 5, p. 335 
(1890); Waterhouse, Aid., pl. 189, f. 1 (1890) ; Rogenhofer 
in Baumann, Usambara, p. 326 (1891). 
MASHONALAND ; GuRMAN E, ArricA; BritisH EB. AFRICA. 
f. monteironis, Butler, Cist. Ent. 1, p. 211 (1874); Trans. 
Ent. Soc., p. 427 (1874); Griinberg, Sitzb, Ges. nat. Fr., 
p. 150 (1910). 
AnGcota ; MasHONALAND; British EK. Arrica; UGANDA 
(Sesse I.). 
? f. nubilata f. nov. 
KE. Centrat ZULULAND (Llabisa). 
f. ertli. 
= A, ertli, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., p. 94, f. 34 (1904), 
GreRMAN E. Arrica (Usambara). 


A, esebria masaris, subsp. 
= A. masaris, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 27, pl. 1, f. 3, 
12, pl. 2, f. 18, pl. 3, f. 30 (1898). 
Comoro I. 
A. esebria esebria. 

¢d. Expanse 56-68 mm. F.-w. black brown. A subapical 
band of five pale ochreous spots in 10, 6, 5, 4, and 3, the spot 
in 4 being the longest, the others 2-3 mm. in length. That in 
3 short and only extending to half the width of the internervular 
space. An inner marginal patch of tawny orange occupying 
nearly the whole of area la, the middle two-thirds of 1b, and 
extending slightly into 2 at its base. 

H.-w. slightly darkened at base, remainder tawny orange, 
with a hind-marginal band of brown black about 4 mm. wide, 
but very variable, and radiating inwardly on and between the 
nervules. A few small black spots about the base. 

Underside. F.-w. basal portion as far as subapical band sepia 
black, somewhat inclined to tawny on costa. Apical and hind- 
marginal areas tawny brown striated by black nervules and 
rays. Subapical band and inner-marginal patch as above but 
paler. 

H.-w. tawny brown, inclined to dusky on hind margin. 
Black spots variable, generally as follows :—One at base in 9, 
one in 8 against precostal, two in 7, the second before origin of 
nervule 7, two in cell close together in basal half, a minute dot 
near base of areas 2, 4, and 5. A basal and a subbasal in le, 
followed by a twin spot below origin of nervule 2. A basal, a 
subbasal, and a distal in 1b, and two minute dots in la. Nerv- 
ules and rays narrowly black, the latter not usually extending 
inwardly so nearly to the cell as in jodutta. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 333 


Head black with a tawny spot between the eyes, and two on 
the collar. Thorax black with a few paler spots. Abdomen 
black above with orange tawny lateral spots and fine inter- 
segmental lines. Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse 64-74 mm. Resembles the ¢ but the ground- 
colour is rather browner, and the f.-w. subapical band is broader, 
and white instead of ochreous. Inner edge of h.-w, marginal 
border usually less well defined. 


A, esebria f. protea. 

¢. F.-w. pattern as in typical form but the subapical band 

and inner marginal patch are pale dull ochreous. 

H.-w. rather more darkened at base. Hind-marginal border 
inwardly more sharply defined, and the central area is pale dull 
ochreous. 

9 like the ¢ but the f.-w. subapical band is broader, and 
white, and the inner-marginal patch and central area of h.-w. 
are pale creamy ochreous. 


A, esebria f. pseudoprotea. 

¢d rather smaller than typical form. Ground-colour pale 
ochreous brown. F.-w. subapical band rather broader, pale 
ochreous, inner-marginal patch pale ochreous. H.-w. also pale 
ochreous, the hind-marginal border narrow and inwardly 
much suffused. 

2 (type) rather larger, having the ground-colour as in ¢, the 
subapical band and inner-marginal patch pale tawny, h.-w. 
much as in g but marginal border broader and rather better 
defined. 

A. esebria f. amphiprotea (@ ). 

The type is a large 9 from Angola. Ground-colour medium 
dark brown, the subapical band pale tawny and about twice the 
width of that in the typical 9. There is a tawny submarginal 
streak in area 2, and the inner-marginal patch, and the central 
area of the h.-w. are pale tawny. The h.-w. marginal border 
is of medium width and inwardly suffused. There seems to be 
no particular form of ¢ associated with it. 


al. esebria f. metaprotea ( ). 

This form is very like A. jodutta. The type is a large 9. 
The f.-w. is nearly all pale tawny with the cell black brown, 
and a band of the same colour extending from costa to middle 
of area 2 where it becomes broken up. The apical and hind- 
marginal areas brown. The h.-w. is very pale tawny and has 
only a dark marginal line and hardly any basal suffusion. The 
nervules and rays are narrowly darkened. 


334 Mr. H. Eltrincham’s Monograph of the 


A, esebria f. jacksoni. 

The ¢ resembles the type but has the f.-w. subapical band 
rather broader and tawny orange instead of ochreous. 

The @ has the subapical band very broad, tawny, and 
joining the inner-marginal patch near the end of area 2 leaving 
only the cell and apex dark, and a somewhat broken dark 
central band. The h.-w. marginal band varies in width from 
about 4 mm., to a mere darkening of the edge. 


A, esebria f. monteironis. 
¢ resembles the g psendoprotea but the pale areas are white. 
Q. The f.-w. subapical band is very broad formed by six 
large white spots in 6, 5, 4, 3, and 2, and a little above sub- 
costal. The inner-marginal patch is white and does not extend 
beyond area 2. The h.-w. is white with a small basal brown 
suffusion and a broad well-defined hind-marginal border. 


A, esebria Q f. nubilata. 

The darker areas are sepia black. The base of f.-w. cell, 
the inner-marginal patch, and the basal half of the h.-w. are 
dark sepia grey, The f.-w. subapical band is greyish white. 


There is a single example of this form in the Oxford 
collection, taken at Llabisa, in E. Central Zululand. 


A. esebria @ f. ertli. 

This form the type of which has been kindly lent to me by 
Herr Ertl, was described by Aurivillius as a new species. I 
am satisfied however that it is in fact a form of esebria, and in 
this conclusion Professor Aurivillius now concurs. Its most 
striking feature is the f.-w. subapical band which is very wide 
and strongly curved. It consists of six elongated spots the 
inner edge of which traverses the wing at right angles to the 
costa as far as nervule 4 where it curves round, first inwards 
and then outwards, reaching nervule 2, The outer ends of 
these spots are rounded and somewhat separated by nervalar 
edentations of the ground-colour which, over the apical and 
hind-marginal areas, is black brown, The cell and the costa 
above it are brownish grey, followed by a band of black brown 
from the end of cell to the subapical white. This band occupies 
the base of area 3 and beneath that tapers to an outwardly 
curved point in area 2. The inner-marginal patch is tawny 
and extends inwardly to the base in areas la and 1b. The 
white spot in area 2 is powdered with tawny at its basal side. 

H.-w. tawny brown with a narrow black brown hind- 
marginal border deeply edentate on and between the nervules, 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 335 


The underside corresponds to the upper in the same way as 
in typical examples. 


I have seen only one example of this form, viz. the type, 
though in the collection of Mr. C. J. Grist there is an 
example which comes very near it in pattern, but the f.-w. 
subapical bar is pale tawny instead of white. 


A. esebria masaris, subsp. 

This island form of esebria is characterised by its smaller 
average size, the ¢ being about 50 mm. and the ? about 56 
mm. in expanse, and by the larger size of the pale spot in f.-w. 
area 2. The wings are somewhat more rounded than in the 
type form. The ¢ has the f.-w. black brown with a rather 
narrow subapical band varying in colour from ochreous to 
orange, and a narrow inner marginal patch of the same colour. 
The h.-w. has a dark grey basal area extending to about the 
middle of cell, followed by an orange or ochreous central band 
and a broad black brown hind-marginal border usually well 
defined inwardly. 

The @ presents the same pattern but the f.-w. subapical 
band is somewhat broader, and the paler markings may be 
either orange ochreous or white. 


This form may usually be recognised by the much 
larger pale spot in f.-w. area 2, but though specimens have 
a generally different appearance from those taken on the 
mainland it is difficult to point out a really constant 
difference. 

The larva of A. esebria is described by Trimen as 
follows :— 


“About 1j in. long Pale ochreous brown ; each segment 
(except head, and segment next to it) banded transversely and 
centrally with a black streak edged on both sides with a pale 
yellow streak. A lateral stripe of the same pale yellow. Head 
black. Second, twelfth, and thirteenth segments each with two 
black spines ; third and fourth segments each with two pairs 
of black spines, each of the remaining segments with four black 
spines springing from central black streak, and two lateral pale 
yellow spines. Ona species of Flewrya, in February and March,” 


The same author thus describes the pupa :— 


‘‘About ? in. long. Chalky white with a faint yellowish 
tinge. A series of very fine linear black markings along dorso- 
thoracic ridge. Antennae and wing-nervures faintly indicated 


336 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


by delicate linear black markings. Five rows of abdominal 
black spots, viz. two dorsal, two lateral, and one ventral ; 
these markings are sometimes slightly tinged with orange, and 
the dorsal ones ow the first three segments of the abdomen are 
conspicuously orange, black edged, tubercular, and pointed. 
At anal extremity three looped black marks. Head very 
slightly bifid. Thorax prominently angulated at bases of 
wing covers, and with a pair of smaller projections posteriorly. 
Duration of pupal state eight days.” 


Acraea esebria is very closely allied to A. jodutia and 
both seem to vary in similar directions. The latter species 
can usually be recognised by the much less distinct 
definition of the hind-wing marginal border (when present) 
and by the longer internervular rays on the underside of 
the hind-wing, these rays reaching almost to the cell. In 
the case of so variable a species much more material is 
required before we can decide whether any of the foregoing 
forms should be regarded as subspecies, 


130. AcRAEA Lycoa. Pl. XIV, f. 6. 
Acraea lycoa, Godart, Enc, Méth., 9, p. 239 (1819); Staudinger, 
Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 85 (1885); Dewitz, Ent. Nachr., p. 
104 (1889); Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 115 (1898) ; 
Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 305 (1906) ; Eltringham, Af. 
Mim. Butt.,° p. 47 (1910) ; Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 12, pl. 1, 
f. 1, 2, pl. 2, £. 1, 4 (1911). 
S. Leone to Nigeria; Princes I. 
A. lycoa media, subsp, 
Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 12 (1911). 
= lycoa, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr, 14, p. 277, Aurivillius 
(metamorph.) ; p. 278, pl. 5, f. 2, 2a, 2b (1893). 
FERNANDO Po to Toro. 
A. lycoa bukoba, subsp. 
Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 12, pl. 1, f. 3, 4 (1911). 
1 = lycoa, Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910) ; 
[Sesse I.]. 
Urunpi Country between L. Tanganyika and L. V. Nyanza. 
A. lycoa entebbia, subsp. 
Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 12, pl. 1, f. 5 (1911). 
Uaanpa (Entebbe.) 
A. lycoa tirika, subsp. 
Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 13, pl. 1, f. 6 (1911). 
British E. Arrica (Tiriki Hills). 


African Specres of the Genus Acraca. 337 


A. lycoa fallax, subsp. 

Rogenhofer (Planema), Ann, d. K. K. Naturhist. Hofmus, 
Wien. 6, p. 459, pl. 15, f. 6 (1891) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. 
Soe., p. 113 (1896); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 115 (1898) ; 
Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 305, pl. 21, f. la, 2a (1906) ; 
Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc., xix, p. 147 (1909); Eltringham, 
Af. Mim. Butt., p. 47, pl. 3, f. 24, 25 (1910); Trans. Ent. 
mec, pe 13, pk 1) f.'7 (1911). 

= kilimandjara, Oberthur, Etud. d’Ent. 17, p. 26, pl. 2, f. 17 
(1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 113 (1896) ; Poulton, 
Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 305 (1906). 

German KE, Arrica (Mt. Kilimandjaro). 

A. lycoa kenia, subsp. 
Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 13, pl. 2, f. 7 (1911). 
Britisu E. Arrica (Mt, Kenia, Kikuyu Escarpment). 
A, lycoa aequalis, subsp. 
Roth. and Jord., Novit. Zool., 12, p. 184 (1905) ; Eltringham, 
Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 13, pl. 1, f. 8, 9 (1911). 

ApyssiniA (L. Abassi, Dara R., Banka, Dereta Mts., Wonda). 
A. lycoa lycoa. P). VI, f. 8 (larva). 

¢. Exp. 58-60 mm. 

F.-w. thinly scaled, translucent. Brownish sepia. Beyond 
cell a faint indication of a subapical band of three large paler 
spots the third of which is nearer margin than those above 
it. Similar indications of a pale patch in basal half of area 2, 
and beneath it of a smaller one in 1b, Costa, apex and hind- 
margin slightly darker. 

H.-w. not quite so thinly sealed but still translucent, slightly 
darkened at base and along hind-margin, remainder of wing 
dull reddish ochreous. Nervures and rays well marked in dark 
brown. 

Underside almost scaleless, H.-w. with a few black spots 
near base ; one at base in 9, lc, and 1b, one in 8, one in 7, two 
in cell the second small and just before origin of nervule 2, one 
in Ie, 1b, and la. 

Head and thorax black with small white spots, abdomen black 
above with reddish ochreous lateral spots and segmental lines. 
Claws unequal. 

2. Expanse about 64 mm. 

F’.-w. rather thinly scaled with grey black. A subapical band 
of white beginning just beneath costa and continuous as far as 
nervule 5, beneath which in area 4 is a white spot of about the 
same width as the band but placed nearer margin so that its 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912—PARTI. (JULY) Z 


338 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


inner edge is just under the outer edge of the band. A large 
white patch in basal half of area 2 and beneath its distal 
extremity a smaller white patch in 1b. H.-w. with a slight 
dusky suffusion at base, followed by a large white patch 
extending beyond cell and enclosed by a broad dusky marginal 
band inclined to tawny about anal angle. 

Underside a replica of the upper but base of wing reddish 
tawny on which are black spots as in @ but usually rather 
more distinct. 


A, lycoa media, subsp. 

The male is distinguished by slightly heavier scaling and 
greater distinctness of the pale spots in f.-w. The 9 has a 
darker ground-colour and a slightly smaller and more distinctly 
outlined white h.-w. patch, 


A, lycoa bukoba, subsp. 

dg. F.-w. dark olive brown. The spots reduced in size and 
pale ochreous. The band reduced to two quadrate spots in 5 
and 6 well separated from the spot in 4. The patch in 2 well 
separated from the submarginal spot in 1b. 

H.-w. basal patch ill defined, warm ochreous, followed by 
a dark hind-marginal border which is inwardly inclined to 
tawny. 

2. F.-w. with brown black ground-colour, spots white and 
well defined, H.-w. pale patch well defined and faintly yellow 
enclosed by a broad marginal border of tawny brown on which 
the nervules and rays are well marked. 


A. lycoa entebbia, subsp. 

¢. F.-w. dusky ochreous grey. Spots much reduced in 
size. H.-w. ground-colour much as in f,-w. and the pale patch 
but little developed. 

Q. F.-w. ground-colour very dark, white spots smaller and 
more sharply defined than in bukoba. H.-w. patch small and 
very faintly yellow. 

A. lycoa tirika, subsp. 

g. Resembles entebbia but f.-w. ground-colour is olive 
brown, the pale spots smaller and sharply defined. H.-w. 
patch large, pale ochreous, enclosed by a broad dark marginal 
border of tawny brown. 

9. With very dark f.-w. ground-colour, white spots small 
and very distinct h.-w. patch very small and distinctly yellow. 


A. lycoa fallax, subsp. 
$. F.-w. nearly black in both sexes. Spots small, white in 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 339 


@ and ochreous in ¢. H.-w. patch rather larger than in 
previous forms and sharply defined. 
A. lycou kenia, subsp. 

Both sexes smaller than in other forms, Ground-colour 
nearly black. H.-w. patch slighly edentate between nervules 
3 and 4. Dark areas on underside smoky black. ¢ with 
spots and h.-w. patch lemon ochreous. 2 h.-w. patch lemon 
ochreous, f.-w. spots white. 

A. lycow aequalis, subsp. 

The sexes are similar. The f.-w. spots and h.-w. patch dull 
ochreous. H.-w. marginal border inclined to tawny. 

The larva and pupa are described by Aurivillius (/. c.) the 
former being yellowish without markings and having a black 
head and blask spines, the latter scarcely as long as the 
diameter of the body. 

The pupa has the usual black markings, those of the abdo- 
men enclosing pale centres and being irregularly angulated. 
Segments 2-4 each have a pair of short black dorsal spines, 
yellowish at their bases. 


On Pl. VI, f. 8, I have figured an example of the larva 
taken by Mr. Lamborn near Lagos. 

I have already (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1911) discussed at 
some length the variation which occurs in this species 
coincident with its geographical distribution. The depth 
of colour increases as we pass eastwards, whilst it is a 
remarkable fact that it exhibits constant sexual dimorphism 
until it reaches Abyssinia, where the 2 becomes yellow 
spotted in the f.-w. as in the f. Forms intermediate 
between those here described are of course found on the 
overlapping areas of the districts to which each form 
is peculiar, but within those districts the forms are very 
constant. The species has lately been bred in very large 
numbers by Mr. W. A. Lamborn near Lagos. These 
series are now in the Oxford collection and show little or 
no variation. 


131. ACRAEA JOHNSTONI. Pl. XIV, f. 5. 

Acraea johnstoni, Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 537 (1885) ; 
Holland, Ann. Nat. Hist., p. 248 (1893); Butler, Proc. 
Zool. Soc., p. 113 (1896) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 
(1898) ; Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 300 (1906) ; Eltring- 
ham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 47 (1910) ; Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 13 
pl. 1, f. 12 (911) ; pl. 2, £. 2, larva f. 6. 

Z 2 


340 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


= Planemw telekiana, Rogenhofer, Ann. d. K.K. Naturhist. 
Hofmus. Wien., p. 459, pl. 15, f. 4 (1891). 

= A. proteina semifulvescens, Oberthiir, Etud., d’Ent., 17, 
p. 26, pl. 2, f. 21 (1893); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 113 
(1896) ; Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 302, pl. 22, f. 2a, pl. 
21, f. 3a (1906) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 47, pl. 8, 
f. 13 (1910). 

German E. Arrica (Mt. Meru, Mt. Kilimandjaro, Usam- 

bara); British E. Arrica (Taveta). 


A. johnstoni f. confusa, Rogenhofer in Baumann, “ Usambara ” 
Suppl., p. 326 (1891) ; Ann. d. K. K. Natur, Hist. Hofmus. 
Wein., p. 489, pl. 15, f. 5 (1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. 
Aeth., p. 115 (1898) ; Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 14, 
pl. 1, f. 13, 15 (white var. f. 13), (1911). 

= johnstoni 2, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 91 (1888). 
= proteina, Oberthiir, Etud. @’Ent., 17, p. 26, pl. 2, £. 14; 
Poulton, Trans, Ent. Soc., pl. 22, f. 1a, 1b (1906). 
NyassaLAND; Gr»rMAN E, Arrica (Usambara, Kilima- 
ndjaro, Nguelo); Ruoprsra (Chirinda); BririsH E, AFRICA 
(Taita, Taveta, Kikuyu, Tiriki); Uaanpa (Entebbe). 


A, johnstoni f. flavescens, Oberthiir (proteina flavescens), Etud., 
d@Ent., 17, p. 26, pl. 1, f 4 (1893); Aurivillius, Rhop. 
Aeth., p. 115 (1898); Eltringham (f. confusa part), Trans. 
Ent. Soc., p. 14 (1911). 

(Localities as f. confusa.) 


A, johnstoni f. semialbescens, Oberthiir (proteina semialbescens), 
Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 26, pl. 3, f. 29 (1893); Aurivillius, 
Rhop. Aeth., p. 115 (1898); Eltringham (f. confusa part), 
Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 14 (1911). 

NyassaLAND; GERMAN E, Arrica (Mrogoro, Usambara). 


A. johnstoni f. fulvescens, Oberthiir (proteina fulvescens), Etud. 
d’Ent., p. 26, pl. 2, f. 21 (1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., 
p- 114 (1898) ; Poulton, Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 304, pl. 21, 
f, 4a (1906); Eltringham, Af. Mim., p. 47, pl. 3, f. 26 
(1910) ; Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 14, pl. 1, f. 11 (1911). 

GerMaN FE. Arritca (Kilimandjaro, Nguelo) ; British E. 

AFRICA (Taita). 

A, johnstoni f. octobalia, Karsch, Ent. Nachr., 20, p. 222 
(1894) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (1898) ; Eltring- 
ham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 15 (1911). 

GERMAN E. Arrica (Mpwapwa). 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 341 


A. johnstoni butleri. 

= lycou @ var. Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 731 (1895). 

= lycoa ab, butleri, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 115 (1898). 

= A. torwna, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., 7, p. 546 (1900) ; 
Rhop. Exot., Acraea, 8, p. 27, pl. 8, f. 1 (1901) ; Poulton, 
Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 303, pl. 22, f. 3a (1906) ; Heron, Trans. 
Zool. Soe., xix, p. 148 (1909) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., 
p. 47, pl. 3, f. 28 (1910) ; Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 15, pl. 1, f. 10 
(1911). 

German E, Arrica (Urundi) ; Ucanpa (Toro). 


A, johnstoni johnstoni. 

Expanse 58-60 mm. Pattern very* unstable. F.-w. Base 
suffused with black to a varying extent. Following this 
suffusion is an irregular tawny orange area extending a little 
beyond the pale spots in areas 11, 10, 6, and 5, as far as 
the spot in 4, over the basal parts of 3 and 2, as far as the 
submarginal spot in 1b, and nearly as far as la. The spots 
referred to are pale pinkish ochreous and arranged as follows, 
A subapical series of three or four separated only by the 
nervules 10, subcostal, and 6. A submarginal spot in area 4, 
a large rounded spot in 2 touching 2, 3, and median, and a 
smaller spot near margin in 1b. Beyond these spots the apex 
and margin is brown black. 

H.-w. white, slightly blackened at base, and having a broad 
black marginal border somewhat indented at area 4, This 
indentation gives the inner edge of the border an angulated 
appearance characteristic of A. johnstoni throughout its 
numerous forms, 

Underside, F.-w. Resembles the upper, but the dark areas 
are replaced by ochreous grey, striated by the dark nervules 
and rays, and the whole pattern is paler and duller, the pale 
spots often almost devoid of scales, 

H.-w. much as above but there are a few black spots close to 
base arranged for the most part as a basal and subbasal series, 
one in 9, 8, 7, and cell, two in 1c, 1b, and la, The central 
area less clear white than above, the marginal border ochreous 
grey, inwardly inclined to reddish brown. 

Head and thorax black with a few white dots. Abdomen 
black above with orange lateral spots and whitish segmental 
lines. Claws tnequal. 

9. Except that it is larger, one example before me having 
an expanse of 74 mm., the female resembles the ¢, or at least 
? @ can be found which resemble the ¢. The species is so 


342 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the ; 


extremely variable that it is not always easy to find two 
examples exactly alike. 
A. johnstoni f. confusc. 

F.-w. brown black. The pale spots as in typical form but 
white, H.-w. as in typical form but basal patch pale ochreous, 

The ? resembles the ¢. 

This is the commonest form of A. johnstoni and it is rather 
unfortunate that the previous form should have become the 
type since it is in reality a rather rare variety. A variety of 
the confusa form has the h.-w. basal patch white as well as the 
f,-w. spots. I have figured this form in Trans. Ent. Soc., pl. 1, 
£ 22,0810) oe 
A, johnstoni f. flavescens. 

In this form the f.-w. spots are pale ochreous the same as the 
h.-w. patch, 


A. johustoni f. semialbescens. 

The f.-w. spots are white and the h.-w. patch is tawny yellow, 
A, johnstoni f. filvescens. 

The f.-w. is tawny yellow, the spots only a shade paler, and 
there is a blackish apical and hind-marginal border. The 
h.-w. is tawny yellow a little paler over the area which in 
confusa is pale ochreous. A more or less well-defined but 
narrow blackish hind-marginal border. 


A, johnstoni f, octobalia. 
The spots of f.-w. and basal patch of h.-w, are tawny yellow 
instead of white and pale ochreous, 


A, johnstoni butleri, subsp. 

Basal half of f.-w. purplish red with a slight blackish 
suffusion at base, beyond the red colour is a very irregular 
band of rather tawny yellow its inner edge comparatively 
straight as far as area 4, projecting sharply inwards in area 2, 
and continued as a submarginal patch in 1b and sometimes 
also in la. Below area 3 the outer edge of this band is often 
much suffused, Beyond the band the apex and hind margin 
are brown black, H.-w. basal patch white to dull pink 
followed by a broad blackish hind-marginal band. 

The tawny yellow band in the f.-w. of this form is so vari- 
able in shape that it is not easy to find two examples alike. 


The ? resembles the ¢, but may be rather larger and less 
richly coloured. : 


The larva of A. johnstoni has the body yellowish beneath 
and brownish black above, each segment with a ring of 


° African Species of the Genus Acraca. 343 


yellowish white, edged with brown and divided in the middle 
by a dark brown line widened somewhat at the base of each of 
the papillae which carry the spines. Head black, and the first 
and last three segments somewhat darker than the remainder. 
Twenty-four dorsal black spines arranged in a double row. 
Eleven lateral spines on each side, the last two projecting back- 
wards, Eight sublateral spines yellow on each side the first 
pair arising from the fourth segment. 


I have already (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1906) entered rather 
fully into a discussion of the forms of this extremely 
variable species. I have slightly altered the list of refer- 
ences and synonymy from that given on the previous occa- 
sion and have separated out the form named flavescens by 
Oberthiir, and also his semialbescens as they seem suffici- 
ently different to stand as separate forms. Karsch’s form 
octobalia I then knew only from a sketch I discovered at 
Oxford, but having now seen the actual specimen I find 
that the sketch is quite inaccurate, the form being as 
above described. In addition to the forms noted, inter- 
mediates of all kinds may be found in a long series. In 
Nyassaland Neave has lately found a form which 
resembles f. semifulvescens, but has the f.-w. spots brilli- 
antly white instead of obsolescent. In Mr. Trimen’s 
collection there is a ? from Naivasha (British E. Africa) 
which is of the black and white variety of the confusa 
form but has a trace of deep tawny yellow in the central 
area of the f.-w. In Mr. Joicey’s collection there is a 
? which has the f.-w. sepia, the outer part of areas 2, 3, 4, 
5, and 6 tawny yellow, the spots a vivid white, the h.-w. 
basal patch tawny with the marginal border of a deeper 
shade and the margin dusted with brown. 

In the general collection of the Berlin Museum there is 
a 2 from Mpwapwa which has all the pale markings 
orange ochreous. 

The larva which I figured (/.c.) was one of a company 
bred at Nguelo, Usambara, resulting in nine specimens 
which were of the following forms, 2 ¢ ¢ and 1 ? of the 
type form, 2 ff and 2 2 2 of f. fulvescens, one 2 of the 
black and white variety of confusa, and one $ confusa with 
white f-w. spots and pale ochreous h.-w. patch. 

The species ranges from N. Rhodesia through German 
EK. Africa to British E. Africa and Uganda, but no form 
seems peculiar to any particular district except butleri, 


344 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the ; 


which, so far as I know, is only found in Urundi and 
Toro. At Chirinda only the form confusa seems to occur. 
A long series taken by Neave on Mt. Kokanjero (British 
E. Africa) contains a large number of intermediates 
between /ulvescens and semifulvescens. 


The two following species cannot be assigned to any of 
the foregoing groups, and present no special affinities. 


132. ACRAEA NIOBE. 

Acraea wiobe, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soce., p. 554 (1893); 
Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Acraea, 5, p. 18, pl. 5, f. 10 
(1894); Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 92 (1898). 

So THOME. 

¢@ . Expanse 60 mm. 

F.-w. Thinly scaled, elongated, more or less translucent. 
Brown-black. Base, costa, apical and hind-marginal borders 
darker, Large rounded black spots as follows. One in cell 
over origin of nervule 2, one at end of cell. A subapical row 
of three contiguous spots in 6, 5, and 4, followed by a spot in 
3 more proximally placed. One at base of area 2, and beneath 
it but nearer margin a spot in 1b, and in the same area 
a subbasal spot against median, midway between base and 
origin of 2. 

H.-w. thinly scaled, brown black, rather darker at base and 
having a narrow black border, widest in areas 2 and le, Black 
spots as on underside. 

Underside. F.-w. almost sealeless except on spots which are 
as on upperside. 

H.-w. as above. Black spots as follows. An outer row of 
nine, the first three in 7, 6, and 5, small and parallel to apical 
margin. The fourth in 4 rather more proximal, the fifth larger, 
a short distance from base of area 3, sixth large, at base of area 
2, followed by a large spot in le and 1b all ina straight line at 
right angles to inner margin, ninth very smallin Ja. In addi- 
tion to these a small subbasal in 7, two spots in cell, the second 
very large, a large spot on discocellulars, a basal and a sub- 
basal in 1e and 1b and an additional spot in la. 

Head black with a crimson collar. Thorax black above. 
Basal half of abdomen black above with red lateral spots, 
Distal half crimson. Claws unequal, 

? at present unknown, 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 345 


This interesting species is only found on the Island of 
Sio Thome. It is quite unlike any other known form. 
The figure in Rhop. Exot. seems scarcely black enough, 
the spots having in reality a somewhat velvety appearance. 
I have examined two ¢ f in the Staudinger collection, 
These and the type in the Lisbon Museum are the only 
examples known to me. 


133. ACRAEA INSULARIS. 
Acraea insularis, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Proce, Zool. Soc., p. 555 
(1893); Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Acraea, 5, p. 16, 
pl. 5, ff. 6,7 (1894); Aurivillius, Rhop. ea ., p. 112 (1898). 
Sio THOME. 

3. Exp. 48 mm. 

F.-w. black brown. In cell, just before origin of nervule 2, a 
yellow transverse spot traversing the whole width of cell. Just 
before end of cell a broad orange quadrate patch contiguous 
with a large orange spot at base of area 2, and beneath the latter 
a crescentic orange spot in 1b nearer margin. Two small orange 
subapical spots separated by nervale 6, and beneath these but 
vather nearer margin a smaller spot in area 4. In the transverse 
area between the spots the ground-colour is somewhat darker, 

H.-w. with a dark basal suffusion followed by a yellow patch 
outwardly shading into orange. A dark brown marginal border, 
its inner edge traversing the wing almost perpendicularly as far 
as nervule 4, where it bends sharply inwards to inner margin. 
Black spots as on underside. 

Underside. F.-w. much as above but spots pale ochreous 
dusted with reddish, and ground-colour somewhat paler with 
dark streaks in cell and areas 6, 4, and 1b. 

H.-w. pale greenish grey with a brown border as on upper- 
side but outwardly bounded by a paler marginal line. Black 
spots as follows. One in 9 at base, two in 7 rather close together 
the second just beyond origin of nervule 7, three discal spots in 
5, 4, and 3 the middle one larger and more proximal. ‘Two in 
cell and two on discocellulars, a basal, a subbasal and a distal 
in le, two distal spots in 1b, and a subbasal in 1a. 

Head, thorax and abdomen black. 


I have not had an opportunity of examining the type of 
this species which is in the Lisbon Museum. As Prof. 
Aurivillius has noted (/. ¢.) its true affinity is obscure. It 


does not resemble any other species with which I am 
acquainted. 


346 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


SUPPLEMENT ON THE ORIENTAL SPECIES 
OF ACRAEA. 


Kry. (Applying to both sexes.) 


F.-w. more or less transparent . ; ; : : . a 
F.-w. fully scaled : 3 : : ; , . (9) 
(a) F.-w. with numerous blackish Sink : : : : . (bd) 
F.-w. without spots, or at most with a dark mark at end of 
cell. 3 ; ' : : : , ; ; Pepe (3) 

(b) H.-w. black spots but little confluent andromache 


andromache (346) 

H.-w. black spots tending to coalesce and form a patch 
andromache £. oenone (347) 
H.-w. black spots very confluent and forming a black basal 


patch ‘ : ; andromache sanderi (347) 
(ec) Submarginal spots of ne -W. ander side orange colour . i) 
Submarginal spots of h.-w. underside ochreous : «. @ 


(d) H.-w. cell on underside nearly devoid of scales 
moluccana parce (348) 
H.-w, cell on underside almost entirely scaled with black 
moluccana burnensis (348) 
(e) H.-w. upperside with a broad discal orange band 
moluccana meyeri (348) 


H.-w. upperside without a discal orange band. ; 2) i) 
(f) H,-w. upperside with a continuous, or almost continuons, whitish 
band : : : moluccana dohertyi (348) 
H,-w. upperside ohn ke white band or only an inner 
marginal pale patch ; . moluccana moluccana (347) 

(g) H.-w. beneath with basal black spots enclosing or tending to 
enclose pale markings. 5 . violae (348) 


H.-w. beneath without basal spots or eee .  vesta (349) 


1, ACRAEA ANDROMACHE. 

Acraea andromache, Fabricius (Pap. andromacha*), Syst. Ent., 
p- 466 (1775) ; Schmeltz, Verh. Zool. bot. Gesell. Wien., p. 593 
(1866); Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4, v. p. 361 (1870); 
Schmeltz, Verh. Ver. Hamburg, ii, p. 186 (1876); In Journ. Mus. 
Godeffroy, xii, p. 174 (1877); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., p. 85, 
pl. 33 (1885) ; Olliff (metam.), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 6, 1, p. 359 
(1888); Mathew (metam.), Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 143, pl. VI, f. 14, 
14a (1888) ; Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 21 (1907). 


* T have not hesitated to alter the last letter of the name. It is 
printed andromacha in Syst. Ent., but there can be little doubt that 
itisa misprint for andromache. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 347 


= A. entoria, Godart, Ene. Méth., ix, p. 231 (1819). 
= andromache f. indica, Rober, Iris, 2, p. 22 (1885) ; Fruhstorfer, 
Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 21 (1907) (Kabia I.). 

N. AusrratiaA (Pt. Darwin, Cooktown, Rockingham Bay, Pt. 
Denison, Moreton Bay, Toowoomba); Fiores I.; Semao L.; 
Loyatty Is.; Esprriru Santo; New CaLeponia ; Fist; MANGO; 
Samoa (Oinainisa); Sumpa ; Lerri1; TorEKAN ; SERMATTA ; Moa ; 
Kasia ; New Heprives (Malekula); Fercusson I, 

f. oenone, Kirby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, iv, p. 163 (1889) ; Allen’s 
Nat. Lib., Butt., vol. i, p. 36, pl. 37, f. 3 (1894). 

Evst I.; St. Aianan; MrEKEO; British New GUINEA. 

A, andromache subsp. sanderi, Rothschild, Ann. Mag., Nat. Hist., 6, 
12, p. 455 (1893) ; Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 21 
(1907). 

= var. agema Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 21 (1907), 

New Guinea ; ? WAIGEU. 


I cannot separate the form iidica from other examples 
of the species. Rober states that it 1s smaller than the 
Australian examples, but in a long series the size varies 
greatly and this character is of little value. Kirby’s venone 
is merely an intermediate between typical wadromache and 
andromache sandert. The figure in Allen’s Naturalist’s 
Library (/.c.) shows the ground-colour of the h.-w. too 
yellow. The male armature of A. andromache is barely 
distinguishable from that of A. igati. 


2. ACRAEA MOLUCCANA. 
Acraea moluccana, Felder, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Math. Nat. Cl. xl, 
p. 449 (1860) ; Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 20 (1907). 
AMBOINA, 
= nebulosa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 2; f. 18 (1861). 
CERAM. 
= fumigata, Honrath, Berlin Ent. Zeit., xxx, p. 1380, pl. 4, f. 3 
(1886) ; Hagen, Jahrb. d. nass. Ver. f. Naturk. (Wiesbaden), 
p. 82 (1897); Ribbe, Iris. p. 109 (1898) ; Fruhstorfer, Stettin 
Ent, Zeit., 68, 1, p. 20 (1907). 
New Britain, 
= pollonia, Godman and Salvin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 110 
(1888) ; Gr.-Smith, Rhop. Exot., i, f. 1, 2 (1889); Fruhstorfer, 
Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 20 (1907). 
GUADALCANAR, SHORTLAND I. 
= moluccana pella, Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent, Zeit 68, 1, p. 19 
(1907). 
Woopuark I. 


348 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A. moluccana meyeri, subsp. 

Kirsch, Mitt. Mus. Dresden, p. 123, pl. 6, f. 2 (1877) ; Fruhstorfer, 
Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 20 (1907). 

New GUINEA, 

A. moluccana dohertyi, subsp. 

Holland, “Proce.” Boston” Socjxxv, py 61) plo; 2-7 \(isei 
Rothschild, Ivis, v, p. 485 (1892); Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent. 
Zeit., 68, 1, p. 19 (1907). 

CELEBES. 

A. moluccana parce, subsp. 

Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 193, pl. 1, f. 8 (1896); Fruhstorfer, Stettin 
Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 19 (1907). 

Xuuua Is. (Mangola). 

A. moluccana buriensis, subsp. 

Rothschild, Novit. Zool., vi, p. 68 (1899). 

Burv. 


T cannot find any satisfactory means of distinguishing 
between the forms which I have here made synonymous. 
Fruhstorfer (/. ¢.) gives several points of difference between 
his subsp. pel/a and pollonia, but these do not remain 
constant in a series. Holland’s dohertyi is perhaps rather 
more entitled to subspecific rank, though I have not yet 
examined a large number of examples. Pavrce and 
buruensis may easily be distinguished by the very black 
h.-w. Meyert with its velvety black wings and rich 
orange band is very distinct in appearance though I 
cannot regard it as a separate species. All the forms 
which I have included under A. moluccana exhibit a 
beautiful greenish blue iridescence on the underside of 
the f.-w. This is produced in a peculiar manner. The 
iridescence is really on the underside of the scales which 
are on the upper surface of the wing, and is seen through 
the transparent wing membrane. ‘The effect is more 
briliant in moluccana meyert than in the other forms. 
The male armatures of these forms are similar and are of 
the same type as that of A. admatha. The § plate is hke 
that of A. neobule, and the opening of the bursa copulatria 
is eccentric. 


ACRAFA VIOLAE, ; 

Acraea violae, Fabricius (Pap.), Syst. Ent., p. 460 (1775) ; Sulzer, 
Gesch. Iris (cephers), pl. 15, f. 2, p. 143 (1776); Goetze, Entom, 
Beytr., 3, 1, p. 97 (cepheus) (1779) ; Horsfield, (metam.), Cat. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 349 


Lep. E.1.C., pl..8, f. 2, 2a (1829) ; Doubleday, Hew. & Westw., 
Gen. Di. Lep., p. 142 (1848); Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. 
(metam.) p. 135, pl. 5, f. 1, la (1857); Chaumette, Ent. Mo. Mag., 
p. 37 (1865) ; Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep. in B.M., p. 131 (1869) ; 
Moore, Lep. Ceyl. (metam.) 1, p. 66, pl. 33, f. 1, la, 1b (1881) ; 
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. Ind., 1, p. 320, fig. ¢, (1888) ; 
de Nicéville, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 43 (1885) ; Swinhoe, 
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 127 (1885); Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 424 
(1886) ; Aitken, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., p. 129 (1886); 
Hampson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 352 (1888); Davidson 
& Aitken, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., v, p. 268 (1890) ; 
Fergusson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 7 (1891); Swinhoe, 
Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 276 (1893); de Nicéville, Sikkim Gazet- 
teer, p. 131 (1894); Davidson & Aitken, Journ. Bomb, Nat. 
Hist. Soc., p. 246 (1896); Moore, Lep. Ind., v (metam.), p. 
36, pl. 388, f. 1-lg (1901-1903) ; Suffert (viola), Iris, p. 
34 (1904); Bingham, Faun. Brit. Ind. Butt., i, p. 471, f. 85 
(1905). 

= Pap. cephea, Cramer, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 298, f. D, E (1782). 

= Tel. cephea, Hiihner, Verz. bek. Schmett, p. 27 (1816). 

CryLon; Mapras; Mysore; NItGuerRRIES; BrRHAMPORE ; 
BomBay ; Darsgertina; N. W. PRovINcEs. 

This species is quite easily recognised by its orange 
ground-colour and numerous black spots. Suffert’s sug- 
gestion (/.c.) that it has been taken in German Kast 
Africa is not confirmed. 


ACRAEA VESTA, 

Acraea vesta, Fabricius (Pap.), Mant. Ins., ii, p. 14 (1787) ; Dono- 
van, Ins. China, pl. 30, f. 1 (1799); Godart, Encycl. Méth. 
ix, p. 233 (1819) ; Doubleday, Hew. & Westw., Gen. Di. Lep. 
(Pareba), p. 142 (1846-50) ; Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep. in B.M., 
p. 182 (1869) ; Graham Young, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 243 (1882) ; 
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. 1, p. 318 (1883) ; Stau- 
dinger, Exot. Schmett., p. 85, pl. 33 (1885) ; Doherty, Journ. 
As. Soc. Bengal, p. 114 (1886) ; Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 334 
(1888); Manders, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 520 (1890) ; Leech, Butt. 
fr. China, etc., 1, p. 14 (1892) ; de Nic¢ville, Sikkim Gazetteer, 
p- 131 (1894) ; Watson, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc., p. 652 
(1897) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 104 (1899) ; Johannis, Bull. 
Sci. Fr. et Belg., p. 325 (1901) ; Moore, Lep. Ind., v. (metam.), 
p. 31, pl. 387, f. 1, la-1f (1901) ; Bingham, Faun. Brit. Ind. 
Butt. 1, p. 469, f. 84 (1905); Fruhstorfer Wiener. Ent. Zeit., 
p. 308 (1906). 


350 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


= terpsichore, Cramer, (nec Linn.) Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 298, f. 
A-C (1782). 

= issoria, Hiibner, Verzeich. bek. Schmett., p. 27 (1816). 

= anomala, Kollar, in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv, 2, p. 425, pl. 3, f. 
3, 4 (1848) ; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., p. 85 (1885). 

N. Inpia ; Assam; Burman; W. and 8. Carina. 

A, vesta f. vestalina, Fruhstorfer, Wiener, Ent. Zeit., p. 308 (1906). 
S. ANNAM. 
[F.-w. dusky with spots whitish, h.-w, with broad dark border, ] 
A, vesta vestita, subsp. 
de Nicéville, Journ, As. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 397 (1895) ; Moore, 
Lep. Ind., v, p. 35 (1901); Fruhstorfer, Wiener Ent. Zeit., 
p. 309 (1906). 

= vesta, Snellen van Vollenhoven, Midden-Sumatra, p. 13, pl. 2, 
f, 3-5 (1892). 

N.E. SUMATRA. 

[Small. ¢ with broad dusky border in both wings, nervules 
black, 9 F.-w. dusky with pale spots, h.-w. with broad dusky 
marginal border. ] 

A, vesta vestitu f. alticola, Fruhstorfer, Wiener Ent. Zeit., p. 309 
(1906). 
W. SUMATRA. 
[Intermediate to vesta vestoides. | 


A. vesta vestoides, subsp. 
Moore (Pareba), Lep. Ind., v, p. 35 (1901); Fruhstorfer, Wiener 
Ent. Ziet., p. 308, 309 (1906). 
= vesta, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C., pl. 3, f. 21 (larva) 
(1829). 

W. JAVA. 

[Small. ¢ usually with dark spots in f.-w. cell and discal area. 
H.-w. with reddish submarginal band of underside showing tbrough 
to upper surface. Marginal pale spots well marked in both wings. 
All nervules black. @ F.-w. with dark colour predominating. 
H.-w. with nervules heavily marked, dark border broad, and usually 
with reddish ochreous internervular patches towards anal angle. 
Examples from E. Java are often without spots in f.-w. | 


Isee no reason for separating A. vesia from other Acraeas 
and making it a separate genus (Parcha). It appears to 
be closely allied to A. anacreon, and the stalked con- 
dition of nervules 6 and 7 in the h,-w. is not constant. 
The size, pattern, and ground-colour are extremely vari- 
able. Both wings occasionally have discal spots, and 
these when present in the h.-w. are suggestive of the 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 351 


characteristic arrangement seen in anacreon. Both ¢ 
and ¢ genitalia are very similar to those of the African 
species. Careful examination of long series might disclose 
the existence of other local races in addition to the Javan 
and Sumatran forms above described, though judging 
from the variability exhibited by some seventy-five ex- 
amples now before me, instability of pattern would seem 
to be the most constant characteristic. 


LIST OF TYPES. 


LIST OF AFRICAN SPECIES AND FORMS OF ACRAEA WITH 
LOCATION OF TYPES WHERE KNOWN. 


Explanation of references, 


London = British Museum of Natural History, South Kensing- 
ton, London. 

Oxford = Hope Department, University Museum, Oxford. 

Tring = The Private Museum of the Hon. W. Rothschild, 
Tring, England. 

Berlin = Kgl. Museum fiir Naturkunde, Berlin. 

Vienna = K, K. Naturhistorisches Hofmuseum, Vienna, 

Brussels = Musée Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, 
Brussels. 

Cape Town = South African Museum, Cape Town. 

Stockholm = Naturhistoriska Riksmuseum, Stockholm. 

Upsala = Kgl, Universitetets Zoologiska Museum, Upsala. 

Lisbon = Museu Nacional de Lisboa, Lisbon. 

Edinburgh = Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh. 

Frankfurt = Senckenbergisches Museum, Frankfurt a. M. 

Washington = United States National Museum, Washington. 

Genoa = Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa. 

S. Fiel = Museu Collegio de 8, Viel, Portugal. 

Pieter- 


maritzburg = Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg. 


(Drury’s collection was sold about a hundred years ago and his 
types have become dispersed.) 


A. acerata, Hew.  . London. | f. aquilina, Berlin. 
f. vinidia, Hew. . London. Strand 
f. brahmsi, Suff. . Coll. Suffert. | — f. nyassicola, Berlin. 
f. diavina, Suff. . Berlin. Strand 
subsp. tenella, Vienna. | subsp. pudorina, Berlin. 
Rogenh. | Staud. 
A. acrita, Hew. . London. —— f. utengulensis, Berlin. 
f. msanuviae, Berlin. Thur. 


Strand | subsp. littoralis, Eltr. Tring. 


352 


f. aquilia, Thur. 

f. chaeribulula, 
Strand 

f. wsaramensis, 
Strand 

subsp. manca, 
Thur. 

f. lindica, Strand 

subsp. ambigqua, 
Trim. 

f. bella, Weymer 

subsp. bellona, 
Weymer. 

A. admatha, Hew. 

f. lewcographa, 


3erlin. 


Berlin. 
Berlin. 
Berlin. 


Berlin. 
Coll. Trimen. 


Coll. Weymer. 


London. 
Berlin. 


A 


A 


A 
A 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


° asboloplintha, 


KKarsch 
subsp. rubescens, 
Trim. 
asema, Hew, 
f. gracilis, Wicher. 


. atergatis, Westw. 
. atolmis, Westw. 


f. decora, Weymer 


. dureola, Eltr. 
. aubyni, Eltr. 
.axina, Westw. 
. baxteri, Sharpe 


Berlin. 


Oxford. 


. London. 


Coll. Wich- 
graf. 
Oxford. 
Oxford. 

Coll. 
mer. 
Tring. 
Oxford. 
Oxford. 


Wey- 


. Coll. Joicey. 


Ribbe f. fulleborni, Berlin. 
A. aglaonice, Westw., Oxford. Thur. 
A. alciope, Hew. London. f. subsquamia, Berlin. 
9 f. macarina, London, Thur. ; 
Sut). A. bonasia, Fab. London. 
9 f. cretacea, Eltr, Oxford, @ £. eynthius, 
? f. fumida, Eltr. Oxford. Drur. 
2 f. aurivillii, Berlin. ? f. praeponina, Berlin. 
Staud. Staud. 
9 ft. tella, Eltr. Oxford. 2 f. seabona, Suff. Berlin. 
subsp. schecana, Tring | subsp. alicra, Coll. Jackson. 
R. and J. | Sharpe 
A. althoffi, Dewitz . Berlin. 2 f. cabiroides, Oxford. 
f. rubrofasciata, Brussels. Poulton 
Auriv. 2 f. teneollides, Oxford. 
Q f. téelloides, Eltr, Oxford. | Poulton 
2 f. drucei, Eltr. . Coll. Druce. subsp. banka, Eltr. Oxford. 
° tf. ochreata, Eltr, Oxford. A. braesia, Godm. . London. 
subsp. pseudepaea, Coll. Dud- f. regalis, Oberth. Coll. Ober- 
Dudgeon geon, thir. 
A. amicitiae, Heron London. A. buschbecki, Dew. . Berlin. 
A. anacreon, Trimen Coll. Trimen. A. biittneri, Rogenh. Vienna. 
subsp. bomba, Gr.- Coll, Joicey. | A. cabira, Hoppf. . Berlin. 
Smith f. apecida, Oberth. Coll. Ober- 
f. induna, Trim, Cape Town, thir. 
subsp. anacreontica, Trine. f. abrupta, Griin- Berlin. 
Gr.-Smith berg, 
subsp. speciosa, Coll. Wich- f. natalensis, Staud. Berlin. 
Wicher. graf, f. karschi, Auriv. . Berlin. 
A. anemosa, Hew. . London. f. biraca, Suff. . Berlin. 
f. arcticincta, Butl. London. A. caecilia, Fabry. . London. 
f. interrupta, Thur. Berlin. Of. hypatia, Drur. 
f. mosana, Suff. Berlin. 2 f. artemisa, 
f, dubiosa, Suff.  . Coll. Suffert. Stoll 
f. wfipana, Strand Berlin. subsp. pudora, Stockholn. 
f. wrungensis, Berlin. Auriy. 
Strand | f. awmbrina, Auriv. Stockholm, 
A. ansorgei, Gr.- Tring. _ A. caldarenu, Hew. London. 
Smith ; | @f nero, Butl . London. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 
1 


f. neluska, Oberth, Coll. Ober- 
thiir. 
A. camaena, Drur. 
A. cepheus, Linn, 
f. abdera, Hew. . London. 
f. eginopsis, Auriv, Stockholin. 
2 f. sucepha, Berlin. 
Suff. 
2 f. nigrescens, Tring. 
Eltr. 


. London. 


A. cerasa, Hew. 
. Coll. Joicey. 


A. cerita, Sharpe 


A. chaeribula, Coll. Ober- 
Oberth. thir. 
A. chambezi, Neave . London. 
A. chilo, Godm., . London. 
2 f. hoeneli, Holl. Washington. 
A, cinerea, Neave . Oxford. 
subsp. alberta, . Tring. 
Eltr. 
A. circeis, Drur. 
A. conjuncta, Gr.- Tring. 
Smith 


f. interrupla, Eltr. London. 
© f. silacea, Eltr. London. 
2 f. mutata, Eltr. London. 
2 f. pica, Eltr. . London. 
2 f. lutealba, Eltr. London. 


2 f. suffusa, Eltr. London 
A. conradti, Oberth. Coll. 
thir. 
A. damii, Vollenh. 
subsp. cuva, Gr.- Coll. Joicey. 
Smith 
f. nidama, Suff. . Berlin. 
A. diogenes, Suff. . Berlin. 
A. disjuncta, Gr.- Tring. 
Smith 
A, doubledayi, Guérin London. 


Obert | 


subsp. sykesi, Tring. 
Sharpe 
subsp. arabica, Tring. 
Eltr. 
A. egina, Cram. 
f. harrisont, Coll. Harri- 
Sharpe son. 


subsp. areca, Mab. 
subsp. medea, 
Cram. 
A, ella, Eltr. 
al. encedon, Linn. 
f. infuscata, Staud. Berlin. 
f. alcippina, Stockholm. 
Auriv. 


. Tring. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. 


A 


A 


A 
A 


A 
A 


A 


A. 


3utl. 
f. jacksoni, Sharpe 


f, siginna, Suff.. 


353 
f. sganzini, Boisd. Coll. Ober- 
thir. 
f. lycia, Fab. . London. 
f. necoda, Hew. . London. 
f. daira, Godm. . London. 
f. radiata, Auriv. Stockholm. 
. esebria, Hew. . London. 
f. protea, Trim. . CapeTown(?). 
f, pseudoprotea, London. 
Butl. 
2 f. amphiprotea, London. 
Butl. 
2? f. metaprotea, London. 


Coll, Jackson. 


f. monteironis, London. 
Butl. 
f. nubilata, Eltr. . Oxford. 
f. ertli, Auriv. - Coll) Ertl: 
subsp. masaris, . Coll. Ober- 
Oberth. thir. 
. equatorialis, Oxford. 
Neave 
subsp. anaemia, Oxford. 
Eltr. 
. excelsior, Sharpe . Coll.Jackson. 
. engenia, Karsch . Berlin. 
. fornar, Butl. =. London. 
. goetzi, Thur. . Berlin. 
. guillemei, Oberth. Coll. Ober- 
thir. 
grosvenori, ltr. . Tring. 
. hova, Boisd. . Coll. QOber- 
thur. 
. horta, Linn. . Upsala. 
. tgola, Trim. . Coll. d Agui- 
lar. 
Of. maculiventris, Coll. Joicey. 
Gr.-Smith 
. igati, Boisd. . Coll. Ober- 
thiir. 
. insignis, Dist. 


Coll, Suffert, 


. insularis, Sharpe. Lisbon. 

. intermedia, . Coll. Wich- 
Wichgr, graf. 

. iturina, Gr.-Sm. Coll. Joicey. 

subsp. kakana, London. 
Eltr. 

jodutta, Fabr. 

? f. carmentis, London. 
Doubl. 

2 £. dorotheae, Tring. 
Sharpe. 

(JULY) AA 


354 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Q f. interjecta, Oxford. | A. mirabilis, Butl. . London. 
Eltr. | A. mivifica, Lathy . Coll, Adams. 
2 f. subfulva, Oxford. | A. natalica, Boisd. . Coll. Ober- 
Eltr. | thiir. 
2 f. castanea, Oxford, |  f. wmbrata, Suff. . Coll, Suffert. 
Eltr. | subsp. pseudegina, 
2 f. inwwreata, London, Westw. 
Ge ey | subsp. abadima, — Berlin. 
subsp. aethiops, Tring. | Ribbe 
Rand J. | A. neobule, Doubl. . London. 
A, johnstoni, Godm. London, f. sokotrana, Rebel] Vienna. 
f. confusa, Regenh, Vienna. subsp. seis, Feisth. Ccll. Ober- 
f. favescens,Oberth. Coll. Ober- thiir. 
thiir. | subsp. arabica, Tring. 
f. semialbescens, . Coll. Ober- | tebel 
Oberth. thir. | A. newton, Sharpe . Lisbon. 
f. fulvescens, Coll. Ober- | A. niobe, Sharpe — . Lisbon. 
Oberth. thir. | A. nohara, Boisd. . Coll. Ober- 
f. octobalia, Karsch Berlin. | thiir. 
subsp. butleri, Coll. Joicey. subsp. halali, Mar- Pieter- 
Gr.-Sm. shall maritzburg. 

A. kraka, Auriv. —. Stockholm. subsp. _ pseudatol- Oxford. 

A, leucopyga, Auriv. Stockholm. mis, Eltr. 

A.lia, Mab. . . Coll. Mabille. subsp. punctelluta, Oxford. 

(2) Eltr. 
A. lualabae, Neave . London. A. obeira, Hew. . London. 
A. lumiri, B.-Bak. . Coll. Powell subsp. bunt, But]. London, 
Cotton. | A. oberthiiri, Butl. . London. 

A, lycoa, Godt. . Edinburgh (?) f. confluens, Suff. . Berlin. 
subsp. media, Eltr. Tring. A. oncaea, Hoppf.  . Berlin. 
subsp. bukoba, Tring. d f. caoncius, Suff. Coll. Suffert. 

Eltr. 2 f. alboradiata, Coll. Suffert. 
subsp. entebbia, Tring. | Suff. 

Eltr 2 f. modesta, Berlin. 
subsp. tirika, Eltr. Oxford. Suff, 

» jollogs, Vienna. 2 f. obscura, Suff. Berlin. 

Rogenh. | 9 f. defasciata, Berlin. 
subsp. kenia, Eltr, Oxford. Suff. 

A, machequena, Gr.- Coll. Joicey. subsp. liacea, Suff. Berlin. 

Sm. | A. onerata, Trim. . Cape Town. 

A, mahela, Boisd. . Coll. Ober- A. omrora, Trim. . Coll. Trimen. 

thiir. subsp. umbrata, Coll. Wich- 

A, mairessei, Auriv, Brussels. Wicher. graf, 

f. dewitzi, Auriv. Berlin. A. oreas, Sharpe, . Coll. Jackson. 

A, mansya, Eltr. =. Oxford. f. albimaculata, Oxford. 

A. masamba, Ward . Coll.  Ober- Neave 

. thir. f. angolanus, Coll. Adams. 
f. silia, Mak. . Coll. Mabille. Lathy. 
? A. orestia, Hew. . London. 
Q f. boseae, Saalm. Frankfurt. f. humilis, Sharpe . Coll. Jackson. 

A. marnois, Rogenh, Vienna. f. transita, Eltr. . Oxford. 

A, melanoxantha, Coll.Jackson. A. orina, Hew. . London. 
Sharpe f. nigroapicalis, Stockholm, 


A. mima, Neave . London, Auriv. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 


355 
f. nia, Strand . Berlin. 
subsp. vwilloti, Mab. Coll. Mabille. 
subsp. rhodina, Tring. 
Roth. 
A. pseudolycia, Butl. London. 
f. astrigera, Butl. London. 
2 f. emini, Weym. Coll. Richel- 
mann. 
f. brunnea, Eltr. Tring. 
A. pidorella, Auriv. Stockholm, 
subsp. detecta, London. 
Neave 
A. quirina, Fab. . London. 
subsp. rosa, Eltr. . Oxford. 
A. quirinalis Gr.-Sm. Coll. Joicey. 
| A. rabbaiae, Ward . Coll.  Ober- 
thiir. 
subsp. mombasae, Coll. Joicey. 
/ Gr.-Sm. 
| A. rahira, Boisd. . Coll. Ober- 
thiir. 
-A.ranavalona, Boisd. Coll. Ober- 
thir. 
f. maransetra, Coll.  Ober- 
Ward thiir. 
? f. manandaza, Coll.  Ober- 
Ward thiir. 
A. rhodesiana, Coll. Wich- 
Wicher, oraf, 
A. rogersi, Hew. . London. 
f. salambo, Gr.-Sm. Coll Joicey. 
subsp. lamborni, Oxford. 


f. orinata, Oberth. Coll. Ober- | 
thiir. 
subsp. orineta, Oxford. 
Eltr. 
A. oscari, R. and J. . Tring. 
A. parrhasia, Fabr. . London. 
2 f. oppidia, Hew. London, 
2 f. parrhoppidia, Berlin. 
Stand. 
2 f. leona, Staud. Berlin. 
A. pelopeia, Staud. . Berlin. 
A. peneleos, Ward. . Coll. Ober- | 
thiir. 
2 f. helvimaculata, Oxford. 
Eltr, 
2 f. lactimaculata, Tring. 
Eltr. 
Q f. sepia, Eltr. . Oxford. 
subsp. gelonica, Tring. 
R. and J. 
A. penelope, Staud. . Berlin. 
2 f. argentea . Oxford. 
@ f. exalbescens . Oxford. 
2 f. penella . Tring. 
subsp. vitrea, Eltr. Oxford. 
subsp. derwhescens, Berlin. | 
Eltr. 
subsp. transhucida, Oxford. | 
Eltr. | 
A. pentapolis, Ward. Coll. Ober- | 
thiir. 
subsp. epidica, Coll. Ober- | 
Oberth. thiir. 
A. perenna, Doubl. . London. 
subsp. thesprio, Coll. Ober- 
Oberth. thiir. 
subsp. kaffana, Tring. 
Roth. 
A. periphanes, Coll.  Ober- | 
Oberth. thiir. | 
f. beni, B.-Bak. Coll. Beth- | 


f. melaina, Eltr. 


une-Baker. | 


. Oxford. 


f. umida, Wichgr. Coll. Wich- | 
graf. | 
f. aeritoides, Eltr. Oxford. | 
A. petraea, Boisd. . Coll.  Ober- | 
thir. 
f. taborana, Suff. Coll. Suffert. 
A. pharsalus, Ward. Coll. Ober- 
thiir. ) 
f.pharsaloides, Holl. Washington. 
f. pallidepicta, Berlin. 
Strand 


A. rohilfsi, Suff. 
| A. safie, Feld. . 


Eltr. 
Joll. Ertl. 
. Frankfurt. 


f. antinorii, Auriv. Genoa. 
| A. sambavae, Ward . Coll. Ober- 
| thiir. 
A. satis, Ward . Coll.  Ober- 
thir. 
A. semivitrea, Auriv. Brussels. 
A. servona, Godt. . Edinburgh. 
f. reversa, Eltr. . Tring. 
? f. rubra, Eltr. . Tring. 
subsp. ovientis, Stockholm, 
Auriy. 
f. depunetella, Berlin. 
Strand ; 
f. wnipunctella, Berlin. 
Strand 
f. semipunctella, Berlin. 
Strand 
f. transienda, Berlin. 
Strand 


AA 2 


556- 


subsp. rhodina, 
R. and J. 
subsp. limonata, 
Eltr. 
subsp. tenebrosa, 
Eltr. 
A. sotikensis, Sharpe 


Tring. 
London. 
Tring. 


Coll. Jackson. 


subsp. katana, Eltr. Oxtord. 
f. supponina, Berlin. 
Staud. 
subsp. rowed, Tring. 
Eltr. 
A. stenobea, Wal- Stockholm. 
lengr. 
A. strattipocles, Coll. Ober- 
Oberth. thiir. 
A. terpsichore, Linn. 
2 f. janisea, Godt. Edinburgh. 
f. rougeti, Guerin. 
f. melas, Oberth. . Coll. Ober- 
thiir. 
f. subserena, Gr.- Tring. 


Sm. 


f. venturina, Thur. Berlin. 

f. connexa, Thur. Berlin. 

f. intermediana, Berlin. 
Strand 

f. ventura, Hew. . London. 

f. rangatana, Eltr. London, 


subsp. ochruscens, 
Sharpe. 


A. tarna, Mab. 
f. marmorata, Gr.- 
Smith. 


ANGAS, G. F. 


AURIVILLIUS, C. 


Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


A. wowi, Gr.-Smith . Coll. Joicey. 
subsp. balina, Berlin. 
Karsch 


| A. unimaculata, Gr.- Coll. Joicey. 


Smith 


| A. vesperalis, Gr.-Sm. Coll. Joicey. 


Coll. Jackson. 


Coll. Joicey. 


| 


subsp. catori, B.- Coll. Cator. 
Bak. 

A. violarum, Boisd. . Coll. Ober- 
thiir. 

. Berlin. 


Vienna. 


A, viviana, Staud. 
A. welwitschii, 
Rogenh. 
subsp. alboradiata, 
Auriv. 
subsp. lobemba, Eltr.Oxford. 
A. wigginsi, Neave . Oxford. 
A. zambesina, Auriv. S. Fiel. 
A. zetes, Linn. 
f. menippe, Drur. 
f. jalema, Godt. . Edinburgh. 
subsp. acara, Hew. London. 
f. caffra, Feld. . Tring. 
f. inhondana, Suff. Coll. Suffert. 
f. tescea, Sutf. . Coll. Suffert. 


A. xitja, Boisd. . Coll. Ober- 
thir. 
f. radiata, Guénee 
f. calida, Butl. . London. 
f. rakeli, Boisd. . Coll. | Ober- 
thiir. 
f. fumida, Mab. . Coll. Mabille. 
(2) 
A. zonata, Hew. . London. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Kathrs Llustrated 
Verzeichniss einer vom Herrn Fritz 


London, 1849. 


Theorin aus Gabun und dem Gebiete des Camer- 
unflusses heimgebrachten Schmetterlingssammlung. 
Ent. Tidskr. 12, p. 193-228, pl. 1-3, 1891. 
—— Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Insektenfauna von 
Ent. Tidskr., p. 257, etc., 1893. (Four 


der Insektenfauna von 
Ent. Tidskr. 14, p. 257- 


Kameroon. 

plates, and text figures.) 
—— Beitriige zur Kenntniss 

Kamerun. 2. Tagfalter. 


292; 1893; 


etc., 1895. 


15, p. 2738-314, 1894; 16, p. 195-220, 


- 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 357 


Aurivitutus, C. Neue Acraeiden aus dem Congo-Gebiete. 
Ent. Tidskr., p. 111, etc., 1895. 

—— Rhopalocera Aethiopica, Stockholm, 1898. 

Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera und Heterocera (Pars I) 
von Madagaskar, den Comoren und den Inseln Ost- 
afrikas. Sonderabdruck aus Voeltzkow, Reise in 
Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-1905, Band IL., 
Stuttgart, 1909. 

—— Verzeichniss von Lepidopteren gessammelt bei Mu- 
kimbungu am unteren Kongo von Herrn KE. Laman. 
Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 3, No. 1, 1905. 

—— Diagnosen Neuer Lepidopteren aus Africa (9). 
Arkiv for Zoologi, Stockholm, 1909. 

—— Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der schwedischen zoo- 

logischen Expedition nach dem Kilimandjaro, dem 

Meru, und den umgebenden Massaisteppen Deutsch- 

Ostafrikas 1905-1906 unter Leitung von Prof. Dr. 

Yneve Sjéstedt. Lepidotera, Stockholm, 1910. 

Tres Lepidoteros novos da Africa Portugesa. Bro- 

téria. Serie Zoologica, Vol. IX, Fase. IIL, St. Fiel, 

TOTO. 

Schmetterlinge gesammelt in Westafrika von Leo- 

nardo Fea in den Jahren 1897-1902. Annali del 

Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova, April, 

1910. 

BETHUNE-BAKER, G. T. On new species of Lycaenidae 
from W. Africa. Ann. Nat. Hist., 7, xii, p. 324, etc., 
1903. 

—— Descriptions of new Rhopalocera from the Upper 

Congo. Ann. Nat. Hist., 8, 1, p. 467, ete., 1908. 

Descriptions of new species of Butterflies of the 
Division Rhopalocera from Africa and from New 
Guinea. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 110, etc., 2 pl. 
1908. 

BLANCHARD, E. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, Paris, 
1840. 

BotspuvaL, J. A. Faune Entomologique de Madagascar, 
Bourbon, et Maurice. Lépidopteres, Paris, 1883. 

—— Spécies général des Lépidopteres, Paris, 1836. 

Catalogue des Lépidopteres recueillis par M. Dele- 

gorgue 1838-1844, in Delegorgue, A. Voyage dans 

’Atrique Australe, Vol. 2, p. 585-602, 1847. 

—— Faune Entomologique de Madagascar, ete. Lépido- 
pteres, Paris, 1883. 


358 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Butter, A. G. Catalogue of the Diurnal Lepidoptera in 

the B.M. described by Fabricius, London, 1869. 

Descriptions of some new species and a new genus of 
Diurnal Lepidoptera, etc. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 423, 
ete., 1874. 

Cistula Entomologica, London (?), 1874. 

—— On a collection of Lepidoptera from Southern Africa. 
Ann. Nat. Hist. (4), 16, p. 394-420, 1875. 

—— On a collection of Lepidoptera recently received from 
Abyssinia. Ann, Nat. Hist., p. 480-490, 1876. 

—— On a collection of Lepidoptera recently received from 
Madagascar. Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 2, p. 283-297, 
1878. 

—— Descriptions of new species of Lepidoptera from 
Madagascar, with notes on some of the forms already 
described. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV, p. 227, 
ete., 1879. 

—— On a collection of Lepidoptera from the Island of 
Johanna. Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 3, p. 186-192, 1879. 

—— On the Lepidoptera collected in Socotra by J. B. 
Balfour. Proce, Zool. Soc., p. 175-180, 1881. 

—— On some Lepidoptera from the Victoria Nyanza. 

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 12, p. 101, ete, 

1883. 

An account of two collections of Lepidoptera recently 
received from Somaliland. Proc. Zoo]. Soc., p. 756-776, 
1886. 

—— On the Lepidoptera received from Dr. Emin Pascha. 
Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 55-85, 1888. 

—— On two collections of Lepidoptera from British Central 
Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895, p. 643-684, pl. 60, 
1894. 

—— On a collection of Lepidoptera from British EK. Africa. 
Proc. Zool. Soc., 557-593, 1894. 

—- On a small collection of Butterflies made by Consul 
Alfred Sharpe at Zomba, British Central Africa. 
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 720-721, 1895. 

—— On Lepidoptera recently collected in British E. Africa 
by Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 722-742, 
1895. 

—— Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in certain African 
Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 519, ete., 1895. 
—— On the Acraea cynthius of Drury. Ann. and Mag. 

Nat. Hist., Vol. 16, p. 271, 1895. 


African Species of the Genus Aeraea, 359 


Butter, A. G. Ona small collection of Lepidoptera sent 
from Nyasa in 1895 by Mr. R. Crawshay. Ann. Nat. 
Hist. (6), 18, p. 67-75, 1896. 

—— On acollection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard 
Crawshay in Nyasaland. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 108-136, 
1896. 

—— On the Butterflies obtained in Arabia and Somali- 
land by Capt. Chas. G. Nurse and Col. J. W. Yerbury 
in 1894 and 1895. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 242-257, 
1896. 

—— On two collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R. 
Crawshay in Nyasaland. Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 817-850, 
pl. 41, 42, 1896. 

— A new Butterfly of the genus Aeraea from Tugela, 

S. Africa. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 18, p. 467, 

1896. 

Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies. Trans. 

Ent. Soc., p. 105, etc, 1897. 

— On a small collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. F. 
Gillett in Somaliland. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923-925, 
1897. 

——- On a collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. F. V. 
Kirby chiefly in Portuguese E. Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p. 49 et seqg., 1898. 

— On the Lepidopterous insects collected by Mr. G, A. K. 
Marshall in Natal and Mashonaland in 1895 and 1897. 
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 186-201, 1898. 

—— Ona collection of Lepidoptera made in British EK, 
Africa by Mr. C. S. Betton. 2 pl. Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p. 395 et seq., 1898. 

—— A list of Butterflies obtained in the Harar Highlands 
by Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.E. Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p. 821 e¢ seq., 1898. 

—— Ona small collection of Butterflies from British E. 
Africa, obtained at the end of 1897 and beginning of 
1898 by Mr. R. Crawshay. Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 825 
et seq., 1898. 

—— On a collection of Butterflies almost entirely made 
at Salisbury, Mashonaland, by Mr. Guy A. K. 
Marshall, in 1898. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 902 et seq., 

1898. 

On two small collections of Butterflies made by Mr. 

Richard Crawshay during 1898 in British E. Africa. 

1 pl. Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 417 et seg., 1899. 


360 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Butter, A. G. On a collection of Butterflies made by 
Mr. Richard Crawshay in British E. Africa. 1 pil. 
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 962 et seg., 1899. 

—— On a small collection of Butterflies from the Nandi 
Dist., Uganda Prot. E. side of L. Victoria, by Capt. 
Hobart of the Grenadier Guards. Proc. Zool. Soc., 
pP. O76 et SCq., 1899. 

——- On two consignments of Butterflies collected by Mr. 
Richard Crawshay in the Kikuyu Country of British, 
EK. Africa in 1899 and 1900. 1 pl. Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p. 911 et seg., 1900. 

—— On some Butterflies from the White Nile collected by 
Capt. H. N. Dunn of the Egyptian Army. Proc. 
Zool, Soc., I., p. 25 and 26, 1901. 

—— On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Sir 
Harry Johnston, K.C.B., in the Uganda Protectorate 
during the year 1900. Proc. Zool. Soc. (1.), p. 44 
et seq., 1 pl., 1902. 

CARPENTER, G. H. A collection of Lepidoptera from 
Lokoja, W. Africa. Proc. R. Dubl. Soc., Vol. 8, p. 304, 
etc., 1895. 

CLERCK, C. Icones Insectorum variorum, etc. Stock- 
holm, 1759-1764. 

Cramer, P. Papillons Exotiques, 1779-1791. 

Cuvigr, G. L. C.D. Regne Animal, ed. 3. Ins. (1836). 

DewitTz, H. Afrikanische Tagschmetterlinge, Nova. 
Acta, Acad. Cur., 41, 2, No. 2, p. 173-210, pl. 25, 26, 
L729: 

—— Westafrikanische Tagschmetterlinge, Nova. Acta. 
Acad. Nat. Cur., 50 (4), 1 pl., 1887. 

—— West- und Centralafrikanische Tagschmetterlinge, 
Entom. Nachr., 15, p. 101-110, pl. 1-2, 1889. 

Dixey, F. A., and others. On a collection of Insects and 
Arachnids made by Mr. E. N, Bennet in Socotra, 
with descriptions of new species. Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p- 372 et seg. Pl. XXX and XXXI, 1898. 

— On a collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 
1895 and 1897 by Mr. C. V..A. Peel, F.Z.8., in 
Somaliland, with descriptions of new species. 4 pl. 
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 4 e¢ seqg., 1900. 

Dixey, F. A. On Lepidoptera from the White Nile, col- 
lected by Mr. W.L. T. Loat, F.Z.S. Trans. Ent. Soc., 
p- 141 e¢ seq., Pl. VII, 1903. 

Drxey, F. A., and Lonestarr, G. B. Entomological ob- 


African Species of the Genus Acraea, 361 


servations and captures during the visit of the British 
Association to S. Africa in 1905. Trans. Ent. Soc., 
p. 309 et seq., 1907. 

DouBpLeDAY, Hewirson, and Werstwoop. Genera of 
Diurnal Lepidoptera, 1848. 

DupceEon, G. C. Notes on W. African Butterflies. Proc. 
Ent. Soc., p. 1, etc., 1909. 

Duncan, J. Foreign Butterflies (Naturalists’ Library, 
Vol. 5), Edinburgh, 1837. 

Druce,H. A list of the collection of Diurnal Lepidoptera 
made by Mr. J. J. Monteiro in Angola, with descrip- 
tions of some new species. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 406— 
417, 1875. 

Drury, D. Illustrations of Exotic Insects. London, 
1770-1782. 

ELTRINGHAM, H. Mimetic Relations of East and West 
African Butterflies. Proc. Ent. Soc., p. Ixvui, ete., 1909. 

—— African Mimetic Butterflies, Oxford, 1910. 

On the Forms and Geographical Distribution of 

Acraea lycoa, Godt., and Acraea johnstoni, Godm., 

Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 1, etc., 1911. 

—— Preliminary descriptions of some new or little-known 
forms of the genus Acraea. Novitates Zoologicae, 
Vol. 18, p. 149, ete., 1911. 

Faprictus, J. C. Species Insectorum. Hamburg, 1781. 

Fawcett, J. M. Notes on the transformations of some 
South African Lepidoptera. Trans. Zool. Soce., p. 
291-322, 1901. 

FEISTHAMEL, Baron. Description de quelques Lépido- 
pteres Rhopalocéres nouveaux ou peu connus. Ann. 
de la Soc. Entomol. de France, p. 247, etc., 1850. 

FeLpeR, C. and R. Reise de Osterreichischen Fregatte 
Novara, Wien., 1864-1867. 

GEYER, C. M., in Hiibner, Zutriige zur Sammlung exotischer 
Schmett, Augsberg, 1837. 

GoparT and LATRIELLE. Encyclopédie Meéthodique. 
Paris, Liege, 1782-1832, vol. 9. 

GopmaN, F. D., and Disrant, W. L. Descriptions of five 
new species of Rhopalocera from E. Africa. Proc. 
Zool. Soc., p. 182, etc., 1880. 

Gopman, F. D., Satvin, O., and Drucr, H. On the 
Lepidoptera collected by the late W. A. Forbes on 
the banks of the Lower Niger. Proce. Zool. Soc., 
p. 219-229, 1884. 


362 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


GopMAN, F. D. List of the Lepidoptera collected by Mr. 
H. H. Johnston during his recent expedition to 
Kilima-njaro, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 536-541, 
1885. 

GopmaN, F. D., and Satvin, O. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera 
in Jameson, J. T., The story of the rear column of the 
Emin Pascha Relief Expedition, London, 1890. 

Goocu, W. D. Notes on the Lepidoptera of Natal. 
Entomologist, 14, p. 1-7, 1881. 

GrimsHAw, P. H. Onsome type specimens of Lepidoptera 
and Coleoptera in the Edinburgh Museum of Science 
and Art. Trans. Roy. Soc., Edinburgh, Vol. 39, p. 4, 
ete., 1898. 

GrosE-SMITH, H. Descriptions of new species of African 
Butterflies in the Tring Museum. Novit. Zool., p. 
350, etc., 1898. 

—— A list of the Butterflies collected by Mr. William 

Bonny on the Aruwimi. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 463-473, 

1890. 

Descriptions of two new species of <Acraca from 

Mombasa. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 5, p. 167, 

1890. 

GRosE-SMITH, H., and Kirspy, W. F. Rhopalocera Exotica 
1887-1902. 

GRUNBERG, K. Zur Kenntnis der Lepidopteren-Fauna 
der Sesse-Inseln im Victoria-Nyanza,  Sitzungs- 
bericht der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde 
zu Berlin, No. 3, p. 146, etc., 1910. 

GUENEE, A. In A. Vinson, Voyage & Madagascar, Paris 
1865. 

GUERIN-MENEVILLE, F. E. Insectes dans “ Voyage en 
Abyssinie exécuté pendant les années 1839-1843, par 
Lefebre,” Paris, 1849. 

Haase, E. Untersuchungen iiber die Mimicry. Biblio- 
theca Zoologica III, Stuttgart, 1892-1893. 

Hampson, G. F. Lepidoptera from the Sabaki River, 
British E. Africa, with descriptions of new species. 
Ann. Nat. Hist., 6, VII, p. 179, ete., 1891. 

Hersst, J. F. W. Natursystem aller bekannten In- 
secten. Schmetterlinge, Berlin, 1788-1804. 

HERON, F. A. Zoological results of the Ruwenzori Expe- 
dition, Rhopalocera. Trans. Zool. Soc., London, 1909. 

HERRICH-SCHAFFER, G. A. W. Prodromus Systematis 
Lepidopterorum, Regensburg, 1864-1867. 


d 


? 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 365 


Hewirson, W. C. A list of diurnal Lepidoptera taken in 
Madagascar by Caldwell. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 64-65, 
1863. 

—— A list of Butterflies taken on the march to Coomassie 
by Lieut. Alwin S. Bell. Ann. Nat. Hist. (4), 13, p. 
380-383, 1874. 

—-—- Descriptions of four new species of Ac7aca from Lake 

Nyassa. Ent. Mo. Mag., p. 51, 1877. 

Notes on a collection of Butterflies from Zanzibar, 

with descriptions of two new species of Acraca. Ent. 

Mo. Mag., p. 153, 1877. 

Exotic Butterflies, 1855-1874. 

Houtianp, W. J. Descriptions of some new species of 
African Lepidoptera. Entomologist, Supplement, p. 
89, 1892. 

— A few Synonymical Notes upon African Lepidoptera. 
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 12, p. 246, ete., 1893. 

—— List of the Lepidoptera collected in Somaliland, 
East Africa, by Mr. William Astor Chamber and 
Lieut. von Hoehnel. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18, 
p. 259-264, 1895. 

—— hist of the Lepidoptera collected in Kastern Africa, 
by D. W. L. Abbott. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, 18, 
p. 229-258, 1895. 

Hoprrer, C. Die Schmetterlinge in W. C. H. Peters, 
Reise nach Mossambique. Zoologie 5, p. 349-438, 1862. 

Hutsner, J. Verzeichniss bekannten Schmetterlinge, 
Augsburg, 1816-1827. 

Inuicer, K. Magazin fiir Insektenkunde, Brunswick, 
1801-1807. 

Karscu, F. Insecten von Baliburg (Deutsch Westafrica) 
gesammelt von Herrn Dr. Eugen Zintgraff. Ent. 
Nachr., 18, p. 161-183, 1892. 

—— Die Insekten der Berglandschaft Adeli im Hinter- 

lande von Togo, etc. Berlin, Ent. Zeitschr. (58), p. 

167-266, 1893. 

Neue Eingiinge deutsch-ostafrikanischer Insecten in 

Museum fiir Naturkunde zu Berlin. Ent. Nachr., 

23, p. 366-372, 1897. 

KEFERSTEIN, A. Entomologische Notizen aus dem Tage- 
buche des zu Madagascar verstorbenen Herrn. Tollin. 
Jahrbuch Akad. Erfurt. (2), 6, p. 1-17, 1870. 

Kirpy, W. F. A Handbook to the Order Lepidoptera, 
London, 1896. 


364. Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


Lanz, H. Besprechung der von Dr. Bumiller 1893 aus 
Ostafrica mitgebrachten Schmetterlinge. Inris 9, 
p. 113-147, Dresden, 1896. 

Laruy, P. I. An account of a collection of Rhopalocera 
made on the Anambara Creek in Nigeria, West 
Africa. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 183, ete., Pl. VIII, 1908. 

—— On some Aberrations of Lepidoptera. Trans. Ent. 
Soc., p. 65, etc., Pl. X, 1904. 

—— A contribution towards the knowledge of African 
Rhopalocera. Trans. Ent. Soc., pp. 1-10, Pl. I, I, 
1906. 

Von Linnf, C. Museum S. R. M. Ludovicae Ulricae 

Reginae, etc., 1764. 

Systema Naturae, Ed. 12, Wien, 1767-1870. 
LonestaFr, G. B. Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. Trans. 
Ent. Soc., p. 607, 1908. (See also Dixey, F. A.) 
Lucas, H. Histoire naturelle des Lépidopteres étrangers, 

Paris, 1835. 

—— Chenu, Encyclopédie dhistoire naturelle. Paris, 
1853-1880. 

MABILLE, P. Lépidopteres hétérocéres observés 4 Mada- 
gascar (Suppl.). Ann. Ent. Soc. de France, p. 341, 
1879. 


—— Note sur une collection de Lépidoptéres recuellis & 
Madagascar. Ann. Ent. Belg., 23 Bull., p. 104-109, 
1880. 

—— Histoire naturelle des Lépidopteres, in A. Grandidier, 
Histoire physique, etc., de Madagascar. Rhopalocéres. 
Paris, 1885. 

—— Description de deux Lépidopteres nouveaux de 
Afrique orientale. Ann, de la Soc. Ent. de France, 
Bulletin, p. clxix, 1888. 

—— Voyage du M. Ch. Alluaud, Lépidoptéres. An. E. 
Fr. (6), 10, p. 17-51, 1890. 

MABILLE P., and VurLLot, P. Novitates Lepidoptero- 
logicae, Paris, 1890-1893. 

MarsHALL, G. A. K. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in 
S. African Rhopalocera. Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 551, 
etc., 1896. 

MARSHALL, G. A. K., with POULTON and others. Five 
Years’ Observations and Experiments on the Rionomics 
of South African Insects. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 287- 
584, 1902. 

Montrerro, Mrs. Delagoa Bay. London, 1891. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 365 


Moscuuer, H. B.  Beitrige zur Schmetterlingsfauna, des 
Kaffernlandes. Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien., 33, p. 267- 
310, pl. 16, 1884. 

—— Beitrage zur Schmetterlingsfauna der Goldkiiste. 
Abhandl. Senckenb. Ges. 15, 1, p. 49-100, pl. 1, 1887. 

NEAVE, 8S. A. Some bionomic notes on Butterflies from 
the Victoria Nyanza. Trans. Ent. Soc., 1906, p. 207 

et seg., Pl. IX to XII. 

On a large collection of Rhopalocera from the shores 

of the Victoria Nyanza. Novit. Zool. xi, p. 323-868, 

1904. 

Zoological collections from Northern Rhodesia and 
adjacent territories. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Proc. 
Zool. Soc., p. 2-86, 1910. 

OBERTHUR, CH. Etudes d’Entomologie. Rennes, 1876. 

—— Spedizione Italiana nell’ Africa equatoriale. Risultati 
Zoologici Rhopalocera. Ann. del. Mus. Civ. di Genova, 
Vol. 15, p. 146, ete., 1879. 

—— Spedizione Italiana nell’ Africa equatoriale. Risultati 
zoologici. I. Lepidotteri. Ann. Mus. Genova, 15, 
p. 129-186, 1880; 18, p. 709-740, 1883. 

PAGENSTECKER, A. Lepidopteren gesammelt in Ost- 
africa, 1888-1889 von Dr. Franz Stuhlmann. Jahr- 
buch Hamb. wissench. Anst., 10, p. 207-262, 1893. 

PALIsoT DE BEAuvois, A. M. F. J. Insectes recueillis en 
Afrique et en Amerique, etc., Paris, 1805-1821. 

PLotTz, C.  Verzeichniss der von Professor Dr. R. 
Buchholz in Westafrica gesammelten Schmetter- 
linge. Stettin Entom. Zeit., p. 76, etc., 1880. 

Poutton, E. B. Mimetic forms of Papilio dardanus 

(merope) and Acraca johnstoni. Trans. Ent. Soc., 

London, p. 281 e¢ seg. Pl. XVII to XXII, 1906. 

in Rogers’ Bionomic notes on some British E. African 

Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 529-533, 1908. 

ReicHE, L. Les Insectes dans le voyage en Abyssinie par 
Ferret et Galliner, Paris, 1847-1849. 

Risse, C. Zwei neue Tagschmetterlinge aus Afrika. 
Iris, p. 181, 1 plate, 1889. 

RocenHorer, A. F. Afrikanische Schmetterlinge des 
k. k. naturhist. Hofmuseums. Ann. Mus. Wien., Vol. 
iv, p. 547, etc., 1889. 

Diagnosen neuer Schmetterlinge des k. k. naturhist. 

Hofmuseums. Verhandl. der k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell- 

schaft, Wien., Vol. xli, p. 563, etc., 1891. 


566 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


RoGENHOFER, A. F., Afrikanische Schmetterlinge des k. k. 
naturhist. Hofmuseums. Ann. Mus. Wien., Vol. 6, 
p- 455 ete., 1891. 

—-— Schmetterlinge gesammelt von Dr. O. Baumann in, 

O. Baumann, Usambara und seine Nachbargebiete, 

Berlin, 1891. 

Neue Lepidopteren.des k. k. naturhist. Hof- 

museums. Verhandl. der k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell- 

schaft, Wien., Vol. 42, p. 571, ete, 1892. 

Roaers, Rev. K. St. A., with PoULTON and TRIMEN. Some 
bionomic notes on British East African Butterflies. 
Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 489 e¢ seq., Pl. XXVI-XXIX, 
1908. 

SAALMULLER, M. Mittheilungen iiber Madagascar, seine 
Lepidopterenfauna, etc. Bericht Senckenbergische 
naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt, p. 71-96, 
1877-1878 ; p. 122-126, 1878-1879. 

—— Lepidopteren von Madagascar, 1, 2.  Abhandl. 
Senck. nat. Ges. Frankfurt a. Main, 1884-1891. 

Scuatz and ROBER. Exotische Schmetterlinge. 

Scuaus, W., and CLEMENTS, W. G. On a collection of 
S. Leone Lepidoptera, London, 1895. 

SeBA, A. Locupletissimi Rerum Naturalium III. Amster- 
dam, 1758. 

SHarpe, E. M. B. Descriptions of new species of East 
African Butterflies. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V, 
p. 335, 1890. 

—— Further descriptions of Butterflies and Moths collected 
by Mr. F. L. Jackson in E. Africa. Ann. and Mag. 
Nat. Hist., Vol. V, p. 440, etc., 1890. 

—— Ona collection of Lepidoptera from Bangala. Iris, 
4, p. 53-60, Dresden, 1891. 

—— Descriptions of new species of Butterflies from the 
Island of St. Thomas, West Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p. 558-558, 1893. 

—— List of Butterflies collected by Capt. J. W. Pringle, 
R.E., in British E. Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1894, 
p. 334-358, pl. 19, 1894. 

—— Descriptions of some new species of Acraeidae col- 
lected by Mr. F. L. Jackson at N tebi, Uganda. Ann. 
and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIX, p. 581, ete., 1897. 

—— A list of the Lepidopterous Insects collected by Mrs. 
Lort Phillips in Somaliland. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1898, 
p. 369 et seq. 


African Species of the Genus Acraca. 367 


SHArpe, E. M. B. A list of the Lepidoptera collected 
by Mr. Arthur H. Neumann, in Neumann, A. H., 
Elephant Hunting in Kast Equatorial Africa (Ap- 
pendix), London, 1898. 

SNELLEN VAN VOLLENHOVEN, S. C. Recherches sur la 
faune de Madagascar, etc., d’apres les découvertes de 
Bor. te Pollen et D. C. van: Dam; 5. ft.  Insectes. 
Lepidopteres, pp. 3-5, 1869. 

SNELLEN, P. C. T. Buijdrage tot de Flinder-Fauna van 
Neder-Guinea. Tijdschr. v. Entom., 15, p. 1 et seq., 
1872. 

—— Lepidoptera van het Prinsen-Kiland. Tijdschr. vy. 

KEnt., 16, p. 71-74, 1873. 

Aanteekeningen over Afrikaansche Lepidoptera. 

Tiydschr. von. Ent., 25, p. 215-234, 1882. 

STAUDINGER, Exotische Schmetterlinge, 1885. 

STRAND, E. Verzeichnis der von Herrn Oberleutnant F. 
Reuter an der Dume-Miindung in Kamerun gesam- 
melten, etc., Lepidopteren. Wiener Entomologische 
Zeitung, p. 29, etc., 1910. 

Zoologische Ergebnisse der Expedition des Hern 

Hauptmann a. D. Fromm, 1908-09, nach Deutsch- 
Ostafrika. 1. Lepidoptera. Mitteilungen aus dem 
Zoologischen Museum in Berlin, V Band, 2 Heft, 
HOLL, 

— Neue afrikanische Pierididen und Nymphalididen 
gesammelt von Herrn Prof. Dr. J. Vosseler. 
Internationale Entomologische Zeitschrift Guben, 
p. 219, ete, 1911. 

SuFFERT, E. Neue afrikanische Tagfalter aus dem kon. 

zool. Museum, Berlin, und meiner Sammlung. 

Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, “Iris,” p. 12, 

ete., 1904. 

Neue Tagfalter aus Deutsch. Ost-Africa. Deutsche 
Entomologische Zeitschrift, “ Iris,” p. 124, etc., 1904. 
Suuzer, J. H. Geschichte der Insecten nach dem 

Linneischen System (Winterthur), 1776. 

TuHurRAU, F. Neue Rhopaloceren aus Ost. Africa. Berl. 
Bai Zet., Bd. XLVI, p. 117-144; pl. II, 
1903. 

—— Neue Lepidopteren aus Ost. und Central-Afrika. 
Berlin Entomol. Zeitschrift, Bd. XLVIII, p. 301- 
314, 1903. 

TRIMEN, R. Rhopalocera Africae Australis, 1866. 


368 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 


TRIMEN, R. On some undescribed Species of South African 
Butterflies, including a new genus of Lycaenidae. 
Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 69, ete., 1868. 

—— On some remarkable Mimetic Analogies among 
African Butterflies. Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XXVI, 
p. 497-522, 1868. 

—— Notes on Butterflies collected by J. H. Bowker, Esq., 
in Basuto Land. Trans. Ent. Soc., London, p. 341- 
390, 1 pl., 1870. 

—— On some new species of Rhopalocera from Southern 

Africa. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 433, etc., 1881. 

and J. H. Bowker. South African Butterflies, 

London, 1887-89. 

--— On Butterflies collected in tropical South-Western 
Africa, by Mr. A. W. Eriksson. Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p. 59-107, pl. 8, 9, 1891. 

— On some recent additions to the list of South 
African Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 
p- 169-178, 1891. 

—— On a collection of Butterflies made in Manica, 
Tropical S.E. Africa, by Mr. F. C. Selous, im the 
year 1892. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 14, etc., 1894. 

—— On some new species of Butterflies from Tropical 

and Extra Tropical 8. Africa. Trans. Ent. Soc., 

p. SL etc, 1605: 

On some new or little-known Species of African 

Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 1, etc. 1898. 

—— On some new or imperfectly known forms of South 
African Butterflies. P]. XIX and XX. Trans. Ent. 

Soc. p. 231 et seq., 1904. 

On some new or hitherto unfigured forms of South 

African Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 59 et seq., 

BTV Vv, VEG: 

—— Description of new forms of British E. African 
Butterflies in the Hope Department, Oxford Univ. 
Museum. ‘Trans. Ent. Soc., 1908, p. 547 ef seq. 

WALLENGREN, H. D. J. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera in terra 
Caffrorum collecta. Vet. Akad. Handl. (2), 2, 4, 
1857. 

— Bidrag till sédra Afrikas Fjirilfauna. Ofvers. Vet. 
Akad. Forb., 29, 3, p. 41-61, 1872. 

Warp, C. African Lepidoptera, London, 1872. 

—— Description of New Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera 
from Madagascar. Ent. Mo. Mag., 1872, pp. 2-3. 


African Species of the Genus Acraea. 369 


Warp, C. Description of New Species of African Diurnal 
Lepidoptera. Ent. Mo. Mag., 1873. 

WATERHOUSE, C. O. Aid to the Identification of Insects, 
London, 1880-90. 

WEALE, J. P. MANSEL-. On the variation of Rhopalo- 
cerous forms in South Africa. Trans. Ent. Soc., 
p. 265, etc., 1877. 

Westwoop, J. O. Lepidoptera, in Oates, F., Matabele 
Land and the Victoria Falls. London, 1881. 

Weymer, G._ Exotische Lepidopteren VI.  Stettiner 
Entomol. Zeit., p. 79, etc., 1892. 

~-— Einige afrikanische Lepidopteren. Deutsche Ento- 
mologische Zeitschrift, “ Iris,” p. 221, etc., 1903. 

—— Einige neue Lepidopteren des Deutschen Entom. 
Nat. Museum. Deutsche Ent. Zeit., p. 728, etc., 1908. 

WicueraF, F. Beschreihung neuer Formen der Gattung 
Acraea aus Rhodesia, Mashunaland and Angola. 
Berlin, Ent. Zeitschrift, Band 53, p. 240, etc., 
1908. 

WULFEN, X. Descriptiones quorundam capensium insect- 
orum. Erlange, 1786. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) BB 


() 8700.9 


INDEX TO SPECIFIC NAMES 


abadima, 30, 192 
abbotti, 235 

abdera, 112 

abrupta, 230 

acara, 25, 84 
acerata, 35, 235 
acontias, 137 

acrita, 29, 143 
acritoides, 29, 140 
acronycta, 190 
actiaca, 128 
acutipennis, 117 
admatha, 23, 78 
aequalis, 337 
aethiops, 328 

agema, 347 
aglaonice, 20, 32, 186 
alberta, 22, 307 
albimaculata, 299 
albomaculata, 190 
alboradiata, 25, 97, 174 
alciope, 37, 38, 322 
alcippina, 38, 210 
alicia, 33, 221, 323 
althoffi, 33, 251 
alticola, 350 
ambiqua, 29, 143 
amicitiae, 20, 24, 40, 317 
amphimalla, 161 
amphiprotea, 331 
anacreon, 21, 28, 198 
anacreontica, 198 
anaemia, 20, 30, 31, 177 
andromache, 346 
andromba, 68 
anemosa, 25, 94 
angolanus, 299 
anomala, 350 
ansorget, 38, 318 
antinorii, 40, 316 
apecida, 35, 229 
aquilia, 144 


aquilina, 143 

arabica, 24, 31, 73, 172 
arcticincta, 94 
arctifasciata, 331 
areca, 28, 107 

argentea, 36, 281 


| artemisa, 182 


asboloplintha, 20, 24, 196 
asema, 26, 122 


_ astrigera, 26, 101 


atergatis, 24, 30, 188 


| atolmis, 24, 27, 137 


aubyni, 36, 504 
aureola, 32, 142 
aurwilliz, 38, 323 
axina, 31, 180 


balbina, 81 

balina, 34, 217 
banka, 33, 221 
barberi, 25, 84 
baumanni, 112 
baxteri, 41, 42, 267 
bella, 29, 144 
bellona, 29, 144 
bellua, 192 

bendis, 182 

bent, 29, 139 
biraca, 230 

bomba, 28, 198 
bonasia, 33, 35, 220, 249 
boseae, 312 
braesia, 22, 24, 169 
brahmsi, 35, 235 
braunei, 210 
brunnea, 26, 102 
bukoba, 240, 336 
burni, 24, 68 
buruensis, 346, 548 
buschbecki, 35, 291 
butleri, 341 
butineri, 26, 118 


Index to Specific Names. Bye 


buxtoni, 81, 239 
byatti, 213 


cabira, 35, 229 
cabiroides, 35, 221 
caecilia, 30, 182, 211 
caffra, 26, 84 
caldarena, 32, 161 
calida, 204 

calyce, 72 

camaena, 20, 23, 82 
candida, 171 
caoncius, 174 
cappadox, 221 
carmentis, 327 
castanea, 328 

catori, 48 

cephaea, 192, 349 
cepheus, 26, 111, 239, 348 
cerasa, 21, 54, 302 
cerita, 23, 55 
chaeribula, 29, 153 
chaeribulula, 144 
chambezi, 28, 132 
chilo, 22, 23, 25, 89 
cinerea, 20, 22, 23, 307 
circeis, 41, 42, 292, 297 
clarei, 193 
confluens, 249 
confusa, 340 
conjuncta, 38, 319 
connexa, 240 
conradti, 36, 289 
corona, 45 

cretacea, 37, 323 
erystallina, 89 

cuva, 22, 50 
cydonia, 322 
cynthia, 221, 230 
cynthius, 220, 249 


daira, 38, 210 
damit, 22, 50 
decora, 138 
defasciata, 174 
dejana, 292 
depunctella, 292 
derubescens, 37, 281 
detecta, 32, 164 
dewitzi, 36, 286 
diavina, 235 
dice, 59 
diogenes, 23, 156 


dircea, 161 

disjuncta, 38, 321 

dissociata, 196 

dohertyi, 346, 348 

dorotheae, 327 

doubledayi, 20, 31, 171, 174, WiTe 
180 

drucet, 252 

dubiosa, 94 


egina, 24, 26, 27, 28, 106, 192 
eginopsis, 112 
ehmckei, 61 

ella, 31, 179 

emini, 102 

empusa, 122 

encedon, 38, 209 
encedonia, 210 
entebbia, 336 

entoria, 347 

epidica, 40, 46 
eponina, 220, 991, 239 
equatorialis, 31, 177 
ertli, 332 

esebria, 39, 331 
eugenia, 22, 53 
exalbescens, 36, 281 


excelsior, 33, 215 


fallax, 337 
felina, 118 
fenelos, 268 
fenestrata, 186 
flava, 327 
flavescens, 340 
flavomaculatus, 229 
fornax, 33, 309 
fulleborni, 267 
fulva, 210 
fulvescens, 340 
fumida, 204, 323 
fumigata, 347 


gaekwari, 171 

gea, 327 

gelonica, 269 
goetzi, 33, 213 
gracilis, 122 
grosvenori, 42, 276 
guillemei, 27, 117 


halali, 27, 128 


372 Index to Specific Names. 


harrisoni, 27, 107 
helvimaculata, 41, 269 
hoeneli, 89 

horta, 23, 76 

hova, 22, 60 

humilis, 21, 305 
hypatia, 182, 192 
hypoleuca, 28, 92 


igati, 22, 49 

agola, 36, 42, 302 
inaureata, 328 
indica, 347 

induna, 28, 198 
infuscata, 210 
insignis, 23, 81 
insularis, 40, 345 
interjecta, 327 
intermedia, 27, 31, 159 
intermediana, 34, 240 
interrupta, 94, 319 
issoria, 350 

aturina, 21, 57, 305 


jacksoni, 332 
jalema, 25, 84 
janisca, 239 
jodutta, 39, 327 
johnstoni, 39, 339 


kaffana, 262 
kakana, 23, 57 
karschi, 34, 230 
katana, 35, 227 
kenia, 337 

khara, 107 
kilimandjara, 337 
kraka, 21, 52 


_ lactea, 156 
lactimaculata, 41, 269 
lamborni, 37, 62 
latifasciata, 323 
leona, 41, 278 
leonina, 278 
leucographa, 23, 79 
leucopyga, 27, 157 
lewcosoma, 169 

lia, 23, 67 

liacea, 174 

liberia, 239 
limonata, 41, 293 
lindica, 144 


liszti, 157 
littoralis, 29, 144 
lobemba, 25, 97 
lofua, 26, 127 
lualabae, 29, 155 
lumiri, 33, 219 
lutealba, 319 
luxi, 137 

lycia, 38, 210 
lycoa, 39, 42, 336 
lycoides, 292 
lygus, 190 


macarina, 38, 322 
machequena, 22, 66 
maculiventris, 302 
madhela, 71 
mahela, 22, 71 
mairessei, 36, 286 
makupa, 42 
manandaza, 64 
manca, 29, 144 
mandane, 298 
manjaca, 239 
mansya, 27, 134 
maransetra, 64 
marginata, 140 
marmorata, 26, 105 
marnois, 30, 184 
masamba, 41, 42, 312 
masaris, 332 
masonala, 50 
matuapa, 72 
medea, 27, 107 
media, 336 

medoa, 107 
melaina, 29, 139 
melanosticta, 286 
melanoxantha, 36, 288 
melas, 239 
menippe, 25, 83 
metaprotea, 332 
meyeri, 346, 348 
mhondana, 72, 84 
mima, 31, 32, 167 
minima, 217 
mirabilis, 20, 216 
mirifica, 19, 208 
modesta, 174 
moluccana, 346, 347 
mombasae, 21, 43 
monteironis, 332 
mosana, 94 


Index to Specific Names. 


msamwiae, 143 
murcia, 82 
mutata, 319 
mycenaed, 84 
mystica, 171 


nandensis, 321 
natalensis, 230 
natalica, 30, 190, 192 
nataliensis, 120 
nebulosa, 347 
necoda, 210 
neobule, 23, 72 
neluska, 161 
nero, 161 
newtoni, 35, 285 
nia, 257 

nidama, 50 
nigrescens, 112 
nigroapicalis, 264 
niobe, 20, 24, 344 
nohara, 27, 128 
ntebiae, 292 
nubilata, 332 
nyassicola, 143 


obeira, 24, 68, 302 
oberthuri, 34, 249 
obscura, 174 
ochrascens, 34, 240 
ochreata, 252 
octobalia, 340 
oenone, 346, 347 
ombria, 161 
omrora, 26, 124 
oncaea, 30, 174, 184 
onerata, 27, 135 
opis, 298 

oppidia, 40, 278 
oreas, 39, 298 
orestia, 40, 305 
orestina, 305 
oreta, 263 
orientis, 292 
orina, 39, 40, 263 
orinata, 264 
orineta, 264 
oscari, 25, 91 


pallidepicta, 257 
parce, 346, 348 
parrhasia, 41, 42, 277 
parrhoppidia, 278 
pasiphaé, 107 


pauperata, 144 
pelasgius, 40, 269 
pella, 347 
pelopeia, 42, 274 


373 


peneleos, 36, 41, 42, 268, 277, 286 


penella, 36, 281 
penelope, 36, 281 
pentapolis, 40, 46 
percussa, 50 
perenna, 26, 37, 261 
periphanes, 29, 139 
perrupta, 239 
persephone, 107 
pervia, 301 

petraea, 26, 114 
petrina, 114 
pharsaloides, 37, 256 
pharsalus, 37, 256 
pheusaca, 112 

pica, 319 

piva, 68 

planesium, 221 
pollonia, 347 
polydectes, 261 
pomponia, 281 
praeponina, 221 
protea, 331 
proteina, 340 
pudora, 30, 182 
pudorella, 20, 32, 163 
pudorina, 28, 144 
punctellata, 27, 129 
pseudatolmis, 27, 129 
pseudegina, 30, 192 
pseudepaea, 252 
pseudolycia, 26, 101 
pseudoprotea, 331 


quirina, 22, 59 
quirinalis, 40, 308 


rabbaiae, 21, 43 
radiata, 38, 204, 211 
rahira, 24, 202 
rakeli, 204 
ranavalona, 22, 64 
rangatana, 34, 240 
recaldana, 161 
regalis, 31, 169 
reversa, 293 


rhodesiana, 31, 32, 166 


rhodina, 257, 293 
rogersi, 37, 61 


374 Index to Specific Names. 


rohlfsi, 24, 136 
rosa, 59 

rosina, 22, 89 
rougeli, 34, 239 
rowend, 35, 227 
rubescens, 24, 196 
rubra, 41, 293 
rubrofasciata, 252 
rudolphina, 107 
ruppeli, 312 


safie, 40, 315 
salambo, 37, 61 
saluspha, 257 
sambavae, 41, 314 
sanderi, 346, 347 
saronis, 108 

satis, 23, 44. 
schecana, 323 

seis, 23, 72 
semialbescens, 340 
semifulvescens, 340 
semipunctella, 293 
semivitrea, 39, 300 
sepia, 41, 269 
serena, 220, 239 
servona, 39, 41, 42, 286, 292 
sganzini, 210 
siabona, 221 
sidamona, 84 
siginna, 81 

silacea, 319 

silia, 312 

smithia, 309 
sokotrana, 72 
sotikensis, 35, 227 
speciosa, 28, 198 
stenobea, 30, 32, 190 
strattipocles, 41, 42, 311 
subfulva, 327 
subochreata, 293 
subserena, 34, 239 
subsquamia, 267 
sucepha, 112 
suffusa, 319 
supponina, 35, 227 
sykesi, 31, 171 


taborana, 114 
telekiana, 340 
tella, 38, 323 
telloides, 252 


tenebrosa, 293 
tenella, 34, 235 
tenelloides, 35, 221 
terpsichore, 34, 239, 350 
tescea, 84 

thelestis, 46 
thesprio, 262 
tirika, 336 

toruna, 341 
transienda, 293 
transita, 306 
translucida, 36, 281 
trimeni, 84. 

turna, 21, 26, 105 


ufipana, 94 
umbrata, 26, 30, 124, 192 
umbrina, 182 
umida, 29, 140 
unimaculata, 21, 56 
unipunctella, 293 
urungensis, 94 
usagarae, 211 
usaramensis, 144 
utengulensis, 144 
uvui, 33, 217 


ventura, 34, 240 
venturina, 240 
vesperalis, 40, 48 
vesta, 346, 349 
vestalina, 350 
vestita, 350 
vestoides, 350 
vinidia, 35, 235 
violae, 346, 348 
violarum, 26, 120 
vitrea, 37, 281 
viviana, 34, 233 
vuilloti, 37, 257 


welwitschii, 25, 97 
wigginsi, 28, 206 
wissmannt, 89 


zaire, 291 
zambesina, 75 
zetes, 24, 83 
zethea, 84. 

zethes, 84 
zidora, 107 
zitja, 24, 33, 204 
zonata, 21, 42 


JuLy 12, 1912. 


és } lee * ae oY oe 
Crean SS TC Ree SP Re ty Po 
ve ‘re a 
‘aie fa) 
Fr rt ” F! 
a 


‘ 
= 
‘ 
é 
hy = 7 : 
‘a 
4 ia 
‘ ™ 
i 
y ’ ye 
? 
re | 
’ ' 
y “ 
“ ) Tag ‘ ; 


A : bean a) 
7 i ’ Py 7 aul? , rave : 
Lees 
td BAYS ay inti 
¥ p ve Mm ay 
Re, SWIM «i rs PEN i 
im 7 ra : mm, Qed 
inh ISS, Poe: veal iy i eo ¢ 
MOM AUT th ep aaear te tu ty 


| 2 
ern ety d? 


Q 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. 


. pseudolycia f. astrigera, Butl. ¢, Machakos. (Oxford.) 

. pseudolycia f. emini, Weymer 2, Kibaoni, Uhamba. (Tring.) 
. pseudolycia f. brunnea, Eltr. 9 (Type), Masindi. (Tring.) 

. pseudolycia f. brunnea, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Guimbungo, Angola. 


(Tring.) 


. pseudolycia pseudolycia, Butl. ¢, Pungo Andongo, Angola 


(Tring.) 


. nohara pseudatolmis, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Mahakata R., Gazaland. 


(Oxford.) 


. rohlfsi, Suff. g¢ (Type), Ukerewe I. (Coll. Ertl.) id 
. lofua, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Lofu R., N.E. Rhodesia. (Oxford.) 

. lofua, Eltr. 2 (Type), Lofu R., N.E. Rhodesia. (Oxford.) 

. pseudolycia astrigera, Butl. 9, Machakos. (Oxford.) 

. pharsalus vuilloti, Mab. ¢,German E. Africa, (Coll. Joicey.) 
. mansya, Eltr. 9 (Type), Mansya R., N.E. Rhodesia. (Oxford.) 
. mansya, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Mansya R., N.E. Rhodesia. (Oxford.) 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond..1912. Ft. /. 


H.Eltringham dei. West,Newman chr. 


NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN FORMS OF ACRABEA. 


'y 


EXPLANATION OF PuaTE II. 


Fic. 
1. A. egina medea, Cram. 6, ? Senegal. (Berlin.) 
2. A. doubledayi arabica, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Azvaki Ravine, Arabia. 
(Tring.) 
3. A. doubledayi doubledayi, Guér. ¢, Abyssinia. (Tring.) 
4. A. welwitschii welwitschii, Rogenh. ¢, Cerambé, Bihé, Angola. 
(Tring.) 
5. A. welwitschii welwitschii, Rogenh. 9, Bumba, Angola. (Tring.) 
6. A. rhodesiana, Wichgr. ¢, Rhodesia. (London.) 
7. A. ella, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Benguella. (Tring.) 
8. A. aureola, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Bihé, Angola. (Tring.) 
9. A. grosvenori, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Rutschuru R. (Tring.) 
10. A. equatorialis equatorialis, Neave ¢, Kisumu. (Oxford.) 
11. A. equatorialis equatorialis, Neave 9, Kisumu. (Oxford.) 


Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond., 71912. Ft. IT. 


H.Eltringham del. West,Newman chr. 
NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN FORMS OF ACRAEA. 


: 
3 | : 


Fic. 


SE 


EXPLANATION OF PuaAte III. 


. parrhasia parrhasia, Fabr. 9, near Lagos. (Oxford.) 
. parrhasia f. leona, Staud. 9, S. Leone. (Tring.) 
. peneleos f.lactimaculata, Eltr. 9 (Type), Fishtown, Fernando 


Po. (Tring.) 


. servonw rhodina, R. and J. g, Entebbe. (Oxford.) 
. servona orientis, Auriv. 9, Amani, German E. Africa. 


(Oxford.) 


. oscari, Roth. ¢, Charada Forest, Kaffa. (London.) 

. pudorella pudorella, Auriv, @, Campi-ya-Simba. (Tring.) 
A. 
A, 


acrita manca, Thur, ¢, Itumba, German E. Africa, (Tring.) 
servona f. rubra, Eltr. 2 (Type), L. Assebe, Fernan Vaz. 
(Tring.) 


. periphanes f. melaina, Eltr, 2, Chambezi Valley. (Oxford.) 
. periphanes f. acritoides, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Luwingu, L. Bang- 


weolo. (Oxford.) 


Trans. Eint. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pt. If. 


H.Eltringham del. West, Newman chr, 


NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN FORMS OF ACRAEFA. 


; 


i; th a 


ge 


‘ Fi Nar = : Wes 
Re oe 
Sot <u “an 4 


roe 


$). 
10. 
Life 


12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 


A 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. 


. cinerea alberta, Eltr. ¢ (Type), 90 km. W. of L. Albert 
Edward. (Tring.) 

. peneleos pelasgius, Gr.-Sm. ¢, Toro. (Oxford.) 

. parrhasia parrhasia, Fabr. g, near Lagos. (Oxford.) 

. penelope translucida, Eltr. ¢ (Type), near Lagos. (Oxford.) 

. penelope derubescens, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Misahohe Station, 
Togo. (Berlin.) 

. penelope translucida, Eltr. 9 (Type), near Lagos. (Oxford.) 


. penelope vitrea, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Tiriki Hills. (Oxford.) 


. penelope & f. argentea, Eltr. (Type), Entebbe. (Oxford.) 

. cerita, Sharpe g (Type), Toro. (Coll. Joicey.) 

. peneleos peneleos, Ward 3, near Lagos. (Oxford.) 

. peneleos f. helvimaculata, Eltr. Q (Type), near Lagos. 
(Oxford.) 


. peneleos peneleos, Ward near Lagos. (Oxford. 
1 L ’ d fo) 


A. eugenia, Karsch. 9, Canhoca, Angola. (Tring.) 
A. itwrina kakana, Eltr. g (Type), Adie Kaka, Kaffa. (London.) 


A 


. sotikensis supponina, Staud. ¢ (Type), “Congo Region.” 
(Berlin.) 


16. A. lumiri, B. Baker ¢ (Type), Kissegneis. (Coll, Powell-Cotton.) 


Trans.Ent. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pl. IV. 


H.Eltringham del. West,Newman chr. 


NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN FORMS OF ACRAEFA. 


Fia. 


— 


ot go pe 


10. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 


. jodutta f. castanea, Eltr. 2 (Type), bred near Lagos by 


Lamborn. (Oxford.) 
. terpsichore rangatana, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Rangatan. (London.) 


. penelope 2 f. penella, Eltr. (Type), Kitanwa, Unyoro. (Tring.) 
. acrita bellona, Weym. ¢, Bailundo, Angola. (Coll. Ertl.) 
. equatorialis anaemia, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Rabai. (Oxford.) 


. aubyni, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Mwaeba Hill, Mombasa. (Oxford.) 


. periphanes f. umida, Wiechgr. ¢, L. Bangweolo. (Oxford.) 
. jodutta f. inaureata, Eltr. 9 (Type), Rukuru Val., Nyassa- 


land. (London.) 


. nohara f. punctellata, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Dedza Mt., Central 


Angoniland. (Oxford.) 
. baxteri, Sharpe ¢ (Type), Mpwapwa. (Coll. Joicey.) 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1972. Fl. V. 


H.Eltringham del. West, Newman chr. 
NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN FORMS OF ACRAFA. 


RY ae | Pees ek 


Fl y fs 
i 
Cee nS ii, 
~The 
7 eke ee 
Mt ey 
ae: racy 
— | 
. 
a. 
© ih , bs ¢ 
PERS 
3 
1 
WW 
2 
Tea ee te 
43 
. . ro 
\ t ; rs 
na Se 4 
" i 
ck 
i 
' 
’ i ‘ i 
‘ 
4 4 h aut \ ‘ 
t 
. 
4 . 
. ie pine 
¥ 7 
14 
7 4 
é uA 
‘ 
q . Le 
i 6 S ‘ y a 
{! ? ua 
r 4 i b] ‘> 
‘ 3 i f ‘ 
rise ¥ ad ‘ : 
%, : vat h ‘ 
i 
i ty om 
haat ; ! SOLE Bs 6% Si 
se rw te | Roi wey syiela Gee Leh 


c Pele Mang oes 
wey dae wo bth) Bo OF ae 
é riko 


eV as, Larder ao 


ihe 
nat! heals . i> aos 
lak eet ee yitads 


1) 


owe 
rai wi Yh hs. 


EXPLANATION OF PLaTeE VI. 


1. Larva of A. pentapolis pentapolis. 


Fic. 
Bel" 
2 Se 
4. ” 
5. ” 
6. ” 
LG » 
Ore 
Ne es 
KON aes 
1 ea, 
2 aes 
13o Ss 
Teo 
ik, Aol 
16. Pupa 


” 


A, rogersi lamborni. 

A. parrhasia parrhasia. 

A. peneleos peneleos. 

A. zetes zetes. 

A. perenna perenna. 

A. pharsalus pharsalus. 

A. lycou lycoa. 

A, natalica pseudegina. 

A, alciope alciope. 

A. bonasia bonasia (pale form). 
ie - », (dark form). 
A. acerata vinidia. 

A. oberthiivi oberthiiri. 

A. egina egint. 

A, rogersi lamborni. 


All the above are drawn from specimens taken and preserved by 
Mr, W. A. Lamborn at Oni near Lagos, and are now in the Hope 
Department at Oxford. Some of the larvae are probably not quite 


fully grown, 


a 


Trans.Ent. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pl. VI. 


el aes 2 


H.Eltringham del. West, Newman chr. 
LARVAE OF ACRAFA. 


a a * 


EXPLANATION OF Piates VII-XVI. 


The accompanying figures of genitalia are for the most part drawn 
as viewed from the side. In cases where they appear symmetrical 
about a central line they are viewed either from above or below. 
In many cases, as on Plates XI and XII, the view is from above, 
with the uncus cut away in order to give an uninterrupted view of - 
the structure of the claspers. In almost every case the penis has 
been removed and drawn separately. 

The following explanations may be noted :— 

Pl. VII. 1le the ventral abdominal plate or velum. — Figs. 5, 7, 
8, 11b, 17, are viewed from below. 

Pl. VIII. Figs. 1, 12, 18 viewed from above, Figs. 10 and 11 
from below. Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5 appear to show considerable differences, 
but examination of a series of preparations shows such differences to 
be inconstant. The same applies to Figs. 6 and 7. 

Pl.IX. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 16 viewed from above 
(uneus removed in f.9). Fig. 6 is the dorsal abdominal plate spread 
out and viewed from beneath. Figs. 7 and 13 are viewed from 
below. Fig. 15 is the dorsal abdominal plate viewed posteriorly to 
show the peculiar manner in which it is folded. Fig. 18 is the 
dorsal plate viewed from. below. 

P]. X. Figs. 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 14 are the dorsal plates viewed 
from below. Figs. 15 and 16 are viewed from above with the uncus 
removed. 

Pl. XI. All viewed from above with the uncus removed. 

Pl. XII. Ditto. 

Pl. XIII. Figs. 3, 22, 23, 24, ditto. 

Pl. XIV. Figs. 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, ditto. Fig. 14 isa 
side view of the genital armature with the dorsal and ventral plates 
in situ. Fig. 14a is the dorsal plate viewed from below, Fig. 14c the 
ventral plate viewed from above, and Fig. 14b is the armature alone 
viewed from above. 

Pl. XV. Figs. 4, 13, 14, 15 are viewed from above with the 
uncus removed. Figs. 16-28 are the ventral chitinous plates which 
surround the orifice of the bursa copulatrix. all showing the ventral 
side, 


Explanation of Plate XVI 


Pl. XVI. Figs. 1-13 are further examples of ? chitinous plates, 
viewed in the same way. The posterior end of these plates is in 
each case uppermost. 

Figs. 14 to 21 are views of the copulatory seals found on the 2 ? 
after pairing. Though these structures exhibit a certain degree of 
constancy in each species they are often scarcely distinguishable in 
species which are closely allied and therefore are of little use in just 
those cases where small recognisable peculiarities would be of value. 

The magnification varies from about eight to twelve diameters, but 
as the actual size of the organs illustrated is not of much systematic 
importance I have not thought it necessary to state the magnification 
in each case. 


Trans. Fint. Soce.Lond., 1912. PL. V1. 


2. insignis. 3. neobule. 4, camaena. 


1. horta. 


5.admatha. 8. machequena. 


7. ranavalona.. 


6. mahela. 


9. obeira. 


14. cerasa. 


12. igati. 13. iturina. 


om” 


15. kraka. 16.unimaculata. 17. hova. 


| 


18. quirina. 


H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith. 
GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAFA. 


‘ 


ithe, ap 


) 2 Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pl. VI. 


3. hypoleuca. 


5.o0scari. 


4. chilo. 


7. welwitschii. 


h 
10. rabbaiae. 11. zonata. a 2 
13. petraea. 
14. cepheus. 
H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith. 


GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA. 


¥ 
f. 


toh 


“ Trans.Ent. Soc. Lond., 19172. Pl. IX. 


#2. guill emél. 


1. biittneri. 


da 


a ER 


6.periphanes. 


9.atolmis. vq 


ener eG 


pe onare: 10.chambezi. 1i.mansya. 


‘16. lualabae. 17, chaeribula. 18. chaeribula. 
H.Eltringham del. West,Newman lith. 


GHNITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA. 


» 
~ rr : 5 
- 
= : » 
\ 
i 
{ 
i 
{ 
' 
. 
7 : 
“i 
bes 
ead 
‘ 
Z 
: j 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912. PL. X. 


j.acrita acrita 2.acrita manca 
‘ 


- 


4. acrita acrita 


13. a. bella. 


te 


14.a bella 


15.stenobea. 16. aglaonice 
Be tng ham del. West, Newman lith. 


GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAFA. 


‘ 
&, 
Eee 
é 
. 
| 
i 
’ 
’ 
be 
en 
‘ 
bal » 
- 
- 
’ 
ei 7 


re Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond.,1912. Pt. X1. 


1.caldarena. 


5. pudorella. 


6.doubledayi arabica. 7. braesia. 
H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith. 


GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA. 


. 


Trans.Eint. Soc. Lond.,1912. PL. X11. 


4,asboloplintha 
2.atergatis. 


3.leucopyga. 


) natalica. 
\Wiy: 


6. equatorialis, 


| H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith. 
. GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRABA. 


Trans. Fint. Soce.Lond., 1912. Pl. X11. 


4.wigginsi. \ 


-3.anacreon induna. 


5.mirifica. 6.terpsichore. 7.acerata. 8 sotikensis. 


9 cabira. 10. viviana. 11.bonasia. 12 excelsior. 


17.oberthiiri. 18.pene —— 19. mairessei. 20.buschbecki. 


22.servona. 23.circeis 


a 


—— ati 
conracti. 24. grosvenori. 


Eh Gs 
en ) = —— 


25.oreas. 26.semivitrea. 27.peneleos. 28. pelopeia. 


H.Eltringham del West,Newman lith 
N GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA. 


ry 


Trans.Lint. Soc. Lond., 1912. Pl. XIV. 


2.pentapolis. 


* 
ee, —— 


4. encedon. 


5. johnstom . 


7.rogersi. 


\ 
\ 


13. conjuncta. 


J 


i1.alciope. 


12. disjuncta. 


10. jodutta. 
14, i i 
Basie. 14a.satis. 14b. satis. oe: 
H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith. 


GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRABA. 


Zi Trans.Eint. Soc.Lond.,1912. Pl. XV. 


— 


{.safie. 


6.igola. 7. quirinalis. 8.cinerea. 


oe 


F'10.orestia ~ 


11.fornax. 12.amicitiae. 
Ny. 


hum Tis) fly 


16. horta 2. 


15.sambavae. 


és 


ue insignis Q. 18. neobule 9. 19. asema Q. 


al.omrora 22.anacreon, 23.asboloplintha @ 
(umbrata ?) induna @. ; 


20.violarum. 


24: poder 
detecta @. 


28.equatorialis °. 


‘25.oncea Q. 26.althoffi 2. 


27.atolmis. 
H.Eltringham del. West,Newman lith. 


GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEFA. 


Trans. Fint. Soc. Lond.,1912. Pl. XVI. 


oy 


1. cerasa %. 2.ranavalona &. eee ok 
v7) a 
] 
a | 
ae 
aed ictal 
>a 6.quirina ¢ 7. leucopyga 9%. 8.chaeribula °. 


5.amsorgei 9. 
Yr 
12.acrita 


tt.acrita 
manca . 


peoteetie. 10.acrita 
bellona @. 


humilis 9. acrita ?. 
15. mivifica, °. 


13.diogenes @. 
~ 


18.anemosa @. 


16. wigginsi . 


20. insignis 9. 21.oheira &. 
West, Newman lith. 


12) noha, = 
H.Eltringham del. 
GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEFA. 


a 


a 


( 375) 


Il. South African and Australian Aculeate Hymenoptera 
in the Oxford Museum. By the late Col. C. T. 
Bincuaw, F.Z.S. 

[Read May 8rd, 1911.] 


THE following paper forms the concluding section of the 
lamented author’s memoir published in these Transactions 
for 1911 (No. XXII, p. 528). When the proofs of this 
memoir were received from the printers, it was realised 
that the concluding portion was wanting. Publication 
could not well be delayed, and the paper appeared with 
the introductory note adjusted to suit the circumstances. 
The missing manuscript—mislaid as the result of a curious 
accident—having been lately recovered, it is obviously de- 
sirable that the memoir should be completed as soon as 
possible, and that its second part should appear in as close 
proximity as possible to the first. 

The following paper contains the description of one 
Aculeate captured by Dr. F. A. Dixey, and four by Dr, 
G. B. Longstaff, in South Africa in 1905. It also includes 
descriptions of five Australian Aculeates in the Hope 
Collection. I had long been interested in the peculiar 
types of synaposematic pattern found in all large groups 
of Australian Aculeates, and reproduced in many non- 
Hymenopterous mimics. Col. Bingham very kindly deter- 
mined the species in an illustrative collection, and wrote 
the following descriptions of those which were new to 
science. 

The types of all descriptions are in the Hope Depart- 
ment of the Oxford University Museum. 

In this, as in the first part of the memoir, I have acted 
under the kind and skilled advice of Mr. Rowland E. 
Turner, 

E. B. PouLton. 


Family SPHEGIDAE. 
1. CERCERIS CUCULLATA, sp. nov. 


N. AusTRALIA: Port Essington. 

¢. Black, the front of the head below the base of the antennae, 
the scape, a spot behind the eyes, a spot on each side of the pro- 
notum, the scutellum and postscutellum, a spot on each side of the 

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND, 1912—PaRT It. (OCT.) CC 


376 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian 


median segment, the legs, the base above of the 2nd abdominal 
segment and the whole of the 4th and 6th segments, chrome 
yellow ; the basal two-thirds of the mandibles and the underside 
of the basal three or four joints of the flagellum fulvous. Head 
thorax and abdomen finely punctured, rugose and opaque. Head 
broad transverse above, broader than the thorax. Thorax subglobose, 
the enclosed space at the base of the median segment smooth tri- 
angular convex, and divided medially by a broad longitudinal 
furrow. Abdomen elongate narrower than the thorax, the basal 
segment subpetiolate, the constrictions between the segments well- 
marked ; pygidial area flat, punctured and laterally margined. 
Wings hyaline slightly infuscate towards the apex. 
Length ¢ ll mm. Exp. 23 mm. 


Described from a single example. 

Nearest to C. australis, Saussure, but the enclosed space 
at the base of the median segment of C. australis is closely 
punctured like the rest of the median segment ; the punc- 
tation of the abdomen much coarser and the distribution 
of the black and yellow colours especially on the abdomen 
quite different. 


2. GORYTES AUSTRINUS, sp. nov. 


Locality doubtful. The specimen originally belonged 
to Prof. Westwood’s private collection and it bears in 
pencil the following words written by him: “N. H. 
Hunter’s R. or V. D. L. [Horsley].” The Australian 
type of pattern suggests that the first-named locality is 
correct. “N.H.” stands for “ New Holland.” 


9. Black, the clypeus pale yellow, the scape and basal joint of 
the antennae, the pronotum, the tegulae and a short broad line 
on the mesonotum above them, the scutellum, postscutellum, legs, 
basal abdominal segment a small spot on either side of the 2nd, 
the apical margins broadly of the 8rd to the 5th and the whole 
of the apical segment orange red; the coxae and femora of the 
legs variegated with black ; wings fusco-hyaline darkening towards 
the costal margins of the forewings. Head above and the thorax 
semewhat coarsely punctured, rugose and pubescent, abdomen 
pubescent, the apical margin of the 1st segment widely emarginate 
in the middle above, the apical three segments strongly curved 
downwards, a well-marked constriction between the basal two 


Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 377 


segments. Legs stout and powerful, the tibiae furnished with strong 
spines. 
Length 9 13mm, Exp. 26 mm. 


Described from a single example. 


NOTOGONIA DIXEYI, form n, 


Nata: The Bluff, near Durban: Aug. 16, 1905 (fF. A. 
Dixey). 


2. Black, the scape of the antennae, and the tarsi of the legs dull 
red, the claw-joint of the latter more or less blackish above ; on the 
anterior legs the red spreads to the apex of the tibiae. Head, thorax 
(except the median segment), and abdomen smooth unpunctured ; 
on the head the inner orbits of the eyes and the sides of the clypeus 
clothed with dense golden pubescence, very rich and shining in 
certain lights; wings fuscous with a rich purple effulgence ; the 
apical margins of the abdominal segments above with transverse, 
minutely pubescent, whitish narrow bands; pygidial area well 
defined covered with stiff black hairs. Head: the anterior margin 
of the clypeus with a few coarse punctures ; the flagellum of the 
antennae dull and opaque, 2nd and 3rd joints subequal, each 
twice the length of the basal joint. Thorax: massive, the meso- 
notum slightly convex, with a short longitudinal carina on each 
side above the tegulae ; median segment long rounded above, finely, 
but irregularly, transversely striate, abruptly truncate posteriorly, 
the apex above slightly projecting in the middle above at the edge 
of the truncation ; legs with strong short spines on the tibiae and 
tarsi, the tibial calcaria long, on the posterior tibiae as long as the 
basal joint of the tarsi, claws long and curved. Abdomen short, 
not longer than the thorax, moderately massive, basal ventral 
segment with a preapical, transverse, strongly marked groove, 
2nd segment with a basal broad shallow depression on each side 
of a bluntly raised medial carina that does not extend to its apical 
margin. 

Length 216mm. Exp. 26 mm. 


Described from a single example. Figured in Dr. Long- 
staff’s “ Butterfly Hunting in Many Lands,” Plate II, fig. 4 
(1912). 


Notr,—The name given in the manuscript of this memoir was 
“vafra,” but a label on the type specimen records “ diveyi,” and not 
“vafra.” Dr. Longstaff tells me that he knew of Col. Bingham’s 
intention to alter his MSS. to “ dixeyi.”—E. B. P. 

cc2 


378 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian 


Family KUMENIDAE. 
ODYNERUS LONGSTAFFI, form n. 


CapPpE CoLony: Creek on the Buffalo River, near East 
London: Sept. 28, 1905 (G. B. Longstaff). 


do. Dull red, base of the mandibles, the clypeus, the front 
immediately above it, the inner orbits of the eyes from the base 
of the clypeus to the middle of the emargination in the eyes, a 
line along the scape of the antennae in front, a transverse band 
along the apex of the postscutellum, two obliquely placed oval 
spots one on each side on the middle of the basal abdominal seg- 
ment, two larger spots one on each side at the base of the 2nd 
segment, and transverse preapical bands on the 2nd and 3rd seg- 
ments bright yellow; a cone-shaped large patch above the clypeus 
extends up to the vertex including the ocelli, the mesonotum and 
the middle of the posterior face of the median segment, black, the 
mesonotum with a central, short, longitudinal red line. The red 
of the antennae and legs is of a paler tint verging on orange, the 
tibiae and tarsi of the latter still paler. Wings flavo-hyaline, the 
radial cell and terminal edge of the forewings lightly fuscous. 
Head above, pro- and mesonotum, scutellum, postscutellum and 
median segment very closely and finely punctured. Head: the 
clypeus slightly convex, its posterior and side margins above 
rounded, the sides below straight, inclined obliquely inwards, the 
apex truncate and circularly emarginate; emargination of the eyes 
deep ; antennae slender, circularly curled at their apices ; head from 
above transversely rectangular, broader than long and as broad as 
the thorax. Thorax massive, the median segment short, its 
posterior face concave with a slender groove down the middle, 
posteriorly the sides are rounded, and tuberculate or subdentate 
in the middle. Abdomen: sessile, basal segment campanulate, 
slightly strangulate before the apex, 2nd segment as broad as 
long; 7th broadly rounded posteriorly and fringed with brown 
hairs. 

Length ¢ 13mm. Exp. 26 mm. 


Described from one example in the British Museum 
and one at Oxford: figured in “ Butterfly Hunting in 
Many Lands,” Plate II, fig. 6. 

Comes nearest to 0. mutans, Sauss., from Senegambia, 
which however has two tubercles between the antennae, 
the median segment transversely striate, the apical margin 


Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 379 


of the basal abdominal segment angulated posteriorly 
and bears transverse yellow bands on the 1—4 abdominal 
segments. 


ODYNERUS DECORATUS, sp. nov. 


W. AustTRALIA: Towranna Plains between Yule River 
and Sherlock River: Jan. to May, 1898 (A. Clement). 


dg. Lemon yellow, the mandibles, the bases of the antennae, the 
apex of the scape, the flagellum, a large square mark on the vertex 
surrounding the ocelli and reaching the upper margin of the eyes 
on each side, a square mark on the collar, the mesonotum, scutellum 
and postscutellum, an oblong mark on the 2nd abdominal seg- 
ment, the base of the 4th and 5th narrowly and the apical two 
segments black, a spot at the base of the mandibles, two minute 
spots on the vertex at the upper angles of the eyes, a square mark 
at the base of the mesonotum, a transverse mark on the scutellum 
divided medially by a fine black line and the middle of the post- 
scutellum yellow. Head, thorax and abdomen punctured rugose 
and covered with a minute, short, silky pubescence ; clypeus pyri- 
form truncate at apex ; prothorax vertically truncate in front, almost 
concave, the pronotum margined anteriorly ; mesonotum slightly 
convex, scutellum and postscutellum not prominent, median eseg- 
ment rounded at the sides, the apex slightly concave. Wings hyaline 
brown along the costal margin, nervures brown, tegulae yellow 
with a faint brown spot in the middle. Abdomen massive, sessile, 
longer than the head and thorax united, the apical margin of the 
2nd segment crenulate, 

@. Similar to the ¢ but in the two specimens before me the 
ground-colour is reddish (in one specimen certainly, and in the 
other probably darkened by cyanide). It differs in being larger 
and more strongly built than the ¢ and has the apical two 
abdominal segments reddish brown, not black: the shape and 
character of the black markings however are very similar. 

Length ¢ 10 mm.; @ 11°5 mm. (to apex of second abdominal 
segment). Exp. ¢ 23 mm.; 9 27 mm. 


Described from a single example of each sex. 
Belongs to Saussure’s subgenus Lionotus. 


I have preferred to give a full description of the ¢ 
rather than of the @ because, as noted above, I consider 
the ground-colour of the two female specimens I have 
before me altered, by cyanide. 


380 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian 


RHYNCHIUM NIGROLIMBATUM, sp. nov. 
W. AUSTRALIA: Towranna Plains: 1898 (Clement). 


2 . Chrome yellow, the head above and the 2nd abdominal segment 
black, the clypeus, the front below the anterior ocellus extending 
into the emargination of the eyes, and the antennae chrome yellow, 
mandibles reddish yellow ; wings dark fuscous purple, hyaline along 
their posterior margins. Head above closely and coarsely rugose 
punctate, the punctures on the front in certain lights running into 
striae, clypeus sparsely and very shallowly punctured almost smooth, 
the apex transversely truncate not emarginate, eyes large reaching 
the base of the mandibles; these latter coarsely longitudinally 
striate and punctured. Thorax longer than broad finely punctured, 
the prothorax vertically transversely truncate anteriorly, mesonotum 
convex, scutellum and postscutellum flat, the former almost square 
the latter transverse, both separated from the mesonotum anteriorly, 
from each other, and from the median segment posteriorly by well- 
marked transverse sutures ; median segment long, concave posteriorly 
bearing a medial fine longitudinally impressed line, and with the 
lower posterior angles somewhat produced. Wings ample, the 2nd 
cubital cell in the forewing trapezoidal receiving both recurrent 
nervures; legsshort slender pubescent, claws unidentate. Abdomen 
massive, the basal segment narrow, beneath with a triangular 
depression and a subapical transverse groove, above convex and 
rounded ; 2nd segment elongate broadening posteriorly. 

Length 9 14 mm. (to apex of 2nd abdominal segment). Exp. 30mm. 


Described from a single example. 


ALASTOR ABNORMIS, sp. Nov. 


W. AustTrALIA: Towranna Plains: 1898 (Clement). 


¢. Orange yellow, head and the 2nd abdominal segment black, the 
clypeus, a mark somewhat in the shape of a chess pawn above it on 
the front, and the scape in front orange yellow ; wings fuscous, 
hyaline along the posterior margins. Head from above transverse 
as broad as the thorax, closely and somewhat coarsely rugose 
punctate above and behind the eyes more finely and sparsely punc- 
tured on the front and clypeus, the latter covered with a fine silky 
short white pubescence, somewhat pyriform with the apex truncato- 
emarginate. Front with the orange macula raised carinate. Eyes 
large reaching to the base of the mandibles, mandibles long toothed 
on the inner margins. Antennae subclavate somewhat like that of 


Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 381 


Masaris. Thorax broad and rounded coarsely punctured, the 
prothorax vertically truncate anteriorly, the pronotum margined in 
front; mesonotum convex; scutellum and postscutellum raised 
gibbous separated from the mesonotum in front from each other 
and from the median segment by well-marked sutures; median 
segment very short somewhat suppressed under the scutellum and 
postscuteJlum, the sides rounded not produced posteriorly. Wings 
ample, the 2nd cubital cell of the forewing petiolate; legs stout 
pubescent, claws unidentate. Abdomen sessile the Ist segment 
somewhat compressed and campanulate posteriorly, 2nd segment 
long broadening gradually from front to back. 

Length g 12 mm. (to apex of 2nd abdominal segment). Exp. 27 mm. 


Described from four examples. 

This remarkable and handsome species may afterwards 
have to be separated generically. I have seen only four 
males, and they are strikingly aberrant, differing from all 
known wasps, fossorial or social, in having only 9 joints in 
the antennae. The closest scrutiny under a microscope 
reveals no more than 9 joints, the apical joint being 
exceedingly small and sunk in the apex of the subapical 
joint. 

There can be no question of the insect belonging to the 
Diploptera ; and in the rest of its structure, particularly in 
the venation of the forewing, it closely resembles Alastor, 
under which genus I have provisionally placed it. 


ANTHOPHILA. 
Family COLLETIDAE. 


PROSOPIS SIMPLEX, form n. 


CapE CoLony: Queen’s Park, East London : Sept. 26, 
1905 (G@. B. Longstaf,). 


2. Black immaculate, the tibiae and tarsi turning to slightly 
reddish brown, the flagellum of the antennae except the basal joint, 
beneath maroon. Head and thorax closely but not very coarsely punc- 
tured, the abdomen smooth and slightly shining in certain lights, but 
not polished. Head broader than the thorax, flat in front, clypeus 
large, broad, anteriorly truncate antennae short, robust, their apices 
roundly blunt. Thorax : pronotum transverse, forming a mere narrow 
ridge ; mesonotum convex with an anterior medial and a lateral, 
impressed, short longitudinal line which are short and shining ; 


382 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian 


median segment compressed posteriorly, the apex truncate, the face 
of the truncation crossed by a vertical, well-marked carina and 
bordered on each side by similar carinae, the basal concavity on the 
segment lunate and edged anteriorly and posteriorly by a series of 
large punctures or pits ; wings hyaline, slightly fuscous, legs slender, 
minutely pubescent. Abdomen about as long as the head and 
thorax united, the 2nd segment with traces on each side of a fringe 
of white hairs. 
Length 95mm. Exp. 9 mm. 


Described from a single example. 

Easily distinguishable from all described forms of 
Prosopis by the sculpture and by its uniform black colour 
entirely devoid of yellow markings. 


Family APIDAE. 
HALICTUS INORNATUS, form n. 


Carre Cotony : Zwartkops,near Port Elizabeth: Aug. 11, 
1905 (G@. B. Longstaff). 


@. Dull black, covered with soft long reddish-brown erect hairs, 
the 2nd to the 5th abdominal segments with lateral transverse short 
bands of whitish-yellow pubescence at their bases, the anal rims 
ferruginous, the legs covered with yellowish pubescence which turns 
to ferruginous on the inner side of the posterior metatarsi, the tibial 
calcaria of the posterior legs yellowish-white at base, ferruginous 
towards their apices, the claw joint and claws of all the tarsi fer- 
ruginous. Head as broad as the thorax, flat in front, closely 
punctured, the clypeus slightly convex transversely and broadly 
truncate anteriorly. Thorax more sparsely and finely punctured, 
the depressed area at base of the median segment lunate and 
very closely punctured, the punctures running into longitudinal 
striae. Abdomen very minutely and sparsely punctured, shining 
above. 

Length 10 mm. Exp. 18 mm. 


Described from a single example. 


CERATINA VITTATA, form n. 


ORANGE RIVER Cotony : “ Wonderboom,” near Pretoria : 
Aug. 31, 1905 (G. B. Longstaff). 


?. Black, two large coalescent spots on the labrum, a very broad 
i-shaped mark on the clypeus and a narrow line on the front of 


Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 3838 


the anterior tibiae pale yellow ; the humeral angles of the pronotum 
and transverse laterally broadened bands on the 2nd to the 5th 
abdominal segments fringed with short stiff white hairs. Head, 
thorax and abdomen very closely and uniformly punctured and 
granulate. The median segment of the thorax is very short 
abruptly sloped downwards from the postscutellum, the usual 
depression at the base of the segment very ill-defined, scarcely 
perceptible. Abdomen stout and comparatively massive, the 6th 
segment with a sharp longitudinal carina towards apex. Wings 
hyaline, nervures and tegulae dark brown. 
Length 97mm. Exp. 12 mm. 


Described from a single example. 


(8840) 


III. On some hitherto imperfectly-known South African 
Lepidoptera. By RoLAND TRIMEN, M.A., F.R.S., ete. 


[Read February 7th, 1912.] 
PuaTE XVII. 


THE few forms here figured are.such as need illustration 
either from their close alliance to congeners or from their 
rarity. 

Mycalesis ena, Hewits., Pyrgus zebra, Butl., and P. se- 
cessus, Trim., form. aestiv., have been received from my 
friend Mr. H. L. Langley Feltham, of Johannesburg ; the 
Mycalesis and P. secessus being now for the first time 
recorded from extra-tropical South Africa.* Pseudo- 
nympha d’urbani, Trim., and Leptonewra bowkert, Trim., 
?, are figured from examples collected in N.E. Cape 
Colony by Mr. F. Graham in 1891; and Ps. hippia 
(Cram.), from one taken on Table Mountain in 1890, by 
Mr. R. M. Lightfoot. 

The Smerinthine hawkmoth, Platysphiney bowrket, 
Trim., is figured from the type (a 2) captured in Zululand 
by Admiral E. Bourke, in 1909. 


Fam. NYMPHALIDAE. 
Sub-fam, SATYRINAE, 
Mycalesis ena, Hewits. 
Mycalesis ena, Hewits., Ent, Mo. Mag., p. 107 (1877). 
Plate XVII, figs. 1 (¢), la (). 


This form is, as Hewitson (/.c.) pointed out, very close 
to the West African Jf miriam (Fab.), but readily dis- 
tinguished by its larger size and paler colouring, and by 
having on the upperside, as well as on the underside, of 


* Mr. Feltham also sent another interesting addition to the extra- 
tropical South African list of Hesperidue, vid. Platylesches robustus, 
Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1910, p. 83, pl. iii, f. 7, ), hitherto 
recorded from N. and S. Rhodesia onJy, but taken (three examples) 
by Mr. A. T. Cooke at White River in the Transvaal, in August 
1907. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT I. (OCT.) 


Some imperfectly known S. African Lepidoptera 385 


the forewings the ordinary two ocellate spots well 
developed. Hewitson’s type specimens are from Lake 
Nyassa,* but the form has since been found as far to the 
southward as the Transvaal. The first examples from the 
latter region that came under my notice were taken in the 
Barberton District in the year 1888 by Mr. J. P. Cloete 
and Mr. C. F. Palmer; and the specimens now figured are 
a dry-season f, captured at Nelspruit by Mr. H. L. 
Feltham on May 10, 1904, and a wet-season 9, taken by 
Mr. A. T. Cooke at White River, near Nelspruit, in 1909. 
Mr. Feltham writes that he met with this M/ycalesis very 
sparsely, flying in wet, grassy spruits or hollows in com- 
pany with Ypthima asterope, and notes the resemblance 
between the two butterflies when on the wing. 

I think it likely that JZ ena will prove—when a good 
series of it can be compared with one of JZ. miriam 
throughout its range—to be not separable as a distinct 
species. 


Pseudonympha @urbant, Trim. 


Pseudonympha durbani, Trim., 8.-Afr. Butt., 1, p. 80 
(1887). 


Plate XVIL, fig. 2 (2). 


This butterfly is nearly allied to P. neita, Wallengren,t 
but it is constantly recognisable by the absence on the 
underside of the hindwing of the basal fulvous, and by 
the presence there of a third (ante-median) dark transverse 
streak as well as of a paler discal fascia. On the upper- 
side, too, as well as on the underside, all the ocelli are 
smaller and in much duller rings, especially those of the 
hindwings. 

The sexes differ scarcely at all, except that the 2 has 
blunter forewings, and is usually rather paler. As regards 
the ocellate spots there is a good deal of variation in both 
sexes, the ocellus of the forewing varying in size, and 
being in many examples rather ovate than circular, and 
the two minute ocelli of the hindwing being seldom both 
present. On the underside the ocelli of the hindwing 


* Mr. S. A. Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1910, p. 9) notes M. ena as 
occurring throughout N. Rhodesia, and being especially common in 
the Luangwa Valley. 

+ K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl., 1875, p. 84, n. 3 ; see also Trimen 
(J. c.), p. 79, pl. 7, f. 2 (1887). 


386 Mr. Roland Trimen on some hitherto 


are usually all represented, but are rarely more than minute, 
and in some cases one or two are barely indicated or 
actually wanting, while in three ff I found all four com- 
pletely obsolete. The three dark-brown irregular trans- 
verse streaks on the underside of the hindwing, and the 
paler fascia between the middle and outer streaks, are also 
variable in their definition. 

This Pseudonympha was discovered near King William’s 
Town, as far back as the year 1861, by my friend Mr. 
W.S. M. D’ Urban, and I had the pleasure of naming it after 
him in my work quoted above, and of recording the few 
other specimens that had reached me from other localities 
in Eastern Cape Colony, vid. Grahamstown (Mrs. M. E. 
Barber), and the north of the Albert District (Col. J. H. 
Bowker). It was not until 1891-93 that I received a fine 
series of the insect, from Dordrecht, in the Wodehouse 
District of N.E. Cape Colony, taken by an ardent and 
successful entomological observer, Mr. Francis Graham, 
then resident magistrate of the district. He reported it as 
occurring numerously from October to January, but as 
being almost exclusively confined to the higher hill- 
slopes. 


Pseudonympha hippia (Cramer). 


Papilio hippia, Cram., Pap. Exot., i, pl. cexxu, ff. C, D 
liga): 
Pseudonympha hippia, Trim., §.-Afr, Butt., 1, p. 82 (1887). 


Plate XVIII, fig. 3 (2). 


In my work above cited I was able to mention only 
two examples which agreed satisfactorily with Cramer's 
rough figures, and to a less extent with the equally rough 
woodcut given by Burchell * of the upperside of his 
Papilio (Hipparchia) montana. These examples were 
taken by myself on the summit of the southern projection 
of the Table Mountain range, respectively in February 
1864, and January 1865; and Burchell’s insect is similarly 
recorded as having been taken on the summit of the 
eastern side of Table Mountain on January 24,1811. In 
the Appendix to Vol. iii of my work, I noted (p. 395) the 
capture by Mr. H. L. Feltham of a third example in the 
same locality in January 1888, and of three others at a 


* “Travels, Int. S. Africa,” i, p. 45 (1822). 


imperfectly-known South African Lepidoptera, 387 


somewhat lower elevation, by Mr. R. M. Lightfoot in 
February 1889. Subsequently, on December 28, 1889, 
Mr. Feltham met with four hippia, and on January 2, 
1890, with four more ; these occurred on the lower plateau 
of the same mountain, above the top of Hout Bay gorge. 
On the last-named date Mr. Lightfoot in the same place 
took no less than twelve specimens. 

There is good reason for considering this Psewdonympha 
to be confined to the higher levels of the Cape Promon- 
tory, in marked contrast to its nearest congener and 
companion P. vigilans, Trim.*—with which at first I 
confused it—the latter extending in range (and under 
some variation as regards the tint and ocellate marking of 


the underside of the hindwings) over the greater part of 
South Africa. 


Leptoneura bowkert, Trim. 


Leptoneura bowkeri, Trim., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870, 
p. 847, pl. vi, f 2(f); and S.-Afr., Butt., 1, pp. 98-9 
(3 9) (1887). 


Plate XVII, fig. 4 (2). 


Only the ¢ of this very distinct form of Leptonewra was 
known to me when [I first described it, and in 1887 (op. 
cit.) I could record but a solitary 9, sent in 1879 from the 
Lydenburg district of the Transvaal by Mr. T. Ayres. It 
was not until 1891-93 that an extensive series of both 
sexes was secured, at Dordrecht, in N.E. Cape Colony, by 
Mr. Francis Graham, who forwarded to me no fewer than 
twenty-seven 929 and sixty-nine ff; and I am glad to 
have the opportunity of giving here a figure of one of 
these 99, and of indicating the variation exhibited by 
both sexes in so numerous a series all collected in one 
locality. 

The $f vary much, on the upperside of the fore- 
wing, in the size and distinctness of the whitish sub- 
marginal spots, and the extent to which the lower three 
spots are reddish-tinged—in thirty-one ff there exists a 
seventh spot (often indistinct) below the first median 
nervule; and there is considerable instability as to the 
number of ocelli, twenty-four specimens having only a 
single ocellus, twenty having also a minute second ocellus 


* Fora figure (¢) of this form from the Weenen District of Natal, 
see Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1897, pl. 1, f. 1 (1898). 


388 Mr. Roland Trimen on some hitherto 


on outer edge of the third submarginal whitish spot, and 
two having besides a minute third ocellus asin the @. A 
similar variableness prevails as regards the ocelli on the 
upperside of the hindwing ; though usually four in number, 
no fewer than fourteen examples exhibit a more or less 
ill-defined fifth ocellus (as in ¢) below the first median 
nervule; in one ¢ these markings are so small as to be 
only just visible, while in another they are reduced to 
minute rufous rings. The 9? vary on the upperside as 
follows, vid. in the forewing, nine want the third ocellus; 
and, in the hindwing, six want the small inferior fifth 
ocellus, but eight have another (usually more distinct) 
additional ocellus between the subcostal nervules. On 
the underside of the hindwing there is variation in the 
development of the greyish scaling—in two examples this 
is exceptionally strong—between the two median dark 
transverse stripes and about the upper three of the 
ocelli. 

This Leptonewra ranges widely over eastern South 
Africa, from the Bedford District of the Cape to the 
Lydenburg District of Transvaal, but appears to be strictly 
confined to elevated areas and lofty hill-ridges. Mr. 
Graham, who carefully observed this species in the neigh- 
bourhood of Dordrecht, found that, in its principal locality 
(“The Kloof”), and in other similar spots, 1t was confined 
~ to the bush growing below the bare crest of the slope on 
the north (shady) side of the ravine, and was found chiefly 
among long wiry grass in the open spaces between the 
thickets. He was struck with the apparent excess in 
number of the f2, but estimated it as very much less than 
I had judged it to be in Z. clytus (Linn.), and not more 
than from twelve to fifteen for every 2 met with. 


Fam. HESPERIIDAE. 


Sub-fam. HESPERIINAE. 


Pyrgus zebra, Butl. 


Pyrgus zebra, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), 1, 
p. 207 (1888). 


Plate XVII, fig. 5 (9). 


The type of this species was recorded by Dr. A. G. Butler 
as a native of India—‘Campbellpore and Chittur Pahar 
(Major Yerbury)”—but I referred to it in my “S.-Afr. 


imperfectly-known South African Lepidoptera. 389 


Butt.” (ai, p. 290, 1889) because it was described as 
nearest to P. sataspes, mihi, a common South African 
species. In 1897 (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 856) Dr. 
Butler noted the interesting fact that Mr. G. A. K. Mar- 
shall had taken specimens of P. zebra on the River Tugela 
in Natal in November 1896, and remarked, “ These Natal 
examples cannot be distinguished from those of N.W. 
India, excepting in their slightly blacker ground-colour 
(which, by the way, is probably due to the superior fresh- 
ness of the specimens).” It is also from Weenen, in Natal, 
that Mr. H. L. Feltham’s specimen, which I here figure, 
was obtained. 

I have compared this example with three others, in the 
Hope Department of the Oxford University Museum, which 
appear to be referable to the same species, and which 
were taken in N.E. Rhodesia (2) and Makanga, Tette (1), 
by Mr. S. A. Neave early in 1908. The Weenen example 
differs in being considerably smaller, and in having on the 
upperside the three median white spots of the forewing 
distinct instead of faint, and the median white band of the 
hindwing more even and continuous. Mr. Neave (Proc. 
Zool. Soc. Lond., 1910, p. 93) notes that the few individuals 
from Fort Jameson and the Luangwa Valley in Rhodesia 
are “considerably larger than Mashonaland specimens in 
the National Collection, which are in their turn larger 
than the type from India.’ P. zebra is not closely allied 
to P. sataspes, mihi, but comes nearest to the East African 
P. diomus, Hopff., especially in the conspicuous feature of 
an additional outer narrow white stripe from apex to near 
anal angle on the underside of the hindwings. 


Pyrgus secessus, Trim. 


Pyrgus secessus, Trim., Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 102, 
pl. ix: fi 22 (1). 


Plate XVII, figs. 6 (3), 7 (2). 


Since I described and figured (/.c.) this Pyrgus from two 
examples taken by A. W. Eriksson at Omrora,S.W. Africa 
(about 15° 15’ S. Lat.), it does not seem to have been 
much noticed till Mr. S. A. Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 
1910, p. 73) recorded it as not uncommon in N.E. 
Rhodesia, especially in the Lake Bangweolo District. But 
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall met with it near Salisbury and in 


390 Mr. Roland Trimen on some hitherto 


the Mazoe District, Mashonaland, as far back as 1894 and 
1895. Among the few specimens received from Mr. 
Marshall there were several which differed strikingly from 
typical secessus in presenting on the underside of the hind- 
wing a conspicuous creamy-whitish median band and other 
markings, instead of the very faint ones characteristic of 
secessus, which are scarcely distinguishable from the pale 
dull brownish-ochreous ground-colour. I thought that 
these white-marked individuals represented a very distinct 
variety or possibly a closely allied species; and it was not 
until the year 1905 that my attention was again recalled 
to them by receiving from Mr. H. L. Feltham and Mr. 
A. T. Cooke two quite similar but larger examples taken by 
the latter in the Transvaal. The occurrence of this con- 
spicuously-banded form so much further southward rather 
confirmed my impression that it might be distinct from 
secessus; and Mr. Feltham and Mr. Cooke kindly promised 
to endeavour to secure more material towards deciding the 
question. This endeavour has been successful, and I have 
received from them thirteen examples (8 $2, 5 2?)—four 
taken at Nelspruit, and nine at White River (about 
eight miles from Nelspruit). All these are of the same 
conspicuous white marking on the underside of the hind- 
wing, presenting no variation in the direction of the obscure 
colouring of typical secessus. Eleven of them bear dates 
of capture, ranging from October to January; and the 
dates of Mr. Marshall’s three Mashonaland examples of 
the same form were respectively October 21 and 30 and 
November 4. Similarly, in a series of thirteen N. 
Rhodesian examples collected by Mr. Neave, which are 
in the Hope Department of the Oxford University 
Museum,* the only one with the underside of the hind- 
wings white-banded is dated November, while three with 
the band much paler than in typical secessus are dated 
respectively September 18, October 29, and December 1. 
The remaining nine specimens are dated as captured in 
July and August, and though varying in depth of tint all 
present the dull underside colouring of typical secessus; 
and I have recorded (/.c.) that Mr. Eriksson took the 
South-Angolan type examples in August 1887. 

The dates given by the several captors appear to indicate 


* T am indebted to my friend, Mr. H. Eltringham, for supplying 
these dates of capture of Mr. Neave’s specimens, which in a rather 
hurried examination I had omitted to note. 


imperfectly-known South African Lepidoptera. 391 


clearly that the case is one of seasonal dimorphism, quite 
akin to those presented by many species of the Pierine 
genus Zeracolus in the same regions, in which the con- 
spicuous white or whitish underside of the hindwings 
during the wet season is replaced during the dry season 
by one more or less obscured with paler or deeper tints of 
reddish-ochreous or even brownish-ochreous. 

I have not hitherto found recorded any other instance 
of seasonal modification in the species of Pyrgus, either in 
Africa or elsewhere; but—considering how large a genus 
this is, how very widely dispersed over the tropical and 
temperate regions of the globe, and how many of its forms 
are so variable and so closely allied as to be with difficulty 
distinguishable—it seems by no means improbable that 
“dry” and “wet” phases are not rare among them, but 
until now have been mistakenly regarded as distinct 
species. The phenomenon has indeed been recognised as 
occurring among some species of other genera of the 
Hesperiinae; Mr. Neave mentioning (/.c. pp. 68 and 71) 
specially two cases in N. Rhodesia which came under his 
notice, vid. those of Kagris jamesoni, E. M. Sharpe, and 
‘Abantis venosa, Trim. The latter instance is closely com- 
parable with that of Pyrgus secessus, for Mr. Neave writes 
of this species of Abantis: “Extreme dry specimens are 
of a golden-brown colour, losing all the white discal area 
and black margin of the hindwing underside.” 


Fam. SPHINGIDAE. 
Sub-fam. SMERINTHINAE. 
Platysphinx bourket, Trim. 


Platysphinz bourket, Trim., Ent. M. Mag. (2), xxi, p. 209 
(1910). 
Plate XVII, fig. 7 ($). 


I take this opportunity of giving a figure of the only 
example (a 2?) known to me of this very striking Smerin- 
thine hawkmoth, which was taken in Zululand in 1909 by 
my friend Rear-Admiral Edmund Bourke, as noted in my 
description above cited. In pointing out the relation of this 
form to the Los Islands P. phyllis, Rothsch. and Jord., and 
the larger Congo P. stigmatica, Mab., I omitted to mention 
that a specimen of the latter species, taken on grass near 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) DD 


392 Mr. Roland Trimen on South African Lepidoptera. 


trees at Cowie’s Hill, Pinetown, Natal, by Mr. T. L. 
Ayres, was in May 1891, lent to me by the captor for 
determination. The circumstances of the discovery of 
this example of P. stigmatica are remarkably similar to 
those recorded (/.c. p. 210) in the case of P. bowrkei; and 
of neither species does any other South African specimen 
appear to have been noticed. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. 


[See Explanation facing the PLATE. | 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. 


Figs. 1, la. Mycalesis ena, Hewits, ¢, 9. Hab. Nelspruit, 


2. 


3. 


5. 


Transvaal. 

Pseudonympha Ciurbani, Trim., ¢. Hab. Dordrecht, 
Cape Colony. 

Pseudonympha hippia, Cram, ¢. Hab. Table Moun- 
tain, Cape Town. 

Leptonewra bowkeri, Trim., 9. Hab. Dordrecht, Cape 
Colony. 

Pyrgus zebra, Butl., 9. Hab. Weenen, Natal. 


6, 6a. Pyrgus secessus, Trim., ¢, 9. Hab. White River 


ce 


and Nelspruit, Transvaal. 
Platysphinew bourkei, Trim., 9. Hab. Etshowe, Zulu- 
land. 


Trans. bint. Soc._Lond., 1912. PL. XVI. 


ett re, 


5 
Horace Knight del.et lith. 


OUTH AFRI 


dp) 


—— 


(0vg08) 


IV. On the Early Stages of Albulina pheretes, a Myrme- 
cophilous Plebetid blue butterfly. By T. A. CHAPMAN, 


M.D. 
[Read February 7th, 1912. ]} 


Puates X VIJI-XXXVI. 


In November 1910 I reported to the Society that the 
larva of Latiorina orbitulus was without the honey-gland 
so usual in the group of Zycaenids to which it belongs, 
agreeing therein with the larva of Vaccintina optilete. 
There seemed some reason to suspect that the unrecorded 
larva of Albulina pheretes might be a third species in this 
section. I determined, therefore, if possible, to learn 
something of the life history of A. pheretes. In this I 
had some success last summer, and found that LZ. pheretes 
does possess the larval honey-gland and does not therefore 
belong to the group of orlitulus and optilete. 

All that was previously known of the larva was told me 
by Mr. St. Quintin, to the effect that he had seen the 
imago ovipositing on Phaca alpina, and had got the larvae 
to about their second instar when his supply of the food- 
plant gave out. | 

By aslip of the pen Mr. St. Quintin led me somewhat 
astray in my search for larvae; the plant he meant was 
not Phaca alpina, but Astragalus alpinus, known also as 
Phaca astragalina. A search for larvae in June on Phaca 
alpina and on Phaca frigida was naturally unavailing, 
though I found afterwards that Phaca frigida at least was 
welcome to the imago to lay her eggs on. 

It was not therefore till well into July that I found a 
locality where Z. pheretes occurred sparingly, and obviously 
in association with a plant that proved to be Astragalus 
alpinus. 

I had about the same time obtained some eggs from a 
butterfly taken in a locality where the Astragalus did not 
grow within a long distance. This specimen laid on Phaca 
frigida, and not unwillingly on Z'rifolium pratense. 

In the Heuthal the butterfly was very strictly confined 
to two patches of the Astragalus alpinus, one specimen 
only being found at a considerable distance amongst Phaca 
Jrigida. Amongst various plants given to the butterflies 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) DD2 


394 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the 


to tempt them to oviposit and by way of flowers for food, 
they refused to lay except accidentally on any plant but the 
food-plant (Astragalus alpinus), Phaca frigida and common 
red clover. The Astragalus was preferred, but clover was 
well patronised. Except a very few on flowers of the 
Astragalus, all the eggs were laid on the leaves and green 
petioles of the plants, apparently indifferently as to upper 
or under surface ; but this was of course in confinement. 

My attempts to rear the larvae might have had no more 
success than Mr. St. Quintin’s, as the Astragalus, though 
it keeps alive, fails under the ill-usage of being brought to 
England to provide an adequate supply of pabulum, but 
that it so happened, that in view of this danger I tried 
my larvae with clover and various other plants, and found, 
that though they refused all my other offerings, they took 
to the leaves of Colutea arborescens quite as readily as to 
their proper fodder. 

I may observe here, that the amyrmecophilous larvae of 
V. optilete and of C. orbitulus have eccentric food-plants, 
ERICACEAE and PRIMULACEAE, but that A. pheretes is 
more normal to the group it belongs to in having Papilio- 
naceous food-plants, and is also mere normal in possessing 
a honey-gland. 


The egg is about 0°60 mm. wide and 0°30 mm. high, rather flat 
above and below, the sides almost a semicircle in vertical section, 
but a little more rounded above than below. The colour is white, 
modified by green when fresh so far as the bases of the cells of 
the covering are seen, therefore (when the egg is new) always 
with a green tone as one looks down the nearest cells, Towards the 
top the cells are very deep, deeper than wide, and of a very honey- 
comb aspect, being sometimes arranged hexagonally; in other places 
they are square, as many as thirty-five together may be found 
arranged as squares towards the sides, where however they are 
shallower and the knobs at the angles more prominent. 

The cells are about ‘025 mm. across, and the white material has a 
solid look as if carved out of ivory. The depth of the cells is such 
that in some empty egg-shells the shell proper is eaten away by the 
escaping larva, beneath a width of several cells, whose walls are left 
as an open network. 

The micropylar area is in a deep hollow, owing to the high walls 
of the surrounding cells, and is about 0:03 mm. across, The cells 
are very small, a third of the diameter of the general cells and all 
nearly round, with no definite “rosette.” 


Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 395 


Mr. Clark’s photographs of the egg and portion includ- 
ing the micropylar area will supplement these notes. 
Photographs of the egg and similar area in V, optilete are 
added for comparison ; the difference in size of the micro- 
pylar area is remarkable in two eggs otherwise so similar. 


The newly hatched larva is a bare mm. long, of white or faintly 
straw or ochreous colour, with black head and black hairs—when 
full grown in this instar is perhaps rather white, but still with faint 
ochreous tint on the first segment, more definitely ochreous towards 
the middle segments, and again paler on the posterior ones, but darker 
than in front—in a few there is a tendency to almost yellowish 
colouring laterally, but not amounting to a lateral line or band. 
They eat small mines in the leaves, in the narrow leaves of Astra- 
galus alpina they amount to the whole width of the leaflet, but in 
Phaca frigida and Oolutea the mines are small circles about 1°6 mm. 
in diameter with a central hole only just large enough to admit the 
larval head. The measurements suggest that the length of the head 
and larval neck are together equal to half the diameter of the mine, 
viz.0°8 mm, The larva makes a succession of these little mines and 
never attempts to enlarge one. 

In the second instar the larva works in the same way and makes 
a mine differing only in its larger size and larger entrance opening, 
the width of the mine may be 3°3 mm, In the third instar mining 
may occur, but the usual method is to attack the leaf from above or 
below and eat the whole thickness except the opposite cuticle. The 
size and shape of these patches is irregular, but are often bounded 
by the secondary veins of the leaf. 

In the second instar the larva reaches a length of 3 mm., and is 
green in colour, with dark (black ?) hair bases and head, a rather 
darker green dorsal line. The upper part of the slope pale, as if 
overshaded with white, in the middle of this the pair of lenticles 
on each segment are conspicuous, along the middle of the slope is a 
brownish line, thicker in the middle of each segment, suggesting 
what is perhaps the case, that it represents the diagonal markings of 
so many Lycaenid larvae. There is some difference of tint along 
the lateral region, like a faint superficial brownish wash, but nothing 
to call a lateral line. 

In the third instar the larva is a clear apple green, fairly uniform 
until a lens is used, when there appears a darker green dorsal line ; 
on the slopes are two diagonal white lines (downwards and _ back- 
wards) and traces of a third, so that in three following segments the 
three lines form one. In another specimen, the general tone is 
ochreous due to the green being largely overlaid by brownish 


396 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the 


especially the dorsal line or band and the median line on the slope 
noted in second instar, which to a great extent breaks up the white 
diagonal line. 

There are a good many larvae intermediate between these two. 
One for instance has the brown most pronounced on the fourth, fifth 
and sixth abdominal segments and paler behind and fading to green 
only on the prothorax ; the pale green forms are, however, the most 
numerous. 


One of these larvae observed feeding presented a rather 
astonishing and weird object. The larva was absolutely 
at rest and immovable on a leaf, a Jittle over 4 mm. long 
and 15 mm. broad; round its prothorax was on the leaf 
a halo consisting of the pale area of the mine the larva 
had nearly completed. Through the transparent leaf 
cuticle was seen the “neck” of the larva stretching from 
the margin of the prothorax to the black head, the neck 
looking like a transparent hose. The weird item was to 
have, in connection with the immobile larva and the ap- 
parently structureless and water-like hose, the head, at 
the end of the latter, and quite at a distance from the 
larva, moving rapidly to and fro and from side to side, the 
jaws actively at work devouring the parenchyma and ex- 
tending the mine. As the latter was nearly completed, 
the larva left it a minute later. The neck was fully 
stretched, and the contrast between the robust thickset 
larva and the structureless neck, flattened to an almost 
invisible nothing in the mine, and the black active head 
working strenuously in the most purposeful way with so 
vague a connection with the larva, was quite uncanny. Not- 
withstanding the hundreds of mines, I happened to see 
this curious spectacle only on one occasion, yet it must 
occur as the normal process in the making of each mine. 

In the third instar there is a great variation in colouring, 
several with the markings most pronounced are shown 
on Plate XX; fig. 4 presents the most highly-coloured 
specimen ; others are simply green, much as in figures of 
fourth and fifth instar, but with the yellow lateral line 
still undeveloped. In the second instar a few specimens 
show traces of the darker markings seen in the third, and 
in the fourth they are present still more rarely and faintly. 
The few last instar examples seen showed no trace of dark 
marking; they are, however, possibly present in rare 
instances. 


Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 397 


The full-grown larva (described Sept. 10th), 14 mm. at rest, 17 
when moving, in length, 4°3 mm. wide from thoracic 8rd to abl. 6th, 
tapering at each end, usual Lycaenid form, but rather rounded, of the 
rutilus character, rather than angular in cross section. There are 
no definite dorsal ridges, and the lateral flange is not very marked, 
but sufficiently to give a transparent margin when seen from above. 
The colour is a lively apple green with darker dorsal band (dorsal 
vessel ?). This area is flattened a little (between evanescent rounded 
dorsal ridges, part of the darkness is due to abundant black hair bases 
of very short hairs). The whitish oblique streaks are hardly to be 
made out. On the slopes the hairs are short, dark with black bases. 
Viewed laterally, there is a yellow lateral line, apparently sunk 
deep in the tissues, so far from the surface as to be invisible except 
on a perpendicular view. The head is small, black. <A special 
feature that is not observed in previous stages is that the hair bases, 
both of the more conspicuous black hairs and of the smaller pale and 
inconspicuous but more numerous hairs, are white and glistening as 
if made of glass ; they are nearly globular, with fine radiating spikes. 
There isa honey-gland with a rowof lenticles round it, but sparse, 
not, as often, crowded ; dimples are also seen outside the last spiracles, 
indicating position of fans, that have not been seen extended. The 
hairs are so inconspicuous that, without a lens, one might perhaps 
think the skin of the larva a little rough, but could hardly say how. 

The prothoracic plate is small, depressed, and darkened by rather 
more numerous dark hairs, or rather, perhaps, that the hair bases 
are here dark, as they are in only a few other scatteretl instances. 


It is noted on 

September 13, that this forward larva has been laid up 
for pupation since description taken and seems close to 
change; it is at top of box, but appears to have little or 
no silken pad and no visible girth. ‘There are also one or 
two that seem to be possibly forward. The mass have 
ceased feeding and are divisible into two distinct sets, the 
majority in third skin, but a small number in fourth, both 
sets torpid and apparently contemplating hibernation. 
Some of the third stage examples have been quiet for 
nearly ten days ; the whole of them now appear to be so. 

As I had so few last instar larvae, the following note as 
another example may be desirable. 

September 24.—A larva moulted into last skin three or 
four days ago, but now refuses to eat, and looks shrunk. 
It has the glassy stars forming hair bases like the previous 
ones; these are largely belonging to the less conspicuous 


398 Dr, T. A. Chapman on the 


hairs of the slope. The more conspicuous hairs are four or 
five black ones on the dorsal flanges, 7. c. on each side of the 
middle line ; some hairs on the lateral flange, pale brownish 
in colour, are also more conspicuous. 


The larva itself is a dirty green (not so bright and lively as the 
well-fed specimen), with an interrupted darker dorsal line, and a 
dark line across at each incision (shadow ?). The spiracles are darker 
points ; there is a very marked lateral flange, but no difference in 
colouring, nor are there any oblique lines, but the cushioned hollows 
of the slope look slightly darker. 


I note on— 

October 13.—The majority have gone into hibernation, 
some in third instar and some in fourth. Some of the 
third instar have only been laid up during the last few days, 
but for the most part they became lethargic two or three 
weeks ago. The fourth instars, on the contrary, have only 
recently become quiescent, except one or two earlier 
individuals. There remain one or two of each instar, 
perhaps feeding, not at any rate laid up. There are also 
a full-grown larva still feeding, however, 13 mm. when 
sulking, 15-16 when active, 4°5 mm. broad and 3°5 high 
(sulking). The segments full and rounded, back flattened 
but no distinct dorsal flanges, the lateral flange marked, 
and thrown into greater prominence, by the brilliant line 
of yellow in*it some way below the surface and, therefore, 
more or less indistinct, except on direct lateral view. 
There is a dark dorsal line or band; seen at some angles, 
it has a paler margin. On the slopes are two parallel 
pale oblique lines on each segment (2nd thor. to 6th and, 
partially, 7th abl.), sloping downwards and backwards. 

The hairs and their bases are hardly visible without a 
lens. The hairs are very fine and small, longest on dorsal 
and lateral flanges, ruddy, almost brown, a less long and 
paler set on middle of slope, the rest very small. 

Along the dorsum the hair bases are nearly all black, 
below this the pale glassy form is abundant. 

The glassy bases seem less abundant as the larva gets 
older. I cannot say whether some of them change and 
become dark; I suspect not, and that the appearance is 
perhaps due to examining specimens in different lights. 

There is a second specimen in last skin, not quite so 
large (13 mim.) and duller in colour, possibly has done 
feeding. 


Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 399 


A third specimen, 10 mm. long, also appears to be in 
last skin. 

In fourth instar length appears to be 7—7°5 mm. (before 
shrinking into quiescence for hibernation). 

The only pupa I obtained did not quite fully get rid of 
the larval skin, and so some of the appendages did not fall 
properly into place, but it was sufficiently perfect to enable 
its principal features to be noted. It appears to belong to 
the Corydon group in having practically no cremaster, 
and the few silk threads, that can hardly be called a girth 
or even a pad, break down on the slightest disturbance. 
This must, of course, be accepted with the caution that my 
specimen was a weak untimely one, and that the silken 
work of a robust specimen might be stronger and more 
purposeful. 

The pupa is green, and remains so, apparently, till 
the imago begins to mature; with only the very con- 
spicuous brown glazed eyes as an exception, these are so 
coloured from the first. The dorsum carries a number of 
closely-placed, very short, brownish hairs. 

Further details may be gathered from the photographs 
of portions of the mounted skin (figs. 33 to 38). 

I placed various newly-hatched larvae on living plants 
of Astragalus, both indoors and out, but these all came to 
grief chiefly by the plants dying; I believe the young 
larvae wandered away (one or two were found) from the 
plants when they become unpalatable and before they 
died. 

The only partial success was that on— 

October 15.—I found a larva of A. pheretes on a plant of 
Astragalus alpinus (amongst grass, etc.) that has been out 
of doors since I put some newly hatched larvae on it, 
early in August. The larva seemed to be large in third 
instar, but was not very well seen as it was ina sort of nest 
of dead leaves of the Astragalus, about half an inch to an 
inch above the soil level, and closed in except on one side ; 
there was no other place affording such a nest on the 
plant, though hiding places lowin the grass were abundant 
enough. 

It suggests itself that this may be a place selected for 
hibernation, as being far enough from the ground not to 
be too wet and yet affording sufficient hiding. 

P.S.—The results in the Spring may be noted. 

february 27.—Found all the larvae that went into 


400 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the 


hibernation (some dozens), and were placed in cellar, dead, 
except five individuals of which two were of those in fourth 
instar and three thosein third. These larvae had left the 
leaves on which they had laid up and were on muslin and 
paper in a jar, which was covered with muslin and paper, 
so that not much change of air probably occurred, and the 
outer jar contained a small glass of water, so that desiccation 
could hardly occur. On the other hand, there was hardly 
any mould anywhere. Abouta dozen larvae in this jar had 
died. In other receptacles under different conditions all 
were dead. These surviving larvae do not seem of any high 
vitality, and do not seem hopeful. Some opening buds 
.of Colutea were, however, found and supplied to them. 

March 6.—Found four of the above five larvae had died, 
but one seemed alive and well. It was put on the plant 
of Astragalus on which a living larva was seen late in the 
autumn and the plant brought indoors. 

March 8.—The larva has taken its station on a very 
small young shoot of the Astragalus, and another larva, 
probably the one seen last autumn, is resting on the 
ground close by. 

March 11.—The larva wintered indoors is making itself 
at home and eating a little on the young Astragalus shoots. 
The other larva appears to be dead, though it looked 
all right a few days ago. 

March 26.—The larva looked very sickly for some days, 
and on 24th actually dropped off its perch, showing that 
it had made no silken carpet, and it lay on its side 
on the moss in the flower-pot where I placed it after 
looking at it and feeling some doubts as to its condition. 
This morning the empty skin, well distended as before 
moulting, lay on its side, as I had placed the larva, but 
the larva had emerged from it and had found some 
growing material about two inches distant. 

March 29.—The larva is now freely eating the half- 
expanded leaflets of the Astragalus. Itis 7-5 mm. long, and 
is much darker than any autumn specimen at this stage, 
almost as dark as the darkest autumn specimen at any 
stage; there 1s a dark dorsal band, then a greenish stripe, fol- 
lowed by the dark lateral oblique bands which dominate the 
rest of the slope and sides. The whole larva has a brown- 
ish-grey effect, with green only on the broad subdorsal band, 
which is not however continuous, but rather a series of 
large patches one on each segment. ‘The larvais probably 


Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 401 


(this proved to be so) in its last skin, if one may judge 
(1st) from its being in fourth stage during hibernation, 
and (2nd) by the density and length of the hairs, which 
will obviously stand considerable spreading as the larva 
grows. ; 

April 1.—Is to-day eating down the (young and suc- 
culent) petiole instead of merely the leaflets. It is now 
_ more distinctly of a dark green colour, with an overlying 
grey tone, largely due to the hairs and dark hair bases, 
but also to the dorsal and oblique dark lines. 

April 3.—Eleven mm. long, dark green with darker dor- 
sal band and oblique lines, not so marked on second 
thoracic or seventh abl. segments as between, wanting before 
and behind these, a pale lateral line, looking like a yellow 
thread sunk some distance beneath the surface, line of 
honey-gland well marked, the fans on eighth abdominal 
are marked by whitish spots. These fans were seen on 
one occasion extended, a transparent green cylinder, with 
flat top, rather higher than wide, and with a number of 
fine hairs on top and just below, of a length about equal to 
thickness of cylinder. Any spiculation was not observable 
with a hand lens. 

April 9.—Has grown considerably and feeds constantly, 
having much damaged the plant itison. It is now13 mm. 
long when moving. The yellow lateral line is brighter, 
and has a slight dark shade along its upper border. It 
does not look as if sunk so deeply below the surface. 

April 10.—Put on Colutea, its own plant being practically 
exhausted, it set to, at once, to eat the leaves in their 
whole thickness, they are about 3 of an inch long. 

Apri 15.—Has got a good deal thicker, but has for the 
last two days been lethargic and keeping on the bottom of 
its jar. It seems desirous of finding a place to pupate, 
but moss and other provisions made for it do not please it ; 
it now rests on bottom of glass jar. 

April 21.—Has remained quite quiescent since last date 
(15th), the thoracic segments enlarging at the expense of 
the others, it is entirely without any spinning, nor though 
it wandered, apparently in search of suitable quarters, did 
I see it make any attempt at spinning. This afternoon it 
changed to pupa; it seemed to be a very slow process, 
lasting from about 3.15 to 4.30 p.m. The newly-changed 
pupa is quite green, with only a very small black spot for 
the eyes, less than a quarter of the glazed eye surface. 


402 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the 


April 27.—Must have now acquired mature pupal 
colouring, although the wings are still so transparent that 
all the tracheae of the neuration are very distinct. The 
length is 8°5 mm.; the colour is green, rather dark, slightly 
approaching olive. There is a dark dorsal band down the 
abdominal segments, which is rather dorsal vessel than 
actual colouring. There is no trace of the oblique bands, 
that were quite conspicuous at first, after change, of much 
the same aspect as the dorsal band, which was then 
probably like them, persistence of larval colouring, rather 
than as now apparently structural. The glazed eyes are 
black, and there is a faint brownish tone about the head. 
The cast larva skin adheres to the last segment, much as 
in corydon and thetis. The waist is marked by a slight 
dorsal depression, but seen from above the waist does not 
exist. The width is about 3°8 mm. at third abl. segment, 
tapering very slightly forwards. 

May 4.—The wings are assuming a brownish tone, and 
the tracheae are becoming obscured, but still visible near 
the base. 

May 10.—The further change yesterday was only some 
increase of opacity and brownness, but this morning the 
wings are nearly black. 

May 11.—Emerged at 10.25 a.m. and expanded wings 
rapidly ; a9, had no difficulty in leaving the pupa case, 
though that was quite loose and unattached. 

I had at the same time as the A. pheretes, ova of 
L. orbitulus and V. optilete, and some comparative notes 
are of interest. 

L.orbitulus fed up in a most healthy way on Soldanella, 
so much so as to imperil my stock of the food-plant. 

The great mass of them went into hibernation in the 
third instar, but several went on into the fifth and last, 
and from this I bred one ? specimen, now in Mr, 
Bethune-Baker’s collection. 

V. optilete presented a variation in the duration of the 
egg-state that questions of temperature and climate do 
not seem to me sufficiently to account for. I sent eggs of 
V. optilete and L. pheretes to Mr. Tonge (from Pontresina), 
and both hatched almost immediately he received them. 
Of those kept at Pontresina, LZ. orbitulus and <A. pheretes 
hatched a week to ten days after being laid, but those 
of optilete did not hatch, and were still unhatched when 
I returned home, and learned that those sent to Mr. 


Early Stages of Albulina pheretes, 403 


Tonge had already hatched and died. I therefore 
thought I must somehow have killed my store of eggs of 
V. optilete. They began, however, to hatch when they 
had been laid more than fourteen days, being a full week 
longer as eggs than the other two species, or their own 
brothers sent to England by post. 

The larvae of V. optilete fed slowly and steadily and 
ate Vaccinium myrtillus as readily as V. uliginosum. 
They all fed up to third stage and went into hibernation, 
not one offering to feed up as an autumn specimen. The 
young larvae do not mine like those of A. pheretes, but 
eat out little pits, between the nervures. 

The A. pheretes feed up at considerably different rates. 
A majority elected to hibernate in the third instar, a fair 
number went on into the fourth instar, and I imagined 
all these intended to feed up as autumn specimens. Most 
of them, however, selected to hibernate, and only three 
or four went forward; these were not very vigorous and 
only one succeeded in reaching the pupal stage and that 
not quite healthily. Their doing so, however, enabled me 
to follow through the life history. 

It seems probable that neither of these three species 
can ever produce an autumn brood naturally; and it is 
curious that V. optilete, the lowest level species, if there 
be any difference, resisted all temptation to produce an 
autumn emergence, whilst orbitwlus did so readily and 
pheretes very sparingly. It is necessary of course to 
remember the very warm August during which they 
were reared at Reigate. 

It is important to call attention to the circumstance that 
the larva of A. pheretes, hibernates, preferably perhaps in 
the third instar, but nearly as commonly in the fourth, and 
it was one of the latter that I successfully hibernated. 
All other larvae of “ Blues” of which I have accurate 
notes, that hibernate half grown, do so in the third instar, 
a habit to which optilete and orbitulus strictly conform. 


EXPLANATION OF Piates XVIII-XXXVI 


Puate XVIII shows the larva in third, fourth and fifth instars. The 
third and fourth instars differ little except that the dark colouring 
is more frequently distinct and even pronounced in the third instar. 
So that the figures of fourth instar would be equally good for the third, 
only that larvae of different colouring have been selected, only a few 


404 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the 


even of the third instar are as well-marked as those figured, which 
give some idea of its aspect in different individuals. 

The last (fifth) stage, differs from the preceding ones by the 
development of the starlike hair bases. These are colourless and in 
most lights sparkle like crystals (under a lens, they can hardly 
be differentiated without) with remarkable effect. One segment 
enlarged aims at showing their aspect— 


Fic. 1, 2, 3,4 Third stage enlarged x 5 or 6. 
5,6. Fourth stage x 5 or 6. 
7,8. Fifth stage x about 4. 
9. One segment, last stage, more enlarged, inverted. 
PuaTE XIX. Fic. 10. Egg, A. pheretes x 60. 
Fie. 11. Egg, V. optilete x 60. 

PLATE XX. Fic. 12. Portion of egg of A. pheretes x 150, 
showing sculpture and very small 
micropylar area. 

13. Similar portion of egg of V. optilete 
x 150 (same enlargement) showing 
much larger micropylar area. 

PuatE XXI. Fic. 14. Skin of first stage larva A. pheretes x 48. 

PuaTE XXII. Fig. 15. Skin of second stage larva A. pheretes 
x 40. 

PuatE XXIII. Fic. 16. Skin of third stage larva A. pheretes 
x 20. 

PLaTE XXIV. Fia. 17. Skin of fourth stage larva A. pheretes 
x 16. 

PLaTE XXYV. Fic. 18. Skin of fifth (last) stage larva A. pheretes 
x 13. 

This photograph is marred by a few 
bubbles having got into the pre- 
paration. 

PuaTE XXVI. Fic. 19. Prothoracic plate of second stage larva 


x 100. The filiform hairs are dis- 
tinct, compared with Fig. 14, though 
the hairs around are much multiplied, 
those of the plate are diminished in 
numbers. 

20. Honey-gland of second stage larva, the 
claspers are seen through the trans- 
parent upper skin, just above them is 
the seventh abdominal spiracle, the 
honey-gland is in the line joining 
these x 100. 


Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 405 


Piatt XXVII. 


Pratt XXVIII. 


Puate X XIX. 


PuateE XXX. 


PLATE XXXI. 


PLrate XXXII. 


Prats XXXIII. 


Fic. 


Fia. 


Fia. 


Fic. 


Fias. 


Fia. 


Fia. 


21. Prothoracic plate of third stage larva. 
The left filiform (angular special) 
hair is very distinct, the right one is 
fainter, its base is 20 mm. (about 
2 inch) to the right, distinct enough 
when seen, these show the area of the 
plate, whose hairs are larger but 
hardly more numerous than in 
previous instar x 100. 

22, Honey-gland third instar x 100. The 
gland, hairs, lenticles and skin re- 
ticulation are all very distinct. 

23. Honey-gland fourth instar x 100. 

24. Honey-gland fifth instar x 100. 

25. Prothoracic plate fifth instar x 100. 

The bases of filiform hairs are 50 mm. 
(2 inches) apart, hairs directed for- 
wards. Small hairs with large stel- 
late bases are numerous. 

26. Shows character of hairs, a lenticle or 
two, and especially the skin reticu- 
lations and points in last instar 
x 100. | 

27. Spiracular region (left) of the sixth 
abdominal segment in last instar 
x 100, shows lenticles numerous 
near spiracle. 

28, Fan area (eighth abdominal segment) 
last instar x 100, half-way between 
spiracle and other side of picture. 

29 and 30. Spiracular regions of fourth 
abdominal segment, to show flat oval 
plates in intersegmental membrane 
in front, others occur across the 
dorsum, fifth instar x 100. The 
large dorsal intermediate area is not 
shown, these plates represent muscular 
attachment. 

31. Head of larva in last instar x 100 
shows antennae, jaws, and some other 
mouth parts x 100. 

32. Left prolegs third abdominal segment 
last instar x 100. 

33. Abdominal segments of pupa x 16. 


406 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 


PraTtE XXXIV. Fic. 34. Portion of head, with eye and antennal 
base, of pupa x 100. 

35. Cremastral area of pupa x 60. There 
are a few hairs but no hooks, The 
genital area, with opening in eighth 
abdominal segment, extreme right of 
figure, indicates a @ individual. 

PuaTtE XXXYV. Fic. 36. Mesothoracie plate of pupa (left side) 
x 30. The marking off of left hind- 
wing plate (angular projection down 
to left) is obvious. Hairs, lenticles, 
network on thorax, but only reticu- 
lations on wing. 

37. Fifth abdominal segment (and part of 
sixth) of pupa on ventral aspect, 
showing massing of lenticles x 100. 

Puate XXXVI. __‘Fia. 38. A portion of fifth abdominal segment 
showing structure of lenticles x 400. 


Trans. lint. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pl. XVI. 


E.C. Knight del. West,Newman chr. 
LARVAE OF ALBULINA PHERETES. 


Photo, 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XIX. 


FN. Clark. C. Hentschel. 
Eggs of (10) A. pheretes. (11) V. optilete x 60. 


10 


11 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX. 


Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel. 


Eggshells. Portions showing micropylar area. 
(12) A. pheretes. (13) V. optilete x 150. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXJ. 


C. Hentschel. 


Fig. 14.—Skin of larva of A. pheretes, first stage x 48. 


Photo, F. N. Clark. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXII. 


a 


. 
’ 
les 


Gh 


C. Hentschel. 


Photo, Ff, N. Clark. 


Skin of larva of A. pheretes, second stage X 40. 


Fig. 15. 


S ~ 
N ~ 
zs Sy 
=S U6 
re N 
Q x 
or Sp . 
x § ; 
my Ww 
in| 
oA ees del 
as) s 
BS ie 
S 3 
S s | 
iS 2 E 
Y a 
SS : 
NS < 
Q les 
° 
8 3 es 
< 77 
& S 
% & ; 
: es ‘ q 
‘i | 
aS on 
- © 
joa Z 


Photo, F. N. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXIV. 


entschel. 


G 


rth stage x 16. 


Photo, F. N. Clark, 


pheretes, fou 


f larva of A. 


in Oo 


. 


17.—Sk 


Fig, 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX V. 


Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel. 
Fig. 18.—Skin of larva of A. pheretes, fifth (last) stage X 13. 


Photo, F. N. Clark. 
A. pheretes. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX VI. 


C. Hentschel. 


Second stage larva. Prothoracic plate and Honey gland 
area X 100. 


19 


20 


Rors ly: LLG piaigat a 


WR ¥yZ Sie 5 ERR Fok 2 Pik 


fy 


100. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX VII. 


ey 
Be Hs 


rage 


Hentschel. 


(Ee 


rR. 


Photo, F. N. Clar 


v4 
“~ 


Honey gland area 


) 


(22 


(21) Prothoracic plate. 


A. pheretes, third stage. 


b 
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX VILL. 


Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel. 


A. pheretes, Honey-gland area, (23) fourth and (24) fifth stage x 100. 


23 


24 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXIX. 


25 
26 


Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel. 


A. pheretes, last stage X 100. (25) Prothoracic plate, (26) to show 
skin structure. 


fe - x 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXX. 


C. Hentschel, 


Photo, F. N. Clark. 


xX 100. 


In 


a Sk 


A. pheretes, portions of last stage larv: 


Sap te) tee 


‘2 baal 
ee i ,) 5 


z fon] (ap) 
=e x 
De s 
~ 
> x 
ms S 
RY) a 
Ss 1S) 
s fe} 
fo) 
x Bis] 
a) 
N x ¢ 
Sy cee 
% 
aS} Sw 
i es 
Ss au 
N = 
= be 6 
S) S op 
a) aa 
. a 
S = 
GS uw 
9] o° 
a an 
R Ae 
8 Bali 
x 5 o 
N a= 
tot 
CS 
& 


iracu 


pheretes, 
Sp 


A 


Photo, F. N. Clark 


wah 


Xx. 


7¥ 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate 2 


entschel. 


(Ez 


Photo, F. N. Clark. 


A. pheretes, head and prolegs, last stage larva  I00. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Piate XX XIT/. 


Flentschel. 


(Ce 


Photo, F. N. Clark. 


A, pheretes. 


gments of pupa X 16. 


Fig. 33.—Abdominal se 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXXIV. 


Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel. 
A. pheretes, pupa, (34) portions of head ( Xx 100) and (35) cremastral area X 60. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX XV. 


EPhoto, F. N. Clark. C, Hentschel. 
. A. pheretes, portions of pupa. (36) Mesothorax 30. (37) 9th segment x 100. 


Photo, F. N. Clark. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX XVI. 


C. Hentschel. 


A. pheretes, pupa. Lenticles X 400. 


38 


( 407 ) 


V. An experiment on the development of the male appendages 
in Lepidoptera. By T. A. CHapman, M.D. 


[Read February 7th, 1912.] 
Puates XXXVII, XX XVIII. 


In the Proc. Ent. Soc., 1910, p. 1x, and more at length 
in the Proc. South London Ent. Soc., 1910-1911, p. 50, 
I described (with photographs) a remarkable and so far as 
I yet know a unique specimen of the f genitalia of Acronycta 
tridens found by Mr. Burrows. I thought it desirable to 
investigate the matter more fully, and instituted some 
experiments the results of which I report. 

Assuming the f appendages to be internal in the larva 
and that they come to the surface at the pupal moult, not 
of course becoming external as in the imago, but present- 
ing on the surface the well-known two tubercles of the 
pupa, it seemed that some abnormal result would appear 
if such emergence from the interior could be prevented. 
In order to attain this result, I produced in certain larvae 
of Z. dispar a small cicatrix at the critical position between 
the ninth and tenth abdominal segments in the midventral 
line. The result was what I anticipated, the production 
of specimens almost identical with Mr. Burrows’s example 
of A. tridens. The clasps, penis-sheath (penis-tasche) and 
penis (aedoeagus and vesica) form a mass in the interior of 
the abdomen. 

The several organs are more or less recognisable, though, 
for want of the usual position in which to develop, more or 
less pressed together and distorted. These specimens show, 
as did Mr. Bu rrows’s, the parts that remain external, as being 
the actual ninth and tenth abdominal segments apart from 
the special developments of which the appendages consist. 

So far asI can ascertain from the literature bearing on 
the development of the male appendages, the parts 
imprisoned thus in the interior develop from a_ body 
described nearly a hundred years ago by Herold, and 
called by him a Koérperchen (a small body, a corpuscule). 

This corpuscule, though apparently a single mass, consists 
really of two parts, one of which is strictly internal and 
arises at the extremity of the seminal ducts, the other is 
external and is an invagination of the posterior margin of 
the ninth abdominal segment, and some trace of the line 
of invagination connects Herold’scorpuscule with the surface 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IL. (OCT.) EE 


408 Development of the male appendages in Lepidoptera, 


to guide its emergence at pupation. The invaginated 
constituents of Herold’s corpuscule forms the clasps, which 
present evidence of being ectodermal structures. The 
portions of the corpuscule of internal origin form the penis 
and penis-sheath, which never show any evidence of 
dermal origin, such as hairs, scales, etc. 

I have also seen Professor Meisenheimer’s recent essay 
on experiments by way of excision, transplantation, etc. 
Liparis dispar as a very abundant and hardy insect was 
the subject of his experiments as it was of mine and 
many others. The species being the same, the interesting 
result is that where Professor Meisenheimer excised the cor- 
puscule of Herold in the larva, the imago presented precisely 
the same development of the ninth and tenth segments as 
it does in my specimens with the corpuscule imprisoned, 
but of course in his specimens there is a vacancy where 
mine show the internally developed appendages. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXVII, XXXVIII. 


Fic. 1. Last three abdominal segments of ¢ L. dispar x 10. 

Fic. 2. Last segment x 25 showing normal structure and disposition 
of the ¢ appendages. 

Fic. 3. Specimen in which the point of exit of the ¢ appendages was 
occluded in the larval state x 10. 

Fic, 4. Portion of the same specimen x 25. These compared with 
figs. 1 and 2 show the ninth and tenth abdominai segments 
as in figs. 1 and 2,but without the special sexual appendages, 
which form a mass lying in the sixth abdominal segment. 
In this mass the aedoeagus is obvious, as also the clasps, 
the latter enlarged by still possessing their pupal enve- 
lopes. The organs so conspicuous in the seventh segment 
are merely the spiracles, as may be seen by comparing 
with other segments and specimens. 

Fic. 5. Is a similar specimen x 10, in which the mass has made a 
nearer approach to the outlet without however breaking 
through. 

Fic. 6. An intermediate specimen with the mass in the eighth 
segment. 

It is very possible that the position of the mass (Herold’s corpuscule 
developed) within the abdomen is accidental and due to movements 
during preparation of the specimens, figs. 3 and 4 being perhaps least 
disturbed thereby. 

Within one of the clasps in each specimen (figs. 3, 5, 6) is a dark 
body whose nature I have not determined. In fig. 6 is a separate 
portion, which is probably a detached pupal covering. 


} 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXX V1. 


Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel. 
Liparis dispar, Male appendages. 


‘sasvpuodde aie yy 
"J0YISJUIET *D 


TITAXXX vi ‘ELOL “puoT 90S yu ‘suvsy 


‘redsip stredry 


{01D ‘N “x ‘070UT 


( 409) 


VI. The food-plant of Callophrys avis. 
By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. 


[Read February 7th, 1912.] 


I TooK my first specimen of Callophrys avis at Hyeres in 
1906 and a second in the same district in 1907. In 1909 
I took it at Amelie-les-Bains and there found its food- 
plant to be Coriaria myrtifolia; Prof. Reverdin took a 
specimen near Cap Negre (some 20 km. east of Hyeres), 
so that the capture of three specimens in the Hyeres 
region of the Riviera made me feel sure that Coriaria 
must grow there, and the statements of the botanists that 
it did not, led me to think it might be possible they had 
overlooked some restricted colonies of the plant. 

In 1910 and 1911 I visited Hyeres at the proper season 
in hopes of solving the questions raised, did Coriaria grow 
near Hyeres ? had avis some other food-plant in that region? 

In 1910, I utterly failed to meet with a single specimen 
of C. avis, and though bad weather might account for this 
to some extent, it proved that C. avis was very rare there, 
for I certainly worked over the ground where I had pre- 
viously taken it, though, as a matter of fact, I did not 
know the spots with any precision. I satistied myseif 
that there was no Coriaria anywhere near where I had 
taken the butterfly nor anywhere in the district in which 
Prof. Reverdin’s specimen was taken. There was there- 
fore certainly an alternative food-plant. In 1911 J again 
tried to investigate this point, but again bad weather may 
take some blame for my failure to secure the first step in 
the investigation, viz. to meet with C. avis. At the end 
of the season, with fear of being too late, I went to 
Amelie-les-Bains and succeeded in obtaining a few eggs 
of C. avis, with a view to approach the problem in another 
way. 

A point by the way is interesting. 

I brought home two C. avis 9° taken on April 28. One 
of these proved to be infertile and died on May 28. 

The other one laid two eggs about May 22, and three 
afterwards (about May 30), was still alive on June 1, but 
died by June 8. It thus lived five weeks in captivity. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) EE2 


410 Dr. T, A, Chapman on the 


Amongst the Coriaria, both growing and that gathered 
for food for C. avis, a noctua larva spinning the leaves 
together was not uncommon, these were assumed from 
their appearance to be Orthosia fulvago (cerago), but on 
emergence proved to be 0. Jota, of very large size and 
highly variable in colouring. Milliere records the larvae 
of OQ. lota as common at Cannes on the “Roudou” 
(Coriaria). 

Assuming these larvae to be fulvago (and had I known 
they were Jota the result would have been the same), I 
concluded that Coriaria as a food-plant must have some- 
thing in common with sallow. On trial, the dota took 
sallow readily, but C. avis would not try it, but seemed to 
find osier (Salix viminalis) with which I also supplied 
them, as much to their taste as the Coriaria. The question 
of providing them with food at Reigate was thus much 
simplified. Had I also answered the question of the 
alternative food-plant ? I felt quite sure that I had not, 
because in that part of the Riviera, sallows and willows of 
all sorts are rare, osiers perhaps especially, and are quite 
absent in the places where C. avis had been taken. I 
offered the larvae of C. avis many other plants, trees and 
shrubs, with the result of uniform refusal to look at them, 
until I offered them Arbutus, the young shoots of which 
they took to with great readiness and fed and throve on 
them as well as they did on Cortaria or osier. C. rubi 
took both osier and Arbutus but not very willingly, and 
on Arbutus failed to thrive and finally refused it. 

Admitting that I may be in error, I feel satisfied that 
the food-plant of C. avis on the Riviera is Arbutus wnedo, 
which grows in each of the spots where C. avis has been 
taken. 

An interesting point arises here in regard to the dis- 
tribution of C. avis. Both Coriaria and Arbutus are 
plentiful enough about Cannes, yet I think we may assert 
that C. avis has never been taken there. Cannes has been 
well-worked by many entomologists, foremost amongst 
whom stand Milliere and Constant. J never met with 
it there myself nor in the Esterel where Ch. jasiws occurs 
freely, and one would attribute a more southern constitu- 
tion to Ch. jasius than to C. avis. There is something 
still to be discovered as a governing fact in the distribu- 
tion of C. avis. I found, for instance, that large areas of 
Coriaria in the valley of the Tet, only a few miles from 


Food-plant of Callophrys avis. 411 


Amelie-les-Bains as the crow flies, seemed to be entirely 
uninhabited by C. avis. Of course this may not be so, my 
last two years’ researches at Hyeres would of course lead 
to the erroneous conclusion that the species does not occur 
there, and further examination may show that it occurs 
though rarely in the Tet Valley. 

Vernet-les-Bains is in the Valley of the Tet, but much 
higher up than the Coriaria ground, or than one would 
expect C. avis to appear at. 

P.S.—Mr. H. Powell writes under date April 7, 1912, 
that over a dozen C. avis, of which he took some, have 
been taken at Cap Negre, “all near one place flying round 
and settling in large Arbutus trees;” he also took an odd 
specimen some distance up the hill near Cavaliere, flying 
round an Arbutus. The butterflies are reported as being 
confined to a very smal] area. This seems to give the 
required confirmation to the conclusion I drew from my 
observations that the food-plant of C. avis on the Riviera 
is Arbutus. 


It is, of course, quite possible there may be still another 
one, 


( 412 -) 


VIL. The effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 
By F. M. How tert, B.A., F.E.S. 


[Read February 7th, 1912.] 
PLATES XXXIX, XL. 


THE observations which form the subject of this paper 
were made in the course of work on fruit-flies at the Pusa 
Research Institute. 

The common fruit-flies of Pusa are Dacus diversus, Cogq., 
and D. zonatus, Saund. (Rivellia persicae, Big.). Of these 
the latter is a serious pest of peaches and mangoes, and 
like other fruit-flies it 1s a pest whose attacks are particu- 
larly difficult to combat. 

With the idea of attracting the females of zonatus to 
lay eggs, by imitating the smell of ripe peaches or 
mangoes, a large number of essential oils were experi- 
mented with. In the course of these experiments I heard 
that a neighbour had been troubled by some kind of fly 
settling on him at a time when he was using oil of 
citronella, sprinkled on his handkerchief, as a mosquito 
deterrent. Since the smell of this oil in no way resembles 
that of mangoes or peaches, its effect on Dacus had not 
been tried, but as soon as a handkerchief wetted with the 
oil was exposed in the neighbourhood of the peach-orchard 
it became evident that the smell exercised an extraordin- 
arily powerful attraction. In less than half an hour the 
handkerchief, lying in a crumpled heap, was almost hidden 
by a crowd of D. zonatus, and presented a very striking 
appearance. I jumped at once to the conclusion that the 
economic problem of how to destroy female fruit-flies had 
found an easy solution, but on examination it was soon 
apparent that all the flies on the handkerchief were males ; 
they almost refused to leave the neighbourhood of the 
handkerchief, and a considerable number of them followed 
me home when I removed it. A handkerchief was pinned 
to a sheet of cork and exposed in the peach-orchard for 
twenty minutes, the centre of the handkerchief being 
moistened with citronella. Plate XX XIX shows the male 
flies assembled. The cork sheet was then removed for 


TRANS. ENT. SOC LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) 


Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 413 


a distance of about five yards and vigorously shaken and 
waved in the air to dislodge and disturb the flies; it was 
then replaced, and the flies which had returned to it are 
shown in Plate XL, which is a photograph taken exactly 
three minutes after its first removal, or perhaps two 
minutes after it was replaced. 

In both the photographs it will be noticed that the flies 
are congregated not actually on the moistened patch but 
round its margin. This is their usual custom, and was 
taken advantage of in catching the flies with fly-papers. 
If citronella is put in the middle of the fly-paper (on the 
gummy substance) many flies escape capture by sitting on 
the edge of the paper which is free of adhesive ; if, instead 
of this, the citronella is put on the edge of the paper, they 
will not sit on it, but settle on the sticky surface: a very 
sensible difference is thus made in the number of flies 
caught. Fly-papers treated with citronella were exposed 
in the orchard during the months of March, April, May 
and June. A careful estimate of the number caught 
during part of this period gave approximately eighteen 
thousand, and among these not more than fifty females 
were seen, or 03 per cent. Since the reaction was con- 
fined to the male sex and did not appear to be in any 
way connected with feeding habits, it seemed most reason- 
able to suppose that the smell might resemble some 
sexual odour of the female which in natural conditions 
served to guide the male to her. 

Six or seven freshly killed females were therefore 
placed in a clean glass tube which was closed for about an 
hour with clean cotton-wool. On smelling the tube a 
faint odour resembling that of citronella was just per- 
ceptible, but although the presence of the smell was 
confirmed by my assistant, it was so faint that I feared 
the influence of unconscious “auto-suggestion ” on our 
judgment, and repeated the experiment with about twenty 
living females which had emerged from the pupa from 6 
to 24 hours previously. In this case the smell was 
distinctly perceptible and closely resembled the citronella 
smell; its presence and nature were confirmed by an 
independent observer who did not know what smell was 
being looked for or expected. When a similar number of 
males were tried in the same way, no smell of citronella 
was detected. 

It seems probable, therefore, that this smell is the 


414 Mr. F. M. Howlett on the effect of 


sexual attracting smell of D. zonatus. It is noteworthy 
that the oil also has an attraction for males of the species 
D. diversus, and a considerable number of them were 
caught on the fly-papers in March and April; the attrac- 
tion in this case, however, seems to be perhaps a trifle 
less powerful than with zonatus, though it is difficult to be 
certain on the point. The number of diversws caught 
probably did not exceed 25 per cent. of the total of the 
two species, as towards the end of April diversus became 
scarce and zonatus very abundant up to the end of June. 
The quality of the oil affected the result, old oil being 
more effective than new; I have been unable to get 
analyses which would show wherein the difference lies, 
and what is the precise constituent which is of most 
importance. Some samples of eucalyptus oil seemed also 
to possess some slight attraction for zonatus males, but 
they never came to it in large numbers, nor did they come 
when there was any oil of citronella exposed in the neigh- 
bourhood. The distance at which the flies are able to 
perceive the smell of citronella is doubtful, but seems to 
be considerable; half a mile is probably not an extrava- 
vant estimate if the wind be favourable. By exposing a 
rag moistened with oil for half an hour or so in places 
where ordinary collecting fails to reveal the presence of a 
single fly, it is often possible to catch considerable 
numbers. 

The smell is in all probability perceived by means of 
the antennae. ‘To test this a rag wet with citronella was 
exposed, and of the visiting flies six or eight were caught 
and their antennae were carefully amputated at the base 
of the second joint; they were then liberated, seeming 
none the worse for the operation, and the rag was watched to 
see whether they again visited it. None of the flies operated 
on returned to the rag, though normally flies caught 
and liberated anywhere near such a rag will always return 
to it sooner or later, and generally quite quickly (cf. Plate 
XL). On one occasion a marked fly was driven away five 
times, but:returned almost immediately after each repulse. 

A curious fact is that the oil has an actually poisonous 
effect on the fly when the latter is exposed to its vapour 
in a fairly concentrated form, this effect being independent 
of the presence or absence of the antennae. 

Four male zonatus were taken and the antennae of two 
of them were amputated ; they were then confined in glass 


Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 415 


vessels, each of the vessels containing a fragment of 
blotting-paper wetted with citronella oil. Four others 
similarly treated were confined in vessels without any 
citronella. The result was as follows: 


With citronella. 2 amputated f put in 10.40 a.m., dead 
at 11.0. 
2 normal # put in at 10.20 am., dead at 
11.0. 
Without citronella. 2 amputated f put in at 10.30 am., 
June 16th. Both lively 7.30 a.m., 
17th. Both found dead at 7.0 
a.m., 18th. 
2 normal f put in at 10.25 a.m., 16th. 
One dead 7.30 am., 17th. Other 
dead 7.0 a.m., 18th. 


This poisonous action may account for the fact that the 
attractiveness of a rag is not proportional to the amount 
of citronella with which it is wetted, a rag thoroughly 
soaked being a less effective trap than one merely moist- 
ened with a few drops of the oil. The flies prefer the 
smell to be not too strong, but even when this is the case 
it seems to have a stupefying effect on them, making them 
dazed and lethargic, and quite impervious to ordinary 
alarms. A very effective trap for them isa clean kerosene- 
tin nearly filled with water to which ten or twenty drops 
of citronella oil are added. The flies sit on the sides of 
the tin, now and then approaching the water; as they sit 
they get more and more stupid, and finish by falling into 
the water and getting drowned. This way of catching 
them is quite as effective as using citronella fly-papers, 
and cheaper. On one occasion I exposed a glass tube of 
half-inch bore and about three and a half feet long, in- 
serted a piece of cotton-wool wet with citronella at one 
end and corked it, leaving the other end open. Seven 
zonatus entered the narrow mouth of the tube and there 
remained until they died, sitting in a line with their heads 
toward the closed end of the tube. 

When in the neighbourhood of citronella the flies sit or 
move here and there with wings expanded, often quickly 
extending the proboscis, and now and then cleaning the 
head with the fore-legs and rubbing them together. Not 
infrequently they stand and rock their bodies to and fro, 


416 Mr. F. M. Howlett on the effect of 


a movement which seems to be associated with “ court- 
ship” in all species of Dacus that occur at Pusa. 

On two occasions a number of males and females have 
been confined together in order to see whether the citron- 
ella smell would induce copulation, but without success. 
Too much importance must not be attached to this result, 
however, as the conditions were abnormal, and I have 
never succeeded in getting D. zonatus to copulate in the 
laboratory. These observations atford at least another 
argument that the olfactory sense of Diptera, or at any 
rate of D. zonatus, is not dissimilar in kind from our own : 
smells which in us give rise to similar sensations (7. e. 
citronella and 2 zonatus) affect the male zonatus in the 
same way, though its perception of them is far keener than 
ours. 

Among well-known instances of attraction by smelis re- 
sembling the food of the larva or adult is the case of certain 
evil-smelling Aroids which are attractive to various flies 
and beetles accustomed to infest putrescent matter. It 
has been found that a mixture of certain proportions of 
acetic acid and ethyl alcohol is most attractive to Droso- 
phila ampelophila, whose larvae live in over-ripe fruit. 
Similarly, I have myself observed Sarcophaga to be very 
strongly attracted by a flask containing a solution of 
skatol, a substance normally present in faeces; many 
larvae were laid in the flask and were drowned in the 
liquid. The same fate attended the eggs of Stumoxys 
calcitrans which I have obtained in numbers on cotton- 
wool soaked in valerianic acid, one of the acids present in 
the fermenting vegetable stuff in which the eggs of this 
species are naturally deposited ; both valerianic and butyric 
acids have a similar attraction for an Ortalid fly of the 
genus Ulidia (?) which is not uncommon at Pusa. 

Our own sense of smell seems to be practically limited 
to substances having a molecular weight of about 30 or 
over; those with molecular weight less than this have 
no smell or only a very faint one, though they may have 
an irritant effect on the mucous membrane of the nose. 
The fact that house-flies will suck freely a dilute solution 
of formaldehyde (mol. wt. 30) may perhaps indicate that 
their sense is limited in the same way (Alex. Hill, 
Nature). I have found that they will sometimes take a 
solution of hydrocyanic acid (mol. wt. 27), and this might 
be regarded as evidence supporting this supposition. 


Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 417 


Another suggestion is that the olfactory sense of flies may 
be highly developed in certain directions and within 
certain narrow limits, while outside these limits it is com- 
paratively inoperative. We should on this hypothesis 
expect to find instances where the males were very 
sensitive to the smell of the females or vice versa, the 
sensitiveness being, however, probably confined to one 
sex; the smell of the food of the adult fly would attract 
both sexes if they fed on the same substances, while the 
food of the larva would, by its smell, direct the female in 
oviposition. Other smells, unless very strong, would have 
little effect. 

Regarding the matter as thus crudely put, we might 
look on each species as tuned to respond to three or four 
notes on the scale of smell, and we should expect to find 
the most delicate adjustment and most accurate “tuning ” 
in the direction of the sexual smell, since errors of per- 
ception would here be most disadvantageous to the species. 
There would be a correlation between the degree of 
specialisation of the larva in the matter of diet and the 
definiteness of the smell which would prompt the female 
to lay eggs. In many cases the food-smell of the adult 
fly would be least narrowly adjusted. At all times other 
senses such as those of sight and touch might play a more 
or less important part as auxiliaries or controls. 

If we accept for the moment some such view as this, 
then among those species in which the male finds the 
female by smell we must regard each one as an assemblage 
of individuals in which one sex is tuned to respond to a 
certain definite kind of molecular vibration corresponding 
to some compound or mixture of compounds emitted by 
the other sex, and these compounds would thus constitute 
definite specific characters. We might even perhaps go 
further and define some of the larger groups by those 
“generic” smells which characterise certain kinds of 
chemical substances, such, for instance, as the organic acids, 
the alcohols, amines, terpenes, etc., and which depend on 
the presence of certain atoms or of atomic groups of some 
particular configuration. 

In any case it seems a very remarkable fact that two 
species such as D. zonatus and D. diversus which live in 
the same district, and have always been regarded as quite 
distinct, should have exactly the same sexualsmell. There 
is, of course, the possibility that citronella does not repre- 


418 Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 


sent the sexual smell, but owes its attractions to some 
other cause: the proof is at present incomplete. There 
remain at least two other solutions of the difficulty. One 
is that the samples of citronella used contained two or 
more active ingredients which appealed respectively to 
zonatus and diversus, and the other is that zonatus and 
diversus are not really distinct species at all, but varieties. 
I hope to be able to give further attention to these points. 

If my conclusions are correct regarding the nature of 
the phenomena, they afford an interesting example of the 
imitation by artificial means of a sexual attraction probably 
similar in kind to that which operates in most cases of 
“assembling.” It has occurred to me as possible that the 
curious predilection of another fruit-fly (Ceratitis capitata) 
for kerosene oil might perhaps be explained in the same 
way, but I do not remember to have seen any record of 
the relative numbers of males and females captured by 
this method. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIX, XL. 


Prate XXXIX. Males of Dacus zonutus attracted to handker- 
chief moistened with oil of citronella. 


Puate XL. The same three minutes after the flies had been 
dispersed. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., rgr2, Plate XX XIX. 


Rae Wh Hien teie | Bae . (C. Hoitone: 
EFFECT OF OIL OF CITRONELLA ON DACUS. 


4 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL. 


a 
: 
. 
Photo, F. M. Howlett. ‘ C. Hentschel. 
EFFECT OF OIL OF CITRONELLA ON DACUS. 
; es 
| 
{ . ¢ 


(@ 419") 


VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera 
From South-East Brazil. By E. DUKINFIELD JONES, 
FESS. 22:5. 


[Read February 7th, 1912. ] 


Fam. SYNTOMIDAE. 


Psilopleura sanguinea, n. sp. 


Palpi and antennae fuscous ; head brown ; tegulae brown edged 
with silvery white ; thorax brown with some crimson and scattered 
white scales anteriorly ; patagia with broad edge of crimson in- 
wardly and in front ; a crimson spot edged with white on shoulder 
and on breast ; coxae inwardly crimson ; legs brown; abdomen crim- 
son, first segment brown with lateral crimson and white spot ; a dorsal 
brown stripe, lighter in centre; subdorsal patches of silvery white 
scattered scales on segments 4-6. Forewings yellowish, slightly 
hyaline, suffused with black; base black, followed by yellow sub- 
costal streak; a large yellow spot at end of cell, extending from 
costa to origin of veins 2 and 3, shaded with black inwardly and 
outwardly. Hindwings from costa to median fold black, from 
median fold to tornus hyaline, termen black. 

Expanse ¢ 20 mm., 2 22 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Rhynohopyga castra, n. sp. 


gd. Palpi brown, white hairs at base; frons brown with white 
scattered scales ; antennae brown with white scales at base ; central 
and lateral white points at back of head ; tegulae brown edged with 
white ; thorax brown with scattered white scales, some crimson and 
white underneath ; patagia crimson in front ; abdomen brown above, 
crimson and white beneath ; large lateral crimson patches irrorated 
with white on segments 2 and 3; a series of lateral white spots on 
remaining segments; coxae and femora streaked with white. Fore- 
wings semihyaline, the inner and postmedial areas heavily suffused 
with black-brown; a yellow spot from costa to median fold beyond 
the cell. Hindwings semihyaline, costally and terminally broadly 
suffused with black. 

Q. The coxae less white and the femora none at all ; abdomen 
brown underneath from segment 4 to anus; wings more heavily 
suffused with black. 

Expanse ¢20 mm.,? 20 mm. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) 


420 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 

Closely allied to &. meisteri, Burm., but readily distin- 
guished from it by the very narrow base of the wings and _ 
the absence of basal yellow spot. 


Fam. ARCTIADAE. 
Amaxia collaris, n. sp. 


2. Palpi crimson-pink ; frons white, surrounded by fawn and 
red scales; vertex light brown; antennae darker brown, terminal 
third greyish white ; cheeks and pectus crimson-pink; fore femora 
brown, striped with crimson-pink ; tegulae white, anteriorly edged 
with crimson-pink ; thorax light brown shaded with pink ; a white 
spot at base of patagia; underneath ochreous white ; abdomen 
crimson-pink, ochreous beneath. Forewings greyish brown, irror- 
ated with crimson on outer half; a basal white spot on costa, 
followed by crimson ; a geminate, broken, crimsun antemedial line, 
widening out at costa, the space between the lines pale yellow 
forming two small spots between cell and vein 1 and a large trun- 
cate triangular spot at costa; two small medial spots between cell 
and vein 1; a postmedial line from inner margin to just above vein 
2, enclosing yellow spots ; the ante- and post-medial lines joined on 
inner margin by yellow ; a subterminal very irregular crimson-pink 
line from just below vein 2 to apex, the space beyond to termen 
pale yellow; terminal row of spots between the veins ; termen pale 
yellow ; a large yellow patch on medial third of costa extending 
nearly to vein 2; a minute dark grey spot at end of cell and two 
beyond cell; a few crimson scales on subcostal at end of cell; two 
confluent yellow subapical spots ; all the veins on the brown portion 
of the wing and a streak at base of cell crimson-pink. Hindwings 
rose-pink ; costa ochreous ; termen irregularly brown. 

Expanse 37 mm. 


Hab. ALTO DA SERRA, Santos, S.E. Brazil. 


Castronia, gen. nov. 


Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, not reaching vertex of 
head ; antennae bipectinate with branches long, slightly dilated at 
extremities and ending in a bristle ; tibiae with spurs short. Fore- 
wings: vein 3 close to angle of cell ; veins 4 and 5 from angle, 
separate at base ; 6 and 7 from upper angle ; 10 and 11 from cell. 
Hindwings: vein 3 from close to angle; 4 from angle; 5 from 
well above [angle; 6 and 7 from upper angle; 8 from middle of 
cell. 


Type of genus, C. collaris. 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-Hast Brazil. 421 


Castronia collaris, n. sp. 


¢@. Brownish black ; antennae, abdomen, and a streak on patagia 
black ; back of head, tegulae and anal tuft golden brown. Fore- 
wings semihyaline, the veins dark. Hindwings semihyaline suffused 
with black, the margins lighter. 

Expanse, 26-30 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Opharus paulina, n. sp. 


@. Brownish black, Palpi with two orange spots ; head with 
orange points before and behind antennae ; coxae orange and black ; 
orange points on shoulders and patagia; tegulae suffused with 
orange; thorax with posterior tufts of orange hairs; abdomen 
orange, dorsally black, narrowing down to a thin line on last seg- 
ment, segments 1-5 rough ; laterally black with series of sublateral 
orange spots ; underneath brown. Forewings black brown ; a diffused 
basal black line containing orange point at costa, a diffused ante- 
medial line strongly excurved and containing orange points in cell, 
on submedian fold and just above vein 1 ; medial area darker than 
the rest of the wing; an indistinct subterminal line of diffused 
black spots. Hindwings black brown, the basal half in and below 
cell, and a spot beyond cell semibyaline. 

Expanse 54 mm. 


Hab. SAo Pavuto, 8.E. Brazil. 


Antarclia uniformis, Nn. sp. 

?. Body and wings light brown; antennae shaft white ; abdomen 
dorsally brown, laterally yellow, anal segment white. Forewings 
uniform light brown, the scales brown and the hairs light greyish 
brown ; a dark discocellular spot; cilia brown. -Hindwings very 
thinly scaled at base and medially, the margins more heavily 
clothed ; veins darker ; cilia ochreous. 

Expanse 45 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 
Differs from A. paula, Schaus, in the lateral yellow 
stripe and white termination of abdomen. 


Fam. NOCTUIDAE. 
Sub-fam. HaDENINAE. 


Chabuata nephroleuca, n. sp. 


¢. Head, palpi, antennae and abdomen light reddish brown ; 
tegulae and thorax dark purplish brown. Forewings brown, suffused 


422 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of 


with darker purplish brown in and below cell ; basal line indistinct, 
geminate ; antemedial indistinct, wavy, geminate, clearly marked 
at costa; posimedial similar, the outer member represented by 
black points on the veins ; a pale subterminal line from vein 2-7, 
preceded by three wedge-shaped black spots between veins 4-7 ; 
termen finely dark, cilia light ; orbicular light brown enclosed in 
black ; reniform almost obliterated by large, grey, oblique discocel- 
lular spot, preceded and followed by dark shade ; a light, triangular 
apical spot. Hindwings uniform brown. Underneath: forewings 
ochreous brown; postmedial line darker. Hindwings ochreous, 
irrorated with brown; postmedial line darker; an indistinct 
discocellar spot. 

2 darker. 

Expanse ¢ 33 mm., 2? 35 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Eriopyga velutina, n. sp. 


¢d. Head, palpi and thorax purplish brown, the scales tipped with 
grey ; pectus and legs red brown; tarsi ringed with ochreous ; 
abdomen ochreous suffused with brown, except at base ; lateral and 
anal tufts rufous ; underside red brown. Forewings glossy purplish 
brown, suffused with greyish gloss; an indistinct subbasal line 
from costa to vein 1 ; some ochreous hairs at base on inner margin ; 
antemedial line oblique, wavy, dark brown, excurved below costa, 
incurved in cell, strongly angled outwards below vein 1 ; outer half 
of medial area dark brown; postmedial geminate, dark brown, 
filled in with greyish, the inner member fine, diffused, the 
outer broader, diffused, followed by dark shade to near sub- 
terminal line which is dark brown, wavy, almost broken into spots 
between the veins ; terminal line fine, crenulate; cilia greyish with 
outer fine brown line. Hindwings ochreous ; veins and outer area 
heavily suffused with brown ; cilia ochreous. Underside ochreous ; 
forewings centrally suffused with brown, costa, apex and termen 
suffused with pinkish brown ; hindwings, costa and apex suffused 
with pinkish brown irrorated with fuscous. 

Expanse, 38 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil, 
Closely allied to #. mediorufa, Schaus, but readily dis- 
tinguished from it by the difference in the antemedial 


line. 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 423 


Sub-fam, ACRONYCTINAE. 
Trachea viridirena, 0. sp. 


¢. Palpi light brown, a fuscous shade at side of second joint ; legs 
reddish brown ; frons yellowish brown ; vertex of head, tegulae and 
thorax light brown mixed with dark brown and grey ; patagia light 
purplish brown with a black streak followed by purplish brown 
fringe on inner side ; abdomen brown. Forewings purplish brown ; 
a pale green streak at base of cell; a black streak above inner 
margin from near base to antemedial line ; antemedial line gemin- 
ate, straight from costa to median nervure, excurved to vein l, 
where it is sharply angled inwards, then excurved to inner margin, 
the inner member diffused brown, the outer black ; postmedial line 
very wavy, excurved from costa to vein 5, where it is slightly angled 
outwards, then slightly incurved to vein 3, excurved to submedian 
fold and incurved to inner margin ; a subterminal line of indistinct 
diffused dark spots, large and distinct below vein 2; claviform 
black ; orbicular and reniform pale olive green suffused with brown 
and slightly defined by black ; a dark medial shade through reni- 
form to postmedial line; space between claviform and antemedial 
and between orbicular and antemedial fuscous; an indistinct green 
shade above vein 8 ; terminal line dark brown, whitish points at end 
of veins ; cilia dark brown with lighter line at base. Hindwings 
white thickly irrorated with brown on costal area, apex, veins and 
termen. Underside white, suffused with ochreous on costal and 
brown on terminal areas. 

? similar, but hindwings darker and the underside more heavily 
suffused with brown. 

Expanse 29 mm. 


Hab, Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Macapta lydia, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi, legs and antennae brown ; pectus ochreous ; head red 
brown ; tegulae red brown mixed with yellow posteriorly ; thorax 
red brown mixed with yellow, a white dorsal spot at base ; abdomen 
light brown with indistinct darker transverse bands; anal tuft 
purplish. Forewings dull yellow thickly irrorated with red and 
purplish brown ; a dark subbasal line; antemedial line diffused 
purplish brown, wavy, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards in 
cell, outwards on median nervure, inwards on vein 1, then strongly 
excurved to inner margin, a yellow space follows the line across 
median fold; postmedial broad, geminate, filled in with yellow 
irrorated with red, excurved at vein 5, then incurved to inner 
margin, the inner member diffused purplish brown, outer member 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) FF 


42.4 Mr. KE. Dukinfield Jones on Mew Species of 


strongly dentate, black, followed by some grey scales, the points of 
the teeth forming subterminal line of black points on veins ; orbicu- 
lar minute, white defined by dark brown ; reniform almost invisible ; 
a pure white discocellular streak ; widening out at lower end: a 
white spot on median nervure below orbicular and touching ante- 
medial line ; terminal line dark brown, cilia reddish. Hindwings 
ochreous suffused with purplish brown; a diffused, broad, dark 
brown postmedial line; a lunular discocellular spot; the inner 
and outer margins broadly suffused with dark brown. Underside 
ochreous suffused with purplish brown ; a broad diffused brown 
postmedial line ; fine lunular subterminal and fine terminal lines ; 
a dark discocellular spot. 
Expanse 27 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Sub-fam. ERASTRIANAE. 
Cydosia hyva, n. sp. 

. Black, suffused with dark glossy green; palpi with white 
spot on second joint; some white on frons and a white spot on 
vertex ; fore coxae and legs spotted with white ; large white spot on 
tegulae ; five white spots on thorax; patagia shot with purple, a 
coppery spot in centre, a few white scales in fringe ; abdomen with 
three broad white bands beneath, anal tuft orange. Forewings : 
three small white spots at base ; subbasal line represented by 
coppery spot on costal area; three white spots between subbasal 
and antemedial; antemedial line wavy, coppery suffused with 
purple ; excurved on subcostal, incurved in cell, excurved below 
cell, angled inwards on submedian fold ; a narrow diffused white 
streak on medial part of costa ; a broad white streak on submedian 
fold ; orbicular and reniform white, the latter distally excavated 
and followed by minute white spot beyond cell; postmedial line 
represented by coppery spot between veins 2 and 3 and followed by 
white band from vein 3 to 8 and a minute white spot on submedian 
fold; a broad coppery subterminal band, suffused with purple, very 
oblique at costa, then parallel with termen to near tornus, where it 
is slightly bent outwards ; the band is followed by a series of white 
spots; cilia white, interrupted by black at tornus, below vein 2 and 
at veins 5 and6. Hindwings: cilia black except at apex and above 
veins 2 and 3, where they are white. Underside black suffused with 
green ; a white discocellular spot on forewings and a minute apical 
spot on hindwings. 

Expanse 32 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 425 


Sub-fam, DELTOIDINAE. 
Stellidia juno, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi ochreous and fuscous ; vertex of head ochreous ; an- 
tennae shaft ochreous sprinkled with fuscous, the pectinations 
fuscous; body fuscous. Forewings fuscous ; antemedial line wavy, 
pale yellowish brown; postmedial pale yellowish brown, fine, 
dentate, excurved from costa to vein 2, incurved on submedian fold, 
followed by series of rather large indistinct lunular spots; a light 
brown discocellular spot containing two fuscous spots; a curved 
brown spot on costa immediately above ; four brown points on costa 
before apex ; a terminal row of minute brown spots at ends of veins ; 
cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous ; a fine, wavy, dentate postmedial 
line, followed by diffused spots as in forewings ; a discocellular 
spot containing two fuscous spots ; terminal row of minute spots at 
ends of veins; cilia fuscous, 

Expanse 32 mm. 


Hab, Corcovabo, Rio de Janeiro. 


Stellidia estella, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi dark fuscous brown, 3rd joint tipped with white ; legs 
and frons dark brown; vertex brown with white band between 
antennae and two white spots behind ; antennae ochreous speckled 
with brown, fuscous at base; tegulae brown edged with ochreous 
white; thorax brown irrorated with grey, a white dorsal spot on 
pro- and metathorax ; abdomen light brown. Forewings dark 
brown; a white spot at base of costa; two white spots below 
median nervure ; antemedial line of white spots ; a white spot at 
base of cell and one in middle of cell; a cluster of four spots 
below origin of vein 2; two spots below origin of vein 3; two 
spots in end of cell, a spot on costa immediately above ; white spots 
on discocellulars and a cluster of three spots beyond ; a postmedial 
line of white spots ; a subterminal line of white spots between the 
veins, incurved above vein 5; cilia fuscous, with white spot at ends 
of veins and submedian fold. Hindwings not so thickly scaled ; 
indistinct postmedial and subterminal lines of white spots; cilia 
as in forewings. Underside ochreous irrorated with brown ; post- 
medial pale line strongly angled inwards on vein 5 and outwards 
on vein 2; an indistinct pale terminal line. 

Expanse 25 mm. 


Hab. SA0 Pavto, S.E. Brazil. 


Near S. nivosita, Schaus. 
FF 2 


426 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of 


Fam. NOTODONTIDAE. 


Phedosia riachuela, n. sp. 


Q. Palpi and legs dark brown; frons dark brown with posterior 
white band; tuft on head, tegulae and thorax dark brown mixed 
with ochreous; antennae light brown; abdomen brown. Fore- 
wings brown ; subbasal line dark brown, geminate from costa to 
median nervure, enclosing ochreous, forming dark shade in base of 
cell and below median nervure, followed by white point on costa ; 
antemedial line dark brown followed by white point on subcostal, 
geminate from cell to inner margin, enclosing ochreous, with dis- 
tinct spots on median nervure and vein 1; an indistinct, dark, 
diffused postmedial line ; medial area from subcostal to vein 2 very 
dark, containing two creamy white spots below subcostal, a small 
one in cell distally excavated and forming streak below subcostal 
almost to a second and larger spot beyond cell from subcostal to 
cellular fold, with streak running to vein 8; a subterminal very 
wavy line of dark lunules; terminal line fine, dark, interrupted 
at veins; ochreous points on costa before apex; cilia brown. 
Hindwings brown ; cilia lighter. Underside brown; forewings, an 
indistinct subterminal row of dark spots ; ochreous points on costa 
before apex ; cilia interrupted with ochreous at ends of veins in 
both wings. 

Expanse 28 mm. 


Hab. CuriryBa, Parana, Brazil. 


Poresta folwa, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi reddish brown ; legs brown; frons ochreous ; tufts on 
head pale stone green; tegulae brown mixed with ochreous and 
tinged with green; thorax brown mixed with ochreous; patagia 
pale stone green with posterior brown streak ; abdomen brown, 
anal tuft greenish, underneath ochreous. Forewings ochreous suf- 
fused with green and irrorated with black and brown; base black 
with a few greenish hairs; antemedial line indistinct, broken into 
spots below median nervure, angled outwards in cell, thence straight 
and very oblique to inner margin, followed by dark shade from 
inner margin to cell, in which it forms a fuscous patch; a post- 
medial very dark shade from below vein 2 to near apex, very broad 
from vein 2 to 5 where it is violently reduced in width to apex, 
limited by very wavy line excurved on the veins; a subterminal 
line of short black lunules, preceded by light green shade; terminal 


ae 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 427 


line fine, dark, widening at ends of veins; three ochreous points 
on costa near apex; cilia brown tinged with green. Hindwings 
ochreous suffused with brown. Underside ochreous suffused with 
reddish brown : forewings, terminal area greyish, broadly at apex 
and narrowly at tornus. 

Expanse 35 mm. 


Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro. 


Farigia curita, n. sp. 


gd. Palpi ochreous grey, 2nd joint black above; legs ochreous 
grey ; antennae shaft grey, pectinations brown ; frons grey irrorated 
with brown ; thorax thickly clothed with ochreous grey and dark 
brown hairs, ochreous beneath ; abdomen ochreous grey; the dorsal 
tufts brown, ochreous beneath. Forewings creamy white thickly 
irrorated with black and pale stone green; very indistinct basal 
and antemedial lines ; a more definite geminate lunular postmedial 
line, the lunules below veins 1 and 2 broadly black followed by 
dark green shade; a black streak on submedian fold projecting 
just beyond the lunule; the space enclosed by streak and _ post- 
medial line dark green near base shading into grey at postmedial ; 
a terminal line of oblique lunules. Hindwings ochreous ; the inner 
margin clothed with light brown hairs. Underneath ochreous, the 
costa of forewing suffused with brown. 

Expanse 46 mm. 


Hab, CurityBa, Parana, Brazil. 


Symmerista corcova, n. sp. 


Q. Palpi fawn-colour, whitish in front; head, tegulae, patagia 
and thorax fawn-colour mottled with ochreous ; abdomen ochreous 
thickly mottled with fawn-colour. Forewings ochreous thickly 
mottled with red brown and suffused with lilacine ; an indistinct, 
wavy, red brown, geminate subbasal line from costa to vein 1, 
forming dark point below base of cell; a red brown geminate 
antemedial line, the inner member being very dark, the outer 
lighter, nearly straight from costa to submedian fold, angled 
inwards on vein 1 where it encloses a whitish spot, preceded by 
brown shade suffused with violaceous and followed by brown 
shade, narrow at costa and broadening out in and below cell to 
tornus; postmedial line red brown, geminate, strongly dentate, 
enclosing light shade; some dark streaks between the veins on 
medial area, forming a V-shaped mark at end of cell; a sub- 


428 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of 


terminal row of dark red brown spots surrounded by lighter shade, 
the spots large and heavy above veins 3, 6, and 7 ; terminal line 
fine, red brown, preceded and followed by light shade between the 
veins; outer half of wings suffused with lilacine gloss; cilia dark 
brown with light shade at base. Hindwings ochreous suffused with 
reddish brown, darkest on costal and terminal areas. Underside: 
forewings ochreous centrally suffused with brown, costa and margins 
lighter ; a well-defined brown terminal line ; hindwings lighter. 
Expanse 35 mm. 


Hab. Corcovabo, Rio de Janeiro. 


Heterocampa nigriplaga, un. sp. 


d¢. Palpi ochreous and white, outwardly black; head ochreous 
and white; antennae brown; tegulae ochreous and white tinged 
with olivaceous ; thorax olivaceous and white; ends of patagia 
dark brown; abdomen olivaceous and white. Forewings ochreous 
irrorated with olivaceous brown and black; a black discocellular 
spot ; a dark subbasal line, excurved on subcostal and forming black 
spot below base of cell; antemedial line dark, geminate, slightly 
excurved ; postmedial dark brown, geminate, sinuous, strongly 
excurved beyond cell and incurved at veins 2-3, followed by 
white spot on costa; a dark triangular shade on costa from post- 
medial to apex, terminating on vein 4; two short black strigae 
on the dark patch between veins 4 and 6; a subterminal series 
of diffused olivaceous spots ; termen olivaceous interrupted at veins ; 
cilia olivaceous and white interrupted by black and ochreous at 
veins ; a large black patch at base from median nervure to vein 1; 
the space between veins 3 and 4 thickly irrorated with olivaceous. ° 
Hindwings ochreous irrorated with brown on veins and at costal 
and terminal areas ; a diffused light brown, geminate postmedial 
line ; the hairs on inner margin suffused with reddish brown ; cilia 
ochreous suffused with brown. 

Expanse 38 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil. 


Heterocampa viridiana, nu. sp. 


d. Palpi olivaceous, laterally brown; legs, head and thorax 
olive green, a black band round middle of fore- and mid-tibiae ; 
abdomen brown. Forewings yellowish olive green; base light 
brown; a wavy dark basal line; antemedial line wavy, black, 
geminate, filled in with light brown, the inner member heavier 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 429 


than the outer, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards below median 
nervure and on vein 1; a diffused narrow dark shade between basal 
and antemedial lines ; postmedial line very wavy, double on costa 
and between veins 6 and 7, below vein 6 to inner margin single, 
dentate, angled outwards on the veins, followed by light brown 
shade ; a narrow dark medial shade; a subterminal double row of 
black spots separated by grey between the veins, incurved from 
apex to vein 3, then straight to above tornus; termen olive green ; 
cilia olive green with black spots at ends of veins. Hindwings 
ochreous, medially suffused with red, costally and terminally suf- 
fused with olive green; a broad, suffused brown subterminal band. 
Underside ochreous: forewings suffused with pale olive green on 
costa and apex and red on cellular area. 

?. Hindwings wholly suffused with red except the extreme 
margin. Underside uniformly suffused with red. 

Expanse ¢ 38 mm.; 9 47 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Rifargia wneurvata, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi dark tawny, the 2nd joint tawny and white in front ; 
head white and brown; antennae brown; tegulae and thorax 
tawny and white; patagia anteriorly tawny, posteriorly tawny and 
white with a dark streak; abdomen brown. Forewings white, 
irrorated with black and light brown; base ochreous thickly 
irrorated with black ; subbasal line black, geminate, nearly straight 
from costa to inner margin; antemedial line fine, black, geminate, 
the inner member barely visible except at costa, wavy, excurved 
in cell, incurved below median nervure, excurved above vein 1 
where it angles inwards, then strongly bent outwards and again 
inwards to inner margin; a faint diffused light brown medial 
shade ; postmedial line black, geminate, the inner member heavy 
and distinct, the outer more diffused, evenly incurved from vein 7 
to tornus, followed by reddish brown shade to subterminal line; 
a terminal series of fine black strigae at right angles to the ends 
of the veins from 1 to 4, then lunular to apex. Hindwings ochreous 
suffused with brown; a dark fascia of hairs above inner margin. 
Underside ; forewings white, suffused with reddish brown below 
costa and at apex; hindwings suffused at costa and on inner 
margin. 

Expanse 47 mm. 


Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro, 


430 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of 


fifargia castrena, 0. sp. 


Q. Palpi and frons dark grey ; vertex and back of head black ; 
tegulae pale red brown with transverse black stripe ; thorax black 
with anterior light ochreous dorsal spot, and two posterior spots ; 
patagia black ; abdomen brown, the first segment dorsally black. 
Forewings ochreous, heavily suffused with reddish brown and 
fuscous ; a strongly excurved, dark, geminate antemedial line, the 
outer member much stronger than the inner, excurved below costa, 
strongly angled inwards on subcostal, excurved in cell, strongly 
angled inwards on median nervure at origin of vein 2, excurved 
below median and running horizontally to vein 1 near base where 
it is inwardly and again outwardly angled before reaching inner 
margin; basal area to antemedial line suffused with reddish brown ; 
postmedial black, geminate, indistinct from costa to vein 4, well 
defined below vein 4, enclosing light shade, incurved between the 
veins ; a subterminal row of reddish brown lunular spots ; terminal 
line black, well defined between veins 2-4, the rest somewhat 
diffused ; cilia reddish brown at base, fuscous at tips; a red brown 
space at end of cell, extending to postmedial from vein 4 to 6 ; 
crossed by strong black discocellular streak joining double dark 
medial shade on costa to very dark medial shade between veins 2 
and 4; two black lunular spots preceding subterminal lunules 
between veins 2 and 4; outer half of wing heavily suffused with 
fuscous except below apex and at tornus; veins on terminal area 
irrorated with black. Hindwings ochreous suffused with brown. 
Underside; forewings fuscous brown with suffusion of ochreous 
near apex : hindwings ochreous suffused and irrorated with fuscous 
brown. ; 

Expanse 40 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Lunotela bipunctata, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi brown, whitish in front and dark brown behind ; frons 
white ; vertex of head dark brown mixed with white; antennae 
light brown, the shaft white; tegulae dark brown ; thorax ochreous 
sprinkled with black; patagia white, a dark streak in centre ; 
abdomen ochreous white, anal tuft light brown. Forewings ochreous 
white, the basal area suffused with pale yellowish brown, a slightly 
darker yellowish brown space beyond postmedial near apex;: a 
white spot at base of subcostal ; a dark basal line from costa to 
below median nervure ; antemedial line wavy, geminate, the inner 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazl. 431 


member diffused light brown, the outer black ; a black streak on 
submedian fold from antemedial towards base ; a line of four spots 
in cell ; a triple postmedial line of black spots on the veins ; a dark 
discocellular streak ; a fine brown subterminal line throwing off 
internal spurs on veins 2 and 3, below vein 2 the line is preceded 
and followed by small diffused black spot, on vein 5 preceded by 
large black spot and followed by geminate spots above and below 
vein, a large black spot before line at apex ; cilia ochreous white 
with black spots between the veins. Hindwings ochreous, the veins, 
costa and termen brown ; cilia ochreous white. 
Expanse 34 mm. 


Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro. 


Dylomia suavis, n. sp. 


Q. Palpi, legs, head and antennae light yellowish brown ; 
tegulae light yellowish brown with fawn-coloured fringe; thorax 
darker brown ; abdomen reddish brown. Forewings light yellowish 
brown ; extreme costa fawn-colour; antemedial line narrow, oblique, 
slightly excurved, ending in a tuft of long scales on inner margin, 
inwardly brown shading to light fawn-colour outwardly; post- 
medial heavier than antemedial, nearly straight from near apex, 
approximating to antemedial and ending in a tuft of short scales on 
inner margin, inwardly pale fawn-colour, outwardly brown ; an in- 
distinct subterminal row of diffused lunular dark spots ; terminal 
and apical areas slightly suffused with ‘darker shade; two disco- 
cellular dark spots, joined by fine line and surrounded by fawn- 
coloured scales ; cilia reddish brown, very heavy on inner margin. 
Hindwings slightly iridescent, ochreous, suffused with yellowish. 
Underside ochreous suffused with yellowish fawn-colour, heavier on 
costal and terminal areas. 

Expanse 31 mm. 


Hab. Sio PAvLo, S.E. Brazil. 


Fam. GEOMETRIDAE. 
Azelina flora, n. sp. 


¢. Body uniform grey; legs speckled with fuscous ; hind tibiae 
with a central band of black; an ochreous dorsal thoracic crest ; 
patagia with some scattered fuscous scales posteriorly. Forewings 
lilacine grey, slightly irrorated with fuscous ; a dark antemedial line 
from median nervure to inner margin ; a dark, oblique curved fascia 
from one third on costa to cell, shading to buff at discocellulars ; a 


432 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of 


round black discocellular spot suffused with lilacine ; postmedial 
line very wavy, reddish brown, excurved between the veins, pre- 
ceded by buff beyond the cell; on medial area the veins are buff 
speckled with brown and there is a buff patch between vein 1 and 
inner margin crossed by dark strigulae; an indistinct buff sub- 
terminal fascia from vein 3 to 6; a subterminal series of minute 
white points above veins 3 to 6; cilia buff suffused with brown. 
Hindwings pale ochreous grey, irrorated with fuscous, especially 
between vein 1 and inner margin; an indistinct, geminate post- 
medial line with some buff scales at inner margin ; a diffused, dark 
discocellular spot ; terminal area suffused with fuscous ; cilia grey. 
Underside greyish white irrorated with fuscous; forewings with a 
brown postmedial line, well defined from costa to vein 4; medial 
area from vein 2 to 4 suffused with fuscous ; a diffused black dis- 
cocellular spot ; hindwings with interrupted postmedial line and 
black discocellular spot. 
Expanse 38 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Herbita pacondiaria, n. sp. 


¢. This species is very close to H. capnodiata, Gn., but differs 
from that species in the absence of black surrounding the grey dis- 
cocellular spot on the forewings and in the costal apical spots on the 
underside being white instead of black. The differences being so 
slight led to examination ef the male ancillary appendages, which 
at once separated the species, the juxta in capnodiata being V-shaped, 
while in the present species the arms are vertical and parallel, with 
pointed spatulate ends. 

Expanse 48 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Fam. COSSIDAE. 
Langsdorfia tessellata, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi reddish brown; legs ochreous, barred with reddish 
brown ; tegulae light brown; thorax ochreous; patagia ochreous 
with transverse brown bars; abdomen brownish ochreous, dorsally 
brown. Forewings light brown, pale, covered with dark purplish 
brown spots surrounded by ochreous white, the spots on costal area 
and in cell small and very dark, a group of large spots beyond cell 
between veins 4 and 6, two of them confluent above vein 5 ; termen 
brown ; cilia light brown. Hindwings ochreous, traces of indistinct 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 433 


spots between the veins. Underside ochreous: forewings indis- 

tinctly as on upperside ; hindwings the spots well defined on costa 

above vein 8 and more distinct than on upperside on rest of wing. 
Expanse 35 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Fam. LASIOCAMPIDAE. 
Echedorus medialis, n. sp. 


Q. Palpi brown ; legs, head and antennae reddish brown ; tegu- 
lae and patagia ferruginous; abdomen brown, dorsally ferruginous : 
the terminal tuft of down black with longitudinal white stripes. 
Forewings light brown; a darker antemedial line angled out- 
wards on the veins, followed by light shade ; an indistinct dark 
subterminal line; termen crenulate, pale; cilia dark brown, in- 
terrupted at veins ; medial area suffused with dark brown, centrally 
thinly sealed, black, a central light space on costal area ; apex black 
above vein 8. Hindwings dark brown ; a diffused fuscous medial 
shade, followed by grey ; termen grey ; cilia brown. 

Expanse 63 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Titya suffusa, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi and legs dark brown ; head, thorax and abdomen dark 
grey, suffused with brown. Forewings dark grey; basal third 
lightly and terminal third heavily suffused with brown; a broad 
somewhat diffused dark brown postmedial band angled outwards 
below costa; indistinct, wavy, dark subterminal shade and dark 
discocellular spot; cilia dark brown. Hindwings brown; base 
grey ; cilia dark brown. 

Expanse 58 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Titya serralta, n. sp. 


?. Brownish grey. Antennae dark brown ; legs fuscous; anal 
segment of abdomen golden brown. Forewings brownish grey; a 
rather broad light grey antemedial line ; a dark discocellular spot ; 
postmedial line light grey, narrow, wavy, broader at costa, excurved 
at vein 8, incurved on cellular fold, excurved below vein 4, in- 
curved above vein 2; a diffused light grey, wavy subterminal line; 


434 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of 


termen dark grey; cilia dark brown. Hindwings dark brownish 
grey : an indistinct pale medial band ; a pale subterminal band ; 
termen and cilia dark brown. 

Expanse 64 mm. 


Hab. ALTO DA SERRA, Santos, Brazil. 

Near 7. undulosa, Walker, but differs from it in the 
colour of legs, antennae and the anal segment of the 
abdomen, the position and form of the postmedial line, and 
in the absence of the dark shades following the antemedial 
and preceding the postmedial lines. 


Titya castralia, n. sp. 

d. Body very dark purplish brown ; a few whitish hairs mixed 
with the dark brown on frons and patagia ; antennae tawny. Fore- 
wings thinly scaled, black, suffused with tawny shade darker at 
costa ; a trace of a pale antemedial line at costa and in cell ; post- 
medial line wavy, whitish, straight from costa to vein 6, where it 
curves inwards to vein 4, outwards below 4 and inwards on vein 2 ; 
a diffused black discocellular spot ; avery slight indication of a sub- 
terminal light shade; termen dark interrupted at the ends of the 
veins by whitish points; cilia dark. Hindwings: a slight indica- 
tion of lighter postmedial band; a dark diffused discocellular spot. 
Underside paler than upper ; costal area and cell of forewings very 
dark ; hindwings darker on basal half ; a diffused dark discocellular 
spot ; a pale postmedial band. 

@. Body and wings pale greyish brown; legs and palpi much 
darker ; antennae tawny ; head, tegulae and base of abdomen slightly 
darker ; anal segment very dark purplish brown, almost black. 
Forewings, basal and medial areas light grey; a slightly excurved, 
diffused dark antemedial line; a large black discocellular spot ; post- 
medial line wavy, diffused, dark, the curves as in male, followed by 
about the same width of grey and a rather obscure dark shade, more 
distinct towards apex ; terminal area greyish brown; cilia dark 
brown. Hindwings with indication of darker ante- and postmedial 
bands. 

Expanse ¢ 39 mm., 2 62 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Sphinta schausiana, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi and pectus dark brown; legs ochreous grey; frons 
ochreous ; vertex grey ; antennae ochreous ; tegulae grey, suffused 
with brown posteriorly ; patagia grey suffused with brown ; a black 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 435 


dorsal stripe from back of head to base of abdomen ; abdomen dark 
brown, base black, anal tuft grey ; beneath ochreous. Forewings 
white, the veins brown; costal area and cell dark brown thickly 
clothed with greenish grey hairs and scales ; a diffused dark brown 
streak below median nervure from vein 1 to vein 4, and below this 
three elongate dark brown lunules below veins 2, 3, and 4; a 
diffused dark streak between veins 5 and 6 and three dark sub- 
terminal spots below apex ; termen ochreous white; cilia dark brown. 
Hindwings white suffused with pale brown on costa and inner 
margin; a diffused brown spot at tornus; cilia white. 
Expanse 43 mm. 


_ Hab. CurityBa, Parana, Brazil. 


Fam. PEROPHORIDAE. 


Perophora albescens, n. sp. 


¢. Head, palpi and antennae ochreous; legs ochreous irrorated 
with black ; a white tuft at base of antennae; tegulae white with 
some ochreous and a few scattered black scales, thorax white suffused 
with ochreous and irrorated with black ; abdomen dorsally white 
suffused with ochreous and irrorated with black ; dark dorsal tufts 
on segments 4,5 and 6; ventrally ochreous and white. Forewings 
white, sparsely irrorated with black ; costa ochreous; a diffused 
ochreous, wavy antemedial line, more distinct from vein 2 to inner 
margin ; an irregular diffused postmedial line, ochreous from inner 
margin to just below vein 3, then reddish brown to costa, a projection 
at veins 7 and 8; preceded by ochreous suffusion which fills the 
medial area below vein 2, with the exception of triangular space 
between origin of vein 2 and antemedial line; terminal area suffused 
with ochreo-fuscous with the exception of narrow line following post- 
medial ; a darker Junular patch beyond postmedial from veins 3 to5 ; 
a fuscous patch on costa close to apex ; discocellular ochreous ; 
cilia ochreous white. Hindwings white, outwardly suffused with 
ochreous and irrorated with black ; a very indistinct diffused 
ochreous antemedial line, heavily suffused with reddish brown at 
inner margin and at veins 3 and 4. Underside ochreous white 
irrorated with black: postmedial line on both wings distinct ; 
terminal area paler. 

Expanse 30 mm. 


Hab. SA0 Pauto, S.E. Brazil. 


436 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of 


Perophora fenestrata, n. sp. 


6. Palpi brown; legs light ochreous brown sprinkled with — 
black, fore tibiae pinkish ; frons and tegulae creamy pink ; antennae 
ochreous ; thorax and abdomen pale brown sprinkled with black 
scales and slightly tinged with pinkish. Forewings light brown, 
slightly irrorated with black and suffused with a pink shade ; costa 
tawny ; a diffused, indistinct, double, dark medial shade from costa 
through end of cell to inner margin ; trace of postmedial dark shade, 
forming diffused spot above vein 8; a dark discocellular bar, followed 
by minute hyaline spots above and below vein 5; a small pink sub- 
terminal suffusion between veins 6 and 8 ; cilia dark brown. Hind- 
wings similar to the forewings, but the medial dark shade is beyond 
the cell and becomesa single line from vein 2 to inner margin ; dark 
discocellular bar and hyaline spots larger than on the forewing. 
Underside : forewings light brown suffused with pink and irrorated 
with black ; veins, cell and subapical patch heavily suffused with 
red; a narrow, dark brown, diffused postmedial shade; dark disco- 
cellular bar; hindwings with the red suffusion on the veins only; 
dark postmedial shade and dark discocellular bar. 

Expanse 46 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Perophora jaruga, n. sp. 

¢d. Palpi red-brown shaded with fuscous; frons and antennae 
yellowish brown ; tegulae centrally paler ; anal tuft fuscous at tip. 
Forewings : a very indistinct fuscous antemedial line well defined, 
black, oblique from costa to vein 7, thence nearly straight to middle 
of inner margin, followed by narrow light shade and broad, black 
suffusion forming large triangular space at tornus from inner margin 
to vein 4 crossed by pale band from inner margin to vein 3, straight 
from vein 4 to near termen on vein 8, above vein 8 reaching apex ; 
a pale discocellular bar, slightly defined by fuscous ; termen pale ; 
cilia dark. Hindwings;: a black medial band and obscure sub- 
terminal shade. Both wings and abdomen are sparsely sprinkled 
with white scales tipped with black. 

Expanse 60 mm. 


Hab. GuarusA, Santos, S.E. Brazil. 
Fam. MEGALOPYGIDAE. 
Megalopyge nivosa, n. sp. 


¢. Frons, pectus and inner side of fore and middle femora and 
tibiae dark brown; outer side white; hindlegs brown; all tarsi 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 437 


brown; antennae ochreous, shaft white; vertex of head white ; 
tegulae dark brown; thorax brown ; a large white spot on front 
of patagia, some white subdorsal hairs on metathorax ; abdomen 
brown, underside ochreous and brown. Forewings white ; base of 
costa, veins and medial area below median nervure brown ; terminal 
area suffused with brown; a group of dark brown spots at base ; 
two dark brown streaks in cell ; a brown fascia on median ner- 
vure, broadening at end of cell from vein 3 to 5; a triangular dark 
brown spot on discocellulars ; a small brown mark at origin of vein 8 ; 
a diffused brown terminal line ; cilia brown. Hindwings ochreous ; 
veins and hairs on inner area brown. Underside ochreous white, 
suffused with brown on costal area ; veins brown. 
Expanse 36 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 
Near M. albicollis, Walker. 


Megalopyge lanocrispa, n. sp. 


d. Frons and pectus dark brown ; tarsi fuscous brown banded 
with ochreous ; vertex of head ochreous ; back of head light brown ; 
antennae dark ochreous ; tegulae ochreous in front, brown behind ; 
thorax ochreous and light brown ; abdomen light brown. Fore- 
wings ochreous white; costa and inner margin ochreous ; veins light 
brown ; a diffused dark discocellular spot ; a postmedial brown band 
followed by lighter shade, excurved from vein 9 to vein 2, where it 
is slightly bent outwards and straight to vein 1b; five wavy black 
fasciae from base, one on subcostal nervure, two in cell, the lower 
one reaching to above origin of vein 2, one slightly shorter just 
below median nervure and one above 1b; a short dark streak at 
each side of veins on terminal area: a brown terminal line, broken 
at the veins ; cilia similar. Hindwings ochreous ; veins and inner 
area suffused with yellowish brown. Underside ochreous ; fore- 
wings, costa and veins suffused with brown; hindwings, basal half 
and veins suffused with brown. 

Expanse 40 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 
Allied to MZ. fieldia, Schaus. 


Edibessa ferugina, n. sp. 

g. Head and body bright orange tawny ; frons and antennae dark 
fuscous ; a pinkish white dorsal spot on prothorax ; patagia inwardly 
fringed with pinkish white ; two pinkish white spots merging into 
patagia. Forewings fuscous ; base pinkish white followed by suffused 
band of orange rapidly fading into fuscous; costal area orange at 


438 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species 


base, shading to yellowish grey at apex ; an orange fascia through 
lower half of cell, extending to apex, diffused beyond cell; a dark 
space on terminal area below apex ; termen narrowly dark cream- 
colour from near tornus to vein 5; inner margin suffused with 
orange; cilia cream-colour suffused with fuscous. Hindwings 
fuscous ; base rose pink ; inner half of wing, costa and inner margin 
orange ; cilia cream-colour suffused with fuscous. Underside: fore- 
wings the same as upper, excepting that the fascia in the cell does 
not extend beyond it; the base of both wings rose pink. 

?. The colours are paler and there is no fuscous on frons. 

Expanse, ¢ 37 mm, 2? 50 mm. 


Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro. 


Edibessa placida, n. sp. 


¢. Head, pectus and thorax dull orange ; frons heavily suffused 
with fuscous ; legs fuscous, the tarsi white at extremities of joints ; 
antennae dark fuscous ; tegulae and patagia fringed with pinkish 
white ; two large black subdorsal spots on metathorax ; abdomen 
dark fuscous. Forewings light fuscous ; base pinkish white followed 
by suffused fuscous shade, more defined at base of cell ; costa dark 
fuscous at base fading to pale fuscous at apex ; subcostal area creamy 
white ; termen narrowly creamy white from tornus to vein 5; cilia 
creamy white, suffused with fuscous below apex. Hindwings pale 
fuscous; costal area creamy. Underside the same as upper, except 
that the costa of forewing is creamy. 

Expanse 30 mm. 


Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro. 


LEdibessa rufa, n. sp. 


3. Body bright brick red ; frons brick red ; vertex of head red 
brown ; antennae brown, shaft dark ; tegulae red brown tinged with 
brick red anteriorly ; thorax red brown ; abdomen bright brick red, 
anal tuft brown. Forewings.red brown thinly scaled ; a postmedial 
diffused fuscous band, broad beyond cell, more defined and broken 
into three spots near inner margin ; ciliafuscous. Hindwings bright 
brick red. Underside uniform brick red. 

Expanse 28 mm. 


Hab. SAo Pauto, S.E. Brazil. 


Edibessa vubrivena, n. sp. 
2. Head, pectus and legs bright red; tarsi fuscous; antennae 
fuscous ; thorax light brown with two anterior tufts of red ; patagia 
light brown, outwardly red ; abdomen bright red; anal segment 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-Hast Brazil. 439 


light greyish brown. Forewings light brown, thinly scaled ; costa 
and veins, with the exception of subcostal nervure and submedian 
veins, red ; cilia red; a postmedial row of fuscous spots angled 
outwards beyond cell between veins 4 and 5, thence incurved to 
middle of inner margin. Hindwings rose pink ; cilia red. Under- 
side uniform red. 

Expanse 30 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 
Possibly this may be the female of the preceding species. 


Norape undulata, n. sp. 


¢. Pure white ; frons, pectus and upper side of forelegs fuscous ; 
antennae shaft white, pectinations buff; abdomen indistinctly 
banded with buff. Forewings: basal third of costa fuscous; a 
geminate fuscous spot in end of cell ; a subterminal row of fuscous 
spots above veins 2-5 ; an antemedial bar of raised scales from cell 
to inner margin ; a similar medial bar and postmedial band, the 
latter reaching indistinctly to costa. Hindwings pure white. 

?. Antennae white with the pectinations slightly ochreous ; 
abdomen more distinctly banded than in male. Forewings: costa 
entirely white ; the fuscous spots as in male but much fainter. 

Expanse ¢ 27 mm., 2 33 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 
Fam. LIMACODIDAE. 


Asbolia chica, n. sp. 


3. Pale yellowish brown ; palpi, fore tibiae, antennae and patagia 
tawny. Forewings tawny, slightly suffused with grey on costa; a 
whitish line from base below median nervure to apex, where it is 
joined by a similar subterminal line ; a dark shade above the white 
from base to origin of vein 2; just before vein 2 the white line 
throws off a spur towards tornus ; beyond the spur the space between 
the white lines is fuscous, from base to spur tawny ; on costal area 
at apex a patch of reddish tawny, diffused on inner side; cilia 
tawny. Hindwings ochreous; a fine tawny terminal line; cilia 
ochreous yellow. 

Expanse 31 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 

This species is very close to A. cicur, Schaus ; but differs 
from it in the more definite fuscous shade between the 
white lines and in the form of the scales on costal area, 
which are broad and lustrous in A. cicur and dull and 
hair-like in this species. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT II. (OCT.) GG 


4.40 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of 


Fam. PYRALIDAE. 
Sub-fam. CHRYSAUGINAE. 
Chrysauge aurantia, n. sp. 


Palpi black ; frons brown in front and black behind ; Jegs and 
antennae dark brown ; tegulae black with anterior line of orange ; 
thorax and abdomen black ; wings black. Forewings with broad 
orange band from costa near base, following above vein 1 to tornus, 
where it is violently curved backwards to meet costa at two-thirds 
from base. Hindwings with broad orange space from base, including 
lower half of cell. Underside the same as upper. 

Expanse 35 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Acrodegmia gigantalis, n. sp. 


Q. Palpi, legs and abdomen dark brown; head, thorax and 
antennae a lighter shade. Forewings light yellowish brown ; ante- 
medial line geminate, diffused, ferruginous, enclosing lighter shade, 
oblique across cell, angled outwards on median nervure, slightly 
incurved to vein 1, scarcely visible on costa and inner margin, pre- 
ceded by broadly diffused ferruginous ; postmedial line similar to 
antemedial, outwardly oblique from costa to vein 8, strongly excurved 
to vein 2, then incurved to inner margin, followed by ferruginous 
shade fading to yellowish brown at termen ; a rufous fascia on inner 
margin from near base to a little beyondpostmedial ; cilia rufous. 
Hindwings brown with diffused darker medial shade. Underside 
brown ; a fuscous patch at costa beyond cell of forewings ; a diffused, 
geininate postmedial line, the inner member broad and the outer 
narrow. 

Expanse 76 mm. 


Hab. Sko Pavio, S.E. Brazil. 
The type is somewhat faded, being originally inclined 
to olivaceous on the forewings. 


Hurypta flammalis, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi, legs and antennae dark brown ; head, thorax and abdo- 
men black. Forewings bright orange, the base, costa, apex and 
termen black ; a narrow black fascia from below middle of cell to 
tornus. Hindwings black. 

Expanse 18 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 441 


Tosale lugubris, n. sp. 


2. Head, thorax and abdomen brown. Forewings greyish brown 
suffused and irrorated with dark brown ; base greyish brown ; ante- 
medial line dark brown, geminate, strongly excurved, filled in with 
greyish brown ; the outer half of inner area thickly irrorated with 
dark brown ; postmedial diffused, dark brown, followed by ochreous, 
strongly excurved from costa to vein 2, where it bends violently 
outwards to tornus, forming acute angle on vein 2, the ochreous line 
broken into dots on veins 2-6 ; outer half of medial and inner half 
of terminal areas olivaceous with slight metallic sheen ; an indistinct 
subterminal row of dark points; cilia dark brown Hindwings 
brown ; an indistinct ochreous postmedial line, more defined from 
vein 2 totornus. Underside brown; an indistinct, diffused, geminate 
postmedial line filled in with ochreous. 

Expanse 23 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil. 


Axamora pyrochroma, n. sp. 


2. Head, palpi, legs and thorax purplish brown; abdomen 
brown. Forewings rich chestnut brown, veins and lines dark purple 
brown ; base purplish brown ; antemedial line dark purplish brown 
followed by pure white line broadening out to white spot on costa; 
postmedial line incurved from costa to vein 7, then strongly excurved 
to vein 4 from which it runs straight to inner margin ; a triangular 
white spot on costa beyond postmedial ; an indistinct, broken sub- 
terminal line, more distinct from veins 4—7 ; a dark terminal line ; 
a dark medial shade suffused with purplish white in and below cell 
to near inner margin ; cilia dark purplish brown, pale at base, a few 
white scales at apex and below vein 2. Hindwings golden yellow 
suffused with brown on costal and apical areas; very indistinct 
postmedial and subterminal lines; terminal line brown, cilia paler 
than in forewings. 

Expanse 22 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Sub-fam. EpIPpASCHIANAE. 
Stericta basalis, n. sp. 


?. Proboscis, fore and middle femora and tibiae and head pale 
reddish brown mixed with ochreous; palpi pale reddish brown, 
2nd joint ochreous in front, 3rd joint black ; antennae grey ; tegulae 

GG 2 


442 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of 


pale reddish brown; thorax black with some ochreous scales; 
patagia ochreous ; abdomen ochreous irrorated with black, anal tuft 
black ; underneath, 1st segment white. Forewings ochreous white 
jrrorated with black ; basal third pale reddish brown, heavily 
shaded with black on inner margin and before antemedial line; 
antemedial line black, geminate, enclosing white band, inner member 
heavy, outer finer and diffused, angled inwards on vein 1; an indis- 
tinct diffused black medial shade, the medial area being lighter 
within and darker beyond the shade; subterminal line black, 
dentate, followed by ochreous white, oblique from costa to vein 4, 
then bent inwards to vein 2 and outwards to inner margin ; termen 
black ; cilia ochreous, suffused with brown, a dark brown band near 
base. Hindwings ochreous ; veins, costa, apex and termen suffused 
with brown; cilia ochreous with brown band. 
Expanse 26 mm, 


Hab, Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Deuterollyta francesca, n. sp. 


¢. Antennal processes black ; palpi 1st joint white, 2nd joint 
white with a few tawny scales at base and black at end, 3rd joint 
black with minute white tip; pectus white ; fore-femora olivaceous 
with white at base and extremity ; tarsi fuscous ringed with white ; 
mid- and hind-femora white with olivaceous patch on outer side ; 
head ochreous white ; thorax ochreous with some black dorsal scales ; 
abdomen ochreous anteriorly irrorated with brown, some black 
scales underneath. Forewings ochreous; costa, base and medial 
area from costa to a little beyond median nervure pale olive green ; 
a white point at base of costa ; a white band from one-third on costa 
crossing cell and fusing with white streak above median nervure ; a 
patch of raised white scales below cell ; beyond this a smaller white 
patch crossed by black striga; a white fascia from middle of costa 
to near apex, crossed by olive green band near the end; the olive 
green and white space surrounded by black irroration, narrow from 
base to vein 3, where it broadens out to subterminal line as far as 
vein 7; from above vein 7 to apex black; terminal area from 7 to 4 
white, from 4 to tornus ochreous slightly tinged with green ; a tri- 
angular black point at lower angle of discocellulars ; termen black, 
broken at veins ; cilia white. Hindwings iridescent white, some 
fuscous irroration at apex. 

Expanse 23 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil. 


Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 443 


Macalla sinwalis, n. sp. 

¢. Proboscis, palpi, fore-femora and head fawn-colour with some 
white scales intermixed ; fore- and middle-tibiae fawn with black 
band round middle ; antennae dark brown, a few whitish scales on 
the shaft ; antennal processes fawn-colour with some white and a 
few black scales, the middle portion of brush very dark grey ; 
tegulae fawn with some black scales; thorax ochreous and fawn, 
two large black subdorsal, posterior spots; patagia fawn, white and 
very dark grey ; abdomen ochreous, two large black subdorsal 
spots on Ist segment; a dorsal and two lateral black spots on 2nd 
segment, the remainder heavily suffused and irrorated with black 
and a few fawn scales, underneath ochreous. Forewings creamy 
white, suffused and irrorated with fawn and black; base black, 
followed by fawn irrorated with black; a black triangular patch 
before antemedial line below median nervure; antemedial line black, 
sinuous, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards below median nervure, 
followed by white below median nervure; postmedial black, in- 
curved below costa, excurved on veins 4-5, incurved on vein 2 
followed by white below costa ; medialearea centrally suffused with 
bright fawn-colour, a few black irrorations on costa, beyond and 
below cell, and an inner margin; a round black discocellular spot ; 
terminal area suffused with fawn and irrorated with black ; a heavy 
dark shade before apex from costa to below vein 5, a smaller dark 
shade below veins 2 and 3; a terminal row of dark spots between 
the veins; cilia ochreous interrupted by dark points at veins. 
Hindwings opalescent, creamy white ; apex broadly black ; small 
fuscous spots at tornus and at end of vein 2. 

Expanse 34 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


Macalla regalis, n. sp. 


¢. Proboscis, palpi, pectus and femora reddish brown; tibiae 
dark brown mixed with whitish ; tarsi fuscous ringed with ochreous, 
antennae grey ; antennal processes reddish brown, the base of the 
brush with long fuscous scales, top of brush reddish brown; head, 
tegulae and abdomen reddish brown mixed with ochreous ; thorax 
anteriorly ochreous, posteriorly fuscous ; patagia reddish brown and 
fuscous ; abdomen ventrally ochreous, anal tuft light brown tipped 
with fuscous.. Forewings white ; basal third reddish brown heavily 
suffused and irrorated with black ; terminal third suffused with 
reddish brown, a very dark circular patch below apex : antemedial 
line black, sinuous, excurved on subcostal, incurved below median 


444 Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 


nervure, angled outwards on vein 1, followed by white ; postmedial 
brown, wavy, wide at costa, excurved at veins 5-3; a patch of 
raised white scales on discocellulars, with a few black scales on 
median nervure ; medial area centrally lightly suffused with light 
brown, costa and subcostal irrorated with dark brown, the other 
veins with light brown ; a terminal line of brown spots between the 
veins ; cilia ochreous with central dark line, red-brown at tornus 
and dark brown at apex, outwardly brown opposite the veins. 
Hindwings white, the margins dark fuscous, broad at apex, narrow 
at tornus and inner margin ; cilia fuscous with dark central line. 
Underside : forewings, base black ; medial area white; terminal 
area black; a black discocellular streak ; hindwings, base of costal 
area black, medial costal area ochreous irrorated with fuscous; ter- 
minal area black, wide ateapex, narrow at tornus; a short black 
streak on upper portion of discocellulars. 
Expanse 35 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. 


( 445) 


IX. The study of mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by 
temperature experiments on two ‘Tropical butter- 
flies. By Lizur.-CoLoneut N. MANDERS, R.A.M.C., 
F.Z.S., FES. 


[Read February 7th, 1912.] 
PiaTe XLI: 


THESE experiments were undertaken when I was becom- 
ing impressed with the conviction that Natural Selection 
was not the prime factor in causing those remarkable 
resemblances among certain tropical butterflies which are 
usually classed as instances of Batesian or Miillerian 
mimicry. 

They are not so numerous as I could wish, but as I am 
unlikely to be able to continue them, I bring them forward 
as they may be of assistance to others in future work in 
what I believe to be a fruitful field. 

The insects dealt with form the best known case of 
mimicry among butterflies; the classical example of 
Batesian mimicry, viz. Danais chrysippus (model), and 
its two forms dorippus and alcippus, and Hypolimnas 
misippus (mimic) with its trimorphic female resembling 
D. chrysippus, dorippus, and alcippus respectively. 

I have chosen these two butterflies as they are almost 
universally known to entomologists; they are not subject 
in any way to seasonal dimorphism; and they were com- 
mon at Colombo where these experiments were carried 
out. The material of these experiments has been pre- 
sented to the Hope Department of the Oxford University 
Museum, where it will be accessible to all naturalists. 

It will be as well to devote a few words to the life- 
history of these butterflies as I have observed them in 
Ceylon. 


Danais chrysippus. 


Though the natural enemies of the perfect insect are 
few in number it is by no means exempt from destruction 
in its earlier stages. It is difficult to estimate the pressure 
of enemies during the egg stage, but I believe there is a 
gradual decrease “of mortality “from egg to imago in all 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IL. (ocr.) 


446 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by 


butterflies—from birth to maturity—thus following the 
general law among living beings. 

The parasitic Hymenopteron Zvichogramma evanescens is 
excessively common, and large numbers of eggs are found 
parasitised. Ants destroy them largely, more especially 
when fresh laid, and from these two causes alone I am 
inclined to consider that the damage to the chrysippus 
population is greater than in the succeeding stage. The 
larva which, on account of its striking appearance, is fre- 
quently selected as an example of aposematic or warning 
coloration, has at least two parasites; a Tachinid and a 
species of ichneumon (Apanteles ?), both these are very 
common. ‘They are preyed on also by a small green 
spider and ants, but these latter do not readily molest 
them unless they have been previously injured. The 
larvae themselves are addicted to cannibalism if over- 
crowded or there is a deficiency of food. In its early 
stages it secretes itself beneath the leaves of its most 
usual food-plant, Calotropis gigantea, eating out circular 
holes which readily disclose its proximity. Whether it 
occupies the under surface for concealment or because 
this is more easily masticated is uncertain, probably both 
factors combine; when half-grown and thence onwards it 
feeds exposed, and is then a conspicuous object when on 
the leaves, but it matches well with the purplish-green 
flowers on which it readily feeds. As a pupa it has fewer 
foes, though undoubtedly immediately after the larval skin 
has been cast and before it hardens it is liable to be 
attacked by ants and also by larvae of its own species; 
but otherwise it is apparently immune. It is dichroic, 
some being pale apple-green, the colour of the leaves, and 
others pale pink. The colour is not wholly susceptible to 
its environment as it is not unusual to find a pink pupa 
conspicuously suspended beneath a green leaf of the food- 
plant. The perfect insect has few enemies, as far as my 
own observations extend; lizards of the genus Calotes 
prey upon them, as they do upon any species of butterfly, 
and they are liable to be eaten by birds when injured. 

It is one of the most widely distributed tropical butter- 
flies and has two well-marked forms: D. dorippus, in which 
the white subapical band and black apex are replaced by 
the same red colour as the rest of the wing, and D. alcippus 
with its sub-form aleippoides in which the hindwing is 
more or less white. 


Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 447 


Inspection of this series brings out the following poimts— 

First.—The crippled condition of many of the specimens. 
This is due no doubt to the weakening effects of the 
abnormal conditions to which the pupae were subjected ; 
the mortality varied from one in four to over fifty per cent. 

Secondly.—The large number with more or less red on 
the apex of the forewing, which is normally black. No 
selection of any kind has been made, all the specimens 
bred, whether normal or otherwise, are represented. 

Thirdly—The marked increase of red in those treated 
with excessive dry heat. The 29s, as in all cases, are more 
affected than the ffs. 

Fourthly.—The conspicuous red apex of two specimens 
treated with dry heat at 90° F., a temperature common at 
Colombo, where, however, the atmosphere is humid. 

Fifthly.—The slight but still perceptible red on one 
specimen treated with dry cold. 

It is probable that if as great a shock could be produced 
by cold as by heat the same changes would occur, show- 
ing that such are due to internal conditions rather than 
external causes. There is no approach, except very slightly 
in two specimens, to the form alcippordes, it is all towards 
dorippus. Two females (No. 26, No. 28) which were sub- 
jected to moist heat show an inclination to the deep dull 
red which is so characteristic of the species in the hot, 
damp climate of Sumatra and Java. 

Comparing these butterflies with a large representa- 
tive collection, such as the National Collection at South 
Kensington, one is at once struck with the almost total 
absence in the latter of specimens which I may call inter- 
mediate, that is, between the type chrysippus and the form 
dorippus. In the very large series at South Kensington I 
could only find two or three, though the breadth of the 
white subapical bar and the number and size of the white 
spots on the forewing is greater than in my series, and in 
China they are developed to such an extent as to form a 
well-marked local race named by Moore Danais bowringii. 
Out of the hundreds of Ceylon specimens that have passed 
through my hands, I have only seen one that has any red 
scaling on the apex, and this one I captured myself at 
Colombo after a long drought. Professor Poulton writes, 
“This variety (dorippus) is sharply cut off from the type 
form. Although faint traces of a former white bar can be 
made out in dorippus, I have never seen, among thousands 


448 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by 


of individuals, the material out of which a good transitional 
series between it and chrysippus could be constructed” 
(“Essays on Evolution,” p. 70). 

As to the factor which produced these intermediates, 
Professor Poulton, in a letter to me, writes, “The species 
(chrysippus) has a double constitution A and B, developed 
from internal causes (viz. within itself, and hereditary), 
but they are not so far crystallised out but what some 
effect in the direction of A or B may be produced by 
external causes; but not apparently the whole effect—at 
least so far as you have gone.” And again, “I do not 
change my view that the ultimate cause is internal and 
not external. That the internal condition can be modified 
to some extent your experiments certainly seem to show; 
although you do not produce the full dorippus effect, what- 
ever you do. The full dorippus form is a dominant one 
on Kilimanjaro, with all its mountain moisture, showing, 
I think, that it is not heat and dryness that produce it. 
The same conclusion is supported by the fact that dorippus 
is extremely rare south of the Zambesi, although there are 
vast tracts of land that are dry, hot, and desert, for a large 
part of the year. Hence, although the germ-plasm seems 
certainly alterable by heat, that does not seem to be the 
way that usually works in nature. It may be so in the 
desert area of Ceylon, accounting for the isolated indi- 
viduals that occur there of dorippus. Inaria is even more 
clearly independent of climatic causes, for its proportion 
is considerable all over Africa; yet the climate varies 
immensely. It is a common form on the West Coast.” 

I quite agree that the cause is internal and hereditary, 
but rather consider that the constitution 1s simple and 
that an external cause such as shock to the developing 
pupa throws it back to an earlier form of its internal 
development. That external conditions have in them- 
selves power to produce some effect is indicated by the 
approach to the Sumatra form by the agency of moist 
heat, and Mr. Merrifield has shown by his experiments on 
Chrysophanus phioeas, that that buttertly is ready to assume 
a different colouring according to the temperature at which 
the larva is reared. But in the present state of our know- 
ledge it is frequently impossible to say what is due to in- 
ternal causes and what to the pressure of external conditions. 

The question arises which is the ancestral form, chrysippus 
or dorippus? Most entomologists, I believe, consider the 


Temperature Hupervments on two Tropical Butterflies. 449 


former to be the older, chiefly on the grounds that the 
latter is widely different in appearance from any now 
existing member of the group, and that in certain speci- 
mens the remains of a former bar are more or less visible. 
I do not know that either of these objections is insuperable, 
but if so, I can only assume that the germ-plasm has now 
become so fixed by inheritance that no form of shock can 
throw it backwards to an earlier type, but only disturbs it 
to such an extent as to cause it to produce the easiest 
variation of which it is now capable. 

On the other hand, all experimenters on the earlier 
stages of European Lepidoptera, Weismann, Merrifield, 
Standfuss, and others, lay great stress on the fact that 
shock tends to throw the imsect towards the ancestral 
type, and I certainly know of no detailed experiments to 
the contrary. It is scarcely reasonable that the same 
agent would throw one insect back to the type, and another 
to the form towards which it is tending. There is one fact 
recently brought to my notice by Mr. Doncaster of great 
importance. He tells me that he has received from 
Coimbatore, in the Madras Presidency, a brood of bred 
chrysippus in which were a considerable number of dorip- 
pus, the parent being the type. This is the first instance 
of such an occurrence, and it is the more interesting as 
dorippus has never to my knowledge ever been taken in 
Madras. I regard these dorippus as a throw-back to the 
ancestral form. We shall see that we shall be confronted 
with precisely the same difficulty when dealing with 
Hypolimnas misippus. It is, however, clear that neither 
form is a sudden mutation, but has been formed gradually 
the one from the other. 


Hypolimnas masippus. 


Few remarks are needed regarding its life-history, but 

I give the following from my note-book to show the rapid 

growth of the larvae, and the remarkably short time during 

which Natural Selection can have any influence on the 
mature butterfly. It will be noticed that the female lays 
the whole of her eggs in about ten days. 

“17.10.09. Captured diocippus 2 in cabinet condition. 
20.10.09. Noticed a considerable number of eggs laid. 
24.10.09. Several larvae are hatched and evidently a 

day or two old, if not older. Transferred 
2 to another cage, 


450 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by 


29.10.09. Many of the larvae are half-grown. She is 
still ovipositing. To-day I collected over 
100 eggs, laid since the 24th. Transferred 
to another cage. 

2.11.09. No more eggs laid. 

4.11.09. Found dead, apparently from natural causes. 
Two larvae pupated to-day ; the pupation 
of larvae from eggs first laid is practically 
coincident with the length of oviposition.” 

It only appears in Ceylon directly after the rain, at the 
burst of the North-East Monsoon, and dies out with it. 
It has occurred the last four years with extraordinary 
regularity; in 1908 early in October; 1909 on October 
12th; 1910 on October 12th; 1911 on October 7th. They 
always appear in considerable numbers and in the finest 
condition, and are no doubt bred on the spot. It flies 
commonly in November, gets scarce towards the end of 
December, by which time the females have mostly dis- 
appeared, and the last few males die out towards the end 
of January, not to be seen again until the following October. 
Males and females are equally numerous, the males fre- 
quenting flowering shrubs, and the females more open 
ground in the neighbourhood of the food-plant, Portulaca 
oleracea. It is in such country that its presumed model, 
D. chrysippus, occurs, and it is not uncommon for the 
chrysippus § to mistake the misippus 2 for one of its own 
species. Butterflies recognise each other by sight as well 
as by scent; the smell of a crushed mzsippus is very differ- 
ent from that of chrysippus. It is not rare for misippus f 
to court for a few moments D. chrysippus. 

The form of female which represents D. chrysippus, form 
dorippus, known as inaria, Cram., is distinctly rarer than 
the female of the type diocippus, Cram., which resembles 
chrysippus. In Colombo, in eight years, I have not seen a 
dozen specimens; but Mr. Ormiston tells me that in his 
part of the country at 4,500 ft. the proportion is about 
one of inaria to six of the type. Intermediates are 
rare ; I picked out one in a collector’s box which had the 
white apical bar thickly covered with reddish scales, but 
have never taken one myself or known of one taken by 
others. 

It was advisable to ascertain the normal number of 
inaria in a batch of eggs laid by diocippus and vice versa, 
but unfortunately I was unable to find a single specimen 


Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 451 


of inaria. In October 1909 from a normal diocippus 2 I 
obtained 250 eggs; there were 50 deaths from one cause 
or other and 197 resulting butterflies, 110 ffs and 87 $9s, 
all without exception of the diocippus form. In October 
of the following year I bred 225 from another female of 
the same form; the result was 84 ffs and 76 92s, all 
typical diocippus, except five which were slightly speckled 
with red on the three small apical spots on the forewing ; 
the remainder of the brood, 65 in number, I experimented 
with. (C1, Cla, etc.) 

These results contrast in a most remarkable manner 
with those of the Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers in East Africa. 
He writes to me, “From an intermediate between the 
type and inaria form, but on the whole nearer the former, 
I obtained about 50 ffs and 49 99s, but all inaria, some 
slightly aleippoides. In the following year an inazva laid 
100 eggs, resulting in 60 ffs and 36 99s, the whole 
diocippus! Weather dry.” He added, “If cnaria is the 
dry weather form (as I had surmised it being so uncommon 
in damp Ceylon), the offspring should be inaria.” * 

Mr. G. F. Leigh in Natal obtained from an intermediate 
female 8 ffs, 5 diocippus and 3 inaria. 

These results probably have a Mendelian interpretation, 
but they throw no light on the origin of these two forms. 

Turning now to the results obtained; the butterflies 
exhibited are labelled A, B, C, Cla, ete. 

Those labelled A, consisting of 9 ~fs and 55 99s, the 
parent of which is also shown, form dzocippus, are part of 
the brood of 197 bred in October 1909, and show the 
normal appearance of the species as it occurs in Ceylon. 
They are in no way selected. 

Those labelled B were from a similar parent to A, and 
only a few eggs were laid. They were all treated artificially, 
but as it was open to any one to say that they might have 
produced these abnormal forms under natural conditions, 
I took a third brood C, which I divided into two. One 
half was reared under natural conditions and produced 
all normal ffs and diocippus 22s; the other half I again 
divided into two, treating one portion artificially in the 


* In a subsequent letter dated 23.11.1911 he writes, “I got a 
? of the type form from which I bred 73 ¢ gsand 56 9 Qs, of 
which 38 were of the type form and 18 of the znaria form and no 
intermediates.” See Proc. Ent, Soc., 1911, p. xliv, and also 1912, 
p. |xxiii. 


452 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by 


early stage of pupal life, and the other in the later stage. 
I should say the parent was of the type form. The whole 
of the abnormal specimens can be treated collectively. 
The first noticeable point is the large number of cripples 
and malformed individuals. The mortality among those 
artificially treated was very high. Jisippus is very hardy, 
and easy to breed, and there is no difficulty in obtaining 
large numbers of normal butterflies, but abnormal condi- 
tions have a great effect on them. The difference between 
the two was very marked, the latter often dying just before 
emergence, or with very little power of breaking through 
the pupa case; their movements after emergence were 
excessively feeble compared with the others. ‘l'aking the 
females first, the number of intermediates, 7.¢. with the 
apices and white band of the forewing speckled with red, 
is very large. Though such are not unknown in East 
Africa, it is significant of their rarity that in the National 
Collection I could only find one from Aden, one from 
Muscat, and one from Berhampore. In this series there 
is a gradual increase of red, from a few scattered scales in 
the black apex, to a complete change from one form to the 
other. I would also call attention to the character of the 
subapical band. Normally it is a slight curve from the 
costa to the outer margin, and is composed of separate 
spots divided by the black veins, but in these it is distinctly 
broader, longer, and more circular, and the spots are united 
into one continuous band. This is the normal appearance 
of the 2 in certain areas of its distribution, for instance, at 
Port Darwin, the Cocos Keeling Islands, Java, and Sumatra, 
and in the latter islands the forewings are often of the 
same deep red colour as D. chrysippus. There are three 
noticeable features in the males. First, the appearance of 
a small white spot in the cell of the forewings, and in two 
or three specimens there is a second. These are extremely 
rare in the normal butterfly, which is exceedingly constant 
in colouring. Secondly, the rather more prominent and 
extensive lunular subterminal lines on the upper side of 
the hindwings. Thirdly, the less intense black of the 
tornus in the forewing underside, which in one specimen is 
distinctly red. In none is there any red on the forewing. 
Comparing these males with those in the South Kensing- 
ton Museum, I find a solitary specimen from the Silaki 
Valley, British East Africa, with a small amount of red 
at the base of the forewing upperside, and the lunules well 


Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 453 


marked on the hindwing. From the island of Formosa 
there are two males like the above, and the tornus beneath 
is red. Whether this is the usual form of the insect in 
that island I am unable to say. In constructing the 
ancestral type, we should probably be on safe ground by 
assuming that it had more white and a certain amount of 
red on the forewing, a lunulated band completely round 
the outer margin of the hindwing, and more red on the 
underwing. Anything beyond this is conjectural. 
Referring for a moment to the females, it will be seen 
that in the forced specimens there are in the blue costal 
margin of the cell, two spots, sometimes red, sometimes 
white, in precisely the same position as the two white 
spots in the cell of the males. These are absent, or 
nearly so, in normal specimens, and we may conclude that, 
at one time in its history, the female had more white on 
the forewing than it has at present. This would rather 
incline us to the view that diocippus is the earlier form, 
but, as in chrysippus, we are confronted with the difficulty 
that shock throws back the insect to the earlier stage, in 
which case, judging by these intermediates, inaria is the 
more ancient type, and we must account for these addi- 
tional spots by the not improbable conjecture that the 
evolution of such a variable butterfly has not been uniform. 
The study of the closely allied species Hypolimnas bolina 
may help us in our determination of this question. It is 
difficult in a few words to give a brief, and at the same 
time lucid, account of the innumerable variations of this 
protean butterfly. The male, throughout its immense 
range, is very fairly constant, being very similar in general 
appearance to that of H. misippus. In Fiji the spots are 
very small, and a very deep blue. The females in their 
western area do not vary greatly, being generally plain 
brown and slightly blue on the costa, with a variable 
number of marginal yellow spots. In Formosa the colour 
is also plain brown, sometimes tinted with blue, and with 
a white band as in misippus. Further east, in the 
Loochoo Islands, the brown is replaced with glistening 
blue. But it is in Australia and the Fiji Islands that the 
butterfly reaches its maximum development both of size 
and variability. In the Godman-Salvin Collection, now 
in South Kensington, there is a series of some two dozen 
females, taken at Suva, Fiji, on the same day and on the 
same flower bed. All are different, and vary from plain 


454 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by 


brown, or plain brown with yellow or white discal 
band, to others with bluish white discal spots, and 
red on the forewing. In Australia, very much the same 
sequence is observed. It varies from a plain brown 
butterfly with slight blue on the costa and disc, to a highly 
variegated metallic red, white, and blue butterfly. We 
can, in this extensive series, trace the gradual change from 
a few scattered red scales, to a well-developed red band or 
patch. 

There is an intimate relation between the colours brown 
and blue in all butterflies. So far as my own knowledge 
extends, there is no blue butterfly in the world that, in 
one or the other sex, has not some traces of brown. Blue, 
if I may so express it, is a later colour than brown. It is 
well exemplified in the European Lycaenidae. This being 
so, we may consider ourselves justified in assuming that 
the plain uniformly brown female represents the oldest 
known form of that sex of bolina at present existing. It 
seems a natural conclusion that the uniformly coloured 
inaria is also an older form, from which the more varie- 
gated diocippus has been evolved. As in the case of 
D. chrysippus, it is clear that it is not a sudden muta- 
tion. 

Now as to the factor which has caused the resemblance 
between the two species; is it Natural Selection, or 
what ? 

The argument for the former, that is, Mimicry, has been 
elaborated by Prof. Poulton, in his well-known work, 
“Kssays on Evolution,” and it is unnecessary to recapitu- 
late or to discuss whether this is a case of Miillerian or 
Batesian mimicry. But further, there are the two forms 
dorippus and alcippus, which are also held to be due to 
Natural Selection, and I will consider them first. 


Danais chrysippus form dorippus. 


In the above Essays (p. 320), Prof. Poulton has put 
forward the view that dorippus has been evolved from 
chrysippus as a form of cryptic defence; that is, though 
it is an unpalatable insect, the struggle for existence is so 
great in the desert areas in which it is usually found, that 
it has been necessary for its survival to discard the con- 
spicuous white band and black apex, and make itself as 
near as may be to the colour of its environment. 


Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 455 


I am doubtful as to this interpretation. In the ex- 
tremely hot dry weather of the desert, the butterfly, like 
the majority of other insects, altogether disappears ; birds 
shift their quarters; and reptiles and predatory insects 
become scarce. During the short rainy season, or, for 
that matter, after a few showers, insect and other life 
becomes very abundant for a short time, during which I 
doubt there being a greater struggle for existence than in 
other places where the type is found. Insects, though 
few in species, are particularly numerous in individuals, the 
members of the genus Zeracolus, for instance, are frequently 
excessively common. 

If dorippus is a desert form particularly fitted for such a 
life, we should expect it to be dominant in the Punjab,* 
Bikanir, and Rajputana deserts, where, if it occurs at all 
in the latter places, it is exceedingly rare, though the type 
is common enough. We should also expect it to be com- 
mon on the hot dry plains of Mashonaland and other 
similar localities south of the Zambesi, but on the contrary, 
it is very rare, though the type is abundant. 

Again, presuming that it is a later form, it is difficult 
to account for the absence of intermediates. The accepted 
interpretation would be, I presume, that they are not so 
fitted for a desert life. If this be so, we must assume an 
esthetic eye tor small differences in colour and pattern, on 
the part of birds and other enemies, for which the evidence 
is at present deficient. 

I hold the view that the sporadic character of much 
of its distribution, the production by artificial means of 
intermediates, and that it has been bred from chrysippus, 
clearly show that it is the ancestral form; and though we 
are ignorant as to its origin, and the nature of its evolu- 
tion, the proof that it has been guided by Natural Selection 
has not been satisfactorily demonstrated. 


D. chrysippus form aleippus. 


Prof. Poulton, in the above mentioned work, considers 
that the white hindwings of the form alcippus have been 
developed on the West Coast of Africa, where in some 
localities it is dominant, to give it greater conspicuous- 
ness where there is abundance of food, and thus warn 

* Colonel Yerbury took two or three specimens at Campbellpore, 
in the north of the Punjab. They are now in the National Collection. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) HH 


456 Lieut-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by 


off a possible enemy; in other words, it comes under 
that form of mimicry known as aposematic or warning 
coloration. 

There are, however, certain features in its area of dis- 
tribution, which, to my mind, render this doubtful. I 
certainly found it, or its sub-form aleippoides, commonly in 
North-East Sumatra, where rain falls every week in the 
year, and it is also common and very variable in the 
Andaman Islands, where the general conditions are also 
like those on the West Coast. But it is absent from a 
similar environment in Ceylon, yet is found, though rarely, 
in the arid northern district of the island. Alcippordes is 
by no means uncommon in the bare plains of the Deccan 
and Madras, where the country is totally different from the 
West Coast. 

The view that an aposematic colouring is necessary in 
one region and a cryptic colouring in another, both pro- 
duced by the same factor, is complicated and not easy to 
understand, and I know of no direct evidence to support 
such a conclusion. The necessity for it in an insect so 
unpalatable, as chrysippus is generally held to be, is not 
lessened when we remember that the cryptic form is not 
uncommon in Bombay, and the conspicuous one is common 
in the adjoining Presidency of Madras, where the local 
conditions are almest identical. 

These experiments throw little light on the origin of 
this form, though there is one specimen which shows an 
approach to it ; dorippus also sometimes shows white on 
the hindwings, and it is possible, though this is a little 
more than conjecture, that it is the earliest form from 
which chrysippus has branched off in one direction and 
the white winged forms in another. The evidence that 
either has been influenced by Natural Selection is at 
present, to my mind, unconvincing. 

Finally, as to the main question; the relationship of 
these two butterflies to each other; whether they have 
arrived at their present appearance by any form of 
mimicry; or whether their resemblance can be otherwise 
accounted for. 

There is in this case, as in all similar examples of 
mimicry, the primary difficulty of understanding how 
small variations of colour or pattern in one butterfly 
could be so elaborated by the attacks of birds as to 
resemble the colour or pattern of another unrelated to 


Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 457 


it. In the example before us, remembering the short ten 
days in which Natural Selection has to act, and presuming 
that in some time past the misippus 2 was somewhat 
similar to the ancient type of the ¢, we may ask, how 
could a specimen, or specimens, with a few red scales 
scattered over the wing, be noticed and subsequently 
avoided by birds, by any lesson they may have previously 
learnt from the capture of Danais chrysippus ? 

On the assumption that this is a case of Batesian 
mimicry, a bird tasting a red speckled specimen, would 
ascertain at once that it was palatable, and the red scales 
in others would not save them from destruction. The 
likeness towards chi'ysippus, therefore, could not progress. 

If it is a case of Miillerian mimicry, where both species 
are unpalatable, a red speckled unpalatable one, as also its 
unspeckled companions, after a few experiments, would be 
left, severely alone and nothing would be gained, for if the 
bird could discriminate it would neglect them, and if it 
could not, both would equally suffer. 

Lastly, if the resemblance is due to the experimental 
attacks of young birds, the emergence of the butterflies 
should coincide with the time that tasting experiments 
are taking place, but in Ceylon it so happens that the 
young birds are oif the nest and foraging for themselves 
in May, and misippus is not on the wing until October. 

We could the more readily understand the process if 
the mutation was sudden and large, but the specimens 
exhibited negative such a supposition. 

Some supporters of the mimicry theory, among others 
Mr. Pocock and Prof. Poulton, consider “that the first 
steps towards a mimetic likeness are not caused by a few 
differently coloured scales,” but “by a large colour varia- 
tion which was enough to produce a rough resemblance, 
and that Natural Selection gradually produced out of this 
a detailed resemblance.” At first sight this looks like 
mutation pure and simple, but it is not necessarily so. 

The evolution of the species is internal, and the large 
variation Prof. Poulton speaks of may be the cumulative 
effects of an increasing number of differently coloured 
scales in many generations. We have only to assume 
the disappearance of such intermediates to arrive at a 
“large colour variation.” 

I see nothing that prevents our believing that if internal 
evolution can produce a large variation, a continuance of 

HH 2 


458  Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by 


the same process would in the course of time produce a 
butterfly quite unlike the type from which it arose. This 
may be so in the case of these two butterflies, but the 
evidence here produced rather supports the conclusion that 
the changes in them have been caused by the gradual 
accumulation of small variations; this being so there 
would seem to be no necessity for bringing in the compli- 
cated theory of mimicry to account for the resemblance 
between these ,two species of butterfly. 

I have recently published a paper* on Batesian and 
Miillerian Mimicry, in which I examined the subject from 
the point of view of my own personal knowledge of certain 
tropical countries. I can only say here, and as briefly as 
possible, that I was unable to throw anything but a nega- 
tive light on the premises on which those theories are 
based, and that some of the conclusions I arrived at were, 
that though butterflies are more generally eaten by birds 
than was generally believed, yet no discrimination was 
shown in their capture; that the presumed unpalatable 
Danaines were as readily eaten as other species of butterfly, 
and that the few species of birds I could experiment on 
in a wild state eat Danats chrysippus as readily as Hypo- 
limnas misippus. 

The circumstance that in life the 2 misippus frequently 
consorts with chrysippus, and may thus lead one pre- 
disposed to believe in mimicry that he had before him a 
Miillerian combination, is explained by the fact that the 
food-plants of both butterflies grow together in the same 
sandy soil. Should any observer watch them in such 
situations, as I have done for hours at a time during the 
last three years, he will find that they are practically 
unmolested by birds, young or adult. 

I conclude that dovippus and inaria are the older forms 
from which have descended chrysippus and dtocippus re- 
spectively. Both survive to the present day, practically 
all over the wide distribution of the species, because like 
their descendants they are for the time being almost 
exempt from the struggle for existence. If it were possible 
to dissect a pupa in the same way as we can the embryo 
of a mammal, we should find traces of these intermediates 
and regard them as the remains of a stage beyond which 
the species has now progressed. 


* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., May 1911. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI. 


All the figures are about } natural size. 
Fi. 

1. Danais chrysippus, 3. 

2. D. chrysippus, 3 form dorippus. 

3. Hypolimnas misippus, 2 form diocippus. 

4. H. misippus, 2 form inaria. 

5. Danais chrysippus, 2, No. 87 intermediate. 

The apex of forewing is red, the white spots are diminished 
in size and the costa is lighter than normal. 

6. Hypolimnas misippus, 9, No. 19 intermediate, or reversion. 
The white subapical band and apex of forewing are thickly 
covered with red scales. 

7. Hypolimnas misippus, ¢. 

7a. H. misippus, 6, No. 1, C 1. 1 

The specimen shows a white spot in cell of forewing, 
increased size of white spots in both wings with lunular band 
in hindwing. A reversion to older type ? 

8. H. misippus, 2, No. 4, C la. 

The specimen shows an uninterrupted white lunular band 
and a white spot in cell of forewing; the apex is thickly 
covered with red scales. A reversion to older type? 


ve 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL. 


Photo, A. Robinson. C. Hentschel. 


DANAIS CHRYSIPPUS AND HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS 


Exposed to heat in the pupal stage (Figs. 5, 6, 7a, 8) compared with examples bred under natural 
conditions (Figs. I, 2, 3, 4, 7): 


Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 459 


Conclusions. 


1. D. dorippus and H. inaria are the older forms of 
D. chrysippus and H. misippus (diocippus) respectively. 

2. That the latter have been produced by the gradual 
accumulation of small variations. 

3. That these small variations (intermediates) have now 
largely died out as being no longer required. 

4. That they can be reproduced by shock (heat and 
cold) to the pupa. 

5. That there is nothing to show any interdependence, 
or anything in common between the two species. 

6. That though this is so with these two species it is 
difficult to believe that such is the case with all instances 
of mimetic resemblance. 

7. That though no doubt the mimetic theory gives a 
logical explanation of them, the premises on which it rests 
have not been proved, but rather the contrary. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI. 


[See Huplanation facing the Plate. | 


‘payeortdnp [ao puofeq yodg - 
“c . 


= ‘S is 60 ‘9 °L1 > a 
= 6 | 60°9°L6 ; ; x €1 
5 "euuion’ * 6 : ; : 3 GB 
‘3 *“yovtq AToatsu9y | 
S -x9 a10Ul UISIeW puTy ‘payeortdup q[eo puosaq jods - | : Fe 609 °S1 i FZ 
eer £3 
~ ‘[BULION 6 " iu | ‘60°9r21 2 BZ 
= ‘TeNsh UvY} Jepeoiq SuIApuTY Jo ulsieur uo y~oeT_ °S é fs | 60'9 ‘SI xe IZ 
(a3 . “ “ | “O° “co 
3 Pl 60 °9 “LT 0% 
= [RWION “2 | 60°9'1S | 60°9'8T | 2 61 
= ‘payeottdup [joo puodaq yodg * 6 | af . a SI 
= ce . if “ an O°? “ 
S 73 i | (73 oe 60 9 ul “co eb 
§ (73 ° 5 | 60 ‘9 "QZ : “ | “<“ cl 
6 . | 6 | “cc it 
z 6c . ° | “ce “ce ce | it él 
a) 6 | cc ‘ | I 
3 "BULLION . ~P | ‘ ‘ ‘74 19 OL 
= "yoryq you ‘ystpper ApySrs xeody *4 | 60'°9'LZ 60 ‘9 ‘1G 60°9°8I | ‘a .o¢ ‘edng | 6 
: yor) Bose 80°ZI'TS’ | SO'SL EL | PAIR] poz [INA | VG 
4 : com BO Vey: 80 'Z1L'8S | 80°31 ‘93 DE 
: “6 . P ce “ 73 | 66 DE 
ro) “ =P | 80°21 °9 6é 80 SL 73 VG 
oe pemon P| i 80 G1 "9 80 GL 'F “A 089 OT 
=) | 
—— = a ee = ate ee 
g aietaan | voxaowana | "1va0RaH | aiyg pert | ie 
= | (‘TeAOUIAI 1aqye SUOT}IpUOD oTMOYydsowy [eWUIOU JepuUN pode[g) ,“aTOD AUC,, 
+ 


SAddISAYH) STVNVA HALIM SLINGWTAad Xd 


two Tropical Butterflres. 461 


Ss On 


ts 


cperriren 


E. 


Temperature 


““ . £ i “é ce “cc “ 6Z 
re ol 6OCk T ‘: 60 9 8 és 83 
"[RUIIO NT . Pp (79 4é 74 (a3 1G 
‘yqozed yeorde youTq jo uorq10d 
JOMOT JB SAINALOU BY] SuoTe pat JO vovd} JUILF kiaa *5 60 °9 ‘08 609 '9% 60°9 ‘1G "1 00S 9G 
“‘SHUVNaY eh VES eee “aLva "NI GaOV1a ‘ON 
(‘Teaowor 194Jv SUOTIIPUOD olteydsourye [eUIIOU JepuN pode[g) ,“a10D LSIOY{ », 


=> 
OS 
=> 
& 
BS 
> 
> 
— 
eS 
© 
~~ 
~ 
~4 
Ss 
n 
a 
eo 
g 
3 
S 
Zi 
a 
o 
+ 
= 
o 
-_ 
ni 


4.62 


‘pag ATJQUTYSIp xedy 
*[BUIIO NT 
‘ayy OU 
‘yov[q A[MOdIvU SelLBpUOdES JO UISIVUL PUTA] ‘“[BUION 
“yor[q ATaayue ysowye 
SoTJepuodes JO UISIRW pUTy] ‘pol ATUNsIp xedy 
‘par ATQYSIs 
uortod racy ‘ATyYsTs Arar xedv jo uoysod seddq 
"BULLION 
ia ONG: 
"SUIDA 
[eorde Suoje per jo uoTyworpul 4YySts ¥ ydeoxe ‘[euLoyy 
"yov|q A]eitque 4sowy[e SSULApUIY jo ulsie yy 
"[[29 JO Jey TaMO] OFUL spUsyx9 osIP pue oseq 
JO ANo][Oo avg ‘sezystuq xede ye par ynq ‘ge ‘ON SY 
‘[BUIOU UBYY Jejed 1eyyeI INOTOo-punoIy) 
‘sodnadou oy} Suoye par Apounstp yoqed peorde youltq 


‘pea Aq paovidar Ayperzed xode yo youyq ° 


"[BULIO NT 
oe 


‘[nyquop ‘duay,  *jeuroyy 


“‘SHUVAGY 


es (0) ae ole’ Olé 
: °8 FL 
. ~P Te) ‘SI (79 (74 
a SLT ‘gue "8°G 
“$1 606'L 60 6" 606 'T 
. 1 “ co oe 
. g oe 79 79 
*} a 60 ‘9 '1Z 60 ‘9 ‘02 
. 4 “ “ce 74 
“P| 60°99 a os 
4 79 79 (79 
ee GOcd oc i bi 
"P| 60'9 FZ 60 “9 Iz 609 ‘61 
“ (74 
49 ce 
= 608 &1 
60'8 ‘FI 60 ‘8 “ZI 
Pal 60 26 60°L ‘FI 60°L ‘EI 
ee cae es eee 


“ 


“ 


‘Hd 0S67-“ 06 


“cc 
cc 
“ce 


“A OIL 
‘A SIL 


“NI GHOV Td 


([BAoWAad Joye SUOTZIpUOD oIeYydsouNye [eUILOU JepuN pode[g) .LVEH ACL, 


"quaosayosqo xade 4e sjods : aaoqe 03 avpiuis AraA * P 
“ “ 179 “ 


oA) 
= peat ee 
“yuasqe 
4 | MoTeq sjods [eulsieuiqns ‘pueq [eordeqns utr {ease} 
SS | “UE snoayny ‘paysturup sods oyya [TY “snoayny 
S| wystaq Aq xode 4v yovtq Jo yuousoedas orto ysouy *4 
= 6c 66 . A 
a ‘pax APJOuTWsSIp xedy > 
E a ae 
= a 
= : ae 
S ‘par qysuq «6 | 
= (79 19 . g 
= ‘por Apysys “7S 
—) 6 “c “ . P 
3 ‘par Aouystp “ °—P 
s ‘por Aysys xody ° P | 
S ‘yeuLION * P 
S iz “ . Ps 
5 _peraqsuq “P| 
Ss ‘pox Apysis Aton “SS P 
S ‘par Apysys 
= : Pie “ . ~P 
3 . “4 . 
Ss Ca ds Dp gc “ i 
> ‘par Apyysys Ataa “OS 
= "ysippar “8 
“par qystiq xody * 6 


OL 6 4A 


OL’6 €1 
OL € “GI 
OL ’s ‘OL 
OL '€ 6 
OLE ‘8 
Ol ‘€ ‘Ol 


OL ’€ TI 
Ole GI 
OL‘ °8 
OL € ‘OL 
OL '€'6 
OL € ‘TI 


OL 6 
OL '€ SI 
Ole 'IL 
OL '€'8 
OL’€'8 
OL € GI 
OL € '€I 
Ol € 6 


OL’ 8 
OL '€ “GI 


(=) 
ee 
nes 
ve) 


oo S'S 
See 
ROD OD 9 09 
519 16 


6 


OL ‘6 °¢ 


(=) 
ae 
205 od 


Ke) 
reir 


oe 


= 
= 
3 
= 
~ 
> 
> 
s 
= 
B 
ie) 
~ 
~S 
S 
S 
mM 
~ 
o 
ins) 
q 
tas] 
= 
Z, 
x) 
= 
15) 
b>) 
5 
a 
= 
te) 
— 


“[BUILO NT 


ae 
ze 
: 
p 


“‘ystppas xedy * P 


‘OPIYM OU “HOVTG 


ATMOIVU salIepUOdas JO UIZIVUT pul ynq ‘jemMIONT * P 


‘P2G 


"TeuIoN * 6 


“ 
“ 


OL 8 ‘8ST 
OL ‘8 “LT 
iT 
Ol 8 “61 
OL '8'T 


“SHUVNGY 


“GONGOUANE 


410 HLYa 


“ 
(73 
iT 


O18 ‘OL 


6 


O18 6 
“cc 


OT ‘L ‘9% 


“"IVAOWGH 
dO ALVYa 


OL ‘8 “61 


OL 8 °¢ 


OTL 'F% 


“aLVa 


‘A LOT 
iT 
‘A GOL 


“NI GaOvVId 


(‘[BAOWAL 10qJe SUOTIIpUOD oILoYdsowmye ;eUIOU JopuN peor) 


«VGH LSIOPZ ,, 


Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 465 


% parc 
“ 


} 


“ « . ie Ol ‘OI ze) 
"par Apysys xedy “P OL O19 
‘saproddioyy Suryovoidde ssurmputy Jo sures 
SUOTS o}IYA JO UOTJVOIpUT fpURq oqIYM Jo opis JEUUL 
0} ATpetoedsa “sated ssurm jo anojoo-punois £ psonp 
-al pueq az1yM jvordeqns ‘par Ayaityue ysouye xody °4 o 
6c “ (9 . te) | ce 
‘per Aysys xedy “POLL “IE 
"YsIppar OsTe | 
pueq ety yeordeqns ‘por yy poyrem [jam xedy °s | u 
cs 6 be . 4 6c 
‘por Apysts xody * P & 
oe . cc 
oe . : ing 
[eUON “P| OL OE 
“cc 
‘pad = 
[euoN "S| OL OL 8S 
"pag (73 
79 . ~P «6 
(79 . ~P 66 
‘Tyems Azoa aoddn ‘{[a0 puodaq sjods omy ynq = “§ | i 
6c . P | “ 
‘euIoN “5 | OL ‘OT ‘03 
ohek Ma | 
“SHUVNGU opel eiaes 


ce 
OI ‘OL *% 
OT 6 “82 


“s 
“ 


0) ‘Ol ‘SI 


“cc 
OL ‘OL *% 
OT 6 ‘86 


66 


OL ‘2 61 
c. 
«6 


Ol ‘Ol ‘SI 


9801 soil / 


6c 


‘A GOL “Sinoy EF 
"[euILOU sINOY FZ) 


a SOL _SInoy er) 


ae 
Cat 


“ ¥G\ 
‘sINOY FZ J 
6c 


6c 


"sINOY F 
“cs 


oOL 
8G 


“A OTL 


| 
| 
sar Oi Gre Ol ee } 
OL ‘OL 'St | OL‘O1 “St HX: a 6. Ganon 
“ (aq | 79 
‘“ (a4 | “ce 
6 “ cs 
“ “ | iG 
OL ‘OL “€1 OL ‘OL €T {2 ee ae \ 
‘H 09 Bae P 
wa na ‘A 801 
OL 6 8% OL 6 8G ee 09 *Sanoqyy G } 
ane veian ‘aLva ‘NI agov1d 


| 


(‘[eAOUlel 1aqye SUOIZIPUOD oIMaYydsowye [eUIIOU JepuN pede) 


« SNOILIGNO() ONIAUV A ,, 


eV 
(4 


“ON 


— - 


uo jods [eOsIp a}IYM-oN]q oY} JO WOISHe}xXe JOUTISIC, 


‘yiep pus [etus rayyes Sod Ay, * 


466 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by 


g “cc ( cc “se Ol 
“JOUT|STP OS JOU Iq EAoge 04 AepTUMIS * P ce e0er 8 ane “aH 009 6 
“BUTMOIOJ JO BJSOD 0} “1 09 
“P| gO°SL'ST | %'80'S1 Z| 80°SI'T "A oG% 8 
"'SHUVRAU ee Caer. ‘aLva ‘NI GHOVTd ‘ON 
‘snddvoorp yueieg "q = ,,@10 AUC», 
cys 0. perc ‘oo7. “ 63 L 
*/BULIO NT fo) | ce - (9 6z : 9 
reddy, °5 | 80°31'8 “ 2 " g 
‘yeulon “P 80 'LL 83 i t 
“mupur *& | ed se ¢ 
CO ne ie) “ “ «“ Z| 
‘[RUION “P 80°11 63 80 “IT “1% me ed, I 
suv sguebees aoe ere een 


‘snddroorp yuoreg “ate (WT ,1,) [RUOM ,, AUC, 


‘SAddISIN SVNWITOCAH HIM SLNAWNTUadxXd 


Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 467 


s "paid “ ee ‘CT 4c 
“Peqsrarmarp 
YOUU IsIp pu puvq waaMjaq vare yoryq : xode ye | 
SurpeVos pel sqeieptsuoo ‘az Ystpper purq Teoidy °4 | e | : ay 4 
“ ais) c ‘or “ 61 “ "CI “c 
“ . £P | “c ae “ “ ‘FI “ 
“ . ~P | (3 ‘1S oe “ al its 
. . . ¢: . “ss . “c . “cc 
g ‘ON 8V 'P 61 LI v1 
2h) ‘ON SV . g | “ec | ce id en cc 
“‘pueq [eysoo yourq ut syods | | 
pet oA} 043 Systpper xede ‘ystpper pueq yeody °s ~ bs | OTe gt ig 
‘Ystpper xode ouraajxo ‘saoqe se purq yeoidy * 4 eC “ eer : 
“YOR JOU O}ITM SUTAA “a “2 | | 
‘snonutjuod pue Japeoiq pueq oztyM jeotde £ apdduyg *& = | es eo eT = 
“BULMIIOJ ‘T[I0 Jo 91990 yods ay1yM TreUg a : 02 E ‘SI : eI é 
: BG es! 6I 
HOON, 2 -GOVTE ST | ET | oe ‘ 
"ped | ee ‘El } ac at | “ 
‘eUoN “P| GO'ILLL | 6O'IT IT | 6O‘TL‘OT | ‘aaoqe sy 
peo eg eS & =! eet es | 
“SUUVWNAY Bacto Boke Sides “aLVd "NI GwOVId 


(061 904 “7 o€8 q[nq Arp ave episyng) ‘f8 9oM “WA 066 Ging Aq “LVaH AUC, 


‘ON 


by 


umucry 


M 


468 Lieut.-Col.N.Manders on the Study of 


| 


"65 93 “PP be e0L 
‘sjods oy1ya eorde uo por 


‘OVIPOULIJUT poyeUl-[[aam vB 


f 


| pepyoeds ATyysI]s 6 euo qdooxe ‘Teumou & gt “P €3 | 


—per Ajoatyue ysomye sjods yeorde pue pueq jeody ° 4 


‘xede yor[q 


‘BUIMPULY Jo apIsiapun uo yoeTq e10u pue ‘yoryq 
JOU pad SULMIIOJ SNUIOZ JO apIstapun yng A ‘On ey” 
‘Tj20 ut yods suo ATUO ynq i ‘ON SY" 
‘ON 8V ° 
Padduig, 


GUN SV: 
"GON SY * 


oroFOTOOHOFO toroto 


| ul sareos pax 4avd zaddn par peryoods Ayyoryy pueg «zt 


‘T]90 ur yods ayy YsmMyq T[euUTg ° 
‘EON BY 6 | 


‘ped YIM pepyoeds xody og ‘ON 
se advys ‘snoyna pueq ‘ oyvrpeutreyur poyxreur [eA * 
‘ayddiiy oh 
eerie jou { AqIUIAI}XA TOMO] JV SpAVMUL Paarmno 
eee apis IOUUL UO o4VJUep elow pueq e4Ty AA ‘edAyT, * 
‘ajddrio { [[a0 ut 4yods {yeus aug * 
‘par qystt ATpeploep spueq [euruejyqns pure peseq 
“‘Burpeos Yoryq W{tM aqry oind you ‘ystmorpad purqg 
[e4jueo ‘Surmpury epistepuy, * 4 Ul sv out] avpnuny 
JO UOTJOIPUL JOUTISIP PUL BAISU}XO BIOUI SNUIOY 4e 
Burywos anyq ‘Surmpury oprsueddn sae77eus sour oy) 


+O+ 


onl 
6 
P 


‘Tao ur sjods ojtyM YsmTq omg ‘Burmesoy optsseddy * P 


“perp 10 [enttou 4 } pue P P rzapureuery 


«“ 
1G TL 
“ erate « 
‘0G Al Tall 
“ rT | “ | 
| | 
| | 
| 
i tc “ | 
| 
| 
ve 73 eo 
Care | 7 Cie 
PeOions| al) a 
“ Ts 73 
“ “ “ 
i | ““ “ 
“cb | vb “ | 
| 
ic | “ &c | 
| 
oe ue 3 


{ 


OL LL ri OD SLESOn (OM TI 


“SMUVINGA 


‘aSueyo ednd 103j3% samoy re “a sI0L 


“AONDTOYANG “TVAOWAU 
10 ALVaG 40 ALVa 


“ALY | 


“ 


3 


“cc 
“c 


“aA0ge SY 


“NI GHOV1d 


"ON 


LVGH AUC, 


‘snddhoowp yuareg 68) 


Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 469 


‘aA0q” SW 


‘perp 10 [eMAOU OF Jnoqe JepureMary 
‘eaoqe sy '4 
‘T1790 ur sjods omy, ‘atdduy - P 
‘Surjeos antq Aq peyvorpur 
Io “ysinyq are es0yq4 ATjeutZou ! Ysa pus sadiey |S 
Tayno ayy “yourystp Ages [90 UL pueq [eysoo yortq [4 
ur sjods omy oy, ‘selvos pat qyta pareaoo Apyoryy [° S 
Susumoeds om} ul ‘[euou uegy sefnomo orom |- | OL ‘IL '2s | OL ‘TI Te ONL SI 
youu pue sesuoy ‘1epeorq ‘oy1yM MOUS pueq [eody 
‘SHUVARU sigs, Hath fee “ALva 


‘gouaSr0ure arojoq skepe “7 o1OL . LVI AU», “PIO 


‘NI GaOWTd 


(+ 470 ) 


X. On the genera Laothrips and Hoodia. By Dr. H. 
Karny of Elbogen, Austria. Translated by G. A. 
ELLIoTT, F.Z.S., F.E.S. Communicated by R.S 
BAGNALL, F.E.S., Palcs. 


[Read February 7th, 1912.] 


In my work on the Zhrips-galls and the Gall-Thripidae* I 
mentioned incidentally that Uzel’s genus Liothrips could 
not be so sharply separated from the Cryptothrips group as 
is frequently assumed. In the Cryptothrips group, s. str., 
I include the genera Mesothrips, Zimmermann ; Smerintho- 
thrips, Schmutz; Gynarkothrips, Zimmermann; Hoodia, 
Karny ; Cryptothrips, Uzel; and Dermothrips, Bagnall. All 
the above-named genera have the wings of equal width 
throughout, and are thus distinguished from the otherwise 
similar Leptothrips, Hood, and Androthrips, Karny, in which 
the wings are somewhat constricted near the middle. 

According to Uzel’s synoptic table, the essential differ- 
ence between Liothrips and Cryptothrips lies in the 
formation of the mouth. In Liothrvips the mouth-cone is 
“narrowed towards the apex and pointed”; in Cryptothrips 
and the allied genera it is “apically broadly rounded.” 
These contrasts may, indeed, be easily recognised in 
extreme cases, but there are many intermediate types. 
Compare the three figures of Gynaikothrips uzeli, G. 
chavicae and Mesothrips jordani.t All three certainly have 
the mouth-cone “apically rounded,” yet they show (especi- 
ally in Mesothrips) a decided approach to the pointed 
type. It is evident that, in such cases, it is often difficult 
to define any distinct boundary between Liothrips and 
the Cryptothrips group. 

Of all the European genera, Hoodia, Karny, is, in my 
opinion, undoubtedly the most closely allied to Liothrips, 
Uzel; I will therefore say a few words as to these two 
genera, The special inducement to this is found in the 
publication by R. S. Bagnall of an English species as 
Liothrips hradecensis,t whereas I consider it to be a new 

* Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. Parasit. u. Infektionskr., ii, Abt. xxx, 
1911, pp. 556-572. 

T i.e. p- 562. 


t Ent. Mo. Mag., ii Ser., vol. xxi, 1910, p. 256; Journ. Econ. 
Biol., vi, 1911, p. ae 


TRANS. ENT, SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART IL (OCT. ) 


Dr. H. Karny on the genera Liothrips and Hoodia. 471 


species, belonging to the genus Hoodia. I will first give 
a tabular view of all the known species of both genera, 
and then add a few remarks upon them. 


Revision of the known species of Liothrips.* 


1. Fore tarsi toothed in both sexes, 

2. Third to fifth joints of antennae yellow; the latter often centrally 
brownish ; sixth basally yellow; thence brown; seventh 
entirely brown. Tarsal tooth small, pointed, only visible in 
one position of the tarsus. L. seticollis, nov. spec. (Paraguay). 

2’. Third to sixth joints of antennae entirely, seventh mostly 
yellowish. Tarsal tooth blunt, stout. 

1. L. tarsidens, Trybom (Madagascar). 

1’, Fore tarsi without tooth in female. 

2. Wingsentirely wanting. 2. Liothrips, sp. Trybom (Madagascar). 

2’. Wings present. 

3. Basal half of forewings black or light brown. 

3. L. wmbripennis, Hood (North America). 

3’. Forewings, at most, brown at extreme base, then hyaline, or with 
only a central dark stripe. 

4, Antennae yellow ; at most, joints, one, two and eight dark. 

5. Eighth joint of antennae yellow. 

4. L. citricornis, Hood (North America). 

5’, Eighth joint of antennae dark. 

6. Fore tibiae dark . : : 5. L. major, Buffa (Erithraea). 

6’. Fore tibiae yellow. . 6. L. setinodis, Reuter (Europe). 

4’, Seventh joint of antennae also entirely and at least the apical 
half of sixth dark. 

5. First and second joints of antennae dark, third to fifth yellow, 
the sixth basally yellow, apically dark, seventh and eighth 
dark. 

6. Fore tibiae entirely yellow; intermediate and hind tibiae black, 
apically suddenly yellow. 

7. L. hradecensis, Uzel (Central Europe). 

6’. All tibiae uniform dark brown. 

8. L. seticollis, nov. spec.t (Paraguay). 


5’ Sixth joint of antennae entirely dark. 
6. Fourth and fifth joints of antennae at least partly yellow. 


* When this table was written I did not yet know the description 
of Liothrips glycinicola, Okanoto, from Japan. 
+ I have again inserted this species because the tarsal tooth is not 
visible in the normal position of the tarsus. 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (OCT.) II 


472 Dr. H. Karny on the 


7. Third and fourth joints of antennae entirely and basal half of 
fifth yellow ; all the other joints brown. 
9. L. meconellii, Crawford (Mexico). 
. Third joint of antennae entirely yellow, fourth and fifth only 
centrally yellow ; all the other joints dark brown. 
10. L. ocellatus, Hood (North America). 
6’. Antennae dark, only third or also second joint yellow. 
7. Cheeks divergent posteriorly. 
11. L. fasciculatus, Crawford (California). 
7’. Cheeks parallel or convergent posteriorly. 
8. Cheeks almost parallel, or only constricted at the extreme base. 
All the prothoracic bristles present. 
9. Two large stout bristles in front of the eyes. 
12. L. intermedius, Bagnall (Venezuela). 
9’. No bristles in front of eyes . 13. ZL. similis, Bagnall (Venezuela). 
8’. Cheeks distinctly convergent posteriorly. Prothorax with bristles 
only on the posterior angles and hind margin. 
14. L. elongatus, Bagnall ( Venezuela). 


Revision of the known species of Hoodia. 


1. Sides of head parallel, or slightly divergent posteriorly. Antennae 
yellow, except the two first joints; the last two joints are dark 
only in the exceptionally dark-coloured individuals. Mouth- 


cone at first almost rectangularly convergent, apically broadly ~ 


rounded, : : 1. H. austriaca, Karny (Austria). 

2’. Sides of head distinctly convergent posteriorly. The last two 
joints of the antennae dark brown. Mouth-cone laterally 
acute-angularly convergent, but apically distinctly rounded. 

2. H. bagnalli, nov. spec. (England). 


Remarks. 


Liothrips bakeri, Crawford, does not belong to Livthrips, 
but probably either to Mesothrips or Smerinthothrips. The 
fore tarsi are armed with a large setigerous tooth as in 
Mesothrips ; it agrees with the Javanese genus also in its 
mode of life, living in the leaf-galls of Ficus. On the 
other hand, the formation of the fore-femora inclines to 
Smerinthothrips. 


Hoodia bagnalli, nov. spec. 


Syn. Lrothrips hradecensis, Bagnall, Ent. Mo. Mag.,, ii Ser., 
vol. xxi, 1910, p. 256; Journ. Econ. Biol., vi, 1911, p. 
11 (nec Uzel, 1895). 


genera Lrothrips and Hoodia. 473 


Lnothrips hradecensis, Bagnall, Journ. Econ. Biol., vi, 1911, 
p. 1 (vitio typog.). 
Length of body in ¢ 2’7-3 mm.; in ? 3’3-3’8 mm. 


Black-brown to black. Only the fore tibiae and the apices of the 
intermediate and hind tibiae and all tarsi yellow. Antennae yellow, 
only the two first, the two last, and often also the apices of fifth and 
sixth joints dark. 

Head about half as long again as broad. Cheeks distinctly con- 
vergent posteriorly, very finely granulate and with several short, fine 
hairs ; a long, stout bristle on each side behind the eyes, no such 
bristle in front. Mouth-cone rather long, reashing beyond the middle 
of the prosternum, at first laterally acute-angularly convergent, but 
apically distinctly rounded. Antennae about twice as long as the 
head ; third joint as long as the first and second together ; fourth 
joint as long as the third; all the following each shorter than the 
preceding one ; eighth joint as long as the first. 

Prothorax about half as long as the head, half as broad again as 
long, distinctly widened backwards; all bristles present and fully 
developed. Fore femora scarcely thickened. Fore tarsi without 
tooth. Pterothorax scarcely longer than broad. Wings extending 
to the apex of the sixth abdominal segment, of equal breadth through- 
out, the median vein often brownish. Forewings at the extreme 
base brownish and there furnished with three long, stout bristles ; 
on the distal part of the hind margin 15-20 cilia are duplicated. 

Wing retaining spines on second to sixth segments slender and 
weak, those on seventh still weaker and shorter than on the pre- 
ceding ; two on each side of each segment, the anterior very small 
and weak, about the middle of the segment, the posterior quite close 
to the hind margin ; laterally from each of these a long, stout bristle, 
and then another, rather shorter and straight. Tube rather longer 
than the prothorax; its basal breadth is about one-third of its length 
and almost twice its apical breadth; the adjacent scale basally 
apparently withered (¢). 


Piercebridge, near Darlington, and Gibside, co. Durham, 
England. On leaves of elm. Bagnall /eg. 

The colour of the antennae and of the legs in Hoodia 
bagnalli is similar to that of Liothrips hradecensis. The 
shape of the head is the same as in Liothrips seticollis ; * 
it is laterally distinctly convergent posteriorly, but in 
L. hradecensis (also in Hoodia austriaca) almost parallel, 

* The detailed description of this new species is reserved for future 
publication. 

pie 


474 Dr. H. Karny on the 


very slightly divergent posteriorly. On the basal third of 
the third to sixth joints of the antennae there is in 
L. hradecensis a transverse raised line, which is wanting 
in all the other species of Liothrips and Hoodia known to 
me. J. bagnalli has, in common with most of the allied 
species, a long bristle behind the eyes, which is wanting 
in L. hradecensis. 

The arrangement of the prothoracic bristles is the same 
as in most species of Liothrips (e.g. citricornis, ocellatus, 
seticollis); in L. hradecensis, on the contrary, bristles are 
present only on the posterior angles. In ZL. setzcollis all 
the wings are characterised by a distinct brown median 
longitudinal streak ; in H. bagnalli this is ill-defined and 
indistinct; in Z. hradecensis it is entirely wanting. 

The duplication of the cilia on the posterior margin of 
the forewing, as far as known to me, is characterised by 
the following figures :— 


SPECIES. NUMBER OF INTERPOLATED CILIA. 
Hoodia austriaca . : ; . 14-23 (coll. mea). 
»  bagnalli . : ‘ . 15-20 (coll. mea). 

Liothrips seticollis ; : . 14-20 (Mus. Berol.). 

35 setinodis ‘ : . 12-14 (Agram, coll. mea). 

+ - pragensis . . 15 (Bohemia, Mus. Vindob.). 

is ocellatus : : . 14 ~— (teste Hood). 

48 tarsidens : : . 15 (teste Trybom). 

a umbripennis . f . 13. (teste Hood). 

» . meconellit . : . 7 (teste Crawford). 


I was unable to ascertain this with respect to Z. hrade- 
censis without endangering the unique specimen in the 
Vienna Hofmuseum. 

Turning now to the generic character—the shape of the 
mouth-cone—it is to be noted first that Liothrips agrees 
in this respect with Hoplothrips and Phlocothrips, having 
therefore an apically pointed mouth-cone, as is apparent 
from Uzel’s generic diagnosis. On the other hand, we 
find in Hoodia forms of the mouth-cone which occur also 
in Gynaikothrips and Mesothrips ; the lateral margins of 
the cone first converge rectangularly or acute-angularly, 
but are then apically rounded. In this point the two 
species of Hoodia differ from all true Liothrips.* But 

* It has been already pointed out that Liothrips bakeri, Crawford, 


has a differently formed mouth-cone, and therefore does not belong 
to Liothrips. 


genera Lnothrips and Hoodia. 475 


these two differ also considerably from each other in the 
shape of the mouth-cones. I have already briefly described 
this difference in the table, and think I can best visualise 
it by saying that, in this respect, Hoodia austriaca recalls 
Gynaikothrips wzeli, whereas Hoodia bagnalli recalls 
Mesothrips jordani.* 

I believe that I have now demonstrated that Liothrips 
hradecensis, Bagnall, is not identical with Uzel’s species, 
but represents a new species, which can be clearly differ- 
entiated from all known species of Liothrips, and is most 
closely allied to my Hoodia austriaca. I hawe allowed 
myself the pleasure of naming this interesting new species 
after its discoverer. 


* Compare the figures Centralbl. f. Bakerteriol., Parasit. u. 
Infektionskr. 1i, in Abt. xxx, 1911, p. 562. 


Oct, 4, 1912. 


© arr) 


XI. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in 
Coleoptera. By D. SuHarp, M.A,, F.R.S., and 
F. Moir, F.E.S. 


[Read February 7th, 1912.] 
PuaTes XLIT-LXXVIII. 


ARRANGEMENT OF MEMOIR. 


I. INTRODUCTORY. 
II. OrISMOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE. 
Ill. MorpHouoey. 
A. ANATOMY. 
B. GENERAL. 
IV. FUNCTION. 
V. TAXONOMY AND PHYLOGENY. 
VI. ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO FAMILIES. 
VII. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


I. INTRODUCTORY. 


THE object of this memoir is to review the structure of 
the male genital tube throughout the Order Coleoptera. 
This is not equivalent to a review of the male copulatory 
organs. The modifications of the abdomen itself are 
extremely extensive and varied, but we have perforce 
omitted them, because the time at our disposal was 
scarcely adequate for the accomplishment of the work, 
the results of which are here presented. 

Mr. F. Muir, having returned to England for a year’s 
vacation in order to recruit his health after a long period 
of arduous entomological work in the tropics, joined the 
senior author at Brockenhurst, and the two combined 
their efforts for the production of this memoir. 

A work of the kind is almost indispensable in the 
present state of Coleopterology, and the authors hope 
that it will be received as a much needed contribution to 
a great subject. A subject too as to which, notwith- 
standing its slight advancement, great misconception is 
prevalent. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTIII.(DEC.) KK 


478 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


The work has nearly all been carried out in the little 
laboratory attached to the residence of the senior author 
at Brockenhurst, and in a period of little more than 
twelve months. Each of the authors has devoted some 
independent work to it since Mr. Muir’s departure for 
Honolulu, and it is hoped that this fact will be accepted 
as some excuse for certain inconsistencies that may be 
discovered by a severe critic. 

The drawings that form so important a part of the 
work have all been made by the junior author, and 
consequently on him has fallen the difficult task of 
deciding as to the ventral and dorsal aspects of the 
structures. This is far from easy; it is, in fact, beset 
with sources of deception, as may be seen from the note 
(as to a discovery made by the junior author) placed in 
front of our descriptions of the family Scarabaeidae. 

A primary object of the authors being to make a 
review extending over all the Order, they could only 
hope, in the too short time at their disposal, to get 
together the necessary material by the aid of their friends. 
Appeals were therefore issued with this object, and met 
with the most obliging responses; and we naturally desire 
to tender our warmest thanks to all those who have 
helped us in this and in other ways. We must mention 
first of all Mr. G. J. Arrow of the British Museum of 
Natural History; the only limit to whose kindness has 
been the reluctance we felt as to taking his attention 
from more important duties. 

Mr. Antwerp E. Pratt made over to us a considerable 
collection of Coleoptera from New Guinea. ‘This enabled 
us to examine a number of specimens in the case of 
certain species, and has been most useful, though, for our 
purpose, it has been subject to the drawback of several 
of the forms being new or little-known species. 

Mr. J. C. Moulton of Sarawak, Mr. T. Bainbrigge 
Fletcher of Pusa, Mr. Arthur M. Lea of Tasmania, Mr. 
W. W. Froggatt of Sydney, sent us useful material. Herr 
Edmund Reitter of Paskau was so good as to select from 
his stores and send to us several forms we specially 
needed. Jn our own country Commander Walker and 
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall provided important material. Mr. 
Geo. Lewis has given us a few interesting forms. Mr. 
Ford of Bournemouth, and Mr. Janson of London gave 
themselves considerable trouble in the selection of speci- 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 479 


mens for us. Mr. Hugh Scott of Cambridge University 
assisted us in every way that we asked. 

Mr. G. C. Champion and Mr. C. J. Gahan have been 
very good by helping us in the disagreeable task of 
naming our heterogeneous material. 

As regards the taxonomical and phylogenetic portions 
of the memoir it is desirable that we should say that they 
are drawn up to display the part that a knowledge of the 
fertilising structures should have in these two departments 
of Coleopterology. The senior author has for many years 
taken an interest in the taxonomy and phylogeny of 
Coleoptera, and it would therefore be absurd to pretend 
that, apart from consideration as to the sexual organs, he 
is in complete ignorance as to the bearings of other 
branches of anatomy, of physiology, of ethology and of 
ontogeny on the two departments mentioned. But the 
junior author is comparatively a recent student of these 
departments; and the senior author, therefore, gave him 
a free hand in drawing up the tables, and has modified 
them but little. They represent, therefore, fairly well the 
results that may be obtained in taxonomy and phylogeny 
from a preliminary study of the male genital tube. We 
hope that we have made it clear, in other parts of the 
paper, that our work is only a very imperfect introduction 
to this comparatively narrow field of inquiry. But we 
believe the subject will prove to be of great importance 
when combined with the results derived through other 
lines of investigation. There is one point, however, in 
the memoir that has not been based on study of the 
aedeagus, viz. the families we have made use of. Though 
we shall have in the course of this memoir to propose 
several changes as to the families of Coleoptera, it must 
not be supposed that the families here dealt with have 
been decided on from the point of view of the structure 
of the genital tube. The forms studied were selected in 
the first instance simply by our desire to study these 
structures throughout the whole Order. We may, how- 
ever, say that though certain changes will have to be 
made, yet our impression is that most of the families at 
present in use in Coleopterology will have their validity 
substantiated by a continuance of this study. 

The second part of our morphological section deals with 
the nature of the male organs; and under the heading 
Phytophagoidea in the section phylogeny some more 

KK 2 


480 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


speculative opinions on the same subject are given; but 
a brief elementary statement on this point will probably 
be found useful here. Two simple diagrams (figs. 239 
and 239) have been made with the same object. They are 
really diagrammatic and do not represent any particular 
form. . 

Let a glove be taken, a hole pierced in the tip of one 
of its fingers, a slender tube attached around this hole, 
this tube being placed inside the finger and prolonged 
into the hand-part of the glove: and we have before us 
a rough model of the genital tube. 

This structure lends itself to modification in the readiest 
manner. By traction on the slender tube the finger of 
the glove can be entirely drawn into the hand, with the 
result that the distal orifice becomes proximal. Let the 
glove finger be restored to its natural position and some 
hard patches be put on it, and the operation of invagina- 
tion be again repeated, and it will be noted how protean 
this simple arrangement can become. Further make some 
small folds on the finger, andisuppose these to grow out 
(after the fashion of the horns and processes on the heads 
of Lamellicorn beetles) and the reader will then have a 
general idea of the structures we are about to consider. 

The finger of the glove can be made by some folds to 
collapse in several layers, like a shut-up nautical telescope, 
and this telescopic arrangement can be carried to such an 
extent that Straus-Durckheim (Melolontha vulgaris, pl. vi, 
f. 1) shows in a section of the telescopically collapsed tube 
no less than eleven superposed layers. 

We scarcely need to remark that the retraction and 
eversion of the genital tube are not brought about by 
force applied to the duct. 

We have had considerable difficulty in arranging our 
matter i a comprehensible sequence, and the different 
sections of the memoir are not conformable in this respect. 
We have endeavoured to diminish the inconvenience 
resulting from this by means of an alphabetical index 
of the names of families and groups placed immediately 
before the explanation of the figures. 

In the course of this memoir we have occasion to refer 
the reader to a passage of the historian Gibbon, relating 
to the Empress Theodora, the consort of the Emperor 
who rebuilt the great cathedral of Saint Sophia at 
Constantinople. We may fittingly close our introductory 


mi ———— 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 481 


remarks by a quotation from the same chapter of this 
immortal author. He says, “A magnificent temple is a 
laudable monument of national taste and religion, and the 
enthusiast who entered the dome of St. Sophia might be 
tempted to suppose that it was the residence, or even the 
workmanship of the Deity. Yet how dull is the artifice, 
how insignificant is the labour, if it be compared with the 
formation of the vilest insect that crawls upon the surface 
of the temple !”—Gibbon, “ Decline and Fall of the Roman 
Empire,” chap. xl. 


II. ORISMOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE. 


The following is a list of some of the terms we have 
applied to parts of the male genital tube, and we add a few 
synonyms used by other writers. The letters in brackets 
are those made use of in the plates. 

This section is concluded by some critical remarks. 


AEDEAGUS. The median lobe and tegmen together. It is 
the Edeagophore of Blaisdell. 

AzyGOos, or the azygotic portion of the male genital tube. 
It comprises all the unpaired portion of the tube from 
the body wall to the divergence of the seminal ducts, 
where the zygotic portion, or efferent ducts, ends 
(b-d and 5-1, fig. 239). 

BASAL-PIECE (bp). The basal part of the tegmen. It is 
the “basale” (Blaisdell); external lobes (Packard) ; 
basalplatte (Verhoeff); tambour (Straus-Durckheim), 

EJACULATORY DUCT (¢) or stenazygos is the slender 
portion of the genital tube from the seminal ducts 
to the internal sac or eurazygos. 

EuraAzyaos (c-d and 5-1, fig. 239). The enlarged portion 
of the genital tube. 

“FIRST CONNECTING MEMBRANE ((cm1l). The membrane 
connecting the median lobe to the tegmen. 

INTERNAL SAC (is). The enlarged portion of the azygos 
which is more or less evaginated during copulation. 
It is the sac interne (Jeannel); praeputialsack (Ver- 
hoeff), and forms part of the ejaculatory duct of most 

- writers. 

LATERAL LOBES (//). The distal portion of the tegmen. 
In the generalised trilobe type they form two free 
processes lateral of the median lobe and often en- 


482 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


veloping it. They are the “deux branches de la 
pince” (Straus-Durckheim) ; mesostili in Procrustes, 
ipofallo in Lucanus and perifallo in Dytiscus (Berlese) ; 
apicale (Blaisdell), lateral lobes (Packard), Parameren 
(Verhoeff). 

MEDIAN FORAMEN (m/). The aperture, or lumen, at the 
base of the median lobe through which the ejaculatory 
duct passes. 

MEDIAN LOBE (m/l). The central portion of the aedeagus 
upon which the median orifice is situate. It is the 
penis of Straus-Durckheim, Verhoeff, Packard and 
many other writers, Korper (Lindemann), body 
(Hopkins), ipofallo in Procrustes etc, and penis in 
Oryctes (Berlese). 

MEDIAN ORIFICE (mo). The opening, or area, on the median 
lobe through which the internal sac is evaginated. It 
is the “Mundung ductus ejaculatorius” (Verhoef), 
fornix edeagi (Blaisdell) and apical opening (Hopkins). 

MEDIAN STRUT (ms). A single strut, or a pair of struts, 
proceeding from the basal part of the median lobe. 
In some cases they are articulated to the median 
lobe, in other cases they actually form part of the 
median lobe without articulation or line of demarca- 
tion. 

PoINT OF ARTICULATION (pa). The point on the median 
lobe to which the lateral lobes are attached. In 
many cases the median lobe and tegmen are con- 
nected by intervening membrane and there is no 
point of articulation. 

SECOND CONNECTING MEMBRANE (cm2), The membrane 
connecting the tegmen to the termination of the 
abdomen. It is the prepuce of Straus-Durckheim 
(Melolontha vulgaris). 

SPICULE (sp fig. 224). A sclerite attached by one end 
to the second connecting membrane. In many cases 
it is Y- or T-shaped. It is the Stengel (Lindemann), 
spiculum gastrale (Verhoeff), rod or fork (Hopkins), 
and is considered by some as being the last sternite. 
It is not infrequently similar in shape to another 
sclerite that pertains to another layer of the genital 
tube. 

Srenazycos. Is the stenazygotic or slender portion of the 
azygos (b-c, fig. 239). 

TEGMEN (tg). The term applied to the lateral lobes and 


— = 4 ee ell 


—it® > Oa, he 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 483 


basal-piece together. It is the ring (Hopkins), Gabel 
(Lindemann). 

VENTRAL PLATE (vp, fig. 19, etc.). A sclerite on the 
anterior ventral surface of the basal-piece in some 
Lamellicorns. In some cases the lateral lobes are 
consolidated to its anterior edge. The chitinisation 
of this part varies much. 

Zycos. Zygotic portion of the male genital tube; and is 
formed by the two seminal ducts (a—, fig. 239) 
proceeding from the testes. 


METHOD EMPLOYED. 


In preparing this memoir it was necessary to make use 
of a great deal of dried material, some of it fifty and 
sixty years old, as our time was limited and we could not 
procure fresher specimens. In such cases we found the 
following methods acted very well and, if care was used, 
did not destroy the specimen. The dried specimens were 
placed in water and allowed to soak for a time according 
to the size and condition of the specimen, the water being 
heated if necessary ; when thoroughly relaxed the aedeagus 
was dissected out, either through the opening between 
the last dorsal and ventral plates, or the last segment was 
taken off, or the abdomen was taken off at the base, the 
aedeagus extracted through the basal foramen and, when 
necessary, the abdomen stuck on to the thorax again. The 
aedeagus was then placed in weak caustic potash for a 
time when the muscles would swell up and could then be 
dissected ; in cases where it was necessary to clear off all 
the muscles the caustic potash was used very strong. To 
get the internal sac evaginated was a more difficult, matter ; 
but with care it was possible to do this by the use of 
localised pressure, and with the aid of a very finely pointed 
syringe. By inserting the fine point into the median 
foramen and gently applying pressure the internal sac can 
be forced out in a manner, if not quite natural at least 
near enough to study its shape and structure. 

With fresh material it was a much easier matter, espe- 
cially with bulbous forms such as are found among the 
Staphylinidae; by placing the aedeagus in water and 
gently pressing upon the bulb the internal sac can be 
made to evaginate in a perfectly natural manner. 

To study the position taken up by the internal sac 


484 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


within the uterus during copulation it was necessary to 
take the beetles in copula, kill them in a strong killing- 
bottle and then dissect out the whole female organ with 
the internal sac of the male still in situ. 

We may here emphasise the great importance of extract- 
ing the structures without injury to the basal parts. It is 
necessary to give this caution because it too often happens 
that the dissections of these parts that exist in various 
collections have been made only with a view to examining 
the apical portions of the structures. Hence the basal 
parts are often found to have suffered serious injury. 

As there can be no doubt that the nature of the genitalia 
is destined to play a prominent part in the systematic 
study of Entomology, the terms to be used in it should 
be carefully considered. At present great confusion pre- 
vails. This is not a matter for surprise when the difficulties 
that exist are grasped. The male structures form parts 
and accessories of a genital conduit of which the female 
genitalia are the continuation and completion. Hence the 
male parts are really only comprehensible when studied in 
connection with the female parts ; and this, moreover, when 
the two are functioning. The parts, in fact, have to be 
restored to the condition they are in during copula. 

The terms used in this memoir were of necessity selected 
soon after the commencement of our work, and we consider 
it advisable here to state how they appear to us at the 
conclusion of our undertaking. 


AEDEAGUS. This is a most convenient and useful term for 
the combination of sclerites in the two adjacent 
layers of the male tube. The term was, we believe, 
introduced by M. A. C. M. E. Foudras (Altisides, 
1859, p. 32). It is probably derived from the Greek 
ta aidoia, signifying the genitals. The use of the 
Greek word may be seen in the notorious passage of 
Procopius quoted by Gibbon in footnote 24 of chap. x1 
of “The Decline and Fall” We doubt whether a 
better term could be found for this middle complex 
of male sclerites, and we expect that a word will have 
to be invented for the corresponding (if not homo- 
logous) female sclerites. 

MEDIAN LOBE. This term is not free from serious objec- 
tions, but it is far superior to that of “penis,” which 
applied to Insecta is totally fallacious. The part in 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 485 


Insecta that most nearly approximates to the Verte- 
brate penis is the internal sac, the knowledge of 
which has been almost nothing until its recent in- 
auguration by Jeannel. The median lobe appears to 
be sometimes a complex or amalgamation of more or 
less individualised sclerites. (Cf. Hydrophalus.) 

LATERAL LOBES. Though a very suitable term for the 
parts in the various trilobe forms, it is inappropriate 
in cases where the projections (if homologous at all) 
are medianly situate. Paramere is quite as good as 
lateral lobes. Cornua (meaning cornua tegminis) is 
also not free from objection, and accessory process 
is rather cumbersome. Tegminal lobes might do if 
the term tegmen be itself accepted. 

BASAL-PIECE. Perhaps this term may stand till more is 
known about the cases in which it is two pieces, and 
those in which it appears to be absent. 

INTERNAL Sac. Probably the term Vesica might be prefer- 
able. But this part of the conduit is so protean in 
form and development that it might be better to 
invent a term indicating a structure that is pre- 
dominantly membranous. 

TEGMEN. This term seems convenient and adequate for 
the layer of sclerites external to the median lobe. 
The elytra of grasshoppers are frequently called 
tegmina, but we do not think this objection to our 
use of the term a serious one. 

CoNNECTING MEMBRANES. This term cannot be com- 
mended. It gives the idea that the sclerites are the 
important structures. But the tube may exist without 
sclerites and is it then a connecting membrane ? 


Other terms (such as Prepuce) that have been used for 
various parts are totally unsuitable. We consider that it 
is premature to endeavour to establish permanent terms 
for the parts of the complex genitalia of Insects till the 
various Orders have been more thoroughly examined and 
compared. 


486 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


III. MORPHOLOGY. 
A. SpecIAL ANATOMY. 
Family CICINDELIDAKE. 


Forms examined: Manticora tuberculata Deg., S. Africa. 
Omus californicus Esch.,N. America. Cicindela tortuosa 
Dej., N. America. TZherates labiatus Fabr., New Guinea. 
Tricondyla aptera Ol., New Guinea. 

Figs. 29-31 of Pl. XLVII. 


Manticora tuberculata (Pl. XLVI figs. 31, 31a, 310). 


Median lobe curved, tubular ; median orifice at distal end on ventral 
side, about one-fifth the length of lobe ; median foramen at basal end, 
as large as circumference of lobe ; dorsal edge forming a projection to 
which lateral lobes are articulated. Lateral lobes broad at base, with 
slender, free tips. Basal-piece shield-shape, connected to lateral lobes 
by a curved band broader in middle ; the lateral lobes are slightly 
asymmetrical and the distal end of each lobe lies on the left side of 
the median lobe. The internal sac is nearly as long as the median 
lobe ; at the point where the ejaculatory duct enters the sac there is 
a small chamber with chitinous walls (fig. 316) drawn out into a 
long, slender flagellum, with the external opening at its tip. Only 
the baso-dorsal part of the sac is evaginated, as a tongue, with 
the lateral edges turned down to form a groove, along which the 
flagellum passes (fig. 3la); the rest of the sac is crushed up like 
a concertina and the flagellum is pushed out. 


Omus californicus. 


Median lobe as in Cicindela but irregular in outline ; basal half 
of lateral lobes wider than in Cicindela, distal half tapering to a 
point. Basal-piece forming a thin V-piece on ventral side of median 
lobe. Internal sacswell developed, a thin, long, curved chitinous 
spine rising from the apex. 


Cicindela tortuosa (P]. XLVII fig. 30). 


Median lobe curved, tubular, swollen along the distal two-thirds ; 
median orifice forming a slit along ventral side of the distal fourth 
of lobe ; median foramen at basal end. Lateral lobes slender, two- 
thirds as long as median lobe. Basal-piece V-shaped, connected to 
lateral lobes about one-third from their base, Internal sac large, 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 487 


and, when invaginated, coiled up, with a long, slender flagellum 
arising from apex with external opening of duct at tip (not shown 
in figure). 


Therates labiatus (Pl. XLVII fig. 29). 


Median lobe tubular, curved, thick, smaller and slightly flattened 
perpendicularly at base, median orifice at distal end, median foramen 
at basal end. Tegmen consisting of a pair of thin symmetrical 
lateral lobes, reaching to near tip of median lobe, and a wide 
V-shape basal-piece. Internal sac large with chitinous plates and 
two chitinous spines on sac, one curved and thin, the other short, 
thick and straight ; the duct enters at apex but not through spine 
(i, e. the spine is not of the nature of a flagellum). 


Tricondyla aptera. 


Median lobe curved, and tubular as in Manticora. The tegmen 
consisting of slender lateral arms and V-shaped basal-piece, as in 
C. tortuosa. Internal sac median size with large diverticula near 
apex and a large, strong bent spine on sac which is not traversed 
by the duct, the duct opening on apex of a small membranous 
tongue at the tip of the sac. 


Obs.—The Cicindelid aedeagus is similar to that of Cara- 
bidae in structure ; but is distinguished from all the Carabid 
types we are acquainted with by the presence of a basal- 
piece in the form of a sclerite on the ventral side of the 
median lobe. In this respect they resemble other Coleoptera 
more than the Carabidae do; but in the development of 
the internal sac with spines and a long flagellum they are 
more highly specialised. A great number of the Carabids 
are asymmetrical, whilst the Cicindelids are generally sym- 
metrical or nearly so. The diagnostic of the family is the 
same as that of the other families of the Caraboid series, 
except as regards the basal sclerite, which appears to be 
various in the series. 


Family CARABIDAE. 


Forms examined: Carabus violaceus L., Brockenhurst. 
Cychrus ventricosus (teste Leconte), California. MJetrvus 
contractus Esch., California. SBlethisa multipunctata L., 
England. Nebria brevicollis Fabr., Brockenhurst. Mor- 
molyce phyllodes Hag., loc.? Pheropsophus agnatus Chd., 
China. Clivina fossor L., Brockenhurst. Anthia sexgut- 


488 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


tata Fabr., India. Teflus difficilis Sternberg, Nyasa- 
land. Pterostichus niger Sch., and  oblongopwnctatus 
Fabr., Brockenhurst. Ophonus sabulicola Panz., Southsea. 
Laemosthenes complanatus De}., Southsea. Bembidium 
biguttatum Fabr., Brockenhurst. 

Figs. 32-35 of Pls. XLVII and XLVI relate to 
Carabidae. 


Carabus violaceus (Pl. XLVII figs. 32 and 32a). 


Median lobe long, tubular and well chitinised; median orifice 
extending about one-third along ventral side, the chitin of lobe 
thinning out into membrane of sac; median foramen running 
across basal end of lobe, the edge of which projects on dorsal side 
for attachment of lateral lobes. Lateral lobes thin, especially at 
distal end, nearly reaching to tip of median lobe. Internal sac well 
developed, covered with short dark spines on basal half; folds of 
membrane around opening of duct (od) complex (Fig. 32a). The 
figure shows a depression along the dorsal side which under fluid 
pressure becomes everted. 


Cychrus ventricosus. 

Somewhat like C. violaceus but median lobe more curved, especi- 
ally at base. Lateral lobes stouter and developed more perfectly, 
with tips slender and bearing a few hairs. Internal sac short 
(about one-third the length of median lobe) with long thread-like 
diverticula immediately ventral of opening of duct ; surface of sac 
studded with minute papillae. 


Nebria brevicollis (Pl. XLVII fig. 34). 


Median lobe curved cone-shape, the median orifice being situated 
at the small distal end, the median foramen at the large basal end. 
Lateral lobes attached to dorsal edge of median foramen, left lobe 
broad, flat, reaching to tip of median lobe, right lobe broad and 
flat, reaching about two-thirds along median lobe. Internal sac 
small and undifferentiated. 


Metrius contractus 

Median lobe short, deep, flattened ; the distal end produced into 
a curved blunt spine; median orifice narrow, running along one- 
fourth of ventral side of lobe, near distal end ; median foramen on 
basal end somewhat dorsal. Left lateral lobe narrow, spatulate at 
end, with fringe of long hairs along dorsal side, a little longer than 
median lobe; right lobe shorter, broader and produced to point, 
without hairs along edge. Internal sac large and complex. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 489 


Blethisa multipunctata. 


The aedeagus of this species is remarkable by the small area 
of the median lobe that is chitinised, the larger part of the lobe 
being membranous. This species has also a very peculiar feature, 
inasmuch as a long strut extends forwards. This strut appears to 
be a process of the internal sac, and has nothing in common with 
the strut of Dytiscidae that at first sight appears to be similarly 
placed. It is unfortunately too late to add a drawing of this 
interesting structure to our plates. 


Mormolyce phyllodes (P1, XLVII figs. 33 and 33~). 


Median lobe very short, stout, and funnel shaped ; median orifice 
large, across distal end, the edge of left side being drawn out 
into a narrow tongue; median foramen large, across base of lobe, 
with lateral lobes attached to edge on dorsal side. Left lateral 
lobe small and flattened, right lobe double the size of left. Internal 
sac when evaginated twice as long as median lobe, with blunt short 
diverticula near apex and the apical part granulated. It is possible 
that the sac as figured is not entirely evaginated near apex. 

In this paradoxical insect, the articulation between the lateral 
lobes and the median seems to be imperfect, but our preparation is 
from an immature example. 


Pheropsophus agnatus (Pl. XLVIII fig. 35). 


Median lobe short, pointed ; median orifice occupying median 
portion on ventral side of lobe ; median foramen basal. Lateral lobes 
small, irregular and sub-equal. Internal sac large, with blunt, short 
diverticula near base and on ventral side. 


Anthia sexquttata. 


Median lobe forming an irregular tube, abruptly bent up dorsally 
near base ; median orifice a narrow slip along one-fourth of tube on 
ventral side near apex, continuing as a depression to near bend at 

base ; median foramen at basal end. Lateral lobes small, thick and 
irregular, right larger than left. 


Tefius difficils. 

Very solid tubular median lobe, somewhat asymmetrical, with 
short thick lateral lobes attached to its dorsal basal point, the 
right lateral lobe larger than the left; median orifice at distal 
end, median foramen at basal end, slightly dorsal. Internal sac 
large, complex, covered with chitinous granulations. 


490 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


The Carabid aedeagus consists of a more or less 
asymmetrical median lobe, with small but very varied 
lateral lobes attached to the dorsal side of the base of the 
median lobe, often very asymmetrical and often very much 
reduced. The basal piece absent, or rather not to be 
distinguished from the second connecting membrane. 
Internal sac often complex and well developed, contained 
in median lobe when invaginated (not passing through 
median foramen). When withdrawn into abdomen the 
aedeagus lies on its side. 

The absence of a basal sclerite separates this family 
from the Cicindelidae. 


Family PAUSSIDAE. 


The form examined appears to be the S. African Ortho- 
pterus smitht Macl. Our specimen has no locality label. 
Fig. 41 Pl. XLIX. 


Orthopterus smithi (Pl. XLIX fig. 41). 


Median lobe a chitinous curved tube, thinner at distal end than at 
base ; median foramen as large as the lobe, with the lateral lobes 
attached to its dorsal edge ; median orifice formed by an asymmetrical 
slit at distal end, the right edge being produced into a small curved 
knob, the left into a curved flattened’ point. Right lateral lobe 
broad, and flattened, reaching to near apex of median lobe, left 
lateral lobe narrow and slightly shorter ; a small thin sclerite is 
attached to connecting membrane between the lateral lobes on 
ventral side (not shown in figure) and appears to be homologous to 
the basal-piece in Dytiscus. Internal sac fairly large and when 
evaginated funnel shape. 


This aedeagus is distinctly Caraboid and strongly reminds 
one of Nebria. If we may judge from a single dissection 
the family differs from Carabidae by the possession of a 
scleritic basal-piece. 


Family RHYSODIDAE. 


Form examined is a species from Queensland, not con- 
tained in the British Museum Collection. It is a large 
form somewhat resembling the European &. sulcatus. 

Fie, 36' PXLvay, 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 491 
Rhysodes sp.? (Fig. 36). 


Median lobe a strongly chitinised, curved tube, with median 
orifice on ventral side of apex and median foramen at basal end. 
Lateral lobes asymmetrical, the right large, flat and subtriangular, 
the left small and irregularly oval. Internal sac well developed, 
a large lobe arising from the apex armed with patches of hairs and 
chitin plates. 


This is a characteristic Caraboid type and must be placed 
near that family. 


Family PELOBIIDAE. 


Pelobius tardus Herbst, from Brockenhurst has been 
examined. 


Fig. 40 Pl. XLIX. 
Pelobius tardus (Pl. XLIX fig. 40). 


Median lobe strong, curved, somewhat flattened, produced into 
blunt barb at tip, with a shallow groove along the ventral side (or 
the lateral edges turned down ventrally), a membranous tongue 
(a) covers the basal four-fifths of the groove, the median orifice 
being covered by this tongue. Lateral lobes large, produced into 
filament at apex ; articulated to median lobe on dorsal side of base. 
Basal-piece forming a T-shape sclerite, with a large head. No 
differentiated sac. 


Family HALIPLIDAE. 


The form examined is the common European H. fulvus 
Fabr. 
Big.voOi PL XLV IL. 


Haliplus fulvus (Pl. XLVIIT fig. 39). 


Median lobe a flattened curved body, deeply grooved along the 
ventral side, with a membranous tongue (a) covering the basal 
three-fourths of groove; the basal part expanded, with lateral lobes 
articulated to dorsal edge. Lateral lobes asymmetrical, left one short 
and broad, with hairs on inner surface near distal end ; right lobe 
longer and narrower, with slender tip, inner surface covered with 
long fine hairs. Basal-piece forming a wide V-shape sclerite joining 
lateral lobes across the ventral side. No differentiated sac, 


492 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Family DYTISCIDAE. 


Forms examined: Dytiscus punctulatus Fabr., and D. 
marginalis L., England. Jlybius aenescens Th., England. 
Figs. 37 and 38 Pl. XLVIIL. 


Dytiscus punctulatus (Pl. XLVITI figs. 37 and 377). 


Basal half of median lobe forms a tube, the distal half projecting 
as four prongs, the dorsal one chitinous, the ventral and lateral ones 
membranous (fig. 37a, a. b. b.). The dorsal half of lobe forming a 
strong chitinous plate, broader and turned down in the middle (c) 
and bearing hairs at the apex, the basal part being curved upward 
and expanded ; the ventral half is membranous (m). Lateral lobes 
large and broad, bearing hairs at the tip and attached to the base 
of the median lobe on the dorsal side (pa). A thin strut (bp) broad 
at the end where it supports the membrane between the bases of 
the lateral lobe, on the ventral side, represents the basal-piece. 
This functions as a lever to which the muscles for turning the 
aedeagus are attached. When invaginated the aedeagus rests on its 
side, but when evaginated it takes a turn and the dorsal becomes 
ventral. Our figure shows it in its true dorso-ventral position. Sac 
undifferentiated. 


Dytiscus marginals. 


This only differs in details from D. punctulatus, the median lobe 
is expanded into a small flattened disc at apex ; the lateral lobes are 
longer. 


Tlybius aenescens (Pl. XLVIII fig. 38). 


Median lobe consisting of a strong, curved, thin sclerite, broad- 
ened at the base and turned down to form a short groove, the ventral 
side of this groove being covered by a membranous tongue (qa), thus 
forming a very short tube where the undifferentiated sac opens. 
Lateral lobes broad at base, flattened and slightly twisted at tips 
and attached on dorsal side of the base ; the inner dorsal surface 
being studded with short stout sense-hairs, the rest of inner surface 
with long fine hairs. Basal-piece (bp) broad at the end where it 
partly surrounds the base of the median lobe but narrow beyond. 


This appears to be a more perfect structure than the 
aedeagus of Dytiscus. 


The three families, Dytiscidae, Haliplidae, and Pelo- 
biidae, are closely allied as to the aedeagus, the median 
lobe being on the same plan, and differing from Carabidae 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 493 


and Cicindelidae. In the latter two families the median 
lobe is a more or less perfect tube with the median orifice 
at or near the distal end, and the median foramen at the 
basal end; in the three other families it forms a chitinous 
organ, grooved along the ventral surface (or the lateral 
margin turned down), with a membranous tongue cover- 
ing the basal part of the groove. There being no differ- 
entiated sac it is impossible to say how much of the 
ejaculatory duct is evaginated during coition.* 

Unfortunately the only Amphizoidae we could procure 
were females. 


Family GYRINIDAE. 


Forms examined: Hnhydrus sp. n., aff. HL. atratt, Lita, 
4000 ft. Gyrinus natator and wrinator, England. Orecto- 
chilus dispar Walker, Ceylon. 

Figs. 42, 48 and 43a Pl. XLIX.: 


Gyrinus natator (Pl. XLIX fig. 42). 


Median lobe slightly flattened and curved; tip truncate ; dorsal 
and lateral parts chitinous ; median orifice forming a narrow slit on 
the membranous ventral side near tip; median foramen at base. 
Lateral lobes flattened horizontally, narrow at base and gradually 
widening to truncate apex, which bears long hairs; consolidated 
along ventral basal half and near base on dorsal side. Median lobe 
articulated to base of lateral lobes on dorsal side. Basal-piece large, 
forming a large chitinous plate on ventral and lateral sides ; mem- 
branous on dorsal side; membrane connecting it to lateral lobes 
large and allowing great movements of parts. No differentiated 
internal sac. 


Enhydrus, sp. 

This is the same type as G. natator, the median lobe being 
pointed and the lateral lobes pointed on the inner side of a widened 
tip. Basal-piece large, but connecting membrane not so large as in 
G. natator, and not allowing so much movement between basal-piece 
and lateral lobes, No differentiated internal sac. 


Oretochilus dispar (Pl. XLIX figs. 43 and 43a). 


Median lobe tubular, drawn to a point on the ventral side of the 
apex ; median orifice situated on dorsal side of apex; median fora- 


* F. Netolitzky (Deut. Ent. Zeitschr., 1911, p. 271) has discussed 
the Adephaga from the point of view of the lateral lobes. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IIL (DEC.) LL 


494 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


men at base. Lateral lobes narrow and bluntly pointed, the distal 
half bearing fine hairs along edge. SBasal-piece long and narrow. 
No differentiated internal sac. 


The aedeagus of the Gyrinidae is of the trilobe type with 
well-developed basal-piece, and they should not be placed 
with the Dytiscidae, but near to the Hydrophilidae. The 
comparatively simple trilobe form and undifferentiated 
internal sac indicate a form of low specialisation (accom- 
panied by extreme adaptive characters of the body). In- 
formation as to the mode of fertilisation in this family is 
very desirable. 


Family HYDROPHILIDAE. 


Forms examined: Hydrophilus (Hydrous of recent 
authors) piceus L., Europe; H. ater Fabr., Paraguay. 
Anacaena ovata Reiche, England. Berosus luridus L., and 
B. signaticollis Charp., Brockenhurst. Laccobius ytenensis 
Sharp, Brockenhurst. Helophorus aquaticus L., Brocken- 
hurst. Dactylosternum subdepressum Cast., Panama. 


Figs. 44-46a Pl. XLIX. 
Hydrophilus piceus (Pl. XLIX fig. 44), 


The aedeagus of this insect is the best known of any, as it has been 
figured and described by many writers. See especially Escherich, 
Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. lvii. The’median lobe is well developed, mem- 
branous, strengthened by three sclerites. A ring-like one (a) sup- 
ports the median orifice, a thin rod-like one runs down the ventral 
surface, and a large one (b) covers the dorsal surface ; the latter is 
narrow at the tip and broadens out basally, where it extends into a 
pair of median struts (ms), a keel runs down the centre, bifurcates 
about the middle and the keels continue on to the median struts. 
The lateral lobes are broad at the base, where they meet both dorsally 
and ventrally and embrace the base of the median lobe; from the 
base they taper off to a point at the apex. ‘The basal-piece is 
formed by a large, shield-shaped sclerite (bp) with its lateral edges 
turned up, the dorsal side being membranous. When the muscles 
acting upon the median struts force the median lobe outwards, the 
fact of it being articulated to lateral lobes (at the point of articula- 
tion pa) causes it to turn dorsally upon that point, this at the same 
time forces the lateral lobes apart. This appears to be the action of 
all the trilobe types in which the lateral arms are free (not con- 
solidated together) and the median lobe is articulated to the lateral 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 495 


lobes. We have not examined one of these forms during copula- 
tion, but it is most likely that the lateral lobes are used to keep 
open the external orifice of the female. The internal sac is 
undifferentiated. 


Laccobius ytenensis (Pl. XLTX fig. 45). 


This is a trilobe form. Median lobe chitinous on dorsal side, 
membranous on ventral side whereon the median orifice is situate. 
Lateral arms curved, surrounding median lobe. Basal-piece large, 
membranous on dorsal side. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Berosus signaticollis (Pl. XLIX fig. 47). 


Median lobe thin, tubular, slightly curved and pointed at apex; 
median orifice on ventral side of apex; median foramen at base; basal 
edge continued into two curved median struts (ms). Lateral lobes 
large, consolidated into one piece on the ventral side, forming a 
flattened trough into which the median lobe falls when at rest ; 
point of articulation at base. Basal-piece large, forming a flattened 
trough into which the lateral lobes fall when at rest, the distal 
edge of the basal-piece being articulated to the middle of the ventral 
part of the lateral lobes. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


In B. luridus the median lobe is slender and long, the 
lateral lobes slender and long and quite free. Basal-piece 
small and jointed to the lateral lobes in normal manner. 
Internal sac undifferentiated. The profound difference 
between these two otherwise allied species is of great 
interest. 


Helophorus aquaticus. 

The median lobe is short, broad at base and bluntly pointed at 
tip, where the median orifice is situate. Lateral lobes about same 
length as median lobe, broad at base and bluntly pointed at apex. 
Basal-piece longer than median lobe, shield-shaped, membranous on 
dorsal, chitinous on ventral side. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Dactylosternum subdepressum (Pl. XLIX figs. 46, 467). 


Median lobe flattened, broad at base, pointed at apex, the dorsal 
aspect being chitinous, the ventral membranous; the median orifice 
towards the base on ventral aspect (mo). Lateral lobes meeting 
together at base on ventral face, but wide apart on dorsal] ; tapering 
to a point atapex. Basal-piece small, chitinous all round, but narrow 
on dorsal aspect, and extending basally on ventral side, there some- 


what shield-shaped. Internal sac undifferentiated. 
LL 2 


496 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


The Hydrophilidae possess an aedeagus of the trilobe 
form, with well-developed median and lateral lobes and 
basal-piece, but with undifferentiated internal sac. This 
is a generalised type. Berosus departs from it furthest 
in Bb. signaticollis. 


Family STAPHYLINIDAE. 


Forms examined: Gyrophaena pulchella Heer, England. 
Homalota londinensis Sh.; H. elongatula Gr., and H. pavens 
Er., Brockenhurst. TZachinus subterraneus L., Brocken- 
hurst. Tachinoderus grossulus Lec. (? North America, no 
locality ticket). Ocypus cupreus Rossi, Brockenhurst. 
Staphylinus cacsareus L., Brockenhurst. Philonthus and 
Gabrius, numerous species. Creophilus erythrocephalus 
Fabr., Australia. Quedius ventralis Ar., Brockenhurst. 
Pinophilus rectus Sh., and P. mimus Sh., Amazons. Platy- 
prosopus sp., India. Othius fulvipennis Fabr., and 0. melan- 
ocephalus Grav., Brockenhurst. Aantholinus glabratus 
Gray., Brockenhurst, and X. phoenicopterus Er., Australia. 
X. (Lulissus) chalybews Mann, Brazil. Paederus riparius L., 
Brockenhurst. Lathrobium brunnipes Fabr., L. fulvipenne 
Grav., and JZ: boreale Hochh., Brockenhurst,  Stenus 
speculator Lac., Brockenhurst. Osorius sp. near ater Perty, 
Trinidad. MNodynus leucofasciatus Lew., Japan. Olophrum 
piceum Gyll, Brockenhurst. Leptochirus edax? loc. dub. 
Zirophorus bicornis Ol, Amazons. Micropeplus fulvus 
Er., England. 

Figs. 61-74 of Plates LII, LIII and LIV are devoted 
to Staphylinidae. 


Gyrophaena pulchella (Pl. LII figs 61, 61a). 


Median lobe chitinous, tubular, flattened near tip and twisted and 
swollen slightly at base ; median orifice narrow, on ventral side near 
apex ; median foramen at base small. There are two pairs of spines on 
ventral side close behind median orifice. Lateral lobes large, broad 
and flattened; inner surface membranous, outer chitinous, and 
divided into several large sclerites; near apex there is a small 
articulated lobe bearing two stout hairs. The lateral lobes are 
attached to median lobe near base on ventral side of median 
foramen (pa). Internal sac medium size with a long flagellum (fg) 
arising from apex of sac and passing through median orifice. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 497 


This is a highly developed form of the Aleocharid type. 
The structure is very large in comparison with the size of 
the insect. 


Homalota londinensis. 


Median lobe broad and flattened ; tip on ventral aspect curved 
downward, and drawn out into a fine point, tipped with a fine 
pin-head knob. Lateral lobes large and broad; on the lower 
margin, near base, arises a long curved flattened spine. Sac not 
examined. 


Homalota elongatula. 


Median lobe bulbous at base, membranous on dorsal side, 
chitinous on ventral, the distal chitinous edge prolonged into a 
laterally compressed curved tip. The lateral lobes large, flat, and 
rounded at apex. 


Fomalota pavens. 


Median lobe swollen at base, chitinous on ventral side, mem- 
branous on dorsal, distal end not twisted. Lateral lobes large. Sac 
not examined. 


Tachinus subterrancus (Pl. LIT figs. 61, 61a). 


Median lobe short and bulbous, the ventral aspect formed by a 
chitinous sclerite jointed at apex, the dorsal by a circular sclerite, 
with a semi-membranous connection between (m), The median 
orifice has a dorso-distal position and the median foramen is small 
with a ventro-medial position. The lateral lobes joined together to 
near tips, attached to median lobe near median foramen on 
posterior (ventral) side. Internal sac large and complex, with a 
flexible, chitinous sclerite (a) supporting each side; at the distal 
end there is a large egg-shaped chitinous body (6) with a short 
tube on one side on which the ejaculatory duct opens. The use 
of this hollow egg-shaped body we are unable to conjecture. 


Tachinoderus grossulus, 


Distal half of median lobe tubular, basal half bulbous; median 
orifice distal ; median foramen on ventral aspect in median position ; 
semi-membranous:-around middle portion of bulbous base. Lateral 
lobes small, amalgamated to near tip. Internal sac large, with 
bilobed diverticulum on ventral face, and small chitinous process 
at apex where the ejaculatory duct opens. 


498 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 
Ocypus cupreus (Pl. LIT figs. 68, 65a, 680). 


In this form the median lobe is a strong, chitinous tube with a 
bulbous base, a semi-chitinous band (m) running round the bulb; 
the median orifice is distal; the median foramen small and ventral, 
at the junction of bulb and tube. The lateral lobes are amalgamated 
and form a broad, slightly-curved plate on the ventral aspect of the 
median lobe, the tip being slightly cleft. The internal sac large, with 
four large, round diverticula near base, covered with curved spines ; 
the dorsal side covered with long strong hairs, the ventral with large 
curved spines, similar to those on the diverticula ; the apex is drawn 
out thinner and has two constrictions near the end and the opening of 
the ejaculatory duct (0) near the tip on the ventral side is supported 
by two flat chitin sclerites ; a small spine rises just beyond it. The 
sac shown in the figure is drawn from a specimen taken in copula ; 
it had the position figured, 

Creophilus erythrocephalus, has a median lobe somewhat like 
O. cupreus, but the lateral lobes form a single broad prong on the 
ventral face, Internal sac medium size with a short curved 
flagellum arising from apex. 

Quedius ; has a similar form of median lobe to Ocypus, and the 
lateral lobes form a single piece on its ventral side. In Q. ventralis 
(Pl. LII fig. 64) the internal sac is figured evaginated. In 
Q. brevicollis the internal sac has a pair of small diverticula near 
apex and the opening of the ejaculatory duct below them, also a 
larger pointed pair on the dorso-lateral part of the middle, and a 
round diverticulum on the ventral side near base, covered with 
semi-chitinous pegs. 

Q. vexans (of our British collections) has median and lateral lobes 
of the same type, the internal sac being swollen at base and thin for 
the distal two-thirds ; a pair of blunt diverticula arise from the side 
near the middle, and a backward-pointing one nearer the base on a 
median-ventral line. 


Pinophilus rectus (Pl. LIV figs. 71, 71). 


Median lobe large, bulbous at base, with semi-membranous strip 
(m) running across to near apex; apex with dorsal edge projecting 
beyond ventral; median orifice on ventral side of apex ; median 
foramen small, on ventral side about one-fourth from base. Lateral 
lobes thin narrow strips, articulated to median lobe on ventral 
edge of median foramen. Internal sac about 15 mm. long, thin, 
tubular, coiled up in median lobe when invaginated. Arising from 
apex of sac is a fine chitinous flagellum as long as the sac, with 
the opening of the ejaculatory duct at its tip, At the base of the 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 499 


sac are three irregular chitin plates (b) with a narrow strip of chitin 
(a) running some way along the sac. These appear to form guides 
for the flagellum. 

P. mimus has a similar sac and flagellum which make ten complete 
coils in the median lobe, like a coil of rope, and measure 20 mm. 


In Pinophilus where there is an enormously long sac 
and flagellum, coiled up within the median lobe, it is not 
likely that the sac is evaginated, but the flagellum is 
thrust out and the basal part of the sac folded up like a 
concertina bellows; nor is it likely that the whole of the 
long flagellum is everted, but the muscles acting upon the 
coils cause it to operate like a coiled spring, the distal end 
being thus thrust out and retracted when the muscular 
pressure is relaxed. 


Othius fulvipennis (Pl. LIIT fig. 65). 


Medium lobe bulbous with ventral distal edge projecting ; median 
orifice dorso-distal, median foramen small, ventro-medianal ; a semi- 
membranous band running round bulbous part of median lobe. 
Lateral lobes thin, separate, attached to median lobe on ventral edge 
of median foramen, Internal sac large, apex forming two diverticula ; 
on the larger diverticulum the ejaculatory duct opens; a small 
bilobed diverticulum on dorsal side and a pair of large diverticula 
on ventral side ; between these last processes and the base are two 
pairs of curved chitinous spines. 


Othius melanocephalus (Pl. LIII fig. 66). 


Very much like O. fulvipennis, but the internal sac differs greatly ; 
on each side near apex is a fine long diverticulum (q). 


Xantholinus glabratus (Pl. LIM figs. 67, 67a, 670). 


In this species the bulbous median lobe is of an extreme form, 
being egg-shape, with a small membranous distal portion to which 
the greatly reduced lateral lobes are attached. The median lobe is 
formed of dorsal and ventral sclerites, round, and connected by a 
semi-membranous band (m); the median orifice (mo) is at the distal 
end, and the median foramen (m/) slightly in front (or basal) on the 
ventral face. These two openings are separated only by a chitinous 
plate () formed by the basal part of the lateral lobes which are 
extremely reduced. The internal sac is three times the length of 
the median lobe, tubular, and studded with large teeth, curved 
basally, 


500 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


A less modified form is found in Xantholinus (Hulissus) 
chalybeus (Pl. LIII figs. 68, 68a) from Brazil ; in which the distal 
end of the median lobe is short and tubular, drawn out into a point 
on the ventral side, the median foramen being situate in the ventral 
chitinous sclerite at the base of the short tubular distal end, 

X. phoenicopterus is also less modified than X. glabratus, the 
lateral lobe being much larger and the median foramen on the 
ventral sclerite, 


Paederus viparius (Pl. LIT figs. 69, 69a). 


The median lobe broad, slightly flattened and slightly bulbous 
at base, the dorsal distal margin projecting beyond the ventral, 
the median orifice being on ventral face beneath this projection; the 
median foramen small, near base slightly dorsal. The lateral lobes 
broad, flattened, with curved pointed apices projecting beyond end 
of median lobe, closely applied to sides of it, and attached to it near 
the ventral edge of median foramen. Internal sac with large 
curved spine (a) at base. Apex of sac not examined, 


Lathrobium brunnipes. 


The median lobe bulbous and membranous, except on the ventral 
basal part which is chitinous ; median orifice at tip ; median foramen 
small, about the middle. Lateral lobes consolidated into a single 
body, broad at base and narrow at apex where there are two small 
points; a groove runs along the ventral side. They form the 
strongest part of the aedeagus and are consolidated to the ventral 
face of the median lobe from the edge of the median foramen to the 
tip. Internal sac not examined. 

L. fulvipenne is of the same type as L. brunnipes, but the left 
lateral lobe appears to be absent and the right is large and projects 
as a curved spine ; there is also a chitinous support on the dorsal 
side of the median orifice. 


L, boreale. 

The same type as L. brwnnipes, the lateral lobes being consolidated 
into a single piece, the tip being pointed and turned down like a 
small hook, the median ventral line being keeled, not grooved. 
The dorsal margin of the median orifice is supported by a small 
chitin plate and a strong chitin piece with two hooks at the end 
projects from the basal part of the internal sac. On each side of 
the internal sac, near the base, is a patch of chitinous flat scales, 
prolonged into prongs on the basal edge. When the sac is evaginated 
the two-hooked piece on the dorsal side of the base turns over and 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 501 


points basally. The aedeagus in Lathrobiwm is extremely irregular 
and asymmetrical in structure. 


Stenus speculator (Pl. III figs. 70, 70a). 


Median and lateral lobes on same plan as Paederus riparius. 
Internal sac large, with two chitin strips (a). These chitin strips 
are continuations of the chitin of the ventral surface of the median 
lobe. 

Osorius sp. (Pl. LIV fig. 72) from Trinidad, apparently has the 
lateral arms entirely missing, or reduced to a narrow, small band 
slightly distal of the median foramen on the ventral side (Jl), The 
median lobe is bulbous with the dorsal side semi-membranous and 
the ventral distal edge pointed. The internal sac is large with two 
diverticula near base, one bearing short hairs on the tip, and a large 
curved diverticulum at end, ventral of the opening of ejaculatory 
duct. 


Nodynus lewcofasciatus, 

Median lobe bulbous at base, chitinous on ventral side and drawn 
out distally to a point, the dorsal side being membranous ; median 
orifice at distal end on dorsal side ; the median foramen small, on 
ventral side and about the middle. Lateral lobes fairly broad, 
pressed against sides of the median lobe and projecting slightly 
beyond tip, attached to median lobe on ventral side of edge of 
median foramen. Internal sac without chitinous armature. 

This is very Silphid-like, but the absence of the basal-piece 
separates it from that group. 

Olophrum piceum is very like Nodynus, the lateral lobes being 
flattened and curved. Internal sac long, flattened and coiled up in 
the median lobe ; its surface covered with hair-like scales. 


Leptochirus, sp. 

Median lobe tubular, curved ventrally near the base ; semi- 
chitinous on dorso-basal part. Median orifice on dorsal side of tip ; 
median foramen small, near base on ventral isde. Lateral lobes 
small, about one-fifth the length of the median lobe, Internal sac 
large, but not examined. 


Zirophorus bicornis (Pl. LIV fig. 73). 

Has a thin, slightly flattened median lobe, strongly chitinised 
and curved at the base, and semichitinous along the dorsal basal 
part (m). The lateral lobes are articulated to the curved base and 
consist of narrow lobes free along their whole length. Median 
orifice at distal end, median foramen at base. Internal sac short 
and without armature, 


502 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Micropeplus fulvus (Pl. LIV fig. 74). 


This is a Staphylinid type, the median lobe being large and 
bulbous at the base; the median orifice at the apex large, the 
median foramen small and one-fourth from base on ventral side. 
The lateral lobes are so completely amalgamated to the median lobe 
that it is very difficult to distinguish them, but they are of fair size 
and lie along the ventro-lateral portion of the median lobe, The 
internal sac is large, complex, covered with small chitinous spines 
and supported by chitinous patches, 


It is among the Staphylinidae that we have found the 
greatest modification of a single type. In this family the 
internal sac reaches a high state of specialisation and the 
modification of the median lobe for the evagination of the 
sac by blood-pressure is carried to perfection. This is 
brought about by modifying the tubular median lobe into 
a bulb having chitinisations on the dorsal and ventral 
aspects, with a band of membrane between, so that the 
dorsal and ventral sclerites can be brought together by 
muscular contractions and so exert pressure of a fluid on 
the sac and turn it out. 

The Staphylinidae are distinguished from the Silphidae 
by the absence of a basal-piece. Since our paper was 
written Dr. L. Weber of Cassel has published a very 
valuable paper on the male genitalia of Staphylinidae 
(Festschr. Ver. Cassel, 1911). We are, however, not pre- 
pared to accept his interpretation of the very abnormal 
genus Habrocerus, as to which he himself speaks with 
considerable diffidence. 


Family SILPHIDAE (= families Silphidae, Liodidae, 
and Clambidae, Reitter). 


Forms examined: Silpha (Phosphuga) atrata L., Eng- 
land. SS. obscura L., England. S&S. japonica Motsch., 
Japan. S.? analis Chevr., Panama. Necrodes osculans 
Vig., Woodlark Island. Necrophorus mortworwm Fabr., 
England. Astagobius angustatus Schm., Carniola. Ba- 
thyscia (sp. not in Brit. Mus.), Piedmont. Liodes (Anisotoma 
of certain authors) humeralis Fabr., England. Clambus 
minutus St., England. 

Figs. 48-54, Plates XLIX and L, are devoted to this 


group. 


eee 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 508 
Silpha atrata (Pl. XLIX fig. 48). 


Median lobe flattened, broad, with ventral side chitinous and 
dorsal membranous ; median orifice at distal end ; median foramen 
small, situate in the basal part of the ventral chitinous plate. 
Lateral lobes broad at base, tapering to rounded point at apex. A 
thin ring of chitin runs over the base of median lobe (bp) and 
joins the bases of the lateral lobes; this represents the basal-piece. 
Internal sac large, rounded at the apex, with three large, round 
diverticula at base (b), covered with long, fine hairs, thickest on the 
dorso-basal surface. 

The median lobe is not consolidated to the basal-piece and can be 
dissected away. 

The figure shows the apex of sac collapsed, the broken lines (c) 
show the more normal shape. 


Silpha obscura (Pl. I figs. 49, 49a). 


Median lobe large, extending beyond the basal-piece ; the ventral 
and lateral faces of the distal half chitinous, the dorsal side and all 
the basal half membranous, except a small strip of chitin (a) extend- 
ing from the median foramen (mf) towards the base. The median 
orifice on dorsal side of tip ; the median foramen small, placed about 
middle of ventral side. Lateral lobes fairly broad, curved at tips 
and bearing a small knob, they are pressed closely to the latero- 
ventral surface of the distal half of the median lobe. The basal- 
piece is ringlike (bp). Internal sac large ; details not examined, 


Silpha japonica. 

Of the same type as S. atrata, The internal sac is flattened 
horizontally and constricted in the middle, the dorsal surface is 
covered with long, silky hairs. 


Silpha analis (Pl. L fig. 50). 


Though probably a different genus this is similar to the various 
species we have already remarked on. The basal-piece is of rather 
larger extent. Internal sac large with a large curved prong (a) on 
each side near the base, basal part covered with short hairs, distal 
part with granulated surface. 


Necrodes osculans. 


The aedeagus is of the Silpha obscura type. The median lobe 
broad, with distal half chitinous, especially on the ventral aspect, 
the ventral half membranous ; the median orifice dorso-distal, and 
the median foramen ventro-medial. The lateral lobes each broad 


504 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


at’ base, the apex slightly curved. The basal-piece consists of two 
small narrow sclerites, attached to the base of the lateral lobes, 
but they do not meet on the dorsal side. 


Necrophorus mortuorum (Pl. L fig. 51). 


Median lobe chitinous on ventral and lateral aspects, membranous 
on dorsal aspect ; median orifice large, on dorsal aspect of apex ; 
median foramen small, on ventral aspect about one-fourth from 
base. Lateral lobes broad at base, tapering to blunt point, bearing 
several hairs, Basal-piece (bp) slender and ring-shaped, Internal 
sac large, but details not examined. 


Astagobius angustatus. 


The median lobe large, slightly flattened and curved ; the median 
orifice on the ventral face of apex, the dorsal edge being pointed ; 
median foramen large, at base. Lateral lobes long and thin ; basal- 
piece formed by a small curved sclerite on ventral face, but not 
meeting on dorsal. Internal sac large, armature not observed. 


Bathyscia, sp. (Pl. L figs. 52, 52a). 

Median lobe tubular, slightly flattened towards apex on dorsal 
face where it graduates to a point ; median orifice at apex on dorsal 
face; median foramen (mf) at base, as large as the diameter of 
the median lobe, the edge being strengthened by a thickening of 
the chitin (a). The tegmen consists of a broad ring-shaped basal- 
piece (bp) with a pair of thin lateral lobes lying along each side of 
the median lobe, the basal-piece being slightly posterior of the base 
of the median lobe. Internal sac large, extending through the 
median foramen. Arising from the apex of the sac is a short, stout 
flagellum (c), along which the ejaculatory duct continues and opens 
at its tip. The dorsal face of this flagellum is chitinous (a) and 
broadened at the base where the corners articulate with a Y-shaped 
(y) support (Jeannel’s Y-piece) ; the ventral face of the flagellum is 
membranous, except at the tip where the chitin forms a short fine 
tube.* Fig. 52a represents the internal flagellum (c of fig, 52) on a 
much higher scale of magnification. 

Liodes humeralis (Pl. L figs. 53, 58a, 538b) is of the same type 
as Bathyscia. The median lobe is chitinous, strongly bent at the 
basal third, swollen at base and pointed at apex; the median orifice 
is at apex on ventral face; the median foramen at base, and as large 
as the enlarged base of median lobe. The tegmen consists of a 


* On this group reference may be made to an important memoir 
by Jeannel, Arch. Zool. exp. v, 1910. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 505 


ring-like basal-piece, broader on dorsal than on ventral aspect, with 
a pair of narrow, pointed lateral lobes pressed close to the sides of 
the median lobe. The internal sac not large, but with complex 
armature at apex (53a, 53b). A flat, curved median chitin-piece (0) 
is attached to the internal sac by a large chitin knob (c) through 
which the ejaculatory duct runs and opens on the end of the median 
piece ; a chitin plate (d) with asecond chitin knob (e) gives it greater 
support. To each side of the chitin knob (c) is attached a flattened 
pointed process, thickened at its base at the point of attachment, one 
is slightly longer than the other. 


Clambus minutus (Pl. L fig. 54). 


Median lobe a thin, partly flattened, tube, with the dorsal distal 
part drawn out into a curved process hooked at the tip, the ventral 
distal part into a semi-membranous tongue. The lateral lobes are 
amalgamated for two-thirds of their length and form a broad shallow 
plate with the distal third forming unequal points, bearing a couple 
of stout spines. The basal-piece ring-shape (bp). Internal sac not 
examined. 


Among the Silphidae s. 1. that we have examined there 
are three distinct types of aedeagus. The first is repre- 
sented by Silpha, in which the median foramen is small, 
the median lobe collapsible on the dorsal aspect and forms 
a collapsible bulb by means of which the internal sac is 
evaginated by fluid-pressure, and the sac bears no chitinous 
armature. In the second the median foramen is large, 
and the median lobe is not collapsible and does not function 
as a bulb for the evagination of the sac, and the sac bears 
chitinous armatures. 

The third type has the lateral lobes amalgamated to- 
gether to form one piece, and the median lobe is tubular 
and not collapsible. 

These characters do not quite agree with the divisions 
into families of the Silphid allies. As, however, the recent 
authorities are not in accord on this point, and as we have 
studied a very small percentage of the known forms, we 
have treated the assemblage as one family. But we hope 
our doing this will not be interpreted as supporting either 
one view or the other. 

The Silphid type approaches the Staphylinid type, but 
the presence of a reduced basal-piece serves to distinguish 
the two. 


506 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Family LEPTINIDAE. 
Form examined: Leptinus testaceus Miill., Brockenhurst. 


L. testaceus (Pl. LI figs. 55, 55a). 


Median lobe large, chitinous on dorsal aspect, where it is drawn 
out into a point and on the sides, semi-membranous on the ventral 
aspect ; median orifice on the ventral aspect of the distal end (mo) ; 
median foramen large at basal end, and proceeding somewhat along 
dorsal side (b). Lateral lobes thin narrow bodies lying along the 
dorso-lateral parts of the median lobe and projecting somewhat 
beyond its tip. Basal-piece well developed, forming a ring through 
the base of which the median lobe passes and projects beyond, 
basally. Point of articulation on dorsal side. This basal-piece is 
distinct but of a semi-chitinous nature. Internal sac large, project- 
ing through the median foramen; it bears a patch of hairs near its 
apex, and about the middle a long slender chitin rod (a) attached 
to the sac by a broad square base ; the ejaculatory duct does not 
pass through it. This differs but little from certain Silphidae. 


Family PLATYPSYLLIDAE. 
Form examined: Platypsylla castoris Rits., N. America. 


P. castoris (Pl. LX XVII fig. 229). 

This comes near to Leptinus from which it differs only in details. 

Median lobe tubular, pointed at apex and greatly enlarged on 
basal two-fifths; median orifice on ventral face near apex; median 
foramen large at base. Tegmen consisting of a basal-piece surround- 
ing the median lobe anterior to the basal enlargement, and a pair of 
narrow lateral lobes situate on the dorsal face. Internal sac smaller 
than in Leptinus and not passing through the median foramen when 
at rest, covered with hairs and flattened pointed scales; a thin 
flagellum arises from the apex. 


We are indebted to Mr. E. A. Schwarz for the 
opportunity of examining this interesting species. 


Family SCAPHIDIIDAE. 


Form examined: Scaphidiwm quadrimaculatum OL, 
Brockenhurst. 


S. quadrimaculatum (Pl. LIV fig. 76). 
This is a characteristic Staphylinid type. Median lobe with distal 
half forming a wide tube, basal half bulbous, with a membranous 


— SS 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 507 


band round the bulb (m) ; median orifice large, at distal end, with 
ventral edge projecting beyond dorsal; median foramen small on 
ventral face, about one-third from base. Lateral lobes attached to 
median lobe on ventral aspect, at the ventral edge of the median 
foramen. Internal sac large, with patches of short hairs; details 
not studied. 


Family TRICHOPTERYGIDAE. 


Form examined: Zrichopteryx grandicollis Mann., Eng- 
land, and some others. 


T. grandicollis (P]. LXXVII figs. 231 and 2312). 


The aedeagus consists of a short tube with a pair of hooked struts 
on the ventral side of the base, the median orifice large, with the 
ventral edge produced into a blunt point. Internal sac large, 
bearing small spines and a small chitin-plate (a) on the dorsal face 
and some chitinisation on the ventral (b) which we have not definitely 
made out. The position of the opening of the duct on the sac was 
not observed. 

We could find no trace of tegmen. A small plate with a central 
strut exists below the aedeagus, but it appears to be a body sclerite 
and not the tegmen. 


At present we are unable to associate this with any 
other form. 

Euryptilium marginatum has the organ longer, with the 
ventral margin of the median orifice projecting, pointed, 
and turned down. 

Mr. H. Britten has submitted to us for examination 
dissections of 7’. grandicollis, T. thorica, T. bovina, T. brevis, 
Luryptiium marginatum, Ptiliolum spencei and an un- 
identified species. These are each and all easily recog- 
nised by the aedeagus. 


Family CORYLOPHIDAE. 


Forms examined: Saciwm politwm (coll. Matthews), 
hab.? Corylophus cassidioides Marsh., England. 
Bigs (o PI, LIV. 


Sacium politum (Pl. LIV figs. 75, 75a). 
Median lobe a large flattened tube, the median orifice at the distal 


end, the ventral edge extending beyond the dorsal and pointed; the 
median foramen very small at the basal end. Tegmen forming a 


508 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


“ring-piece,” the cap (a) or lateral lobes forming a wide curved plate 
slightly emarginate; the basal-piece forming a large shield-shaped 
plate with a deep keel down the centre (b). Internal sac large, with 
complex armature. 


Corylophus cassidioides is of the same type. At present 
we cannot directly connect this to any other type; the 
small median foramen with the internal sac contained in 
the median lobe is unique among the “ring” forms, where 
it is the rule to have a large median foramen and the 
internal sac passing through it, when not evaginated. 


Family SCYDMAENIDAE. 


Forms examined: Stenichnus collaris Miill., England. 
Eumicrus (recently Scydmaenus) tarsatus Miill., England. 
Leptomastax coquereli Fairm., Corfu. 

Figs. 56, 56a, b and c, 57 Pl. LI. 


Stenichnus collaris (Pl. LI figs. 56, 56a, 560, 56c). 


The distal portion of the median lobe forms a short thick irregular 
tube ; the basal part being curved under and prolonged into a flattened 
narrow process (f), a band of membrane (m) connecting the two 
portions ; the median orifice is large, at the distal end ; the median 
foramen small, situate on the dorsal face about two-thirds down the 
tubular distal end of the median lobe. Lateral lobes narrow flat pro- 
cesses, attached to the median lobe at the dorsal edge of the median 
foramen. Internal sac short but very complex (56c). On the dorsal 
face there is a membranous surface bearing a pair of keels studded 
with chitinous teeth (g) which converge together in the centre above 
the opening of the ejaculatory duct ; on the ventral half is a broad 
chitinous plate somewhat shoe-shaped in lateral view (a and b), 
bearing a pair of small toothed processes (h). 


We would like to call attention to the great importance 
of recognising the mobility of the internal sac and con- 
comitantly the variation in the position of the sac armature, 
especially when it closes the median orifice. Unless this 
is understood the shape of the aedeagus will appear to vary 
greatly in certain species. In the figures we give, fig. 56 
shows a side view with sac invaginated, 56) shows the sac 
partly evaginated, and 56c with it entirely evaginated, or 
nearly so; 56a gives a ventral view of 560. 


ee ee 


ie Si a ae i alla ei i Be 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 509 
Humerus tarsatus (Pl. LVI fig. 57). 


Median lobe tubular, slightly curved, with large median orifice at 
distal end and small median foramen at base. Lateral lobes large, 
broad and closely pressed to sides of median lobe; they extend 
beyond the end of the median lobe where the tips are consolidated 
into a single point, entirely enveloping the ventro-apical portion of 
the median lobe. Although the lateral lobes are pressed very closely 
to the median lobe, yet they are not consolidated thereto, and can 
be parted without damage. Internal sac small with a curved chitinous 
process (a) bearing the opening of the ejaculatory duct at its tip. 


Leptomastax coquereli, 


Median lobe similar to Eumicrus tarsatus; the lateral lobes are 
broad and flat but do not meet and become consolidated at their 
tips. Internal sac small, with a chitinous process ending in a short 
flagellum on which the ejaculatory duct opens. 


The family Scydmaenidae exhibit a great diversity of 
form, but all appear to be of one type. Median lobe more 
or less tubular with a large median orifice and a small 
median foramen more or less inclined to the dorsal face. 
The lateral lobes articulated to the base of the median 
lobe on the dorsal face of the median foramen. Internal 
sac bearing armature. The point of articulation being on 
the dorsal side of the median foramen distinguishes this 
family from the Staphylinidae wherein the point of 
articulation is on the ventral side. 

The distinguished French entomologist, M. de Peyerim- 
hoff, has published a memoir on the male structures of 
Scydmaenidae, in which he expresses the opinion that the 
structures are in some species variable. We would point 
to our remarks under Stenichnus collaris as possibly 
explaining the discrepancies he remarks on. 


Family PSELAPHIDAE. 


Forms examined: Sagola sp. (not in Brit. Mus.), New 
Zealand. Trichonyx sulcicollis Reich., Brockenhurst. Lry- 
axis impressa Panz., and B. juncorum Leach, Brockenhurst. 
Physa inflata Sharp, New Zealand. Palimbolus sp. (not 
in Brit. Mus.), New South Wales. 

Figs. 58, 59, 60 and 230 Pls. LI and LII. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART UI. (DEC.) MM 


510 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Sagola sp. (Pl. LIT fig. 59). 

Median lobe long, slender, tubular and slightly curved, the 
median orifice at apex, the ventral edge projecting beyond the 
dorsal. Lateral lobes large, flattened laterally and lying on each 
side of median lobe, with their base in intimate union with the 
base of the median lobe. The piece we call basal-piece (bp) 
appears to belong to the lateral lobes and not to be a true basal- 
piece, but this point is obscure. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Trichonyx sulcicollis, 

Median lobe bulbous with circular, membranous patch on dorsal 
face; median orifice at distal end, closed by a chitin plate which is 
attached at the base of the internal sac; this plate moves when the 
sac is evaginated; median foramen small, about two-thirds from 
base. Lateral lobes short, flattened, applied closely to the ventral 
face of the distal end of the median lobe. Internal sac large, 
armed with strong chitinous plates. 


Bryaxis impressa (Pl. LXXVII figs. 230, 230a and 0). 

This appears to be much on the same plan as Sagola, but the lateral 
lobes in their basal part are consolidated to the sides of the median 
lobe, and their more median portions apparently meet, while their 
outer portions remain free, divergent and pointed. If a section be 
taken through the middle of the aedeagus it should include three 
lumens, in the middle that of the median lobe (d of fig. 230b) and 
another on each side, c, the lumen of the lateral lobe. Internal sac 
undifferentiated. There is considerable difficulty in the interpre- 
tation and delineation of this structure, as regards the distal portions 
of the median strips of the lateral lobe.. In the figures 230 and 230a 
it is assumed that they pass beyond the median orifice and then 
meet at the point a. 


Bryaxis guncorum. 
The aedeagus is on the same plan as B. impressa, but is shorter 


and more bulbous; the lateral lobes are consolidated to the median 
lobe. 


Physa inflata (Pl. UI fig. 58). 

Median lobe bulbous, ventral and dorsal walls chitinous with a 
membranous band (m) around the middle, median foramen small, 
ventral and nearly median. The lateral lobes hard to distinguish 
from median lobe but appear to be the two pointed sclerites on 
each side of median orifice (Il), but it is possible that the median 
sclerite (a) on the ventral distal part of the median lobe represents 


——— 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 511 


the consolidated and reduced lateral lobes. Internal sac large, 
swollen towards the apex where it is produced into two small 
diverticula, between which the ejaculatory duct opens, the apical 
dorsal part bearing spines, and a large spine on each side a third 
from the base. 


Palimbolus sp. (Pl. LII fig. 60). 


Median lobe bulbous with right edge of median orifice prolonged 
into point; except fora batch of membrane on dorsal side (m) the 
median lobe is chitinous; median foramen small, on ventral face. 
Lateral lobes small, subcircular bodies applied closely to median 
lobe slightly posterior of the median foramen. Internal sac well 
developed with two chitin rods (a) supporting the ventral surface 
and forming two rounded projections beneath the opening of the 
ejaculatory duct. 


The few forms of Pselaphidae that we have examined 
show very interesting differences which future investiga- 
tion will probably show to be characteristic of distinct 
groups, unless connecting forms should be found. The 
type is closely allied to the Staphylinid. The possibility 
of Bryaxis having a true basal-piece included in the 
aedeagus requires Investigation, as the possession of such 
a structure would prevent their being regarded as direct 
offshoots of the Staphylinidae. 


Family SPHAERITIDAE. 


Form examined: Sphaerites glabratus Fabr., Scotland. 
Fig. 78 Pl. LV. 


Sphaerites glabratus (Pl. LV figs. 78, 78a). 

Median lobe thin, only the tip visible; median orifice at tip. 
Lateral lobes large, consolidated together for the greater part of 
their length on the ventral, and for half their length on the dorsal 
face, thus forming a tube in which the median lobe lies. Basal- 
piece small and asymmetrical, the chitinisation forming a broad 
circular band. Internal sac undifferentiated. This is very like 
Syntelia. 


Family SYNTELIIDAE. 
Form examined: Syntelia histeroides, Japan. 
Syntelia histeroides (Pl. LV figs. 77, 77a). 
Median lobe well developed, long, curved, tubular, with a pair of 


median struts. Lateral lobes very long and curved towards their 
MM 2 


512 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


pointed apices, consolidated together for the greater part of their 
length. Basal-piece small, symmetrical, with the opening on the 
ventral (?) face. 

This comes near to Sphaerites. 


Family NIPONIIDAE. 


Form examined: Niponius canalicollis, Japan. 


Fig. 82 Pl. LV. 
Niponius canalicollis (Pl. LV figs. 82, 82a). 


Median lobe tubular, slender and long ; lateral lobes longer than 
median lobe and enveloping them. Basal-piece forming a long tube, 
constricted near its base and bent. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


This form of aedeagus is nearest to Syntelia but differs 
in having the tubular basal-piece long, a character in itself 
not of family importance. 


Family HISTERIDAE. 


Forms examined: Hister cadaverinus Hoffm., England. 
Pachylister chinensis Quens., China. Macrolister maximus 
OL, Africa. Oxysternus maximus L., Guiana. Hololepta 
elongata Er. Andaman Islands. H. arcifera Mars., 
Cameroons. Saprinus nitidulus Fabr., England. Teretri- 
osoma stebbingt Lewis, India. 

Figs. 79, 80 and 81, Pl. LV, relate to Histeridae. 


Hister cadaverinus (P). LY figs. 79, 79a). 

Median lobe well developed, chitinous, slightly curved, with a 
large flange running round the lateral and distal edges of the 
apical half (a), forming a cavity in which the apical armature lies 
when the median lobe is at rest. This median armature is a pair 
of two-pronged structures, amalgamated at their bases and articu- 
lated to the base of the median lobe; when the median lobe is 
withdrawn between the lateral lobes at rest, the armature lies in 
the cavity, but when it is thrust out the armature turns back. 
There is a pair of short median struts. Tegmen consisting of a 
small basal-piece with very large lateral lobes amalgamated on 
their ventral side to the tip, and on the dorsal side along the basal 
half. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Macrolister maximus. 


A figure is given of this with the median lobe erected (Pl. LV 
fig. 80). 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 513 


Oxysternus maximus. 

Median lobe rod-like, dilated at the tip into a cleaver-shaped 
process. Basal-piece moderately long, slightly asymmetrical, with 
a large membranous area on one aspect, just anterior to its junction 
with the lateral lobes. Lateral lobes very long, coalesced on their 
basal portions to form a very hard tube, the apical two-fifths 
forming a half tube, or trough, at the basal portion of which is 
the articulation of the median lobe. The rod-like, very hard 
median lobe renders it pretty certain that the sac remains un- 
differentiated. The aedeagus is here a beautiful structure with 
very solid chitinisation. 


Hololepta elongata (Pl. LV figs. 81, 81a). 

The aedeagus is flattened and thin, the basal-piece more than 
two-thirds the length of the lateral lobes; the lateral lobes amal- 
gamated along the dorsal surface to the tip and along the ventral 
surface for the basal two-thirds, The median lobe is greatly reduced. 


Saprinus nitidulus. 

Median lobe small, only the tip visible. Lateral lobes very 
large, consolidated together along their entire length, with the tips 
slightly flattened and turned down; this forms a complete tube 
with an opening atthe tip on the dorsal side. Basal-piece very small, 
asymmetrical. Internal sac small, apparently not differentiated. 


Teretriosoma stebbingi, Weare indebted to Mr. Lewis 
for the opportunity of examining this rare and interesting 
Histerid. The individual was in a very decayed con- 
dition and the preparation was not very successful, but 
it shows that this form departs from the other Histeridae 
we have examined by the shape of the lateral lobes, 
which are flattened divergent laminae. Their conjunc- 
tion with the basal-piece seems to be more intimate than 
usual. 

The four families Histeridae, Synteliidae, Sphaeritidae 
and Niponiidae are so closely related by the aedeagus, that 
they might form one family, in which the Histeridae would 
include the higher developments. Its characteristics are 
the existence of a basal sclerite having no power of move- 
ment over the median lobe, and extremely large lateral 
lobes more or less amalgamated to forma tube. The 
type is extremely different from Staphylinidae. But the 
approximation to the Byrrhidae is clear. 


514 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Family PHALACRIDAE. 


Forms examined: Phalacrus grossus Er., Spain. Lzto- 
librus obesus Sharp, Panama. Olibrus corticalis Panz., 


England. 
Figs. 83 and 84 Pl. LVI are Phalacridae. 


Phalacrus grossus (Pl. LX figs. 83, 83a). 


Median lobe broad and flattened ; median orifice on dorsal face 
at apex; median foramen large. Tegmen forming a ring-piece. 
The “cap-piece” formed of the two flattened lateral lobes consoli- 
dated on the dorsal side to near their apices, and a large flat 
plate, turned down along the lateral edges, the basal corners 
meeting together on the ventral side of the median lobe, where 
the ring is asymmetrical. Internal sac large and complex. 
There is a pair of long tubular glands which open on the apex 
of the sac, one on each side of the opening of the ejaculatory duct. 
As our specimens were dried we could not examine the testes to see 
if these glands were extra, or if there were the usual ones having 
an abnormal opening. In Olibrus corticalis these glands are not 
present in this position. 


Intolibrus obesus (Pl. LVI fig. 84). 


Median lobe broad and flattened, slightly bent near the base 
where a flange (a) runs along the dorsal face ; median orifice on 
dorsal aspect at tip; median foramen large, on ventral side of 
base. Tegmen forming ring-piece. Lateral lobes small, consoli- 
dated’ together and forming a pointed, flattened plate bearing a 
pair of small curved hooks ; basal-piece long and narrow on dorsal 
side, broadened at the base where it encircles the median lobe, 
having two deep emarginations causing the median central portion 
(b) to project as a tongue. Internal sac large, bearing a pair of 
double claws and a pair of small plates, as armature. 


Family MONOTOMIDAE. 


Form examined: Monotoma conicicollis Guér., England. 


Fig. 85 Pl. LVI. 


Monotoma conicicollis (Pl. LVI figs. 85, 85a). 


Median lobe short, broad, flattened, and slightly curved; 
median orifice at tip, the dorsal edge projecting beyond the ventral 
and pointed; median foramen at base and of large size. From the 
ventral edge of the median foramen proceed two long struts (ms). 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 515 


Tegmen (fig. 85a) forming a ring-piece, the dorsal part being a hood- 
shaped body, with a thin piece proceeding from each basal corner and 
consolidating on ventral side of median lobe. Internal sac very 
large, bearing armature near base (b) and towards apex (a). 


Family NITIDULIDAE. 


Forms examined: Psilotus atratus Reitt., Chiriqui. 
Cychramus luteus Fabr., England. Jps (Glischrochilus of 
various authors) yaponius Motsch., Japan. 


Figs. 87 and 88 Pl. LVI. 
Psilotus atratus (Pl. LVI fig. 87). 


Median lobe tubular, broad and flat, with single median strut. 
Tegmen forming a large broad curved plate or hood, on dorsal 
face, with a small dorsal median projection (a) from base, the basal 
corners meeting and consolidating on ventral side of median lobe. 
Internal sac large, the opening of ejaculatory duct at apex, where it 
is supported by two chitin rods consolidated together at tip (b) round 
the duct opening. 


L[ps japonius (Pl. LVI fig. 88) 
is of the same type as P. atratus; and so is Cychramus, the “hood” 
being much larger than the median lobe. 


The family Monotomidae comes near to these forms, 
as also does Helotidae. On the other hand, Rhizophagus 
does not belong to Nitidulidae. Whether it can be 
satisfactorily placed in Cucwjidae (where we have treated 
of it, cf. fig. 101), can only be determined by a much 
more extensive survey of the Cucujidae than we have 
made. 


Family BYTURIDAE. 


Form examined: Bytwrus tomentosus Fabr., England. 


Fig. 86 Pl. LVI. 
Byturus tomentosus (Pl. LVI fig. 86). 


Median lobe long, ‘slender, and pointed; median orifice at tip on 
dorsal face; median foramen at base. Tegmen forming a close- 
fitting sheath, the distal half chitinous, the basal half membranous, 
with a strip of chitin supporting each side (a); and a Y-piece 
with a long stalk (b) supporting the ventral aspect. Internal sac 
undifferentiated. 

This type is similar to Trogositidae. 


516 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Family TROGOSITIDAE (or Ostomidae, or Temno- 
chilidae). 


Forms examined: TYemnochila virescens Fabr., Mexico. 
Alindria grandis Serv., Africa. Leperina, sp. n.? aff. 
adustae Pase., Australia. Thymalus limbatus Fabr., 
Brockenhurst. 


Figs. 89 and 90 Pls. LVI and LVII. 


Temnochila virescens (Pl. LVI figs. 89, 89a). 


Median lobe long, flattened laterally, formed by a trough-shaped 
chitin plate (a) on ventral aspect and membrane on dorsal aspect (b), 
with a chitin strut round median orifice at distal end (c). Tegmen 
formed into a sheath; lateral lobes distinct and only amalgamated at 
base ; basal-piece large and tubular, chitinous on dorsal and ventral 
aspects, membranous on sides. Internal sac undifferentiated. 

Alindria grandis is of the same type, but the division between 
lateral lobes and the basal-piece is obliterated. 


Thymalus limbatus (Pl. LVIT figs. 90, 90a). 

Median lobe long, straight, flattened laterally. Tegmen forming 
a sheath with lateral lobes consolidated together on the ventral aspect, 
basal-piece long, tubular, with a strong strut on the dorsal aspect 
at base (a). 

Leperina aff. adustae is of the same type but has the lateral lobes 
free. 


It is possible that this type is a development of a trilobe 
type through such a form as Aulonium. Byturus belongs 
near this family. 


Family COLYDIIDAE. 


Forms examined: Hnarsus bakewelli Pasc., New Zealand. 
Tarphiomimus indentatus Woll., New Zealand. Auloniwm 
bidentatum Fabr., Guatemala. Deretaphrus ignavus Pasc., 
Australia. Cerylon histeroides Fabr., England. 

Figs. 91-95 of Pl. LVII relate to the above-named 
forms. 


Enarsus bakewelli (Pl. LVII figs. 92, 92a, 920). 


Median lobe nearly as long as tegmen, chitinous on dorsal and 
lateral aspects, membranous on ventral (a); median orifice on ventral 
aspect near apex. Tegmen consists of a large basal-piece formed of a 
ventrally-placed sclerite, the dorsal aspect membranous, and a pair of 


——_— 


= 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 517 


lateral lobes joined together on their ventral aspects and forming a 
large plate ; the median distal portion of the plate projecting between 
the distal ends of the lateral lobes as a free process, truncate at 
tip (b). No differentiated internal sac. 

In this species there is a distinct abdominal plate between the 
anus and aedeagus (lv), which we think must be the last ventral 
sclerite of the body. 

‘Tarphiomimus indentatus is of a similar type (Pl. LVIT fig. 98). 


Aulonium bidentatum (Pl. LVIT figs. 91, 91a). 


Median lobe large, somewhat flattened ; median orifice near tip 
on ventral face. Tegmen formed of a large basal-piece, chitinous on 
ventral and membranous on dorsal aspect, and a large piece, formed 
of the lateral lobes consolidated together to near their tips, on the 
ventral face. 


Deretaphrus ignavus (Pl. LVII figs. 94, 94a). 


Median lobe long, slender and tubular, with median orifice at tip 
on dorsal side, median foramen at base, which is slightly swollen. 
Tegmen consisting of two short, broad lateral lobes, rounded at tip 
and bearing a strong curved spine at base, between which the median 
lobe passes, Basal-piece short, projecting as two short struts (a) at 
base. Internal sac undifferentiated. 

Some other species (which cannot be determined but are not 
D. piceus, the type of the genus) are of the same construction with 
slight difference in details. 


Cerylon histeroides (Pl. LVII fig. 95). 

The aedeagus consists of a long, tubular median lobe, swollen at 
its apex, across which is the median orifice; and a small ring- 
shaped tegmen articulated at the base of the median lobe. Internal 
sac complex. 


Obs.—There is great diversity among the few forms 
of Colydiidae we have examined. 

We might perhaps associate Hnarsus and Aulonium, 
though there is much difference between them. Hnarsus 
is one of the connecting links of the trilobe aedeagus with 
the sheath-forms (Trogositidae, etc.) that we have at 
present placed in Cucujoidea. We have therefore in our 
table also given this genus a place in Byrrhoidea. 
Aulonium is more definitely Trogositoid, 

Deretaphrus is not thoroughly elucidated. There may 


518 Mr. D, Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


be an affinity with Rhizophagus. It is very different from 
the trilobe form. 

Cerylon is extremely difficult. If the ring at the base 
of the long tubular median lobe be really the tegmen as 
we have assumed, the genus might be said to be a trilobe 
form with tegmen greatly reduced, with concomitant 
great development of the median lobe in the tubular form. 
This in fact would then be a form of development in some 
respects parallel with what we find in Chrysomelidae. 

A thorough study of the forms at present associated in 
Colydiidae would probably lead to the dismemberment of 
the family, and would in addition throw a considerable 
light on Coleopterous taxonomy. 


Family CUCUJIDAE. 


Forms examined: Passandra fasciata Gray, Central 
America. Hectarthrum cylindricum Sm., Queensland. 
Cucujus mniszechi Grouv., Japan. Brontopriscus pleuralis 
and B. sinuatus Sharp, New Zealand. Srontes lucius Pasc., 
Queensland. Diagrypnodes wakejieldi Wat., New Zealand. 
Chaetosoma scaritides Westw. (?), New Zealand. LRhizo- 
phagus depressus Fabr., England. 

Figs. 96-101 Pl. LVIII relate to these forms. 


Passandra fasciata (Pl. LVIII figs. 96, 96a). 

Median lobe short and fairly broad, with the median orifice at tip, on 
dorsal aspect ; the basal dorsal edge is continued as a broad strut (a), 
which suddenly narrows and continues as a long fine strut (b). The 
tegmen forms a ring, the dorsal side is formed by a pair of long 
lateral lobes, wide at their base, where they are consolidated together 
into a plate, and narrow for the distal three-fourths where they are 
free ; the ventral portion of the ring is formed by a broad plate 
attached to the outer basal corners of the lateral lobes. Internal sac 
very long and narrow, except at its base where it is complex ; the 
basal complex part of the sac evaginates easily and then forms a 
cross-shape body (fig. 96«) ; the distal portion (c) has the opening at 
its apex and forms a semi-chitinous trough ; the lateral portions (d) 
are semi-chitinous ; two small diverticula (e) turn basally, and basad 
of these are two more that bear hairs, The rest of the long internal 
sac is narrow. At the apex of the sac there is a semi-chitinous 
tongue (f) through which the ejaculatory duct passes. The enlarged 
part of the ejaculatory duct forms a chitinous tube. It is possible 
that this part of the duct passes through to apex of the sac and forms 
a flagellum. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 519 


Hectarthrum cylindricum 


is on a similar plan, but the consolidated basal part of the lateral 
lobes is constricted off from the free portion and forms a distinct 
plate. : 

From certain specimens that we have examined it appears probable 
that the chitinous ejaculatory duct forms a flagellum, and is capable 
of being thrust right through the tongue at apex, and entirely up 
the internal sac. 


This type (Passandra and Hectarthrum) differs from the 
rest of the Cucujidae we have examined in having a large 
plate on the ventral side of the ring-piece instead of the 
consolidated tegminal struts (¢9). 


Cucujus mniszechi (Pl. LVIII fig. 97). 


Median lobe well developed, cylindrical, slightly flattened laterally ; 
median orifice on dorsal aspect near apex, the ventral edge continued 
into a small point ; dorsal basal edge continued into large median 
strut (ms). Tegmen forming slender ring-piece, with small cap- 
piece, bearing small laterallobes. Internal sac very long, with long, 
slender flagellum arising from the apex, at the tip of which the 
ejaculatory duct opens. 


Brontopriscus sinuatus (Pl. LVIITI fig. 100). 


Median lobe small, tubular, with median orifice at tip, the basal 
part continued asa large flat strut, narrowing in middle and spatulate 
at the end (a). Tegmen consisting of a ring piece with dorsal cap, 
the cap being formed by a curved plate produced into two flattish 
lateral lobes; there is no line of division between the plate and 
the lateral lobes. Internal sac very long, with a long fine flagellum 
rising from the apex; about the middle the sac is swollen and its 
surface studded with fine, short spikes. 

In Brontopriscus plewralis the aedeagus is very similar, but the 
flagellum is longer, and there are four broad, short spines on the sac 
about a third from its base. 

Brontes lucius is very near to Brontopriscus, but the median strut 
is longer and more slender; the middle of the internal sac slightly 
dilated and covered with long strong hairs and the rest of the sac 
sparsely covered with stout hairs. 


Dagrypnodes wakefieldc (Pl. LVIII figs. 99, 99a). 


Median lobe slender, curved and membranous, with a thin chitin- 
rod on each side to support it; median orifice on ventral aspect 
near tip. The tegmen forms on dorsal aspect a large cap, which is 


520 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F..Muir on the Comparative 


formed by two pieces articulated together, the distal one bearing 
two small lateral lobes. It is possible that the distal piece is the 
basal part of the lateral lobes, and the basal plate is the basal 
piece. The basal corners of this basal plate meet under the 
median lobe, No differentiated internal sac. 


Chaetosoma scaritides (Pl. LVIIT fig. 98). 


Median lobe slender, chitinous on ventral aspect, membranous on 
dorsal ; median orifice on dorsal aspect of tip, ventral edge pointed 
and projecting beyond dorsal edge. Tegmen forming a ring, with 
large dorsal cap-piece formed of a large curved plate with a pair of 
broad lateral lobes at apex; the ring is broad and continued as 
a strut (tg) on ventral side. Internal sac small, not differentiated. 


There are probably more than one species of Chaetosoma 
in New Zealand, and if so the one here dealt with is 
not the C. scaritides of Westw. Ours is a comparatively 
large, black form, found by Commander J. J. Walker at 
Wellington. 


Rhizophagus depressus (P|. LVIIT fig. 101). 

Median lobe large, tubular and slightly curved ; median orifice 
at apex, the base prolonged into a long dorsal strut. Tegmen 
forming a slender ring round the median lobe, the dorsal part 
slightly enlarged into a very small cap-piece. Internal sac large, 
with stout, twisted flagellum arising from apex. 


This differs from Nitidulidae by the large, exposed 
median lobe, the cap-piece of the tegmen reduced so as 
not to cover the lobe. 


This family is of great interest and requires much 
greater investigation than we have given it before any 
definite conclusions can be arrived at. It will eventually 
have to be divided. Whether or not certain divisions that 
have already been proposed are adequate we cannot say. 
Chaetosoma is of interest as it shows a probable transition 
from the sheath type (Trogositidae) to the true ring type. 
In Diagrypnodes we have a type nearer to Pythidae than 
to Cucujus. The degree of differentiation of the sac and 
the condition of the lateral lobes must be considered 
in adjusting the relationships in this family. Thus 
Hectarthrum has a more generalised tegmen than Lhizo- 
phagus wherein its reduction to a mere ring is very 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 521 


considerable. There are several other Cucujus-forms 
(Prostomis, etc.) that we have not been able to examine, 
although they are probably taxonomically important. 


Family HELOTIDAE. 


Form examined: Helota gemmata Gorh., Japan, and a 
second species from Assam. 
Figs. 106, 106a and 1060 Pl. LX. 


Helota gemmata (Pl. LX figs. 106, 106a, 1060). 

Median lobe broad, flattened ; the ventral face forming a plate 
of which the lateral edges project slightly ; the base prolonged into 
two broad struts; median orifice at distal end. The tegmen formed 
of a large “ cap-piece” on the dorsal aspect and a Y-piece on the 
ventral. The edges of the cap-piece are turned in and form a 
groove in which the projecting edges of the median lobe run. In- 
ternal sac large with complex armature at apex. This armature 
(fig. 106b) consists of a stout chitinous block (a), on the end of 
which the ejaculatory duct opens; the ventral face of this piece 
forms a shallowly curved plate (b), on the dorsal aspect are two 
curved plates, both deeply cleft at the tips (c). 


This type must be placed somewhere near the Niti- 
dulidae. It is an instance—and far from a solitary one— 
of an aedeagus within an aedeagus. 


Family OMMADIDAE. 
Form examined: Omma stanleyi Newm., Australia. 


Omma stanleyt (Pl. LIX figs. 102, 102a). 


Median lobe well developed, tubular with median orifice on the 
smaller distal end and the median foramen at the larger basal end ; 
two short median struts; point of articulation on dorsal face. 
Lateral lobes large, concave on the inner surface, where this 
envelops the median lobe to near its tip, the basal part of the lateral 
lobes consolidated together. No defined basal-piece. The internal 
sac is simple and of medium size. 


In this species the anus opens at the end of a chitinous 
tube (a) which either represents the last segment (tergite 
and sternite) or a chitinisation of the rectum, more 
probably the former, 


522 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr, F. Muir on the Comparative 


Family CUPEDIDAE. 


Form examined: Cupes clathratus Motsch., Japan. 
Figs. 103, 103a, 104, 104a, 1040 Pl. LIX. 


Cupes clathratus (Pl. LIX figs. 108, 103a, 104, 104a, 
1040). 


Median lobe small with median orifice on ventral aspect, forming 
a longitudinal opening along the distal two-thirds. Tegmen com- 
plex without distinct division between the basal-piece and lateral 
lobes. On the dorsal side there is a plate (a) bilobed at tip, which 
covers the median lobe. A pair of large lateral lobes with complex 
tips, and from near their bases, on the ventral face, two long, slender 
spines (b) are given off. Internal sac undifferentiated. 

There is a unique structure pertaining to the dorsal plate of the 
last visible abdominal segment (104, 104a, 104b). Asin Omma the 
anus opens at the end of a chitinous tube (c), from below it there 
rises a pair of flattened chitinous processes (d). The last visible 
dorsal plate is deeply cleft at its distal margin, its basal part con- 
tinues into the abdomen, curves under and ends in a point, a 
hole (e) being left just before the bend, through which the gut 
passes, 


Obs.—As regards Omma and Cupes; though very peculiar 
they are by no means closely allied, and form two families 
more naturally than a single one. It is by no means 
impossible that the peculiarities of these two Coleoptera 
are indications of an old relationship with Insects of 
another Order (perhaps something that preceded the 
existing Sialidae). We really, however, know very little 
about the creatures and generalisation is premature. We 
find that their wings even have been but imperfectly 
studied. 


Family CRYPTOPHAGIDAE. 


Form examined: <Antherophagus nigricorns Fabr., 
England. 
Fig. 105 Pl. LIX. 


A, nigricornis (Pl. LIX fig. 105). 

Median lobe short and broad, the dorsal basal edge being con- 
tinued as a broad, long, strut (a); median orifice forming a dorso- 
lateral slit across the apex. Tegmen forming a ring with a large 
dorsal cap ; the cap formed of a pair of broad, triangular lateral lobes 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 523 


and a basal plate with the basal angles produced into struts (b) which 
embrace the side, but are not consolidated together on the ventral 
aspect, of the median lobe. Internal sac long (the apex broken and 
not examined). 


This type approaches the Phalacridae and also the 
Erotylidae. 


Family EROTYLIDAE. 


Forms examined: Megalodacne sp., New Guinea; J. 
grandis Fabr., Natal. Cypherotylus onagga var. Lac., 8. 
America. Cryptodacne vittata Broun, New Zealand. 
Camptocarpus prolongatus Crotch, Chiriqui. Doubledaya 
sp., Siam. 


Figs. 107 and 108, and 108a Pl. LX. 
Megalodacne sp., New Guinea. 


Has a tubular, curved median lobe, a very large cap-piece bearing 
very small lobes. Internal sac more than twice as long as the median 
lobe with chitinous flagellum half as long as sac. 

Megalodacne grandis, Natal, is similar to the above but with 
internal sac only a little longer than median lobe and flagellum nearly 
as long as the sac. 


Cryptodacne vittata (Pl. LX figs. 108, 108a), 


Median lobe short, wide and slightly flattened ; median. orifice at 
tip ; median foramen large, at base, with long strut from the dorsal 
edge of median foramen. Tegmen forming a ring, with large cap 
on dorsal aspect from the apex of which rise two short lobes. In- 
ternal sac large with armature at apex ; this armature consists of a 
curved process, chitinous on ventral and membranous on dorsal 
(b) aspect, with the opening at the tip; dorsal of this process is 
another consisting of a brush-like organ (c). 


Camptocarpus prolongatus (Pl. LX fig. 107). 

Median lobe long, thin, tubular, and curved near the base ; 
median orifice at apex, the ventral edge produced into a point ; 
median foramen at base; from the dorsal edge of the median 
foramen proceeds a long strut (ms) bifurcate at end. Internal sac 


long with a chitinous flagellum rising from apex nearly half as long 
as the sac. 


Doubledaya, sp.? (Siam) has the terminal lobes of the cap short 
(shorter than in Oryptodacne vittata, fig. 108) but the cap itself 
is rather longer. Internal sac not examined. 


524 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Family DISCOLOMIDAE. 


Form examined: Notiophygus sp. (not named in Brit. 
Mus.), S. Africa. 


Notiophygus att. nigropunctati (Pl. LX figs. 109, 109a). 

Median lobe strong and strongly chitinised, forming a short tube 
with the ventral edge of the median orifice pointed and projecting 
long beyond the dorsal edge, the median foramen occupying a 
basal ventral position with its ventral edge produced into a strong 
process (pa) by which it is articulated to the tegmen. Tegmen 
forming a strongly chitinised cap-piece, enveloping the median 
lobe, which plays through an orifice on the ventral face, the distal 
edge of this orifice is beset with stout short hairs («). Internal 
sac well developed, with two small plates (6) as armature. 


The best position we can suggest for this form at present 
is near to Nitidulidae or Monotomidae, but if there is any 
relation it is a very distant one. 


Family COCCINELLIDAE. 


Forms examined: JLasia globosa Schn.; Mysia oblongo- 
guttata L. ; Coceidula rufa, Herbst. ; all abundant European 
forms. Also Leis 22-maculata F., S. Africa. 

Bigs. 111, 112 Pl Lx 


Lasia globosa (=Subcoccinella 24-punctata, recently) (Pl. 
LXI fig. 111). 


Median lobe in form of a long, curved, chitinous tube, with 
the median orifice at apex, the lip of which is turned back on 
the dorsal aspect and likewise projects as a thick spine on the 
ventral face; median foramen at base, where the tube is flattish and 
expanded laterally. Tegmen forming a ring round the median 
lobe, the dorsal part consisting of two large lateral lobes, between 
which is a large curved sclerite, pointed at apex and fastened at each 
basal corner to the large strut on the ventral face. This strut is 
thick and expanded at its end, and fits into the expanded end of the 
median lobe (b and c) to which it is attached by muscles. Internal 
sac undifferentiated. 


Mysva oblongo-quitata (Pl. LXI fig. 112). 


The median lobe is very long, thin and curved, the first connect- 
ing membrane is also very long and allows the median lobe to be 


—— 


eae ll eee ee ee eee SE Oe. Ure CO 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 525 


withdrawn into the body cavity. The tegmen is similar to Lasia, 
but more slender, the strut being fastened at its end to the expanded 
base of the median lobe. Internal sac undifferentiated and opening 
at apex of median lobe. 

In Coccidula rufa the median lobe is also very thin and long and 
withdrawn into the abdonen. 

In Leis 22-maculata the median lobe is shorter and thicker than 
in M. oblongo-guttata and Coccidula, but not so stout as in Lasia. 


This interpretation differs from Verhoeff’s. He con- 
siders our median lobe as a siphon (equal to our flagellum 
in Camptocarpus and many other forms), and a part of our 
tegmen (a) as the penis, or median lobe. Lasia globosa 
supports our view. But even if Verhoeft’s interpretation 
should prove to be correct it would not justify the placing 
of this family apart from all other Coleoptera; the “ siphon” 
would merely be a structure analogous with our flagellum 
in so many families. 

Weise has given some figures of the aedeagus of Coc- 
cinellidae (Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1896 Taf. 1 p. 368). 
According to our observations there is a duct within the 
part he figures as being the duct. 

From observation of the copula of two or three species 
of Coccinellidae we find that the lateral lobes occupy a 
purely external position on the venter of the female. 


Family ENDOMYCHIDAE. 


Forms examined: Hndomychus coccineus L., England. 
Eumorphus aff. profani (Brit. Mus. Coll.) and JZ. aff. 
tetraspiloti Hope, both from Borneo. Also TZ'rochoideus 
desjardinst Guér.. Malay Arch., which is usually, though 
we think erroneously, placed in Hndomychidae. 

Figs. 118, 114, Pl. LXI; 185, 1850, Pl. LXX. And 
Trochoideus, figs. 184, 1840, Pl. LXX. 


Endomychus coccineus (P]. LXX fig. 185). 

Median lobe well chitinised, tubular, curved and slightly twisted 
laterally, the ventral edge of the lobe projecting far beyond the 
dorsal edge, thus making the median orifice on the dorsal face 
at apex. Internal sac short, the basal part generally protruding 
through the orifice, with a stout flagellum arising (fg) from the apex. 
Tegmen in form of a small cap-piece (a) on dorsal aspect of median 
lobe, with a broad irregular strut (b) on ventral face. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) NN 


526 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 
Lumorphus, sp. aff. profani (Pl. LXI fig. 113). 


Median lobe a strongly chitinised, irregular tube with the median 
orifice at apex and the median foramen at base. On the ventral face 
of median orifice project two large spines, the smaller one nearer the 
orifice ; the orifice is closed by the folding over of a part of the 
side of the internal sac. Tegmen consists of an irregular, chitinous 
ring-piece in which there is no division between basal-piece and lateral 
lobes. Internal sac complex, consisting of a large bilobed process at 
the base of the sac, bearing several tufts of short, stout hairs, and 
a small, tubular, invaginate portion, also bearing stout hairs. 

In Eumorphus, sp. aff. tetraspiloti, the process (a) is trilobed and 
is shown expanded in fig. 114 Pl. LXIJ, the tubular portion (c) being 
still invaginated and the armature at apex (b) is membranous. In 
this species there is only one spine on median lobe, but the 
projection of the lip is subspinose. 


Trochoideus desjardinsit (Pl. LXX figs. 184, 184). 


Median lobetubularwith median orifice at apex and median foramen 
at base, the ventral edge of the median orifice projecting beyond the 
dorsal edge; a deep constriction about one-third from the base. 
Internal sac small, armature not examined. Tegmen forming a 
large, nearly parallel-sided cap-piece on the dorsal aspect, the lateral 
edges curving dorsally, enveloping the sides of the median lobe, on 
the ventral face isa thin curved strut. On each side of the cap- 
piece, about one-third from its apex arise a bunch of curved hairs 
which cling together and have the appearance of being free lateral 
lobes. 


This form does not fit in with the typical Endomychids, 
and should not be associated with them. 

The Endomychidae, through Endomychus coccineus, 
show some affinity to such forms as Mycetaea, there being 
a tendency towards the reduction of the tegmen to an 
irregular ring-piece at the base of the median lobe, and 
to a strong chitinisation of the irregular median lobe; but 
there is room for much discussion as to these Endomychid 
forms. 


Family MYCETAEIDAE. 


Form examined: Jycetaea hirta Marsh., England. 
Fig. 115 Pl. LXI. 


M. hirta (fig. 115). 
Median lobe irregularly curved, laterally flattened and expanded 
at apex, where the median orifice is situate; median foramen at 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 527 


base. Tegmen forming a ring-piece, the dorsal cap being broad, 
short and bilobed at apex, the ventral portion of the ring being 
produced into a strut. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


This type approaches the more generalised Coccinellidae 
and Endomychidae. 


Family LATHRIDIIDAE. 


Forms examined: Lathridius lardarius Deg., England. 


Corticaria pubescens Gyll., England. 
Figs. 116 and 117 Pl. LXI. 


Lathridius lardarius (Pl. LXI figs. 116, 116). 


Median lobe small with median orifice at tip and median foramen at 
base. Tegmen forming a large cap-piece, the distal part formed of 
the consolidated lateral lobes, curved and pointed. The basal-piece 
large, curved, and the basal corners produced into two short struts 
(s). Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Corticaria pubescens (Pl. LXI figs. 117, 117a). 


Median lobe short, with large median orifice which nearly divides 
it into a dorsal and a ventral plate, a median strut (ms) proceeds 
from the dorso-basal edge. Tegmen forming a small ring with a 
large strut (tg) on the ventral side. Internal sac large, covered with 
stout chitinous hairs. 


We cannot place this type near to any other in the 
present defective state of our information. Corticaria and 
Lathridius are so distinct that they can hardly be retained 
in one family. 


Family AD] MERIDAE. 


Form examined: Adimerus crispatus Sh., St. Vincent. 


Wig: 118 Pl. LXIT. 
A, crispatus ? (fig. 118). 


This is a trilobe form with well developed median lobe with 
median orifice at apex; lateral lobes embracing the sides of the 
median lobe; a large basal-piece, chitinous on ventral side. In- 
ternal sac undifferentiated. It approaches the Mycetophagidae 
and the Enarsus portion of the Colydiidae. The organ is very 


minute. 
NN 2 


528 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Family AGLYCYDERIDAE. 


Forms examined: Aglycyderes setifer Woll., Canary 
Islands. A. wollastont Sharp, New Zealand. 
Fig. 119 Pl. LXII. 


A. setifer (Pl. LXII fig. 119). 


Median lobe tubular, slightly curved and twisted ; median 
orifice at tip, the edge membranous without demarcation between it 
and base of internal sac; median foramen at base, the lateral 
edges being produced into two median struts (ms). 'Tegmen forming 
ring round median lobe, the dorsal part being in form of a large, 
nearly parallel-sided cap, blunt at apex: on the ventral face the 
ring is produced into a single terminal strut (tg). Internal sac 
short and with what appears to be a spine on its base (a). 

In A. wollastonit the median lobe is shorter and stouter, the 
median orifice forming a narrow horizontal slit across apex. The 
tegmen is more slender at the base of the cap and the ring and 
ventral strut curved. 


Family PROTERHINIDAE. 


Forms examined: Proterhinus validus, P. ferrugineus, 
and P. gigas, Hawaiian Islands. 


Fig. 120 Pl. LXII. 
P. validus (Pl. LXII fig. 120). 


Median lobe tubular and very slightly curved, the membrane 
at the median orifice extending basally nearly dividing the chitinous 
part into a dorsal and a ventral sclerite, the edges of the orifice pro- 
duced into a dorsal and a ventral point, the ventral one being the 
longer and curved; median foramen at base, the lateral edges 
prolonged into two long median struts (ms). Tegmen forming a 


ring round the median lobe, the dorsal cap being large, nearly — 


parallel-sided and blunt at apex. Internal sac small. 
P. ferrugineus is similar to P. validus, but the ventral edge of the 
median orifice is produced into a longer and narrower point. 


The families Proterhinidae and Aglycyderidae are hard 
to separate. In both cases there are only three joints to 
the tarsi, the third one having a small piece constricted 
off at the base, but it is not a true joint. The “beak ” in 
the female Proterhinus varies in the different species and 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 529 


the head of A. setifer and A. wollastoni differ. The 
presence of wings in Aglycyderus but not in Proterhinus is 
the only distinct difference we can point to at present. 


Family MYCETOPHAGIDAE. 


Form examined: Mycetophagus quadripustulatus L., 


England. 
fe TO" Pie as, 


M. 4-pustulatus (Pl. LX fig. 110). 


Median lobe large, flattened and pointed at tip, the basal angles 
being prolonged into a pair of median struts, median orifice at tip 
on ventral face. Lateral lobes large, flattened, enveloping the basal 
part of median lobe. Basal-piece large, chitinous on ventral face, 
membranous on dorsal. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Apparently a trilobe form with mobile median lobe. Cf. 
Dermestidae, and Thymalus in Trogositidae. 


Family DERMESTIDAE. 


Forms examined: Dermestes murinus L., England. 
Anthrenus claviger Er., England. 


Fig. 121 Pl. LXII. 
D. murinus (P]. LXII fig. 121). 


A modified trilobe form, with long, slender median and lateral 
lobes, the median orifice near tip on ventral face, and the median 
foramen at base, where the edge is extended on each side into a 
short median strut (ms); the point of articulation is on the dorsal 
aspect. Basal-piece small, and fitting over the base of lateral and 
median lobes. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Anthrenus claviger. 


Has a thin curved median lobe with two median struts, with 
broad lateral lobes, rounded at tips, much longer than the median 
lobe. Basal-piece somewhat as in D. murinus. 


This is a trilobe form, and may carry with it Hetrephes 
and Ptinus qq. v. 


530 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Family BYRRHIDAE. 
Form examined: Byrrhus gigas Fabr., Alps. 


B. gigas. 

Of the simple trilobe type. Median lobe chitinous along the 
dorsal aspect, the apex of which is cleft, each point flattened and 
slightly twisted; struts at base very short; median orifice 
supported by a very attenuated chitinous ring, the ventral 
margin prolonged into a sharp-pointed lobe, supported on the ventral 
face by a narrow chitin plate. Lateral lobes well developed, their 
bases meeting on dorsal and ventral aspects, and thus enveloping the 
median lobe, their apices pointed ; point of articulation on the dorsal 
aspect. Basal-piece triangular. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


This is very like Hydrophilus, 


Family CHELONARIIDAE. 


Form examined: Chelonariwm zapotense Sharp, Guate- 
mala, and C. errans Sh. 


Chelonariwm zapotense (Pl. LXII figs. 122, 122a). 


This is a highly specialised trilobe form. Median lobe short, stout, 
highly chitinised ; the ventral side being drawn out into two long 
median struts. To the ends of these struts is articulated a median 
process, bilobed at the base, Slender in the middle amd divided into 
two long, slender, flat, bent, distal processes (a), Lateral lobes small, 
rounded at apex and curved. Basal-piece formed by a large sclerite 
on the ventral aspect, with lateral and basal edges curved up; 
dorsal side membranous. Internal sac undifferentiated. 

C. errans is exactly the same type, but some details are different 
(i. e. the slender process (a) from the ventral aspect is single). 


Family CYATHOCERIDAE. 


Form examined : Cyathocerus horni Sh., Central America. 
Figs. 123 and 123a@ Pl. LXII. 


C. horni (Pl. XLII figs. 123, 1252). 

Median lobe long, thin and crooked, with median orifice at apex 
and median foramen at base on dorsal aspect. Tegmen forming 
sheath with the distal end cleft along the dorsal aspect, but with- 
out division between lateral lobes and basal-piece. Internal sac 
undifferentiated. 


a 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 531 


The tegmen of this comes near to the Trogositidae, but 
the median lobe is quite unique so far as we have 
observed. 


Family GEORYSSIDAE. 


Form examined: Georyssus pygmacus Fabr., England. 
Fig. 124 Pl. LXII. 


G. pygmaeus (Pl. LXIT fig. 124). 

Trilobe form, flattened horizontally. Median lobe flattened, 
pointed at tip. Lateral lobes flattened, rounded at apex, concave 
along the inner edge so that the median lobe can fit into the con- 
cavity, and so become nearly hidden. Basal-piece large, chitinous 
on ventral face, membranous on dorsal. Sac not examined. 


This is a trilobe form, and reminds one of some of the 
Gyrinidae. It cannot be placed with Cyathocerus, 


Family HETEROCERIDAE. 


Form examined : Heterocerus flecuosus Steph., England. 
Figs. 125 and 125a Pl. LXIII. 


H. flecuosus (figs. 125, 125c). 

Median lobe large, chitinous on ventral and lateral faces, mem- 
branous on dorsal, produced into short bilobe strut (ms) at base, the 
apical point slightly turned aside. The internal sac appears to 
be permanently everted and, when at rest, twisted up on the dorsal 
face of the median lobe. Tegmen forming a large cap on dorsal 
aspect of median lobe, produced into a broad strut at base, slightly 
emarginate at apex, and the lateral edges turned down and envelop- 
ing the side of the median lobe, but only connected by membrane 
(m) on the ventral aspect. ; 


Family PARNIDAE (= Dryopidae of some). 


Forms examined: Pelonomus palpalis Sh., Central 
America. Parnus luridus and other species, England. 


Figs. 126 and 127 Pl. LXIII. 
P. palpalis (Pl. LXIII fig. 126). 


Median lobe long, slender and slightly curved, the median 
orifice on ventral aspect near tip, base articulated to base of lateral 
lobe on dorsal aspect (pa). Lateral lobes large, pointed at tips, 


532 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


and slightly curved, the bases meeting on dorsal and ventral sides. 
Basal-piece, forming a large sclerite on ventral face, with its edges 
turned up along sides and base, meeting together where lateral 
lobes are articulated. Internal sac undifferentiated. 

In the genus Parnis the lateral and median lobes are very small, 
the basal-piece large, and forming a long chitinous and slightly 
curved tube. The internal sac undifferentiated. Figs. 127 and 
127a@ Pl. LXIII, are of P. luridus. It has a curved chitinous 
spine (c) on the ventral aspect of the median orifice. 


Family DERODONTIDAE. 


Form examined: Laricobius erichsoni Ros., Macugnaga. 


Fig. 128 Pl. LXIII. 
Laricobius erichsoni (Pl. LXIII fig. 128). 


Trilobe form. Median lobe large, fairly wide, and pointed at tip, 
formed of a large chitinous sclerite on dorsal aspect, membranous on 
ventral face; median orifice on ventral aspect before tip. Lateral 
lobes large, round at tips, excavate at base on inner side where 
they envelop the base ofthe median lobe. Basal-piece large, formed 
by a shield shape sclerite on ventral aspect, emarginate at base, and 
membranous on dorsal face. Internal sac undifferentiated. Closely 
allied to Mycetophagus q.v. 


Family CIOIDAE. 


Forms examined: Cis boleti L. and C. nitidus Herbst. 
England. 
Figs. 129 and 1294 Pl. LXIII. 


Cis boleti (Pl. LXIII figs. 129, 1292). 


Median lobe long, slender and tubular, with median orifice at 
apex. Lateral lobes of tegmen forming a large plate on the ventral 
aspect, turned up along the lateral edges, and the distal end flattened 
and slightly expanded, forming a median, emarginated process and 
a rounded process on each side of it ; basal-piece small, chitinous 
on the ventral aspect. Internal sac not dissected out, but apparently 
not differentiated. 

C. nitidus is on the same plan, but the large plate formed by the 
tegmen is cleft down the distal half. 


The ventral aspect of the tegmen is an important 
feature of this family. 


——- 


ss ee 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 538 
Family SPHINDIDAE. 


Forms examined: Sphindus dubius Gyll., Brockenhurst. 
Aspidiphorus orbiculatus Gyll., Brockenhurst. 
Fig. 130 Pl. LXITI. 


Aspidiphorus orbiculatus (Pl. LXIII fig. 130). 


Median lobe large, cylindrical and curved, the base drawn out on 
dorsal face into a wide strut (ms), bifureate at end ; median orifice at 
apex on dorsal face. Tegmen forming a ring with large cap on 
dorsal face ; cap curved and pointed at apex. Internal sac small, 
with armature at apex. 

In Sphindus dubius the tegmen forms a ring with a large cap- 
piece; the median lobe is produced at the base on dorsal face into a 
wide strut, bifurcate at end. Internal sac complex at apex. 


At present we can only place this form near Phalacridae, 
etc., but the association is a forced one. 


Family BOSTRICHIDAE. 


Forms examined: Apate terebrans Pall., Africa. Schis- 
toceros cornutus Pall. ( = Bostrichus migrator Sharp, teste 
Lesne), Hawaiia. 


Apate terebrans (Pl. LXIII fig. 131). 


Median lobe large and flattened horizontally with two struts at 
the base (ms) turned up and pointing distally ; median orifice near 
tip on ventral aspect ; membranous (m) at the tip on dorsal face 
along the sides, and ventrally along the middle, except round the 
median orifice. Tegmen forming a small curved plate on ventral 
aspect, with the distal corners produced into strong curved hooks 
(a) which grip the edges of the median lobe and act as a guide through 
which it moves; basally they are produced into a pair of strong 
struts (s). Internal sac undifferentiated. 

Schistoceros cornutus appears to be more simple (no description 
has however been made of it). 


Family LYCTIDAE. 


Forms examined: Lyctus canaliculatus Fabr., England. 
L. (Minthea) rugicollis Walk., Manila. Tristaria growvellea 
Reitt., Australia. 

Figs. 132 and 132a Pl. LXIII. 


534 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 
Lyctus canaliculatus (Pl. LXIII figs. 182, 132a). 


This appears to be a trilobe form, with a long, thin median lobe 
pointed at apex, and long lateral lobes, flattened laterally, the basal 
part of the median lobe is curved upwards and is articulated to the 
base of the lateral lobe. The basal-piece consists of a thin chitinous 
plate encircling the base of the lateral lobes, very narrow dorsally 
and wider ventrally. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Lyctus rugicollis, 
In this the aedeagus is much shorter as regards the lateral and 
median lobes, but the basal-piece is longer and more pointed. 
Tristaria grouvellei is quite of the same type as Lyctus. 


Obs.—The Lyctidae forms are of great importance, as 
they may not improbably show an alliance with the 
Colydiidae group. There may even be an approximation 
to the Caraboidea. An examination of a larger series of 
Bostrichidae is required before coming to a conclusion as 
to these forms. At present Lyctus appears very different 
from Apate. 


Family PTINIDAE. 


Forms examined: Ptinus fur L., England. Ptilinus 
pectinicornis L. and Ernobius mollis L., England. 
Figs. 133, 184 and 134a Pl. LXIV. 


Ptinus fur (Pl. LXIV fig. 133). 

Median lobe long, thin and curved at the base with the point 
of articulation on the dorsal aspect ; median orifice near tip on ven- 
tral face ; median foramen at base. Lateral lobes long, narrow and 
asymmetrical, the right one being broadened out at tip, the left 
one more acute, basal-piece forming a small sclerite at the base of 
the lateral lobes, on the ventral side, its distal margin being deeply 
emarginate. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


This type approximates to Lyctus. Note the peculiar 
connection of the bases of the lateral and median lobes. 


Ernobius mollis (Pl. LXTV figs. 134 and 134q). 


Median lobe asymmetrical, curved, tubular, flattened at apex and 
expanded and strongly curved at base dorsally, where it articulates 
with the bases of the lateral lobes. Lateral lobes asymmetrical, the 
left one is twisted and the point acute, with a narrow base running 
along the edge of the basal-piece ; the right one has a rounded apex 
with a point below the apex, on the inner side, and the base is broad. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 535 


Basal-piece curved, and, together with the basal parts of the lateral 
lobes, forming a bulb enveloping the base of the median lobe. 
Internal sac very little differentiated, without armature. 

Ptilinus pectinicornis is on the same type as Ernobius, but the 
median lobe is slender and symmetrical and has a slender rod-like 
piece arising from the base and along the dorsal face (as if there were 
two median lobes). Lateral lobes also slender and more symmetrical. 
Basal-piece forming, with the bases of the lateral lobes, a bulb which 
covers the base of the median lobe. Along the ventral side of the 
aedeagus lies a narrow sclerite, bilobed at tip; this appears to pertain 
to the body segments, and arises from the membrane connecting the 
aedeagus to the chitinous body wall (second connecting membrane). 


These two are greatly modified trilobe forms, and their 
connection with such a form as Ptinus fur is easily 
conceivable, 


Family ECTREPHIDAE. 


Form examined: Polyplocotes longicollis Westw., Aus- 
tralia. 


Fig. 135 Pl. LXIV. 


This is a trilobe form. Median lobe long, slender and tubular ; 
median orifice near apex ; median foramen at base, where the edge 
turns up dorsally and articulates to base of lateral lobes. Lateral 
lobes long and thin, the rounded tips bearing hairs; the bases of 
the lobes touch both dorsally and ventrally ; the inner side exca- 
vated and enveloping the base of the median lobe. Basal-piece 
small, forming a ring round the bases of the lateral and median 
lobes, the ring being widest on the ventral face. Internal sac 
undifferentiated. 


This type approaches the Dermestidae; but note the 
intimate connection of the sclerites basally at one point. 


Family MALACODERMIDAE ‘(s. 1.). 


Forms examined : Dictyopterws (or Eros) aurora Herbst., 
Scotland. Lycostomus gestroi Bourg., Sarawak.? Metrior- 
rhynchus thoracicus F., New Guinea. Cratomorphus dia- 
phanus F., Brazil. Lampyris noctiluca L., England. 
Luciola vespertina F., Pusa. Phaenolis ochraceus Gorh., 
Centr. America. Drilus flavescens Geoffr., England. Gen. 
n.? aff. Chauliognathus, New Guinea. Silis ruficollis Fabr., 
England. Telephorus nigricans Miill., 7. (Ahagonycha) 
limbatus Th., and testaceus L., England. Malachius bipus- 


5386 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


tulatus L., England. <Anthocomus sanguinolentus Fabr., 
England. alanophorus mastersi Macl., Australia. Dan- 
acaeca denticollis Baudi, Piedmont. Melyris abdominalis 
F., Africa, Henicopus armatus? Lucas, Reynosa. Psilo- 
thrix cyaneus Ol, England. Astylus fasciatus Germ., 
Brazil. Phloeophilus edwardsi Steph., England. 

Figs. 136-146 Pls. LXIV and LXV, also Fig. 186 Pl. 
LXXI relate to these forms. 


Dctyopterus aurora. 

Median lobe thin, flattened laterally and curved slightly up- 
wards, there is a small spine on the dorsal face near the base. 
Lateral lobes broad, nearly as long as the median lobe, consolidated 
together for their basal three-fourths on dorsal face. Basal-piece 
shorter than the lateral lobes, chitinous on the ventral aspect 
only ; and there with a large emargination so that it articulates with 
the lateral lobes by two slender projections. Internal sac undiffer- 
entiated. This is a trilobe type with the lateral lobes consolidated 
and forming a cover on the dorsal aspect of the median lobe. The 
lateral lobes apparently exhibit great diversity in the Lycid division 
of the Malacoderms. 


Lycostomus gestrot (Pl. LXIV fig. 136). 

Median lobe long, thin, tubular, slightly dilated before tip ; 
median orifice at tip, the dorsal edge prolonged as a curved spine. 
Lateral lobes very small, firmly attached to base of median lobe. 
Basal-piece comparatively small. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Metriorrhynchus thoracicus (or an allied species) (PI. LX XI 
fig. 186). 

Median lobe long and slender, consisting of a narrow chitinous 
sclerite on the dorsal face, widened slightly on the distal half 
and coming toa blunt point, the sides slightly curved downward ; 
membranous on the ventral face. Median orifice on the ventral aspect 
near apex. Internal sac large and complex, stiffened by a narrow 
chitinous sclerite (a) along one side and bearing several large spines ; 
this sac is only partly invaginated in repose, the greater part being 
folded under and held flat against the ventral face of the median lobe. 
Lateral lobes forming two large globular and membranous pads with 
a comparatively small basal-piece. 


Cratomorphus diaphanus (Pl. LXIV fig. 137). 


Median lobe large, complex; chitinous on the dorsal aspect and 
along the distal half, developed into a flange (a) on each side; the 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 537 


basal part is turned up at a right angle (b), and articulated to the 
base of the lateral lobes (pa); the ventral face is membranous. 
Lateral lobes large, subtriangular, with a constriction dividing the 
apical third off from the rest ; their base meeting on dorsal aspect 
at point of articulation ; there is a short spine (c) on the inner side 
of each of the lateral lobes. Basal-piece forming an asymmetrical 
ring-like sclerite, the sides of which do not meet on the dorsal 
aspect. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Lampyris noctiluca. 


This is the same. type as Cratomorphus and very similar to it in 
details. 


Lucila vespertina. 


In this the lateral lobes are consolidated to near their tips on 
the dorsal aspect ; the basal-piece is symmetrical, of the Lampyris 
type ; median lobe slightly bulbous at base. This comes somewhat 
near to Drilus, though more complex and specialised. 


Phaenolis ochraceus. 


This is the same type as Cratomorphus, but the flanges near the 
apex of the median lobe are not so large, and the bent basal part is 
shorter ; the lateral lobes are smaller, truncate, and have no con- 
stricted apical portion; the basal-piece is more slender and more 
asymmetrical. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Drilus flavescens (Pl. LXIV fig. 138). 


Median lobe well developed; the dorsal face chitinous, apex 
bluntly pointed; a little before the apex there is a broad spine 
directed basally (b); base broader where it is articulated to the 
lateral lobes; the whole organ, basally of the spine b, evenly curved ; 
ventral face membranous, supported by a thin chitin strip along 
its whole length. Lateral lobes broad and truncate, consolidated 
together at their base on the dorsal aspect, widely apart on the 
ventral face. Basal-piece forming a wide chitinous piece extending 
from one lateral lobe to the other, the central part of the ventral face 
being membranous (m). Internal sac undifferentiated. 


This is comparatively a very simple form, departing but 
little from the general trilobe type. In our figure (138) 
the lines marking the incision between the lateral lobes 
should extend further forwards, so as to indicate the point 
of articulation shown in 138a. 


538 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 
Chauliognathus ? (Pl. LXIV fig. 139). 


The median lobe formed of a chitinous plate on the dorsal aspect 
and membranous on the ventral, slightly curved. The tegmen 
consists of two asymmetrical curved, pointed lateral lobes, and a 
small basal-piece connecting them. Internal sac a simple dilatation 
of the ejaculatory duct. 


The undifferentiated sac separates this from the other 
Telephorus forms; in this, as well as in the form of the 
aedeagus it reminds us of Lampyrid forms. There is 
nothing like this insect in the British Museum Collection. 
It is quite Zelephorus-like in shape, but has a large, ivory- 
like area on the pronotum, reminding one of the pallid 
spaces of the luminous organs of Lampyridae, etc., but we 
have no reason for supposing it to be luminous. 


Silis ruficollis (Pl. LXIV fig. 140). 


Median lobe short, wide, somewhat cone-shaped, broader at the 
distal than at the basal end. Tegmen complex, being in the form 
of a shallow cup-like piece produced on dorsal aspect as two broad, 
truncate lobes (//) which appear to represent the lateral lobes, and 
the dorsal edge prolonged as a ridge (a). Internal sac large and 
complex, with two diverticula at base on dorsal aspect studded 
with minute spines, and with long chitinous spines at apex. The 
basal part of the sac is not invaginated, only the apical portion. 


Telephorus (Rhagonycha) limbatus (Pl. LXV fig. 141, 
141¢). 


Median lobe well developed, bulbous in form, with the median 
orifice at distal end and a small median foramen at base. The teg- 
men is of a complex nature and forms a complete cover for the 
median lobe. There is a well developed basal-piece (bp) with two 
large, truncate lateral lobes, meeting together on the ventral aspect 
(il) ; on the dorsal aspect is a large plate () projecting as a bilobed 
piece a little beyond the median lobe; this appears to be a develop- 
ment of the lateral lobes. The lateral edges of this plate are con- 
solidated to the latero-dorsal portion of the median lobe; on each side 
is a second lobe which is connected with the dorsal plate (a) at its 
base. The median lobe thus has no movement apart from the teg- 
men. Internal sac large and complex. 

Telephorus (Rhagonycha) testaceus belongs to the same type as 7. 
limbatus. 


ee ee ee eee eS ee 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 539 


Telephorus (khagonycha) fulva (Pl. LXXVIII figs. 287, 
237a). 


These two figures are intended to give an idea of the internal sac of 
the male, and its relation to the female parts during copula. A 
portion of the sac (a) bears small spines. w#. wall of female passage ; 
od. oviduct. 


Telephorus mgricans. 


Of the type of TJ. limbatus. Median lobe slightly bulbous at 
base, Tegmen, forming a cover for median lobe, consisting of a 
plate slightly emarginate at the distal edge, with a pair of side 
lobes which are narrow ; this appears to be formed by the lateral 
lobes and a well developed basal-piece. Internal sac large and 
complex. 

Fig. 236 Pl. LX XVIII, was made to show the relations of the 
parts of the sexes in Telephorus during copula, and was probably 
made from this species, but the pair from which it was taken is 
unfortunately not to be found at present. 


Malthinus. 


Figs. 235 and 238 Pl. LXXVIII have been made to give an 
idea of the structures during copula. They were probably drawn 
from M. flaveolus : the pair has unfortunately been mislaid. 


Malachius bipustulatus (Pl. LXV fig. 142), 


Median lobe long tubular, slightly enlarged on the basal half 
where it is membranous on the ventral face. Tegmen consisting of 
a cap-piece on the dorsal face, the basal angles meeting together 
beneath the median lobe; the central part of the cap-piece (m) is 
membranous. The tegmen thus forms a ring-piece through which 
the median lobe passes. Internal sac not examined. 

Anthocomus sanguinolentus is the same type as M. bipustulatus. 


Balanophorus mastersi (Pl. LXV fig. 143), 


This is a most abnormal type in which the tegmen appears to be 
reduced to a minimum ; at present we cannot connect it with any 
other Malacoderm. 

Median lobe large, the distal part tubular, the basal part bulbous. 
The dorsal and ventral faces are chitinous, with large membrane 
(m) between: the median orifice is at the distal end, and the 
median foramen small and situate on the ventral face of the basal 
end. The tegmen consists of a pair of very small lateral lobes 
situate on the ventral face of the median foramen. Internal sac 
large. 


540 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


This perhaps functions in the same manner as so many Staphy- 
linids in which the median lobe is bulbous; but we have only one 
specimen, and another examination of this and allied forms is 
desirable. A specimen of another brachelytrous Malacoderm from 
Larat (Helcogaster?) indicates that this form may prove to be 
connected with Telephorinae. 


Danacaea denticollis (Pl. LXV fig. 145). 


Median lobe tubular and curved ; the median orifice at apex, its 
dorsal edge being drawn out into a point far beyond the ventral 
edge ; median foramen at base, its ventral margin being emarginate, 
forming a cavity into which the base of the tegmen fits. Tegmen 
forming a ‘‘ring-piece,” the dorsal part forming a small, truncate 
lobe or cap (the lateral lobes) bearing a few hairs; a thin strip 
proceeds from each basal angle of the cap-piece and the two strips 
meet together on the ventral side of the median lobe, thus forming 
a ring round the median lobe. The ventral (or basal) part of the 
ring-piece is raisedinto a knob which fits into the emargination at 
the base of the median lobe and is attached thereto by muscles, 
and the median lobe turns upon it when it is moved through the 
ting-piece. Internal sac large and complex. 


Melyris abdominalis, 


Median lobe tubular and slightly curved ; the median orifice is at 
the distal end and extends some way along the tube as a narrow 
slit; median foramen at base. Tegmen forming a ring-piece, the 
cap being very slightly emarginate at tip and bearing a few long hairs. 
Internal sac large and complex. 


Henicopus armatus ? 


Median lobe short, tubular, the basal part slightly enlarged, 
emarginate on dorsal face of median foramen where the tegmen 
is attached. The median orifice at distal end, the ventral edge pro- 
duced into a point beyond the dorsal edge. Tegmen forming a strong 
ring-piece, the cap produced into two short lobes bearing hairs. 
Internal sac large, studded with long, strong, chitinous spines. 


Psilothrix cyaneus (Pl. LXV fig. 146). 


Is of the same type as Henicopus, the median lobe being thick, 
and produced into a short point on the ventral edge of the median 
orifice, the cap of the ring-piece is slightly bilobed. Internal sac 
large, studded with short chitinous spines. 


‘ 


Astylus fasciatus, 
Has a long, slender, tubular median lobe, dilated a base where 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 541 


the tegmen is attached, the ventral edge of median orifice produced 
into a point. Tegmen long and narrow, the cap-piece being long 
and narrow, bilobed at tip. Internal sac long. 


Phiocophilus edwardsi (Pl. XLV fig. 144). 


Median lobe long, thin, slightly flattened, with two short median 
struts. Tegmen forming a ring with a large, flattish plate, extend- 
ing basally on the dorsal side (a). This is an abnormal type and 
at present we cannot fit it in to any of the Malacoderm group. 


The Malacodermidae consist certainly of more than one 
family, but as our review of them does not enable us to 
speak of the number or composition of the families, we 
have used the old, vague term. Some additional re- 
marks on the subject will be found under the heading 
“Taxonomy.” 


Family CLERIDAE. 


Forms examined: Natalis porcata Fabr., Australia. 
Trogodendron fasciculatum Schr. Australia.  Cylidrus 
sp., New Guinea. 


Figs. 147, 148 and 148 Pls. LXV and LXXVI. 
Natalis porcata (Pl. LXV fig. 147). 


Median lobe long, slender and membranous, supported by a 
chitinous strip down each side. These are prolonged into a pair 
of median struts. Tegmen sheath-shape, the division between 
lateral lobes and basal-piece obliterated. Internal sac undifferen- 
tiated. 


Cylidrus sp., New Guinea. 


Median lobe short, prolonged into a pair of long median struts. 
Tegmen sheath-shape without division between lateral lobes and 
basal-piece. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Trogodendron fasciculatum (Pl. LXVI figs. 148 and 148a). 


Median lobe well developed, the median orifice at tip on ventral 
face; a pair of median struts expanded at their ends. Tegmen 
large and forming a sheath, deeply cleft on dorsal, and slightly on 
ventral face, but no line of demarcation between lateral lobes and 
basal-piece. Internal sac undifferentiated. 

This type approaches Trogositidae. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) 00 


542 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Family LYMEXYLONIDAE. 


Forms examined: Atractocerus valdiviensis? Ph., Chile. 
A, africanus Boh., Madagascar. 
Figs. 149 and 150 Pl. LXVI. 


Atractocerus valdiviensis? (Pl. LXVI fig. 149). 

Median lobe short and bulbous, drawn out to a short point at 
apex where the median orifice is situate, base produced into two 
short median struts; median foramen at base. Tegmen forming a 
shallow concavity in which the median lobe rests, and consisting of 
two sclerites ; a distal bilobed (lateral lobes) piece, with two struts 
encircling the median lobe and a curved basal-piece connected to 
the lateral lobes by a membrane (em 1). The internal sac appears 
to be simple, which is exceptional when the median lobe is bulbous. 

We speak with much hesitation as to this and the following 
owing to the bad preservation of the two individuals. The speci- 
mens of this genus are too often found to be in a disastrous state in 
collections. 


Atractocerus africanus (Pl. LXVI, figs. 150, 1507), 


Median lobe long and slender with orifice at apex and foramen at 
base, Lateral lobes complex, forming a pair of large complex lobes 
joined together on the ventral aspect where they form a medial square 
plate (a) deeply emarginate in the middle, and on the dorsal face 
continue as two flat sclerites which join together at their bases where 
the median lobes articulate (pa). The basal-piece forms a large shield- 
shaped plate on the ventral face, the distal corners prolonged into a 
pair of obtusely rounded projections, Internal sac undifferentiated, 

The anus of this species opens at the end of a large tube, which 
lies over the aedeagus. 


These two types differ from one another and do not 
approach to any of the other trilobe forms. We anticipate 
that they will prove to be of important bearing. 


Family DASCILLIDAE. 


Forms examined: Ptilodactyla sp., Brazil. Dascillus 
cervinus L., England. 
Figs. 151 and 152 Pl. LXVI. 


Ptilodactyla (not named in Brit. Mus.) (Pl. LX VI fig. 151). 


A trilobe form. Median lobe well developed, tapering to a fine 
point at apex ; median orifice on ventral aspect, forming a long slit 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 543 


along the basal half; two well developed median struts. Lateral 
lobes large, meeting at their bases both ventrally and dorsally, 
excavate on inner side so that they envelop the median lobe (in figure 
they are shown apart so as to expose the median lobe). Basal-piece 
large shield-shape, membranous on the dorsal aspect. Internal sac 
undifferentiated. 


Dascillus cervinus (Pl. UXVI fig. 152). 


Median Jobe complex, consisting of two parts ; dorsally a large flat 
sclerite, bluntly rounded at tip with the sides turned down (a), with 
two short struts at base; ventrally a smaller sclerite pointed and 
curved downward at tip (b) with a pair of basal struts and a strong 
raised piece in the centre at base (c); the ejaculatory duct opens at 
the base of these two sclerites. Lateral lobes large, curved, nearly 
- meeting at their bases on ventral aspect, where they are articulated 
to the central raised piece (c) of the median lobe, but somewhat 
apart on the dorsal aspect, where they are articulated to the edges 
of the dorsal plate («) near its base. Basal-piece well developed 
on the ventral aspect. Internal sac undifferentiated. When the 
median lobe is thrust forward during copulation the lateral lobes 
open laterally, the dorsal plate of the median lobe turns up dorsally, 
and the ventral piece turns ventrally, the median orifice then lies 
at the bottom of these organs. 


The Dascillid male is a trilobe type and at present 
we cannot connect it with the Malacodermidae further 
than by the approximation that occurs in simple forms 
(cf. Drilus and Dictyopterus). 


Family CYPHONIDAE. 


Forms examined : Microcara (or Helodes) livida Fabr., 
England. Cyphon coarctatus Payk., England. 
Figs. 187 and 188 Pl. LX XI. 


Microcara livida (P|. LXXI fig. 187). 


When the aedeagus is extended there are nine distinct tergites, the 
anus lying below the ninth tergite ; the first two sternites are obscure 
and lie beneath the last coxae, the third being the first visible seg- 
ment; the eighth and ninth are distinct. The aedeagus comprises 
all the structures that lie between the anus and the ninth sternite. 
Basally the aedeagus consists of a large bilobed plate on the dorsal 
side, continued on the ventral side asa membrane (the tegmen) (tq) ; 
this ensheathes the median portion, which consists of a trilobed body, 

002 


544 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


two lobes having dorso-lateral positions and the third a ventro- 
median one, this lobe is continued as a narrow, thin plate having 
a narrow edge of chitin; the end of the ejaculatory duct (or un- 
differentiated internal sac) lies on this plate and has a wide opening 
on a membrane between the two dorso-lateral lobes. 

This median portion we consider is the median lobe. In certain 
of the Dascillidae (i. e. Dascillus cervinus) the median lobe is repre- 
sented by a pair of processes rising from the edge of the median 
orifice. The tegminal foldis quite distinct, separating the median or 
distal portion from the basal and outer portion, and it is highly 
probable that it is homologous to the same fold in other types. 


Cyphon coarctatus (Pl. LX XI fig. 188). 


When the aedeagus is fully drawn out the 8th and 9th abdominal 
segments are distinct, the tergites plain, and well chitinised with a 
strut from each posterior corner. The sternites not so well defined. 
The anus lies beneath the ninth tergite, and the structure between the 
anus and the ninth sternite is the aedeagus. This structure consists 
of a membranous tube with a very large orifice (median orifice), the 
opening of the ejaculatory duct or undifferentiated internal sac. 
On the dorsal side this tube is supported by a chitinous V or Y 
piece, on the ventral edge there are two curved chitinous hooks 
which are extended inwardly as a broad thin plate. 


The homologies of this structure are difficult to make 
out, as owing to the absence of a distinct tegminal fold 
there is no guide. Helodes is the nearest type to which 
we can refer it. Considering the opening of the ejacu- 
latory duct as homologous in these two forms then the 
curved hooks and plate would be equivalent to the lobes 
and plate of Mierocara (Helodes) and the tegmen would 
not be represented at all. Until more Dascillid and 
allied forms have been studied this is the best explanation 
we can give, but we fully recognise its weakness. 

By the structure of the undifferentiated internal sac, 
etc., we had considered it probable that copula did not take 
place in the usual manner in this form, but that it was 
possible that the female “ovipositor” was inserted into 
the large median orifice. An observation of the senior 
author adds strength to this supposition, but it needs 
more confirmation; any observations of the copulation of 
Dascillids, Cyphonids and their allies will be of interest, 
especially as to the part played by the “internal sac.” 

We hope that one of us may be able to elucidate this 


ey 


— 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 545 


abnormal family by the aid of some of the larger and less 
delicate exotic forms, of which we should be very glad to 
receive examples. 


Family RHIPICERIDAE. 


Form examined : Callirrhipis philiberti, Seychelles. 
Fig. 153 Pl. LXVI. 


Callirrhipis philiberti (figs. 153, 153). 

Median lobe large, formed by a large sclerite (a) on dorsal face, 
narrow at apex which is slightly cleft, widening towards the base, 
which is continued into two median struts, and a slender chitin rod (b) 
on the ventral face, the sides being membranous. Lateral lobes large, 
pointed at apex, and widening at base where they consolidate together 
on the ventral face and just touch on the dorsal. Basal-piece large 
membranous on dorsal aspect and in the centre of ventral 
aspect and with a chitinous support round the ventral. Internal 
sac undifferentiated, but the duct is greatly enlarged just beyond 
the aedeagus (e/). 

This is an Elaterid type. 


Family ELATERIDAE. 


Forms examined: Agrypnus sp. ? New Guinea. Ani- 
somerus hacquarti, Mashonaland.  Chalcolepidius albertisi 
Cand., Honolulu. 

Figs. 154, 155 and 156 Pls. LXVI and LXVII. 


Agrypnus sp.? (Pl. LXVI fig. 154). 

Median lobe formed by a broad sclerite (a) on dorsal face pointed at 
tip, and with two struts at base, and a small chitin rod (b) on ventral 
face, the sides membranous ; median orifice large, on ventral aspect 
near tip. Lateral lobes large, enveloping the median lobe. Basal- 
piece well developed, membranous on dorsal face, and in centre 
on ventral face (m) with chitin (bp) round the edges. Internal sac 
undifferentiated, with dilated duct basal to aedeagus. 


Anisomerus hacquarti (P], LX VII figs. 155 and 155a). 

Asymmetrical trilobe form. Median lobe small, with median orifice 
at tip and two small struts at base. Lateral lobes large, the right longer 
and broader than left, consolidated at their basal part into a tube. 
Basal-piece very small. Internal sac undifferentiated, the duct 
dilated basal to the aedeagus. 


546 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 
Chalcolepidius albertisi (Pl. LX VII fig. 156). 


Median lobe slender, chitinous above and on sides, membranous on 
ventral face ; median orifice near tip on ventral face, base produced 
into two long median struts. Lateral lobes a little shorter than the 
median lobe, flattened horizontally and deeply cleft on outer edge 
about half way down (a) nearly dividing them into two pieces; their 
bases meeting on the dorsal aspect. Basal-piece very long and divided 
into two sclerites, one long V-shape (b), a more basally placed piece 
running round the basal edge (c); dorsalaspect membranous. 
Internal sac undifferentiated. 


The aedeagus in Elateridae is as a rule a generalised 
trilobe type, becoming compressed and asymmetrical in 
Anisomerus. ‘The division of the lateral lobes and basal- 
piece into two in Chalcolepidius is interesting. It is a 
more differentiated form of the family, which seems to be 
on the whole rather monotonous and uninteresting. 


Family THROSCIDAE. 


Forms examined: Throscus dermestoides L., England. 
LInssomus bicolor Chevr., Mexico. 


Figs. 157 and 158 PI. LX VII. 


The aedeagus of this family is a tri-lobed form near to Elateridae. 
In YT. dermestoides, fig. 157, the median orifice is on the ventral 
aspect near tothe base and the basal-piece is large and well de- 
veloped. In Lissomus bicolor (Pl. LXVII figs. 158, 158a) the basal 
piece is membranous (m) in the centre on the ventral aspect, and 
the chitin forms a ring; the median orifice is on a membrane on 
the ventral aspect of the broad, flattened median lobe. The internal 
sac is undifferentiated. 


Family EUCNEMIDAE. 


Form examined: Hemiopsida mastersi Macl., Australia. 
Fig. 159 Pl. LX VII. 


Median lobe short, forming a pointed, chitinous plate on the dorsal 
aspect, prolonged into two long median struts. Lateral lobes large, 
consolidated together at the base to form a tube, the distal ends 
spatulate and twisted. Basal-piece very small, forming a round 
sclerite on the ventral aspect. Fig. 159 shows the internal sac (is) 
partly protruding. 


Near to the Elaterid type, but the detached, small 
basal-piece may prove to be distinctive. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 547 


Family BUPRESTIDAE, 


Forms examined: usehroma goliath Lap., Panama. 
Chrysodema aurofoveata Guér., New Guinea. Cyphogastra 
spp. ? New Guinea. Polybothiis quadricollis, Madagascar. 
Acmacodera flavofasciata P. and M., Pyrenees. Stigmo- 
dera macularia Don., Australia. Belionota walkeri Wat., 
New Guinea. 


Figs. 160, 161 and 16la Pl. LX VII. 
Chrysodema aurofoveata (Pl. LX VII fig. 160). 


The median lobe consists of a strong chitinous dorsal plate, flat, 
almost parallel-sided, and pointed at apex, with a deep groove (a) 
running down each side of the ventral aspect ; this ventral face is 
membranous, with the median opening some distance from the apex, 
and the base prolonged into two short median struts. Tegmen strong, 
highly chitinised and flattened horizontally, with the lateral lobes and 
basal-piece consolidated into one piece. Lateral lobes consolidated 
for a short distance from their base on dorsal aspect, and for some 
distance on the ventral aspect; long, nearly parallel-sided, their 
rather slender tips rounded, and bearing short spines and a couple 
of hairs. Along the inner sides of the lateral lobes runs a chitinous 
projection which fits into the groove (a) on the median lobe and acts 
as a guide when this moves in and out of the tegmen. Internal sac 
undifferentiated. 

In fig. 160 the free apices of the lateral lobes are made to appear 
too short and blunt, and this defect is exaggerated by the exsertion 
of the median lobe. 


Polybothris quadricollis (Pl. LX VII figs. 161 and 161a). 


This is the same type as the last. Median lobe consisting of a flat 
dorsal plate, widest at the base and graduating to a point at apex, 
with a pair of median struts at base ; median orifice on ventral aspect 
near tip. A little behind the median orifice there is a slender chitin 
rod attached tothe ventral membrane, and projecting into the lumen 
of the median lobe, to which muscles are attached. Lateral lobes 
flattened, curving up to a point on the inner side of the apex, with 
basal-piece consolidated to lateral lobes. The coadaptation between 
lateral and median lobes is not so complete as in Chrysodema. 
Internal sac undifferentiated. 


The Buprestidae differ from the Elateridae by the con- 
solidation of the basal-piece to the lateral lobes and by the 
beautiful coadaptation between the lateral and median 


548 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


lobes to allow of median lobe being extended beyond the 
tips of the lateral lobes (fig. 160); and there is no point 
of articulation. At present the family appears to be well 
isolated. 

The consolidation of the lateral lobes into one piece, 
with the inner faces beautifully coadapted to the sides of 
the median lobe is found in a high state of perfection in 
Huchroma. 


Family TENEBRIONIDAE. 


Forms examined: Jleodes dentipes Esch., California. 
Chiroscelis digitata Fabr., W. Africa. Slaps similis Latr., 
England. Zopherosis georgi White, Australia. Stenosis 
angustata Herbst., Corsica.  Cossyphus tmsularis Casta, 
Sicily. Pediris sp. ? (not in Brit. Mus.) and ? P.? suleigera 
Boisd., New Guinea. 

Figs. 162-170 Pl. LX VIII and LXIX, relate to Tene- 
brionidae ; fig. 164 being that ofa female structure observed 
in Hleodes dentipes. 


Hleodes dentipes (Pl. LX VIII figs. 163, 163). 


Median lobe short with two large median struts ; median orifice 
forming a longitudinal slit from apex to middle on the dorsal face. 
Lateral lobes consolidated together along their dorsal edges and 
forming atriangular plate with its edges turned under. Basal-piece 
forming a large sclerite on dorsal aspect, pointed at the base. 
Internal sac undifferentiated. 

There is a structure in the female which is at present unique as 
far as our knowledge goes (fig. 164). The basal part of the oviduct 
is greatly dilated (a), a duct (b) which we take to be the duct of the 
spermatheca enters this dilatation and continues as a free coiled 
chitinous tube (c) which reaches the vulvular opening. 

Blaisdell has described and figured both male and female organs of 
many of the American Eleodiini (Smithsonian Inst. U.S.N.M. Bull. 
63, 1909). 


Chiroscelis digitata (P]. XVIII figs. 165, 1652). 


Tegmen of the usual Tenebrionid type. Lateral lobes small, 
consolidated into a small triangular plate on dorsal aspect. Basal- 
piece large, curved, chitinous on dorsal, membranous on ventral, 
aspect. Median lobe small but distinct, with two median struts. 
Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 549 


Blaps similis. 

Ts of the same type, the median lobe being small but distinct, the 
lateral lobes small, consolidated along the basal half, thus forming a 
triangular dorsal plate, split from the apex to half way to the base. 


Cossyphus insularis (Pl. LX VIII figs. 166, 1662). 


Of the usual Tenebrionid type, but the median lobe greatly 
reduced and forming a small membranous lobe on which the median 
orifice is situated. No differentiated sac. 


Stenosis angustata (Pl. LX VIII fig. 167). 

Median lobe well developed, with two median struts. Lateral 
lobes consolidated and forming a long, narrow, nearly parallel-sided 
ventral trough in which the median lobe lies, truncate and slightly 
curved at tip. Basal-piece forming a ventral trough-shaped sclerite, 
membranous on dorsal aspect. 

The fact that the tegmen lies on the ventral aspect of the median 
lobe seems to differentiate this type from the former, but we 
here repeat that we have several times remarked as to the difficulty 
attending the orientation of the dorsal and ventral aspects of the 
aedeagus. 


Zopherosis georgit (Pl. LX VIII fig. 168). 

Median lobe long and narrow, chitinous at tip and along the 
sides, membranous along the median dorsal and ventral portions ; 
median orifice near tip on dorsal aspect. Tegmen forming a large, 
nearly parallel-sided trough in which the median lobe lies, the distal 
half formed of the consolidated lateral lobes, truncate at tip and 
bearing fine hairs, the basal half formed of the basal-piece. 
Internal sac undifferentiated. 


This type appears to come near to Stenosis. 


Pediris sp.? (Pl. LXVIII fig. 162). 

Median lobe thin and pointed, the tip curved slightly down- 
ward, the median orifice on dorsal face near base. Lateral lobes 
long, slender, studded with small spines along the distal half with 
the tips spatulate. The lobes are quite free but their lateral 
edges touch on the dorsal face (in fig. 162 they are parted to show 
their freedom). Basal-piece large, forming a ventral sclerite with 
its lateral. edges turned in, the dorsal face is membranous (m), 
there are two sclerites in the middle of the membrane (a) whose 
distal ends are articulated to the base of the lateral lobe. 

In a similar species from the same region (Geelvink Bay) the 


550 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


lateral lobes are short, consolidated together along their dorsal 


margins, and form a triangular plate in the characteristic Tenebrionid 
fashion, 


Family RHYSOPAUSIDAE. 


Form examined: ? Rhysopaussus sp. (not in Brit. Mus.) 
Australia. 


Figs. 169, 169a Pl. LX VIII. 


Tegmen of the Tenebrionid type. Lateral lobes consolidated along 
their dorsal edges, forming a triangular plate on the dorsal face with 
the lateral edges turned under. Basal-piece large, forming a large 
curved sclerite on the dorsal face, membranous on the ventral face. 
The median lobe is reduced to a mere small membrane on which 
the ejaculatory duct opens. 


Family CISTELIDAE (Alleculidae of some). 


Forms examined: Omophlus lepturoides Fabr., Rome. 
Prostenus dejeani Sol., Brazil. Chromomaea sp.? Australia. 
Figs. 170, 171 and 171la Pl. LXIX. 


Omophlus leptwroides (P]. LXIX fig. 170). 

This aedeagus is of the Tenebrionid type. Lateral lobes very 
small, consolidated into a small dorsal plate, pointed at tip and 
curved. Basal-piece very long and narrow, enlarged at base, 
chitinous on dorsal and membranous on ventral faces, Median 
lobe reduced to a small membrane on which the ejaculatory duct 
opens, at ventral edge there is a small two-toothed chitinous lobe 
with two long struts (a). Internal sac larger than the ejaculatory 
duct, but not highly differentiated, 


Prostenus dejeani (Pl. LXIX figs. 171, 171a). 


A regular Tenebrionid type; the median lobe is reduced to a 
mere membranous tongue on which the ejaculatory duct opens. 


Chromomaea sp. 


Is of the Tenebrionid type. Lateral lobes’ small consolidated into 
a small dorsal plate, expanded at tip, and beset with small spines 
pointing basally. Basal-piece long and curved. Median lobe very 
small, 


In many members of this family the terminal body 
segments are highly modified to form claspers (vide 
Biologia Centrali-Americana, Champion, Vol. IV. pt. 1 
pls. 17-20. On Pl. LX XVIII figs. 234 and 234a we have 
represented the abdominal structure of Cistela atra. 


af ee ele 


~S 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 551 


Family LAGRIIDAE. 


Forms examined: Lagria hivta L., England. LZ. grandis 
Gyll., Australia. 


L. hirta. 

Of the Tenebrionid type. Lateral lobes consolidated, forming a 
very small triangular plate. Basal-piece long, narrow and curved, 
enlarged at the base. Median lobe reduced to a small membranous 
tongue. 


Family OTHNIIDAE. 


Form examined: Othnius lyncea Pasc., Ceylon. 
Figs. 172 and 172a Pl. LXIX. 


O. lyncea (Pl. LXIX figs. 172, 172a). 

Median lobe short, pointed, with broad, curved strut (ms) from 
the dorsal, basal edge. Lateral lobes consolidated into a large 
pointed cap-piece, with its lateral edges turned under. Basal-piece 
large and curved. Weare in doubt as to the dorsal and ventral 
aspects. 


We meet here with a departure from the Tenebrionidae. 
The basal-piece is not preponderant, but the lateral lobes 
are large, and include the median lobe as a cap-piece 
rather than as a sheath. The structures in our specimen 
are very feebly chitinised and somewhat difficult to make 
out. The position the family occupies in the Munich 
Catalogue is better than one near Tenebrionidae. Othnius 
cannot go in the trilobe forms because of the hooding of 
the median by the lateral lobes. So that at present it 
appears least ill-placed in the loosely connected complex 
we have called Cucujoidea. 


Family AEGIALITIDAE. 
Form examined : Aegialites debilis Mann., Vancouver. 


Fig. 173 Pl. LXIX. 


Median lobe long, slender, tubular and membranous, supported 
along each side by a chitinous rod (a) which widens out at the base 
and forms a ring round the median foramen (b). Tegmen forming a 
large dorsal cap composed of two large sclerites, the distal one 
(lateral lobes) broad, curved and coming to a point at apex, bearing 
a pair of small lobes near its base, its basal angles are produced into 
struts which are attached to the base of the median lobe; the 


552 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


basal-piece of the cap consists of a large sclerite, broader at the base 
where it curves round the sides of the median lobe. Internal sac 
apparently elongate. 

This type is near to Pytho. 


Family MONOMMIDAE. 


Forms examined: Monomma gigantewm Guér., Angola; 
and sp., Penang. 


Figs. 174 and 174a PI. LXIX. 


M. gigantewm. 

Median lobe long, thin and tubular; chitinous round the tip (a), 
with dorsal and ventral face supported by chitin strips. Internal 
sac undifferentiated. Lateral lobes large, joined together on the 
ventral aspect by a semi-chitinous connection, the tips truncate. 
Basal-piece half as long as the lateral lobes, forming a curved sclerite 
on ventral aspect. Fig. 174 is rather too broad. 

M., sp. !, Penang, is similar to M. giganteum. 


We place this type with Stenosis and Zopherosis on 
account of the ventral orientation of the tegmen. 


Family MELANDRYIDAE. 


Forms examined: Orchesia micans Panz, England. 
Phloeotrya rufipes Gyll., England. Melandrya caraboides 
L., England. 

Figs. 175, 176, and 177 Pl. LXIX. 


Orchesia micans (Pl. LXIX fig. 175). 


Median lobe long, thin, straight and membranous, supported by a 
chitin rod on each side, which flattens out at base and forms a pair of 
struts (ms). Tegmen consisting of a well-developed basal-piece 
produced to a long point in front (a), witha pair of long, thin lateral 
lobes. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Phloeotrya rufipes (Pl. LXIX fig. 176). 

Median lobe very long and thin, supported along each side by a 
thin chitinous rod (a), these project at base as two struts (ms) ; 
median orifice at apex. Tegmen forming a short sheath, open at 
apical two-thirds (b) on ventral face, and produced into a long, 
narrow, parallel-sided, basal sclerite on dorsal face. Internal sac 
undifferentiated. 


Melandrya caraboides (Pl. LXIX fig. 177). 


Median lobe fairly short, membranous, supported on each side by 


— eS 


Anatomy of the Maie Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 553 


a chitinous rod (a) ; median orifice at apex. Tegmen forming a 
sheath, chitinous above and membranous below. Internal sac 
undifferentiated. 


It is impossible to place these with any satisfaction at 
present. The Melandryidae appear to be a family of 
transition; or it may be an unnatural association. 


Family PYTHIDAE 


Forms examined: Pytho depressus L., Scotland. Rhin- 
osimus ruficollis L., England. 
Fig. 178 Pl. LXX. 


P. depressus (Pl. LXX fig. 178). 


Median lobe long, slender and tubular, with basal third slightly 
enlarged. Tegmen forming large dorsal cap, as in Aegialitidae, the 
apical part being long, narrow and pointed at tip, the two lobes 
long and slender; the basal-piece convex. Internal sac un- 
differentiated. 


Lhinosimus ruficollis. 

Is of the same type; the median lobe being membranous and 
supported along each side by a chitin rod, the basal-piece is longer 
than in P. depressus. This species in some points approaches nearer 
to Aegialitidae. 


Family PYROCHROIDAE. 


Pyrochroa pectinicornis L., Scotland. 
Fig. 179 Pl. LXX. 


Median lobe long, somewhat flattened, produced into two struts at 
base (ms), with median orifice on dorsal side near apex. Tegmen 
eonsisting of consolidated lateral lobes (//) on ventral face, meeting 
together on dorsal face at base, and a well-developed basal-piece, 
Internal sac undifferentiated. 


The ventral aspect of the tegmen induces us to place 
this and 7'rictenotoma near together; and we associate 
them, as well as various other families of the “ Heteromera,” 
with Cucujoidea. 


Family ANTHICIDAE. 


Form examined: Anthicus maritimus Lec, California 
(named by Leconte with a query). 
Fig. 180 Pl. LXX. 


554 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 
A, maritimus (Pl. LXX fig. 180). 


Median lobe short, tubular, continued from the dorsal basal part 
as a single broad strut (ms); median orifice at apex, the chitin- 
isation on the dorsal face (b) continuing on to the sac, ventral edge 
of orifice projecting beyond dorsal. Tegmen forming a large cap- 
piece pointed at apex with the basal lateral edges turned in to 
form a groove in which the median lobe plays; from the base 
proceed a pair of divergent struts (c), consolidated at their bases. 
Internal sac undifferentiated. 


The cap-piece without lobes and the undifferentiated 
internal sac induce us to place this also in Cucujoidea. 
The tegmen is however of peculiar form. 


Family OEDEMERIDAE. 


Forms examined: Oncomera jemorata Fabr., England. 
Copidita (Sessinia) punctum Macl., Australia. Dohrnia 
miranda Newm., Australia. 

Figs. 181, 182 and 183, Pl. LXX. 


Oncomera femorata (Pl. LXX fig. 181). 


Median lobe long, pointed and flattened laterally, bent up at the 
base, where the dorsal and ventral edges of the median foramen 
project, the ventral one being flattened out and serving for the 
attachment of muscles ; median orifice on ventral face near tip; on 
each side near tip there is a stout, sharp spine. Tegmen consisting 
of a plate coming to two points at the distal end, and T-shape at 
base, the arms of the T curving up and embracing the median lobe ; 
the first connecting membrane attaching the median lobe to the T- 
shape piece of tegmen. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Copidita punctum (Pl. LXX fig. 182). 
This is on the same plan as Oncomera, but the tegmen is round at 


the apex with a slight indentation at its tip and two small recurved 
spines a little before the tip, on the dorsal aspect. 


Dohrnia miranda (Pl, LXX fig. 188). 


Median lobe flattened laterally and pointed at apex, the median 
orifice being situate on the ventral aspect far from the apex 
Tegmen forming a large sheath, membranous or ventral (/) aspect 
and chitinous on dorsal (?). Internal sac undifferentiated. The 
position of the tegmen on the dorsal side of the median lobe does 
not agree with other Oedemeridae we have examined; but this 
requires more detailed investigation. 


soe 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 555 


The ventral aspect of the tegmen causes us to place 
this family on one side along with Pyrochroidae, ete. 
But we must recall our remark as to the difficulty of 
determining this point. 

If it could be established that the tegmen is composed 
of a modified chrootic sternite, then this type might be 
the most primitive of the coleopterous aedeagi. 


Family MORDELLIDAE. 


Forms examined: Anaspis frontalis L., England. Pele- 
cotomoides conicollis Cast., Australia. Zomoxia biguttata 
Gyll., New Forest. 
- Figs. 189, 190 and 191 Pl. LXXI. 


Anaspis frontalis (Pl. LX XI fig. 189). 


Median lobe slender, tubular and semi-chitinous, and with median 
orifice at tip. Tegmen consisting of a pair of pointed lateral lobes 
consolidated at their base, and a narrow, long basal-piece. The 
tegmen lies on the dorsal aspect of the median lobe, with a 
membranous connection on the ventral aspect. Internal sac un- 
differentiated. 


This aedeagus does not approach either in structure or 
orientation the other forms we have examined among the 
Mordellidae. It is possible that it would find a better 
place near Anthicidae. 


Pelecotomoides conicollis (Pl. LX XT fig. 190). 


Median lobe long, slender and curved, median orifice near tip on 
ventral face. Tegmen consisting of a large, basal sclerite (bp) on 
the ventral aspect of the median lobe, with a pair of highly 
modified lateral lobes, in the form of crescents. Internal sac 
undifferentiated. 


Tomoxia biguttata (Pl. LX XI, fig. 191). 


Median lobe long, thin and membranous, supported by a chitinous 
rod along each side, which join together about the middle and 
continue as a single median sclerite. Tegmen consisting of a 
sheath-like sclerite and a flat sclerite bearing three irregular pro- 
cesses, the two sclerites being connected by a membrane. Internal 
sac undifferentiated. 


We are not satisfied with our knowledge of this family 
and hope it will be shortly increased. ‘lhe orientation of 


556 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


the tegmen causes us at present to put it, as exceptional, 
along with Oedemeridae. 


Family RHIPIPHORIDAE. 


Form examined: Hmenadia sp. ? Australia. 
Pp 


Fig. 192 Pl. LXXI. 


Median lobe long, slender, membranous, supported by a thin 
chitin rod on each side which meet together at the base. Tegmen of 
the Mordellid type. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


This is the same type as Mordellidae (excl. Anaspis). 


Family CANTHARIDAE = MELOIDAE. 


Forms examined: Tegrodera erosa Lec., California. 
Cissites (Horia) debyi Fairm., Borneo. Nemognatha sp.* 
Fig. 193 Pl. LXXI. 


Horia (Cissites) debyi (Pl. LX XI fig. 193). 

Median lobe large, flattened laterally, and bent nearly at right- 
angles one-third from base, the whole organ being pistol-shape ; 
median orifice at apex, and median foramen occupying the ventral 
base of basal third. Tegmen consisting of a large “tambour” 
shaped basal-piece, and a single median piece, rounded at the 
apex, representing the lateral lobes. Internal sac undifferentiated. 


Tegrodera erosa. 

Median lobe tubular, flattened laterally, with the median 
orifice on dorsal aspect at tip and median foramen occupying the 
ventral aspect of the basal half; on the ventral aspect near tip 
are two spines, one in front of the other. Tegmen composed of a 
large rounded and curved hasal-piece and a pair of lateral lobes 
consolidated at their base. Internal sac small with a strong curved 
spine at its base, 


Nemognatha sp. 

Median lobe tubular with a large median foramen occupying the 
ventral aspect of the basal half. Tegmen with lateral lobes con- 
solidated to tip, which is roundly bilobed, basal-piece large. Internal 
sac well developed, but without armature. 


* This specimen has unfortunately been lost ; only the dissection 
now exists, 


i Med 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. = 557 


Family TRICTENOTOMIDAE. 


Form examined: Zrictenotoma thomsoni Deyr., hab. ? 
Figs. 194 and 194a Pl. LXXIT. 


Trictenotoma thomsoni (Pl. LX XII figs. 194, 194). 


Median lobe long, thin and curved upward at the base ; the apex 
chitinous, continued as a chitin strip along the ventral face, at the base 
this chitinous strip is a curved bar (b) which connects with the tegmen. 
Tegmen consisting of a well-defined basal-piece (bp) with a large 
sclerite (a) on the ventral aspect of the median lobe ; near the base 
of the sclerite (a) arise two long thin lobes, spatulate at tips and 
hairy. The bars (b) from the median lobe are connected with the 
lateral basal edges of the large sclerite and form a spring which 
brings the median lobe back into position when the muscles are 
relaxed. Internal sac undifferentiated. The large sclerite may repre- 
sent the lateral lobes of other forms, as it is closely connected with 
the basal-piece ; in that case the remarkably long lobes (Il), are 
secondary differentiations, or appendages of the conjoined lateral 
lobes. ; 


This is a beautifully constructed organ. It is a little 
like Pytho, but the orientation of the tegmen is reversed 
and in that respect approaches Pyrochroidae. 


Family BRUCHIDAE (Lariidae of some). 


Forms examined: Bruchus rufimanus Boh., England. 
Caryoborus nucleorum Fabr., Brazil. C.sp.? (not named in 
Brit. Mus.), S. America. 

Figs. 195, 196 and 197 Pl. LX XII. 


Bruchus rufimanus (Pl. LXXIT figs. 195, 1952). 

Median lobe tubular, with the dorso-basal margin produced into 
a parallel-sided strut (s), the median orifice being at the apex. 
Tegmen forming aring-piece with a pair of lateral lobes on the dorsal 
aspect and a wide strut on the ventral aspect. Internal sac large 
with armature at the base closing the orifice, consisting of a curved 
spine (a) on the ventral face and a chitinous plate (b) on the dorsal. 


Caryoborus sp.? (Pl. LX XII fig. 196). 


Median lobe a flattened tube, with the ventral and dorsal edges of 
the median orifice pointed, the ventral one produced beyond the 
dorsal one, thus giving the orifice a slit-like shape on the dorsal 
face; the dorso-basal edge is produced into a single dorsal strut, 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) PP 


558 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


chitinous on the outer edges (ms) and membranous down the 
middle (m). Tegmen forming a ring, with a large dorsal cap-piece 
slightly emarginate at tip, and a keel-like strut on the ventral aspect. 

Internal sac long with two small pads (a) of chitinous short 
spines, 


Caryoborus nucleorum (Pl. LX XII fig. 197). 


Median lobe large, the distal two-sevenths forming a flattened 
tube, with the ventral edge of the median orifice pointed and pro- 
jecting beyond the dorsal edge, the basal five-sevenths forming 
a large sclerite on the dorsal aspect. Tegmen forming a ring, 
with lateral lobes consolidated together forming a cap-piece, 
slightly emarginate at tip; at the base of the lateral lobes and 
consolidated to them there is a large, inflated semi-chitinised 
membrane (a) which is consolidated to the median lobe; this may 
represent a chitinisation of the first connecting membrane. On the 
ventral side is a Y with a long strut (b). Internal sac long, without 
complex armature. 


This family comes within the Chrysomelid group. 


Family CHRYSOMELIDAE. 


Forms examined: As this is one of the most extensive 
divisions of Coleoptera, we arrange the species specially 
studied in thirteen groups. 

1. ORSODACNINAE. Orsodacne nigriceps Latr., England. 

2. DoNACIINAE. Donacia (Plateumaris) sericea L., and 
comart Suffr., D. bidens Ol., semicuprea Panz., and lemnae 
Fabr., England. 

3. SAGRINAE. fecynodera balyi Clark, Australia. 
Carpophagus banksiae Macl., Australia. §Diaphanops 
westermannt Schonh,, Fremantle, Australia. Polyoptilus 
sp. aff. emichsonw (not in Brit. Mus. Coll.), Australia. Sagra 
amethystina Gueér. var, W. Africa. Sagra nigra Ol, 
Assam. 

4. TIMARCHINAE. Z%marcha geniculata Germ., Asturias. 
T. tenebricosa Fabr., England. 

5, CRIOCERINAE. Crioceris asparagi L., England. 

6. CLYTHRINAE. Lalidostomis longimana L., Istria. 
Clythra laeviuscula Ratz., Pyrenees. Lachnaea palmata 
Lac. ? Pyrenees. Sawxinis saucia Lec., California. 

7. CRYPTOCEPHALINAE. Cryptocephalus aureolus Suftr. 
England. C. asturiensis Heyd.? Asturias. 


8 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 559 


8. EUMOLPINAE. Humolpus surinamensis F.,S. America. 
Chrysochus pretiosus Fabr., Bohemia. Glyptoscelis cuprascens 
Lec., California. 

9. CHRYSOMELINAE. Orina elongata Suffr., and 0. 
speciosa L., Piedmont. Chrysomela sharpi Fowl., Scotland. 
Gastrophysa raphani Herbst., Scotland. Paropsis variolosa 
Marsh.?, Sydney. Phytodecta 5-punctata L., Piedmont. 
Phyllodecta vitellinae Li, and P. vulgatissina L., England 
and Scotland. 

10. GALERUCINAE. Diabrotica soror Lec., California. 
Galerucella spp., England. 

11. Harticinar. Haltica coryli All., England. 

12. HispinaE. Spilispa imperialis Baly?, Australia. 
Cephalolera sp. aff. nigropictae Baly ?, S. America. 

13. CassIDINAE. Mesomphalia pascoct Baly, Ecuador. 
Aspidomorpha 4-maculata Ol., Nyasaland. 

Figs. 198 to 216 Pls. LXXII, LXXIII, and LXXIV, 


relate to these forms. 
Orsodacne nigriceps (Pl, LX XII fig. 198). 


Distal half of the median lobe forming a flattened tube, with the 
ventral edge of median orifice slightly cleft at tip, and projecting 
beyond the dorsal edge, the basal half formed of two long struts on 
dorsal aspect. Tegmen forming a ring-piece with cap divided at tip. 
Internal sac long, projecting much beyond the median foramen. A 
slightly chitinised cone at the apex carries the opening of the 
ejaculatory duct. 


The two struts of the median lobe and the long sac 
place this nearer to the Longicorn type than to other 
Chrysomelidae. 


Donacia sericea (Pl. LX XII figs. 199, 199a, 1990). 


Median lobe large, chitinous, tubular and curved, with the median 
orifice at apex and the median foramen large, occupying the ventral 
face of the basal half (mf). Tegmen forming a ring-piece; on the 
dorsal side the cap forms a slender lobe with hairs at the tip on 
the ventral face. The strut forms a large keel. Internal sac large 
with complex armature at its apex. This armature consists of a 
pair of lateral curved plates (c) and a median process (b) through 
which the ejaculatory duct passes and opens on its tip, a chitinous 
block (d) supports the structure at its junction with the membrane. 


D. comari. 


Is very like D. sericea but the cap is divided at the tip. Thearma- 
PPZ 


560 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


ture on the apex of the internal sac differs in details (Pl. LX XII 
figs. 200, 200a). 


D. bidens and D. semicuprea. 


Aedeagus very like D. comari, but the armature on the sac is 
totally different (Pl. LX XIII, figs, 201 and 202). 


D. lemnae. 


Has the cap long and thin. The armature on sac is distinct from 
those described above (Pl. LX XIII fig. 203). 


Carpophagus banksiae (Pl. LX XIII figs. 204, 204a). 


Median lobe large, chitinous, tubular and curved; the median 
orifice at apex, the median foramen occupying the ventral basal half. 
Tegmen forming aring-piece, with a very longlobeascap. Internal 
sac large with complex armature at apex (204) consisting of a pair 
of complex side lobes (c) and a slender median process (b) through 
which the ejaculatory duct passes and opens on its apex. 


Mecynodera balyv. 

Median lobe well chitinised, curved and fairly short, forming a 
flattish tube; the ventral edge of the median orifice projecting 
beyond the dorsal edge: median foramen large, occupying the 
ventral portion of the basal half. Tegmen forming a ring-piece, 
with large cap apically deeply divided and furcate ; the median strut 
or keel on the ventral aspect, of median size. Internal sac not 
extending through the median foramen. Armature at apex of sac 
consisting of a slender median process on which the ejaculatory duct 
opens, two chitinous plates embedded in the membrane below the 
median process, and a Y-piece above also embedded in the membrane. 


Polyoptilus sp. 
This is very like Mecynodera but the cap is less furcate at the 
tip. 


Diaphanops westermanne. 

This is very like Polyoptilus sp.?; the cap is differently shaped, 
being broader distally and bearing there a small emargination ; the 
armature at the apex of the internal sac (PI. LX XIII fig. 205) con- 
sists of a slender process on which the ejaculatory duct opens (a) 
protected by a stronger and broader process above it (b), a broad plate 
(c) grooved along the centre supports the membrane below and 
another and smaller plate (d) supportsthe membrane above. N.B.— 
In the figure, (¢) and its pointing line are imperfect. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 561 
Sagra amethystina (Pl. LX XIII figs. 206, 206a). 


Median lobe well developed, chitinised, tubular and curved ; the 
ventral edge of the median orifice projecting beyond the dorsal edge, 
pointed but not cleft. There is a very long prolongation of the 
teginen dorsally, and this is grooved along the middle, and has a 
short, narrow division at tip. Internal sac not projecting beyond 
the median foramen, which is large and occupies the ventral portion 
of the basal half of the median lobe. Sac complex in shape, with 
two sclerites on each side of the base (a—a) to support it ; armature 
at apex consisting of a slender median process on which the ejacula- 
tory duct opens, with another brush-like process above it and 
chitinous sclerites supporting its base. 


Sagra nigra, 

Of the same type as Sagra amethystina ; the armature at apex of 
sac consisting of a slender process on which the ejaculatory duct 
opens, protected by a wider and curved process above, broadened at 
the base where it is attached to the sac; on each side is a patch of 
stiff hairs. 


Crioceris asparagi. 

Median lobe well developed and chitinised, with the ventral lip 
of the median orifice projecting slightly beyond the dorsal edge ; the 
median foramen occupying the greater part of the ventral surface 
of the basal half. Tegmen consisting of a small Y-piece and a 
moderate-sized strut, or keel, on ventral aspect, dorsal part entirely 
membranous and without any trace of prolongation as cap. Internal 
sac short with a strong chitin-piece at apex on which the ejaculatory 
duct opens. 


Labidostomis longimanus, 

Median lobe forming a well chitinised, short, nearly straight tube, 
slightly flattened on dorsal side of distal half, with the ventral edge 
of the median orifice projecting beyond the dorsal edge ; median 
foramen large, occupying the ventral aspect of the basal half; a 
slight constriction divides the basal and distal halves. Tegmen con- 
sisting of a small shield-shaped-piece, keeled along the middle on the 
inner side, on the ventral aspect of median lobe, without traces of 
lateral lobes. Internal sac short, with complex chitinous armature 
which closes the median orifice. Stenazygos excessively elongate, 
many times longer than the whole insect. 


Clythra laeviuscula (P]. LX XIII fig. 208). 


Median lobe well developed and chitinised, forming a tube, the 


562 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


distal half flattened on the dorsal aspect and bearing three keels, a 
median and a pair of lateral; the ventral edge of the median 
orifice coming to a small point but not projecting far beyond the 
dorsal edge; slightly constricted about middle; median foramen 
occupying the ventral aspect of the basal half. Tegmen in form of 
a shield-shaped sclerite, with the corners not meeting on the dorsal 
face, and no trace of prolonged cap. Internal sac small with complex 
armature consisting of a long chitinous flagellum (@) and a pair of 
strong, curved, chitinous spines (b), Stenazygos not investigated, 


Lachnaea palmata. 


In this species the median lobe is well developed, curved near the 
apex, but straight beyond. The armature on sac consists of a small 
spine-like flagellum and a pair of large spines, with a complex 
process closing the median orifice consisting of a plate bearing a 
median curved tongue and a pair of lateral, rounded plates. The 
tegmen is Y-shaped, the strut being slender and bifurcate at end. 


Saxinis saweid. 

Median lobe very slightly curved, with the ventral edge of median 
orifice pointed and extending slightly beyond dorsal edge; the 
median orifice closed by the armature on the sac. Median foramen 
occupying the ventral portion of basal half. Tegmen V-shaped. 


Cryptocephalus aureolus, 


Median lobe well developed and chitinised, the distal half being 
considerably flattened; the ventral edge of medium orifice drawn 
out to a fine, flattened point, with the tip curved downward, pro- 
jecting much beyond the dorsal edge ; median foramen occupying 
the whole of the ventral side of the real half. Tegmen shield- 
shaped, with a keel along the middle of the inner side. Armature 
on sac not examined. 


Cryptocephalus asturiensis ? 


Of the same type as C. awreolus, but the ventral edge of the median 
orifice drawn out into a blunt point and not turned downward. 
Armature on sac complex, that at the base closing the median for- 
amen ; at the apex there are two broad, bifurcated spines and a 
flattened median sclerite, but no flagellum. 


Lumolpus surinamensis (P], LX XIII figs. 207, 207a). 

The apical third of the median lobe strongly curved and slightly 
flattened, the ventral edge of the median orifice pointed and pro- 
jecting far beyond the dorsal edge, the basal two-thirds consisting 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 563 


of a broad curved piece on the dorsal side, the ventral part being 
occupied by the median foramen ; between the distal third and the 
basal two-thirds there is a strong constriction. The tegmen consists 
of a Y-piece, with a long strut on the ventral aspect and only 
membrane on the dorsal, and without trace of cap-piece. Internal 
sac long, with apical armature consisting of a twisted chitin plate 
(a) through which the ejaculatory duct runs, and opens on its 
apical edge (207a). Beyond (basally) the sac the duct forms a long 
chitinous tube, four times the length of the aedeagus, and then 
enlarges somewhat so as to become a slender chitinous chamber. 


This is very remarkable on account of the extreme 
elongation of the stenazygos. Apparently this part, which 
is at least four or five times as long as the eurazygos, is 
also made as slender as possible. It is difficult to say 
whether it is not rather an altered part of the eurazygos 
than a specialisation of the duct. 

It may possibly function as a flagellum, invaginated 
during inactivity. A thorough examination of this struc- 
ture and its function in Kumolpidae would be very 
interesting. In Chrysochus pretiosus this stenazygos (or 
pseudostenazygos) is quite as slender as in Humolpus, 


Glyptoscelis cuprascens, 


Median lobe well developed and chitinous, bent at right angles 
about middle, the distal half forming a flattened tube, with the 
ventral edge of the median orifice drawn out beyond the dorsal 
edge and pointed; the median foramen placed on the ventral 
aspect of the basal half. The dorsal face of the basal half cleft 
down the centre making it into two struts. Tegmen forming a 
broad shield-shaped sclerite, the apex of the shield being attached 
to the median lobe and the wide part extending ventrally, not 
meeting on dorsal side of median lobe and having no trace of 
cap-piece. Sac and stenazygos not examined. 


Orina elongata (Pl. LX XIII fig. 209). 


Median lobe well developed and chitinised, curved, tubular, with 
the ventral edge of the median orifice drawn out to a point greatly 
beyond the dorsal edge, thus placing the median orifice on the dorsal 
aspect; median foramen smaller than in Eumolpinae, etc., occupying 
only the basal sixth of the ventral aspect. Tegmen consisting of a 
small V-shaped sclerite, not meeting on dorsal aspect and showing no 
trace of cap-piece. Internal sac of moderate size, with a strongly 
chitinised flagellum on which the ejaculatory duct opens, 


564 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Orina speciosa. 

Median lobe forming a long, fairly slender tube, slightly curved ; 
ventral edge of median orifice bluntly pointed, turned down- 
ward and projecting slightly beyond the dorsal edge, which is 
rounded and turned upward; median foramen occupying the 
ventral face of the basal sixth. Tegmen forming a V-piece, not 
meeting on dorsal aspect and without any trace of cap-piece, In- 
ternal sac nearly as long as the median lobe with a fairly thick 
flagellum arising from the apex, and through which the ejaculatory 
duct passes, nearly as long as the sac. 


Gastrophysa raphant. 

Median lobe very short and broad ; the ventral edge of median 
orifice pointed and projecting beyond the dorsal edge; the dorsal 
edge forming a flat fold, or lid, over the orifice, thus giving it 
a horse-shoe shape. Tegmen forming a V-shaped piece on ventral 
aspect of the median lobe. Sac not examined. 


Chrysomela sharpt. 


Median lobe well developed and chitinised, with the ventral 
edge produced somewhat beyond the dorsal edge and rounded, 
the median foramen occupying about one-sixth of the ventral basal 
portion. Tegmen forming a semi-ring without trace of cap-piece. 
Internal sac large, with a curved, slender flagellum on which the 
ejaculatory duct opens. 


Paropsis variolosa ? (from Sydney) (Pl. LX XIV figs. 210, 
210«). 

Median lobe well developed and chitinised and flattened horizon- 
tally ; the ventral margin of the median orifice bluntly pointed and 
produced far beyond the dorsal edge, thus placing the orifice in a 
dorsal position ; median foramen occupying one-sixth of the basal 
ventral portion, which is slightly constricted off from the distal 
five-sixths. The chitinisation of the dorsal edge of the median 
orifice is continued on to the base of the internal sac as two short 
broad strips (a). Tegmen forming a slender semi-ring-piece, with 
only a minute strut (s) and not meeting on the dorsal aspect. 
Internal sac large, bearing a strong, curved flagellum on which the 
ejaculatory duct opens, This form comes near to Orina. 


Phytodecta 5-punctata. 

Median lobe tubular and slightly curved ; the lateral edges of 
the median orifice produced into two flattened, curved spines which 
curve over the orifice; median foramen occupying the ventral basal 


: 
) 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 565 


third. Tegmen V-shape. Internal sac nearly as long as the median 
lobe, bearing at its apex a curved flagellum slightly longer than 
the sac. 


Phytodecta olivacea. 


Is near to P. 5-pwnctata, but the lateral spines at the edge of the 
median orifice are greatly flattened, meet on the median ventral 
line, and curve downward, and are asymmetrical, the right one being 
produced into a short point on the outer side and the left rounded. 
Internal sac bearing a flagellum. 


Phyllodecta vitellinae (Pl. LX XIV figs. 212, 212a, 212d). 


Median lobe stout, tubular, constricted one-fourth from the 
base; the ventral edge of median orifice produced beyond the 
dorsal edge and bluntly pointed ; median foramen occupying the 
ventral aspect of the basal fourth, on the dorsal aspect of the 
base is.a deep emargination, Tegmen forming nearly a complete 
ring, but not quite complete on the dorsal face, no trace of cap- 
piece. Internal sac short, bearing armature in the shape of a 
flat, curved spine on each side (a) and a median complex plate (b). 

We have examined several of two varieties that go under this 
name, a blue variety from Forres sand-hills and a southern one, 
with a bronzy green form ; in these we find a constant difference 
in the shape of the emargination on the dorsal edge of the base of 
the median lobe, the northern variety has a round emargination 
(fig. 212a) and the southern a nearly parallel-sided emargination 
(fig. 212b), More extended observations on this species are greatly 
to be desired. We think it possible that there may be two, 


Phyllodecta vulgatissima. 


This is near to P. vitellinae, but the distal end of the median 
lobe is more flattened horizontally, and the constriction near base 
is not so deep, The armature on sac is on the same plan, but 
more complex and lies inside the median orifice, and when the sac 
is slightly evaginated entirely alters the appearance of the orifice. 


Timarcha geniculata (Pl, LX XIV fig. 211). 


Median lobe well developed and chitinised, the ventral edge 
pointed and produced a little beyond the dorsal edge, the dorsal 
edge forming a pointed strip over the orifice; median foramen 
occupying the ventral aspect of the basal third, the dorsal face being 
cleft, thus making it into a pair of struts (ms). Tegmen forming a 
ring-piece with a curved plate, or cap, on dorsal aspect, shallowly 


566 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


emarginate at tip, on the ventral aspect the ring-piece projects as a 
long strut (b), Sac large, with a slender flagellum (fq) rising from 
the apex, 


The basal part of the median lobe being divided into 
two pieces, and the complete ring-piece with a cap on the 
dorsal side separate this genus from the Chrysomelinae. 
C. tenebricosa is of the same type, but the cap-piece is 
smaller in proportion. Hence we propose Timarchinae 
as a distinct, subfamily. As Donaciinae and Sagrinae 
approximate this structure, the Timarchinae should be 
placed between them and Chrysomelinae. 


Diabrotica soror. 

In this Galerucid the median lobe forms a long, curved tube: 
the basal foramen extends ventrally for one-third of the length 
of the tube: at the distal extremity there is a short acumen, 
and the dorsal face of the tube is membranous for nearly one- 
third of the length. The tegmen consists of a pair of slender, 
nearly parallel and nearly contiguous rods, these diverge very 
abruptly, and then converge again a little so as to partially embrace 
the median lobe, but they are unconnected by chitin on the dorsal 
aspect. 


Galerucella spp. 


Agree with the above in respect of the tegmen; but the basal 
part of the median lobe is very different, the tube being more 
complete at the base, and provided there with a pair of hooks. 
These hooks also exist in Galeruca tanaceti and in Lochmaea. In 
the last-mentioned genus the median lobe is of highly irregular 
form, and instead of forming a single curve, the two extremities of 
the organ are curved in opposite directions (as occurs less markedly 
in Haltica). 


So far as we can form an opinion as to the Galerucinae 
from the few forms examined, it would appear that their 
chief characteristics are (1) the indefinite delimitation of 
the median orifice, entirely dorsally placed and unpro- 
tected; and (2) the small tegmen, forming only delicate 
rods. 


Faltica corylt. 


Median lobe straight, tubular, somewhat flattened, ventral edge 
of median orifice produced into a point, projecting beyond the 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 567 


dorsal edge ; chitinisation of the dorsal edge forming three strips 
which close the orifice; median foramen occupying the ventral 
portion of the basal fourth. Tegmen Y-shape without traces of 
cap-piece. Internal sac fair size with armature that appears to be 
comparatively simple. 


Although the aedeagus in Halticinae is much used for 
discriminating the species, we have not met with any 
satisfactory account of it; the sac, with its armature, the 
base of the median lobe, and the foramen, as well as the 
condition of the tegmen, being in fact almost entirely 
neglected. 


Spilispa imperialis (Pl. LX XIV fig. 213). 

Median lobe well developed and chitinised, strongly bent at about 
two-thirds from apex, bent up at right angles at the curve, with the 
median foramen occupying the ventral portion ; median orifice with 
ventral edge rounded and produced beyond dorsal edge. Tegmen 
T-shaped, with the forks of the T embracing the median lobe. 


Cephaloleia sp. ? (Pl. LX XIV fig. 214). 

Median lobe tubular, strongly curved, with ventral edge of median 
orifice pointed and projecting far beyond the dorsal edge ; median 
foramen occupying the ventral portion of the basal third. Tegmen 
Y-shape. Internal sac long, passing through the median foramen ; 
nature of armature not observed. 


Mesomphalia pascoei (Pl. LX XIV figs. 215, 215a). 


Median lobe long, thin, tubular and flattened slightly, curved nearly 
at right angles about one-fourth from base and deeply constricted ; 
median foramen occupying the ventral portion of the basal fifth ; 
ventral edge of median orifice pointed and projecting well beyond 
dorsal edge. Tegmen Y-shaped. Internal sac not large, bearing at 
apex a flattened tube like flagellum (fg), on which the ejaculatory 
duct opens, and a plate embedded in the sac below (a). The 
ejaculatory duct in this species is semi-chitinous, and forty-eight 
millimetres long. 


Aspidomorpha 4-maculata (Pl. LXXIV fig. 216). 


Median lobe stout, tubular and bent at forty-five degrees two-fifths 
from base ; median orifice with ventral edge bluntly pointed and 
only produced a little beyond dorsal edge; median foramen occupying 
ventral part of basal fifth. Tegmen Y-shape. Internal sac without 
armature. 


568 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


The Chrysomelidae form an interesting series of groups 
which further research will perhaps separate into distinct 
families. The most primitive type is Ovsodacne, which 
approaches Parandra. We find forms wherein the tegmen 
is not divided, though it has a comparatively large cap 
(Timarcha), and others in which the median lobe becomes 
tubular, Orina, etc. Apparently a still more modified 
form is that in which the tegmen is reduced to a delicate 
Y or V-shaped piece. An overwhelming majority of the 
existing species belong to the divisions in which the 
tegmen is thus reduced (Chrysomelinae, Galerucinae, Hal- 
ticinae). The modifications of the tegmen will probably 
be found of considerable assistance in the classification of 
this enormous group of Coleoptera. 


Family CERAMBYCIDAE 


Forms specially examined: Parandra sp. n.? New 
Guinea. Mallaspis xanthaspis Guér. ?,? Colombia. Aronia 
moschata L., England. Chloridolum dorycum Boisd., New 
Guinea. Gnoma ctenostomoides Th., New Guinea. Mono- 
hammus longicornis Th., New Guinea. Macrochenus guerina 
White, ? N. India. And various others not calling for 
special remark. 


Figs. 217 to 221 Pls. LXXV and LXXVI. 


Parandra sp.? (probably undescribed) (PI. LXXV_ fig. 
219). 

Median lobe somewhat flattened horizontally with dorsal and 
ventral edges of median orifice pointed, the orifice extending back 
some distance on each side ; from the dorso-lateral edges of the base 
two flat, narrow struts are given off. Tegmen forming a ring with 
a pair of pointed processes, separate to near their base, on the dorsal 
aspect, and a median strut (cs) on the ventral aspect. Internal 
sac large, without armature. 


Aromia moschata. 
Tn this well-known insect (Pl. LX XV fig. 217), the sac is largely 
developed, and bears a complex armature near the apex (a). 


Chloridolum dorycum. 

This is similar to A. moschata, but the armature of the sac is 
even more complex, and is shown in some detail in figs. 218 and 
218a Pl. LXXV. There is a deeply cleft chitinous plate (ab) 
bearing hair at the two extremities (ac); a large chitinous plate 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 569 


(d) with the sides curved up, and another plate (e) below it, and 
this is produced into a blunt median keel (f); there is a large 
diverticulum (y) as in Aromia, A considerable part of the sac is 
beset with small, chitinous teeth. 


Among the forms of this large family that we have 
examined there is a great uniformity of type, the median 
lobe having the orifice at the tip and extending along the 
side, the sclerites on the dorsal and ventral aspects being 
separated by a membrane running along each side, from 
orifice to foramen; the base of median lobe prolonged 
into two struts; tegmen ring-shaped, with a divided pro- 
jecting process, the division generally very deep; internal 
sac long, projecting into the body forwards beyond the 
median foramen in the state of repose. 

It is in the great development of the sac, and the diver- 
sities in its armature that we must seek the peculiarities 
of the family. Parandra, so far as the genital tube is 
concerned, appears to be the lowest form; in it we have 
found no specialisation of importance. A general resem- 
blance between the tube of Parandra and that of Cucu- 
joidea is evident at first sight (compare Parandra, fig. 
219 with Cucujus, fig. 97, or Passandra, fig. 96). In the 
section phylogeny we have shown reasons for supposing 
that this general resemblance may be deceptive. 

We have examined various other Cerambycidae without 
finding anything to make it necessary to increase the 
length of this memoir by including them. But there is 
one point we must mention briefly. Bordas has pointed 
out that in certain Cerambycidae there appear to be present 
two ejaculatory ducts. In other words that the stenazygos 
is wanting. We also have observed this fact in Gnoma 
(Pl. LXXV fig. 220) and in some species of Monohammus 
(Pl. LXXVI figs. 221 and 221a). 

That this fact is of much morphological importance is 
not clear to us. It may perhaps be due to the great 
extension of the sac (or eurazygos). And in fact in another 
closely allied species of Monohammus we have found a 
distinct stenazygos. The structure as it has appeared to 
us in Monohammus longicornis is shown in Pl. LXXV fig. - 
221, and in 22la where the sac is everted. It is then 
seen to be studded with small spines, and bears two 
diverticula, thus acquiring a singular resemblance to the 


head of a dog; and it will be seen that there is a short 


570 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


tube (a) into which the two ducts lead. In the absence 
of knowledge as to the development it is not advisable to 
attempt an explanation of this form, but it appears to be 
not improbable that it may represent the stenazygos. 
The student will in looking at this figure recollect that 
the part of the sac that is the more anteriorly placed is 
really the apical part; the sac in Cerambycidae being 
completely inverted, the junction of the ducts with the 
sac is really the apical, or distal, portion of the genital 
tube. 


Family ANTHRIBIDAE. 


Form examined: Phloeobius alternans Wied., India. 
Figs. 225 and 225a Pl. LX XVI. 


Phlocobius alternans (Pl. LX XVI figs. 225, 225z). 


Median lobe forming a short, flattened tube ; the ventral and dorsal 
edges of median orifice pointed, the ventral projecting beyond the 
dorsal, the orifice thus forms a slit extending back along the sides ; at 
the base the median lobe is prolonged into a pair of long, thin struts 
(ms). Tegmen forming a ring with dorsal cap-piece and a ventral 
strut, the cap-piece having a ridge across where it becomes more 
strongly chitinised, and at the tip bearing long hairs. Internal sac 
large, having a large diverticulum, and at its apex a membranous 
flagellum-like organ, 


The few other Anthribidae that we have examined are 
all on the same type although the details differ. 


Family CURCULIONIDAE. 


Forms examined: Eupholus chevrolati Guér., New 
Guinea. LPolyeleis plumbeus Guér., 8. Africa. Brachycerus 
apterus L., S. Africa, Belus bidentatus Macl., Australia. 
Mecocorynus loripes Chevr., E. Africa. Sphenophorus 
obscurus Boisd., Hawaiia. 


Figs, 222, 223 and 224 Pl. LXXVI. 


Hupholus chevrolati (Pl. LX XVI figs. 222, 222). 


Median lobe a short flattened tube, with ventral edge of median 
orifice projecting beyond dorsal edge, and pointed ; from each side of 
base projects a long median strut (ms). 'Tegmen forming aring-piece 
with a pair of delicate, but quite distinct prolongations on the dorsal 
aspect, and central strut on the ventral aspect. Internal sac long, 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 571 


reaching beyond the ends of the median struts, with a stout, curved, 
spine-like flagellum at the apex and a large diverticulum (a) below 
it. ; 


Polycleis plumbeus. 

Median lobe well chitinised, tubular, slightly flattened and 
curved ; ventral edge of median orifice projecting beyond dorsal 
edge and bluntly pointed; median struts small and slender, only 
half as long as the median lobe. Tegmen forming a ring-piece 
with a pair of small delicate projecting lobes on dorsal aspect and 
a slender central strut on ventral aspect. Internal sac contained 
within median lobe. 

With the increased chitinisation of the median lobe there is 
here a reduction of the median struts. 


Brachycerus wpterus. 

Median lobe forming a short flattened tube, with the ventral edge 
of median orifice projecting beyond the dorsal edge and pointed ; 
median struts large. Tegmen forming a ring-piece with lateral 
lobes consolidated into a cap-piece on dorsal aspect; central strut 
on ventral aspect large. Internal sac long with armature which we 
have not examined. 


Belus bidentatus (Pl. LX XVI fig. 223). 


Median lobe forming a straight chitinous tube, with a pair of short 
median struts; median orifice at apex. Tegmen forming a wide 
ring-piece with a long narrow cap-piece ; central strut large. Internal 
sac long, projecting’some way beyond the median struts. A fine 
chitinous tube (w) projects through the apex of the sac, and ends in 
a membranous flagellum (fg) ; the chitinous tube (a) appears to have 
the power of being moved through the apex of thesac. The apex of 
the sac is supported by two crescent-shaped sclerites (b), one on each 
side of the tube. The dorsal and ventral aspects of the internal 
sac are supported by two chitinous plates from near the apex to the 
base. 


The long, slender sac with the flagellum at the apex 
recalls the highly specialised flagella and long sacs of the 
Brenthids. 


Sphenophorus obscurus (Pl. LXXVI figs. 224, 224a). 
Median lobe forming a semi-chitinous tube, supported along each 


side by a chitin strip (a), the median orifice is at the apex on the 
dorsal face and is supported by a chitinous ring. From the basal ends 


572 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


of the lateral chitin strips proceed two median struts (ms). 'Tegmen 
formed of a semi ring-piece with a very strong central strut on the 
ventral face. A long first connecting membrane (cm 1) connects the 
tegmen to the median lobe, and a very long second connecting 
membrane (cm 2) connects the tegmen to the body wall; the basal 
part of this second connecting membrane (cm 2) is chitinised and 
forms a tube around the aedeagus ; on the right of it is attached the 
“‘spicule” (sp). Internal sac large, without armature. 


Obs.—We have examined various other Curculionidae 
without finding distinctions of great importance. But the 
various specialisations will probably prove to be of much 
assistance in the classification of this enormous complex. 
Comparison of the cap-piece of the tegmen in Attelabini, 
Rhynchitini and Brachycerint with long-rostrum-forms 
(7.e. probably higher) like JM/ecocorynus is suggestive of 
this. 


Family SCOLYTIDAE = (Ipidae of some). 
Form examined: Zomicus (Ips of some) laricis Fabr., 
England. 
Fig. 226 Pl. LX XVII. 


The male organs of many of this family were carefully figured 
and described by Lindemann* and again by Verhoeff.t It is a 
Rhynchophorous type. We figure Tomicus laricis (Pl. LX XVII 
fig. 226). Median lobe short and tubular, with a pair of slender 
median struts. Tegmen ring-shaped with a central strut on ventral 
side (a). Internal sac fairly long, with a thin membranous flagellum 
arising from the apex, supported by a couple of thin chitin rods (b). 

We must refer workers in this group to Lindemann’s above- 
mentioned paper for details of the various species. 


The evolution of the tegmen in this family appears to 
be from a ring-piece with well developed lateral lobes, to 
reduction of the lateral lobes, the ring-piece being correla- 
tively reduced into a small Y-piece on the ventral side of 
the median lobe. Cf. remarks on Chrysomelidae. 


Family PLATYPIDAE. 


Form examined: Platypus (sp.), Honolulu. Crossotarsus 
barbatus Chap., New Guinea. 


* Bull. Soc. Imp. Mose., Vol. XLIX (1875) No. 1. 
+ Archiv f. Naturgesch. 1896. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 573 
Crossotarsus barbatus (Pl. LX XVII fig. 228). 


Median lobe forming a strong chitinous tube with the median orifice 
at the apex and the median foramen occupying the ventral basal 
third. Tegmen forming a Y-piece. Internal sac not examined. 


Family BRENTHIDAE. 


Forms examined: Baryrrhynchus miles Boh., India. 
Arrhenodes funebris Sharp, Panama. 
Fig. 227 Pl. LXXVII. 


Baryrrhynchus miles Boh. (fig. 227). 

Median lobe forming a tube for the apical two-fifths, chitinous on 
dorsal and ventral aspects; the dorsal sclerite prolonged into two 
wide struts at the base (ms). Tegmen forming a ring, with a pair 
of large, rounded lobes, forming one piece basally, on the dorsal aspect 
and a long ‘strut-like basal-piece ventrally. Internal sac long, 
projecting beyond the base of the median lobe, and armed with a 
long, slender, chitinous flagellum (fy, fig. 227) about 12 mm. long, 
and 006 mm. in diameter towards its tip; the opening of the 
ejaculatory duct is at the tip of the flagellum, 


We have examined various other Brenthidae, and as far 
as we have observed, this family is very uniform, differing 
in the size and shape of the cap-piece, of the median lobe, 
flagellum, etc.; but all possess the flagellum, and the 
division of the cap-piece is never missing. In Laryr- 
rhynchus robustus Jek., the lobes are slender rods, bearing 
hairs at the tip, but are quite distinct. 


Family LUCANIDAE. 


Forms examined: Chiasognathus granti Steph., Chile. 
Neolamprima adolphinae Gestro, New Guinea. Lucanus 
cervus L., England. Systenus (formerly Platycerus) cara- 
boides L., Bosnia. Figulus marginalis Rits., Borneo. /. 
striatus Ol, Seychelles. Syndesus cornutus Fabr., Tas- 
mania. Ceratognathus niger Westw., Tasmania. Mito- 
phyllus irroratus Parry, and If. parryi Westw., New 
Zealand. Aesalus scarabaeoides Panz., Europe. Nicagus 
obscurus Lec., N. America, Sinodendron cylindriewm L., 
Brockenhurst. 


Figs. 5-10a Pls. XLII and XLITI. 
Ceratognathus niger (Pl. XLII fig. 5). 


The median lobe is long, tubular, with median. orifice at tip and 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART Ill. (DEC.) QQ 


574 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


small median foramen at base. Lateral lobes as long as median 
lobe, the basal half of each embracing the side of the basal half of 
the median lobe, the distal half narrow and curved. Basal-piece 
very smal]. Internal sac small with a large patch of long brown 
hair but no armature. 


Mitophyllus parryanus. 


Closely allied to Ceratognathus. Median lobe well developed, 
cylindrical, slightly constricted near the tip and rounded at the base ; 
median orifice at the distal end, membranous round the orifice and 
from there graduating off to strong chitin on the rest of the lobe ; 
small median foramen at base; point of articulation on dorsal side. 
Lateral lobes twice as long as the basal-piece, reaching to the end, 
and embracing the sides, of the median lobe. Basal-piece about 
one-third the length of the tegmen, with small basal opening. 
Internal_sac small, covered with fine brown hairs, but no armature. 


Mitophyllus vrroratus. 


The basal-piece has quite disappeared, the lateral and median 
lobes as in Ceratognathus, but the basal parts of the lateral lobes 
entirely envelop the basal part of the median lobe. Internal sac 
small with very dense covering of chitinous, elongate, pointed 
scales; the ejaculatory duct long and coiled up in the median 
lobe so as to allow enough slack when the sac is evaginated, 
An important difference exists between this species and M. par- 
ryanus. 

In these forms the muscles for working the median lobe are 
attached to its base, there being no median struts. 


Syndesus cornutus (Pl. XLIII figs. 6, 6a, and 60). 


The median lobe is well developed, bottle-shaped, with the median 
orifice at the distal end and the small median foramen at the base (m/f), 
around which the chitin is much thicker and stronger and supports 
the point of articulation and the attachment of two median struts. 
Lateral lobes broad at the base and bluntly rounded at the tips 
which reach slightly beyond the tip of the median lobe ; the bases 
of the lateral lobes embrace the sides of the base of the median lobe. 
Basal-piece large and shield-shape, membranous on the dorsal side. 
The internal sac without armature but very long (21 mm.) and 
doubled up in the median lobe. The median foramen is very small 
and it is not likely that the ejaculatory duct passes through when 
the sac is evaginated, consequently only half the sac can be 
evaginated. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 575 


This is a very interesting form, in connection with the 
question of the function of the flagellum generally. Does 
the portion of the sac that can be evaginated (to the 
extent of at least 10 mm.) act in a similar way to the 
highly developed flagellum of Lucanus ? 


Systenus carabordes (Pl. XLIII figs. 7 and 7a). 


The median lobe is formed of a strong bilobed plate on the 
ventral side, with a ridge across each lobe (a, fig. 7a), the one on the 
right being larger than the one on the left; the dorsal side is 
membranous, except at the base round the small median foramen, 
where there is a ridge for the point of articulation (pa) and the 
attachment of the median struts. The lateral lobes are broad, 
short and truncate and embrace the basal sides of the median lobe, 
but do not meet either on the dorsal or ventral faces. The basal- 
piece is large, shield-shaped, with the edges turned up ; the dorsal 
side being membranous. The internal sac is large and complex and 
is permanently evaginated and bears a short flagellum (fg) through 
which the ejaculatory duct passes to the orifice at the tip. When at 
rest the sac collapses upon itself and lies on the dorsal side of the 
median lobe, but under blood pressure swells out (fig. 7a). 


LIweanus cervus (Pl. XLIII fig. 8) and Chiasognathus 
grant. 
Are on the same plan as S. caraboides, but the flagellum is 
very greatly elongated. 


Figulus marginalis. 

Median lobe small, tubular and curved, with a pair of median 
struts consolidated along their basal half, the internal sac is fairly 
large and appears to be permanently everted and has no flagellum. 
Lateral lobes small. Basal-piece about twice as long as the lateral 
lobes, forming a slightly flattened tube ; from the distal edge of the 


ventral side there is a small curved tongue which covers and hides 
the median lobe. 


F, striatus. 


Is of the same type but hasa long flagellum. The question of 
these two species remaining in the same genus is doubtful. This 
type approaches Sinodendron. 


Neolamprima adolphinae (Pl. XLIV figs. 10 and 10a). 


Has a long, strong, cylindrical basal-piece, with small lateral lobes. 
The median lobe is small, thin and cylindrical, with two short 


QQ2 


576 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


broad median struts, and from the base proceed two long, flattened 
supports (a) that connect it to the lateral lobes. No differentiated 
internal sac. 


Aesalus scarabacoides. 


Has a long, tubular median lobe, slightly curved; median 
orifice at distal end and median foramen at base. Tegmen con- 
sisting of a small ring-shaped basal-piece with narrow (almost 
hair-like) lateral lobes about two-thirds as long as the median 
lobe, and closely appressed thereto; these are all amalgamated 
at, base and show no articulation. Internal sac not observed. 
This distinct form is worthy of more investigation. We have had 
only one example at our disposal. 


Nicagus obscurus. 


Since our paper was written Mr. Schwarz has kindly 
given F. Muir an opportunity of dissecting this problem- 
atic form, and he finds that it isa Lucanid, not a Scarabaeid. 
The description and remarks on its affinities must be 
published elsewhere. 


Sinodendron cylindricum (Pl. XLII figs. 9 and 9a). 


The median lobe is small, curved, tubular and highly chitinised ; 
the median orifice at the distal end; the median foramen, a long 
narrow opening along the ventral basal aspect; a pair of large 
median struts are articulated to the base ; the point of articulation 
has a dorso-basal position. The lateral lobes are small, concave 
across the inner side (a) where the median lobe lies. The basal piece 
forms a large, strongly chitinised tube. The internal sac undifferen- 
tiated, the basal part (b) is always protruding from the median 
orifice. 


In the Lucanidae there are several types of aedeagus, 
but they all differ from the Scarabaeidae in having a well- 
developed chitinous, exposed median lobe, and the internal 
sac is never developed to so great an extent as in the 
Scarabaeidae, unless we consider the flagellum as a modi- 
fied sac. In that case the sac in the forms of the two 
families may be said to be very different. 

In our taxonomical table we have suggested a division 
of Lucanidae into three families, Lucanidae, Lamprimidae 
end Sinodendronidae. This seems necessary if 'Trogidae 
are separated from Lucanidae. The alternative is to unite 
the five divisions, Trogidae, Scarabaeidae, Lucanidae, 
Lamprimidae and Sinodendronidae into a single family. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 577 


The diversity of these forms is in striking contrast with 
the homogeneity of Caraboidea, Rhynchophora, Ceram- 
bycidae. 


Family TROGIDAE (fam. nov.). 


Forms examined: 7'voxz omacanthus Har., Pusa; 7’. 
scaber L., Brockenhurst; 7. swherosus Fabr., Brazil; 7’. 
penicillatus Fahr., Hedjaz; 7. sp., Queensland; 7’ sp., 
N. Australia (these two not named in Brit. Mus. Coll.). 
Glaresis beckert Solsky, Transcaspian. Also the following 
forms classified with the family but not really belonging 
to it, viz. Cloeotus rugiceps Germ., Rio de Janeiro; C. 
sinuatus Bates, Guatemala; Liparochrus timidus Arrow, 
N. Australia; Anaides laticollis Har., Mexico; A. simpli- 
cicollis Bates, Costa Rica; Nicagus obscurus Lec., N. 
America.—For Cloeotus, Liparochrus and Anaides vide 
Coprini in Scarabaeidae ; for Nicagus vide Lucanidae. 

Figs. 1, 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 4, 4a, Pl. XLIT. 


Troz omacanthus (Pl, XLII figs, 2 and 2a). 


Median lobe broad, flattened and rounded at tip, with a slight 
depression down the dorso-median line; median orifice across the 
ventral face of tip, the dorsal tip projecting some distance beyond 
it. Lateral lobes broad and short, nearly meeting at their bases on 
the dorsal side, but well separated on the ventral side ; tips pointed. 
Basal-piece well developed, membranous along the middle on ventral 
face, chitinous on dorsal face. Internal sac large, covered with short 
brown hairs; no chitinous armature. The testes of this species 
consist of six long, simple, sausage-shaped glands, attached by very 
short stalks to the ends of the long vasa deferentia, which are 
not coiled up in a bunch as in 7’. scaber, q. v. 


Trox scaber (Pl. XLIT figs. 3 and 32). 


Median lobe well developed, broad, flattened and truncate at the 
tip ; median orifice on ventral face near base (mo), two long median 
struts (fig. 3a, ms) are articulated to the lateral edges of the base of 
the median lobe; point of articulation on dorsal side. Lateral 
lobes slightly longer than median lobe ; pointed at apex, their bases 
nearly meeting on dorsal side, far apart on ventral side. Basal- 
piece forms a broad, flattened, chitinous tube, bent near the base. 
No differentiated internal sac. 


It is of interest to note that the testes of this species 
are of a simple form. The vasa deferentia are very long 


578 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


and the ends of them coiled up into balls as in the Cara- 
bidae ; situate near their extremity are six small, simple, 
globular glands attached to the vasa deferentia by slender, 
short ducts. These globular glands are simple and have 


none of the complex structures of such forms as Melolontha 
vulgaris, 


Trox penicillatus (Pl. XLII figs, 4 and 4a). 


This is similar to 7. scaber, but more complex, especially the 
median lobe. There is no differentiated sac. 


Trox sp, 2.1, N, Australia (Pl. XLII fig. 1). 


Median lobe broad, flattened, curved and pointed at tip, with a 
little ridge running down the middle of the dorsal side; median 
orifice across tip on ventral side. Lateral lobes well developed, 
embracing the lateral edges of median lobe nearly to the tip, not 
meeting together at base either on dorsal or ventral side. Internal 
sac small but distinct, without armature. 


Trox sp, ? 2, N. Queensland. 


This is of the same type as 7’. sp. ?.1; the median lobe is broad, 
flattened and pointed at the tip; the median orifice situated across 
the tip, the lower pointed lip of which turns down when the 
sac is evaginated. Lateral lobes only embracing the sides of the 
median lobe and not meeting on either side at their bases. Basal- 
piece small, membranous on dorsal side, large at the sides where 
the lateral lobes are articulated and a narrow chitinous strip on the 


ventral side. Internal sac short, with curved chitin plate as 
armature. 


Trox suberosus. 


Similar type to Tvox sp. ? 2, but the basal-piece is longer. 
Internal sac short, covered with fine soft hair, and on the ventral side 


with a curved chitinous plate which projects beyond the sac when 
evaginated. 


Glaresis beckeri. 


Median lobe large, well developed, with pointed tip turning up 
dorsally ; membranous on ventral side; median orifice on ventral 
side near tip; point of articulation on dorsal side. Lateral lobes 
slightly longer than median, nearly meeting at their base on 
dorsal face ; concave on the inner side and embracing the dorso- 
lateral part of the median lobe; tips bluntly pointed. Basal- 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 579 


piece as long as the median lobe, forming a broad, flattened chitinous 
tube bent downward near the base. Internal sac small with fine 
hairs, but no chitinous armature. 


Remarks on 7'rogidae.—The chitinous large median lobe 
and the comparatively simple internal sac separate the 
Trogidae from the Copridae s.b.; Cloeotus sinuatus, with 
its small but distinct median lobe comes near to them, 
but its sac is large and of a complex shape as in other 
Copridae. 

Such a form as Zrox sp. ? No. 1, approximates to 
Mitophyllus and other allied Lucanidae, while 7. omacan- 
thus leans a little to the Passalid aedeagus. 7’. scaber 
approaches a little to the Simodendron type, but very 
little. 

The small family Trogidae is of great importance as re- 
gards the classification of the Scarabaeoid series of Coleo- 
ptera, and should receive a thorough anatomical study. 
We allude to it again under the heading “ Taxonomy.” 


Family PASSALIDAE. 


Forms examined: Proculus opacipennis Th. and P. 
mnizechi ? Central America. Hviocnemus sp. not in Brit. 
Mus., Mysol. Protomocoelus (Pelops) gestroi Kirsch, New 
Guinea. Labienus ptox Kaup, New Guinea. Neleus sp., 
Amazons. Leptaulacides planus and L. vicinus (in Brit. 
Mus. Coll.), Sarawak. <Aulacocyclus edentulus Macl., and 
A. teres Perch., Australia. 

Figs. 11, 12, 13 and 13a Pl. XLIV. 


Leptaulacides planus (Pl. XLIV fig, 11). 


Median lobe short and round, with median orifice at end and 
median foramen at base. Lateral lobes large, rounded at their tips 
and consolidated together to their extremity on the dorsal side, but 
still showing the line of junction ; on the ventral side they meet 
together at their base where it is chitinous, and for some little 
way up where it is membranous (m). Basal piece small chitinous 
all the way round. Internal sac large, twice as long as the 
aedeagus, with patches of brown hairs. 


Labienus ptox (Pl. XLIV fig. 12). 


Median lobe very large and round, with the median orifice on 
the dorsal aspect. The lateral lobes are consolidated on the ventral 


580 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


side and the basal-piece forms a small sclerite placed ventrally, 
being membranous on the dorsal aspect. Internal sac about twice 
as long as the aedeagus, covered with fine light spines. 


Aulacocyclus edentulus (Pl. XLIV figs. 13 and 13a). 


The median lobe is large and round, with the median orifice 
across the dorsal aspect. The tegmen (ty) forms a chitinous tube, 
narrower at the base than at the apex. The internal sac is a little 
longer than the aedeagus, the apex studded with light brown short 
hairs. 


The forms that we have examined divide into two 
distinct groups, in one the tegmen consists of two distinct 
pieces, the basal-piece and the lateral lobes ; in the other 
(Aulacocyclus) the basal-piece and the lateral lobes form 
one piece, either by consolidation or the suppression of 
the basal-piece. It is possible that this family is an off- 
shoot of such a form of aedeagus as 7’row omacanthus, but 
still more probable that it came from some form annectant 
with Trogidae and Dynastidae. 


Family SCARABAEIDAE. 


Forms examined: We have examined somewhat less 
than 100 forms of this enormous family of Coleoptera. 
Mr. G. J. Arrow has been so good as to suggest an arrange- 
ment of those that call for notice that will be convenient, 
and in accordance with his views (which, as he states, are 
to some extent conventional); and we place them under 
fourteen divisions, as follows :-— 


1. CoPRINAE. <Ateuchus(or Scarabaeus) cicatricosus Luc., 
Spain. Hucranium lacordairei, S. America. Phanaeus 
lugens Nevinson, Venezuela. Heliocopris mouhotus Sharp, 
Malay penins. Catharsius molossus L., Asia trop. Ontho- 
phagus fracticornis Pr., Brockenhurst. Oniticellus (Radama) 
marsyas Ol. Madagascar. 

2. APHODIINAE. Aphodius punctato-sulcatus St., Brocken- 
hurst, and A. senegalensis K1., Old Calabar. Millingenia 
Jossor Sharp, Ismailia. This latter not correctly classified. 

3. ACANTHOCERINAE. Clocotus sinuatus Bates, Guate- 
mala, and C. rugiceps Germ., Rio de Janeiro. 

4. ORPHNINAE, Orphnus sp. 

5. HYBOSORINAE. Hybosorus orientalis Westw., E. 
India. Liparochrus timidus, Arrow, N. Australia. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 581 


Anaides laticollis Har., Mexico, and A. simplicollis, Costa 
Rica. Phaeochrous emarginatus ? Castl., New Guinea. 

6. GEOTRUPINAE. Geotrupes stercorarius L., Britain ; 
G. mutator Marsh., Britain; G. pyrenaeus Ch., var. 
Reynosa. TZyphoeus typhoeus L., Brockenhurst. 

7. ACLOPINAE. Aclopus sp., Rio de Janeiro. 

8. PACHYPODINAE. Pachypus cornutus Ol., Kurope. 

9. GLAPHYRINAE, Amphicoma vulpes Fabr., Caucasus, 

10. MELOLONTHINAE. Jicroplidius luctwosus, Natal. 
Pyronota edwardsi Sh., New Zealand. Hoplia coerulea 
L., Pyrenees. Diphucephala furcata Guér., Australia. 
Maechidius spp., Australia. Rhizotrogus solstitialis L., 
Britain. Anoxia orientalis Kr., Europe.  Melolontha 
vulgaris L., England. 

11. Eucuirinar. LEuchirus longimanus L., Amboina. 

12. RUTELINAE. Anitsoplia floricola Fabr., Gibraltar. 
Phyllopertha horticola L., Europe. Spilota reginae Newm., 
China. Anomala assimilis Boisd., New Guinea. Mimela 
confucius Hope, China. Oryctomorphus variegatus Guér., 
Chile. Parastasia bimaculata Guér., Nicobar Islands. 
Pelidnota punctata L., N. America. Anoplognathus analis 
Dalm., and A. olwieri Dalm., Australia. Repsimus 
manicatus Sw., Sydney. Bolax westwoodi Castl., Brazil. 
Fruhstorferia gavana Kolbe, Java. 

13. DynastinaE. Hexodon wnicolor Ol., Madagascar. 
Cyclocephala stictica Burm., Mexico. -Ancognatha vulgaris 
Arrow, Ecuador. Philewrus didymus Er., 8. America. 
Homophileurus 4-tuberculatus Beauv.,S. America. Cryp- 
todus sp. ?, Australia.  Xylotrupes gideon L., Asia, ete. 
Oryctes boas Fabr., Trop. Africa. Diloboderus abderus St., 
Brazil. Augosoma centaurus Fabr., Africa. Hupatorus 
hardurcki Hope, India. Grolofa eacus Burm., S. America. 

14. CETONIINAE. Lomaptera xanthopus Boisd, New 
Guinea, and Z. sp. (not in Brit. Mus.), New Guinea. 
Ischiopsopha bifasciata Q.and G., New Guinea. JMacronota 
diardi G. et. P. and M. suturalis Voll., Borneo.  Cetonia 
aurata L., England. Diaphonia dorsalis Newm., Australia. 
Inca pulverulentus Ol., S. America, 

Figs. 14 to 28 Pls. XLIV, XLV, and XLVI, also fig. 28 
on Pl. XLVII, are devoted to Scarabaeidae. 


N.B.—While this memoir is passing through the press, 
the junior author has been able to make an examina- 
tion of the male genitalia in the pupa of a species of 


582 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Anomaia, and he finds that the lateral lobes develop on the 
ventral aspect. Jt follows from this that the orientation we 
have adopted in the following sketch of this family is incorrect 
and should be reversed, at any rate as regards the terms 
dorsal and ventral applied to the aedeagus. 


Ateuchus cicatricosus. 


The aedeagus is of the same type as Phanaeus and Heliocopris, 
ete. It is however strongly chitinised and the lateral lobes are more 
complex and irregular in form. The internal sac is very remark- 
able ; it is large and complex in shape ; at the apex are two long, 
curved spines closely pressed against one another (looking like one) ; 
a little beyond is a small, curved bifurcate, spine-like, chitinous 
plate ; towards the base is a shallowly concave chitinous plate 
from the apical end of which arises a strong chitinous piece giving 
off a dozen thin, flattened, curved lamella-like spines which lie 
together like the lamellae of certain antennae. 


Eucranium lacordairet. 


Is similar to Ateuchus cicatricosus in type, but the sac has only 
chitinous plates for armature. 


Phanaeus lugens, 


Median lobe small with chitinous support at base, prolonged 
into two short, broad, median struts. Lateral lobes small, connected 
together by membrane to near their tips. Basal-piece large, strongly 
chitinous, tubular with a large basal opening. Internal sac large, 
complex, with chitinous structures, one being a broad, curved spine 
towards apex. 


Catharsius molossus. 


Median lobe small with a chitinous support continuing as two 
short median struts for the support of muscles. Lateral lobes large, 
fairly narrow and curved, joined together on dorsal and ventral 
side of membrane which folds in when lateral lobes are brought 
together ; this forms a tube in which the median lobe is situated 
and hidden. Basal-piece large, forming a chitinous tube, slightly 
bent near base, with basal opening on ventral face. Internal sac 
large with complex armature; near the base there is a shallow 
wide diverticulum, about the middle a wide curved chitinous 
plate, and towards the apex two thin chitinous spines arising from 
near the opening of the ejaculatory duct ; a large spine-shape plate 
supports the membrane at the base of the two spines. 


———————— 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 583 


Heliocopris mouhotus, 


Median lobe small, entirely hidden and embraced by the lateral 
lobes. Lateral lobes rather large, with a membranous connection 
to near their tips, which membrane folds together when the lateral 
lobes approximate. Basal-piece large, forming an irregular chitinous 
tube, curved and enlarged at the base, with a large basal opening. 


Internal sac large, with two blunt, flattened, chitinous spines near 
apex. 


Onthophagus fracticornis. 

Median lobe small, with small chitinous support at base projecting 
into basal-piece as two short, broad, rounded, median processes (cf. 
Oniticellus). Lateral lobes small, connected by membranes to near 
their tips. Basal-piece large, forming chitinous tube with large basal 
opening at base. Internal sac large, bearing complex, curved 
chitinous plates on the apical half. 


Oniticellus marsyas. 


Tambour cylindrical, basal portion short. Lateral lobes short 
and powerful, abruptly flexed, of irregular, complicated form ; their 
median aspects contiguous throughout. Median lobe entirely 
concealed, forming at the base a chitinised tray, basally split for 
two-fifths of its length and forming a secondary tambour within 
the normal one. Sac largely developed. This is a very remarkable 
and high form of Coprinae, though the affinity with Onthophagus is 
a close one, 


Obs.—The Coprinae have the basal-piece rather com- 
pletely tubular in form, owing to the shortening of the 
basal part of the “tambour.” The basal part of the 
tambour (or great basal sclerite of the Scarabaeidae) is 
chitinous on one aspect, membranous on the other, and 
this basal portion being in Coprinae of small elongation in 
comparison with the distal portion, the tubular form of 
the distal portion is unusually conspicuous. The aedeagus 
of Coprinae is easy of recognition. 


Aphodius punctato-sulcatus (Pl. XLV figs. 18 and 18a). 
Median lobe small and membranous, supported on the dorsal edges 
by two chitin strips (a) which project into the basal-piece as two struts 
(ms) for the support of muscles ; median orifice occupying all the 
dorsal face. Lateral lobes large, a semi-chitinous extension along 
the dorsal edges (b) form two flanges which overlap and hide the 
median lobe. LBasal-piece large, the distal half forming a tube, the 


584 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


dorsal part extending backwards, bent and slightly flattened. 
Internal sac large, its surface covered with chitinous spines, those in 
the middle being largest and pointed. 


Aphodius senegalensis, 
Differs but little from the foregoing. 


Obs.—If the two-Aphodius examined by us are charac- 
teristic of the group, it is distinguished from Coprinae by 
the more flat, less cylindric, base of the tambour. 


Millingenia fossor. 

Median lobe small but well chitinised, without median struts. 
Lateral lobes slightly longer and pointed, embracing the base of the 
median lobe but not entirely concealing it, meeting at their base on 
the dorsal side and connected by athin strip of chitin on the ventral. 
The basal-piece large but mostly semi-chitinous. Internal sac 
medium size with a thin triangular chitinous plate on the dorsal side 
near base and a strong chitin knob on ventral side near base, This 
appears to be near to Cloeotus. Not correctly placed in Aphodiinae, 


Cloeotus sinwatus (Pl. XLIV figs. 15 and 15a). 


Median lobe small, of a semi-chitinous nature, but quite distinct ; 
median orifice on ventral side near tip. Lateral lobes little longer than 
median lobe, not quite meeting together at their bases, embracing the 
basal-lateral portion of median lobe. SBasal-piece very large, forming 
a curved chitinous selerite on the ventral side, a large membrane (m) 
separating it from the lateral lobes, except at the lateral corners 
where the sclerite is prolonged-to the lateral lobes (a), Internal 
sac very lurge and complex, bearing short hairs, but no chitinous 
armature. 

The fact that the basal-piece forms a sclerite on the ventral side 
of the aedeagus appears to point to a difference between it and the 
Coprinae, but we must recall what we have previously said about 
the dorso-ventral aspect. 


Cloeotus rugiceps. 

Similar to C. sinwatus, but the median lobe is smaller, more 
membranous and more covered by the lateral lobes. Internal sac 
large and complex, bearing hairs that graduate in certain spots into 
short stout spines. 


Cloeotus appears to form a connection between the 
Trogidae, in which the median lobe is well developed and 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 585 


the internal sac small or unspecialised, and the Coprinae’ 
in which the median lobe is entirely hidden between the 
lateral lobes, much reduced in size and chitinisation, and 
the internal sac is greatly developed and complex. 


Orphnus sp. 


Appears to come nearer to Inca and Huchirus than to Geotrupes. 
The concealed median lobe is large and membranous, with 
chitinous support at base prolonged into median struts. Lateral 
lobes large, acutely pointed, curved downwards, and straight on the 
inner side, dilated near the tips on the outer side, consolidated at base 
on dorsal and ventral side. Basal-piece large of Melolonthine type, 
the ventral plate being very slightly chitinised. Internal sac large 
with short, stout spines about the middle. 

Orphnus is very different from Coprinae. 


Hybosorus orientalis. 


Closely allied to Phaeochrous. Median lobe as long as lateral 
lobes, visible, well chitinised and asymmetrical ; no median struts. 
Lateral lobes asymmetrical, the right being broad at base and 
bluntly rounded at tip; the left broad at base, the distal three- 
fourths being thin and narrow ; the projection near base on dorsal 
edge forming a small prong ; they do not join at base either on dorsal 
or ventral side. The basal-piece smaller in proportion than in 
Phaeochrous and not forming a tube, the ventral side being mem- 
branous. Internal sac large, studded with short brown chitinous 
spikes with a patch of dark hairs near middle. 


LInparochrus tumidus. 


Median lobe small and membranous, the chitin forming two 
small supports (median supports) projecting inta the “ basal-piece” 
for the attachment of muscles. Lateral lobes large and square 
in shape; meeting at base both on dorsal and ventral sides and 
entirely covering the median lobe. Basal-piece a long curved 
sclerite on the dorsal side. Internal sac large and complex, but 
without chitinous armature, 


Anaides laticollis. 


Median lobe small, and membranous except for two small 
supporting sclerites, produced into the basal-piece as two long 
struts for the support of muscles; these are in close connection 
with the base of the-lateral lobes. Lateral lobes well developed, 
bluntly pointed and meeting at base on dorsal and ventral 


586 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


faces. Basal-piece large and curved, situated on ventral (?) side. 
Internal sac large and complex; surface covered with very short 
spines with a patch of dark hairs towards the base. 


A. simplicollis is very like A. laticollis but the sac bears 
a large curved chitinous plate near base, a patch of spine- 
like hairs about the middle and another near the apex, 
the rest of the surface covered with short spines. 

In Clocotus, Millengenia, Anaides, Liparochrus, Hybosorus, 
and Geotrupes the lateral lobes are free, or only connected 
together at their bases. In Aphodius the lateral lobes 
have membranous extension along their edges but they 
are not amalgamated together. In the Coprinae the 
lateral lobes are connected together by membranes and 
form a more or less complete tube which includes the 
median lobe. 


Phaeochrous emarginatus (?) (Pl. XLV figs. 16 and 16a). 


Median lobe small but well chitinised ; median orifice on ventral 
side of tip ; median foramen large and basally placed. Lateral lobes 
asymmetrical, the right shorter and broader than the other, concave on 
inner side at base for the reception of the median lobe ; left curved, 
with projection near base on dorsal edge. Basal-piece large, form- 
ing a chitinous tube with a large opening on the ventro-basal part. 
Internal sac small and simple, covered with brown hair. When at 
rest the aedeagus lies on its side. 


Typhocus typhoeus (P]. XLV figs. 17 and 17a). 


Median lobe reduced to a small chitin ring (ml) projecting into the 
basal-piece as two median struts (ms). Lateral lobes small, but 
entirely concealing the median lobe. Basal-piece large, forming 
a chitinous lobe, bent downward near the base, the basal opening 
large, somewhat dorsal and the edges asymmetrical ; the apical 
ventral margin (a) is produced beyond, and conceals, the base of 
the lateral lobes. Internal sac small, covered with brown hairs. 

Geotrupes pyrenaeus, var. from Reynosa; is of the same type as 
Typhoeus but the ventral apical margin is produced as two broad 
plates which cover the ventral side of the lateral lobes. 

In G. stercorarius, also the ventral distal edge of the basal-piece is 
produced into two spatulate lobes which cover the ventral side of 
the lateral lobe and the dorsal edge is produced into two broad lobes 
which cover the dorsal surface of the lateral lobes. The lateral 
lobes are small and asymmetrical. The median lobe is reduced to a 
membrane supported by the median struts consolidated into one 


— 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 587 


slender rod, the distal chitinisation being continued on to the 
internal sac which is small. G. mutator is similar to this, 


Obs.—Geotrupes is very remarkable and distinct. The 
tambour is very much closed, the basal portion of it is 
greatly reduced in size and the diameter there is con- 
siderably less than at the distal extremity, where the 
shape is very peculiar. The lateral lobes are of unusual 
form, and the distal chitinisation of the median lobe is 
strange, though it differs a good deal according to the 
species. Zyphocus is not so extraordinary as the other 
forms and may represent a distinct genus. 


Aclopus sp. 


Median lobe membranous. Lateral lobes long, thin and curved, 
basal half connected together by membrane. Basal-piece tambour- 
shape, much broader at base than at apex. The ouly specimen 
of this form at our disposal is so much damaged that we can say 
no more about it. 


Pachypus cornutus. 


Median lobe small, membranous; supported by a chitinous 
patch on each side, prolonged into long median struts. Lateral 
lobes fairly large, consolidated together for about one-third 
from their base on the dorsal side, and on the ventral side with 
membrane for about two-thirds from their base. Basal-piece large, 
tambour-shape, slightly flattened and asymmetrical. Internal sac 
large, covered with minute chitinous, pointed scales. 


Amphicoma vulpes (Pl. XLIV fig. 14). 


Median lobe small, visible, membranous except at base, with two 
median struts. Lateral lobes very small, free, their bases not 
touching on dorsal or ventral side. Basal-piece forming a long, 
thin, curved, chitinous tube, with basal opening at base on ventral 
side. Internal sac well developed and complex. It is difficult to 
distinguish the membranous median lobe from the sacas there is no 
line of demarcation. 


The very long chitin tube formed in this insect by 
the basal-piece is highly remarkable. In fig. 14 this part 
is by a lapsus marked m/ instead of bp; but the position 
of the median lobe is correctly indicated by the other ml 
near the tip. 


588 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 
Microplidius luctwosus (P\. XLVI fig. 22). 


Median lobe internal, fair size, membranous, except along base (a) 
where a chitinous strip runs along edge and projects as two median 
struts (ms). Lateral lobes large and curved near tips, their basal 
halves connected by membrane.  Basal-piece tambour-shape 
broader at base than at apex. Internal sac well developed 
without chitinous armature. 


Hoplia coerulea. 


Basal plate large, broad, asymmetrical ; forming a broad chitinous 
tray, very far from the tubular shape. Lateral lobes very long, 
their distal portions free; the free parts about as long as the 
parts connected by the membrane that forms the delicate cylinder 
through which the median lobe plays. The median lobe shaped 
like a long delicate finger; membranous, but at its base provided 
with a delicate, horse-shoe-shaped, semi-ring of chitin, and on 
the membrane basal to the ring, a pair of extremely fine chitin 
rods. Sac not observed. The median lobe is in this case extremely 
mobile and slips backwards and forwards to such an extent as to 
make it superficially either visible to a considerable extent, or 
apparently absent. 


Diphucephala furcata (Pl. XLV figs. 21, 21a). 


Median lobe internal, large, membranous, with a thin chitinous 
support along ventral side (a) and base, continued as median struts. 
Lateral lobes consolidated together for their basal half, the distal 
portions curved downward, asymmetrical and pressed near together, 
the right tip coming to a point, the left flattened, expanded, and 
produced into two short points. Internal sac large without chitinous 
armature. Basal-piece long and tambour-shape. 


Maechidius sp. 


Median lobe medium size fairly chitinised, not extending into 
median struts. Lateral lobes large, consolidated together for about 
one-fourth from their base. Basal-piece large, chitinous on dorsal (?) 
aspect entirely membranous on ventral, and as it is remarkably flat, 
offering no protection there to the softer parts. Internal sac fairly 
large, covered with fine hair; no chitinous armature. 


Pyronota edwards. 4 
Basal-piece large, feebly chitinised, on one aspect, and quite 
without chitinisation on the other. | Lateral lobes elongate, bent 
almost at a right angle a little distanéé from their base, apically 
free as far as the bend, basally from that connected by a very 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 589 


narrow strip of membrane; their inner aspects flattened and ad- 
pressed. Median lobe apparently not passing between the lateral 
lobes. 


This is very different from any other of the forms 
we have examined. The relationship of the median lobe 
and the lateral lobes would appear to be very unusual, 
but having only one specimen at our disposal this is not 
very clear. 


Rhizotrogus solstitialis, 


Of the same type as Melolontha. Median lobe medium size, 
membranous, supported by two thin sclerites. Lateral lobes large, 
broad, joined together to near their tips and forming a tube. 
Basal-piece not quite so long as the lateral lobes, chitinous on dorsal 
side but membranous on ventral. Internal sac large. 


Anoxia orientalis, 


Median lobe small, chitinous on each side, with two long 
median struts. Lateral lobes very large, long and curved at 
points ; on ventral side they are consolidated for about one-fourth 
of their length near the base; on the dorsal side the basal three- 
fifths are consolidated together. Basal-piece tambour-like, some- 
what shorter than the lateral lobes. Internal sac fair size, no 
chitinous armature. 


Melolontha, vulgaris. 


Median lobe fair size but membranous, except for a narrow 
strip of chitin along each side, proceeding into basal-piece as two 
median struts. Lateral lobes long, narrow, and curved, with the 
tips slightly expanded ; joined together at their base on ventral 
and dorsal sides with a membranous connection nearly to their 
tips. Basal-piece tambour-like, forming a large curved sclerite on 
dorsal side, the ventral side membranous. Internal sac large and 
complex, covered with small hairs but bearing no chitinous 
armature. 


The student should refer to Straus-Durckheim’s immortal 
work on Melolontha. It will give him a good idea of the 
genital tube in Coleoptera, as well as a knowledge of 
the details of this species. He uses the term “ tambour’ 
for the large basal-piece of the aedeagus, and we have 
used it also in the sense of a general resemblance to 
Melolontha in the form of this part. The tambour shape 
does not exist in Tvox, and Amphicoma shows a very great 
modification of it. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) RR 


590 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Luchirus longimanus. 


Median lobe small, supported by two thin chitin strips near base, 
continuing into the basal-piece as two median struts. Lateral 
lobes long, pointed, with the points strongly curved near tips and 
slightly flattened ;» connected at base on dorsal and ventral side, 
otherwise free (no connecting membrane between them). Basal- 
piece tambour-shape. Internal sac large and complex, covered with 
short hair, but bearing no chitinous armour. 


This curious insect shows no approach to Amphicoma, 
but apparently the aedeagus is but little different from 
Aclopus, and the forms placed early in the Melolonthine 
series. 


Anisoplia floricola. 

The lateral lobes are very long, touching for the greater part 
of their length, but not consolidated together. Basal-piece 
medium size, tambour-shape, with a small ventral plate. Basal 
piece and lateral lobes consolidated together, so that their real 


line of junction is difficult to distinguish. Internal sac without 
chitinous armature. 


Phyllopertha horticola. 


The aedeagus is short and broad, and the proportions generally 
similar to Anomala; there appears to be a large chitinisation of 
the base of the median lobe. 


Spilota regina (Pl. XLV figs. 20 and 20a). 

Median lobe normal in shape and size, but the internal sac has a 
strong chitinous plate armed with spines near the apex (b), and has a 
pair of strong chitinous processes (a) on the apex; this armature 
prevents the sac from being entirely evaginated, and makes it appear 
to be part of the median lobe. A similar thing takes place in A- 
marginipennis, Where the plate bearing spines is very large and looks 
like the median lobe, and can only be understood by dissecting it 
away from the tegmen. In SV. regina the lateral lobes are large and 
asymmetrical, the left being widened and curved at apex. Basal- 
piece tambour-shape, with a small ventral plate (vp). 


Anomala assimilis (Pl. XLV fig. 19). 


Median lobe small but distinct, the basal part being chitinised 
and prolonged into two median struts. Lateral lobes short and 
broad, meeting together at their bases on the dorsal side (but no 
consolidated together) and wide apart on the ventral side. Basal- 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 591 


piece tambour-shape with a chitinous plate (ventral plate, vp) on 
the ventral side at the base of the lateral lobes, to which these 
are attached by membrane. Internal sac very large and complex ; 
a chitinous plate (b) near apex, below it a small patch of hair, three 
large diverticula, one covered with hair and a slender long diverti- 
culum above it. The opening of the duct (a) is on the ventral 
side. 

Mimela confucius is of the same type ; the ventral plate of the 
basal-piece more complex, being curved, and the distal end bilobed 
(or deeply emarginate) and projecting between the lateral lobes. 


Oryctomorphus variegatus. 
This is of the same type as Pelidnota, the lateral lobes being 
consolidated on the dorsal side and the tip rounded. 


Parastasia bumaculata. 

Lateral lobes joined together on dorsal side somewhat as in 
Oryctomorphus, line of consolidation distinctly visible. Basal-piece 
large, tambour-shape, without a ventral plate. 


Pelidnota punctata (Pl. XLVI fig. 23). 


Median lobe fair size, membranous, with two small chitinous strips 
at sides prolonged into two long thin median struts. Lateral lobes 
consolidated together on the dorsal side, forming a flattened plate, 
broad at the base, with a bifurcate tip; the ventral edges, even at 
base, wide apart. Basal-piece broad, flattened, tambour-shape one- 
third of length; on the ventral side there is a large chitinous plate 
(ventral plate) covering the apical half of the ventral surface of 
the basal-piece. Internal sac very large, with five short, broad 
chitinous teeth about the middle, four being of equal size, the fifth 
much larger. 


Anaplognathus analis and A. olivierc. 


The Anoplognathi are recognised by the elongated lateral lobes, 
consolidated together on the dorsal side to near their tips, the 
ventral plate of the tegmen is also elongated and lies between the 
lateral lobes on the ventral side, thus forming along tube. Repsimus 
is of the same type but not so specialised, the lateral lobes being 
shorter and only consolidated along their basal half. 


Bolax westwoodi (Pl. XLVI fig. 24). 


Median lobe long, thin and membranous, with semi-chitinous 
supports at the base (a). Lateral lobes very small, free, meeting 
at base on dorsal side but not on ventral, flattened and obtuse at 

RRZ2 


592 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


apex. Basal-piece very large, forming a long tube, the dorsal part 
formed by a long, curved sclerite and the ventral surface by a long 
narrow one(vp). Internal sac long, thin at apex and supported by a 
chitin strip (b). 


Fruhstorferia yavand. 

At the last moment we have received an example of this 
remarkable creature. The male structures are so extraordinary 
that they may be briefly described as having the appearance of 
being crippled or deformed. The example is however so perfectly 
developed as regards its external structure that there can be little 
doubt as to the “ deformity” being natural, 

The basal portion of the tambour is normal, but beyond this the 
part is twisted so that the orifice for the protrusion of the median 
lobe is placed laterally ; one of the two lateral lobes forms a very 
hard, irregular tusk, while the other is membranous, and appears to 
be merely a useless appendage. The median lobe appears also to be 
twisted and deformed at the apex, which is slender. There appears 
to be no line of demarcation between median lobe and sac, and the 
part just described may be considered to be the everted sac. In that 
case the lobe is prolonged forwards into the body far beyond the 
tambour, and is of irregular shape; distally ample, then more 
slender, and in front of this rendered a little more broad by means 
of a large horse-shoe-shaped sclerite; in front of this it is again 
more slender, and contains some apparently semi-chitinised 
structures extending to the part where it is joined to the duct, 


Obs.—The few Rutelina examined display forms that 
may be group characteristics. Anisoplia, Phyllopertha and 
Anomala have the lateral lobes free ; and they are elongate 
in Anisoplia, short in Anomala. In the other forms 
(except Bolax) they are united either at the base or for 
their whole length. Anoplognathini have the cylinder 
formed by their conjunction elongated. The extraordinary 
Asiatic Lruhstorferia is quite abnormal by the distorted 
aedeagus. Bolaz has a very long tubular basal-piece, with 
comparatively small, free lateral lobes, and should be 
compared with Glaphyrinae, though it is probable that the 
elongate, tubular form of the basal-piece may not be as 
important as it is remarkable. 


Hexodon wnicolor (Pl, XLVI figs. 25, 25a). 


Median lobe large and membranous, with chitinous sclerites at 
base, prolonged into median struts (ms) consolidated for the 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 598 


greater part of their length. Lateral lobes large, symmetrical ; 
consolidated on dorsal and ventral faces at base. Basal-piece large, 
tambour-shape with a ventral plate (vp) connected to the basal 
ventral edges of the lateral lobes by membrane, not consolidated to 
them. Internal sac large with four long thin diverticula at apex, 
covered with hairs, no armature. 

We have examined several species of Hexodon and find they fall 
into two groups, one with symmetrical lateral lobes and four 
diverticula of sac; the other with asymmetrical lateral lobes and 
five diverticula. 


Ancognatha vulgaris, 

Median lobe moderate in size, membranous with chitinous 
support near base. (In some Scarabaeidae the chitinous support 
of the median lobe appears to appertain rather to the second 
connecting membrane, but we have described it as belonging 
to the median lobe as only a detailed study in many forms could 
elucidate this.) Basal-piece of the usual tambour-shape, its con- 
cave aspect membranous, its dorsal more feebly chitinised than in 
the normal Dynastinae ; the sides of this sclerite prolonged distally 
so as to form a point on each side to which are articulated the very 
peculiar lateral lobes. These, viewed laterally form a sort of V, 
between the branches of which the distal point of the basal piece (as 
described above) penetrates, The lateral lobes are not in this species 
amalgamated by chitin but exist as two sclerites connected by 
membrane, Viewed on the convex aspect of the aedeagus in repose, 
the two sclerites become contiguous, their inner margins being 
nearly straight ; each is a little truncate at the tip, and on the outer 
side has a small, sharp hook, On the concave aspect, the sclerite is 
larger than on the other aspect, but the inner margins are parallel 
here also. These lateral lobes are capable of divarication, and it 
appears that this permits the extrusion of the median lobe. 

Internal sac large and complex, the apical half greatly enlarged, 
with two small diverticula near opening of ejaculatory duct at apex, 
and a long thin diverticulum opening near middle; no chitinous 
armature, but surface covered with short fine hair. 


Cyclocephala stictica. 

In this the lateral lobes are greatly abbreviated and form a ring 
at the end of the basal-piece. This ring, being placed at a right 
angle to the axis of the aedeagus, is articulated on each side to the 
distal point of the basal-piece ; except at this spot the connection 
of the lateral lobes with the basal-piece is entirely membranous, 
As the ventral plate of the basal piece is to some extent elastic, 


594 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


the annular lateral lobes can, by it stretching, be brought into 
the same plane as the axis of the aedeagus. 

The soldering together of the tips of the lateral lobes so as to form 
a perfect ring, make this very different from Ancognatha, The two 
forms have in common the unchitinised ventral plate of the basal- 
piece. 


It should be noticed that in this form the consolidation 
of the lateral lobes into a ring takes place in an indirect 
manner. The apices of the lobes meet very nearly, but 
not quite, and a distinct narrow space is perceived between 
them ; but basally to this small space the ventral plate 
penetrates between the lobes and is just there strongly 
chitinised, though elsewhere it is quite membranous. 

This is a very interesting case. If we make use of a 
teleological mode of expression we may say that it appears 
that the tips of the lateral lobes are in process of becoming 
consolidated so as to form a structure normal in Dynastinae 
(compare with XY. gideon). The functional difference 
between Ancognatha and Cyclocephala appears to be that 
in the latter the orifice is held open permanently by the 
ring-shaped lateral lobes ; while in the more Melolonthoid 
structure of Ancognatha the lobes are mobile and the orifice 
opens or closes as the situation requires. 

Cyclocephala would from this point of view appear to be 
related to Xylotrupes, while Ancognatha points to an affinity 
with Dzloboderus. 


Oryctes boas. 


The distal portion of the tambour is elongate and cylindrical, 
the basal portion broad and short. The lateral lobes are long, 
placed at a right angle with the cylinder, the orifice between 
them viewed from behind is elongate and rather narrow. The 
structure at the base of the median lobe is rather perfect; the 
chitinisation of its anterior*part on one aspect is met by a V-shaped 
prolongation from the other aspect, and by the conjunction of the 
two a complete ring-encasement is formed. We have already stated 
that we have not been able to decide as to the nature of this 
chitinisation. 


Diloboderus abderus. 


The aedeagus is here short, broad at the base, and gently 
narrowed to the tip so as to be somewhat conical in form viewed 
dorsally. The lateral lobes are articulated so as to admit of a 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 595 


beautiful movement of a limited nature. In repose they are 
brought near together, and their inner dorsal margins lie paralle) 
though separated by a good space. If a little pressure be applied 
inside the aedeagus at the point where they meet dorsally, the two 
lobes separate by a partial rotation and then disclose a broad orifice 
such as we find to be the fixed position in Xylotrwpes gideon. The 
specimen is in very bad condition, but we mention it because we 
have not observed a similar peculiarity in allied forms, though it 
may not improbably be found to exist elsewhere in the higher 
Dynastinae. The form and general proportions of the aedeagus are 
similar to those of Oryctes boas. Some special experiments made 
with that species show that the lateral lobes can be forced apart to 
a considerable extent by pressure, but there is no rotation whatever, 
and the parting is due to the elasticity of the ventral plate connecting 
the lobes, 


Xylotrupes gideon (Pl. XLVI figs. 26, 26a and 26D), 


Median lobe large, membranous, with chitinous ring at base for 
support, prolonged into a pair of median struts, consolidated at their 
base. Lateral lobes consolidated on dorsal and ventral side, short 
forming a short ring or tube which projects on the ventral side as 
two short, flattened and truncate points, which have a slightly out- 
ward turn, Though the lobes are thus separated at their distal part, 
they are united, in front of the free processes, to form a ring. Basal- 
piece large, tambour-shape, constricted about the middle, with a 
ventral plate (vp) which is only consolidated to the lateral lobes at 
the corners (a).* Internal sac large with two large, strong, curved 
spines about the middle. 

We have examined several specimens of this well-known insect ; 
they come from different localities, and there is slight variation in 
the aedeagus. 

Three males from Koberi (N. Guinea, Pratt), one of them the 
fullest development of the species, the other two moderate, agree 
closely except that the largely developed example has the distal 
portion of the tambour more elongate, and the tusks of the lateral 
lobes less abruptly turned backwards. 

A single specimen from “ Australia” (old coll.), is of the broad, 
robust variety of the species, with broad thoracic horn, and the forks 
of the cephalic horn strongly developed ; it has the aedeagus much 
as in the moderate Koberi form, but a little shorter and thicker, the 


* In fig. 26 the point (a) appears to overlap the lateral lobe: this 
is not correct; ‘‘a” only reaches the margin of the lateral lobe, and 
is there conjoined with it, 


596 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


tusks of the lateral lobes slightly shorter, and the consolidation of 
the two lobes where they meet in the middle behind the ventral 
plate very short. 

One example (Cochin China, old coll.) of the same development 
as the two moderate Koberi forms, differs from them in having the 
ring of the lateral lobes considerably narrower, the tusks a little 
longer, and separated by an interval of rather different form. The 
difference from the Koberi high development male is even slighter. 

One specimen from Amboina (F, Muir), a small development but 
not the smallest, has a decidedly different shape of the orifice, which 
may be described by saying that above it resembles a Gothic arch, 
while the forms previously mentioned are more like a Norman arch. 
Still more striking is the fact that the membrane above and in front 
of this arch is strongly chitinised, quite black, and the ventral plate 
is extensively chitinised, 

One specimen (“ Malasia,” old coll.) of maximum development 
as regards cephalic and thoracic armature, but a rather small and 
slender individual, differs slightly from the Koberi moderate form 
in having the distal cylinder of the tambour more slender, and as a 
consequence the orifice between the lateral lobes more contracted ; 
the tusks are a little longer, and the area between them is narrower 
and of slightly different form, 

An individual (“ Ter” [nate] Wallace I believe) is of almost the 
smallest development of the species, being with cephalic horn only 
about 30 mm. long ; it approximates the Amboina individual, but 
entirely lacks the hard chitinisation of that specimen, 

The sac, in these examples, has not been adequately examined, 
but in the specimen from Cochin China the curious pair of large 
spines on it appear to be more inequal in size than they are in the 
others. 

Whether any racial distinctions are to be found in these male 
structures can be decided only by the examination of good series. 
We see no reason for supposing that any of the distinctions ure of 
specific importance. The extreme chitinisation of the parts in the 
Amboina individual isremarkable. In it and in the Ternate example 
the two spines on the sac are nearly of one size. 


Augosoma centaurus, 


Very like X. gideon but the points of the lateral lobes are acute, 
and pressed together to their tips and turn downwards; the 
ventral plate of the basal-piece is consolidated to the lateral 
lobes ; the internal sac is large and has no spines, but has at least 
one long diverticulum, The conjoined struts at the base of the 


Anatomy of the Male Genital T ube in Coleoptera, 597 


median lobe have, attached to each one, a slender tendon, 10 mm. 
long, and elastic, like india-rubber. 


Hupatorus hardwicke. 

Ts very like A. centawrus, but the points of the lateral lobes are 
longer and slightly spatulate at tips, the opening between the lateral 
lobes is much narrower. Thechitinous developments are compara- 
tively small, the ventral plate being feebly chitinised. We see 
no remarkable structures on the sac or median lobe, but the only 
individual at our disposal is in very bad preservation. 


Golofa eacus. 


Basal portion of tambour large and convex, the distal portion not 
quite so long as the basal, not cylindric but a good deal flattened. 
The lateral lobes very remarkable; strongly deflexed, each at the 
base on the dorsal side developed into a plate, meeting the other 
and so forming a roof over the base of the orifice; furnished at the 
apex each with two patches of hair one of which projects beyond the 
tip, while the other forms a large, very dense patch on the inner 
and ventral aspect. The ventral plate peculiar, very strongly chitin- 
ised, and prolonged as far backwards as the patch of hairs described 
above, and visible between the apical parts of the lateral lobes as a 
free edge. Sac elongate and of contorted form, but no armature has 
been detected. 


The specimen was in very bad preservation. The pro- 
longed fold of the ventral plate is remarkable; it limits 
and shapes the orifice through which the median lobe is 
protruded. 


Homophileurus 4-tuberculatus. 


Median lobe large, membranous, the chitinous support at base 
produced into median struts. Lateral lobes very long, turned 
downwards nearly at right angles to the basal-piece, the tips slightly 
curved and spatulate, the inner margins parallel, contiguous distally, 
slightly separated basally. Basal-piece large, tambour-shape, con- 
stricted near the middle, the basal part being greatly widened 
with a ventral plate moderately chitinised distally, to which the 
lateral lobes are fastened, but not consolidated. Internal sae large 
with several long diverticula at apex, covered with hair, but with no 
other armature. 


Philewrus didymus. 


This is strikingly different from H. 4-tuberculatus. The basal- 
piece is elongate, but it is subcylindric, and the lateral lobes are 


598 Myr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


very complex and remarkable. Though they are free, they form 
a ring, the transverse diameter of which is broad, the free extremities 
are greatly dilated and one much overlaps the other; moreover 
each is provided at the base with a large free lobe, projecting in 
tongue-like shape. This is a very peculiar aedeagus, 


Cryptodus sp. ? 

Median lobe small, membranous. Lateral lobes large, curved and 
spatulate at tips, meeting together on dorsal side at base, but not 
on ventral side. Basal-piece tambour-shape, with a ventral plate 
consisting of two chitinous sclerites which are consolidated with 
the ventral edges of the base of the lateral lobes. Internal sac 
large bearing a complex chitinous armature near apex, of a 
symmetrical and beautiful shape. 


Lomaptera canthopus (Pl, XLVI fig. 27). 


Median lobe well developed but with exceedingly small chitinous 
support and no median struts. Lateral lobes medium size, con- 
solidated to their truncate tips on the ventral side, and at their base 
on the dorsal side. Articulated in a central pesition on the dorsal 
side of the consolidated lateral lobes is an elastic tongue (a) which 
rises and falls with the evagination and invagination of the internal 
sac. The basal-piece is large and of the tambour type but with the 
basal portion short ; with a ventral plate (vp), rather broad, but not 
very hard, and not consolidated to the lateral lobes. Internal sac large, 
without armature ; the opening of duct being situated at distal end 
on a small prominence, with a small papilla on each side (c). 

In Lomaptera sp.? (small sp. elytra yellow with strong green 
reflections ; not in Brit. Mus. Coll.), the lateral lobes are more 
slender, pointed and turned down ventrally ; the tongue is slender 
and not articulated at its base but forming a continuous piece with 
the lateral lobes. 

Lomaptera sp,? Arfak (chocolate elytra). In this species the 
tongue is broad, and is bifid at the apex. The ventral plate is very 
remarkable, being connected distally with the lateral lobes by a 
large, very hard chitinisation, There is a great deal of hair on the 
ventral aspect of the lateral lobes. We have this species named L. 
ciocolatina but do not know whether it has been described. It is 
one of the numerous species discovered by the Pratts. 


Ischiopsopha bifascrata. 

Differs very strongly from Lomaptera. The basal part of the 
tambour is still more reduced; there is no chitinisation of the 
ventral plate. The lateral lobes form a slender ring with a small 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 599 


notch in the tip at the middle, and there is no tongue. The 
absence of chitinisation on the ventral aspect appears in this form 
to be complete ; and the approximation to Cyclocephala stictica to be 
incontrovertible. 


Diaphonia dorsalis. 

The tambour is pretty much of the usual tambour-shape, the 
basal part being moderately large. The lateral lobes form two free, 
pointed tusks, and at: the base between them there is a large, 
grooved, triangular process which is strongly chitinised. The 
chitinisation of the ventral plate is very feeble, 


Macronota diardi and M. suturalis. 


In these two species although the wall of the body is very hard, this 
is not the case with the aedeagus. The tambour is but little basket- 
like, and the chitinisation throughout allows the harder parts to be 
somewhat elastic. 

In M. sutwralis the tambour is remarkably flat, and is not broader 
at its front. The lateral lobes are short, broad and pointed, and can 
be brought together in the median line, then forming a roof without 
special orifice for the protrusion of the median lobe, 

In M. diardi the tambour is greatly expanded in front, so that its 
angles descend and are very acute: only the lateral and anterior 
margins are strongly chitinised, the rest of the surface being feeble 
and transparent. The lateral lobes are large and complex, each 
terminating as a spinose process directed outwards, while near the 
base of each there is a smaller, hooked spine. The position of the 
two lobes is much the same as in M. sutwralis. In both species the 
median lobe appears to be less developed than usual: but both the 
examples are in a very decayed state. 


Cetonia aurata (Pl. XLVII fig. 28). 


Tambour elongate but not highly developed, the basal part as long 
as the distal. Chitinisation of the ventral aspect poor and irregular, 
there being several patches of inferior chitinisation. The lateral lobes 
large but not quite so long as the basal-piece. They are placed dorsally 
with their median margins parallel, but not quite contiguous ; they 
are consolidated for more than half their length, the apical portions 
being free; the deflexed tips bear each a small process abruptly 
turned outwards. 


Inca pulverulentus. 


Median lobe and internal sac not examined. Lateral lobe large, 
curved downwards, flattened and spatulate at tips; consolidated at 


600 Mr, D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


base on dorsal and ventral side. SBasal-piece slightly shorter than 
_ lateral lobes. 

The specimen at our disposal is greatly destroyed by Anthrenus. 
The elongation of the lateral lobes is remarkable. Burmeister 
considered this form to be related to Huchirus, and there appears to 
be a great similarity in the aedeagus of the two, but we cannot say 
to what extent this is true of anything but the hard sclerites. The 
general shape of the aedeagus is one that is frequent in the Melolon- 
thine series of genera. 


Obs.—The aedeagus of Scarabaeidae is readily recog- 
nised (if Trogidae, Lucanidae and Passalidae are excluded) 
by the following definitions :— 


Tegmen greatly developed, the basal-piece enormous, 
consisting of an anterior part unchitinised beneath, and a 
more distal tubular part to which are attached apically 
the varied lateral lobes (frequently called forceps or para- 
meres); the median lobe drawn within the basal-piece, 
and thus concealed, membranous except at the extreme 
base where there are, more or less well developed, elastic 
chitinous supports; sac large, frequently provided with 
remarkable, varied chitinous structures. 

The perfection attained varies greatly. There are 
higher and lower forms in each of the great divisions. 
The number of forms examined is not sufficient to enable 
us to follow up this remark profitably. 


MORPHOLOGY. 
B. GENERAL. 


A BRIEF statement of the anatomical terms we have 
used will be found in the early portion of the Memoir 
(Orismology, p. 481). The term genital tube is used 
because it conveys the idea of the chief characteristic of 
the parts. Whatever else they may be, however different 
they may appear, their combination to form a perfect 
tube without orifices, is remarkable: the one “orifice” 
that exists is not a real one. It arises from the invagina- 
tion of the tube into itself. The genital tube is therefore 
a doubled tube, one end of which is a continuation of the 
body wall, while the other divides into a fork, of which one 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 601 


branch proceeds to each testis. In a peculiar structure of 
this kind it is evident that the homologisation of the parts 
is attended with some special difficulties. Extensibility 
and retractibility of the tube are carried to an extraordin- 
ary perfection, and the length of the tube is in some. cases 
enormous compared with the size of the creature, and yet 
the “orifice” may in one position of the organ be placed 
near the distal, in another position near the proximal 
extremity. The same “orifice” is in fact at one moment 
of the creature’s existence placed inside and quite near to 
the centre of the body, while at another moment it may 
be placed far away, at the extremity of the extended tube. 
The walls of this protean structure become in some places 
hard, and form sclerites. The study of these sclerites is 
one of the chief aids in our endeavour to understand the 
changes the tube may have undergone during its evolution. 

The homologies of the various parts of the male genital 
tube are, within certain limits, very easy to follow, and 
even in some of the most extreme forms can be made out 
by anatomical comparison. But beyond the limits we 
have alluded to, the questions become very difficult, and 
will really only be settled by studies of the ontogeny that 
at present are not forthcoming. As misconception has 
been, and still is prevalent to a considerable extent, there 
are a few general points to which we must allude. Accord- 
ing to our view the genital tube commences where the 
body wall ends. Anatomically it is not easy to decide 
where that spot is, because body wall and genital tube 
are continuous. 

Embryologists consider with good reason that the 
stomodaeum and proctodaeum are the poles of the body 
wall, therefore all parts that have their origin on the 
dorsal aspect of these openings are tergal, and all parts 
on the ventral aspect are sternal. The genital tube, being 
ventral of the anus, can therefore contain no tergal parts; 
though one or more sternites may enter into its composition. 

Hopkins * considers our tegmen in Pissodes as “ repre- 
senting the apodeme of the ninth tergite.” Bugnion + 
considers that in Cissites testaceus the median lobe (“ gout- 
tiere interne ”) is derived from the ninth segment, and the 
tegmen (“gouttiere externe”) from the tenth segment. 


* U.S. Dept. Agr. Technical Series, No. 20, Part I, 1911. 
t Bull. Soc. Ent. d’Egypte, 4™° Fascicule, 1910. 


602. Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


We cannot agree with these interpretations without proof 
from studies of the development. 

The question as tu a sternite, or part of a sternite, being 
included in the male genital tube leads to the consideration 
of the number of abdominal segments, a subject beyond the 
scope of this memoir. The following points, however, bear 
upon it. In the majority of beetles the first tergite is often 
entirely membranous, and the first, second, and, sometimes, 
the third sternites are also membranous; beyond these the 
segments are distinct, and, in many cases, there appears to 
be one sternite missing. 

In Enarsus bakewells (fig. 92D) there is a distinct ventral 
plate between the anus and the aedeagus, and in Cupes 
clathratus (fig. 104-1040) there is a pair of sub-anal 
appendages. These facts seem to indicate that there 
exists In some cases a sternite between the anus and 
aedeagus although it is only represented by membrane 
in so many forms. 

We have not been able to find the eleventh (Berlese) 
sternite in Lucanus cervus. In this species, as in a great 
number of others, the rectum is capable of being evagin- 
ated. In some cases the rectum has chitinous supports 
to facilitate this process. In the larvae of many of the 
Cassidae the rectum is quite telescopic, and is thrust out 
and turned up to enable the larva to fasten filaments of 
excrement to its back. If any part of the aedeagus is of 
chrootic (pertaining to the body wall *) origin it is the 
tegmen, which in that case is derived from one of the 
sternites. When a sclerite of the genital tube exterior 
to (or anterior to) the tegmen exists it may probably be 
of chrootic nature. 

The only observation as to development that we can at 
present contribute to this discussion is a slight one on a 
Cistelid. In the larva of Cistela (Eryx) atra there are 
uine distinct tergites and sternites, the ninth sternite 
bearing a pair of small papilla-like processes; in the pupa 
there are also nine distinct tergites and sternites, and the 
ninth sternite bears the pair of papillae; in the female 
imago the genital styles are direct continuations of these 
papillae on the ninth sternite, and they lie within them at 
the end of the pupal stage. 

* We have introduced this term because the more correct word, 


somatic, has already a wider meaning, as opposed to the germinal 
tissue or plasma. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 603 


Our limited material did not show us the development 
of the male parts ; but in the imago there are nine distinct 
tergites and eight distinct sternites, the ninth sternite ap- 
pearing to be represented by a Y-shaped sclerite (fig. 234). 
A large amount of dechitinisation has apparently taken 
place at the apex of the abdomen, as well as at the base, 
and it is possible that some part of the large membranes 
at the apex (z.¢. at the base of the genital tube) may 
represent sternites. 

We divide the genital tube into the following parts. 
A pair of seminal ducts leading from the testes forms the 
zygotic portion (fig. 239 a—b), and the long, single, highly 
irregular tube, folded back and joined to the body wall, 
forms the azygotic portion (fig. 239 b-d, 5-1). The 
paired, or zygotic portion (a—b), along with certain glands 
opening into it, is considered to be of mesodermic origin,* 
and the azygotic, along with certain glands, of ectodermic 
origin. Bordast points out that very little is known as 
to the origin of these glands, and consequently objects to 
the terms ectadenia and mesodenia applied to them by 
Escherich, and calls them accessory, or annexed glands. 
We are not concerned with them here. 

The first part of the azygotic portion of the genital tube 
(fig. 239 b-c) consists of a long, more or less slender, tube 
(the stenazygotic portion); beyond this the tube enlarges 
and forms the eurazygotic portion (c-d and 5-1). In many 
cases this enlargement of the azygotic portion of the tube 
takes piace before it is reflected outwards to continue its 
course to join the body wall. We call that portion of the 
eurazygos that is usually not external (c—d), the ‘internal 
sac” (“sac interne” of Jeannel). 

In all cases that we have observed the internal sac is 
evaginated during copulation, and forms a continuation 
of the external parts of the genital tube. In a great 
number of forms there is no demarcation between the 
stenazygotic and the eurazygotic portions of the tube 
before the outward reflection above mentioned ; in such 
cases we say that the internal sac is undifferentiated. 
That portion of the tube that is reflected and thus forms 
the external portion of the organ we call phallic. But we 


* On this subject see Escherich, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. lvii, 1893, 
p- 620. 


{ Bordas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxviii, 1899, p. 510. 


604 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


must admit that the term is not a good one. The part in 
question is highly complex. It is in fact the layer, or 
layers, of the tube of which sclerites of the aedeagus form 
a large, or the larger, part. 

The sclerites on the phallic portion of the genital tube 
form two groups. (1) Those situate on the distal portion 
of the tube (furthest from the body wall), which we call 
the median lobe (fig. 239, 5-4), and (2) those situate 
nearer the base, which we call the tegmen (8-2). The 
membrane between these two groups of sclerites we term: 
the first connecting membrane (4—3), and the membrane 
at the base, joining on to the body wall, we term the 
second connecting membrane (2-1). The median lobe, 
together with the tegmen, we term the aedeagus. 

The point where the genital tube is reversed (5—-d) we 
call the median orifice, and the lumen at the base of the 
median lobe (4-to corresponding spot below) we call the 
median foramen. Similar terms could be applied to the 
tegmen, but we have not found them necessary for our 
descriptions. 

Having thus given a description of the four parts of 
the tube, we now give remarks as to the structures of each 
of the four divisions. 

The second connecting membrane (or prephallic portion 
of the tube) varies in extent according to the size and 
shape of the aedeagus. In certain cases (1. e. Laccobius and 
Sphenophorus) it is chitinised in part, and forms a covering 
round the aedeagus. At, or near, the base there is in 
many forms a chitinous rod with one or two prongs at the 
end, embedded in the membrane. This is the ‘‘ Stengel” 
of Lindemann, “ Rod” or “fork” of Hopkins, and “ Spiculum 
gastrale” of Verhoeff. Hopkins considers it as represent- 
ing the ninth sternite. A comparison of this in the various 
families would be of great interest, but would entail a 
study of the body segments, a task beyond the scope of 
this memoir. We have therefore left it out of consideration. 

The phallic portion of the tube is the one that has 
chiefly attracted the attention of coleopterists. It consists 
partly of membrane, partly of sclerites, and there may be 
most extreme differences in the chitinisation of its different 
parts, excessively hard chitin being continuous with delicate 
membrane. We have already explained that we call the 
sclerites in question the aedeagus, and that this consists of 
two parts, viz. median lobe and tegmen. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 605 


In the vast majority of cases the median lobe is well 
developed and quite distinct from the tegmen. In the 
more generalised (or trilobe) form it is well developed, and 
more or less tubular, with the median orifice situate on 
the distal extremity, and the median foramen at the 
basal extremity. In many trilobe forms it is articulated 
to the lateral lobes by a more or less distinct condyle on 
the dorsal side of the median foramen; in such cases the 
first connecting membrane (cm 1) is short, and the median 
lobe can only turn upon its point of articulation (pa). A 
pair of median struts are often attached to the base of the 
median lobe to give support to the muscles that actuate it. 
In the Scarabaeidae the median lobe is comparatively 
reduced in chitinisation, and often in size, and in the more 
highly evoluted forms the tegmen entirely envelopes and 
conceals it. In the Tenebrionid type the reduction of the 
median lobe reaches its maximum; in some of their forms 
it is only represented by a small membrane on which 
the median orifice is placed. The line of evolution of the 
median lobe in the Staphylinidae is from a tubular form, 
with a basally placed median foramen, to a bulbous form, 
with the median foramen placed nearer to the median 
orifice. This reaches its maximum development in Yantho- 
linus. In the Cucujoidea group and in the Phytophagoidea 
the median lobe is generally tubular (at any rate on the 
distal portion), and the first connecting membrane long, 
so as to allow the median lobe a large amount of play 
through the more or less ring-like tegmen. 

The tegmen, in the more generalised groups, consists of 
two parts, the basal-piece, and a pair of lateral lobes. The 
chitinisation of the basal-piece then often forms a shield- 
shaped plate on the ventral aspect, the dorsal aspect being 
membranous. Unless the chitinisation forms a complete 
tube the membranous dorsal part and the second connect- 
ing membrane are indistinguishable. The lateral lobes in 
their generalised form consist of a pair of more or less 
pointed lateral organs, their outer surface being continuous 
with the basal-piece, their inner surface connecting to the 
base of the median lobe, and their position being that they 
lie one on each side of the median lobe. 

In position, size and form the lateral lobes differ so much 
in various families that their true homology in the different 
groups will probably be only settled after tracing their 
modifications through long series of forms, and by studying 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) SS 


606 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


their ontogeny. It will be noticed that they are paired, or 
longitudinal, in arrangement, whereas the other structures 
of the phallic part of the tube are single and transversely 
separated. This paired condition of the lateral lobes 
tempts one strongly to identify any paired processes on 
the phallic division of the tube (even when median) as 
being Jateral lobes. And it is probable that we and others 
have too readily succumbed to this temptation. 

It is in connection with this point that the term tegmen 
becomes very useful, for we can homologise the combina- 
tion more certainly than we can the lateral lobes alone. 

The difference in position of the lateral lobes may be 
accompanied by their partial (or complete ?) consolidation. 
If the chitinisation of the basal parts of the lobes extend 
towards: the longitudinal middle line of the tube at the 
expense of the membranous creases that exist, the two 
lateral lobes can become joined, and it is possible that the 
conjunction may go so far as to obliterate their primitive 
duality. This consolidation can occur either dorsally or 
ventrally, and we must look on a distinction so established 
(as has been pointed out by Verhoeff) as of great import- 
ance. It creates a difficulty in adjusting the position of 
various forms of “ Heteromera,” Cioidae, ete. 

Extension transversely of conjoined lateral lobes might 
lead to the formation of a tubular chitinous sheath such as 
we find in Trogositidae, Cleridae, Byturidae. Or such a 
sheath might be formed by unconjoined lobes extending 
both above and below, and if a sheath be formed, by abbre- 
viation it may become a “ring.” Or a ring may be formed 
by extension of the angles, or margins of the basal-piece. 
We can only briefly indicate some of the numerous modifi- 
cations that are possible of these phallic sclerites. 

In Staphylinidae the part of the tube wall that is in so 
many families chitinised to form the basal-piece, remains 
membranous, and in other families ot the Staphylinoidea 
the basal-piece is small. In Tenebrionoidea the basal- 
piece is long, and usually forms the chief part of the 
aedeagus. 

Some morphologists have supposed (as we have already 
said) that the lateral lobes are modified abdominal append- 
ages; on the other hand it may be suggested that some 
Coleoptera have never possessed lateral lobes. This point 
is briefly discussed in the section of phylogeny. 

The internal sac varies in size, shape and armature in 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 607 


the different groups, and even in allied species. In the 
Scarabaeidae it is nearly always excessively large, and is 
often produced into long diverticula (1. e. Hexodon, fig. 25a). 
In Lucanidae it is found in every stage, from a simple form, 
in which it is scarcely distinguishable from the stenazygos, 
to a form such as Lucanus cervus (fig. 8). In this species 
the internal sac is not drawn into the median lobe, but 
when at rest it is folded down on to the broad: median 
lobe. The sac is produced into a long flagellum, supported 
on each side by a thin strip of chitin; the stenazygos* 
continues through the flagellum to its tip. To obtain a 
similar position of the orifice in Cerambycidae the great 
sac must be completely everted. 

The phenomenon of the internal sac being permanently 
everted is not confined to the Lucanidae, but appears 
among the Scarabeidae, Heteroceridae and Lycidae. In 
Spilota regina (fig. 20) the armature of the sac consists of 
two strong chitinous projections from the apex, and a strong 
chitinous plate beset with stout spines, the basal part of 
the sac being membranous. A comparison with allied 
forms demonstrates that these structures are part of the 
internal sac, and that the median lobe is normal in shape 
and size. In Metriorrhynchus (fig. 186) there is no doubt 
as to the everted condition of the internal sac, and it may 
be doubted whether its invagination is possible in some of 
these cases. 

The flagellum appears in various conditions, as to size, 
ete. in different families or portions of families. In the 
Brenthidae it reaches an enormous length and fineness, 
and at the base the stenazygos can be seen running into 
the flagellum, but further on they appear to amalgamate, 
as we cannot separate them. Among the Staphylinidae 
Pinophilus rectus has an enormous flagellum coiled up 
within the median lobe. The other forms of armature 
situated on the internal sac are very various, and have 
been described in many species in the special anatomical 
part of this memoir; cf. various species of Donacia (fig. 
199), and Carpophagus (fig. 204a). 

In another portion of this memoir we show that in many 


* In the special anatomical portion of this memoir we have 
always spoken of this stenazygotic portion of the tube as the “ ejacu- 
latory duct,” but this is a functional term, and by other writers is 
often applied to the internal sac; it would probably be well to 
abandon it. 5 


SS 2 


608 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


of the types the internal sac is everted during copulation, 
and it is probable that this method is the usual one; 
though the Cerambycidae may be peculiar in their mode 
of eversion. 

In a great many forms the line of demarcation between 
the internal sac and the median lobe is obscured, for in 
some cases the chitinisation of the median lobe is continued 
on to the internal sac, and in others the distal end of the 
median lobe is membranous. The fact that in many cases 
the basal portion of the sac, and in other cases the whole 
sac, 1s permanently evaginated prevents us from distinguish- 
ing the two portions by their positions when at rest.* 

Of the zygotic portion of the genital tube we do not 
speak, as it is beyond the scope of this memoir. And the 
stenazygos only concerns us because in many forms it is 
impossible to sharply define it from the eurazygos, before the 
latter is reflected to form the phallic portion of the tube. 
In such forms we speak of the internal sac being undiffer- 
entiated (i.e. Hydrophilus). In cases were the internal 
sac is differentiated it is sharply defined from the stenazy- 
gos by its size, and often by chitinisations situate on the 
sac at the point of juncture of the two parts. 

In Zumolpus and Chrysochus the stenazygos forms a very 
long slender structure like a flagellum. 

Bordas+ has pointed out the existence of two completely 
separated ejaculatory ducts in certain Longicorns (Lamia, 
Batocera, etc.). We have also observed this fact in some 
Monohammus, Gnoma, etc. Bordas considers that this 
furnishes an argument in favour of the theory that the 
terminal parts of the canal were primitively of paired 
origin. It is possible, however, that this feature is of 
secondary origin, brought about by the abbreviation and 
suppression of the stenazygos and the lengthening of 
the zygotic portions, thus causing the zygotic portions to 
open into the eurazygos; in some Monohammus there is a 
short stenazygos (fig. 221a). 


* Since this was written one of the writers, F. Muir, has observed 
the development of the aedeagus in Sphenophorus obscwrus. The 
median lobe and internal sac arise as a single tube which eventually 
differentiates into these two portions, the internal sac not being in- 
vaginated into the median lobe until the pupa is fully developed and 
ready to emerge. In many forms, as we have remarked, no distinct 
line of demarcation ever appears. 

ft C.R. Ass, frane. av. Sci., 1899, p. 540. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 609 


iy. FUNCTION. 


Although a knowledge of the functions of the different 
parts of the male genitalia is essential to a comprehen- 
sion of our subject, yet knowledge is at present so little 
advanced that we can here offer to the student only a 
general statement and a few suggestions. 

The matter for the starting of a new generation is pre- 
pared in the centres of the bodies of two separate individ- 
uals, and it is necessary that the two essences should be 
brought together. This of course is effected in the 
Insecta by copula. During the copula an unobstructed 
road must exist. This is the genital conduit, and is 
formed in part by the genital tube of the male and in part 
by the genital tube of the female, These structures of two 
different individuals form functionally a single organ. The 
sex structures are unique in this respect. And they are 
not correlative with the life of the individuals, but with 
the life of the generations. 

The importance of a correlative knowledge of the genital 
tube of the female is absolute, but from the point of view 
we take there is but little information. 

The female Coleopteron is usually (possibly always) 
provided with a spermatheca—a special vessel for the 
reception of the matter transmitted along the male genital 
tube. It would appear that this spermatheca is generally 
placed near the base of the azygotic portion of the female 
genital tube. 

The male structures are therefore directed to the object 
of placing the sperm in the spermatheca. ‘The first 
question that arises is as to whether this is accomplished 
directly or indirectly. Must the sperm be deposited 
directly in the spermatheca ? Or is it sufficient that it be 
placed in some other part of the female tube ? 

No positive answer can be given to this question at 
present. It appears from the vague remarks that one 
finds in literature that the general idea is that the placing 
of the sperm in any portion of the female tube is adequate. 
The opinion we ourselves entertain is, however, the reverse 
of this. We incline to the view that in a large number of 
cases, the male structures actually place the sperm in the 
spermatheca, however remote that structure may be from 
the orifice of the genital tube of the female. The flagellum 


610 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


appears to be an organ admirably adapted for this purpose, 
and its occurrence and reoccurrence in so many isolated 
forms is, to say the least, highly suggestive. Even in cases 
where there is no true flagellum, it may well be the case 
that the functional orifice of the male (not to be confounded 
with our “ median orifice”) is applied to the orifice of the 
spermatheca. See on this point our figures 58 and 63. 

Certainty as to this point can only be obtained by 
repeated observations of the genital tube during its func- 
tional activity, and as to this we have been able to make 
but few observations. 

In Rhagonycha fulva f the sac is large and rounded, 
with three pairs of diverticula along the posterior surface, 
and a large patch of strong spines on the ventral side 
(fig. 237a, a); the duct opens between the most dorsal pair 
of diverticula. During copulation this sac distends the 
uterus to its own size, and the patch of spines covers the 
entrance to the oviducts. The abundance of this species 
would make it a convenient form to work out all the 
details of copulation on. 

Unfortunately the process of killing the insects causes 
the muscles that actuate the internal sac to relax or con- 
tract, and so the exact relations of the sac and the female 
parts are never fully revealed. The shape of the female 
parts does not exactly correspond to the shape of the male 
sac and all its diverticula, etc., but there is a co-relation- 
ship between them, and apparently they always take up 
the same position in any one species. Besides the direct 
evidence as to the importance of the internal sac and its 
evagination during coition there is the great mass of 
indirect evidence afforded by the complex armatures 
that are developed upon them, especially at the apex. 
In Pissodes Hopkins* calls this armature the “seminal 
valve,” but in the various examples of the different 
families that we have examined the armature does not 
function as a valve. In cases where there is no differenti- 
ated internal sac it is difficult to state how much of the 
duct is evaginated, but judging by observations made on 
certain Hydrophilidae a large amount is turned out. The 
evagination is done, at any rate in part, by blood pressure, 
and the invagination by the contraction of muscles attached 
to certain points on the internal sac and to the median 


lobe. 
* U.S. Dept. Agr. Technical Series, No. 20, part I, 1911. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 611 


In certain forms the median lobe is specially contrived 
to effect this blood pressure. In Xantholinus the median 
lobe forms a chitinous egg-shaped chamber, having a 
membranous band round the middle; muscles pass from 
the dorsal chitinous portion to the ventral chitinous portion. 
The contraction of these muscles causes the chitinous 
portions to approach one another, and thus exert pressure 
on the fluid in the bulb which forces out the long internal 
sac. In the case of Pinophilus where the sac is exceed- 
ingly long, and lies coiled up, with a chitinous flagellum 
running right through it like a spring, it is not likely that 
the sac is evaginated ; in fact, the chitinisations on its base 
prevent such a thing. In this case muscular contraction 
round the coiled sac causes the distal end of the flagellum 
to be thrust out through the median orifice, the chitinisa- 
tions on the base of the sac acting as a guide; upon the 
relaxation of the muscles the flagellum acts as a spring, 
the coils distend, and the distal end of the flagellum is 
retracted. 

The action of the flagellum is obscure, but the fact that 
it appears in such diverse families denotes its great func- 
tional importance. It would be of great interest if some 
one would take any form in which this structure is greatly 
developed (e. g. Lucanidae, Brenthidae) and kill while in 
copula and dissect the female, to see if any part of the 
internal sac is evaginated, and to what part of the female 
genital tube the flagellum penetrates.* 

In the Longicorns the capacious sac is very long, and it 
seems improbable that it is entirely evaginated, but only 
direct observation will decide this point. 

The various spines and hairs that are found on the sac 
are generally pointed basally; this prevents the sac being 
withdrawn from the uterus of the female while the sac is 
distended. The various diverticula found on the sac do 
not appear to correspond to diverticula in the female, but 
they take up constant positions, and may serve as pads to 


* Since writing the above one of the writers, F. Muir, has observed 
the copulation of Cryptomorpha desjardinsi. This is a Cucujus-type 
with a ring-shaped tegmen with a pair of lateral lobes, a long internal 
sac with a very long and slender flagellum. In this species the 
whole of the long internal sac is evayginated and enters the long 
female tube, the flagellum proceeding still further into the female 
genital tube. The spermatheca is small and attached to the uterus 
by a long slender duct, Whether the flagellum actually traverses 
this duct and penetrates the receptaculum he was not able to observe. 


612 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


keep open certain spaces between the sac and the wall of 
the female tubes. Observations on the positions taken up 
by the sacs within the vagina during copulation are greatly 
to be desired. 

The pressure necessary to drive the viscid fluid from the 
testes through the long slender ducts must be very 
great, and the thick coating of muscles surrounding the 
ducts serves to this end. The pressure behind such a 
flagellum as is found in Baryrhynchus miles, where it is 
12 mm. long, and ‘006 mm. in outside diameter toward the 
tips, must be well directed and considerable. 

It is worthy of note that the armature of the sac of 
Donacia sericea, etc., recalls the parts of the aedeagus, 
there being a median lobe, through which the ejaculatory 
duct passes, and opens on its apex, and a pair of lateral 
lobes. There is, as it were, a secondary aedeagus within 
the aedeagus. To find out the action of these pieces 
during copulation would be of interest. 

Whether the lateral lobes in such a trilobe form as 
Ceratognathus pass into the vagina and then diverge and 
thus hold the female, we are unable to say. In Stenws 
speculator (fig. 232) the lateral lobes are placed along the 
outside and hold the female. In Coccinellidae they are 
placed on the outside of the female venter, and appear 
to have no hold. In some of the Cistelidae the hind 
body-segment is developed into claspers to retain the 
female. In Malthodes (fig. 233) and Malthinus (fig. 235) 
the last abdominal segment is used as a clasper, and 
the last segments of the females have depressions into 
which the ends of the claspers fit to give them a firmer 
hold. In Telephorus and Rhagonycha the edge of the 
vagina is held between the tongue of the tegmen (fig. 236a) 
and the median lobe. In these species the aedeagus takes 
nearly a half turn during copulation (fig. 238). The 
twisting of the aedeagus during copulation is common to 
many forms, and in some it makes a complete half turn. 
This is the case in the Caraboid type. In such an one as 
Dytiscus punctulatus the aedeagus, when at rest and drawn 
into the abdomen, lies on its side, and when thrust out the 
median lobe curves downwards, but its true orientation is 
with the median lobe curved upward as we figure it (fig. 37). 

It is probable that in many forms the female does not 
play an entirely passive part in the act of copulation ; as 
to which see the remark made under Cyphon. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 613 


We may conclude these very fragmentary observations 
by pointing out that the diversity of the structures indi- 
cates a considerable variety of functional detail. 


V. TAXONOMY AND PHYLOGENY. 


TAXONOMY. 


It bas been supposed that the copulatory structures 
are bad guides in classification, although they are generally 
admitted to be of the first importance for the discrimination 
of species. If, however, the extreme importance of the 
genital conduit be seized, it will appear that its structure 
must certainly be of very great assistance in taxonomy. 

We have in this memoir considered the male portion 
only of the genital conduit, and that in a very imperfect 
manner. It seems possible that if the female part of the 
conduit were studied important distinctions would be 
found therein. The only considerable contribution to this 
subject we are acquainted with is the work of Stein (Mon. 
Geschl., Organe, etc.). This was published sixty years 
ago, and was not specially directed to the consideration of 
the conduit, but so far as we can form an opinion from it, 
and from our own limited observations and a few other 
memoirs, the probability of important differences in the 
female structures is confirmed. 

Under these circumstances it will be suggested that we 
are not justified in making taxonomical generalisations on 
the subject of the genital conduit at present. With that 
suggestion we entirely concur. Nevertheless, as taxonomy 
has been carried on with little or no consideration of this 
important branch of anatomy, we think it important to 
introduce this subject, notwithstanding the very incomplete 
state of our knowledge. 

The generalisations that follow are, it will be seen, 
imperfect and unsatisfactory. Possibly wider inquiry may 
bring to light important distinctions we have failed to 
appreciate, and it is also probable—we may say certain— 
that such inquiry would reveal the existence of annectant 
forms we are unacquainted with. As a further apology 
for the following generalisations we may ask that it shall 
be remembered that the other data of Coleopterous 
taxonomy are also very incomplete. 


614 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


We have omitted from our tentative tables certain 
families that we have examined, e. g. Trichopterygidae and 
Discolomidae, but we have been somewhat inconsistent, 
inasmuch as we have inserted others that are perhaps 
quite as doubtful. Any one who will examine such forms 
as Cerylon will appreciate the difficulty as to making a 
correct conclusion as to the morphology of the aedeagus 
in these exceptional cases; the examination of a series of 
allied forms is often imperative before coming to a positive 
conclusion. 

We must also reiterate here what we have said else- 
where as to the “Spicule.” This is scarcely touched on 
by us, because it would have involved us in the considera- 
tion of the number of abdominal segments; but we 
recognise the importance of the subject. A comparative 
study of this sclerite, together with the terminal body 
segments, is necessary before a final decision can be 
reached for taxonomical purposes. 

At present we are disposed to adopt eight series. We 
have considered the possible relations of these series in 
the section on phylogeny. 


(1) BYRRHOIDEA. 


Under this name we include twenty or thirty families. 
The complex is of considerable importance, as it is possible 
to consider that we are here in the presence of the more 
primitive of the conditions of the Coleopterous genital 
tube, so far as existing forms are concerned. We use this 
qualification because the structures are very far from 
being truly primitive. The peculiarities of this complex 
may be thus summarised, viz.: A median lobe, bearing 
(as in other cases) the orifice of the duct, and on each side 
of it a lateral lobe, the sclerites being intimately connected 
with a basal-piece. The tegmen is thus very complete, 
and the relation between it and the median lobe is one 
that allows of very little movement backwards and for- 
wards of the median lobe independent of the tegmen. 
This distinguishes the families from the Cucujoidea. 
Moreover, the sac is never highly specialised, in many 
cases is scarcely differentiated from the duct. 

The Buprestidae are peculiar, possessing a remarkable 
coadaptation between the inner aspects of the lateral lobes 
and the median lobe, which permits the median lobe to 
glide backwards and forwards in the slots of the lateral 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 615 


lobes. This coadaptation is carried to a most beautiful 
extent in Huchroma, but it is imperfect in some of the 
other forms, and, on the other hand, an imperfect condition 
of a similar kind obtains in Rhipiceridae. 

The Byrrhidae are treated as on the whole the most 
central of the families. It is to be understood that the 
relations between the Byrrhoidea and some of the other 
series are very close, and that with greater knowledge 
some of the families will be found to be misplaced. 


sil CEORYSSIDAE 

eee CYPHONIDAE) GYRI NIDAE 

ECTREPHIDAE HYDROPHILIDAE 

PTINIDAE CUPEDIDAE 

DERMESTIDAE OMMADIDAE 

PARNIDAE 

DERODONTIDAE THROSCIDAE 
MYCETOPHAGIDAE __—| ELATERIDAE 
ADIMERIDAE <bean RHIPICERIDAE 


COLY DIIDAE EUCNEMIDAE 
ENARSUS GROUP BUPRESTIDAE 
CH ieee SYNTELIDAE 
SPHERITIDAE 


ATRACTOCERUS NIPONIIDAE 
HISTERIDAE 


AFFINITIES OF THE BYRRHOID FAMILIES. 


It will be noticed that we have placed Cupes and 
Omma in this division as separate families; they show no 
approximation to the Adephaga, nor are they at all closely 
allied inter se. Although Omma is clearly a “trilobe- 
form,” it is not the simplest condition thereof; the adapta- 
tion of the inner sides of the lateral lobes to fit round the 
median lobe, and the presence of a distinctly enlarged 
internal sac (although destitute of armature) indicate in 
fact a fair amount of specialisation. 

Cupes clathratus has a highly complex and_ peculiar 
organ, which, however, is of the trilobe form. It is also 
very remarkable by the structure of the last tergite and 
certain subanal appendages, but the consideration of the 


616 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


importance of these latter points does not come within 
the scope of our investigation. 

We may also call attention to the fact that a portion of 
the Colydiidae (as accepted at present) is placed by us 
among the trilobe forms, while another part is placed in 
Cucujoidea; we need only add that the heterogeneous 
family Colydiidae requires a thorough investigation that 
would probably result in throwing an important light on 
Coleopterous taxonomy. Other forms placed in the 
following table near Colydiidae (Derodontidae, Myceto- 
phagidae), should be also investigated with regard to a 
nearer relation to Trogositidae than is involved by our 
placing them in different series. Our suggestions as 
regards these points must be considered merely tentative, 
in view of the very imperfect state of knowledge on 
various points. 


(2) CUCUJOIDEA. 


The families placed under this name are associated by 
us for the purposes of discussion. Exhibiting considerable 
diversity inter se, they approximate very closely to the 
Byrrhoidea, and possibly to the Phytophagoidea. The 
first of these affinities is chiefly due to Colydiidae, which 
in its present complex condition we have placed in the 
Byrrhoidea as well as in the Cucujoidea; the family, as 
we have previously stated, requires a very extensive 
investigation, which would probably result in its division. 
Cucujidae apparently approximates to the Phytophaga by 
means of Parandra, though as regards the male structures 
we may remark that Cucujus appears to be more specialised 
than Parandra. This question is considered in the phylo- 
geny section. Trogositidae is placed in a very central 
position in this complex. In its normal forms (Zemmno- 
chila, ete.) it approaches the Cucujidae by means of the 
perplexing Chaetosoma. In Cucujidae in the wide sense 
(for this family will certainly have to undergo division, as 
has already indeed been insisted on by certain taxonomists), 
the tegmen forms a less tubular sheath to the median 
lobe than it does in Trogositidae, while the sac is elongate 
and placed in repose as in Cerambycidae, and is protected 
by a strut, very elongate in certain forms and single in 
Cucujidae, (completely divided in Cerambycidae). As 
Chaetosoma does not display any of these characters it 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 617 


may, from our point of view, be more correctly placed in 
Trogositidae. Zhymalus and Leperina depart from the 
more typical Trogositidae by the lateral lobes being 
ventrally brought together (completely conjoined in 
Thymalus, incompletely in Leperina). This point is of 
importance, because on account of it we have associated 
with the Cucujoidea certain families that have been 
usually associated in Heteromera. The tubular sheath 
formed by the tegmen in Trogositidae, is found in Cleridae, 
Byturidae, and in a somewhat different form im Cyatho- 
ceridae, and we have therefore placed the families in 
question in the Cucujid-Trogositid complex. 

The curious genus Diagrypnodes of Cucujidae will 
have to be separated from the family; it approaches 
Pythidae. On the other hand no surprise will be felt at 
the association of Pythidae and Aegialitidae (which are 
pretty certainly but one family) with Cucujidae, when it 
is recollected that the Cucujidae include Heteromerous 
forms, and that certain genera, e.g. Rhinomalus and 
Hemipeplus, have for long been sources of perplexity, as 
to the distinctions between “ Heteromera” and Cucujidae. 
Anthicus, Heteroceridae, Othniidae and Lathridius have 
but little specialisation of the sac; none of them show 
any special approximation to Cucujidae, but they appear 
to be less ill-placed in Cucujoidea than elsewhere. Lathri- 
dius is usually placed in one family with Corticaria, but 
the two have but little connection, and Corticaria will 
perhaps find a better position near Cryptophagidae, though 
it appears to be very aberrant. 

We have no hesitation in placing Coccinellidae in this 
complex, although Verhoeff (in Arch. Naturges, 61, 1, 
1895) has separated Coccinellidae as the equivalent of all 
other Coleoptera by the nature of the male structures, 
they possessing, according to his perception, within the 
“penis” (= our median lobe) a structure he calls the 
siphon. We do not take the same view of the structures 
as Verhoeff does. According to our view the siphon is 
the median lobe (penis of Verhoeff) and the part that 
hoods it (and that Verhoeff calls penis) is an unusual fold 
which is certainly a part of the tegmen, though we do not 
feel called on to decide as to its exact nature without a 
knowledge of the ontogeny. If this view of the structures 
be correct, Verhoeff’s two divisions of Coleoptera, viz. 
Siphonophora (= Coccinellidae) and Asiphona (=all other 


618 Mr. D, Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Coleoptera) is little better than ridiculous. Even if Ver- 
hoeff’s view as to the outer fold being the median lobe be 
correct, his taxonomical conclusion cannot be maintained. 
For in that case the siphon is a secondary development 
within the median lobe, and secondary developments 
within the median lobe are frequent, and some of them 
quite as extraordinary as the Coccinellid siphon. (Cf. 
Flagellum in various groups, Brenthidae, Cucujidae, 
Lucanidae, ete.) 

Sphindidae and Corylophidae come into the Cucu- 
joidea, and are perhaps least ill-placed somewhere near 
Phalacridae. Corylophidae is really very different. The 
forms placed near Endomychidae are very inadequately 
known, and much more investigation is necessary. Cocci- 
nellidae are certainly aberrant, but far from extremely so 
if such forms as Lasia be examined. Certain Heteromer- 
ous forms (Oedemeridae, etc.) are placed in this division 
because of the amalgamation of the lateral lobes on the 
ventral aspect, a point we have alluded to in connection 
with Zhymalus and Leperina, but a careful consideration 
of these forms in connection with those Tenebrionid 
forms (Stenosis and Zopherosis) in which the orientation 
of these parts is similar is desirable. 

Cioidae is another form that is not very similar to 
anything else, but it has the orientation referred to. 

Trictenotominae exhibits a most highly specialised and 
beautiful structure with the same orientation. 

Melandryidae have the more usual (dorsal) orientation. 
Bostrychidae is most difficult to place; the aberrant 
Deretaphrus apparently really approaches it somewhat. 

We must reiterate our opening remark on the Cucu- 
joidea. Many of the families are merely placed in it 
for purposes of discussion. At present it is our impression 
that they are really more distantly related than we have 
made them to appear. But it must be remembered that 
we have examined but few forms, and that with further 
investigation connections we scarcely suspect may be 
forthcoming. 

It may be well to elucidate the importance of these 
remarks by reference to a particular case. Say Thymalus 
(fig. 90). Here the parts identified as lateral lobes are 
basally conjoined but are apically divided. This form 
might be derived from an Elaterid (say) form by ap- 
proximation of the two lobes on the ventral aspect and 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 619 


a concomitant obliteration of the anterior part of the 
partition separating them. If we take the view that the 
forms placed by us at present in Cucujoidea are derived 
from creatures that formerly possessed definitely dis- 
tinguished lateral lobes, we must infer a transition more 
or less similar to the above. If on the other hand we 
admit that some forms may have originated and developed 


SPHINDIDAE 
CORYLOPHIDAE 
PHALACRIDAE 


MONOTOMIDAE 
MYCETAE! DAE EROTYLIDAE HELOTIDAE 
TROCHOIDEUS 


& LANGURIA NITIDULIDAE 
CRYPTOPHAGIDAE an THicys 


D 
ENDOMYCHIDAE Fanart 
COCCINELUIDAE LATHRIDIUS 

HETEROCERIDAE 
RHIPIPHORIDAE IDA CANTHARIDAE 
MORDELLIDAE \ CUCUNDAE ( PYTHIDAE 
CIOIDAE £( AFGIALITIDAE 
OEDEMERIDAE\ \. DIAGRYPNODES 
AETOSOMA 
PYROCHROIDAE7 St _—— MELANDRYIDAE 
eta TROGOSITIDAE—( fife ipar ~ CYATHOCERIDAE 
DERETAPHRUS 
BOSTRICHIDAE 
LYCTIDAE 
COLYDIIDAE 
(AULONIUM) 


AFFINITIES OF THE CUCUJOID FAMILIES 


without having come into possession of lateral lobes, we 
might assign Zhymalus to such a series; in which case 
the // of our fig. 90 is merely tegmen, that has to some 
extent simulated the appearance of conjoined lateral 
lobes by becoming a little divided and emarginate at the 
tip. Which of the two theories is the more probable 
can only be decided by examination of a good series of 
Trogositidae, and by ascertaining if development throws 
any light on the subject. 


620 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


(3) PHYTOPHAGOIDEA (OR RHYNCHOPHORO-PHYTOPHAGOUS 
DIvIsIon). 


We cannot point to any difference in plan of structure 
between the Rhynchophora and the Phytophaga. In 
Chrysomelidae and Curculionidae we find ourselves con- 
cerned with series of developments; and the Scolytidae 
within their comparatively narrow limits also exhibit a 
similar phenomenon.* Cerambycidae and Brenthidae are. 
each so far as we have seen much more homogeneous, 
Of Anthribidae we have been able to examine but few 
forms, and these have not led us to suppose that any 
great diversity will be found within their limits; this 
family may well be studied in connection with Belus in 
the Curculionidae. 

In this enormous complex the tegmen forms, in the 
more simple kinds, a ring around the median lobe, with 
a dorsally placed cap-piece, which is usually bilobed ; 
the median lobe assumes the tubular condition in an 
abbreviated form only, the proximal part consisting of 
two dorsal struts; the first connecting membrane is large, 
and allows of a considerable movement of the median 
lobe within the tegmen; the internal sac is long, and 
extends through and beyond the median foramen. These 
conditions are displayed in Parandra, and we may remind 
the reader that they are those of a primitive (and 
suppositive) Cucujid. It is right to add here that we 
do not understand the phylogeny of the lateral lobes, 
because in this division it is specially obscure, and may 
be multiple, if they are represented at all. 

The characters are very persistent in Cerambycidae, 
and apparently also in Brenthidae; most of the specialisa- 
tions being found in the sac and its armature. Orsodacne 
(usually placed in Chrysomelidae) is interesting, as possess- 
ing the simpie conditions of the Cerambycid Parandra. 
Timarcha has no free lateral lobes but has a large dorsal 
portion of tegmen, and at the same time two well- 
developed median struts,—a somewhat anomalous form, 
therefore.t Specialisation in the Chrysomelidae occurs as 


* This is not displayed in our illustrations, but is derived from 
Lindemann’s excellent study of this family, mentioned under 
Scolytidae. 

+ Weise (Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1895, p. 26) has already called 
attention to the aberrance of Orsodacne from Chrysomelidae, If we 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 621 


to two chief points; the reduction of the tegmen to a 
small Y- or V-shaped piece, concomitant with the develop- 
ment of the median lobe into a perfect, rigid tube (cf. 
Orina), enclosing the sac either entirely or to a large 
extent. The Bruchidae, as at present constituted, are 
scarcely distinct from the Chrysomelid Sagra. In the few 
Anthribidae we have examined there is no appearance of 
a division of the dorsal portion of the tegmen. 

A development, parallel with that sketched in Chry- 
somelidae, occurs in Curculionidae and Scolytidae, so far 


CERAMBYCIDAE 
BRENTHIDAE 


AGLYCYDERIDAE 


PROTERHINIDAE CHRYSOMELIDAE 


ANTHRIBIDAE 
CURCULIONIDAE 


SCOLYTIDAE ORSODACNE 


PARAN DRA FORM 


? PRIMITIVE CUCUJID FORM 
AFFINITIES OF THE PHYTOPHAGOIDEA. 


as the reduction of the tegmen to a Y-piece is concerned. 
This character is strongly marked in Platypus, which may 
be treated as an extreme form of Scolytidae, though it is 
not included therein by Lindemann. 

Aglycyderidae and Proterhinidae will probably prove 
not to be separable as distinct families. They are, how- 
ever, a very interesting form. Though we have placed 


rightly apprehend his meaning as to “ Penisstiitze” in connection 
with Timarcha we cannot in that case adopt his view ; two separate 
median struts not only exist in Timarcha, but in 7’. geniculata, at 
any rate, are highly developed. Examine Phyllodecta to see a 
comparatively rudimentary, or vestigial, condition of the base of 
the median lobe. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) TT 


622 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr, F. Muir on the Comparative 


them in this complex they might be placed equally 
as well with the Cucujoidea. Whichever view be adopted 
there appears to be no direct connection with any other 
family, and they can scarcely be viewed as primitive types. 
They do not approach the Byrrhoidea as there is no 
appearance of free lateral lobes. 

As we have suggested (in speaking of Parandra) a 
connection of this series with Cucujoidea it is only fair to 
say that a different view may be taken, It might be 
considered that in this series there are primarily no free 
lateral lobes, those cases in which they appear to be 
present in a modified form being merely secondary 
developments of a single piece. This view would remove 
the series from any connection, direct or indirect, with 
the Byrrhoidea. The point is more fuliy discussed in the 
section phylogeny. 


(4) CARABOIDEA OR ADEPHAGA. 


In this type the median lobe is highly developed; the 
lateral lobes are largely and closely connected with the 
dorsal margin of the median foramen by means of a 
prominent condyle; the basal-piece is greatly reduced, or 
entirely membranous; in the less specialised forms the 
internal sac is undifferentiated, but in the more highly 
specialised forms it is large and complex. Pelobiidae, 
Dytiscidae, Haliplidae are the more generalised forms, and 
if the Adephagous type is to be connected with any other, 
these families should be specially studied. As to sug- 
gestions for this connection we must frankly say that 
we have not yet found anything to help us, but their 
differentiation from the Byrrhoid type is not great.* 

It is just possible to consider the series as a modification 
of the Cucujoid type, the lateral lobes being displaced and 
fixed in a peculiar manner. 

With the reduction of the basal-piece the median lobe 
becomes more tubular, and the sac more complex. In 
the Cicindelidae the basal piece is very much reduced, 
and in the Carabidae it is only represented by a membrane, 
as stated above. 


* We greatly regret that we have not been able to examine the 
genus Amphizoa. The only male of the family that we have seen 
is the actual type of A. josephi Matth., now in the collection of the 
British Museum. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 623 


Taxonomically this is the simplest of all the series of 
Coleoptera if we limit it as is here done. 

The structure of Gyrinidae is on a different plan from 
that of the Caraboidea. When it is remembered in 
addition to this that all the members of this family are 
highly specialised for a mode of life that is shared by no 
other Coleoptera, we are justified in concluding that this 
has always been an isolated family. 

Cupes and Omma do not exhibit any approximation to 
the Caraboidea of direct nature. 


CICINDELIDAE 
CARABIDAE— \ / DYTISCIDAE 
PAUSSIDAE-—\ /—PELOBIIDAE 
RHYSODIDAE-— /—HALIPLIDAE 


/ 


\ 
ot 


\ 


FAMILIES OF CARABOIDEA. 


(5) MALACODERMOIDEA. 


In considering this complex we may commence by 
saying that we have rejected from it various families that 
were formerly included in it. The Dascillidae are, we 
consider, nearer to the “simple trilobe” forms we have 
called Byrrhoidea. The Cyphonidae we are obliged to 
omit as their aedeagus appears to be very peculiar, and 
we do not yet understand it. 

This still leaves numerous forms as Malacoderms. As 
regards some of them taxonomists are not by any means 
agreed as to their family rank. We take Drilus as one 
of the simpler forms. This is a trilobed form modified as 
to the articulations between the median lobe and the 
lateral lobes, and between these and the basal-piece. 
The similarity between this and the more modified 
Lampyridae is evident. The Lycidae in their simpler 
forms (Dictyopterus aurora) also approach Drilus, and 
in more differentiated forms (Lycostomus, etc.) still have 
the same arrangement, though the median lobe may become 

eZ, 


624 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


elongate (to a remarkable extent), and the lateral lobes 
diminished. The Telephoridae (Rhag. limbata) exhibit a 
remarkable specialisation in the very bulbous form of the 
median lobe, but the New Guinea Chauliognathus? (fig.139) 
is much less remarkable, and departs to a comparatively 
slight extent from Lampyris. Malthinus and Malthodes 
appear to be modifications of the Telephorid plan. 


MALTHININI TELEPHORIDAE LAMPYRIDAE 


LYCIDAE 


cw MELYRIDAE 
MALACHIINI 


AFFINITIES OF SOME OF THE 
MALACODERMID FAMILIES 


As regards “ Melyridae ” we fail to connect them satis- 
factorily with the Malacoderms, but as we cannot assign 
them any other place in a system we treat them here. In 
addition to this we may remark that the family will very 
likely have to be sundered in two or more. Malachius, 
however, may prove to be a form annectant to the highly 
specialised Astylus (Melyridae proper) and the aberrant 
Lalanophorus. As regards the sac, the lower forms of the 
Malacoderms have it but little specialised, but in higher 
forms (those allied to Zelephorus and the higher kinds of 
Lycidae) this structure becomes complex, as it is in all 
the Melyridae we have examined. Phloeophilus cannot be 
admitted to either the Malacoderms or the Melyrids till 
annectant forms are brought to light. 


(6) 'TENEBRIONOIDEA. 


Under this name we can associate at present only a 
few families, because we are of the opinion that several 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 625 


of the families combined with Tenebrionidae to form the 
“ Heteromera” must be separated. The comparatively 
small families, Cistelidae (Alleculidae of many recent 
writers), Lagriidae and Rhysopaussidae, are really allied 
to the huge group Tenebrionidae. Of this latter complex 
it will be noticed that we have examined but few forms. 
Taking Pediris as a central one we find the tegmen con- 
sisting of an elongate tubular basal-piece, chitinous on 
the dorsal aspect, with well marked and separate lateral 
lobes, making lateral and dorsal protection of the elongate 
median lobe. In the more specialised Tenebrionidae (e.g. 
Eleodes and Blaps) the lateral lobes are soldered together, 
and the median lobe is reduced in extent. In certain 
cases (Cossyphus) the median lobe is reduced to a nearly 
or quite membranous condition, and in Cistelidae and 
Lagriidae there is a similar reduction. In the type of 
the Nosoderma-group we have examined (Zopherosis) there 
exists a distinction from Pediris that we must treat as of 
considerable importance, inasmuch as the chitinisation of 
the tegmen occurs on the ventral aspect, the lateral lobes 
being united in that position. This suggests that a com- 
plete sundering of the Tenebrionidae will be found neces- 
sary. Stenosis agrees with Zopherosis in this respect. It 
would be well worth examining Adelostoma and allies to 
ascertain whether there is a real affinity between the 
Stenosis and Zopherosis forms, but we have not been able to 
carry our investigations of the Tenebrionid forms farther 
than the inadequate extent that will be found in our 
anatomical section. 

As regards the families of “Heteromera” other than 
those mentioned above, we have already said that we 
have failed at present to connect them with the Tenebri- 
onidae; and we have assigned them tentatively positions 
in the Cucujoidea. Whether the Tenebrionidae really 
link on as further differentiations thereof (cf. Melandryidae 
and Pythidae) we are not prepared to express an opinion. 
We have left Monommidae in the Tenebrionid division 
(along with the Stenosis-Zopherosis forms), but it appears 
to be really very isolated. 

We may conclude our brief remarks on the Tenebri- 
ouidae alliance by referring the reader to what we have 
said elsewhere as to the “simple trilobed form of aedeagus,” 
and adding that there is not here a great departure 
therefrom. 


626 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


MONOMMIDAE —_- TENEBRIONIDAE 


—-RHYSOPAUSSIDAE 
STENOSIS) | __ 
ZOPHEROSIS LAGRIIDAE 
——-GISTELIDAE 


FAMILIES OF TENEBRIONOIDEA. 


(7) STAPHYLINOIDEA, OR BRACHELYTRA. 


In this division the family Staphylinidae is of the first 
importance, because of the great number and diversity of 
its forms. This family is characterised by the existence 
of a highly developed median lobe, by the absence of a 
basal sclerite, the lateral lobes being diversified in form. 
In the Xantholinus group we are in presence of one of 
the most highly specialised forms of Coleoptera. In the 
Omaliini we find an approximation to Silphidae. The 
Silphidae are in fact the most primitive of the families 

laced in this division. 

The Silphidae proper differ much from the other 
forms of the family we have examined. In Bathyscia 
and Liodes (= Anisotoma humeralis of the European 
catalogue) there is a very large median foramen, basally 
placed, and a median lobe elongate and tubular in form ; 
there is a basal-piece separated from the median lobe, 
and well marked lateral lobes closely connected with 
the basal-piece, and thus forming a well marked tegmen. 
But in Silphidae (S. obscwra) the median lobe is bulbous, 
rather than tubular, with a small median foramen (often 
placed distally), a small basal-piece, with well marked 
lateral lobes forming thus a complete tegmen. This 
supports the division of Silphidae into two families. 

The Silphinae show relationship with Staphylinidae; 
but if we consider Bathysciinae as more primitive 
than Silphinae, then the affinity of Staphylinidae with 
Silphidae s.l. is of an indirect nature. If, however, we con- 
sider (as is frequently done) Bathysciinae and Silphinae 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 627 


as one family (= Silphidae s. 1.) then this is more primitive 
than Staphylinidae, and we may distinguish the two by 
the presence of a basal sclerite in Silphidae which is 
absent in Staphylinidae. Of the other families included 
in the Brachelytra, Leptinidae and Platypsyllidae approxi- 
mate the Bathysciinae division of the Silphidae, while 
Pselaphidae, Scydmaenidae and Scaphidiidae approach 
Staphylinidae. Clambidae is highly specialised, but ap- 
pears nearest to the Bathysciinae; it is, therefore, a 
family long separated from the most primitive form of 
the Brachelytra. 


SCYDMAENIDAE 
PSELAPHIDAE 
LEPTINIDAE {Si 
PLATYPSYLLIDAE STAPHYLINIDAE 
CLAMBIDAE = 
BATHYSCIIANE SILPHIANE 


? PRIMITIVE BATHYSGIINAE 
AFFINITIES OF THE STAPHYLINOIDEA. 


(8) SCARABAEOIDEA, OR LAMELLICORNIA. 


It is generally considered that this is one of the most 
distinct of the great divisions of the Coleoptera, and our 
investigations quite confirm this idea. At the same time 
much difference of opinion exists as to the families and 
their relations inter se, some naturalists considering Luca- 
nidae and Scarabaeidae as incapable of distinction, while 
others maintain that they have but little affinity.* Pro- 
bably the solution of the difficulty will be found by 
increasing the number of recognised families. Usually 


* See Escherich, Wien. ent. Zeit. xii, 1893, p. 265. 


628 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


these are three, viz. Passalidae, Lucanidae, Scarabaeidae. 
We will return to this point after touching on the 
peculiarities of the group. 

The first of these is that in the enormous majority of 
the forms there is a great reduction of the scleritic parts 
of the median lobe. If the characters of a Lucanid and 
a Scarabaeid be examined, it would at first be supposed 
that but little real affinity exists between the two. On 
the other hand, if vow (usually placed in Scarabaeidae) 
be added to the compared material, the difficulty becomes 
that of separating the two divisions, for 7’rox agrees better 
with Lucanidae than it does with Scarabaeidae. T'row is 
not only very important in this respect, but also because 
it throws some light on the very peculiar male structures 
of the Passalidae. 

The Scarabaeidae, while exhibiting a reduction of the 
scleritic parts of the median lobe, display an enormous 
development of the basal-piece, which forms the “tambour” 
(Straus-Durckheim) of the organ. This tambour usually 
shows a constriction which might at first sight be supposed 
to separate it into two parts, in which case the proximal 
part only would be taken as the basal-piece, and the 
distal portion might be supposed to be part of the 
median lobe. This, however, is a most superficial obser- 
vation; the constriction in question merely marks the 
attachment of the connecting membrane, the two portions of 
the tambour being one enormous basal-piece. The lateral 
lobes are most remarkable and are very diverse. They 
form what is usually, in this division, called the forceps. 
In some cases they are separate, not amalgamated, at 
their bases (Spilota, etc.); in another condition they are 
amalgamated on the dorsal aspect, forming an undivided 
piece (Pelidnota); while a third condition exists in 
Lomaptera (Cetoniinae), where the amalgamation of the 
lobes occurs on the ventral aspect. In IJschzopsopha by 
a modification of this they form a complete scleritic ring, 
as they do in Xylotrupes. The ventral surface of the basal- 
piece is usually membranous for a large area, but in some 
forms there is a chitinisation of this surface, to which we 
have applied a special name, the ventral-piece (fig. 19, 
vp). In some cases this ventral-piece becomes quite 
chitinously continuous with the lateral lobes (Xylotrupes 
e.g.), forming thus a very large irregularly shaped 
sclerite. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 629 


The sac in Scarabaeidae is usually largely developed in 
size, and also in form, showing lobes, or numerous diver- 
ticula (Hexodon), or even large peculiar sclerites (Spilota 
regina, Newm.). 

(We have already alluded to the reduction of the 
median lobe in Scarabaeidae, but may here say that in 
our anatomical section we point out that no line of sharp 
demarcation can be drawn between median lobe and 
sac. The reduction of the median lobe in Scarabaeidae, 
compensated fur—so to speak—by the remarkable de- 
velopments of the sac is a matter worthy of special 
investigation.) 

After these remarks on the Scarabaeidae, if we turn to 
the Lucanidae, we again find remarkable diversities, but 
of a totally different kind. The median lobe is well 
developed. In some cases there is a conspicuous fine 
terminal tube called the flagellum ; this specialisation is 
more correctly described as a part of the sac. The sac in 
Lucanidae frequently is not invaginated, but is crumpled 
up, and the “flagellum” is merely a prolongation of that 
one of its lobes (or parts) on which the orifice of the 
duct is situated. The flagellum is clearly not of great 
morphological importance. 

The basal piece in Lucanidae is very varied as regards 
size, being sometimes quite small (Ceratognathus), in other 
cases (Veolamprima) large and tubular, but we have not 
found any case in which it really approximates in shape 
to the “tambour” of the Scarabaeidae. 

The lateral lobes of the Lucanidae are always well 
developed (though very slender in Aesalus), and they are 
never conjoined (we have pointed out that’ they are 
conjoined in three ditferent ways in Scarabaeidae). 

The genus 7’rox (s.].) is usually placed in Scarabaeidae. 
In the recent Catalogue of European Coleoptera it imme- 
diately follows the Lucanidae. So far as regards the male 
structures it is impossible to look on 7’rox as a Scarabaeid. 
It might, on the ground of these structures, be placed in 
the Lucanidae, but if other considerations demand its 
separation therefrom, it must form a separate family, 
equivalent in import to each of the two families men- 
tioned. The relation of Cloeotus and Anaides with Trox 
requires a careful examination. 

This family Trogidae is of the first importance. It 
seems to offer the only inkling of a connection of the 


630 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


highly peculiar Passalidae with the other divisions of 
Scarabaeidae. 

In the Passalidae the median lobe is large and globular, 
membranous around the median orifice, which is large ; 
small median struts are sometimes attached to its base. 
The lateral lobes are consolidated, have not the character 
of lobes, but form a plate. The basal-piece is distinct, 
except in Awlacocyclus (fig. 13), where it is lost or entirely 
consolidated to the lateral lobes. The internal sac is 
large. All these characters are approached in T'row 
omacanthus, but in neither Lucanidae nor in Scarabaeidae 
do we find any suggestion of a direct connection with 
Passalidae. 


SINODENDRIDAE LUCANIDAE 


LAMPRIMIDAE 
SCARABAEIDAE 


PASSALIDAE 


TROGIDAE 


AFFINITIES OF THE SCARABAEIOID FAMILIES 


The great importance of the Trogidae in this division 
is evident, but becomes singularly significant when we 
realise that it also approximates greatly to the Byrrhoidea 
series. 

In concluding our scattered remarks as to the Scara- 
baeoidea we may say that we think that the taxonomy of 
this division is still very imperfect. We greatly regret 
that we have not been able to examine some of its most 
enigmatic forms (e.g. Nicagus),* but we feel that it would 


* Thanks to Mr. E. A. Schwarz, F. Muir has since been able to 
examine the long disputed Nicagus. It has a well defined median 
lobe, with median orifice on dorsal aspect of tip ; well defined lateral 
lobes a little longer than the median lobe, broad at the base and 
gradually tapering to a pointed tip, the bases meeting on the ventral 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 631 


even in that case have been highly improbable that we 
could have contributed much to the elucidation of the 
enormous complex. This would be of itself a considerable 
work. 


PHYLOGENY. 


In considerations as to phylogeny, palaeontology should 
be of the first importance. Unfortunately our knowledge as 
to this subject is dreadfully incomplete and is we fear likely 
to remain so for a very long period. In fact all we know 
is that no Coleoptera have yet been found earlier than the 
Triassic period; and that long anterior to that there 
existed many insects some of which it is reasonable to 
suppose were precoleopterous ancestors of the Order. 
Handlirsch suggests Blattoid or Sialoid ancestors. Only 
18 of these ancestral Coleoptera are known in the Trias, 
and the whole of the subsequent mesozoic period only shows 
a total of 352 species. No information whatever exists as 
to the structure of the male genital tube of the fossil 
forms, so that palaeontology is of no assistance in our 
present special inquiry. All we can say is that with 
Handlirsch’s plate 41 before us, in which the remains of 
the Liassic Coleoptera are figured, we may say that a 
considerable number of the forms are such as we should 
expect to find provided with a simple trilobe aedeagus or 
a Caraboid one. While in plate 39 fig. 4 we are inclined 
to consider Pseudelateropsis Handl. as a relative of Cupes 
or Omma. The condition of these fossil Coleoptera is, how- 
ever, such that we really learn but little from them beyond 
the existence of a number of very distinct forms among 
the earliest Coleoptera. 

In the absence of palaeontological guidance students of 
Coleopterous phylogeny have been driven to rely on other 
characters. The male genital tube has received no con- 
sideration in this respect, but we believe that it will be 
recognised as of great importance as elucidating phylogeny 
especially when it shall have been studied in conjunction 
with the female structures. There are in fact three main 
lines of inquiry as indicative of relationship, (1) the body 
and its appendages, (2) the genital conduit (i.e. the 
structure of the combined male and female parts), and 


aspect but not on the dorsal ; basal-piece well developed and chitinous 
on the ventral side ; internal sac small and very little differentiated. 
This type is similar to Trow and some of the less specialised Lucanids. 


632 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F, Muir on the Comparative 


(3) the ontogeny. To which may fall to be added as a 
fourth, the structure of the sexual glands. 

We had at first decided not to write a phylogenetic 
section for our memoir, as our knowledge is so imperfect 
and is liable to correction in so many ways. Yet recalling 
the fact that the other departments are also but im- 
perfectly known, so that there is but little agreement 
amongst phylogenists, we have concluded that a section 
on phylogeny of the genital tube, though somewhat pre- 
mature, may be welcome nevertheless. It will at any 
rate exhibit the difficulties and complexity of the 
subject. 

Our inquiry has led us to suggest the arrangement of 
Coleoptera in eight series. Remarks on these series 
appear in the section taxonomy. A connected account of 
their apparent relations, and an account of some of our 
reasons for the conclusions we have come to follow this, 
and the most important points will be found discussed 
under Phytophagoidea and Byrrhoidea. 

1. Byrrhoidea.—The aedeagus appears to us to be in 
this series in its simplest condition, and at the same time 
to be the form most capable of modification to result in 
the structures we meet with in other groups, as we have 
already mentioned. ‘The series itself is, however, far from 
being homogeneous and we shall not be surprised if some 
of its forms prove to be really separate series. Cupes and 
Omma may be mentioned. Also Gyrinidae. Atractocerus 
requires serious attention, and it may be doubted whether 
Buprestidae are really in phylogenetic accord with other 
Byrrhoidea. 

We have frequently stated that we consider the trilobe 
form of aedeagus as it is exhibited by the Byrrhoidea to 
be the simplest, and probably the more primitive, of the 
existing forms. Our reasons for this are (1) that “low” 
forms of various divisions are found to possess the genital 
tube in a state but little different from the trilobe of the 
Byrrhoidea. (2) That in highly specialised groups of 
which there exist a sufficient variety of forms we have 
always been able to find in certain cases one or more 
points that form an apparent transition to the trilobe. 
This of course may be illusory (as indeed we shall argue 
when discussing under Phytophagoidea the questions 
connected with “lateral lobes”), but it shows that the 
modification of the trilobe is to the imagination easy, and 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 633 


we all know that in the absence of direct evidence phylo- 
genists have only too frequently to resort to the use of 
the imagination. (3) The internal sac is found in its 
simplest condition among the trilobe forms, and attains 
its highest development amongst forms in which the 
aedeagus is very different from the simple trilobe. (4) In 
various females that we have examined the structures 
depart but little from the trilobe form. Thus in Fhizo- 
phagus depressus the female tube consists of a large basal 
piece with strong lateral lobes (7.e. there is a tegmen of 
the trilobe form). The median lobe is rather small, and 
its chitinisations are less compacted and coadapted than 
in the male aedeagus, the duct opens at the apex, and 
there are basal struts. In this species the male (fig. 101) 
departs considerably from the trilobe form. 

2. Caraboidea.—This division, as limited by us, is re- 
markably homogeneous, and forms as regards the aedeagus 
one of the most satisfactory series of the Order. We have 
suggested that it might possibly be derived from Byr- 
rhoidea. This would be accomplished by dragging the 
lateral lobes away from one aspect of the median lobe, 
and connecting them with a condyle on the other aspect. 
The basal-piece must become membranous (it is imper- 
fectly chitinised in Cicindelidae), and completely ride over, 
or cloak the base of the median lobe. The last character 
being of a Cucujoid nature. We have no belief in such 
changes having occurred during the Coleopterous stage 
of the phylogeny. 

3. Cucujoidea.—This is an assembly of many families, 
and will probably require much emendation and even 
division. The main points of distinction from Byrrhoidea 
are that the tegmen rides over the median lobe, and that 
the lateral lobes are differently placed. The question of 
deriving the series from Byrrhoid ancestors is discussed in 
our considerations as to series 8, Phytophagoidea. 

4, Staphylinoidea—lIn the higher forms this is a most 
distinct division, the aedeagus appearing to function by 
means of an aneurism of its basal part. We have asso- 
ciated Silphidae with Staphylinoidea because in the lower 
forms of the great family Staphylinidae (Omaliini and 
Piestini) the peculiar structure is much less perfect, so 
that we think it possible the Silphoid forms and the 
Staphylinoid forms may prove to be not separable by the 
male genital tube. The lateral lobes are extremely varied 


634 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


in Staphylinidae, and assume different functions in the 
various divisions. The question of a relationship of the 
series with Byrrhoidea cannot be properly considered in 
the absence of a decision as to the relations of Staphylin- 
idae and Silphidae, alluded to above. 

5. Malacodermoidea.—Though the simpler forms of this 
series approach the Byrrhoid structure, yet we have not 
found any form that really connects the two. In the low 
Malacoderms the median lobe is insignificant in size com- 
pared with the lateral lobes, but the large development 
of the latter is on the basal parts, and the great distal 
development of these parts as found in Byrrhoidea does 
not occur in the Malacoderm forms we have examined, so 
that the relations of the parts appear to be different. In 
higher Malacodermidae the median lobe may be greatly 
developed, and the parts become so complex that a careful 
analysis is requisite for their comprehension. Under these 
circumstances we are not prepared to say more than that 
we shall not be surprised if a more thorough investigation 
should reveal annectants to the Byrrhoidea. As regards 
the Melyridae we have remarked in the taxonomical 
section that it presents special difficulties. 

6. Tenebrionoidea.—As regards this series we have said 
in taxonomy the little that we are prepared to advance as 
to the phylogeny of the series. The difficulties arising 
from the orientation of some of the forms, alluded to under 
Taxonomy, is considerable. When lateral lobes, or when 
tegmen, are ventrally placed, are we justified in con- 
sidering them homologous as regards origin with similar 
structures dorsally placed? The answer to such a question 
if it concerned the chrodtic tube would certainly be a 
negative one; but as regards the genital tube a positive 
answer cannot be given till the remakable cases of tortion 
and distortion that occur have received a more thorough 
consideration. 

7. Scarabaeoidea.—This is a very distinct series, except 
that by means of Trogidae and certain Lucanidae it 
approaches the Byrrhoidea, to which therefore it may be 
linked. The Lucanidae appears to be a group of frag- 
ments, and, small as it is, offers a remarkable contrast to 
the huge family Scarabaeidae. 

8. Phytophagoidea—Under this series we have united 
all the great divisions of Rhynchophora as well as the 
Chrysomelidae and the Cerambycidae or Longicorns. We 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 635 


have not found between Rhynchophora and Phytophaga 
any distinction that is valid throughout the two divisions, 
though it is not improbable that an extended study would 
reveal some important ditference. At present the Phyto- 
phagoidea is by far the largest of the eight series. 

The question as to the distinctness of the series depends 
largely on the view that is taken as regards “lateral lobes” 
in Coleoptera. To explain the view we are inclined to 
take, a digression of some length is necessary. 

It has been suggested that lateral lobes may be modified 
appendages of the body. We have not found anything to 
support this view. Indeed if it were so they were doubt- 
less modified in the precoleopterous stage of evolution 
and the point would therefore only indirectly concern us. 
But we incline to another view on this highly speculative 
point. We suggest that Coleoptera are descended from 
ancestors in which the efferent ducts from the sexual 
glands, either as a pair or singly, opened on a membrane 
connecting the 9th and 10th ventral plates of the 
abdomen, while the orifice of the alimentary canal was 
placed immediately above the 10th sternite, which thus 
separated the two great exits. By slight elongation of the 
membrane of orifice of the efferent ducts, they were in 
repose withdrawn within the body cavity; and asomewhat 
analogous phenomenon occurring with regard to the 
rectum, the genital tube and the apex of the rectum 
became, in the imago, placed inside the body cavity. The 
10th sternite (between the two parts) shared their invagin- 
ation so that the external body wall was terminated 
bebind by the apposition of the hind margins of the 9th 
abdominal sternite with the 10th, or some other, tergite. 
This apposition, with of course considerable and in some 
cases very great modifications, has attained so great 
perfection that sometimes it is very difficult to see 
any opening at the posterior extremity of the body. 
According to this view the genital tube is merely an 
elongation of a connecting membrane between two ventral 
plates ; the modified 10th sternite either entering into 
tbe composition of the tube or not, as the case may be. 
It may be well here to remark that for the purpose we 
have now in view, we are mentioning only the simplest 
aspect of the matter. For our purposes it does not signify 
how many abdominal segments there were originally, or 
whether more than one were indrawn either subsequently 


636 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


or concomitantly with the changes as to the invaginated 
genital tube. 

The complete invagination of the male structure in 
the enormous majority of forms is a marked feature of 
Coleopterous anatomy. Another trait of the Order is 
the extraordinary extent to which chitinisation is carried. 
The external parts of Coleoptera are in some cases harder 
than bone, and in these cases the internal phragmas and 
apodemes may share in the hardness, as also the male 
genital tube. For instances we may mention the chitin- 
isation of this structure in the Histeroid genus Oxysternus, 
and the Buprestoid Huchroma. <A further development 
of the genital tube is exhibited by elongation, and by 
chitinisation. We have just mentioned examples of its 
perfect hardness, and as specimens of its elongation may 
mention the long flagella so frequently met with, and 
the remarkable elongation of the sac (or stenazygos) 
in Humolpus, where it is about 14 inches long. Turning 
now to the question of the nein of the sclerites of 
the tube, we know from the structure of the body wall 
that exposed large surfaces become very strongly chitinised 
while immediately contiguous parts remain delicate mem- 
brane. The chitinisation takes place by the intermediary 
of hypodermal cells, and it may well be that the reason 
for parts remaining membranous is due to creases prevent- 
ing the proper development of hypodermal cells there, and, 
possibly, their extension in certain directions. 

As the genital tube became elongated it would in the 
invaginated condition be crumpled ‘and creased, and the 
formation of separated sclerites on it may probably have 
been to some extent determined by the nature of these 
foldings. 

We make these suggestions with a view to getting 
the student to realise the probability that the develop- 
ment of the genital tube is due to factors that are on the 
whole similar to those that have determined the structures 
of other parts of the body. The factors are not really 
known. The phenomena of chitinisation are indeed 
specially obscure, and we are not aware that any one has 
offered an explanation of the fact that Histers are hard and 
Malacoderms soft. Neither do we pretend that there is a 
perfect co-relation between the chitinisation of the sclerites 
of the body wall and those of the genital tube: in fact we 
are well aware that in some cases the opposite is true. 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 637 


We will now turn to the point for the elucidation of 
which this digression has been made, viz. the value of 
lateral lobes in the consideration of phylogenetic points. 

The lateral lobes extend in the longitudinal direction, 
while the various invaginations are the result of trans- 
verse creasings. That lateral lobes can be much modified 
in their position is clear. There is no doubt that they 
can be brought more to the ventral surface or more to 
the dorsal surface, and there is no doubt that they can be 
approximated, made contiguous or even conjoined. These 
facile changes, whether great or small morphologically, 
have no doubt been actually limited, and when we recol- 
lect that there must always have been such an agreement 
between the male and the female parts of the genital 
conduit that good viability was invariably preserved, we 
must adopt the view that may be summed up in the words, 
“the less change the better.” 

Are lateral lobes present in all Coleoptera? And if 
they are not to be definitely seen in some forms is this 
to be attributed to original absence or to secondary 
modification ? 

In the Byrrhoidea lateral lobes are a conspicuous feature. 
So are they also in Caraboidea, with a slight difference in 
position. They are present in the Staphylinoidea in a 
variety of shapes and modifications of a very interesting 
character. They also exist in Malacodermoidea, in Tene- 
brionoidea and in the Scarabaeoidea. 

In the Cucujoidea lateral lobes appear to be absent. 
But there are frequently present apically and on the 
middle of the tegmen two articulated processes that may 
be considered to be their homologues by process of a 
change to explain which we must make another brief 
digression. 

If the reader will examine one of the typical Byrrhoidea, 
e.g. a large Elaterid, he will note that the tegmen is so 
attached to the median lobe as to permit of little or no 
independent movement of the two; they work, in fact, as 
a single layer. Let him then take a Cerambycid aedeagus 
(the members of which are all conformable as regards the 
point in question), and he will find the reverse condition 
displayed, the median lobe and tegmen being so arranged 
as to permit of a play of the former through the latter, 
the two parts function as two layers, one cloaking the 
other. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaART III. (DEC.) UU 


638 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


Returning then to the Elaterid he will notice that the 
change required to permit the tegmen in that form to 
ride over, or cloak, the median lobe consists in the first 
place of an elongation of the connecting membrane between 
them. If this take place and the liberated lateral lobes 
be approximated dorsally, we have in fact the essentials 
of the arrangement as we find it in Cucujidae. We might, 
then, conclude that it is permissible to derive the Cucu- 
joidea from the Byrrhoidea. When, however, we turn to 
consider whether such a change has ever actually occurred, 
we must ask ourselves whether it is probable that an 
aedeagus that is functioning as an organ of one layer 
would change into a structure that functions as a two 
layer arrangement. We think the answer would be that 
in the early conditions of the genital tube such a change 
might occur, but that after the aedeagus had attained a 
considerable development nothing of the sort is at all 
probable. 

We now return to the consideration of the Phyto- 
phagoidea. Ifa well-developed Cerambycid aedeagus (say 
one of Clytini) be compared with Cucujus it will be noticed 
that in the position occupied by the “lateral lobes” (if 
really such) of the latter there is in the Clytus a divided, 
or rather cleft, process resembling the Cucujus lobes, and 
it would appear therefore that if the Cucwwus possesses 
lateral lobes so also may the Clytus. 

A further examination of a variety of forms of the two 
series produces the gravest doubts. In the Cucujoidea 
the lateral lobes are either articulated at the apex of the 
tegmen, or if the articulation be absent, the single part 
has the appearance of being two parts combined (cf. 
Helota). But in Phytophagoidea (at any rate in Ceramby- 
cidae) there is never any articulation of the apical processes 
of the tegmen, and the comparison of a series of forms 
suggests that the bilobed state of the apex of the tegmen 
(or cap-piece) may be the result of progressive emargination 
of what was originally a single piece.* In that case the 


* In the Cerambycidae (especially marked in genus Phrissoma), 
there is a ridge on the underface of the divided cap-piece giving an 
illusory appearance of articulation of the two lobes. In the Curcu- 
lionidae the appearance is different : there are often two separated 
lobes (the ‘‘ papilla” of Hopkins in Pissodes), and in Ewpholus the 
lobes are widely separated (this point is not well shown in our 
fig. 222a), while in some other Rhynchophora there is a single 
median prolongation of the cap-piece. None of these cases is similar 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 639 


Phytophagoidea have no lateral lobes and are different 
from the other great groups. It is then only possible to 
derive them from some primitive Cucujoid form unknown 
to us. The term primitive (suppositive), as here used, 
may probably be interpreted as implying that if a con- 
nection of Phytophagoidea with our other series ever 
existed it was in the precoleopterous phylogeny. Though 
we have not discovered any important distinction between 
Rhynchophora and Phytophaga as regards the aedeagus, 
we may point out that our investigation of these two 
enormous complexes is very far from exhaustive as to this 
point. Also that this memoir is not concerned with other 
distinctions. 

We consider that the genital tube of the male is of 
great importance in the phylogeny of Coleoptera. And 
that its study makes it extremely difficult to accept less 
than eight primary divisions of the Order. 


VI. ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF FAMILIES 
AND SERIES 


Adimeridae . 527  Chrysomelidae . . 558 
Aegialitidae . 551 Cicindelidae . . 486 
Aglycyderidae . 528. Cioidae. —. . 532 
Alleculidae . . 550  Cistelidae : . 550 
Anthicidae . 553  Clambidae . 502 
Anthribidae_ / i510. Cleridae. . 541 
Bostrychidae_. . 533 Coccinellidae . . 524 
Brenthidae : . 573 Colydiidae . oe 
Bruchidae . 557 Corylophidae . SOUL 
Buprestidae. . 547  Cryptophagidae . 522 
Byrrhidae . 530 Cucujidae : ia Bite) 
Byrrhoidea 614 & 632 Cucujoidea 616 & 633 
Byturidae ; . 515 Cupedidae . 522 
Cantharidae_. . 556 Curculionidae . a 
Carabidae . 487 Cyathoceridae . . 530 
Caraboidea 622 & 633 Cyphonidae. . 543 
Cerambycidae . . 568 Dascillidae ; . 542 
Chelonariidae . . 5380 Dermestidae. . 529 


to what we have found in the Cerambycidae. It is therefore possible 
that even the aedeagus may ultimately show the Rhynchophora to 
have an origin distinct from the Cerambycidae. 


640 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative 


PAGE 


Derodontidae 532 
Discolomidae 524 
Dryopidae. 531 
Dytiscidae 492 
Ectrephidae 535 
Elateridae 545 
Endomychidae . 525 
Erotylidae . o2e 
Eucnemidae 546 
Georyssidae 531 
Gyrinidae . 493 
Haliplidae 491 
Helotidae . 521 
Heteroceridae 531 
Histeridae 2 512 
Hydrophilidae . 4.94 
Ipidae : 572 
Lagriidae . 551 
Lamprimidae 576 
Lathridiidae 527 
Leptinidae 506 
Liodidae 502 
Lucanidae . 573 
Lyctidae 533 
Lymexylonidae 542 
Malacodermidae 535 
Malacodermoidea 623 : 634 
Melandryidae 552 
Meloidae . 556 
Monommidae 552 
Monotomidae 514 
Mordellidae 1 DDD. 
Mycetaeidae :;,, B26 
Mycetophagidae 529 
Niponiidae 512 
Nitidulidae 515 
Oedemeridae 554 
Ommadidae 52] 
Ostomidae 516 


PAGE 


Othniidae 551 
Parnidae . Fyesik 
Passalidae . 579 
Paussidae . 4.90 
Pelobiidae. 491 
Phalacridae 514 


Phytophagoidea 620 & 634 


Platypidae 572 
Platypsyllidae . 506 
Proterhinidae 528 
Pselaphidae 509 
Ptinidae 534 
Pyrochroidae 553 
Pythidae . 553 
Rhipiceridae 545 
Rhipiphoridae . 556 
Rhysodidae 490 
Rhysopaussidae . 550 
Scaphidiidae 506 
Scarabaeidae 580 
Scarabacoidea 627 & 634 
Scolytidae 572 
Scydmaenidae . 508 
Silphidae . 502 
Sinodendronidae 576 
Sphaeritidae bial 
Sphindidae 533 
Staphylinidae 496 
Staphylinoidea 626 & 633 
Synteliidae 511 
Temnochilidae . 516 
Tenebrionidae , 548 


Tenebrionioidea 624 & 634 


Throscidae 546 
Trichopterygidae 507 
Trictenotomidae 557 
Trogidae 577 
Trogositidae 516 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. 


The figures are all original, and have been drawn with the aid of 


a camera lucida from our own dissections. 


The scale of magnifica- 


Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 641 


tion is varied. Although this point is not of great importance for 
our purposes, the scale is in most cases indicated by a line placed 
near the figure. When no number accompanies the line then the 
length of the line is 1 mm. and the magnification of the figure is 
indicated by that of the line. When a number accompanies the 
line, the number indicates the length of the line in millimetres or a 
-fraction of one. 

The connecting membranes between certain parts are only par- 
tially shown in the figures. To have invariably introduced them 
would have involved the use of shading ; and much artistic ability 
would even then be required to distinguish the scleritic from the 
membranous parts. The student will recollect that these membranes 
always exist connecting the median lobe to the tegmen, and the 
tegmen to the body wall. Sometimes a part of one of the membranes 
is shown, and it is then indicated as such by the torn edge. 

The position shown is very frequently not a true profile, but a 
partial one, thus allowing more of the parts to be seen and inferred. 
The drawings have all been made from specimens in a wet, or 
relaxed, state ; and the student must not expect to find exactly the 
same appearances in dried and collapsed preparations, 

The figures are as a rule uniform as regards their longitudinal 
position, the distal end being to the right so that a side-view shows 
the left side. In a few cases, in order to show certain structures, 
the right (not the left) side is figured ; and in that case in order to 
make comparison more easy the figure is orientated so as to make 
the right side look as if it were the left one, and it is stated to be 
“reversed.” 

Broken lines indicate parts that are lying below the structures 
represented by unbroken lines. They are introduced to show the 
continuity of portions that are not actually seen in such a dissection 
as that figured. Where these concealed parts are the sac and the 
duct the broken lines are reduced to dots. 

We use both single and double letters to indicate special parts, 
The double letters are used uniformly throughout the figures, and 
are explained below this, and more fully on pp. 481-483. The 
meaning of a single letter will be found by reference to that 
descriptive portion of the memoir to which the figure pertains. 


EXPLANATION OF DoUBLE LETTERS. 


aed = aedeagus, 

an += anus. 

bp = basal-piece. 

em 1 = first connecting membrane. 


642 Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 


cm2 = second connecting membrane. 


ej 
Sg 
Ws 
ld 
Il 


ts 
vp 


= ejaculatory duct. 

= flagellum. 

= internal sac. 

= last dorsal plate. 

= lateral lobes. 

last ventral plate. 

median foramen. 

= median lobe. 

median orifice, 

= median strut. 

= point of articulation, 

= penultimate dorsal plate. 

= penultimate ventral plate. 

= rectum. 

= spiculum. 

= tegmen (lateral lobes + basal-piece ; or basal-piece 
without lateral lobes. 

= tegminal strut. 

= ventral-piece. 


I 


For a fuller explanation of these letters see pp. 481-483. 


Correction. 
P. 491. If the position of Fig. 39 (Haliplus) 
be considered correct as regards upper and 
lower aspects, then it is the right lateral lobe. 
That is the broad one, not the left as stated 
in the text. 


Dec. 24, 1912. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLII. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLII. 


Fie. 1. Trox, sp. n.?; North Australia, dorsal view. 
2. Trox omacanthus, lateral view. 
Dit 93 , dorsal view. 
3. Trox scaber, lateral view. 
Gi) 55 » » dorsal view. 
4. Trox penicillatus, dorsal view. 
Aaz! P| , ventral view of median lobe. 
5. Ceratognathus niger, dorsal view. 


Descriptions on pp. 573, 577, etc. Explanation of the letters 
used uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIII. 


Fic. 6. Syndesus cornutus, lateral view, with last abdominal 


segment. 
6a. Syndesus cornutus, dorsal view. 
6b. 5 5, » lateral view of median lobe. 
7. Systenus caraboides, dorsal view. 
7a. he * , lateral view of median lobe. 


8. Lucanus cervus, ventral-lateral view of median lobe. 

9. Sinodendron cylindricum, lateral view. 

9a. es cs , lateral view of median lobe and 
right lateral lobe. 


Descriptions on pp. 574-576. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1912, Plate XLU1I. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLIV. 


~ 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV. 


Fic, 10. Neolamprima adolphinae, dorso-lateral view with last 

abdominal segment. 

10a, Neolamprima adolphinae, end of tegmen opened to expose 
median lobe. 

11. Leptaulacides planus, lateral view. 

12. Labienus ptox, lateral view. 

13. Aulacoeyclus edentulus, lateral view. 

13a. 3 5» » dorsal view. 

14. Amphicoma vulpes, lateral view. The lower ml is an 
error for bp. 

15. Cloeotus sinuatus, lateral view. 

15a. 9 », 5 dorsal view of median lobe and end of 
tegmen. 


Descriptions on pp. 575, 579, 580, 584 and 587. Explanation of 
the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


21a. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV. 


Phoeochrous emarginatus, lateral view. 
5 +3 , lateral view of median lobe and 
right lateral lobe. 
Geotrupes (Typhoeus) typhoeus, lateral view. 


xs RA , dorsal view of median lobe. 
Aphodius punctatosulcatus, lateral view. 
ss , lateral view of median lobe 


with internal sac evaginated. 

Anomala assimilis, lateral view with median lobe extended 
and internal sac evaginated. 

Spilota regina, lateral view of tegmen (median lobe dis- 
sected out). 


. Spilota regina, lateral view of median lobe with internal 


sac evaginated. 
Diphucephala furcata, lateral view. 
id » » lateral view of median lobe. 


Descriptions on pp. 583, 586, 588 and 590. Explanation of the 
letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLV. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLVI. — 


eae, 
bf 
Y 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI. 


Fie. 22 Miecroplidius luctwosus, lateral view. 
23. Pelidnota punctata, dorso-lateral view. 
24. Bolax westwoodi, lateral view. 
25. Hexodow wnicolor, lateral view. 


25a. - », , lateral view of median lobe. 
26. Xylotrupes gideon, lateral view. 
26a. - » » lateral view of median lobe and in- 


ternal sac. 

26b. Xylotrupes gideon, armature on internal sac. 

27. Lomaptera xanthopus, lateral view with internal sac 
evaginated. 


Descriptions on pp. 588, 591, 592, 595 and 598, Explanation of 
the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Fia. 28. 
29, 
30. 
31. 


31a. 


31b. 


32. 


32a. 


33. 


33a. 


34, 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII. 


Cetonia aurata, dorso-lateral view. 

Therates labiatus, lateral view. 

Cicindela tortuosa, lateral view. 

Manticora tuberculata, lateral view, 

‘s 3 , lateral view of tip with base of 

sac evaginated. 

Manticora tuberculata, junction of flagellum and ejacu- 
latory duct. | 

Carabus violaceus, lateral view with sac evaginated. 


»»  , apex of internal sac. 
Aloiniols yce aheginlies. lateral view, left side. 
5»  ,» lateral view, right side. 


Nebria brevicollis, lateral view (reversed). 


Descriptions on pp, 599(C. awrata) and 48¢-489, Explanation 
of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483, 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL VII. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


* =i ae a fe fs > Tsb po a Kua gs A F A 
F - Ss oar, 1 j i 
Oi ak ad n cy an ne 
es 7 white i ‘ at See ee rey 
Mer g ' 
a p . 
i 
. 
a 
« 
‘ 
* 
i Ary tis ee LS ae 
ee a « eyind ici 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL VIT1. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVIII. 


Fic, 35. Pheropsophus agnatus, lateral view, with sac evaginated 

(reversed). 

36. Lhysodes, sp,n.? Australia, lateral view. 

37. Dytiscus punctulatus, end of body with aedeagus pro- 
truded. 

37a. Dytiscus punctulatus, lateral view of median lobe. 

38. Ilybius aenescens, lateral view. . 

39. Haliplus fulvus, ventro-lateral view (reversed). 


Descriptions on pp. 491 and 492. Explanation of the letters 
used uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIX. 


Fic. 40. Pelobius tardus, lateral view. 
41. Orthopterus smithi, lateral view (reversed). 
42. Gyrinus natator, dorsal view. 
43. Orectochilus dispar, ventral view. 
43a. ee 5», lateral view of median lobe. 
44, Hydrophilus piceus, dorsal view. 
45. Laccobius ytenensis, dorsal view. 
46. Cyclonotwm subdepresswm, dorso-lateral view. 
46a. < - , median lobe (ventral face up). 
47. Berosus signaticollis, lateral view. 
48. Silpha atrata, lateral view, with sac evaginated. 


Descriptions on pp. 491-495 and (Silpha atrata) p. 503. Explana- 
tion of the letters used uniformly on pp, 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLIX. 


mt Aa 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate L. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE L. 


Fic. 49. Silpha obsewra, dorsal view. 
49a. » » ventral view of median lobe. 
50. Silpha analis, lateral view, with sac evaginated. 
51. Necrophorus mortuormm, dorso-lateral view. 
52. Bathyscia, sp. Piedmont, lateral view. 


52a. E , apex of sac with armature. 

53. Liodes humeralis, lateral view. 

baa: 5 ‘ , apex of sac with armature. 

Baur 5 - , lateral view of median piece of armature. 


54. Clambus minutus, lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 503-505. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-4183. 


BiG sob: 


55a. 


56. 


56a. 


56D. 


56c. 


57. 


58. 


EXPLANATION OF PuATE LI. 


Leptinus testaceus, lateral view. 
FA » 5 dorsal view. 
Stenichnus collaris, lateral view. 
fe » » ventral view of apex of median lobe 
with sac slightly evaginated. 
Stenichnus collaris, ditto, lateral view. 
3 5, » lateral view with sac wholly evagin- 
ated, or nearly so. j 
Eumicrus tarsatus, lateral view. 
Physa inflata, lateral view, with sac evaginated. 


Descriptions on pp. 506-510. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LI. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 7912, Plate LI. 


Woy 


\ i he 
WSs gS Ss 


SN 


ae 
as 


eV a 
was 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LII. 


Fic, 59. Sagola, sp. New Zealand, lateral view. 
60. Palimbolus, sp.n.? lateral view. 
61. Gyrophaena pulchella, lateral view. 
6la. Pa » 5 dorsal view. 
62. Tachinus swbterraneus, lateral view with sac evaginated. 
62a. os 4 , armature at apex of sac. 
63. Ocypus ewpreus, lateral view. 
63a and b. i “ armature at apex of sac.> 
64. Quedius ventralis, lateral view, with sac evaginated. 


Descriptions on pp. 510, 511 and 496-498. Explanation of the 
letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Fia. 65. 
66. 
67. 


67a. 


67D. 
68. 


68a. 


69. 


69a. 


70. 


70a. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LITT. 


Othius filvipennis, lateral view, with sac evaginated, 
»  melanocephalus, do. 
Xantholinus glabratus, lateral view. 
5 »  , distal end of aedeagus, latero-distal 
view. 
Xantholinus glabratus, distal end of aedeagus, ventral view. 
Xantholinus (Hulissus) chalybeus, dorso-lateral view. 


” x + , ventral view of distal 
end. 


Paederus riparius, lateral view. 
i. 5 , dorsal view. 
Stenus speculator, ventral view. 
a ‘5 , lateral view. 


” ” 


Descriptions on pp. 499-501. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


: Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LILI. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


é + + 
b 


Fee | hy 
. eau ja, a ah ea 
he iter 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LIV. 


V2 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


des 7 


71a. 


~j 


1. 


2. 
3. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIV. 


Pinophilus rectus, lateral view. 
», , lateral view of base of sac and end of 
flagellum. 


Osorius, sp. (Trinidad), lateral view, with sac evaginated. 
Zirophorus bicornis, lateral view. 
Micropeplus fulvus, lateral view. 
Sacium politum, lateral view. 
a » » ventral view of tegmen. 
Scaphidium 4-maculatum, lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 498, 501, 502, 507 (Saciwm), 506 (Scaphi- 
diwm). 


Explanation of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV. 


Fic. 77. Syntelia histeroides, ventral view. 
77a. % 5 . lateral view. 
78. Sphaerites glabratus, dorsal view. 
78a. A = , lateral view. 
79. Hister cadaverinus, lateral view. 
79a. <3 » » lateral view of median lobe. 
80. Macrolister maximus, lateral view. 
81. Hololepta elongata, lateral view. 


8la. Bs » , dorsal view. 
82. Niponius canalicollis, lateral view. 
82a. n re , dorsal view. 


Descriptions on pp. 511-518. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LV 


B2 a V2, 
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LV. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


7" 


: 


ee le a 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI. 


Fig. 83. Phalacrus grossus, lateral view. 
83a. - » », dorsal view of tegmen. 
84, Litolibrus obesus, lateral view. 
85. Monotoma conicicollis, lateral view of median lobe and sac. 
85a. re 9 , jateral view of tegmen. 
86. Bytwrus tomentosus, lateral view. 
87. Psilotus atratus, lateral view. 
88. Ips (Glischrochilus) japonicus, lateral view. 
89. Temnochila virescens, lateral viéw of tegmen. 
89a. = - , lateral view of median lobe. 


Descriptions on pp. 514-516. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Fic. 90. 


90a. 


91. 


9la. 


92. 


92a. 
92b. 


93. 
94. 


94a. 


98: 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIL. 


Thymalus limbatus, dorsal view. 
s » » lateral view. 
Aulonium bidentatum, dorsal view. 
5 a , ventral view. 
Enarsus bakewelli, ventral view of tegmen. 
, ventral view of median lobe. 
. 3 , ventral view of end of body with 
aedeagus turned under. 
Taphiomimus indentatus, dorsal view. 
Deretaphrus ignavus, lateral view. 
i »  » dorsal view of tegmen. 
Cerylon histeroides, lateral view. 


” ” 


Descriptions on pp. 516 and 517. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LVII. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


‘Tiegh O ar, 
Wie ay Lis. ee 
rad ee ey 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LVILI. 
a 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Fic. 96. 


96a. 


97. 
98. 
99. 


99a. 


100. 
101. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIII. 


Passandra fasciata, lateral view. 
is » » dorsal view of median lobe with sac 
partly evaginated. 
Cucujus mniszechii, lateral view. 
Chactosoma scaritides, dorso-lateral view. 
Diagrypnodes wakefieldi, lateral view. 
= i , lateral view of median lobe. 
Brontopriscus sinuatus, lateral view. 
Rhizophagus depressus, lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 518-520. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


EXPLANATION OF Phate LIX. 


Fig. 102. Omma stanley, lateral view, with last abdominal segment. 


102a. A »» 5 dorsal view, with sac evaginated. 

103. Oupes clathratus, ventral view. 

102a. 5 ‘ , lateral view. 

104. - 5 , lateral view of aedeagus surrounded by 


last two abdominal segments, 
104a. Cupes clathratus, lateral view of last segment of abdomen. 
104b. re Be , dorsal view of last segment of abdomen. 
105. Antherophagus nigricornis, dorso-lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 521 and 522. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LIX, 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


we SRP REE wns 
at. 


-* 


oe, eee be al 
4, , 
a 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX, 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LX. 


Fic, 106. Helota gemmata, ventral view. 
106. 7s 43 , lateral view. 
106b. " A , armature at apex of sac. 
107. Camptocarpus prolongatus, lateral view. 
108. Cryptodacne vittata, lateral view. 


108a, >. »» » armature at apex of sac. 
109, Notiophygus, sp.?, lateral view. 
109a. * » » lateral view of median lobe. 


110. Mycetophagus quadripustulatus, dorsal view. 


Descriptions on pp. 521, 523, 524, and 529 (Mycetophagus). 
Explanation of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


‘Sp 


Fig. 111. 
112; 
its 
114, 
114a, 


115. 
116. 
116a. 
Te 
117a. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXI. 


Lasia globosa, lateral view. 

Mysia oblongoguttata, lateral view. 

Eumorphus, sp, aff, E. profani, Borneo, lateral view. 
Eumorphus, aff. E. tetraspiloti, Borneo, lateral view, left side. 


3 » » lateral view, right 
side. 


Mycetaea hirta, lateral view. 
Lathridius lardarivs, ventral view. 


" 3 , lateral view. 
Corticaria punctulata, lateral view of median lobe. 
i, 55 , lateral view of tegmen. 


Descriptions on pp. 524-527. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


| 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXI. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXII. 


Fie. 118, Adimerus crispatus, dorsal view. 
119. Aglycyderes setifer, lateral view. 
120. Proterhinus validus, lateral view. 
121. Dermestes murinus, dorsal view. 
122. Chelonariwm zapotense, dorsal view. 


122a, = 5 , lateral view of median lobe, 
123. Cyathocerus horni, lateral view. 
123d. 7 », » lateral view of median lobe. 


124, Georyssus pygmaeus, dorsal view. 


Descriptions on pp. 527-531. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIII. 


Fig. 125. Heterocerus flexwosus, ventral view. 
1254. 5 a , lateral view. 
126, Pelonomus palpalis, lateral view. 

127. Parnus luridus, lateral view. 

127a. 5 »» lateral view of median lobe and right 
lateral lobe. 

128. Laricobius erichsoni, ventral view. 

129. Cis boleti, lateral view. 

129a. ,, 4, » ventral view. 

130. Aspidiphorus orbiculatus, lateral view. 

131. Apate terebrans, dorso-lateral view. 

132. Lyctus canaliculatus, lateral view. 

132a. a i , dorsal view. 


Descriptions on pp. 531-533. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXT1., 
125. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


= 


ety Ales ail a fe 


Muh SHCA 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1912, Plate LXIV. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIV. 


Fic. 133. Ptinus fur, lateral view. 
134. Ernobius mollis, lateral view (reversed). 
134a. “ 4» , dorsal view. 
135. ctrephes, sp., dorsal view. 
136. Lycostomus gestroi, lateral view. 
137. Cratomorphus diaphanus, lateral view. 
138. Drilus flavescens, dorsal view. 
138a. 55 i , lateral view. 
139. 1% Chauliognathus, sp., dorso-lateral view. 
140, Silis rwficollis, lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 534-538. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXV. 


Fic. 141. Telephorus limbatus, lateral view. 
141a. - 5 , lateral view of median lobe. 
142. Malachius bipustulatus, lateral view. 
143. Balanophorus mastersi, lateral view. 
144. Phloeophilus edwardsi, ventral view. 
145. Danacaea, sp. ? Piedmont, lateral view. 
146. Psilothrix cyaneus, lateral view. 
147. Natalis porcata, dorso-lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 538-541, Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX V. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Gt 


om a ee 


= eke | 


(2. 
<1 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX VI. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLatTe LXVI. 


Fic. 148. Trogodendron fasciculatum, dorso-lateral view. 

148a. 5 . , ventral view of apex of 
median lobe and tegmen. 

149. Atractocerus valdivianus ?, lateral view, including last two 
abdominal segments. 

150. Atractocerus africanus, dorsal view. 

150a. 5 »,  , lateral view with end of abdomen. 

151. Ptilodactyla, sp. ?, ventral view. 

152. Dascillus cervinus, ventral view. 

153. Callirrhipis philiberti, dorsal view. 

153a. ES »,  » lateral view of median lobe. 

154. Agrypnus sp. ? ventral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 541-545. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVII. 


Fie. 155. Anisomerus hacqarti, lateral view. 
155a. er & , dorsal view. 
156. Chalcolepidius albertisi, ventral view. 
157. Throscus dermestoides, dorsal view. 
158. Lissomus bicolor, ventral view. 
158a. 5 », » Jateral view. 
159. Hemiopsida mastersi, lateral view. 
160. Chrysodema aurofoveata, ventral view. 
161. Polybothris quadricollis, dorsal view. 
161la. % - , ventral view of median lobe. 


Descriptions on pp. 545-547. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX VII. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., r9r2, Plate LXVIII, — 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Fia, 162, 
163. 
163a. 
164, 
165. 
165a. 
166. 
166a., 
167. 


168. 
169. 
169, 


Descriptions on pp. 548-550. Explanation of the letters used 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVITI. 


Pediris, sp. n.?, ventral view. 
Eleodes dentipes, ventral view. 
, median lobé, dorsal view. 
. » » lateral view of oviduct. 
Chiroscelis digitata, ventral view. 
ey » , dorso-lateral view. 
Cossyphus insularis, lateral view, 


” ” 


” ” 


abdomen. 
Zopherosis georgti, dorsal view. 
Rhysopaussus, sp. (Australia), lateral view. 
<5 =F , ventral view. 


uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


, ventral view of apical portion, 
Stenosis angustata, dorso-lateral view with end of 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIX. 


*Fia.170. Omophlus lepturoides, lateral view. 
171. Prostenus dejeani, lateral view. 
17la. 3 » , ventral view. 
172. Othnius lyncea, lateral view. 
172a. ‘5 » » Ventral view. 
173. Aegialites debilis, lateral view, with sac partly evaginated. 
174. Monomma gigantewm, dorsal view of tegmen. 
174a. s 9 , lateral view of median lobe, 
175. Orchesia micans, ventral view. 
176. Phloeotrya rufipes, ventral view. 
177. Melandrya caraboides, lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 550-552. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXIX. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


a. 


fi. 
4h 


4 


a 


= 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX. 
178 ¥ 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Fig. 178. 
179. 
180. 
181. 
182. 
183. 
184, 
184a. 
185. 
185a., 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXX. 


Pytho depressus, lateral view. 
Pyrochroa pectinicornis, dorso-lateral view. 
Anthicus maritimus ?, lateral view. 
Oncomera femorata, lateral view. 
Copidita (Sessinia) punctum, dorso-lateral view. 
Dohrivia miranda, lateral view. 
Trochoideus desjardinsii, lateral view. 

7 , ventral view of tegmen. 
Endomychus coccineus, lateral view. 


- »  , Ventral view of tegmen. 


Descriptions on pp. 553 and 554, Endomychus p. 525, Trochoideus 
p. 526. Explanation of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXI. 


Fic. 186. Metriorrhynchus thoracicus, lateral view. 
187. Microcara livida, ventral view. 
188. Cyphon coarctatus, ventro-lateral view. 
189. Anaspis frontalis, dorso-lateral view. 
190. Pelecotomoides conicollis, lateral view. 
191. Tomoxia biquttata, lateral view. 
192. Hmenadia, sp., lateral view. 
193. Horia (Cissites) debyi, lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 536 (Metriorrhynchus), 543 (Microcara), 544 
(Cyphon), and 355, 356 (Anaspis, etc.). Explanation of the letters 
used uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXJ. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXII. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Fig. 194. 


194a. 


195. 


195a. 


196. 
197. 
198. 
199. 


199a. 
1996. 


200. 


200d. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXILI. 


Trictenotoma thomsoni, lateral view. 
- ss , ventral view. 
Bruchus rufimanus, lateral view. 
a »,  » dorsal view of tegmen. 
Caryoborus, sp. n. ?, lateral view. 
Bs nucleorum, lateral view. 
Orsodacne nigriceps, dorso-lateral view. 
Donacia sericea, lateral view with sac evaginated. 
, armature on apex of sac. 
- », » lateral view of median piece and right 
lateral piece of armature on apex of sac. 
Donacia comari, armature on apex of sac. 
, lateral view of median and lateral pieces 


” ” 


” ” 
of armature. 


Descriptions on pp. 557-560. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIII. 


Fig. 201. Donacia bidens, armature at apex of sac. 


202, 53 semicupred, yy 5 x 

203. oe lemnae, % i 5 

204. Curpophagus banksiae, lateral view. 

204a. 1 as , armature at apex of sac. 
205. Diaphanops westermanni, _ ,, a 5 
206. Sagra amethystina, lateral view. 

DO0G0ss , evaginated sac. 


207. Eumolpus swrinamensis, lateral view. 

2074. 3 ss , armature on apex of sac. 
208. Clythra laeviuscula, lateral view. 

209. Orina elongata, lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 560-563. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX XIII. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXIV. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Fig. 210. 


210a, 


211. 
212. 


212a. 


212b. 


213. 
214. 
215. 


2150. 


216. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIV. 


Paropsis variolosa ?, lateral view. 
3 3 , dorsal view. 
Timarcha geniculata, lateral view. 
Phyllodecta vitellinae, lateral view, with sac evaginated. 
a M4 (sandhill variety), base of median 
lobe. 
“ rs , base of median lobe. 
Spilispa imperialis, lateral view. 
Cephaloleia, aff. nigropictae, lateral view. 
Mesomphalia pascoei, lateral view. 
a4 » » armature at apex of sac. 


Aspidomorpha 4-maculata, lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 564-567. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483, 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXYV. 


Fira. 217. Aromia maschata, dorso-lateral view. 
218. Chloridolwm dorycum, lateral view of armature on sac. 
218a. 55 3) arontall ;, “ is 
219. Parandra, sp. n.?, dorso-lateral view. 
220. Gnoma ctenostomoides, dorso-lateral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 568 and 569. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1912, Plate LXX V. 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX V1. 


225. 
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXVI. 


Fig. 221. Monohammus longicornis, dorso-lateral view. 


221a. $ a , Opening of ducts on apex of 
sac. 

222. Hupholus chevrolati, dorso-lateral view of median lobe. 

222a. Pa » » dorsal view of tegmen. 


223. Belus bidentatus, lateral view. 
224. Sphenophorus obscwrus, lateral view. 


224. s » , dorsal view of tegmen. 
225. Phloeobius alternans, dorso-lateral view. 
225a. =p - , armature on apex of sac. 


Descriptions on pp. 569-571. Explanation of the letters used 
uniformly on pp. 481-483. 


EXPLANATION OF PuatTeE LXXVII. 


Fig. 226. Tomicus laricis, lateral view. 
227. Baryrhyncus miles, dorso-lateral view. 
228. Crossotarsus barbatus, dorso-lateral view. 
229. Platypsylla castoris, lateral view. 
230. Bryaxis impressa, lateral view. 


230a. 5; » » dorsal view. 

230b. % » 3 cross section near middle. 
231. Trichopteryx grandicollis, lateral view. 
231a. és +A , ventral view. 


Descriptions on pp. 572 and 578, 506 (Platypsylla), 510 
(Bryaxis), 507 (Trichopteryx). Explanation of the letters used uni- 
formly on pp. 481-483. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX VII. 


AL. 


YS. 230a 
y N 


230l 
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


AAs 


* 


. aay tats | 


* Hoo 
x See F 


4 
i 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX VIII, 


GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA. 


Fig. 232. 


233. 


234, 
234a. 
235. 
236. 
237. 
37a. 
238. 


239. 


239. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXVIII. 


Stenus speculator, ¢ and @ in copula, extremities of 
abdomen. 

Mualthodes marginatus, and @ in copula, extremities 
of abdomen. 

Cistela atra, ventral view. 


FA » » dorsal view. 
Malthinus flaveolus,* ¢ and ? in copula. 
Telephorus nigricans, ?,* ,, : +s 


Rhagonycha fulva, uterus with internal sac of ¢ in situ. 
as 5, » internal sac evaginated. 

Malthinus flaveolus, ?,* last abdominal segment with 
aedeagus turned as during coition. 

Diagram of g genital tube (diagrammatic, testes mis- 
placed purposely). 

Diagram of male tube with one invagination of the distal 
end. 


* The pair from which this drawing was prepared has unfortunately been 
mislaid, but we believe it was of this species. 


Descriptions on pp, 610, 612, etc. Full explanation of Figs. 239 
and 239a on pp. 603, 604. 


ss a. 

: TLV RAE west yh MONA Wadtxe | 

: | Pe a 
| rey, 

to sabliatans? nliads “of 9 Pea 7 Hiolghusnes Bibi ae" 

; andnhh xS 

2 agilliistise Lalande nS hae yy aii ashiod iyi pea 

arercukhda 19 


wwaorh latino? wtin wise) 


A t swale [eatohi, +. atk 
. aie aRitos. we bia % ¥ subs aly, eaanlthodl 
*t ‘2 a pr. ; 7 a - hy iss eae. ALETHRN TK isy 
i, Ai ve Fy, 1 “i lenvatak eibvadtser rie, ie Ayala 
ataniuan ope Terre + 
hanger faittiotolata: @ nf 3% P ewer suecsily 
; qoltose hb te" Barley Bil heen 
. f R iid Beal, CLITA: uly slik  fedinon an ta” thee 
rei A cloacapip: inl 
: Iniuih adh to iOhadtivavot ano ew sUof ofact Yoel ee 
. iT) hae : 


dosh yboicivdayl maedd Doiaqong caw ys teats ably etter coal ez . 
gas recone ai) to goae Perotti ae 

\ es 
O89 not f la ethowaliad od sie AE O10 dy ae suhhy riait 
; : 0 BOB it ai ee 


“a 


i 


av n ; SC) 
e- 


hind ORE ) rl ie ee tuk’ 


R iy 


a <4 ae 


Trans. Tint. Soc.Lond., 1912. PL. LXXTIX. 


West, Newman Jith. 


R.S. del. 


DETAILS OF BLATTIDAE. 


Fig. 1. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIX. 


Theganopteryx fantastica, Shelf—Abdomen of ¢ from 
above, showing the long process of the first abdominal 
tergite. 

Theganopteryx nitida, Borg.— Apex of abdomen of ¢ from 
above. 

Theganopteryx witida, Borg.—Wing. Note the distorted 
ulnar vein. M.D. = medio-discal area. M.U. = medio- 
ulnar area. 

Theganopteryx gambiensis, Shelf.—Wing. Note the ulnar 
vein impinging on the apical triangle and failing to reach 
the outer margin of the wing. 

Theganopteryx notata, sp. n.—Apex of abdomen of ¢ from 
above. 

Theganopteryx lucida, Br.—Apex of abdomen of ¢ from 
above. 

Theganopteryx lucida, Br—Wing. Note ulnar vein similar 
to that of 7. gambiensis, 

Hemithyrsocera massuae, Sauss, & Zehnt.—Apex of abdomen 
of ¢ from above. Note the horseshoe-shaped left style. 

Hemithyrsocera massuae, Sauss. & Zehnt.—Apex of 
abdomen of ¢ in profile view. 


Fig. 10. 


11. 


12. 


13. 


14, 


15. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXX. 


Hemithyrsocera fallax, Sauss.—Wing (drawn from all that 
remains of the type in the Geneva Museum) showing the 
small apical triangle and undistorted ulnar vein ; one’ 
extreme of the range of variation in wing-structure in 
this genus, The wing of H. masswae is practically 
identical with this. 

Hemithyrsocera circumcincta, R. & F.—Tegmen, showing 
venation characteristic of this genus and of Thegano- 
pterya. 

Hemithyrsocera cirewmeincta, R. & F.—Wing. Note the 
conspicuous apical triangle with well-defined boundaries 
and ulnar vein very slightly upturned at apex: the 
other extreme of variation in wing-structure shown by 
this genus. 

Hemithyrsocera circumeincta, R. & F.—Apex of abdomen 
of ¢ from beneath. 

Hemithyrsocera neavei, sp. u.—Apex of abdomen of ¢ 
from beneath. 

Hemithyrsocera ridleyi, sp. n.—Apex of abdomen of ¢ 
from beneath, 


| 


ae ee : st rm” af a i - ee ae: 


Kee’ oe 


> 


2 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,1912. PLLIXXX. 


West, Newman lith. 


DETAILS OF BLATTIDAE. 


( 643) 


XII. Studies of the Blattidae. By the late R. SHELFORD, © 
M.A. 
[Read June 5th, 1912. ] 


Prarie LX EX XX. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS J'AHEGANOPTERYX, BR., TO- 
GETHER WITH REMARKS ON SOME SPECIES OF 
HEMITHYRSOCERA, SAUSS. 


THE great numbers of obscure and still undescribed species 
of cockroaches belonging to the subfamilies Ectobiinae and 
Pseudomopinae have convinced me that much more accn- 
rate and detailed diagnoses of genera must be drawn up 
if any order is to be introduced into the chaos at present 
existing. This is a task of no mean difficulty, for whilst 
the differences between the males of the various species 
are patent enough, the females resemble each other very 
closely, and the presence of characters which will enable 
the entomologist to brigade the species into genera can 
only be demonstrated after the most meticulous examina- 
tion of all the external anatomy of the insects. But a still 
greater difficulty confronts the student. The characters 
hitherto employed to separate the subfamilies Lctobiinae 
and Pseudomopinae are so variable and so interchangeable 
that the allocation of a species or genus to this subfamily 
or that is as often as not dependent almost entirely on 
the personal opinion of the entomologist. So intimately 
do the subfamilies interlock that more than once I have 
considered the advisability of merging the two subfamilies, 
and I think that I would do so had I not a lingering con- 
viction that further study of the species, both described 
and undescribed, will bring to light some really reliable 
diagnostic characters. Not one of the characters usually 
employed to distinguish the Hetobiinae from the Pseudo- 
mopinae is peculiar to the former subfamily. The transverse 
supra-anal lamina of the male, the sparse armature of 
the femora, the well-defined apical triangle of the wings 
occur sporadically in the Psewdomopinae. When these 
three important characters are shown by one species it is 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) XX 


644 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 


easy to recognise that species as a typical Ectobiine. But 
what of the species that exhibit, let us say, two of the 
above-mentioned features, whilst the third character is 
typical of the Psewdomopinae? It is true that the Lctobiinae 
as a whole have a general facies which enables the expert 
to recognise them almost at a glance, but it is impossible 
to define this facies in cut-and-dry phrases. For example, 
it would be folly to remove “ Theganopteryx” malagassa 
Sauss., from the Zctobiinae, or the two species of Chrasto- 
blatta from the Psewdomopinae. Yet in the former species 
the apical triangle is not sharply marked off from the rest 
of the wing, and the two latter species have the femora 
most sparsely armed. Quite apart from this difficulty of 
expressing in words the Kctobiine facies, there is the 
difficulty of placing the genera which present neither 
an Kctobiine nor a Pseudomopine facies; these baffle even 
the specialist. Jallotoblatta, Sauss., and Escala, mihi are 
cases in point,* they present some Kctobiine characters 
but do not look like Ectobiinae, and to include them in the 
Ectobiinae renders a diagnosis of the whole subfamily 
more difficult than ever, and the same happens if they 
are included in the Psewdomopinae. 

It is perhaps the irony of fate that in this, my last 
serious contribution to the taxonomy of the Blattidae, 
I feel compelled to recant some of the opinions expressed 
in my first essay on the same subject. In that paper 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1906) I, with all the rashness 
of inexperience, rushed in where such authorities as 
Brunner von Wattenwyl and de Saussure had feared to 
tread, and declared with no uncertain voice that the 
simple or bifurcate ulnar vein of the wing was a char- 
acter of the greatest reliability whereby to separate the 
Eectobiinae from the Psewdomopinae. The position cannot 
be held. Reliance on this character involved the removal 
of Hemithyrsocera from the Pseudomopinae to the Ectobiinae, 
but further knowledge has shown me that its genus is 
akin to blattella, in fact the two genera grade into each 
other. Moreover, when the wings of a cockroach become 
reduced in size or semi-aborted the first wing-veins to 
disappear are the branches of the ulnar vein, consequently 
nearly all the species of Ceratinoptera, a truly typical 

* It is some comfort to know that de Saussure was evidently as 


puzzled about the correct systematic position of Mallotoblatta as 1 
um. 


Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 645 


Pseudomopine, would, following my erroneous views, fall 
into the Eetobiinae. It is perfectly true that the simple 
or bifurcate ulnar vein of the wings is an Ectobiine 
character, there being but few exceptions (Anaplectoidea 
and one or two species of Anaplecta), but it occurs so 
often amongst the Psewdomopinae, that taken by itself 
it has no great diagnostic value. 

It was my intention to write a complete revision of the 
Kctobiine genera, but circumstances over which I have no 
control prevent me from accomplishing this piece of work, 
either now or in the future, and I must content myself 
with giving a definition of the Hctobiinae, a revision of 
one characteristic Ectobiine genus, Zheganopteryx, Br., and 
descriptions of a few critical species of Hemithyrsocera, 
Sauss. I hope that my researches will enable other 
orthopterists to recognise clearly the differences which 
separate the two genera—a point in classification which 
was never very clear before, and by that means to discern 
the characters of the two subfamilies to which the two 
genera belong. 


i. DIAGNOSIS OF THE SUB-FAMILY ECTOBIINAE. 


Fully winged, or tegmina and wings reduced, or aborted, or 
absent. Sexes similar or dissimilar. Vertex of head not covered 
by pronotum, which is transversely elliptic or trapezoidal. Tegmina 
with discoidal sectors longitudinal or oblique. Wings nearly always 
with simple or bifurcate ulnar vein; a triangular apical area is 
invariably present except in those forms in which it has developed 
into a large apical field, reflected when the wing is folded; the 
triangular apical area is typically defined very clearly and easily 
distinguished from the rest of the wing. Supra-anal lamina of the 
male generally short and transverse. Subgenital lamina of the male 
and the styles generally asymmetrical. Femora usually very sparsely 
armed, Ootheca chitinous and carried with the suture uppermost. 


iil. REVISION OF THE GENUS THEGANOPTERYX, Br. 


I was led to a revision of this genus by an examination 
of its type, 7. lucida, Br., which was kindly lent to me 
with several others by Dr. Dohrn of the Stettin Museum. 
The type has lost its abdomen and never was provided 
with a locality label, for the describer hazarded the 
opinion that the species came from Australia. On seeing 

2 


646 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 


the specimen I recognised its identity with a long series 
of the same species in the Genoa Museum collection, then 
in my hands, which came from West Africa, and I have 
no doubt that Brunner’s type was taken, as were many 
other species in the Stettin Museum described by the 
same author, in Old Calabar. The genus being a critical 
one I made a very careful examination of the type and 
of the Genoa specimens, and in course of time arrived at 
the conclusion that the genus was far more limited in 
scope and in its geographical distribution than had 
been supposed by the authors who followed Brunner. 
Theganopteryx is in fact confined, so far as our present 
knowledge goes, to Tropical Africa. The majority of 
species which by other authors as well as by myself have 
been referred to this genus belong in reality to the almost 
cosmopolitan genus Hemithyrsocera, Sauss., but for the 
Malagasy species of Zheganopteryx I have recently erected 
the new genus Hutheganopteryx. In the following revision 
I have thought it advisable to describe at some length 
every species of the genus, it is certainly convenient to 
have under one cover a complete conspectus of a genus. 


Genus THEGANOPTERYX, Br. 


Theganopteryz, Brunner v. Wattenwyl, Nouv. Syst. d. 
Blatt., p. 53 (1865); Saussure, Mém. Soc. Se. Phys. Nat. 
Geneve, xx, p. 229 (1869); Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. 
Centr.-Amer. Orth., i, p. 16 (1898). 


Sexes similar. Antennae setaceous. Pronotum trapezoidal. 
Tegimna extending beyond the apex of the abdomen; costals 
regular, radial vein simple, discoidal sectors longitudinal, anterior 
ulnar usually simple, posterior ulnar multiramose. Wings fully 
developed; mediastinal vein 3- 5-ramose, rarely simple, costals 
regular, incrassated, radial vein simple, ulnar vein simple or 
bifurcate running close to the vena dividens, the interspace seldom 
crossed by transverse venules, its apex bent up and frequently 
failing to reach outer margin of wing impinging on the boundary 
of the apical triangle, medio-discal area 3-4 times broader in the 
middle than the medio-ulnar area. Triangular apical area well- 
defined, prominent, clearly marked off from rest of wing. Supra- 
anal lamina variable but typically trigonal. Sub-genital lamina 
(3) more or less asymmetrical, Femora moderately armed beneath ; 
front femora on the anterior margin beneath armed according to 


Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 647 


Type B. Tarsi long, posterior metatarsi longer than the succeeding 
joints, 
Type of the genus—7’ lucida, Br. 


Distribution of the species—Wersr Arrica, Congo 
region and N.E. Rhodesia. 


KEY TO THE SPECIES. 


1. Unicolorous, testaceous or castaneous, 
2. Eyes close together on vertex of head 


(almost touchingin ¢). . . . . YT. fantastica, Shelf, 
2’. Eyes not close together on vertex of 
head. 
3. Species barely exceeding 10mm, in 
Hewett? re ase . . TL. camerunensis, sp. n. 
3’, Species much peaisae 10 mm, in 
length, 
4, Uniform castaneous . . . . . JT. nitida, Borg. 


4’, Uniform testaceous . . . . . YT. obscwra, Shelf. (¢). 
1’. Not unicolorous. 
2. Pronotum without darker vittae, 
3. Pronotum unicolorous . . . . . JT obscwra, Shelf. (9). 
3’, Pronotum not unicolorous’ but 
piceous, marginal with hyaline . 7’. gambiensis, Shelf. 
2’, Pronotum with 2 castaneous vittae or 


blotches. 
3. Pronotum with 2 castaneous blotches 
ati bases. \ssc hs . . ©. affinvis, sp. n. 


3’. Pronotum with 2 Ee iuedee erie 
4, Tegmina uniform testaceous . . T. rhodesiue, sp. n. 
4’, Tegmina not uniform testaceous. 
5. Apex of anal field of tegmina 
hyaline; sub-genital lamina 
(g) scarcely asymmetrical . ’. notata, sp. n. 
5’, Anal field concolorous; sub- 
genital lamina (3) very 
asymmetrical. . . suse 2 ducida, Br. 


Theganopteryx fantastica, Shelf. (Plate LXXIX, fig. 1.) 


Theganopteryz fantastica, Shelford, Mem. Soc. espafi. 
Hist. Nat. 1, No. 27, p. 476 (1909). 


¢. Pale tlavo-testaceous. Head and antennae unicolorous ; eyes 
piceous, almost touching on vertex of head. Pronotum unicolorous. 


648 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the blattidae. 


Tegmina with 19 costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple, 
posterior ulnar 5-ramose. Wings hyaline, costal margin faintly 
suffused with flavid, mediastinal vein simple, 18 costals the more 
proximal slightly incrassated, medio-discal area nearly four times 
broader in the middle than the medio-ulnar area, crossed by about 
13 transverse venules, a prominent apical triangle, 1st axillary 4- to 
5-ramose. Ist abdominal tergite produced as a flat narrow process 
extending nearly to the apex of the abdomen, grooved along its 
dorsal aspect and slightly spatulate at its extremity ; 8th tergite 
depressed and punctate in the middle, the posterior angles triangularly 
produced. Supra-anal lamina quadrately produced, apex slightly 
bilobed, covering the bases of the cerci which are short and situated 
close together. Subgenital lamina produced, asymmetrical, apex 
concavely emarginate, two minute styles. Femora moderately 
armed, front pair with 3 stout spines on the anterior margin 
beneath, succeeded distally by piliform setae (Type B). 

9. Similar, eyes less close together on vertex of head. Wings, 
uniformly suffused with pale flavid. Supra-anal lamina produced, 
trigonal ; subgenital lamina semi-orbicular, ample. Cerci longer 
not situated close together. 

Total length (¢) 9 mm.,(?) 11 mm. ; length of body (¢) 8°1 
mm., (?) 9°6 mm.; length of tegmina (¢) 7 mm., (?) 9°5 mm. ; 
pronotum (4) 2°9 mm. x 32 mm.,(?) 3mm. x 45 mm. 


Hab. S.E. and N. Kamerun (Conradt) (Berlin Mus., 
types; coll. Bolivar); Brarra, Cabo S. Juan (Hscalera) 
(Madrid Mus.; Oxford Mus.) 


Theganopteryx camerunensis, sp. n. 


Differs from 7’. fantastica by the greater distance apart of the 
eyes in both sexes, the smaller size of the 2, the absence of the 
process of the 1st abdominal tergite in the ¢. Colour and venation 
as in 7. fantastica. Supra-anal lamina (¢) subquadrate, not 
strongly produced, apex emarginate, (?) triangular. Subgenital 
lamina (¢) symmetrical, posteriorly concavely emarginate, two 
minute styles, Cerci short, fusiform, very broad at base with 8 
visible joints in ¢, narrower and longer in 9. 

Total length (¢) 85 mm.,(?) 9 mm.; length of body (¢) 71 
mm., (?) 7 mm.; length of tegmina (g) 7 mm., (?) 7 mm. ; 
pronotum 2 mm. xX 3 mm. 


Hab. S.E. KamMERuN (Conradt) (Berlin Mus., type 2; 
coll. Bolivar, type 9). 


Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 649 


Theganopteryx affines, sp. n. 

g. Closely allied to T. fantastica, but tegmina with anal field 
and a stripe on the discoidal field, castaneous; distance apart of 
eyes on vertex of head greater than the breadth of the 1st antennal 
joint; wings faintly suffused with castaneous, ulnar vein bifurcate, 
the rami joining again at their extremities. Secondary sexual 
apparatus of ¢ as in 7. fantastica, Posterior angles of 8th abdominal 
tergite less produced; supra-anal lamina not sub-bilobate. Sub- 
genital lamina symmetrical, apex concavely emarginate, two styles. 
Cerci narrower, situated less close together, their bases not hidden 
by the supra-anal lamina. 

Total length 10°2 mm.; length of body 8:1 mm.; length of 
tegmina 8 mm.; pronotum 2-2°5 mm. x 2°5-3 mm. 


Hab. Conco STATE, W. of Kambove, 3,500’—4,500’ (8. A. 
Neave) (British Mus., type). 


Theganopteryx nitida, Borg. (Plate LXXIX, figs. 2, 3.) 


Theganopteryz nitida, Borg. Bih. Svensk. Vet.-Akad., 
Handl. xxviii, Afd. 4, No. 10, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 8 (1904). 


¢. Castaneous or rufo-castaneous, unicolorous, Antennae fuscous, 
not incrassated. Tegmina with 19-21 costals, radial and anterior 
ulnar veins simple, posterior ulnar 6-ramose. Wings suffused with 
castaneous, mediastinal vein 4-ramose, 21 costals, the proximal 16 
slightly incrassated, medio-discal area in the middle about four times 
broader than the medio-ulnar area, crossed by 14 transverse venules, 
ulnar vein bifurcate, flexuose, reaching the outer margin, lst axillary 
vein 7-ramose, triangular apical area large, prominent. Posterior 
margin of penultimate tergite sinuate; no scent-gland opening 
visible. Supra-anal lamina very asymmetrical, its posterior angles 
produced as two incurved hooks, the right overlapping the left. 
Subgenital lamina surpassing the supra-anal lamina, produced, 
asymmetrical, irregularly notched on the left side, apex with a blunt 
style. Cerci moderate, 9-jointed. Legs testaceous. 

Total length 11°5 mm. ; length of body 9 mm.; length of tegmina 
9:8 mm.; pronotum 3 mm. x 3°1l mm. 


Hab. KAMERUN (Sjostedt, Stockholm Mus. type; Con- 
radt, coll. Bolivar); Brarra, Cabo S. Juan (Escalera, 
Madrid Mus.). 


650 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 


Theganopteryx obscura, Shelf. 


Theganopteryx obscura, Shelford, Rev. Zool. Afric. i, 
fasc. 2, p. 199 (1911). 


¢. Uniform flavo-testaceous. Head castaneous, antennae fuscous ; 
eyes piceous, their distance apart on vertex of head nearly equal to 
lst antennal joint. Pronotum posteriorly produced very obtusely. 
Tegmina with 23 costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple, 
7 discoidal sectors. Wings faintly suffused with ochreous, media- 
stinal vein simple, 15 costals, medio-discal area in middle about 
four times broader than medio-ulnar area, crossed by about 15 
transverse venules, ulnar bifurcate, the rami joining at their apices, 
a prominent triangular apical area. Scent-gland openings on the 
2nd and 7th abdominal tergites ; supra-anal lamina trigonal, sur- 
passed by the subgenital lamina which is produced, symmetrical, 
posteriorly emarginate and furnished with 2 minute styles. Cerci 
short, sub-acuminate, situated close together at base. 

?. Tegmina with the discoidal field and the disc of the abdomen 
beneath castaneous, supra-anal lamina triangular, cerci longer and 
more slender. 

Total length (¢) 11:1 mm.,(9) 11°5 mm.; length of body (¢) 
10 mm., (2) 85 mm. ; length of tegmina (¢) 9:1 mm., (?) 9°1 


mm. ; pronotum 3 mm. X 3°5 mm. 
‘ 


Hab. Conco StatE, West of Kambove, 3,500'-4,500) 
(S. A. Neave) (British Mus.), S.E. Katanga (S. A. Weave 
(British Mus., Oxford Mus.), Kapema-Kipaila (Sheffield 
Neave) (Musée du Congo); N.E. Ruopesta, Serenje Dis- 
trict (S.A. Neave) (British Mus.), Chisinga plateau (Oxford 
Mus., types); PorTuGuEsE KE. Arrica, Kurumadzi River 
(C.F. Swynnerton, Oxford Mus.). 


Theganopteryx gambiensis, Shelf. (Plate LX XIX, fig. 4.) 


Theganopteryx gamliensis, Shelford, Trans. Ent. Soc. 
London, 1906, p. 236. 


d¢. Head castaneous; antennae fuscous, ciliate. Pronotum cas- 
taneous, anteriorly and laterally margined with testaceous. Tegmina 
and wings exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina flavo- 
hyaline, outwardly margined with hyaline, 10 costals the last two 
ramose, radial vein simple, anterior ulnar 3-ramose, 8 discoidal 
sectors. Wings with anterior part faintly suffused with castaneous, 
mediastinal vein 4-ramose, radial vein simple, 8-9 costals, slightly 
incrassated, ulnar vein bifurcate, the rami reuniting at apex, not 


Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blatiidae. 651 


reaching the margin of the wing, medio-discal area a little more than 
twice as broad as medio-ulnar area crossed by a few transverse 
venules, triangular apical area very large, the vena dividens crossing 
it in the lower half, 1st axillary 3-ramose. Abdomen above piceous 
in basal half, the tergites margined laterally and posteriorly with 
testaceous, rufous in apical half ; scent-gland opening on 7th tergite; 
supra-anal lamina trigonal. Abdomen beneath piceous, laterally 
margined with testaceous ; sub-genital lamina asymmetrical bordered 
on either side by lappets, thé inflexed margins of the 9th tergite, the 
left lappet with apex slightly produced, the right style minute, the 
left stout, hirsute, more or less concealed beneath the lamina, Cerci 
fuscous, moderate, 9-jointed. Coxae castaneous at base, testaceous 
at apex ; femora castaneous; tibiae flavo-testaceous tipped with 
castaneous. 

Total length 13 mm. ; length of body 10°5 mm. ; length of tegmina 
ll mm. ; pronotum 4mm. x 4°38 mm. 


Hab. Gamptia (Oxford Mus., type). 


Theganopteryx rhodesiae, sp. 0. 


&. Testaceous. Head flavo-testaceous; antennae fuscous. Pro- 
notum with two broad castaneous vittae, lateral margins hyaline. 
Tegmina with 20 costals, 6 longitudinal discoidal sectors, anterior 
ulnar simple. Wings with marginal field infuscated, mediastinal 
vein 3- 4-ramose, 13 incrassated costals, medio-discal area about twice 
as broad as the medio-ulnar, crossed by 12 transverse venules, ulnar 
vein bifurcate, upper half of triangular apical area crossed by two 
veins, Ist axillary 3-ramose. Abdomen fuscous with pale lateral 
margins. Supra-anal lamina rounded, surpassed by the subgenital 
lamina which is produced and symmetrical ; styles absent. Cerci 
piceous, situated close together at base. Legs testaceous. 

Q. Similar, but in some examples the tegmina and wings do not 
extend beyond the apex of theabdomen. Supra-anal lamina trigonal, 
sub-genital lamina semi-orbicular ample. 

Total length (¢)9mm., (?) 7-9 mm.; length of body (¢) 8 
mm., (2) 8 mm. ; length of tegmina (¢) 9 mm., (2) 7-9 mm.; 
pronotum 2-5 mm. x 3 mm. 


N.E. Ruopesia, shores of L. Bangweolo and Upper 
Kalunegwisi valley (S. A. Neave) (Oxford Mus., types). 


Theganopteryx notata, sp.n. (Plate LX XIX, fig. 5.) 


¢. Head testaceous, antennae fuscous, setaceous, distance apart of 
eyes on vertex of head less than length of 1st antennal joint, Pro- 


652 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 


notum testaceous with 2 broad fuscous vittae. Tegmina and wings 
exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina castaneous, the 
marginal field and the apex of the anal field testaceo-hyaline, 14-16 
costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple, 6 longitudinal dis- 
coidal sectors. Wings suffused with castaneous, mediastinal vein 
3-ramose, 14 costals the first 8 incrassated, medio-distal area in 
middle about 3 times broader than medio-ulnar area, crossed by 12 
transverse venules, ulnar vein bifurcate, the rami sometimes reunit- 
ing at their apices, triangular apical area large and conspicuous, 1st 
axillary 4-ramose. Abdomen castaneous above, laterally margined 
with testaceous, beneath testaceous, laterally margined with castane- 
ous. Scent-gland opening on 7th abdominal tergite ; supra-anal 
lamina bullate, apex emarginate with a small tuft of rufous hairs on 
either side of the notch ; surpassed by the sub-genital lamina which 
is symmetrical, produced, with the apex emarginate, right style 
minute, left style stouter, curved, median in position. Cerci 
moderate, 8-jointed. Legs testaceous. 

. Similar, supra-anal lamina trigonal. 

Total length 9-10 mm, ; length of body 9 mm. ; length of tegmina 
8-85 mm. ; pronotum 3-5 mm, x 4mm. 


Hab. FRENCH Conco, Ndjole, Lambarene, Fernand Vaz 
(L. Fea) (Genoa Mus., types; Oxford Mus.). 


Theganopteryx lucida, Br. (Plate LX XIX, figs. 6 and 7.) 


Ectobia [Theganopteryx] lucida, Brunner von Wattenwyl, 
Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 62 (1865). 


¢. Rufo-testaceous. Distance apart of eyes on vertex equal to 
length of 1st antennal joint. Pronotum with 2 broad fuscescent 
vittae, occasionally obsolescent. Tegmina and wings exceeding the 
apex of the abdomen, Tegmina suffused with castaneous near the 
base, 17-20 costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple, 5-6 longi- 
tudinal discoidal sectors. Wings with the veins castaneous, media- 
stinal vein 4-ramose, 12—14 costals, all but the last 2 or 3 incrassated, 
medio-discal area in middle 3 times broader than the medio-ulnar 
area crossed by about 15 transverse venules, ulnar vein bifurcate, 
the rami reuniting at their apices, triangular apical area large and 
prominent its upper half crossed by 2 venae spuriae, Ist axillary 
5-ramose. Opening of scent-gland on 7th abdominal tergite ; supra- 
anal lamina triangular, sub-truncate at apex; sub-genital lamina 
asymmetrical, notched to the left of the middle line, left style long 
and slender, right style absent. Femora as in the preceding species. 


Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 658 


@. Similar ; supra-anal lamina trigonal ; tegmina more heavily 
suffused with castancous. 

Oétheca chitinous, carried with the suture uppermost, sides and 
base multicarinate, the carinae produced posteriorly to form minute 
teeth. 

Total lengths 10 mm. ; length of body (¢) 9 mm., (?)8 mm. ; 
length of tegmina 8°5 mm. ; pronotum 3mm x 35 mm, 


Hab.? KAMERUN (Stettin Mus., type; coll. Bolivar ; 
Berlin Mus.); FRENCH GUINEA, Kouroussa (Paris Mus.) ; 
PORTUGUESE GUINEA, Bolama, Rio Cassine (Fea) (Genoa 
Mus., Oxford Mus.); FERNANDO Po, Basilé (Fea) (Genoa 
Mus.); Brarra, Cabo 8. Juan (Hscalera) (Madrid Mus.) ; 
ConGo SraTE, Kasenga Kalumba (Sheffield Neave) (Musée 
du Congo). 

One of the Portuguese Guinea examples was found in 
a Termites’ nest. The Biafra specimens are much darker 
than those from other localities ; in the Kamerun examples 
the pronotal vittae tend to become obsolete. 


iil, DiAGNOsIs OF HEMITHYRSOCERA, Sauss. (Sub- 

family Pseudomopinae). 

Sexes similar or dissimilar. 

Vertex of head not covered by the pronotum. Antennae setaceous 
but occasionally incrassated or plumose. Pronotum trapezoidal, 
posteriorly produced obtusely. Tegmina and wings in ¢ always 
exceeding the apex of the abdomen; in the ? the tegmina and 
wings resemble those of the ¢, or in a few species the tegmina are 
reduced to quadrate lobes and the wings are rudimentary. Discoidal 
sectors of tegmina longitudinal. Ulnar vein of the wing simple, 
bifurcate, or rarely trifurcate ; apical triangle variable but usually 
much longer than broad and with ill-defined boundaries, not cutting 
off the apex of the ulnar vein from the outer margin of the wing. 
Medio-discal and medio-ulnar areas narrow. Subgenital lamina of 
the g and styles usually very asymmetrical. Femora strongly 
armed, front femora armed after Type A. Odtheca a membranous or 
coriaceous capsule carried with the suture on one side. 


Type of the Genus: Thyrsocera histrio, Burm. 

Geographical distribution—The tropical and sub-tropical 
regions of the world. 

Every variation of which the apical triangle of the wing 
seems capable is presented in this genus; it may be very 
narrow and almost inconspicuous (e.g. Aistrio, Burm., 


654 Mr. R, Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidac. 


Jallax, Sauss., massuae, Sauss. and Z., sabauda, Giglio-Tos), 
and when in this form the type of wing-structure approaches 
that of Blattella very closely. The other extreme causes 
the wing-structure to resemble that of Theganopteryz (e. g 
circumeineta, R. and F., weavei, sp.n.) and every gradation 
may be found between the two extremes if a large enough 
number of species is examined. As a matter of fact the 
apical triangle is not a character of the first importance, 
its form appears to be correlated with the relative length 
and breadth of the wing, which again depends largely on 
the body-length; the longer the wing the narrower and 
the more ill-defined the apical triangle is a general rule, 
with of course many exceptions, and the converse holds 
true also. 

The species described below are either new to science or 
else of considerable interest as having long occupied very 
precarious situations in classification; the synonymy of 
HT, circumeincta, R. and F., is a good example of the latter. 

Finally I give a list of the species of Hemithyrsocera, and 
it will be noted that I have transferred to it some species 
from the old “portmanteau” genus Phyllodromia, Serv., 
and also some species which in my “Genera Insectorum”’ 
memoir (Hetobiinae) I placed in Theganopteryx. Concern- 
ing these latter species I shall doubtless be accused of 
chopping and changing, but in palliation of my offence can 
only urge that my predecessors appear to have held as 
vague and uncertain views of the limits of the two puzzling 
genera discussed in this paper as I did until recently. It 
was not till I had critically examined a large number of 
type-specimens that I was able to gain a clear picture of 
the two genera. That being done I now hope that the views 
expressed here are quite final and decisive, and that there 
will no longer be confusion between the two genera. 

A word may be said in passing on the genus Pseudectohia, 
Sauss. Originally erected to include the species with a 
conspicuous apical triangle and multiramose vena ulnaris 
alarum as opposed to the simple ulnar vein of Theganopteryzx, 
it gradually came to include a number of most diverse 
species and its boundaries became so elastic that they 
could not be defined with accuracy. Later, de Saussure, 
in his work on the Orthoptera of Madagascar, regarded 
Pseudectobia as a mere sub-genus of Theganopteryx, but to 
adopt this view involves the removal of the type species 
P. luneli, Sauss., from the genus! P. luneli is unfortunately 


Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 655 


known from but a single specimen in a shocking state of 
preservation. I have made as careful an examination of 
the dilapidated type as is possible, and find that the apical 
triangle is not at all conspicuous, and its boundaries are ill- 
defined ; the femora are sparsely armed and the discoidal 
sectors of the tegmina so far as can be seen are longitudinal, 
but this latter point is exceedingly doubtful, owing to the 
damage sustained by the tegmina. In my opinion none of 
the other species included by different. authors in this 
genus are congeneric with /wneli, and for the present I 
prefer to regard Pseudectobia as a monotypic genus. 


iv. DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME SPECIES OF HEMITHYRSOCERA. 


Hemithyrsocera massuae, Sauss. and Zehntner. (Plate 


LXXIX, fig. 8, LX XX, fig. 9, compare also fig. 10.) 


Blatia massuae, Saussure and Zehntner [in] Grandidier’s 
Hist. Madagascar, Orth. i, p. 28 (1895). 


qd. Flavo-testaceous. Head rufo-castaneous, eyes on vertex wide 
apart; antennae testaceous. Pronotum anteriorly and laterally 
margined with sub-opaque testaceous. Tegmina and wings barely 
exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina with 14-16 costals, 
radial-vein bifurcate from the middle, anterior ulnar bifurcate, 6-7 
longitudinal discoidal sectors. Wings hyaline, veins flavous, media- 
stinal vein 2- or 3-ramose, 10 incrassated costals, radial vein bifur- 
cate from middle, medio-discal area about 3 times broader than 
medio-discal, ulnar vein simple, triangular apical area moderately 
distinct, 1st axillary 3-ramose. Supra-anal lamina triangular, 
exceeded by the sub-genital lamina ; opening of scent-gland on 7th 
abdominal tergite. Sub-genital lamina symmetrical, produced at 
apex to form a rounded and slightly deflected lobe, right style 
minute, left style large and shaped like a horseshoe. Cerci moderate, 
9-jointed. Femora rather sparsely armed. 

Total length 10°5 mm. ; length of body 9 mm.; length of tegmina 
85 mm. ; pronotum 3mm. x 3°2 mm. 


Hab. ABYSSINIA, Massowa (Geneva Mus., type); Ery- 
THRAEA, Mt. Geleb (Geneva Mus.). . 

Through the kindness of Dr. J. Carl of the Geneva 
Museum I have been permitted to examine one of de 
Saussure’s specimens; it is evident that the learned Swiss 
entomologist overlooked the very remarkable genital styles 
of this species. 


656 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 


Hemithyrsocera circwmcincta, Reiche and Fairm. (Plate 


LXXX, figs. 11-13.) 


Blatta cirewmeincta, Reiche and Fairmaire, [in] Ferret 
and Galinier, Voy. Abyss., iii, p. 241, pl. 27, £ 3 (1847). 

Blatta senegalensis, Saussure, Rev. Zool. (2), xx, p. 854 
(1868). 

Lictolia (Theganopteryx) senegalensis, Saussure, Mém. Soc. 
Se. Phys. Nat. Geneve, xx, p. 231 (1869). 

Blatta fulvipes, Walker, Cat. Blatt. Brit. Mus., p. 105 
(1868). 

Blatta amoena, Walker, t.c., p. 220 (1868). 

Phyllodromia pulchella, Gerstaecker, Mitt. Ver. Neuvor- 
pomm. u. Rugen, xiv, p. 61 (1888). 

Theganopteryx senegalensis, var., Saussure, Ann. Mus. 
Civ. Genova, xxxv, p. 71 (1895). 

Theganopteryx aethiopica, Saussure, t.c., p. 72 (1895); 
Shelford, Gen. Insect. 55™° fasc., Blattidae, Ectobinae, 
plate, f. 1 (1907). 

?Temnopteryx abyssinica, Saussure and Zebntner, [in] 
Grandidier, Hist. Madagasc., Orth. i, p. 51 (1895); 
Saussure, Abh. Senckenb. Ges, xxi, p. 576 (1899); 
Shelford, Gen. Insect., 73™° fase. Blattidae, Phyllodromiinae, 
pl. 2, f. 3 (1908). 

Temnopteryx saussuret, Bolivar, Ann. soc. ent. France, 
Ixvi, p. 292 (1897). 

Theganopteryx saussuret, Shelford, Gen. Insect., 55™° 
fasc. Blattidae, Ectobinae, p. 8 (1907); Shelford, [in] 
Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru Exped., xvii, 2, Blattodea, 
p. 14 (1907). 


6. Head piceous; distance apart of eyes on vertex of head 
equal to length of 1st antennal joint; antennae fuscous to piceous. 
Pronotum castaneous, margined anteriorly and laterally with testa- 
ceous, the margins inwardly sinuate. Teomina and wings extending 
beyond the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina rufo-testaceous to 
castaneous, outer margin hyaline, radial vein bifurcate at its middle 
or in the distal third, 10-13 costals, anterior ulnar simple or bifur- 
cate, very rarely 3-ramose, 7-8 longitudinal discoidal sectors. 
Wings hyaline, costal margin faintly suffused with testaceous, 
mediastinal vein 4-ramose, radial vein bifurcate, 9-10 costals more 
or less incrassated, medio-discal area about twice as broad as the 
medio-ulnar and crossed by several transverse venules, ulnar vein 
simple, triangular apical area moderate, well-defined, lst axillary 
vein 3- to 4-ramose, Abdomen above and beneath piceous to cas- 


Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 657 


taneous, margined laterally with flavo-testaceous, 7th tergite more 
or less testaceous and bearing the scent-gland opening. Supra-anal 
lamina trigonal. Sub-genital lamina asymmetrical, margined pos- 
teriorly with flavo-testaceous, on either side of it a lappet formed 
by the inflexed margins of the 9th tergite, the lappets are 
asymmetrical, the left being produced into a dentiform process 
beset with spiniform setae, the right obliquely truncate ; right style 
minute, left style stout, covered with long hairs and more or less 
hidden beneath the lamina. Cerci castaneous, moderate, 9-jointed. 
Coxae piceous tipped and outwardly marginal with testaceous, femora 
castaneous or testaceous in basal % and eastaneous in apical third, 
tibiae rufo-castaneous tipped with castaneous, tarsi fuscous, with 
basal joints rufous; femoral and tibial spines rufous. Femora 
moderately armed, front femora armed according to Type A. 

?. Long-winged form (aethiopica) ; tegmina and wings extending 
beyond the apex of the abdomen; tegmina castaneous, outwardly 
margined with testaceous ; supra-anal lamina trigonal ; apical half 
of the coxae, basal 2 of the femora, the tibiae except at extreme 
base and apex, testaceous, remainder of legs castaneous. Medium- 
winged form (circwmcincta); tegmina lanceolate, castaneous to 
rufous, together with the wings not extending beyond the 5th 
abdominal tergite ; fore femora usually piceous, otherwise the legs 
are coloured as in the long-winged form; supra-anal lamina 
occasionally faintly emarginate. Short-winged form (abyssinica) : 
tegmina quadrate not extending beyond the Ist abdominal tergite, 
castaneous or rufous ; wings squamiform ; the legs vary in colour 
from that described for the medium-winged form to testaceous with 
traces of castaneous markings at bases of coxae and femora. 

gd. Total length 12-13°5 mm. ; length of body 10 mm. ; length 
of tegmina 10°5-11°5 mm. ; pronotum 3 mm. x 4 mm. 

?. Total length 10-13 mm.; length of body 10-10°5 mm. ; 
length of tegmina 3-4, 7,10 mm. ; pronotum 3 mm. x 4 mm. 


Hab. ERYTHRAEA, Asmara (Oxford Mus.), Bogos (Bec- 
cart) (Genoa Mus.); AByssInraA (Ferret and Galinier) 
(Paris Mus., type of circwmcincta), Massowa (Geneva Mus., 
type of abyssinica); SHOA, Let Marefia (Beccar?) (Genoa 
Mus.); GALLA LAND, various localities (Bottego) (Genoa 
Mus., Geneva Mus.); GERMAN E. Arrica, Kilimandjaro, 
Meru (Sjdsted¢) (Stockholm Mus.; Oxford Mus.); “ W. 
AFRICA” (British Mus. type of amoena); SENEGAL 
(Geneva Mus., type of senegalensis) ; PORTUGUESE GUINEA, 
Bolama (fea) (Genoa Mus.); SrERRA LEONE (British Mus., 
type of fulvipes); GoLD Coast (Geneva Mus., type of 


658 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 


aethiopica); Toco, Bismarckburg (Bittner) (Berlin Mus.) ; 
BriAFRA, Cabo S. Juan (Lscalera) (Madrid Mus.); KAMERUN, 
(Griefswald Mus., type of pulchella) ; CONGO, Buta (Ribottt) 
(Genoa Mus.). 

This is a most variable species which I am unable to 
split up even into constant local varieties. The West 
African male specimens have the tegmina rufo-testaceous 
and the anterior ulnar vein of the tegmina usually bifur- 
cate, but specimens from Shoa also have the tegmina 
rufo-testaceous, and the East African males in general 
sometimes have the anterior ulnar vein simple sometimes 
branched, so that these characters cannot be employed 
for subdividing the species. The form of the terminal 
segments of the abdomen in the male also varies within 
small limits, but the variations are quite independent of 
the geographical distribution and in some cases I believe 
that the variations are really due to distortion of the 
parts after death. The long-winged females (aethzopica) 
occur only on the West Coast, but they are found side by 
side with the medium-winged forms (/fwlvipes) which occur 
also in East Africa; the short-winged forms occur in 
Abyssinia (abyssinica) and also in Togo. 

In Dr. Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro collections was found a 
short-winged female with the odtheca protruding from the 
end of the abdomen; this odtheca was a thin-walled 
membranous sac, carried with the suture directed to one 
side and transparent so that the eyes of the contained 
embryoes could be seen through the walls. The ootheca, 
which thus differs very markedly from that of 7. lucida, 
Br., is probably deposited but a few hours before the 
emergence of the young, and is thoroughly characteristic 
of the sub-family Pseudomopinae. 


Hemithyrsocera neavei, sp.n. (Pl. LXXX, fig. 14.) 


¢. Differs from 7. circwmcincta in larger size, antennae testaceous 
at base ; tegmina rufo-castaneous sometimes darker at base, 15-18 
costals, otherwise venation the same; left inflexed angle of 9th 
abdominal tergite not dentately produced; legs testaceous, the 
extreme base of the coxae and tibiae and the apex of the tibiae 
castaneous. . 

9. Very similar to short-winged E. African form of T. cirewm- ~ 
cincta (abyssinica) but larger and pronotum not bordered posteriorly 
with testaceous. 


Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 659 


Total length (¢) 15 mm.; length of body (¢) 12 mm., (?) 
13°2 mm.; length of tegmina (¢) 13 mm.,(?) 4 mm.; pronotum 
4mm. x 4:8 mm. 


Hab. Conco State, S.E. Katanga, 4,000’ (S. A. Neave) 
(British Mus., Oxford Mus.); N.E. Raopesta, Serenje 
district, 4,500’ (S. A. Neave) (British Mus., types; Oxford 
Mus.). 

This is quite distinct from the preceding species. 


Hemithyrsocera vinula, Stal. 


Blatta vinula, Stal, Oefv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., xiii, p. 166 
(1865). 

Blatta amoena, Walker, Cat. Blatt. Brit. Mus., p. 229 
(1868) (part). 


¢. Head and antennae piceous; distance apart of eyes equal to 
length of 1st antennal joint ; antennae slightly incrassated. Pro- 
notum piceous, margined all round with flavo-hyaline. Tegmina 
and wings exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina castaneous, 
the marginal area hyaline, the disc with a darker streak or the base 
darker than the apex, radial vein bifurcate in posterior third, the 
lower branch frequently multiramose, 12-15 costals, anterior ulnar 
vein bifurcate, 7 longitudinal discoidal sectors. Wings suffused 
with castaneous, mediastinal vein 5-ramose, 7-8 costals which with 
the mediastinal rami are incrassated, radial vein bifurcate, anterior 
ulnar vein simple, medio-discal area more than twice as broad as 
medio-ulnar and crossed by 7 or 8 transverse venules, triangular 
apical area moderate, divided only by the vena dividens, Ist axillary 
4-ramose. Abdomen piceous, margined laterally with testaceous ; 
supra-anal lamina trigonal; scent-gland opening on 7th tergite ; 
sub-genital lamina rather asymmetrically produced, bordered with 
lappets as in the two preceding species, the left lappet produced. 
Cerci moderate, piceous. Legs piceous, apices and lateral margins 
of coxae testaceous, all the spines rufous. Front femora armed 
according to Type B. 

Q. Similar to ¢, but sub-genital Jamina semi-orbicular, ample, 
supra-anal lamina triangular. 

Total length (¢) 11 mm., (2) 12 mm.; length of body (¢) 
9 mm., (?) 10 mm.; length of tegmina (¢) 8:9 mm., (?) 10°2 
mm. ; pronotum 2°8 mm. x 3'4 mm. 


Hab. Nava (Stockholm Mus., type; British Mus.); 
PorTUGUESE E. Arrica, Beira (S. African Mus.); N.E. 
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) YY 


660 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 


RyoveEsia, Loangwa R. (S. A. Neave) (Oxford Mus.) 
ConGo, Katanga and Lualaba R. (S. A. Weave) (British 
Mus.), Umangi ( Wilwerth) (Brussels Mus., Oxford Mus.). 


Hemithyrsocera nigerrima, sp. 0. 
¢. Closely allied to H. vinula, but the antennae not incrassated ; 
tegmina uniform piceous except for a narrow marginal band which 
is testaceous and extends throughout the entire length of the teg- 
mina ; radial vein of wing simple ; tarsi testaceous. 


Total length 10°5 mm.; length of body 9:2 mm.; length of 
tegmina 9 mm. ; pronotum 2°8 mm. x 35 mm. 


Hab. KAMERUN, Jaunde-Stat (Berlin Mus., type). 


Hemithyrsocera ridleyi, sp.n. (Pl. LXXX, fig. 15.) 


¢. Flavo-testaceous. Antennae setaceous, testaceous; eyes 
widely separated on vertex of head. Pronotum widely trapezoidal, 
margins hyaline. Tegmina and wings exceeding the apex of the 
abdomen. Tegmina with 19 costals, radial vein bifurcate from the 
middle, anterior ulnar bifurcate, 7 discoidal sectors, Wings hyaline, 
mediastinal vein 4-ramose, 16 costals slightly incrassated, radial 
bifurcate from the middle, medio-discal area about 25 times broader 
than medio-ulnar, ulnar vein simple, discal area crossed by numerous 
transverse venules, triangular apical area moderate, distinct. Ab- 
domen above banded with fuscous, no scent-gland visible, supra- 
anal lamina shortly triangular, apex sub-truncate. Sub-genital 
lamina extremely asymmetrical, on the extreme left a blunt curved 
process, on the inner side of this another blunt process tufted with 
stiff brown hairs, the rounded apex of the lamina fimbriate, the left 
style small situated to the right of the apex, the right style a large 
sinuose structure, In addition there appear under the supra-anal 
lamina a pair of bifurcate and denticulate processes which apparently 
are not connected with the gonapophyses. Cerci 12-jointed, of 
moderate lengths, apex acuminate. Femora very strongly armed 
(front femora missing). 

Total length 13 mm, ; length of body 12 mm. ; length of tegmina 
12 mm.; pronotum 3mm, x 4mm. 


Hab. StncaprorE, Botanic Gardens (H. N. Ridley), 
(Oxford Mus., type). 

The complicated nature of the secondary sexual ap- 
paratus of this species is highly remarkable. 


Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 661 


v. LIST OF THE SPECIES OF HEMITHYRSOCERA. 


ORIENTAL SPECIES. A, vinula, Stal. 
H. histrio, Burm. » H. nigerrima, Shelf. 
H. palliata, Fab.( = nigra, Br.). H. testacea, Shelf. 
H, soror, Br, Hi. sabauda, Gig. Tos, 
H. suspecta, Bol. —~y H. massuae, 8. & Z. 
H. ferruginea, Br. Hi. brachyptera, Adel (from 
AI. communis, Br, Mallotoblatta). 
H. lateralis, Walk. HI. kraussi, Adel (from Mal- 
H. ignobilis, Shelf. lotoblatta). 
H. vittata, Br. H, patricia, Gerst (from Phyl- 
H. fuliginosa, Br, (from Phyl- lodromia). 
lodromia), 
*H. curvinervis, S.& Z. (from | NeorropicaL SpEcIEs. 
Ay Ses P. hyllodromia). H. fallax, Sauss, (from T'he- 
HT, irrequlariter-vittatu, — Br. ganoptery.c). 
(from Phiyllodromia.) H. pilosella, S. & Z. (from 
*H. marmorate, Br. (from Theganoptery:x). 
Phyllodromia). 
—~ H, ridleyi, Shelf. DovustFuL SPECIES, 
ErHIoPIAN SPECIES. Hi. tessellata, Rehn. 
—» H. cireumcincta, R. & F. H. australis, Tepp. 
— H. neavei, Shelf. H. apicigera, Walk. 


* Tf eventually the genus Hemithyrsocera becomes overcrowded, 
these species can be put into a separate genus, the diagnostic character 
being the tri-ramose ulnar vein of the wings. 


EXPLANATION OF PLates LXXIX, LXXX 
[See Explanation facing the PLATES. | 


Vo Z 


( 662 ) 


XII. An wnrecognised European Lycaena, identified as 
Agriades thersites (Boisd. JLSS.) Cantener. By 
T. A. CHAPMAN, M.D. 


[Read June 5th, 1912.] 
PuaTEs LXXXI—LXXXV, 


NEARLY two years ago Mr. P. P. Graves (of Con- 
stantinople) sent me some specimens of a blue butterfly 
taken by him in Syria on the Cedar Mountains, asking 
me to determine it. It was somewhat puzzling and I 
finally decided to declare it a new species under the 
name of Agriades gravest, with description and figures 
in the Ent. Mo. Mag., p. 159 (1912). 

In investigating gravesi, I came across some Asiatic 
(Tianshan and Amasia) specimens supposed to be tcarus 
ab. zcarinus, but found that they were not a Polyommatus, 
which tcarwus is, but an Agriades. 

Whether Tutt’s division of certain Plebeiid butterflies 
between these two genera be accepted or not, it is certain 
that the most typical species of each group have very 
decided structural differences from those of the other. 

What were these Asiatic Agriades passing as forms of 
a Polyommatus? A new species possibly, with which I 
could do little or nothing, having no great supply of 
material and that of somewhat vague origin. It was 
clearly related to gravest, but by no means certainly the 
same species. It finally, as it ought to have done sooner, 
occurred to me to examine European icarinus, and I found 
at once that they agreed with these Asiatic examples. 
There were of course genuine icarinus, i.e. icarinus that 
were forms of icarus, also. No English specimen of the 
new species has so far come before me and I believe 
there are none, all English icarinus are varieties of 
icarus. 

I think it is probably the case that icarinus, the 
aberration of tcarws, is as scarce on the Continent as it 
is in England and that the great majority of specimens 
that are accepted as that aberration are in reality 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 


Dr. T. A. Chapman on a European Lycaena. 663 


thersites. It so happens that I have obtained ¢hersites 
from various continental localities, but have not received 
from any continental dealer a genuine European icarinus, 
although I have several Asiatic specimens. 

Having obtained possession of Tutt’s series of “icarus,” 
or most of them, I found I had amongst them a sufficiency 
of the new species (thersites) to enable me to reach some 
very definite conclusions and to find several structural 
details differentiating it from icarus. 

Tutt’s habit of taking long series of each species from 
each locality he visited, and especially devoting time to 
this, wherever much variation occurred, has resulted in 
this accumulation of material and it would have gratified 
him to have found it so useful in this instance. 

Tutt, in his account of wcarus ab. icarinus, no doubt 
refers to our species, when he says (Brit. Butts., iv, 
p. 159) in some places “as common as the typical form, 
whilst in others again it is much more common and 
almost racial”; “in the lower valleys of the Dauphiny 
Alps—Bourg d’Oisans, Bourg d’Aru, La Grave, Clelles, 
etc., the form is abundant and almost racial in both sexes.” 
“Tt is very abundant in some seasons at Gresy-sur-Aix 
(July 21, 1897, August 21,1906); at Bourg St. Maurice 
(August 1-7, 1898, August 1-5, 1905).” “Commonly 
between Vex and Useigne on August 13, 1903.” Other 
references may be to thersites or to genuine icarws ab. 
UArinus. 

That Tutt did not appreciate the full meaning of these 
facts, was no doubt largely due to the circumstance that 
in most cases there is absolute mimicry between thersites 
and the form of zcarus with which it occurs. 

This peculiarity of the species no doubt goes a very 
long way to account for the refusal of Entomologists to 
recognise it as distinct. When it occurs with zcarus, it, 
in each instance, imitates very closely the particular form 
of icarus that occurs in that locality. This is very marked 
in some specimens I have from the Tutt collection, of 
which I may mention a large form from Pré St. Didier, 
in which both species attain to 38 and 39 mm., a rather 
less large one from Trelex of 86 to 37 mm. in both 
species; the whole tone of colouring, intensity of orange 
marginal spots, and other markings, make each such 
association identical throughout in both species, except 
of course as regards one or two distinctive points. There 


664 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an 


are, however, other localities in which the two species 
seem to be quite independent. 

The definite distinction between thersites and icarus, 
which first attracted my attention, was in the male 
appendages. No doubt the chief reason that the species 
has for so long been refused recognition is that apart 
from the genitalia (both sexes) and the androconia, no 
character can be stated that absolutely and certainly 
distinguishes thersites from icarus, though there are some 
points that are very useful for that purpose. 

It would appear that no one has chosen hitherto to 
examine either the genitalia or the androconia of the 
species, certainly not comparatively with those of icarus, 

The whole of the Plebeiid blues have a very similar 
form of appendages in the male, and in some species 
there is a considerable range of variation in some par- 
ticulars, so that there is, in such cases, a difficulty in 
seizing constant points by which to separate allied species. 
In the present case, however, no such difficulty arises, as 
the differences between the two species are such as are 
not only of decided specific value, but actually of generic, 
or at any rate of subgeneric importance, placing tcarus in 
the genus Polyommatus, Latr., and thersites in Agriades, 
Hb., accepting these genera as adopted by Tutt, who 
distinguished between them before the differences in the 
genitalia were noted. 

I have made camera sketches of the most important 
(for differential purposes) structures in icarus, thersites 
and in escherv. 

The form of the Aedeagus is very different in icarus 
(Polyommatus) from that in thersites and escheri (Agriades). 
It will be noted that thersites and eschert are almost 
identical except in size, eschert being decidedly larger as 
6 to 5. The dorsal hooks also differ notably, the portion 
that is upright in the sketches is broader basally and 
tapers more regularly in dcarus and is fairly straight 
terminally. In thersites and eschert it is comparatively 
narrow basally, tapers more slowly, and has a hooked 
curve at the end, it is and looks longer and more slender 
than in zcarus, As in the aedeagus, thersites is here dis- 
tinctly smaller than escheri, as it is in the other portions 
of the appendages. 

What is the relation of thersites to escheri? The genitalia 
appear to be the same except in a constant difference in 


unrecognised Huropean Lycaena. 665 


size, which holds so far as I have examined them through- 
out the range of both species independently of the actual 
size of the specimens, so that it is impossible to accept 
them as one species, though that thersites is a derivative 
of escheri is extremely probable (a form that somehow 
found its living could best be got by mimicking zcarws ?). 

T now accept gravest as a form of thersites, The genitalia 
appear to prove this, though it has a very different facies 
from the icarus of the district in which it occurs and is 
not quite identical with any thersites I have seen. 


J 


i 
—— = 
a 
Zz 


Camera outlines of the Aedeagus and dorsal hook x 30 of— 


1. Polyommatus icarus. 2. Agriades escheri (Gavarnie). 
3. Agriades thersites (Pré St. Didier). 4. Agriades thersites (Trelex). 
5. Agriades thersites (Altai). 


Photographs of the ¢ appendages of thersites (var. gravesi) and escheri 
will be found in the E.M.M. 1912, pl. VII and VIII. 


Gravesi is therefore a local race of thersites. 

Having got so far the question arose, did the name 
icarinus belong to this new species or to the variety of 
icarus. Scriba’s original note and the figure in Esper 
to which he refers give us really no assistance in deciding 
the point, and there seems therefore every reason to 
leave the name icarinus to apply to the variety of ccarus, 
as it has been supposed to do for a hundred years or so. 

Thersites, Boisd., appeared to be a nomen nudum, and 
it seemed highly probable that it referred to sarinus, 
accordingly, I wrote and presented this paper to the 


666 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an 


Society with Agriades alewius, Frr., in the title. I have, 
however, since (November) met with a reference to the 
butterfly in Cantener.* On plate XI he figures upper 
and underside of “Argus Alexis f,’ the text deals with 
“33. Argus Alexis, (4) Fab. God. Boisd., pl. XI, fig. 1 
et 2,” followed by twenty-one lines, referring only to 
Alexis (icarus), but the note (*) says, “ L’individu figuré 
ici est le véritable Thersites, Boisd. (collection). Cet 
Argus a été confondu jusqu’a présent avec | Alewis, et 
n’en differe que par l’absence de deux points ocellés placés 
pres de la base des ailes supérieures. On le rencontre 
aussi communément dans le midi de la France que 
P Alexis.” 

So far as the description goes it does not rescue the 
insect from being confused with icarws, var. icarinus. But 
when we refer to the figure we find the underside shown 
is that of our insect (¢hersites or alexius) and not of icarus, 
var. icarinus, that is, the two last spots at the tornus of 
the upper wing are in line with the preceding one, and 
the first orange spot of the lower wing is advanced 
basally ; both these characters no doubt occur in tcarus, 
but rarely, and the two combined more rarely still. I 
don’t think I have such a specimen, certainly not in the 
icarinus form, and when we take this with the statement 
that it occurs freely in the South of France, there is no 
room for doubt as to what the insect is. 

This circumstance illustrates in a remarkable way M. 
Oberthiir’s demand that all descriptions should be accom- 
panied by good figures. The figure (otherwise of no par- 
ticular excellence) shows us two items which Cantener did 
not see and indeed, by implication, denied the existence of, 
and enables us to know what species he was dealing 
with. Very possibly some of the claims set forward for 
icarinus being a good species may have been founded on 
thersites, but in the absence of figures, no conclusion can 
be reached as to them, except to assume that they are 
icarinus, a name that can only be accepted as the variety 
of icarus. 

Boisduval’s type specimens (f and ) of thersites are in 
the collection of M. Oberthiir, and he has very kindly 


* Histoire Naturelle des Lepidopteres Rhopalocéres ou Papillons 
diurnes des départemens des Haut et Bas-Rhin, de la Moselle, de 
la Meurthe et des Vosges, Par L. P. Cantener, Avocat, ex-Professeur 
& Pécole de Sordége. Paris, 1834, 


unrecognised Huropean Lycaend. 667 


sent them to me for examination. These are of the 
species that has been the subject of the inquiries that I 
report in this paper. As regards size and setting, the 
male specimen might very well be the one from which 
Cantener’s figure is drawn, neither of these specimens has 
any label as to locality. There are also two specimens 
from the Bellier collection, the male labelled “ thersites, 
Boisduval,” and also “ Digne,” the female “ Autriche” and 
“thersites 2 secundum bBellier”—the latter apparently 
in M. Oberthiir’s writing. This female has the first 
orange spot less advanced than is at all usual in thersites, 
and apart from dissection may be open to a little doubt. 
There is a further specimen from the Guenée collection, 
labelled by Guenée, “6. var. ¢, hybridata, Gn., Gn. Ind.”, 
with locality “Hautes Alpes.’ The label also carries a 
note by Guenée, “Cette variété tres remarquable surtout 
par la disposition des pointes, est, en dessus, d’un bleu 
plus sombre, presque comme sur acis. Nul doute, que si 
jen eusse trouvé plusieurs et autre sexe, je ne leusse 
considéré comme espéce distincte.” 

IT have no doubt that this specimen is one of thersites, 
but it is remarkable in having on both wings the post- 
discal row of spots, removed outwards so far, that most 
of them are in contact with the marginal row, a circum- 
stance that sometimes occurs with one or two spots, most 
frequently that between veins 4 and 5 of the forewing. 
The spots are also, accordingly, in a very continuous line, 
curved, of course, but not angled, and straight in the 
sense of all being close to the marginal series. This 
specimen is, no doubt, a very unusual aberration. The 
upperside has a lilac colour, much as in many tcarus or 
thersites. 'The specimen is set as an underside and cannot 
have faded much, but certainly has not now the dark 
semiargus colour noted by Guenée. 

As my knowledge of the species is mostly based on 
material from the South of France, where also it is 
probably more plentiful than elsewhere, it is appropriate 
that its name should be that given by a French Naturalist, 
but this does not detract from the merits of Herr 
Schreiner, its German discoverer. 

Boisduval does not mention thersites in the “ Index” 
(1829), nor in the “Icones”; in the “Index” (1840) he 
merely notes under “89. Alexis, F., etc.,” “var.? thersites, 


B., Gallia,” 


668 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an 


Accepting thersites therefore as the name of my butterfly, 
I may in other respects resume my paper as first written. 

The only name that I found to require consideration 
was alewius of Freyer. The name is founded ona butterfly 
taken at, or near, Weimar, and studied for many years, 
some two-and-twenty apparently, by Herr Ministerial- 
Registrator Schreiner, and asserted by him to be a good 
species and to have nothing to do with icarus, icarinus, 
thersites, etc. Some of his grounds for this opinion do not 
appeal to me, such as the darker ground-colour beneath, 
the brighter marginal spots, and so on, though on the 
authority of so close an observer as Herr Schreiner 
obviously was, these differences no doubt marked the 
local race of alexiws, in comparison with the local form 
of tcarus, and were not without value. The circumstances 
tbat led me, however, to believe that Herr Schreiner’s 
species was not icarinus, but one we are considering, is 
first, the fact that it occurred in some numbers, not as 
a sporadic variety of anything else; then, the fact that 
Herr Schreiner often found alexius paired with alexius, 
but never with warus. That our species occurs at 
Weimar is most probable, as I have a specimen labelled 
“Saxe,” which is practically the same district. 

Herr Schreiner notes one fact that does not accord 
with the, certainly somewhat meagre, information I have 
as to other areas, he says that alexius does not appear in 
either the first or second brood, till the corresponding 
brood of alexis has been long on the wing. 

We must also attach some little weight to the opinion 
of Herr Schreiner who was unquestionably a good student, 
who considered the species to be distinct, after noting it 
for fifteen years, and after seven years’ further observations 
in view of Freyer’s scepticism and doubts, felt sure his 
opinion was correct. 

I cannot resist the conclusion that this butterfly of 
Schreiner’s is the same species as the one I find to be 
unrecognised, and confounded with P. icarus ab. icarinus, 
Herr Schreiner’s grounds for believing it to be distinct do 
not seem to have convinced entomologists since, because 
of course the facts he brings forward were by no means 
conclusive ones to any one who had not a belief in Herr 
Schreiner’s intuition in such matters. 

Freyer’s figure is not unquestionably distinctive of the 
species in one point, I shall allude to later, the position 


—— 


unrecognised European Lycaena, 669 


of the apical orange spot of the hindwing, though it is 
rather thersites than icarus, the butterfly represented 
might be icarus, though there is a certain roundness of 
wing, which is more marked in the smaller forms of alexius 
(mihi) than in any icarus, 

Though I was ignorant of Herr Schreiner’s name, until 
this investigation led me to look up Freyer’s account of 
alexius, | must express a certain satisfaction, in, so far 
as I do do so, showing that the work of this keen 
Entomologist is sound, although it has been treated with 
contempt for more than half a century. 

It is remarkable that Boisduval named our insect 
thersites, but seemed to be sufficiently doubtful about it 
to refrain from publishing it. This fell to Cantener, who 
appears to have had no doubt about it. And later, 
Freyer, though he got so far as publishing for it the 
name alexiws, seemed very much in doubt about it, 
Schreiner being the real author. 

Thersites is arather ungrateful name, and one is tempted 
to imagine that Boisduval gave it grudgingly and in- 
effectively, to be rid of the badgering of some one, possibly 
Cantener himself, who wished the species to be recognised. 

I had hoped this summer to have obtained eggs of 
thersites and observed the larval stages. I was, however, 
rather too early on the ground and so failed, but I made 
one observation of value, though the species was rather 
scarce where I found it, icarus being fairly common, and 
I only saw three females of thersites altogether, but I 
found a pair of thersites in cop. confirming Herr Schreiner’s 
observation. 

As regards spotting otherwise than as to the want of 
the basal marks, it may be noted that the spots are always 
quite as strongly marked as in icarus, whereas in ab. 
warimus there is nearly always a tendency for the other 
spots as well as the basal ones to be weak or wanting. 
It may also be noted that the two (often conjoined) small 
spots at the anal angle of the forewing are in thersites 
quite in line with the one above them, whilst in écarus 
they are not, the lower being nearer the hind margin. 
This is subject to exception in individual cases, due to 
the variation in position of all the spots to which this 
section of “blues” is so prone. 

As illustrating that these distinctions are only general 
and have many exceptions I may note specimens of icaru 


670 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an 


ab. wcarinus from the North Downs taken by Mr. 
Grosvenor that look like thersites rather than zcarus and 
are strongly marked and coloured, and that as regards 
the post-discal row of spots, Freyer’s figures of icarus, 
pl. 616, have this row of spots more in the disposition 
usual in ¢hersites than is shown in his figure of aleaxius, 
pl. 676. 

The point as to which Freyer’s figures are indecisive 
has reference to the apical spots of the hindwing. This is 
not referred to in the text, and its precise representation 
may easily have been left to the artist. 

One important result of having obtained such an 
accession of material as the Tutt series, is that I am 
able to point out those differences in markings between 
thersites and icarus (with its var. icarinus) that are fairly, 
if not quite constant, and will perhaps enable the 
entomologist, who likes something he can easily see, to 
appreciate the specific distinctions of the two insects. 

One very obvious difference in the markings of icarus 
and of thersites that is sufficiently constant to enable the 
great majority of thersites to be distinguished from wcarus, 
apart from the basal spots, is the relation of the apical 
orange spot of the hindwing beneath to the two first spots 
of the post-discal row. 

In thersites, the black line bounding this spot basally, 
is level with the second post-discal spot, and it results 
that its distance from the first post-discal spot is about 
equal to that between the first and second spots. It may 
even be rather nearer the first spot than the second is. 
It is rarely further away and never markedly so. 

In tcarus, the black line of the apical orange spot is 
further from the base than the second discal spot, and so 
is obviously further from the first discal spot than the 
second one is. The position of the orange spot varies 
more in icarus than in thersites; and so specimens are not 
rare in which it occupies much the average position that 
it does in thersites, and may be even nearer the base. 
Nevertheless few errors would be made in separating the 
two species by this character without reference to the 
basal spots of the forewing (pl. LX XX1). 

In none of our other common blues does this orange 
spot take up the position it has in thersites. In thetis, 
corydon, eros, hylas, escheri, etc., it is as far or further from 
the base than in warus, 


unrecognised Huropean Lycaena. 671 


The other difference in markings already alluded to is 
in the double spot of the post-discal row at the tornus of 
the forewing. In thersites these two spots are in line with 
the one above them; in wcarus the lower one is moved 
outward and often has the form of an oblique line. In 
this, as in the disposition of the orange spots, ¢hersites 1s 
much more constant than zcarus. Thersites does not vary 
to the icarus disposition, though icarus may be found with 
the arrangement that obtains in thersites. 

These distinctions in markings may well be useful in 
the field, but of course have no such weight in deciding 
the specific question as the structural differences. 

There is another definite distinction between thersites 
and icarws, viz. in the androconia. One may imagine this 
to be connected with a difference of scent, a desirable 
quality in view of the resemblance of the species otherwise. 

These androconia present a considerable difference. One 
might select one androconial scale of each species such 
that it would be difficult to say which was which. But 
with as few as half a dozen of each the discrimination 
would be easy. 

The typical number of rows of dots is five in icarus and 
four in thersites. Icarus may have four or six, thersites may 
have three or five. Jcarws usually has a row down the 
middle of the scale in line with the shaft, in thersztes the 
two central rows are usually one on either side of this line. 

The distinction between the ribs of the androconial 
scales might be described as thersites having four ribs, and 
when it has five one is a trace of a rib along the margin. 
Icarus almost always has some trace of a marginal rib, and 
when it has only four strong ribs it has always a marginal 
one on each side making six. This is a very common 
form in icarus, whilst it is rare for thersites to have quite 
marginal ribs. In size and form the two scales are much 
alike, but that of thersites is shorter. The amount and 
constancy of these differences will be better appreciated 
by a reference to pl. LXXXIII. The ordinary scales 
‘also differ in the two species. The two photographs, 
pl. LXXXII, show the scales and androconia in situ, in 
corresponding portions of the wings of both species. The 
actual position is immediately in front of the basal portion 
of vein 6 of the forewing. 

The scales in tcarus are broader, flatter across their 
ends; in ¢hersites their hind margin is full and rounded, 


672 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an 


or even produced into a blunt point. The rule in both 
species seems to be for each scale to be accompanied by 
two androconial scales, but in icarus it is not uncommon 
for there to be three, a circumstance that is comparatively 
rare in thersites, no doubt in accordance with the narrower 
scales. 

The female genitalia present equally marked differences 
with the male. There is in the female of these Lycaenids 
a remarkable tube that in preparing the specimen can be 
protruded from the orifice between the eighth and ninth 
segment of the abdomen. Iam not now concerned with 
the anatomy and function of this organ, but here only 
note that it usually terminates in a chitinous plate or 
button, that differs more or less in each species. 

In A. thersites this terminal portion of chitin has a very 
special form; in P. icarus it is wholly wanting, or repre- 
sented by a very minute chitinous plate, the only species 
(of the few I have examined) in which it is absent. There 
are other minor differences, but this one is very obvious 
and very decisive as to the two species being well 
separated. 

P]. LX XXIV, fig. 1, represents these parts in thersites, 
fig. 2 those in zarus, 

A. thersites, notwithstanding its close resemblance to 
P. warus, is really much more closely allied to A. eschera. 
I don’t think any one is likely to confound these two 
species, although, before I knew much about it, I queried 
whether Zhersites var. gravest was not an Eastern form of 
eschert, and though a leading authority on the Lycaenids 
agrees, so far as the genitalia are concerned, thersttes is 
escher't. 

In this latter respect there is the constant difference 
of size. It seems desirable nevertheless to figure the ¢ 
genitalia of A. escheri, which shows a small but definite 
and constant difference, especially in size, from those of 
thersites, and especially photographs of the androconia 
which differ from those of thersites more than do those of 
warus (pl. LXXXV). 

Of the few other species I have examined, damon 
approaches most nearly to eschert and thersites in the 
structure of this portion of the female appendages. Apart, 
therefore, from its behaviour in the field as observed by 
Herr Ministerial-Registrator Schreiner, by Mr. Tutt and 
by myself, and from such evidence from the early stages 


unrecognised European Lycaena. 673 


as has yet to be gathered, we may summarise the following 
points, of which the first four are very definite structural 
ones, of distinction between thersites and icarus. 


1. Male appendages belong in thersites to genus A griades. 
Male appendages belong in icarus to genus Polyom- 
matus. 
. Very marked differences in the female appendages. 
. Forms of ordinary scales upper side of wings differ. 
. Androconia have different forms and ribbing. 
. Basal spots forewing always absent in thersites, rarely 
(ab. wearinus) in rcarus. 
6. Advanced position of apical spot hindwing in thersites 
constant, rare in wcarus, 
7. Different alignment of tornal spots forewing. 


Or ee O98 bo 


The series of icarus from the Tutt collection, which had 
been inaccessible for a couple of years, throws a good deal 
of light on the distribution of ¢hersites, and enables one to 
recognise as referring to thersites a number of the locali- 
ties noted under wcarus ab. icarinus in Tutt’s “ British 
Butterflies,” vol. iv, p. 158 et seq. 

This circumstance illustrates the great value of Tutt’s 
practice of taking and preserving long series from as 
many localities as possible, a practice which he always 
endeavoured to impress on others as one that ought to be 
adopted. 

The Tutt series contains specimens of thersites from all 
the localities I have referred to above. In addition, there 
are specimens of the spring brood from Digne in April. 
These specimens are remarkably small and pale in coloration, 
very like some small weakly coloured icarus. A specimen 
from Draguignan in May is much smaller than var. centro, 
but of average coloration. These appear to be the only 
examples of the first brood. The other examples are 
almost all taken in August: Via Mala, Ollon, Santa Maria 
(Miinster Thal), Barcelonnette, Stalden, Pfynwald, La 
Batiaz, Allos (the last four localities 2? 2? only), Albarracin, 
Tragacete (of my capturing), Fontainebleau (one specimen 
only), Digne (a full-sized and normally coloured example), 
Lans-le-Bourg, Susa. Trelex (near Lausanne) provided 
some large specimens similar to var. centro. 

Specimens I have from other sources include Siena, 
identical in general appearance and size with an warus 


674 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an 


from same locality, both taken by the Rev. Geo. Wheeler ; 
Autun, Saxe Csolnok, “Wien,” “ Wallis,’ Tianshan, 
Ongadai, Amasia, Piceno Central Italy. 

The series of P. wcarus at the British Museum is very 
meagre; there are amongst them only some half-dozen 
var. icarinus, and of these I am not sure that even one 
is thersites. 

In the Hope Department of the Oxford University 
Museum are a number of specimens of 4. thersites. 

1 gf taken by Prof. Poulton at Montserrat (Barcelona), 
about 4000 feet, on July 15, 1901. 

10 specimens, 9 f 1 2, taken July 21-25, 1898, by 
Miss Cora B. Sanders and by Prof. Poulton, between Visp 
and Stalden, Upper Echelberg, opposite Visp on the 
south slopes of the Rhone Valley, and on the Simplon 
Road near Brieg, 2155 to 2650 ft. the latter (greater) 
elevation being on the warmer north slopes. The speci- 
mens in this series average 32 to 34 mm., one being 
36 mm., as large as var. centro. 

A series of 919 from N.W. Persia, Seir, 8 miles 
west of Urumiah, captured August 16 (one August 19), 
1898, by R. T. Gunther. These specimens are very 
similar to var. orientalis but are rather more brightly 
coloured, without being so bright and rich as var. gravest ; 
they expand 24 mm. to 30 mm. 

The distribution of the species is only to be vaguely 
outlined by the material I possess. It seems to be com- 
paratively a southern species—southern, that is, in the 
same sense that damon, admetus, and eschert are southern, 
as distinguished from icarus, argus, ete. that extend 
further north. The most northern localities I have are 
Weimar (Schreiner) and Saxony. From France I have 
specimens only from the south-east, Savoy, Dauphiny and 
Provence, except one specimen from Fontainebleau. From 
Italy, Piedmont, Piceno and Siena. Spain affords speci- 
mens from Tragacete, Albarracin and Barcelona. Syria, 
Persia, Central Asia probably imply a wide Asiatic 
distribution. 

In the Rhone Valley it occurs at Trelex (near Nyon on 
Lac Leman), at Ollon. From here, past Martigny and 
through the most fully examined portion of the valley, 
there is no evidence of its existence till we find it in 
Prof. Poulton’s series at Visp, unless perhaps specimens 
taken by Mr. Tutt and myself, not in the Rhone Valley 


unrecognised European Lycaena. 675 


but a short way up the Val d’Herens* be, as perhaps 
they should be, credited to the Rhone Valley. Prof. 
Poulton’s series presents it at Visp on July 21 and 22; 
Visp to Stalden, July 22; Brieg, Simplon Road, July 24; 
on the north slopes opposite Visp, July 25—all 1898. 
The dates probably mark an itinerary rather than dates 
of appearance. 

By way of bibliography and synonymy there are, no 
doubt, many references to this species under the name 
of icarinus; but it is hopeless to try to unravel these, 
except that quite recent one by Tutt with which I have 
already dealt. 


THERSITES (Boisd. MSS.), Cantener, Papillons diurnes 
(1834), p. 35, pl. XI, figs. 1 and 2. 
Alexius, Frr. Neu. Beit., vu, p. 133, pl. 676, figs. 1 
and 2 (1858). 
Alexis, var. Herrich-Schaeffer, Schm. Eur., fig. 246 


(1843). 

Icarus ab. icarinus, pars, Auct. & Tutt, Brit. Butt., iv, 
p. 158. 

Var. gravest, Chpm., E. M. M., xlviii, p. 159 and pl. VII, 
VEE Xx. 


Var. centro, Chpm., a large form (86-38 mm.) occurring 
in the Tarentaise and surrounding districts. 
Var. orientalis, Chpm., an Asiatic form of about size of 
type and of paler coloration. 
The Persian specimens in the Hope collection are 
much closer to var. gravest. 


ab. hybridata, Gn. (MSS.). 


I have not satisfied myself that other references really 
belong to our butterfly, e.g. Meigen’s ¢hersites, pl. XX VIII, 
fig. 2. @ and ¢ may be icarus, the underside, 2b, which 
is more definite, is almost certainly that of medon. 
Gerhard is equally indefinite. 


EXPLANATION OF PLateE LXXXI. 


Underside of 1. thersites, 2. icarus, to show the approximation 
of apical spot of hindwing (marked 1) to first post-discal spot 


* Between Vex and Euseigne (3150 ft.), counting elevation as 
latitude, this is perhaps the most northern habitat of the species. 


TBANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) ZZ 


676 Dr. T. A. Chapman on a Huropean Lycaena. 


(marked 2) in thersites, making it nearer to 2 than the second 
post-discal spot (marked 3) is. The reverse being the case in icarus. 
Magnified. It shows also the different alignment of the tornal 
members of the post-discal series of spots. Photo by A. E. Tonge. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXII. 


Showing scales and androconia of 1. thersites, 2. icarus, from 
identical spots (costal to base of vein 6, forewing) in each species 
x 300. Photo by F. N. Clark. 


EXPLANATION OF PLaTE LXXXIII. 


Androconia of 1. thersites, and 2. icarus, showing differences of 
size, shape and ribbing x 500. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXIV. 


Showing terminal segments of abdomen of 1. thersites Q and 
2. icarus @ x 25 and the differences in the curious eversible 
structure with a chitinous termination in thersites, which is hardly 
represented in icarus. 

The everted ventral organ is not fully stretched in either specimen. 
In 1. the view is exactly lateral for the basal half, so that the two 
chitinous areas are superposed ; in 2. the view is ventral, showing 
both areas. In neither is it fully extended. The terminal half 
being still slightly sheathed in the first and the end of the chitinous 
loop is still doubled back. This does not prevent it being obvious 
that the whole basal process is larger, wider and more chitinised in 
icarus than in thersites, and that in the terminal half thersites is much 
narrower and more slender than is icarus. Nevertheless there is a 
chitinous termination to this portion in thersites, of very definite 
form and outline, while in icarus there is merely a chitinous point. 
This final chitinous armature seems to be of definite peculiar form 
in each species. A. damon is the only species examined in which 
this armature resembles that of A. thersites. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXV. 


Agriades escheri. Androconia x 500 and 9 appendages x 25, 
the latter showing great similarity to those of thersites but markedly 
larger. The androconia are larger than in either thersites or icarus 
and have 6 or 7 ribs instead of 4 and 5. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX XX7J. 


Photo, A. E. Tonge. C. Hentschel, 


Undersides of (upper) thersz¢es and (lower) zcarus, showing different alignments 
of spots marked 1, 2, 3. 


. 
2) 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXXTIT. 


: EF 


en 
coe 


Oss, 


pits 


Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel. 


Scaling of forewing of (upper) ¢Aerszves and (lower) zcarus, x 300. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX XIII 


Photo, F. N. Clark. C, Hentschel. 


Androconia (x 500) of (upper) ¢hersztes and (lower) zcarus. 


Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX XXIV. 


7 a 


Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel, 


Female appendages of (upper) ¢hersétes and (lower) zcarus, x 25. 


. 
bd 
be 
N) 
8 
x 
er 
Ny 
len 
~ 
~ 
S 
is) 
N) 
S 
Y) 
N 
Q 
ee 
& 


fe 
& 


oe 


Hentsche 


CG: 


FN. Clark. 


Photo, 


, female appendages x 25 


ia X 500 


androcon 


chert, 


és 


A. 


@1.677.7) 


XIV. The Colowr-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. By 
R. C. L. Perkins, D.Sc, M.A., Jesus College, 
Oxford. 


[Read October 16th, 1912.] 


[In the autumn of 1911 I had the opportunity of discussing 
the subject of this memoir with Dr. Perkins during a too 
brief visit paid by him to Oxford. The discussion, thus 
begun, was continued with some energy on both sides, in 
a correspondence which only ended when Dr. Perkins sailed 
for Honolulu in November 1911. In the course of our 
correspondence he sent me a manuscript note-book, written 
about 1907-8, as part of his Introduction to the ‘ Fauna 
Hawaiiensis,” now in the press. The facts and inferences 
concerning the present condition and past history of these 
Colour-groups seemed to me of such fundamental import- 
ance in the study of mimicry and indeed of evolution, that 
it appeared most desirable to publish the supplementary 
information and the further conclusions scattered through 
the letters. Dr. Perkins consented, and the foilowing 
paper is the result. In order to understand the nature of 
the discussion, it has been necessary to quote passages 
and sometimes consecutive paragraphs from the note-book 
which will soon be published as the Introduction. For this 
free use of the manuscript I received the kind consent of 
Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S., Editor of the “ Fauna Hawaliensis.” 
It must be clearly understood that the quotations are 
from the manuscript and not from the printed pages of 
the Introduction itself, and that some slight difference 
between the two accounts is to be looked for, owing to 
Dr. Perkins’ final revision for the press. I have limited 
these quotations to the minimum quantity necessary to 
preserve continuity and to explain the letters, bearing in 
mind the inconvenience of printing the same passages 
twice over in two publications. No quotations from the 
note-book appear later than page 690, and in all the 
earlier part of the paper, where they occupy a large propor- 
tion of the pages, they are clearly discriminated from 
passages extracted from the letters, the latter being 


TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1912.— PART IV. (FEB.) ZZ2 


678 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


between inverted commas and dated. I have not neces- 
sarily kept the extracts from the note-book in their original 
order and have ventured to condense certain parts. Beyond 
the point where extracts from the note-book cease, the 
quotations from the correspondence are no longer placed 
between quotation marks and are dated at the head 
instead of at the foot as in the earlier parts of the paper. 
In the concluding pages the passages are grouped under 
three separate heads. The few slight additions of my 
own are placed between the square brackets. Species 
quoted without an author's name were described by Dr. 
Perkins himself.—E. B. PouLron.] 


EUMENIDAE. 


[This family is considered first because of the number 
of the Hawaiian species and the dominant position taken 
by them in the Colour-groups of these islands. ] 

The whole of the species, to the number of 102, belong 
to the almost ubiquitous genus Odynerus, sensu latiori. 
From this interesting complex I have split off three small 
groups of species and considered them as distinct genera, 
as indeed they are, although they appear to be derivations 
of the same stock as the Hawaiian Odynerus proper. The 
Hawaiian Eumenids are, I now think, clearly descendants 
of two quite distinct forms of original immigrants, one 
of which, a yellow-banded form, gave rise to the bulk 
of the species, as well as to the endemic genera that I 
have separated from these, while the other has pro- 
duced but four distinct species, as at present discovered, 
viz. O. nigripennis, Holmgr., and its three allies. This 
little group has now been traced to an Asiatic ancestor 
which is, I suspect, an ancient or primitive type, showing 
some affinity to the genus Rhynchiwm, in which nigripennis 
itself was originally placed by Holmgren. 

“T have not yet identified the Oriental species (just 
lately discovered while mounting some insects) that is 
allied to the O. nigripennis group. It is the closest 
approach I know to the genus Rhynchiwm, but it is not 
that genus.” Nov. 13th, 1911. 

Species of Odynerus are almost ubiquitous throughout 
the islands, though some of the densest and wettest boggy 
forests are absolutely devoid of them. At the same time 
a slight change in these, made by the incursion of cattle, 


Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 679 


is sufficient to allow of some species becoming established 
where previously they could not exist. 

“Practically speaking, the cattle open up the dense 
forest, letting in sunlight and making it much drier. It 
is remarkable that no species of Odynerus should have 
been able to enter our densest and wettest virgin forests, 
because it would have found there such a vast store of 
(Lepidopterous) food, without other species to compete 
with it. Some of the bees have occupied such forests, in 
spite of the sun-loving habits of the group.” Nov. 13th, 
1911. 

The prey of Hawaiian Eumenidae, so far as is known, 
consists entirely of caterpillars. On the whole it may 
be said that Pyralid and Microlepidopterous caterpillars 
are the favourite prey and that Geometridae are rarely 
utilised. It is most remarkable, seeing that the latter are 
occasionally taken (e.g. by O. montanus, Sm., eucharis, etc.), 
that this should occur so rarely, for the Geometrid cater- 
pillars are so very numerous that they could be often 
obtained in any quantity. 

In many localities at favourable seasons the number of 
individuals that are seen isextraordinary. On one occasion 
I visited a mountain gulch on Molokai nearly every day 
for three weeks, and I estimated that in a length of a 
couple of miles (below the line of forest) the population of 
adult wasps was at least one million. Five or six species 
were represented, but two or three were much more 
numerous than the others. I have noticed an almost 
similar abundance in other localities. It is probable that 
very few of the large number of species are really rare. 

With experience and close attention in the field, it is 
fairly easy to discriminate between species that are exactly 
alike superficially, owing to indescribable differences in 
appearance, due to mode of flight and posture. 

Only in exceptional cases do the Hawaiian Kumenidae 
exhibit important variation, and in very few cases is this 
more than of a trifling character, affecting the colour. A 
common variation, which occurs again and again and in 
the most diverse species, is the occasional assumption of a 
feeble yellow band or traces of such a band on the first 
and second abdominal segments in species which typically 
have an entirely black body. Examples of this are 
Nesodynerus rudolphi, Dalla Torre, Odynerus venator, and 
O. heterochromus, to instance only species very widely 


680 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


separated in structure. Sometimes the yellow band 
appears only on the ventral surface. The phenomena are 
precisely identical with those observed in the Crabronidae 
(see p. 688), and, I think, are explicable in the same way. 
The blackness of so many Hawaiian Eumenids has been 
produced in the islands and the abnormal individuals are 
reversions to a former general condition in colouring. The 
Eumenids, furthermore, like the Crabronids, have retained 
in some species the original yellow-banded coloration. 

The general tendency to blackness of the Hawaiian 
Aculeata, as a whole, is one of their most remarkable 
features. The blackness of these insects is increased by 
the dark colour of their wings, which, in a large number 
of the species, exhibits striking blue or purple reflections. 

“ My original paper * on colour of Hawaiian wasps was 
written too early to have much value. I treated only the 
Kauai species as conspicuous on account of the pale bands. 
This was an error; all the things I send as examples are 
conspicuous in life: they are ¢he conspicuous feature among 
the day-flying insects in the islands and about the only 
one, except at special times and places.” Nov. Sth, 1911. 

The following Colour-groups—entirely different from 
the groups based on structure and real aftinity—are 
distinguished in the Introduction. 

On Kauai are two Colour-groups, one of which contains 
only two known species. 

Group I. Insects with much red marking, wings 
shining fuscous, when spread. 

O. blackburni, Kirb., and soror : allied species. 

Group II. Black insects with two conspicuous whitish 
or yellow bands+ on abdomen; wings dark and with 
conspicuous blue or purple reflections. Fourteen species 
of diverse structure. 

“Kauai is the most northern of the forest-bearing 
islands, and it has by far the widest channel between it 
and its next neighour—Oahu. The specific characters of 
its species are usually the most striking’of those exhibited 
on any island, but it lacks representatives of many ‘ groups ’ 


* Proc. Phil. Soc. Cambridge, vol. ix, Pt. VII (1897), p. 378. 
The examples alluded to were exhibited to the Entomological 
Society, May lst, 1912 (Proceedings, pp. lvi-Ixv). 

+ “When the insects are on the wing, these bands are clearly 
seen.”-R. OC. L. Perkins, in Proc. Phil. Soc. Cambridge, vol. ix, 

_ Pt. VII (1897), p. 378. 


Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 681 


of species in big genera. We have found no representative 
so far of Chelodynerus, none of the ‘nautarum,’ de Sauss., 
group of Odynerus (probably one of the most ancestral), 
and it has no peculiar structural group, so that probably 
the groups of Odynerus in the islands were already formed 
before the genus chanced to reach Kauai, and some have 
not yet reached it. This is likely to be the case from a 
consideration of the beetles; for the Carabid Cyclothorax 
(s. 1.), now split into several genera, is unknown on Kauai, 
very poor on Oahu, the next island, very rich on the inter- 
mediate islands, and rather rich on Hawaii at the other 
extremity. This fact alone, without appealing to the geo- 
logical reasons, is sufficient to disprove Lord Walsingham’s 
conclusion that the islands were once a larger continwous 
land-area. (See also p. 697.)” Nov. 15th, 1911. 

In Oahu are four Colour-groups, two of which (II and 
IIT) may be said to be peculiar to this island. 

Group I. Black insects with dark wings, showing 
conspicuous blue or purple reflections. 

O. ngripennis, Holmgr., epipseustes, erro, iopteryx, mont- 
anus, Sm., konanus, wnicus; Nesodynerus optabilis and 
rudolphi, Dalla Torre. 

Group II. Generally small species, black with shining 
fuscous wings: no blue reflections. In this group some 
species show feeble and variable pale abdominal bands, 
and others some red markings apparently tending to 
disappearance, and not conspicuous. 

0. dubiosus, Sm., threnodes, pterophaennes, waianaeanus, 
paludicola, paranaias ; Nesodynerus oblitus and acyanus. 

“The differences between species of the same genus 
which enter different Colour-groups are well seen in 
Nesodynerus. Thus N. rudolphi (1) is very common and 
ubiquitous, frequenting both forest and open country, 
while JN. oblitus (II) is also abundant, but only occurs in 
localities—never forests—in which the very common 
species of Odynerus, viz. dubiosus, etc. (II), are found.” 
Nov. 15th, 1911. 

Group III. Insects usually much marked with red, 
and the body with appressed fuscous tomentum. Wings 
to a large extent hyaline and with no blue reflections. 

0. pseudochromus, pseudochromoides, leiodemas, homoe- 
ophanes, eucharis, oahwuensis, Dalla Torre. 

On one occasion all the six members of this group were 
taken in the same spot and on the same day. 


682 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


“The species fall into three very distinct structural 
groups :—(1) 0. oahwensis: isolated structurally and in 
habits: common in all suitable localities, but less so than 
O. pseudochromus : affinity with other Hawaian Odynerus 
is not clear, but requires far more study; (2) O. psewdo- 
chromus, pseudochromoides, leiodemas: allied species, the 
first. two ubiquitous and common in their proper localities : 
the third is probably generally to be found with them, but 
is much less numerous; (3) O. euwcharis, homoeophanes : 
allied species, of which one is found with species of the 
structural group (2) in some localities, the other with them 
in other localities. They are probably always relatively 
rare.” Nov. 15th, 1911. 

Group IV. Insects with usually two pale abdominal 
bands, the wings more or less infuscate and with blue 
reflections, body generally with pale tomentum. 

O. xerophilus, nautarwm, de Sauss., acoelogaster ; Pseudo- 
pterocheilus relictus.* 


* [I was particularly anxious to see the members of Colour-groups 
which had been captured at the same time and place, in order to be 
able to estimate the relative numbers and obtain conclusive evidence 
as to the predominant species. Dr. Perkins very kindly collected 
for me on three occasions the specimens which are tabulated in the 
following extract from his letter, written May 20th, 1912, from 
Honolulu. The captures of each date are kept together in the Hope 
Department, where they may be studied at any time. They were 
exhibited, in illustration of Dr, Perkins’ paper, at the Second 
Entomological Congress at Oxford during the past summer. ] 

I have been out in the country on three occasions lately to catch 
Odynerus, and had Kershaw to help me. It is a bad season on the 
lowlands, as we have had no winter rains and the country most 
favourable for Hymenoptera is parched up. It is interesting to see 
what is dominant under these conditions. 

On the first day (April 26th, 1912, Makiki, Oahu, below 400 ft.) 
caught only one species, O. nigripennis (88 specimens), but I saw 
one individual either of Nesodynerus rudolphi or Od. montanus. 

On the second day (May 3rd, lowlands near coast, east of Honolulu) 
we caught of the same all-black, blue-winged Group I :— 


O. nigripennis (21) 

O. montanus (1) | 3 structural groups in these 4 
O. iopteryx (2) species ! 

Nesodynerus rudolphi (6) | 


Of the white-banded Group IV :— 
O. acoelogaster (10), 
O. nautarwm (1). 
Ps. relictus (1). 


Colour-groups of the Hawatian Wasps, etc. 683 


On Maui, Molokai and Lanai, the fauna of each of which 
is largely the same, we have three groups :— 


Group I. Identical with I on Oahu. 


O. nigripennis, Holmer., purpurifer, instabilis, ecostatus, 
laevisulcatus, camelinus, brevicostatus, aprepes, lanaiensis, 
konanus; Nesodynerus ewpteryx, paractias ; Pseudoptero- 
cheilus congruus, Sm.; Chelodynerus chelifer. 


Group II. Identical with IV on Oahu. 


O. molokaiensis, sociabilis, smithvi, Dalla Torre, inslicola, 
Blackb., nubicola, nivicola. 


Of the small shining-fuscous winged Group II :— 
O. dubiosus (7). 
OV. threnodes (3). 
Nesoprosopis assimulans (2). 


Had it been a good season, of I there would have been many more 
montanus, otherwise proportion as above. 

Of IV we should have found O. xerophilus numerous locally and 
Pseudopterocheilus relictus abundant, otherwise proportion as we 
found above. 

Of II we should have also found Nesodynerus oblitus, local, not 
general like the two above-named species of this group. < 

The third day (May 10th, Palolo) we collected at 1200-1500 ft. 
in forest. 

Of the curious clear-winged Oahu Group III, with dull red marks 
we got only :— 


O. pseudochromus (16). 
O. oahuensis (3). 


On a good day we might have found the closely allied O. pseudo- 
chromoides nearly as common as pseudochromus, with one or two 
individuals each of the three rare species, O. eucharis, leiodemas, and 
one other closely allied to ewcharis, viz. homoeophanes. All these 
occur in the very spot where we collected. 

Of Group I we got O. rudolphi (10), O. nigripennis (4), and 
O, montanus (1): also Hylocrabro twmidoventris (5), Xenocrabro 
unicolor, Sm. (1). 

Group I was also represented by the Ichneumonid, Echthromorpha 
Ffuscator (maculipennis, Holmgr.) (5). 

The little endemic flycatcher, Chasiempis, was fairly common, 
young and old, and as tame as usual, but was clearly not paying any 
attention to Hymenoptera. The chief interest to me of the whole 
collection is the evidence as to what species are most abundant under 
circumstances unfavourable for Hymenoptera. From long experience 
I know exactly what one would, or might expect to get under 
favourable circumstances. 


684 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


Group III. Insects with red thoracic or abdominal 
markings, or both, the wings dark and with blue reflections. 


O. frater, Dalla Torre, monas, cephalostictus, navadum, 
tempe, dryas, potamophilus, microdemas, monobius, erythro- 
stactes, montivagus, sandwichensis, de Sauss., petrobius, 
deinogaster, homocogaster. 


On Hawaii there is a general tendency of the above 
three groups to become fused into one large group, all 
representing I on Oahu, and on Maui, Molokai and Lanai. 
O. obscurepunctatus, Blackb., and rubropustulatus, Blackb., 
and one or two others may be recognised as obscure mem- 
bers of Group III, of Maui, etc. O. newelli, sociabilis, and 
scorvaceus represent I1.* 

Speaking generally of these groups, I find that in the 
field, the members of each are easily enough distinguished. 
There are, as might be expected, some cases of species that 
are intermediate in appearance and might be placed in 
either of two groups, but these are very few. On Kauai 
Group II stands out remarkably from all others, since 
nearly all the Kauai species belong to it, while it is only 
approached in appearance by a few species in Group IV on 
Oahu. The tendency of the species to become red-marked 
on the three intermediate islands (Maui, etc.) is very 


* [At this point it is convenient to print Dr. Perkins’ comments 
on the abstract of this paper and the lists of specimens sent by him 
for exhibition when it was read (Proceedings 1912, pp. lvi—Ixv). 
Dr. Perkins arranged the specimens and wrote the lists in the midst 
of the preparations for his departure from this country, and he had 
no opportunity of revising the MSS. On his return to England he 
wrote, September 17, 1912, stating that my footnotes on pp. viii, lix 
are correct, and that N. pubescens, var. in B (p. lvili), and N. fuse?- 
pennis in E (p. lix) should be transposed. He turthermore explained 
that the common typical N. pubescens placed in E (lix) does not in 
reality fit into any group on Hawaii. Dr. Perkins wrote :— 

“T suppose I sent a specimen for comparison with the rare blue- 
winged form, which we should expect to be dominant, and if selective 
processes were going on now, would surely become so, this being a 
grand chance for natural selection to work upon. The rare variety 
is the one that fits the colour-scheme of Hawaii, the very abundant 
typical form does not.” 

Concerning QO. molokaiensis, referred to in the footnote on p. lix, 
Dr. Perkins remarked that “the female never has bands and is a 
perfect representative of the dominant Colour-group (E=1). O. molo- 
kaiensis male may have two fairly good pale bands (as in II of 
Molokai, etc. =IV. of Oahu), or one may be entirely obliterated and 
the other faint.” ] 


Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 685 


striking, nearly half the known species being so coloured. 
Group IV on Oahu (= II of Maui, etc.) is not very clearly 
marked off from its Group I, when the insects are seen in 
flight, but, as they usually have a characteristic grey or 
hoary appearance, they may be kept apart, especially as 
they represent species mostly peculiar to open country or 
open spaces in forest country. When their representatives 
on Hawaii are considered, they become much less distinct 
from those representing Group I on that island. 

Groups II and III on Oahu are peculiar to itself, the 
dull red markings, clear wings and body clothing of the 
former giving them, dead or alive, an appearance unlike 
anything else, and the shining fuscous wings of the latter 
rendering these equally unmistakable. 

In a few cases, isolated species have been found on 
islands, where they ill accord with the groups there repre- 
sented, but one cannot overlook the probability of these 
being recent immigrants. Thus 0. frater, Dalla Torre, a 
widely distributed species, has been found very rarely on 
Oahu, where it does not fit into any Colour-group, as it 
does on Maui, where it abounds. Excepting on Kauai, the 
Group I of Oahu is well represented on every island, 
besides tending to absorb all others on Hawai, so that 
nearly half the known species of the wasps may be referred 
to it. The dominance of this group increases the black- 
ness of our series, for it contains species almost or entirely 
black and with dark iridescent wings; and, when other 
groups of Hymenoptera are considered, is swelled by 
species of bees, of fossorial wasps, and even of parasitic 
Ichneumonoids. 

‘In these associations of Aculeates, the Eumenidae are 
probably dominant, although both the Fossores and bees 
are extremely ancient. In the Crabronidae several genera 
have been evolved probably from a single ancient immi- 
grant species (see p. 688). Over fifty species of Nesoprosopis 
fall into structural groups of which one has become para- 
sitic (inquiline) on the others and has lost the special 
pollen-sweeping apparatus on the front tarsi. Five of these 
inquiline species have been produced, of course from one 
original, The three most yellow-spotted species of Crubro, 
which always have a yellow-banded abdomen, are found on 
Kauai with the yellow-marked Odyneri. Two of these 
Crabros extend to the other islands, or some of the other 
islands, but one of these, on Oahu, is tending towards 


686 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


black, while the female is sometimes entirely black. The 
yellow-banded Crabros on islands other than Kauai are 
generally found in the open country where the yellow-banded 
Odynert occur.” November 15, 1911. 

It is clear that the colour phenomena exhibited by our 
Hawaiian Hymenoptera are similar to those seen in other 
countries (whether in the Hymenoptera or in other orders) 
where such colour groupings are explained as being associ- 
ations of inedible species, which are easily recognised by 
predatory enemies from their similarity of colour, Whether 
this explanation is true of the Hawaiian case is I think 
very doubtful, though I do not doubt that a satisfactory 
explanation of the latter would also explain the others. 
The Australian Eumenidae, Prosopidae and Fossorial wasps 
furnish instances very similar to the Hawaiian, and in the 
same groups, as I have myself observed in the field, in 
that country. 

If we assume that these Colour-groups are formed by pro- 
cesses of natural selection and are indicative of inedibility, 
we are perplexed as to the immunity of insignificant forms, 
which do not attain notably iridescent wings or other 
markings and yet fly round in company with the others 
and are equally or sometimes more plentiful. 

“Tf the Miillerian theory be correct, wing coloration is of 
paramount importance in the Hawaiian groups. It appears 
to be very suggestive that most of the clear-winged species 
of bees and wasps are open-country insects. Of course 
many of the dark-blue iridescent-winged ones mix with 
these, but then they are also common in the woods too— 
I mean individuals of a single dark-winged species are 
common in both situations. 

“There are (with reference to colour of wings) distinct 
evidences in some Hawaiian Crabronidae, of sexual selec- 
tion being operative. This again, in connection with 
Miillerian grouping, might start another distinct line of 
investigation!” November 13, 1911, 

The writer collected series of nearly every land-bird on 
each island and so was able to examine the stomach con- 
tents of a large number of birds in all, and the finding of 
but asingle Mimesa (in the stomach of the thrush Phaeornis 
lanaiensis) would not tend to show the Hymenoptera, as a 
favourite food, in any shape or colour. Asa matter of fact, © 
an Aculeate Hymenopterous insect (with rare exceptions) 
is so unlike that of any other Order by its general appear- 


Colowr-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 687 


ance in life, that one can hardly credit any vertebrate 
enemy with sense enough to distinguish between Colour- 
groups of these and without the sense to distinguish the 
class as a whole. 

If Colour-groups in Hymenoptera have arisen as a mark 
of inedibility, the latter quality can I think have nothing 
to do with the possession of a sting.* 

At one time t I supposed that the Hawaiian Colour-groups 
might be the result of the action of climatic differences, at 
least in so far as these groups were special to certain of the 
islands. This seems very doubtful, for we find the nearest 
approach to the Colour-group of wasps living in the forests 
of Kauai, in those living on the driest coasts of Oahu, and 
quite absent from its very similar forests. In fact a satis- 
factory explanation of the Colour-groups of Hawaiian 
Hymenoptera is wanting, and, when found, will no doubt 
explain some of the similar phenomena elsewhere. 

It is interesting to trace the structurally allied forms on 
different islands and see how their superficial appearance 
is changed by entering different Colour-groups. 

Odynerus eutretus of Hawaii is a black insect with dark- 
blue iridescent wings; on Maui, it is represented by 0. 
homoeogaster, a red-marked wasp; on Kauai, by 0. mimus, 
a conspicuously white-banded species. The obscure-punc- 
tatus group on Hawaii is replaced by the redder species 
O. sandwichensis and its allies on the intermediate islands ; 
on Oahu, the blue iridescence of the wings is lost as well 
as all the red markings (0. dubiosus and allies), while on 
Kauai, the red markings remain, but the wings are of a 
shining fuscous (0. blackburn and soror),as in the Oahuan 
allies. Odynerus nigripennis, ubiquitous over all the other 
islands, is replaced on Kauai by the equally common, pale- 


banded O. radula, F. 


PrRosopiDAE.—All the fifty-three species belong to the 
single genus Nesoprosopis based on the island forms but 


* Compare Trans. Ent. Soc., 1904, pp. 645-6.—E. B. P. 

+ Dr. Perkins is evidently alluding to his paper in Proc. Phil. 
Soc. Cambridge, vol. ix, Pt. VII, 1897, p. 380, where he argued 
that the colours are due to “climate or some such cause.” He also 
wrote, November 10, 1911, in reference to the above paragraph in 
the text :— 

“‘T did not state other reasons against the ‘climate’ view because 
I hardly thought it worth considering—there are too many impossi- 
bilities in such a view !” 


688 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


subsequently found to contain a European species, Prosopis 
kriechbaumeri, Forst., and later a Chinese one. Thus an 
Asiatic origin is highly probable. The MNesoprosopis are 
almost the most ubiquitous of any Hawaiian insects. 


CRABRONIDAE.—The Hawaiian Crabronidae are repre- 
sented by eighteen described species, which I have dis- 
tributed in four genera. All these forms appear to be 
closely allied, and, as it appears to me, might well be the 
descendants of one original immigrant yellow-spotted form, 
allied to the British Crabro vagus, L. 'To this latter there 
are closely allied species in China, if it does not occur 
there itself, and for this reason an Asiatic origin for the 
Hawaiian forms may be suspected. Of the eighteen species, 
three represent each one a distinct genus, while another 
genus, Nesocrabro, contains four species, so that the greater 
part of the known forms fall into one genus Xenocrabro, of 
which the others appear to be simply derivatives, and it is 
to the least remarkable of the Hawaiian species of Xeno- 
crabro that the European Crabro vagus is most nearly 
related. None of the other diverse groups of Crabronidae 
are represented in the Hawaiian Islands. 

Some of the species are much and conspicuously marked 
with yellow on all parts of the body, the yellow markings 
becoming reduced in others, until, in XY. mandibularis, Sm., 
we have an entirely black insect. There is, in the yellow- 
marked species, much variety in the coloration, and the 
variation exhibited is often of an interesting character. 

C. distinctus, described by Smith from a Crabro obtained 
from Hawaii early in the last century, was at first unknown 
to me, and I suspected a mistake in the locality. Later 
on, however, I found that Smith’s species is an extreme 
and rare variety of C. notostictus, which is typically a black 
insect with small yellow thoracic markings. Intermediate 
specimens between the extremes are much commoner than 
typical distinctus. This brightly marked form has so far 
only been found at or near the coast, where the intermedi- 
ate forms also occur, as well as the variety I called noto- 
stictus. In the mountains in the forest region the latter is 
predominant and intermediates are rarely met with. From 
these facts one might suspect that the hot dry climate of 
the coastal regions was productive of the conspicuously 
marked varieties. The following considerations make such 
an explanation improbable. In the genus Nesocrabro I 


LL. ae 


Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 689 


described a species, gaily marked with yellow as NV. bidecor- 
atus, adding a remark to the effect that “In spite of its 
extremely distinct appearance I suspect it may prove to 
be a variety of the following,” viz. V. rubrocaudatus, Blackb., 
and Cam. (“ Fauna Hawaiiensis,” vol. i, Pt. I, Hymenopt. 
Acul., p. 27, 1899). This now proves to be the case, inter- 
mediate varieties having been secured. The variation in 
this case is even more extreme than in the other, since 
typical rubrocaudatus is an entirely black-bodied insect, 
whereas the variety notostictus of distinctus has at least 
yellow thoracic markings. It is interesting to observe 
that the markings of the most highly coloured WN. rubro- 
caudatus (var. bidecoratus) almost entirely resemble those 
of Xenocrabro distinctus. Looking at the localities where 
these highly marked varieties of Nesocrabro occur, we find 
that, far from living in the hot and dry places, they are 
found in the wet woods near Kilauea (4,000 ft.), in the still 
wetter district of Olaa, and other localities of Windward 
Hawaii. I think that these highly coloured varieties are 
“reversions ” to an ancestral style of coloration, and I 
believe this is borne out by an examination of the varieties 
of other Hawaiian species. In these there is a general 
tendency to blackness of coloration, some few retaining 
conspicuous yellow markings, while most have these re- 
duced to inconspicuousness or they are entirely absent. 
Xenocrabro hawaviensis and fulvicrus, Oreocrabro abnormis, 
Blackb. and Cam., and Hylocrabro tumidoventris, species 
with normally black abdomen, all become spotted as 
exceptional and sometimes very rare varieties. Species 
like Nesocrabro stygius, Kirb., and daemonius, with immac- 
ulate abdomen above, frequently retain yellow pigment 
spots beneath, where they are concealed from view. 
Generally speaking yellow markings, especially thoracic, 
are less easily lost in the female than in the male. The 
general blackness of the Hawaiian Crabronids, as now 
manifested, has I think been produced within the islands, 
and while some still retain more or less the colour of their 
ancestors the majority have greatly departed therefrom, 
though many of them in exceptional individuals reproduce 
that coloration to a greater or less extent. Further, a 
study of the case cited of Nesocrabro rubrocaudatus and 
Xenocrabro distinctus lends strong confirmation to the 
community of descent that is suggested by the considera- 
tion of their structural characters. At least I find it diffi- 


690 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


cult to understand how two species of these distinct genera 
can under totally different conditions of climate and en- 
vironment produce remarkable colour varieties, totally 
dissimilar from their usual forms, yet almost identical 
with each other, unless they be reversions to a former 
style of coloration. 

[No further quotations from the Introduction will be 
found beyond this point, but it has been necessary in the 
preceding paragraphs to quote from it somewhat exten- 
sively, in order that the discussion in the following letters 
may become clear. After reading the statements repro- 
duced above, I asked Dr. Perkins, among other questions 
bearing on a possible Miillerian interpretation of the facts, 
whether the reversion to an ancestral pattern—or more 
probably the persistence of an ancestral pattern—in the 
form distinctus, might not be associated with the presence 
of the pale-banded Odyneri which are also found in the open 
country. He replied, Nov. 15, 1911, as follows :—] 

A. notostictus, the black-bodied form of distinctus, seems 
to be the only form in the forest region where are no pale 
banded Odynerus, except occasional reversional individuals. 
Typical distinctus of Smith is essentially an open country, 
sublittoral form, but the notostictus form may occur with 
it, aud intermediates. There is a number of pale-banded 
Odynerus, belonging to this open country, or sublittoral, 
and only belonging to this country. Several species of the 
predominant black group of Odynerus are common both in 
this open country and forest alike. This would be very 
suggestive to the Miillerian. 

The case of var. bidecoratus is quite different, for instead 
of being coastal, it inhabits very wet forest districts, mixed 
with the typical form but rarer, and probably less widely 
distributed. Before I knew this, I thought the pale 
marked Crabronid vars. might be produced by the dryness 
and heat of the coast region—they average smaller in size 
also : bidecoratus upsets this view. 

Miillerians would say that ‘notostictus’ persisted in the 
coastal regions because of the presence of the pale-banded 
Odynerus (or, at least, for the same reason that the latter 
do, viz. absence of enemies), and would cite the fact that 
all Crabronids on Kauai are yellow-banded, the black- 
bodied group of Odynerus being absent there. Obviously 
the colour of the var. bidecoratus is quite out of place in 
wet forests on Hawai, where are no yellow-banded Odynerus, 


Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 691 


except rare varieties that have reverted to the ancestral 
pattern. No male form of didecoratus has yet been found, 
the male rubrocaudatus only existing with these so far as 
is known, and this male is in perfect harmony with the 
Odyneri of the woods. On the Millerian theory I should 
say that the more easily changed male of rubrocaudatus 
arrived at a very perfect and stable state of mimetic 
resemblance to the Odyneri of the woods, but that the 
more conservative female had never reached so perfect a 
condition—as shown also by its hyaline wings—and that, 
owing to its conservativeness, it had not reached the stable 
condition of the male abdominal colouring, when the 
causes leading to the mimicry (viz. bird attacks) were 
removed or much abated. I should look on it as a species 
of which the ancestrally coloured bidecoratus form might 
easily in future times become dominant again. 

I have made a crude sketch of a distinctws female, from 
which you can judge how different it appears from an all- 
black-bodied notostictus var., and the brightest female 
Nesocrabro rubrocaudatus bidecoratus has almost a yellow 
abdomen, the black is so reduced. 

[The accompanying drawing of the 2 X. distinctus showed 
that the following structures and markings are yellow : 
the pronotal collar, a transverse spot on the scutellum and 
another on the post scutellum, a curiously shaped spot on 
the Ist abdominal segment, a band on the 2nd, 4th and 
5th, a minute lateral spot on the 38rd, not really visible in 
a strictly dorsal view. The var. notostictus possesses the 
above-described thoracic markings, but is without the 
abdominal, although intermediates occur. Another draw- 
ing, of the basal abdominal segment of Nesocrabro rubro- 
caudatus var. bidecoratus, showed the similar character of 
the variable yellow spot to that of Y. distinctus. 

Dr. Perkins added :—] 

The typical rubrocaudatus is entirely black, but in some 
examples the thorax may have the yellow markings of the 
var. lidecoratus, without any abdominal markings. If ab- 
dominal markings are present, thoracic ones are invariably 
developed. 

{Concerning the tendency of the females to lose the 
white or yellow bands on the abdomen, Dr. Perkins wrote, 
Nov. 15, 1911 :—] 

In Odynerus, the species of the structural group of 
O. sociabilis and the group of O. nautaruwm have always 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 3A 


692 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


the bands more faint or altogether absent in the female. 
In the Crabronidae the females seem harder to shift 
from the normal, and I believe that this kind of ‘ con- 
servatism’ is really true of the female sex among insects 
in general, For instance, in JV. rubrocaudatus, the male 
has characteristically dark wings with blue irdescence, 
but the female has clear wings. In many of the species, 
the male wings are darker than the female, as though it 
were hard for the latter to become changed, and this is the 
same with the thoracic spots, which in three species of 
Nesocrabio with black abdomen are altogether wanting or 
reduced in size in the male, while they are in two species 
always, or nearly always, present in the female, and in the 
third are present in some varieties. They seem to give 
up these characters with great difficulty. 

I should think it much more probable on the Millerian 
theory that ‘the predominance of female mimicry in 
butterflies’ is due to the necessity of a long life (for egg- 
laying) for the females, and not to ‘a greater female 
variability in features associated secondarily with sex.’ 

On the Millerian theory, I should say that the presence 
of numerous reversional examples in the Hawaiian species 
is likely to be due to the fact that nowadays the bird 
competition has become ineffective. These reversion 
colours, in Odynerus at least, are more often found in 
males than females; I should say because the females, 
having once arrived at a stable condition, are less easily 
changed, 1. e. more ‘conservative.’ There is a war between 
the greater need to change in the female and the ‘con- 
servatism, doubtless, in producing Colour-groups, just as 
sexual selection may cause interference. There is not the 
least doubt that in Hymenoptera generally, the males are 
of very transitory appearance compared with the females, 
the difference in length of life often being one of months. 


Facrs AND ARGUMENTS FOR AND AGAINST MULLERIAN 
MIMICRY AS THE INTERPRETATION OF THE COLOUR- 
GROUPS OF HAWAIIAN ACULEATES. 


[From this point the passages from Dr. Perkins’ letters 
are grouped under heads. | 


Nav SpA Ol 1, 
I have myself for years considered the Batesian theory 


Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 693 


of little moment compared with Fritz Miller’s: possibly 
all of Bates’s examples are simple Miillerian ones. 


Nov. 10, 1911. 

I am unable to suggest any explanation whatever for 
the Colour-groups other than the Miillerian one; but I 
could not get any definite evidence that this is true. 
I have examined vast quantities of young birds in the 
islands—they are always present at all seasons owing to 
the equable climate, but what I have examined is nothing 
to the numbers I have watched at close quarters. Camp- 
ing entirely alone, as I so often did in untrodden forests— 
for weeks together during some six years—where the birds 
had never seen a human being, the young were often so 
tame, they could even be knocked down with a switch ! 
It was often impossible to shoot a bird, as they would come 
so close out of curiosity and one could not get away from 
them, especially young birds. 


Nov. 14, 1911. 

I should say the present-day Hawaiian birds are very 
well educated by the parents in the matter of choice of 
food. It was always a marvel to me why the parents 
should tend them so long. I have doubtless remarked on 
it often, but may here quote at random, from “ Fauna Haw.” 
I, p. 404, of that common species, Vestvaria coccinea, “ the 
yellow, black-spotted young follow the parents sometimes 
till they are far advanced in their red (i.e. mature) 
plumage, but they very early learn to obtain nectar for 
themselves, even at a time when the parents are still 
feeding them on caterpillars.” Again, p. 406, of Palmeria: 
“The young follow the parents often until they have 
arrived at almost their full plumage, and after they have 
acquired their full song, but in the winter months these 
companies are disbanded. In February and March they 
are generally paired.” 

I think similar remarks might be made on almost every 
insectivorous Hawaiian bird, certainly all the common 
ones. I noted even of the rare and extraordinary Pseudo- 
nestor, p. 432, “they are unwearying in supplying their 
full-fledged young with food, and when the latter are 
soliciting this from their parents they form a most comical 
group.” 

I do not think any one will ever again see Hawaiian 

3A2 


694 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


birds as I did from fifteen to twenty years ago. Some 
that I found commonly seem now quite extinct, and others 
greatly reduced in number. It would be almost impossible 
to duplicate the observations I then made. 


Nov. 10, 1911. 


What troubles me as to Hymenoptera is, that any bee 
or wasp in life is so utterly unlike anything else, that the 
veriest duffer of a bird can hardly mistake it for anything 
else, and it is clear that in the islands those which remain 
small in size with no colour of any sort (i.e. no pattern 
and ordinary wings) are not now eaten and are fully as 
successful as any belonging to the Colour-groups. Why 
then on one little island (Oahu) should a lot of species 
associate themselves in several Colour-groups for protective 
purposes? It would appear much more advantageous for 
all to belong to the dominant black-coloured blue-winged 
group on the one island, as one would say it would be 
much easier for birds only to have to learn one colour 
pattern than several. One tasting might do for the whole 
lot, if they were one colour, but a number of tastings 
might be necessary for a lot of groups; and then I come 
back to the old doubt, why is not the fact that all are 
characteristically Hymenopterous (whatever be the colour) 
sufficient in itself ? 


Nov. 15, 1971. 

If birds can select between very slight colour variations 
so as to produce the closest mimetic resemblance, it seems 
strange that they should not recognise any Hymenopterous 
insect as such quite apart from colour and pattern. That 
they do recognise Hymenopterous characters other than 
colour, seems to be proved by a mimetic Australian Man- 
tispa. Although superficially quite unlike a Hymeno- 
pterous insect, this Mantispa is, from its behaviour and 
attitude, a perfect mimic—in fact the best known tome. No 
Syrphid with all its wasp-like coloration can approach it.* 


* The mimicry of Mantispa was observed by W. M. Wheeler in 
Nebraska (1888), G. A. K. Marshall in Natal (1896), and R. Shelford 
in Borneo (1898-1900) and Singapore (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902, pp. 
536-7 ; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1902, pp. 235-7). Both Marshall and Shel- 
ferd speak of the excellence of the mimicry on the wing. At the 
same time Shelford’s Plate (P. Z. S. 1902, XIX, figs. 22-7),and both 
his and Wheeler’s descriptions show that colour may enter largely 
into the mimetic resemblance in certain species of Mantispa.—E. B. P. 


Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 695 


Nov. 13, 1911. 


If I could see the very ordinary-looking Hawaiian species 
—just like those one may see anywhere in the world—at 
the least disadvantage as compared with those of the 
special groups, I should have little doubt of the Miillerian 
theory—though I should still say that in our islands the 
groups were formed in the past, by causes no longer opera- 
tive—but the insignificant forms, like many Nesoprosopis, 
are extraordinarily successful in life. Yet we have to admit 
that those coloured to fit special groups have originated 
from such forms. The general tendency for the latter to 
belong to open country and the changed condition of the 
Avifauna are the points that the Millerian must lay the 
greatest stresson. I could make the case stronger for him 
by going into minute detail at considerable length. It 
would be quite easy to fill a volume with facts concerning 
these Hymenoptera, dealing with their variations, colours, 
structures, etc. The true affinities of the species, one to 
another, becomes very important, when considering the 
Colour-groups. 


Nov. 10, 1911. 


With the Hawaiian wasps (Odynerus) it must be 
remembered that, excluding one group of 4 species 
which are derived from some fairly ancient immigrant 
from Asia, all the rest are apparently the descendants of 
a single very ancient immagrant species, though by exces- 
sive evolutionary change the descendants have now formed 
distinct genera and structural groups within the islands. 
There is evidence for the conclusion that the original 
ancestor was black with yellow bands, such as one now 
sees all over the world. One must regard all these Colour- 
groups as having been formed (i. e. started) actually within 
the islands. 


CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE HAWAIIAN COLOUR- 
GROUPS MAY HAVE ARISEN, 
Nov. 10, 1911. 

If the Miillerian theory is the right one in this case, I 
am sure that we must look back toa long past time for the 
formation of the Colour-groups and the causes are no 
longer operative. I have in the “Fauna Haw.”, under 
“ Aves,” given a good deal of detailed information about 


696 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


birds, insects and plants, and have shown how in the birds 
themselves the causes which developed the weird forms of 
the peculiar family Drepanididae no longer exist. Nothing 
but the severest competition for food could ever have 
produced such birds as Pseudonestor, Heterorrhynchus and 
Chloridops, the main food of which consists of a single 
article of diet, to obtain which as a regular diet a very 
special and grotesque structure has been acquired in each 
case. Such forms are the tips of twigs in a tree of descent 
—and they can give rise to nothing further. It might 
almost be said they are the tips of twigs which, having 
produced a terminal blossom, themselves die back. A 
comparatively easy and successful living is possible for a 
time, but with a slight change of conditions there only 
remains extinction. They have no chance to adapt 
themselves to new conditions. It is, I think, noteworthy 
how often one finds the ‘ finest’ things to be very rare in 
islands, and I think this is clearly due to the fact that 
what a systematic student calls ‘fine,’ is usually a form 
peculiarly specialised in some particular way, and this 
means a very particular mode of life. Such ‘fine’ things 
are rare, because the conditions suited to their mode of 
life are few. They are unfortunately the first things to 
become extinct in Oceanic Islands. 


Nov. 8, 1911. 

I ought to say I have not finished with the ‘colour’ 
question yet, because I have a still more ‘ general’ part 
than that which I am sending, dealing with ‘species 
formation, ‘variation,’ etc., in a general and more com- 
prehensive way, considering the whole fauna together, 
birds, land-shells, insects and plants. 

One who has a wide systematic knowledge of the whole 
fauna can picture a very different condition of affairs from 
the present—when the vegetation of the islands formed no 
true forest, but the islands were covered by a shrubby 
growth of woody Composites, Lobeliaceae, etc., with few or 
no trees; when the birds were of less specialised forms 
like Himatione and Chlorodrepanis of to-day, with no 
wonderful developments like Psewdonestor and Heteror- 
rhynchus, and there were only a few types present, which 
were numerous in individuals and wandered from shore 
(where now they are absent) to the mountain tops, and 
there was a competition for food between individuals, not 


Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 697 


to be seen nowadays. There were only a few species of 
Lepidoptera, mostly Pyralids and Micros., and the wasps, 
which necessarily came later than these, had no such field 
for securing food as at present. If the Miillerian theory 
is correct for these Hawaiian Hymenoptera, then the 
separation of the Colour-groups began and was developed 
gradually in past ages and the efficient causes are not 
observable now. 

I stick out absolutely for the formation of all the genera 
of Drepanid birds within the islands—and what a time it 
must have taken to produce the extraordinary variety of 
forms, now seen in this exclusively Hawaiian family! 
Looking at the birds, one ceases to wonder at the hundreds 
of species of peculiar Achatinellidae in shells; at the fifty 
odd species of bees (Nesoprosopis) with their wonderful 
variety; at the 100 or more Odynerus, so varied in 
structure ; at the vast genera in various groups of beetles ; 
the (doubtless) hundreds of existing and very varied 
species of the fly genus Drosophila, etc. I doubt whether 
any but a systematist could rightly appreciate this wonder- 
ful fauna, or even a systematist who confined himself to a 
special group. 

It has been a great advantage to me that I was able to 
work out all the Hymenoptera, Orthoptera and Neuroptera, 
a large part of the Coleoptera, practically all the Hemi- 
ptera (after Kirkaldy) as well as having largely studied 
many groups of the Lepidoptera and Diptera. Then I 
made a very large and perfect collection of the birds and 
wrote upon these also, made special studies in the land- 
shells, and have a moderate knowledge of the Botany. 

Guppy, who wrote on the latter, could never have had 
his ideas, if he had studied the insects; and the conclusions 
of specialists like Lord Walsingham, who monographed 
the Micros., are in my opinion quite untenable (see p. 681). 


Nov. 13, 1911. 

If the Miillerian theory is true of the Hawaiian wasps, 

what probably happened is this :— 

1, There was a very ancient immigrant Odynerus 
(? whence) which gave rise to the vast majority 
of the forms now present. 

2. It was a black-bodied insect with 2 (or more) narrow- 
ish pale abdominal bands. 

3. The descendant species of this Odynerus may have 


698 


10. 


Ld. 


Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


formed some Colour-groups (e.g. those with red 
markings) amongst themselves. 


. A later immigrant species from Asia arrived, a black 


species with dark blue iridescent wings (like and 
allied to nagripennis of to-day). 


. It became the most abundant and widespread of all 


species occupying all localities (as nigripennis does 
to-day, excepting in Kauai) on all the islands, 
except Kauai. 


. On Kauai only, nigripennis did not remain specifically 


the same, but gave rise to an equally common, 
allied species O. radula, with two yellow bands. 


. This became and is the dominant species on Kauai, 


and (a) may have formed the model for the chief 
(and almost only) Colour-group on that island, or 
(b) it is likely that the pale-banded group may 
have previously been a feature of Kauai, and 
absorbed the immigrant nigripennis-like insect 
(which became also structurally modified), or (¢) 
the large series of Kauai forms may have at least 
developed their dark blue iridescent wings after 
the pattern of the nigripennis-like insect, and it 
acquired their bands. 


. In the open country of all the islands (excepting 


Kauai) whether above or below the forest, a large 
number of species remain, which probably most 
nearly show the superficial appearance of the 
original immigrant Odynerus. 


. This open country is that which would always 


(from the nature of the avifauna) have been either 
devoid of insectivorous birds or very sparsely 
frequented by them. 

On Hawaii, the big island, the tendency is decidedly 
to one uniform condition of blackness and the 
formation of a single group—the pale-banded 
forms tending to lose the bands, or having quite 
lost them in the female sex ; the red-marked species 
having the red marks diminished, faint or dull, 
as compared with the nearest allied species on the 
neighbouring islands. Hawaii is very rich in birds. 

Except on Kauai, the ancestral character of the 
yellow bands is confirmed by their retention by 
those species which are least peculiar as compared 
with foreign forms, and by the fact that almost 


Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 699 


any species is, as a very rare variety, liable to 
produce such a form, the band in such case being 
often very faint and fine, only found on one seg- 
ment, sometimes fragmentary, or represented only 
on the ventral surface, where it is, of course, 
invisible in life. 

12. Though the nigripennis group is probably of much 
later origin in the islands than the other, which it 
is to be noted has produced within the islands 
distinct genera (Nesodynerus, Pseudopterocheilus, 
Chelodynerus), yet it also is ancient; for it is 
represented by a highly modified species O. localis 
in Kauai, and by a second distinct one on Oahu, 
O. epipseustes. In Yocalis such important structures 
are modified that much time would be required. 

13. Consequently the arrival of the ancestor of the 
nigripennis group may well have happened at a 
time when the condition of the avifauna was very 
different. 

14, The nigripennis group of Odynerus might possibly 
have become much more numerous in species had 
not the islands been already occupied by a great 
number of forms developed from the earlier im- 
migration. We may compare the case of the bird 
family Drepanididae, with that of the later-arriving 
Meliphagidae. 


IMPORTANCE OF THE HAWAIIAN FAUNA IN THE STUDY 
OF EVOLUTION. 
Nov. 4, 1911. 

I believe the Hawaiian islands are for the solving of 
many most important problems, without any equal else- 
where as at present known. The excessive complications 
of great continental faunas or continental islands are 
absent, yet the fauna is itself large enough to present 
many of the same phenomena. I saw this many years 
ago and referred to 1t in my paper on the “ Vertebrata” 
(under the Birds) in the “ Fauna Hawaiiensis.” 


Nov. 13, 1911. 

I cannot follow the de Vries people at all. Their 
mutations and fluctuations are distinctions without any 
particular difference to me. They know nothing about 
the instability of the latter, For instance, suppose we 


700 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the 


get by selection a melanic form from a pale creature. If 
it is then placed under exactly similar conditions to those 
of the parent pale form, it is certainly likely to revert, but 
if it is, as probably would be the case in nature, maintained 
for generations, it seems to me the whole life of the 
creature would be profoundly modified, and germ-cells 
and many other parts would be affected. Many import- 
ant external agencies would be changed, absorption of 
heat, e.g. They seem to expect to see everything revert, 
because it 1s known to do so in a limited number of 
examples and after a few generations. 

One of the most important parts of my introduction 
will deal with insects known to have been introduced. 
Some of these produce a brood every three weeks or so 
throughout the year. Is it not remarkable that after 
years in the islands, and having come from very different 
countries, we do not find these producing varieties under 
such new conditions, and after so many generations ? 

It seems that it ordinarily takes a great time to start a 
variable condition, but it does come in the end, for, if we 
look at the species which are peculiar to the islands, but 
are comparatively recent arrivals (i.e. not very peculiar 
and which have not yet given rise to allied species), we 
see that these are almost always excessively variable. Con- 
sider how constant are the undersides of Vanessa atalanta, 
cardui, ete., yet our V. tammeamea, Ksch., allied to these, 
presents the most remarkable variations constantly. 
Hypenodes altivolans, hardly different from a species found 
in England, New Zealand, etc., is extraordinarily variable 
with us, and the same is true of many other Hawaiian 
species. 


Nov. 15, 1911. 

I am much impressed with the stability of species for 
many generations under changed conditions—to which I 
have referred previously. 

Of course a species already in a highly plastic condition 
would presumably be more likely to exhibit change in a 
short time. But— 


(a) In Blackburn’s collection (of which I have a large 
part), formed thirty years ago, variable species 
exhibited the same varieties then as now. 

(b) Introduced species from other very diverse countries 
have not altered after many generations, This 


Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 701 


applies to species which are known as being plastic 
outside the islands, i.e. ones which have formed 
marked varieties or races in countries different 
from the one whence they were imported to 
our islands, but which they, no doubt, reached 
naturally, and at a much more remote period. 


From my knowledge of insects generally I should say 
that species we call very variable are usually really con- 
stant in their varieties, i.e. the varieties themselves are of 
regular occurrence in nature—some rarer some commoner, 
like species. It evidently requires much time to alter 
either species or varieties. What a time it must have 
taken to produce the eighteen genera of Drepanididae, a 
family peculiar to the islands! This and the extreme 
specialisation of so many of the genera seem to point to 
an ancient excessive competition, unrealisable on present 
conditions. 

I suspect that some day a widespread cause inducing 
plasticity will be discovered. It must be remembered 
that many of our commonest imported insects have no 
enemies at all to keep them constant by selection, but they 
have not begun to vary yet.* 


* [The following contribution to this discussion was contained in 
a letter written by Dr. Perkins from Honolulu, May 20, 1912 :—] 

I am astonished after my experience here at the permanency of 
specific characters. When I see the enormous changes in climate 
and general conditions produced by the white man’s destructive 
work, and compare examples of all sorts of insects collected to-day 
with those taken over 75 years ago by old collectors, or 30-40 years 
ago by Blackburn, I should have expected to have found at least 
some perceptible difference between the individuals after so many 
generations (things breed all the year here, many of them average a 
brood to a month or six weeks). 

Again, the conspicuous dominant wasps of the genus Polistes 
introduced nearly half a century ago—more conspicuous and fierce, 
and more numerous than any Odyneri—might have been expected 
to influence the more plastic of the indigenous species, viz. those 
which have a coloration that could be easily changed to resemble 
the new arrivals. In general it appears that an enormous time 
must be allowed for specific change, unless it occurs abruptly and 
suddenly. We have lately had a tropical American Odynerus 
introduced here, of quite a different type from our groups; but its 
appearance could easily be arrived at by some of the native species. 
This new species (no doubt, imported by man) is already, after a 
year or so, @ most dominant species. Theoretically it should be 
badly off, as it would be unknown to our endemic birds, etc., and it 
is not very startling in colour. 


XV. Synaposematic resemblance between Acraeine larvae. 
By G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.), 
F.E.S., Member of the Royal Society’s Sleeping 


Sickness Commission. 
[Read October 16th, 1912. ] 


WHEN breeding Acraeine larvae I have on several occasions 
been deceived by the very close likeness existing between 
larvae of different species. In May 1911, on Damba 
Island, Victoria Nyanza, I found a company of Acraeca 
larvae, and reared them to maturity. These were sent 
to Prof. Poulton, who identified them as Acraeca terpsi- 
chore, L. Subsequently I found more larvae which I took 
to be the same as the former. The imagines bred from 
them were, however, identified by Prof. Poulton as 
Acraca alicia, EK. M. Sharpe. The larvae were light green, 
shining, with head and legs black, with a transverse row 
of six rather long spinose spines across each segment, the 
four central ones being black, the lateral ones green and 
directed downwards. ‘The pupae also appeared to be 
similar, but I did not take a written description. 

The second instance is of some interest. 

About the middle of June, 1911, on Damba Island, I 
found a company of small larvae feeding in the jungle on 
one leaf of the food-plant which appeared to be a species 
of nettle, stinging very feebly. I reared them, and the 
imagines supplied the first epigonic proof that Acraca 
alciope, Hew., and Aecraca awrivillw, Staud., were male and 
female of the same species. These larvae were dull 
yellowish, with a lateral line of a more pronounced yellow, 
above which was a black line; from the latter, at right- 
angles, narrow black streaks ran dorsalwards, but not so 
far as the mid line. Head and legs black. Of the six 
spines on each segment the one on each side arising from 
the lateral line was yellowish, the rest black, 

About two months later I found another company of 
similar larvae on a leaf (of the same plant) and reared 
them. To my astonishment the imagines were a totally 
different Acraea, whose name I knew not. Mr. Eltring- 


TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART IV, (FEB.) 


Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on Acraeine larvae. 7038 


ham identified them as Acraea humilis, E. M. Sharpe, and 
Acraea orestia, Hew., so that these two were shown to be 
forms of one species. Both larvae and pupae had been so 
like those of A. alciope that no suspicion had crossed my 
mind that they were of a different species. 

The third instance of resemblance concerns larvae of the 
genus Planema. On August 17th, in the jungle of Damba 
Island, about 5 p.m., I saw a female Planema macarista, 
E. M. Sharpe, sitting on the leaf of a creeper, apparently 
just completing oviposition. I saw her lay the last egg, 
and then captured her. The eggs were laid all together on 
the upper surface of one leaf, but each distinct from the 
others. They were barrel-shaped, rather elongated, lemon 
yellow, attached to the leaf in an upright position by one 
extremity. Under a low power of the microscope the 
surface was seen to be longitudinally ribbed, with faintly 
marked cross bars between adjacent ribs. They were 
twenty in number. All except one hatched on August 
25th ; and the dates of the successive ecdyses of the larvae 
were Aug. 31st, Sept. 7th, Sept. llth, and Sept. 16th. 
Unfortunately the majority of them died after this from 
an infectious disease, but one or two, though dwarfed 
pupated on Sept. 21st, these pupae subsequently dying. 

The larvae were of a bright, shining, claret colour, with 
black head, legs and spines, the latter being rather long. 
Until more than half grown these larvae congregated 
together in a mass, whereby, under natural conditions, 
their conspicuousness would of course have been greatly 
accentuated. Though I obtained no imagines from this 
brood, the parent was undoubtedly Pl. macarista. [The 
parent was exhibited to the Society on Oct. 16th, 1912.— 
E. B. Poulton. ] 

The description of the pupa was as follows :— 

Pinkish white, with black veins on the wings, and small 
black linear markings on the ventral surface. On the 
head are two widely separated pointed processes of the 
same colour as the body. From the dorsal surface of the 
abdomen project four pairs of long thin black spines, 
hooked at the tip, arising each from an orange pink 
tubercle, on each side of the outer aspect of the base of 
which is a black line; except the anterior tubercle which 
has only a short black line anteriorly to its base. 

In October, one of my boys brought me from the Damba 
jungle on the leaves of a creeper of a different species from 


704 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the 


the former, three larvae of identically the same appear- 
ance as recorded above. These pupated almost immedi- 
ately, and the pupae also corresponded with the above 
description. TInaturally concluded they also were Pl. maca- 
rista ; and when the imagines emerged on Oct. 18th, and 
showed the orange band on the forewings and white on the 
hindwings, I concluded they were all males, and put them 
away without a careful examination. They were sent to 
Prof. Poulton in due course, who, to my great interest 
and astonishment, pronounced them to be two males and 
a female of Planema poggei, Dewitz., and not Pl. macarista. 

At the beginning of 1912 I moved to Bugalla Island, 
forming one of the Sesse group in the N.W. corner of the 
Victoria Nyanza. 

In April I found in the forest a larva which exactly 
corresponded with the description previously given— 
claret-coloured with head, spines and legs black. It 
pupated on April 19th. I carefully looked at the pupa, 
and saw no difference in it from those of Pl. macarista ani 
pogget. However, when the imago came out on May Ist, 
it was neither macarista nor pogget, but Pl. arenaria, EH. M. 
Sharpe. I have since reared other specimens of this 
species from larvae found in the forest. 

Here, then, we have larvae and pupae of three common 
and very conspicuous Planemas so closely resembling 
each other that I have not been able to distinguish any 
difference ; though I have not had specimens of each to 
compare side by side. 


July, 1912. 


Note—Later in the year Dr. Carpenter sent spirit 
specimens of some of the species referred to above. Con- 
cerning the larvae and pupae of Pl. arenaria he wrote 
Now. 26, 1912,:-— 

“The very young larvae are dull green with black 
auterior segments. After the first ecdysis the black 
becomes claret colour, and the green a sort of vague 
dull pink, which gradually becomes darker owing to the 
anterior claret tint spreading backwards, until the whole 
larva is of that tint. Its colour is then indistinguishable 
from that of macarista or poggei. Inasmuch as the larva 
of macarista is from birth onwards always the same, I 
think the facts show that the arenaria larva mimics that 


Synaposematic resemblance between Acracine larvae. 705 


of macarista. (I have only just discovered this, or would 
have told you when I made my remarks on Acraeine 
larvae.) The two pupae of Pl. arenaria, which might 
equally well be macarista or poggei, are very remarkably 
resistant to the cyanide bottle—even more so than the 
imagines! I put them in one evening; next morning I 
took them out and they were still, literally, kicking. 
Next evening I repeated the experiment with the same 
result! I had to chloroform them eventually.” 


(8706S) 


XVI. The Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyi, 
Neave. By G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., B.M., 
(Oxon.), F.E.S. 


[Read November 6th, 1912. ] 


WHEN I came out to Uganda as a member of the Royal 
Society’s Sleeping Sickness Commission, I obtained per- 
mission from the Society to send the Lepidoptera which 
I might collect to Prof. Poulton; and it is to frequent 
correspondence with him that the following interesting 
result is due, which confirms the suggestion made by 
Dr. Karl Jordan that several forms of Pseudacraeca, 
hitherto regarded as distinct species, would be found to 
be only polymorphic forms of one species. 

At the beginning of 1912 my investigations into the 
bionomics of Glossina took me to Bugalla, one of the 
Sesse Islands—-a group lying in the N.W. corner of the 
great Lake Victoria, some twenty-five miles S.W. of 
Kntebbe. Here I soon found that Pseudacraeae of the 
three forms terra, hobleyi, and obscura, together with 
intermediate forms, were extremely abundant; teva being 
more numerous than the other two put together. Every- 
thing was favourable for testing Dr. Jordan’s suggestion. 
I obtained many females in succession, and put them in a 
large box with gauze front, hoping they would oviposit on 
the leaves which I put in; but none would lay. I was 
not at this time aware of the specific food-plant, and had 
not been able to find the food-plant of Psewdacraea lucretia 
which Prof. Poulton suggested would probably be the 
food-plant of the hobleyi forms. Thinking that the atmo- 
spheric conditions in my hut, on top of an open grassy hill 
about 150 feet above the lake, were not suited to the 
forest-loving butterflies, I took the box down into the 
forest in which the Pseudacraeas fly, and stood it on 
supports in a large basin of water. Still the Pseudacraeas 
would not lay, and I was beginning to despair. However, 
on Sunday, June 16th, 1912, in the forest on the lake 
shore, I saw a Psewdacraea which I had been following 
about, and vainly trying to catch, settle on the under surface 


TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND, 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 


Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyi. TOT 


of a leaf of a sapling, remain motionless, hanging from it 
with wings closed, and then fly away quickly. On looking 
at the leaf, to my intense pleasure, I found an egg on the 
iniddle of the under surface, still glistening with the 
secretion affixing it to the leaf, and of a dull yellow colour. 

Let me here briefly state the main facts of the life- 
history. The parent was one of the intermediate forms 
so plentiful in the locality, being an “ obscura” with large 
pale areas, and a reddish suffusion strongly marked on the 
under surface of the base of the hindwing, indicating an 
admixture of the “ hobleyi” form. 


The egg was laid on June 16. 
The egg hatched. June 25. 
Ist larval ecdysis. July 1. 


2nd do. July 7. 
3rd do. July 14. 
4th do. July 21. 


Larva pupated. August 1. 
Imago emerged. August 16. 
The imago was a male, of the form “ terra.” 


This in itself was sufficient to prove the identity of the 
forms “obscura,” “hobleyi” and “terra.” Further, the 
larva and pupa corresponded exactly with the coloured 
drawings of those of Ps. imitator, Trim., as drawn by 
Miss Margaret E. Fountaine, and published in the Trans- 
actions of the Ent. Soc., Part I, 1911 (pp. 57-59, and 
Pl. X), thus bringing this form into the same category. 
Miss Fountaine, however, makes no mention of the great 
difference in the appearance and habits of the young 
larva before and after the first ecdysis. 

I will now proceed with the detailed description of the 
varlous stages. 

The Ovum.—When freshly deposited on the 16th June, 
at noon, was of a uniform dull yellow colour. In shape 
it was spherical, but slightly flattened at point of attach- 
ment to the leaf: the surface being of a shagreen texture 
and deeply sculptured into hexagonal cells. On June 18th 
the periphery became clearer and less yellow, the centre 
opaque and dull pinkish. On the 24th the centre became 
black, and the outer parts white and semi-transparent. 

The Larva.—Finally, without further change in the 
appearance of the ovum, at 9.15 am. on June 25th the 
young larva ate its way through the shell, and at once set 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 3B 


708 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the 


to work to consume the rest, which it accomplished in 
half an hour. The larva was rather “ maggotty looking,” 
being of a dull greenish white, and quite smooth, with no 
processes whatsoever on body or head, which was smooth 
shining black. In a very short while the larva took up 
its position along the edge of the leaf: and within a few 
hours, before it had eaten any of the leaf, had affixed to 
its back one or two pellets of excrement. The way in 
which it subsequently ate the leaf was interesting. It 
ate a small hole out of the edge, and then continued this 
down the side of a lateral rib of the leaf, subsequently 
doing the same on the other side of the rib, which was 
cut out from the rest of the leaf tissue but attached by 
its base. On this bare rib the young larva rested, and 
very soon had accumulated a large number of light brown 
pellets of excrement on its back and on the leaf around 
it. It always returned to rest at the same spot after 
feeding. 

First Ecdysis—The first ecdysis occurred on July Ist, 
with a complete change in appearance and habits. The 
larva no longer covered itself with pellets; and the 
appearance it took on persisted until after the fourth 
ecdysis; the characters acquired at the first being merely 
accentuated by the second and third ecdyses. The de- 
scription of the larva after the third ecdysis is as follows. 
(See also Miss Fountaine’s drawing.) 


From first to fourth Hedysis. Dorsally—From behind the third 
segment to the posterior margin of the tenth, of the same green hue 
as the leaf, bordered with a pale brownish lateral line. Along this 
line, from each segment arises a spine, beset with smaller spines. 
The former are quite small except on segments two, three, eleven, 
and twelve, while that on segment two is the largest of all, and the 
pair diverge outwards and forwards like antlers, reaching the level 
of the front of the head. The pair on the third segment is similar 
but smaller. On segments two and three the dorsal green colour is 
much marked by pale brown areas continued inwards and backwards 
from the bases of the “horns” to meet mid-dorsally, making the 
hinder sides of a triangular area whose base is formed by a simi- 
lar line extending transversely between the bases of the “horns.” 
The first segment, dorsally, is mostly blackish, with a narrow 
antero-posterior mid-dorsal white line. 

Posteriorly, there are two more pairs of enlarged spines, those on 
the eleventh segment being a little larger than those in the middle 


life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyr. ‘709 


of the body; and those on the twelfth midway in size between 
those of the second and third segments, and curved upwards and 
forwards. The colouring of the last two segments dorsally is ashy 
grey, dotted and mottled with blackish. 

Laterally.—From behind the head until the eighth segment the 
larva is greenish black, but on the eighth segment this is bevelled 
off and gradually replaced by ashy grey, which is continued to the 
end of the body and there becomes continuous with the same colour 
dorsally. On the seventh segment the dark colour is interrupted 
by a large, raised, triangular whitish flap, with its base at the lateral 
line, and its apex running on to the base of the clasper, and there 
ending in a spine which points almost directly outwards at right 
angles to the body. There is a similar, dark, spine, on the base of 
the clasper of the seventh segment. 

Head.—Greenish black, slightly bifid at top, beset with numerous 
small white spines. A narrow whitish band bordered with blackish 
starts on each side of mid-line at the crown, nearly meets its fellow 
in the middle of the front of the head, and curves away again 
below. 


As regards its habits the larva has the same “ homing” 
instinct as when much younger, always resting at the tip 
of a bare rib, and returning there after feeding. In the 
resting position the head and first five segments are raised 
off the leaf, and also all that part of the body behind the 
fourth pair of claspers, this being held up at quite a sharp 
angle, thus bringing more into evidence the lateral ashy 
colour of that part of the body. The larva is very 
sluggish and rarely moves except in connection with 
feeding. 

The fourth Ecdysis.—This took place on July 21st and 
brought great change in appearance. The general colour 
was now a velvety purplish brown, and under a lens the 
whole integument was seen to be finely dusted with 
minute green dots. Here and there the purplish tint was 
replaced by greenish mottling. The flap on the side of 
the 7th segment, and the formerly grey area behind it, 
now became light pinkish brown, and just anterior to the 
flap were two raised circular dots of pure white. The 
first segment still bore a short white mid-dorsal line. 
With this ecdysis the spinous processes are considerably 
developed, those on segments four to nine, inclusive, being 
trifid at the extremity, the central prong slightly the 
largest. The pair on the second segment are even larger 

3B2 


710 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the 


than before, very thick, slightly flattened at the extremity, 
and are set with minute spines along the edges. They 
diverge upwards and outwards, and then turn forwards at 
an angle. The spines on the third segment are only a 
little larger than those on the middle segments. 

The processes on the tenth segment are a little larger 
than those on the third, and flattened from side to side. 
The last pair of processes (on eleventh segment) are very 
large, and almost leaf-like, owing to the great flattening 
from side to side: the anterior and posterior edges have 
a frayed appearance, owing to their being set with small 
spines close together. These processes curve forwards 
and upwards. 

The head is very spiny, ash-coloured in front, dark 
brown at sides. . 

Pupation—On July 29th the larva spent the day curled 
up on a leaf eating nothing, and on the evening of the 
30th suspended itself by the last pair of claspers from 
the tip of a leaf. On the 1st August, very early in the 
morning, before daybreak, it pupated. After this first ex- 
perience I have reared numbers of these larvae, and it is 
very interesting to note that the preparations for pupation 
always occur in the same way. During one night, after 
remaining motionless in a curled-up posture on the leaf 
for some twelve hours, the larva will suspend itself from 
the leaf tip; and pupation takes place during the next 
night. Presumably by this adaptation the pupa gains by 
not being exposed to daylight till the protective green 
colour is fully developed, which takes some hours. The 
pupa corresponded exactly with the figure and description 
of that of Ps. imatator (loc. cit.), save only that the long 
processes from the head were not twisted but quite 
straight and parallel to each other. 


The pupa in colour was leaf green, but the lower surface of the 
dorsum, and head, was slightly tinted with a light bluish grey 
bloom, as if to neutralise shadow. From the top of the head project 
a pair of flattened stalk-like processes, soldered together along 
adjacent edges except at the extreme tips, which are square. These 
processes immediately after the shedding of the larval skin are 
separate from each other, short, and curved dorsally. They appear 
to be straightened out to their final position and shape by the forcing 
into them of fluid, and the triangular processes on the abdomen 
are similarly distended, being very small at first. The cephalic 


Life History of Pseudacraea ewrytus hobleyi. 711 


processes are about one-third of the length from top of head to end 
of abdomen. They make a large obtuse angle with the ventral 
surface of the body, but are in the same longitudinal plane. The 
body is very much flattened from side to side: each abdominal 
segment is slightly ridged in the mid-ventral line, the edge of the 
ridge being outlined in dark brown. From the dorsal surface of 
the abdomen project two large triangular processes, very thin from 
side to side, with edges outlined in dark brown. One, near the tip 
of the abdomen, is only half the size of that arising from the base 
of the abdomen, which has on its posterior edge a secondary 
triangular eminence. 


Emergence of the Imago.—On Aug. 18 the antennae and 
limbs became very distinct through the pupal skin, and on 
Aug. 15 two dark patches showed on the forewing. These 
dark areas were the future tawny areas on the forewing of 
the imago, and soon assumed that colour, the rest of the 
wing then becoming black. On the morning of the 16th 
I was able to see how the wings were separated from the 
pupal skin by the secretion of air between the two, and 
very shortly the imago emerged; a male of the form 
hitherto described as a distinct species under the name 
Pseudacraea terra, Neave. 

The fortunate observation that showed me the food- 
plant has enabled me to recognise it in the forest: it is 
the tree which serves as food for Ps. lucretia, but I have 
been unable to get full botanical specimens of flower, etc., 
for identification. I have now had no difficulty in getting 
captive females to oviposit on food-plant in the box in the 
forest, and up to the time of writing have secured one or 
more ova from six females of all three forms. The young 
larvae are rather delicate, and sometimes exhaust them- 
selves so much by wandering about, spinning a silk foot- 
hold as they go, that they are unable to eat the hard dry 
leaf, and die. I have lost some of each brood save one, 
from this cause. Of one brood of four which all hatched 
on one day, the members all seemed equally thriving, 
when one, for some reason unknown, ceased feeding and 
shrivelled up. The food-plant being so dry, has to be 
renewed every other day, in spite of being kept in water. 
In spite of these disappointments, however, I hope to 
provide Prof. Poulton with specimens of each form reared 
from the other. 


August 1912. 


712 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the: 


APPENDIX. 


[I have thought it well to add to this paper an account 
of specimens subsequently bred by Dr. Carpenter from 
three known females of the obscura form. All three were 
captured in the neighbourhood of Dr. Carpenter’s camp on 
the east side of the centre of Bugalla Island. Having had 
the opportunity of comparing the whole of the “set” 
material, I have added a few notes to Dr. Carpenter’s 
descriptions of the three parents and their offspring, but 
it has not been deemed necessary to indicate the slight 
additions.—K. B. PouLton.] | 

Series B.—Parent obscwra, captured in the forest just 
above lake level, June 30, 1912 (laid four eggs). 


Hatched. 1st Moult.| 2nd. 8rd. 4th. Pupated. | Imago. 


1. July 12 July 20 | July 26 Aug.1 | Aug. 7 | Aug. 1S | Sept. 3 
2. July 12 July 21 | July 26 Aug. 1 | Aug. 9 | Aug. 21 | Sept. 6 


3. July 13 July 21 | July 26 Aug.2 | Aug.10 | Aug. 23 | Sept.8 | 


Remarks.—The female parent has a pronounced pale 
forewing bar and the hindwing towards the base is paler 
than usual. The umber brown marking on the hindwing 
under surface is rather more developed than is usual in 
obscwra. 

1 is a 2 terra with pale fulvous forewing bar which on 
the under side is nearly white. 

2. A particularly interesting ? specimen. I do not think 
I have caught one quite like it. It would take very little 
to make it into imitator. The subapical bar is white, the 
inner marginal forewing pale area is very faintly marked, 
and a very little would cause it to disappear altogether ; 
and to make the hindwing like imitator you only want a 
concentration of the pale colour into a band. The speci- 
men bears much resemblance to the female parent, differ- 
ing in the more pronounced forewing bar and the less 
pronounced pale areas on the rest of the expanse of both 
wings. 

3. A? terra, with rather more white suffusion on the 
forewing bar than in 1. 

Traces of the umber marking appear in all three 
offspring, faintly in 1 and 8, distinct in 2 which resembles 
the parent in this respect. 


Life History of Pseudacraea ewrytus hobleyi, 718 


Series C.—Parent a pale obscwra, captured in the 
forest just above lake level, July 9, 1912 (only laid one egg, 
on July 9). 


4th. 


Aug. 10 | Aug. 22 


Pupated. | Imago. 


IstMoult., 2nd. | 8rd, 


Sept. — 


July 24 | 
| 


Hatched. 
July 17 


July 30 | Aug. 4 


Remarks.—The parent is more worn than B, but 
apparently the chief pale area of both wings was much 
less pronounced than in the latter. The basal area of 
hindwing under surface is free from the umber brown 
marking. 

1. Imago a f obsewra tending in the direction of terra. 
No umber marking on under surface. 

Series D.—Parent obscwra-hobleyi, captured on flowers 
at the edge of the forest, July 15, 1912 (laid 13 ova). 

One egg shrivelled, one failed to hatch, one larva died 
before first moult, another was a “ wanderer ” and died from 
exhaustion, another died during first moult and one after. 
Result seven pupae only. 


Hatched, 1st Moult. 2nd, 3rd. 4th. Pupated.| Imago. 
1, July 25 July 30 | Aug. 4 | Aug. 9 | Aug. 15 | Aug, 26 | Sept.\10 
2. July 25 July 30 | Aug. 4 | Aug. 9 | Aug. 16 | Aug. 28 | Sept. 11 
%. July 26 July 31 | Aug. 4 | Aug. 10 | Aug. 16 | Aug. 28 | Sept. 12 
4, July 26 July 31 | Aug. 5 | Aug. 10 | Aug.17 | Aug. 29 | Sept. 138 
5. July 27 Aug.1 | Aug. 9 | Aug.14 | Aug. 26 | Sept. 4 | Sept. 20 
6. July 28 Aug.4 | Aug.11 | Aug.17 | Aug.26 | Sept.6 | Sept. 21 
7. July 28 Aug.5 | Aug.12 | Aug. 20 | Aug. 29 | Sept.7 | Sept. 23 


Remarks.—The parent is worn like C, but its pale areas 
had been apparently much like those of B, showing like 
the latter a tendency towards the female hodleyi in the 
emphasis of the white bar. The umber marking is 
present, but faded, and it is difficult to estimate the 
original development of this marking. 

1. 2 terra tending towards hobleyi ? in the paleness of 
all the forewing markings, especially on the under surface 
(where they are white), in the distinct umber marking on 
the under surface and the traces of a white bar along its 
outer margin. 

2. 2 terra with a trace of obscura. The umber marking 
barely visible. 

3. 2 terra with white forewing subapical bar. In this 
and the umber marking and the white areas on the under 


714 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the 


surface of the forewing this specimen exhibits the same 
tendencies as 1. 

4. 2 terra, dark, with faintest trace of obscura; very 
similar to 2. 

5, g obscura, much like C 1, but tending rather more 
strongly in the direction of ¢terva. Umber marking barely 
visible, 

6. 2 similar to 5, only tending rather more strongly 
towards ¢er7'a on the hindwing upper surface. 

7. g similar to 5, but tending slightly more strongly 
towards terra. Sept. 21, 1912. 


[The two families tabulated below, together with the 
notes upon them, were received in a letter from Dr. 
Carpenter, dated October 17, 1912.] 


Series E.—Female parent a typical 2 hobleyi, captured 
at the edge of the forest, July 24, 1912. 


| 
' Hatched. Ist Moult,} 2nd. 3rd. 4th. Pupated. | Imago. 


1. Aug, 4 Aug. 11 | Aug.17 | Aug.27 | Sept. 2 | Sept. 14 | Sept. 28 
2. Aug. 4 Aug. 11 | Aug. 20 | Sept.2 | Sept. 9 | Sept. 21} Oct.4 


3. Aug. 4 Aug. 13 | Aug. 21 | Sept.3 | Sept.11 | Sept.22 | Oct.6 


Remarks.—1. A typical (dwarfed) ? hobleyi, 

2. 2, approach to imitator like B 2. 

3. g, a combination of hobleyi, terra and obscura, showing 
early stage towards No. 2. 

The hobleyi influence is shown in both 2 and 3 by the 
strong development of the umber triangle on the hind- 
wing under surface. 

Two other ova shrivelled up without hatching. 

Series F.—Female parent a typical terra, captured 
Aug. 2, at the edge of the forest. 


| Hatched. |1st Moult. Ondeea|peeords | 4th, | 5th. 


Sept. 14 | Sept. 23 


Pupated. | Imago. 


Oct. 18 


Oct. 4 


| Aug. 11 | Aug. 25 | Sept.1 | Sept. 7 


Remarks.—For some reason this larva grew slowly and 
put in an extra ecdysis on Sept. 23 (the 5th). The 
butterfly is a typical ¢ terra, except for the presence of 
a strongly marked indication of the umber triangle. The 
female parent was cut to pieces by ants which got into 
the cage, but the wings show no trace of the umber 
marking, 


Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyt. 715 


Series G—Female parent a typical 2 hodleyi, captured 
on flowers at the edge of the forest, Aug. 6, 1912. 


Hatched. 1st Moult.; 2nd. | 3rd. 4th. Pupated. | Imago. 
Ty Auge lz Aug, 26 | Sept.1 | Sept.S | Sept.14 | Sept.25] Oct. 9 
2. Aug. 18 Aug. 27 | Sept. 1 | Sept. 8 | Sept.15 | Sept. 26] Oct. 10 
3. Aug. 18 Aug. 27 | Sept. 1 Sept.8 | Sept. 16 | Sept. 27 | Oct. 11 
4, Aug. 18 Ang. 27 | Sept. 2 | Sept.8 | Sept. 16 | Sept. 27] Oct. 11 
5. Aug. 18 | Aug. 27 | Sept.2 | Sept.8 | Sept. 16 | Sept.27 | Oct. 11 
6. Aug. 18 | Aug. 27 | Sept. 3 Sept.S | Sept.16 | Sept. 27 | Oct. 12 


Remarks,—No, 2 a typical $ hobleyi. All the others 
typical female hobleyi except No. 4 and No. 6, in which 
the white bar of the hindwing is continued on to the fore- 
wing so as to meet, or nearly meet, the subapical white 
bar. This latter feature is seen in the parent. 

There were, alas, seven other eggs, but six young larvae 
died soon after hatching, one as a result of 3rd moult. 
All the survivors were pure hobleyi, 5 292,1 2. 

From the results I have obtained so far, it appears that 
form hobleyi has a very strong influence and it is the most 
distinct form (dominant in the non-Mendelian sense). 
Let me tabulate the following reasons, 


I. An enormous number of otherwise more or less 
typical terra and obscura have a reddish tint at 
base of the hindwing under surface, and this 
applies still more to a large number of inter- 
mediates strongly tinted with hobleyz. 


II. But though terra-hobleyi, and obscura-hobleyi are 
common enough, yet I have not yet, so far as I 
am aware, sent you a single specimen of hobleyr- 
terra or hobleyi-obscura—i. e. a form which you 
could say was hobleyi tainted with obscwra or 
terra. 


IIL. I have not bred a pure hobleyi from terra or obscura. 


IV. Lastly (which seems most important) from two 
hobleyi parents I have bred, on the one hand, in 
series EK, a typical hobleyi and two intermediates 
(no typical terra or obscwra), on the other, in series 
G, six offspring, of which not one was anything 
but typical hobleyi! This seems extremely interest- 
ing, and I suppose indicates that hodleyi is the 
longest established form in Uganda at any rate. 


716 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on Pseudacraea hobleyi. 


I should, a day ago, have said that I supposed hodleyi 
had nearly become a true species—but yesterday I read 
Dr. Jordan’s paper, and at the end he dealt with this very 
fallacy ! 

So hobleyt seems dominant over both terva and obscura ; 
the former of the last two being also stronger than the 
latter. Hobdleyi, thus, is the most interesting form to breed 
from, and I have now got another in confinement. 


ix aie? 


XVII. On some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon. By 
E. Ernest GREEN, F.E.S., Govt. Entomologist, 
Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya, 


[Read November 6th, 1912. ] 
PLATE LXXXVI. 


Harmatelia bilinea, Walk. 


A short note on the occasional luminosity of this beetle 
was published in “ Spolia Zeylanica,” vol. vii, Part XX VITI, 
p. 212, Aug. 1911. 

At that time I had not personally noticed any luminous 
phenomena connected with this insect, although many 
living examples of Harmatelia had been under observa- 
tion. But, in September 1911, two specimens, caught in 
the Peradeniya Gardens, exhibited a distinct light when 
examined in a dark room. 

It was seen at once that the light was not confined to a 
single area, as in most other Lampyridae, but was emitted 
from several distinct foci on each side of the body. 
These luminous spots appeared to be closely connected 
with the spiracles. Eight luminous foci could be dis- 
tinguished on each side of the abdomen, and one on each 
side of the thorax—the latter apparently situated beneath 
the shoulder of the elytron. When emitting the light, 
the abdomen was slightly depressed, to expose the dorso- 
lateral area, and, when at its brightest, the whole abdomen 
appeared to be irradiated internally. The luminous spots 
were more brilliant on the dorsum, but could be plainly 
distinguished (by transmission) on the venter of the 
insect. 

The accompanying figure (Plate LX X XVI, Fig. 1) shows, 
diagrammatically, the position of the phosphorescent foci 
as seen from below, the luminous spots being represented 
in red. 

Ihave not yet succeeded in determining the female of 
this beetle, and it remains uncertain whether the other 
sex is an apterous grub-like creature, or whether it is in 
the form of a normal beetle. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 


718 Mr. E. Ernest Green on 


Doptoma adamsi, Pascoe. 


Of this insect, Dr. Sharp remarks (Camb. Nat. Hist., 
Insects, Part II, p. 252): “Nothing is known as to the 
habits of this curiosity, not even whether it is luminous 
in one or both sexes.” 

I am now in a position to state definitely that Dioptoma 
is luminous, in both sexes. On the 12th of this month 
(Sept. 1912) I observed a glow-worm displaying its light 
and evidently signalling for the male. The hinder part 
of her body was recurved over the back, so that the large 
sub-terminal photogenic organ was fully exposed. While 
examining the female (without disturbing her) I witnessed 
the advent of the male. His approach was not heralded 
by any display of fireworks on his part; but his arrival 
caused a partial eclipse of the luminous disc on the female, 
and her tail was immediately turned down to the normal 
position. On boxing the specimens, I found the male 
in coitu, and discovered that I had captured the two sexes 
of Dioptoma adamsi, 

Later, when examining my captures in the dark, I was 
interested to observe that the male Dioptoma (hitherto sup- 
posed to be non-luminous) displays—under sexual excite- 
ment—a brilliant series of lights of an emerald green colour. 
There is a transverse series of 4 luminous spots along the 
posterior margin of the prothorax; a marginal abdominal 
series of 8 on each side ; and two converging dorsal series 
(of 3 points) on the hinder segments of the abdomen. It 
is possible that this dorsal series may extend towards the 
base of the abdomen, but the other spots would be eclipsed 
by the opaque elytra. When viewed from below, inter- 
mittent flashes appeared to emanate from the ventral area 
of the thorax, but I was unable to locate their exact 
position. 

The accompanying diagram (Plate LXXXVI, Fig. 2) 
represents a dorsal view of the male Dioptoma, with 
elytron and wing removed on one side, to show the 
position of the luminous spots. I cannot guarantee the 
absolute accuracy of the position of each spot, as it is 
difficult to determine the segments of the living insect— 
when examined in the dark; but the number of visible 
luminous points was verified several times. 

The female Dioptoma is an elongate apterous grub-like 
insect; the body sub-cylindrical, slightly broader than 
deep; the segments approximately of equal width, except 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Pl. LXXXVI. 


LUMINOUS COLEOPTERA FROM CEYLON. 


some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon. 719 


the first which is narrowed in front. Posterior segment 
truncately rounded. Photogenic organ roundly quadrate, 
almost completely occupying the venter of the penulti- 
mate segment ; emitting an intense greenish-yellow light. 
Colour brownish ochreous, the basal half of each dorsal 
segment dark brown. 

Length 30 mm. Breadth 7 mm. 

Although, in the example under observation, the light 
was confined to the area of the large photogenic organ, 
two examples of what appear to be the same species, from 
Kandy, were reported by the collector to have exhibited — 
when freshly caught—a supplementary series of luminous 
points along each side. He describes them as being situ- 
ated intersegmentally, and states that there were two 
luminous points (one dorsad, the other ventrad to the 
lateral line) at each junction of the segments. He did 
not count the number, but thinks that the series extended 
along the whole length of the abdomen. When I received 
them, the insects were more or less moribund, and displayed 
light from the terminal ventral organ only. Some eggs 
laid by these examples did not exhibit any luminescence. 


Lamprophorus tenebrosus, Walk. 

The males of this species, though ordinarily exhibiting 
a very brilliant light, invariably approach a “ calling ” 
female with their light shut off. JI have frequently 
observed the advent of the male, when watching a female 
that was displaying its signal. The first intimation of the 
arrival of the other sex is the partial eclipse of the 
luminous discs of the female. Several males are often in 
attendance upon a single female. 

The male of this species apparently seeks the female 
solely by sight, for I have found them visiting females of 
other species, including that of what I now know to be 
Dioptoma. They are also constantly attracted to lamps at 
night. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXVI. 


Fic. 1. Harmatella bilinea, Walk. (diagrammatic) x 13 (p. 717). 
2. Dioptoma adamsi, Pasc, ( 1 xO, TLS), 


CineZ00) } 


XVIII. On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from 
Africa, mostly KHlidinae. By Row Lanp E. 
TURNER, F.Z.S., F.E.S. 


[Read November 6th, 1912. | 


Dr. BRAuNS has forwarded to me a number of species of 
Myzine, mostly unique specimens, the types of the new 
species remaining in his collection. 

Although a considerable number of males have been 
described from 8. Africa, and some are still undescribed 
in various collections, very few females have hitherto come 
to hand. The collection is therefore of great interest, 
containing several undescribed females. These show much 
variety both in the length and neuration of the wings, 
from the fully developed wings of rujfifrons, Fabr., to the 
very short wings of perniciosa, Turn., in which there is 
only one cubital cell. For the species with short wings 
the name Pseudomeria, Saund., may be conveniently 
retained, but should not be treated as of more than sub- 
generic importance, at all events until the males are 
known. At present both sexes are known in only two 
or three of the §. African species of Myzine, and it is 
quite possible that some of the short-winged females may 
have quite ordinary males, though probably the only 
known male with strongly reduced neuration, JZ. stigma, 
Turn., will prove to have a female of the small Pseudomeria 
type. 
ia also append descriptions of a few species of other 
families recently received by the British Museum from 
East Africa. 


Family SCOLIIDAE. 
Sub-family ELIDINAE, 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF BRAUNSOMERIA, TURN. 


RN Females. 
1. Punctures coarse and often confluent 
longitudinally; abdomen black 
marked with creamy white; length 
12 mm., robust . .-. . . « B. mutilloides, Turn. 
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912. —PART Iv. (FEB.) 


Mr. Rowland E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 721 


Smooth or finely and evenly punctured ; 
abdomen more or less red, without 
white marks ; slender, length about 
CUI, Nee ee ce, tee ett oe 2. 
2. Finely and evenly punctured ; ferru- 
ginous, head and abdominal seg- 
ments 3-5 black... . +.’ . . BJ perpinctata, Turn. 
Almost entirely smooth and shining . 3. 
3. Head red ; pronotum as broad as long. B. quadraticeps, Turn. 
Head black; pronotum longer than 
DYOAG ag cote eis teh) 2 ye ase BY abriceps; tin, 


Lraunsomeria perpunctata, sp. n. 


Q. Aptera, punctata, ferruginea; capite fusco-ferrugineo ; seg- 
mentis dorsalibus 3-5 nigris. 

Long. 7 mm. 

Q. Head rectangular, a little broader than long, almost flat ; 
mandibles not narrowed to the apex, bidentate at the apex, the 
teeth of about equal size, the inner tooth bent abruptly inwards. 
Antennae scarcely longer than the head, inserted close together, the 
tubercles above the base of the antennae well developed and distinctly 
separated. Eyes almost round and rather flat; ocelli absent, their 
position indicated by large punctures. Head, thorax and abdomen 
closely and rather finely punctured, most finely on the abdomen. 
Pronotum narrower than the head, longer than broad; tegulae 
absent ; scutellum short, broadly rounded at the apex; median 
segment a little shorter and narrower than the pronotum, obliquely 
sloped posteriorly, Petiole about as long as the first joint of the 
posterior tarsi, first abdominal segment broadly rounded at the base 
beyond the petiole ; second and third dorsal segments no longer 
than the others and slightly constricted at the base, sixth dorsal 
segment smooth and shining at the apex and in the middle, broadly 
rounded at the apex. Ventral surface shining, very sparsely and 
finely punctured. 


Hab. CaPE Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brawns). 
Easily distinguished from B. quadraticeps and atriceps 
by the close and even puncturation. 


Braunsomeria mutilloides, sp. n. 


Q. Nigra; thorace segmentoque mediano ferrugineis ; tarsis 
testaceis ; mandibulis flagelloque fusco-ferrugineis ; segmento dorsali 
secundo maculis tribus magnis apicalibus; quarto fascia lata 


722 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


apicali utrinque emarginata, quinto macula apicali utrinque pallide 
flavis. 

Long. 12 mm. 

9. Mandibles broad, not narrowed to the apex, bidentate, the 
teeth of about equal size, the inner tooth bent abruptly inwards. 
Clypeus very short, broadly arched ; the labrum slightly exposed. 
Antennae longer than the head, the first joint of the flagellum con- 
cealed in the apex of the scape; interantennal prominence well 
developed, truncate at the apex. Head rectangular, half as broad 
again as long, very slightly convex, coarsely punctured, the punctures 
more or less confluent longitudinally ; eyes large, oval; ocelli 
absent. Thorax and median segment coarsely punctured reticulate ; 
tegulae very small ; pronotum a little longer than broad ; scutellum 
short, broadly rounded at the apex; median segment as long as the 
pronotum and a little narrower, obliquely sloped posteriorly, the 
sides of the segment almost smooth. Abdomen petiolate, the petiole 
narrow and about as long as the second joint of the posterior tarsi, 
the basal segment abruptly widened from the petiole and sub- 
truncate anteriorly, more than half as wide at the base as at the 
apex, closely punctured, the sculpture somewhat concealed by 
close black pubescence ; second and third segments longitudinally 
punctured striate, not larger than the other segments ; fourth and 
fifth closely punctured; sixth shining and sparsely punctured, 
smooth in the middle and at the apex, broadly rounded at the apex. 
Intermediate coxae widely, posterior narrowly separated ; legs short ; 
tarsal ungues small, with one tooth near the middle. 


Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall), 

Type in Coll. Brauns. 

In general appearance this curious insect resembles 
some of the Mutillidae, the pale markings of the abdomen 
representing the patches of pale pubescence so common in 
that family. Although differing much in size and sculpture 
from other known species of Brawnsomeria, I do not 
consider the structural differences sufficient to remove it 
from that genus. 


Key To THE ETHIOPIAN SPECIES OF MYZLNE. 


owes Females. 
1. Stigma situated before one-fifth from 
the base of the forewing ; second 
dorsal segment with a_ broad, 
white, transverse band. Wings 
very short... . . . . . . M. neavei, Turn. 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 723 


Stigma situated at or beyond one- 
third from the base of the fore- 
wing; second dorsal segment 
without a white band. Wings 
sometimes short, usually of 
normal length 

2. Second cubital cell absent . 
Second cubital cell present . . . 10. 
3. Third cubital cell absent, the neura- 
tion not extending peor the 


29 bo 


stigma . . . . . M. perniciosa, Turn. 
Third cubital ea ander fee 4, 
4, Entirely black; size 17 mm. or 
more, very robnat Migs hes 5. 


More or less marked with red or 
ferruginous, smaller and _ less 
BOOUSG! 20 a2 Pah 6. 
5. Forewing scarcely fae seth the 
thorax and median segment com- 
bined, mandibles with a tooth 
bent sharply inwards close to 
the apex; apical dorsal segment 
siciculates) 2.) vs . . M. infradentata, Turn. 
Forewing as long as Se Wiest 
thorax and median segment com- 
bined; mandibles without a 
tooth bent inwards; apical dorsal 


segment smooth . . . . . . M. klugii, Westw. 
6. Median segment with a median 
sulcus or carina. . . . tie 
Median segment without a Auleis 
or carina... 9. 


7. Head and pronotum a sabdomen 
black ; size about 15 mm. ; wings 
ofnormal length .... eh Gee 
Head and thorax ferruginous, A 
domen ferruginous at the base 
with white lateral spots; size 
about 10 mm.; wings short . . M. perornata, Turn, 
8. Legs red; apical dorsal segment 


smoothies 2%: . M. semirufa, Gerst. 
Legs black; apical dorsal ceuinbat 
punctured-striate. . . . . . M. rufosplendida, Turn. 
9. Pronotum red. . . . M. sublevis, Turn. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—ParRv Iv. (FEB.) 3C 


° 


724 


10. 


11. 


12: 


13. 


14, 


15. 


Pronotum black . 

Black, without any ferruginous 
colour . 

Black, with more or ee Fenteeiniatie 
aallerae eee eee ete 

Frontal sulcus almost obsolete ; 
pubescence on median segment 
dark . Peo st sare ts 

Frontal sulcus well defined ; 
pubescence on median segment 
white 

Pronotum red 

Pronotum black . 

Head black, mesonotum red ; opus 

Head red, mesonotum black ; 
slender . A asich ie a See 

Abdomen ferruginous, head black 
or ferruginous 

Abdomen black, sometiies seal ut 
the apex; head more or less 
ferruginous 

Wings fuscous, fuged mt bide’ 
median segment iene 
striated on the posterior slope 
and on the sides of the dorsal 
surface, smooth only in the 
middle . 

Wings fusco-hyaline ; peda seg- 
ment smooth, shaliowly punc- 
tured on the posterior slope 


Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


M. limata, Sm. 


Wile 


M. umbratica, Turn. 


M. inconspicua, Turn. 
13. 
14, 
M. multipicta, Turn. 
M. quadrata, Turn. 


M. abdominalis, Guer. 


15. 


M. rufifrons, Fabr. 


M. rufitarsis, Cam. 


I have not seen Myzine (Meira!) immaculatus, Cam., 


and the description is not sufficiently good to include tl.e 
species in the key. 


o Ge Males. 


Ue 


2. 


Neuration beyond the stigma obso- 
lete, only one cubital cell . 

Neuration continued beyond the 
stigma, three cubital cells. 

Cubital and discoidal nervures of 
forewing not continued ‘ei 
the cells 

Cubital and discoidal nervures af 


M., stigma, Turn. 


2. 


Or 


10 


11. 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 


forewing continued beyond the 
cells, almost reaching the margin. 


. Basal abdominal segment nodose, 


longer than broad 3 
Basal abdominal segment not no- 
dose, as broad as long 


. Antennae stout, thickened to the 


apex ; third cubital cell as long 
as the second on the radius 

Antennae slender, not thickened to 
the apex; third cubital cell very 
short, not more than half as long 
as the second on the radius 


. Entirely black 


Abdomen and pronotum more or 
less banded with yellow . 


. The yellow bands on the abdomen 


emarginate or interrupted on 
each side . fey ee ee 
The yellow bands on the abdomen 
entire, not emarginate or inter- 
rupted laterally 3 21+.) 4 


. Basal abdominal segment at least 


REC yg Oe ee eet yecie st. 4 4 
Basal abdominal segment black 


. Basal abdominal segment only red. 


Two basal abdominal segments red. 


. Yellow abdominal bands emarginate 


laterally ; median segment smooth 
posterioriy |. -.. saben mid ow 6 
Yellow abdominal bands interrupted 
laterally ; median segment punc- 
tured-rugose throughout . 
Posterior margin of the pronotum 
without a yellow band . 
Posterior margin of the pronotum 
with a yellow band . ... 
Anterior margin of the pronotum 
without a yellow band; basal 
abdominal segment globular. 
Anterior and posterior margins of 
the pronotum, both banded with 
yellow ; basal abdominal segment 
not globular. 


M. swalei, Turn. 


4, 


M. braunsi, Turn. 


M. diffinis, Turn. 
M, klugii, Westw. 


6. 


=~! 


16. 


8. 
10. 


M. rufinodis, Turn, 


9. 


M, rufonigra, Bingh. 


725 


M. consanguinea, Turn, 


M., kristenseni, Turn. 


11. 


M. constrictiventris, Turn 


12. 


zC2 


726 


12. 


13. 


14. 


15. 


16. 


18, 


Second recurrent nervure inter- 
stitial with the second transverse 
cubital nervure Air 

Second recurrent nervure received 
by the third cubital cell 

Basal abdominal segment tubercu- 
late at the apex beneath ; apical 
abdominal segment red except at 
the base . 

Basal abdominal seotnentt a tober. 
culate beneath ; apical segment 
black, sometimes marked with 
yellow . 4 

Apical segment Fuolly nee ae 
dominal bands an ae lbten. 
ally : 

Apical segment ral a gelling apt 
on each side; abdominal bands 
emarginate laterally . 

Pronotum shallowly emarginate an- 
teriorly ; emargination of the 
apical dorsal segment broader at 
the apex than deep 


Anterior margin of pronotum 
straight ; emargination of the 
apical dorsal segment. as deep as 
the apical breadth 

The apical processes of the seventh 
dorsal segment broadly truncate 
at the apex . 

The apical processes oe pemrieats 


. Pronotum as long as the meso- 


notum, distinctly narrowed an- 
teriorly 

Pronotum much Doves ein the 
mesonotum, not rey nar- 
rowed anteriorly ‘ 

Abdomen very closely sani fel 
punctured, subopaqueand strongly 
pubescent, with slight blue gloss. 

Abdomen rather sparsely and less 
finely punctured, withcut blue 
SIGS fm en ae 


Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


M. basutoruwm, Turn. 


13, 
M. capicola, Turn, 


14. 
M. interrupta, Cam. 


15. 


M. abdominalis, Guér. 
(= M. continua, Cam.). 


M. rufifrons, Fabr. 


M. semirufa, Gerst. 
17. 


M. politissima, Turn. 
18. 
M. meruensis, Cam. 


M. -impetwosus, Turn. 


Pd 


P pe 


t 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 727 


The following males are not described with sufficient 


«accuracy to enable me to identify them, 


1, Myzine haemorrhoidalis, Guér. 


Myzine haemorrhoidalis, Guér., Dict. Pitt. Hist. Nat. V, 
p. 581 (1837), ¢. 
Myzine capensis, Sm., Cat. Hym. B, M., IIT, p. 74 (1855), gf. 


“Téte, antennes et corselet noirs, ponctués et velus, abdomen plus 
étroit 4 la base, noir, a Pextremité rouge; deux petites stries au 
premier segment et une bande aux quatres autres jaunes, ailes 
incolorés, pattes fauves. 

“Tong.12mm. Du Cap de Bonne Esperance.” 


2. Myzine servillei, Guér. 


Myzine servillei, Guér., Dict. Pitt. Hist. Nat. V, p. 582 
SET) yd: 


“Téte et antennes noires, sans taches. Thorax noir avec deux 
petites stries jaunes interrompues sur le prothorax. Ailes trans- 
parentes, incolorés ; pattes fauves avec les cuisses noires ; abdomen 
noir avec le bord fauve ; le premier segment ayant une bande et les 
autres trois taches postérieures jaunes. Dessous sans taches avec le 
bord postérieur des segments brunatre. 

“Long. 16mm. Du Cap.” 


3. Myzine pacificatriz, Cam. 


Plesia pacificatriz, Cam., Ann. Transvaal Museum, II, 
p. 118 (1910), 2. 


4, Myzine transvaalensis, Cam. 


Plesia transvaalensis, Cam., Ann. Transvaal Museum, II, 
joel aS LS BUD) ee 


Myzine (Pseudomeria) neavei, Turn. 


Myzine (Pseudomeria) neavei, Turn., Ann. and Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (8), VIIT, p. 614 (1911), 9. 


This is the only Ethiopian species known to me in 
which the stigma is as near to the base of the wings as 
in M. (Pseuwdomeria) graecca, Saund. But so many inter- 
mediate forms occur between this and the ordinary species 
with wings fitted for flight that I do not think that any 


728 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


satisfactory distinction can be drawn from this character. 
In &. infradentata, Turn., and M. perornata, 'Turn., the 
wings are too short to be used for flight, also in MV. per- 
niciosa, Turn., in which the third cubital cell is absent. 


Myzine perniciosa, sp. 0. 

2. Nigra, nitida; pronoto rufo; mandibulis, antennis tarsisque 
fusco-testaceis ; alis subhyalinis, brevissimis, thorace brevioribus, 
cellulis cubitalibus secundo tertioque obliteratis. 

Long. 5 mm. 

@. Mandibles with a blunt tooth on the inner margin before the 
apex. Head slightly convex, a little broader than long, slightly 
rounded at both the anterior and posterior angles, smooth and 
shining; eyes elongate ovate; ocelli very small, situated in a 
triangle on the vertex ; the posterior margin of the head with a 
fringe of short whitish hairs; interantennal prominence bilobed. 
Thorax narrower than the head, smooth and shining, pleurae very 
minutely punctured ; pronotum longer than broad, slightly narrowed 
and rounded anteriorly ; scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex, 
longer than the mesonotum. Median segment a little longer than 
the scutellum, smooth, subopaque, the sides microscopically striated, 
steeply sloped posteriorly. Abdomen smooth and shining, the 
petiole as long as the second joint of the posterior tarsi, the apical 
segment narrowly rounded at the apex. Sting when exserted nearly 
as long as the abdomen. Wings very short, the forewings no 
longer than the thorax without the median segment; the stigma 
situated at about two-fifths from the base of the wing, the neuration 
beyond the stigma absent, so that the second and third cubital and 
second discoidal cells are missing. 


Hab, Care Cotony, Algoa Bay (Dr. Brauns), January. 


Myzine perornata, Turn. 


Myzine (Pseudomeria) perornata, Turn., Ann. and Mag. 
Nat. Hist. (8), I, p. 499 (1908), ff. 
Hab. ORANGE FREE STATE, Dewetsdorp (Dr. Brauns). 
The type is from Piet Retief. 


Myzine infradentata, sp. n. 


?. Nigra, politissima ; segmento mediano opaco, crasse punctato; _ 
mesopleuris rugosis; alis fusco-cyaneis, brevissimis; mandibulis 
apice bidentatis, apice subtus dente verticali instructis. 

Long, 17 mm, 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 729 


?. Mandibles rather stout, bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth 
short and blunt ; a strong tooth on the outer side of the mandibles 
and at right angles to them originating from the base of the outer 
tooth. Palpi fairly stout, maxillary palpi six jointed, labial palpi 
four jointed. Head rectangular, more than half as broad again as 
long, shining, with a few scattered punctures; the eyes elongate 
ovate, touching the base of the mandibles, ocelli in a broad triangle 
on the vertex ; the frontal tubercles above the base of the antennae 
well developed, separated by a shallow, short, longitudinal sulcus. 
Antennae twelve jointed, the first joint of the flagellum almost 
concealed in the apex of the scape. Thorax smooth and shining, 
mesopleurae rugose, propleurae punctured-rugose ; pronotum fully 
half as broad again as long, narrower than the head ; mesonotum 
scarcely as long as the scutellum. Median segment scarcely longer 
than the scutellum, subopaque, closely and coarsely punctured; the 
posterior slope steep, smooth at the base, coarsely punctured at the 
apex. Abdomen smooth and shining, sixth dorsal segment finely 
aciculate, rounded at the apex. Wings short, the costa of the fore- 
wing about equal in length to the thorax and median segment 
combined, the stigma situated at one-third from the base. 


Hab, ORANGE FREE STATE, Bothaville (Dr. Brauns), 
October. 

This fine species may be easily distinguished by the 
structure of the mandibles. Superficially it resembles 
Myzine klugii, Westw., but in that species the wings are 
very much longer and less brilliant. The large third 
cubital cell is present in this species as in typical Myzine, 
but the nervures are rather ill defined; the second cubital 
cell is absent. 


Myzine klugi, Westw. 


Meria klugu, Westw., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, III, p. 53 
(1835), 9. 
Myzine nigrita, Turn., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 391 
(1910), 2. 
According to Dr. Brauns these are sexes of one species, 
appearing early in September before other species of the 
group. 


Myzine rufosplendida, sp. n. 


. Nigra, nigro-pubescens, nitida, sparse punctata; fronte, vertice 
pronotoque antice late rufis; alio fusco-caeruleis; segmento mediano 


730 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


dense punctato; pygidio tenuiter punctato-striato; tibiis tarsisque 
anticis fusco-ferrugineis. 

Long. 16 mm. 

. Mandibles stout, simple, without teeth. Head subrectangular, 
about half as broad again as long, shining and almost smooth, the 
clypeus and the space between the eyes and the base of the antennae 
closely punctured; the prominences above the base of the antennae 
well developed, a short, shallow, longitudinal sulcus on the front. 
Pronotum more than half as long again as broad, smooth and 
shining, the pleurae sparsely punctured; mesonotum and scutellum 
smooth and shining; median segment coarsely and closely punctured, 
with a short carina from the base, the posterior slope almost smooth 
in the middle. Petiole as long as the penultimate joint of the 
posterior tarsi; abdomen smooth and shining, the apical dorsal 
segment finely longitudinally punctured striate. The neuration is 
not quite as in normal Myzine, the usual petiolate second cubital 
cell being absent, owing to the loss of the second transverse cubital 
nervure. Beyond the stigma the forewing is brightly glossed with 
blue; the base of the forewing and the hindwing are more feebly 
glossed with purple. 


Hab. ORANGE FREE STATE, Bothaville (Dr. Brawns), 
January. 


Myzine multipicta, sp. n. 


?. Nigra, nitida, nigro-pubescens ; pronoto,.mesonoto, propleu- 
risque rufo-ferrugineis; segmentis dorsalibus 2-5 macula magna 
transversa utrinque, segmentis primo quintoque macula parva 
laterali utrinque albido-flavis ; alis fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris. | 

Long. 12 mm. 

?. Mandibles stout, without teeth ; clypeus transverse at the apex. 
Interantennal prominence well developed and strongly bilobed ; 
antennae not very stout, the third joint of the flagellum distinctly 
longer than the second, the first concealed. Head subrectangular, dis- 
tinctly broader than long, smooth and shining, the cheeks as broad as 
the eyes, ocelli in a wide triangle, the posterior pair at least as far from 
the posterior margin of the head as from each other. Thorax smooth, 
a few large punctures on the scutellum and pleurae ; pronotum twice 
as broad as long, narrower than the head. Median segment smooth 
and shining, steeply sloped posteriorly, with a sulcus from the base 
to the apex, the sides and extreme apex of the segment striated. 
Abdomen smooth and shining, with afew scattered punctures on 
the ventral surface ; apical dorsal segment broadly rounded. Wings 
large, reaching to the fifth dorsal segment, the costa of the forewing 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 731 


fully half as long again as the thorax and median segment combined ; 
second cubital cell present, triangular, petiolate ; stigma situated just 
before the middle of the costa, 


Hab, CarE Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brauns). 

Allied to erythrocephala, Fabr., but differs in the greater 
length of the head; the colour of the pubescence, also of 
the head and thorax; the more arched slope of the median 
segment and the sparser puncturation. 


Myzine limata, Sm. 


9. Nigra, nitida, albido-pilosa; mandibulis basi antennisque 
fusco-ferrugineis ; abdomine pallide ferrugineo, segmentis secundo 
tertioqgue macula parva albida utrinque; pedibus fuscis, tarsis 
testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis tegulisque testaceis ; cellula cubitali 
secunda obliterata, 

Long. 4-5 mm, 

@. Mandibles without teeth, acute at the apex; head rather 
small, about one quarter broader than long, slightly rounded at the 
angles, scarcely convex, smooth and shining, the cheeks no broader 
than theeyes. Antennae not slender, the third joint of the flagellum 
no longer than the second, Thorax shining, very sparsely punctured ; 
pronotum a little broader than long, slightly narrowed anteriorly, 
the posterior margin broadly smooth. Median segment smooth and 
shining, with a few long hairs springing from punctures on the 
lateral margins, the sides of the segment smooth and shining, the 
dorsal surface slightly convex and without a sulcus. Abdomen 
shining, very sparsely punctured, segments 2~5 with a raised curved 
mark on each side at the base. Wings much longer than the thorax 
and median segment combined ; the second cubital absent owing to 
the loss of the second transverse cubital nervure ; the stigma not 
very large, situated at about two-fifths from the base of the wing, 


Hab. AucoA Bay (Dr. Brawns), November; Caia, 
Zambesi River (Dr. Swale), July. 

A variety has the segments of the abdomen clouded 
with black in the middle. 


Myzine inconspicua, sp. 0. 

@. Nigra, albopilosa, nitida; segmentis dorsalibus secundo 
tertioque macula albida utrinque ; mandibulis tarsisque brunneo- 
errugineis ; calcaribus albidis ; alis pallide fusco-hyalinis, 

Long. 6 mm. 

?. Mandibles with a very small tooth on the inner margin near 


(i373 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


the apex. Head a little broader than long, rounded at the angles, 
smooth and shining, with a distinct frontal sulcus and a few large 
punctures near the eyes ; the tubercles at the base of the antennae 
moderately developed, the third joint of the flagellum very little 
longer than the second. Thorax smooth and shining, the pronotum 
nearly twice as broad as long, rather closely punctured on the 
anterior margin, pleurae sparsely punctured. Median segment 
shining, sparsely and finely punctured, with a shallow median sulcus, 
the sides of the segment shining and microscopically striated. 
Abdomen shining, with a few minute punctures. Wings a little 
longer than the head, thorax and median segment combined ; second 
cubital cell very small, only half as high as its petiole, stigma 
situated just before the middle of the costa. 


Hab. Care Conony, Port Elisabeth (Dr. Brawns), 
March. 

Near MW. umbratica, Turn., but differs in the reduced 
size of the second cubital cell, in the colour of the 
pubescence, in the distinct frontal sulcus, and in the 
different sculpture of the pronotum and median segment. 


Myzine quadrata, sp. n. 


9. Nigra, nitida, nigro-pilosa ; capite, prothorace tegulisque rufis ; 
segmentis abdominalibus 2-4 macula laterali utrinque albida ; 
pedibus fuscis, tarsis rufo-testaceis ; alis fusco-hyalinis; venis nigris, 
basi fusco-testaceis, 

Long. 10 mm. 

Q@. Mandibles without teeth ; head subquadrate, slightly rounded 
at the posterior angles, a little broader than long, smooth and shining, 
the posterior ocelli as far from the posterior margin of the head as 
trom each other, the tubercles at the base of the antennae moderately 
developed, the third joint of the flagellum scarcely longer than the 
second, Thorax very sparsely punctured, the pronotum a little 
broader than long, pleurae sparsely punctured ; median segment 
smooth and shining, longer than the scutellum and postscutellum 
combined, obliquely sloped posteriorly, the dorsal surface with a 
well-marked median sulcus, the surface of the posterior slope sub- 
opaque and not quite smooth, a few very fine and indistinct striae 
on the sides of the segment. Abdomen smooth and shining. 
Second cubital cell present, the stigma situated a little before the 
middle of the costa, the forewing about as long as the head, thorax 
and median segment combined. 


Hab. Care Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brauns), January. 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 738 


Myzne rufifrons, Fabr. 
Larra rufifrons, Fabr., Ent. Syst., II, p. 222 (1798), &. 


Myzine (Meira) (sie!) violaceipennis, Cam., Rec. Albany 
Mus., I, p. 301 (1904), 9. 
Myzine (Meira) (sie!) erythrostomus, Cam., Ann. Transv. 


Mus,, II, p. 117 (1910), 9. 


6. Niger, albopilosus ; mandibulis basi, clypeo, pronoto margi- 
nibus, segmentis ventralibus 2-6 fasciis apicalibus late emarginatis, 
dorsalibus 1-6 fasciis apicalibus bisinuatis; septimo macula magna 
utrinque, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque flavis; alis hyalinis, venis 
nigris, stigmate testaceo. 

Long. 19-21 mm. 

¢. Clypeus narrowly and shallowly emarginate at the apex. 
Antennae shorter than the head, thorax and median segment com- 
bined, of even thickness throughout. Eyes widely and not very 
deeply emarginate. The whole insect closely and not very finely 
punctured. Pronotum shorter than the mesonotum, the anterior 
margin straight. First dorsal segment more than twice as broad as 
long, rounded anteriorly, not globular: the other segments slightly 
constricted at the base, the yellow apical bands less strongly 
punctured than the base. Incision of the seventh dorsal segment 
triangular, about as deep as the breadth at the apex. Second and 
third abscissae of the radius about equal in length, the fourth much 
longer ; position of the second recurrent nervure rather variable, 
sometimes almost interstitial with the second transverse cubital 
nervure, sometimes received as far as one-quarter from the base of 
the third cubital cell. 


Hab. S. Arrica, as far north as Salisbury. 

The males in the British Museum are from Johannes- 
burg and Salisbury. They are very near J. abdominalis, 
Guér. (= continua, Cam.), but the incision of the apical 
segment is a little deeper and the anterior margin of the 
pronotum is straight. 

Although the sexes have not been taken in copula, I 
think there can be little doubt that they belong to one 
species. In females from Willowmore the usual red 
colour of the head is considerably obscured. In J. 
abdominalis, Guér., 2, the colour of the head varies from 
black to ferruginous red. 


734 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


Myzine capicola, sp. n. 


6. Niger, robustus, albopilosus ; pronoto linea utrinque margine 
anteriore, fascia angusta margine posteriore, tegulis macula, segmento 
dorsali primo macula apicali utrinque, segmentisque 2-6 maculis 
tribus transversis apicalibus flavis ; segmento dorsali septimo apice 
lateribusque late rufo; mandibus fusco-ferrugineis ; tibiis tarsisque 
rufo-testaceis, flavo-variegatis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate 
fusco-testaceo. 

Long. 18 mm. 

d. Clypeus widely and shallowly emarginate at the apex, closely 
punctured, Antennae stout, of even thickness throughout, a little 
longer than the head, thorax and median segment combined, Eyes 
widely and very shallowly emarginate on the inner margin. The 
whole insect closely and not very finely punctured, more coarsely 
on the front thanelsewhere. Pronotum shorter than the mesonotum, 
not much narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin emarginate, the 
posterior margin widely arched. Median segment steeply sloped 
posteriorly. First abdominal segment broad, obliquely sloped 
anteriorly to the petiole, the surface of the slope slightly concave. 
First ventral segment with a distinct tubercle beneath at the base 
of the oblique apical truncation. Abdomen broad, the segments 
strongly depressed at the base; seventh dorsal segment flattened on 
the apical portion, the incision as deep as its apical breadth, the 
lateral processes pointed. Second abscissa of the radius long, a little 
longer than the third ; second recurrent nervure received at about 
one-eighth from the base of the third cubital cell. 


Hab. CAPE OF GoopD Hope. 

Type in B. M. 

This fine species may be distinguished by the tubercles 
on the first ventral segment, the black clypeus, the red 
apical segment and the short first dorsal segment with the 
slightly concave anterior slope. The colour somewhat 
resembles M. haemorrhoidalis, Guér., but the description 
does not altogether agree. 


Myzine kristensent, sp. n. 
¢. Niger, sparse albopilosus ; mandibulis basi, pronoto macula 
utrinque margine anteriore, tegulis basi, segmentis dorsalibus 2-6 
maculistribus transversis apicalibus, tarsisqueflavis ; antennis fuscis; 
alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate fusco, 
Long. 7 mm, 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 735 


gd. Clypeus narrowly and very shallowly emarginate at the apex, 
closely punctured. Antennae stout, a little thickened towards the 
apex, the third joint of the flagellum longer than the second. Eyes 
widely, but very shallowly, emarginate. The whole insect closely 
and rather deeply punctured, rather more sparsely on the abdomen 
than elsewhere. Pronotum not narrowed anteriorly, shorter than 
the mesonotum, the anterior margin straight. Median segment short, 
very steeply sloped posteriorly, the dorsal surface marked with a 
shallow longitudinal groove. First dorsal segment short and broad, 
obliquely sloped anteriorly to the petiole. Abdominal segments 
distinctly constricted at the base ; the incision of the apical segment 
much broader at the apex than deep, the lateral processes short and 
pointed. Third cubital cell small, less than half as long as the 
second both on the radius and on the cubitus; second recurrent 
nervure received at the middle of the third cubital cell. 


Hab. 8. AsyssintA, Harar (G. Kristensen). 
Type in B. M. 


Myzine consanguinea, sp. n. 


¢. Niger, gracilis, albopilosus; mandibulis basi, clypeo, pronoto 
margine anteriore fascia late interrupta, margine posteriore fascia 
arcuata, tegulis, segmento dorsali primo macula parva apicali, seg- 
mentis 2-5 maculis tribus transversis apicalibus, sexto fascia bisinuata 
apicali, segmentis ventralibus 2-5 macula parva angulis apicalibus, 
femoribus apice, tibiis anticis intermediisque extus tarsisque pallide 
flavis ; segmentis abdominalibus primo secundoque rufis ; alis hyalinis, 
venis nigris, stigmate testaceo, 

Long. 9 mm. 

d. Clypeus shallowly emarginate at the apex ; antennae stout, of 
even thickness throughout, as long as the head, thorax and median 
segment combined. Eyes widely and rather shallowly emarginate 
on the inner margin; the frontal prominence between the antennae 
shallowly emarginate. Head, thorax and median segment closely 
and rather finely punctured ; pronotum a little shorter than the 
median segment, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin 
straight, the posterior margin widely but not deeply emarginate. 
Median segment rounded, the dorsal surface slightly convex. First 
abdominal segment subglobular, slightly constricted at the apex, 
the portion beyond the short petiole broader than long. All the 
segments shining and rather sparsely punctured. Incision of the 
seventh dorsal segment triangular, a little wider at the apex than 
deep, the lateral processes narrowly rounded at the apex. Second 
abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third, second recurrent 


736 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


nervure received just before one quarter from the base of the third 
cubital cell. 


Hab. ZAMBESI, Caia (Dr. Swale), August. 

Type in B. M. 

In colour this approaches JZ rufonigra, Bingh., but is a 
smaller and much less robust species. 


Myzine basutorum, sp. n. 


dg. Niger, gracilis, albopilosus; mandibulis basi, clypeo, pronoto 
margine anteriore fascia anguste interrupta, margine posteriore fascia 
arcuata, tegulis, mesopleuris macula magna subtriangulari antice, 
segmentis dorsalibus 1-6 fasciis apicalibus profunde bisinuatis, 
septimo macula magna utrinque, segmentis ventralibus 2-6 fasciis 
apicalibus bisinuatis, femoribus subtus, tibiis tarsisque pallide flavis ; 
alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate testaceo. 

Long. 13 mm, 

6. Clypeus short and broad, widely and shallowly emarginate at 
the apex; antennae stout, of even thickness throughout, a little 
shorter than the head, thorax and median segment combined. Eyes 
broadly and not very deeply emarginate. Head, throrax and median 
segment very closely punctured and rather thickly clothed with long 
white pubescence, Pronotum shorter than the mesonotum, scarcely 
narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin widely emarginate, the 
posterior margin broadly arched. Median segment steeply sloped 
posteriorly, the dorsal surface slightly convex, First abdominal 
segment beyond the petiole nearly twice as broad as long, not 
swollen or constricted at the apex. Abdomen finely and not very 
closely punctured, slender, the incision of the seventh dorsal segment 
as deep as the apical breadth. Third abscissa of the radius longer 
than the second; second recurrent nervure interstitial with the 
second transverse cubital nervure, which is strongly curved inwards 
near the radius. 


Hab, BASUTOLAND (K. Crawshay). Three males. 
‘Type in B, M. 


Myzine impetuosus, sp. 0. 

é. Niger, albopilosus ; mandibulis, clypeo, pronoto marginibus, 
anteriore anguste interrupto, tegulis, mesopleuris macula magna 
triangulari antice, segmentis dorsalibus 1-6 fasciis apicalibus lateri- 
bus dilatatis, septimo macula magna utrinque, ventralibus 3-5 
fasciis latis, secundo sextoque fasciis bisinuatis, femoribus apice, 
tibiis tarsisque flavis. 

Long. 13 mm. 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 737 


g. Clypeus very shallowly emarginate at the apex. Antennae 
stout, of even thickness throughout, as long as the head, thorax 
and median segment combined. Eyes rather strongly emarginate. 
Pronotum short, the anterior margin straight. Head, thorax and 
median segment closely punctured and rather closely clothed with 
long greyish white pubescence. Abdomen shining and very sparsely 
punctured, thinly clothed with white-pubescence ; the first segment 
about three times as broad as long on the dorsal surface, somewhat 
rounded anteriorly ; the other segments very slightly constricted at 
the base ; the incision of the seventh dorsal segment as deep as the 
apical breadth, the lateral processes rounded at the apex. Second 
abcissa of the radius a little shorter than the third, second recurrent 
nervure received at about one-sixth from the base of the third cubital 
cell, 


Hab. British East AFRrica, foot of Kikuyu Escarpment, 
near Naivasha, 7,300 ft. (S. A. Neave), March. 
Type in B. M. Described from two specimens. 


Elis (Mesa) donaldsoni, Fox. 


Cosila donaldsoni, Fox, Proc. Acad. Philadelphia, p. 549 
(1896), 9. 

Elis aliciae, Turn., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 704 
(1912), 9. 


From information received from Prof. Fernald of Massa- 
chusetts, I have no doubt that Fox was quite mis- 
taken in placing his species in Costa. As noticed in my 
remarks on the species in my paper quoted above, the 
description agrees well with H/zs aliciae, which must sink 
as a synonym. Fox was probably not acquainted with 
any of the Old World species of Elis. 


Elis (Mesa) coerulerpennis, sp. n. 

9. Nigra, albopilosa, crasse punctata; alis fuscis caeruleo-tinctis. 

Long. 14 mm, 

. Clypeus short, finely punctured, with a low carina from the 
base not reaching the apex. Head deeply, but not very closely, 
punctured, the space round the ocelli shining and very sparsely 
punctured. Scape sparsely punctured, flagellum clothed with very 
fine greyish pubescence. Thorax deeply, but rather sparsely 
punctured ; median segment scabrous, with a distinct median groove 
the edges of which are raised into distinct carinae, the apex of the 
segment margined, the surface of the posterior truncation coarsely 


738 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


punctured, the sides of the segment finely striated. Abdomen 
shining, rather closely punctured, more finely at the base of the 
segments than at the apex, the sixth dorsal segment finely longitudi- 
nally striated. Basal joint of the posterior tarsi with a scopa of 
white hair beneath. Third abscissa of the radius about twice as 
long as the second; first recurrent nervure received just beyond 
the middle of the second cubital cell, second just beyond the middle 
of the third cubital cell. 


Hab. UGANDA PROTECTORATE, between Kumi and N. E. 
shore of Lake Kioga, 3,400-8,600 ft. (S.A. Neave), August. 

Type in B. M. 

Nearly allied to xanthocera, Gerst., from which it differs 
in the colour of the antennae, the rather more sparse 
puncturation and the finer puncturation of the abdomen. 


Elis (Mesa) nyanzae, sp. n. 

3. Niger, gracilis, albopilosus ; tibiis anticis extus, tarsis anticis, 
tegulis basi, segmentisque dorsalibus 2-5 fasciis angustis apicalibus 
late bisinuatis pallide flavis; alis hyalinis, venis nigris. 

Long. 17 mm. 

¢. Clypeus and front clothed with long silvery pubescence. 
Front rugosely punctured, vertex coarsely punctured, a deep trans- 
verse sulcus above the posterior ocelli. Eyes very widely and 
shallowly emarginate. Antennae longer than the head, thorax and 
median segment combined, the apical joints a little more slender 
than the basal. Pronotum a little shorter than the mesonotum, the 
anterior margin straight and slightly raised, rather finely and closely 
punctured. Mesonotum and scutellum more coarsely punctured 
than the pronotum ; median segment punctured-rugose. Scutellum 
with an obscure median carina. Abdomen slender ; first abdominal 
segment about twice as long as the second, the petiole with a median 
groove occupying the basal third of the segment, which is con- 
siderably swollen on the apical portion, but not nodose or strongly 
constricted at the apex. The whole abdomen closely and finely 
punctured; second segment about one-third longer than the third, 
as broad at the apex as long, narrowed to the base. Seventh dorsal 
segment with a distinct elongate oval pygidial area, very shallowly 
emarginate at the apex. Third abscissa of the radius longer than 
the second, more than twice as long as the fourth; second recurrent 
nervure received just beyond one-quarter from the base of the third 
cubital cell. 


Hab. East Victorta Nyanza, Lusinga Island (S. A. 
Neave), April 25, 1911. 


Specres of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 739 
Type in B.M. 


Allied to ametalla, Turn., and asmarensis, Turn., but 
the first abdominal segment is distinctly shorter and more 
robust. In ametalla there is no distinct pygidial area, and 
in asmarensis it is less clearly defined and marked with a 
very strong longitudinal carina. 


Sub-family TIPHIINAE. 
Tiphia tegularis, sp. n. 

@. Nigra, robusta, crasse sed haud dense punctata ; antennis 
dimidio basali fulvo-brunneis ; alis fusco-caeruleis; tegulis maximis, 
elongatis ; segmento mediano brevi; segmento dorsali primo basi 
carinato. 

¢. Feminae simillimus. 

Long. 9,15 mm.; ¢, 13 mm. 

@. Mandibles with a very ill-defined blunt tooth on the inner 
margin near the apex. Clypeus short, sparsely punctured, narrowly 
and shallowly emarginate at the apex. Antennae very stout, not 
strongly curved, the three basal joints of the flagellum broader than 
long, the scape short and stout, the apical joint of the flagellum 
elongate conical, almost pointed, longer than the penultimate. Head 
and thorax shining, coarsely but not very closely punctured; the 
posterior margin of the pronotum narrowly smooth ; dorsulum very 
sparsely punctured. Tegulae large and long, reaching beyond the 
middle of the scutellum, the base smooth and shining, the apex sub- 
opaque and punctured. Median segment more than twice as broad 
as long, scarcely longer than the scutellum, opaque, the three carinae 
in the middle strongly marked, the middle one not reaching the 
apex, the outer ones nearly parallel, a little further apart in the 
middle than at the extremities, the sides and apex of the segment 
distinctly margined, the sides of the segment finely striated. 
Abdomen strongly but not closely punctured; the first segment 
broadly truncated at the base, with a strong, transverse, basal 
carina; second segment with a broad, transverse, longitudinally. 
striated groove at the base ; sixth dorsal segment closely punctured 
at the base, the punctures more or less confluent longitudinally, 
smooth and broadly rounded at the apex ; second ventral segment 
very sparsely punctured. Spur of posterior tibia half as long as 
the basal joint of the posterior tarsus. Second recurrent nervure 
received just before two-thirds from the base of the second cubital 
cell, The tarsal ungues are bifid and also havea blunt lobe near the 
base. The posterior margin of the pronotum is broadly and almost 
regularly arched, but rather more deeply indented in the middle. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 3D 


740 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


6. The four apical joints of the antennae only are black ; the 
abdomen is more closely punctured than in the female; the two 
outer carinae on the median segment converge a little towards the 
apex. The radial cell does not extend beyond the second cubital 
cell and is obliquely truncate at the apex. 


Hab, TRANSVAAL, Lichtenberg (Dr. Brawns), January. 
Near scabrosa, Gerst., but is much less densely punctured. 


Tiphia incrassata, sp. 0. 

2. Nigra, albopilosa, punctata; mandibulis fuscis; antennis 
fusco-ferrugineis ; alis fuscis, obscure caerulescentibus ; segmentis 
abdominalibus albofimbriatis. 

Long. 11-12 mm. 

?. Clypeus widely and shallowly emarginate at the apex. Head 
and mesopleurae closely and coarsely punctured. Pronotum rather 
closely punctured, broadly smooth and shining posteriarly, the arch 
of the posterior margin almost transverse in the middle ; mesonotum 
and scutelluin sparsely punctured. Median segment short, nearly 
twice as broad as long, widely and shallowly emarginate at the apex, 
the sides and apex distinctly margined, subopaque, finely and in- 
distinctly punctured, with the usual three longitudinal carinae, the 
middle one not quite reaching the apex, the outer two strongly 
convergent towards the apex, almost twice as far from each other at 
the base as at the apex, the sides of the segment closely striated, the 
surface of the posterior truncation finely shagreened and slightly 
concave. Abdomen shining, rather sparsely punctured on the two 
basal segments, more closely on the others; the basal segment short, 
truncate at the base and with a distinct transverse carina ; the apical 
dorsal segment irregularly longitudinally striated, broadly rounded 
and testaceous at the apex. Spur of the hind tibia fuscous, sharply 
pointed, and nearly as long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus. 
The tegulae are long, reaching beyond the middle of the scutellum, 
smooth at the base, finely punctured at the apex. Second recurrent 
nervure received just before two-thirds from the base of the second 
cubital cell ; second transverse cubital nervure with a double curve. 


Hab. TRANSVAAL, Johannesburg (Kobrow). In coll. 
Brauns. 


Tiphia montivaga, sp. n. 


?. Nigra; antennis mandibulisque fusco-ferrugineis ; femoribus, 
tibiis tarsisque laete ferrugineis ; alis fusco-hyalinis, venis fuscis. 

Long. 13-14 mm. 

?. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex, punctured at the base, 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. T41 


the apical margin narrowly smooth. Apical joint of the flagellum 
no longer than the penultimate. Head finely and sparsely punctured, 
more closely on the front than on the vertex. Pronotum very 
sparsely punctured, shining, broadly smooth posteriorly, the arch 
of the posteriorly margin almost transverse on the median portion ; 
propleurae smooth and shining. Mesonotum and scutellum shining, 
very sparsely punctured, mesopleurae finely and more closely 
punctured. Median segment less than twice as broad as long, 
shining, very shallowly and sparsely punctured, the three longi- 
tudinal carinae parallel and rather low, the two outer ones separated 
by a distance equal to about two-fifths of their length ; the sides of 
the segment shining and indistinctly striated. Abdomen shallowly 
and sparsely punctured ; the fourth and fifth segments more closely 
punctured ; the basal segment broadly rounded at the base, without 
a carina; the second segment transversely depressed at the base ; 
pygidium punctured rugose on the basal half, ferruginous and very 
minutely punctured at the apex. Second recurrent nervure received 
at about three-fifths from the base of the second cubital cell. 
Tegulae large, longer than broad, smooth and shining. 


Hab. UGANDA PROTECTORATE, Mt. Kokanjaro, S.W. of 
Mt. Elgon 6,400 ft. (S. A. Meave), August 7-9. 

Type in B. M. 4 2 9. 

Allied to 7. massaica, Cam., in the sparse puncturation, 
but in that species the wings are hyaline and very 
iridescent, with black nervures and the details of the 
sculpture are different. 


Sub-family ANTHOBOSCIN AE. 
Anthobosca rufocuudata, sp. n. 


Q. Nigra, albopilosa, punctata; mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis ; 
segmentis dorsalibus quinto sextoque, ventralibus quarto, quinto 
sextoque rufo-ferrugineis ; calcaribus albis; alis hyalinis, venis 
nigris ; cellula radiali apice subacuta. 

$. Niger, albopilosus ; mandibulis basi, clypeo, margine interiore 
oculorum anguste, pronoto margine posteriore, tegulisque pallide 
flavis ; pedibus nigris, flavo-variegatis ; alis hyalinis, iridescentibus, 
venis nigris ; clypeo apice acute bidentato ; unguiculis bifidis. 

Long. 9,6-8 mm.; ¢, 7-8 mm. 

9. Clypeus short, with a low median carina, the apical margin 
depressed. Head rather sparsely punctured, more deeply on the 
front than on the vertex. Thorax rather sparsely punctured, 
median segment very finely and closely punctured. Abdomen 
minutely punctured, seventh dorsal segment finely aciculate, smooth 

ebe 


742 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


and broadly rounded at the apex. Sides of the median segment 
smooth. Apical half of the posterior femora broadly rounded 
beneath ; basal joint of posterior tarsi with a comb of about ten 
short bristle-like spines beneath. Tarsal ungues bifid. Radial cell 
subacute at the apex, no longer on the costa than the large stigma ; 
third abscissa of the radius longer than the first and second com- 
bined ; first recurrent nervure received a little beyond the middle 
of the second cubital cell, second at the middle of the third cubital 
cell, which is longer on the radius than on the cubitus. 

¢. Mandibles bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth shorter than 
the outer. Clypeus with two strong black teeth at the apex. 
Antennae stout, of almost even thickness throughout, shorter than 
the thorax and median segment combined. Head finely punctured ; 
thorax very finely and closely punctured; abdomen finely sha- 
greened. Posterior tibiae with five spines on the outer margin; 
tarsal ungues bifid. Third abscissa of the radius longer than the 
first and second combined, third cubital cell longer on the radius 
than on the cubitus ; recurrent nervures as in the female. First 
abdominal segment nearly half as long again as the second. 
Hypopygium rather narrowly linguiform. 


Hab. CAPE Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brauns), Sep- 
tember and October. 

The female is the type. 

The male resembles the species for which Caren 
formed the genus Odontothynnus. I have no doubt, how- 
ever, that he is mistaken in the statement that the 
ungues of the hind tarsi are simple. In colour the female 
resembles “ Plesta” melanaria, Cam., which will probably 
prove to be the female of one of the males described by 
him under Odontothynnus. 


Anthobosca natalica, Turn. 
Anthobosca natalica, Turn., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 
85 (1908), 9. 


This species also occurs at Willowmore, Cape Colony, 
in January. 


Sub-family SCOLIINAE. 
Scolia (Trielis) brawnsi, sp. n. 

2. Nigra, cinereo-pilosa ; mandibulis basi, flagello, tibiis subtus 
tarsisque fusco-ferrugineis, alis fuscis, venis nigris; segmentis 
abdominalibus nigro-ciliatis. 

Long. 17 mm. 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 743 


Q. Clypeus short, very broadly rounded at the apex, punctured 
at the sides, the middle raised and flattened, marked with three 
very strong longitudinal carinae, with one or two lower carinae 
between them. Head sparsely punctured, antennae inserted almost 
as far from each other as from the eyes ; the frontal prominence 
between them very broadly triangular, bounded laterally by well- 
marked carinae, at the base by a smooth transverse groove which 
almost reaches the eyes. Vertex very sparsely punctured, a large 
smooth space round the anterior ocellus, Pronotum closely and 
rather coarsely punctured, mesonotum and scutellum sparsely 
punctured ; median segment closely and coarsely punctured, the 
surface of the posterior truncation smooth. Pubescence black on 
the dorsal surface of the thorax and abdomen, more or less cinereous 
on the sides, very sparse. Abdomen finely and rather sparsely 
punctured, the dorsal segments with sparse ciliae of black hairs at 
the apex ; the sixth dorsal segment broadly rounded at the apex, 
coarsely punctured and clothed with short fulvous setae. Ciliae 
of the ventral segments sparse and whitish. Third cubital cell 
pointed on the cubital nervure, the length on the radial nervure 
equal to nearly two-thirds of the length of the second transverse 
cubital nervure. Radial cell extending beyond the third cubital 
cell. Spines of the hind tibiae pointed. 


Hab. Cape Cotony, Willowmore (Dr, Brauns), 
December. 

Allied to Scolia (Trielis) punctum, Sauss., but differs 
much in the colour of the wings and pubescence, and in 
the less closely striated clypeus. It differs from techowz, 
Turn.,in the same points of colour, also in the sculpture 
of the median segment and sixth dorsal segment. 


Scolia (Dielis) clotho, Sauss. 


Elis (Campsomeris) clotho, Sauss., Stett. Ent. Zeit., XX, 
p. 263 (1859), 9. 
Dielis masaica, Cam., Sjéstedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru 
Exp., IT, p. 229 (1910), 9. 
In Cameron’s type the wings are somewhat paler than 
is usual, but it is undoubtedly identical. 


Scolia (Dielis) coelebs, Sich. 

Elis (Dielis) coelebs, Sich., Cat. Spec. gen. Scolia, p. 184 
(1864), 2. | 
Dielis erionotus, Cam., Trans. S. Afric. Phil Soc., XV, 

pashli ss: 


T44 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


Family POMPILIDAE. 
Cyphononyx basalis, Sm. 


Pompilus basalis, Sm.,Cat. Hym. B. M., III, p. 138 (1885), 9 
Cyphononyx car oli- waterhousei, Cam., Sjastedt’s Kilimand- 
jaro-Meru Exp., II, p. 241 (1910). 


Family CRABRONIDAE, 
Sub-family PHILANTHINAE. 


Philanthus histiio, Fabr., Syst. Piez., p. 301 (1804). 
Philanthus flavolineatus, Cam., Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro- 
Meru Exp., II, p. 271 (1910). 


It is singular that Cameron should describe this common 
and wide-ranging East African species as new, without 
any note of comparison. 


Cerceris vigilans, Sm., sub-sp. pervigilans sub-sp. n. 

9. Differs from Indian specimens in having the postscutellum 
yellow instead of black ; the enclosed area at the base of the median 
segment is finely granulate instead of finely and closely punctured ; 
the pygidial area is more strongly narrowed towards the apex ; 
the petiole of the second cubital cell is a little longer; and the 
wings are sub-hyaline at the base, with a distinct fuscous apical 
border. 

¢. The differences in the male are the same as in the female, but 
the pygidial area is narrower throughout than in typical vigilans. 


Hab, British East Arrica, Kirja Valley, 8. Kavirondo, 
4,000 ft., April 30—May 1; Simba, 3,500 ft, May 8 
(S. A. Neave). 

Type in B.. Mod. 933 2 a: 

The differences seem to me to be too small to be of 
full specific value, the most important being in the shape 
of the pygidial area. The rather remarkable form of the 
clypeus is identical. Yet wigilans is an Indian species, 
not recorded from intermediate localities. 


Cerceris yalensis, sp. 0. 


Q. Nigra; clypeo, fronte sub antennis, macula pone oculos, 
femoribusque anticis infra flavis ; abdomine, segmento basili excepto, 
flavo-ochraceo ; alis fusco-hyalinis ; segmento ventrali secundo area 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 745 


basali elevata nulla ; segmento mediano area basali longitudinaliter 
striata. 

¢. Feminae similis; segmento mediano area basali obscure 
transverse striata, segmento ventrali sexto angulis apicalibus valide 
dentato. 

Long. 9,14mm.; ¢, 11 mm. 

Q. Clypeus broad, the middle lobe more than half as broad again 
as long, the anterior margin almost transverse, very feebly quadri- 
dentate, the distance between the base of the clypeus and the 
antennae equal to about half the length of the clypeus; inter- 
antennal carina high and narrow, triangularly truncate at the apex ; 
antennae rather stout, the second joint of the flagellum distinctly 
longer than the third. Cheeks nearly as broad as the eyes; 
posterior ocelli more than half as far again from the eyes as from 
each other. Clypeus and front below the base of the antennae 
sparsely punctured ; front above the antennae irregularly longi- 
tudinally striated, vertex closely punctured. Pleurae coarsely 
punctured striate; thorax very sparsely punctured in the middle, 
the punctures more or less confluent on the sides of the mesonotum. 
Median segment strongly, but not closely, punctured, the triangular 
area at the base coarsely longitudinally striated. Abdomen almost 
smooth, the fifth segment shallowly and sparsely punctured, first 
dorsal segment more than twice as broad as long, the segments not 
strongly constricted ; pygidial area granulate, gradually narrowed 
from the base, narrowly rounded at the apex, less than twice as 
long as the basal breadth, with a fringe of short hairs on the sides. 
First recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base of the 
second cubital cell, second at one-quarter from the base of the third 
cubital cell. 

¢. Head and thorax closely and rather deeply punctured, 
sparsely on the clypeus and front below the base of the antennae ; 
middle lobe of the clypeus longer than broad, with three indistinct 
teeth at the apex. Apical joint of the flagellum slightly curved 
and truncate at the apex. Basal area of the median segment 
shining, with a median groove and very obscurely and transversely 
striated. Abdomen sparsely punctured, the basal segment not quite 
twice as broad as long; sixth ventral segment with a broad tooth 
on each side at the apical margin; pygidial area sparsely and 
coarsely punctured, twice as long as broad, the sides almost 
parallel, truncate at the apex. First recurrent nervure received 
close to the middle of the second cubital cell, second close to the base 
of the third cubital cell. 


Hab. British East Arrica, Yala River, S. edge of 


746 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


Kakunga Forest, 4,800-5,300 ft., May 21-28; Uganda 
Protectorate, between Seziwa River and Kampala, 3,500 ft.,. 
August 27-31; Banks of the Nile near Kakindu, 3,400 ft., 
August 24 GS. A. Neave); Entebbe, Uganda, August 22 
(C. C. Gowdey). 

The difference in the sculpture of the enclosed area at 
the base of the median segment in the sexes is greater 
than is usual in the genus. 


Sub-family SPHECINAE. 
Sphex (Chlorion) xanthocerus, Il., var. wnicolor, Sauss. 


Sphex unicolor, Sauss., Reise d. Novara, Zool., II, p. 37 
(1867). 

Sphex xcanthocerus var. wnicolor, Kohl, Ann, naturh. Hofmns. 
Wien, V, p. 185 (1890). 

Sphex massaicus, Cam., Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp., 
II, p. 262 (1912), 


Sub-family BEMBECINAE. 
Bembex compedita, nom. nov. 


Bembex kohli, Turn., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), IX, 
p- 415 (1912), 3 (mec Morice, 1897). 


The name kohli is preoccupied and must sink, as has 
been pointed out to me by Mr. Rohwer. 


Bembex ugandensis, sp. n. 


6. Niger; mandibulis apice excepto, clypeo late marginibus, 
labro, orbitis oculorum, macula parva transversa utrinque sub ocello 
antico, pedibusque plus minusve nigro-variegatis flavis; segmento 
mediano linea arcuata angulisque, segmentis dorsalibus primo 
secundoque, apice maculisque duabus transversis nigris, segmentoque 
tertio macula transversa arcuata utrinque pallide flavo-olivaceis ; 
oculis versus clypeum paulum divergentibus, segmento ventrali 
secundo tuberculo longitudinali parvo, sexto apice acute prcducto. 

@. Mari simillima. 

Long. ¢ 9, 23 mm. 

¢. Clypeus subcarinate at the base, triangularly flattened at the 
apex ; the eighth and ninth joints of the flagellum short and with a 
spine beneath, the tenth and eleventh joints concave beneath, but 
not broadened, the apical joint much longer than the penultimate, 
moderately curved, narrowed to the apex and slightly hollowed 
beneath at the base. Basal joint of the anterior tarsi with six spines 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 747 


on the outer margin, the outer half of the joint black. Femora not 
serrate. Second ventral segment with a very low median carina, 
which is produced into a very small tubercle near the apex ; sixth 
ventral segment strongly produced at the apex and almost pointed. 
Seventh dorsal segment narrowed before the apex, the sides undu- 
late. Thorax closely and evenly punctured. Cubital cell of the 
hindwing emitting one vein from the apex. Angles of the median 
segment rather prominent. 

2. Second ventral segment shining and sparsely punctured in 
the middle ; sixth dorsal segment strongly punctured and clothed 
with short black pubescence, the extreme apex smooth and narrowly 
rounded. ‘ 


Hab. UGANDA PROTECTORATE, Eastern Mbale district, 
S. of Mt. Elgon, 3,700 ft.; Mbale-Kumi Road, S. of Lake 
Salisbury, 3,700 ft. (S. 4A. Meave), August; Entebbe 
(C. C. Gowdey). 

Type in B. M. 

Allied to B. diversipennis, Sm., but differs from that 
species in the much narrower apical joints of the male 
antennae and in the shape of the seventh dorsal segment. 
The sixth dorsal segment of the female is broader than in 
diversipennis. In both sexes the antennae are black, not 
ferruginous as in diversipennis, and the colour is otherwise 
different, though diversipennis is so variable in this respect 
that little importance can be attached to colour differences. 
The male antennae are somewhat intermediate between 
diversipennis, Sm., and monedula, Handl. 


Bembex lobatifrons, sp. n. 


¢. Niger; clypeo, labro, mandibuilis dimidio basali, scapo supra 
nigro-lineato, fronte supra basim antennarum macula magna bilobata 
nigra, genis, linea transversa interrupta occipitali, pronoto, lateribus 
dorsuli strigisque parvulis in disco, scutello, postscutello, segmentoque 
mediano fasciis curvatis apicalibus, lateribus thoracis plus minusve 
nigro-lineatis, segmento dorsali primo fascia lata sinuata, secundo 
tertio quartoque fasciis latis bisinuatis, quinto sextoque fere totis, 
septimo apice anguste, segmentis ventralibus tribus basalibus fere 
totis, quarto, quinto sextoque fasciis latis apicalibus, pedibus, 
thoraceque subtus, mesosterno excepto, pallide flavis ; alis hyalinis, 
venis bruneis. 

Q. Mari simillima, fasciis segmentorum dorsalium  secundi 
tertiique maculas nigras binas includentibus. 

Long. ¢ 9, 14mm. 


748 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


$. Eighth and ninth joints of the antennae with a minute spine 
beneath, tenth to twelfth slightly excavated beneath, apical joint 
longer ‘than the penultimate, distinctly curved and rounded at 
the apex. Fore tarsi normal, the basal joint with six spines on the 
outer margin, fore femora not serrate, intermediate femora with one 
or two small spines beneath near the apex, not distinctly serrate, 
basal joint of intermediate tarsi normal, intermediate tibiae not 
produced at the apex. Seventh dorsal segment broad, narrowly 
truncate at the apex, the sides not sinuate. Second ventral segment 
with a longitudinal carina which is gradually raised into a rounded 
tubercle at the apex, the surface of the segment closely and evenly 
punctured ; sixth ventral segment with a small, low, rounded 
tubercle in the middle; seventh ventral segment with three longi- 
tudinal carinae placed rather far apart. Wings rather short, not 
reaching when closed much beyond the apex of the third dorsal 
segment ; cell of the hindwing emitting only one distinct vein from 
the apex. 

?. Similar to the male except in the usual sexual characters ; 
the sixth dorsal segment with a very large yellow apical spot, the 
sides not sinuate, the apex narrowly rounded. Second ventral 
segment evenly punctured. The colour of the female is a deeper 
yellow than in the male. 


Hab. British East Arrica, Uchweni Forest, March 
1-2; Lake Mpeketomi near Kipini (S. A. eave), 
March 4-5. 

Type in B. M. 

This species approaches the oculata group, but differs 
in only having one vein at the apex of the cell in the 
hindwing, and the carinae of the seventh ventral segment 
(3g ) are far apart. 


Sub-family NYSSONINAE, 
Gorytes silverlocki, sp. 0. 


?. G. monstroso, Handl., affinissima. Nigra; pronoto in medio 
interrupto, callis humeralibus, segmento dorsali secundo fascia 
angusta apicali, tibiis tarsisque macula basali pallide flavis; alis 
subhyalinis, cellula radiali obscuriore. 

Long. 5 mm. 

?. Eyes strongly convergent towards the clypeus, separated at 
the base of the clypeus by a distance scarcely exceeding half the 
length of the scape; clypeus very short, the anterior margin dis- 
tinctly raised. Antennae short, about as long as the thorax without 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 749 


the median segment, the five basal joints of the flagellum very 
short and not stout, the five next longer and stouter, the apical 
joint longer and slenderer than the penultimate and slightly curved. 
Ocelli situated in a very wide triangle on the vertex, the posterior 
pair nearly half as far again from each other as from the eyes. 
Thorax short and stout, a distinct groove in front of the mesopleurae 
for the reception of the anterior femora, the mesosternum notched 
at the sides close to the groove and produced into two short teeth. 
Intermediate trochanters without a tooth ; posterior tibiae thickened. 
Abdomen petiolate, the first segment gradually broadened from the 
base, nearly twice as wide at the apex as at the base, distinctly 
longer than the apical breadth, not constricted at the apex ; second 
segment large and globose, constricted at the base; sixth segment 
broadly triangular, with a narrow pygidial area. Closely and rather 
strongly punctured ; the punctures longitudinally confluent near 
the apex of the mesonotum ; scutellum and postscutellum longi- 
tudinally striated, basal area of the median segment obliquely 
striated, a smooth opaque space on each side near the apex of the 
basal area, the posterior slope of the median segment with a deep 
median groove; ventral surface of the abdomen almost smooth 
except on the coarsely punctured second segment; the extreme 
apex of the sixth dorsal segment smooth. Both recurrent nervures 
received by the second cubital cell; second abscissa of the radius 
shorter than the first; third cubital cell entirely absent on the 
right side, on the left side the third transverse cubital nervure is 
present on the cubitus, but does not reach half way to the radius. 


Hab. N. RHODESIA, Sinapunga (Silverlock), February. 

Type in B. M. 

Differs from monstrosus, Handl., in colour, in the 
sculpture of the scutellum, postscutellum and median 
segment, in the absence of a spine on the intermediate 
trochanters, in the shape of the petiole and in the 
absence of the third transverse cubital nervure. The 
latter character may be an individual aberration. 


Sub-family CRABRONINAE. 
Dasyproctus aurovestitus, sp. n. 


Q. Nigra, opaca; scapo subtus, pronoto angustissime antice, 
petiologue macula utrinque apicali pallide flavis; pedibus nigris 
fusco-ferrugineo variegatis ; abdomine dense auro-piloso ; alis hya- 
linis, costa anguste infuscata, venis nigris ; tegulis fusco-ferrugineis. 

Long. 12 mm. 


750 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


@. Clypeus with a median carina. Head large, the eyes on the 
front separated by a distance not quite equal to half the length of 
the scape ; second joint of the flagellum twice as long as the first 
and fully half as long again as the third. Cheeks as broad as the 
eyes ; posterior ocelli much further from each other than from the 
anterior ocellus, as far from the eyes as from each other, and more 
than half as far again from the posterior margin of the head as from 
each other; the whole head minutely punctured and clothed with 
fine brownish gold pubescence, a deep sulcus on the inner margin of 
the eyes near the summit. Pronotum deeply transversely grooved, 
the anterior margin higher and broader than the posterior. Median 
segment with a deep median sulcus, the basal triangular area strongly 
obliquely striated, with fine punctures between the striae; the 
posterior slope of the segment finely rugulose. Abdomen petiolate, 
the first segment a little shorter than the second and third combined, 
as long as the posterior femur and trochanter combined, the apex 
not nodose, the apical breadth equal to about two-fifths of the 
length of the segment; the remainder of the abdomen densely 
clothed with short brownish gold pubescence. 


Hab. UGANDA, Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey), August 13. 

Type in B. M. 

Easily distinguished from other African species by the 
golden brown pubescence and the almost complete absence 
of yellow markings on the abdomen. The sculpture of 
the median segment differs from kibonotensis, Cam., in 
which there are no yellow markings, and in that species 
the pubescence is whitish. 


Sub-family LARRINAE. 
Liris diabolica, Sm. 


Larrada diabolica, Sm., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XII, 
p. 294 (1878), 2. 

Liris violaceipennis, Cam., Sjostedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru 
Exped., II, p. 285 (1910), 9. 

Larra (Liris) opipara, Kohl, Ann, Naturh. Hofmus. Wien., 
IX, p. 297 (1894), 2. 


Notogonia pseudoliris, sp. 0. 
@. Nigra, dense aureo-sericea tomentosa; mandibulis basi, an- 


tennis, tegulis, pedibus, segmentisque abdominalibus quinto sextoque 
ferrugineis ; segmentis abdominalibus 1-4 margine apicali testaceis ; 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 751 


alis flavo-hyalinis, limbo late infuscato; venis basi testaceis, apice 
fuscis. 

Long. 16 mm. 

. Clypeus almost transverse at the apex, with a very shallow 
and narrow emargination in the middle. Second joint of the 
flagellum equal in length to the third, about three and a half times 
as long as broad. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal 
to the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Median segment 
finely transversely aciculate, with a low median carina on the basal 
half, much longer than the breadth at the base, the sides of the 
segment striated. Sixth dorsal segment closely punctured and 
without much pubescence. Comb of the anterior tarsi very short 
and with few spines, only five spines on the basal joint. Tarsal 
ungues long, without a tooth. Third abscissa of the radius nearly 
half as long again as the second. The-whole dorsal surface, except 
the middle of the median segment and the sixth dorsal segment, 
clothed with short golden pubescence. 


Hab. UGANDA, Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey), August 15, 

Type in B. M. 

This closely resembles a small specimen of Liris hae- 
morrhoidalis, Fabr., but is a true Notogonia. N. primania, 
Kohl, resembles the same species, but is larger, and differs 
in the proportionate length of the second joint of the 
flagellum compared with the distance between the eyes on 
the vertex, in the comb of the anterior tarsi, and in the 
sculpture of the median segment. The antennae of prv- 
mania are much shorter and stouter than in the present 
species. 


Notogonia gowdeyt, sp. 0. 


2. Nigra, mandibulis basi, clypeo apice, scapoque fusco-ferru- 
gineis ; tarsis anticis fuscis ; alis nigro-violaceis ; segmento mediano 
transverse rugoso-striato. 

¢. Feminae simillimus. 

Long. 9,21 mm.; g, 14mm. 

2. Clypeus almost transverse at the apex, with a shallow and 
narrow emargination in the middle, the apical half strongly, but 
sparsely, punctured, the basal half finely shagreened. Second joint 
of the flagellum as long as the third, more than three times as long 
as its breadth in the middle. Eyes separated on the vertex by a 
distance equal to about three-quarters of the length of the second 
joint of the flagellum. Median segment longer than the basal 
breadth, coarsely transversely rugose-striate, without a median 


T52 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new 


carina, the sides of the segment finely and very obscurely striated. 
Sixth dorsal segment clothed with stiff blackish bristles. Comb of 
the anterior tarsi fairly long and stout, six spines on the basal joint ; 
tarsal ungues long, without a tooth. Third abscissa of the radius 
about half as long again as the second, first recurrent nervure 
received very near the base of the second cubital cell, more than 
twice as far from the second recurrent nervure as from the angle of 
the cell. A little silver pubescence on the face and cheeks, abdomen 
bare. 

¢. Antennal joints shorter than in the female, the eyes separated 
on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of the two basal 
joints of the flagellum; apex of the dorsal segment with a very 
indistinct marginal band of greyish pubescence; apical dorsal 
segment closely punctured, shallowly emarginate at the apex. 


Hab. UGANDA, Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey), August 19-28. 
Two 2?Pandl f. 

Type in B. M. 

Superficially this species resembles the oriental Liris 
ducalis, Sm. 


Notogonia sericosoma, sp. Nn. 


?. Nigra; mandibulis, clypeo apice, antennis, tegulis, pedibus, 
abdomine, segmentis dorsalibus secundo tertioque modice infuscatis, 
ferrugineis; alis pallide flavo-hyalinis, limbo apicali . pallide 
infuscato, venis testaceis, capite, thorace, abdomineque pallide 
aureosericeis, 

Long. 13 mm. 

2. Clypeus subtruncate at the apex, not emarginate in the 
middle. Second joint of the flagellum equal in length to the third, 
about two and a half times as long as its breadth in the middle. 
Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance half as great again as the 
length of the second joint of the flagellum. Comb of the fore tarsi 
long and stout, six spines on the outer margin of the basal joint. 
Median segment finely transversely striated, the apex almost smooth, 
the sides finely striated, the segment longer than its breadth at the 
base, slightly convex, and without a median carina. Sixth dorsal 
segment closely punctured and covered with very fine pale golden 
pubescence. Tarsal ungues long, without a tooth. Second abscissa 
of the radius nearly as long as the third; first recurrent nervure 
received distinctly nearer to the basal angle of the second cubital 
cell than to the second recurrent nervure. The whole dorsal surface 
except the middle of the median segment is covered more or less 


Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa 753 


closely with very fine pale golden pubescence, which in some lights 
becomes almost silvery. 


Hab. British East AFRIcA, near Wangi, coast of main- 
land (S. A. Neave), February 21-22. 
Type in B. M. 


Motes lrrovdes, sp. n. 


9. Nigra, pallide aureo-pilosa ; tarsis tegulisque fusco-ferrugineis ; 
alis flavis, apice late fuscis ; segmento mediano transverse striato. 

Long. 16 mm. 

Q@. Clypeus short, very feebly rounded at the apex, with an 
obscure carina from the base not reaching the apex. Second joint 
of the flagellum twice as long as the first and distinctly longer than 
the third. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the 
length of the second joint of the flagellum. Closely and very 
minutely punctured, the median segment distinctly transversely 
striated, longer than broad. The whole dorsal surface of the head, 
thorax, median segment and abdomen more or less densely clothed 
with very delicate pale golden pubescence ; the apical dorsal segment 
closely covered with short fulvous setae, the sides of the segment 
converging strongly towards the apex, which is rather broadly 
rounded and less than half as wide as the base of the segment. All 
the tarsal ungues have a small but distinct tooth close to the middle. 
The two recurrent nervures are received close together more than 
twice as far from the basal angle of the second cubital cell as from 
each other. 


Hab. British East Arrica, Witu (S. A. Weave), 
February 25-28. 

Type in B. M. 

This is another case of close resemblance to JLizris 
haemorrhoidalis, Fabr., but the structure is different. It 
may be easily distinguished from the West African species 
M. odontofora, Kohl, and M. cyphononyx, Kohl, by the 
strongly convergent sides of the pygidial area and the 
different colour of the wings, which are quite as dark 
as in the most highly coloured specimens of iris 
haemorrhordalis. 


Tachytes mira, Kohl. 


Tachytes mira, Kohl, Ann. naturh. Hofmus. Wien, IX, p. 
293 (1894), 9. 


754 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 


Tachytes pulchrivestita, Cam., Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru 
Exp., IT, p. 284 (1912), 2. 


This differs from velox, Sm., in the narrower pygidial 
area. 


Gastrosericus neaver, sp. n. 


2. Nigra, albopilosa ; orbitis interioribus verticem versus haud 
convergentibus, genis pone oculos spina magna obtusa instructis ; 
alis fusco-hyalinis ; tibiis posticis intus pallide flavis. 

Long. 7 mm. 

@. Head broad, the eyes not converging towards the vertex, their 
inner margins parallel, separated on the vertex by a distance equal 
to about two-thirds of the length of the flagellum ; the third joint 
of the flagellum fully as long as the second. Clypeus very broadly 
rounded at the apex, covered with short white pubescence ; head 
very closely and distinctly punctured, a short longitudinal sulcus 
above the base of the antennae ; posterior ocelli oblique, situated on 
a rounded prominence which is not divided by a sulcus, a narrow 
curved groove behind the posterior ocelli. Cheeks more than half 
as broad as the eyes, armed with a short, strong, blunt spine. 
Pronotum depressed below the mesonotum ; the latter closely and 
rather strongly punctured, slightly depressed in the middle on the 
anterior margin. Mesopleurae and scutellum closely punctured ; 
median segment shorter than the mesonotum, transversely rugulose 
and rounded posteriorly. Abdomen very minutely punctured ; the 
first segment subpetiolate, the second slightly constricted at the base. 
Anterior coxae armed with a long seta. Second abscissa of the 
radius scarcely half as long as the first ; the two recurrent nervures 
unite before their junction with the cubitus at one-third from the 
base of the second cubital cell, so that the second discoidal cell is 
distinctly petiolate. 


Hab, British East Arrica, Upper Kuja Valley, S. 
Kavirondo; 4,200 ft. (S. A. Weave), May 5-8. 

iype.in Bb. Mey i 

This species is easily distinguished by the great distance 
between the eyes on the vertex and by the spine on the 
cheeks. 


Fes. 11, 1913. 


THE 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


OF 


LONDON 


For’ THE YEAR 1912, 


Wednesday, February 7th, 1912. 
The Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair. 


Nomination of Vice-Presidents. 


The PRESIDENT announced that he had nominated as Vice- 
Presidents for the present session Mr. A. H. Jongs, Dr. 
Matcotm Burr, and Mr. J. H. Durrant. 


Dates of Meetings. 


The Rev. G. WHEELER said that he had received, as 
Secretary, a large number of applications for cards of the 
dates of meetings for this year, and explained that as these 
always contained the names of the Vice-Presidents, which 
could not, by the bye-laws, be announced until the February 
meeting, the cards could never be issued till after that date. 
He added that the date of the February meeting for next year 
would be given on this year’s card, a precedent which he hoped 
would always be followed in future. 


Letters of Thanks. 


The Rev. G. WHEELER read letters of thanks for their 
election as Hon. Fellows from Prof. J. H. Comsrock and 
Fr. Erich Wasmany, and on behalf of the latter presented 

PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND., 1, 1912. A 


eg) 


to the Society a copy of all his Entomological books and 
pamphlets, for which a special vote of thanks was unanimously 
passed to Fr. Wasmann on the motion of the President. 


Exhibitions. 

Rake Co.LeopTera.—Mr. W. E. Suarr exhibited specimens 
of Carpophilus 6-pustulatus, F., and C. obsoletus, Kr., taken 
under bark of beech trees near Doncaster in October 1911; 
the former having been recorded from the same locality only 
on a few occasions during recent years, and the latter never 
having been known to occur under natural conditions in 
England previously. 

Mr. SuHarp having explained that both species had been 
previously found in England amongst bad raisins, a discussion 
arose as to the means by which they might possibly have been 
transferred to such a locality as that in which they were found, 
Mr. J. E. Conn observed that raisins unfit for human consump- 
tion were a well-known bait for attracting pheasants, and the 
PRESIDENT suggested a picnic party as the possible cause ; the 
exhibitor, however, said that the wood in which these beetles 
had been found had been for many years a fox-cover, and that 
it was not a place to which picnic parties came. The Rev. 
G. WHEELER observed that in any case it was obvious that 
Entomologists had access to the wood, and said that he him- 
self frequently took raisins as a part of his lunch when out for 
the day, and that some one else might have done the same 
thing, and if he found his raisins bad would naturally have left 
them behind. Mr. WAtrrHousE thought it probable that the 
natural habitat of the insects was under bark, and that they 
merely came to raisins aS so many insects come to sweet 
substances, but Mr. Campion was of opinion that they 
naturally fed upon fruit. 

Birps As A Cueck on Insect Prsts.—Mr. CHampion called 
attention to a paper by Mr. H.C. Bryant, recently published 
in an ornithological periodical, the ‘‘ Condor,” for November - 
1911, entitled ‘‘ The relation of birds to an insect outbreak in 
northern California during the spring and summer of 1911.” 
The insect in question was a butterfly, Hugonia californica (an 
ally of £. polychloros), and five species of birds were found to 


(Omit) 

feed on it, one of which, the Brewer blackbird (Huphagus 
cyanocephalus) took 95 per cent. of all the butterilies eaten by 
the birds. The birds, in feeding on the butterfly were stated 
to attack the insect at a critical point in its life-history, and 
were therefore of more value as a check than they would have 
been had they fed on the larva or pupa. The smaller birds 
probably had a more intimate relation to the outbreak when 
the insect was in the larval or pupal stage. The data col- 
lected showed of what value birds may be in the checking of an 
insect outbreak rather than their value in the prevention of 
such an outbreak. 

GroMEeTRID MotTHS OF THE GENUS ALETIS, AND THEIR MIMICS 
FROM THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF ENTEBBE. — Prof. Poutton 
exhibited a large but not quite complete series of the members 
of this important combination collected, between May 23, 
1909 and September 14, 1910, by Mr. C. A. Wiggins, 
D.P.M.O. of the Uganda Protectorate. The specimens had 
been collected just as they were met with, and in sufficient 
numbers to give some indication of the proportions. By far 
the most abundant species was Aletis (Leptaletis) erici, Kirby 
(56 examples). A. helcita, Clerck, although much commoner in 
collections, was comparatively a rare insect (4). The explanation 
of its prominence in collections is probably to be found in the 
fact that helcita is rather larger and of aricher colour than erici 
and has been mistaken by collectors for fine specimens of the 
common species. There are in the British Museum two rows 
of helcita, but only three examples of evict. Another common 
species of Adetis—paler and smaller than either of the above— 
was Aletis (Leptaletis) forbesi, Druce (11). The following 
mimics were also present, all of them in very small numbers : 
the Hypsid moth Phaegorista similis, Walker (2), the female 
Agaristid moth Xanthospilopteryx poggei, Dewitz (1), the 
Nymphaline butterfly Luphaedra ruspina, Westwood (2), the 
Lycaenid butterfly Zelipna nyanza, Neave (1). The propor- 
tions of the three species of Alet¢is seem to be about the same 
in the Lagos district, where Mr. W. A. Lamborn has bred 
erict and helcita, and finds that their caterpillars have different 
patterns, and that erici is gregarious and helcita solitary in the 
larval state, 

A 2 


a 


Hypontimnas (Evuratia) pusius, Beauv., A MENDELIAN 
DOMINANT, AND H. (E) ANTHEDON, Borsp., RECESSIVE.— 
Prof. Poutton exhibited part of an all-anthedon family 
recently bred by Mr. Lamborn at Oni Camp seventy miles 
east of Lagos, from an anthedon female parent, and part of 
an all-dubiwus family also bred from an anthedon female. 
Both families were amply large enough to preclude the 
possibility of accident. The facts indicate that in the first 
family a recessive female had paired with a recessive male, in 
the second that a recessive female had paired with a dominant 
male. There can be little doubt that the pattern of anthedon 
conforms more closely to that of the genus than the pattern 
of dubius and that the dominant form is therefore the more 
recent development. 

Burrerrities A Naturat Foop or Monkeys. — Prof. 
Poutton read the following note received in a letter from 
Mr. W. A. Lamborn, November 17, 1911 :— 

“ Our District Commissioner, Captain Neal, who occasion- 
ally spends a few days with us [at Oni Camp] tells me 
that he has several times seen ‘dog-faced monkeys,’ (not 
baboons but probably mangabeys), squatting beside mudholes, 
such as butterflies of some kinds resort to in large numbers 
in the dry season, and catching them one after the other and 
eating them. It occurred to me that this evidence might be 
valuable as showing that butterflies may be a natural food 
of monkeys.” 

‘THE URTICATING HAIRS OF A LaSIOCAMPID LARVA DISSEMINATED 
THROUGH THE AIR.—Prof. Pou.ton exhibited specimens of the 
Lasiocampid moth Mimopacha gerstaeckeri, Dewitz, bred from 
the caterpillars referred to by Mr. Lamborn in the quotation 
from his letter printed below. Prof. Pounron said that 
although the subject had been extensively discussed he 
thought it was important to show that the hairs were a 
powerful defence against natural enemies, and also that they 
were spread through the air—a fact he had himself observed 
in studying the cocoons of Porthesia similis, Fuessly. Although 
he had been careful to touch the cocoons only with the tips 
of the forceps he well remembered the irritation which had 
been caused, especially on the neck beneath the collar, 


Cows) 


‘A very large company of these larvae was pointed 
out to me by the native clerk, on the trunk of a tree 
in the village 13 miles away [from Oni] on October 18. I 
had the tree felled and collected them and they formed 
cocoons between October 20 and 24. The hairs on the 
larvae are intensely urticating, and, as they come off readily, 
float in the air if there is any draught. They get into one’s 
eyes and produce a troublesome conjunctivitis. The cocoons 
are massed together side by side and are covered with the 
downy hairs from the caterpillars so that an even surface is 
produced, and the hair comes off them very easily too. As 
I kept feeling skin irritation as a result of hairs blowing 
about, I placed the boxes outside, and the female Mona must 
have gone to investigate the cocoons, for I found one torn 
open and lying on the ground, the pupa being there but 
damaged. The monkey suffered very badly for her curiosity, 
for her eyes became so swollen and inflamed that she could 
hardly see out of them, and the hairs were so urticating to 
her skin that she rolled on the ground trying to scratch 
herself with all four feet at the same time, and it was some 
days before she was herself again. JI still left the boxes 
outside but none of the other monkeys went near them. Nov. 
lao’ 

THE ANAL TUFTS OF THE FEMALE GLUTOPHRISSA PROTRUDED 
DURING CoURTSHIP.—Prof. PouLTton drew attention to the 
following observation recently made by Mr. Lamborn at 
Oni :— 

“On December 27 I saw a male Glutophrissa saba courting 
a female. She was resting on a leaf with wings expanded. 
Her abdomen was raised to an angle of rather more than 
45° to the thorax and two little tufts very similar to those 
possessed by male Danainae protruded from the anal ex- 
tremity. The male fluttered round her very closely, occa- 
sionally settling on her wings, though he still continued 
fluttering while touching her. He eventually became alarmed 
at my presence and flew away. Dec. 29, 1911.” 

A NEW SPECIES OF VxEsPERUS. — Dr. Matcotm CAMERON 
exhibited a new species of Vesperus from Lagos, Portugal, 
a description of which appears in the March number of the 


4 
WV, 


(ee; ) 


E.M.M. as V. reittert, and for comparison a specimen of 
Vi bolivari, Rtt. These two are the only dark-coloured 
species of the genus at present known. In both cases the ? 
are unknown,but are probably only furnished with rudimentary 
wings as is usual in this genus. 

Hysrip Oporapras.—Mr. E. A. Cockayne exhibited the 
following specimens of this genus: O. christyi from Ireland 
and Scotland, hybrid 0. christyi ¢ x O. dilutata 9, and 0. 
dilutata ¢ x O. christyi 9; O. dilutata from Scotland and 
Epping Forest, hybrid O. dilutata 3-x O, autumnaria ?, and 
larva; O. wutumnaria, hybrid O. autumnaria g x O. filigram- 
maria °, and Q. filigrammaria gx O. autumnaria 9; O. 
filigrammaria from Yorkshire and Scotland. Most of the 
hybrids were bred by Mr. J. E. R. Allen. He remarked that 
the species fall naturally into two groups— 

(1) O. dilutata and O. christyi. 

(2) O. autumnaria and O. filigrammaria, 
and that hybridisation is easy between the members of each 
group, but very difficult between the members of the different 
groups, though probably all are good species. The hybrid 
dilutata and autumnaria showed the dull grey of dilutata, a 
colour never met with in autwmnaria whose melanic forms 
are brown, but has the markings of the latter, the sharp 
angle in the elbowed line and the central spot far from the 
line, 

Paper's. 

The following papers were read :— 

“On some hitherto imperfectly known South African 
Lepidoptera,” by Rotanp Trimen, M.A., F.R.S. 

“On the Comparative Anatomy of the Genital Tube in ¢ 
Coleoptera,” by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., and F. Murr, F.E.S. 

“Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera 
from south-east Brazil,” by F. Dukinrietp Jongs, F.Z.S., 
F.E.S. 

“The Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus,” 
by F. M. Howtert, B.A., F.E.S. 

“On the Genera Liothrips and Hoodia,” by Dr. H. Karny, 
of Elbogen, Austria; translated by E. A. Exuiorr, F.ES., 
and communicated by R. 8. Baenatt, F.L.S. 


(° eeart.') 

“On the Early Stages of Albulina pheretes, a Myrmecophilous 
Plebeiid Butterfly,” by T. A. Cuapman, F.Z.S. 

‘«The Food-plant of Callophrys avis,” by T. A.CHapman, F.Z.S. 

“ An Experiment on the Development of the Male Append- 
ages in Lepidoptera,” by T. A. Cuapman, F.Z.S. 

“The Study of Mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by 
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies,” by 
Lieut.-Col. N. Manprrs, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., F.E.S. 

A long and important discussion arose on many points in con- 
nection with the last paper, of which a full report is appended. 

Prof. Poutron said that Col. Manders was much to be 
congratulated on the positive results that he had obtained 
in both D. chrysippus and H. misippus, female. Furthermore 
the indication that the female of D. chrysippus was more 
sensitive than the male was of the highest interest. When 
Col. Manders first expressed the intention of making these 
experiments the speaker thought they were rather in the 
nature of “a forlorn hope” and the results were as surprising 
to him as they were interesting. He felt that Col. Manders 
had made out a case for reconsidering the conclusion (which 
Prof. Poulton had published in Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, pp. 
475-6, 482-4) that the type form of chrystppus was older 
than the dorippus form. ‘rhe reasons for this conclusion still 
appeared to him to be strong as well as numerous, but the 
whole subject required to be reinvestigated in the light of 
these new results, 

When we compared chrysippus with its form dorippus and 
the female misippus with the form inaria, it was quite clear that 
both forms differ from their types by the omission of a part of 
the pattern, and in no other way. Hence the type should be 
a Mendelian dominant in both species, as Rev. K. St. Aubyn 
Rogers had shown to be probably the case in H. misippus 
(Proc, Ent. Soc. 1911, p. xliv). But Mendelian dominance 
did not help towards the phylogenetic solution ; for, accept- 
ing the generally received “ presence or absence’’ hypothesis, 
it was obvious that a newer form may arise from an older by 
the addition (= dominance) or the omission (= recessivity) of 
a factor.* 


* Bateson, ‘‘ Mendel’s Principles of Heredity,” Cambridge, 1909, p. 278. 


(P) vit) 

The results of Col. Manders’ experiments upon misippus did 
not seem to point uniformly towards inaria as the older form ; 
for although the replacement of black by fulvous in the 
apical region of the forewing, and the overspreading by 
fulvous of the subapical white bar, supported this interpreta- 
tion, the form and increased size of the bar itself suggested an 
opposite one. It was to be observed that the bar is unusually 
developed in the specimens which had been exposed to heat, 
and that its basal margin (viz. that turned towards the cell) 
possessed a remarkably bold zigzag outline. The shock of 
the experiment had therefore in some respects carried the 
individuals towards inaria, but in other respects had carried 
them further away from it. 

With regard to Col. Manders’ conclusion that the mimicry 
was simply an accidental resemblance of no bionomie signi- 
ficance, Prof. Poulton said that, if this were found to be 
true of the female forms of H. misippus he did not see how the 
theory of mimicry could be sustained at all. If these females, 
in departing soimmensely from the ancestral pattern preserved 
by their male, had undergone these changes without relation 
of any kind to the corresponding forms of the Danaine butter- 
fly regarded as their model, he would be prepared to look on 
all mimicry as accidental. He thought that Col. Manders 
and those writers who agreed with him, expected too much 
when they sought for evidence of the preferences of insecti- 
vorous birds. Such inquiries were extraordinarily difficult and 
wearisome, and a large proportion of the labour must inevit- 
ably lead to negative results. Prof. Poulton felt convinced 
that mimicry was an advantageous resemblance, not because 
of the direct evidence but on account of the enormous and 
ever-increasing mass of facts which received an interpreta- 
tion on this hypothesis—for the same reasons, in fact, which 
justified a belief in evolution itself. No other hypothesis as 
yet proposed could be reconciled with the facts, and it was 
extremely improbable that any hypothesis as yet unknown 
would supply the interpretation of resemblances so numerous, 
so wide-spread, so well known, and so much studied and dis- 
cussed. At the same time he was always urging his corre- 
spondents to seek for direct evidence on every possible 


( ix ) 
opportunity. Although he disagreed with Col. Manders’ opinion 
on this point, he wished, in concluding his remarks, again 
to congratulate him on the solid results he had obtained and 
shown to the meeting. 

The Rev. G. WueeE er challenged the position referred to in 
the paper that, because shock has been shown in some cases to 
produce atavistic results, there is anything inherently improb- 
able in its producing in other cases an impetus in the direction 
in which development is tending. He maintained that this 
might be expected to depend on two factors, one internal the 
other external to the organism affected; first whether the 
organism subjected to the shock had reached a stage in which 
the tendency to new development was stronger than the 
atavistic tendency, and secondly whether the nature of the 
shock was in the direction of the forces (whatever they might 
be) tending to produce the newer form, or in the direction of 
those tending to check such development. 

Mr. MerriFizLD said that his experiments on Rumicia phlaeas, 
to which Col. Manders had referred, were on the pupae, not the 
larvae. He had not at that time realised, as he had done 
since, the important effect of temperature in the larval stage. 
Applied to pupae it had an effect on the general colouring of 
the imago, very marked in the case of many of the ‘‘ Thorn” 
moths, and other Geometridae; a high temperature in the 
later part of the pupal stage tended to produce a chestnut 
colouring, verging on orange, a low temperature, darker 
colouring approaching chocolate. But in these species, which 
were double-brooded, and in the double-brooded butterfly 
Araschnia levana, the most complete effects, not merely in 
colouring but in habits, were produced in the larval stage, 
and especially in its earlier instars; larvae of either of the 
two broods of A. levana could thus all be converted by the 
appropriate temperature into the other seasonal form—into the 
winter phase with its long fixed pupal period, producing in 
spring a butterfly resembling in appearance a small “ fritillary,” 
or into the summer phase (prorsa) with its very brief pupal 
period, resembling a small Z. sibylla. As regards ‘‘ shock” it 
appeared to be in favour of that view that when the tempera- 
tures to which the pupae were subjected were extreme—below 


(ie) 


freezing point, or considerably above 100° F.—the effects in 
appearance produced by such cold and heat were very similar. 
Prof. Standfuss and Dr. E. Fischer had both, he believed, 
suggested that as regards these different temperatures the 
one brought out past atavistic features, the other developed 
future anticipatory ones. That was a point on which he 
could form no opinion, so he must be content with the word 
“shock,” without being able to enter on the question of the 
rationale of its operation. 

He could not refrain from thanking Col. Manders for his 
paper and for its judicial tone, recording observations, which, 
from their impartial character would be of so much assistance 
to all in arriving at due conclusions on the probable explana- 
tion of the facts observed. 

Dr. CuapMAN congratulated Col. Manders on his success in 
carrying out a valuable and difficult experiment. He said 
that in interpreting the result as showing that dorippus is the 
ancestral form, we overlooked certain considerations, or 
hypotheses, that, though unprovable, like mimicry itself as 
Prof. Poulton had just told us, still similarly enabled us to 
form a connected picture of otherwise isolated and even con- 
tradictory phenomena. The hypothesis, as applied tochrysippus, 
pictured it and dorippus as having in their past history (no 
matter which be the older form) frequently crossed with each 
other, ‘and as subjected to alternative conditions either by 
migration or by change of climate, so that at the present day 
an individual, say of chrysippus, had ancestors that were often 
pure chrysippus, often pure dorippus, and though it may be 
in an area where dorippus does not occur, it still possesses, 
inherited in its tissues, the materials for producing under a 
suitable change of environment the race dorippus, deeply 
recessive though the dorippus inheritance may be—recessive 
of course not in any strictly Mendelian sense. 

This view of the relation of dimorphic forms to each other 
seemed to afford the only possible explanation (not of why, 
but) of how melanic races appear in a very few years, on a 
change of conditions. A. betularia, when apparently a pure 
race, had probably had in its ancestry very many, not only 
crosses with doubledayaria, but actual changes from betularia 


eee) 


to doubledayaria and back again. Such an alternation of 
inheritance probably went back not to the beginning of 
betularia as a species, but much further, to a time when the 
present genus, subfamily, or even family, was represented by 
one ancestral species, or even further. 

All dimorphic or polymorphic forms might be represented 
as two (or more) forms combined together, as dominant 
and recessive, the dominance not being conditioned as in 
the Mendelian relation purely by inheritance, but by the 
environment. 

Levana and prorsa had been shown by Mr. Merrifield to 
be quite interchangeable at an early larval stage. As the 
change of conditions necessary had an annual cycle, there 
was the appearance, without the fact, of an alternation of 
generations. The regular change however kept each form 
ready to appear at once; but in the case of our melanic 
forms, or of chrysippus, the changes of environment were not 
annual but rather secular, so that in the intervals the form 
that is for the moment recessive receded more and more, and 
conceivably might be eliminated, but in the result a change of 
conditions operated gradually in bringing it to the front again. 

That this semi-Mendelian character of dimorphism goes 
back far into the ancestry of dimorphic species was clear from 
the circumstance that seems fairly obvious, that each form of 
a dimorphic (or polymorphic) group is naturally selected apart 
from its associate, and (by selection) resents the natural 
tendency for the two forms to coalesce by inheritance from 
each other. Sexual dimorphism might possibly be the most 
ancestral form of dimorphism, and from it other forms might 
have arisen. At any rate, it fell in with the same views of 
dimorphism that he had attempted to sketch, but which 
doubtless would need a long essay to illustrate clearly, and 
without which it would not perhaps be easily appreciated 
that the same mechanism exists whether the dimorphism be 
apparently alternative or secular, whether the distinct forms 
occur together in one race or in different localities as different 
races, though in the latter instance it might be difficult to say 
whether we have a dimorphic species, or two distinct geograph- 
ical races either of which should present traces of the common 


\ 


(¢ xr °) 


ancestor but not of the other form. The conclusion from 
Col. Manders’ experiments therefore was that if chrystppus and 
dorippus are geographical races and not dimorphic forms 
dorippus is the essential form, if they are dimorphic forms 
similar experiments with dorippus should yield specimens with 
some definite chrysippus aspect. 


Wednesday, March 6th, 1912. 
The Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., President, in the Chair. 
Election of Fellows. 


The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the 
Society :—Messrs. HaroLp Hopce, Chapel Place Mansion, 322, 
Oxford Street, W.; SamarenpA Mavuik (Calcutta), c/o 
Messrs. T. Cook & Son, Ludgate Circus, E.C.; Rotanp T. 
Smitu, 54, Osbaldeston Road, Stoke Newington, N. 


Exhibitions. 

A CoLEOPTERON NEW TO Britain.—Mr. DonistHorPE ex- 
hibited a specimen of Catops montivagus, Heer, new to the 
British list, taken at Nethy Bridge, on June 27 last, under a 
dead squirrel. Also C. tristis, Panz, for comparison, the nearest 
species previously known as British. 

THREE FAMILIES OF P. DARDANUS, BROWN, BRED FROM 
HIPPOCOON, F., FEMALES IN THE LaGos bistricr By W. A. 
LamBporn.—Professor Povutton exhibited the first of these 
families and a part of the second. He stated that these three 
families were the first successful attempt, outside Natal, to 
breed P. dardanus from a known female parent. In the 
Durban district the form cenea had always predominated in 
the female offspring bred from a Aippocoon parent, while in 
the Lagos district the female offspring of hippocoon were 
themselves always hippocoon in all three families bred by 
Mr. Lamborn,—a result which harmonised with the presence 
of Amauris niavius, L.,the model of hippocoon, and the absence 
on the Nigerian coast of all the other Natalian Danaine 
models of the female dardanus, except Danaida chrysippus, L. 


( xiii) 


The following notes and observations on the three families 
of dardanus had been extracted from letters written by Mr. 
W. A. Lamborn to Professor Poulton :— 

*‘Oni Camp, 70 miles E, of Lagos, 
“© Nov. 27, 1911. 

“T send all that remains of the female parent of my second 
dardanus family, for I took the female Mona with me while I 
was doing some gardening, and she ran off when my attention 
was occupied and took the butterfly out of its box before I 
could get near her. However I expect the fragments will 
serve their purpose, and I have quite a good number of larvae. 
I am catching all these female dardanus in the same neigh- 
bourhood near three native villages close together 1} miles 
off. This is doubtless because lime-trees are plentiful there 
and not elsewhere in the bush.” 

&*Decs-4, V911. 

“My visit to Lagos was as usual disastrous from an 
entomological point of view ; for most of my Planema larvae 
died, 4 new Psychid moths (males) died and were eaten by 
ants, and my dardanus males have lost their ‘tails’ and are 
otherwise damaged. However all the first family of dardanus 
are out, save 3, and all the females are of the hippocoon form. 
There are enough undamaged males for show specimens. The 
man who volunteered to look after them explained their 
damaged condition on the ground that they had emerged and 
were flying before he was up in the morning. 

“T watched all the others come out. They did so almost 
uniformly at about 8 a.m. and were ready, both males and 
females, to fly at about 9.30. None came out later in the 
day. 

‘“‘T am satisfied that the freshly emerged males were more 
on the alert against possible danger than the females; for if 
one approached, even when the wings were wet and flaccid, 
the males dropped down and attempted to crawl away, whereas 
the females did not betray alarm. 

“The imagos were able to emerge and develop, whatever 
the attitude of the pupa. Some having an insufficient girdle 
were suspended head down, and two or three were on the floor 
of the box,” 


( miv ) 


*¢ Dec. 17, 1911. 

‘“*My two other families of P. dardanus are now pupating. 
I am disposed to think that the females oviposit more readily 
when confined in a large box than when cramped up in a small 
one. In common with such other female Papilios as I have 
observed ovipositing,—nireus, demodocus, menestheus, and 
policenes—they do so while still fluttering on the wing, and I 
think that if their movements are hampered, they get 
frightened and exhausted by coming into constant contact 
with obstacles. 

“You will have seen by now the truth of your prophecy 
that all females would be hippocoon. 

“‘ By the way I find difficulty in getting captive females to 
feed, but they will sometimes take weak sugar solution off the 
petals of flowers and one fed freely on sugar stirred up in 
muddy earth.” 

*" Dec. 29, 1910. 

“1 notice that the first signs of colour in the pupal wings 
are visible at from 7 to 8 p.m. on the day preceding emer- 
gence. Changes go on so rapidly that by 9 p.m. it is possible 
to determine the sex of the pupa from colour alone, and all 
these imagos came out early in the morning like those of the 
first family. Before the change in colour the pupa is green 
and is so well harmonised with its leafy surroundings that 
in cutting off twigs bearing pupae to pin up I accidentally cut 
into a pupa which [ had not perceived. 

“T imagine that this late appearance of pigment must be 
of great value as tending to ensure the safety of the pupa. I 
have never found dardanus pupae in natural surroundings, but 
I feel sure that when pigment has developed, they must be 
ever so much more apparent to enemies. 

“ By the way all females so far are hippocoon.” 

«Jane 1, LON 

** All are hippocoon.” 

The Aippocoon female parent of the first family tabulated 
below had been captured Oct. 19, 1911, oviposited Oct. 21-23, 
and died Oct. 27. 

The parent of the second family had been captured Nov. 17, 
oviposited Nov, 19-21, and was killed by the Mona Nov, 21. 


( xv ) 


The parent of the third family had been captured Nov. 24, 
and was found dead and eaten by ants Nov. 30. Oviposition 
was observed Nov. 26. 

The dates of emergence of all the offspring and of pupation 
of the first family are printed below :— 


[ 


2 No. of 
Date of Pupation. | Date of Emergence. 5; me a Q offspring. 
} PIE All hippocoon. 
| é ie = = 
1911, | TM) Ae | 
November 17 November 30 5) 2 
; 35 18 December 1 3 3 
— = Ss » = aes 
2 mia eat 2 
2 eg en) i 2 3 4 
” 20 ” Bh 1 
a 20 Ae 3 3 
" 24 AF 6 2 1 
Totals 15 14 


No. of 9 offspring. 


Date of Emergence. {| No.of 6 offspring. Ill pencoon. 


1911. 
December 24 


» 25 


26 


27 
28 


I 
— 
> 
+e) 
-_ 
= 
= 
i<s 


29 


Date of Emergence. No. of ¢ offspring. SAINT 

1911. 

December 26 1 
— 9 27 4 3 
ye — = ——_ ——_-— -< — 
— 
a 53 28 3 2 
a $ 
z a 29 2 | 3 
= |e a ie ea : | 7 

| “9 31 2 | 2 

1912. | 
January 


Professor Poulton pointed out that the three families 
differed in the details of the pattern, thus showing that small 
features were hereditary—a very important consideration in 
the attempt to understand the growth of a mimetic likeness. 
In this respect these three families from the West Coast 
supported the conclusions previously arrived at from the study 
of Mr. G. F. Leigh’s specimens (see Trans. Ent. Soc., 1908, 
pp. 443-445). 

1. The “anal gap” in the sub-marginal black band of the 
hindwing was widely open in all the males of Family I; was 
widely open in 6, narrower in 2, and closed in 10 males of 
Family II; widely open in 2, narrower in 2, and closed or 
very nearly closed in 9 males of Family ITT. 

2. The hippocoon females of Family I possessed a larger 
white patch on the hindwing than those of Il and III. This 
effect, which tended in the direction of Eastern and South- 
eastern forms of hippocoon—mimics of the dominicanus, Trimen, 
form of Amauris niavius—was produced in part by the lighten- 
ing to grey of the internervular black ground-colour, and in part 
by the extension outwards of the white scales into the same 
internervular spaces. A corresponding effect was visible on 
the under surface. The female parent also possessed a strongly 
developed hindwing patch, although the condition of parents 


(oo xvm |) 


II and III was such as to prevent any accurate comparison, 
The female offspring of both these were remarkably uniform 
in the possession of a small patch like that of the Danaine 
model. The fact that the difference in the pattern is un- 
doubtedly hereditary made it possible to understand the gradual 
origin of the Eastern Aippocoon from the Western or vice versa. 

3. The white spot in the forewing cell of the hippocoon 
females of Family I was small and divided, hourglass-like, 
by a constriction, in 8 specimens. In 11 females of 
Family II and in 8 of Family III the same spot was greatly 
lengthened by an additional terminal section, generally sepa- 
rated from the rest of the spot, and very minute in some 
individuals (especially so in Family III). The condition of the 
parents unfortunately prevented any accurate study of this 
marking, but there could be no doubt that the hereditary 
tendencies of Family I differed from those of Families II and 
III in this as in the features described in the two preceding 
paragraphs. 

Monkeys EatTinc Burrerriies.—Professor Poutron drew 
attention to the following letter, received by Mr. W. A. 
Lamborn from Captain H. V. Neal, giving further details in 
support of the statement in the Proceedings on p. iv. 


‘* Epe [50 miles E. of Lagos], 
“ Jan. 22, 1912. 


“You have asked me about monkeys eating butterflies. 
This is very common, as every native will tell you. I have 
seen it myself. The monkey runs along a path, sees some 
butterflies fluttering round some filth, goes very quietly, and 
seizes one by the wings, puts the solid part [body] into his 
mouth, and then pulls the wings off. The poor butterfly goes 
down like an oyster. Of course you know that butterflies are 
very dirty feeders. Perhaps you have tried your own monkeys 
with a few butterflies. The dog-faced baboon and the large 
brown monkey with a very long tail, which seems to be the 
most common species in this colony, are great butterfly- 
eaters. The little spider-monkey also considers a butterfly a 
treat, and prefers one toa spider. I think I have told you 
the tale of an old native lady at Akwe [!] who saw me 

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11. 1912. B 


( Xvill ) 


catching butterflies. A few days after this she arrived with 
a calabash full, but all the wings had been pulled off!” 

DETERMINATION OF THE Cocorip Foop or THE Larva oF 
SPaLGIS LEMOLEA.—Professor Poutton said that he had now 
submitted to Professor R. Newstead some of the Coccids which 
formed the food of S. lemolea, H. H. Druce. They had been 
sent in spirits by Mr. W. A. Lamborn, and, although unfortun- 
ately badly attacked by fungus, had been placed without 
hesitation in the genus Dactylopius by Professor Newstead, 
who had written, Feb. 19, 1912 :— 


“JT have now examined the material bearing the label, 


‘With | 457 | Lycaenid larvae (Spalgis lemolea),’ with the 
following results :— 

‘1. The Coccid is undoubtedly a species of Dactylopius, 
Targ-Tozz., and, as far as I can judge by the somewhat im- 
perfect condition of the preparations, the species is identical 
with D. longispinus, Targ-Tozz., one of the common and 
widely distributed ‘Mealy Bugs.’ Only four examples (1 
nymph, 3 adult females) were discoverable on the leaves, and 
all of these are badly infested with a microfungus of some 
kind—the body cavity being completely filled with hyphae or 
some other phase of the fungus; so that the morphological 
characters of the integument are almost completely obliter- 
ated ; but, in spite of this, the salient characteristics of the 
insect are visible. The microscopical preparations are all 
marked A. 

2. An example of No. 1 completely destroyed by fungus. 
Slide marked B, 

“3. Lepidopterous larva found buried in silken web. 
Slide marked ©, 

‘4. Portion of silken web taken from the surface of the 
leaves. This contains the remains of the Dactylopius, plant 
hairs, frass and the spores of a fungus. Z'wo slides marked D. 

“5. The same as D, but stained. In one of the prepara- 
tions you will find a bundle of the long hairs to which I called 
attention in my former communication. They do not belong 
to either the Dactylopius, the Lepidopterous larva or the 
plant. They are quiteunknownto me. 7'wo slides marked E.”’ 

EvURYTELA DRYOPE, CRAMER, SHOWN TO BE DISTINCT FROM KE. 
HIARBAS, Drury, By W. A. Lamporn.—Professor PouLTon 


( sex’ 9) 


exhibited examples of the above-named species, bred by Mx. 
W. A. Lamborn in the Lagos district. The cases of the 
pupae from which the butterflies had emerged were also ex- 
hibited, and retained their original form with a high degree of 
perfection. 

It was obvious that the lateral extension of the pupal 
wings, as seen from a dorsal view, was greater in hiarbas 
than in dryope. Mr. Lamborn had also bred considerable 
families—of dryope twice, and hiarbas once—from known 
female parents. The dryope parents produced nothing but 
dryope, the hiarbas nothing but hiarbas. It was therefore 
almost certain that the two forms were distinct species, at any 
rate in the Lagos district, although in view of Mr. G. F. 
Leigh’s records of their capture in coitu in Natal (Proc. Ent. 
Soc., 1909, pp. xxxv, xxxvi) it would be of much interest to 
repeat Mr. Lamborn’s investigations in this part of the 
continent. 

FurTHER CapTuRES OF PSEUDACRAEAS, ETC., ON DaAmBa 
IshanpD, NEAR ENTEBBE, BY Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter.—Pro- 
fessor Poutron exhibited specimens captured on Dec. 3, 10, 
and 17, 1911, by Dr. Carpenter, in the primitive forest which 
still exists in the centre of Damba Island. The following 
notes and observations had been received from Dr. Carpenter— 

SSDerad yl Olle 

“JT had such an extraordinarily interesting morning’s 
collecting to-day, that I am sending some of the specimens 
straight away, for your bionomic series, to show that models 
and mimics do fly together. 

“ Within the last few weeks I have found a way of getting 
into the primitive, untouched forest in the centre of the 
island. Hitherto I have only collected in the ‘jungle’ 
formed by the overgrown banana-plantations at the edge of 
the island. To-day I went into the forest proper, and was 
well repaid. It was a fine morning—the second after nearly 
a fortnight of dull wet weather—and butterflies were numer- 
ous. The ones I send you are only those of the mimetic 
associations ;—the others (including some Lycaenids and a 
Hesperid I have not sent before) will follow in ordinary 
course. I was collecting from 9.15 a.m. to 1.15 p.m. up and 


down a game-track for about the length of half a mile.” 
B 2 


( xx ) 


The same letter also contained the following notes on the 
habits and occurrence of species entering as models or mimics 
into the great Planema-centred combinations of Uganda. 

“ Planema paragea, Grose-Smith. In deep shade. It flies 
very feebly, though if struck at and missed it is active. 

“ Planema macarista, E. M. Sharpe, should appear in the 
list, but I did not catch any to-day. A little while ago I saw 
its larva there, so it does exist in that same locality. 

“ Acraea alciope, Hew. You will see that A. alciope does 
not figure. I saw none in this locality, though it had ap- 
peared again in the more sunny ‘jungle.’ It appears not to 
like too dense forest. 

“ Precis rawana, Grose-Smith. This is the first time I have 
met this species, and I was delighted to see what a good 
mimic it is on the wing—though I could see it was a mimic 
before I caught it.” 

Concerning the captures on Dec. 10, Dr. Carpenter had 
written, on this date :— 

‘‘Tt has been no use collecting for the last two or three 
months—in fact last Sunday was the first time I had been 
out for a long time, and I thought it would be good because 
we had had a good deal of rain in the month before. 

“T do not think Planema tellus is uncommon: at any rate 
I send a fair number of specimens now, and have seen what 
I think to be others, for I am now beginning to be able to 
differentiate Planemas from Pseudacraeas by their general 

appearance and ‘manners.’ 

“To-day (Sunday, Dec. 10th) I went to the same place in 
the forest, and got a few more specimens. There were not so 
many things about, but oh! I missed heaps !—a female Ps. 
hobleyi which appeared to be brownish instead of black and 
white; lots of male hobleyi, Pl. macarista or poggei, and 
what I believed to be intermediate Pseudacraeas! Still, I 
send more //, tellus and Ps. terra. I said last Sunday I had 
seen no A. alciope in the forest. I saw two males to-day, and 
caught one, and believe | saw a female: anyhow, it is an 
addition to the list. I got another poor Pr. rauana to-day, 
and some more Planema arenaria, which I had not sent before 


Dec. 3.” 


Gra!) 


The following extract from the same letter of Dec. 10 
referred to the four wings of a male Acraea orina, Hew. 
The detached wings were exhibited by Professor Poulton, 
together with the left forewing of Huralia anthedon, Doubl., 
found on the ground by Dr. Carpenter on Dec. 17. 

“T found some wings of a red Acraea neatly clipped off 
lying together on a leaf, and a bird-dropping beside, as if a 
bird had dropped both! TI send the wings. It is a curious 
thing that out of 40-50 bee-eaters (of three species) I have 
shot, to see if Glossina could be found in their stomachs, never 
a single one has eaten a Lepidopteron! They seem to live, 
here, entirely on Dragonflies and Hymenoptera. True, I have 
shot most of them on the shore, and not in the forest where 
they are high up out of reach; but I suppose the same ones 
frequent both shore and forest. It is rather curious they will 
eat the hugest dragonflies—larger than the big brown chap at 
home!” 

The following extracts were from the letter dated Dec. 17, 
describing the last of these three days’ captures :— 

“Dec. 17, To-day (Sunday) I had my last collecting in 
Damba forest, with satisfactory results. There were great 
numbers of the pale Planema arenaria, of which I send a 
number. Curiously enough, on my way to the forest, I saw 
one in the ‘jungle,’ where I have never seen it before. You 
will see a very beautiful specimen of the dark Pseudacraea 
obscura. On the wing, this Pseudacraea far more closely 
resembles the pale Pl. arenaria (of which there were swarms 
to-day) than it does the darker Pl. paragea. Both arenaria 
and obscura have rather a translucent, pale effect (the little 
yellow on the Psewdacraea shows up very plainly) ; whereas in 
Pl. paragea the yellow doesn’t show, and it has just a sooty 
appearance. The flight of the Psewdacraea is also much more 
like that of arenaria than paragea, which is very feeble. Still, 
one must admit that the detailed marking in the cadaver 
(especially the basal red triangle) is much closer to paragea, 
although on the wing the likeness is the other way. I got 
another A. alciope to-day—a male—I haven’t seen a female, 
but the forest is most certainly not the ideal place for it. The 
Ps. terra 1 was trying to get ova from escaped one day, so now 


( xxii) 


I must wait till I get to Sesse. I leave here in a few days— 
spend a week at Entebbe at Xinas—and then resume my 
solitary island life, which suits me well !” 

Dr. Carpenter’s captures in Damba Island, exhibited to the 
Meeting by Professor Poutton, are tabulated below :— 


ig Z | 
= = te etal cee les <. e 
3 2 = On ca s ie 
> SS = cc aes So 
4 | &3| 8 2) 1/88) | tenes 
: ONS} = S | = 
= 3 Pseudacraca terra, | 3H 3 ES 3 2 Sue 3 Es Sa 
a Se Neave. Re So | S ae 5,2 car 
zg |3 Sener yh cs a Geatlleee ee se 
3 3 so S | 8 S go i 38 
a ae SERIA SIs eal (ie fee Z i 
S s | Sh ae 
q | x 
Dec. 3 | 26 16 206, || Lig 1¢@ 46 1 2 the |195° 259 
| 39: first with 3 9: one fiw.  sub- 
pale, second with with the apical pale 
white —sub-apical colour and bar dis- 
bar to f.w.: the to a large | tinct: the 
second with clear extent the | h.w. basal 
trace of brown tri- pattern of | triangle 
angle at base of the male. | | faintly in- 
h.w. under side. | dicated on 
Third 9? has the | under side. 
upper surface pat- 
tern of the ¢ A. 
alciope. Markings 
are the pale fulvous 
of terra. Pattern 
of hw. that of 
terra, of f.w. com- 
bined terra and ¢ 
hobleyi. On under 
side the white f.w. 
bar of 9 hobleyi and 
the umber _ basal 
triangle of h.w. 
are distinct, the 
latter remarkably 
so.* 

Dec. 10| 3 6 29: one with LG Li] 1 Q,simi-|2 ¢ 
the umber triangle | lar to the 
nearly equal to that | above ¢. 
ofthe specimen last 
mentioned, 

Dec. 17| 2 1g 3 9: one \2g19 126 | 2:9 | woe jogs oneeleeaere 
with very pale | with the 

/nearly white f.w. | uniber tri- 
| | bar. | angle re- 
| | markably 
distinct 
and deeply 
| tinted. 
Totals | 76 |26 89 Da i ese ag [as 4$19 sar9 |s¢ 72 


* K. Griinberg, writing on the Lepidoptera of the Sesse Islands in the Victoria Nyanza, describes a 
male of this obviously intermediate form as Pseudacraca impleta. In the same paper (Sitzungsber, 
d. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Nr. 4, 1910) Planema macarista, E. M. Sharpe, is redescribed as vendita 
and Pseudacraca hobleyi, Neave, identified as Ps. togoensis, Bartel.—E. B. P. ; 


(sae °) 


Professor Pounron pointed out that the specimens captured 
on Dec. 3, 10, and 17 confirmed the conclusions derived 
from a study of Dr. Carpenter’s earlier captures in the same 
island (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1911, pp. xci-xev). Although Dr. 
Carpenter had found that the Planema models were more 
abundant in the central forest area of Damba Island, yet even 
here all except Planema paragea were outnumbered in his 
collection by the respective mimetic forms of Pseudacraea. 
The proportions of these mimetic forms differed, as they did 
in the jungle, from those of the mainland only twenty miles 
away ; while on the island, in the forest as well as in the 
jungle, transitional forms were far more numerous as well 
as more truly intermediate than on the mainland. It was 
also noteworthy that out of four female Ps. hobleyi one 
should have borne the colouring of the male. The examples 
of Pl. paragea were all dark forms with the pale markings 
greatly reduced. 

BaARONIA BREVICORNIS, Satv.—Mr. A. E. Grpps exhibited two 
specimens of the scarce butterfly Baronia brevicornis, aud read 
the following note :— 

“In our Transactions for 1893 the late Mr. Salvin de- 
scribed a butterfly which had been captured in Mexico. To 
receive it he erected a new genus which he called Baronia 
after the captor of the insect, Mr. O. T. Baron. It belongs 
to the Papilionidae, but is distinguished by its short antennae 
and peculiar neuration from Papilio. It seems to come nearest 
to Parnassius The insect was figured and again described 
by Mr. F. Du Cane Godman in the Supplement to the Rhopa- 
locera in Biologia Centrali Americana. It is also figured by Seitz 
in the volume on American butterflies now in course of pub- 
lication, and Dr. Jordan who writes the text says: ‘Mr. O. T. 
Baron discovered this peculiar insect in the neighbourhood 
of the town of Chilpancingo, recently destroyed by an earth- 
quake, where the butterflies were flying in June and July, at 
a height of 4,500 ft. He only took five specimens which are 
in the collections of Godman, Rothschild, and the Californian 
Academy.’ 

‘*T have recently acquired a pair from the same locality as 
the Salvin type specimens come from—the Sierra Madre district 
of Mexico —at an elevation of 1,000 metres—and as the insect 


( any) 


seems to be rather rare in collections I thought they might 
be of interest to-night.” 

ABERRATIONS OF CENTRAL EuropEAN Ru#opaLocerRa.—Mr. 
Doveias Pearson exhibited a drawer of aberrations of the 
genera Melitaea and Hrebia, amongst which were some striking 
forms of Z. stygne, EL. ceto, and M. varia, as well as a remark- 
ably variegated 9 of MW. aurelia, generally speaking the most 
constant of the group. 

A New Susorper or DErMAPTERA.—Dr. JorDAN exhibited 
on behalf of Dr. Matcotm Burr, a pair of Avixenia n. sp., 
found in vast numbers in a cave in Java, on bats’ guano. 
These creatures are remarkable in that they differ in several 
essential features from the true earwigs, so that it has been 
necessary to form a new suborder for their reception. The only 
other known species was found in the gular pouch of a flying 
fox, but itis not certain that they are parasites. 

DIFFERENCE OF Foop anp HABIT IN CLOSELY RELATED Saw- 
FLIES.—The PresipENt drew attention to a note in the Zeit- 
schrift fiir wissenschaftliche Insekten-biologie by Dr. E. Enslin, on 
closely related species of sawflies one of which was partheno- 
genetic and the other not. He said that Croesus varus and 
latipes have very similar yet distinguishable imagines, but 
quite different larvae, and live on different plants; the larvae 
of varus is green and lives on alder, that of latipes is black 
and lives on birch. Von Rossum reared varus imagines (all 
2?) from alder, which produced a parthenogenetic next 
brood of larvae. These were fed on birch and became brown, 
and the resulting imagines showed a tendency to the coloration 
of latipes. The ¢ of varus is almost if not quite unknown, 
that of latipes is not rare. Von Rossum suggests that varus 
and latipes may be races of one species varying in characters 
according to their diet in the larval stage. It is curious that 
very many saw-fly larvae feeding on alder are almost exclu- 
sively known in the ? sex, while closely similar species living 
on birch (when bred artificially ) always produce numerous males. 

A discussion on the effects of food arose, in which Messrs. 
WATERHOUSE, CockayNE and Fenn took part. Dr. CHapman 
observed that among the Psychids there are several cases of 
closely related forms, perhaps of the same species, of which 


(sexy -) 


one is parthenogenetic and the other (usually the more 
southern) is not so. 


Wednesday, March 20th, 1912. 
Rev. F. D. Moricz, M.A., President, in the Chair. 


Election of Fellows. 

The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the Society : 
—Messrs. T. W. Auten, M.A., 30, Blenheim Gardens, Crickle- 
wood, N.W.; Epwarp Sruart AvcusTINeE Bayness, 120, 
Warwick Street, Eccleston Square, 8.W.; Greratp Beprorp, 
Entomologist to the Union of South Africa, Dept. of 
Veterinary Science, Churchfelles, Horley, and Ondestepoort, 
Transvaal; Capt. Kenneth ALAN CrawrorpD Dore, R.A.M.C., 
M.R.CS., F.R.C.P., Villa Sorrento, York Road, Woking ; 
Messrs. Herpert L. Earu, 35, Leicester Street, Southport, 
Lanes.; C. Jemmett, Ashford, Kent, and South-Eastern 
Agricultural College, Wye, Kent; R. D’A. Morrett, 
Authors’ Club, 1, Whitehall Court, S.W.; CHartes A. 
Scuunck, Ewelme, Wallingford. 


Notice from Natural History Museum. 

The Rev. G. WurtteR, one of the Secretaries, read a letter 
received from the Natural History Museum, 8. Kensington, 
announcing officially that the Boundaries had been now fixed 
in accordance with the settlement of 1899. 


Decease of a Fellow. 

The death was announced of Mr. H. J. ApAms, of Roseneath, 
Enfield. 

Exhibitions. 

A CoLEoPTERON NEW TO Brirain.—Commander J. J. 
Waker exhibited specimens of Claviger longicornis, Miill. 
(with C. testaceus, Preyssl., for comparison), a species of 
Coleoptera new to the British list. They were taken under 
stones near Kirtlington, Oxfordshire, in May, 1906, and April, 
1907, in nests of a small black ant of a species not determined, 
but suggested by Mr. Donisthorpe to be possibly Lasius 
umbratus, Nye. 


(hr saevi. ) 


Ants AND Dipterous Larvar.—Mr. DonistHorPE exhibited 
specimens of J/tcrodon mutabilis bred in his observation nest 
of Formica fusca from Porlock, also the nest itself with the 
ants anda live larva of Microdon taken at Porlock, April 
27th, 1911, and pupa cases and lavae of the fly in spirit. He 
explained the food of the larvae which was unknown heretofore, 
and gave some account of the life history; he also showed a 
map of its distribution in Britain. 

Mr. W. C. Crawtety said that he had found one larva in a 
nest of Myrmica ruginodis instead of the usual host Formica 
fusca. This larva, which was only one-third grown when 
found, lived from April to August inclusive and reached full 
size. It was then attacked by the ants when its underside 
was exposed, and devoured by them. 

LEPIDOPTERA WITH THE ‘‘NEPTIS” PATTERN, COLLECTED BY 
C. A. WigGiIns NEAR ENTEBBE IN 1909.—Professor PouLTon 
exhibited 120 of the 130 insects in the following list—10 
examples of V. ophione having been omitted for the sake of 
convenience. The exhibit had been arranged by Professor 
Poulton and Mr. C. A. Wiggins, during his visit to England 
in 1911. All the specimens had been captured in forests 
within a few miles of Entebbe, between May 23 and July 25, 
1909. The captures were indiscriminate, so that the following 
list gives a fair idea of the true proportions in the period 
under review. 


Neptidopsis ophione, Cram. . ; s Sc) 
Neptis melicerta, Drury 30 
,, agatha, Stoll 11 

»  metella, Dbl.Hew. vs 

»  mecomedes, Hew., var. eres Wee 5 

»  nemetes, Hew. 2 

»  saclava, Boisd. 2 

»  nysiades, Hew., ab. Ee, Holl. 2 

»  puella, Auriv. 1 
Deilemera leuconoe, Hopf. 14 
ES transitella, Strand 1 
Total 130 


Professor Pounton said that the most astonishing thing 


Ci mevil * |) 


about the list was the predominance of the WNeptis-like 
Euryteline, WV. ophione. Considering the overwhelming 
numerical superiority over all the species of Neptis except 
and this contributed but little over half the 
number of ophione—together with the existence in Hayti of 
an allied Euryteline with a somewhat similar pattern, Pro- 
fessor Poulton, in opposition to his former view (Trans. Ent. 
Soc., 1902, p. 468), was inclined to think that the patterns of 
African species of Meptis had been influenced by NVeptidopsis. 
There was no doubt about the resemblance between the two 
genera on the wing. In support of this conclusion Professor 
Poulton exhibited a specimen of ophione taken by Mr. C. F. M. 
Swynnerton, April 18, 1911, on the outskirts of Chirinda 
Forest (3,800 ft.), in South-east Rhodesia. The “paper” bore 
the note “Taken for V. saclava on the wing. Mistake not 
discovered till in the net.—C. F.M.8.” Mr. W. A. Lamborn 
had also written as follows on the same subject :— 


melicerta 


“*Oni Camp, Sept. 19, 1911. 


‘“When writing of WVeptis last week I might have said 
that I always find it difficult to distinguish large forms on 
the wing from Veptidopsis, and I still catch Veptidopsis under 
the impression that it is Veptis, from time to time. Both 
have the same floating and apparently leisurely flight, but 
it is quicker than one thinks, and I find both equally elusive 
and difficult to catch.” 


Comparing the patterns of the species in this combination 
from Entebbe, at first sight, agatha appeared to present the 
nearest approach to ophione. On the other hand, the mark- 
ings of agatha differed in their purer white from those of 
ophione, which were faintly tinged with yellow, as in saclava, 
nemetes, and other species of Neptis. The two first-named 
species, especially saclava, also resembled ophione in the 
prominence of the black submarginal markings on both 
surfaces of the hind wings (see also above). Among the 
other species, metella was an evident mimic of melicerta, 
although an even closer one of those species of Meptis— 
unrepresented in the exhibit—in which the white stripe 
running through the fore wing cell was continuous, and not, 


(- mxvail °) 


as in melicerta, divided at its distal extremity. There could 
be no reasonable doubt that metella was a mimic. To one 
unfamiliar with the species, it was a great surprise to see 
the under surface for the first time, and then to realise that 
the pattern of the upper side had given an entirely false 
impression of affinity. The three remaining species, nico- 
medes, nysiades ab. continuata, and puella, were closely similar, 
and would be indistinguishable upon the wing. The two 
Hypsid moths presented a rough approximation to the pattern 
of agatha. 

NeEptTis SWYNNERTONI, A NEW SPECIES FROM S.E. RHODESIA 
—Professor Poutton exhibited the male and female types, 
described below by Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.8., together with 
a specimen captured in the garden at Chirinda (3,800 ft.) 
on March 28, 1911, by Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton. The 
‘paper ” bore the note ‘‘continually settling on the ground.— 
C.F.M.S.” Two specimens of the closely allied .V. incongrua, 
Butler, captured by Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers on Feb. 16, 
1911, at Chawia, British East Africa (5,000 ft.), were also 
exhibited, so that they might be compared with the new 
form from the south. The far narrower bar of the hind wing 
of incongrua, together with the much smaller size of the 
principal fore wing marking, at once served to distinguish 
the two forms. 


** Neptis swynnertoni, sp. nov. A near ally of V. incongrua, 
Butl.* Exp. al.( 3d) 1" 8"; (9) 2” OL". Brownish-black, 
with pure-white markings. 

‘©. Fore wing : Four minute spots in discoidal cell and three 
extra-cellular ones beyond its extremity, disposed as in incon- 
grua; in the interrupted discal series of spots of unequal 
size—the first (minute subcostal) spot is wanting, the second 
is smaller and narrower, but the third larger and rounder 
than in incongrua; the fourth and fifth are very much 
enlarged and confluent into a single conspicuous oblique 
elongate marking bisected by second median nervule; the 


* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 112, pt. VI, f. 2(¢), and p. 826. 
This species was originally described from Nyassaland (é g) examples, 
but has since been found in British East Africa, two examples in the 
Hope Department having been taken by Rev. K. St. A. Rogers at Taita 
and Tuso (Kikuyu Co.) respectively (see also above).—R. T. 


() =aEx **) 


sixth is wanting; and the seventh (on inner margin) is very 
much smaller and not so sharply defined. Hind wing: median 
band considerably broader—especially in its median part— 
its inner edge much nearer to base, and curved instead of 
almost straight, and its first (subcostal) spot wanting. Cilia 
in both wings white between nervules. UNpERsIDE.—Warm 
ferruginous-brown, of a redder tint than in incongrua, with 
the fuscous neuration and linear internervular streaks more 
pronounced ; white markings as on upperside, but discocellular 
and subcostal spots larger in the fore wing, where the inner 
marginal subcellular area is shining grey, much more glossy 
than in incongrua. 

«0, Like ¢, but with all white markings larger, and the 
first spot of discal series—subcostal, small, and sublinear in 
fore wing, but of moderate size and conspicuous in hind wing 
—present as in incongrua. UNDERSIDE.—Ground-colour paler 
and brighter than in 6, with an ochreous-yellow tinge ; 
white markings as on upperside, 

“The differences pointed out, and especially the large oblique 
medio-discal single marking formed in the fore wing by the 
enlargement and complete union of the two largest spots of 
the discal series, and the much broader and somewhat un- 
evenly curved (instead of straight) band in the hind wing, 
give this form a thoroughly distinct aspect from that of J. 
incongrua, and to a considerable extent approximate it in 
pattern, as far as the upperside is concerned, to WV. mampessa, 
Hopff. [= saclava, Boisd.], a congener of very wide Ethiopian 
range; but the similarity does not extend to the hind- 
marginal areas, which in swynnertoni (as in incongrua) are 
of the simple unvaried black of the ground-colour, but in mar- 
pessa are marked with a series of darker spots succeeded by 
two series of indistinct whitish lunules. As regards the 
underside, swynnertont and incongrua differ widely both from 
marpessa and from the rather numerous African group repre- 
sented by WV. agatha, Cram., in the complete want (except in 
the case of the minute discocellular and subcostal spots of the 
fore wing) of the numerous and elaborate minor paler and 
darker markings, and also in the rufous—or ferruginous— 
ochreous ground-colour ; in both which respects, but especially 


(morse, -) 


in the latter, the two forms under notice, together with JV. 
exaleuca, Karsch,* from Camaroon, and WV. woodwardi, KE. M. 
Sharpe,j from British East Africa, constitute a section apart 
from the other known Ethiopian ones, and approaching the 
group represented by the well-known Palaearctic species J. 
lucilla, Fab., ranging from Central Europe to Japan. It is 
remarkable that of these four forms, the extreme West 
African species, V. exaleuca, is, in the shape, disposition, and 
longitudinal extension of the markings, more like than any 
of the others to NV. lucilla. 

“The g and 9? of the new form here described were presented 
to the Hope Department by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, who 
kindly informs me that both were taken—the 9 by himself, 
and the 6 by Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton—in a remarkable 
isolated patch of heavy forest on the top of Mt. Chirinda 
(about 4,500 ft.), in the Melsetter District (formerly known 
as ‘Gaza-land’) in 8.E. Rhodesia, situated quite close to the 
Portuguese border and about 150 miles by road south of 
Umtali. The 3d was captured in March, and the 9 on,18th 
October, 1905. 

‘“‘Tt is a pleasure to associate with this interesting new form 
the name of Mr. Swynnerton, a naturalist who is a fellow- 
worker with Mr. Marshall in the richly productive region of 
Rhodesia. 

“There is an obvious similarity between the narrow-banded 
NV. incongrua and the common Hurytela hiarbas, Drury, § a 


* Berl. Ent. Zeit., xxxix, p. 10, f. 5 (1894). 

+ Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. (7), iii, p. 243 (1899). 

t Since the above was written the Hope Department has received from 
Mr. Swynnerton 3 6 g and 2 @ 9, taken in the same locality, but at a 
lower elevation, viz. 3,800 ft. The dates of capture of the 6 ¢ are 
noted as respectively 1st to 6th March, 5th April, and 10th April, 1907, 
and of the @ @ respectively as 25th March and 13th April, 1907. These 
additional examples of both sexes agree very closely on both surfaces of 
the wings with the individuals above described—the only noticeable 
difference being in the smaller size of the inner-marginal white spot on 
the upperside of the fore wings. As regards size, however, the three g 6 
have a rather larger expanse of wings, viz. 19-103’, and one of the 
? 9 arather smaller expanse, viz. 1’ 113’”.—R. T. 

§ This resemblance was pointed out by Rey. K. St. Aubyn Rogers in 
Trans. Ent. Soc., 1908, p. 507. It is worthy of remark that the eastern 
and southern hiarbas bear a much narrower white bar than the western. 
Although the Entebbe specimens are western in character, as in so many 
other species, the forms of hiarbas from the parts of British East Africa 


(\aeesh } 


Nymphaline of a group not remote from that represented by 
the genus Weptis. £. hiarbas has a very wide Ethiopian 
range; and, as I have noted in ‘South-African Butterflies’ 
(I, pp. 260 and 270), it and the two commoner species of 
Neptis occurring in the same districts of South Africa, have 
much the same flight and habits, hovering rather slowly about 
the lower trees and shrubs, and often settling—the Hurytela 
being more partial to the stems and the Neptzs to the leaves. 
I also called attention (op. cit., p. 258) to the much closer 
resemblance existing between the Tropical-African Hurytela 
(Neptidopsis) ophione, Cram., and Neptis melicerta, Drury ;* 
and in view of the mimetic relations which probably obtain 
between the two genera, it is interesting to bear in mind that 
Mr. Marshall some years ago found some evidence of the 
distastefulness of the conspicuous JV. agatha. + 
R. TRIMEN.” 


Two AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE DANAINE GENUS TIRUMALA 
(MetinpA) as Mopets, anD oNE AS A Muimic.—Professor 
Poutton «exhibited 7. formosa, Godman, and its mimic 
Papilio rex, Oberth., from the Kikuyu Escarpment, near 
Nairobi, British East Africa; the same Danaine, and the 
transitional Papilio commixta, Auriv., from Nyangori, at 
the N.E. corner of the Victoria Nyanza; 7. mercedonia, 
Karsch,.and Papilio mimeticus, Rothsch, from Buddu on the 
W. shore of the lake; and 7’. morgeni, Honrath, with three 
of its Amauris models—psyttalea, Plétz, hecate, Butler, and 
an undetermined species, probably new, from the Cameroons. 
The specimens of formosa, mercedonia, and their models were 
those figured in Plates XI and XII accompanying Mr. S. A. 
Neave’s paper in Ent. Soc. Trans., 1906, p. 207, and it was 


where Neptis incongrua was taken by Mr. St. Aubyn Rogers, are thoroughly 
eastern in the narrowness of the bar. Chirinda is remarkable in the 
possession of a local form of hiarbas in which the bar is again broader, 
approaching, although without equalling, the western type. MW. swyn- 
nertont is, at the same time, distinguished from N. incongrua by its 
broader white markings. The western affinity of other Chirinda forms 
has been observed by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall.—E. B. P. 

* See, however, p.xxvii, where other species of Meptis are associated 
with Neptidopsis. The stripe running through the fore wing cell of 
melicerta appears to separate its pattern from that of ophione.—K. B. P. 

+ Trans. Ent. Soe, Lond., 1902, pp. 384, 386, 387. 


(xan) 


explained that, in the Hope Department, figured specimens 
illustrating the problems of bionomics were as far as possible 
always arranged side by side with copies of the respective 
plates. Professor Poulton said that, although the examples 
were well known, he had ventured to exhibit them, because 
the bionomic history of the three African species of the 
Oriental genus Zirwmala, had never been so completely 
illustrated as in the drawer which he had brought to the 
meeting. There was something arresting in the sight of the 
actual species with their mimics and models, which was 
inevitably lost in descriptions and figures, however good. He 
drew attention to the fact that the deep reddish-brown 
colour of mercedonia was preserved, but little darkened, on 
that part of the under surface of the fore wing of morgeni 
which is covered by the hind wing in the attitude of rest, 
although elsewhere, on all visible parts of both surfaces, the 
tint had so far deepened as to present the closest likeness to 
the Amauris models. The pattern of the undetermined 
species of Amawris was more closely resembled than that of 
any other, although, in the form of the fore wings, hecate 
appeared to be the principal model. Professor Poulton 
pointed out that Zirwmala passed from the condition of a 
model to that of a mimic at the point where it had left its 
original country furthest behind, and had penetrated most 
deeply into the area where the black and white species of 
Amauris were dominant. 

A LARGE LEPIDOPTEROUS PUPA, PROBABLY LYCAENID, FOUND 
IN THE LEAF-NEST OF OECOPHYLLA, IN THE LAGOS DISTRICT.— 
Professor Poutton exhibited the pupal shell and the dead 
pupa referred to by Mr. W. A. Lamborn in the following 
note upon the tree-ant Oecophylla smaragdina, F., race 
longinoda, Latr. Both pupae, which were evidently of the 
same species, were attached to the leaf by an expanded sucker- 
like base, similar to that of a much smaller pupa found in 
March, 1910, by Mr. Lamborn on the under side of a leaf 3 ft. 
from the ground, in the forest, 1} miles E. of Oni. This 
pupa produced, on March 11, 1910,a male Argiolaus, of which 
the species has not as yet been identified. This specimen and 
its pupal shell were also exhibited. 


(, seexigt ~) 
‘*Oni Camp, Feb. 10, 1912. 

‘‘T have seen the ants using their larvae to weave silk in 
the manner described by Mr. H. N. Ridley, F.R.S., at Singa_ 
pore (1890). They grip them dorsally and carry them to and 
fro, applying the larval mouth-parts to various points to fix 
the silk. 

“ When slightly alarmed these ants quiver violently so as 
to produce a rustling sound on leaves, and when still more 
alarmed the abdomen is uplifted and a drop of fluid is ejected 
to a distance of 5 or 6 inches. 


«19/2/12. 

“The ants are not thriving in captivity, and, as many of 
their larvae have died, I decided to ‘board out’ my Lepido- 
pterous larvae all in one large nest. On opening one up 
last night, I found remains of a pupal shell and one large 
pupa dead—undoubtedly Lycaenid I should think from its 
resemblance to one sent last year. I am, however, puzzled 
on account of its large size; for I do not call to mind any 
Lycaenids large enough to correspond with the pupa, and if 
the larvae in my possession are of the same species, they cannot 
be a quarter grown. I send this dead pupa. The silk at the 
edge of the leaf bound it to the ants’ nest.” 

The larvae referred to above were found by Mr. Lamborn 
in the leaf-nests of Oecophylla. Their form and habits were 
very remarkable, and Professor Poulton hoped to bring Mr. 
Lamborn’s account before the Society when the imagines have 
been bred and identified. 

THE SLUGGISHNESS OF Two W. Arrican LYCABNIDAE OF 
THE GENERA EpiroLa anD HewitTsonta.—Professor Poutton 
exhibited the three largest Lycaenidae captured by Mr. W. A. 
Lamborn, and suggested that the undetermined pupae in the 
nest of Oecophylla might possibly belong to one of them. He 
pointed out, however, that all three were placed among the 
Lipteninae, while the problematical pupa bore much resem- 
blance to a smaller one which produced an imago of the genus 
Argiolaus, belonging to the Lycaeninae. The three large species 
were Eypitola honorius, F., male and female, Z. posthumus, F., 
male, and Hewitsonia boisduvali, Hew., male and female. 

PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND., 1. 1912. c 


(. xara: ©.) 


Mr. Lamborn’s notes on the two females showed a remarkable 
degree of sluggishness. 

Epitola honorius, F., female. ‘ Observed 5 p.m. Jan. 18, 
1912, feeding on secretion of Homoptera on green stem near 
Oni clearing ; seen again at same spot on Jan. 19, about 
8 a.m. and 3.30 p.m., and at the same hours on Jan. 20 and 
21. Captured 3.30 p.m. Jan, 21.” 

Hewitsonia boisduvali, Hew., female. ‘This particular 
insect observed on twig, 1 mile E. of Oni, Oct. 21, 1911, 
feeding. It was seen each day in precisely the same position 
up to Oct. 26, when I took it, It was identified by the 
damage to the hind wings. The twig on which it was feeding 
bore a number of Homopterous insects, most of which fell off 
when I took the butterfly, but two remain on the twig now 
sent.” 

The twig, still bearing the two Homoptera, was exhibited 
with the butterflies. The specimen of honorius was perfect, 
while both hind wings of boisdwvali were symmetrically torn. 
It was evident that the closed wings had been seized at the 
anal angle, and a wide and deep notch, ending in a narrow 
chink, cut in each of them. The form of the chink seemed to 
be inexplicable except on the supposition that the injury had 
been inflicted by the beak of a bird. 

The remarkable sluggishness of these immense Lycaenids 
suggested strongly that they were specially protected, and 
that the under surface of honorius—beautifully mimetic of 
Planema—was to be explained on the Miillerian hypothesis. 
The same conclusion was supported by the extraordinary 
under surface of H. boisduvali, and by the position of the 
butterflies on twigs and stems, Although not specially 
referred to in these cases, Mr. Lamborn had frequently spoken 
of the striking conspicuousness of the Lipteninae when fol- 
lowing their characteristic habit of feeding—probably always 
on the secretions of Homoptera—in an~exposed position on 
twigs, etc. Professor Poulton had suggested that the Lipte- 
ninae were a specially protected group in Trans. Ent. Soc., 
1902, p. 500. 

AMAURIS EGIALEA STROKING THE BRANDS OF THE HIND WINGS 
WITH ITS ANAL TUFTS.-—Professor PouLTon exhibited a male 


( texxy ) 


Am. egialea, Cram., recently received from Mr. W. A. Lamborn. 
The ‘“ paper ” enclosing the specimen bore the following note :— 

“8am. Half mile [from Oni clearing]; Jan. 30, 1912. 
Observed flying up and down. It then settled on upper 
surface of leaf and started to pass its brushes to and fro over 
its scent-patches, exactly as Amauris niavius did. Wings 
were rather over-flexed.” 

The latter statement was illustrated by a diagrammatic 
section which showed that the hind or outer margins of both 
wings were in contact with the surface of the leaf and thus 
below the level of the body. The observation was a most 
interesting confirmation of the conclusions to be inferred 
from Mr. Lamborn’s earlier account of the behaviour of 
Am. niavius, L. (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1911, pp. xlvi, xlvii). Together 
with Mr, Lamborn’s specimen, was exhibited a male of Am. 
egialea in which the brands of both hind wings had been 
entirely eaten out by ants, and a male of Am. niavius in 
which the right brand had been partially eaten. The injury 
was probably inflicted on the dead specimens by house ants. 
The egialea had been previously exhibited to the Society 
(Proceedings, 1907, p. x), but in view of this recent observa- 
tion it was thought well to show it again. 

These observations on the relationship between the anal 
brushes of male Danainae and the brands on their hind wings, 
were confirmatory of Fritz Miiller’s remarkable inference, 
published in the year 1877 (‘‘ Butterfly-hunting in many 
Lands.” G. B. Longstaff, 1912, p. 619). 

Dr. F, A. Drxry said that among Professor Poulton’s series 
of exhibits, that illustrating Dr. Lamborn’s valuable observa- 
tion on Amauris egialea, confirming as it did a previous obser- 
vation by the same naturalist, had for him a special interest. 
It was well known that the scent-distributing apparatus in 
Rhopalocera took the form sometimes of specialised scales 
scattered broadcast over the surface of the wings, as in many 
Pierines and Lycaenids ; sometimes of scales or hairs collected 
into definite patches, as in other Pierines and in the sub- 
family to which Dr. Lamborn’s Amauris belonged. That the 
patch near the costa of the hind wing in Colias edusa was 
really a scent-patch, the speaker knew from personal obser- 


CZ 


( xvi’) 


vation. In certain Pierines, as for instance Catopsilia jflorella, 
in addition to a Colzas-like patch on the hind wing, there 
existed a tuft or fringe of hair-like scales near the inner edge 
of the fore wing. The close proximity of the latter to the 
former structure suggested that it might be used in some 
such way as the terminal tuft of the butterfly exhibited by 
Professor Poulton. The speaker had observed, as mentioned 
in his Presidential Address in 1910, that the scent-patches in 
Pierines were furnished with a special distribution of tracheae. 
The ultimate branches of these were difficult to trace, but in 
some instances they appeared to have an unmistakable con- 
nection with the sockets by which the scent-scales were 
articulated with the membrane of the wing. He thought at 
the time that he was the first to observe this peculiar con- 
nection of tracheae with the scent-patch, but had since found 
that he had been anticipated by Fritz Miiller, who saw every- 
thing. Lt.-Col. Manders had also noticed it, though his 
observations on the point were at present unpublished. Dr. 
Dixey went on to say that he had put forward the suggestion 
that by the means of this tracheal supply, the products of the 
special secreting cells which had been observed (though not in 
actual connection with the scales of a scent-patch) by Weis- 
mann, Giinther and others, might be propelled, as it were by 
a vis a tergo, into the scent-scale, and so, in a volatilised 
condition, into the outer air. In many cases of isolated 
scent-scales furnished with a proximal disc, an evident aper- 
ture existed in that part of the dise which was included in 
the socket. Through this the interior of the scale might be 
put into communication with the secretory apparatus lodged 
in the membrane of the wing. In these cases the escape of 
the odour into the open air doubtless took place through the 
distal fimbriae with which scales of this type were usually 
provided ; but Dr. Lamborn’s observation suggested that the 
anal tufts acted as mechanical dispersers of an odour produced 
elsewhere, rather than as themselves directly connected with 
a secretory apparatus. The fact that-in Catopsilia not only the 
Colias-like patch, but also the tuft or fringe, possessed a special 
supply of tracheal branches, seemed adverse to the idea that the 
fringe, in this instance, acted as a mere scent-sprinkler ; that 


( :exxvit } 


is, if the speaker’s interpretation of the presence of tracheae 
were correct. It would be interesting, in view of Dr. Lam- 
born’s observations, to know whether the anal tufts in Amauris 
were in connection with any secreting cells or other similar 
apparatus, Jor this purpose no information could be expected 
from dried specimens, and it would be most desirable to have 
fresh material treated with proper reagents on the spot, and 
so sent home in a condition fitted for microscopic examination. * 

Professor Krtioce of California, who was present as a 
visitor, called attention, in connection with Dr. Dixey’s 
remarks, to a paper by Mr. B. Thomas, of Cornell University, 
on the scent-glands in the wings of butterflies. In this paper 
Mr. Thomas described certain unicellular glands at the base 
of the androconia, which presumably could be interpreted as 
the producers of the scent-stuff given off by the androconia. 
Professor Kellogg added that in sections of wings made by 
himself he had noticed similar glands. It would be difficult 
to prove the actual continuity of the glands and scales, 
because of the peculiar mode of attachment of the scales to 
the wings, viz. by the insertion of a bulb-like expansion of 
the pedicel of the scale into a small pocket or cup in the 
membrane, the base of the scale and the membrane being 
quite discontinuous. 

Dr. Drxey, in thanking Professor Kellogg for his interest- 
ing observations, observed that the expansion of the pedicel 
was not really a bulb, but a disc. 


Wednesday, April 3rd, 1912. 
The Rev. F. D. Moricz, M.A., President, in the Chair. 
Election of Fellows. 


The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the 
Society :—Mr. Henry Hacker, Queensland Museum, Bowen 
Bridge Road, Brisbane, Queensland; Mr. Cyrrt, ENGELHART 
Latour, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies ; Signor 
OrAzI0 QuERcI, Macerata, Marche, Italy. 


* Many of these points were more fully dealt with in Dr. Dixey’s 
Presidential Address of 1910. [Ep.] 


(| xxxviii ) 


Appointment of Delegates. 


At the request of the President, the Rev. G. WHEELER 
announced that the Council had been invited to elect Delegates 
to represent the Society at various functions, and that the 
following had been elected :—for the Centenary Celebration of 
the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, Professor 
Comstock and Dr. Houtianp; Professor FERNALD, who had 
also been elected, was unable to attend ; for the First Eugenic 
Congress, in July, Professor Barrson ; for the 250th Anni- 
versary of the Royal Society, in July, the PresipEnt ; for the 
International Congress of Entomology, in August, the Prest- 
DENT, the Rev. G. WHEELER, Secretary, and Messrs. G. T. 
Beruunet-Baker, H. Rownanp-Brown, and the Hon. W. 
RovHscHILp. 


Exhibition. 


Parasites ON A Parasite.—Mr. G. T. Bernune-Baker ex- 
hibited a specimen of Cyclopodia hopei, Westw., a parasite on 
the Indian Flying-fox; this was itself parasitised by an 
Acarid of the genus Gamasus, there being no less than 17 of 
this small species on one specimen of C’. hopet. 


Discussion on Nomenclature. 


There being no other exhibits and no papers to be read, the 
PreEsIDENT said that he thought it would be a good opportunity 
to discuss the important subject of Nomenclature, and asked 
Mr. Durrant to give an account of certain generic names pro- 
posed by the late Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy for Hemiptera, to take 
the place of other pre-occupied names. Mr. Durrant gave 
them to the President to read, which he did amidst much 
laughter, the names, though disguised under such Greek- 
looking forms as Ochisme, Marichisme, etc., being in reality 
merely composed of the words ‘‘ Florry kiss me,” ‘ Peggy 
kiss me,” and so forth. The President observed that such 
names were impossible of acceptance, and merely tended to 
make Entomological nomenclature the laughing-stock of the 
scientific world. He feared also that if the strict law of 
Priority were to be insisted upon in names, it might soon be 
also in anatomical and kindred nomenclature ; he mentioned a 


(seer) 


recent publication in which insects were divided into groups 
having two calcaria and one calcaria(!), and in which such 
expressions as “ metapostscutum,” ‘“‘metaepimeron,” etc., were 
employed, and said that it was monstrous that educated 
persons should for ever be bound by such forms of words, 
simply because the original giver of the names did not know 
what he was talking about. At the same time he counselled 
patience, saying that we could not expect in one generation to 
arrive at a permanent solution of so difficult a problem. 

Mr. J. H. Durrant concurred with the President in the 
absolute impossibility of accepting such names; he then 
spoke of Mr. Kearfott’s nonsense alphabets, bana, cana, 
dana, ete., ete., and congratulated Mr. Meyrick on his valiant 
attempt to dispose of them at a stroke. 

The Rev. G. WHEELER said that it was a relief to hear two 
such eminent Entomologists agree that the laws of Priority 
must not over-ride everything. He said that while he 
admired and sympathised with Mr. Meyrick’s attempt, 
published in the Hntomologist’s Monthly Magazine, he teared 
it was beyond the power of any individual to reject a series 
of names of this kind, and said that he intended, unless some 
one else was already going to do so, to move at the coming 
International Congress for the appointment of a permanent 
International Committee, such as Mr. Turner had already 
advocated before the Society, who should have power to deal 
with the question, and to whom all names should be submitted 
before they were held to have achieved publication. 

Mr. G. T. Bernune-Baxker, though strongly upholding the 
law of Priority on all ordinary occasions, was quite in favour 
of the idea of such a Committee, who should have power to 
alter the International Code if necessary. 

Mr. C. O, WATERHOUSE gave, as an instance of the fatuity of 
adhering too strictly to the law of Priority, Meigen’s paper on 
Diptera, dated 1800, of which only three copies were known 
to exist, which had remained unknown for more than a century, 
and which would, if followed, change some of the most universally 
employed names in the Order. Meigen had written much on 
the Diptera later, and had never referred to this paper, which 
it was in fact probable that he had wished to suppress, the 


( xl ) 


three known copies having escaped suppression. Some German 
writers had accepted this paper, which would, if the example 
were followed, necessitate remembering a double set of names. 

Mr. W. J. Kaye thought that Entomologists owed a certain 
amount of gratitude to Mr. Kearfott and Mr. Kirkaldy, 
because but for their reductio ad absurdum nothing definite 
would ever have been done in the matter. He was of opinion 
that an International Committee would be unworkable, and 
considered that a British Committee would be sufficient, 
leaving other nations to form their own. 

The Presipent, Mr. Beraune-BAKkER and Mr. Durrant 
pointed out, from different points of view, that no arrange- 
ment which was not international would have any chance of 
permanence. Mr. Durrant also remarked with regard to 
Meigen’s paper on Diptera, that it was really unintelligible, 
except in the light of his later writings, no species having 
been mentioned in his genera, and on that account, if on no 
other, it ought not to have been accepted. 

Mr. A. Sicn, reverting to Mr. Kaye’s proposal, suggested 
the possibility of an International Committee, with National 
sub-committees, who should deal with questions arising in 
their own country. 

Mr. A. E. Cockayne pointed out a difficulty as to what 
could be done when a native of one country discovered and 
named a new species in another country. Which sub- 
committee should exercise control ? 

Mr. W. E. Suarp propounded a further difficulty, viz. that 
the validity of a name might involve the validity of a species, 
and asked Mr. Wheeler or Mr. Turner to explain how it was 
proposed to deal with this much wider question. 

The Rev. G. WHEELER replied that he would not propose to 
deal with it at all; that such a Committee as he advocated 
would deal with nomenclature pure and simple, leaving the 
responsibility for the validity of the species with the specialists 
as at present. He added that if Mr. Sich’s suggestion were 
adopted, Mr. Cockayne’s difficulty could easily be met by a 
hard and fast rule, in whichever direction the International 
Committee thought well. 

Mr. H. J. Turner said that it would be wiser, at first at 


oS 


(ae) 


any rate, to narrow the field of operation of the Committee as 
much as possible consistently with efficiency. 

Dr. T. A. CHapman suggested that reference might be made 
to the Committee only in those cases where a name was 
challenged. He went on to refer to the suggestion which 
M. Oberthiir proposed making at the Congress, that no name 
should be held valid unless accompanied by a gocd figure. 
While fully recognising the importance of a good figure, he 
held that such a setting aside of generally accepted names was 
out of the question. 

Mr. G. T. Beraune-Baker fully agreed with Dr. Chapman 
on this question, and pointed out that the acceptance of this 
proposal would entail the sweeping away of a vast proportion 
of recognised nomenclature. 

Mr. J. H. Durrant observed that the main point really 
resolved itself into the question ‘‘ What is a name?” 

The PResiDENT suggested that the question should be re- 
opened at the June meeting, with a view to some definite 
step being taken by the Society. 

Mr. TuRNER proposed that a small Committee be appointed 
to consider the subject of Nomenclature and report to the 
June meeting, with a view to the coming International Con- 
gress. This was seconded by Mr. A. E. Gipps, and carried 
nem. con. 

The following Fellows were proposed as forming the Com- 
mittee, and the names being put from the Chair were 
unanimously accepted:—Mr. G. T. Beruune-Baxer, Dr. 
T. A. CHapman, Messrs. J. H. Durrant, H. J. Turner, 
C. O. WatTrrHousE and Rev. G. WHEELER, with power to add 
to their number. 


Wednesday, May Ist, 1912. 
Mr. A. H. Jones, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Election of a Fellow. 


The Rev. E. Aprran Wooprurre-Peracock, F.LS., F.G.S. 
Cadney Vicarage, Brigg, Lincolnshire, was elected a Fellow 
of the Society. 


(eel 1) 
The Seal. 


In accordance with the vote of the Council, the CHArrRMAN 
announced that impressions of the Seal of the Society in wax 
could be obtained by Fellows at a cost of half a guinea. 


Exhibitions. 

ABERRATIONS IN AGLAIS URTICAE, VAR. ICHNUSA.—Mr. A. H. 
Jones exhibited three examples of Aglais urticae, var. ichnusa, 
out of about 100 bred specimens from larvae found in Corsica, 
showing the absence of scales in the centre of the wings, 
where the central spots are present in the type. These spots 
appeared also in one only of the Corsican examples. 

VARIATION IN EHuCHLOE DaMonE.—Mr. Jonegs also exhibited 
examples of Huchloe damone from Asia Minor, showing the 
difference in the depth of colour of the transverse black streak 
on fore wings and in the tone of colour of undersides; the 
Sicilian specimens, taken by Mr. J. Platt Barrett, being of a 
greenish-yellow, whereas the Asia Minor specimens are 
distinctly yellow. 

A very scaRcE Eayprian Pierip.—Dr. G. B. Lonestarr 
exhibited a series of twelve specimens (five males and seven 
females) of the rare white butterfly, Pinacopteryx doxo, Godart 
(venatus, Butler), from the White Nile, Lat. 7° N. to 
5° N. Dr. Dixey had informed him that he knew of but 
four specimens in collections, viz. Godart’s type, a female, at 
Edinburgh, taken in ‘ Africa,” two females in the British 
Museum, both from the White Nile district, one of them being 
Butler’s type of venatws, and Dr. Dixey’s type of the male in 
the Hope Collection, also from the White Nile. 

Birps AND INSECTS AT THE EDGE OF FIRE.—Dr. G. B. Lone- 
sTAFF stated that large areas of the reeds and papyrus on the 
White Nile which constitute “the Sudd” are annually burned. 
Many birds are attracted to these fires, amongst others Mr. A. 
L. Butler of Khartum had especially noticed various species 
of swallow. Dr. Longstaff had, on more than one occasion, 
seen a number of kestrels in the smoke to the leeward of a 
fire, and had once watched for some time a pair of bee-eaters 
(Merops nubicus) perch within a few feet of a fire on the wind- 
ward side. He saw them fight for a large Orthopterous 


( xliii ) 


insect which was driven out. This Jerops, a beautiful copper- 
red bird with peacock-blue head and rump, was locally called 
the “ fire-bird.” The picture postcards exhibited showed four 
kites (J/dlvus aegyptius) hawking in the smoke. 

Commander Waker observed that he had seen the same 
thing occur in Australia, birds waiting for insects at the edge 
of a bush-fire and seizing them as they came out. 

Dr. F. A. Dixry congratulated Dr. Longstaff on his series 
of P. doxo, and observed that there was no doubt of the 
specific value of this insect, its scent-scales being quite 
distinctive. 

Scarce CoreopHorips.—Mr. Autrrep Sicu exhibited two 
specimens, with their cases, of Coleophora trigeminella, Fuchs., 
and one specimen of C. baditipennella, Dup., with its case for 
comparison. He said that C. trigeminella, first described in 
1881, had lately been described as British by Mr. Bankes. 
Though it had been an inhabitant of Britain for many years 
it was not brought to light till 1906. This species resembles 
C. badiipennella, but is paler, and the case differs in having 
three valves and in being almost entirely formed of silk, spun 
by the larva; while that of C. badiipennella has only two 
valves and is composed of leaf cuticles joined by silk. 

Brazitian IrHomirnes.—Mr. W. J. Kaye exhibited three 
small groups of Ithomiine butterflies that had been taken by 
himself in 8. Brazil. One group consisted of /eterosais nephele 
edessa, Ithomia drymo, and Leucothyris aquata, all of which 
had been taken at Guaruja, near Santos, at the end of February 
and beginning of March 1910. On February 27 all three of 
the above species were caught in quick succession, but the 
total catch of all the species was very limited, and neither 
species was common nor could be said to be more dominant 
than another. The Heterosais nephele edessa was, however, 
usnally looked upon as considerably rarer than the other two. 
The actual numbers of each secured (and every specimen was 
caught where possible) were H. edessa 3, I. drymo 4, and 
L. aquata 2, Another similar group but consisting of different 
species, and all belonging to different genera, was one made 
up of Pseudoscada adasa, Pteronymia sylvo, and Hymenitis 
andromica andania, all of which had been secured at Castro, 


( xlty — 5) 


in Parana, at close on 3,000 feet elevation. In this case also 
none of the species were found in abundance, the actual num- 
bers being P. adasa 3, P. sylvo 1, H. andania 6. On March 
11-12 all three species were secured in the same locality, and 
the Hymenitis continued to occur singly till the latter part of 
the month. Both the Pseudoscada and the Pteronymia are, how- 
ever, frequently to be found in abundance, while the Hymenitis 
appears to be always decidedly less common. Mr. Kaye re 
marked that these groups of black and transparent Ithomiine 
species were always found in rather dark forest country, and 
it was possible that they were simply cases of syncryptic 
resemblance, rather than mimetic examples of a Miillerian 
Association, for these species were invisible at a very short 
distance, and they were all equally adapted to that end. A 
third small group that was exhibited consisted of a Danaine, 
Ituna ilione, and two Ithomiines, Thyridia (Methona) themisto * 
and Dircenna devo. All these were also from Castro. The 
D. dero was by far the commonest, but getting worn, while 
P. themisto, of which five were taken, was very fresh. Only 
two of the Danaine, J. ilione, were secured. The insects of 
this group were found on the margins of woods amongst 
rough scrub, and the causes of the resemblances were pro- 
bably of a different nature. Natural selection here doubt- 
less was at work to make these insects conform to a uniform 
pattern. While the small transparent Ithomiines were all 
but invisible at a short distance, these insects were con- 
spicuous even at a considerable distance. 

Professor E. B. Poutroy, commenting on the exhibit, was 
of opinion that the forest species as well as the others were 
connected as members of a mimetic group. 

Dr. Lonestarr, speaking from personal experience, empha- 
sised the invisibility of these Ithomiines on the wing, at a 
very short distance, in their native haunts. 

New Mimacrarzas.—Mr. Hamitron H. Druce exhibited 
dg and ? of the new A/imacraea eltringhami, captured by Mr. 
S. A. Neave in the Bugoma Forest, Unyoro, Uganda, and 


* One Aprotopos (Thyridia) psidii, identical with the lower Amazonian 
form, and not at all like the usual S. Brazilian 4. hippodamia (= pytho), 
was taken at Itarari, in similar country to Castro, but about 120 miles 
farther east, and 500 ft. lower elevation. 


( xlv ) 


pointed out that the 2 was almost an exact copy of Planema 
pogget, Dewitz ; also another new M/imacraea which he proposed 
to name costleyi, after its discoverer Mr. Costley-White at 
Mlanji, Nyasaland, and which appeared to be allied to JZ. 
marshalli, Trimen, a specimen of which was also shown for 
comparison. 

Mr. 8. A. Neave described the capture of these specimens. 
This species in common with several others flies very high, 
and he said that it was often necessary to employ small native 
boys perched at the top of the trees and armed with nets. 

Several Fellows commented shortly on this exhibit. 

ButrerFuies FROM British HonpurAS aND GUATEMALA.— 
Mr. A. E. Gippgs exhibited a drawer of butterflies from these 
localities, and made the following observations :—I recently 
received from Dr. Davis, of Belize, a small collection of butter- 
flies collected in British Honduras and the neighbouring 
Republic of Guatemala, and I have brought up a few of the 
most interesting of them, with regard to some of which I have 
received valuable notes from the sender. 

Papilio philolaus, Bsdv.—There are four specimens of this 
Papilio which exhibit considerable differences, two of them 
having the yellow transverse bands, common to both wings, 
very much more pronounced than in the other two specimens, 
which were altogether darker. It is well known that this 
variation exists in this species, and Rothschild and Jordan, 
in their “ Revision of the American Papilios,” suggest that 
the dark and pale specimens belong to different broods, and 
that it is a parallel case to the seasonal variations exhibited 
by the allied Papilio marcellus, Cr. (ajax auct.), of North 
America. It is an interesting point, and I wrote to Dr. 
Davis to see if he could clear the matter up, and he replied 
that he hardly thought that the differences could be seasonal, 
for, as far as he knew, the perfect insect only appears during 
the dry months of the year, Feb.-April. He had never seen 
a specimen when the rains became well established, 7.e. at 
the beginning of June. ‘in this colony,” he says, “it is a 
somewhat local species, but, where found, always in abund- 
ance, the favourite locality being the drying sands of rivers, 
close to the water’s edge. Here they settle in myriads, each 


( xlvi_ ) 


one with proboscis extended, and wings raised and incessantly 
vibrating. In company with various species of Cuallidryas, 
especially C. philea, C. agarithe and C. argunte, and Papilio 
androgeus, P. thoas, P. macrosilaus, P. salvini, and P. epidaus, 
they settle in thousands all together, and the quivering of all 
these wings and the wonderful colours is a sight never to be 
” Papilio philolaus is a purely 
Central American insect, being found from Mexico to Nica- 
ragua. In the Godman collection at South Kensington there 


forgotten for beauty. ... 


is a long series showing a great amount of variation. A 
melanie form of the female is sometimes produced which is 
almost completely black, the pale bands being only visible as 
the faintest shadows. 

Caligo memnon, Feld.—There is a specimen of this well- 
known Central American species. Dr. Davis writes: ‘‘ There 
is another very handsome species, C’. wranius, which is fairly 
common, and I hope to be able to send you one or two of 
these at no very distant date. The habit these have of settling 
on trunks of trees makes them very difficult to capture, and 
I usually find that they do not remain very long in good 
condition, owing, I suppose, to their large size and the 
extremely thick forest which is their usual habitat.” 

The collection embraced six species of the genus Heliconius, 
vizi—H. ismenius telchinia, Doubl.; H. cydno galanthus, 
Bates ; H. doris transiens, Stgr.; H. sapho leuce, Doubl. ; H. 
petiveranus petiveranus, Doubl.; H. charithonia, L. The first 
named, H. telchinia, is a brown species, with a striking resem- 
blance to several other insects which fly in the same region. 
I have associated with Dr. Davis’s specimen a JJechanitis (M. 
doryssus, Bates), also sent by him, and likewise Melinaea 
imitata, Eueides zorcaon, and the Danaine Lycorea atergatis, 
which, although not included in this collection, are found in 
Central America, the tint and pattern of the wings being 
very similar in these and other species, the general colour 
scheme having been called by Haensch the “‘ Lycorea habitus.” 
These butterflies afford a familiar illustration of Miillerian 
mimicry. 

But to return to the species of Heliconius sent by Dr. 
Davis, I should like again to quote his letter. He says: “TI 


( xlvii ) 


am very glad that you were so pleased with HY. doris and H. 
lewce. ‘These are both rather difficult insects to capture, as 
their flight, though not rapid, is usually out of reach of the 
net. H. petiveranus is the common species here and varies 
most remarkably in size. I have seen specimens scarcely 
3 in. in expanse of wing, and again others 24 in. to 3 in. in 
expanse.” 

One other insect in the drawer calls for attention, namely 
the Lycaenid, Humaeus minyas. It is a delightful little 
butterfly, and I wrote to my correspondent expressing my 
pleasure at receiving it. He replied: “It is a beautiful 
Lycaenid, I think, with its dark velvety-blue reflections. It 
is common enough where it does occur, but it is very local, 
and being weak on the wing is easily captured.” 

There are one or two notes in Dr. Davis’s letter with regard 
to the localities in which he collects which may be of interest. 
“ Belize itself,” he tells us, ‘‘is a most wretched place as far 
as collecting goes. It is situated right in the centre of a huge 
swamp in which nothing grows but mangroves and a species 
of button-wood. The Lepidoptera are for this reason very 
badly represented in this locality. I always like to go into 
Guatemala for my annual vacation, for this is certainly a 
naturalist’s paradise. From Puerto Barrios, the Atlantic 
port for Guatemala city, up the railway line one sees hundreds 
of varieties of the most interesting butterflies an the flowers 
by the side of the line. Of course it is impossible to leave 
the track and enter the forest, for there are no roads, and 
without an axe or machete no one could pass through the 
dense and thorny undergrowth.” 

I think we shall agree that it is most interesting and 
instructive to receive such notes as Dr. Davis has sent. They 
record the experiences gained in the field by a competent 
naturalist who has made careful observations on the insects 
about which he writes. 

I append a list of the species received from Dr. Davis, 
B. H. signifying British Honduras, and G. Guatemala. 

Danais plexippus, L., (B. H.); D. cleothera, Godt., (B. H.) ; 
D. berenice, Cr., (B. H.); Aeria pacifica, G. and 8., (G.) ; 
Mechanitis lycidice, Bates, (G.); dM. doryssus, Bates, (G.) ; 


( -xivili: -) 


M. “utemaia,” Reak., (G.); Dircenna euchytma, Feld., (G.) ; 
Pteronymia cotytto, Guér., (Caledonia, B. H.) ; Hymenitis oto, 
Hew., (G.); H. sosunga, Reak., (G.); Morpho peleides, Koll., 
(Caledonia, B. H.); Opsiphanes tamarindi, Feld., (G.); O. 
cassina fabricti, Boisd., (Caledonia, B. H.); HLryphanis aesacus, 
H.-Schaff., (Caledonia, B. H.); Caligo memnon, Feld., (G.); 
Heliconius ismenius telchinia, Doubl., (Caledonia, B. H., and 
G.); H. cydno galanthus, Bates, (G.); H. doris transiens, Stgr., 
(G.); H. sapho leuce, Doubl., (G.); H. petiveranus petiveranus, 
Doubl., (B. H.); H. charithonia, L., (B. H., and G.); Hueides 
aliphera, Godt., (G.); Colaenis phaerusa, L., (B. H.); C. julia 
delila, F., (B. H.); Agraulis juno, Cr., (G.); A. vanillae insu- 
lavris, May, (B. H.); Huptoieta hegesia, Cr., (B. H.); Phyciodes 
theona, Mén.,(B. H.); P. fragilis guatemalena, Bates, (B. H.); 
Junonia caenia, Hb., (B. H.); Anartia jatrophae, L., (B. H.); 
A. fatima, F., (B. H.); Catagramma lyca, D. and H., (G.); 
Gynoecia dirce, .., (Caledonia, B. H.); Peridromia guatemalena, 
Bates, (G.) ; Pyrrhogyra otolais, Bates, (G.); Mesosemia telegone, 
Boisd., (Caledonia, B. H.); Humaeus minyas, Hb., (B. H.); 
Pieris josepha, Salv. and G., (G.); P. margarita, Hb., (B. H.) ; 
Callidryas philea, L., (B. H.); Phoebis argante, F., (G.); 
Aphrissa statira, Cr., (B. H.); Tertas albula, Cr., (B. H.); 
Papilio iphidamas, F., (Caledonia, B. H., and G.); P. poly- 
damas, L., (B. H.); P. philolaus, Boisd., (B. H.); P. thoas, L., 
(Caledonia, B. H.). 

A scarce Pxiecoprrron.—Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited 
specimens of Vemouwra dubitans, Morton, taken by Colonel 
Nurse at West Stow, Suffolk, in June last, and for comparison 
specimens of Vemoura inconspicua, Pict., from Aviemore. 

Lire History or Nonacria nexA,—Mr. H. M. Epe.sten 
exhibited stems of Carex riparia (received from the Hon. 
N.C. Rothschild from Berlin) to illustrate the life-history of 
Nonagria nexa, Hb., and made the following remarks :— 

The Hon. N. C. Rothschild very kindly sent me last year 
some stems of Carex riparia which had contained larvae of 
NV. nexa. It is very interesting to study the early stages of 
this species as it may have been overlooked in Britain. I 
do not know how the egg is laid, but probably in the same 
way as that of V. typhae, that is, placed within the cuticle 


( xlix ) 


of the leaf or stem. The @ is furnished with two spines or 
cutters very similar to those of V. typhae. 

The first exhibit shows a stem of Carex split down the 
centre to show where larva has been feeding. The second 
shows entrance hole of larva just above the root; the 
withered and yellowish central leaves denoting the presence 
of the larva should be noticed. The third shows the 
puparium with an empty pupa case; just above the pupa, the 
spot where the larva has eaten away the inner lining of 
the stem, leaving a transparent ‘‘bruise” where the insect 
would emerge. 

The pupa is of the usual Nonagriid type, but with a very 
slight “beak.” The cremaster is furnished with two spines 
turning downwards and outwards. 

Wilde describes the early stages as follows: ‘“ Lives from 
April to June in stems of Carex close to the root, ascends 
in July higher up the stem, and changes in a lightly spun 
puparium. The imago emerges in August and September.” 

A Scarce Turrpes.—Mr. C. B. Writiams exhibited a 
specimen of the male Megalothrips nobilis, Bagnall Thysano- 
ptera), from Wicken Fen, taken April 11, 1912. This is 
the largest European species and, since first taken by Dr. 
Sharp in 1894, has not been recorded. 

East ArricaAn TABANIDAE, WITH MANY HITHERTO UNKNOWN 
Mates.—Mr. 8. A. Nrave exhibited some of the Zabanidae 
collected during his recent tour in East Africa, on behalf of 
the Entomological Research Committee of the Colonial Office. 
He called attention to the male individuals exhibited, and 
expressed the opinion that their rarity in collections was 
perhaps due to the fact that they were short-lived. Both 
sexes of the following species were represented: Zubanus 
ustus, Walk.; 7. biguttatus, Wied.; JT. nyasae, Ric.; 7. 
taeniola, P. de B.; 7. fraternus, Macq.; 7’. fascinatus, F. ; 
T. africanus, Gray ; 7. leucostomus, Lw.; 7. atrimanus, Lw. ; 
7. velutinus, Sure.; 7., sp. nov.; 7. sharpei, Aust.; T. par, 
Walk. ; 7. thoracinus, P. de B.; 7. macwlatissimus, Macq. ; 
T. pertinens, Aust.; 7. gratus, Lw.; 7. ditaeniatus, Macq. ; 
T. sp. nov.; Aegophagamyia pungens, Aust.; Therioplectes, 
sp. nov.; Haematopota, sp. nov. ; H. wnicolor, Ric. ; iT, sp 

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11. 1912. D 


Caer} 


nov.; H. denshamu, Aust.; H. decora, Walk.; H. hirta, Ric.; 
H. mactans, Aust.; H. similis, Ric.; H. fusca, Aust.; H. 
brunnescens, Ric.; Chrysops brucei, Aust.; C. centurionis, 
Aust. ; C. distinctipennis, Aust.; C. funebris, Aust. 

Mr. G. A. K. Marsuaui observed that probably many of 
the Fellows present would hardly realise the importance of 
Mr. Neave’s exhibit. Even amongst the English Jabanidae 
by no means all the males were known, and this sex was 
hitherto unknown in the large majority of the species then 
exhibited. 

Mr. G. C. Cuampion and Mr. J. E. Cott also commented 
on the value of Mr. Neave’s discoveries, the latter observing 
that, with the knowledge of the habits of the male Zabanidae 
now placed at their disposal, it would be a more hopeful task 
to discover that sex in other species in which it was still 
unknown, 

A CLusTER or Ova or GonEPTERYX RHAMNI.—Mr. R. M. 
Pripgaux brought for exhibition seventeen ova of G. rhamni 
found in a cluster at Brasted Chart, on April 28, on a shoot 
of Rhamnus frangula, on a fairly large bush, whereon were 
a few other ova, singly or two or three together ; but, close 
by, were other bushes of R. frangula, on which no ova at all 
could be found. Some of these bushes were in a more 
advanced stage of leafage than the one shown. 

Mimicry IN THE TROPICS CHIEFLY CHARACTERISTIC OF 
Forest Argas. THE Brrps anp LizarpDs oF THE FOREST AND 
THE Open.—Professor PouLton said that he had long been 
struck, especially in the collections of butterflies received from 
Uganda and British East Africa, with the immense develop- 
ment of mimicry in Lepidoptera from the forest as compared 
with the open country. It was, in fact, quite rare to find 
any examples of mimicry at all among the species that 
frequent the open. A few examples were known among the 
woodland species, while a large proportion both of individuals 
and of species were mimetic in the forests. It occurred to 
him that probably this difference was to be accounted for by 
the difference between the insect-eating animals in these two 
types of locality, lizards being probably the great vertebrate 
insect-eaters of the open, birds of the forest. When, there- 


ea, 
fore, he found that Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, in his correspond- 
ence, suggested the same association between mimicry and 
forest areas, he determined to write at once to Africa and 
make special inquiry. 

Mr. C. A. Wiaeins of Entebbe replied, on Dec. 18, 1911, 
saying that he did not remember ever seeing a lizard in the 
true forest, but only in the glades, and that he had consulted 
with the Governor, Mr. F. J. Jackson, and found that their 
experience agreed. Mr. Jackson had kindly written the 
following letter on the subject :— 


‘*GOVERNMENT Housr, UGANDA, 
sec US uO. 


“ Regarding lizards, I should say for every one you find in 
a forest, you find ten out in the open. 

‘“‘ Regarding insectivorous birds: the great majority, which 
include Shrikes (Dryoscopus and Laniarius), Trogons (Hapalo- 
derma), Cuckoo-shrikes (Campephaga and Graucalus), Fly- 
catchers (various), Warblers(various), Robin-chats (Cossyphus), 
Bulbuls (Xenocichla and Andropadus), are found in open 
forests, on the outer edge of thick forests, or forest glades. 
Most of the birds that are found in thick forest, 7. e. well 
inside, frequent the tall tree-tops rather than the under- 
growth. The Bee-eater (MJerops albicollis), very common 
here, frequents tall trees in thick forests, rather than the 
open like most of the family. 

“Exclusive of grain-eaters (Weavers, etc.), which feed 
their young mostly on insects, there are very many more 
species, at least fifteen to one, probably more, of insectivorous 
birds found in the forest than there are in the open. 


‘¢PREDERICK J. JACKSON.” 


Mr, C. F. M. Swynnerron replied, December 22, 1911, 
describing the conditions in Chirinda forest, Gazaland, 8.E. 
Rhodesia :— 

‘You ask whether birds are specially partial here to forest 
and lizards to open country. 

“Our lizards are specially partial, apparently, to the sparse 
wooding of our open country, not but that there may be purely 

D2 


(in 2) 
arboreal species in Chirinda (apart from Rhampholion marshalli) 
that have not yet come within my ken. 

“‘ Birds, however, are abundant in both types of country. 
Bird species are more plentiful in the open country, bird- 
population to the acre greater, probably, in the forest ; but 
in this connection it must be remembered that the forest- 
birds have several ‘upper storeys’ to work, the forest trees 
running from 100 to 180, and exceptionally, 200 feet in height, 
against the 30 feet or so of the open woodlands,—and the 
view to take of this sort of thing must be a ‘cubic’ not a 
‘square’ one! Again, owing to the greater density of the 
cover in the forest, the insect population is probably, taking 
the year round, relatively greater. 

‘“‘T should imagine that there may be very little to choose 
between the forest and the veld in the matter of severity of 
selection. And that the veld-factors are capable of producing 
as good mimicry as the forest ones seems to be well shown in 
the Danaida combination. 

“May not the phenomenon you refer to be, in part, depend- 
ent on the larval food-plant ? 

“Thus Danaida’s food-plant here consists of various species 
of Asclepias, a genus that I have not found inside the forest. 
On the other hand the food-plant of A. albimaculata occurs 
only in forests or in dense thickets. I do not know those of 
our other Danainae, but, seeing that these belong to the same 
genus as 4. albimaculata, it seems just possible that they may 
feed on the same or some closely allied plant with, perhaps, 
the same habitat. That is to say, each of the ‘ models’ of 
our main local associations is perhaps confined toa large extent 
to its particular type of country by the fact that its larval food- 
plant is found there and there only, and it is natural to 
suppose that its future mimics may have been determined on 
the same basis. 

“Tt is also interesting to note, in this connection, that 
Danaida here never enters the forest, while the various 
species of Amauris constantly wander away from it. All our 
Danainae appear to be sun-loving insects, none are shade- 
loving as are Alertca and Huphaedra; obviously therefore it 
is not this consideration that causes Amauwris to make the 


( kv) 
forest their head-quarters. P. dardanus also often wanders 
far afield :—one of the best places I know for it 1s a Bougain- 
villia bush, a good 1,200 yards from the forest—and it is 
interesting that it can do this without entirely losing the 
protection of its Amawris models while at the same time 
invoking, in the person of its trophonius female, that of the 
dominant Danaine of the territory it is invading.” 

Tue Power or Sieur im Brrvs.—Professor Pouttron said 
that he had come across a few observations which supported 
the conclusion that birds possessed the extraordinarily acute 
and far-reaching vision required by the Batesian and Miillerian 
theories of Mimicry. 

1. The distant appreciation of the colour of small insects 
appeared to be shown by—“ An Experimental Investigation 
on the Range of Flight of Flies” by Dr. Copeman, Mr. 
Howlett and Mr. Merriman (Report Loc. Gov. Bd. on Public 
Health and Medical Subjects: New Ser., No. 58. Further 
Reports on Flies (No. 4), 1911, p. 8). In these experiments, 
conducted in 1910 at Postwick, about five miles east of 
Norwich, flies were liberated after being marked with various 
colours so that they could afterwards be identified. Yellow 
chalk was found to give the most satisfactory results, and under 
favourable circumstances remained perfectly recognisable for 
a week or, on occasion, for as long as ten days. As soon as 
these flies were liberated many of them were devoured by 
swallows, and the authors.remark “it is interesting from the 
biological point of view, that they should readily take flies of 
a brilliant canary-yellow colour such as they can never have 
seen before. A few of these coloured flies that happened to 
drop into the water were also seen to fall a prey to fish.”’ Dr. 
S. Monckton Copeman, F.R.S., had kindly sent a few further 
details concerning the behaviour of the swallows :— 

*‘TocaAL GOVERNMENT BoARD, WHITEHALL, S. W., 
** February 9, 1912. 

‘The swallows seemed to know when we were going to 
let loose the coloured flies ; for although on our arrival there 
might not be a swallow to be seen over the river, no sooner 
had we Jet loose one lot of flies than there were usually a 
number to be seen, flying up and down in front of the 


© div? ) 


wharf-staging from which we dispatched our flies. When the 
second lot was loosed the swallows at once proceeded to 
retrieve the flies while the latter were crossing the river 
in various directions ;—the swallows never seeming to pause, 
but retrieving the flies unerringly while themselves in full 
flight.” 


These interesting experiments showed the danger of a 
conspicuous colour when associated with palatability. 

2. The far-reaching distance of birds’ vision was indicated 
in an article to which his attention had been called by Dr. 
F. G. Penrose :—“ Hawk-catching in Holland, I.” in ‘“ Country 
Life” for August 7, 1909 (p. 185). The article described the 
ancient methods which are still practised at the Dutch village 
of Valkenswaard (Falcon’s Heath). One important element 
was the use of a tethered great grey shrike to act as a sentinel. 
“« Now as soon as any bird of prey appears 


even far beyond the 
ken of any human observer—this sentinel shows evident signs of 
terror, which increase if the enemy should come nearer. Old 
Adrian Mollen, father of the great master of the art, used to 
say, that, by the gestures and sounds of alarm of the shrike, 
he could sometimes form a pretty correct guess as to the size 
and species of the hawk...” (p. 187). The words here 
printed in italics were good evidence of the great distance at 
which birds could recognise the details of form and movement. 

3. The following observation was recorded by Professor 
Poulton :—“ On July 29, 1910, at Wykeham House, Oxford, 
my daughter and I saw a flycatcher, sitting on the branch of 
an elm, rather over 30 ft. distant, make a dash after a 
specimen of Tryphaena pronuba that was flying inside a room 
towards and on to the inside of the window. We were stand- 
ing inside the room and saw the bird dash itself against the 
glass within a few feet of us. The pair of small windows, the 
only ones in the room, are somewhat deeply recessed in the 
side of the house, and the observation offers convincing 
evidence of the power of a bird’s sight in penetrating shadow 
at a distance,” 

4. The following observation, also made by Professor PouLTon, 
shows that small birds will attack insects of great relative 


@ ay) 


size :—“ Towards the end of June 1910, I saw a small robin 
flying with what was evidently a heavy load across the path 
of the Parks Road, Oxford, from the elm-trees on the west 
towards the Parks railing on the east. Just outside the 
railing it put the load down and began to peck it. I came 
near gently, and saw that it had captured a specimen of 
Smerinthus tiliae, L. IL watched the bird peck the moth to 
pieces and eat the whole of it, except the wings. The observa- 
tion was made just after heavy rain, which may have caused 
the moth to flutter or fall, and thus to attract the bird’s 
attention.” 

Mr. S. A. NEAve said with reference to Professor Poulton’s 
interesting remarks on the prevalence of insectivorous birds in 
Uganda, that he had recently had an instructive experience 
near Entebbe. On January 12, 1912, at Gabunga’s, near 
Entebbe, he had watched a wagtail, most probably Motacilla 
capensis, catching butterflies on a small patch of damp sand 
in the bed of a forest stream. The bird was so tame that 
he stood within 3 or 4 yards of it. In less than half-an-hour 
this bird captured and ate 19 butterflies and failed to catch 
many others. The butterflies eaten were nearly all small 
Lycaenidae, including Tarucus telicanus, Polyommatus baeticus, 
Azanus spp.. many individuals, Lycaenesthes spp. (2 indi- 
viduals), Uranothauma (4) poggei (1 individual), and a single 
Terias, probably 7’. senegalensis. The bird also seized, but 
rejected after tasting, a specimen of Acraea pelasgius. This 
‘individual, with one hind wing torn off, was subsequently pro- 
cured. Except for the loss of the wing it appeared to be 
uninjured. 

Mr. G. A. K. Marsuatt and Dr. G. B. Lonesrarr also 
spoke on the subject, the latter giving an account of a 
struggle he had witnessed between a bird and a large grass- 
hopper, in which the latter was eventually successful. 

Nepris and Nepriporsis in THE Lagos District.—Refer- 
ring to his recent communication (in these Proceedings 1912, 
p. XXvi) on the proportion of the species belonging to these two 
genera in the neighbourhood of Entebbe, Professor Pounron 
called attention to a statement received in a letter from Mr. 
W. A. Lamborn, dated March 22, 1912 :—* Neptidopsis would 


(ibe) 


I am sure outnumber all the species of Neptis put together 
at any season. I have not taken any more because I thought 
I had probably sent enough.” 

Euryteta Hrarsas Aanp E. Dryope.—Professor Pounton 
said that his friend Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S., had pointed 
out to him that Mr. Lamborn’s results published in these 
Proceedings (1912, p. xviii) are ‘‘confirmatory of Miss Foun- 
taine’s experience in Natal, given in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 
1911, p. 59. She records that although she had bred both 
forms indiscriminately from every variety of the larva, she 
nevertheless found that ‘the ova laid by #. hiarbas always 
produced hiarbas, whereas those of a dryope 9 invariably 


produced dryope.’”’ 
Paper. 
The following Paper was read :— 


“On the Colour-Groups of the Hawaiian Wasps,” by Dr. 
R. C. L. Perkins, M.A., D.Se., F.Z8., F.ES. 


Prof. Poutron, in introducing the paper, said that Dr. 
R. C. L. Perkins had illuminated a problem of the most 
fundamental interest and importance for the student of 
evolution. His work was of equal interest to the follower 
of systematics and of bionomics. 

Dr. Perkins had inferred that the 102 species of Odynerus, 
the only indigenous wasps of the islands, had been derived 
from the ancient immigration from some unknown country, of 
a single yellow-banded species, and from the much later but 
still very ancient immigration of a single dark Asiatic species 
allied to O. nigripennis, Holmgr. The latter became extremely 
dominant, but it found the islands already occupied and only 
produced a group of 4 allied species, as against the 3 genera, 
the important structural groups and the 98 species which 
Dr. Perkins recognised in the descendants of the original 
immigrant. All the species attacked the larvae of Lepido- 
ptera, and the immigration of these must of course have 
preceded the advent of the earliest ancestor of Odynerus. 

Dr. Perkins showed in his paper how the 102 species had 
formed Colour-groups in which the constituent members were 
associated quite independently of affinity. Thus the species 


C (lv) 


of a genus, or of a definite Structure-group within the 
genus, were found in different Colour-groups in the different 
islands, and sometimes even within the limits of a single 
island. 

Although the species of Odynerus were the dominant 
members, some of the Colour-groups also contained bees, of 
which the 53 species in the single genus Nesoprosopis, were 
traced to a probable single Asiatic immigrant, allied to 
Prosopis kriechbawmeri, Férst ; and Fossores (Crabronidae), of 
which the 18 species and 3 genera were believed to have arisen 
from a single Asiatic invader, allied to Crabro vagus, L. The 
main Colour-group also included Ichneumonids. 

In illustration of the paper, Prof. Poulton exhibited the 
specimens referred to in the following letters written to him 
by Dr. Perkins, Nov. 2 and Nov. 4, 1911, but here combined. 
The Colour-groups were arranged in the order of the islands, 
from Kauai in the N.W. to Hawaii in the 8.E. The authors’ 
names had been added by Prof. Poulton. 

“ Herewith I am sending a small box of Hawaiian Hymeno- 
ptera, showing the main colour-effects.* 

“Colour-group A [= II of Kauai in Dr. Perkins’s memoir. | 
—Black, wings dark, blue reflections, two white or yellow 
bands, second always broad. ‘The examples selected are :— 


Odynerus kirbyi, Dalla'Torre — . : : . Kauai. 

Nesodynerus vittativentris, Perkins. : . Kauai. 

“ Allthe Kauai species, whether open country or forest insects, 
belong to this group, excepting one or two apparently recent 
arrivals from other Hawaiian islands, which are only slightly 
different in structure and appearance from Odynerus sand- 
wichensis, de Sauss., of Group D. 

‘Group A is not exactly represented on the other islands, 
but a sub-group of pale-banded species on Oahu approaches 
it, and it is curious that the insects so coloured on all the 
islands except Kauai belong to the lowlands (open), or to the 
open country above the forest line, or to open spaces in forest 
regions. 

* Dr. Perkins wrote Nov. 13, 1911 :—‘‘ The characteristic appearance of 


the various groups is far more remarkable in masses of specimens, such as 
I have in my cabinet drawers, than in a few isolated specimens.” 


( lviii_ ) 


“ Kauai is remarkable for its distinctively marked species, 
practically all belonging to the one Colour-group. 

‘“‘ Colour-group B [= 11 of Oahu].—Black, peculiar shining 
fuscous wings, almost brassy, distinctive appearance in life, 
not blue. Examples :— 


Odynerus dulnosus, Sm. . 1 ; , . Oahu. 

Nesodynerus oblitus, Perkins. : : . “Oahu 

Nesoprosopis pubescens, Perkins, var., with blue 
iridescence. Rare . . 4 : . Hawaii. 


“Peculiar, as an extensive group, to Oahu. It is to be 
noted that NV. pubescens is a unique case of dichromatism of 
the wings.* 

‘“‘Colour-group C [= III of Oahu].—Sombre red markings, 
much appressed tomentum on body, wings nearly clear hyaline. 
Appearance very distinctive in life, having a peculiar fuscous 
look. Example :— 

Odynerus oahuensis, Dalla Torre . , ; . Oahu. 

‘All the species are Odynerus proper, but very diverse 
in structure, the little Colour-group of six species, all peculiar 
to Oahu, representing three very distinct structural groups. 
There is nothing like them in colour on any other island. I 
have taken all six at the same spot and time on one occasion, 
and generally three or four are flying together. 

‘Oahu is remarkable for the diversity of its Colour-groups, 
all being represented, except that the pale-banded forms are 
not quite like those of Kauai, and the sandwichensis, Group 
D, has become the distinct dubiosus, Group B, above. 

‘“‘Colour-group D [= III of Maui, etc.].—Species very 
numerous and diverse in structure but all are Odynerus. 

“Black, with red markings, wings dark, blue reflections. 
I have sent two examples :— 


Odynerus petrobius, Perkins ' : : . Molokai. 
Odynerus sandwichensis, de Sauss. : , . Maui. 


* Judging only from this limited number of examples it appears that 
the typical VV. pubescens more closely resembles the Odyneri of Group b, 
and the blue-iridescent var., those of KE. Furthermore the example of 
NV. fuscipennis, from Oahu, in Group KE, might be more suitably placed in B. 
Both this specimen and pubescens (typical) are rather clearly distinguish- 
able by the ‘‘ brassy”’ appearance of their wings from the other members 
of K.—E. B. P. 


le 9) 


‘The wings of the latter are not so blue in some species, 
but the colour is much deeper when they are folded. 

“Molokai, Lanai, and Maui are rich in these red-marked 
forms with dark wings. 

‘‘Colour-group E [= I of all the islands except Kauai].— 
This, the most dominant Colour-group, is black, wings infuscate, 
with blue, purple or steely reflections. 7'o see the iridescence 
at its best the insects should not be looked at in the box over 
white paper, but held in the hand and viewed from above and 
in front. The colour of the wings is always conspicuous in 
life in this group, @. e. when the insect is flying, but in some it 
is less apparent after death. 

“For this group I have selected :— 


“ Diptoprera (Humenidae). 


Odynerus montanus, Sm. . : : ; . Oahu. 

“A nigripennis, Holmer. . : , . Oahu. 
Nesodynerus rudolphi, Dalla Torre — . : . Oahu. 
Odynerus molokaiensis, Perkins* ‘ : . Molokai. 
Pseudopterochetlus congruus, Sm. : : . Molokai. 
Odynerus peles, Perkins. J ; ; . Hawaii. 

o heterochromus, Perkins : : . Hawaii. 


“ Fossores (Crabronidae). 


Hylocrabro tumidoventris, Perkins. : 5) ss 
" | Hawaii. 

var. leucognathus, Perkins J 
Xenocrabro atripennis, Perkins . : ‘ . Hawaii. 
Nesocrabio rubrocaudatus, Blackb. and Cam. . Hawaii. 


‘* ANTHOPHILA (Prosopidae). 


Nesoprosopis fuscipennis, Perkins : ‘ . Oahu. 
ms caeruleipennis, Perkins . s. 2 Molokat. 
Ne pubescens, Perkins, typical. . Hawaii. 
i setosifrons, Perkins 3 4 . Hawaii. 


* This species is placed by Dr. Perkins in Group II of Molokai, Lanai 
and Maui (= IV of Oahu), but it certainly seems to fit extremely well 
into Group E, sent for exhibition (Group E = I of Molokai, Oahu, etc.). 
The particular specimen of O. molokaiensis exhibited was captured in Maui 
(Wailuku, Sept. 1901), the species having reached that island, Dr. Perkins 
considers, about 1896.—E. b. P. 


ae) 


“This large dominant Colour-group is not only exemplified 
by Odynerus montanus, but also by four other species, each of 
which represents a quite different Structure-group, and if 
there was any good classification of the heterogeneous mass 
forms called Odynerus, each would, in my opinion, repre- 
sent a distinct genus. In addition to these and many other 
species the group contains Vesodynerus rudolphi and others, 
Pseudopterocheilus congruus and others, Chelodynerus chelifer, 
Perkins (not sent to you), various species of the three 
Fossorial genera, and of the Anthophilous genus Nesoprosopis 
—consequently representatives of nearly all the existing 
Hymenoptera of the Hawaiian islands. 

‘‘ Hawaii appears to be tending to total blackness, owing to 
the predominance of this single Colour-group, the red of the 
red forms becoming duller or diminished, the bands of the 
banded forms more or less obsolete.” 

Prof. Poutton said that he had but few comments to make 
on Dr. Perkins’s interesting and valuable paper, and, in fact, 
he felt considerable diffidence in making any suggestions at 
all on the work and conclusions of such a master of the 
Hawaiian fauna as the author had proved himself to be. 
Nevertheless he ventured to make a few remarks bearing 
upon the origin and present distribution of the Colour-groups 
in the islands and on one or two other points. Dr. Perkins 
had brought forward strong evidence for the conclusion that 
the first immigrant Odynerus was an ordinary-looking yellow- 
banded species—viz. one that had previously been an insigni- 
ficant member of one of the largest and most widely dis- 
tributed of the Aculeate combinations, containing many of 
the most formidable and dominant species, and bearing pro- 
bably the simplest and most effective of warning patterns. 
The immigrant ancestor had behind it endless generations in 
the course of which its pattern had been rendered stable by 
selection ceaselessly exercised on some unknown continental 
area. Thus it was possible to understand the remarkable fact 
that so much of the original pattern should have survived or 
should still be revealed by reversion, at the close of a period 
long enough to have produced all the Eumenid Structure- 
groups in the islands except that associated with the later 


( lxi ) 


immigrant O. nigripennis. Prolonged isolation, in the 
Hawaiian islands, from all the other dominant bearers 
of the yellow-banded pattern also helped us to understand 
the ultimate loss of the original pattern in so many of the 
species. 

The mention of this great dominant Aculeate pattern made 
it appropriate to refer at this point to a question raised by 
Dr. Perkins in his paper—‘ Why should Colour-groups be 
formed at all? Why is not the fact that an insect belongs 
to the Aculeates sufficient warning by itself?” It might be 
replied that the Aculeates themselves are probably avoided 
for different reasons and in different degrees, and that, for 
securing the advantages of Miillerian association, colour 
and pattern are probably the most easily recognised and 
remembered of all the characters that can be seen at a little 
distance when an insect is at rest. There was furthermore 
much, but not nearly enough, experimental evidence that 
insect-eating animals were greatly impressed by the patterns 
mimetic of the Aculeates. The methods of mimetic resemb- 
lance were varied—sometimes the likeness was in pattern and 
not in movement, sometimes in movement and not in pattern, 
but in the most perfect examples there was likeness in both, 

Returning to the history of the Colour-groups in the islands, 
we probably found, in the effects of occasional and accidental 
inter-island migration, an answer to Dr. Perkins’s further 
difficulty based on the number of the Colour-groups, especially 
on Oahu. Whatever may happen in the vast complexity of a 
tropical continental area, we should certainly have expected, as 
Dr. Perkins maintains, the persistence or formation of single 
Miillerian Colour-groups on each of these small islands, 
although we ought to be prepared for possible exceptions in 
groups of specially associated species, such as the six forming 
Colour-group IIT (= C) on Oahu, all of which were captured 
at one time and in one spot by Dr. Perkins. Such special 
associations may have all the effect of geographical isolation in 
encouraging the growth of special warning patterns. Leaving 
such possible exceptions on one side, we should expect a single 
Colour-group on a single island, but we should not expect the 
same group to be formed independently in different islands, 


( Ixii_) 


and the mixture of groups was probably to be explained by 
accidental transport from one island to another, 

This was, in fact, Dr. Perkins’s interpretation of the 
existence of two Colour-groups on the most isolated of all the 
islands, Kauai; for he remarks that “ excepting two species 
(. . . probably recent derivations from similar forms on other 
islands) the Kauai wasps have become superficially all alike.” 
Such complications are of course far more likely to occur in 
the central islands of the chain—nearer together and liable to 
receive immigrants from both directions. 

The following was an attempt to reconstruct the history of 
the Colour-groups within the islands. It, in the main, followed 
Dr. Perkins’s account, but included a few suggestions bearing 
on the mixture of the groups. 

(1) The original yellow-banded pattern persisted at any rate 
in Oahu (the island nearest to Kauai), and probably through- 
out the islands, until after the Structure-groups had been 
formed and Kauai had received the immigrants which have 
produced its dominant banded Colour-group II (= A). 

(2) The black Group I (= E) then arose in Hawaii, perhaps 
in consequence of the arrival from Asia of the second immi- 
grant ancestor, O. nigripennis. On the other hand, in the 
specimens sent by Dr. Perkins, the wings of some of the 
Odyneri were so much darker and more iridescent than those 
of the nigripennis as to throw some doubt upon the hypothesis 
that the latter had acted as the model. After the group was 
formed, Hawaii became a centre for the occasional accidental 
dispersal of black species to Maui and further north-westwards 
to other islands ; or the spread of Group I may have followed 
the dispersal of the black-bodied, dark-winged O. nigripennis, 
which Dr. Perkins described as the most dominant and wide- 
spread species on all the islands except Kauai. That the 
black Group I is oldest on Hawaii was indicated by its almost 
complete dominance in that island, 

(3) On Kauai, O. nigripennis became absorbed into the 
dominant Colour-group, giving rise to the yellow-banded 
O. radula, F. This species is as abundant on Kauai as 
nigripennis on the other islands, and Dr. Perkins suggests the 
possibility (among others) of a diaposematic relationship, the 


( Isiii_) 


other Kauai species gaining the dark iridescent wings of 0. 
radula, the latter gaining their yellow bands. 

(4) The red-marked Group III (=D) arose in Lanai, 
Molokai or Maui, soon became common to all three, and, by 
accidental transport, was carried to all the other islands. The 
members that reached Hawaii have been nearly absorbed into 
its one dominant black group. The two allied species on 
Kauai are the result of an inter-island immigration so recent 
that neither of the Colour-groups has affected the other. 

(5) In Oahu, nearest to Kauai, traces of the original banded 
pattern were more evident (in members of Colour-group II 
(= B), and especially in IV) than on any other island except 
Kauai. The red-marked Group III arose under the influence 
of immigrants from Molokai, etc., while in other species (in 
Group II) the same character has tended to disappear, 
probably under the influence of the black Group I (= §), 
derived from Hawaii. 

(6) It was not to be expected that the members of a Colour- 
group formed on any island, would, after reaching another 
island, always produce a group exactly like that in which they 
originated. The immigrants would be working upon different 
material, and would also be likely themselves to undergo 
changes of pattern. 'The»peculiarity of the red-marked 
Group III (=C) on Oahu may perhaps be thus explained. 
Especially may changes be expected to occur in an appear- 
ance, like that of the wings, due to a uniform dark pigment 
combined with the “ structural colours” of thin plates. 

That there was undoubtedly a strong tendency to produce a 
single group on a single island was shown by the condition of 
Hawaii and Kauai, at opposite ends of the chain, and it was 
suggested that the same tendency existed in the other islands, 
but had been masked by the effect of accidental inter-island 
immigration, 

Certain classes of facts established by Dr. Perkins, and 
described in his paper, were only intelligible on the hypothesis 
of mimetic approach due to selection by enemies attacking by 
the aid of sight. 

(1) The persistence, in certain individuals belonging to the 
black Group I, of yellow bands on the under-surface where 


( law %) 


they could not be seen. The same phenomena were found 
independently in the Humenidae and the Crabronidae. 
Dr. Perkins,'with whom these observations had been discussed, 
entirely agreed that, as evidence, they were very important 
indeed. He also stated that the yellow bands of the Kauai 
Group II are clearly visible in flight. 

(2) Species belonging to the same Structure-group, and 
therefore closely related, were distributed among different 
Colour-groups. In like manner the Kauai Crabros resembled 
its dominant, banded EKumenids, and the Hawaii Crabros its 
black Eumenids. 

These facts fell into line with those which had been 
observed in the mimetic associations of the same and other 
groups of insects in other countries ; and this was equally true 
of the fact that the Hawaiian Colour-groups were especially 
characteristic of the forests. The difference between the 
development of mimetic patterns in Lepidoptera of the open 
country and those of the forest areas of Africa was extremely 
striking, and Professor Poulton had already been driven to 
the only hypothesis which Dr. Perkins could suggest as a 
possible explanation of the facts, viz. differences between the 
insect enemies in the two types of country (see pp. l-hii). 

The only point in which his experience differed from that of 
Dr. Perkins was in the relative prevalence of variability and 
of mimicry in the two sexes of insects. 

Dr. Perkins was by no means convinced of the validity of 
the Miillerian interpretation, and felt many difficulties, but, at 
any rate, he stated that he was unable to suggest any other 
explanation, and he had definitely abandoned the climatic 
solution, which many have found so alluring. 

Prof. Poulton said, in conclusion, that he wished to make 
one remark on the bearing of the whole body of facts recorded 
in Dr. Perkins’s memoir. He was aware that it was dangerous 
to limit the possibilities of future discovery, and to argue 
from the unknown to the non-existent. He realised that 
nearly every great discovery in Biology revealed something 
that lay close at hand although it was unseen. But, allowing 
for all this, he ventured to affirm that, if, in these little 
islands—closely examined as they had been for so long a 


¢ ikw) 


period by so keen and discriminating a naturalist and one who 
had shown a life-long devotion to the Aculeates, not only as 
specimens, but as living beings—nothing except the Miillerian 
principle could be suggested as the cause of the Colour-groups, 
then it was far more reasonable to conclude that the in- 
sufficiency of the evidence was due to changed conditions 
brought about by man,* than to suppose that there existed in 
these restricted areas some set of. causes hitherto unsuspected 
and unknown. 


Wednesday, June 5th, 1912. 
The Rev. F. D. Moricsr, M.A., President, in the Chair. 


Election of a Fellow. 


Mr. Henry Francis Carrer, Assistant Lecturer and 
Demonstrator in Medical and Economic Entomology, Liver- 
pool School of Tropical Medicine, University of Liverpool, 
was elected a Fellow of the Society. 


Procedure. 


The PRESIDENT announced that it was requested that for 
the future the names of intending exhibitors should be handed 
in at the beginning of the meeting, in order that they might 
be called upon from the Chair. 


Report of the Committee on Nomenclature. 
The Rev. G. WHEELER read the following Report :— 


“Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen, 

‘‘The Committee appointed on April 3rd, 1912, ‘to 
consider the subject of nomenclature, and report to the June 
meeting with a view to the coming International Congress,’ 
has endeavoured to deal carefully and minutely with the 
matter entrusted by you to its attention. 

‘In accordance with the powers conferred on the members 
* Dr. Perkins describes the immense changes that have taken place in 
the bird fauna within his own memory, and argues that, if the Colour- 


groups were formed by the Miillerian principle, it was under conditions 
that do not now exist. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11, 1912. E 


(i ‘eval 


by resolution of the Society, they added Mr. L. B. Prout to 
their number after their first meeting. 

‘‘Your Committee probably thus represented almost every 
form of divergent opinion on the subject of nomenclature, 
but nevertheless arrived at a unanimous report which they 
recommend to the Society for presentation to the International 
Congress. 

“It will be evident that if these recommendations are 
adopted by the Society, and the suggestions of the Society 
by the International Congress, an opportunity will be afforded 
for putting before the International Committee the different 
views on matters of detail held by the members of your 
Committee, or by any other Entomologists. 


“The Report, which is signed by every member of the 
Committee, is as follows :— 


‘“‘The present independent and irresponsible methods of giv- 
ing and adopting names having resulted in much unnecessary 
synonymy, and even graver abuses, the Entomological Society 
of London feels that the time has arrived when some check 
should be placed upon the practice, of more weight than that 
which can be exercised by any single individual, society, or 
publication, and would urge upon the International Congress 
the establishment of a permanent International Committee to 
deal with questions of nomenclature as affecting Entomology ; 
to consider what elucidations, extensions or emendations, if 
any, are required in the International Code, and to confer 
with the International Commission of Zoological Nomencla- 
ture. The Entomological Society of London recommends that 
the International Entomological Committee, when formed, shall 
take such action as to ensure the adequate representation of 
Entomology on the International Zoological Commission. 
The Society also recommends that, considering the difficulty 
of frequent International meetings, the leading Entomological 
Society of each country be invited to appoint a Committee 
whose duty it shall be to deal with all questions arising in 
their own country, subject to reference to the International 
Committee ; and suggests that the International Committee 
be composed of two, or three, members of each of the National 


( Ixvii_ ) 


Committees, elected either by the Committees, or directly by 
the electing Societies. 
‘““Coas. O. WATERHOUSE, Chairman. 
(Signed) G, T. Bernune-BakeEr. 
T. A. CHAPMAN. 
Jno. HartLeEy DvuRRANT. 
Louis B. Prout. 
Hy. J. TuRNER. 
GEORGE WHEELER.” 


The PresipEnT took exception to the form in which the 
Report was drawn up, as being in the name of the Society 
and not of the Committee. It was explained by several members 
of the Committee that as there was only one meeting of the 
Society before the Congress, it had been thought best to put 
it in such a form that the Society could adopt and present it 
without alteration in the wording, if they thought well to do 
so, in order to avoid unnecessary waste of time. Eventually 
Mr. G. A. K. Marsuati proposed and Mr. H. Rowtanp- 
Brown seconded that the Report be adopted. 

Dr. G. B. Lonesrarr proposed and Mr. R. W. Lioyp 
seconded as a preliminary amendment that the Report be 
received. This was carried, and the Report having been read 
again, the original motion was also carried almost unanimously. 

Mr. Bersune-Baker then proposed and Mr. Durrant 
seconded that the Report be printed; this, and a further 
motion proposed by Dr. K. Jorpan and seconded by Prof. 
E. B. Poutron, that it be sent to Dr. Malcolm Burr, the 
General Secretary of the Congress, were carried unanimously. 


Exhibitions. 

A scarce DiprEron.—Mr. J. E. Cotuin exhibited a series 
of thirteen specimens of Physocephala nigra, De G., the 
largest British species of the Conopidae, caught on Studland 
Heath (Dorsetshire), during the last week in May, when 
Colonel Yerbury, Mr. C. J. Wainwright and himself took 
some 24 specimens. He remarked upon the wide distribution 
of the species over almost the whole of Europe, while in 
Britain Colonel Yerbury had taken it in the extreme north- 
west of Scotland; though widely distributed, however, the 

E2 


(levi) 


species was always considered a great rarity, and its occur- 
rence in such numbers had never before been recorded. The 
majority of the specimens were taken on the flowers of 
rhododendron, but others were found singly over a large area 
of the heath. 

A nEW Hyprorcia.—Dr. T. A. CHapman exhibited a 
specimen of /Hydroecia burrowsi, Chpn., a new species that 
has turned up (from Vladivostock) since Mr. Burrows’s paper 
on the group (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1911, p. 738); see Ent. 
Record, 1912, p. 109. 

A BRED ALBULINA PHERETES.— Dr. CHAPMAN also showed a 
specimen of Lycaena (Albulina) pheretes, 2, bred at Reigate 
from the egg, supposed to be the first (and only) bred 
specimen of the species (see Trans. Ent. Soc., 1912). 

Two uncommon Supangse Burrerriies.— Dr. G. B. Lone- 
STAFF exhibited Calopteris ewlimene and Teracolus pleione, and 
read the following notes :— 

Both sexes of Calopieris eulimene were described by Klug 
in 1829, from specimens taken at Ambukol by Dr. Hemprich 
and Dr. Ehrenberg. Kirby gives its habitat as Arabia, but 
Ambuk6él is on the Upper Nile, about half-way between 
Dongola and Abi Hamed, in Lat. 18° N. 

In 1896 Mr. A. J. Cholmley, who was attached to Theodore 
Bent’s expedition to the Red Sea, took five specimens at 
Ambaia Erba, north of Suakin. 

In 1900 or 1901 a single example was taken by a member 
of the Hon. N. C. Rothschild’s expedition at Shendi, between 
Berber and Khartim. 

These are the only records that I have come across. 

In February 1909 I picked up a single specimen in the 
western outskirts of Khartim, and a few days later took 
seven others at Soba, on the Blue Nile, about fourteen miles 
above Khartim. These were all males. 

In February of the present year I took between Soba and 
Kharttiim six more, three of each sex, mostly in indifferent 
condition. I did not meet with it south of Lat. 15° 30’ N. 

Meanwhile, during the past winter, Mrs. Waterfield had 
been taking it from time to time at Port Sadan, on the Red 
Sea, getting altogether perhaps a dozen. At the end of 


( Ixix - 


February I myself visited Port Sadan, and in the course of 
a week was fortunate enough to secure eighteen males and 
nine females. Unless I am greatly mistaken the larva should 
turn up on the desert Caper (Capparis aphylla, Roth.). 

The purple gleam on the yellow apical spot, which adds so 
much to the beauty of the butterfly, is only present in the 
male. 

It will be observed that the specimens from the Red Sea 
are larger and more strongly marked than those from the 
Blue Nile. The discal spot is in most cases larger, and there 
is more black about the apex. Moreover, the yellow nervures 
on the under-side of the hind wings are edged with black, 
this black edging being often visible on the upper surface. 
Klug makes no mention of this black edging, which I am 
disposed to associate with the heavy rainfall at Port Stidan 
a few weeks before my visit, whereas Khartim was suffering 
from drought. Mrs. Waterfield wrote to me when I was at 
Khartiim saying that butterflies had been much more plentiful 
since the rain, and more strongly marked. 

Teracolus pleione is another of Klug’s species, the types 
coming from “ Arabia Felix,” whatever that geographical 
expression may mean. 

Petherick took it on the White Nile, and Mr. W. §. L. 
Loat in 1901 took a female at Kaka on the same river in 
Lat. 10° 40’ N. In February last I myself took two females 
near the same village. Colonel Yerbury found it at Aden, 
apparently in some numbers. Colonel Swinhoe (Proc. Zool. 
Soc., Lond., 1884, p. 436), says: “Of this very rare species 
I have a series from Aden.” However, Mrs. Waterfield looks 
upon it as one of the commonest butterflies in the Park, at 
Port Sidin. This park is little more than a piece of the 
desert scrub which has been railed in. On and about certain 
shrubs, a species of Cleome (Nat. Ord. Capparidaceae), 7. 
pleione was so plentiful that I repeatedly had several in my 
net at once. A few turned up north of the harbour near the 
shore, but I did not meet with it in the desert to the west or 
south of the town. It is evidently a far more local insect 
than its near ally 7’. halimede, Klug. 

It should be noted that the females from the White Nile 


C Tee ) 


differ from those taken on the shore of the Red Sea by 
approximating in colour to the males, 

Colonel YERBuRy observed that the yellow 99 of 7Zeracolus 
pleione were much brighter at Aden than those now exhibited. 

Kast Arrican AsILips AND RaopaLocnra.—Mr. 8. A. NEAVE 
exhibited some specimens of the Asilid genus Hyperechia, 
representing three, perhaps four, species, all taken during his 
recent tour in Kast Africa. He also showed for comparison 
four common species of Xylocopa, bees to which the flies bore 
a marked superficial resemblance. These flies were usually 
found only in forested, or at least well-wooded localities, 
and usually settled on tree trunks, often high up on them, in 
contradistinction to many other Asilidwe which usually settle 
on the ground. He thought that the great rarity of these 
insects in collections was due partly to their actual scarcity 
in nature, and partly to the fact that they were extremely 
difficult to capture on account of their wariness and powerful 
flight. 

He also exhibited a remarkable new Nymphaline Butter- 
fly, probably belonging to the genus Psewdacraea, taken on 
Mt. Mlanje, Nyasaland. He pointed out that it bore a 
marvellous superficial resemblance to Amawris lobengula whytet, 
Butler, the Danaine which occurred in the same place. 

He further exhibited a number of unnamed Lycaenidae, 
principally from Uganda. Apart from the fact that many 
rare or unknown species were included amongst them, their 
chief interest was that they demonstrated the marked 
dominance of the Liptenine section of the Lycaenidae from 
that region, and thus accentuated the resemblance of the 
Uganda fauna to that of the Tropical West Coast of Africa. 

Mr. 8. A. Nrave also referred to some interesting points, 
to which Prof. Poulton had called his attention, occurring 
amongst the butterflies recently collected by him in Eastern 
Uganda, particularly in the neighbourhood of Mount Elgon. 
The specimens of Pseudacraea hobleyi from this locality were 
remarkable for the fact that a large proportion of the females 
were coloured like the male, 2.¢. with an orange band in the 
fore wing instead of a white one, as in the typical form of the 
female common at Entebbe. He pointed out the extreme 


( Ixxi) 


interest of this when coupled with the fact that one of the 
two Planema models, P. macarista, which has a black and 
white female, is not known to occur east of the River Nile, 
whereas the other, P. poggei, which has an orange band in 
both sexes, does so. It is true that in the present case no 
Planema of any species was actually taken during three days’ 
collecting in a patch of forest on the Siroko River to the west 
of Mount Elgon, where the majority of the male-coloured 
females of Psewdacraea hobleyi were taken. At the same 
time Mr. Neave had recorded P. poggei from the Tiriki Hills 
and Nyangori near Kisumu, in the C. A. Wiggins collec- 
tion at Oxford, and had himself taken the same species on 
the east side of Elgon, and also in North Kavirondo, where 
it was not uncommon. Dr. Jordan had also been kind 
enough to inform him, through Prof. Poulton, that there are 
Kavirondo specimens of P. pogget in the Tring Museum, but 
no P. macarista. 

The following are the details of the Uganda localities, the 
full particulars of the country further east on the East African 
side of the border not being available at the moment. 

August 1, 2, 1911, Busia, near the Sio River (the boundary 
between British East Africa and Uganda)— 


2 Planema poggei, 19 Pseudacraea hobleyi (male coloured). 
1 3 ” ” 
August 12-14, 1911, Siroko River, west of Mount Elgon— 
16 3 Pseudacraea hobleyt 
se % - (male coloured) 


5? 8 95 (typical). 


Prof. Poutron commented on the importance of the colour 
change of these Pseudacraeas in this locality, tending as they 
did to become monomorphic. 

Dr. Lonestarr drew attention to the difference between 
the fauna of this locality and that of the White Nile. 

Mr. G. A. K. MarsHatt also commented on the exhibit, 
especially on the Asilids, 

PIERIS NAPI AND VAR. BRYONIAE.—Mr. H. Marn exhibited 
series of P. napi and var. bryoniae, and read the following 


note :— 


( Glxsai:, 7) 


In June 1911, ova were sent me from Lapland by Mr. W. G. 
Sheldon from P. napi var, bryoniae females. The resulting 
pupae produced two males in August last, and the rest of the 
specimens emerged this spring. The two which emerged last 
summer have the green veinings on the under sides much less 
marked than in the spring ones. The others show a fair 
amount of variation both on the upper and under sides. 

Dr. T. A. Chapman found in June 1911, in Glarus, 
Switzerland, typical P. napi, and also the var. bryoniae, flying 
together on the same ground in the Lintthal, and kindly sent 
me females of both forms. 

From the typical females nothing but P. napi emerged 
from a large number of resulting pupae. Some emerged last 
August and the remainder this spring, the series showing the 
usual seasonal dimorphism. 

From the bryoniae females a large number of pupae 
resulted, and three of them produced, last August, very 
strongly-marked specimens (females), very different from 
those which emerged this spring. I had always considered 
this form to be single-brooded, and had frequently bred large 
numbers with my late friend Mr. Harrison, all of which always 
emerged in the spring. These three have the same shape of 
wings as the summer emergence of the P. napi, the markings 
on the upper sides are also more pronounced, and the veinings 
on the under sides less pronounced than in the corresponding 
spring emergence specimens, as in the case of the two series of 
the typical P. nap. 

Some of the males show a black spot on the dise of the 
fore wing. ‘They can be separated roughly into two series, 
those with no yellow and those with more or less yellow on 
the under side of the wings. A parallel variation of the under 
sides occurs in the females, and their upper sides show a con- 
siderable amount of variation in the proportion of the dark 
scales on the area of the wings and along the nervures. 

CoLEOPTEROUS LARVAE.—Mr. K. G. Brair exhibited larvae 
of Cebrio sp. (! gigas, Fabr.) from Sicily, received from Mr. 
J.P. Barrett, per Mr. H. Main. 

The larvae were dug up in a patch of potatoes in a garden 
at Messina, and he heard from Mr. Barrett that this patch 


( lxxiii_ ) 


alone, out of many others, was unhealthy and appeared dis- 
eased, as was the case also with some tomato plants which 
occupied the same ground last year; and it is probable that 
these larvae were the cause of the ‘‘ disease.” The 9 beetle is 
apterous and subterranean in habit, which no doubt accounts 
for their very much localised occurrence. 

The larvae show considerable resemblance to those of 
Elateridae, but are more cylindrical, and the prothoracic seg- 
ment is much elongated in front of the first pair of legs. In 
addition, between the chin and the prosternum is a large 
membranous portion, which is folded in, out of sight, when 
the head is in the normal position, but the larva can throw its 
head right back, at the same time puffing out this membrane 
in a most peculiar manner. The actual use of this structure 
is uncertain ; but it has been suggested that it is of use to the 
larva in burrowing in the earth. 

HEREDITY IN THE FEMALE FORMS OF HyPOLIMNAS MISIP- 
Pus.—In continuation of the breeding experiments referred 
to in the Proceedings, 1911, p. xliv, Prof. Poutron exhibited 
females of two families, reared in 1911, from female parents 
of the type form, by Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers, M.A., 
F.E.S. The first parent was captured at Rabai, near Mom- 
basa, April 17: the emergence of the large family of nearly 
200 butterflies took place while Mr. Rogers was away from 
home, and when he returned, on May 23rd, the great majority 
were irretrievably damaged. All the females were of the 
type form, and of these Mr. Rogers had sent the specimens 
which were in good condition, viz. the 16 exhibited to the 
meeting. At the same time it was to be noted that all 16 
bore labels in Mr. Rogers’s handwriting indicating emergence 
on May 16,1911. In three of these the white patch on the 
hind wing upper surface, just beyond the cell, was distinct ; in 
six it was slightly indicated ; in two represented by scattered 
white scales. ‘he patch was not borne by the parent. The 
second female parent was captured in the same locality on Nov. 
29, 1911 ; the males were liberated, and the dates of emergence 
and forms of the females were shown in the following table, in 
which no mention is made of the white patch when represented 
only by scattered scales :— 


( xiv }) 


DATES OF | 
EMERGENCE Misippus FORM OF 9. } Inaria FORM OF @. 3 
mw 1911, | 
Dec, 22 . | 1 [escaped]| 3 
i bbe ale [12 specimens received | 5 31 
| Patch distinct in 4, slight in 3 | Patch very slight in 1 
S| aby, | 5 13 
| Distinct in 2 
ops) fhe = Ye fe bel f i u : ths 
” 25 Ape : 8 : 3 16 
Distinct in 3, slight in 1 Shght in 1 
261. 5 2 
” 
Slight in 1 10 
st OTT <1 3 
Distinct in 1 
BLOB 3 
Totals. 38 18 7 


Two or three males died, but are put down for the dates on 
which they changed colour preparatory to emergence. 

These experiments confirmed the conclusions drawn from 
Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers’s earlier work and stated in the 
Proceedings of 1911, p. xliv, that misippus was dominant and 
inaria recessive, although the proportions of the last family 
were neither 1:1 nor 1: 3, but, on the contrary, very nearly 
1:2. It was possible, as Mr. L, Doncaster had suggested, that 
the female had paired with more than one male. 

The white patch which so commonly appeared, represented 
a patch of variable size which seemed to be always present on 
the under surface of the hind wing of the female. This under 
surface marking again represented the central part of the 
broad white bar crossing the middle of the male hind wing with 
which also corresponded the white patch on the upper surface, 
as might be seen by holding the insect up to the light. The 
white patch of the female appeared therefore to represent a 
marking that was very ancestral in the genus Hypolimnas 
and common to many of its species, including the remarkable 
H. dexithea of Madagascar. 


( ‘ise: ) 


THe TSETSE-FLY GLOSSINA CALIGINEA, AUSTEN, REJECTED BY 
A Monxry.—Prof. Poutron exhibited the fragments of a 
Glossina identified by Mr. E. E. Austen as a female of 
G. caliginea, Aust. The specimen had been bitten and re- 
jected by a monkey under the circumstances described by Mr. 
W. A. Lamborn in the following paragraph written from Oni, 
March 24, 1912 :— 

‘‘Good breezes are now blowing, and so this afternoon we 
ran across the lagoon in the sailing boat and had tea in one 
of the creeks. Two Glossina were rather a nuisance, and one 
settled on the leg of one of the men, who killed it with a 
sharp slap so that it fell into the bottom of the boat. I was 
too busy to pick it up just then, but the female Mona picked 
it up, smelt it and put it in her mouth. She took it out very 
shortly, pulled off one wing and then bit the insect in two. 
She dropped the thorax, but put the abdomen in her mouth. 
It was only kept there a few seconds, and then she took it 
out, smelt it, deposited it on the seat, and ran away. I send 
the specimen. The Mona is very fond of Zabanidae, and had 
caught and eaten several in the house before we went out.” 

Mr. Guy Marshall had suggested to Prof. Poulton that the 
presence of fresh blood in the fly may have been distasteful to 
the monkey. 

FAMILIES OF BUTTERFLIES BRED BY W. A. LAMBORN IN THE 
Lacos District.—Prof. Poutton exhibited the following 
families, and referred to the strong light which was thrown 
by them upon different biological problems :— 

1. Salamis cacta, F.—The Oriental Kallimas were well known 
to exhibit the most remarkable variation in the colours and 
patterns of the under surface. It was generally believed that 
these individual differences, which appeared in the broods of 
both wet and dry seasons, would be found in the butterflies 
raised from the eggs laid by a single female, but so far as 
Prof. Poulton was aware this conclusion had never been 
tested by breeding. It was therefore very satisfactory that 
Mr. Lamborn had succeeded in rearing from a batch of small 
larvae found upon the upper surface of a single leaf, a family 
of S. cacta, allied to Kallima and showing the same kind of 
individual variation. The larvae were found in the forest 


(i exat 7) 


two miles E. of Oni Camp, on October 5, 1910, and the whole 
cycle of development evidently lay well within the limits of 
the wet season, which extended from about April 25 to 
November 15, 1910. The position and uniform size of the 
larvae, together with the dates of emergence, showed that 
Mr. Lamborn was dealing with a company hatched from a 
single batch of eggs. The twenty-nine butterflies exhibited 
the most remarkable differences of under surface—differences 
which could be grouped in four main classes, according to the 
tint of the ground-colour and according to the presence or 
absence of a large white patch covering in great part the basal 
half of the hind wing. There was furthermore in all four 
classes great variation in the mottling and in the development 
of the oblique veining on the basal side of the midrib-like 
stripe The pattern of the upper surface was remarkably 
uniform, and there was no doubt that all the appearances 
presented by the under were procryptic, as in Kallima. The 
dates of emergence, sexes and main classes of the twenty-nine 
individuals were set forth in the following table :— 


PURPLISH UNDER SURFACE. GREENISH UNDER SURFACE, 


DATES OF zude: 
nae ASLO. With 1 hit With 1] hit 
IN 1910. vith large white} yy. ith large white) ,,. 
patch on H. W. Bathonup aed: patch on H. W. Without pateh: 
Males.) Females., Males.) Females.| Males.| Females,| Males.) Females. 
Oct..27..7 4 2 4 2 5 
» 28 1 2 | nee 2s awl 3 
Fag 1 | 1 
Totals. ] 2 Ba as Die | ual 5 6 


The table showed that the thirteen males emerged on the 
average rather earlier than the sixteen females, that the colour 
differences were unconnected with sex, that the two main 
classes were as nearly as possible equal, viz. fifteen purplish 
to fourteen greenish, but that the white patch was far more 
frequently associated with the purplish than with the greenish 
ground-colour—viz. seven out of fifteen to three out of 
fourteen. 


(| lsxvirt) 


2. Hypolimnas (Kuralia) anthedon, Boisd., and dubia, 
Beauv.—The small family exhibited to the meeting had been 
bred by Mr. W, A. Lamborn from the eggs laid February 9, 
1912, by a female dubia, with a pattern somewhat transitional 
towards that of anthedon. The parent, which was also ex- 
hibited, had been captured half a mile from Oni Camp on 
February 6, and died February 11. Of the seven offspring, 
three dubia and one anthedon emerged at about 11.30 a.m., 
March 8, having pupated March 2: one dubia and two 
anthedon, emerged March 10. The proportion, as nearly as 
possible half and half, was most reasonably explained by 
supposing that the female parent was a heterozygote and the 
male a recessive (anthedon). The three anthedon offspring 
were all typical, while the four dwbia were intermediate like 
the female parent. In order to appreciate the result it was 
necessary to state that the ordinary heterozygote of this 
species bore the pattern of the dominant dubia, and was not 
intermediate. 

Further work was needed, but it appeared probable from 
the facts at present known that the intermediate pattern, 
which behaved in heredity just as a typical dubia, was not 
itself cf composite origin, but rather a true intermediate which 
threw light on the origin of the dimorphism. 

3. Amauris psyttalea, Plétz, and A. bulbifera, Grose-Smith. 
—Examples bred by Mr, Lamborn from-two families of larvae 
were exhibited and both sets showed the most perfect transi- 
tion between these two so-called “ species” which have only 
been separated because the spots in the fore wing of one are 
connected by a bridge in the other. Both series showed a 
gradation from the complete bridge to its entire absence. 
One series consisted of four males and four females reared 
from eggs seen to’be laid at 5 p.m. December 7, 1910,in an open 
space bya native village 1} miles E. of Oni. The eggs hatched 
December 12, and four of the exhibited specimens pupated 
December 25, and emerged January 4, 1911; the other four on 
December 26 and January 5 respectively. The whole cycle 
fell well within the dry season, from about November 15, 
1910, to March 15, 1911. The other series consisted of three 
males and one female bred from a company of larvae found 


( lxceviir ) 


August 14, 1911, in Oni clearing. One imago emerged 
August 30, three on August 31, and the cycle evidently fell 
well within the wet season, from about March 15 to December 
S,191a. 

THE BREEDING OF EURYTELA HIARBAS, Drury: A CoRREC- 
TtIon.—Prof. Poutron said that he had sent a proof of the 
Proceedings for 1912, pp. xviii, xix, to Mr. W. A. Lamborn, 
who had pointed out that #. hiarbas had been bred by him 
from scattered larvae and not, as stated, from a known female 
parent. Prof. Poulton wished to correct the mistake he had 
inadvertently made. 

Tue Irriratinc Harrs or THE Mota ANAPHE INFRACTA, 
WatsincHaM.—Prof. Poutton exhibited a specimen of the 
Eupterotid, or, as Aurivillius considers, the Notodontid moth 
Anaphe infracta, concerning which Mr. W. A. Lamborn had 
written from Oni Camp, April 22, 1912 :— 

‘‘T cannot say when the common cocoon was formed other 
than it was in July, 1911. The moths undoubtedly possess 
urticating hairs. The female Mona was allowed to steal one. 
She smelt it, rubbed off the hairs and scales, then dropped it 
and in a few minutes was rubbing all four feet on the ground. 
I made some sympathising remarks with the result that she 
suddenly sprang on to my bare neck, and I have been troubled 
with skin irritation all the evening. I found too that an 
urticating line on my arm followed exactly where I allowed a 
moth to crawl up a few days ago. It came and settled there 
when I was reading.” 

Prof. Poutron said that Mr. A. H. Hamm had found hairs 
from the anal tuft of the exhibited specimen produced irrita- 
tion on his hand and face. Mr. Eltringham had found that 
the hairs of the female but not of the male tuft were covered 
with minute excessively fine spicule-like teeth. 

Mr. H. Exrrinexam contributed the following notes on this 
subject :— 

In the first volume of “ Lepidoptera,” in ‘ Allen’s Naturalist’s 
Library,” there isa translation by Kirby of a paper by Piepers 
which originally appeared in the Proceedings of the Dutch 
Entomological Society. Kirby there states that his translation 
appeared in the Entomologist for November 1875, though I 


( lxxix ) 


cannot find it in that publication. In the paper referred to, 
Piepers describes a small white moth which he refers to the 
genus Scirpophaga, alluding to it as one of the pests of S.W. 
Celebes, since, attracted by light it comes into houses, and 
frequently settles on the inhabitants. Wherever it touches 
the naked skin it leaves an intolerable itching. The author 
further states that this moth attaches to the walls of rooms 
masses of eggs covered with yellow down. This is the earliest 
reference I have been able to find to urticating hairs occurring 
in the perfect insect. I am indebted to my friend Commander 
Walker for kindly pointing it out to me. On hearing of Mr. 
Lamborn’s discovery, or rather I should say of his monkey’s 
discovery, I naturally thought of examining the moths Por- 
thesia similis and P. chrysorrhoea, Reference is made to the 
urticating properties of these moths in Barrett’s British 
Lepidoptera, where the author states that the irritation has 
been thought to arise from the long hair-like scales of the 
fore wing inner margin as well as from those of the anal tuft. 

In the case of the larvae of these species the urticating 
properties are of course well known, and in order to appreciate 
the structure of the hairs in the moths I should first point 
out that in the case of the larva of P. stmilis there are two 
kinds of hairs, the first long and not very numerous, the 
second short, very minute, and exceedingly numerous. The 
long hairs are provided with irregularly placed, slightly curved 
spines. The small hairs are of a quite different and very 
peculiar structure. They vary in length from about ‘18 to 
‘08 of a millimetre; they are very finely tapered towards the 
end by which they are attached, and the outer end, which is 
much thicker, is furnished with three or four large sharp 
barbs, similar projections of gradually decreasing size being 
profusely arranged along the whole length of the hair, or 
spicule, as it may be termed. These spicule hairs, which in 
the case of the processionary caterpillars have been described 
by Judeich and Nitsche, occur in enormous numbers, and I 
believe that to them is mainly due the inflammation which 
ensues from contact with the larva. 

Now in the female moth, P. similis, microscopic examination 
of the hairs in the anal tuft shows that there are present three 


(xe?) 


kinds of hairs. First, long thick hairs, having a smooth and 
innocuous surface. These are most numerous on the peri- 
pheral portion of the tuft, in fact all the hairs here seem to be 
of the smooth kind, but they occur also in considerable 
numbers throughout. 

Secondly, there are great masses of very fine hairs which 
for a portion only of their length are covered with irregular 
sharp jagged processes. A bundle of these hairs, when highly 
magnified, presents much the appearance of a tangle of 
brambles. These hairs are quite different from the large 
hairs of the larva. Also it is to be noted that it is the basal 
end of the hair which is spiny, so that when the moth has 
made a tuft over its eggs the spiny part will be uppermost, 
and so in the position to be first touched by an enemy. 
Thirdly, and this seems the most remarkable fact, there are 
amongst the two kinds of hairs already described, great 
numbers of little spicule hairs apparently precisely similar to 
those found in such profusion on the larva. One is at first 
tempted to suppose that these may in fact be derived from 
the larval skin in the cocoon, but unless the moth in emerging 
deliberately thrusts aside the pupal skin and brushes that of 
the larva with its tail, it seems difficult to understand how it 
can acquire them from any external source, and it therefore 
seems probable that the moth can grow these spicules just as 
the larva does. [Iam taking measures to find out how these 
spicule hairs are acquired, but meanwhile there is no doubt 
that any small bird attempting to pick out the eggs from the 
tuft which protects them would first get a mouthful of some 
thousands of these irritating little objects. 

The anal tuft of P. chrysorrhoea differs, in that there is in 
it a much larger number of smooth and inoffensive hairs, but 
as if to make up for the greater leaven of innocence, the long 
urticating hairs are covered with prickles over nearly their 
entire length, whilst the spicule hairs are lurking amongst 
them just as in P. similis. As one would expect, the analogous 
structure in the male moth contains neither spiny hairs nor 
spicules. 

To return to Anaphe infracta, the urticating hairs of the 
female are of quite different structure to those in the two 


Cpisxt .) 


moths which I have described. They are of about three times 
the thickness of those in similis and chrysorrhoea and they 
appear to be covered with projections which may be described 
as resembling saw-teeth regularly arranged along their entire 
length. 

There are no spicules so far as I have been able to discover. 
I may say that I am going into the whole matter more 
minutely and hope to have something more to say about it on 
a future occasion. ; 

THE cocoons OF THE AFRICAN LAsIocAMPID MOTH CHRYSO- 
PSYCHE VARIA, WaLk.—Professor Poutton exhibited the 
imagines and cocoons of C. varia sent to him by Dr. G. D. H. 
Carpenter from Damba Island, 20 miles south-east of Entebbe. 
The larval skin was still projecting from some of the cocoons, 
and showing its blue spots. The larvae had spun up November 
12, 1911, and the moths emerged December 13. 

Dr. Carpenter had written, April 18, 1912, from Bugalla, 
one of the Sesse Islands :— 

“The cocoons of Imago D 137 [Chiysopsyche varia] are par- 
ticularly interesting. The larvae are gregarious, resting freely 
exposed on the tree trunk by day, at sunset going up in a proces- 
sion to feed. When full-grown they are chocolate brown with 
blue patches and patches of glistening white short hairs—very 
conspicuous. The cocoon, when finished, has a hole at one end, 
through which the larval skin is partly pushed out at pupation, 
and projects, showing the bright blue patches. Now as the moth 
makes a hole at the other end for its exit, the only explanation 
is that the aposematic larval skin is made use of to protect the 
pupa! I know of no other cocoon in which a hole is left 
especially for the extrusion of the larval skin. The cocoons 
are not especially exposed, in fact I had to search to find 
them: they were in a sheltered nook under fallen branches 
and amongst projecting roots. I left the larvae on the tree 
as they would not eat in confinement, but just wandered round 
and round the box in single file, head to tail, forming a com- 
plete ring, and looking very absurd! Evidently they wanted 
the stimulus of climbing up the tree to make them eat.” 

Professor Poutton said he had no doubt that Dr. Car- 
penter’s interpretation was correct. It required a very 

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., 111. 1912. F 


Co ixxxn ) 


definite adaptation of instinct to produce the result. The 
cocoon had a very dense appearance, but it would be satis- 
factory to examine it before the extrusion of the larval 
skin and to watch the larva when spinning. It was by no 
means uncommon for procryptic colouring and habits to be 
combined with an aposematic second line of defence. He 
suggested that the use of the old larval skin might be com- 
pared with the still more elaborate instinct described by 
Portchinsky in a species of Lina (Melasoma)—he believed 
L. tremulae, ¥. The larva of this Chrysomelid beetle, when 
disturbed, extruded a spherule of milk-white fluid at the 
aperture of each gland-duct opening on the skin, and when 
disturbance ceased the fluid was again withdrawn into the 
body. Professor Poulton said that he had witnessed this 
procedure in the larva of a species of Lina at Lake Louise, 
in the Canadian Rockies, in the autumn of 1897, and had 
found it to be precisely as described by the Russian 
naturalist. Portchinsky stated that a store of the same 
fluid is contained in the old larval skin after pupation and 
that, when the pupa is irritated, it ‘‘sits up” and brings 
pressure to bear on the skin which still envelops its posterior 
segments. This pressure causes the fluid to appear at the old 
apertures, to be presently withdrawn by the recovery in the 
shape of the skin when the pupa sits down again. Professor 
Poulton said that he owed the translation of this observation 
from the monograph of the distinguished Russian naturalist 
to the late Professor W. R. Morfill, of Oxford. 

Dr. T. A. CHapman remarked that the hairs covering the 
eggs of Porthetria dispar are also urticating. He also observed 
that there are other species of moths which extrude the larval 
skin, but in these cases it was from flimsy cocoons. Mr. J. H. 
Durrant also gave instances of this fact. 

THE WARNING COLOURS OF THE Hypsip moTH “ CALLIORATIS ” 
PACTOLICUS, BuTL., IN ALL ITs sTaGEs.—Professor PoULTON 
exhibited the larvae, pupae and imagines of “ pactolicus,” sent 
by Dr. G. D, H. Carpenter. Two species belonging to the genus 
Callioratis had been recently recognised as Geometridae, and 
had carried off the genus into this family, leaving the true 
Hypsidae, pactolicus and its allies, at present without a generic 


( teri ) 


name. The 2 black-and-white-ringed larvae and the 2 orange 
black-marked pupae has been collected on April 17, 1912, by 
Dr. Carpenter on the shore of Bugalla, Sesse Islands: the 32 
imagines had been bred (June 1, 1911) from scattered larvae 
found on Damba Island. There was much variation in the 
development of the black bars crossing the fore wing, which, 
in the darkest specimen, were far more completely fused into 
a single band on the right side than the left. Dr. Carpenter 
wrote concerning the specimens, April 18, 1912 :— 

‘‘Tam sending you bottled specimens of the Hypsid moth 
‘pactolicus’ larvae and pupae. They are common on the 
shore, where their yellow papilionaceous food-plant grows very 
plentifully. They are splendid examples of conspicuousness : 
the larvae are visible from far. The white is the purest 
Chinese white I have ever seen on a live creature! The pupae 
are freely exposed, hanging in a few threads just enough to 
support them. It is difficult to imagine an insect more con- 
spicuous in all its stages. The moth has a very slow, heavy 
flight (like a “ Cinnabar”), and if handled exudes a strong- 
smelling, rather bitter-tasting fluid from behind each side of 
‘the collar’ of the thorax. I thought you might like to have 
these ; they are in dilute alcohol with a little glycerine. I 
will try and photograph some aw naturel next time the larvae 
appear in numbers. ‘The brood of moths is just over.” 

The species pactolicus sent by Dr. Carpenter was closely 
allied to bellatrix, Dalm., which Mr. G. A. K. Marshall had 
seen caught and rejected by a young drongo (Trans. Ent. 
Soc., 1902, pp. 358-9). The specimen, which had lost most of 
its head, was now in the Hope Department. 

DIURNAL MOVEMENTS OF ACRAEINE PUPAE.—Prof. PouLTon 
said that he had received from Dr. G, D. H. Carpenter an 
account of curious changes of attitude observed in Acraeine 
pupae. The following statement formed part of the letter of 
April 18, 1912, already referred to :— 

‘‘Acraeine pupae (at least all that I have had) have a curious 
habit which I do not remember to have seen mentioned any- 
where. They bend their body from side to side at more or 
less regular intervals of a day. Thus one day you see a pupa 
bent towards one side, and next day it is bent towards the 

F 2 


( laxxiy ) 


other, remaining motionless in these positions. Perhaps, as 
some Acraeine pupae at any rate are of aposematic colours, it 
is an advantage to show by change of position that they are 
animate objects, and drive home the warning. I have never 
seen any other pupa that hangs by the tail adopt changes of 
attitude,” 

PSEUDACRAEAS OF THE HOBLEYI GROUP ON THE SessE IsLuanps 
IN THE Vicror1s Nyanza.—Prof. Poutron said that Dr. 
G. D, H. Carpenter had left Damba in December 1911, and 
after spending Christmas at Entebbe had gone in January 
to Bugalla Island in the Sesse Archipelago. The following 
extracts were printed from a letter written in February :— 

“Tam now quite settled, and am going to remain on Sesse. 
The fly have become very much more numerous lately, and are 
quite as numerous as I want. The change from Damba is 
very welcome, the scenery here being quite different. The 
island is mostly open grass land, rising some 200-350 feet 
above the lake, with patches and belts of forest here and there, 
and a belt of forest all along the coast. I went into this last 
Sunday, January 28th, and to my great delight found there 
representatives of all the Planema-Pseudacraea associations ! 
So neither you nor I need regret that I have left Damba. 
Ps. obscura seemed almost more abundant than on Damba, and 
its model [P/. paragea] too (by the way, this seems to have 
more yellow on it than the Damba specimens) ; and on the 
very first time I went there I caught the most lovely specimen 
of a Psewdacraea intermediate between Ps. terra and Ps. obscura 
—far better than anything I ever got on Damba. In what 
I now regard as my apprenticeship to the Pseudacraeae I 
certainly was misled, as you suggest, by the rudimentary vein 
closing the hind cell. But now I can, with a certain degree - 
of confidence, distinguish them from their models on the wing 
and at rest. Pseudacraeas are very much more alert, and 
rarely rest with the complete ‘abandon’ of the Planemas. 
Moreover, Ps. obscwra and terva have acurious shiny appear- 
ance about them, especially on the under surface, as if they had 
been varnished ; and, in the ‘ cadaver,’ I find very many points 
of difference. Pseudacraeas have much thicker bodies; the 
palpi are larger ; the antennae have practically no club, only 


( “Eexev’ ) 


a gradual thickening; and the shape of the wings is slightly 
different.” 

The following notes were written February 25th :— 

“T think you will be delighted that I have left Damba ; 
for the disproportion between Planema and Pseudacraea is 
even greater here, so much so that I look on Pseudacraeas 
as nothing, but consider it an event to catch a Planema! Of 
Pseudacraeas ; terra abounds, obscwra is not quite so plentiful, 
but lovely intermediates between the two are nearly as 
common as the types. Hobleyi is, I think, the scarcest—at 
any rate the female. I have only seen three Pl. paragea (two 
of which I caught and send you), no Pl. pogget or macarista, 
and very few ¢ellus. I have seen no A. alciope at all, but 
Precis rawana occurs though I have not succeeded in catching 
it. On February 25th I saw two male hobleyi pursuing a 
terra in a very suggestive manner, and a terra pursuing a 
female hobleyi which fluttered stationary in the air also very 
suggestively.” 

[The following sentence was extracted from a later letter 
written from Sesse on May Ist: ‘“‘I have already told you 
that I have seen male Ps. hobleyi flirting with female Ps. terra, 
and vice versi—both hovering flutteringly in the air. Since 
then I have seen a male Ps. obscura paying court to a female 
Ps. terra in the same way. This makes the observations com- 
plete! They were some 10-15 feet above the ground, and 
out of reach in every case. I am quite convinced that copula- 
tion and oviposition take place quite high up among the tree 
tops.” | 

“So far I have not succeeded in getting eggs, though I 
have kept four females full of ova: three have died without 
result, the fourth I have had for a week, and it is still living 
though it has hardly any wings left !” 

Dr. Carpenter had also written in confirmation on April 
27th :—‘‘ You will have seen from the first few I sent—which 
I hope to hear about in a week or so—how splendidly Sesse 
confirms the Damba records, the results being still more 
striking. Iam so proud that I can supply such grand proof 
of the reality of the power of Natural Selection.” 

Prof, Pounron said that the Bugalla specimens of PI, 


(( bexxvi ) 


paragea, Grose-Smith, a male and a female, were of great interest 
because of the extended pale markings, resembling those of 
the most extreme varieties obtained by Mr. Wiggins in the 
neighbourhood of Entebbe. ‘The five specimens from Damba 
Island, mentioned in these Proceedings (1912, p. xxiii), were 
on the contrary very dark forms. Mr. Wiggins’s darkest and 
lightest examples were exhibited December 6, 1911 (Proceed- 
ings, p. xci). An account of the Sesse Pseudacraeas would 
be given at a later meeting when more material had arrived, 
but in the meantime it might be stated that the intermediate 
varieties between obscwra and terra were a large proportion of 
the whole, and that they formed the most complete transition 
from the one pattern to the other. Dr. Carpenter’s observa- 
tions on the courtship of the Pseudacraeas of the hobleyi group 
afforded interesting confirmation of Dr. Jordan’s conclusions 
based on the structure of the male armature. Pseudacraea 
kuenowt hypoxantha, Jord., was present in Dr. Carpenter’s 
captures on Bugalla, although absent from those on Damba. 
Prof. Poulton had now received the whole of the butterflies 
collected on this latter island, and explained that a few addi- 
tions would require to be made to the lists of Pseudacraeas 
and Planemas published in these Proceedings (1911, pp. 
xci-xev ; 1912, pp. xix—xxili). He hoped to bring a complete 
statement before a later meeting. 


Papers. 


The following papers were read :— 

‘Studies in the Blattidae,” by R. SHetrorp, M.A., F.E.S. 

‘“* Polyommatus alexius, Freyer, a good Species,” by T. A. 
CuaprmaNn, M.D., F.Z.S., F.E.S. 


Wednesday, October 2nd, 1912. 
Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair. 
Election of a Fellow. 


Miss Lity Hur, Hollywood, Colinton Road, Edinburgh, was 
elected a Fellow of the Society. 


(. ‘heey 


Death of Fellows. 


The death was announced of the Hon. Fellow, Prof. L. 
GANGLBAUER, of Vienna, and also of Messrs. R. SHELFORD, 
M.A., F.Z.8., E. A. Frreu, F.L.S., and G. H. Grosvenor, M.A, 


Exhibitions. 


An ABERRATION NEW TO Britarn.—Dr. Nicwotson showed 
three specimens of Adalia obliterata, L., ab. sublineata, Weise, 
an aberration not as yet recorded from Britain. It differs 
' from the type form in possessing black lines on the elytra, 
and is intermediate between the type, which is unspotted, and 
the ab. fenestrata, Weise, in which the elytra are almost 
entirely black. These specimens were taken on Box Hill. 

DaRK ABERRATIONS OF ABRAXAS GROSSULARIATA.—Mr. G. T. 


Porritt exhibited various forms of the variety nigrosparsata, 


together with the type specimen of var. nigra of Abraxas 
grossulariata, all bred, with some two dozen other more or 
less similar specimens, from larvae and pupae collected from 
one garden at Huddersfield during the present year. 

CoLEOPTERA FROM OxFrorD.—Commander J. J. WALKER ex- 
hibited series of the following rare species of British Coleoptera, 
recently taken in the Oxford district :— 

Lathrobium pallidum, Nord., found in flood-refuse of the 
River Cherwell at Water Eaton, Oxon. 

Apion annulipes, Wenck., g and ? taken by sweeping road- 
side herbage (red clover, Zvifolium pratense, predominating) 
near Enslow Bridge, Oxon. 

Psylliodes luteola, Mill., by sweeping grass on the outskirts 
of Kirtlington Park, Oxon. 

“ TNSECT-CATCHING GRAss.’’—Commander WALKER also ex- 
hibited on behalf of Mr. A. M. Lea, Govt. Entomologist at 
Adelaide, S. Australia, a specimen of the so-called Insect- 
catching grass (Cenchrus australis) from Cairns, N. Queensland, 
with several Coleoptera, belonging to various genera, adhering 
to the spinous awns. 

ABERRATION OF PyRAMEIS CARDUI.—Mr. R. M. Pripgaux 
brought for exhibition a beautiful aberration of P. cardui, 
closely resembling one figured by Newman (‘ British Butter- 


( Ixxavin ) 


flies,” p. 64), bred from a pupa found spun up on a thistle, 
July 16th, 1912, and which emerged the following day. 

Mr. C. J. GAwan exhibited a small series of Phromnia 
superba, Melich, a dimorphic species of Homoptera of the sub- 
family Flatinae, taken by Dr. A. C. Parsons in Northern 
Nigeria, and read the following letter received from Dr. 
Parsons to explain the great interest attaching to the 
specimens :— 


“ Haldon Terrace, Dawlish, S. Devon, 
26th August, 1912. 
“DeAR Sir,—With reference to my interview with you 
last June and our conversation at the Museum concerning 
certain Homoptera that I brought from N. Nigeria. 


“The following is an extract from a letter that I wrote to 
my wife on the subject. 


«¢ . . I sat down at once to describe to you an extra- 


ordinary instance of protective mimicry that came under 
my notice. You must know that this last trip I have 
been in the habit of collecting new flowers and then 
trying to paint them when [ get into a camp. One 
afternoon I found that the particular flower which I 
wanted to paint was dead, so I went into the “jungle”’ 
to try and find another specimen. But my attention was 
soon arrested by a most beautiful dove-coloured pea flower 
of sorts. ‘‘I will not bother about that other flower” I 
said to myself “‘ but pick this one instead.” On suiting 
the action to the word all the blossoms of my “ flower” 
flew up in a cloud of fluff about my head and then re- 
settled individually among the brushwood. To use one 
of your favourite expressions, my “flower ” was composed 
of several very pretty moths ‘‘on tiptoe for a flight.” I can- 
not call to mind another instance of insects combining in 
that sort of way for mutual protection. These moths, 
whose folded wings are the exact shape of the keel part 
of a pea flower, were all arranged on the bare stem of 
some darkish bush ; their heads were all pointing in the 
same direction and the colour graduated from green ati 


(a lesa) } 


the top of the twig to a deep dove colour that would 
indicate the oldest blossoms below. I was never so com- 
pletely and so wonderfully taken in during my life, I 
well believe. J was able to catch about fifteen of the 
insects which I am sending to the Nat. History Museum, 
and I hope they will be able to reproduce what I saw.’ 


‘‘The insects were taken in a village called Panpa, which 
lies about 40 miles north of Kerri in the Nassarawa province 
of Northern Nigeria. The place cf capture was a patch of 
dense undergrowth at the edge of a jungle stream and close 
to the village ford. It was in the month of October that I 
saw the insects, and the time of day was about 5 p.m. The 
insects had selected a branch which was apparently leafless 
except at its extremity, and on this branch they occupied a 
length of some 9 inches : all the heads were pointing in one 
direction and that an upward one. I suppose that there were 
between 30 and 40 insects settled on the branch when I first 
saw it. After they had been disturbed they admitted of easy 
capture with a cap and all showed a tendency to re-assemble 
in the place where I first saw them, while none ventured far 
into the open. 

“‘T have no recollection of seeing any flowers resembling in 
colour this pattern of insects, but racemes of leguminous 
flowers are a common feature in N. Nigeria. 

“‘T could get no information on the subject from the natives. 

“ Finally, I should say that the insects have faded since 
their capture. 

‘‘ Believe me, 
“Yours truly, 
(Signed) “ Atztan C. Parsons, W.A.M.S., 
“Med. Officer, N. Nigeria.” 


Mr. Gahan said that Dr. Parsons’ observations on this species 
were a strong confirmation of the account given by Prof. J. W. 
Gregory of a nearly related East African species in his book 
“The Great Rift Valley.” He passed round a copy of the 
plate on which that species had been represented, and re- 
marked that though it was undoubtedly inaccurate in showing 


( xe) 


the green insects at the top of the stem as being much smaller 
than the pink ones below, we now had no reason to doubt 
that these insects are at times to be found arranged in the 
manner shown on the plate, notwithstanding that Mr. S. 
Hinde had never seen them so arranged during the time he 
had them under observation (see Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902, 
p. 695). Prof. Poulton’s suggestion that the insects are only 
arranged in the definite way described by Dr. Gregory, just 
at the period when they have reached the final stage, was in 
all probability correct, but it had yet to be proved correct ; 
and in a matter so interesting it was greatly to be desired 
that someone on the spot would carry out further observations 
with a few to settling that point. Mr. Distant had described 
as a distinct species the pink form shown on Dr. Gregory’s 
plate ; but knowing what we did of the close association of 
the two forms, he thought it was quite evident the two were 
merely forms of a single species, especially as no difference in 
structure had been pointed out. 

West Arrican Homorrera.—Mr. W. A. Lamporn exhibited 
a series of twelve Homoptera of the genus Flata, all taken feed- 
ing on one plant, 70 miles E. of Lagos, on Dec. 1, 1912. The 
insects were dimorphic, and he stated that the pink and green 
forms were mixed as they rested on the plant. He had 
not observed in these the definite arrangement according to 
colour mentioned by Mr. Gahan, although he was acquainted 
with the same species. 

Prof. Poutton observed that the insect probably had the 
instinct for congregating, though not of colour-arrangement, 
and that in the two known instances in which the green 
specimens were found above and the pink below they had 
probably come out in that order, and had not yet flown, and 
that when once disturbed they congregated again, but 
promiscuously. ; 

EUCHELIA JACOBAEAE, L., CAPTURED AND THEN ABANDONED 
By A Rosin.—Prof. Poutron exhibited an apparently un- 
injured example of EL. jacobaeae given him by Mr. Roland 
Trimen, F.R.S., who had made the following observation on 
June 20,1912. The moth was flying slowly at midday in his 
garden at Fawley, Onslow Crescent, Woking, when a robin 


(- set °) 


captured it on the wing and flew with it behind a bush. 
After about three minutes the bird flew away, and Mr. Trimen 
found the moth lying upon the ground. Although there was 
no obvious injury, except that one fore-wing was bent over 
and slightly rubbed, the insect seemed paralysed or almost 
dead. JL. jacobaeae being, however, one of those moths that 
readily ‘‘feign death,’ and Mr. Trimen being anxious to 
preserve the specimen just as it was left by the assailant, he 
placed it without delay in a killing-bottle. 

ABERRATIONS OF ALPINE LycAEnips.—Dr. T, A. CHAPMAN 
exhibited several unusual forms of some common “ Blues ” taken 
this year in the Valley of the Isere and at Courmayeur 
(country of the Centrones). 

(1) Polyommatus icarus, 3, from Courmayeur, in which the 
upperside makes a nearer approach to P. escheri than he had 
seen in the species. The colour of the blue, its variation of 
tint towards the margin, the encroachment of the black 
marginal line as in P. escheri, and the black lines along the 
veins were all marked. 

(2) A specimen of Agriades thetis (bellargus), 3, from Cour- 
mayeur, that had black spots round all four wings, being a 
marked example of the var. punctifera, an African form. 

(3) An example of Polyommatus hylas, 3, from Courmayeur, 
that was very pale, the blue becoming white against the 
marginal line. 

(4) A specimen of Hirsutina damon, g, that was very 
possibly really a hybrid with A. corydon; the underside had 
marginal spots and lunules, much in excess of the faint traces 
sometimes present in damon; it was taken at Bourg St. 
Maurice. 

(5) A specimen of Polyommatus escheri, ¢, in which the 
ground-colour of the underside was white, so that the white 
circles round the spots were lost in it. It might easily pass 
for a distinct species. 

He said that the “blues” of this region are generally large 
and more than usually variable ; and that it is also the head- 
quarters in Western Europe of Agriades alexius, Frr. 

Scarce Ants.—Mr. DonistHorPe exhibited a number of 
3 g of Ponera coarctata which he had swept at Box Hill, and 


( xex ) 


remarked that no one living appeared to have taken ¢ ¢ in 
Britain. There were none in the British Museum or Oxford 
Museum collection, but one or two in the Saunders and Chitty 
collections. Also ¢ 3, 9 9,and 9 G of Formicoxenus niti- 
dulus, taken in a nest of F. rufa at Weybridge. Mr. Bagnall 
had recorded the ¢ first for Britain in 1906 from Corbridge-on- 
Tyne. Subsequently Arnold and Hamm took the species in the 
New Forest in 1909. Adlerz discovered and described the 4, 
which is wingless, in 1884. There is a specimen, however, in 
the Rothney Collection at Oxford, taken by Dr. Power in 1864, 
standing under the name of Stenamma westwoodi, 9. He 
remarked that the food was not known, but that he had 
started a small colony in an observation nest, and found they 
would eat honey and devoured the larvae of Leptothorax acer- 
vorum, which came from the same nest. Also g 4, 9 9, and 
3 9 of Leptothorax tubero-affinis, a form new to Britain, taken 
in some numbers in the New Forest by Mr. Crawley and 
himself in July. 

Mr. DonistHoRPE much regretted that his friend Mr. Crawley 
was not present to exhibit Anergates, but feared he was ill. 

He then showed a 4, and winged and deilated 2? ? of Aner- 
gates atratulus, which had been found in the New Forest in 
July by Mr. Crawley and himself, the former having found 
the first specimens. He gave a short account of the habits of 
this interesting ant, which lives in the nests of Tetramorium 
caespitum. 

CELASTRINA ARGIOLUS ON A NEW Foop-pLant.—Mr. Hy. J. 
TurRNER exhibited, on behalf of the Rev. C. R. N. Burrows, 
a long series of bred Celastrina argiolus. He stated that 
the larvae had occurred each year for some time past in the 
garden at Mucking, feeding on Portugal laurel, attacking the 
flower buds in the early summer. The whole of the specimens 
were unusually large, and the females had the black border on 
the fore-wings, in most of the specimens, very considerably 
developed and of a deep black. Many of the females had a 
strong development of whitey-blue on the basal half of the 
costal area, and there was a tendency to develop a whitish 
suffusion in the discal area of the fore-wing. In one specimen 
this latter feature had developed into a bluish-white discal 


( xcili ) 
blotch definitely terminated by the black border exteriorly, 
but vanishing into the general blue area interiorly. The 
form closely resembled the Nearctic form pseudargiolus. 
He believed that the food-plant had not hitherto been 
recorded. 

A CURIOUS ENTOMOLOGICAL Picture.—Mr. TurNER also ex- 
hibited a curious colour-print of an “ Entomologist” pub- 
lished in 1830 in London, in which the whole of the figure was 
ingeniously made up of various species of the Insecta, only the 
face being human, 

THe Genus DiantHorcra.—Mr, L. W. Newman exhibited 
specimens of Dianthoecia, bred from North Kent wild larvae, 
resembling exactly, both in size and coloration, Dianthoecia 
capsophila from the Isle of Man. This appeared to confirm 
the opinion of several leading men that D. capsophila and D. 
carpophaga are the same species. He also showed for com- 
parison varied series of D. carpophaga ; a pair of D. capsophila 
and D. capsincola. 

CoLIAS HECLA FROM Finmark.—Mr. W. G. SHELDON ex- 
hibited a series of C’. hecla, from the Porsanger Fjord, Arctic 
Norway, with specimens of the other orange species occurring 
in Europe for comparison. 

A uivinc Earwic.—Mr. W. J. Lucas exhibited a living ¢ 
of Labidura riparia (the Giant Harwig), taken on the shore 
near Christchurch, Hants. They appeared to be getting 
scarce. He had visited the locality three times in August, and 
in all found a dozen specimens—d, ?, and nymphs. The one 
exhibited was taken on August 31, and had been fed on raw 
meat. As these earwigs change colour very much after death 
he also exhibited a drawing giving the colour of the living 
insects, and demonstrating how well they are protected by 
resemblance to the pale sand of the Hampshire coast. 

Pyrenean Lepipoprera.—Mr.G. T. Betaune-BaKker showed 
specimens of Hepialus pyrenaicus, a species found not un- 
commonly on the higher parts of Mount Canigou, with the 
apterous female. Also a fine form of Lycaena arion, and 
a specimen of Heodes hippothoe that was at once radiated, 
obsolescent and asymmetrical. 

AwPINE Burrsrriins.—Mr, Dovaias Pzarson exhibited a 


( jxeiv )) 


drawer of Rhopalocera from the Black Forest and the Swiss 
Alps, including an albinistic specimen of Hrebia lappona, an 
unusually large 2? of Melitaea varia, the large Black Forest 
form of Colias palaeno, Brenthis pales from Pontresina with 
underside hind-wings of a deep purple-red, and others. 

Eee-Layine or Erepia Guaciatis.—Mr. J. A. Simes read 
the following note :—“ On the 15th July, 1912, I came across 
Erebia glacialis in some numbers on a scree slope below the 
summit of the Colette de Gily, Dauphiny, and sat down for a 
while to watch them. Shortly afterwards I saw a 9 alight 
on a piece of loose rock on the slope, sun itself for a time and 
then proceed to walk slowly backwards until it reached the 
lower end of the rock. It then bent its abdomen underneath 
the slab of rock and deposited an egg on the lower surface of 
it. The slab measured roughly 9 inches by 4 inches and the 
broken part at the lower end was only about half an inch 
thick, although the bulk of the slab was considerably thicker. 
The only vegetation in the neighbourhood was a very fine- 
leaved grass, tufts of which grew here and there on the 
screes. The nearest plant was about a foot and a half distant 
from the slab on which the egg was deposited. I subsequently 
observed a second female behave in precisely the same manner, 
and eventually deposit an egg on the underside of a detached 
slab of rock on the scree slope.” 

Mr. H. Rownanp-Brown observed that if the larva were 
not hatched till the spring the egg might be placed in this 
way for protection, but as the larva had been known to hatch 
quickly and hibernate in that state this could not be the 
cause. 

Mr. Dovetas PEARSON suggested that possibly the fact that 
they had to hatch quickly was the reason for their position, as 
the heat obtained from the sun beating on the slab might 
hasten them. 

Dr. CHAPMAN was of opinion that this was quite possible, 
but thought it also possible that the species, unlike most of 
the genus, might hibernate as an egg, since they had only 
been known to hibernate as larvae in captivity, and so under 
unnatural conditions. 

DELAYED EMERGENCE OF A BeExs-ImMaco (Osmia sp.) — The 


@ 120% ©) 


PrestDENtT exhibited a species of Osmia and its cell, and read 
the following note :—“ Three and a half years ago, in the early 
spring of 1909, I picked up beside a little stream at Jericho, 
and afterwards brought to one of these meetings for exhibi- 
tion, a hollow stem of Zizyphus spina-Christi, containing a series 
of mud-cells which I conjectured to be the work of some 
rather large Osmia sp., possibly tridentata. I opened one and 
found in it a fat white larva, so I put the stem into a muslin 
bag, hung it up on a nail, and hoped that imagines would 
emerge in the coming summer. Nothing however occurred 
either in 1909, 1910, or 1911; and I took it for granted that 
the grubs had all perished. However to my surprise and 
pleasure I found on returning from the Oxford Congress this 
year, that one of the cells had produced an Osmia 92 of a 
species which I had never seen before, but which, I think, 
must be the Osmia indiyotea of Morawitz. I have brought 
the cell and the insect with me; but you will hardly be able 
to see by this light the pretty iridescent or sub-metallic color- 
ation of its abdomen. It is known that Osmia spp. will 
sometimes wait through a year or more before emergence. 
F. Smith once received some Osmia cells from Scotland which 
produced nothing for some time; but ultimately bees appeared, 
after a year or so in the British Museum. This Osmia, how- 
ever, has been extraordinarily patient ; and I do not despair 
of finding something more in the bag next year.” 

Mr. C. O. WarerHouseE observed that in cases of delayed 
emergence in bees, it was in the larval, not in the pupal state 
that they passed the interval, and that the larva was capable 
of existing thus for years without food. 

ABERRATION OF BRENTHIS SELENE.—Mr. H. Baker Sty 
exhibited a very dark example of Brenthis selene, having the 
under-wings clouded with dark brown all over, except for a 
slightly lighter shaded spot in the middle, and the upper- 
wings very heavily clouded with dark brown ; it was taken in 
Worth Forest, Sussex, May 26, 1912. He also showed a 
specimen of Hpinephele janira, one upper-wing having a white 
blotch at the tip, the under-wing on the same side also 
having a white streak, taken at Box Hill, August 1], 
1912, 


( xem } 


Papers. 
The following papers were read :— 
“The Life History of Lonchaea chorea,” by A. E. Capron, 
M.A., B.Sc. ; communicated by H. 8. Lerten, F.E.S. 
‘““A few Observations on Mimicry,” by W. J. Kays, F.E.S. 


Wednesday, October 16th, 1912. 


The Rev. F. D. Morics, M.A., President, in the chair. 
Portraits of Ex-Presidents. 


The PresipEent stated that in pursuance of a suggestion 
approved by the Council, he had written to most of the sur- 
viving ex-Presidents of the Society for their portraits, and had 
already received several, viz. those of Lord Avesury, Dr. 
Davin SHarp, Dr, Atrrep Russe, Wautace, Mr. Ro.anp 
Trimen, and Mr. C. O. Warernouse. Photographs of the 
Presipent and of the late Mr. G. H. Verratt had also been 
received, and Mr. J. H. Durrant had kindly presented 
portraits of Messrs. W. Kirpy, W. Spence and H., T. 
Srarinton, Presidents of an earlier day. 

Thanks were voted to the donors. 


Election of Fellows. 


The following were elected Fellows of the Society :— Mrs. 
Evten M. Warerrietp, The Hospital, Port Sudan; Messrs. 
Patrick ALFRED Buxton, M.B.O.U., Fairhill, Tonbridge, and 
Trinity College, Cambridge; Atrrep Noaxes, The Hill, 
Witley, Surrey ; Norman Densicu Rixey, 94, Drakefield-road, 
Upper Tooting, S.W., and British Museum (Natural History), 
S. Kensington, 8.W. ; and Henry 8. Watuace, 17, Kingsley- 
place, Heaton-on-Tyne. 


Exhibitions. 

European Burrrrriies.—Mr. E. B. Asupy exhibited a case 
of Rhopalocera from the French, Swiss, and Italian Alps and 
from Britain, including a specimen of Gonepteryx cleopatra, 
bred in captivity from an egg laid in England. 


Ci 'xevit, ) 


THe Orper Protura.—Mr. C. B. Wituiams exhibited a 
specimen of an unascertained species of the Protwra which he 
had taken in some numbers in peat from Hampshire by means 
of a Berlese funnel. This order of primitive insects, which 
was only discovered about six years ago, and was first recorded 
from England by Mr. R. 8. Bagnall at the beginning of this 
year, is chiefly remarkable for the absence of antennae. In 
a few specimens which were kept alive for some days he had 
been able to confirm the interesting observation of Berlese, 
that they use their front pair of legs not as locomotive but as 
tactile organs, holding them out in front of the head when 
walking, as if to take the place of the missing antennae. 

Mr. C. J. Ganan asked whether anything was known of the 
feeding habits of this Protwra, and Mr, Williams replied that 
he had only taken three alive, and these had only lived for two 
days, so he had not been able to make any further observa- 
tions. The insects had some hairs on the front legs which 
were probably sensitive, and helped these limbs to take the 
place of antennae. Various other instances of similar adapta- 
tion were mentioned. Mr. J. E. Cotiin referred to the use 
of legs as feelers among the Diptera ; Mr. DonistHorpE to the 
mites found on the chins of ants, which wave their front pair 
of legs before their heads as if to take the place of antennae 
and are called Antennophori; Dr. Lonastarr to the Arachnid 
whip-scorpions which use their front pair of limbs as feelers. 

The Presipenr observed that the antennae were really a 
highly complicated structure, and that it was hardly correct 
to speak of limbs taking their place, though they were doubt- 
less capable of performing some part of their functions. 

Arctic Dragonriizs.—Mr. W. J. Lucas exhibited a speci- 
men of Somatochlora alpestris from Porsanger Fjord, east of 
North Cape, taken at the end of June 1912. It occurs in the 
Swiss Alps, as well as in Scandinavia. Also a specimen of 
Aeschna caerulea (= borealis), from the same locality, taken 
July 13th. This species is British, occurring, but not 
commonly, in the Highlands of Scotland. Both specimens 
shown were taken in this northern latitude at sea-level. They 
were captured by Mr. W. G. Sheldon. 

OcCASIONAL MIGRATION DUE TO EXCESSIVE DROUGHT AS A CAUSE 

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1912. G 


(~ xeyi ) 


OF THE SPREAD OF BUTTERFLIES INTO NEW LOCALITIES.— Professor 
Pou.ton brought forward the following note on behalf of the 
Rev. K. St. Ausyn Rogers, and exhibited the two Libythea and 
the five Asterope (Crenis) therein mentioned :— 

“The migration of butterflies is a subject of perennial 
interest and one on which many more observations are 
needed. It may perhaps be worth while to record a migra- 
tion which took place at Rabai during the early part of 1911. 

‘The first species to be observed was Catopsilia florella, a 
species which is one of the best known migrants. The date 
on which the migration was first observed was March 12th, 
and it continued for some three weeks. At no time during 
this period were the migrants conspicuous for their large 
numbers, but every specimen of C. florella seen, appeared to 
have important business to the north, which urged it to keep 
moving steadily in that direction. 

‘Towards the end of this period I noticed that there were 
other butterflies joining in the movement, and on March 31st, 
I spent an hour in my garden capturing these. I found that 
Atella phalantha and the skipper Andronymus neander, the 
latter also previously recorded as a migrant, were represented 
in some numbers. However, the most interesting butterflies 
seen, as far as I was concerned, were Libythea laius, Trim., 
and Asterope (Crenis) natalensis, Boisd. Of these I captured 
two of the former and five of the latter in about an hour, and, 
as they were flying fast and high, it is evident that they must 
have been present in considerable numbers. The two species 
resemble one another on the wing, and when travelling fast 
are not easy to discriminate, but I am under the impression 
that the Asterope was proportionately more numerous than 
these figures would indicate. Now it is worth observing that 
neither of these species is common in the coast district of 
British East Africa, and I had not seen the Libythea since 
1899, after a period of very prolonged and severe drought— 
conditions which were present, although to a lesser degree, in 
1911. The Asterope I had only once previously taken in the 
district, although I think I saw it on another occasion. I 
have twice taken the Asterope in 1911, since March 31st, and 
have seen others, and I have also seen what I took to be a 


€ / xc, ) 


specimen of the ZLibythea. It remains to be said that the 
migration throughout was from 8.8.W. to N.N.E., the wind 
being light from the E.N.E. Five days after March 31st the 
wind went round to the 8.S.W. and blew strongly, the first 
heavy rains falling two days afterwards. This observation 
seems to indicate that butterflies which are usually non- 
migrants may be stimulated by abnormal conditions to become 
migrants, and that these occasional movements may enable 
the species to occupy new ground.” 

THE SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT OF MIMICRY IN FOREST BUTTER- 
FLIES.—Professor PouLtton brought forward a _ suggestion 
received from Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton as to one of the 
causes which may have operated in the special development of 
mimicry in forest areas. The suggestion, which may be con- 
sidered as a supplement to Mr. Swynnerton’s earlier state- 
ment published in the Proceedings, 1912, pp. li-liii, was made 
in a letter written by him on May 25th of the present year. 
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, who was familiar with the locality 
(Chirinda, 8.E. Rhodesia) from which Mr. SwynnERTon wrote, 
and to whom the paragraph had been submitted, regarded it 
as quite plausible and also novel :— 

“T believe you are right in your view that the forest struggle 
for life ‘is of a different kind.’ Thinking it over after 
sending you my suggestion as to the possible dependence of such 
phenomena on the habitat of the model’s food-plant, it struck 
me that a very frequently repeated observation of mine had 
perhaps a direct bearing on the point. It is that flying insects 
are often exceedingly difficult to recognise in forest as against 
veld. It is by no means easy at once to decide on the colora- 
tion of an insect seen flying in a blaze of light against a deep 
shadow or vice versd : also they so frequently disappear behind 
foliage after having been in view for a few seconds only. 
Under those circumstances a mere trick of flight, or the 
smallest splash of colour in common, have often caused me to 
take the insect for something that is otherwise utterly unlike 
it, and such a hesitation would usually cost a bird the insect. 
In this way incipient mimics should stand a better chance in 
forest than in open country and be more likely to survive 
beyond the incipient stages. I had previously applied the 

G2 


Grey) 


observation in thinking out the value of merely incipient 
likenesses, but had not thought of its bearing on the ‘forest 
versus veld’ problem when I replied to your question.” | 

EuryTELA HIARBAS, Drury, AND E. pRyopE, CRAMER.—Pro- 
fessor Pouttron drew attention to a letter he had received 
nearly two years ago from Mr. G. F. Leigh, describing the 
breeding of H. dryope and drawing the inference that the 
species was distinct from hiarbas. Mr. Leigh had thus been 
led by his own observations to revise his earlier conclusions 
on the subject (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1909, p. xxxv). The letter, 
dated Nov. 26th, 1910, was written from Durban :— 

“‘T have to report that, breeding Hurytela dryope from a 
wild female (I cannot give the form of the male), I reared 22 
offspring, all of which were dryope. Apparently, therefore, 
the two species H. hiarbas and H. dryope are different. Mr. 
A. D. Millar has a captured specimen, intermediate between 
these two butterflies, and such a form may, I think, be the 
result of a pairing between dryope and hiarbas.” 

MULLERIAN MIMICRY BETWEEN AUSTRALIAN Bers.—Pro- 
fessor Poutton exhibited on behalf of Dr. R. C. L. Perkins 
a male of Prosopis nubilosa, Ckll., (Prosopidae), and of a 
species of Halictus (Andrenidae), captured by him in the Cairns 
district of North Queensland (July 1904). Dr. Perkins had 
pointed out to the speaker the extremely interesting manner 
in which the resemblance had been brought about, the hard 
glistening yellow mark on the black scutellum and _post- 
scutellum of the Prosopis, and that on its lateral prothoracic 
tubercles being mimicked by a yellow pubescence occupying 
the same positions in the VH/alictus. The latter, having 
departed from the general appearance of its group, was clearly 
a mimic of the Prosopis, which bore a pattern also found in 
many allied species. The males and females of both model 
and mimic were alike, so that the resemblance would be equally 
striking between the females. Dr. Perkins had suggested 
that a resemblance brought about in this remarkable manner, 
by means entirely different from those employed in the model, 
was certainly inexplicable on the hypothesis of climatic 
influence. 

This mimetic resemblance had been fully described by 


ee ae 

Cockrell (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 201, 1910) who 
stated that certain species of the Australian Paracolletes also 
resembled the same Prosopis models. ‘‘ The yellow dorsal patch 
in the Prosopis is tegumentary, in the Paracolletes due to hair, 
but the superficial effect is the same. To my astonishment I 
find also an Halictus with the same coloration (the patch due 
to hair), so similar to Paracolletes flavomaculatus that I had 
no doubt of its being a close relative until I came to examine 
it in detail.” This species was described (/.c., pp. 201, 202) by 
Cockrell from three 2 specimens, from Macleay, Queensland, 
as Halictus paracolletinus, and it was probable that the 
specimen exhibited was the d of the same species. 

A short discussion on the mimetic signification of this 
exhibit took place, in which the PresrpEnt, Prof. Poutron, 
Messrs. C. O. WatTerHousE and G. A. K. Marsuatt took part. 

A NEW spEcigs oF ArGyNNIS.—The Rev. G. WHEELER 
exhibited two specimens of a new Argynnis, discovered in 
June last by Mr. Harold Powell, F.E.S., at Lambessa in 
Algeria. He stated that during a recent visit to Mons. 
Charles Oberthiir at Rennes he had seen a drawer of this 
species in which there was only one slightly aberrant specimen. 
Mons. Oberthiir had given him four specimens of this species 
which on the underside somewhat resembled A. adippe, var. 
chlorodippe (shown for comparison) but the ¢s were entirely 
without the broad androconial patches on the nervures of the 
forewings on the upper side, present in all forms of A. adippe. 
Mons. Oberthiir named it auresiana. 

Cocoons or NorasumA koutea, H. Drucr, spun UNDER 
NATURAL CONDITIONS.—Dr. W. A. Lamsorn observed that 
some cocoons formed by larvae of this species in captivity had 
been previously exhibited by Professor Poulton, which, how- 
ever, did not present quite the same appearance as those 
formed under natural conditions. The specimens now ex- 
hibited were formed by wild larvae under leaves and were 
found in the clearing at Oni Camp. They gave a better idea 
as to the mimicry of Braconid cocoons by the formation of 
little bosses of yellow silk. He remarked that it is the rule 
to find several cocoons under one leaf frequently as many as 
twelve. 


«(: ch. } 

ANTS, AND A NEW MYRMECOPHILOUS spEctES.—Mr. Donis- 
THORPE exhibited (1) a small incipient colony of Camponotus 
ligniperdus taken at Yvorne, Switzerland, October 8th, 1912. 
(2) Specimens of a Proctotrupid new to science, Loxotropa 
donisthorper, Kieffer, taken in a nest of Lasius flavus at Black- 
gang Chine, Isle of Wight, September 9th, 1912. (3) A specimen 
of Camponotus abdominalis var. atriceps, Smdt., an American 
species, captured alive in his room on his return from 
Weybridge, September 6th, 1912. It seemed probable 
that it had come from the hotel at Weybridge, as he 
was told of the capture of other specimens there on his 
next visit. 

Commander WaLkeEr observed that one of the Australian 
species of Camponotus occurred constantly in houses, ‘and was 
familiarly known as the “sugar ant.” 

Mr. DonistHorre also handed round a photograph of 
Professor Foret, and of his house, where he had lately 
been Professor Forel’s guest. 

Hysrips and SEeconp Broops.—Mr. L. W. Newman ex- 
hibited (1) a long and varied series of the Hybrid Smerinthus 
ocellatus $ x Amorpha populi 2, bred September 1912, out-of- 
doors, from pairing obtained June 1912, the larvae pupating 
in July and early August. There was considerable variation 
in the eye-spots, some being very pronounced and others 
obscure ; several having a washed-out appearance and others 
being very brilliant, two or three being well flushed with 
pink scaling. (2) Living specimens of the Hybrid Zonosoma 
pendularia $ X omicronaria 2 (annulata). Pairing took 
place July 1912; the larvae were sleeved out-of-doors on 
growing birch till September 15th, when they were not half 
fed, then brought into a hot-house (temperature 60° to 70°) 
and fed in glass-topped metal boxes ; they at once grew very 
rapidly, pupating October Ist to 12th, and started to emerge 
on October 8th and continued to emerge every day since. 
The specimens showed characters of both species well, and 
vary somewhat in the quantity of pink coloration. (3) A 
living 2 specimen of Metrocampa margaritaria, taken at rest 
in Bexley Woods October 14th, 1912, which points to a 
second emergence of this species. (4) A 9? specimen of 


Gccitiy:) 
S. ocellatus bred out-of-doors, on September 14th, from larva 
which pupated in June 1912. 

Matacoperm Larvar.—Mr. K. G. Buarr exhibited larvae 
of two allied species of Malacoderm from Borneo, brought to the 
Natural History Museum by Mr. J. C. Moulton. The species 
to which these larvae belong are not yet known, although pro- 
bably belonging to the family Lycidae. The larvae are found 
amongst moist rotten wood, but the nature of their food is 
uncertain. 

Mr. C. J. Gawan observed that from the mouth-parts it 
was probable that these larvae belonged to the Family Lycidae. 
Several attempts had been made to breed them but they had 
never developed, and it was possible that the ? at any rate 
never gets beyond this condition ; the ¢ is quite unknown. 

Prof. Pouuron remarked that Mr. Shelford had once had a 
larva which reached a soft stage apparently preliminary to 
some change, but that it had fallen a victim to an unfortunate 
accident. 

Nonacria pissotutra.— Mr. H. M. Epegnsren exhibited 
specimens of Wonagria dissoluta and var. arundineta from 
East Kent, bred during August 1912, 75 per cent. from this 
locality being dissoluta, 


Papers. 


The following papers were read :— 

‘* Notes sur quelques espéces des Lucanides dans les collec- 
tions du British Museum et de |’Université de Oxford,” par 
M. Henri Boileau, F.E.S. 

“‘Synaposematic resemblance between Acraeine larvae,’ by 
G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., M.B., F.E.S. 

Prof. Poutron, in giving an account of Dr. Carpenter’s 
paper, exhibited the specimens referred to by the author, and 
drew attention to the fact that there were considerable differ- 
ences between the females in the different families of Acraea 
alciope, Hew., bred on Damba Island. A large proportion of 
the females in some of the families exhibited a strong develop- 
ment of fulvous pigment along the outer border of the white 
bar crossing the hindwing, rendering them conspicuously 
different from the females in which this feature was absent 


( ‘elv, ) 


or nearly absent. There could be no doubt that the develop- 
ment of this colour in the hindwing was due to the 
appearance, by persistence or reversion, of the more ancestral 
pattern preserved in the females of the West Coast. 


Wednesday, November 6th, 1912. 
The Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair. 


Election of an Honorary Fellow. 


On the nomination of the Council, Dr. EmitE Frrey-GEssNer. 
La Roseraie, Genéve, Switzerland, was elected to the Honorary 
Fellowship rendered vacant by the death of Prof. GANGLBAUER. 


Election of Fellows. 


Messrs. G. C. Bonin, Govt. Entomologist, George Town, 
British Guiana; OC. Tatsor Bowrine, Acting Commissioner 
of Customs, Wenchow, China; Freprrick Lionet Davis, J.P., 
M.R.C.S. (Eng.), L.R.C.P. (Lond.), Belize, British Honduras ; 
Dr. Jonun Dewirz, Devant-les-Ponts, Metz, Lorraine ; Howarp 
Movuntyoy Hatierr, 13 Earl Road, Penarth, Glamorgan ; 
A. D. Inns, D.Sc., B.A., F.L.S., Forest Zoologist to the Govt. 
of India, Forest Research Institute, Dehra Dun, U.P., India ; 
Nicet JARDINE, 2 Castle Street, Ashford, Kent; Haroup 
H. Kine, Govt. Entomologist, Gordon College, Khartoum, 
Sudan ; Jan ParrozsHan Mutian, M.A., Asst. Professor of 
Biology, St. Xavier’s College, Chunam Kiln Road, Grant 
Road, Bombay, India; Epwarp J. Paterson, Fairholme, 
Crowborough; W. Rair-Smiru, 86 Gladstone Street, Aber- 
tillery, Monmouthshire; and Dr. ADALBERT Seitz, 59 Bismarck- 
strasse, Darmstadt, Germany, were elected Fellows of the 
Society. 


Portraits of Ex-Presidents. 
The PRESIDENT announced that he had received portraits of 


Professor RapHarL Menpona, and Mr. F. Merrririetp since 
the last meeting, and thanks were voted to the donors. 


(* ex, ') 
Report of the Royal Society Celebrations. 


The PrestpEnT read a report of the Royal Society’s Celebra- 
tion of their 250th Anniversary, which he had attended as 
the Delegate of the Entomological Society. 


Exhibitions. 


The Rev. G. WHEELER exhibited on behalf of the Rev. F. E. 
Lowe a series of Brenthis pales taken in the Heuthal, Bernina 
Pass, on June 24th, 27th and 28th, 1912. Some were of the 
var. ists and some of the @s of the ab. napaea, but the most 
remarkable were very pronounced examples of the ab. suffusa, 
Wh., both ¢ and 2, some of the latter being almost completely 
black. The greater part of the Heuthal is damp, much of it 
marshy, and the ab. suffwsa is found only in the wettest part. 
The fact that this ab. bears no resemblance to B. arsilache, 
which is also a marsh form, appeared to the exhibitor a strong 
confirmation of his opinion that B. pales and B. arsilache are 
distinct species. Mr. Wheeler had added the type specimen 
of ab. suffusa, and a ¢, 9, and underside of B. arsilache for 
comparison. One of the ¢ specimens in Mr. Lowe's series 
corresponded with the ? ab. cinctata, Favre, the type specimen 
of which was taken by the late Mr. A. J. Fison on the Dent 
du Midi. 

Buve Femautes or Potyommatus 1cARus.—Mr. WHEELER 
also exhibited on behalf of Mr. R. M. Prrpgavx a series of 
unusually blue 9? of Polyommatus icarus, taken in the spring 
of this year in the Westerham district. 

A short discussion took place on the cause of this extreme 
coloration, in which Dr. T. A. CHapman, Messrs. G. T, BetHune- 
Baker and A, H. Jones, Commander Waker, Prof. Poutron, 
Rev. G. WaeeLEer and Mr. T. H. L. Grosvenor (who was 
present as a Visitor) took part, but it was postponed for the 
exhibition of further examples. 

ME.LiTarA AURINIA.—Mr. L. W. Newman exhibited a long 
series of M. aurinia bred from two batches of ova laid by North 
Cornwall ? 2; the series comprised several hundred specimens 
and was exhibited to show the very small variation in such a 
large number of this variable species. Mr. Newman also 


("ews '}) 


exhibited on behalf of Mr. G. B. Oxtver a picked series of 
M. aurinia bred by the latter also from North Cornwall larvae, 
one specimen having the forewings almost devoid of scales so 
that the markings were obliterated, the hindwings melanic and 
well scaled ; there was one albino specimen very lightly scaled; 
and several specimens with an abnormal amount of white 
markings on the forewings, producing a rayed appearance. 
Both series were bred this year. 

A MYRMECOPHILOUS AFRICAN LycaENID.—Mr, W. A. LamBorn 
exhibited two larvae and two bred imagines with corresponding 
pupa-cases of the Lycaenid butterfly Huliphyra mirifica, Holl. 
The larvae were found in a nest of the ant Oecophylla smarag- 
dina, var. longinoda, no less than 19 being obtained from three 
nests close together. Numerous other nests were examined 
but no more larvae came to light. The pupae were similar 
to those exhibited by Professor Poulton at the meeting of the 
Society held on March 20th this year. 

THE VALUE OF PHOTOGRAPHS, EVEN WHEN GREATLY REDUCED, 
AS A Recorp or Hasits, ATTITUDES, Etc.—Prof. PouLToNn ex- 
hibited a photograph of Vanessa kaschmirensis, Koll., taken in 
1911 by Dr. C. William Beebe of New York at 12,000 feet 
on the Nepal-Sikkim boundary line in the Eastern Himalayas. 
Although the butterfly was reduced to an expanse of wing 
measuring one-tenth of an inch, it was quite possible, with 
the aid of a lens, to make out the pattern and to determine 
the species. The result showed that useful work, especially 
for bionomic purposes, might be done with a good camera 
even when reduction was carried to an extreme degree, 

THE PRODUCTION OF THE SPHERICAL STRUCTURES ON THE 
Cocoons oF THE TinerD MorH EpicePHALA CHALYBACMA, 
Meyr.—Prof. Povutron read the following letter, written 
May 27th, 1912, from Peradeniya, Ceylon, by Mr. E. E. Green, 
and exhibited the cocoons referred to therein :— 

“Your note, on p. xcv of the Proc. Ent. Soc., 1911, has 
prompted me to send you the enclosed small cocoons of 
Epicephala chalybacma, Meyr. The curious little bubble- 
shaped structures along the dorsum of the cocoon may perhaps 
be produced in the same way as the bodies on the cocoons of 
Deilemera antinori, viz. ab ano. 


(‘evn .) 


“ Though the cocoons are extremely abundant in my garden, 
being attached to leaves of many kinds, to dead twigs, and 
even to sawn posts, I have never seen the larva at work or 
identified it in any stage. It is presumably a leaf miner at 
some part of its existence. I can only suppose that it migrates 
at night. I must have a search with a lantern.” 

Prof. Poutron in replying had expressed the hope that 
Mr. Green would study the subject further and try to find 
out the method by which the bubbles were produced. The 
observation was of all the more importance and interest 
because this species of Tineid was closely allied to Marmara, 
which produces similar structures upon its cocoon, as described 
in the Proceedings, pp. xcvili, xcix, 1911. There could be no 
doubt that the solution of the problem in Epicephala would 
provide the solution in Marmara also. Within the last few 
days Prof. Poulton had received the following paper and 
accompanying illustrations, dated August 16th, 1912, from 
Mr. E. E. Green. 


Note on the construction of the cocoon of the Tineid 
moth Hpicephala chalybacma, Meyrick. 


By E. Ernest Green, F.ES. 


The remarkable little cocoons of Hpicephala chalybacma have 
been abundant in my compound at Peradeniya, Ceylon, for 
many years. They are attached to the leaves and stems of 
many different plants, to posts and railings, or to any material 
that may happen to be in the neighbourhood, These white 
cocoons are elongate, with a median ridge or crest composed 
of minute glistening globules, the nature of which has hitherto 
puzzled me. I could never find the caterpillars that were 
responsible for the structures. One particular post, that was 
constantly ornamented with the cocoons, has been watched— 
day and night—for some time. I naturally expected to find 
the caterpillars making the ascent. The ground at the base of 
the post was scanned minutely, but no wandering caterpillars 
were to be found. It really seemed that, if they did not come 
up from below, they must come down from above. One morning, 
after concluding my search, I instinctively glanced upwards, 


« evili  )) 

and there—sure enough—were several minute larvae, hanging 
by long silken threads from the overspreading branches of 
an “ Inga-saman” tree (Pithecolobiwm saman). They had let 
themselves down from a height of 30 or 40 feet, and were 
swinging in the breeze. This part of the mystery was now 
solved. They hung suspended until the wind drove them 
against something solid, and there they immediately attached 
themselves and constructed their cocoons. 

The caterpillar is small, but robust, measuring—when ex- 
tended—about 6 mm. It is of a dull, pale, translucent 
green colour, with an irregular crimson band completely 
encircling each segment. 

The construction of the cocoon is commenced immediately 
the caterpillar obtains a foothold. The position appears to be 


SS 


Pee. 
(ih ‘ uu 
pein) f 
| 3 
| Sa | ’ 
y 
Cocoon of Epicephala chalybacma, A single globule and silken 
dorsal view; x 3. cords x25: 


a matter of no consequence. The work is completed within 
two hours, which accounts for my failure to find uncovered 
larvae. After weaving a thin silken covering, the creature 
rests for a few moments, and a convulsive movement of the 
posterior segments is noticeable. Very soon a globular pellet 
—apparently composed of dried bubbles—is voided whole. 
The caterpillar then turns round inside the cocoon, rapidly 
attaches the globule to the roof of the cocoon by a stout 
silken cord, bites a small hole close to the point of attachment, 
and pushes the globule and cord up through this aperture. 
The rent is then quickly repaired. This is followed by another 
short pause, the evacuation of a second pellet, and a repetition 
of the previous performance, the second pellet being placed at 
the opposite extremity of the cocoon, in consequence of the 
caterpillar having reversed its position in the cocoon, The 


( er ’) 


same movements are continued, until the complete crest of 
globules is in position, when the labours of the little animal 
are over, and it composes itself for pupation. The number of 
pellets probably varies, but—in one cocoon—I have counted 
more than forty of these little objects. : 
Peradeniya, Aug. 16, 1912. 


Prof. Poutton said that it was extremely interesting 
that Mr, Lamborn’s original discovery of the structures in 
the cocoons of the Hypsid moth Detlemera antinori, Oberth., 
had thus led to the further discovery of this still more 
elaborate method of producing similar results. He pointed 
out the curious optical effect whereby, when the cocoons were 
looked down upon from above, the bubbles appeared to be 
inside the silken wall although they were really resting on the 
outside of it. 

Mr. Green’s account differed in several important par- 
ticulars from that given by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher and 
quoted by Mr. E. Meyrick, F.R.S., in his ‘“ Exotic Micro- 
lepidoptera,” vol. i, pp. 21-22. Among other differences 
Fletcher described the spheres as “apparently . . . found 
in the mouth” of the larva, 

Mr. Durrant made a few observations with regard to the 
allied genera Marmara and Epicephala (Gracilariadae). The 
life-history of Marmara salictella was discovered by Dr. 
Brackenridge Clemens so long ago as 1859 or 1860, but the 
genus had not been recognised until a few years since, when 
it was re-discovered by Mr. August Busck. Five species of 
Marmara are now known from the United States. It was in- 
teresting to find a similar habit in the same family in Ceylon. 

THe West ArricaAN AGARISTID MOTH MESSAGA MONTEIRONIS, 
ButLer, A MIMIC oF THE HeEsSPERID PYRRHOCHALCIA IPHIS, 
Drury.—Mr. J. A. bE Gaye, who was present as a visitor, 
showed examples of the above-named model and mimic cap- 
tured by him under the following circumstances. One speci- 
men of Messaga monteironis, Butl., from the Ikoyi Plain, Lagos, 
S. Nigeria, was caught at 6.20 p.m. on Jan. 30th, 1911, 
hovering over the flowers of Anacardium occidentale. On the 
same day and on the flowers of the same plant were caught 
two males of Pyrrhochalcia iphis, Drury, whose larvae feed 


( ex ) 


on the leaves of Anacardium occidentale. The moth is a far 
better mimic of the female than the male Hesperid, the 
increased perfection of the likeness to the female being 
brought about by the white fringe at the apex of the fore- 
wing and the pale streaks which mark a sub-marginal section 
of all the nervures of both wings. The latter colouring pro- 
bably produces on the wing a superficial likeness to the pale 
iridescent radiate streaks by which both wings of the female 
Hesperid are characterised. It is also noteworthy that the 
ends of the palpi of the Messaga stand out in front of the 
red head in a manner which strongly suggests the very 
characteristic appearance of the Hesperid. A similar differ- 
ence in size between model and mimic is well known in many. 
examples of mimicry. 

A. MYRMECOPHILOUS CoLEopTERON.—Mr. DoNISTHORPE ex- 
hibited a specimen of Thorictus foreli, var. bonnairei, Wasm., 
a small beetle, fastened on to the antenna of an ant, 
Myrmecocystus licolor, F. He remarked that all the 
Thorictidae were Myrmecophilous. They chiefly lived with 
Myrmecocysti and a few other ants. They fastened them- 
selves by the mandibles to the scape of the antennae of their 
hosts with the head directed towards its base. Some species 
had yellow hairs and were licked by their hosts. An ant 
might have one or more Zhorictus on each antennae, but 
only the ants in the interior of the nests had the beetles 
attached, asin the case of the Acari of the genus Antennophorus 
and their hosts. 

Mr. Donisthorpe also exhibited a specimen of the Culicid 
Harpagomyia splendens, Meig., with the ant Cremastogaster 
difformis, Smith, from Batavia, where Jacobson had observed 
the fly being fed by the ant, and photographs of the living 
flies being fed by the ants. 

He mentioned that both these myrmecophilous species had 
been kindly given to him by Prof. Forel. 

Living CoLzoprrrous Larva.—Mr. H. M. Epe.stEen ex- 
hibited a living Buprestid larva (species uncertain) which had 
been found in Messrs. Allen and Hanbury’s works at Ware 
in roots of sandalwood. 

THE PierRInE Genus Pinacopreryx.—Dr. F. A. Dixry 


( ea.) 


made some remarks on the Pierine genus Pinacopteryx, 
illustrating them by exhibiting male and female specimens of 
most of the species, side by side with which were shown drawings 
made to scale of the plumules characteristic of each form. 

He said: Pinacopteryx may be regarded either as a separate 
genus, or as a section of Pzeris, the latter being the course 
adopted by Mr. Trimen in his work on South African 
Butterflies. It is a perfectly natural and circumscribed 
group, of which all the members are confined to the African 
Continent, with a species or two in Madagascar. The plume- 
scales with which the males are provided show a general 
family resemblance, together with interesting specific differ- 
ences. Their most characteristic feature is the expanded 
base, either rounded or angulated, of the lamina. In the 
distal portion of the lamina, the sides run nearly or quite 
parallel. Some of the species of Pinacopteryx are not easily 
distinguished, and in certain public collections there is a good 
deal of confusion between different forms. In cases of 
difficulty, much help is afforded by an examination of the 
plume-scales. 

In West Africa we have the large pale-yellow form P. 
cebron, Ward, which inhabits the Gold Coast, 8S. Nigeria and 
the Camaroons. Its scent-scale is long and tapering, with an 
angulated base. Further south comes P. falkensteini, Dewitz 
(Angola ; Congo), also large, but white instead of yellow. 
The plume-scale is much like that of P. cebron, but shorter. 
It has an unusually large accessory disc. 

P. orbona, Hiibn., also from the W. Coast, looks like a 
small specimen of the last, but has a quite distinctive scent- 
scale, in which the basal expansion is much diminished. 
P. vidua, Butl. (Upper Nile and Br. East Africa) is somewhat 
like the last species. Its scent-scale, however, is very short, 
broad in proportion, and with a widely-expanded angulated 
base. 

B. pigea, Boisd. (Natal), of which P. alba, Wallgrn., is the 
dry-season phase, has a plume-scale with regularly rounded 
base and rather small accessory disc. In N.E. Rhodesia, 
Nyassaland and German E. Africa occurs a form closely 
allied to pigea, but generally larger, and frequently showing 


( ‘exit ) 


in both sexes, but especially in the female, a considerable 
resemblance to Mylothris agathina; so much so that Mr. 
Neave says that he has often mistaken the females, when on 
the wing, for females of that species. This is the form 
referred to in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, p. lxv, though 
some of the statements there made require modification in 
the light of subsequent knowledge. A pair of this form 
from Fwambo are the types of Mr. Butler’s P. astarte. The 
scent-scales are of the general pigea character, but longer and 
narrower than in the Natal representative of that species. 
Forms of the pigea group from British E. Africa and Uganda 
depart from the Central African type and approach the Natal 
pigea in size, in general aspect, and in the character of their 
scent-scales, though the latter have usually a more marked 
basal expansion. ‘The resemblance to J/. agathina also tends 
to disappear in specimens from these more northern regions. 
But in a pigea form from Toro (Uganda), which is perhaps to 
be identified with P. rubrobasalis, Lanz, the resemblance to 
M. agathina is once more considerable. That this is distinct 
from the ordinary pigea-form (which also occurs at Toro) is 
made probable by the fact that its scent-scale is peculiar 
in the attenuation of its basal expansion, thus contrasting 
markedly with the scent-scale of the allied insect inhabiting 
the same district. The basal flush and black marginal spots, 
so characteristic of Mylothris, are in this Toro rubrobasalis 
especially well marked. In these particulars it corresponds 
with Butler’s P. astarte, but is readily separable from that 
insect by its inferior size and distinctive scent-scale. 

P. dixeyi, Neave, also from Toro, is in both sexes very like a 
Phrissura. It is, however, clearly shown to be a Pinacopteryx 
both by its neuration and also by its scent-scales. These have 
the usual Pinacopteryx character, but are larger and longer 
than any in the pigea group, having a widely-expanded and 
rounded base, much lke that of P. liliana shortly to be 
noticed. The outline recalls that of a chemist’s flask with a 
very long neck. 

In the small yellow species, P. spilleri, Spill. (Natal and 
British E, Africa), the scent-scale is rather short, with a 
widely-expanded and angulated base. 


(exit) ) 


There remains the group of species headed by P. charina, 
Boisd. In all of these the accessory disc is large, the base is 
abruptly expanded, and the distal portion of the lamina has 
its sides parallel. The species of this group may be said to 
be geographical representatives. In P. charina, Boisd. (Cape 
Colony and Natal), the scent-scale is like a chemist’s com- 
bustion-tube. In P. simana, Hopff. (N.E. Rhodesia; Portuguese, 
German and British E. Africa, and Uganda), the scent-scale is 
of similar character, but larger and also broader in proportion. 
P. venata, Butl., from the White Nile, has a shorter and 
broader scent-scale of the like pattern. ‘The scent-scale of 
P. liliana (coast region of Mombasa) is very peculiar. It 
resembles in outline the thin glass flasks used in chemical 
laboratories, but its neck (which is much shorter than in 
P. diveyi) has a decided list. The accessory disc is figure-of- 
eight shaped and unusually large. Some specimens of P. 
liliana are not easily separable from P. simana, though the 
latter is usually a smaller insect. A glance, however, at the 
scent-scales is sufficient to distinguish them at once. 

The ordinary scales in Pinacopteryx are very often spatu- 
late. 

A word may be said in conclusion about the interesting 
butterfly named by Godart Pieris doxo. Godart’s actual 
specimen was included in the Dufresne Collection, and is 
now in the Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art. The 
locality from which it came is quite unknown. An examina- 
tion of the specimen, which I have lately been enabled to 
make by the kindness of Mr. Eagle Clark and Mr. Percy 
Grimshaw, has convinced me that it is certainly a female 
Pinacopteryx, but not, as has been thought, P. venata. It 
appears to me to be most probably a somewhat pale specimen 
of P.simana. It is very like examples of the latter from 
Uganda. 

I may here draw attention to Mr. Grimshaw’s paper 
on Godart’s Lepidopterous and Olivier’s Coleopterous types 
in the Dufresne Collection at Edinburgh. The paper, which 
is to be found in the Transactions of the Royal Society of 
Edinburgh, vol. xxxix, Part I, 1897, is perhaps not so widely 


known as it might be. It is accompanied by a plate in which 
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1912. H 


( exiv ) 


are figured eight of Godart’s and two of Olivier’s types; the 
former including a representation of the type of P. doxo. A 
photograph of this specimen, now exhibited with specimens 
of P. simana 2 for comparison, I owe to the kindness of 
Mr. Grimshaw. 

Protective ReEsemMBLance.—Mr. A. Bacor exhibited an 
Acridiine Orthopteron from the Benguella Plateau, taken 
by Dr. Chas. H. Martin, F.R.S., which bore a very perfect 
resemblance to the scorched grass stems, on one of which it 
was resting, the grass in this region being burnt off each 
season by the natives leaving charred tufts and stubble. Mr. 
Bacot also exhibited specimens of the Dipteron Glossina 
palpalis, var. wellmani, Austen, from Catumbella River. 

Gigantic Larvaz.—Mr. ExitrineHam exhibited two speci- 
mens of an unusually large Lasiocampid larva which had 
been presented to the Hope Department by Mr. C. A. Foster, 
who took them in Sierra Leone. A similar larva had been 
illustrated in the “ Entomologist” for May 1886, though this 
specimen was stated to have come from South Africa. It was 
unfortunate that Mr. Foster only obtained the larvae on the 
eve of his departure for England, so that he could not keep 
them alive. They were covered, in addition to the hairs, 
with long sharp spines, which made them very unpleasant to 
handle. The spines were quite smooth but very sharply 
pointed. Each larva was about seven inches in length. 
Prof. Pou.ton suggested that the larvae might perhaps 
be Gonometa subfascia, Walk., or G. regia, Auriv. The 
females of both these species had enormous bodies, and 
although the moths looked small beside the caterpillars, 
such apparent want of proportion was common among the 
Lasiocampidae. 


Papers. 


Commander WALKER communicated a paper by RowLanp 
E. Turner, F.E.S., on New Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera 
from 8. Africa, chiefly Hlidinae. ; 

Prof. Poutron read a paper by G. H. D. Carpenrer, 
B.A., B.M., B.Ch., F.E.S., on The Life-History of Psewdacraea 
eurytus hobleyi, Neave, and in giving an account of Dr. 


( exer 3 


Carpenter’s work read the following letter written by the 
author on June 16th, 1912, from Bugalla in the Sesse Islands. 

“T feel I can almost say, as did Charles Kingsley, ‘ At 
Last!’ To-day, being a sunny morning after many wet 
mornings (this month so far has been as wet as any of the 
three preceding, which is unusual) I went butterflying. I 
saw a few freshly emerged Pseudacraeas, and secured three 
terra which I send, hoping you will be able to set them in 
time for the Congress. Just as | was coming away I saw 
a beautiful obscura, whose large very pale areas indicated 
more than a touch of the female hobleyi. It was fluttering 
about from bush to bush, and was too shy to let me get near 
to catch it. At last it settled and hung from the underside 
of a leaf, and I was able to see it had a fairly distinct basal 
triangle. It remained motionless a few seconds, and though 
this attitude is exceptional for a Pseudacraea (they always 
rest on the upper side of a leaf with wings usually expanded), 
it never struck me what was up! I tried to catch it, but it 
flew off before I got within striking distance. It then occurred 
to me to look at the leaf and, to my inexpressible joy and 
excitement, there was a freshly-laid egg on the middle of the 
under surface, still moist with the secretion which fastened 
it to the leaf. The tree was a very small young specimen, 
only about six feet high, but it was the same species as that 
on which Ps. lucretia fed on Damba; and there was a small 
colony of these trees at that spot, which had hitherto escaped 
my notice. So if this egg produces a Ps. terra (and the 
chances are in favour of this, as teva is much the commonest 
here), you will have the proof you so ardently desire, seeing 
that the parent was a mixture of hobleyi and obscura! Any 
how, now that I know and have found the food plant, I may 
have better luck in getting a captive Pseudacraea to lay. 
There is just time for the egg, larva and pupa to develop 
before the Congress at Oxford is over, so that should the 
offspring be terra or hobleyi I will let you know. As of course 
there will be no time to write I will cable, just the one word, 
either hobleyi or terra. If it is obscura I won’t cable, but will, 
of course, write. I feel that it will be such a splendid oppor- 


tunity for making this result known, when you will be showing 
H 2 


((sexvi) 


the Pseudacraeas with especial intent to prove their con- 
specificity by the intermediate forms.” 

Prof. Pouttron explained that the cable with the word 
“terra” reached him on Aug. 19, nine days after the Congress 
had come to an end, and that he had published the discovery 
in a letter to “ Nature ” (Sept. 12, 1912, p.36). The specimen 
itself had since arrived and was exhibited to the meeting, 
together with all the other bred specimens referred to in the 
paper, including the parents of families B, C and D. The 
pupal cases of. the bred Pseudacraeae were also exhibited 
beside the butterflies which had emerged from them, and, for 
comparison, there was included a series of the pupal cases of 
Pseudacraea imitator, Trim., from Natal, presented to the 
Hope Collection by the late Mr. A. D. Millar, of Durban. It 
was seen that the two flat dorsal processes were rather less 
pronounced and the cephalic processes distinctly shorter in 
the pupae of the Natal form. Comparing Dr. Carpenter’s 
pupae with the whole series of 31 Natal specimens, it was 
also seen that the apices of the two dorsal processes of the 
Uganda pupae tended to be directed backwards more strongly, 
and that the contour of the processes and of the segments 
between them formed a festooned outline instead of one that 
was nearly smooth. ‘The cephalic processes of the Uganda 
pupae tended to turn upwards (viz. dorsally) at the tip, those 
of imitator downwards, while the two processes of the latter 
were more frequently separated. The Uganda pupae showed 
the darker pigmentation, but this effect was probably due to 
conditions. It was highly probable that this procryptic pupa 
is susceptible to the colours and degrees of illumination of its 
normal environment. The method of suspension from the 
edge, near the leaf-tip or near some angle of a partially eaten 
leaf, was similar in both forms. 

It was not necessary to assume that differences of the kind 
described above imply specific distinction. Dr. Carpenter’s 
description of the way in which the hollow cephalic and dorsal 
processes gained their shape in the fresh pupa was an indica- 
tion that they were of no morphological significance but 
merely an adaptation which promoted the concealment of the 
pupa by making it more leaf-like. 


( oxvir ) 


The synonymy of the Pseudacraeae required considerable 
modification if we might assume from Dr. Jordan’s researches 
and Dr. Carpenter’s breeding experiments that the close 
allies of Ps. ewrytus., L., were an interbreeding community. 
Prof. Poulton had consulted Dr. Jordan on the subject and 
he had agreed that it would be desirable to introduce the 
term “f. mim.” (“forma mimetica”) for the diverse forms of 
such a species as ewrytus or the females of Papilio dardanus. 
The following names would now express the relationship 
between the forms of ewrytus in the Uganda district. 


| 


PsEUDACRAEA EURYTUS HOBLEYI, CHiEFK MopELs 


Neave. 
| ———— —_—_~— _ — ae —— 
3 f. mim. hobleyi, Neave. é Planema macarista, E. M. 
Sharpe. 
@ f. mim. tirikensis, Neave. 9 Planema macarista, E. M. 
Sharpe. 


9 f. mim. poggeoides, f. nov. | 3 2 Planema pogget nelsoni, Grose- 


Smith. 
3 ? f. mim. terra, Neave. | 62 Planema tellus platyxantha, 
Jord. 
$9 f. mim. obscura, Neave. | 6 9 Planema epaca paragea, Grose- 
| Smith. 


The name poggeoides was suggested for female forms with 
the pattern of tirikensis, but a forewing colouring approxi- 
mating to that of hobleyi. It would probably be found, when 
a long series was examined, that the orange. bar of poggeoides 
was paler than that of hobleyi, just as pogged nelsoni was, in 
this respect, paler than macarista ¢. In addition to the above 
mimetic forms there were many intermediates, but these were 
usually so transitional that it was undesirable to give them 
names. ‘To one of them, with a rather more definite pattern 
than usual—connecting terra with hobleyi and tirikensis—the 


( exvin ) 


name impleta had been given by Griinberg (see Proceedings, 
19172, sp. xox, nb): 

A paper on ‘‘Some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon,” by 
EK. Ernest GREEN, F.E.S., was read by Mr. C. J. Ganan, 
who in illustration of the paper exhibited male examples of 
Harmatelia bilinea, Walk., and males and a female of Dioptoma 
adamsi, Pasc., two of the species referred to. Also both sexes 
of a new species of Dioptoma which he proposed to name 
Dioptoma greeni. This species was found at higher altitudes 
in Ceylon than D. adamsi, and was distinguished from it by 
the colour and form of the elytra, these organs being entirely 
black in colour, and more elongate and less narrowed behind 
than in D. adamsi. The species had been obtained by Mr. 
Green at Maskeliya, and by Mr. Lewis at Dikoya and 
Bogawantalawa. 


Wednesday, November 20th, 1912. 


The Rev. F. D. Mortcr, M.A., President, in the Chair. 
Election of Fellows. 


The following were elected Fellows of the Society: Miss 
Marcery H. Brices, B.Se., 7 Winterstoke Gardens, Mill 
Hill, N.W.; Messrs. Epwarp Batuarp, Zomba, Nyassaland ; 
GEORGE TREVOR LyLe, Bank House, Brockenhurst ; Rev. J. W. 
Mercatre, The Vicarage, Ottery St. Mary; Kurt Baron 
Rosen, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich. 


Nomination of Officers. 

The Rev. G. WHmELER, one of the Secretaries, announced 
that the Council had nominated the following Fellows as 
Officers and Council for the Session 1913-1914: President, 
GerorGE T. BetHune-BakeEr, F.L.S., F.Z.S. ; Treasurer, ALBERT 
Hucu Jones; Secretaries, Commander J. J. Watker, M.A,, 
R.N., F.L.8., and the Rev. Grorce WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S. ; 
Librarian, Goren CHARLES Cuampion, A.L.S., F.Z.8, ; Other 
Members of the Council, Ropert ApKIN, JAMES E. CoL.in, 
JoHN Hartigy Durrant, StanLEY Epwarps, F.L.S., F.Z.8., 


(ean) 


Harry Entrincuam, M.A., F.Z.S., A. E. Grpss, F.L.S., 
F.Z.S., Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., Gitpert W. NicHoLson, 
M.A., M.D., Hon. NatHanreL CHaries Rorascuinp, M.A., 
F.L.S., F.Z.S., W. E. Saarp, J. R. ue B. Tomurn, M.A., CoLBran 
J. WAINWRIGHT. 

Exhibitions. 

West AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA AND HymMENopTerRA.—Mr. W. A. 
LamBorn exhibited (1) a small company of the Nymphaline 
butterfly Huphaedra ravola, Hew., which he had bred in August 
last from larvae found together under one leaf near Oni Camp, 
Lagos. He said that he had bred up altogether five other com- 
panies from larvae of this species, and all the imagines turned 
out to be precisely the same. The larvae were purple-coloured, 
with a broad horizontal fringe of hairy yellowish white bristles, 

He showed also a single bred Huphaedra themis, Hiibn., 
and stated though this butterfly looks almost exactly the 
same as /. ravola except for scarlet patches at the base of the 
wings, so that there has been some speculation as to whether 
the two might not be forms of the same species, yet the larva 
was quite different in colour from that of £. ravola, being 
pale green with the same fringe of horizontal bristles, and it 
fed on a different food-plant. 

Other larvae which he had bred up presenting similar general 
characteristics were those of Huphaedra ruspina, Hew., 
Euryphura plantilla, Hew., Catuna oberthiiri, Karsch, C. 
angustata, Feld., and Dvestogyna feronia, Staud., all of 
which, except #. ruspina, with which he had not been success- 
ful, changed to a bright green colour about twenty-four hours 
before pupation. 

In the case of the gregarious larvae, EL. ravola and both 
species of Catuna, this colour change must have a procryptic 
effect. The bright purple larvae of £. ravola, the brown 
larvae of Catuna angustata, and the bluish white larvae of 
Catuna oberthiiri were always found hidden to some extent 
under leaves, and the change in colour should be of great 
value as a means whereby they were rendered less conspicuous 
when it became necessary for them to wander in search of a 
spot suitable for pupation. 

The pupae of all these butterflies were light green. 


( seem) 


These various facts, indicating a close relationship between 
these species, afforded interesting confirmation of the sound- 
ness of their grouping by systematists, which was originally 
based on a study of the anatomical features of imagines. 

(2) Two bred families of the Pierine butterfly, Leuceronia 
argia, Fabr., with the ? parent in each case. The ? parent of 
the first family was yellow without any orange flush at the 
base of the forewing. This family consisted of three males and 
nine females, five of which were yellow and four white, and 
all these females exhibited an orange flush at the base of the 
forewing on the upper and under sides. In the second family 
the female parent again was yellow without orange flush. 
There were only two female offspring, one of which resembled 
the parent exactly, whereas the other, a white variation, showed 
the orange flush. 

The results in tabular form were as follows :— 

Family I :— 

Parent, captured May 26th, 1912, yellow without orange 

flush, laid ova May 26th, died May 27th. 


Pupated. Emerged. 

June 14 June 24 i 2 @ white 
” 15 ” 25 2 hs 1 g | 2 yellow 
da we 26 3 @ 2 @ yellow, 1 ? white 
arly reel 16,498 2 2 yellow, 2 ? white 


All the females, white and yellow alike, with orange flush. 

Family Il :— 

Parent, captured April 16th, 1912, yellow without orange 
flush, laid ova April 17th to 19th, died April 20th. 


| Pupated. Emerged. 
| May 9 May 18 ere ? white 


| et jatp Me ee Be @ yellow 


One female white with orange flush, one female yellow 
without orange flush, 


( ‘emxi’ ) 


(3) An instance of the relentless war of species against 
species noticed so particularly in the Tropics. On February 2nd, 
1912, he noticed a large Diplopteron hovering over a large 
ant, as if about to attack it, and the ant seemed prepared to 
give battle. The wasp discovered his presence and flew off 
before he could catch it, and thereupon the ant put its head 
inside the rolled-up leaf on which it had been crawling when 
threatened by the wasp and dragged out the pupa of a small 
moth. The ant was secured and the pupa was kept in the 
hope that the moth would appear, as only one wing-case had 
been punctured, but on February 7th a Tachinid fly emerged 
from the pupa, The pupa-case of the moth was so transparent 
that the puparium of the Tachinid could be seen within it. 
Another possible interpretation of the action of the wasp was 
that it had discovered the pupa at the same time with the 
ant. These predaceous wasps had a wonderful instinct for 
discovering the whereabouts of their prey. In the course of 
last year a wasp was seen to alight on a rolled-up leaf 
containing a larva of the Hesperid Rhopalocampta forestan, 
Cram. It bit into the leaf at once, without any preliminary 
investigation as far as could be seen, and proceeded to drag 
its victim out through the hole, shifting its grip from time to 
time so as to obtain a more convenient hold. 

A Scarce Hemipreron.—Mr. bE. C. Bepweri exhibited 
specimens of Lasiosomus enervis, H.S., one of the rarest of 
the British Lygaeidae. The species had been recorded from 
very few localities, and had only occurred singly hitherto. 
On September 25th last he discovered sixteen specimens at 
the roots of coarse grass in a very restricted space on the 
Culver Cliff near Sandown, Isle of Wight, and if he had not 
mistaken the species for an extra fine race of Styynus 
pedestris he could easily have obtained more. Mr. E. A. 
Butler informed him that it must be a rare species on the 
Continent also, as he had never been able to obtain speci- 
mens. This species is an addition to the Isle of Wight fauna. 
Saunders (Hemiptera Heteroptera, p. 92) records the species 
from Darland Hill, near Chatham (Champion), and Weybridge 
(Billups). 

Mantip OodrHEcar,—Mr. O, E. Janson exhibited specimens 


( (éxxii ) 


of a remarkable Mantid odtheca from Delagoa Bay that had 
been described by the late Mr. Shelford and figured in 
part iv of the Society’s Transactions for 1909, from speci- 
mens from the Pascoe collection and now in the Oxford 
University Museum. Mr. Shelford appeared to have over- 
looked the fact that these same specimens had been exhibited 
by the late Mr. Pascoe at the Society’s meeting on, Decem- 
ber 5th, 1883, and that they are figured in the Journal of 
Proceedings of that date (p. xxxv). On that occasion the 
late Prof. Wood-Mason expressed doubt as to their being 
Mantid egg-cases, and it was also suggested that the bladder- 
like outer covering was a protection against attacks of parasitic 
insects. The interest of the present exhibit was in the 
definite settlement of both these points of doubt, for these 
specimens were received in closed boxes, and during transit 
many of the eggs had hatched and the young larval Mantids 
were found dead in the boxes. In other cases the eggs had 
produced Chalcids, which Mr. C. Morley believes to be an 
undescribed species of the genus Podagrion, having an ovi- 
positor of sufficient length to reach the eggs from the outer 
covering of the odtheca. 

Those odthecae from which the young had emerged had 
irregular, jagged-edged apertures having the appearance of 
being made by gnawing or rasping, as Mr. Shelford suggested, 
as a means of escaping from the tough, parchment-like 
envelope. 

Mr. G. A. K. MarsHatt observed that he had seen Mantid 
odthecae being formed entirely by the abdomen of the 9 
without aid from the legs; they were amorphous when first 
formed, and had a frothy appearance. The larvae on emerging 
drop by a thread to the ground. 

ABERRATIONS oF CoLias EDUSA.—Mr. E. C. Joy exhibited 
two aberrant specimens of C’. edusa, bred in October last from 
Folkestone ; the discoidal spot in the forewings of the male 
being orange instead of black; in the female specimen the 
black outer marginal border of the forewings is very deep, 
and entirely without the usual yellow spots. 

RemMarRKABLE Larvat Nests.—Dr. K. Jorpan exhibited two 
nests of Hucheira socialis recently: received from Western 


( exxii ) 


Mexico. The caterpillars of this Pierine butterfly live 
gregariously in an opaque web of silk, which has an aperture 
at the lower end. Pupation takes place in the cavity of the 
nest, the pupae being suspended by the tail, as in the case 
of Nymphalidae. The species and its nest were described by 
Westwood in the Transactions of this Society in 1836, 
and the first description of the larva was published in 1901 
by Dyar in the Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, iv, p. 420, 
where the food-plant is stated to be a species of Arctostaphylos. 
The original nest was exhibited by Dr. Dixey some years ago 
at a meeting of this Society. Hucheira socialis is the only 
butterfly whose larvae are known to make a nest in which 
pupation takes place. (Cf. Trans. 1905, p. xix.) 

Col. YerBury observed that Synchloé glauconome occasion- 
ally pupates within an envelope, though not of so elaborate a 
construction. 


Papers. 


The following Papers were read :— 

“Notes on Various Central American Coleoptera, with 
Descriptions of New Genera and Species,” by G. C. CHampion, 
A.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S. 

“The Butterflies of the White Nile, a Study in Geo- 
graphical Distribution,” by G. B. Lonestarr, M.A., M.D., 
F.E.S. 

A considerable discussion took place on the subject of Dr. 
Longstaff’s paper. Col. YerRBurY observed that the Desert 
Region really extended from Cape Verd to Delhi, and 
that its insect fauna was much more closely connected with 
its flora than with its vertebrate fauna. Many of the Pierines, 
whose larvae fed on desert species of Capparis, were, as Dr. 
Longstaff had found on the White Nile, abundant where they 
occurred, but their distribution was patchy. He also observed 
that the desert fauna was not drawn from one region only, 
but from all those that surrounded it, and that all became 
modified on settling in the Desert Region. 

The Hon. W. Roruscuitp said that he had lately been 
working through a large collection of desert insects, and that 
he could thoroughly endorse Col. Yerbury’s observation that 


€ cxxir) ) 


the Desert Region extends from W. Africa to India. He 
also remarked that the Egyptian flora was dependent on 
the Nile, and had consequently wandered out of its proper 
region. This would partly account for the presence of a 
desert fauna so far up the Nile as Dr. Longstaff had found it. 

Several other Fellows also gave instances of species which 
had been found at widely different points of this extensive 
desert range. 

Dr. F. A. Dixny remarked that a second species of Papilio 
had been taken on the White Nile. 

Mr. G. A. K. MarsHatu observed with regard to the great 
number of specimens of Zeracolus in comparison with the 
scarcity of individuals of other groups, that wherever this 
genus was abundant, even in other than desert areas, he had 
always found that there was very little else in the way of 
Rhopalocera. 


Wednesday, December 4th, 1912. 
The Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair. 
Election of a Fellow. 


Mr. C. A. Foster, Worcestershire Regiment, Beechwood, 
Iffey, Oxford, was elected a Fellow of the Society. 


Obituary. 

The PresipeNT announced in a few sympathetic words the 
death of Mr. W. F. Kirpy, formerly Honorary Secretary of 
the Society. 

Nomination of Auditors. 


The PresiDENT announced that he had nominated as Auditors 
for this year’s accounts the following six Fellows : Members 
of Council, Messrs. R. Apxin, H. Str. J. K. DonistHorps, 
and Stanutey Epwarps; Fellows not on the Council, Messrs. 
J. E. Contin, R. W. Luoyp, and C. O. WATERHOUSE. 


Prof. Schulze’s ‘‘ Nomenclator.” 


The PresipENnT read a letter forwarded from the Linnean 
Society asking for subscriptions towards the expenses of Prof. 


( \exxv ) 


Schulze’s “ Nomenclator animalium generum et subgenerum.” 
He explained that the Society had no funds that could be 
drawn on for such a purpose, but pointed out the importance 
of the subject in case any individual Fellows should be willing 
to support the undertaking. 


Offer from University College. 

The Secretary read a letter from Prof. J. P. Hrii1 of 
the Zoological Department of University College, London, 
saying that the Collection of British Lepidoptera formed by 
the late Mr. Joun A. Fiyzti, F.E.S., had been presented to the 
College, and that he would be glad to afford facilities to any 
Fellow of the Entomological Society who wished to consult it, 
on presentation of a card signed by one of the Secretaries, 
between 2 and 5 p.m., on any day except Saturday when the 
College was in Session. 

The SECRETARY was instructed to return thanks to him on 
behalf of the Society. 


Exhibitions. 


Mantip O6THECAE.—Mr. WaTERHOUSE exhibited a diagram 
of the odtheca of a Mantis and read the following note :— 

At the last meeting of this Society Mr. Janson exhibited 
and made some remarks on one of the spherical semitrans- 
parent odthecae of a Mantis from Africa. Having since 
examined similar ones in the Natural History Museum, I 
thought some notes on them might be useful. The structure 
of the odtheca of Mantis religiosa has been very fairly described 
by Giardina (Naturalista Siciliano n.s., ii, p. 141), and Kershaw 
has given an excellent account of a Chinese species, Hierodula 
saussuret (Psyche xvii, p. 136). This latter consists of a 
number of flask-shaped sacks each containing a number of 
eggs. These sacks are placed alternately right and left, and 
in part one bebind the other, the whole enclosed in a mass of 
frothy matter forming an outer case as shown in my diagram. 
At first sight the African one appears to be differently 
constructed, but on closer examination is found to be very 
similar. When viewed in transverse section the eggs are 
seen to be at right angles to the septum to which they are 


( -exxni t) 


attached, but this is somewhat misleading. As a fact the 
separate egg receptacles are narrowed at the inner end and 
directed obliquely upwards towards the openings. The young 
Mantids unquestionably make their way out by these openings, 
but some doubt has been expressed as to this being possible 
in the African species, as the septum is as thin as a sheet of 
paper. 

Shelford, in his description of these odthecae in our Trans- 


1. Section of an ojtheca(Amazons). 2. Side view of African odtheca. 3. Transverse 
section of same. 4. A single egg-sack from same, showing connection with openings. 
5. Larva of Mantid just emerging from odtheca (China). 6. Cast pellicle taken from 
opening of African odtheca. 
actions (1909, p. 513), assumes that it is impossible, and has 
in consequence fallen into several errors. I find that the 
septum, thin though it be, is really double, and I could pass a 
pin between the two sheets and separate them. When the 
young Mantis is in the egg the head and prothorax are 
doubled down on the metasternum and abdomen. When it is 
ready to emerge it wriggles its way upwards to the opening, 
and it is not till it protrudes some way out of the opening 
that it unfolds itself, very much in the same way as an insect 


> Mexxval, .’) 


emerges from the pupa. It appears to me that the young 
larva of the African species would have no difficulty in 
making its way between the two sheets that form the septum, 
and that they really do so is proved by specimens in the 
Museum. In one of these cases in the Museum there is with 
it a batch of young Mantids, and there is no sign of any exit 
except by the top openings. In another similar odtheca a 
young Mantis which died on emerging has three of its legs 
still in the opening. 

According to Brongniart the young Mantids, enclosed in a 
delicate pellicle, emerge from the openings and hang by two 
threads, and remain so for a day or two before they throw 
this off. I rather doubt this being so in all species. I believe 
many species throw off this pellicle as soon as they get to the 
openings. It may be that those in the Museum where this is 
the case are so because they have emerged under strange cir- 
cumstances, but certainly the pellicles are often seen left in the 
openings. Some empty pellicles that I took from the openings 
of one of these transparent African odthecae had a long single 
thread. The presence of these pellicles in the openings proves 
conclusively that the young Mantids make their exit there. 

How these transparent odthecae are formed is a great 
mystery. They are not uncommon, and perhaps if attention 
is called to them some one who may be fortunate enough to 
see one formed will write an account of it. 

A short discussion followed with regard to the formation of 
the odtheca, in which Mr. Ganan, Dr. CHapman, Mr. Janson, 
and the Presipent took part. 

MULLERTAN AssocraTIONs FROM Costa Rica, VENEZUELA 
AND Brazit.—Mr. W. J. Kaye exhibited a number of butter- 
flies with one moth belonging to the principal Miillerian 
Association as found in Costa Rica, Attention was especially 
drawn to the moth, a species of Castnia only recently dis- 
covered, and named by Mr. Schaus—C. carilla. This Castnia 
was particularly interesting from its small size and general 
Heliconine or Ithomiine outline. In colouring, while in some 
respects it was like the Pierine Dismorphia sororna 9, in others - 
it was more like the Nymphaline of the group Hresia alsina. It 
was pointed out that in Costa Rica the centre of this associa- 


( exxviii ) 


tion was not a Melinaea such as was to be found northwards but 
an Hirsutis, viz. H. pinthias. It was true that Melinaea imitata 
and Melinaea scylax both occurred together with the accom- 
panying forms of Heliconius telchinia and clarescens, as well 
as one or two others of the common members of the Northward 
Association, such as Mechanitis doryssus and Dismorphia 
praxinoe, but numerically Hirsutis pinthias was far commoner, 
and with the two Heliconius species zuleika and jformosus 
together exerted a strong influence for the general scheme 
of colour of these three insects. It was further pointed out 
that the two actually closest species in outline and coloration 
were Heliconius formosus and Dismorphia sororna ?, and these 
two species were both usually found in the heavier, darker 
forest, while all the other members of the group frequented 
the more open places. Besides the species already mentioned, 
the following were also shown: Mechanitis isthmia, Ceratinia 
decumana, Dircenna klugii, Ithomia heraldica, Napeogenes 
amara, NV. tolosa, Callithomia hezia, Hyposcada adelphina and 
Thyridia melantho. 

A number of specimens, both set and unset, of the principal 
Miillerian group from Caracas, Venezuela, were also shown, 
to exhibit the far closer resemblance of the undersides than 
the uppersides, as was pointed out to be the case by the 
exhibitor in the Trans. Ent. Soc. 1907, p. 434, when dealing 
with the British Guiana group. The species exhibited were: 
Lycorea atergatis, Heliconius anderida, H. metalilis, Melinaea 
lilis, Tithorea furina, Hueides huebneri, Mechanitis doryssus, 
Dismorphia broomeae and Charonias eurytele, n, sub-sp.* In all 
of these, save in the Dismorphia, where it was only rudimen- 


* Charonias ewrytele caraca, n. sub-sp. 

Forewing rich fulvous, with a marginal row of large yellow spots, 
which become smaller and more fulvous towards the inner margin. 
large rectangular fulvous patch at end of cell, margined with black, 
except inwardly at centre where the black is formed into triangular 
patches. Beyond the cella large square black pateh, succeeded by a 
fulvous row of spots forming a band. Between veins 2, 3 and 3, 4 are 
two large fulvous spots surrounded with black. Hindwing fulvous, with 
a fulvous row of marginal spots set in a black band. An elongated black 
mark above cell. Underside of hindwing as above, but the marginal 
spots are white and much larger than above. Black patch above cell 
very large. Underside of forewing as above. 

Habitat, Caracas, Venezuela. 


( Gexiz ) 


tary, there were present on the undersides a marginal row of 
white spots to the hindwing, which on the upperside only 
showed clearly in Lycorea atergatis. In other respects the 
appearance was very similar above and below. 

From the same locality but forming a small subsidiary 
group were: Olyras crathis, Dircenna olyras and Athesis 
clearista. The two former had been recognised as remarkably 
like one another from the time of their discovery, but the last 
of the three in the 9?, with wings closed, made a closer re- 
semblance than the other two to one another, when also at 
rest. The case was especially interesting in that the Athesis 
on the upperside could hardly be called mimetic, particularly 
in the g, while the Olyras and the Dircenna were very much 
alike above. All these three species, as well as the species 
already mentioned in the principal group, occurred together. 

From Santos, 8S. E. Brazil, were shown the principal members 
of the synaposematic group to call attention to a member of 
the group that had neither been mentioned by Mr. W. F. H. 
Blandford in the Proceedings of the Society for 1897, p. xxiv, 
nor had Mr. J. C. Moulton included it in his paper in the 
Transactions for 1909, pp. 591 e¢ seg. The species was Peri- 
copis wsse, 2 Hypsid moth. Hiibner’s figure does not show 
the broad yellow streak in cell of hindwing, and as he gave 
no locality it is possible the insect from 8. E. Brazil may be 
distinct. The insect has all the characteristics of the group, 
and on the wing the exhibitor mistook it for Lycorea halia, 
the slow flight coupled with the very similar coloration making 
them quite indistinguishable. The specimen was caught 
February 27th, 1910, and on the same day in the same place 
he also took Heliconius narcaea, Eueides dianasa and Lycorea 
halia. Included with these was a specimen of Melinaea ethra 
and one of Z'ithorea pseudethra. It was remarkable that both 
the last, aithough members of the Jthomiinae, were quite rare 
and very decidedly mimics and not models. Mention was 
made of the fact that Burchell, who spent about two years 
in Southern Brazil, only took one M. ethra and no specimens 
of either 7. pseudethra or the moth P. isse. 

In reply to a question from Prof. Pounton, Mr. Kaye said 
that the Heliconius was quite as common as the Lycorea. 

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1912. I 


( ems, 4 


Meratiic CoLour In Curysips.—Dr. G. B. Lonestarr 
exhibited a small box of Chrysids, and started an interesting 
discussion on the means by which the metallic coloration was 
produced, observing that coloration of this kind was probably 
always due to structure and not to pigment. 

Prof. Poutron remarked that this metallic coloration in the 
Chrysids was always situated in chitin, that it was more 
probable that it was produced by thin plates than by fine 
lines, but might possibly be due to interference of light by 
extremely minute particles. 

The PRESIDENT said that there were many more Hymeno- 
ptera besides the Chrysids which displayed metallic colouring ; 
he had made many experiments on the subject and found that 
by transmitted light the actual colouring was, in all cases 
that had come under his notice, of a testaceous red, without 
any metallic appearance. 

Mr. C. J. Gawan, Mr. F. Merrirrevp and Dr, T. A. CHap- 
MAN also joined in the discussion, the two latter referring to 
M. Pictet’s experiments on the subject. 

Series OF MELANARGIA JAPYGIA AND M. GALATEA FROM 
Srcity.—Mr. J. Prarr Barrett exhibited series of these two 
species from Sicily. He read Kirby’s and Lang’s descriptions 
of M. japygia, and pointed out that the former made no men- 
tion of a marginal black border on the hindwing and that the 
latter expressly stated that there was none, whereas in all his 
Sicilian specimens this black border was prominent. His 
specimens of WV. galatea, var. syracusana, Zell., were taken at 
the same time and place, the most striking difference being 
that in galatea there were three and in japygia four white 
blotches between the base and apex of the forewings. 

Mr. A. H. Jonuzs observed that the specimens of M. japygia 
were very near the Hungarian var. swwarovius, Hiib. 

Mr. H. Rowxianp-Brown expressed a doubt whether the 
specimens were japygia at all, but the Rev. G. WHEELER 
pointed out the difference in the darker band crossing the 
underside of the hindwing, the upper and lower parts of 
which are only joined by a corner in Jf, galatea, while the 
band is continuous in J/. japygia. 

A scARCE OrtHopTERON.—Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited a 


(° exxxa ) 


series of Platycleis roeselii taken by himself at Trusthorpe, on 
the Lincolnshire coast, this year. 

THE FORMS OF LEUCERONIA ARGIA, F., IN THE Lagos 
pistRIict oF West Arrica.—Mr. W. A. Lamporn supple- 
mented his previous account of two families of bred LZ. argiu 
by referring to a short series of females taken at Oni between 
April 1st, 1910, and January 25th, 1911, a period including 
a whole wet season and a part of two dry seasons. 

Of the series, seven were captured in the wet season and 
three in the dry; but the orange flush, sometimes found at 
the base of the hindwing, was not due to climatic influence, 
as was demonstrated by the following ‘table :— 


April 1, 1910. Dry season. 1 female, yellow, with orange 


flush, 
May 31 ,,  Wetseason. 1 female, yellow, without orange 
flush. 
June Dd » 4 2 females, both white, without 
orange flush. 
hy de yg s 1 female, white, with orange 
flush. 
By aes i <i ei 1 female, white, without orange 
flush. 
July G6: ©; e 1 female, white, with orange 
flush. 
Getrnc2 Vs ; 1 female, yellow, without orange 
flush, 
Dec. 28 ,, Dry season. 1 female, white, without orange 
flush. 
Jan, 25, 1911 5 1 female, yellow, without orange 
flush, 


THREE FAMILIES OF PAPILIO DARDANUS, BROWN, BRED FROM 
KNOWN FEMALE PARENTS IN THE Lagos pDIsTRICT or WEST 
Arrica (1912).—Mr. Lamporn referred to an account re- 
corded by Prof. Poulton, in Proc. Ent. Soc. 1912, pages 
xiv—xvii, of three families of P. dardanus bred at Oni, and 
stated that he had since bred three more such families at the 
same place, each from a hippocoon female parent. 


The females in each family were again all hippocoon, and 
oe 


( cxxxii ) 


it could be said generally that family IV resembled family I 
in the characteristics described, while families V and VI 
resembled families II and III. 

Parent IV had a much larger white patch on the hind- 
wing than V or VI, and the female offspring of IV inherited 
this character, as in parent I and its family (see pp. xvi, xvii). 

The white spot in the forewing cell of the female offspring 
was very uniform throughout the families IV, V and VI, 
although a minute apical spot was separated off from the tip 
or distal end of the marking in one female of family IV, and 
in one of VI, but in no others. In one female of IV an hour- 
glass-like constriction nearly divided the marking. As regards 
the sub-marginal band of the hindwing of the males, the 
numbers were not sufficient to render a good comparison 
possible ; but there was no doubt that the males were, as a 
whole, more heavily marked than those of family I (see p. xvi). 
The sub-marginal band was almost continuous in the two 
males of family V, those of IV and VI being less heavily 
marked, but presenting much variation in the degree of 
development of the two gaps in the band. 

The constitution of the families was as follows :— 


Female parent, hippocoon, captured May 1, 1912; oviposited 
May 1 and 2; died May 4. 


DATE OF PUPATION, | DATE OF EMERGENCE, NO. OF NO. OF 9 OFFSPRING. 
1912. 1912. 3 OFFSPRING. ALL HIPPOCOON. 
| oe 
May 25. | June 5, | 1 
' 


| 
1» 26 eh: ‘ 
Po AO a et 
, Be(aboutilen osad. 2 


co 


Family IV. 


jy ZAE 9: | 1 


ee g). 2 


,, 27 (about).| ant (39: 2 1 


Totals... 10 14 


( Jexxxin ) 


Female parent, hippocoon, captured June 18, 1912; oviposited 
June 18-19; killed by monkey June 21. 


DATE OF EMERGENCE NO. OF 9 OFFSPRING. 
1912. ? NO. OF 3 OFFSPRING. ALL oe 

| July 30. 1 1 
| : Tay Tweai 
S Aug. 1. u 3 
2 paeelt | 
os ” 2. 3 
ics 

Totals ,.. 2 7 


Female parent, hippocoon, captured June 26, 1912; oviposited 
June 27; died June 28, 


NO. OF 9 OFFSPRING. 


DATE OF EMERGENCE, 
1912, ALL HIPPOCOON, 


NO. OF ¢ OFFSPRING. 


Aug. 10 L 
” itil 1 1 
a Be ole 1 2 
| 
F nies 2 1 
os 
S BL 
Pn 1 
Totals... 4 6 


Mr. Lamborn further stated that family IV had been the 
subject of a little experiment suggested by Prof. Poulton, 
who wrote out to him on March 12th, suggesting that shock 
of some kind—as for instance by the cooling down of the 
pupae by means of ice—might possibly result in the pro- 
duction of ancestral characteristics. 

The larvae pupated as noted in the above table between the 
25th and 27th of May, and at nine p.m. on May 30th the 
temperature of the box in which the pupae had been placed was 
reduced by ice to about 50° F., which temperature was main- 
tained till the evening of June 2nd. The ice had given out on 
the morning of June 3rd, and the experiment was then brought 
toa finish owing to difficulty in obtaining a further supply. 
On examination of the female offspring in the Hope Depart- 


( exxxiv ) 


ment at Oxford, it was found that the hindwings in four out 
of the fourteen showed a very definite tendency towards the 
production of “tails.” Furthermore, the hind margin of these 
wings, instead of being evenly rounded, presented, in differing 
degrees in the four specimens, a squarish outline with the 
rudimentary ‘“tail’’ at the angle. Some of the specimens 
closely resembled the Aippocoon figured by Prof. Poulton 
in Trans, Ent. Soc. 1906, pl. XIX, fig. 3, but in one specimen 
at least the undulation of the margin was far more reduced 
except at the “tail,” and the appearance was therefore more 
square-like. Two females only out of all those comprised 
in the five other families showed a similar condition. These 
appeared in family I. Mr. Lamborn hoped to repeat the 
experiment on a larger scale, and carry it out more fully, in 
order to obtain conclusive evidence as to the effects of a 
lowered temperature upon this species. 

Russian Parnassius apouto.—Mr. J. A. Sruzs exhibited a 
short series of P. apollo from the Government of Viatka, with 
a series from the Alps of Dauphiny and Switzerland for 
comparison, The Russian examples were characterised by 
their great size and by the similarity of coloration in both 
sexes, while the Alpine specimens showed a considerable 
degree of sexual dimorphism. 

FAMILIES OF PAPILIO DARDANUS, BROWN, BRED IN NAatTaL 
FROM FEMALE PARENTS OF THE TROPHONIUS, WESTW., FORM, BY 
Miss M. E. Founrarne anp Mr. G. F, Lerau.—Prof. Poutton 
said that, at his desire, Miss Fountaine had kindly prepared 
the following account of the extremely interesting family 
reared by her in 1909—the only Natal family at present 
known in which cenea is other than the most numerous of all 
the forms. 

‘On the 5th of January, 1909, in Stella Bush, near Durban, 
(Natal) I caught a very old ? specimen of Papilio dardanus, f. 
trophonius, which I kept, hoping to obtain ova. On January 
7th, she laid 28 ova (one of which I am inclined to think must 
have escaped my notice the day before). And up to January 
11th a few more were laid every day, till, the number having 
reached 45, I released the ?, in the ‘ glades.’ On January 
10th, 1 larva hatched out, on January 11th, 27 larvae, each 


( itexxy 


of the remaining 17 hatching on the 4th day after the egg 
was laid. When the caterpillars were still quite young I left 
Durban and went up country to a place called Dargle (4,400 
feet) not without some anxiety for my little larvae, which had 
all made a good start and were doing remarkably well. It 
was much colder up at Dargle, and it rained almost every day, 
but I was fortunate enough to find plenty of their wild food- 
plant—Vepris lanceolata—growing in Kimber’s Bush, about 
two miles distant from the hotel (and to which, thanks to the 
kind permission of Mr. Kimber, I had free access), so that I 
had not to resort to pillaging orchards for the leaves of orange 
and lemon, which also grew in the neighbourhood. The larvae 
grew as quickly and seemed to get on quite as well up here 
as down on the coast. The butterfly occurred in Kimber’s 
Bush but was rather scarce, and [ only saw males. On 
February 2nd 4 of the larvae (I had still nearly 40 of them) 
pupated, and 3 others were hanging up with that end in view. 
After that they went on pupating every day, until at last I 
had 38 pupae. ‘The first emergence (1 4) took place on 
Feb. 19th; the next day, Feb. 20th, (2 ¢¢ and 1 trophonius 
9); Feb. 21, at Maritzburg (3 ¢ 4); Feb. 22, (1 g and 229 
trophonius, and 1 9? cenew); Feb. 23, (4 2 9 trophonius, 2 of 
which were spoilt by emerging on the journey from Maritz- 
burg to Donnybrook) ; Feb. 24, (3 99 trophonius) ; Feb. 25, 
(1 3); Feb. 26, (29 9 trophonius); Feb. 27, (1 $ and 2 
2 2 trophonius) ; Feb. 28, (1 g); March 1, (26g); March 
2, (1 2 trophonius); March 4, (2 $ ¢ and 1 @ trophonius) ; 
March 5, (1 3); March 6, (1 g and 1 ? cenea); March 7, 
1 2 trophonius (deformed). Two others died in the pupa from 
the cold, but both were going to be trophonius. 

“This makes a total of 37 (1 pupa having met with an 
accident), out of which 16 were ¢ ¢ (mostly of the broad- 
bordered summer form, though some of those that emerged 
in the cold at Donnybrook showed a slight inclination to 
narrower, more broken borders); and of the 21 99, 2 were 
cenea and 19 were trophonius.” 

Prof. Pounron stated that Mr. G. F. Leigh of Durban had 
written Oct. 5th, 1912, giving an account of an interesting 
family he had just reared from a ¢rophonius ? captured in the 


(| eXxxvl ) 


Durban district. The érophonius parent was exhibited to the 
meeting. The family was of the following constitution :— 

11 males, 6 being very dark on the under surface; 4 
trophonius females; 2 hippocoon females; 1 leighi female, a 
very fine and splendid specimen ; and 9 cenea females. 

The family thus bore a considerable resemblance to the 
much larger one bred by Mr. Leigh in 1910 from a trophonius 
female captured at Pinetown, Natal (Proc. Ent. Soc. 1911, pp. 
xxxiii-xlii). The fact that the leighi form had now appeared 
in a second family with trophonius parentage was of much 
interest. 

Mr. Leigh also wrote in the same letter :— 

“‘T have quite recently seen a male dardanus courting a 
female Danaida chrysippus in error, and so_ persistently 
indeed that I captured the specimens thinking I must have 
made a mistake and that the female was really the trophonius 
form.” 

FURTHER FAMILIES OF PSEUDACRAEAS OF THE HOBLEYI GROUP 
BRED BY Dr. G, D. H. Carpenter on BuGaia IN THE SESSE 
ARCHIPELAGO.—Prof. Poutton exhibited the two families and 
the leaves of the food-plant referred to in the following ex- 
tracts from letters received from Dr. Carpenter. The history 
of the families he hoped might appear as part of an Appendix to 
Dr. Carpenter’s paper in the Transactions. The numbers and 
letters referred to the figures of Dr. Jordan’s plates. 


“ Oct. 14, 1912. 

“T received Dr. Jordan’s paper by the same mail as your 
letter and was amazed to see how the Western ewrytus forms 
varied. I had not the least idea of it. Some of the forms I 
have seen here, and sent you, viz. one like 214 (which I take 
to show how vogersi arose), and a form like 14a or 15a, which 
I mentioned in my last letter. I did not know, also, that the 
form like hobleyi (244) occurred in West Africa, It seems a 
strange thing that imitator does not vary. I should expect, 
if it did, to see the following slight variations in a long 
series, 


“‘J, A trace of yellow in the subapical white area, which is 
that of terra, as shown very well by my beautiful bred 


( team ') 


specimen B,, which, as I remarked before, showed very 
well how imitator could have arisen from a mixture of 
terra, hobleyt, and obscura. 

“TT. A trace of yellow suffusion on f.-w. inner margin (due to 
terra). 

‘TIT. A diffusing of the h.-w. pale area, instead of its being 
concentrated. I think B, shows that the pale h.-w. 
area of imitator was derived from obscura, tinted white 
by hobleyi influence. 


“YT much look forward to seeing the Natal and West 
African eurytus forms.” 

Prof, Poutton had examined the series of Ps. mitator, Trim., 
in the Hope Department, viz. 35 specimens bred in 1910 by 
the late Mr. A. D. Millar, and 3 females captured at North- 
dene, Natal, in 1896, He agreed with Dr, Carpenter that B, 
could be easily transformed into ¢mitator. With regard to I. 
no trace of subapical yellow was seen in any of the white- 
marked females. All the markings of the males and of a small 
proportion of the females were pale yellowish white like the 
males of Planema aganice, Hew., while the majority of the 
females were white-marked like the female aganice. II. The 
inner marginal marking was always present, yellowish in the 
yellow-marked, grey in the white-marked specimens. III. 
The bar crossing the hindwing was always well defined like 
the model—sometimes, however, more band-like and straighter 
along its outer edge, often, on the contrary, following the 
contour of the hind margin of the wing and forming a quarter- 
circle concentric with it, as in Planema aganice. 


“Oct. 17th. 

“‘T am sending you two more series of synepigonic Pseud- 
acraeas with full data, and pupal skins of each specimen, also 
a few leaves showing the curious way in which they are eaten 
by the young larvae.” 

Prof. Poutton said that he had submitted the leaves to 
Dr. O. Stapf, F.R.S., of Kew, who had replied that they 
agree very well with Sideroxylon brevipes, Baker, a Sapotaceous 
plant well known in Uganda and allied to Chrysophyllum, a 
food-plant of Pseudacraea in the Lagos district and Natal. A 


{ iexxxvili 1) 


perfectly certain determination required fuller material, which 
it was hoped would soon be received from Dr. Carpenter. 

Prof. Poulton had also received the following interesting 
note in a letter written on September 21st. The observation, 
as Dr. Carpenter said, threw light upon a difficulty which has 
often been stated. 3 

“T caught a very nice initial variety of Ps. terra the other 
day. It had a very slight yellow suffusion of the black 
ground-colour along the costal margin of the forewing, and 
the black bar between the sub-apical and hind-marginal tawny 
areas was slightly thinned away. This specimen, however, 
looked distinctly different, both at rest and on the wing, which 
tends, I think, to show how the smallest variations may have 
selection value. This is always rather a stumbling block, so 
it was nice to see it actually exemplified.” 

Tur Cocoons oF EPICEPHALA CHALYBACMA, Mryr.—Prof. 
Poutton showed an enlarged photograph of the cocoons of 
E. chalybacma upon the leaves of Tamarind, Poinciana pulcher- 
rima, taken at Pusa on May 31st, 1911, by Mr. T. Bainbrigge 
Fletcher. The cocoons with their spheres were very beauti- 
fully and clearly reproduced. The photograph had been taken 
for Mr. E. Meyrick, F.R.S., who had sent it to Prof. Poulton 
for exhibition to the Society. 

A RicHLY-coOLOURED EXAMPLE OF PLANEMA ARENARIA, 
E. M. Sarre, FRoM THE Sesse IsLaAnDs IN THE VICTORIA 
NyanzA.—Prof. Poutton exhibited a male specimen of P12. 
arenaria, taken July 15, 1912, by Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on 
Bugalla, one of the Sesse Islands. Pl. arenaria had been 
shown by Dr. Karl Jordan to bea pale eastern geographical 
race of the fulvous Pl, consanguinea, Auriv., of the tropical 
west coast. It was therefore interesting to find such forms, 
tending towards an intermediate tint, in an island in the 
Victoria Nyanza. Dr. Carpenter had observed that they 
were not uncommon. 

Tue Errect or Hor anp CoLD CLIMATE UPON THE CoLoURS 
oF CHRYSOPHANUS PHLAEAS, L.—Prof, Povuuron exhibited 
thirty-seven examples of C. phlaeas, captured on the same 
bank at Cerne Abbas, Dorset, in the hot August of 1911 and 
in the cold August of 1912, by Dr. R. C. L. Perkins. Eight 


@ (emmxics  ) 


out of the fourteen males captured in 1911 were much darker 
than any of the eight males captured in 1912. The copper 
tint of the eight 1912 females was more brilliantly lustrous 
than in the seven 1911 females. It was interesting that the 
effects were similar in kind in the two sexes, although very 
different in degree, also that the females, in which the differ- 
ence was but slight, were more uniformly affected than the 
males. 

PoLyoMMATUS IcARUS FremMALEs.—Mr. T. H. L. Grosvenor, 
who was present as a visitor, exhibited a series of P. icarus 
females principally from various localities on the North Downs, 
arranged according to the year and emergence to which they 
belonged, with the intention of showing the seasonal di- 
morphism of the females of this species, and also with the idea 
of raising a discussion on the theory originated by the late 
Dr. G. G. C. Hodgson, as to whether the climatic or atmo- 
spheric conditions prevailing at the time of emergence, or at 
an earlier period of its existence, do, or do not tend to 
increase or decrease the sexual dimorphism. From his own 
experience among the Lycaenids during the past ten years, 
the conclusion was forced upon him that a hot summer pro- 
duces as a prevailing form the brown type, with little or no 
blue scaling. One could not, of course, make a dogmatic 
statement to this effect, as assiduous selective collecting 
would always produce the blue form in greater or less numbers, 
whereas, in a cold wet summer the prevailing form was 
found to be more or less heavily scaled with blue. He could 
not quite agree with Hodgson that the sexual dimorphism is 
decreased or accentuated by the sexes approximating to an 
imaginary intermediate form, especially so in the species 
under discussion, where, if there were any tendency in this 
direction, the variation of the males would be so subtle that 
no reliable inference could be drawn. In the case of Agriades 
corydon this might be possible owing to the more decided 
variation of the males. In his own opinion a decrease of 
sexual dimorphism, or the contrary, could be produced by 
variation of one sex towards or receding from the type of the 
opposite sex. 

He could not but regret that he had not access to Hadgson’s 


(Gexk) ) 


extensive series for reference, but among his notes on the 
species were found the following statistics :— 

Polyommatus icarus females in the collection with more 
than average blue; total 58 specimens :— 


1904, number of specimens 8 = 42 % 


1905, . m 18 = 32% 
1906, = ss 5=90% 
1907, bs \ 27 = 46 %, 


To which he would add from his own series :— 


Total 72 specimens— 


TOS ene, mee ee 
LO ETN ne eae 
1910, Oe A PEER ee ORD 
TOT RMF eR ROOINS: AUS SGP AO 


These figures, of course, proved little, owing to the varying 
numbers for each year, the small quantity, and the selective 
process to which, as cabinet specimens, they had been subjected. 

The fact that Continental specimens show so little blue, was 
interesting, inasmuch as it agreed to a large extent with this 
theory, viz. that a cold season produces a bluer form, therefore 
the milder climate experienced on the Continent produces an 
almost unicolorous brown form. 

Ruratip ABERRATIONS.—The Rev. G. WHEELER exhibited, 
on behalf of Mr. R. M. PripEaux, some aberrational forms 
of Rumicia phlaeas, and three 2 “ Blues,” consisting of one 
very dark specimen of Agriades corydon and two of A. thetis, 
one being of the ab. wrania, Gerh., and the other having the 
forewings dark and the hindwings symmetrically of a pale 
fawn-colour. 

FEMALES OF AGRIADES THETIS AND POLYOMMATUS ICARUS.— 
The Rev. G. WHEELER also exhibited the specimens of A. 
thetis ab. urania, Gerh., to which he had referred at a former 
meeting. All were taken between Gomshall and Dorking and 
were first-brood specimens of this year. Their peculiarity con- 
sists in the ground-colour being of a dead black instead of 
brown, these particular specimens however having a considerable 
amount of blue scaling. 


( ’exlt. ) 


He observed that his own experience as to the blue females 
of P. icarus in England was directly opposed to that of Mr. 
Grosvenor, and in support of this view he exhibited a series 
of blue 9s, most of them entirely blue, taken this spring at 
Notgrove in the Cotswolds, and for comparison the bluest ¢ 
he had taken there previously, in which the blue scaling 
was less than the least blue of this spring’s captures. He 
explained that he did not suppose that heat as a rule tended 
to the production of blue 9s of this species, since the 9s 
in Switzerland showed only traces of blue, and those in 
Italy none at all, but his theory was that unusual climatic 
conditions gave an impetus to the very marked tendency 
to blue 9s which was so characteristic of Britain, and which 
is in fact confined to these islands and to certain localities 
in Scandinavia. 

Mr. H. Rowtanp-Brown expressed the opinion that sea- 
damp might have some effect in producing blue in the 9s 
of this group of “blues,” and instanced the case of the south- 
west coast of France in Charente-Inférieure, where the very 
brilliant and wholly blue ab. coelestis, and the ab. syngrapha 
which is blue up to the border, were the dominant forms of 
the ? of A. thetis and A. corydon respectively. 

Species or THE Genus Trracotus.—Dr. F. A. Drxzy 
exhibited specimens of Zeracolus ephyia, Klug, and some 
allied forms, together with drawings of their respective scent- 
scales. He remarked that TZeracolus ephyia was originally 
described and figured by Klug from specimens captured at 
Ambukol in Nubia. The uppermost specimen in the exhibit 
was from Meroe on the Upper Nile, close to the place where 
Klug’s specimens were taken. Next came a pair, ¢ and Q, 
captured by Dr. Longstaff near Khartum. The exhibit in- 
cluded a specimen of 7. Jats, Butl., caught at Artesia in 
Bechuanaland by Prof. Poulton. This form might be regarded 
as the geographical representative of 7’. ephyia in South 
Africa, With regard to the scent-scales, it was interesting to 
observe that a fairly gradual transition in size took place from 
one extreme to the other of the geographical series. All 
these forms appeared to be somewhat rare. Prof. Poulton’s 
specimen of 7’, lais was the only one in the Hope Collection 


( exlii ) 


with the exception of two caught by Burchell, probably in 
1812. The British Museum contained only two, or at the 
most three, of 7’. luis, and only three specimens of 7’. ephyia. 

Dr. G. B. Lonestarr observed that many species of the 
genus look much alike on the wing, and that possibly 7’. ephyia 
may have been passed over as being inconspicuous among 
larger species. 


Papers. 


The following papers were read :— 

“On some new and little-known Bornean Lycaenidae, with 
a revision of the Thecline genus Zhamala, Moore.” By J.C. 
Moutrton, F.L.8., Curator of the Sarawak Museum. 

“ Descriptions of South American Micro-Lepidoptera.”’ By 
E. Mryricr, B.A., F.R.S. 

“Synoptic Table of the British species of Alewonota and 
Atheta, Th.” By Maucoum Cameron, M.B., R.N. 

‘‘Comparative Notes on Chilades galba, Led., and C’. phiala, 
Gr.-Gr.” By G. T. Beraune-Baxer, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 

“ Notes on the Specific Distinction of certain species in the 
orbitulus and pheretiades section of the Genus Plebeius.” By 
G. T. BerHune-Baker, F.L.8., F.Z.8. 

Mr, Beruune-Baker exhibited the species referred to in the 
latter paper, and mentioned the conclusions to which he had 
come as to their specific value or otherwise. 


( exh ) 


ANNUAL MEETING. 
Wednesday, January 15th, 1913. 


The Rev. F. D. Moricn, President, in the Chair. 


Mr. J. E. Cottin, one of the Auditors, read the Treasurer’s 
Balance Sheet for 1912, showing a balance of £16 18s. 9d. On 
the proposal of the Rev. F. KE. Lows, seconded by Mr. H. Main, 
it was unanimously adopted. 

The Rev. George WHEELER, one of the Secretaries, then 
read the following 


Report of the Council. 


During the past year the Society has lost one Honorary 
Fellow, Dr. Ludwig Ganglbauer of Vienna ; the vacancy thus 
caused has been filled by the election of Dr. Emile Frey- 
Gessner of Geneva. 

Eight ordinary Fellows have died during the year, viz. 
Messrs. H. J. Adams, Thos. Boyd, Edouard Brabant, Samuel 
J. Capper, E. A. Fitch, G. H. Grosvenor, W. F. Kirby and 
R. Shelford, and information has also been received of the 
death of Messrs. A. P. Buller and Thos. Turner who died so 
long ago as 1910. Eight Fellows have resigned and six have 
been removed from the list, our losses from all sources thus 
numbering twenty-five. Forty new Fellows have been 
elected during the year in addition to Dr. Frey-Gessner, and 
one name previously removed has been restored, these addi- 
tions numbering forty-two in all, and exceeding our losses by 
seventeen, the Society now consisting of twelve Honorary and 
five hundred and eighty-four Ordinary Fellows, making 
altogether a total of five hundred and ninety-six, considerably 
the highest figure hitherto attained. 

The Transactions for 1912 form a volume of seven hundred 
and fifty-four pages, and consist of eighteen papers by the 

PROG. ENT, SOC, LOND,, v. 1912, K 


( cexliv ) 


following authors: the late Col. C. T. Bingham, F.Z.S., 
G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., M.B. (two), Dr. T, A. Chapman, 
M.D., F.Z.8. (four), H. Eltringham, M.A., F.ZS., E. E. 
Green, F. M. Howlett, B.A., E. Dukinfield Jones, F.Z.S., Dr. 
H. Karny, Lt.-Col. N. Manders, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., Dr. 
R. C. L. Perkins, M.A., D.Se., F.Z.S., ete., Dr. David Sharp, 
M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., etc. (joint author with F. Muir), the 
late R. Shelford, M.A., R. Trimen, M.A., F.R.S., ete., and 
R. E. Turner. Two of these are important monographs each 
occupying a complete part, one relating to Lepidoptera, the 
other to Coleoptera ; of the other papers nine refer to Lepido- 
ptera, three to Hymenoptera, one each to Coleoptera, 
Orthoptera and Thysanoptera, and one especially to Economic 
Entomology. The Proceedings occupy one hundred and forty- 
four pages and contain a great amount of important informa- 
tion connected with the Exhibits at the Meetings, much of 
which is contained in letters and notes from Fellows of the 
Society pursuing methodical Entomological work in Central 
Africa, Ceylon, Hawaii, ete. 

The Transactions are illustrated by 86 plates, consisting of 
8 chromo-lithographs, 10 monotint and 2 black lithographs, 
28 half-tone plates and 38 line-blocks. All the drawings 
except that of one of the chromos were given by the Authors, 
and in that case a sum of £10 was given by Mr. Feltham 
towards the entire cost of the plate. The cost of 1 chromo 
and 25 half-tone plates was given by Dr. Chapman, and that 
of one monotint lithograph by Mr. Eltringham. Of the two 
text figures occurring in the Proceedings, that illustrating 
Mr. C. O. Waterhouse’s exhibit of a Mantid odtheca was 
given by the Exhibitor. In addition to these donations 
towards the cost of the plates the Royal Society has promised 
a grant of £60 towards the production of Part III, consisting 
of Dr. Sharp’s monograph with its 37 plates. 

The generosity of Mr. F. Merrifield, one of our ex- 
Presidents, again enabled the Council to offer a travel-grant. 
Only one application, however, was received, and this did not 
fulfil the one condition made by Mr. Merrifield, viz. that 
without the grant the recipient would be obliged to confine 
his collecting for the year to the British Isles. 


(> exly.,.) 


The meetings have been very largely attended, the room on 
many occasions having been quite full, and the exhibits and 
discussions have reached a high level of importance ; the 
latter, except when on matters of only momentary interest, 
have generally been fully reported in the Proceedings, the 
statements of speakers, where not supplied by themselves, 
being always submitted to them for correction before 
publication. 

In the List of Fellows, published in Part V of the Trans- 
actions for 1911, a new departure was made by inserting 
after the names of Fellows a list of any Offices they have 
held in the Society, with dates. It is hoped that this will add 
materially to the interest of the list. 

During the past session a collection of the portraits of former 
Presidents has been initiated, and a considerable number have 
already been received. 

The Council has been invited during the past year to 
appoint Delegates for the International Congress of Eugenics, 
the Centenary of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural 
Sciences, the 250th Anniversary of the Royal Society, the 
2nd International Congress of Entomology, and the Interna- 
tional Congress of Comparative Pathology. On the last of 
these occasions the Society was not, however, actually repre- 
sented, neither Prof. Newstead nor Prof. Theobald being able 
to attend, and the short notice given by the Congress to the 
Council making it impossible to find other delegates in their 
place. 

The Society is also invited to be represented at the 9th 
International Congress of Zoology, which is to take place at 
Monaco in March next, from the 25th to the 29th. Reports 
from the delegates to the Royal Society’s Celebrations and the 
International Congress of Entomology are appended. 

The Treasurer reports as follows :— 

The year ending 3lst December, 1912, has been a very 
prosperous one, the total receipts being £971 4s. 11d., against 
£699 12s. 11d. in 1909, £805 Os. 11d. in 1910, and £847 7s. 
in 1911 respectively. This continued prosperity arises from a 
general increase in all the items, especially in Admission Fees 
and sales of Transactions. On the other hand, the cost of 

K 2 


(. Mexlvay =) 


valuable Papers published has been correspondingly heavy, but 
it must be borne in mind that £75 for 5 Life Compositions 
has been invested out of the above sum of £971 4s. l1ld., 
adding £102 12s. 2d. Stock to the sum already held. 

The Librarian reports that forty volumes, the usual periodicals 
and publications of Societies, and an unusually large quantity 
of separata have been added to the Library during the past 
year, a list of which will be included in Part V of the Transac- 
tions. Four hundred and seventy-eight volumes have been 
issued for home use, as against a total of two hundred and 
ninety-five volumes the previous year. As usual, the Library 
has been well used for the purpose of reference. 


Report of the Second International Congress ot 
Entomology at Oxford, August 1912.* 


The second International Congress of Entomology assembled 
on August 4th, and in the evening members were invited to 
an informal Reception given by Oxford entomologists in the 
Hall of New College, at which guides, badges (designed by 
Prof. Selwyn Image, M.A., F.E.S., Slade Professor of Fine 
Arts), and programmes for the sessions and excursions were 
issued. 

The Congress was formally opened on Monday morning at 
10.30, in the theatre of the Oxford University Museum which 
was placed at the disposition of members throughout the week 
by the kind permission of the Delegates, and besides rooms’ 
for the separate sections, a most convenient and comfortable 
writing-room was arranged for the use of members, and for 
the Press. 

In his opening address the President, Prof. E. B. Poulton, 
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. etce., Hope Professor of Zoology, wel- 
comed the Congress, laying special stress on the claim of the 
Oxford University Museum as a place of meeting, as the 
special scene of early encounters between “ Darwinians’”’ and 
the disciples of the older schools of thought; of Ruskin’s 
teaching and of Westwood’s labours in the cause of Entomology. 
He then proceeded to trace the evolution of the female 


* A detailed Report of the Congress appeared in The Times of 
Wednesday, August 15th (by H. Rowland-Brown). 


( exlvii ) 


Papilio dardanus from Madagascar across the continent of 
Africa. 

The address was followed hy a paper by the Hon. N. C. 
Rothschild, M.A., F.E.S., on the subject of ‘‘ Nature Reserves,” 
in which he advocated the co-operation of naturalists and 
all nature-lovers to secure and maintain the fast-vanishing 
primitive areas of the United Kingdom. 

In the afternoon, in the Economic and Pathological Section 
(President, Prof. L. O. Howard, U.S.A. ; Vice-Pres., Prof. R. 
Newstead, F.E.S.; Secretary, Mr. H. Scott, M.A., F.E.8.), Sir 
Daniel Morris read a paper for Mr. W. A. Ballou, dealing 
with “Some Entomological Problems in the West Indies,” 
and especially with the introduction of predaceous insects 
as the natural enemies of insect pests, etc., on cotton and 
sugar-cane. In the same section,on Wednesday, August 7th 
(President, Herr J. Jablonowski (Hungary); Vice-Pres., Mr. 
R. L. Perkins, F.E.S.; Secretary, Mr. J. C. Moulton, F.E.S.), 
the president gave a long and illuminating account, with 
lantern slides, of the methods employed for ‘‘ The destruction 
of Stauronotus maroccanus in Hungary,” and ‘‘The destruc- 
tion of Cochylis and Hudemis in vineyards”; Mr. A. G. L. 
Rogers, M.A., F.E.S., outlined a scheme for “The necessary 
investigation with relation to Insect and Fungus Enemies 
of Plants, preliminary to Legislation,” and Prof. F. V. 
Theobald, M.A., F.E.S., gave an account of the “ Aphides 
attacking cultivated Peas, and the allied species of the genus 
Macrosiphum.” On Thursday, the section sitting under the 
presidency of Dr. Gordon Hewitt (Canada), B.Sc., F.E.S. 
(Vice-Pres., M. V. Ferrant; Secretary, Mr. H. Rowland- 
Brown, M.A., F.E.S.), listened to an extremely interesting 
paper by Dr. Stephen A. Forbes, U.S.A., on “ Simulium and 
Pellagra in Illinois,” a summary of his studies of the species 
in relation to new cases of pellagra in asylums. An amusing 
discussion followed on a paper apparently designed to demon- 
strate the virtues of a new commercial specific for killing flies. 

The second day’s proceedings of the General Meeting and 
the Section devoted to nomenclature (President, Prof. E. B. 
Poulton, F.R.S. ; Vice-Pres., Herr K. Kertész ; Secretary, Dr. 
K. Jordan, Ph.D., F.E.S.) drew perhaps the largest and most 


( exlviii ) 


interested audiences of the Congress. In the morning the 
Rev. G. Wheeler, M.A., F.E.S., and Mr. G. T. Bethune- 
Baker (delegates of our Society, with the President, the Hon. 
Walter Rothschild, F.R.S., and Mr. H. Rowland-Brown) 
introduced the subject of ‘‘ Nomenclature with a communica- 
tion from the Entomological Society of London,” Mr. Bethune- 
Baker’s remarks being as follows :-— 

“This question—having disturbed the minds of many 
entomologists here—was brought to a head by the publication 
of a paper in the E.M.M. for February 1912, by Meyrick, in 
which he published a list of no less than ninety-four new 
names as substitutes for a long series of new species described 
by Kearfott in 1907, and published in the Trans. American 
Ent. Soc., Vol. 33 (1907), and in the Canadian Entomologist for 
the same year ; he also included three names of Busck’s. The 
matter was discussed very fully at two meetings of the Ent. 
Soc. Lond., who appointed a sub-committee to consider the 
whole question and to report, and after the report the 
resolution I have moved was carried practically unanimously. 
Without considering the propriety of Meyrick’s substitutions 
it was strongly felt that Kearfott’s names were untenable, 
primarily for the reason that to the ordinary person they are 
quite unmemorable. It would not be possible for the ordinary 
worker to memorise ninety plays on the syllable ‘‘ana,” 
without very serious effort and constant reference to the 
originals; in addition to this there are names such as 
Enarmonia vana and wana; Eucosma sandana, xandana, 
zandana, vandana, wandana ; Phalonia foxana, voxana ; Eucos- 
ma vomonana and womonana, and others somewhat similar. 
The sound of Lucosma sandana, spelt with an s, « or 2, is 
absolutely indistinguishable in English and other languages, 
those beginning with v and w are indistinguishable in some 
languages, and it was felt some steps ought to be taken to 
prevent the recurrence of such a list of names. Besides these, 
Kirkaldy published a series of what many consider objection- 
able names, such as Polichisme, Ochisme, and it was considered 
that such names could only bring Entomological science into 
disrepute if they did not make it a laughing-stock to the 
scientific world. The resolution I have moved does not in 


( gale -) 


any way conflict with those already passed at the first Con- 
gress. It will be seen that there is no desire to oppose the 
International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature, but 
rather a desire to strengthen their hands and to prevent, if 
possible, that Commission from departing from their own 
Code. I speak as an upholder of the Code, but I want it 
improved. It consists of rules and recommendations; the 
former are binding, the latter are not. I would like to 
eliminate many of the latter, and to make some new rules, 
but I do desire the Commission to adhere to their rules. 
This they do not do. For instance, Art. 25, The Law of 
Priority, runs as follows :—‘“ The valid name of a genus or 
species can be only that name under which it was first 
designated on the condition: (a) That this name was pub- 
lished and accompanied by an indication, or a definition, or 
a description; and (b) That the author has applied the 
principles of binary nomenclature.” I would ask the members 
of the Congress to remember (6). With this law before them 
the question of Meigen’s genera of 1800 came under their view, 
when instead of settling the question absolutely, as it is really 
settled by Art. 25), the Secretary of the Commission sent a 
letter to the members of the Commission asking whether the 
Nouvelle Classification of Meigen of 1800 should be given 
precedence over his Versuch of 1803, and the decision was that 
precedence should be given where valid. I submit, sir, that 
that decision is contrary to Art. 25. Meigen’s 1800 classifica- 
tion is absolutely uninominal, and is, therefore, entirely 
contrary to section 6, and consequently cannot be accepted. 
According to the Code Meigen’s names can only be accepted 
from the date when the author applied the principles of binary 
nomenclature, i.e. 1803. This decision is therefore entirely 
contrary to the Code and cannot be accepted until Art. 25 is 
altered. At the present time there is a somewhat widespread 
movement to restrict the Law of Priority. This is not alto- 
gether unnatural from one point of view, but from the point 
of view of the Systematist I sincerely hope it will not be done. 
It is not unnatural for the pure biologist and general zoologist 
to desire to retain names that he remembers from his student 
days; the question, however, that I would ask is, Is it 


(tel) 


Scientific? The Code was formed in order to obtain a stable 
nomenclature, and it is steadily working in that direction, 
but the end cannot be obtained in a decade. Nature works 
slowly and we had better follow her example. We have 
to deal with a vast amount of literature extending over one 
hundred and fifty years, and it is only as the Systematist in 
his monographs or other work investigates this mass of 
literature that stability will be obtained, for it should be 
remembered that it is the Systematist who must be in the end 
the final court of appeal, at least in the elucidation of species, 
and, therefore, in the elucidation of the names of species. It 
is said that changes of names bother those who are not 
specialists, but I have little doubt that the suggestion of 
‘nomina conservanda’ in combination with the Law of Priority 
would be infinitely more perplexing, and it would be an open 
door for endless changes. The fact that the number of species 
and genera in Entomology far outweighs the number of living 
forms that belong to all other classes of the animal kingdom, 
is ample justification for the considerable extension of the 
powers and status of the Commission formed at our first 
International Congress as suggested by my resolution, and I 
trust this second Congress will approve of the Resolution * of 
the Ent. Soc. of London that I have the honour to move.” 

The Rev. G. Wheeler followed with a paper entitled 
‘‘Suggestions for securing Simplification and Permanency in 
Nomenclature.” 

In the afternoon, M. Charles Oberthiir, Hon. F.E.S., who 
was enthusiastically welcomed on his first visit to England, in 
a speech of glowing eloquence developed his proposition— 

“Pas de bonne figure a l’appui d’une description, pas de nom 

valable ”’— 
and after this was read a paper by Mr. L. B. Prout, F.E.S., 
“On the place of figures in descriptive Entomology,” and an 
interesting and sustained discussion of the best means 
whereby something like order might be evolved out of the 
existing chaos of entomological nomenclature. Finally, after 
the question had been referred back to a special committee 
the following resolution was adopted— 
* For the Resolution see Proceedings, p. lxvi. 


( cli) 


(i) The Congress has elected the following International 
Committee on Nomenclature: N. Banks, C. J. Gahan, 
K. Kertész, F. Ris, 8S. Schenkling, H. Schouteden, 
Y. Sjéstedt, and K. Jordan (as Secretary). 
The Executive Committee, in conjunction with 
the National Committees mentioned hereafter, is 
empowered to elect additional members. 


(ii) The Congress commissions the International Entomo- 
logical Committee on Nomenclature— 

(a) to enter into communication with the Entomological 
Societies of the world with a view to forming 
National Committees on Entomological Nomen- 
clature ; 

(6) in co-operation with the National Committees, to 
collect the opinions of Entomologists on questions 
of Nomenclature as affecting Entomology, and to 
consider what elucidations, extensions, or emenda- 
tions, if any, are required in the International 
Code ; 

(c) to confer with the International Commission on 
Zoological Nomenclature and— 

(d) to lay a report before the next Congress of Entomo- 
logy. 

(iii) The Congress further commissions the International 
Entomological Committee on Nomenclature to commu- 
nicate these resolutions to the Secretary of the Inter- 
national Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, 
and to take such action as to ensure the adequate 
representation of Entomology on the International 
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. 


Other papers read, or communicated to the Congress by 
Fellows and Hon. Fellows of our Society were :— 


Prof. E. B. Poulton, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.— 
‘Messrs. C. A. Wiggins, and Dr. G. H. Carpenter’s 
researches in mimicry in the forest butterflies of Uganda.” 
Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, M.A., D.Se.— 
“The colour-groups of Hawaiian Wasps.” 


€ tele?) 
The Rev. K. St. A. Rogers, M.A. 
‘‘Mimicry in the two sexes of the E. African Lycaenid 
Alaena picata, E. M. Sharpe.” 
Dr. F. A. Dixey, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.— 
“ Scent Organs in the Lepidoptera.” 
The specialised scales which serve to distribute scent in 
many species may be either generally scattered over the 
wing-surface, or collected into patches. In the latter case 
there is a special supply of air tubes to the sockets of the 
scales. 
Mr. G. H. Carpenter, B.Sc., B.M., B.Ch.— 
“The Presence of Maxillulae in Beetle Larvae.” 
Demonstrates the presence of paired appendages (maxillulae) 
connected with the hypopharynx in certain larvae of the 
Coleoptera. 
Dr. M. Burr, D.Sc., and Dr. K. Jordan, Ph.D.— 
“On Ariwenia, an aberrant genus of Earwigs, its habits, 
morphology and anatomy.” 
Mr. R. 8. Bagnall. 
(1) The Order Thysanoptera. 
(2) The British Protwra, a primitive and recently diagnosed 
order of Insects. 
(3) A synopsis of the family Aeolothripidae of the order 
Thysanoptera. 
(4) Exhibition of New British Thysanura, Collembola, 
Thysanoptera, Mallophaga, and Myriapoda. 
(5) Exhibition of the Zhysanoptera of the Hawaiian Islands. 
Prof. R. C. Punnett, M.A., F.R.S.— 
‘‘The Polymorphism of Papilio polytes. 
Mr. E. E. Green. 
“A plea for the Centralisation of Diagnostic Descriptions.” 
Mr. H. St. J. K. Donisthorpe and Mr. W. C. Crawley— 
“On the founding of Colonies by Ants.” 
Dr. K. Jordan, Ph. D.— 
“On the viviparity of Polyctenidae.” 
Dr. T. A. Chapman, M.D.— 
‘Regeneration of the Legs in Lymantria dispar.” 
Effects of the parts being lost at different stages, and 
tendency to reduplication of parts. 


( cliii_ ) 


Mr. Leonard Doncaster, M.A.— 
‘“‘ Sex-limited Inheritance in Insects.” 
An account of the inheritance of characters which show sex- 
limited transmission in the Moth Abraxas grossulariata, and 
the Fly Drosophila ampelophila. 

Prof. J. H. Comstock— 
“The Silk of Spiders and its Uses.”’ 
A description of the different kinds of silk spun by spiders 
and of the use of each kind. [Illustrated by lantern slides 
made from photo-micrographs of silk and from photographs 
of webs. 

Dr. Ernest Olivier— 
“The necessity for the Latin tongue for Entomological 

descriptions.” 


During the session also the following exhibits were on view 
in the University Museum :— 

Dr. F. A. Dixey.—Pierinae. Mr. H. Eltringham.—The 
African Species of the Genus Acraea. Prof. Poulton and Mr. 
A. H. Hamm.—Insects and their prey, with special reference 
to the Courtship of the Empidae. Prof. Poulton.—Mimetic 
Groups. 

At the final General Meeting on the afternoon of Friday, 
August 9th, after Dr. Adalbert Seitz had discussed the 
problem, “ How does the Insect see the World?” and Prof. 
V. L. Kellog (U.S.A.) had read a paper on “ Distribution and 
Species-forming among Ectoparasites,” the PRESIDENT reviewed 
the whole proceedings of the Congress, and was given a hearty 
and unanimous vote of thanks for his address, and for his 
services. It was then resolved that the next meeting of the 
Congress should be held at Vienna with Dr. Anton Handiirsch 
as President. 

Meanwhile, during the week members of the Congress were 
entertained by Wadham, New College, Magdalen, and 
Merton, and an excellent café was erected in a large tent in 
the Warden’s garden at the first-mentioned College, where 
luncheon, tea and light refreshments were served. On 
Wednesday, August 7th, the Congress was entertained by 
the Rt. Hon. L. V. Harcourt, M.P., at Nuneham House, 
the party proceeding thither by river ; while another party of 


( cliv ) 


members, at the invitation of the President and Fellows of 
St. John’s College, explored, and enjoyed an afternoon picnic 
in Bagley Wood, though both expeditions were to some extent 
marred by the rain. 

The Banquet on Friday evening, in the Hall of Wadham 
College, was largely attended by members and their friends. 

On Saturday, August 10th, the Hon. Walter Rothschild, 
F.R.S., entertained the entire Congress at luncheon, and in 
the Museum at Tring. 

Of the sixty-six British and Foreign Government Depart- 
ments, Universities, Institutions and Societies which sent 
Delegates to the Congress, twenty-eight were wholly or in 
part represented by Fellows of our Society. 

The following Fellows of our Society were also present 
during the week: Mr. G. Arrow, Mr. A. Bacot, Mr. R. S. 
Bagnall, Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker, Dr. M. Burr, Dr. M. 
Cameron, Prof. G. H. Carpenter, Mr. G. C. Champion, Dr. 
T. A. Chapman, Mr. J. E. Collin, Prof. J. H. Comstock, Mr. 
W.C. Crawley, Mr. E. M. Dadd, Dr. F. A. Dixey, Mr. L. 
Doncaster, Mr. H. St. J. Donisthorpe, Mr. H. H. Druce, Mr. 
J. H. Durrant, Mr. H. Eltringham, Miss M. E. Fountaine, 
Mr. C. J. Gahan, Mr. J. Gardner, Mr. A. T. Gillanders, 
Mr. G. C. Griffiths, Mr. G. H. Grosvenor, Dr. (Gage 
Hewitt, Mr. T. F. P. Hoar, Prof. 8. Image, Mr. O. E. Janson, 
Mr. A. H. Jones, Dr. K. Jordan, Mr. E. G. Joseph, Mr. 
W. J. Kaye, Sir G. Kenrick, Dr. G. B. Longstaff, Mr. 
G. Lyle, Mr. H. A. Lyman, Dr. R.S8. Macdougall, Mr. G. A. K. 
Marshall, Mr. G. Meade-Waldo, Rev. F. D. Morice, Mr. 
J. C. Moulton, Mr. S. J. Neave, M. Ch. Oberthir, Dr. E. 
Olivier, Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, Prof. E. B. Poulton, Prof. R. C. 
Punnett, Rev. K. St. A. Rogers, Hon. L. W. Rothschild, 
Hon. N. C. Rothschild, Mr. H. Rowland-Brown, Mr. H. Scott, 
Mr. N. S. Sennett, Dr. D. Sharp, Mr. A. Sich, Prof. F. V. 
Theobald, Prof. I. Trigardh, Mr. C. J. Wainwright, Comm. 
J.J. Walker, Rev. G. Wheeler, Mr. C. B. Williams ; accom- 
panied by the following ladies: Mrs. Bagnall, Mrs. Cameron, 
Mrs. Champion, Mrs. Comstock, Mrs. Dixey, Miss Jordan, 
Mme. Oberthiir, Mrs. Perkins, Mrs. and Miss Poulton, Miss 
Rowland-Brown, Miss Swaine, Miss Walker, Mrs. Wheeler. 


Gh “elv?) 


Prof. Poulton (the President), Dr. Burr, D.Sc. (General 
Secretary of the Congress), and Mr. H. Eltringham, M.A., 
and the late Mr. G. H. Grosvenor, M.A. (Asst.-Secretaries), 
gave invaluable assistance to promote the success of the 


Congress in their several departments. 
H. R.-B. 


Report of the Two Hundred and Fiftieth 
Anniversary of the Royal Society. 


Proceedings at the 250th anniversary of the Royal Society 
were as follows :— 

Monday, July 15.—The President, Council, and Fellows of 
the Royal Society held a preliminary and informal reception 
of the Delegates from 8.50 to 11 p.m. at Burlington House. 

Tuesday July 16.—A short Commemorative Service was 
held at midday in Westminster Abbey, and the Dean (Bp. 
Ryle) delivered an address. 

At 2.30 p.m. the formal Reception of Delegates and pre- 
sentation of Addresses took place in the Great Library at 
Burlington House. 

At 7 p.m. a Banquet was held in the Guildhall, the President 
of the Royal Society (Sir A. Geikie) in the chair. Speeches were 
delivered by the Prime Minister, the Archbishop of Canterbury, 
and others. 

Wednesday, July 17.—The Duke and Duchess of Northum- 
berland received the Fellows of the Royal Society, and the 
Delegates, at a Garden Party from 4 to 7 at Syon House. 

At 9 p.m. a Conversazione was held in the Rooms of the 
Royal Society. 

Thursday, July 18.—The Council and the Delegates were 
conveyed by special train from Paddington to Windsor, 
arriving at 2 p.m. They were met by Lord Esher and suite, 
and conducted through the State apartments and St. George’s 
Chapel. Afterwards at 3.15 they were presented individually 
to their Majesties the King and Queen, and then joined the 
company assembled for the Royal Garden Party in the gardens 
of the Castle. 

In the evening Delegates who were accompanied by their 


( elvi_ ) 


wives or daughters were entertained privately by Fellows 
of the Royal Society, and the others were invited to dine 
with the Royal Society Club (founded 1743). 

Friday, July 19.—Two parties of Delegates visited re- 
spectively Oxford and Cambridge at the invitation of the 
Universities. 

During the week much private hospitality was extended to 
Delegates and ladies accompanying them ; arrangements were 
made enabling them to visit various places of interest in 
London and the neighbourhood ; and the Royal Automobile 
Club invited them to become temporary honorary members 
for a period of fourteen days. 

The Entomological Society of London was represented by 
the President as its Delegate, and others of its Fellows who 
were Delegates representing other learned Societies were— 
Prof. Comstock (Honorary Fellow), the Duke of Bedford, 


Prof. Meldola, and Prof. Poulton. 
F..D2M: 


Mr. A. Bacor proposed that the Council’s Report be adopted. 
This was seconded by Dr. T. A. CHapman, and carried 
unanimously. 

The PresIpENT stated that since his decision last year he 
had come to the conclusion that the latest edition of the Bye- 
laws required some form of election of Officers and Council at 
the Annual Meeting, though it seemed impossible to follow 
them out exactly, as they apparently neither provided for nor 
contemplated an unopposed return of the Council’s nominees. 
He would therefore put the Council’s list to the Meeting and 
ask for a show of hands. The following were then declared 
elected unanimously: President, G. T. Bethune-Baker, F.L.8., 
F.Z.8.; Treasurer, Albert H. Jones; Secretaries, Commander 
J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S., and Rev. G. Wheeler, M.A., 
F.Z.8S.; Librarian, G. C. Champion, A.L.S., F.Z.8.; Other 
members of the Council: R. Adkin, James E. Collin, J. 
Hartley Durrant, Stanley Edwards, F.L.S., F.Z.S., H. Eltring- 
ham, M.A., F.Z.S., A. E. Gibbs, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Rev. F. D. 
Morice, M.A., G. W. Nicholson, M.A., M.D., Hon. N. C. 
Rothschild, M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.S., W. E. Sharp, J. R. le B, 
Tomlin, M.A., Colbran J, Wainwright. 


( elvii_ ) 


The President, the Rev. F. D. Moricz, then delivered an 
Address, at the close of which Mr. C. J. GaHan proposed a 
vote of thanks to him for his services as President and for his 
Address, at the same time asking for its publication as a part 
of the Proceedings of the Society ; this was seconded by Mr. 
C. Fenn, and carried unanimously. 

The Presrpent having replied with a few words of thanks, 
Mr. G. Merapz-Watpo proposed and Prof. Senwyn ImaceE 
seconded a vote of thanks to the Officers of the Society for 
their work during the past year, which was also carried 
unanimously. 

The TREASURER and both the SzecreTaRIEs returned thanks, 
the former referring to the generosity with which Dr. Chapman 
had for years contributed towards the expense of the plates 
published in the Transactions. 


( clviii_ ) 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Balance Sheet for the Year 1912. 


RECEIPTS. 
By th 
Balance in hand, Ist Jan., 
1912,and at Bankers ... 32 5 11 
Subscriptions for 1912 ... 474 12 0 
Arrears... yee 260 59L0 
Admission Fees | nee ews 63, 20510 
Donations. cee ss OO oO 
Sales of Transactions og L4Sie2) 23 
Interest on Investments :— 
Consols ... . $26 11 11 
Westwood Bequest :— 
Birmingham 3 
per cents. 615 4 
33 7 3 
Subscriptions in Advance 29 8 O 
5 Life Compositions ... 7815 0 
£971 4 
ASSETS. 
“3 O Uh 
Subscriptions in arrear 
considered good ... 65 0 0 


Cost of £1,207 3s. 5d. 
Consols. Present value 
at the price of 75} on 
3lst December, 1912, 
£908 7s. 11d. ono) cool ley 
Cost of £239 12s. 4d. 
Birmingham 3 per cents. 
Present value at the 
price of 82 on 31st 


December, 1912, £196 
Os Gds ke cea ier) eeet200) 060 
Balance in hand 1618 9 

Grant from the Royal 
OCIGUY, ancjmeec reese nntrs 0 0 
£1,514 16 9 


Additional Assets :— 
Contents of Library, and 
unsold Stock. 


PAYMENTS. 

| £ sd; 
Printing Transactions, etc. 409 13 1 
Plates, etc. deey Yosery pore prot e LenG 

Rent and Office Ex- 
penses ... sities Lioeromed 
Books and Binding .. 66 8 5 

Investment in Consols as 
per contra 3110 0 

Subscriptions in Advance 

as per contra carried to 
1913 : 29 8 0 
954 6 2 

Balance in hand and at 
Bankers 1618 9 
£971 4 11 


LIABILITIES. 


Cost of printing Parts 3, 4 and 5, 
and 3 Life Compositions (£47 5s.) 
received at the close of the year to 
to be invested. 


Audited, compared with vouchers and 
found correct— 


Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE. 
R. W. Lioyp. 

JAs. E. CoLiin. 
HorACE DoNISTHORPE. 
R. ADKIN. 

STaNLEY EDWARDS. 


Less total depreciation of £268 Os. 4d. in the value of the Securities. 


A. Hue Jones, Treasurer. 


3rd January, 1913. 


( ehx ») 


THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, 

I THINK it might be reasonably questioned, whether 
I am bound, or even entitled, to deliver this Address at all. 
The wisdom of our ancestors, as embodied in our venerable 
Bye-Laws, has undoubtedly directed, that annually, on this 
occasion, the Society shall hear from its Council a “ Report on 
its general concerns.” But as to the further infliction on 
you, either now, or at any other time, of an Address from the 
occupant of this chair, I can find no enactment whatever, 
which either directs it, or even alludes to it as permissible. 
I dare not, however, be the first to break a custom, to which 
my predecessors have invariably conformed. You have been 
told that this Address shall be delivered; and, accordingly, 
delivered it shall be! 

I am glad—though the practice is becoming monotonous— 
to begin with a word of congratulation to the Society on 
another year of undiminished activity, and an increasing 
Fellowship-roll. I doubt if its meetings have ever been better 
attended, or better supplied with interesting Exhibitions: 
and there can be no doubt that the Transactions for the 
Session 1912-13 will rank among the most important that 
have ever been issued. Still more do I congratulate you, that 
in this record there is nothing abnormal ; it merely repeats 
that of many previous years, and there is every hope that it 
will continue to be repeated. The Society, in fact, may say 
with the Merchant of Venice— 


**Nor is my whole estate 
Upon the fortunes of this present year.” 


It is pleasant to think that in my last year of Office the 
ranks of the Society have had a remarkable accession of new 
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1912. L 


( ele) 


Fellows, and I am silly enough rather to envy my successor 
the pleasure, which I just miss, of congratulating you on an 
aggregate of six hundred. But it is a fact of much greater 
significance, that few of us can remember a year of retrogres- 
Sion in our numbers, and that they have increased since the 
beginning of the present century by more than forty per 
cent. 

To myself and to others of our body the past year will be 
ever memorable in connection with one or more of the many 
important Scientific Congresses and Celebrations which have 
occurred in it, in this country, and also in America, Several 
of these drew together representatives of one branch or all 
branches of knowledge from every part of the world. Others 
were national only and so far (but only so far) less important, 
but otherwise hardly less interesting, and having the same 
general object of rendering service to Learning and honouring 
it in the persons of its representatives. 

The coincidence within a single year of so many such 
gatherings—e. g. that the Royal Society, and also the time- 
honoured Academy of Sciences in Philadelphia, should have 
celebrated their respective foundations in the same summer— 
may probably have been more or less an accident. But the 
increasing frequency of scientific assemblages, and the interest 
which they create (and that not only in scientific circles), are 
surely symptomatic—indicating a growing sense of “soli- 
darity’’ and community of interests among scientific workers, 
and a strengthening (not unconnected with this) of their 
position and influence as a “caste”? in the civilised world. 
At each of these gatherings held last year the Entomological 
Society was invited to be represented. At five of them I was 
present myself, either as your appointed delegate, or by 
invitation addressed to me as your President: at another 
you were represented by distinguished Transatlantic Fellows: 
and at another by Professor Bateson. It was a remarkable 
experience to me to foregather, as your representative, with 
men of world-wide renown in every department of learning ; 
and to be received in that capacity, not with consideration 
merely, but even—if I may say so—like an Ambassador of 
some Great Power! Looking back on these interesting recol- 


(*- elxi, ‘) 


lections, I find that two facts stand out as having forcibly 
impressed themselves on my mind, and both must, I think, be 
as gratifying to you as to myself: (1) that, whatever may 
once have been the case, Entomology is now taken seriously 
outside Entomological circles ; it is ridding itself of the stigma 
of Dilettantism, and winning recognition among the acknow- 
ledged Sciences; and (2) that the Entomological Society of 
London is looked upon, as having attained a position far 
above that which is suggested by its unpretentious title; as 
no mere local association of fellow-townsmen—even though 
the town be the capital of an Empire—but as representing, 
for practical purposes, the entire fraternity of British Ento- 
mologists. To how large an extent this is really the case, 
was brought home to many of us in another way at the 
Oxford Congress; where, from the Presidency downwards, 
practically all responsible positions committed to Englishmen 
were occupied by Fellows of the Entomological Society of 
London—and the same remark might be made, as to at least 
a very large majority of the exhibitors and the readers of 
Papers. 

An announcement very recently made confirms the two 
points to which I have just alluded. Entomology has hitherto 
been treated by the authorities of the National Museum as 
a subdivision only under the Keepership of the Zoological 
Department. We are glad now, as Entomologists, to hear 
that in future it is to receive autonomy, and be elevated into 
the rank of a separate Department with an Entomologist as 
its chief ; and as members of this Society we are glad to note 
also that the first occupant of the new office, Mr. C. J. Gahan, 
is a present Fellow and former Officer of our own. 

Happily for myself and for you, it is no longer expected 
that a Presidential Address (according to the ideal recom- 
mended by one of my predecessors) should “review the 
Entomological work of the whole world for the past year.” 
It is impossible for me to “review” (or even to acquaint 
myself with) all contributions made to it by our own Fellows— 
there is much that does not happen to reach me, and much 
that professedly confines itself to subjects with which I am 
wholly unacquainted. But it happens that this year I have 

L 2 


m= 


( clxii_ ) 


read and re-read, and (for a wonder) could thoroughly appre- 
ciate, two works published by Fellows of our own, and each 
stating the author’s connection with our Society on its title- 
page, and these works, I dare to say boldly, reflect credit on 
our Society. They are not only most important and original 
contributions to specialist knowledge, relating experiences 
uniquely possessed by their respective authors—so that neither 
could possibly have been produced by any other living writer 
—but fill also places in standard Literature, which were 
previously quite unoccupied, and which I believe they will 
permanently hold. Ido not think I shall abuse the freedom 
of speech which is conceded to me by custom on this occasion, 
if I congratulate both the authors and the Society on the 
appearance within the year of two such works—calculated to 
interest not specialists only, but even the general public, in 
the subjects with which. they deal, as Butterfly-Hunting in 
Many Lands, by G. B. Longstaff, and Zhe Humble Bee, by 
F. W. L. Sladen, 

I must now turn to a graver and less welcome topic. Since 
our last Annual Meeting death has removed from our Society 
Fellows who have left a name, and more than a name, behind 
them ; and these losses must not be left unnoted to-night. 


OBITUARIES. 
Honorary Fellow. 


Lupwie GANGLBAUER, the eminent Viennese Coleopterist, 
Director since 1906 of the Zoological Department of the 
k.k. Hofmuseum, was elected in the same year an Honorary 
Fellow of our Society. For many years he had been con- 
spicuously zealous and successful as a curator of the Hof- 
museum’s splendid collection of Coleoptera. In that Order 
(and especially in its Palaearctic representatives) he was an 
expert of the highest rank and celebrity. He enriched its 
literature with many important memoirs; and the four 
Volumes, which were all that he lived to issue, of his great 
work on The Beetles of Central Europe are universally recog- 
nised as the standard authority on the Families with which 
they deal. 


( clxiii_) 


The Ent. Mo. Mag. of last September gave many interesting 
details of the life and labours of this distinguished Naturalist, 
supplied largely by his colleague, Anton Handlirsch, and 
illustrated by a portrait, which revives in me pleasing recol- 
lections of the sole occasion on which I had the honour of 
meeting him, that of a brief visit paid in 1899 to his 
Department in the Hofmuseum. 


Ordinary Fellows. 


SamMuEL JAmEs Capper, who died at Liverpool on Jan. Ist 
of last year, at the great age of 87, became a Fellow in 1890, 
and was also a Fellow of the Linnean Society ; but his record 
as an Entomologist is more particularly connected with the 
progress of our science in the North of England, and especi- 
ally with the Lancashire and Cheshire Entomological Society, ' 
which was practically founded by him in 1877,and over which 
he presided from that year till his death. To an earlier 
generation he was widely known as an energetic and most 
successful collector of British Lepidoptera. He is described 
by such as knew him personally—I regret that I had not that 
advantage—as a learned and enthusiastic naturalist, with 
personal qualities which contributed to the esteem and respect 
which he enjoyed. 

THomas Boyp, who died (aged 83) on Feb. 2nd, was, with 
one exception, our “ senior Fellow,” elected in 1852. Thence- 
forth for some years his name figured repeatedly and promi- 
nently in the entomological serials of the day. Between 
1853 and 1858 he added at least 11 n.spp. (all I believe 
Micro-Lepidoptera) to the British List, some of which were 
also ‘‘new to science.” Why exactly an entomological career, 
which had commenced so brilliantly, should have closed (as 
appears to have been the case) abruptly and entirely, from 
that time forth, I do not know. Perhaps, as I have seen it 
suggested, his entomological pursuits were simply crowded 
out by other interests:—he was an expert also in Botany, 
Conchology, Microscopy, etc. But possibly it is more than a 
mere coincidence, that he closed his career as a writer in 
Entomological journals with a vigorous defence of Darwin, 
published in the Weekly Intelligencer, and protesting earnestly 


( clxiv ) 


against the “scant measure of fair play’ with which Darwin 
had been treated in that organ. The Origin of Species had very 
recently appeared: and a defender of Darwin might—though 
I know not if it was so in this case—have felt somewhat ill at 
ease in his relations with colleagues, who at that time, almost 
without exception, seemed to regard it as a duty to compass 
about the new doctrine with words of hatred, and shoot out 
their arrows (even bitter words) against its author. ‘No 
body of men,” wrote Darwin some years later, ‘were at first 
so much opposed to my views as the London Entomological 
Society.” Indeed, I fear it must be acknowledged, that the 
part taken in that great controversy by Entomologists in 
general, and the then representatives of our Society in par- 
ticular, was not one on which we can look back with satis- 
faction ; but it is a comfort to feel that, even in those days, 
there were a few (and not the least noteworthy) among our 
Fellows, who refused to join the ‘‘common cry.’’ One of 
these we are now called upon to remember ; let us remember 
him with respect, and not without a sense of gratitude! 

Herpert JorpAN Apams, together with his brother, the 
well-known Dipterist, became a Fellow in 1877. I regret 
that in this case, again, I cannot speak with the authority of 
personal acquaintance. But we probably all know that he 
formed a magnificent Collection of Lepidoptera, which is now 
treasured separately, as “The Adams Collection,” in the 
Natural History Museum at South Kensington. An earlier 
formed British collection of the same Order was bequeathed 
to the Enfield Entomological Society, which he had helped to 
found. He was born in 1838, and died on March Ist last 
year. 

Ropert WALTER CAMPBELL SHELFORD became a Fellow in 
1901, and served on our Council in 1907 and 1908. After 
obtaining Honours in the Schools of Natural Science at 
Cambridge, and teaching Biology for two years in the York- 
shire College at Leeds, he became Curator of the Sarawak 
Museum. The seven years spent by him in that capacity 
were a period of great importance both to the development of 
the latter institution, whose collections he greatly improved, 
and to his own education as a Naturalist. Returning to 


( elxv ) 


England in 1905, he accepted employment in the Oxford 
University Museum, and undertook the much-needed re- 
organisation of its extensive collections of Orthoptera. Up 
to this time, both as an investigator and a writer, his activity 
had been distributed over a wide range of subjects; but 
thenceforth he was chiefly known as an expert on the 
Systematics of Orthoptera, on which (and especially on the 
Blattidae) he published, in our own Transactions and elsewhere, 
many important Memoirs. He also commenced a Monograph 
of these insects for the Fauna of British India, and another 
for Genera Insectorum. Five “fasciculi” of the latter have 
appeared ; but of the former I understand that only a small 
portion was completed even in MS. 

Before his death on June 22nd last, he had been engaged 
also with notes for a projected “‘ Natural History of Borneo,”’ 
and it is hoped that some of this work may yet appear 
posthumously. 

Epwarp ArtHur Fitcu was born in 1854, Of late years 
he appears to have relinquished interest in Entomology. 
But he was formerly a very active and prominent member of 
our Society, elected Fellow in 1874, Secretary from 1881 ‘to 
1885, and member of the Council in 1879 and 1886. About 
the same period he joined the late Mr. Bridgman in compiling 
a useful Revision of the British Jchnewmonidae; but for some 
reason the work stopped short after considerable progress 
had been made in its publication, and it was never resumed. 
Mr. Fitch was a Fellow also of the Linnean Society, and 
President for ten years of the well-known Essex Field Club. 
He died on June 28th. 

GrorGE HERBERT GROSVENOR, elected Fellow in 1909, was 
Demonstrator in Zoology at Oxford, and Teacher of Economic 
Entomology in the School of Forestry. On September 4th, at 
the age of thirty-two, he was drowned on the coast of Cornwall 
while endeavouring to save the life of a companion. Scarcely 
a month before I had seen him, I believe for the first time, 
at the Oxford Congress, full of life and energy, assisting our 
colleague Mr. Eltringham in the Secretarial department. 
What I saw of him, little as it was, impressed me; but it 
would have done so more, if I had known that the bright and 


( celxvi ) 


pleasant young Assistant-Secretary had already achieved a 
conspicuous place among scientific workers; that he had not 
only won the highest Honours that Oxford can bestow on a 
Science-student, but shown himself worthy of them by dis- 
tinguished work in original research at Naples; and that he 
was organising a new and important branch of nature-study 
at Oxford, after personal investigation of its latest develop- 
ments in America. All this, and much more, I have now 
learnt from a profoundly interesting account of his career and 
character—which, I hope, will be read as widely as it deserves 
to be—in the Entomologist’s Record of October last. 

The picture there given could only be marred, if 1 attempted 
to retouch it: and it is best that such lives should be 
chronicled by those who have been in closest contact with 
them. I will say merely that, as I read, I was reminded of 
certain lives, pronounced (it is said) by the wisest of the 
Greeks to have been entirely happy, yet not till they had been 
made perfect by a noble death. (redXevty Tod Biov Aapmrpotaryn 

. TO avOpurw TrvxEiv apiotov éott.—Herod., Hist. i. 30-31.) 

WituiaAM ForseLtt Kirsy was born in 1844, and passed 
away on November 20th last. Having completed thirty 
years of conscientious and industrious service in the Insect 
Room of the Natural History Museum, South Kensington, 
he retired, according to its Regulations, in 1907. Previously, 
for twelve years, he had occupied a similar post in Dublin. 
He published at intervals (commencing so long ago as 1863 
with a well-known and useful Manual of Kuropean Butterflies), 
a long succession of careful works on Insects of almost every 
Order, some of which arose directly out of his departmental 
duties, while others seem to have been labours of love. I am 
incompetent, even if I thought this a fitting occasion, to 
discuss these publications in detail. The Zist of the British 
Museum Tenthredinidae is almost the only one which bears 
(and that only to a limited extent) on my own particular 
studies. From a competent judge I hear that the Revision of 
the Libellulina (Odonata) was probably the best of Kirby’s 
entomological works. The latest of them, I believe, was a 
Synonymic Catalogue of the Orthoptera. 

Most of the above details, and also a remarkable notice of 


( elxvii ) 


Kirby’s distinction in quite other fields of knowledge than 
that of Entomology, appeared—two days after his death—in 
the Times newspaper. He explored, and wrote as a specialist 
on, a great variety of subjects, ranging from Natural Theology 
and Biblical criticism, to the primitive Epic poetry and folk- 
lore of Finland and Esthonia, and the bibliography of the 
Arabian Nights. To think of him simply as an Entomologist 
gives a very one-sided and inadequate idea of his manifold 
activities, or of the position really held by him in the learned 
world. That, however, is the capacity in which he was known 
to most of us, and in which it is natural that he should be 
chiefly remembered to-night. 

I pass on, therefore, to speak of his actual connection with 
our Society. It lasted over half a century, since his election 
as a Fellow was in 1861. Twenty years later he became 
Secretary ; and after holding that responsible and laborious 
post till 1885, served for a year more on the Council. To the 
last, as many here will remember, he was a frequent and 
interested attendant at our Meetings. 

His knowledge of entomological books was wonderful ; and 
this (together with his interest in many branches of the 
science, and his position in the Museum) gave him frequent 
opportunities, of which he gladly took advantage, for rendering 
friendly help to all and sundry. I am tempted to dwell on 
recollections of my own—commencing with the day on which - 
I first made acquaintance with the Insect-room, and received 
from Kirby precise and useful suggestions as to the books 
most likely to assist me in continuing a certain study, whose 
initial difficulties had almost inclined me to abandon it. But, 
instead, I will venture to quote an instance of his kindness 
towards a worthier recipient. Mr. Trimen allows me to tell 
you, that, when he published at Capetown the first Part of 
his Rhopalocera Africae Australis, Kirby (whom he had never 
met) wrote informing him of two new and important Conti- 
nental books on African Butterflies, and enabled him to pro- 
cure these works (which were afterwards of much service to 
him) on specially favourable terms. ‘‘ And,” adds Mr, Trimen, 
“this kindly act was the prelude to a long series of others, 
and to personal acquaintance of a cordial kind ever since.” 


( clxviii ) 


Yet again—A young French naturalist, commencing a work, 
which is now the standard authority on its subject, wrote to 
Kirby, and asked—in ignorance of the Museum regulations— 
the loan of certain ancient ‘‘types.” This of course was 
impossible; but what did Kirby? He replied, offering him- 
self to examine and diagnose all the specimens; and to look 
specially into any question of their “characters,” as to which 
his correspondent might wish information. And this he did— 
greatly assisting the author, and conferring also an obligation 
on all who use the book. 

On these, and doubtless on many other like occasions, 
Kirby was thinking simply how he might best serve a col- 
league, but I believe that in some cases he may also have 
done real though undesigned and unsuspected service to the 
Museum itself. It is in every way to the advantage of such 
institutions that they should attract to themselves the interest 
and goodwill of a wide clientéle of outsiders, including experts, 
describers, travellers, explorers, and owners of great private 
collections (containing, it may be, authors’ “types,” unique 
specimens, and rarities of all kinds). And I say this, having 
in mind actual instances where cordial relations between 
officials of a Museum and an individual outside it have resulted 
in serious benefit to the Collections ; and instances also of the 
reverse ! 

Epovarp Brasant died at his native place, Cambrai, Nord, 
France, on November 29th, in his sixty-fourth year. He was 
an ardent Lepidopterist from his boyhood, and interested also 
—as I hear—in every branch of Natural History. He pub- 
lished several descriptions of Noctwidae from New Guinea. 
He was elected to our Fellowship in 1893. 

Outside our own body the following Entomologists have 
passed away within the year, as well as others, doubtless, 
whose names have escaped my notice. 

The Rev. Canon THomas Buiackpurn of Adelaide, in 8. 
Australia, but born in England, and one of the five original 
Editors of the Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. He was a 
foremost authority on Australian Coleoptera, and described 
many new forms. His “type”-specimens have recently been 
acquired by the Natural History Museum. 


( “elzix: '') 


Peter CAMERON, author of the celebrated Monograph of the 
British Phytophagous Hymenoptera, published in four volumes 
by the Ray Society. He was formerly a pioneer in the study 
of British Hymenoptera, and almost the sole investigator of 
certain obscure and difficult groups. His later writings have 
been very copious, but consist, I believe, almost exclusively 
in descriptions of new genera and species of Exotic Insects. 

GeoreceE Masters, a well-known Anglo-Australian coleo- 
pterist, Curator of the University Museum at Sydney. ALBERT 
James Fison, an English resident in Switzerland, and collector 
of Swiss Lepidoptera. Wittiam RickMAN JEFFREY, a veteran 
Lepidopterist, whose name appears in the Supplement to the 
first published List of English Entomologists (Ent. Ann. 
1857), and who aided Buckler in his study of Lepidopterous 
Larvae. Professor JoHn BERNARD SmitH, New Brunswick, 
U.S.A.—distinguished in Economic Entomology, and also as 
an expert on the Noctuidae. H. E. Rupoir vy. BEnnicsen of 
Berlin, Coleopterist. Professor Mrinrert of Copenhagen, who 
had been in charge of the Arthropoda in the Collections of the 
University. Professor TH. GortscHMann of Breslau, Micro- 
lepidopterist. Dr. SHuGuRoFF, a young Russian Ortho- 
pterist. ArNoL~p WULLSCHLEGEL of Martigny, a well-known 
Lepidopterist. 


The remainder of this Address I devote, as has been usual 
of late years, to a “Special” subject, and entitle it— 


SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF EUROPEAN AND 
MEDITERRANEAN ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA. 


Secondary sexual characters have been defined by Darwin * 
as those which are “attached to one sex, but not directly 
connected with the act of reproduction.” On this occasion I 


* Origin of Species (Popular Edition), p. 111, also Descent of Man, 
(Second Edition), p. 207. 


() cba 5) 


shall ask leave to use the term in a somewhat narrower sense, 
excluding (1) all concealed or internal characters, 7. e. such as 
cannot be examined without dissection of specimens, and 
(2) characters which, though “attached to one sex ”—in the 
sense that, in a particular species or group of species, one 
sex only exhibits them—seem clearly not to have been 
developed independently in it as an adaptation to its special 
bionomy, but to have come to it by Inheritance simply— 
as may be inferred from the possession of like characters 
by most other organisms of the same ancestry whatever be 
their surroundings and habits. Thus, inasmuch as Insects 
of all kinds and both sexes normally possess wings and 
ocelli, I shall not treat as a sexual character the presence of 
these structures in a ¢ Insect whose ? lacks them. To take 
an actual instance of this—Mutilla europaea $ has wings 
and ocelli, not because it is a male—not, therefore, as a 
character arising out of its sex, but simply because it is a 
normal Insect. Contrariwise, the absence of wings and 
ocelli in the @ of the same species is strictly a seawal 
character, an actual modification and alteration of the 
structures normally inherited in the group to which it 
belongs, and one which we have reason to think is adapted to 
the habits of that particular sex in that particular species. 
On the other hand, a spur-like appendage which is attached 
to the hind femur in ¢¢ only of Panurgus calcaratus (a 
Bee), which is not normally characteristic either of the Class 
or the Order or the Family or the Genus including that species, 
and which may be reasonably thought to serve a useful 
purpose in that sex exclusively of that particular insect—this 
and similar structures, attached to one sex only and demon- 
strably not merely inherited by it, may be set down without 
hesitation as simply and solely sexual characters, I do not 
think that this is a “distinction without a difference,” but 
one always to be borne in mind in reasoning on the significance 
of characters in which the sexes differ. Such characters may 
be in any particular case either sexual in their origin, or 
sexual only in the sense that they are in fact limited to one 
sex because the other sex has lost them. 

Among Aculeate Hymenoptera some of the best modern 


(. Sebo”) 


authorities include the Chrysids, and I should not have been 
sorry to do so here; but I find that the four groups universally 
reckoned as Aculeate (namely Ants, Fossors, Wasps, and Bees) 
will more than occupy all the time at our disposal. Indeed I 
am not sure that it would not have been wiser for me to 
exclude the Ants also, and limit myself to the more homo- 
morphic trio of Fossors, Wasps, and bees. But I did not 
realise this until my work had proceeded so far that it seemed 
too late to start afresh on a new plan. Accordingly, by 
** Aculeate Hymenoptera” I mean, for present purposes, 
(1) Ants, (2) Fossors, (3) Wasps, and (4) Bees. 

It may make what I have to say more intelligible on a 
first hearing if I reverse the order which I should have pre- 
ferred if this had been, not an Address, but a Monograph, and 
state first the general impressions left on my mind after as 
complete a survey as I have been able to make of the various 
ways in which the sexes of Palaearctic Aculeates differ, and 
afterwards some of the facts—not, of course, all, but such as 
seem to me the most curious or otherwise interesting—on 
which those impressions depend. Few, if any, of these facts 
are actually new, though at present they are for the most 
part recorded only in systematic works which none but 
specialists are likely to have consulted. And I may add that 
though I can claim no originality for my observations, at 
least they rest upon “ Autopsy,” 7. e. except where I state the 
contrary, you may take it that I have examined the phenomena 
in actual specimens, and generally in long series of specimens, 
and that I am acquainted with almost all the Insects to be 
mentioned, in nature, and generally in life, and not merely in 
literature. 

(1) I remark, first, that, whenever we know the life-history 
of both sexes of an Insect belonging to any of these groups, 
there is generally an obvious probable explanation, on the ground 
of Utility, to be given of the characters of one sex ; and that 
the sex —whichever it be—which shows the useful characters, 
is the sex which, in that respect, has departed furthest from 
what Darwin calls “the type,” ¢.e. from the normal characters 
of its ancestors and nearest relatives. Accordingly, the 
phenomena, as I interpret them to myself, quite support 


( cla) 


what I suppose to be the orthodox view—namely, that the 
“characters ” of an organism are partly a simple (practically 
unmodified) inheritance from its ancestors, and partly modi- 
fications of that inheritance which are beneficial to it in 
view of its bionomic requirements. 

(2) My next generalisation is, that male and female modifica- 
tions of structure usually differ in their apparent object. Those 
of the ¢ most commonly indicate adaptation to one single duty 
of that sex, viz. pairing, or rather to the preliminaries of pair- 
ing. But I never receive such an impression from examining 
secondary ¢ characters. These seem always adapted towards 
the subsequent activities of an insect which has “ paired ” 
already—as oviposition, preparation of a receptacle for the egg, 
provision of aliment for the larva, ete. They are beneficial to 
her, not as a candidate for matrimony, but as a mother and 
nurse by anticipation ; in short, for certain post-nuptial duties 
peculiar to her sex. 

When I first began to think of the matter I had no 
expectation that I should find any such regular distinction 
between the characters of the two sexes. But, on reflection, 
the thing seems likely a priori. There is, perhaps, just one 
Activity which (except in the case of some Social species, e. g. 
Apis mellifica *) is practically quite identical and provided for 
by similar “ characters’ in both sexes of every Aculeate. Its 
males and females feed themselves alike, visiting the same 
favourite flowers and extracting their juices in the same 
manner, any differences that may exist in this respect being 
generic (or occasionally specific), but not sexual, Hence, though 
the mouth-parts of all Aculeates are much modified for this 
activity, and the modifications differ considerably in different 
genera, and to a less extent in different species of the same 
genus, they hardly ever yield a Sexual character. But 
almost all their other instincts belong to one sex only. It is 
the g only—and this is almost his only duty !—-which seeks 


* Describing the difference between a Hive-bee Drone and his Queen 
and Worker-sisters, Mrs. Comstock remarks: ‘‘His tongue is so short 
that he must needs eat from honey stored in a cell or be fed by his sisters, 
since he could not possibly extract honey from a deep flower.” —How to 
keep Bees, p. 35. (An exception which may be said to prove the general 
rule !) 


(. ‘clea >) 


and courts a mate: it is the 2 only which oviposits, nidificates, 
and procures and stores food (animal or vegetable) for its young. 
So it seems quite natural that the sexual modifications of g 
structures should point as a rule to pairing, and those of the 
2 to the duties which are subsequent to it. 

(3) Protection of the individual (e. g. Cryptic and Aposematic 
Coloration, etc.) seems to account for a few, but only a very 
few, of the strictly sexual characters of Aculeates. Wallace 
appears to go further than this, and to imply that in this 
_ group there is no need and no development of protective 
characters at all ; for he remarks that ‘‘the two sexes of the 
stinging Hymenoptera are equally well coloured,” * and, again, 
that “there is not a single instance recorded in which any one 
of them is coloured so as to resemble a vegetable or inanimate 
substance.” + Neither of these statements, as it seems to me, 
and as I shall presently try to show, is true without exception. 
But the exceptions (at any rate as far as Sexual characters 
are concerned) are undoubtedly few; though one at least, 
which I shall discuss later, appears to me both certain and 
striking. 

(4) Not only in their apparent purpose, but in several other 
respects, the secondary sexual modificatiéns of structure of 
Aculeate ¢ differ remarkably, as it seems to me, from those 
observable in ? 2 of the same group. 

They differ (a) in being more diversified, less restricted to 
particular parts of the body, and more various in themselves : 
(0) in being more paradoxical, i. e. departing further from the 
normal characters of the group: (c) in being more sporadic, 
i.é. appearing (so to speak) suddenly, here and there, in 
particular species or small groups, and often (when they occur 
similarly in more cases than one) shared by this or that 
species, not with its nearest congeners, but with insects much 
more distantly related to it ; whereas characters distinctive of 
females generally run more or less uniformly and continuously 
through whole genera or even larger groups, and are very 
seldom peculiar to the ? 2 of a single species: (d) in being for 
the most part altogether unrepresented in the other sex ; whereas 
? characters are mostly little more than augmentations of some 


* On Natural Selection, p. 114. TelUtOleupe dae 


( elxxiv ) 


feature existing, rudimentarily at least, in the ¢ ¢ also, and 
some of the few 9? characters which can really be called 
paradoxical, and which stand in evident relation to definitely 
female activities, appear, after development in that sex, to 
have been transmitted more or less completely to the other 
sex also. 

(5) A rule which Darwin has described * as one of “ high 
generality,” and as ‘‘applying very strongly to Secondary 
Sexual characters,” is stated by him as follows :—‘“ A part 
developed in any species in an extraordinary degree or 
manner in comparison with the same part in allied species 
tends to be highly variable.” I cannot satisfy myself that 
this rule applies, at all generally, to the Sexual characters 
of the Aculeates. Some of the most paradoxical ¢ characters 
of antennae, legs, etc., are anything but variable:—they agree 
through long series of specimens literally to a hair. Nor can 
I see, that the excessively developed pollen-bearing ? apparatus 
in certain genera of Bees (LVasypoda, Bombus, Apis, etc.) is 
at all more variable than the corresponding parts in Prosopis, 
Sphecodes, etc., which are scarcely modified at all for that pur- 
pose. Exceptionally, I admit, certain paradoxical characters, 
both of ¢g and 29 (as the genal spines in some Andrena 6 4 
and the abnormally developed mandibles of Osmia latreillet 9), 
are extremely variable. But, on the whole, I do not find 
that there is any correspondence, in this group, between the 
greater or less abnormality of secondary sexual characters and 
their variability in individual specimens. 

(6) Nor do the sexual characters of Aculeates appear to 
me to follow another rule laid down in the Origin of Species, 
viz. that “‘the secondary differences between the two sexes 
of the same species are geneially displayed in the very same 
parts of the organisation in which the species of the same 
genus differ from each other.” For instance, the most obvious 
secondary difference between the sexes of any Vespa or Halictus 
species is the much greater length of the g antennae. But in 
separating species of Vespa or Halictus from one another the 
antennae scarcely help us at all: the characters useful for 


* Origin of Species (Popular Edition), p. 111. 
t Zbid., p. 115. 


( ‘dkzxv -) 


that purpose are such as are common to both sexes (colour, 
pilosity, puncturation, etc.). Again, in many species of 
Anthophora, Eucera, etc., the middle legs of the ¢¢ differ 
extraordinarily from those of their females; but in other 
$d, and in all the ? 9, the characters of the middle legs are 
in no way remarkable, and are seldom, if ever, employed to 
distinguish one species from another. 

I do not mention these apparent exceptions to Darwin’s 
rules with any idea of questioning the general applicability 
of the rules themselves to the Aninial Kingdom as a whole. 
But it certainly seems to me, that the case of the characters 
now under consideration presents a remarkable exception to 
them, and one which I ought not to leave unnoticed. 

I have now to attempt such a description as the time at 
our disposal will permit, of the phenomena—or rather of some 
of the phenomena—summarised in the above generalisations. 
Merely for the sake of convenience I shall divide them roughly 
into Structural and Coloration-characters, and subdivide the 
latter according as they appear in the integument, or the 
pilosity, or elsewhere ; but I do not attach importance to this 
classification, for Colour is really dependent in many cases 
on facts of Structure, and even where actual pigment is 
present (which is not always the case) the colour-effect 
produced does not always entirely depend upon it. 

However, commencing with characters independent of colour, 
such as would generally be reckoned as Structural in the 
strictest sense of the word, let us take, first, one which 
runs throughout the whole group, and, in fact, appears to 
have originated before the separation of the Hymenoptera 
from other Arthropodous animals,—the greater size of the 
Female. 

Female Aculeates are almost always larger than their males, 
but (except in some Ants) hardly paradoxically so. In fact, 
in many genera the difference is slight, and hardly to be 
appreciated except in long series of both sexes. 

This general rule has become well known, because it had 
the good fortune to attract the notice of Darwin, to whom 
it was communicated (as he tells us) by Frederick Smith. 
He cites (also on Smith’s authority) four cases of exceptions 

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Vv. 1912. M 


( elxxvi ) 


to it among the Aculeates:—viz. Apis mellifica (the Hive 
Bee); Anthidium manicatum, Anthophora acervorwm (Solitary 
Bees) ; and Methoca ichneumonides (a Fossorial Wasp, which 
was formerly reckoned among the Ants). He then proceeds 
as follows:—“ The explanation of this anomaly is that a 
marriage-flight is absolutely necessary with these species, and 
the male requires great strength and size in order to carry 
the female through the air.” * 

For the credit of Hymenopterists I am sorry to say that 
the specialist consulted by Darwin did not state the facts cor- 
rectly. The ¢ 4 of the Hive Bee and of Anthophora acervorum 
are not larger than their 99!7 The premises being partly 
wrong, it is not surprising if the conclusion be unsatisfactory : 
and I must own that Darwin’s explanation—if indeed it be 
Darwin’s, and not, like the premises, received by him from 
F. Smith—appears to me quite untenable. If he had had 
the complete facts before him, I feel sure he would have 
concluded, that—certainly in Anthidiwm and almost certainly 
in Methoca—the character selected by Nature was not large- 
mess in the male but smallness in the female: and that the 
explanation of these exceptions to the general rule had 
nothing to do with the so-called “ marriage-flight.” 

First let me state the actual facts.—In two Fossorial 
Genera, viz. Methoca and Myrmosa, and also in several 
species of the allied genus Mutilla, the size of both sexes 
(but the ¢¢ especially) differs much in individuals, but the 
¢ ¢ on an average are certainly far larger than their ? 9, and 
the latter (as compared with average ? ? in the same Family) 
are generally rather dwarfish insects. Again, in Anthidium 
manicatum, and also in most of the larger (but N.B. not in 
the smaller) species of the same genus, the ¢¢ vary in size 
enormously, but the 9? very little ;—the largest ? 2 are 
about as large as the smallest ¢ 4, but their maximum size 
never reaches the average size of the other sex. 

Prima facie these facts seem to me to suggest, that great 

* Descent of Man (Second Edition), p. 279. 

+ Of course the Hive-bee Drone is larger than the Worker, but his 
true Female (the Queen) is larger still. The sexes of A. acervorum (i.e. 


pilipes) differ little in size, but on comparing a long series of both sexes 
I find the ? ¢ on an average a little larger than their ¢ ¢. 


( elxxvii ) 


size is undesirable in the Females, but that the size of the 
Males is unimportant. 

Now as to the “ marriage-flight.” This is certainly not a 
monopoly of these particular species. The phenomenon com- 
monly known as a “ marriage-flight ’’—the soaring together 
of both sexes high into the air—has often been observed and 
described, more especially in the case of social Hymenoptera 
(e.g. Formica, Myrmica, etc. (Ants), Vespa (Wasps), Bombus 
and Apis (Bees), but we do not find that it involves in any 
such case an increase of size in the ¢. Take the Ants—the 
33 in some Genera, e.g. Formica, are about as large as 
their 9 2, but more often smaller—sometimes (e.g. in Lasius) 
paradoxically so, and in no Genus (I believe) larger. Take 
the Wasps and Bees—the ? is the larger sex both in Vespa 
and Bombus: of Apis I have already spoken. If it be 
assumed that a ‘ marriage-flight” lke that of the Social 
Aculeates is an absolute necessity to Myrmosa, Methoca, etc., 
then, since the 99 of these insects are apterous, great size 
and strength might no doubt be an advantage to their ¢ 4. 
But (1) we have almost no evidence as to the details of pairing 
in these comparatively rare insects ; (2) in many of the species 
nearest to them the ? 9, though apterous, are as large and 
strong as their gg, and (3) a “ marriage-flight ” cannot be 
necessary to Mutillidae as such, for in some of them both 
Sexes are apterous! Again, in Anthidiwm there seems no 
more reason why the ¢ should be specially adapted to carry 
the ? ? through the air, than in any of the Genera nearest to 
it (Osmia, Megachile, etc.) where certainly no such adaptation 
occurs. Anthidiwm ? ? are strong and rapid flyers, and if a 
“flight ” were necessary, they could quite well take their 
share in it. But I even doubt if such a “flight” occurs at 
all! I have never seen anything like it, though I have often 
seen Anthidiwm spp. pairing. The ? hovers in the air like 
a Syrphid : the g pounces on her, and the two generally come 
tumbling into the herbage, and remain there (unless my 
memory deceives me) till they part. There is absolutely, so 
far as I know, nothing of so special and distinctive a character 
about the pairing of Anthidiwm, as to necessitate a reversal of 
the normal proportion in size between the sexes. 

M2 


( elxxviii ) 


But in the special nidificatory habits of Anthidium ? I see 
a very good reason why (in the larger species especially) 
there should be a limit to the magnitude of the 29. These 
insects nidificate, not in holes excavated by themselves, which 
might be of any size, but at the bottom of ready-made tubes 
of more or less equal and fixed dimensions,—the empty shells 
of certain particular snails, or the hollow stems of certain 
particular plants (e.g. A. manicatwm has been recorded as 
utilising the hollow stems of Heraclewm for this purpose, and 
lining their interior with down scraped from some woolly 
plant). It would clearly be convenient for a 2 with such 
habits not to exceed a certain size: but for the ¢ this would 
matter less, since he need never enter such tubes again after 
his first emergence from one as an imago. His possible size 
is probably only limited by that of the particular stem in 
which he has been reared! If the species were naturally 
a large one, a reduction in the average size of the ? ? might 
well arise by Variation and become fixed by- Selection. But 
in the smaller species such reduction would probably be 
needless, and would therefore not occur. And this is exactly 
what seems to happen. (It may be noted, also, that in the 
various spp. of Stelis, which seems to be a smallish parasitic 
offshoot of the Anthidiwm stock, the 29 are usually larger 
than their ¢¢.) So I believe that here we have, not a 
d-character, but a 9?-character to be explained, and that, as 
usual, it is to be explained by the post-nuptial duties of 
that sex, 

Probably the case is not very different with the 9? of 
Methoca, etc. These insects generally occur running among 
sand, broken ground, stones, roots of plants, etc., and dis- 
appearing suddenly into any crack or crevice that they meet 
with, as though in search of some hidden object. They are 
believed to feed their young with larvae which they find 
in their researches underground. Methoca, I am assured on 
good evidence, attacks the larva of the Tiger-Beetle Cicindela. 
Such habits would be favoured by the absence of wings and 
somewhat diminutive size, as they are in the Worker Ants, 
among which the Mutillidae were formerly reckoned. But 
to the ¢4¢, who visit flowers and need never traverse narrow 


C ‘eho ) 


passages, Wings would be an advantage not to be surrendered, 
and Size comparatively a matter of indifference, 

I will now ask your attention to a number of ¢ characters, 
all of which seem to me explainable as facilitating the pre- 
liminaries of pairing. These preliminaries are summed up 
under four chief heads in a passage in Darwin’s Descent of 
Man, which I will try—retaining as nearly as possible his 
actual words—to condense into a single sentence. Throughout 
the highest sub-kingdoms of animals, the Arthropoda and the 
Vertebrata, we find males provided with special organs for Dis- 
covering, Reaching, Charming, and Securing the females. Of 
these four categories I think that the first and third (Dis- 
covering and Charming) have played by far the most important 
part in modifying the structures of g Aculeates. It may be, 
and it probably zs the case, that the extreme swiftness of 
flight and general agility and mobility of many ¢¢ in this 
group has been developed as an advantage to them in Reach- 
ing their partners ; but I can quote no instance in which the 
characters either of their legs or their wings show any obvious 
special modification for that purpose. There are a few instances 
of $4 in the Scoliidae and Tiphiidae (Fossors) whose alar 
neuration is slightly more complete than that of their ? 9. 
But the mechanical consequences, if any, of these differences 
are quite uncertain ; and I have reasons for thinking, that in 
these cases the 9 neuration has been reduced, rather than that 
of the g augmented. Some ¢ legs, again, are abnormally long 
—front-legs in a group of Gorytes spp. (Fossors), middle legs 
in many Anthophora spp. (Bees), etc., etc.—but I do not 
believe that in any of these cases they enable the ¢ to “ Reach” 
his 2 more quickly. Secwring the 9?—+.e. seizing her, and 
retaining her when seized—may perhaps (as Darwin has sug- 
gested) account for certain paradoxical leg-characters, e.g. the 
extraordinary front-legs of Crabro cribrarius. But I confess 
to grave doubts whether these and many similar eccentricities 
(not to say malformations) of particular leg-joints in ¢ Bees 
and Fossors would not rather diminish than increase their 
efficacy as grappling-instruments. And besides, all that I 
have seen or heard from other eye-witnesses convinces me 
that it is normally not with the legs, but with the mandibles, 


( elxxx, ) 


that a ¢ Aculeate seizes and secures his mate. Now, if we 
examine the various forms of ¢ mandibles in Aculeates, we 
find that they are sometimes more or less paradoxical ; but it 
is generally difficult to recognise in them any clear special 
adaptation to the function of seizing a9. It is true that in 
some cases, e.g. Ammophila, the great length and sharpness 
of the g mandibles might suggest such an adaptation ; and I 
have in my collection a ¢ Ammophila actually holding a ? in 
this manner. But the Ant Formicoxenus g grasps his mate 
exactly in the same way; and his mandibles are, on the 
contrary, quite absurdly short and truncate. (When they 
are closed, their tips scarcely meet across the mouth!) So 
that the suitability of these organs to act as a forceps cannot 
apparently be measured by their length or sharpness. Again, 
a “tooth” or spinose process on the lower side of the mandibles 
is sometimes a ¢ character (Andrena apicata, fucata, lapponica, 
etc.), and this might conceivably improve their grip in certain 
cases. But the phenomenon is not a very common one, and, 
as well as the cases of unusually long and sharp ¢ mandibles, 
may possibly be connected (as Darwin explains the latter in 
Ammophila) with the pugnacity of rival ¢¢ (cf. stags’ horns, 
boars’ tusks, etc.). I do not, however, remember to have 
myself ever seen them so used, but only for holding the 9. 

Charming, taken in a very wide sense, as including all ways 
in which a ¢ may dazzle, or fascinate, or attract, or establish 
an understanding with a 9, by appealing to some sense or 
susceptibility peculiar to that sex in a particular species, 
might account (as it seems to me) for almost any one of the 
¢ characters hereafter to be described. Some of them, however, 
consisting in exceptional size or complexity of structures which 
are known to be sense-organs, might come more naturally 
under the category of Discovering. 

For instance (1) the eyes of ¢ Aculeates are generally larger 
than those of their ¢ 9, e.g. in most Ants, in several Bombus 
spp. as confusus and mendax (Bees), in Tachytes and Tachysphex 
spp. (Fossors). They, consequently, sometimes appear very 
prominent and convex in the frontal view; sometimes they 
approach very near to each other at the top of the head 
(making the so-called ‘“frons” or forehead much narrower 


( choi ) 


than in the ?); and sometimes they actually meet there, form- 
ing (in the frontal view) a complete arch. This occurs in the 
d of Apis (the Hive Bee) and also in those of two Fossorial 
Genera, viz. Astata and Homogambrus. The ? eyes of all 
these insects are normal. 

(2) The ¢ antennae (also, of course, sense-organs) are gener- 
ally longer than those of the 99, and have further almost 
always one more joint (13, as against 12, in Fossors, Wasps, 
and Bees; but the numbers vary in various Ants). It is, by 
the bye, rather curious that neither in the Sawflies, nor the 
Chrysids, and perhaps in no Hymenopterous groups outside 
the Aculeates, is a difference in the number of these joints a 
Sexual character.* 

In several cases, e.g. Scolia (Fossors), Vespa (Wasps), 
Ewcera and Halictus (Bees), the antennae of the ¢, though 
not otherwise abnormal, are inordinately long as compared 
with those of the ?, distinguishing the two sexes of most 
species at a glance. But many ¢ antennal-characters are 
thoroughly paradoxical. The last joint is sharply enjlewed and 
becomes a sort of hook in some Wasps (Odynerus spp. of the 
Groups “ Ancistrocerus’’ and “ Lionotus,” also Eumenes, etc ) ; 
it is sickle-shaped in Sphecius, and some spp. of Bembex and 
Stizus, also in Didineis (Fossors), and in certain Osmia spp. 
(Bees). Three or more joints at the apex of the ¢ antenna 
are rolled up into a knot-like entanglement in Dinetus (Fossors), 
Odynert of the group “ Hoplopus” (Wasps), and Systropha 
(Bees) ; again the middle joints, or some of them, are strangely 
excavated, denticulated, produced into spinose processes, tuber- 
culate, clothed with curious pilosity, or otherwise eccentric, 
in 3 ¢ of various Genera or Species, these peculiarities being 
so constant in each species as to be absolutely relied upon by 
systematists. Such phenomena are prevalent both in Bees 
and Fossors, but especially in the latter. Again, in many 
Prosopis §3 (Bees) the “scape” or basal antennal-joint is 
extravagantly dilated, and often (as though to call attention 
to it) peculiarly coloured, in front, but not behind! Lastly, 
one Pompilid Genus or Subgenus, viz. Clavelia, has the ¢ 
antennae “ pectinate,” a character almost unparalleled among 

* See Note A. at the end of the Address. 


( clxxxii ) 


Aculeates, but not rare in Sawflies, and occurring also in cer- 
tain gg of Lepidoptera and Coleoptera, which (I am told) are 
known to have extraordinary powers of discovering their ? 9. 

In these, and indeed in all cases, the antennae of 9 Aculeates 
are practically quite simple; or, if in the least abnormal, 
their characters are evidently not Sexual but Generic. 

There can be little doubt that most, if not all, of these g 
antennal-characters increase the efficiency of the antennae as 
sense-organs, and enable their possessors to discover the ?? 
at a greater distance. The latter never seek their ¢4, and 
therefore neither require nor possess antennae or eyes specially 
adapted for discovering them. 

But inasmuch as some Hymenoptera (e.g. Ants) certainly 
use their antennae not only to receive sensations but to impart 
them, it seems not impossible that paradoxical formations of 
these structures might also render communications made 
through them more persuasive to 99 possessed of certain 
specific sensibilities, just as some peculiarity in the larynx of 
a ¢ Vertebrate might give his voice a particular quality or 
timbre which might be agreeable to the ear of his 9. (Cf. the 
Songs of Male Birds.) 

(3) Now as to characters in the ¢ legs. These in the Ants 
are not conspicuous. But in many species of all the other 
families they are so diversified, and often so extraordinary, 
that it is quite impossible to discuss them adequately when 
time is limited. 

We find that in ¢¢ of one species or another of Bees, 
Wasps, or Fossors, and sometimes pretty similarly in species 
belonging to different groups, practically every joint of every 
leg may be distorted into some eccentric but unvarying shape, 
twisted, flattened, paradoxically lengthened or shortened, 
armed with tooth-like tubercles, spurs, spines, etc., excavated 
beneath, drawn out at the apex into a sort of tongue- or finger- 
like process, etc., etc. In connection with these phenomena, 
or apart from them, really startling pilosity-characters appear 
in many cases, making even normal structures look quite 
monstrous. I can only pick out a few examples at random, 
and leave the rest to be imagined. 

Several spp, of Crabro and Bembex (Fossors), Megachile 


( elxxxili ) 


(Bees), etc., have some of the middle joints of the front legs 
(tibiae, metatarsi, etc.) extravagantly dilated (often ‘“shield- 
like”), they may be also curiously fringed, and are often 
coloured very strangely, or so thinned as to become almost 
membranous. The front coxae in some Cerceris spp. (Fossors), 
and likewise in various spp. of Megachile and other genera of 
Bees, are produced spinosely at the apex. The same is the 
case with the middle coxae of certain Odynerus spp. (Wasps). 
In other Odynerus spp. the middle femora are excavated 
beneath so as to appear in certain positions tridentate; the 
middle tibiae in some Fossors and Wasps are eccentrically 
narrow at the base and dilated near the apex. The middle 
metatarsus in Sphecius (a Fossor) appears, in all known species, 
outrageously deformed. The same joint, and the middle tibia 
also, are most eccentrically constructed in one group of Hucera 
spp. (Bees). Bembex spp. have often the middle femora sharply 
denticulate along the lower margin. In Vomia and Anthophora 
(Bees) the hind legs often show monstrous dilatations, in- 
crassations, and distortions of particular joints. Certain 
Stizus spp. have a fine hair-like spine depending from the hind 
femur. Panurgus calcaratus has a stout spur-like appendage 
under the same joint, and its congener P. dentipes is similarly 
armed, but on the hind trochanter. Thorn-like teeth or 
tubercles occur on the front femora of one Odynerus (carolt), 
the hind tibiae of another (probably undescribed), and one or 
other of the leg-joints in various Bees (e.g. Hucera and 
Anthophora spp.). Some Anthophora spp. again have the 
middle tarsi very elongate, and either their basal or apical 
joint, or both (but never any other), carries in front or behind 
(or both in front and behind) a sort of fan formed of rigid 
hairs, recalling in its outline and general appearance the tip of 
a peacock’s tail-feather. There is asomewhat similar character 
in the apical joint of the front tarsi in Gorytes fairmairer 3 
(a Fossor). 

In many Genera, and perhaps in some species of all Genera, 
this strange group of characters is entirely unrepresented. 
But whenever they occur, their forms are so constant and 
characteristic in every case, that they are practically infallible 
guides to a specific “determination.” 


( elxxxiv ) 


How exactly each of these characters is beneficial, can often 
only be conjectured. But as none of them exist, or are even 
indicated, in the ? @, I feel little doubt that they all relate 
to the one specially male duty, viz. Pairing. 

I have long been convinced that haws of insects are 
frequently sensitive, and that, accordingly, limbs exhibiting 
pilosity-characters which would otherwise seem inexplicable, 
may probably be not locomotive* organs simply, but receptive 
of sense-impressions, and communicative of information sub- 
sidiary to that received from eyes, antennae, palpi, ete. In 
that case many 6 leg-characters would come under Darwin’s 
Category of “ Finding the ?.” Others, as the tooth-like and 
thorn-like processes, might help to grapple 7 and “ secure ” her. 
But this, as I have said, appears to be mainly the work of the 
mandibles. And I suspect that both antennae and legs may 
be much employed in (and adapted for) various caressing or 
invitatory actions, which are agreeable to the @, or at any 
rate have influence over her, somewhat as an Aphid stroked 
by an Ant’s antennae consents to produce her honey-dew— 
whether charmed or pestered into consenting, who shall say? 
Not knowing what may be the special susceptibilities of this 
or that ? Aculeate, I can only offer vague conjectures. But 
it seems possible, at least, that some paradoxical feature in the 
antennae or legs of the ¢ might appeal persuasively to the ?’s 
sense of sight, or touch, or to some other sense, which we 
Vertebrates do not possess and cannot definitely conceive. 
And if so, the character would come under the Category of 
“ Charming.” 

Male Aculeates have certainly in some cases a power of 
influencing their @ @ by appealing to special sensibilities in 
the latter. It has long been observed that the ¢4 of some 
Bees (e.g. Bombus and Psithyrus spp.) emit agreeable and 
characteristic scents, and Mr. Sladen’s recent observations 
make it clear that these odours are recognised and enjoyed by 

* That legs of insects are not always merely locomotive organs seems 
certain. It is stated on good authority that some Orthoptera have auditory 
organs in the legs ; that some Diptera undoubtedly use their front-legs as 
feelers ; that some Coleoptera have amazingly long front-legs, unsuitable 
for walking and not applied to that purpose, but held aloft and brandished 


about like antennae, as the insects move: etc. 
+ See Note B. at the end of the Address. 


( clxxxy, ) 


“9 of their own species. He finds * that this fragrance 
proceeds from the head ; but its use is no doubt analogous, 
though the manner of production differs, to that of the 
scent-scales in certain ¢ Lepidoptera, which have been made 
familiar to most of us by the investigations of Dr. Dixey and 
Dr. Longstaff. 

(4) Another curious group of ¢ characters occur in the 
ventral-plates, and the apical and subapical dorsal-plates, of 
the abdomen. Some of these, however, are not external 
characters, the plates exhibiting them being ‘telescoped”’ 
out of sight ; and others are so evidently connected with the 
structure and position of the Reproductive organs that I will 
not now discuss them. But some even of the basal ventral- 
plates are paradoxically formed in many Aculeate ¢ 4, eg. 
spp. of Palarus, Stizus and Bembex (Fossors), Masaris (Wasps), 
Osmia, Eriades, and Halictoides (Bees). Also, the apical 
dorsal-plates show strange characters (teeth, spines, excisions, 
foveations, etc.) in some ¢ ¢ of Bees and Fossors, as Cerceris, 
Anthidiwm, Osmia, Megachile, Eriades, and especially Coeliowys. 
Their 2 2 show no such characters. (But it may be remarked 
that in the Chrysids we find similar characters occurring as a 
rule in both sexes equally, a fact for which, so far as I know, 
no explanation has ever been suggested—nor can I suggest 
one.) 

The ¢ abdomen in Aculeates normally shows one more 
fully chitinised dorsal-plate than that of the ? (7 against 
6). This, like the corresponding difference in the number of 
antennal joints, is not characteristic of Hymenoptera generally. 
For in Sawflies the @ shows one more dorsal-plate than 
the ¢ (8 against 7), and in Chrysids there are generally 
three such plates only in both sexes, except in Cleptes ($5, ? 4) 
and Parnopes ($4, 93). This is rather a question of the 
“telescoping” of segments one within another than of their 
actual number, and can hardly be discussed without reference 
to internal characters and the structure of the Reproductive 
System, so I pass it over, and proceed to consider external 
characters peculiar to females. 

(1) Their sense-organs (eyes and antennae) generally show 


* Sladen, The Humble Bee (Macmillan, 1912), p. 13. 


( .clxxxvi ) 


no such characters at all, except in a negative sense, 7. e. in 
being obsolete or obsolescent. Some ? Ants (as Dorylus) have 
neither oculi nor ocelli, and the latter are wanting in many 
workers (= imperfect females) of this group, and in the ? 9? of 
most Mudtillidae. All these creatures are apterous and live 
much underground, so that partial or even total blindness may 
be no great disadvantage to them. The antennae of most ? 
Pompilidae curl up in a peculiar fashion after death ; but so, 
to some extent, do those of the ¢, though less so—perhaps 
only because they are stouter and less tapering at the apices. 
The actual joints which curl thus are perfectly simple, and 
cannot be called paradoxical in either sex. 

(2) In the mandibles, however, we find certain more or less 
striking special developments, which may be called real sexual 
characters of a positive kind, and in these we can often recog- 
nise a probable adaptation to duties which the idle ¢ escapes. 
Some ? Aculeates have to excavate burrows in substances at 
least as hard as wood, chalk, and sandstone—it is even 
recorded that one Bee has been known to perforate a leaden 
bullet. In such cases one would expect and one finds 
mandibles developed for strength and sharpness, and occasion- 
ally reinforced by special ‘‘ processes” either on themselves, 
or on the parts adjoining (genal horn-like projections, dilata- 
tions of the mandibles at their base, ‘etc.). Again 99? of 
Scolia spp. have enormous jaws, which at first sight might 
seem raptorial—designed to carry off the large Cetonia-larvae 
on which they feed their young. Fabre, however, tells us that 
in fact these insects do not carry off larvae, nor form burrows 
for their reception. But the strong development of their 
mandibles becomes quite intelligible, when we learn from the 
same author, that Scolia 9 9, though they do not make burrows 
of their own, perform even severer work of a similar kind, by 
boring (almost like moles) in various directions through hard 
soil in search of buried Cetonia-larvae, and ovipositing on 
them when and where they find them. Other Aculeate ? ? 
use their mandibles raptorially, dragging about victims often 
much larger than themselves, and in a few cases (Bembex) 
crushing and mangling them to some extent with the same 
organs, Leaf-cutting Bees which also excavate hard wood 


( elxxxvii ) 


(Megachile spp.) need and possess jaws modified to act as 
“ scissors” and also as “‘chisels” or “ gouges.” Wasps procure 
material for the “ paper” of which they form their cells by 
gnawing off and carrying away fragments of wood from posts 
and palings, etc., etc. Many of these entirely 9? occupations 
require not only special development of the mandibles, but of 
the muscles which move them, and consequently of the size of 
the whole head: and of this we find frequent instances both 
in Bees and Fossors (spp. of Osmia, certain Halicti, many 
Scolia and Cerceris and Philanthus spp., etc.). It is, however, 
only by exception that the characters actually become 
paradoxical, 

Another cause tending perhaps in some cases to increase 
the size of the ? head, is a greater development of the brain 
in that sex, corresponding to the much greater complexity 
and variety of the ? instincts. Ants, whose ¢ ¢ (as compared 
with their ? 2) are generally ‘“‘ microcephalous idiots,’ may be 
a case in point. The following fact is curious and apparently 
isolated. I cannot explain, but ought not to ignore it. The 
JSemale only of a single Cerceris (komarovi) has the back of 
the head, behind the eyes, armed with a thorn-like tooth. 
Something similar occurs in males only of a Crabronid sp. 
(a Lindenius), and in both sexes of another Crabronid 
(Hoplocrabro quadrimaculatus). 

The curious elevation and projection of the clypeus in 
certain Cerceris 2 2 (ferrert, labiata, conigera, etc.), suggesting 
sometimes a pick and sometimes a spade or shovel, seem 
likely, as well as the adaptations of mandibles already men- 
tioned, to assist the insects in their digging operations. The 
same may explain the so-called “‘ horns” on the faces of some 
2 Osmiae (rufa, tricornis, etc.). 

(3) The legs of ? Aculeates show in various groups 
characters which obviously indicate the special industries of 
2 ¢ in that group, but generally consisting rather in modifica- 
tions of the pilosity (‘‘spines” as well as “hairs” being 
included in that term) than of the actual shapes of joints, 
such as we have encountered in the case of many males. 
Beginning with Industrious Bees, we have a number of 
Genera in which the actual leg-joints differ little in the sexes, 


( (claxteviil’) 


but the pilosity of certain of these joints is immensely 
developed in 99 only to form a brush or “scopa” for 
accumulating pollen. In the highest of such Bees (the Social 
Genera) we find also paradoxical modifications of the joints 
themselves (especially the tibiae and metatarsi of the 3rd 
pair) which would be unintelligible, if we did not know that 
they were employed for this particular industry. But, 
strange to say, many of these latter characters appear in 
both sexes, though they must be almost useless except to 
the 9 9. H. Miiller asserts that in Bombus the pollen-collect- 
ing apparatus developed in the 9 is transmitted from that 
sex to the ¢, and this statement greatly interested Darwin 
who wrote * to him, ‘What an admirable illustration you 
give of the transference of characters acquired by one sex— 
namely, that of the ¢ of Bombus possessing the pollen- 
collecting apparatus.” Really, however, the transference is 
incomplete ; for Bombus g does not possess what Mr. Sladen + 
has recently shown to be an essential part of the ? and g 
pollen-collecting apparatus, viz. the so-called “auricle,” or 
dentiform process which arms the base of the metatarsus. 
The case of the Hive Bee Apis is more curious still. For 
here neither the Male nor the Female leg, but only that of 
the Worker, possesses an auricle, or a true pollen-basket 
(corbicula). In this Genus the Division of Labour has been 
carried further than in Bombus. Its Queen is, as Mr. Sladen 
puts it, a “mere machine for laying eggs,” and never gathers 
pollen at all. Her legs, which are practically identical with 
those of the male, are in fact, just as in the latter sex, a 
fraud! They have the general appearance of a ‘“ pollen- 
collecting apparatus,” but lack details which are essential 
to it. The Workers, however, have such an apparatus, 
differing hardly at all from that of Lombus: which, being 
normally sterile, they cannot have developed for themselves, 
but must have received from their parents (Drones and Queens). 
From these facts a curious conclusion appears to follow, 
namely that (a) a structure was developed in the ? ?, and after- 
wards transmitted in part to the ¢ 4, of the stock from which 


* More Letters of C. Darwin, Vol. II., p. 97. 
t The Humble Bee, p. 22. 


( (clezax } ) 


both Bombus and Apis are offshoots ; (0) the ¢ 4 of both the 
latter Genera have inherited the imperfect structure of the 
3 ¢ in the parent-stock ; (c) the 2 of Bombus has retained the 
complete structure, and transmits it to her Worker offspring ; 
and (d) the ? of Apis has ceased to develop it in herself, but 
retains it as a datent character, since she transmits it to her 
offspring. 

The legs of 9 and g Ants and Wasps show no striking 
characters. ‘T'heir sole use seems to be for locomotion, and 
if modified at all (as by abnormal elongation) the advantage 
gained no doubt is simply speed. But in Fossors the @ legs 
are often evidently indicative of their habits. Species which, 
like Pompilids, fly little, but run and skip over herbage in 
pursuit of wingless prey (spiders, etc.), which they afterwards 
drag into their burrows, often have the legs (especially the 
hind-pair) remarkably elongated. Others which prey on 
flying or leaping victims (Diptera, small Lepidoptera, Ortho- 
pterous and Hemipterous “nymphs,” or even other Hymeno- 
ptera), fly more, and run less, both in seeking and bearing 
home their prey. In such (e.g. Bembex, Tachytes, Oxybelus, 
Astata, etc.) the legs are mostly short, but stout and armed 
with many short stiff spines which may act perhaps as grap- 
pling-instruments. Again, practically all Fossorial 99 have 
much work to do in clearing sand, sawdust, and débris of 
all kinds, out of their burrows; and many of them are 
assisted in this work by possessing a sort of ‘‘rake”’ of long 
subequal spines (called the ‘“ pecten”) on their front-tarsi ; 
and other spines, or serrations, or rasp-like denticulations, on 
the hind-tibiae especially, but also on these and other parts of all 
the legs. Ammophila 2? at work can be seen to carry out 
armfuls (as it were) of sand; and wood-boring Crabronidae 
kick out backwards a stream of fine sawdust, as they penetrate 
into a stump or a paling. Thus, in one way or other, all 
these leg-characters in the ? 2 seem accommodated to maternal 
industries ; and if present (as sometimes happens) in the ¢ 4, 
are attributable, probably, either to Inheritance simply, or 
to Transmission, or to Adaptation for Pairing. 

(4) The @ abdomen presents few conspicuous Sexual 
characters in Aculeates of any kind. Its dorsal apex will 


( scxe*ty) 


sometimes distinguish a 9? as belonging to a particular genus 
or species (e. g. Coelioxys); but when it differs conspicuously 
from that of the 4, it is generally because it is simpler 
(nearer the “type” of its group), so that it is really the g 
which shows the Sexual character. 

Probably the clearest and most important case of a true 
sexual ? character in the abdomen is the development in 
certain Bees (Osmia, Megachile, Anthidium, etc. = the sub- 
family of the ‘‘Gastrilegidae”) of extreme pilosity on tts 
ventral surface, which answers the same purpose as_ the 
pilosity of the hind-legs in other Bee-genera—viz. to form 
a brush for accumulating pollen. But even this is only an 
augmentation of the specific pilosity inherited by both sexes. 

I know no case of paradoxical teeth, spines, ete., such 
as often occur in ¢ g, on the dorsal apex of any ? 
Aculeate ; and only one (which I have read of but not seen) 
of such characters being conspicuously developed on the 
ventral surface of a @ abdomen. This is the case of a Fossor 
(Stizus gynandromorphus, Handlirsch); and as only a single 
specimen seems to have occurred, and its ¢ is unknown, 
one is tempted to suspect it may be a monstrosity. 

The difference as to the number of visible segments in the 
g and the 9 abdomen has been mentioned already ; and if 
this difference, and the simpler structure of the dorsal and 
ventral apical segments of the ?, be excluded, I do not know 
that any important Secondary Sexual character occurs in the 
abdomen of any ? Aculeate, except the ventral pollen-brush 
of the Gastrilegidae, and possibly the spine-like last ventral 
segment of Coelioxys 2, which perhaps facilitates its para- 
sitical ovipositions. 

(5) Apterous Aculeates occur only among the Ants (whose 
workers are always in this condition), and in one group of 
Fossors (the JJutillidae). All European and Mediterranean 
Mutillidae have wingless ? 9; and I have already given 
reasons for thinking that this character, as is usually the case 
with ? characters, is an advantage to the ?9, in fulfilling 
their duties as mothers-in-prospect. Very rarely ¢ ¢ of this 
group (in certain spp.) exhibit the same character, and I 
suppose that, in such cases, the character has probably been 


€ gexec) 


transmitted to them from 9? ancestors, just as Bombus and 
Apis g 3 have assumed to a certain extent the leg-characters 
originally developed in their ? 9. 

But this will not explain the winglessness of certain ¢ Ants, 
viz. the rare and curious parasitic Genera <Anergates and 
Formicoxenus, and also (as Mr. Donisthorpe informs me) one 
species of the industrious Genus Ponera; for in all these the 
Queens (or fertile Females) are winged, and this is the case 
with all Queen-Ants except those of Dorylus—at least all are 
born winged, though after the marriage-flight they actually 
break off and disencumber themselves of the wings which 
thenceforward are useless to them. Supposing that in a few 
anomalous Genera like Anergates, etc., there is no marriage- 
flight, this might account for the ¢ 4 being apterous, for it 
seems to be only on that occasion that Ants require wings at 
all; but then one would expect the 2? to be apterous like- 
wise (unless indeed the latter were much larger than their 
partners, which does not seem to be the case—at any rate 
André describes Anergates g as being of the same size as the 
?!). I know, however, so little about the real habits of these 
insects, that it is useless for me to discuss the matter further. 
The first certain captures of Anergates in this country were 
made only last year by two of our Fellows, Messrs. Crawley 
and Donisthorpe, who met with them in the New Forest, and 
I am glad to have the opportunity of calling attention to this 
exceedingly interesting discovery.* 

I come now to Colowr-characters and first those of the 
integument. Here a distinction may frequently be drawn 
between (a) a darker ground-colour which, except in a few 
metallically-coloured species (blue, green, violet, etc.) and in 
some very pale southern forms, is ether black (or at least 
fuscous) throughout, ov a combination of red and black, the 
former colour occurring chiefly in the form of a more or less 
variable broad band or belt across the abdomen; and (bd) 
certain bright markings of white or yellow, which diversify 
and as it were encroach upon the ground-colour, and are 
often called in descriptions the pictura flava vel albida. 
These may either occupy a whole segment, or other definite 


* See Mr. Crawley’s note in the Entom. Record, Sept. 1912, p. 218. 
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1912 N 


(. exci. ) 


area of the exoskeleton (e. g. the clypeus, the humeral tubercles, 
the scutellum, etc.), or—and this is generally the case when 
they appear on the abdomen—take the form of mere spots 
or stripes, the latter often running along the margin of a 
segment, but occasionally crossing its middle. 

Aculeates whose integument is unicolorous are generally 
black ; but some workers of Ants, even in this country, and 
a few sub-tropical desert-haunting forms in all groups are 
entirely pale yellow or testaceous; and there are also some 
practically unicolorous Fossors, Bees, and Wasps which are 
distinctly ‘‘metallescent,” e.g. spp. of Sceliphron, Osmia, 
Ceratina, Halictus, etc. 

Whatever be the ground-colour of an insect, black, red-and- 
black, yellow or metallescent, it may or may not be diversified 
by a paler pictura albida: whether it be so or not, or to 
what extent it be so, depends generally on the species, but 
sometimes, as we shall see presently, upon the sex. 

Also it depends chiefly on the species, but in certain cases 
on the sex, what the grownd-colour is. There are species in 
which one sex is black, the other red-and-black: or in which 
both sexes are red-and-black, but one shows more red than the 
other. Again, where both sexes are metallescent, there may 
be a difference in the particular metallic colouring of the two 
sexes, And to a certain extent these phenomena seem to 
follow, as I shall try to show, certain rules. 

It is, therefore, not without exception that we can admit 
Wallace’s generalisation, quoted above, that “ the two sexes of 
the stinging Hymenoptera are equally well-coloured” ; though 
I think it must be allowed that sexual difference plays a very 
minor part in determining the general style of their coloration. 

Summing briefly what has been said, I would suggest that 
we may roughly divide the insects under consideration into 
(1) black, (2) red-and-black, (3) pale, and (4) metallic forms, 
and again into (1) forms with ‘‘pictura albida,” which will 
include all the black-and-yellow (wasp-like) species, and 
(2) forms without zt, including not only entirely black or 
metallic species, but red-and-black insects like Sphecodes and 
other similarly coloured Bees and Fossors, provided that they 
have no white or yellow markings. And I believe that any one 


( “exent -) 


who has had frequent opportunities of collecting and observing 
Aculeates in many parts of the Palaearctic region, and has 
noticed what kind of localities particularly coloured species 
haunt, and to what extent similarly coloured species in differ- 
ent groups occur in company with one another and with 
similarly coloured forms belonging to other Orders, will feel 
sure as I do—that in some way or other most of their colours 
are Protective—Cryptic or Aposematic as the case may be, and 
sometimes, perhaps, Cryptic in some surroundings and Apose- 
matic in others (for it depends entirely on the surroundings 
whether strongly contrasted markings catch the eye or confuse 
it —attract attention or distract it.*) This applies evidently to 
the two very common types of Aculeate coloration black-and- 
yellow (Wasp-like) and black-and-red (Sphecodes-like). These, 
as I can say from personal observation, occur frequently in 
all sorts of localities, forming regular Miillerian associations. 
At the same time I am convinced that, in some surroundings, 
these same markings are as certainly Cryptic as the stripes 
and spots of the great Felidae, whose habits as well as their 
colours (‘si parva licet componere magnis”’) are not very un- 
like those of the predaceous Fossors. Before quitting this 
point, which (though connected with my proper subject) must 
not detain me too long, I should like to say that I think these 
insects are not so much qualified for entering into Synapose- 
matic groups by the fact that the ? possesses a sting, as by 
some nauseous taste or smell (perhaps connected with Formic 
acid ?) which both sexes possess. As Professor Poulton has 
shown, stingless ¢ ¢ do sometimes not only enter into, but form 
centres of, such groups. And in this connection I may men- 
tion Mr. Sladen’s interesting observations, that (1) when a 
male Humble Bee is caught in the fingers, its usual pleasant 
fragrance is ‘‘now blended with an odour like that of sting- 


* It is difficult to doubt that the nauseous black-and-yellow larvae of 
the Cinnabar moth are protected by Synaposematism (cf. Poulton, Colours 
of Animals, p. 170). Yet I have often collected Aculeates on flowers of 
Ragwort without noticing at first that the leaves of the same plants were 
literally swarming with these gaudy caterpillars. Again, a Sawfly with 
wasp-like colours, e. g. Strongylogaster cingulatus 2 is certainly less con- 
spicuous when resting on bracken than an all-black one like Selandria 
morio (cf. Poulton, J. c., pp. 25-26). 

{ Cf. Poulton in Trans. Ent. Soc., 1904, p. 645 ete. Cf. also Proc. 
Ent. Soc., 1909, p. xix. 


NZ 


( exci) 


poison emitted in fear,” * and (2) that a dog, if a Humble Bee 
be presented to him, “ will turn away in disgust, although he 
will readily snap ata fly.” + Besides, except in the case of Social 
Bees, the sting is only exceptionally a really formidable weapon. 
Many Fossors hardly use the sting at all except for paralysing 
their prey, and if they fight, prefer to trust to their mandi- 
bles. This has been noticed especially in Philanthus. Pro- 
fessor Poulton tells me, that he has seen a fight between 
Workers of true Wasps “conducted solely by means of the 
mandibles, and aimed at cutting off the abdomen of the 
opponent.” The sting of some wild Bees, e. g. Andrena, is quite 
negligible, and even that of the Hive Bee has no terrors for 
such birds as Merops apiaster and persicus, or (according to 
Hoffer) for swallows, or for the Fossor Philanthus, or the 
Dipteron Asilus, or (according to Butler’s observations quoted { 
by Wallace) for lizards and frogs, which swallow them “in 
utter disregard of their stings.” 

No one, I should think, who has collected in the deserts of 
Algeria, Egypt and Palestine can doubt, that the very pale 
colours and shimmering silvery or golden pruinosity, so common 
in all groups of Hymenoptera in such localities and practically 
there only, are Cryptic characters, rendering the insects which 
possess them inconspicuous and almost invisible § among the 
glittering sands and pale vegetation which they haunt. Here 
at least, contrary to the rule laid down by Wallace, we have 
stinging Hymenoptera coloured so as to resemble—or at any 
rate so as not to contrast with—‘‘ the inanimate and vegetable 
substances” which normally surround them. 

But to return to colowr-characters which differ in the sexes. 
This, I think, is not often the case with ‘‘ metallic’ colours (as 
blue, green, violet, etc.) which are due, not to pigment, but to 
interference. Such colours, however, are exceptional in the 
Palaearctic Fauna, and I hesitate to say much of them with- 
out knowing how far they yield sexual characters in Exotic 


* Sladen, The Humble Bee, p. 13. t fbid., p. 115. 

t On Natural Selection, p. 122. 

§ Professor Poulton tells me of a remark made to him by the late 
E. Saunders that the silvery or golden faces of such insects (g 6 especially) 
peeping out or emerging from holes in the glaring sand would surely be 
effective in concealing them. 


(exev ) 


Aculeates. Still I have noticed cases where as in the beautiful 
Osmia ferruginea (= igneo-purpurea) the colours of the ? are 
decidedly richer and more intense than those of the dg, and 
others in which the ¢ is greenish (aeneous) and the ? dark 
blue or violet (Osmia caerulescens, panzeri, versicolor, etc.). But 
oftener there is little difference in the colour of the sexes, e. g. 
in Sceliphron targionii and omissus (Fossors), and the majority 
of Ceratina spp. (Bees). 

On the contrary, in the red-and-black (pigmented) forms, 
whether with or without pictura albida, there is an undoubted 
tendency for the 9 to be the redder insect. * 

Thus, looking through my own collection, I find the ground- 
colour of the abdomen black in all my ¢¢, and more or less 
largely red in all my 9 9, of the following species :— 

Pompilus unicolor, Salius notatulus, Calicurgus hyalinatus, 
Sapyga quinquepunctata and similis, Elis sp. %, Sphea pruinosus, 
afer, tristis, Gorytes niger (if I have associated the right ? with 
this $), Palarus humeralis (here the “ red” is rather “ orange”), 
Entomosericus concinnus, Paracoelioxys rufiventris, Paradioxys 
sp. 4, Phiarus abdominalis, Ammobates biastoides and rostratus, 
Biastes brevicornis and truncatus, and nearly every species 
of Myzine. In many other cases—far too many to enumerate 
—I find the abdomen of both sexes more or less red, but more 
so in the 99 than in the gg. And again in many other cases 
and particularly in species of Andrena and Prosopis I find that 
individual specimens of either sex may be black-and-red or 
black entirely, but that the melanic forms are commonest 
among males. 

Against these instances I can quote very few indeed of the 
reverse phenomenon—(only one or two Mutillidae and Halicti). 

Red on the thorax is rare in Aculeates, but occurs in some 
9 Ants (e.g. several Formica spp.), and Mutillids, also in ? 
Nomada spp. (of the ruficornis group, etc.), and in the sub- 

* I am not as yet prepared to say, whether there is any such tendency 
in 2 ? of other groups than that now under consideration, or in cases 
when the comparative redness or blackness of an insect is a question of its 
pilosity and not of its integument. In some of the latter cases the rule, 
if it exists, is certainly broken. Thus in British (though not in Continen- 
tal) forms of two common Anthophora spp. the pilosity of the ? ? (except 


their scopx) is black, while that of the ¢ ¢ isfulvous. So that here the 
9 cannot be said to be ‘‘ the redder insect.” 


(- exev }) 


tropical Bee Anthophora erubescens. In all these except the 
Mutillids the ¢ thorax is entirely black. The same phenome- 
non is quite common in Sawflies (many Dolerus spp., some 
Bleunocampids, Eriocampa ovata, etc.). I find no case of the 
reverse, 7.e. none where the ¢ and not the ? has the thorax 
rufescent. 

Also, on the head, red is comparatively infrequent ; but where 
it occurs, it is generally in the 9 that I have noticed it—e. g. 
many Ants, most of the large Scoliidae, Nectanebus fischeri, 
several Cerceris spp., and the Bee Anthophora erubescens. 

Here, again, I can quote no instance of the contrary. It 
would appear that, assuming such coloration to be Protective, 
it is the 2 generally which receives the protection. However, 
there are gg which enjoy it as well as, or nearly as well as, their 
females ; for a more or less red abdomen is usual in both sexes 
of Sphecodes, and not uncommon in Andrena and Osmia; it is 
also frequent in both sexes of many Fossors, both among the 
Pompilidae and the Sphegidae. 

I believe that in some cases these ved colours are due to a 
sort of immaturity, the insects which emerge before their pig- 
mentation is fully developed being redder than those which 
have been more patient. In England Andrena hattorfiana 
commonly emerges in the late summer and is quite black in 
both sexes. But F. Smith noticed that in certain very hot and 
early summers the 2 9 were apt, as on the Continent, to be red. 
And in South Europe (Greece, Corfu, etc.) I have taken long 
series of it in April in which al/ the 99 and many of the g¢ 
were red. Possibly a sudden heat-wave may bring the species 
out abundantly at a time when some only of the ¢¢ and none 
of the 9? have coloured up properly. And this may conceiv- 
ably apply to other cases of red-bodied 2 occurring with black- 
bodied $g. Most of my own specimens above enumerated were 
taken in hot spring-weather in Mediterranean districts. 

Now as to pictura albida. This, on the contrary, though it 
occurs in both sexes, distinctly predominates (especially when 
it occurs on the face and the front-parts of the body generally) 
not in the 9 2, as rufescence does, but in the ¢ ¢. 

Thus it is almost universal in some genera of Bees and 
frequent at least in others that the ¢ face should be largely 


( exe ) 


white or yellow, while that of the ? is either entirely black 
(Andrena usually, Hucera and Anthophora sometimes), or with 
the white or yellow much diminished and sometimes (Prosopis 
usually, Anthidiwm sometimes) reduced to mere spots. Again 
in many Wasps a completely yellow clypeus is a ¢ character. 
The sexes of Fossors differ less in this respect ; but even there 
on the whole the ¢¢ have the face more brightly coloured. 

Again the scape or basal joint of the antenna is often white 
or yellow in front in g g, while it is black in their? 9. The 
whole under- (or front-) side of the ¢ antenna is often paler 
than that of the 9. And very conspicuous white or yellow 
front-tarsi (sometimes also front-tibiae) is sometimes a male 
character both in Fossors and Bees (e.g. in several species of 
Crabro and Megachile). 

The difference of colour in the g and 9 face is particularly 
remarkable in the Bee-genera Andrena and Prosopis. British 
Andrena spp. most commonly have their faces black or at 
least fuscous in both sexes. But some of our own species, 
and a very large number of those occurring round the Mediter- 
ranean, have the clypeus or even the whole face white or 
yellow ; and these colours (except in stylopised specimens) 
hardly ever occur in their 9 9.* Again, in Prosopis the ¢ face 
is almost invariably white, while that of the 2 shows at most 
a pair of small spots or streaks between the clypeus and the 
eyes. In just one species (cornuta) both sexes have the face 
entirely black ; but here the $ only has an enormously dilated 
yellow “scape,” which produces quite an equivalent for the 
usual sexual contrast. In Halictus nearly all males exhibit 
pictura albida on the clypeus, but only at its apex: while the 
2 clypeus is, I believe, invariably immaculate. 

Though “‘ pictura albida ” on the front of the body is usually 
a ¢ sexual character, on the abdomen it generally occurs, if at 
all, equally (or nearly so) in both sexes, though there are 
exceptions to this (the ¢ only exhibiting it) both among the 
Fossors (as Myzine) and the Bees (as some spp. of Vomada). 
In the latter situation, I believe it is generally a Protective 
character (Synaposematic) ; but in the former, I suspect that, 


* I have only seen two Andrena spp. (one from Greece, and one from 
Palestine) with any white or yellow on the face of the unstylopised 9. 


( exevill: )) 


like most g secondary characters, it is in some way an adaptation 
facilitating pairing. The colours of the face, front-legs, etc., 
would be those which would be most prominent in the aspect of 
a g approaching a 9, while those of the abdomen would display 
themselves more conspicuously to most of the insect’s possible 
enemies—for nearly all these would attack it from above and 
not from in front. Whatever be the exact impression produced 
on the feelings of an Andrena or Prosopis 2, as she witnesses 
the approach of her bright-fronted suitor, whether actual 
admiration or merely surprise and curiosity, it is at least 
probable that her notice would be attracted by the spectacle, 
and that thus, so to speak, the ice would be broken, and the 
road paved for further overtures. 

While both in Fossors and true Wasps yellow and other 
bright markings on the integument of the abdomen are 
extremely frequent, they are decidedly unusual among Palae- 
arctic Bees, except in particular Genera (e.g. Anthidium and 
its Parasite Stelis, Nomada—also a parasitic Genus,— Campto- 
poeum, and Nomioides). Much more frequently in this Family 
striking colour-characters are produced, not by the integument 
(which is commonly immaculate), but by the Pilosity, and as 
to this two general remarks may be made, (1) that in Aculeates 
bright and conspicuous colours appear as a rule ezther in 
the integument or the pilosity but not in both at once, and (2) 
that to a certain extent corresponding types of coloration are 
produced by these two methods, and probably have the same 
bionomic value. Professor Poulton lately exhibited at a 
meeting of our Society a remarkable case of two Australian 
Bees, a Prosopis and a Halictus, with a similar and very 
characteristic coloration, produced in the one case by integu- 
mental pigments, and in the other entirely by the Pilosity. 
Other if less perfect examples of this sort of mimicry might 
be pointed out in all groups of Aculeates. Thus, while in 
some Crabronidae and Andrenidae the g clypeus is made white 
or yellow by pigmentation of the chitin, in others the same 
effect is simulated by a clothing of silvery or golden hairs. 
The abdomen of Bombus lapidarius is made red-and-black by 
hairs only, that of Sphecodes gibbus or Andrena scita by colours 
in the actual integument. Patterns of white or yellow spots, 


({ exeix:) ) 


streaks or broad bands on a dark ground are produced in some 
Aculeates (e.g. Mutillidae, Melecta and Crocisa spp., Halictus 
scabiosae, etc.) mainly by the pilosity, in others (as Crabronidae, 
Cerceris spp., Nomada, and Anthidiwm, as well as in most 
Wasps) by staining of the body itself. Although most of 
these Pilosity-characters are probably Protective and not 
Sexual, some, I think, are pretty clearly of the latter sort. 
Among such may be probably reckoned the conspicuous white 
tuft of hair on the clypeus in several ¢ ¢ of Andrena, and the 
silvery faces of some ¢ Fossors, though it is true that in other 
cases in this Group the character is nearly equally well 
developed in both sexes. In one remarkable instance a 
character peculiar to 9 9 appears to be Sexual and Protective 
also. I refer to the glittering white or yellow round spots 
of dense pilosity (arranged almost like the ‘‘ pips”’ on dice or 
dominoes !) which occur on the abdomens of females only in 
many species of Mutilla, and are the more conspicuous because 
the actual integument in all these species is, in that sex, 
entirely black. The number and disposition of these spots 
vary according to the species, and are much relied upon as 
specific characters, but so far as I know they are absolutely 
confined to 2? 9. It seems practically certain that these spots 
are a case of Warning-colours (Aposematic). The insects 
must be anything but an agreeable morsel to most Insectivora, 
Their integument is excessively hard, and their juices probably 
very unpalatable ; for it is difficult to pin them, and when 
pinned they exude a great deal of what is commonly called 
‘“‘verdigris”’? (= oleate of copper according to the late Dr. 
Knaggs). Also they sting terribly. And lastly, being 
apterous they are exposed to dangers which their g ¢ can 
escape by flight. Hence there is good reason that they should 
exhibit special Danger-signals, lest they should be mistaken 
for some unobjectionable insect of another kind. 

But I have already occupied more of your time than the 
occasion justifies, though I am far from having exhausted my 
subject, or even alluded to certain branches of it, which I 
should wish to discuss if it were possible—as the pigmentation 
of Aculeates’ eyes which is sometimes different in the two sexes, 
and has hardly been noticed except in a few records made by 


( cc ) 


Mr. Eaton in Algeria—the staining in certain cases of the 
wings, and also their iridescence, which however could hardly 
be discussed without consideration of such phenomena in 
Exotics—and others which I regret my inability to treat 
satisfactorily, e.g. the chemical and physiological causes 
determining Colour-characters, which have been studied in 
Lepidoptera by such experts as Professors Meldola and Poulton 
and others. 

I will therefore end by offering to the Society my thanks 
for two years’ peaceful enjoyment of a position, not only the 
most distinguished, but in several ways the most agreeable 
and interesting, that I have ever occupied, or can ever expect 
to occupy. I have to thank, also, my fellow-Officers and 
colleagues in the Council for all that they have said and 
done to encourage and assist me in discharging duties not 
indeed actually onerous, but at any rate responsible; and, 
finally, to welcome with sincere congratulations and good 
wishes our able and popular colleague, Mr. Bethune-Baker, to 
whom I now resign this Chair. 


NOTES. 


A. Mr. Waterhouse, since the above was written, has called my atten- 
tion to the Mymaridae, where the g antenna has generally several more 
joints than the ?; (often 13 as against 9!). See p. clxxxi. 


B. Dr. T. A. Chapman has seen the g Odynerus spinipes ‘‘ imprison 
the wings of the ?”’ between his (tridentate) middle femora, and (excavated) 
middle tibiae. KE. M. M. 1870, p. 214. See p. clxxxiv. 


( ‘ea ) 


GENERAL INDEX. 


The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the ‘ Transactions’; the Roman 
numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’ 
The President’s Address is not separately indexed. 


GENERAL SUBJECTS. 

Aberrations, of Central European Rhopalocera, exhibited, xxiv; in Aglais 
urticae, var. ichnusa, exhibited, xlii; new to Britain, exhibited, lxxxvii ; 
of Abraxas grossulariata, dark, exhibited, Ixxxvii; of Pyramets cardut, 
exhibited, Ixxxvii; of Alpine Lycaenids, exhibited, xci; of Brenthis 
selene, exhibited, xev ; of Colias edusa, exhibited, cxxii; Ruralid, exhibited, 
xk 

Abraxas grossulariata, dark aberrations of, exhibited, ]xxxvii. 

Acraea, with a supplement on those of the Oriental region, a monograph of 
the African species of the genus, 1. 

Acraeine, pupae, diurnal movements of, Ixxxiii; larvae, synaposematic 
resemblance between, cilii. 

Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum, South African and Australian, 
375, 

Adams, H. J,, notice of the death of, xxv. 

Africa, on some hitherto imperfectly known Lepidoptera from South, vi, 384 ; 
two species of Danaine genus Tirwmala (Melinda) as models, and one as 
a mimic, exhibited, xxxi; the sluggishness of two Lycaenidae of the 
genera Epitola and Hewitsonia from West, exhibited, xxxiii; Tabanidae 
from East, exhibited, xlix ; Asilids and Rhopalocera from East, exhibited, 
Ixx; the cocoons of the Lasiocampid moth Chrysopsyche varia from, 
exhibited, Ixxxi; Homoptera from West, exhibited, xc ; myrmecophilous 
Lycaenid from, exhibited, evi; mimic of Pyrrhochalcia tphis, Messaga 
monteironis from West, exhibited, cix; mostly Elidinae, on new species 
of Fossorial Hymenoptera from, cxiv, 720 ; Rhopalocera and Hymenoptera 
from West, exhibited, cxix. 

African, species of the genus Acraea, with a supplement on those of the 
Oriental region,a monograph of the, 1; and Australian Aculeate Hymen- 
optera in the Oxford Museum, South, 375. 

Agaristid moth Messaga monteironis, a mimic of the Hesperid Pyrrhochalcia 
iphis, exhibited, cix. 

Aglais urticae, var. ichnusa, aberrations in, exhibited, xlii. 

Agriades thersites, an unrecognised European Lycaena, identified as, 662; 
A. thetis, females, exhibited, cxl. 

Albulina pheretes, a Myrmecophilous Plebeiid blue butterfly, on the early 
stages of, vii, 393; bred, exhibited, xviii. 


( cen) 


Aletis, and their mimics from Entebbe, Geometrid moths of genus, exhibited, 
iii. 

Aleuonota and Atheta, synoptic table of British species of, exlii. 

Alpine, Lycaenids, aberrations of, exhibited, xci; butterflies, exhibited, xciii. 

Amauris egialea stroking the brands of the hind wings with its anal tufts, 
exhibited, xxxiv. 

America, with descriptions of new genera and species, notes on various 
Coleoptera from Central, cxxili; descriptions of Micro-Lepidoptera from 
South, exlii. 

Anal tufts, of female Glutophrissa protruded during courtship, v; Amauris 
egialea stroking the brands of the hind wings with its, exhibited, xxxiv. 

Anaphe infracta, irritating hairs of the moth, exhibited, Ixxvili. 

Ants, and Dipterous larvae, exhibited, xxvi ; scarce, exhibited, xci ; and a new 
myrmecophilous species, exhibited, cii. 

Arctic dragonflies, exhibited, xcvii. 

Argynnis, a new species of, exhibited, ci. 

Asilids and Rhopalocera, East African, exhibited, xx. 

Atheta and Aleuonota, synoptic table of British species of, exlii. 

Auditors, nomination of, cxxiv. 

Australian bees, Millerian mimicry between, exhibited, c; Aculeate Hymen- 
optera in the Oxford Museum, South African and, 375. 

Baronia brevicornis, exhibited, xxiii. 

Bee-imago (Osmia sp.), delayed emergence of, exhibited, xciv. 

Bees, Miillerian mimicry between Australian, c. 

Birds, as a check on insect pests, ii; and insects at edge of fire, xlii; power 
of sight in, liii. 

Blattidae, studies of the, lxxxvi, 643. 

Borneo, with a revision of the Thecline genus Thamala, on some new and 
little-known Lycaenidae from, cxlil. 

Brazil, descriptions of new species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South- 
East, vi, 419; Ithomiines from, exhibited, xliii; Miullerian associations 
from, exhibited, cxxvii. 

Brenthis selene, aberration of, exhibited, xev ; B. pales, exhibited, cv. 

British, Coleoptera, new, exhibited, xii, xxv; aberration, new, exhibited, 
lxxxvii; Museum et de |’ Université de Oxford, notes sur quelques espéces 
des Lucanides dans les collections du, ciii. 

British Honduras and Guatemala, butterflies from, exhibited, xlv. 

Butterflies, a natural food of monkeys, iv, xvii; the study of mimicry 
(Batesian and Miillerian) by temperature experiments on two tropical, 
vii, 445; from British Honduras and Guatemala, exhibited, xlv; two 
uncommon Sudanese, exhibited, lxviii ; bred in the Lagos district, families 
of, exhibited, lxxv; Alpine, exhibited, xciii; European, exhibited, xevi ; 
into new localities, occasional migration due to excessive drought as a 
cause of the spread of, xcvii; the special development of mimicry in 
forest, xcix ; of the White Nile, a study in geographical distribution, 
exxiii. 

Callioratis pactolicus in all its stages, the warning colours of the Hypsid 
moth, exhibited, lxxxii. 

Callophrys avis, the food-plant of, vii, 409. 

Celastrina argiolus on a new food-plant, xcil. 


( ceili ) 


Ceylon, on some luminous Coleoptera from, exviii, 717. 

Chilades galba and C. phiala, comparative notes on, cxlii. 

Chrysids, metallic colour in, exhibited, cxxx. 

Chrysophanus phlaeas, effect of climate on colours of, exhibited, cxxxviii. 

Chrysopsyche varia, the cocoons of the African Lasiocampid moth, exhibited, 
lxxxi. 

Climate on colours of Chrysophanus phlaeas, effect of, exhibited, exxxviii. 

Coccid food of the larva of Spalgis lemolea, determination of the, xviii. 

Cocoons, of Worasuma kolga, spun under natural conditions, ci; of the Tineid 
moth Epicephala chalybacma, the production of the spherical structures 
on the, exhibited, evi, cxxxviii. 

Coleophorids, scarce, exhibited, xliii. 

Coleoptera, rare, exhibited, i; on the comparative anatomy of the male 
genital tube in, vi, 477; new British, exhibited, xii, xxv; larvae of, 
exhibited, lxxii, ex ; from Oxford, exhibited, lxxxvii; myrmecophilous, 
exhibited, cx ; from Ceylon, on some luminous, cxviii, 717 ; with descrip- 
tions of new genera and species, notes on various Central American, 
Cxxili. 

Oolias hecla from Finmark, xciii; aberrations of C. edusa, exhibited, cxxil. 

Colours of the Hypsid moth Callioratis pactolicus in all its stages, the 
warning, exhibited, lxxxii; of Chrysophanus phlaeas, effect of climate on, 
exhibited, cxxxviii. 

Comstock, Prof. J. H., letter of thanks from, on election as Hon. Fellow, i. 

Costa Rica, Miullerian associations from, exhibited, cxxvii. 

Dacus, the effect of oil of Citronella on two species of, vi, 412. 

Damba Island, near Entebbe, further captures of Pseudacraea, etc., on, 
exhibited, xix. 

Delegates, appointment of, xxxviii. 

Dermaptera, a new sub-order of, exhibited, xxiv. 

Dianthoecia, genus, exhibited, xciii. 

Dipteron, scarce, exhibited, Ixvii. 

Dipterous larvae, ants and, exhibited, xxvi. 

Distinction of certain species in the orbitudus and pheretiades section of the 
genus Plebetus, notes on the specific, exlii. 

Diurnal movements of Acraeine pupae, ]xxxiii. 

Dragonflies, Arctic, exhibited, xcvii. 

Earwig, living, exhibited, xciii. 

Egg-laying of Erebia glacialis, xciv. 

Egypt, scarce Pierid from, exhibited, xlii. 

Elidinae, on new species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from South Africa, 
chiefly, exiv, 720. 

Entebbe, Geometrid moths of the genus AJetis, and their mimics from the 
neighbourhood of, exhibited, iii ; further captures of Pseudacraea, etc., 
on Damba Island, near, exhibited, xix ; Lepidoptera with Weptzs pattern, 
collected near, exhibited, xxvi. 

Entomological picture, curious, exhibited, xciii. 

Epicephala chalybacma, the production of the spherical structures on the 
cocoons of the Tineid moth, exhibited, cvi, cxxxviii. 

Erebia qlacials, egg-laying of, xciv. 

Euchelia jacobaeae captured and then abandoned by a robin, exhibited, xc. 


( ‘eeiv >) 


Euchloé damone, variation in, exhibited, xlii. 

Europe, aberrations of Rhopalocera from Central, exhibited, xxiv; butterflies 
from, exhibited, xcvi. 

European Lycaena, identified as Agriades thersites, an unrecognised, 662. 

EKurytela dryope shown to be distinct from E. hiarbas, exhibited, xviii, lvi, 
xxviii, ¢, 

Ex-Presidents, portraits of, xcvi, civ. 

Fellows, election of, xii, xxv, xxxvii, xli, lxv, ]xxxvii, xevi, civ, exvili, exxiv. 
», letters of thanks on election as Hon.,, i. 

Finmark, Colzas hecla from, exhibited, xciii. 

Fire, birds and insects at edge of, xlii. 

Fitch, E. A., notice of the death of, lxxxvii. 

Forest areas, mimicry in the Tropics chiefly characteristic of, 1. 

Ganglbauer, Prof. L,, notice of the death of, Ixxxvii. 

Geographical distribution, the butterflies of the White Nile, a study in, cxxiii, 

Geometrid moths of the genus A/etis, and their mimics from Entebbe, 
exhibited, iii. 

Gigantic larvae, exhibited, cxiv. 

Glossina caliginea (Tsetse-fly) rejected by a monkey, exhibited, Ixxv. 

Glutophrissa, anal tufts of female protruded during courtship, v. 

Gonepteryx rhamnt, cluster of ova of, exhibited, 1. 

Grosvenor, G. H., notice of the death of, lxxxvii. 

Guatemala, butterflies from British Honduras and, exhibited, xlv. 

Habits, attitudes, etc., the value of photographs, even when greatly reduced 
as a record of, exhibited, cvi. 

Hairs, of Lasiocampid larva disseminated through the air, exhibited, iv; of 

the moth Anaphe infracta, irritating, exhibited, lxxviii. 

Hawaiian wasps, on the colour-groups of the, lvi. 

Heredity in the female forms of Hypolimnas misippus, exhibited, Ixxiii. 

Homoptera, West African, exhibited, xc. 

Honorary Fellow, death of, Ixxxvii; election of, civ. 

Hoodia, on the genera Liothrips and, vi, 470. 

Hybrids and second broods, exhibited, cii. 

Hydroecia, new, exhibited, ]xviii. 

Hymenoptera, from South Africa, chiefly Elidinae, on new species of Fossorial, 
exiv, 720; from West Africa, exhibited, cxix. 

Hypolimnas (Euralia) dubius, and H. (E.) anthedon, exhibited, iv; heredity 
in the female forms of H. mistppus, exhibited, lxxiii. 

Insect pests, birds as a check on, ii ; -catching grass, exhibited, lxxxvii. 

Insects and birds at edge of fire, xlii. 

Ithomiines, Brazilian, exhibited, xliii. 

Kirby, W. F., notice of the death of, cxxiv. 

Lagos district, three families of P. davdanus bred from hippocoon females in 
the, exhibited, xii, cxxxi; large Lepidopterous pupa, probably Lycaenid, 
found in the leaf-nest of Oecophylla, in the, exhibited, xxxii; Meptzs and 
Neptidopsis in the, lv; families of butterflies bred in the, exhibited Ixxv ; 
forms of Leuceronia argia in the, exhibited, cxxxi. 

Larval nests, remarkable, exhibited, cxxii. 

Lasiocampid larva, urticating hairs of, disseminated through the air, exhibited, 
iv. 


{ xcey -) 


Lepidoptera, on some hitherto imperfectly known South African, vi, 384; 
-Heterocera from South-East Brazil, descriptions of new species of, vi, 
419; an experiment on the development of the male appendages in, 
vii, 407 ; with Weptis pattern, collected near Entebbe, exhibited, xxvi; 
probably Lycaenid, found in the leaf-nest of Oecophylla, in the Lagos 
district, large pupa of, exhibited, xxxii; Pyrenean, exhibited, xciii. 

Leuceronia argia in the Lagos district of West Africa, forms of, exhibited, cxxxi. 

Liothrips and Hoodia, on the genera, vi, 470. 

Lonchaea chorea, the life-history of, xcvi. 

LIucanides dans les collections du British Museum et de |’Université de 
Oxford, notes sur quelques espéces des, ciil. 

Lycaena, identified as Agriades thersites, an unrecognised European, 662. 

Lycaenid, a myrmecophilous African, exhibited, cvi. 

Lycaenidae, of the genera Epitola and Hewittsonia, the sluggishness of two 
West African, exhibited, xxxiii; aberrations of Alpine, exhibited, xci; 
with a revision of the Thecline genus Thamala, on some new and little- 
known Bornean, cxlii. 

Malacoderm larvae, exhibited, ciii. 

Male, appendages in Lepidoptera, an experiment on the development of the, 
vii, 407; genital tube in Coleoptera, the comparative anatomy of the, 
vi, 477. 

Mantid oothecae, exhibited, exxi, exxv. 

Meetings, notice as to cards of the dates of, i. 

Melanargia japygia and M. galatea from Sicily, series of, exhibited, cxxx. 

Melitaea aurinia, exhibited, cv. 

Messaga montetronis, a mimic of Pyrrhochalcia tiphis, the West African, 
exhibited, cix. 

Metallic colour in Chrysids, exhibited, cxxx. 

Micro-Lepidoptera, descriptions of South American, exlii. 

Migration due to excessive drought as a cause of the spread of butterflies into 
new localities, occasional, xcvii. 

Mimacraeas, new, exhibited, xliv. 

Mimicery, of genus 4letis from Entebbe, instances of, exhibited, iii; (Batesian 
and Millerian) by temperature experiments on two tropical butterflies, 
the study of, vii, 445; two African species of the Danaine genus T7?2ru- 
mala (Melinda) as models, and one as a mimic, exhibited, xxxi; in the 
Tropics chiefly characteristic of forest areas,1; a few observations on, 
xevi; in forest butterflies, the special development of, xcix; between 
Australian bees, Miillerian, exhibited, c; protective resemblance, 
exhibited, cxiv. 

Monkeys, butterflies a natural food of, iv, xvii; Tsetse-fly Glossina caliginéa 
rejected by a, exhibited, lxxv. 

Myrmecophilous, Plebeiid blue butterfly, on the early stages of <Albulina 
pheretes, a, vii, 393 ; species, and a new, exhibited, cii; African Lycaenid, 
exhibited, cvi; Coleopteron, exhibited, ex. 

Natal, Papilio dardanus from trophonius females, bred in, exxxiv. 

Natural History Museum as to boundaries, notice from, xxv. 

Neptis, pattern, collected near Entebbe, Lepidoptera with, exhibited, xxvi; 
IV. swynnertont, a new species from S.E. Rhodesia, exhibited, xxviii; 
and Weptidopsis in the Lagos district, lv. 


( cevi ) 


Nests, remarkable larval, exhibited, exxii. 

Nile, a study in geographical distribution, the butterflies of the White, cxxiii. 

Nomenclature, discussion on, xxxviii ; report of committee on, lxv ; letter as 
to Prof. Schulze’s “ Nomenclator,” cxxiv. 

Nonagria neva, life history of, exhibited, xlviii ; VV. dzssoluta, exhibited, ciii. 

Norasuma kolga spun under natural conditions, cocoons of, ci. 

Obituary, H. J. Adams, xxv; EH. A. Fitch, Prof. L. Ganglbauer, G. H, 
Grosvenor, R. Shelford, lxxxvii; W. F. Kirby, cxxiv. 

Oecophylla, in the Lagos district, large Lepidopterous pupa, probably Lycaenid, 
found in the leaf-nest of, exhibited, xxxii. 

Officers, nomination of, exviil. 

Oil of Citronella, the effect of, on two species of Dacus, vi, 412. 

Oporabia, hybrid, exhibited, vi. 

Orthopteron, scarce, exhibited, cxxx. 

Osmia sp., delayed emergence of, exhibited, xciv. 

Oxford, Coleoptera from, exhibited, lxxxvii; notes sur quelques espéces des 
Lucanides dans les collections du British Museum et de |’Université de, 
clii; Museum, South African and Australian Aculeate Hymenoptera in 
the, 375, 

Papilio dardanus, bred from hippocoon females in the Lagos district, three 
families of, exhibited, xii, cxxxi; bred in Natal from trophonius females, 
CXXXiVv. 

Parasites on a parasite, exhibited, xxxviii. 

Photographs, the value of, even when greatly reduced, as a record of habits, 
attitudes, etc, exhibited, cvi. 

Phromnia superba, exhibited, lxxxviii. 

Pierid, scarce Egyptian, exhibited, xlii. 

Pierine genus Pinacopteryx, exhibited, cx. 

Pieris napi and var. bryoniae, exhibited, 1xxi. 

Pinacopteryx, Pierine genus, exhibited, cx. 

Planema arenaria from Sesse Islands in the Victoria Nyanza, richly-coloured 
example of, exhibited, cxxxviii. 

Plebeius, notes on the specific distinction of certain species in the orbitulus 
and pheretiades section of the genus, cxlii. 

Plecopteron, scarce, exhibited, xlviii. 

Polyommatus alexius, a good species, Ixxxvi; P. icarus, blue females of, 
exhibited, ev, exli; P. icarus females, exhibited, cxxxix. 

Procedure, notice as to, Ixv. 

Protective resemblance, exhibited, cxiv. 

Protura, the order, exhibited, xcvii. 

Pseudacraea, etc., on Damba Island, near Entebbe, further captures of, 
exhibited, xix; of the hobley? group on the Sesse Islands in the Victoria 
Nyanza, Ixxxiv, exxxvi; P, eurytus hobley/, the life history of, cxiv, 706. 

Pyrameis cardut, aberration of, exhibited, ]xxxvii. 

Pyrenean Lepidoptera, exhibited, xciii. 

Pyrrhochalcia iphis, the West African Messaga montetronis, a mimic of, 
exhibited, cix. 

Rhodesia, Veptis swynnertoni, a new species from S.E., exhibited, xxviii. 

Rhopalocera, aberrations of Central European, exhibited, xxiv; Hast African 
Asilids and, exhibited, lxx ; from West Africa, exhibited, cxix. 


( cevii ) 


Robin, Euchelia jacobaeae captured and then abandoned by a, exhibited, xe. 

Royal Society’s celebrations, report of, cv. 

Ruralid aberrations, exhibited, cxl. 

Sawflies, difference of food and habit in closely related, xxiv. 

Schulze’s ‘‘ Nomenclator,” letter as to Prof., cxxiv. 

Seal of Society, announcement as to, xlii. 

Shelford, R., notice of the death of, lxxxvii. 

Sicily, series of Melanargia japyyia and M. galatea from, exhibited, cxxx. 

Sight in birds, power of, liii. 

Spalgis lemolea, determination of the Coccid food of the larva of, xviii. 

Sudanese butterflies, two uncommon, exhibited, Ixviii. 

Synoposematic resemblance between Acraeine larvae, ciii. 

Tabanidae, East African, exhibited, xlix. 

Temperature experiments on two tropical butterflies, the study of mimicry 
(Batesian and Miillerian) by, vii, 445. 

Teracolus, species of genus, exhibited, cxli. 

Thamala, on some new and little-known Bornean Lycaenidae, with a revision 
of the Thecline genus, cxlii. 

Thrips, scarce, exhibited, xlix. 

Tirumala (Melinda) as models, and one as a mimic, two African species of 
the Danaine genus, exhibited, xxxi. 

Tsetse-fly Glossina caliginea rejected by a monkey, exhibited, lxxv. 

University College, offer from, cxxv. 

Variation in Euchloé damone, exhibited, xlii. 

Venezuela, Miillerian associations from, exhibited, cxxvii. 

Vesperus, new species of, exhibited, v. 

Vice-Presidents, nomination of, i. 

Victoria Nyanza, Pseudacraeas of the hobleyi group on the Sesse Islands in 
the, lxxxiv, exxxvi; richly coloured example of Planema arenaria from, 
exhibited, exxxviii. 

Wasmann, Fr. Erich, letter of thanks from, on election as Hon. Fellow, i. 

Wasps, on the colour-groups of the Hawaiian, lvi. 


PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND. v. 1912. (6) 


(. eevi, ) 


SPECIAL INDEX. 


The Arabie figures refer to the pages of the ‘ Transactions’ ; the Roman Runners 
to the pages of the * Proceedings.’ 


abadima (Acraea), 192 
Abantis, 391 
abbotti (Acraea), 235 
abderus (Diloboderus), 581, 594 
abdominalis, var. atriceps (Campono- 
tus), cil 
5 (Melyris), 536, 540 
(Myzine), 724, 726, 733 
abnormis (Alastor), 380 
BS (Oreocrabro), 
Abraxas, Ixxxvii 
abyssinica (Temnopteryx), 
658 


689 
656, 657, 


Acanthocerinae, 580: 
acara (Acraea), 84, 86, 87 
Acari, ex 
acerata (Acraea), 235, 237, 238, 351 
»,  acerata (Acraea), 35, 236 
», f. brahmsi (Acraea), 35, 235, 
237, 238, 351 
», f. diavina (Acraea), 285, 288, 
351 
»,  f. tenella (Acraea), 34, 235, 236, 
238, 351 
»,  f. vinidia (Acraea), 35, 235, 236, 
237, 238, 351 
acervorum (Leptothorax), xcii 
Aclopinae, 581 
Aclopus, 581, 587, 590 
Acmaeodera, 547 
acoelogaster (Odynerus), 682 
acontias (Acraea), 137 
»» ab. decora (Acraea), 138, 139 
Acraea, xx, xxi, xxii, lv, ]xxxv, ciii, 3, 
21S 6 OF 7h ey Oe LUD, ahh, 2s ale} ile 
15, 16, U7; 18; 19,20; 21, 22; 23; 24, 
25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 
35, 386, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 
45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 
55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 
65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 


* 


75, 76, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 86, 
87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 
97, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 
106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 
WS. 114, 15, WG a7, SO. 
122, 123, 124, 125, 127, 128, 129, 
130, 131, 132, 138, 134, 135, 136, 
137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 148, 
, 145, 146, 148, 149, 150, 151, 
» L563; 1545 15, 166, lbgeeloos 
161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 
169, 171, 172, 173, 174, 
179, 180, 181, 182, 184, 
5, 188, 190, 191, 192, 193, 
, 196, 197, 198, 200, 201, 
, 204, 205, 206, 208, 209, 
, 212, 218, 215, 216, 217, 
, 220, 221, 223, 224, 295, 
228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 
, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 
, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 
, 249, 251, 252, 254, 255, 
, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 
265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 
273, (274, 275; 276se2aie 
280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 
287, 288, 289, 291, 292, 
, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 
, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 
309, 311, 312, 313, 314, 
317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 
, 825, 326, 327, 328, 329, 
, 332, 338, 384, 385, 336, 
, 389, 340, 341, 342, 343, 
345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 
351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 358, 
861, 362, 363, 365, 702, 703 
Acraeinae, 4, 60, 213 
acrita (Acraea), 10, 14, 15, 17, 29, 142, 
143, 144, 145, 146, 150, 151, 
152, 158, 154, 155, 156, 351 


322, 
330, 
337, 
344, 


( cciz ) 


acrita acrita (Acraea), 29, 146, 148, 149, 

150, 152 

», subsp. ambigua (Acraea), 29, 143, 
145, 148, 150, 352 

», f. aquilia (Acraea), 144, 152, 352 

», f. aquilina (Acraea), 143, 152, 351 

», f. bella (Acraea), 29, 144, 152, 352 

» subsp. bellona (Acraea), 29, 144, 
145, 146, 148, 149, 152, 352 

» f. chaeribulula (Acraea), 144, 152, 
352 

», subsp. littoralis (Acraea), 29, 144, 
145, 146, 149, 152, 351 

», Subsp. manca (Acraea), 29, 144, 
145; 146), 150; 151, 152, 156, 


352 

», subsp. manea f. lindica (Acraea), 
144, 151, 352 

,, f. msamwiae (Acraea), 143, 152, 
351 

», f. nyassicola (Acraea), 143, 152, 
351 


» f. pauperata (Acraea), 144, 145 
,, subsp. pudorina (Acraea), 28, 144, 
145, 146, 149, 150, 151, 152, 


153, 351 

,, #, usaramensis (Acraea), 144, 152, 
352 

» f. utengulensis (Acraea), 144, 
152, 351 


Acrodegmia, 440 
Acronycta, 407 
acronycta (Acraea), 190 
Acronyctinae, 423 
actiaca (Acraea), 128 
Actinote, 3, 5, 7, 8, 209 
acutipennis (Acraea), 117, 118, 181, 
18% WGy/ 
acyanus (Nesodynerus), 681 
Adalia, lxxxvii 
adamsi (Dioptoma), cxvili, 718 
adasa (Pseudoseada), xliii, xliv 
Adelostoma, 625 
adelphina (Hyposcada), exxviii 
Adimeridae, 527 
Adimerus, 527 
adippe (Argynnis), ci 
» var. chlorodippe (Argynnis), ci 

admatha (Acraea), 75, 78, 80, 348, 352 

a5 admatha (Acraea), 23, 79 

.. f. leucographa (Acraea), 23, 

79, 80, 352 

admetus (Lycaena), 674 
adolphinae (Neolamprima), 573, 575 
adusta (Leperina), 516 
Aegialites, 551 
Aegialitidae, 551, 553 
Aegophagamyia, xlix 


aenescens (Ilybius), 492 
Aeria, xlvii 
aesacus (Eryphanis), xlviii 
Aesalus, 573, 576, 629 
Aeschna, xevii 
aethiopica (Theganopteryx), 656, 657, 
658 
affinis (Theganopteryx), 647, 649 
africanus (Atractocerus), 542 
»  (Tabanus), xlix 
aganice (Planema), exxxvii 
agarithe (Callidryas), xlvi 
agatha (Neptis), xxvi, xxvii, xxviii, 
O.0d.G LOOT 
agathina (Mylothris), exii 
Aglais, xlii 
aglaonice (Acraea), 11, 20, 32, 160, 186, 
188, 352 
Aglycyderes, 528, 529 
Aglycyderidae, 528 
agnatus (Pheropsophus), 487, 489 
Agraulis, xlviii 
Agriades, xci, cxxxix, cxl, exli, 402, 
662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667, 668, 669, 
670, 671, 672, 673, 674, 675 
Agrypnus, 545 
ajax (Papilio), xlv 
Alastor, 380, 381 
alba (Pinacopteryx), cxi 
albertisi (Chalcolepidius), 545, 546 
albescens (Perophora), 435 
albicollis (Megalopyge), 437 
albimaculata (Amauris), lii 
albomaculata (Acraea), 190 
albula (Terias), xlviii 
Albulina, vii, lxviii, 393, 394, 399, 402, 
403, 404 
alcinoe (Planema), 8 
alciope (Acraea), xx, xxl, xxli, Ixxxv, 
ciii, 13, 14, 38, 307, 322, 323, 
326, 331, 352, 702, 703 
»,  alciope (Acraea), 37, 323 
», f. aurivillii (Acraea), 13, 38, 
323, 325, 326, 327, 352 


», f. cretacea (Acraea), 37, 323, 
325, 352 

», f. fumida (Acraea), 323, 325, 
352 

,,  f. latifasciata (Acraea), 323, 326 

», f. macarina (Acraea), 38, 322, 
325, 352 

,, subsp. schecana (Acraea), 323, 
326, 352 

»  f. tella (Acraea), 38, 323, 326, 
352 


Aletis, iii 

Aleuonota, exlii 

alexis (Argus), 666, 668, 675 
O 2 


(meeaa) 


alexius (Agriades), xci, 666, 668, 669, 
670, 675 
», (Polyommatus), lxxxvi 
alicia (Acraea), 221, 702 
», (Planema), 323, 326 
aliciae (Elis), 737 
Alindria, 516 
aliphera (Eueides), xlviii 
alpestris (Somatochlora), xevii 
alsina (Eresia), exxvii 
alternans (Phloeobius), 570 
althoffi (Acraea), 14, 33, 251, 252, 254, 
255, 352 
»,  althoffi (Acraea), 252 
»,  f. drucei (Acraea), 252, 254, 352 
,, f. ochreata (Acraea), 252, 254, 
352 
subsp. pseudepaea (Acraea), 252, 
255, 256, 352 
», f. rubrofasciata (Acraea), 252, 
254, 256, 352 
,, f. telloides (Acraea), 252, 254, 
352 
altivolans (Hypenodes), 700 
amara (Napeogenes), exxviii 
Amauris, xii, xvi, xxxi, XXXli, XXXIV, 
xxxv, lii, liii, Ixx, xxvii, 7, 9 
Amaxia, 420 
ametalla (Elis), 739 
55 (Mesa), 739 
amethystina (Sagra), 558, 561 
amicitiae (Acraea), 20, 24, 40, 317, 318, 
352 


amoena (Blatta), 656, 657, 659 
Amorpha, cii 
ampelophila (Drosophila), 416 
Amphicoma, 581, 587, 589, 590 
Amphidasis, x, xi 
amphimalla (Acraea), 161 
Amphizoa, 622 
Anacaena, 494 
anacreon (Acraea), 6, 198, 200, 201, 
350, 351, 352 
ip anacreon (Acraea), 
198, 200, 201 
ne subsp. anacreontica (Acraea), 
198, 200, 202, 352 
oe subsp. bomba (Acraea), 
198, 200, 201, 202, 352 
ny f. induna (Acraea), 28, 198, 
200, 201, 352 
subsp. speciosa (Acraea), 28, 
198, 201, 202, 352 
Anaides, 577, 581, 585, 586, 629 
analis (Anoplognathus), 581, 591 
», (Silpha), 502, 503 
Anaphe, Ixxviii, xxx 
Anaplecta, 645 


21, 28, 


28, 


Anaplectoidea, 645 

Anartia, xlviii 

Anaspis, 555, 556 

Ancognatha, 581, 598, 594 

anderida (Heliconius), exxvilii 
Andrenidae, c 

androgeus (Papilio), xlvi 
andromacha (Papilio), 346 
andromache (Acraea), 6, 50, 346, 347 


Pe var. agema (Acraea), 347 

z, f. indica (Acraea), 347 

5 f. oenone (Acraea), 346, 
347 

ra subsp. sanderi (Acraea), 
346, 347 


andromba (Acraea), 68, 69, 70 
andromica andania (Hymenitis), xliii, 
xliv 
Andronymus, xcviii 
Androthrips, 470 
anemosa (Acraea), 25, 94, 96, 97, 100, 
101, 103, 105, 352 
3 anemosa (Acraea), 94, 96 


a f. arcticincta (Acraea), 94, 95, 
96, 352 

ss f. dubiosa (Acraea), 94, 96, 
352 

Fis f. interrupta (Acraea), 94, 95, 
96, 352 

* f. mosana (Acraea), 94, 95, 
352 

5 f. ufipana (Acraea), 94, 96, 
352 

ms f. urungensis (Acraea), 94, 96, 
97, 352 


Anergates, xcii 
angolanus (Acraea), 229 
angustata (Catuna), cxix 

a (Stenosis), 548, 549 
angustatus (Astagobius), 502, 504 
Anisomerus, 545, 546 
Anisoplia, 581, 590, 592 
Anisotoma, 502, 626 
annulata (Zonosoma), cii 
annulipes (Apion), 1xxxvii 
Anomala, 581, 582, 590, 592 
anomala (Acraea), 350 
Anoplognathus, 581, 591 
Anoxia, 581, 589 
ansorgei (Acraea), 38, 318, 352 
Antarctia, 421 
Antennophori, xcvii 
Antennophorus, cx 
anthedon (Euralia), iv, xxi, lxxvii 

As (Hypolimnas), iv, Ixxvii 
Antherophagus, 522 
Anthia, 487, 489 
Anthicidae, 553, 555 


( “eexi ) 


Anthicus, 5538, 554, 617 

Anthobosca, 741, 742 

Anthoboscinae, 741 

Anthocomus, 536, 539 

Anthophila, lix, 381 

Anthrenus, 529, 600 

Anthribidae, 570 

antinorii (Acraea), 316 
A (Deilemera), evi, cix 

Apanteles, 446 

Apate, 533, 534 

apecida, var. flavomaculatus (Acraea), 
229 

Aphanopeltis, 4 

Aphodiinae, 580 

Aphodius, 580, 583, 584, 586 

Aphrissa, xlvili 

apicigera (Hemithyrsocera), 661 

Apidae, 382 

Apion, lxxxvii 

apollo (Parnassius), cxxxiv 

aprepes (Odynerus), 683 

Aprotopos, xliv 

aptera (Tricondyla), 486, 487 

apterus (Brachycerus), 570, 571 

aquata (Leucothyris), xliii 

aquaticus (Helophorus), 494, 495 

arabica (Acraea), 73 

Araschnia, ix, xi 

Archonias, 3 

arcifera (Hololepta), 512 

Arctiadae, 420 

arcticincta (Acraea), 94 

arctifascia (Acraea), 331 

arenaria (Planema), xx, 
exxxvili, 704, 705 

argante (Callidryas), xlvi 
,,  (Phoebis), xlviii 

argia (Leuceronia), exx, cxxxi 

Argiolaus, xxxii, xxxiii 

argiolus (Celastrina), xcii 

Argus, 666, 668, 675 

argus, (Plebeius), 674 

Argynnis, ci 

arion (Lycaena), xciii 

Arixenia, xxiv 

armatus (Henicopus), 536, 540 

Aromia, 568, 569 

Arrhenodes, 573 

arsilache (Bremthis), cv 

Asbolia, 439 

asboloplintha (Acraea), 20, 196, 197, 

3 


i? 


SOG, LSM 


ne asboloplintha (Acraea), 
24 

on subsp. rubescens (Ac- 
raea), 24, 196, 197, 
352 


asema (Acraea), 26, 122, 124, 127, 352 
», asema (Acraea), 122 
5, 1. gracilis! (Acraea); 1122) 128 
352 
Asilidae, ]xx 
asmareusis (Elis), 739 
ms (Mesa), 739 
asparagi (Crioceris), 558, 561 
Aspidiphorus, 533 
Aspidomorpha, 559, 567 
assimilis (Anomala), 581, 590 
assimulans (Nesoprosopis), 683 
Astagobius, 502, 504 
astarte (Pinacopteryx), cxii 
Asterope, xcviii 
asterope (Ypthima), 385 
astrigera (Acraea), 18, 14, 89, 95, 96, 
97, 101, 103, 104, 105 
st f. brunnea (Acraea), 
105 
asturiensis (Cryptocephalus), 558, 562 
Astylus, 536, 540, 624 
atalanta (Vanessa), 700 
Atella, xeviii 
ater (Hydrophilus), 494 
», (Osorius), 496 
atergatis (Acraea), 24, 30, 188, 190, 
352 


104, 


=H (Lycorea), 
CXXxix 


xlvi,  exxviii, 
Aterica, lii 
Ateuchus, 580, 582 
Athesis, exxix 
Atheta, cxlii 
atolmis (Acraea), 10, 24, 27, 181, 185, 
137, 352 
,,  £. decora (Acraea), 138, 352 

atra (Cistela), 602 

», (Eryx), 602 
Atractocerus, 542, 632 
atrata (Phosphuga), 502 

», (Silpha), 502, 503 
atratulus (Anergates), xcii 
atratus (Enhydrus), 493 

»,  (Psilotus), 515 
atria (Cistela), 550 
atriceps (Braunsomeria), 721 
atrimanus (Tabanus), xlix 
atripennis (Xenocrabro), lix 
aubyni (Acraea), 36, 304, 852 
Augosoma, 581, 596, 597 
Aulacocyclus, 579, 580, 680 ° 
Aulonium, 516, 517 
aurantia (Chrysauge), 440 
aurata (Cetonia), 581, 599 
aurelia (Melitaea), xxiv 
aureola (Acraea), 32, 142, 352 
aureolus (Cryptocephalus), 558, 562 


( ‘ccm )) 


auresiana (Argynnis), ci 
aurinia (Melitaea), cv, evi 
aurivillii (Acraea), 323, 702 
aurofoveata (Chrysodema), 547 
aurora (Dictyopterus), 535, 536, 623 
3; (ros); 535 
aurovestitus (Dasyproctus), 749 
australis (Cerceris), 376 
5 (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
austriaca (Hoodia), 472, 473, 474, 475 
austrinus (Gorytes), 376 
autumnaria (Oporabia), vi 
avis (Callophrys), vii, 409, 410, 411 
Axamora, 441 
axina (Acraea), 31, 180, 181, 352 
Azanus, lv 
Azelina, 431 
badiipennella (Coleophora), xliii 
baeticus (Polyommatus), lv 
bagnalli (Hoodia), 472, 473, 474, 475 
bakeri (Liothrips), 472, 474 
bakewelli (Enarsus), 516, 602 
Balanophorus, 536, 539, 624 
balbina (Acraea), 81 
balyi (Mecynodera), 558, 560 
banksiae (Carpophagus), 558, 560 
barbatus (Crossotarsus), 572, 573 
barberi (Acraea), 84 93 
Baronia, xxiii 
Baryrrhynchus, 573, 612 
basalis (Cyphononyx), 744 
», (Pompilus), 744 
»,  (Stericta), 441 
basutorum (Myzine), 726, 736 
Bathyscia, 502, 504, 626 
Batocera, 608 
baumanni (Acraea), 112 
baxteri (Acraea), 41, 42, 267, 268, 
352 


5, baxteri (Acraea), 267 


», f. fulleborni (Acraea), 267, 
268, 352 

»,  f. subsquamia (Acraea), 267, 
268, 352 


beckeri (Glaresis), 577, 578 
Belionota, 547 

bellargus (Agriades), xci 
bellatrix (Callioratis), Ixxxiii 
bellona (Archonias), 3 
bellua (Acraea), 192 

Belus, 570, 571, 620 
Bembecinae, 746 

Bembex, 746, 747 
Bembidium, 488 

bendis (Acraea), 182 
berenice (Danais), xlvii 
Berosus, 494, 495, 496 
betularia (Amphidasis), x, xi 


bicolor (Lissomus), 546 
», (Myrmecocystus), cx 
bicornis (Zirophorus), 496, 501 
bidecoratus (Nesocrabro), 689, 690, 691 
bidens (Donacia), 558, 560 
bidentatum (Aulonium), 516, 517 
bidentatus (Belus), 570, 571 
bifasciata (Ischiopsopha), 581, 598 ~ 
biguttata (Tomoxia), 555 
biguttatum (Bembidium), 488 
biguttatus (Tabanus), xlix 
bilinea (Harmatelia), cxviii, 717 
bimaculata (Parastasia), 581, 591 
bipunctata (Eunotela), 430 
bipustulatus (Malachius), 585, 539 
blackburni (Odynerus), 680, 687 
Blaps, 548, 549, 625 — ; 
Blatta, 655, 656, 657, 658, 659 
Blattella, 644, 654 
Blattidae, Ixxxvi, 648, 644 
Blethisa, 487, 489 
boas (Oryctes), 581, 594, 595 
boisduvali (Hewitsonia), xxxili, xxxiv 
Bolax, 581, 591, 592 
boleti (Cis), 532 
bolina (Hypolimnas), 453, 454 
bolivari (Vesperus), vi 
bonasia (Acraea), 13, 219, 220, 224, 
225, 226, 238, 249, 352 
a5 subsp. alicia (Acraea), 33, 218, 
219, 221, 224, 226, 352 
rf, subsp. banka (Acraea), 
221, 226, 352 
,, alicia, f. cabiroides (Acraea), 
35, 221, 225, 226, 352 
», alicia, f. tenelloides (Acraea) 
35, 221, 225, 226, 352 
A bonasia (Acraea), 33, 35, 221 
ne f. cynthius (Acraea), 13, 220, 


33, 


352 

»,  f. praeponina (Acraea), 221, 
224, 352 

»,  f. siabona (Acraea), 221, 224, 
352 


55 (Papilio), 220 
55 f. cynthius (Papilio), 220 
boreale (Lathrobium), 496, 500 
borealis (Aeschna), xevii 
Bostrichidae, 533 
Bostrichus, 533 
bourkei (Piatysphinx), 384, 391, 392 
bovina (Trichopteryx), 507 
bowkeri (Leptoneura), 384, 387 
bowringii (Danais), 447 
Brachycerus, 570, 571 
brachyptera (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
braesia (Acraea), 22, 24, 1638, 169, 171, 
352 


( comin ) 


braesia braesia (Acraea), 169 

»,  f. regalis (Acraea), 31, 169, 171, 

352) - 

brahmsi (Acraea), 235 
brassolis (Papilio), 3 
braunei (Acraea), 210 
braunsi (Myzine), 725 

»»  (Scolia), 742 

»,  (Trielis), 742 
Braunsomeria, 720, 721, 722 
Brenthidae, 573, 611 
Brenthis, xciv, xev, cv 
brevicollis (Nebria), 487, 488 

re (Quedius), 498 

brevicornis (Baronia), xxiii 
brevicostatus (Odynerus), 683 
brevis (Trichopteryx), 507 
Brontes, 518, 519 
Brontopriscus, 518, 519 
broomeae (Dismorphia), exxviii 
brucei (Chrysops), 1 
Bruchidae, 557 
Bruchus, 557 
brunnescens (Haematopota), 1 
brunnipes (Lathrobium), 496, 500 
Bryaxis, 509, 510, 511 
bulbifera (Amauris), Ixxvii 
Buprestidae, 547 
burni (Acraea), 5 
burrowsi (Hydroecia), lxviii 
buschbecki (Acraea), 35, 291, 352 
biittneri (Acraea), 26, 118, 120, 352 
buxtoni (Acraea), 81, 82, 239 
byatti (Acraea), 213 
Byrrhidae, 530 
Byrrhoidea, 614, 632 
Byrrhus, 530 
Byturidae, 515 
Byturus, 515, 516 


cabira (Acraea), 229, 230, 232, 233, 

234, 352 

», #£. abrupta (Acraea), 230, 231, 
352 

»  £. apecida (Acraea), 35, 229, 
231, 233, 352 

», {- biraca (Acraea), 230, 232, 
352 

»,  cabira (Acraea), 35, 230 

», £. karschi (Acraea), 34, 230, 


232, 233, 352 
»,  £. natalensis (Acraea), 230, 232, 
352 
cacta (Salamis), lxxv 
cadaverinus (Hister), 512 
caecilia (Acraea), 30, 182, 184, 186, 
190, 192, 211, 352 
»,  f. artemisa (Acraea), 182, 184, 
352 


caecilia caecilia (Acraea), 30, 182 
», f. hypatia (Acraea), 182, 184, 
352 


», subsp. liacea (Acraea), 
176, 184 
», subsp. pudora (Acraea), 30, 
182, 184, 352 
»  f£. umbrina (Acraea), 182, 184, 
352 
», (Papilio), 182 
»,  f. artemisa (Papilio), 182 
»,  f. hypatia (Papilio), 182 
caenia (Junonia), xlviii 
caerulea (Aeschna), xevii 
caeruleipennis (Nesoprosopis), lix 
caesareus (Staphylinus), 496 
caespitum (Tetramorium), xcii 
calcitrans (Stomoxys), 416 
caldarena (Acraea), 10, 1], 32, 159, 
160, 161, 163, 165, 166, 
184, 185, 186, 192, 352 


174, 


an caldarena (Acraea), 161, 
163 

an f. neluska (Acraea), 161, 
163, 353 

- f. nero (Acraea), 161, 162, 
352 

3 var. pudorella (Acraea), 163, 
166 


californica (Eugonia), ii 
californicus (Omus), 486 
caliginea (Glossina), xxv 
Caligo, xlvi, xlviii 
Callidryas, xlvi, xlviii 
Callioratis, lxxxii, ]xxxiii 
Callirrhipis, 545 
Callithomia, exxvili 
Callophrys, vii, 409, 410, 411 
Calopieris, ]xviii 
calyce (Acraea), 72 
camaena (Acraea), 20, 23, 82 
5 (Papilio), 82, 353 
camelinus (Odynerus), 683 
camerunensis (Theganopteryx), 647, 
648 
Camponotus, cii 
Campsomeris, 743 
Camptocarpus, 523, 525 
canalicollis (Niponius), 512 
canaliculatus (Lyctus), 533 
Cantharidae, 556 
capensis (Myzine), 727 
capicola (Myzine), 726, 734 
capitata (Ceratitis), 418 
capnodiata (Herbita), 432 
cappadox (Acraea), 221 
Capparis, cxxiii 
capsincola (Dianthoecia), xciii 


( cexiv )- 


capsophila (Dianthoecia), xciii 
Carabidae, 487 
Caraboidea, 622, 633 
caraboides (Melandrya), 552 
a (Platycerus), 573 
ae (Systenus), 573, 575 
Carabus, 487, 488 
cardui (Pyrameis), ]xxxvli 
,, (Vanessa), 700 
carilla (Castnia), exxvil 
caroli-waterhousei (Cyphononyx), 744 
carpophaga (Dianthoecia), xciii 
Carpophagus, 558, 560, 607 
Carpophilus, ii 
Caryoborus, 557, 558 
Cassidinae, 559 
cassidioides (Corylophus), 507, 508 
cassina fabricii (Opsiphanes), xlvili 
Castnia, exxvii 
castoris (Platypsylla), 506 
castra (Rhynohopyga), 419 
castralia (Titya), 434 
castrena (Rifargia), 430 
Castronia, 420, 421 
Catagramma, xlviii 
Catharsius, 580, 582 
Catops, xii 
Catopsilia, xxxvi, xcviii 
Catuna, cxix 
Cebrio, Ixxii 
cebron (Pinacopteryx), cxi 
Celastrina, xcii, xciii 
centaurus (Augosoma), 581, 596, 597 
centurionis (Chrysops), 1 
cephaea (Acraea), 192 
Cephaloleia, 559, 567 
cephalostictus (Odynerus), 684 
cephea (Papilio), 349 
»,  (Telchinia), 349 
cepheus (Acraea), 26, 111, 112, 117, 
120, 239, 348, 353 
5 f. abdera (Acraea), 112, 118, 
353 
3 cepheus (Acraea), 112 


PA f. eginopsis (Acraea), 112, 
113, 353 

5 f. nigrescens (Acraea), 112, 
114, 353 

io f. pheusaca (Acraea), 113, 
114 


Pe f. sucepha (Acraea), 112, 118, 
353 


An (Papilio), 111 

cerago (Orthosia), 410 

Cerambycidae, 568 

cerasa (Acraea), 21, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 
59, 302, 353 

Ceratina, 382 


Ceratinia, cxxvlii 
Ceratinoptera, 644 
Ceratitis, 418 
Ceratognathus, 573, 574, 612, 629 
Cerceris, 375, 376, 744 
cerita (Acraea), 23, 55, 56, 353 
cervinus (Dascillus), 542, 543, 544 
cervus (Lucanus), 573, 575, 602, 607 
Cerylon, 516, 517, 518, 614 
ceto (Erebia), xxiv 
Cetonia, 581, 599 
Cetoniinae, 581 
Chabuata, 421 
chaeribula (Acraea), 
353 
Chaetosoma, 518, 520, 616 
Chalcolepidius, 545, 546 
chalybacma (Epicephala), cvi, vii, 
evili, cxxxviii 
chalybeus (Eulissus), 496, 500 
+3 (Xantholinus), 496, 500 
chambezi (Acraea), 28, 131, 1382, 133, 
134, 353 
Charaxes, 410 
charina (Pinacopteryx), exili 
charithonia (Heliconius), xlvi, xlviii 
Charonias, cxxvili 
Chauliognathus, 535, 538, 624 
chavicae (Gynaikothrips). 470 
chelifer (Chelodynerus), 1x, 683 
Chelodynerus, lx, 681, 683, 699 
Chelonariidae, 530 
Chelonarium, 530 
chevrolati (Eupholus), 570 
Chiasognathus, 573, 575 
chica (Asbolia), 4389 
Chilades, exlii 
chilo (Acraea), 13, 17, 18, 22, 28, 25, 
89, 91, 92, 93, 353 
,, chilo (Acraea), 89 
,, f. hoeneli (Acraea), 89, 90, 353 
chinensis (Pachylister), 512 
Chiroscelis, 548 
Chloridolum, 568 
Chlorion, 746 
chorea (Lonchaea), xevi 
Chrastoblatta, 644 
christyi (Oporabia), vi 
Chromomaea, 550 
Chrysauge, 440 
Chrysauginae, 440 
chrysippus (Danaida), xii, exxxvi 
(Danais), vii, x, xi, Xii, 
445, 446, 447, 448, 449, 
450, 452, 453, 454, 455, 
456, 457, 458, 459, 460 
f. aleippoides (Danais), 446, 
447, 451, 456 


29, 158, 155, 


” 


9 


(. ccxv ) 


chrysippus f. alcippus (Danais), 445, 
446, 454, 455 

dorippus (Danais), vii, 
x, xii, 445, 446, 447, 
448, 449, 450, 454, 455, 
456, 458, 459 
Chrysochus, 559, 563, 608 
Chrysodema, 547 
Chrysomela, 559, 564, 566 
Chrysomelidae, 558 
Chrysomelinae, 559, 568 
Chrysophanus, cxxxvili, 394, 397, 448 
Chrysops, 1 
Chrysopsyche, Ixxxi 
chrysorrhoea (Porthesia), ]xxix, lxxx, 

Ixxxi 
cicatricosus (Ateuchus), 580, 582 

53 (Scarabaeus), 570 
Cicindela, 486, 487 
Cicindelidae, 486 
cicur (Asbolia), 439 
cinerea (Acraea), 20, 22, 23, 307, 308, 
353 


; if 


»,  subsp.alberta (Acraea), 22, 307, 
308, 353 
», cinerea (Acraea), 307 
ciocolatina (Lomaptera), 598 
Cioidae, 532, 606 
circeis (Acraea), 41, 42, 292, 297, 298, 
353 


» var. lycoides (Acraea), 292 

», Thodina (Acraea), 298, 295 

», var. subochreata (Acraea), 293 
circumcincta (Blatta), 656, 657 


i (Hemithyrsocera), 654, 
656, 661 
6 (Theganopteryx), 658 
Cis, 532 


Cissites, 556, 601 
Cistela, 550, 602 
Cistelidae, 550 
citricornis (Liothrips), 471, 474 
Clambidae, 502 
Clambus, 502, 505 
clarei (Acraea), 193 
clarescens (Heliconius), exxviii 
clathratus (Cupes), 522, 602, 615 
Claviger, xxv 
claviger (Anthrenus), 529 
clearista (Athesis), cxxix 
cleopatra (Gonepteryx), xevi 
cleothera (Danais), xlvii 
Cleridae, 541 
Clivina, 487 
Cloeotus, 577, 579, 580, 584, 586, 629 
clotho (Campsomeris), 743 

»» (Dielis), 743 

», (Elis), 743 


clotho (Scolia), 743 
Clythra, 558, 561 
Clythrinae, 558 
Clytus, 638 
clytus (Leptoneura), 388 
coarctata (Ponera), xci 
coarctatus (Cyphon), 543, 544 
Coccidula, 524, 525 
Coccinellidae, 524 
coccineus (Endomychus), 525, 526 
coelebs (Dielis), 743 

»,  (Hlis), 743 

»  (Scolia), 743 
coerulea (Hoplia), 581, 588 
coeruleipennis (Elis), 737 

me (Mesa), 737 

Colaenis, xlviii, 9 
Coleophora, xliii 
Coleoptera, xxv, cxxiii, 479 
Colias, xxxv, xxxvi, xciii, xciv, cxxii 
collaris (Amaxia), 420 

», (Castronia), 420, 421 

», (Stenichnus), 508, 509 
Colletidae, 381 
Colydiidae, 516 
comari (Donacia), 558, 559, 560 

»,  (Plateumaris), 558 
commixta (Papilio), xxxi 
communis (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
compedita (Bembex), 746 
complanatus (Laemosthenes), 488 
confucius (Mimela) 581, 591 
congruus (Pseudopterocheilus), lix, lx, 

683 
conicicollis (Monotoma), 514 
conicollis (Pelecotomoides), 555 
conjuncta (Acraea), 38, 319, 321, 353 


sr (conjuncta (Acraea), 320 

ws f. interrupta (Acraea), 319, 
320, 353 

5 f. lutealba (Acraea), 319, 
320, 353 

‘f f. mutata (Acraea), 319, 320, 
353 


<3 f. pica (Acraea), 319, 320, 
353 

‘3 f. silacea (Acraea), 319, 320, 
353 


es f. suffusa (Acraea), 319, 320, 
353 
Conopidae, Ixvii 
conradti (Acraea), 36, 289, 291, 303, 
353 
consanguinea (Myzine), 725, 735 
‘3 (Planema), cxxxviii 
constrictiventris (Myzine), 725 
continua (Myzine), 726, 733 
contractus (Metrius), 487, 488 


(( Scexva =) 


Copidita, 554 
Coprinae, 580 
coquereli (Leptomastax), 508, 509 
corcova (Symmerista), 427 
cornutus (Pachypus), 581, 587 
,,  (Schistoceros), 533 
»,  (Syndesus), 573, 574 
corona (Acraea), 45 
corticalis (Olibrus), 514 
Corticaria, 527, 617 
corydon (Agriades), xci, cxxxix, cxl, 
exli, 402, 670 
» ab. syngrapha 
exli 
coryli (Haltica), 559, 566 
Corylophidae, 507 
Corylophus, 507, 508 
Cosila, 737 
Cossidae, 432 
Cossyphus, 548, 549, 625 
costleyi (Mimacraea), xlv 
cotytto (Pteronymia), xlvili 
Crabro, lvii, 685, 688 
Crabronidae, lvii, lix, xiv, 680, 744 
Crabroninae, 749 
crathis (Olyras), exxix 
Cratomorphus, 535, 536, 537 
Cremastogaster, cx 
Crenis, xevili 
Creophilus, 496, 498 
Criocerinae, 558 
Crioceris, 558, 561 
crispatus (Adimerus), 527 
Croesus, xxiv 
Crossotarsus, 572, 573 
Cryptocephalinae, 558 
Cryptocephalus, 558, 562 
Cryptodacne, 523 
Cryptodus, 581, 598 
Cryptomorpha, 611 
Cryptophagidae, 522 
Cryptothrips, 470 
erystallina (Acraea), 13, 89, 91 
ctenostomoides (Gnoma), 568 
Cucujidae, 515, 518 
Cucujoidea, 616, 633 
Cucujus, 518, 519, 520, 569, 616, 638 
cucullata (Cerceris), 375 
Cupedidae, 522 
Cupes, 522, 602, 615, 623, 631, 632 
cuprascens (Glyptoscelis), 559, 563 
cupreus (Ocypus), 496, 498 
Curculionidae, 570 
curita (Farigia), 427 
curvinervis (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
cuva (Acraea), 21, 50 
cyaneus (Psilothrix), 536, 540 
Cyathoceridae, 530 


(Agriades), 


Cyathocerus, 530, 581 
Cychramus, 515 
Cychrus, 487, 488 
Cyclocephala, 581, 593, 594, 599 
Cyclopodia, xxxviii 
Cyclothorax, 681 
eydno galanthus (Heliconius), xlvi, 
xlviii 
eydonia (Acraea), 322 
Cydosia, 424 
Cylidrus, 541 
cylindricum (Hectarthrum), 518, 519 
‘y (Sinodendron), 578, 576 
cynthia (Acraea), 221, 230 
,» (Papilio), 221 
cynthius (Acraea), 223, 249, 358 
Cypherotylus, 523 
Cyphogastra, 547 
Cyphon, 543, 544, 612 
Cyphonidae, 543 
Cyphononyx, 744 
cyphononyx (Motes), 753 
Dactylopius, xvili 
Dactylosternum, 494, 495 
Dacus, vi, 412, 414, 415, 416, 417, 
418 
daemonius (Nesocrabro), 689 
damii (Acraea), 21, 50, 51, 52, 358 
», subsp. cuva (Acraea), 22, 50, 
52, 353 
», Gamii (Acraea), 22, 51, 52 
», f. nidama (Acraea), 50, 52, 353 
damon (Hirsutina), xci 
», (Polyommatus), 672, 674 
damone (Euchloe), xlii 
Danacaea, 536, 540 
Danaida, xii, lii, exxxvi 
Danainae, v, xxxv, lii 
Danais, vii, x, xi, xli, xlvii, 445, 446, 
447, 448, 449, 450, 451, 452, 458, 
454, 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460 
dardanus (Papilio), xii, xiii, xiv, liii, 
CXVil, CKXXI, (exsxmyiemeles 
365 
. cenea (Papilio), 
CXXXIV, CXXXV, CXXXV1 
. hippocoon (Papilio), xii, 
Xili, XIV, XV, &xvwie evi 
CXXXi, “CXxXxilj)) ¢xxxim 
CXXXIV, CXXXVi 
xe f. leighi (Papilio), exxxvi 
5s f. trophonius (Papilio), iii, 
CXXXIV, CXXXV, CXXXVI 
Dascillidae, 542 
Dascillus, 542, 543, 544 
Dasyproctus, 749, 750 
debilis (Aegialites), 551 
debyi (Cissites), 556 


+ 


xii, 


( jeexvi. ) 


debyi (Horia), 556 

decora (Haematopota), 1 
decoratus (Odynerus), 379 
decumana (Ceratinia), cxxvili 
Deilemera, xxvi, evi, cix 
deinogaster (Odynerus), 684 
dejana (Acraea), 292, 296 
dejeani (Prostenus), 550 
Deltoidinae, 425 

demodocus (Papilio), xiv 
denshamii (Haematopota), 1 
denticollis (Danacaea), 536, 540 
dentipes (Eleodes), 548 
depressus (Pytho), 553 


35 (Rhizophagus), 518, 520, 
633 


derbela (Acraea), 263 
Deretaphrus, 516, 517, 618 
Dermestes, 529 
Dermestidae, 529, 535 
dermestoides (Throscus), 546 
Dermothrips, 470 
dero (Dircenna), xliv 
Derodontidae, 532 
desjardinsi (Cryptomorpha), 611 
5 (Trochoideus), 525, 526 
detecta (Acraea), 164, 166 
Deuterollyta, 442 
dexithea (Hypolimnas), lxxiv 
diabolica (Larrada), 750 
ay es Gliris); 750 

Diabrotica, 559, 566 
Diagrypnodes, 518, 519, 520, 617 
dianasa (Eueides), cxxix 
Dianthoecia, xciii 
Diaphanops, 558, 560 
diaphanus (Cratomorphus), 535, 536 
Diaphonia, 581, 599 
diardi (Macronota), 581, 599 
dice (Acraea), 59 

, (Papilio), 59 
Dictyopterus, 535, 536, 543, 623 
didymus (Phileurus), 581, 597 
Dielis, 743 
Diestogyna, cxix 
difficilis (Tefflus), 488, 489 
diffinis (Myzine), 725 
difformis (Cremastogaster), cx 
digitata (Chiroscelis), 548 
Diloboderus, 581, 594 
dilutata (Oporabia), vi 
diogenes (Acraea), 23, 156, 157, 353 
diomus (Pyrgus), 389 
Dione, 9 
Dioptoma, exviii, 718, 719 
Diphucephala, 581, 588 
Diploptera, lix, 381 
Diptera, xxxix, xl 


dirce (Gynoecia), xlviii 
dircea (Acraea), 161 
Dircenna, xliv, xlviii, exxvili, exxix 
Discolomidae, 524 
disjuncta (Acraea), 38, 321, 353 
Dismorphia, exxvii, cxxviili 
dispar (Liparis), 407, 408 
»,  (Orectochilus), 493 
»,  (Porthetria), Ixxxii 
dissociata (Acraea), 196 
dissoluta (Nonagria), ciii 
var. arundineta (Nonagria), 
ciii 
distinctipennis (Chrysops), 1 
distinctus (Crabro), 688, 689 
(Xenocrabro), 689, 690, 691 
ditaeniatus (Tabanus), xlix 
diversipennis (Bembex), 747 
diversus (Dacus), 412, 414, 416, 417, 
418 
dixeyi (Notogonia), 377 
», (Pinacopteryx), cxii, exiii 
Dohrnia, 554 
Donacia, 558, 559, 560, 607, 612 
Donaciinae, 558 
donaldsoni (Cosila), 737 
a (Elis), 737 
We (Mesa), 737 
donisthorpei (Loxotropa), cii 
doris transiens (Heliconius), xlvi, xlvii, 
xlviii 
Doritis, 9 
dorotheae (Planema), 327 
dorsalis (Diaphonia), 581, 599 
dorycum (Chloridolum), 568 
doryssus (Mechanitis),  xlvi, 
€XXViil 
Doubledaya, 523 
doubledayaria (Amphidasis), x, xi 
doubledayi (Acraea), 20, 171, 173, 174, 
Wits M9; 180, 353 
subsp. arabica (Acraea), SH 
172, 173, 353 
f. candida (Acraea), 171, 
173 
doubledayi 
172 


be) 


xlvii, 


2? 


(Acraea), 31, 


equatorialis (Acraea), 177 
subsp. sykesi (Acraea), 31, 
171, 173, 353 
doxo (Pieris), exiii, cxiv 
», (Pinacopteryx), xlii, xliii 
Drilus, 535, 537, 543, 623 
Drosophila, 416, 697 
dryas (Odynerus), 684 
drymo (Ithomia), xliii 
dryope (Eurytela), xviii, xix, lvi, ¢ 
Dryopidae, 531 


a? 


29 


( cexvit 3) 


dubia (Euralia), Ixxvii 
,, (Hypolimnas), lxxvii 
dubiosus (Odynerus), lviii, 681, 683, 
687 
dubitans (Nemoura), xlvili 
dubius (Euralia), iv 
(Hypolimnas), iv 
»,  (Sphindus), 533 
ducalis (Liris), 752 
d’urbani (Pseudonympha), 384, 385 
Dylomia, 431 
Dynastinae, 581 
Dytiscidae, 492 
Dytiscus, 482, 490, 492, 612 
eacus (Golofa), 581, 597 
Eagris, 391 
Echedorus, 433 
Echthromorpha, 683 
ecostatus (Odynerus), 683 
Ectobia, 652, 656 
Ectobiinae, 648, 644, 645, 654 
Ectrephes, 529 
Ectrephidae, 535 
edax (Leptochirus), 496 
edentulus (Aulacocyclus), 579, 580 
Edibessa, 437, 438 
edusa (Colias), XXXV, CXXil 
edwardsi (Phloeophilus), 536, 541 
se (Pyronota), 581, 588 
egialea (Amauris), Xxxiv, XXXV 
egina (Acraea), 4, 14, 84, 106, 109, 111, 
113, 192, 263, 353 
subsp. areca (Acraea), 28, 107, 
109, 111, 353 
egina (Acraea), 26, 27, 28, 108, 
109 
f. harrisoni (Acraea), 27, 107, 109, 
3538 
subsp. medea (Acraea), 14, 27, 28, 
107, 110, 353 
(Papilio), 106, 192 
subsp. medea (Papilio), 107 
ehmckei (Acraea), 61 
Elateridae, Ixxiii, 545 
Elidinae, cxiv, 720 
Elis, 787, 738, 739, 743 
ella (Acraea), 31, 179, 180, 353 
Eleodes, 548, 625 
elongata (Hololepta), 512, 513 
a (Orina), 559, 563 
elongatula (Homalota), 496, 497 
elongatus (Liothrips), 472 
eltringhami (Mimacraea), xliv 
emarginatus (Phaeochrous), 581, 586 
Emenadia, 556 
emini (Acraea), 104 
empusa (Acraea), 122 
ena (Mycalesis), 384, 385 


” 


| Enarsus, 516, 517, 527, 602 


encedon (Acraea), 3, 209, 210, 211, 218, 
353 
f. aleippina (Acraea), 38, 210, 
211, 212, 213, 353 
f. daira (Acraea), 38, 210, 211, 
212, 353 
encedon (Acraea), 388, 178, 211 
f. infuscata (Acraea), 210, 211, 
212, 213, 353 
lycia (Acraea), 38, 173, 206, 
210, 211, 212, 213, 353 
f. necoda (Acraea), 210, 212, 
353 
radiata (Acraea), 38, 211, 
212, 353 
sganzini (Acraea), 210, 212, 
353 
(Papilio), 209 
f. lycia (Papilio), 210 
encedonia (Acraea), 210 
na (Papilio), 210 
Endomychidae, 525 
Endomychus, 525, 526 
enervis (Lasiosomus), cxxi 
Enhydrus, 493 
entoria (Acraea), 347 
epaea (Planema), 256 
,, paragea (Planema), xxii, exvii 
ephyia (Teracolus), exli, exlil 
Epicephala, evi, evii, evili, cix, cxxxviii 
epidaus (Papilio), xlvi 
epidica (Acraea), 46 
Epinephele, xev 
Epipaschianae, 441 
epipseustes (Odynerus), 681, 699 
Epitola, xxxill, xxxiv 
eponina (Acraea), 220, 221, 224, 239 
(Papilio), 220, 239 
(Acraea), 11, 
353 


7 fe 


4p fe 
oe) f. 


29 
equatorialis 


Met listo), 

subsp. anaemia (Acraea), 
20, 30, 31, 17%,ao 
353 

equatorialis (Acraea), 31, 
1 


2? 


9 


Erastrianae, 424 
Erebia, xxiv, xciv 
Eresia, exxvli 
erichsoni (Laricobius), 532 
erichsonii (Polyoptilus), 558 
erici (Aletis), ii 

5, (Leptaletis), iii 
Eriocnemus, 579 
erionotus (Dielis), 743 
Eriopyga, 422 
Ernobius, 534, 535 
Eros, 535 


(/ctxiz, ) 


eros (Polyommatus), 670 

erosa (Tegrodera), 556 

Erotylidae, 523 

errans (Chelonarium), 530 

erro (Odynerus), 681 

ertli (Acraea), 332 

Eryphanis, xlviii 

erythrocephala (Myzine), 731 

erythrocephalus (Creophilus), 496, 498 

erythrostactes (Odynerus), 684 

erythrostomus (Meira), 733 

Be (Myzine), 733 

Eryx, 602 

Escala, 644 

escheri (Agriades), 664, 665, 670, 672, 
674 


»,  (Polyommatus), xci 
esebria (Acraea), 39, 330, 331, 334, 335, 
336, 353 
;, f. amphiprotea (Acraea), 331, 
333, 353 
»  f. ertli (Acraea), 332, 334, 353 
»,  esebria (Acraea), 332 
», f. jJacksoni (Acraea), 332, 334, 
353 
»,  Subsp. masaris (Acraea), 14, 
332, 335, 353 
,,  £.metaprotea(Acraea), 331, 333, 
353 
,, f. monteironis (Acraea), 332, 
334, 353 
»  f. nubilata (Acraea), 332, 334, 
353 
», f. protea (Acraea), 331, 333, 
353 
f. pseudoprotea (Acraea), 331, 
333, 334, 353 
estella (Stellidia), 425 
ethra (Melinaea), cxxix 
eucharis (Odynerus), 679, 681, 682, 
683 


Eucheira, exxii, cxxiii 
Euchelia, xe, xci 

Euchirinae, 581 

Euchirus, 581, 585, 590, 600 
Euchloe, xlii 

Euchroma, 547, 548, 615, 636 
euchytma (Dircenna), xlviii 
Eucnemidae, 546 

Eucranium, 580, 582 

Eueides, xlvi, xlviii, exxviii, cxxix, 9 
eugenia (Acraea), 22, 53, 353 
Eugonia, li 

eulimene (Calopieris), Ixviii 
Kuliphyra, evi 

Eulissus, 496, 500 

Eumaeus, xlvii, xlviii 
Eumenidae, lix, lxiv, 378, 678 


Eumicrus, 508, 509 
Eumolpinae, 559 
Eumolpus, 559, 562, 563, 608, 636 
Eumorphus, 525, 526 
Eunotela, 430 
Eupatorus, 581, 597 
Euphaedra, iii, lii, cxix 
Eupholus, 570, 638 
eupteryx (Nesodynerus), 683 
Euptoieta, xlvili 
Euralia, iv, xxi, xxvii 
Euryades, 7, 9 
Eurycus, 7, 9 
Kuryphura, cxix 
Eurypta, 440 
Kuryptilium, 507 
Eurytela, xviii, xix, xxx, xxxi, lvi, 
Ixxviii, c 
eurytele (Charonias), cxxviii 
ie caraca (Charonias), cxxviil 
eurytus (Pseudacraea), exvii, cxxxvi, 
CXXXVii 
Ff hobleyi (Pseudacraea), cxiv 
f. mim. hobleyi(Pseudacraea), 
exvii 
An f. mim. obscura(Pseudacraea), 
exvii 
5 f. mim. poggeoides (Pseuda- 
craea), Cxvil 
35 f. mim. terra (Pseudacraea), 
exvil 
f. mim. tirikensis (Pseuda- 
craea), CXVii 
Eutheganopteryx, 646 
eutretus (Odynerus), 687 
evanescens (Trichogramma), 446 
exaleuca (Neptis), xxx 
excelsior (Acraea), 33, 215, 216, 353 
falkensteini (Pinacopteryx), cxi 
fallax (Hemithyrsocera), 654, 661 
», (Planema), 337 
fantastica (Theganopteryx), 647, 648, 
649 
Farigia, 427 
fasciata (Passandra), 518 
fasciatus (Astylus), 536, 540 
fasciculatum (Trogodendron), 541 
fasciculatus (Liothrips), 472 
fascinatus (Tabanus), xlix 
fatima (Anartia), xlviii 
felina (Acraea), 118 
femorata (Oncomera), 554 
fenelos (Acraea), 268 
fenestrata (Acraea), 186 
a (Perophora), 436 
feronia (Diestogyna), cxix 
ferugina (Edibessa), 437 
ferruginea (Hemithyrsocera), 661 


(( céxe ’) 


ferrugineus (Proterhinus), 528 
fieldia (Megalopyge), 437 
Figulus, 573, 575 
filigrammaria (Oporabia), vi 
flammalis (Eurypta), 440 
Flata, xc 
flava (Acraea), 327 
flaveolus (Malthinus), 539 
flavescens (Drilus), 535, 537 
flavofasciata (Acmaeodera), 547 
flavolineatus (Philanthus), 744 
flavomaculatus (Paracolletes), ci 
flavus (Lasius), cii 
flexuosus (Heterocerus), 531 
flora (Azelina), 431 
florella (Catopsilia), xxxvi, xcvili 
floricola (Anisoplia), 581, 590 
folia (Poresta), 426 
forbesi (Aletis), iii 

»,  (Leptaletis), iii 
foreli, var. bonnairei (Thorictus), ex 
forestan (Rhopalocampta), cxxi 
Formica, XXvl, xCii 
Formicoxenus, xcii 
formosa (Tirumala), xxxi 
formosus (Heliconius), exxviii 
fornax (Acraea), 33, 309, 353 
fossor (Clivina), 487 

», (Millingenia), 580, 584 
Fossores, lix 
fracticornis (Onthophagus), 580, 583 
fragilis guatemalena (Phyciodes), x] viii 
francesca (Deuterollyta), 442 
frontalis (Anaspis), 655 
frater (Odynerus), 684, 685 
fraternus (Tabanus), xlix 
Fruhstorferia, 581, 592 
fuliginosa (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
fulva (Acraea), 210 

», (Rhagonycha), 539, 610 

,, (Telephorus), 539 
fulvago (Orthosia), 410 
fulvicrus (Xenocrabro), 689 
fulvipenne (Lathrobium), 496, 500 
fulvipennis (Othius), 496, 499 
fulvipes (Blatta), 656, 657, 658 
fulvus (Haliplus), 491 

», (Micropeplus), 496, 502 
fumigata (Acraea), 347 
funebris (Arrhenodes), 573 

5 (Chrysops), 1 
fur (Ptinus), 534, 535 
furcata (Diphucephala), 581, 588 
furina (Tithorea), exxviii 
fusca (Formica), xxvi 

», (Haematopota), | 
fuscator (Echthromorpha), 683 
fuscipennis (Nesoprosopis), lviii, lix, 684 


Gabrius, 496 
gaekwari (Acraea), 171 
galatea (Melanargia), cxxx 
»» var. syracusana (Melanargia), 
CXXX 
galba (Chilades), cxlii 
Galeruca, 566 
Galerucella, 559, 566 
Galerucinae, 559, 568 
Gamasus, xXxxviii 
gambiensis (Theganopteryx), 647, 650 
Gastrophysa, 559, 564 
Gastrosericus, 754 
gea (Acraea), 327 
gemmata (Helota), 521 
geniculata (Timarcha), 558, 565, 621 
Geometridae, ix, lxxxii, 431 
georgii (Zopherosis), 548, 549 
Georyssidae, 531 
Georyssus, 531 
Geotrupes, 581, 585, 586, 587 
Geotrupine, 581 
gerstaeckeri (Mimopacha), iv 
gestroi (Lycostomus), 535, 536 
», (Pelops), 579 
,, (Protomocoelus), 579 
gideon (Xylotrupes), 581, 594, 595, 
596 


gigantalis (Acrodegmia), 440 
giganteum (Monomma), 552 
gigas (Byrrhus), 530 
», (Cebrio), lxxii 
», (Proterhinus), 528 
glabratus (Sphaerites), 511 
5 (Xantholinus), 
500 
glacialis (Erebia), xciv 
Glaphyrinae, 581 
Glaresis, 577, 578 
glauconome (Synchloé), exxili 
globosa (Lasia), 524, 525 
Glossina, xxi, lxxy, exiv, 706 
Glutophrissa, v 
glycinicola (Liothrips), 471 
Glyptoscelis, 559, 563 
Gnesia, 3 
Gnoma, 568, 569, 608 
goetzi (Acraea), 33, 213, 215, 353 
goliath (Euchroma), 547 
Golofa, 581, 597 
Gonepteryx, l, xevi 
Gonometa, cxiv 
Gorytes, 376, 748, 749 
gowdeyi (Notogonia), 751 
Gracilariadae, cix 
graeca (Myzine), 727 
»,  (Pseudomeria), 727 
grandicollis (Trichopteryx), 507 


496, 499, 


(, Cex; ) 


grandis (Alindria), 516 
grandis (Lagria), 551 

»,  (Megalodacne), 523 
granti (Chiasognathus), 573, 575 
gratus (Tabanus), xlix 
gravesi (Agriades), 662, 665, 672 
greeni (Dioptoma), exvili 


grossulariata, var. nigra (Abraxas), 
Ixxxvli 
st var. nigrosparsata (Ab- 


raxas), 1xxxvil 

grossulus (Tachinoderus), 496, 497 
grossus (Phalacrus), 514 
grosvenori (Acraea), 42, 276, 353 
grouvellei (Tristaria), 533, 534 
guatemalena (Peridromia), xlviii 
guerini (Macrochenus), 568 
guillemei (Acraea), 27, 117, 118, 153 

157, 353 

mancea (Acraea), 144 
Gynaikothrips, 470, 474, 475 
Gynoecia, xlvili 
Gyrinidae, 493 
Gyrinus, 493 
Gyrophaena, 496 
Habrocerus, 502 
hacquarti (Anisomerus), 545 
Hadeninae, 421 
Haematopota, xlix, 1 
haemorrhoidalis (Liris), 751, 753 
(Myzine), 727, 734 
halali (Acraea), 128 
halia (Lycorea), cxxix 
Halictus, ¢, ci, 382 
halimede (Teracolus), lxix 
Haliplidae, 491 
Haliplus, 491 
Haltica, 559, 566 
Halticinae, 559, 568 
hardwicki (Eupatorus), 581, 597 
Harmatelia, cxviii, cxxxvi, cxxxvii, 
717 
Harpagomyia, cx 
hawaiiensis (Xenocrabro), 689 
hecate (Amauris), xxxi, xxxii 
hecla (Colias), xciii 
Hectarthrum, 518, 519, 520 
hegesia (Euptoieta), xlviii 
helcita (Aletis), iii 
Helcogaster, 540 
Heliconius, xlvi, xlvii, xlviii, exxviii, 
CXxix, 9 

Heliocopris, 580, 582, 583 
Helodes, 543, 544 
Helophorus, 494, 495 
Helota, 521, 638 
Helotidae, 521 
Hemiopsida, 546 


Hemipeplus, 617 

Hemiptera Heteroptera, cxxi 

Hemithyrsocera, 648, 644, 645, 646, 
653, 654, 655, 656, 657, 658, 659, 
660, 661 

Henicopus, 536, 540 

Heodes, xciii 

Hepialus, xciii 

heraldica (Ithomia), exxviii 

Herbita, 432 

Hesperidae, 384, 888 

Hesperiinae, 388, 391 

Heterocampa, 428 

Heteroceridae, 531 

Heterocerus, 531 

heterochromus (Odynerus), lix, 679 

Heterosais, xliii 

Hewitsonia, xxxiii, xxxiv 

Hexodon, 581, 592, 598, 607, 629 

hezia (Callithomia), exxviii 

hiarbas (Eurytela), xviii, xix, xxx, 
xxxi, lvi, lxxviii, ¢ 

Hierodula, exxv 

Hipparchia, 386 

hippia (Pseudonympha), 384, 386, 387 

hippodamia (Aprotopos), xliv 

hippothoe (Heodes), xciii 

Hirsutina, xci 

Hirsutis, exxviili 

hirta (Haematopota), 1 
», (Lagria), 551 
», (Mycetaea), 526 

Hispinae, 559 

Hister, 512 

Histeridae, 512, 513 

histeroides (Cerylon), 516, 517 

es (Syntelia), 511 

histrio (Hemithyrsocera), 653, 661 
»,  (Philanthus), 744 
,,  (Thyrsocera), 653 

hobleyi (Pseudacraea), xx, xxii, xxiil, 
Ixx, Ixxi, Ixxxv, lxxxvi, cxv, 706, 
707, 713, 714, 715, 716 

hoeneli (Acraea), 89 

Hololepta, 512, 513 

Homalota, 496, 497 

homoeogaster (Odynerus), 684, 687 

homoeophanes (Odynerus), 681, 682, 
683 


Homophileurus, 581, 597 

Homoptera, xc 

honorius (Epitola), xxxiii, xxxiv 

Hoodia, vi, 470, 471, 472, 473, 474, 
475 

hopei (Cyclopodia), xxxvili 

Hoplia, 581, 588 

Hoplothrips, 474 

Horia, 556 


(eer 5) 


horni (Cyathocerus), 530 
horta (Acraea), 4, 23, 54, 73, 76, 78, 
82, 358 

», (Papilio), 3, 76 

horticola (Phyllopertha), 581, 590 

hova (Acraea), 22, 60, 353 

hradecensis (Liothrips), 470, 471, 472, 
473, 474, 475 

huebneri (Eueides), exxviii 

humeralis (Anisotoma), 502, 626 

- (Liodes), 502, 504 

humilis (Acraea), 13, 56, 57, 305, 306, 
307, 703 

Hyalites, 3 

Hybosorinae, 580 

Hybosorus, 580, 585, 586 

Hydroecia, ]x viii 

Hydrophilidae, 494 

Hydrophilus, 485, 494, 530, 608 

Hydrous, 494 

hylas (Polyommatus), xci, 670 

Hylocrabro, lix, 683, 689 

Hymenitis, xliii, xliv, xlviii 

hypatia (Acraea), 192 

Hypenodes, 700 

Hyperechia, Ixx 

hypoleuca (Acraea), 17, 28, 87, 89, 92, 
93 


Hypolimnas, iv, vii, viii, lxxiii, lxxiv, 
Ixxvii, 445, 449, 450, 451, 452, 453, 
454, 457, 458, 459, 466, 468 

Hyposcada, exxvili 

Hypsidae, ]xxxii 

hyva (Cydosia), 424 

icarus (Polyommatus), xci, cv, cxxxix, 
exl, cxli, 662, 668, 664, 665, 
666, 667, 668, 669, 670, 671, 
672, 673, 674, 675 

ab. icarinus (Polyommatus), 662, 
663, 665, 666, 669, 670, 673, 
674, 675 

igati (Acraea), 4, 6, 22, 49, 50, 347, 
353 


9 


ignavus (Deretaphrus), 516, 517 

ignibilis (Hemithyrsocera), 661 

igola (Acraea), 36, 42, 70, 302, 308, 
305, 353 

leonina (Acraea), 278 

f. maculiventris (Acraea), 302, 
308, 304, 353 

ilione (Ituna), xliv 

Tlybius, 492 

imitata (Melinaea), xlvi, exxviii 

imitator (Pseudacraea), cxvi, cxvii, 
CXXxXvi, cxxxvii, 707, 710, 712, 714 

immaculatus (Meira), 724 
(Myzine), 724 

(Spilispa), 559, 567 


be) 
2 


? 
imperialis 


| impetuosus (Myzine), 726, 736 ~% 

impleta (Pseudacraea), xxii, cx 

impressa (Bryaxis), 509, 510 

inaria (Hypolimnas), lxxiv 

Inca, 581, 585, 599 

incongrua (Neptis), xxviii, xx > 

XXX1 

inconspicua (Myzine), 724, 731 

_ (Nemoura), xlviii 


incrassata (Tiphia), 740 

incurvata (Rifargia), 429 

indentatus (Tarphiomimus), 516, 517 

indigotea (Osmia), xev 

induna (Acraea), 198 

inflata (Physa), 509, 510 

infracta (Anaphe), lxxviii, lxxx 

infradentata (Myzine), 723, 728 

inornatus (Halictis), 382 

insignis (Acraea), 23, 78, 81, 82, 353 

insignis (Acraea), 81 

f. siginna (Acraea), 81, 82, 
353 

instabilis (Odynerus), 683 

insularis (Acraea), 14, 40, 845, 353 

»,  (Cossyphus), 548, 549 

insulicola (Odynerus), 683 

intermedia (Acraea), 27, 31, 32, 159, 
353 

intermedius (Liothrips), 472 

interrupta (Myzine), 726 

iopteryx (Odynerus), 681, 682 

iphidamas (Papilio), xlvili 

iphis (Pyrrhochalcia), cix 

Ipidae, 572 

Ips, 515, 572 

irregulariter-vittata (Hemithyrsocera), 
661 

irroratus (Mitophyllus), 573, 574 

Ischiopsopha, 581, 598, 628 

ismenius telchinia (Heliconius), xlvi, 
xlvili 

isse (Pericopis), cxxix 

issoria (Acraea), 350 

isthmia (Mechanitis), cxxviii 

Ithomia, xliii, exxvili 

Ithomiinae, cxxix 

Ituna, xliv 

iturina (Acraea), 5, 57, 58, 59, 305, 
309, 353 

iturina (Acraea), 21, 57 

subsp. kakana (Acraea), 28, 
57, 58, 358 

jacobaeae (Euchelia), xc, xci 

jamesoni (Eagris), 391 

janira (Epinephele), xcv 

japonica (Silpha), 502, 503 

japonius (Ips), 515 

japygia (Melanargia), cxxx 


” 


”? 


29 
> 


( “Cemdii :) 


8a) vygia var. suwarovius (Melanargia), 
grai KXX 


»» ga (Perophora), 436 


grant. \s (Charaxes), 410 
gratu:  ,phae (Anartia), xlviii 


‘na (Fruhstorferia), 581, 592 

atta (Acraea), 3,14, 39, 254, 256, 
322, 327, 330, 331, 332, 
333, 336, 353 

3 subsp. aethiops (Acraea), 328, 
330, 354 

= f, carmentis (Acraea), 327, 329, 
353 

5 f. castanea (Acraea), 328, 329, 
354 


»»  £. dorotheae (Acraea), 327, 329, 
331, 353 

& f. inaureata (Acraea), 328, 330, 
354 

»»  f. interjecta (Acraea), 327, 329, 
354 


»,  jodutta (Acraea), 328 
»»  f. subfulva (Acraea), 327, 329, 
354 


», (Papilio), 327 
johnstoni (Acraea), 14, 39, 321, 339, 
340, 341, 342, 354, 361, 


. 865 
eee subsp. butleri (Acraea), 341, 
342, 343, 354 
ne f. confusa (Acraea), 340, 342, 


343, 344, 354 
5 f. flavescens (Acraea), 340, 
342, 343, 354 


Rs f. fulvescens (Acraea), 340, 
342, 348, 344, 354 

53 johnstoni (Acraea), 341 

3 f. octobalia (Acraea), 340, 
342, 343, 354 


z5 f. semialbescens (Acraea), 
340, 342, 343, 354 

jordani (Mesothrips), 470, 475 
josepha (Pieris), xlviii 
josephi (Amphizoa), 622 
julia delila (Colaenis), xlviii 
Juncorum (Bryaxis), 509, 510 
juno (Stellidia), 425 

»» (Agraulis), xlviii 
Junonia, xlviii 
Kallima, Ixxvy, lxxvi 
kaschmirensis (Vanessa), evi 
khara (Acraea), 107 
kibonotensis (Dasyproctus), 750 
kilimandjara (Acraea), 337 
kirbyi (Odynerus), lvii 
klugii (Dircenna), exxviii 

»» (Meria), 729 

»» (Myzine), 723, 725, 729 

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1912. 


kohli (Bembex), 746 
kolga (Norasuma), ci 
kouanus (Odynerus), 681, 683 
kraka (Acraea), 21, 52, 57, 354 
kraussi (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
kriechbaumeri (Prosopis), lvii, 688 
kristenseni (Myzine), 725, 734 
kuenowi hypoxantha (Pseudacraea), 

lxxxvi 
labiatus (Therates), 486, 487 
Labidostomis, 558, 561 
Labidura, xciii 
Labienus, 579 
Lachnaea, 558, 562 
Laccobius, 494, 495, 604 
lacordairei (Eucranium), 580, 582 
lactea (Acraea), 156, 157 
Laemosthenes, 488 
laevisuleatus (Odynerus), 683 
laeviuscula (Clythra), 558, 561 
Lagria, 551 
Lagriidae, 551 
lais (Teracolus), exli, exlii 
laius (Libythea), xeviii 
Lamia, 608 
Lamprophorus, 719 
Lampyridae, 538, 717 
Lampyris, 535, 537, 624 
lanaiensis (Odynerus), 683 
Langsdorfia, 432 
lanocrispa (Megalopyge), 437 
lappona (Erebia), xciv 
lardarius (Lathridius), 527 
laricis (Ips), 572 

», (Tomicus), 572 
Laricobius, 532 
Lariidae, 557 
Larra, 733, 750 
Larrada, 750 
Larrinae, 750 
Lasia, 524, 525, 618 
Lasiocampidae, cxiv, 433 
Lasiosomus, ¢xxi 
Lasius, xxv, cli 
lateralis (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
Lathridiidae, 527 
Lathridius, 527, 617 
Lathrobium, ]xxxvii, 496, 500, 501 
Jaticollis (Anaides), 577, 581, 585, 586 
Latiorina, 393, 394, 402, 403 
latipes (Croesus), xxiv 
leiodemas (Odynerus), 681, 682, 683 
Leis, 524, 525 
lemnae (Donacia), 558, 560 
lemolea (Spalgis), xviii 
leona (Acraea), 278, 280 
Leperina, 516, 617, 618 
Lepidoptera, 449 


( ‘ecxxiv ) 


Leptaletis, ili 
Leptaulacides, 579 
Leptinidae, 506 
Leptinus, 506 
Leptochirus, 496, 501 
Leptomastax, 508, 509 
Leptoneura, 384, 387, 388 
Leptothorax, xcii 
Leptothrips, 470 
lepturoides (Omophlus), 550 
Leuceronia, cxx, ¢xxxi 
leucofasciatus (Nodynus), 496, 501 
leuconoe (Deilemera), xxvi 
leucopyga (Acraea), 27, 
354 
leucosoma (Acraea), 169 
leucostomus (Tabanus), xlix 
Leucothyris, xliii 
levana (Araschnia), ix, xi 
lia (Acraea), 23, 67, 68, 354 
liberia (Acraea), 239 
Libythea, xeviii, xcix 
ligniperdus (Camponotus), cii 
liliana (Pinacopteryx), exii, cxili 
lilis (Melinaea), exxvili 
Limacodidae, 439 
limata (Myzine), 724, 731 
limbata (Rhagonycha), 624 
limbatus (Rhagonycha), 535, 538 
+ (Telephorus), 535, 538, 539 
ie (Thymalus), 516 
Limenitis, ix 
Lina, lxxxii 
Liodes, 502, 504, 626 
Liodidae, 502 
Lionotus, 379 
Liothrips, 470, 471, 472, 473, 474, 
475 


157, 159, 


Liparis, 407, 408 
Liparochrus, 577, 580, 585, 586 
Lipteninae, xxxili, xxxiv 
Liris, 750, 751, 752, 753 
liroides (Motes), 753 
Lissomus, 546 
liszti (Acraea), 157 
Litolibrus, 514 
livida (Helodes), 543 

»,  (Microcara), 543 
lobatifrons (Bembex), 747 
lobengula whytei (Amauris), lxx 
localis (Odynerus), 699 
Lochmaea, 566 
lofua (Acraea), 26, 127 
Lomaptera, 581, 598, 628 
Lonchaea, xevi 
londinensis (Homalota), 496, 497 
longicollis (Polyplocotes), 535 
longicornis (Claviger), xxv 


longicornis (Monohammus), 568, 569 
longimana (Labidostomis), 558 
longimanus (Euchirus), 581, 590 

sf (Labidostomis), 561 
longispinus (Dactylopius), xviii 
longstaffi (Odynerus), 378 
loripes (Mecocorynus), 570 
lota (Orthosia), 410 
Loxotropa, cli 
lualabae (Acraea), 29, 155, 354 
Lucanidae, 573, 577, 611 
Lucanides, ciii 
Lucanus, 482, 573, 575, 602, 607 
lucia (Brontes), 518, 519 
lucida (Ectobia), 652 

»,  (Theganopteryx), 645, 647, 652, 
658 


lucilla (Neptis), xxx 
Luciola, 535, 537 
lucretia (Pseudacraea), exv, 706, 711 
luctuosus (Microplidius), 581, 588 
lugens (Phanaeus), 580, 582 
lugubris (Tosale), 441 
lumiri (Acraea), 33, 219, 354 
luneli (Pseudectobia), 654, 655 
luridus (Berosus), 494, 495 
»,  (Parnus), 531, 532 
luteola (Psylliodes), 1xxxvii 
luteus (Cychramus), 515 
luxi (Acraea), 137 
lyca (Catagramma), xlviii 
Lycaena, xviii, xciii, 393, 402, 667, 
674, 675 
Lycaenesthes, lv 


| Lycaenidae, xxxiii, lv, lxx, cxlii, 393, 


454 
Lycaeninae, xxxiii 
lycia (Acraea), 3, 210, 211 
Lycidae, ciii 
lycidice (Mechanitis), xlvii 
lycoa (Acraea), 3, 13, 15, 39, 336, 341, 


354, 361 

», subsp. aequalis (Acraea), 337, 
339 

», subsp. bukoba (Acraea), 336, 338, 
354 


», ab. butleri (Acraea), 341 
», subsp. entebbia (Acraea), 336, 


338, 354 
», subsp. fallax (Acraea), 15, 337, 
338, 354 ' 
», subsp. kenia (Acraea), 337, 339, 
354 


», lycoa (Acraea), 42, 337 

», subsp. media (Acraea), 336, 338, 
354 

», subsp. tirika (Acraea), 336, 338, 
354 


( eexxy } 


lycoides (Acraea), 292, 295, 296 

Lycorea, xlvi, exxviii, cxxix 

Lycostomus, 535, 536, 623: 

Lyctidae, 533 

Lyctus, 533, 534 

lydia (Macapta), 423 

Lygaeidae, cxxi 

lygus (Acraea), 190 

Lymexylonidae, 542 

lyncea (Othnius), 551 

Macalla, 443 

Macapta, 423 

macarista (Planema), xx, xxii, 1xxi, 
Ixxxv, cxvii, 13, 703, 704, 705 

machequena (Acraea), 22, 65, 66, 67, 
354 


Macrochenus, 568 

Macrolister, 512 

Macronota, 581, 599 

macrosilaus (Papilio), xlvi 

mactans (Haematopota), | 

macularia (Stigmodera), 547 

maculatissimus (Tabanus), xlix 

maculipennis (Echthromorpha), 683 

maculiventris (Acraea), 303 

madhela (Acraea), 71 

Maechidius, 581, 588 

mahela (Acraea), 22, 71, 72, 75, 354 

mairessi (Acraea), 268, 286, 287, 289, 
354 


f. dewitzi (Acraea), 36, 286, 

287, 354 

»,»  Mairessi (Acraea), 36 
major (Liothrips), 471 
makupa (Acraea), 42 
Malachius, 535, 539, 624 
Malacodermidae, 535 
Malacodermoidea, 623, 634 
malagassa (Theganopteryx), 644 
Mallaspis, 568 
Mallotoblatta, 644, 661 
Malthinus, 539, 612, 624 
Malthodes, 612, 624 
manandaza (Acraea), 64, 65, 66 
mandane (Acraea), 298 
mandibularis (Xenocrabro), 688 
manicatus (Repsimus), 581 
manjaca (Acraea), 239, 243 
mansya (Acraea), 27, 131, 134, 354 
Manticora, 486, 487 ra 
Mantis, cxxv 
Mantispa, 694 
marcellus (Papilio), xlv 
margarita (Pieris), xlviii 
margaritaria (Metrocampa), cii 
marginalis (Dytiscus), 492 

Kh (Figulus), 5738, 575 

marginatum (Kuryptilium), 507 


9? 


marginipennis (Anomala), 590 
maritimus (Anthicus), 553, 554 
Marmara, cvii, cix 
marmorata (Acraea), 105 
ie (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
marnois (Acraea), 30, 184, 185, 354 
marpessa (Neptis), xxix 
marshalli (Mimacraea), xlv 
marsyas (Oniticellus), 580, 583 
Ap (Radama), 580 
masaica (Dielis), 743 
masamba (Acraea), 41, 42, 312, 313, 
314, 315, 354 
f. boseae (Acraea), 312, 313, 
314, 354 
3 masamba (Acraea), 312 
f. silia (Acraea), 312, 3138, 
314, 354 
Masaris, 381 
masaris (Acraea), 532 
masonala (Acraea), 50, 51 
massaica (Tiphia), 741 
massuae (Blatta), 655 
»,  (Hemithyrsocera), 654, 
661 
mastersi (Balanophorus), 536, 539 
5 (Hemiopsida), 546 
matuapa (Acraea), 72 
maximus (Macrolister), 512 
we (Oxysternus), 512, 513 
meconellii (Liothrips), 472, 474 
Mechanitis, xlvi, xlvii, xlvili, exxviii 
Mecocorynus, 570 
Mecynodera, 558, 560 
medialis (Echedorus), 433 
mediorufa (Eriopyga), 422 
medoa (Acraea), 107 
5, (Papilio), 107 
medon (Lycaena), 675 
Megalodacne, 523 
Megalopyge, 486, 437 
Megalopygidae, 436 
Megalothrips, xlix 
Meira, 724, 738 
meisteri (Rhynohopyga), 420 
Melanargia, cxxx 
melanaria (Plesia), 742 
Melandrya, 552 
Melandryidae, 552 
melanocephalus (Othius), 496, 499 
melanosticta (Acraea), 286 
melanoxantha (Acraea), 36, 288, 354 
melantho (Thyridia), cxxvili 
Melasoma, 1xxxii 
melicerta (Neptis), xxvi, XXVil, XXxviii, 
XXx1 
Melinaea, xlvi, cxxvill, cxxix 
Melinda, xxxi 


»? 


” 


655, 


EZ 


( cexxvi ) 


Melitaea, xxiv, xciv, cv, cvi 

Meloidae, 556 

Melolontha, 480, 482, 578, 581, 589 

Melolonthinae, 581 

Melyris, 536, 540 

memnon (Caligo), xlvi, xlvili 

menestheus (Papilio), xiv 

mercedonia (Tirumala), xxxi, xxxil 

Meria, 729 

merope (Papilio), 365 

meruensis (Myzine), 726 

Mesa, 737, 738, 739 

Mesomphalia, 559, 567 

Mesosemia, xlviii 

Mesothrips, 470, 472, 474, 475 

Messaga, cix, cx 

metalilis (Heliconius), exxviii 

metella (Neptis), xxvi, XXVli, XXvViil 

Methona, xliv 

Metriorrhynchus, 535, 536, 607 

Metrius, 487, 488 

Metrocampa, cii 

meyeri (Acraea), 6 

mhondana (Acraea), 72 

micans (Orchesia), 552 

Microcara, 543, 544 

microdemas (Odynerus), 684 

Microdon, xxvi 

Micropeplus, 496, 502 

Microplidius, 581, 588 

migrator (Bostrichus), 533 

miles (Baryrrhynchus), 573, 612 

Millingenia, 580, 584, 586 

mima (Acraea), 31, 32, 167, 169, 354 

Mimacraea, xliv, xlv 

Mimela, 581, 591 

Mimesa, 686 

mimeticus (Papilio), xxxi 

Mimopacha, iv 

mimus (Odynerus), 687 

,, (Pinophilus), 496, 499 

minima (Acraea), 217 

Minthea, 533 

minutus (Clambus), 502, 505 

minyas (Eumaeus), xlvii, xlviil 

mira (Tachytes), 753 

mirabilis (Acraea), 20, 216, 354 

miranda (Dohrnia), 554 

miriam (Mycalesis), 384, 385 

mirifica (Acraea), 5, 19, 208, 354 

$5 (Euliphyra), evi 

misippus (Hypolimnas), vii,  viil, 
Ixxili, Ixxiv, 445, 449, 
450, 452, 453, 457, 458, 
466 


449, 450, 451, 453, 454, 
458, 459, 466, 468 


f. diocippus (Hypolimnas), | 


misippus f. inaria (Hypolimnas), vii, 
vili, 448, 450, 451, 453, 454, 458, 
459 

Mitophyllus, 578, 574, 579 

muniszechi (Cucujus), 518, 519 

mnizechi (Proculus), 579 

mollis (Ernobius), 534 

molokaiensis (Odynerus), 
684 

molossus (Catharsius), 580, 582 

moluccana (Acraea), 6, 347, 348 

subsp. buruensis (Acraea), 
346, 348 

subsp. dohertyi (Acraea), 
346, 348 

i subsp. meyeri(Acraea), 346, 
348 

moluccana (Acraea), 346 

subsp. parce (Acraea), 346, 
348 

subsp. pella (Acraea), 347, 
348 


lix, 683, 


” 


9 


29 


>) 


monas (Odynerus), 684 
monedula (Bembex), 747 
monobius (Odynerus), 684 
Monohammus, 568, 569, 608 
Monomma, 552 
Monommidae, 552 
Monotoma, 514 
Monotomidae, 514 
monstrosus (Gorytes), 748, 749 
montana (Hipparchia), 386 

95 (Papilio), 386 
montanus (Odynerus), lix, lx, 679, 681, 

682, 683, 684 

monteironis (Messaga), cix 
montivaga (Tiphia), 740 
montivagus (Catops), xii 
Mordellidae, 555 
morgeni (Tirumala), xxxi, xxxii 
Mormolyce, 487, 489 
Morpho, xlviii 
mortuorum (Necrophorus), 502, 504 
moschata (Aromia), 568 
Motes, 753 
mouhotus (Heliocopris), 580, 583 
multipicta (Myzine), 724, 730 
multipunctata (Blethisa), 487, 489 
murcia (Acraea), 82 

» (Papilio), 82 
murinus (Dermestes), 529 
mutabilis (Microdon), xxvi 
mutans (Odynerus), 378 
mutator (Geotrupes), 581, 587 
| Mutillidae, 722 
mutilloides (Braunsomeria), 720, 721 
Mycalesis, 384, 385 
| mycenaea (Acraea), 84 


( 


Mycetaea, 526 
Mycetaeidae, 526 
Mycetophagidae, 529 
Mycetophagus, 529, 532 
Mylothris, exii 
Myrmecocystus, ex 
Myrmica, xxvi 
Mysia, 524, 525 
mystica (Acraea), 171, 173 
Myzine, 720, 722, 723, 724, 725, 726, 
727, 728, 729, 730, 731, 732, 733, 
734, 735, 736 
naiadum (Odynerus), 684 
nandensis (Planema), 321 
Napeogenes, cxxvili 
napi (Pieris), lxxi, Ixxii 
», var. bryoniae (Pieris), 
narcaea (Heliconius), cxxix 
natalensis (Asterope), xeviii 
Me, (Crenis), xevili 
natalica (Acraea, 14, 190, 
354 
subsp. abadima (Acraea), 30, 
192, 195, 354 
var. dissociata (Acraea), 196 
natalica (Acraea), 30, 193, 196 
subsp. pseudegina (Acraea), 30, 
192, 194, 195, 196, 354 
f. umbrata (Acraea), 30, 192, 
194, 354 
», (Anthobosca), 742 
nataliensis (Acraea), 120 
Natalis, 541 
natator (Gyrinus), 493 
nautarum (Odynerus), 681, 682, 691 
neander (Andronymus), xcviii 
neavei (Gastrosericus), 754 
(Hemithyrsocera), 654, 658, 661 
(Myzine), 722, 727 
»» (Pseudomeria), 727 
Nebria, 487, 488, 490 
nebulosa (Acraea), 347 
Necrodes, 502, 503 
Necrophorus, 502, 504 
neita (Pseudonympha), 385 
Neleus, 579 
nemetes (Neptis), xxvi, xxvii 
Nemognatha, 556 
Nemoura, xlviii 
neobule (Acraea), 72, 74, 75, 76, 78, 
80, 348, 354 
subsp. arabica (Acraea), 24, 73, 
74, 354 
neobule (Acraea), 23, 73 
subsp. seis (Acraea), 28, 72, 74, 
75, 76, 854 
f. sokotrana (Acraea), 72, 74, 
75, 354 


ne 


Ixxi, ]xxii 


192, 195, 


9? 
te) 


CCXXV1l1 


) 


Neolamprima, 573, 575, 629 
nephele edessa (Heterosais), xliii 
nephroleuca (Chabuata), 421 
Neptidopsis, xxvi, xxvii, xxxi, lv 
Neptis, xxvi, xxvii, XXVill, Xxix, Xxx, 
Xxxi, lvi 
Nesocrabro, 688, 689, 690, 691, 692 
Nesodynerus, lvii, lviii, xe xs 1679) 
681, 682, 683, 699 
Nesoprosopis, lvii, lyiii, lix, lx, 683, 
684, 685, 687, 688, 695, 697 
newelli (Odynerus), 684 
newtoni (Acraea), 14, 35, 285, 286, 
354 
nexa (Nonagria), xlviii 
niavius (Amauris), xii, xxxv 
», f. dominicanus (Amauris), xvi 
Nicagus, 573, 576, 577, 630 
nicomedes, var. quintilla (Neptis), 
XXVi, XXVili 
niger (Ceratognathus), 573 
», (Pterostichus), 488 
nigerrima ( Hemithyrsocera), 660, 661 
nigra (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
(Physocephala), Ixvii 
», (Sagra), 558 
nigricans (Telephorus), 585, 539 
nigriceps (Orsodacne), 558, 559 
nigricornis (Antherophagus), 522 
nigripennis (Odynerus), Ivi, lix, ]xi, 
Ixil, 678, 681, 682, 683, 687, 698 
699 
nigriplaga (Heterocampa), 428 
nigrita (Myzine), 729 
», (Sagra), 561 
nigrolimbatum (Rhynchium), 380 
nigropicta (Cephaloleia), 559 
nigropunctatus (Notiophygus), 524 
niobe (Acraea), 14, 20, 24, 344, 354 
Niponiidae, 512, 513 
Niponius, 512 
nireus (Papilio), xiv 
nitida (Theganopteryx), 647, 649 
Nitidulidae, 515 
nitidulus (Formicoxenus), xcii 
rf (Saprinus), 512, 513 
nitidus (Cis), 532 
nivicola (Odynerus), 683 
nivosa (Megalopyge), 436 
nivosita (Stellidia), 425 
nobilis (Megalothrips), xlix 
noctiluca (Lampyris), 535, 537 
Noctuidae, 421 
Nodynus, 496, 501 
nohara (Acraea),- 118, 128, 130, 131, 
133, 136, 163, 354 
chambezi (Acraea), 130, 131 
132, 134 


” 


’ 


Ee) 


( eexxvii ) 


nohara guillemei (Acraea), 131, 132 
a subsp. halali (Acraea), 
128, 130, 131, 133, 354 
»,  nohara (Acraea), 27, 129, 132 
subsp. pseudatolmis (Acraea), 
27, 129, 130, 354 
subsp. punctellata (Acraea), 27, 
129, 131, 354 
Nonagria, xlviii, xlix, cili 
Norape, 439 
Norasuma, ci 
notata (Theganopteryx), 647, 651 
Notiophygus, 524 
Notodontidae, 426 
Notogonia, 377, 750, 751, 752 
notostictus (Crabro), 688, 689 
BS (Xenocrabro), 690, 691 
ntebiae (Acraea), 292 
nubicola (Odynerus), 683 
nubilosa (Prosopis), ¢ 
nucleorum (Caryoborus), 557, 558 
nyanza (Telipna), iii 
nyanzae (Elis), 738 
», (Mesa) 738 
nyasae (Tabanus), xlix 
Nymphalidae, exxiii, 384 
nysiades, ab. continuata 
XXvl, XXVill 
Nyssoninae, 748 
oahuensis (Odynerus), lviii, 681, 682, 
683 
obeira (Acraea), 68, 69, 70, 71, 802, 354 
subsp. burni (Acraea), 24, 68, 
70, 71, 354 
»,  Obeira (Acraea), 24, 68 
oberthiiri (Acraea), 34, 249, 354 
f. confluens (Acraea), 249, 
251, 354 
- oberthiiri (Acraea), 249 
59 (Catuna), exix 
obesus (Litolibrus), 514 


21, 


(Neptis), 


” 


” 


obliterata, ab. fenestrata (Adalia), 
lxxxvil 

rs ab. sublineata (Adalia), 
lxxxvii 


oblitus (Nesodynerus), lviii, 681, 683 
oblongo-guttata (Mysia), 524, 525 
oblongopunctatus (Pterostichus), 488 
obscura (Pseudacraea), xxi, xxii, 
ikesongy Ikeed, Ikeoxval. 
eXv, cxxxvii, 706, 707, 
712, 713, 714, 715, 716 
Ae (Silpha), 502, 503, 626 
5 (Theganopteryx), 647, 650 
obscurepunctatus (Odynerus), 684, 687 
obscurus (Nicagus), 573, 576, 577 
»,  (Sphenophorus), 570, 571, 
608 


obsoletus (Carpophilus), ii 
ocellatus (Liothrips), 472, 474 
5 (Smerinthus), cii, ciii 

ochraceus (Phaenolis), 5385, 537 

ochrascens (Acraea), 240 

oculata (Bembex), 748 

Ocypus, 496, 498 

odontofora (Motes), 753 

Odontothynnus, 742 

Odynerus, lvi, lvii, lviii, lix, lx, 1xi, 
Ixii, lxili, 378, 879, 678, 679, 680, 
681, 682, 683, 684, 685, 686, 687, 
690, 691, 692, 695, 697, 698, 699, 
701 

Oecophylla, xxxii, xxxili, evi 

Oedemeridae, 554 

Olibrus, 514 

olivacea (Phytodecta), 565 

olivieri (Anoplognathus), 581, 591 

Olophrum, 496, 501 

Olyras, exxix 

olyras (Dircenna), cxxix 

omacanthus (Trox), 577, 579, 580, 630 

ombria (Acraea), 161 

omicronaria (Zonosoma), cii 

Omma, 521, 522, 615, 623, 631, 632 

Ommadidae, 521 

Omophlus, 550 

omrora (Acraea), 124, 128, 354 

omrora (Acraea), 26, 124, 127 


9? 


,, subsp. umbrata (Acraea), 26, 
124, 125, 127, 354 
Omus, 486 
onagga (Cypherotylus), 523 
oncaea (Acraea), 30, 159, 174, 176, 


177, 181, 184, 185, 186, 354 


,, f. alboradiata (Acraea), 174, 
176, 354 

», f. caoncius (Acraea), 174, 176 
354 

,,  f. defasciata (Acraea), 174, 176, 
354 

5, subsp. liacea (Acraea), 174, 176, 
354 

,, f. modesta (Acraea), 174, 176, 
354 


var. neluska (Acraea), 161 

f. obscura (Acraea), 174, 176, 
354 

5,  oncaea (Acraea), 174 

oncea (Acraea), 12, 14 

Oncomera, 554 

onerata (Acraea), 27, 132, 134, 135, 

136, 354 

,,  f. umida (Acraea), 140 

Oniticellus, 580, 583 

Onthophagus, 580, 583 

opacipennis (Proculus), 579 


(. ‘cexzix —) 


Opharus, 421 
ophione (Eurytela), xxxi 
(Neptidopsis), xxvi, 
Xxxi 
Ophonus, 488 
opipara (Larra), 750 
»,  (liris), 750 
opis (Acraea), 298 
Oporabia, vi 
oppidia (Acraea), 279 
Opsiphanes, xlviii 
optabilis (Nesodynerus), 681 
optilete (Vacciniina), 
402, 408, 404 
orbiculatus (Aspidiphorus), 533 
orbitulus (Chrysophanus), 394 
(Latiorina), 393, 402, 403 
»,  (Plebeius), cxlii 
orbona (Pinacopteryx), cxi 
Orchesia, 552 
oreas (Acraea), 15, 39, 298, 354 


29 


be) 


», f. albimaculata (Acraea), 299, 
300, 354 

», f. angolanus (Acraea), 299, 300, 
354 


», oreas (Acraea), 299 
Orectochilus, 493 
Oreocrabro, 689 


orestia (Acraea), 13, 40, 288, 305, 307, 


309, 354, 708 

f. humilis (Acraea), 
306, 354 

orestia (Acraea), 306 


be) 


bed 


354 
orestina (Acraea), 305 
oreta (Acraea), 263, 264, 271 
orientalis (Anoxia), 581, 589 
55 (Hybosorus), 580, 585 
Orina, 559, 563, 564, 568, 621 


orina (Acraea), xxi, 40, 268, 265, 266, 


267, 271, 354 

f. nigroapicalis (Acraea), 
265, 354 

orina (Acraea), 39, 264 

» ff 


9 


355 
265, 266, 267, 355 
orinata (Acraea), 264 
Orphninae, 580 
Orphnus, 580, 585 
Orsodacne, 558, 559, 568, 620 
Orsodacninae, 558 
Orthopterus, 490 
Orthosia, 410 
Oryctes, 482, 581, 594, 595 
Oryctomorphus, 581, 591 


XXVil, 


393, 394, 395, 


21, 305, 


f. transita (Acraea), 306, 307, 


264, 


orinata (Acraea), 264, 265, 


subsp. orineta (Acraea), 40, 264, 


oscari (Acraea), 17, 25, 91, 92, 355 
osculans (Necrodes), 502, 508 
Osmia, xcv 
Osorius, 496, 501 
Ostomidae, 516 
Othius, 496, 499 
Othniidae, 551 
Othnius, 551 
oto (Hymenitis), xlviii 
otolais (Pyrrhogyra), xlviii 
ovata (Anacaena), 494 
Oxysternus, 512, 513, 636 
Pachylister, 512 
Pachypodinae, 581 
Pachypus, 581, 587 
pacifica (Aeria), xlvii 
pacificatrix (Myzine), 727 
56 (Plesia), 727 
pacondiaria (Herbita), 432 
pactolicus (Callioratis), Ixxxii, lxxxiii 
Paederus, 496, 500, 501 
palaeno (Colias), xciv 
pales (Brenthis), xciv, cv 
ab. cinctata (Brenthis), ev 
var. isis (Brenthis), cv 
ab. napaea (Brenthis), cv 
ab. suffusa (Brenthis), ev 
Palimbolus, 509, 511 
palliata (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
pallidum (Lathrobium), Ixxxvii 
palmata (Lachnaea), 558, 562 
palpalis, var. wellmani (Glossina), 
cxiv 
(Pelonomus), 531 
paludicola (Odynerus), 681 
Papilio, xii, xiii, xiv, xv, xvi, xvii, 
Xxiil, XXxi, xly, xlvi, xlviii, iii, 
CXVil, cxxiv, cxxxi, cxxxil, cxxxiii, 
CXXEIV, © CXXK VE CXR VIGO HmlAanmDO: 
76, 82, 83, 106, 107, 111, 182, 192, 
210, 220, 221, 239, 277, 327, 346, 
348, 349, 365, 386 
Papilionidae, xxiii 
par (Tabanus), xlix 
Paracolletes, ci 
paracolletinus (Halictus), ci 
paractias (Nesodynerus), 683 
paragea (Planema), xx, xxi, 
Ixxxiv, lxxxv 
paranaias (Odynerus), 681 
Parandra, 568, 569, 616, 620, 622 
Parastasia, 581, 591 
Pardopsis, 4, 5 
Pareba, 3, 349, 350 
Parnassius, xxiii, cxxxiv, 7, 8, 9 
Parnidae, 531 
Parnus, 531, 532 
Paropsis, 559, 564 


9 
9? 


oN) 


Xxiil, 


( 


parrhasia (Acraea), 42, 266, 267, 269, 
275, 277, 279, 280, 281, 
293, 355 

f. leona (Acraea), 
280, 281, 355 

f. oppidia (Acraea), 40, 278, 
279, 281, 355 

parrhasia (Acraea), 41, 278 

f. parrhoppidia (Acraea), 
278, 279, 355 

(Papilio), 277 

parryanus (Mitophyllus), 574 

parryi (Mitophyllus), 573 

pascoei (Mesomphalia), 559, 567 

pasiphiie (Acraea), 107 

»» _ (Papilio), 107 

Passalidae, 579 

Passandra, 518, 519, 569 

patricia (Hemithyrsocera), 661 

paula (Antarctia), 421 

paulina (Opharus), 421 

Paussidae, 490 

pavens (Homalota), 496, 497 

pectinicornis (Ptilinus), 534, 535 

ne (Pyrochroa), 553 

pedestris (Stygnus), xxi 

Pediris, 548, 549, 625 

pelasgius (Acraea), lv, 269 

Pelecotomoides, 555 

peleides (Morpho), xlviii 

peles (Odynerus), lix 

Pelidnota, 581, 591, 628 

Pelobiidae, 491 

Pelobius, 491 

Pelonomus, 531 

pelopeia (Acraea), 42, 274, 275, 277, 
355 

Pelops, 579 

pendularia (Zonosoma), cil 

peneleos (Acraea), 13, 36, 268, 269, 
DHE DUPE CUES OO PAULC 
280, 285, 286, 287, 295, 
355 

subsp. gelonica (Acraea), 
269, 278, 274, 355 

f. helvimaculata (Acraea), 
41, 269, 271, 355 

f. lactimaculata (Acraea), 

14, 41, 269, 271, 272, 

355 

subsp. pelasgius (Acraea), 40, 
269, 272, 273, 274, 284 

peneleos (Acraea), 41, 42,269 

f. sepia (Acraea), 41, 269, 
272, 355 

penelope (Acraea), 14, 15, 268, 275, 

281, 284, 285, 286, 288, 
355 


41, 278, 


CCXXX 


) 


penelope f. argentea (Acraea), 
281, 288, 355 
subsp. derubescens (Acraea), 
37, 281, 284, 355 
f. exalbescens (Acraea), 
281, 283, 355 
f. penella (Acraea), 36, 281, 
283, 355 
penelope (Acraea), 36, 282 
subsp. translucida (Acraea), 
36, 281, 285, 355 
subsp. vitrea (Acraea), 
281, 284, 355 
penicillatus (Trox), 577, 578 
pentapolis (Acraea), 46, 47, 48, 49, 355 
subsp. epidica (Acraea), 40, 
46, 47, 355 
or pentapolis (Acraea), 40, 46 
percussa (Acraea), 50 
perenna (Acraea), 26, 261, 263, 355 
subsp. kaffana (Acraea), 262, 
263, 355 
»,  perenna (Acraea), 37, 262, 263 
.. subsp. thesprio (Acraea), 37, 
261, 2638, 355 
Pericopis, ¢xxix 
Peridromia, xlviii 
periphanes (Acraea), 136, 139, 140, 
142, 157, 355 
f: acritoides (Acraea), 14, 
29, 140, 142, 355 
f. beni (Acraea), 29, 139, 
141, 142, 355 
f. marginata (Acraea), 140 
f. melaina (Acraea), 29, 
139, 141, 355 
periphanes (Acraea), 
140 
f. umida (Acraea), 
140, 141, 355 
perniciosa (Myzine), 720, 723, 728 
Perophora, 435, 436 
Perophoridae, 435 
perornata (Myzine), 723, 728 
ss (Pseudomeria), 728 
perpunctata (Braunsomeria), 721 
perrupta (Acraea), 239 
persephone ee 107 
Af (Papilio), 107 
persicae (Rivellia), 412 
pertinens (Tabanus), xlix 
pervia (Acraea), 301, 302 
petiveranus petiveranus (Heliconius), 
xlvi, xlvii, xlviii 
petraea (Acraea), 11), 265114, 120, 355 
petraea (Acraea), 115 
fe 


36, 


36, 


37, 


”? 


? 


29, 
29, 


be) 


” 


114, 


oy taborana (Acraea), 


116, 355 


( 


petrina (Acraea), 114 

petrobius (Odynerus), lviii, 684 
Phaegorista, ili 

Phaenolis, 585, 537 
Phaeochrous, 581, 585, 586 
phaerusa (Colaenis), xlviii 
Phalacridae, 514 

Phalacrus, 514 

phalantha (Atella), xeviii 
Phanaeus, 580, 582 
Phanopeltis, 4 

pharsalus (Acraea), 15, 256, 258, 260, 


261, 355 
ne f. nia (Acraea), 257, 259, 
355 


f, pallidepicta(Acraea), 257, 
55 


’ 


6 f. pharsaloides (Acraea), 
15, 37, 256, 259, 261, 
355 


pharsalus (Acraea), 37, 257, 
260 

subsp. rhodina (Acraea), 257, 
355 


subsp. vuilloti (Acraea), 37, 
257, 259, 261, 355 
Phedosia, 419 
pheretes (Albulina), vii, Ixviii, 393, 
394, 399, 402, 403, 404 
», (Lycaena), lxviii, 393, 402 
pheretiades (Plebeius), cxlii 
Pheropsophus, 487, 489 
pheusaca (Acraea), 112 
phiala (Chilades), exlii 
Philanthinae, 744 
Philanthus, 744 
philea (Callidryas), xlvi, xlviii 
Phileurus, 581, 597 
philiberti (Callirrhipis), 545 
philolaus (Papilio), xlv, xlvi, xlviii 
Philonthus, 496 
phlaeas (Chrysophanus), cxxxviii, 448 
», _ (Rumicia), ix, cxl 
Phloeobius, 570 
Phloeophilus, 586, 541, 624 
Phloeothrips, 474 
Phloeotrya, 552 
Phoebis, xlviii 
phoenicopterus (Xantholinus), 496, 500 
Phosphuga, 502 
Phrissoma, 638 
Phrissura, exii 
Phromnia, lxxxviii 
Phyciodes, xlviii 
phyllis (Platysphinx), 891 
Phyllodecta, 559, 565, 621 
phyllodes (Mormolyce), 487, 489 
Phyllodromia, 654, 656, 658, 661 


CCXXXi 


) 


Phyllopertha, 581, 590, 592 

Physa, 509, 510 

Physocephala, Ixvii 

Phytodecta, 559, 564, 565 

Phytophagoidea, 479, 620, 634 

piceum (Olophrum), 496, 501 

piceus (Deretaphrus), 517 

(Hydrophilus), 494 
», (Hydrous), 494 

Pieris, xlviii, Ixxi, Ixxii, cxi, cxiii, 
cxiv 

pigea (Pinacopteryx), cxi, cxii 

pilosella (Hemithyrsocera), 661 

Pinacopteryx, xlii, xliii, exi, exii, exiii, 
cxiv 

Pinophilus, 496, 498, 499, 607, 611 

pinthias (Hirsutis), exxvili 

Pissodes, 601, 610, 638 

piva (Acraea), 68, 69 

placida (Edibessa), 438 

Plinema,, xilljveex, oxod, ExXxiy oexii 
oo aher odie Ibook Ikooahh booq 
CXVii, CXXXVil, cxxxviii, 3, 4, 5, 6, 
7, 8, 13, 254, 256, 321, 323, 325, 
326, 327, 331, 337, 340, 703, 704, 
705 

planesium (Acraea), 221 

plantella (Euryphura), cxix 

planus (Leptaulacides), 579 

Plateumaris, 558 

Platycerus, 573 

Platycleis, cxxxi 

Platylesches, 384 

Platypidae, 572 

Platyprosopus, 496 

Platypsylla, 506 

Platypsyllidae, 506 

Platypus, 572, 621. 

Platysphinx, 384, 391, 392 

Plebeius, exlii, 674 

pleione (Teracolus), Ixviii, lxix, xx 

Plesia, 727, 742 

pleuralis (Brontopriscus), 518, 519 

plexippus (Danais), xlvii 

plumbeus (Polycleis), 570, 571 

Podagrion, exxii 

poggei (Planema), xx, xlv, lxxi, Ixxxv, 


9 


nelsoni (Planema), xxii, cxvii 
325 
(Uranothauma), lv 
», (Xanthospilopteryx), iii 
policenes (Papilio), xiv 
Polistes, 700 
politissima (Myzine), 726 
politum (Sacium), 507 
pollonia (Acraea), 347, 348 
Polybothris, 547 


9 


” 


( ¢exxx, )) 


Polycleis, 570, 571 
polychloros (Eugonia), li 
polydamas (Papilio), xlviii 
polydectes (Acraea), 261 
Polyommatus, lv, Ixxxvi, xci, cv, 
exxxix, exl, exli, 662, 663, 664, 665, 
666, 667, 668, 669, 670, 671, 672, 
673, 674, 675 
Polyoptilus, 558, 560 
Polyplocotes, 535 
Pompilidae, 744 
Pompilus, 744 
pomponia (Acraea), 281 
Ponera, xci 
populi (Amorpha), cii 
pees (Natalis), 541 
oresta, 426 
Porthesia, iv, lxxix, lxxx, Ixxxi 
Porthetria, ]xxxii 
posthumus (Epitola), xxxiii 
potamophilus (Odynerus), 684 
praxinoe (Dismorphia), exxviii 
Précis, xx, xxii, lxxxv 
pretiosus (Chrysochus), 559, 563 
primania (Notogonia), 750 
Procrustes, 482 
Proculus, 579 
profanus (Eumorphus), 525, 526 
prolongatus (Camptocarpus), 523 
pronuba (Tryphaena), liv 
prorsa (Araschnia), ix, xi 
Prosopis, lvii, c, ci, 381, 382, 688 
Prosopidae, lix, c 
Prostenus, 550 
Prostomis, 521 
protea (Acraea), 331 
proteina (Acraea), 340 
35 flavescens (Acraea), 340 
50 fulvescens (Acraea), 340 
‘ semialbescens (Acraea), 340 
‘ semifulvescens (Acraea), 340, 
343, 344 
Proterhinidae, 528 
Proterhinus, 528, 529 
Protomocoelus, 579 
Protura, xevii 
Pselaphidae, 509 
Pseudacraea, xx, XXi, xxii, xxiil, 
xt, Ixexiv, Uixxy,) Ixoxxvi;, cxiv, 
CXV, CXvVi, CXVli, CXVill, CxxXvi, 
CXxxvii, exxxvili, 706, 707, 710, 711, 
(Ay 7013s (Al, 7A, 7 
pseudargiolus (Celastrina), xciii 
Pseudectobia, 654, 655 
pseudegina (Acraea), 4, 192 
var. abadima (Acraea), 192 
Pseudelateropsis, 630 
pseudepaea (Acraea), 252 


lexexes 


pseudethra (Tithorea), cxxix 

pseudochromoides (Odynerus), 
682, 683 

pseudochromus (Odynerus), 681, 682, 
683 


681, 


pseudoliris (Notogonia), 750 
pseudolycia (Acraea), 18, 101, 105, 106, 
355 


35 f. astrigera (Acraea), 16, 26, 
101, 102, 104, 355 
nh f. brunnea (Acraea), 16, 26, 
102, 104, 355 
a f. emini (Acraea), 102, 103, 
104, 355 
A pseudolycia(Acraea) ,16, 25, 
102 
Pseudomeria, 720, 727, 728 
Pseudomopinae, 643, 644, 645, 653 
Pseudonympha, 384, 385, 386, 387 
Pseudopterocheilus, lix, lx, 682, 683, 
699 
Pseudoscada, xliii, xliv 
psidii (Aprotopos), xliv 
,, (Thyridia), xliv 
Psilopleura, 419 
Psilothrix, 536, 540 
Psilotus, 515 
Psylliodes, 1xxxvii 
psyttalea (Amauris), xxxi, 1xxvii 
Pteronynia, xliii, xliv, xlviii 
pterophaennes (Odynerus), 681 
Pterostichus, 488 
Ptilinus, 534, 535 
Ptiliolum, 507 
Ptilodactyla, 542 
Ptinidae, 524 
Ptinus, 529, 534, 535 
ptox (Labienus), 579 
pubescens (Corticaria), 527 
5 (Nesoprosopis), lviii, lix, 684 
pudorella (Acraea), 20, 163, 166, 355 
37 subsp: detecta (Acraea), 32, 
164, 165, 355 
5 pudorella (Acraea), 32, 164 
puella (Neptis), xxvi, xxvili 
pulchella (Gyrophaena), 496 
ts (Phyllodromia), 656, 658 
pulchrivestita (Tachytes), 754 
pulverulentus (Inca), 581, 599 
punctata (Pelidnota), 581, 591 
punctatissima (Pardopsis), 5 
punctato-sulcatus (Aphodius), 580, 583 
punctulatus (Dytiscus), 492, 612 
punctum (Copidita), 554 
»  (Scolia), 743 
»,  (Sessinia), 554 
5,  (Trielis), 743 
pungens (Aegophagamyia), xlix 


(. Cexcodi ) 


purpurifer (Odynerus), 683 

pygmaeus (Georyssus), 531 

Pyralidae, 440 

Pyrameis, Ixxxvii 

pyrenaeus (Geotrupes), 581, 586 

pyrenaicus (Hepialus), xciii 

Pyrgus, 384, 388, 389, 390, 391 

Pyrochroa, 553 

Pyrochroidae, 553 

pyrochroma (Axamora), 441 

Pyronota, 581, 588 

Pyrrhochalcia, cix 

Pyrrhogyra, xlviii 

Pythidae, 553 

Pytho, 552, 553, 557 

pytho (Aprotopos), xliv 

quadrata (Myzine), 724, 732 

quadraticeps (Braunsomeria), 721 

quadricollis (Polybothris), 547 

quadrimaculata (Aspidomorpha), 559, 
567 


quadrimaculatum (Scaphidium), 506 
quadripustulatus (Mycetophagus), 529 
quadrituberculatus (Homophileurus), 
581, 597 
Quedius, 496, 498 
quinque-punctata (Phytodecta), 559, 
564, 565 
quirina (Acraea), 53, 59, 60, 355 
quirina (Acraea), 22, 59 
subsp. rosa (Acraea), 22, 59, 
60, 355 
», (Papilio), 59 
quirinalis (Acraea), 40, 308, 309, 355 
rabbaiae (Acraea), 43, 44, 355 
», subsp. mombasae (Acraea), 21, 


”? 
9 


43, 44, 355 
,,  Tabbaiae (Acraea), 21, 44 
Radama, 580 , 
radula (Odynerus), I1xii, Ixiii, 687, 


698 
rahira (Acraea), 24, 202, 855 
ranavalona (Acraea), 4, 22, 64, 65, 66, 
67, 355 
f. manandaza (Acraea), 64, 
355 
3a f, maransetra (Acraea), 64, 
65, 355 
5 ranavalona (Acraea), 64 
raphani (Gastrophysa), 559, 564 
rauana (Precis), xx, xxii, 1xxxv 
ravola (Euphaedra), cxix 
recaldana (Acraea), 161, 162 
rectus (Pinophilus), 496, 498, 607 
regalis (Acraea), 169 
», (Macalla), 448 
regia (Gonometa), cxiv 
regina (Spilota), 581, 590, 607, 629 


9 


reitteri (Vesperus), vi 
relictus (Pseudopterocheilus), 682, 683 
religiosa (Mantis), exxv 
Repsimus, 581, 591 
rex (Papilio), xxxi 
Rhagonycha, 535, 538, 539, 610, 612, 
624 
rhamni (Gonepteryx), 1 
Rhinomalus, 617 
Rhinosimus, 553 
Rhipiceridae, 545 
Rhipiphoridae, 556 
Rhizophagus, 515, 518, 520, 633 
Rhizotrogus, 581, 589 
rhodesiae (Theganopteryx), 647, 651 
rhodesiana (Acraea), 31, 32, 159, 160, 
166, 167, 168, 169, 355 
Rhopalocampta, cxxi 
Rhynchium, 380, 678 
Rhynohopyga, 419, 420 
Rhysodes, 490, 491 
Rhysodidae, 490 
Rhysopausidae, 550 
Rhysopaussus, 550 
riachuela (Phedosia), 426 
ridleyi (Hemithyrsocera), 660, 661 
Rifargia, 429, 430 
riparia (Labidura), xciii 
riparius (Paederus), 496, 500, 501 
Rivellia, 412 
robustus (Baryrrhynchus), 573 
= (Platylesches), 384 
roeselii (Platycleis), exxxi 
rogersi (Acraea), 61, 355 
», subsp. lamborni (Acraea), 37, 
62, 68, 355 
»,  Yrogersi (Acraea), 37, 62 
»,  f£. salambo (Acraea), 37, 61, 62, 
355 
»,  (Pseudacraea), exxxvi 
rohlfsi (Acraea), 24, 186, 355 
rosina (Acraea), 89 
rubi (Callophrys), 410 
rubrivena (Edibessa), 438 
rubrobasalis (Pinacopteryx), cxii 
rubrocaudatus (Nesocrabro), lix, 689, 
691, 692 
os var. bidecoratus (Neso- 
crabro), 691 
rubropustulatus (Odynerus), 684 
rudolphi (Nesodynerus), lix, lx, 679, 
681, 682, 683 
rudolphina (Acraea), 107 
45 (Papilio), 107 
rufa (Coccidula), 524, 525 
,, (Edibessa), 438 
», (Formica), xcii 
ruficollis (Rhinosimus), 553 


(> cexxery ) 


ruficollis (Silis), 585, 538 
rufifrons (Larra), 733 
1,  (Myzine), 720, 724, 726, 733 
rufimanus (Bruchus), 557 
rufinodis (Myzine), 725 
rufipes (Phloeotyra), 552 
rufitarsis (Myzine), 724 
rufucaudata (Anthobosca), 741 
rufonigra (Myzine), 725, 736 
rufosplendida (Myzine), 723, 729 
rugiceps (Cloeotus), 577, 580, 584 
rugicollis (Lyctus), 533, 534 
re (Minthea), 533 
ruginodis (Myrmica), xxvi 
Rumicia, ix, cxl 
riippelli (Acraea), 312 
ruspina (Kuphaedra), iii, cxix 
Rutelinae, 581 
rutilus (Chrysophanus), 397 
saba (Glutophrissa), v 
sabauda (Hemithyrsocera), 654, 661 
sabulicola (Ophonus), 488 
Sacium, 507 
saclava (Neptis), xxvi, xxvii, xxix 
safie (Acraea), 315, 355 
,, f. antinorii (Acraea), 40, 316, 355 
5, safie (Acraea), 40, 316 
Sagola, 509, 510 
Sagra, 558, 561, 621 
Sagrinae, 558 
Salamis, lxxv 
salictella (Marmara), cix 
saluspha (Acraea), 257, 259 
salvini (Papilio), xlvi 
sambavae (Acraea), 41, 812, 313, 355 
sandwichensis (Odynerus), lvii, viii, 
684, 687 
sanguinea (Psilopleura), 419 
sanguinolentus (Anthocomus), 536, 539 
sapho leuce (Heliconius), xlvi, xlvii, 
xl viii 
Saprinus, 512, 513 
Sarcophaga, 416 
saronis (Acraea), 108 
»,  (Telchinia), 108 
sataspes (Pyrgus), 389 
satis (Acraea), 23, 44, 45, 355 
Satyrinae, 384 
saucia (Saxinis), 558, 562 
saussurei (Hierodula), exxv 
Ap (Temnopteryx), 656 
50 (Theganopteryx), 656 
Saxinis, 558, 562 
scaber (Trox), 577, 578, 579 
scabrosa (Tiphia), 740 
Scaphidiidae, 506 
Scaphidium, 506 
Scarabaeidae, 478, 580 


Scarabaeoidea, 627, 634 
scarabaeoides (Aesalus), 573, 576 
Scarabaeus, 580 

scaritides (Chaetosoma), 518, 520 
schausiana (Sphinta), 434 
Schistoceros, 533 

Scirpophaga, Ixxix 

Scolia, 742, 743 

Scoliidae, 720 

Scoliinae, 742 

Scolytidae, 572 

scoriaceus (Odynerus), 684 
Scydmaenidae, 508 

Scydmaenus, 508 

scylax (Melinaea), exxviii 
secessus (Pyrgus), 384, 389, 390, 391 
selene (Brenthis), xcev 

semiargus (Lycaena), 667 
semicuprea (Donacia), 558, 560 
semirufa (Myzine), 723, 726 
semivitrea (Acraea), 39, 300, 355 
senegalensis (Aphodius), 580, 584 


oF (Blatta), 656 
a (Ectobia), 656, 657 
50) (Terias), lv 


ne (Theganopteryx), 656, 657 
serena (Acraea), 220, 239 
», (Papilio), 220, 239 
sericea (Donacia), 558, 559, 612 
»,  (Plateumaris), 558 
sericosoma (Notogonia), 752 
serralta (Titya), 433 
servillei (Myzine), 727 
servona (Acraea), 5, 9, 15, 39, 42, 286, 
288, 292, 295, 296, 297, 298, 
355 
», f. depunctella (Acraea), 292, 
294, 355 
», subsp. limonata (Acraea), 41, 
293, 295, 356 
», subsp. orientis (Acraea), 292, 
294, 297, 355 
», f. reversa (Acraea), 293, 294, 
296, 297, 355 
», subsp. rhodina (Acraea), 292, 
293, 295, 297, 356 
»,  £. rubra (Acraea), 41, 293, 295, 
355 
»,  f. semipunctella (Acraea), 293, 
295, 355 
»»  servona (Acraea), 41, 298, 296, 
297 


», subsp. tenebrosa (Acraea), 293, 
296, 297, 356 


» f. transienda (Acraea), 293, 
295, 355 
», f. unipunctella (Acraea), 293, 


295, 355 


( ‘ccaxxv )} 


Sessinia, 554 
seticollis (Liothrips), 471, 473, 474 
setifer (Aglycyderes), 528, 529 
setinodis (Liothrips), 471, 474 
os pragensis (Liothrips), 474 
setosifrons (Nesoprosopis), lix 
sexguttata (Anthia), 487, 489 
sexpustulatus (Carpopbilus), ii 
sganzini (Acraea), 3, 210 
sharpei (Tabanus), xlix 
sharpi (Chrysomela), 559, 564 
sibylla (Limenitis), ix 
signaticollis (Berosus), 494, 495, 496 
Silis, 535, 538 
Silpha, 502, 503, 505, 626 
Silphidae, 502 
silverlocki (Gorytes), 748 
simana (Pinacopteryx), cxiii, cxiv 
similis (Blaps), 548, 549 
», (Haematopota), 1 
»,  (Liothrips), 471 
»,  (Phaegorista), iii 
»,  (Porthesia), iv, 
lxxxi 
simplex (Prosopis), 381 
simplicicollis (Anaides), 577 
simplicollis (Anaides), 581, 586 
Sinodendron, 573, 575, 576 
sinualis (Macalla), 443 
sinuatus (Brontopriscus), 518, 519 
»,  (Cloeotus), 577, 579, 580, 584 
smaragdina, race, longinoda (Oeco- 
phylla), xxxii, cvi 
Smerinthinae, 391 
Smerinthothrips, 470, 472 
Smerinthus, lv, cii, ciii 
smithi (Orthopterus), 490 
smithii (Acraea), 309 
», (Odynerus), 683 
sociabilis (Odynerus), 683, 684, 691 
socialis (Eucheira), exxii, exxiil 
Solenites, 4 
solstitialis (Rhizotrogus), 581, 589 
Somatochlora, xevii 
soror (Diabrotica), 559, 566 
», (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
», (Odynerus), 680, 687 
sororna (Dismorphia) exxvii, exxviil 
sosunga (Hymenitis), xlvili 
sotikensis (Acraea), 227, 229, 356 
- f. katana (Acraea), 85, 227, 
228, 356 
subsp. rowena (Acraea), 35, 
227, 229, 356 
a sotikensis (Acraea), 35, 227 
a f. supponina (Acraea), 35, 
227, 228, 229, 356 
Spalgis, xviii 


Ibsobe = Ihees 


speciosa (Orina), 559, 564 

speculator (Stenus), 496, 501, 612 

spencei (Ptiliolum), 507 

Sphaerites, 511, 512 

Sphaeritidae, 511, 513 

Sphecinae, 746 

Sphegidae, 375 

Sphenophorus, 570, 571, 604, 608 

Sphex, 746 

Sphindidae, 533 
hindus, 533 

Sphingids, 391 

Sphinta, 434 

Spilispa, 559, 567 

spilleri (Pinacopteryx), exii 

Spilota, 581, 590, 607, 628, 629 

splendens (Harpagomyia), cx 

stanleyi (Omma), 521 

Staphylinidae, 496 

Staphylinoidea, 626, 633 

Staphylinus, 496 

statira (Aphrissa), xlvili 

stebbingi (Teretriosoma), 512, 513 

Stellidia, 425 

Stenamma, xcii 

Stenichnus, 508, 509 

stenobea (Acraea), 30, 32, 190, 191, 
192, 356 

Stenosis, 548, 549, 552, 618, 625 

Stenus, 496, 501, 612 

stercorarius (Geotrupes), 581, 586 

Stericta, 441 

stictica (Cyclocephala), 
599 

stigma (Myzine), 720, 724 

stigmatica (Platysphinx), 391, 392 

Stigmodera, 547 

Stomoxys, 416 

strattipocles (Acraea), 41, 42, 311, 312, 
318, 314, 356 

striatus (Figulus), 573, 575 

stygius (Nesocrabro), 689 

stygne (Erebia), xxiv 

Stygnus, cxxi 

suavis (Dylomia), 431 

Subcoccinella, 524 

subdepressum (Dactylosternum), 494, 
495 

suberosus (Trox), 577, 578 

subfascia (Gonometa), cxiv 

sublevis (Myzine), 723 

subterraneus (Tachinus), 496, 497 

suffusa (Titya), 433 

suleatus (Rhysodes), 490 

sulcicollis (Trichonyx), 509, 510 

sulcigera (Pediris), 548, 549 

superba (Phromnia), lxxxvili 

surinamensis (Eumolpus), 559, 562 


581, 593, 


( cexxxvi ) 


suspecta (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
suturalis (Macronota), 581, 599 
swalei (Myzine), 725 
swynnertoni (Neptis), xxviii, xxix, 
S560 
sylvo (Pteronymia), xliii, xliv 
Symmerista, 427 
Synchloé, exxiii 
Syndesus, 573, 574 
Syntelia, 511, 512 
Synteliidae, 511, 513 
Syntomidae, 419 
Systenus, 573, 575 
Tabanidae, xlix, 1, lxxv 
Tabanus, xlix 
Tachinidae, 88, 224 
Tachinoderus, 496, 497 
Tachinus, 496, 497 
Tachytes, 753, 754 
taeniola (Tabanus), xlix 
tamarindi (Opsiphanes), xlviii 
tammeamea (Vanessa), 700 
tanaceti (Galeruca), 566 
tardus (Pelobius), 491 
Tarphiomimus, 516, 517 
tarsatus (Eumicrus), 508, 509 
», (Scydmaenus), 508 
tarsidens (Liothrips), 471, 474 
Tarucus, lv 
techowi (Scolia), 743 
»,  (Trielis), 743 
Tefflus, 488, 489 
Tegrodera, 556 
tegularis (Tiphia), 739 
Telchinia, 3, 108, 349 
telchinia (Heliconius), xlvi, exxvili 
telegone (Mesosemia), xlvili 
telekiana (Planema), 340 
Telephorus, 535, 538, 539, 612, 624 
telicanus (Tarucus), lv 
Telipna, iii 
tellus (Planema), xx, lxxxv, 254, 256, 
331 
», platyxantha (Planema), xxii 
Temnochila, 516, 616 
Temnochilidae, 516 
Temnopteryx, 656, 657, 658 
tempe (Odynerus), 684 
tenebricosa (Chrysomela), 566 
a (Timarcha), 558 
Tenebrionidae, 548 
Tenebrionioidea, 624, 634 
Teracolus, lxviii, lxix, lxx, exxiv, exli, 
exlii, 391, 455 
terebrans (Apate), 533 
teres (Aulacocyclus), 579 
Teretriosoma, 512, 513 
Terias, xlviii, lv 


terpsichore (Acraea), 12, 239, 240, 244, 
246, 247, 248, 249, 350, 


356, 702 

a var. bukoba (Acraea), 240, 
245 

- f. connexa (Acraea), 240, 
244, 356 

5 ab. excentrica (Acraea), 
244 

3 f. intermediana (Acraea), 


34, 240, 244, 356 

5 f. janisca (Acraea), 239, 243, 
356 

fe f. melas (Acraea), 239, 244, 
356 


7 subsp. ochrascens (Acraea), 
34, 240, 246, 356 

i rangatana = (Acraea), 
240, 247, 356 

* f. rougeti (Acraea), 12, 34, 
239, 240, 241, 249, 356 

5 f. subserena (Acraea), 34, 
239, 244, 356 


34, 


a terpsichore (Acraea), 34, 
241 

is f. ventura (Acraea), 34, 
240,244, 246,248, 249, 356 

P f. venturina (Acraea), 240, 
242, 356 


s (Papilio), 3, 239 
terra (Pseudacraea), xx, xxi, xxii, 
Ixxxiv, Ixxxv, ]xxxvi, cxv, cxxxvi, 
CXXXVIl, CXXXVIll,, (06; (07; @ule 
712, 713, 714, 715, 716 
tescea (Acraea), 84, 86, 88, 356 
tessellata (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
,,  (Langsdorfia), 432 
testacea (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
testaceus (Cissites), 601 
»  (Claviger), xxv 
»,  (Leptinus), 506 
»,  (Rhagonycha), 535, 538 
3 (Telephorus), 535, 538 
Tetramorium, xcii 
tetraspilotus (Eumorphus), 525, 526 
Thais, 7, 9 
thalia (Acraea), 8 
;, (Actinote), 8 
Thamala, exlii 
Theganopteryx, 643, 644, 645, 646, 
647, 648, 649, 650, 651, 652, 654 
656, 657, 658, 661 
thelestis (Acraea), 46, 47 
themis (Euphaedra), exix 
themisto (Methona), xliv 
45 (Thyridia), xliv 
theona (Phyciodes), xlvili 
Therates, 486, 487 


( \eexxavii ) 


Therioplectes, xlix 

thersites (Agriades), 663, 664, 665, 
666, 667, 668, 669, 670, 
671, 672, 673, 674, 675 

var. centro (Agriades), 673, 
674, 675 

var. gravesi (Agriades), 672, 
674, 675 

ab. hybridata (Agriades), 675 


var. orientalis (Agriades), 
674, 675 
thetis (Agriades), xci, exl, exli, 402, 
670 


ab. coelestis (Agriades), cxli 

var, punctifera (Agriades), xci 
», ab, urania (Agriades), cxl 

thoas (Papilio), xlvi, xlviii 

thomsoni (Trictenotoma), 557 

thoracicus (Metriorrhynchus), 
536 

thoracinus (Tabanus), xlix 

thorica (Trichopteryx), 507 

Thorictidae, ex 

Thorictus, ex 

threnodes (Odynerus), 681, 683 

Thripidae, 470 

Throscidae, 546 

Throseus, 546 

Thymalus, 516, 529, 617, 618, 619 

Thyridia, xliv, exxviii 

Thyrsocera, 653 

Thysanoptera, xlix 

tiliae (Smerinthus), lv 

Timarcha, 558, 565, 568, 620, 621 

Timarchinae, 558 

timidus (Liparochrous), 577, 
585 

Tiphia, 739, 740, 741 

Tiphiinae, 739 

Tirumala, xxxi, xxxli 

Tithorea, exxvili, cxxix 

Titya, 433, 434 

togoensis (Pseudacraea), xxii 

tolosa (Napeogenes), cxxvili 

tomentosus (Byturus), 515 

Tomicus, 572 

Tomoxia, 555 

tortuosa (Cicindela), 486, 487 

toruna (Acraea), 341 

Tosale, 441 

Trachea, 423 

transitella (Deilemera), xxvi 

transvaalensis (Myzine), 727 

55 (Plesia), 727 

tremulae (Lina), 1xxxii 

Trichogramma, 446 

Trichonyx, 509, 510 

Trichopterygidae, 507 


29 
29 


535, 


580, 


Trichopteryx, 507 
Tricondyla, 486, 487 
Trictenotoma, 553, 557 
Trictenotomidae, 557 
tridens (Acronycta), 407 
tridentata (Osmia), xcv 
Trielis, 742, 743 
trigeminella (Coleophora), xliii 
Tristaria, 533, 534 
tristis (Catops), xii 
Trochoideus, 525, 526 
Trogidae, 577, 579 
Trogodendron, 541 
Trogositidae, 516 
Trox, 577, 578, 579, 580, 589, 628, 
629, 630, 631 
Tryphaena, liv 
tuberculata (Manticora), 486 
tubero-affinis (Leptothorax), xcii 
tumidoventris (Hylocrabro), lix, 683, 
689 
var. leucognathus (Hy- 
locrabro), lix 
turna (Acraea), 21, 26, 105, 106, 356 
f. marmorata (Acraea), 26, 105, 
106, 356 
typhae (Nonagria), xlviii, xlix 
Typhoeus, 581, 586, 587 
typhoeus (Typhoeus), 581, 586 
ugandensis (Bembex), 746 
Ulidia, 416 
umbratica (Myzine), 724, 732 
umbratus (Lasius), xxv 
umbripennis (Liothrips), 471, 474 
undulata (Norape), 439 
undulosa (Titya), 434 
unicolor (Haematopota), xlix 
es (Hexodon), 581, 592 
(Sphex), 746 
95 (Xenocrabro), 683 
unicus (Odynerus), 681 
uniformis (Antarctia), 421 
unimaculata (Acraea), 21, 56, 57, 356 
uranius (Caligo), xlvi 
Uranothauma, lv 
urinator (Gyrinus), 493 
urticae, var. ichnusa (Aglais), xlii 
usagarae (Acraea), 211 
ustus (Tabanus), xlix 
utemaia (Mechanitis), xlviii 
uvui (Acraea), 33, 217, 219, 224, 356 
», subsp. balina (Acraea), 34, 217, 
219, 356 
», uvui (Acraea), 33 
uzeli (Gynaikothrips), 470, 475 
Vacciniina, 398, 394, 395, 402, 403, 
404 
vafra (Notogonia), 377 


bed 


> 


? 


(. ecxxxvin ) 


vagus (Crabro), lvii, 688 
valdiviensis (Atractocerus), 542 
validus (Proterhinus), 528 
Vanessa, cvi, 700 
vanillae insularis (Agraulis), xlviii 
varia (Chrysopsyche), Ixxxi 

»» (Melitaea), xxiv, xciv 
variegatus (Oryctomorphus), 581, 591 
variolosa (Paropsis), 559, 564 
varus (Croesus), xxiv 
velox (Tachytes), 754 
velutina (Eriopyga), 422 
velutinus (Tabanus), xlix 
venata (Pinacopteryx), cxili 
venator (Odynerus), 679 
venatus (Pinacopteryx), xlii 
vendita (Planema), xxii 
venosa (Abantis), 391 
ventralis (Quedius), 496, 498 
ventricosus (Cychrus), 487, 488 
ventura (Acraea), 240 
vesperalis (Acraea), 40, 48, 49, 356 


55 subsp. catori (Acraea), 48, 
49, 356 
5 vesperalis (Acraea), 48 


vespertina (Luciola), 535, 537 
Vesperus, v, Vi 
vesta (Acraea), 6, 346, 349, 350 
», f. vestalina (Acraea), 350 
»» subsp. vestita (Acraea), 350 
f. alticola (Acrae.), 
350 
», subsp. vestoides (Acraea), 350 
», (Papilio), 349 
vestoides (Pareba), 350 
vexans (Quedius), 498 
vicinus (Leptaulacides), 579 
vidua (Pinacopteryx), exi 
vigilans (Cerceris), 744 
», subsp. pervigilans (Cerceris), 
744 


9 ) 


», _ (Pseudonympha), 387 
vigintiduomaculata (Leis), 524, 525 
vigintiquatuorpunctata (Subcocci- 

nella), 524 
vinula (Blatta), 659 
,, (Hemithyrsocera), 659, 660, 661 
viola (Acraea), 349 
violaceipennis (Liris), 750 
- (Meira), 733 
e (Myzine), 733 
violaceus (Carabus), 487, 488 
Violae (Acraea), 346, 348 
», (Papilio), 348 
violarum (Acraea),'26, 120, 122, 124, 356 

A omrora (Acraea), 124 

ss umbrata (Acraea), 124, 127 
virescens (Temnochila), 516 


viridiana (Heterocampa), 428 
viridirena (Trachea), 423 
vitellinae (Phyllodecta), 559, 565 
vittata (Ceratina), 382 
»,  (Cryptodaene), 523 
,, (Hemithyrsocera), 661 
vittativentris (Nesodynerus), lvii 
viviana (Acraea), 34, 233, 234, 356 
»,  f. karschi (Acraea), 230 
vuilloti (Acraea), 257 
vulgaris (Ancognatha), 581, 593 
»,  (Melolontha), 480, 482, 578, 
581, 589 
vulgatissima (Phyllodecta), 559, 565 
vulpes (Amphicoma), 581, 587 
waianaeanus (Odynerus), 681 
wakefieldi (Diagrypnodes), 518, 519 
walkeri (Belionota), 547 
welwitschii (Acraea), 95, 96, 97, 99 
100, 101, 356 
oe subsp.alboradiata (Acraea), 
18, 25, 97, 99, 100, 101, 
356 
59 subsp. lobemla (Acraea), 
25, 96, 97, 99, 101, 356 
ie welwitschii (Acraea), 18, 
25.) 97 
westermanni (Diaphanops), 558, 560 
westwoodi ( Bolax), 581, 591 
re (Stenamma), xcii 
wigginsi (Acraea), 28, 206, 356 
wissmanni (Acraea), 89 
wollastoni (Aglycyderes), 528, 529 
woodwardi (Neptis), xxx 
xanthaspis (Mallaspis), 568 
xanthocera (Elis), 738 
Pe (Mesa), 738 
xanthocerus, var. unicolor (Chlorion), 
746 
(Sphex), 
746 
Xantholinus, 496, 499, 500, 605, 611, 
626 
xanthopus (Lomaptera), 581, 598 
Xanthospilopteryx, iii 
Xenocrabro, lix, 683, 688, 689, 690, 691 
xerophilus (Odynerus), 682, 683 
Xylocopa, 1xx 
Xylotrupes, 581, 594, 595, 596, 628 


’ 


” 29 


« yalensis (Cerceris), 744 


Ypthima, 385 

ytenensis (Laccobius), 494, 495 

zaire (Acraea), 291 

zambesina (Acraea), 75, 356 

zapotense (Chelonarium), 530 

zebra (Pyrgus), 384, 388, 389 

zetes (Acraea), 4, 14, 17, 18, 82, 83, 84, 
86, 87, 88, 89, 93, 101, 356 


( eexxxix—) 


‘eg subsp. acara (Acraea), 14, 25, 84, 


86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 356 
var. acara (Acraea), 89 
acara, f. caffra (Acraea), 26, 84 
subsp. barberi (Acraea), 25, 84, 
87 
f. caffra (Acraea), 84, 86, 87, 88, 
356 


f, jalema (Acraea), 25, 84, 86, 88, 
89, 356 
f. menippe (Acraea), 25, 83, 84, 


f. mhondana (Acraea), 84, 86, 
356 

subsp. sidamona (Acraea), 84, 87 

ab. trimeni (Acraea), 84, 87 

zetes (Acraea), 24 

(Papilio), 83 


zetes f. menippe (Papilio), 83 

zethea (Acraea), 84 

zethes (Acraea), 84 

zidora (Acraea), 107 

Zirophorus, 496, 501 

zitja (Acraea), 24, 33, 204, 356 
», f£. calida (Acraea), 204, 206, 356 
,», f. fumida (Acraea), 204, 206, 356 
», f£. radiata (Acraea), 204, 205, 206, 

356 


», f£. rakeli (Acraea), 204, 206, 356 
zonata (Acraea), 21, 42, 43, 356 
zonatus (Dacus), 412, 414, 415, 416, 

417, 418, 

Zonosoma, cii 

Zopherosis, 548, 549, 552, 618, 625 
zorcaon (Eueides), xlvi 

zuleika (Heliconius), exxviii 


Richard Clay & Sons, Limited, London and Bungay. 


& ¢ 


hy 


les 


ey 


te 


ae, 


NOGNOT 40